THE LIBRARY

OF
THE UNIVERSITY
OF CALIFORNIA
/

PRESENTED BY
PROF. CHARLES A. KOFOID AND
MRS. PRUDENCE W. KOFOID

Kr

'
I
GREEK AND ENGLISH
LEXICON

NEW TESTAMEN T.

P,T

EDWARD ROBINSON, D.D.

LiTB PROF. 1XTBAOBD. OF SAC. LIT. IV THH THKOL. 8EM. ANDOVKB.

UFUI tBitiou.

LONDON:
WILLIAM TEGG AND Co., 85, QUEEN STREET,
CHEAPSIDE.
1852.
J. HADDON, PRINTER, CASTLK STREET, FINRBORY.
 PREFACE.

ELEVEN years have now elapsed, since the Author of this work published a
Lexicon of the New Testament, in the form of a revision and translation of
the * Clavis Philologica' of Wahl, in its first edition. That work was favour-
received, as in some degree a want which had long been felt ;
ably supplying
and the whole edition of fifteen hundred copies was exhausted in a little more
than four years.
On returning in 1830 from a residence of several years in Germany, it was
the Authors first wish, and perhaps duty, to have immediately prepared
another edition of the former work, or a new volume of a similar character.
But providential circumstances seemed for a time to call him to other kindred
labours ; and then sickness intervened ; so that it was not until the autumn of
\W.\\\ that he was able to give himself in earnest to the preparation of a
Lexicon. Since that time his labour upon it has been uninterrupted ; so that,
comparatively speaking, scarcely a day has elapsed, of
which the largest por-
tion has not been spent upon the volume here given to the public.
It was at first supposed, that a revision of the former work was all that
would be necessary. But in the lapse of eight years devoted to studies of this
nature at home and abroad, the Author's own views and principles in respect
to lexicography and philology in general, had naturally become farther de-
veloped and in some parts modified. In the same interval, too, the progress
of science in this department, as in others, had not ceased to be onward ; new
editions of the Lexicons of Wahl and Bretschneider had appeared ; Winer
had pushed his researches further, and brought the results into a better form ;
and above all, the labours and improvements of Passow had been spread before
the world. In this state of things, an attempt merely to remodel an imperfect
foreign work seemed hardly advisable. It appeared, therefore, to the Author
and his friends decidedly preferable, that, calling no man Master on earth, he
should go on and prepare from the New Testament itself, and from the auxil-
iary sources, a new and independent work, adapted to the wants of students
in our own country. In doing this, he has been able to resort to all the
sources from which Schleusner, and Wahl, and Bretschneider drew their
materials ; and while he has freely availed himself of their labours, he has
found occasion on every page to distrust their judgment and accuracy, and to
turn from them habitually to the original authorities. Accordingly, the pre-
sent volume is throughout the result of the Author's own investigation ; and,
with a few slight exceptions, has been sent to the press wholly in manuscript.

A full and scientific Lexicon of any language, embraces a wide field of

inquiry. The scholar who would pursuethe study of a language critically and
philologically, docs not rest, until he has traced each word to its origin ; inves-
tigated its primitive form and signification ; noted the various forms and senses
in which it has been current in the different epochs and dialects of the lan-
guage, and the manner and order in which all these are deduced from the
primitive one, and from each other ; and last, though not least, has observed
the relations in which it stands to other words, in constructions and phrases,

M31 31.60
1? PREFACE.

and the various modifications which it has undergone in these

respects. When
all these points are properly ascertained and arranged in his own mind, then,
and not till then, is the scholar master of the word in question ; and the
transcript of the view thus obtained, with the necessary vouchers, is the true
lexicography of that word. This is justly termed the historico-logical method
of lexicography, which has grown up out of the general progress of philology
within the and aims to present a logical and historical view of
present century,
each word in all its varieties of signification and construction. The first ex-
emplification of it was given by Gesenius, in his Hebrew Lexicon ; and it has
been ably followed out by Passow in his Lexicon of the Greek language.*
These remarks proceed upon the supposion, that a language is in itself pri-
mitive and independent of every other; and that its words may therefore be
traced to their ultimate roots within itself. This, indeed, is usually assumed
in regard to the Greek language ; and the Lexicon of Passow is constructed on
this principle. But in respect to our own and many other languages, this is
obviously not the fact ; and the science of comparative philology, which has
sprung up within our own days, has already taught us, that both the Greek
and Latin are also only members of one great family of languages, which, de-
scending apparently from the mountains of India, have spread themselves over
Southern and Western Asia and the, whole of Europe ; retaining under every
diversity of climate and circumstances such obvious affinities, as give undeni-
able evidence of a common origin. These Indo-European tongues, as they are
called, include the Sanscrit, Persian, Greek, Latin, Gothic, German, English,
and the other dialects of the Teutonic ; and strictly also those of the Slavic
and Celtic races. The Semitic languages form a distinct family ; though still,
in their primary elements, kindred to the former in a greater degree than has
usually been supposed. Here too, the first scientific attempt at marking these
coincidences as a part of lexicography, has been made by Gesenius, in his
Latin Manual of 1833 ; but we apprehend the time to be not far distant, when
every Lexicon of the Greek or Latin, or indeed of any of the occidental
tongues, will be regarded as incomplete, which shall fail to notice these striking
affinities.
In respect to the Greek, it should also be borne in mind, that there are
three great epochs which mark the progress of the language ; through all or
some of which the different meaning and uses of a word can be traced with
more or less distinctness, t These are its youth, in the heroic or epic poems
of Homer and Hesiod, with which may be joined the Ionic prose of Herodo-
tus ; its prime, in the palmy days of Attic elegance and purity, as exhibited
in the great tragedians, and in the prose of Thucydides, Xenophon, Plato ;
and its decline, after the Macedonian conquest, and still later under the Ro-
man dominion; when the breaking up of the various independent states,
the mingling together in armies of soldiers enlisted from every quarter, and the
founding of colonies and large cities peopled with inhabitants from every part
of Greece, and also from foreign lands, could not fail to produce great changes in
the language of different communities ; which, by natural consequence, would
speedily be reflected in the language of books. Thus was formed the later
Greek idiom 17 otv>) fliaXejcrog, which every where superseded the pure Attic ;
and of which Aristotle, Polybius, Diodorus, Plutarch, ^Elian, and other later
writers, are the representatives. Some of the forms peculiar to this later idiom
were ascribed to the influence of the Macedonians, and referred to the Mace-
donic dialect ; or sometimes the same forms were referred to an Alexandrine
dialect, inasmuch as the chief seat of the later Greek culture was in Egypt

See a very able article on the subject of Greek Lexicography in the London Quarterly
Review, Vol. LI. No. 101 reprinted in the Bibl. Repos. Vol. IV. p. 556 sq.
;

f Buttm. Gramm. 1, passim. H. Planck de vera Natura et Indole, etc P. I; in

Bihl. Repos. I. p. 650.
 PREFACE. V

and its metropolis Alexandria. But these terms are probably too specific ; and
embrace what strictly belonged to the later language of common life in general,
rather than to the dialect of any particular tribe or city.*

The language of the New Testament is the later Greek language, as spoken
ty foreigners of the Hebrew stock,
and applied by them to subjects on which it had
never been employed by native Greek writers. The simple statement of this
fact, suggests at once
what the character of this idiom must be ; and might,
one would think, have saved volumes of controversy. The Jews came in con-
tact with the Greeks only at and after the Macedonian conquests ; and were
therefore conversant only with the later Greek. They learned it from the
intercourse of life, in commerce, in colonies, in cities founded like Alexandria,
where the inhabitants were drawn together from Aia as well as from Greece;
and it was, therefore, the spoken language of common life, and not that of
books, with which they became acquainted. But they spoke it as foreigners,
as Hebrews and, therefore, it could not fail to have in general a colouring of
;

the Hebrew, or rather of the later Arama?an, which was their vernacular
tongue. Jews who spoke Greek, are called in the New Testament -'EXXqi/urrat',
Hellenists ; and hence in modern usage, since the time of the younger Scaliger,
the Jewish Greek has not unaptly been termed Hellenistic. t
The earliest monument of this idiom is the Version of the Seventy, made at
Alexandria, probably at different times during the centuries immediately pre-
ceding the Christian era. This, as being a direct translation from the Hebrew,
made by Jews, exhibits strongly the influence of the Hebrew, as well as an
imperfect knowledge of the Greek ; though in various degrees in its different
parts. Closely allied to this are the Apocryphal books usually connected with
the Septuagint. .Meanwhile, the Greek language had become current also in
Palestine, along with the Aramaean ; partly through frequent intercourse with
Hellenistic Jews settled in Egypt and in Asia Minor, who constantly resorted
to Jerusalem : and partly from the influence of the Herod s and the Roman
dominion.} Hence the New Testament was written in the now universal
tongue. Still later there appeared other Greek Versions of the Old Testament,
made by Jews ; and also the remaining Pseudepigraphic and Apocryphal
writings of the Old and New Testaments. Two Jewish writers only, Philo
and Josephus, lx>th of them contemporary with the Apostles, were able to
overcome in a great measure the influence of their vernacular tongue ; and
although when treating of Jewish affairs they necessarily employ many terms
belonging to the Jewish Greek, yet in general they approach much nearer to
the written idiom of the later Greek, than any of the writers either of the
St'ptuagint or New Testament.
The- writers of the New Testament, with the exception of Paul, and
par-
tially perhaps of Luke, were unlearned men ; and, like the rest of their
countrymen, knew the Greek language only from the intercourse of common
life, and not from books. With them, therefore, the Hebrew element which
mingled in their idiom, would naturally have great prominence although, ;

since their writings are not translated from a Hebrew not here is
original, it
as strongly marked as in the It often lies in the turn of the
Septuagint.
thought, or in the thought itself, rather than in the expression. Even where
the expression is modelled after the Hebrew, this is seen more in the construc-
tion and connexion of words in
phrases and sentences, than as affecting their
intrinsic signification. Whoever has himself learned to speak a foreign
language, or has closely watched the discourse of foreigners speaking our own
tongue, will readily have perceived, that the signification of words is in gene-

* Buttm. 1. n. 11. 12. Sturz de Dial. Mac. et Alex. Lips. 1808.

J
t Buttm. 1. n. 12. Winer Gramm. p. 28, and Marg.
J Bibl. Repos. I.
p. 309 sq. p. 530 sq. Hug's Introd. to t.he N. T. Part II. $ 10.
yi PREFACE.

ral much more easily retained and correctly applied, than their forms and
their proper construction and connexion. Thus, nothing perhaps imparts
more to the Gospels the air of the Hebrew narratives of the Old Testament,
than the frequent use of the particle xai as a connective, corresponding to the
Hebrew usage of the particle Vav (1). From Hebraisms of this kind, the
writings of Paul are tree; since from his birth and residence
comparatively
amid the Greek schools of Tarsus, he probably had acquired a more accurate
k iu>n ledge of that language than was usual with the Hebrews of Palestine;
though the course of his education and the
character of his learning were not
Greek, but wholly Jewish.
The writers of the New Testament, further, applied the Greek language to
subjects
on which it had never been employed by native Greek writers. No
native Greek had ever written on Jewish affairs, nor on the Jewish theology
and ritual. Hence the Seventy, in their translation, had often to employ
Greek words as the signs of things and ideas, which heretofore had been ex-
pressed only in Hebrew. In such a case, they could only select those Greek
words which most nearly corresponded to the Hebrew ; leaving the different
shade or degree of signification to be gathered by the reader from the context.
Thus, to express the idea of the Hebrew fci^ as a word of salutation or
farewell, they employ the Greek word elprjvtj, just as we use the word peace
in the same way and for the very same reason. Similar is tvXoytut for Heb. 7p2.
to blets ; in Greek writers only to speak well of. Thus far the path was indeed
already broken for the writers of the New Testament. But beyond this,
they were to be the instruments of making known a new revelation, a new
dispensation of mercy to mankind. Here was opened a wide circle of new
ideas and new doctrines to be developed, for which all human language was
as yet too poor ; and this poverty was to be done away, even as at the present
day on the discovery and culture of a new science, chiefly by enlarging the
signification and application of words already in use, rather than by the for-
mation of new ones. An example of this in the New Testament is especially
the word mVrif, to which may be added tucatoavvr), SiKaiovaSai, IxXoyri, curo-
<rro\of, and many others.
The New Testament, then, was written by Hebrews, aiming to express
Hebrew thoughts, conceptions, feelings, in the Greek tongue. Their idiom,
consequently, in soul and spirit, is Hebrew ; in its external form, Greek, and
that more or less pure, according to the facilities which an individual writer
might have possessed of acquiring fluency and accuracy of expression in that
tongue,*

The preceding remarks present a summary view of the principles which

have guided the author in the preparation of the present volume. The Greek
of the New Testament constitutes but a small portion of the Greek
language
as a whole ; and a lexicon of it can only aim to give a
just exhibition of one
of the subordinate forms or phases of that rich and noble Of such a
tongue.
work, the following, it would seem, ought to be some of the chief traits ; and
they have accordingly been made prominent objects of attention.
1 .The etymology of each word is given, so far as it appertains to the Greek
and Hebrew,t and occasionally the Latin. A
general comparison of the
affinities between the Greek and other
languages, belongs only to a general
Lexicon of the language.
2. The full historical view of a word, is here out of
place ; since we strictly

* See
generally, H. Planck De vera natura atque indole rationis Grsecse Nov. Test.
Goetting. 1810; reprinted in Rosenm. Commentationes Theol. I. p. 112; also translated
in the Bibl. Repos. I. p. 638 sq. See also Winer's Gramm. 14.
f See the articles x0avo'c, Zrrmrof, <rtvXa{\ov, etc. To these should be added, xijUTrw,
f, see Gesen. Heb. Lei. art. ~TD.
 PREFACE.

have to do only with those significations and constructions which are found in
the New Testament itself. But the logical method is still applicable in its
full force. This consists in assigning first to each word its primary significa-
tion, whether found in the New Testament
or not ; and then deducing from it,
in logical order, all the significations which occur in the New Testament ; but
not others, except so far as they may be necessary to illustrate the former.*
In this connexion the attempt has every where been made, to discriminate
between the intrinsic significations of a word, and those senses in which it
may be employed through the force of adjuncts. By referring the latter to
their appropriate heads, the multiplicity of meanings given by earlier lexico-
Particular attention has also been
graphers has been greatly diminished.
to out to view the force of the prepositions in composition.
given, bring
3. The various constructions of verbs and adjectives, with their cases and
with other adjuncts, is in general fully given. Unusual or difficult construc-
tions are noted and explained, by reference both to grammatical rules and to
the usage of other writers. Here the usual Latin abbreviations for marking
the construction of words, are too convenient to be laid aside for any English
substitutes ; and therefore such terms as seq. genit. or c. ace. and the like, have
been retained without scruple ; just as the common English has adopted the
forms etc. and per cent.
4. The different forms and inflexion of words are exhibited, so far as
seemed proper in a Lexicon. Any variety or irregularity of form is, in par-
ticular, folly explained.
5. The usage of the writers of the New Testament, is in all cases illustrated

by a reference to both the elements of which the New Testament idiom is

composed ; on the one hand, to the Hebrew element or Jewish Greek and on ;

the other to the common or later idiom of the Greek language. For the
former or Hebrew element, the Version of the Seventy is of the highest im-
portance since it was probably the only Greek writing with which most of
;

the sacred penmen were acquainted and many words, phrases, constructions,
;

and even whole passages, are in the New Testament drawn immediately from
it. Next in order are the Apocryphal writings connected with the Septua-
gint ; and also the other Greek Versions. Thus far the Concordance of
Trommius, and the Lexicons of Biel and Schleusner on the Septuagint, furnish
sufficient aid. The works of Philo and Josephus are here of great import-
ance ; the latter of whom, especially, contains a treasure of illustration in
respect to the facts and antiquities of the New Testament. Valuable though
'
imperfect materials from their writings, have been collected in the Observa-
*
tiones of Loesner and Krebs ; and one of the merits of Bretschneider is his
frequent (though often faulty) reference to Josephus. The later Apocryphal
writings of both the Old and New Testaments are of value as throwing light
upon the opinions of the later Jews, rather than as illustrating the Scriptural
idiom, since they are in a great degree mere servile imitations of the latter
For the other or Greek element, reference is made to the prominent writers
of the later dialect, in the current editions ; and wherever a word belongs
also to the Attic epoch, a single reference is usually added to a writer of that
age, mostly to Xenophon. Here the Lexicons of single authors, and the col-
lections of Eisner, Kypke, Raphel, and, more than all, of "Wetstein, greatly
facilitate the labours of a lexicographer of the New Testament.
Let the student not be startled at the apparent multitude of such refer-
ences, nor think them all of no avail. They are adduced, not merely nor mainly
to elucidate themeaning of a word, but to show its authority and standing in
the Greek language. They serve to show in what relation each word stands
to the Septuagint and Jewish writings, and also the later and Attic Greek ;
and whether it is common to all or any of them, or found in none. In this

* the articles, 0-riXXw, $*, ^*xx, etc,

Comp.
Vlll PHKFACE.

way they have an important bearing on the long-disputed question of the

purity of the New Testament idiom ;
and aid in determining its true cha-
racter.
6. So far as the limits of a Lexicon
permit, attention has been given to the
interpretation of difficult passages, in order that the work may in some mea-
sure supply the place of a more extended
commentary.
7- Each article, so far as practicable, contains a reference to every passage
of the New Testament in which the word is found. In this way, in more
than seven eighths of the words, the Lexicon is a complete Concordance of
the New Testament. Those articles in which this is not the case, are marked
at the end by the letters AL. The most sedulous care has been bestowed to
verify all the references ; and although in a work containing so many thousands
of them, some errors are unavoidable, yet it is hoped that the present volume
will bear comparison in this respect with any other of a like size and charac-
ter. The scriptural references are usually made to the New Testament of
Knapp, the Septuagint of Mill, and the Hebrew Bible of Van der Hooght.
Such is the plan of the work now given to the public ; to the execution of
which the author has unweariedly devoted the best powers of the best years
of his life; \\ith what success, the theological public must judge. His
fervent hope and prayer to God is, that the work may be instrumental in giving
facility and impulse to the study of the Holy Scriptures, and the pursuit of
Sacred Literature ; and thus aid in promoting the cause of sacred learning
and Christian piety in our land !

To those friends by whose kind advice and encouragement the author has
been cheered, he tenders his sincere thanks. Among these the Rev. Prof. Stuart
has ever been foremost ; and I take pleasure in thus testifying my obligations
to him. Nor can I pass over the kind offices of another valued friend, the
Hon. John Pickering, whose eminence as a Greek scholar and general philo-
logian is known and appreciated throughout Europe, not less than in our own
country. His friendly advice and aid have been always at hand ; and the
stores of his valuable library have been opened to me as freely as if they had
been my own. A similar acknowledgment is due also to the Trustees having
charge of the Theological Seminary at Andover, who have liberally left in
my hands for years all the books I desired from the library of that institution,
the richest in its collections of Sacred Literature which our country yet

A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament, translated from the
Latin of Gesenius by the author of the present volume, was published
a few weeks since. The translation was carried on along with the preparation
of the present work, without however causing any delay of the latter, unless
in a slight degree. The two works together embrace the lexicography of the
whole of the original Scriptures.

Boston, Oct. 25, 1836.

 L EXICON

NEW TESTAMENT.

In N. T. metaph. not burdensome, i. c.

A, alpha, the first letter of the Greek
to the Heb. K. not causing expense, 2 Cor. xi. 9 a/3api/
alphabet, corresponding
For its power as a numerical sign, and vfilv IfiavTOv tTrjptjffa. So t7rt/3apa> q.
as a privative and intensive particle in v. and papvg Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 2.

composition, see Buttmann ^ 2. n. 3.

In N. T. r6 or A 'Al3/3a, indec. Abba, Hebrew 2fy
120. 5, and n. 11. Chalaee form N|u$, father. Mark xiv.
rb ctX^a signifies the first, Rev. i. 8, 11. Rom.
36. viii. 15." Gal. iv. 6.
xxi. 6. xxii. 13; since the writer himself
it and apx ?- Com- "AjSfX, 6, indec. Abel, Hebrew b:?n
explains by Trpwroc 1

Is. xlviii. 12. coll. xli. 4. xliv. 6. (transientness), pr.

name of the seconi
pare
Clem. Alex. Strom. IV. 25. [p. 537. C. ed. son of Adam. Matt, xxili.35. Luke xi. 51.
Heb. xi. 4. xii. 24. See Gen. iv. 1 16.
Sylb.l KVK\O yap avrbf (6 vlof) iraauv rutv
Swdpuitv, tic tv iXovfitvoiv cat ivovpt- 'A)3m, o, indec. Abia, Heb. nn
votv #td TOVTO A teat O o Xoyog ttp;/- (Jehovah is his father), pr. name of two
rat. men in N. T. One a king of Judah,
indec. Aaron, Hebrew Matt. i. 7. coll. 1 K. xiv. 31. xv. 1 sq. The
'Aa/owv, o,
li"l7T^, pr. name of a son of Amram
and other a priest of the posterity of Aaron,
Jocnebed of the tribe of Levi, Ex. vi. 20; and founder of a sacerdotal family, Luke
the brother of Moses, his interpreter i. 6. When all the priests were distrib-
before Pharaoh the Egyptian uted into 24 classes, the 8th class was
(N"3})
called from him the class of Abia. 1 Chr.
king, Ex. iv. 14 sq. v. 1 sq. vii. 10 sq. and
the first High-Priest, Ex. xxviii. 1 sq. 40; xxiv. 10.
12 sq In N. T. Acts vii. 40. Heb. v. 4. indec. Abiathar, Heb.
'A(3ta.Sap t o,
vii. 11. ix. 4. By Hebraism, family of
IJT^N (father of abundance), pr. name
Aaron, Luke
:

i. 5. of a High Priest, Mark ii.26. Cf. 1 Sam.

Heb. xxii. 21 1 K. ii. 26, 27, 35. See Calmet.
'AjSaSSwv, indec. Abaddon, .

"pl^h* (destruction), the name ascribed

Rev. ix. 11 to the angel of Tartarus (a.
q. v.) and explained by the Greek
/3v(T<rog
airoXXvwv destroyer, i. e. the angel of
death. The usual Heb. word is rrnttto,
Sept. 6 iXoSpevwv, Ex. xii. 23.
xviii. 25.
Compare 6\o$ptvTT]s
10.
'Api\nvih fjc, n, Abilene, (in MSS.
also 'AfiiXivrj and the name
'ApiXiavrj,}
of a district not far from Anti-Lebanon,
so called from the city Abila or Abela,
which lay on the eastern declivity of
So Wisd.
Anti-Libanus, about 18 or 20 miles N. W.
1 Cor. x. from Damascus, towards Heliopolis or
Baalbeck and often named 'AjBiXij TOV
;

'AjSa^Tjc, toe, o, TI, adj. (a pr.

and Avaaviov to distinguish it from others.
8ap f weight,) pp. not heavy, e. g. of the This territory had formerly been gov
air. Plut. Moral. VI.
p. 98. ed. Tauchn. erned as a tetrarchate by a certain Ly
B
sauias, the son of Ptolemy and grandson 3. Cf. '2 Pet. ii. 4. Acta Thomse $ 32
of Mennseus (Jos. Ant. 14. 13.
3) ; but } afivaooG rov Trrprdpov.
he was put to death (A. C. 36) through
the intrigues of Cleopatra, who took
"AyajSoc, ou, b, Agabus, pr. name
of a Jewish Christian, who predicted a
possession of his province (ib. 16. 4. 1). famine, Acts xi. 28, and the imprisonment
After her death it fell to Augustus, who of Paul, Acts xxi. 10.
hired it out to a certain Zenodorus but ;

as he suffered the country to be infested 'AyaSotpylo), w, f. 7<, (dyaSof

and tpyov), Phavorin. tvepyerw icai pyd-
with robbers, the province was taken In N. T. absol. to do
Zopat dyaSov.
from him and given to Herod the Great
good to others. 1 Tim. vi. 18. (ooll. Gal.
(Jos. B. J. 1. 20. 4. coll. Ant. 15. 10. 1). vi. In MSS. Acts xiv. 17 for dya-
10.)
At Herod's death a part of the territory
was given to Philip (Ant. 17. 11. 4) ;

but the greater part, with the city Abilu, (,

seems then or afterwards to have been
and TTotfw.)
The better form is dya&bv
bestowed on another Lysanias, Luke iii. TTOISW, Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 200.
do good to others, absol. Mark iii.
1. to
1, who is by some supposed to be a de-
scendant of the former, but is no where
4. Luke
vi. 9, 35. Acts xiv. 17. With an
accus. of pers. Acts vi. 33. Sept. for
mentioned by Josephus. Indeed no-
thing is said by Josephus, or any other mpn Judg. xvii. 13. Zeph. i. 12 __Tob.
xii. 13. 1 Mac. xi. 33. 2 Mac. i. 2.
profane writer, of this part of Abilene,
2. In N. T. also to do well, act virtu-
until about ten years after the time re-
ously, absol. 1 Pet. ii. 15, 20. iii.
6, 17,
ferred to by Luke, when Caligula gave
3 John 11. Cf. 1 Pet. iii. 11.
it to Agrippa Major as rtrpapxia Av- /

aariov
(Ant.
18. 6. 10) ;
to whom it , ere, *l, well-doing, love
was afterwards confirmed by Claudius of virtue, virtuous conduct, 1 Pet. iv. 19 ;

(ibid.
19. 6. 1). At his death it went cf. dyaSoTroilw, no. 2 -- Test. XII Pat.
with his other dominions^ to Agrippa ap. Fabric. Cod. Pseudep. I. 722 __
Minor (ib.
20. 7. 1. B. J, 2.
12.1)
__ See Others, beneficence.
Krebs Obss. in N. T. p. 110. Rosenm. bene-
'A-yaSoTrotocj ov, o, r/, adj. pp.
Alterthk. I. Pt. II. p. 257. in the sense of bland, courteous,
ficent j
'AjSfovS, b, indec. Abiud, Hebrew e. g. ywri Ecclus. xlii. 14. In N. T. up-

T)5T3J< (Judah is his father), pr. name right, virtuous, 1 Pet. ii. 14 c. f. dyaSo- ;

of a son of Zorobabel, Matt. i. 13. Troiia) no. 2.

Athenag. Apol. p. 304. D.
Omitted in 1 Chr. iii. 19. in Opp. Justini Mart.

o, indec. Abraham, Heb. 'A'yaS'oc? *'/> ov, (ayav much,

(father of a multitude), pr. name ceedingly,) corresp.
to Heb. iit3, Lat.
of the celebrated patriarch and founder
bonus, and Eng. good.
of the Israelitish nation. Matt. i. 1, 2. 1. good, i. e. from the force of the
xxii. 32. Heb, xi. 819. AL. theme, excellent, distinguished, best.
pr. and of persons. Matt. xix. 16 SiSdanaXt
oi>, (, /, a)
v. fivaffoc depth, in Greek writ- ayaSe. v. 17 bis. Mark x. 17, 18 bis.
bottom,)
ers, deep, profound ; as Xipvjj afivaooQ Luke xviii. 18, 19 bis. So Sept. for nit3
Diod. Sic. 6. 25. Herodot. 2. 28. Sept. 1 Sam. ix. 2. Judith xi. 8. Jos. Ant.
for trinn abyss, either of the ocean, Gen, 9. 6, 2 TOVS ayaSrove avSpag Kai
f. 2. vii! 11. ;
or of the underworld, Ps, ovg tnriKTtivi. Xen. Cyneg. 1. 14.
Ixxt. 21. cvii.26, b)
of things, Luke x. 42 rrjv
In N, T. 77 afivffffos as a noun signifies, /iept^a. John. i. 47 ri dyaSrov what re-
the place markable. 2 Thess. 16 t\7nc dya^j;.
of the dead, orcus, $$T). ii.

a) genr. Rom. x. 7. unless this put for e\7ri'e dyaS-wv. So

is

b) spc. Tartarus, i.e.

that part of 'c?e Sept. for nitO Ezra viii. 27 x a ^ K v ayabov.
in which the souls of the wicked were 2. good, absolutely, i. e. of good cha-

supposed to be confined. Luke viii. 31. racter, disposition, quality.

virtuous. Matt.
Jlev. ix. 1, 2, 11. xi. 7. xvii. 8. xx. 1, a) of persons, upright,
 'AyaXX'tacriQ

v. 45. xii. 35. xxii. 10. xxv. 21, 23. In the sense of suitable,
adapted to, Eph.
Luke vi. 45. xix. 17. xxiii. 50. John iv.29 Xoyoc dy. Trpog oiKodofirjv. Rom. XV.
vii. 12. Acts xi. 24. So Sept. for niu 2. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 1 iroXtg tyoiviKag
Qtptiv
2Chr.xxi. 13. Pror. xiii.2, where dyaB-og Pausan. Eliac. poster, c. 26. 4
is opposed to Trapavo/tog. xv. 3. Is. Ixiii. 7 KCtpTTOVg IKTptytlV CtjaSfT].
Kpirtjs dyaSoe for yto~ :n. Xen. Mem. neut. ro dya-3-ov,
c) (a) something use-
8 K0\a&iv ful and profitable, benefit, Rom. viii. 28.
3. 4. rotig KCIKOVC ical rouf dya-
xii. 21. xiii. 4. Gal. vi. 10. Eph. iv. 28.

b)
of things, (a) in a physical sense, vi. 8. 1 Thess. v. 15. Philem. vi. 14 __
e. g. SevSpov Matt. vii. 17, 18. y/j Luke Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 18 rd dyo&d, things
(/3)
viii. 8. So Sept. yfj dy. for nita Ex. iii. 8.
good and useful, benefits, blessings. Matt.
Diod. Sic. 11. 25 x&pa dy. Xen. CEc. vii. 11. Luke i. 63. xvi. 25. Gal. vi. 6.
16. 7 yj dy __ in a moral sense, good, Heb. ix. 11. x. 1 __ Xen. 3. 15
(/3) Cyr. 6.
upright, virtuous ; e. g. jcapfta Luke viii.

15. ivroXrj Rom. vii. 12. Xoyog 2Thess. In the sense of goods, wealth, Luke xii.
ii. 17. 3\7J/ia TOV 0. Rom. xii. 2, and 18, 19. So Sept. niB Gen. xxiv. 10.
for
so Sept. for iiu with rd irvtvfta Neh. ix. xlv. 18, 20. Dent. vi. 11 Xen. Cyr. 3.
20. Ps. cxliii. 10. Wisd. viii. 19 ^vxn dy. 3. 20.
Hence awtiStjaig dyoSiy, i. e. conscious- . 4. good, in respect to the feelings ex-
ness of rectitude, Acts xxiii. 1. 1 Tim. i.
cited, i. e.
pleasant, joyful, happy. 1 Pet.
.", 1!). 1 Pet. iii. 16, 21. So tpya dya$d, iii. 10 rjftfpaf dy. Rom. x. 15 rd dyaSa
good deeds, virtue, rectitude, Rom. ii. 7. happy times. Sept. for mitt Ps. xxxiv.
xiii. 3. Eph. ii. 10. Col. i. 10. 2 Tim. ii. 12 17/ilpaf dy. Zech. viii. 19 toprdf dy __
21. iii. 17. Tit. i. 16. iii. 1. Heb. xiii. Ecclus. xiv. 14. 1 Mace. x. 55,
21. So
Sept. for nita 1 3am. xix. 4
7rou;/iara dy. Wisd. iii. 15 TTOVOI dy. to, w, f. /<rw, (contr. for
neut. dyaSov and dya&d, i. e. vir- q. v.) to do good to others.
c)
tue, rectitude, love of virtue, Matt. xii. 34,
absol. Acts xiv. 17 in some MSS Cy-
35. xix. 16. Luke vi. 45. John v. 29. Julian. 3. p. 81. A. et in Mich.
rill. c.

Rom. ii. 10. iii. 8. vii. 18, 19. ix. 11. cap. 2. p. 409. C.
xii. 9. xiii. 3. xvi. 19. 2 Cor. v. 10.
c? >?> (for
1 Pet. iii. 11, 13. 3 John 11. Rom. vii.
in Greek writers ayaxoTns, or better
13 bis r6 dyaSoi/ that which is in itself
xpijoror/je, Thorn. Mag. p. 921. H.
good. Rom. xiv. 16 where TO dya^ov is
Planck de Indol. p. 162, 164, and in Bib.
the cause, i. e. the religion of Christ.
good I. p. viz.
Repos. 683), goodness,
Sept. for 2iB Ps. xxxiv. 14. liii. 2, 4. of disposition and character, pro-
Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 5. a)
bity, virtue, Rom. xv. 14. Eph. v. 9.
3. good, in respect to operation or in-
2 Thess. i. 11. So Sept. for nllO Ps. Iii.
fluence on others, i. e. useful, beneficial,
5. nnia 2 Chr. xxiv. 16.
profitable.
of persons, benevolent, beneficent, b) towards others, beneficence, Gal. v.
a) 22. Sept. for mt3 Neh. ix. 25.
Matt. xx. 15. Rom. v. 7. 1 Thess. iii. 6.
Tit. ii. 5. 1 Pet. ii. 18. So Sept. for nia ewe, V, not found in
2Chr. xxx. 19 6 Sebc dy. Ps. Ixxiii. 1. Gr. writers ;
but often
Sept. in the in
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 4 Evtpyirqv, TOV dvSpa sense of joy, exultation, for ^3 Ps. xlv.
TOV ayaSov. Thuc. 1. 86. 16. Ixv. 13. rejoicing, with song, danc-

b) of things; e. g. Sofiara Matt. vii. 11. ing, etc. for n^n Ps. xxx. 7. cxviii. 15.
Luke xi. 13. tioaie James i. 17. tpyov cxxvi. 2, 6. great joy, for ptoi Ps. xlv.
Phil. i. 6. avaaTpo^f) 1 Pet. iii. 16 rapTroi 8. Ii. 10, 14. Tob. xiii. 1.
James iii. 17. iriariQ Tit. 10. Sept. for
ii. In N. T.joy, gladness, rejoicing, Luke
nit3 1 Sara. xii. 23 dy. 6of. Neh. ix. 13. i. 14, 44. Acts ii. 46. Jude 24. Acta
tvToXai dy. Matt. xii. 35 dy. Sr/eravpof, Thorn. ^ 7 iv x a P9 Ka * dya\X<d(m. Heb.
treasure of good things. Luke vi. 45 So __ i.9 tXaiov dyaXXid<rwf, from Ps. xlv. 8,
tpya dyaSd, good deeds, benefits, Acts ix. oilof gladness, i. e. with which guests
36. 2 Cor. ix. 8. 1 Tim. ii. 10. v. 10. were anointed at feasts, here put as an
B 2
 'A-yaXXmw
emblem of the highest honour j
see Cal- themselves and saying, for ayavait. xal

met, p. 68. Xey. Trpof taurouf.

to complain of, seq. Trfpi
Luke i. else- b) by impl.
w, 47, c. gen. Matt. xx. 24. Mark x. 41 Pla-
where ayaXXtao/ieu, (ayav much, and to Ep. 7. Apollodor. Bib. I. Trtpi Ttrd-
!i\\ofiat to leap, dance), not found in Gr. vwv ayavanTovoa. More freq. with iiri
writers, but often in Sept. for ^13 Ps. ii. 4. Wisd. xii. 27.
seq. dat. Jos. Ant. 4. 6.
11. Ps. Ixviii. 4. Ps. xx. 6.
y*>V -jJT
a) C> v> indignation.
to^25 Ps* xl. 17, etc. pp. spoken of re- 'AyavaicTTjortCj
Hence in 2 Cor. vii. 11 __ Thuc. 2. 41. Jos. B. J.
joicing with song and dance.
4. 5. 4.
N. T. to exult, rejoice.
absol. Luke x. 21. Actsii. 26 }yaX-
11) aw, w, f. riao), absol. and trans.
Xtdcraroy\S>ood fiov, I rejoiced in words,
rj to love ;but differing from 0iXsw, which
sang aloud, xvi. 34. So x at'p tv Ka * includes the kind of love or affection ex-
dyaXX. emphat. rejoice exceedingly, Matt. pressed by a kiss see Tittmann de Synon.
;

v. 12. 1 Pet. iv. 13. Rev. xix. 7. coll. Ps. in N. T. p. 50.

xc. 14. xl. 17 __ Acta Thorn. 27. to regard ivith strong
a) to love,
i. e.
(a)
with a noun of the same signif. in Luke vii. 42. Jolmiii. 35. viii.
b) affection.
an adverbial sense. 1 Pet. i. 8 dyaXXi'a- 42. xxi. 15. sq. 2 Cor. ix. 7. Rev. iii. 9.
(T$t x a P$ dvtK\a\f}Ttf>,
rejoice with joy
un- al saep. Sept. for nn*$, Gen. xxiv. 67.
speakable, i. e. unspeakably. Winer 58. Ruth iv. 15 With an accus. of the cor-
3. Matthiae 408. n. Buttm. 133. 3. resp. noun, Eph. ii. 4 dydTrjjv, fiv ^yaTrn-
c) seq.
'iva c. subjunct. John viii. 56 <rtv //*ag, the love, with which he hath

i/yaXXtd<raro, 'Iva idy rijv ijp.ipav rfjv iurjVf loved MS; so 2 Sam. xiii. 15. See Buttm.
he rejoiced that he should see my day, i. e. $131.3. Matth. 408. Winer 32. 2.
to see it. Cf. Liicke Comm. in Joh. II. Hence perf. part. Pass. ^ymnjfiEvos, be-
p. 246. loved, Eph. i. 6. Col. iii. 12. al.
d) seq.
iiri c. dat. Luke i. 47 i)yaXXi- as referred to superiors, and in-
(/3)
afff rb irvivpd fiov liri ry ,
where it
cluding the idea of duty, respect, vene-
should prob. read dyoXXido-trat rb irv. ration, etc. to love and serve with fidelity,
coll. Ps. xiii. 6 dyaXXidaerat rj /capita pov. Matt. vi. 24. xxii. 37. Mark xii. 30, 33.
So dydXXtff^ai Xen. Mem. 3.
i-rri rivi Luke xvi. 13. Rom. viii. 28. al step.
5. 16. Sept. Ps. ix. 15. xxi. 2. xxxv. 9. Hence
Sept. for nrrK 1 Sam. xviii. 16
iv c. dat. where a simple dative oldyaTTwvTte rbv Kvptov, the faithful dis-
e) seq.
might stand. John v. 35 dyaX. iv T$ ciples or followers of the Lord, Eph. vi.

0wrt avTov. 1 Pet. i. 16. So Ps. Ixxxix. 24. James i. 12. ii. 5. Sept. for nns
16 iv Ttfi bvofiari oov dyaXX. xiii. 5. Xen. Ex. xx. 6. Deut. v. 10.
Iliero 1. 16 tvaivioSai iv TIVI. regard with favour,
e. to
b) to love, i.

good will, benevolence.Mark x. 21 )yd-

"A-ya/ioc, ou, , ^, adj. (a pr. and yd-
John x. 17. In
Trrjcrev aurov. Luke vii. 5.
HOQ, nuptials), unmarried, i. e.
wholly, cce-
other passages the effects of benevolence
lebs, 1 Cor. vii. 32, 34 or spoken of those
;
are expressed, to wish well to, do good
who do not marry a second time, ib. v.
Xen. Conv. Horn. II. 3. 40. to, etc. ayairg.v rbv irXrjaiov, TOVQ x~
8, 11. 9. 7.
Srpovc, etc. Matt. v. 43 sq. xix. 19. xxii.
39. Luke vi. 32. al. For the fut. dya-rrr)-
'Ayavaicrtw, aj f. now, {ayav much,
and dx$o pain), pp. to be pained, a) in otiQ as imperat. in Matt. v. 43, see Wi-
body, Plato Phsedr. c. 97. in mind, ner 44. 3. Matth. 498. c __2 Cor. xii.
b)
i. to be solicitous or provoked, Plato
e. 15 i ai Trtpiffo-ortpwe iytaf ayaTruiv, r\r-
Phaedon. c. 8, 9 ed. Fisch In N. T. to __ TOV ayairupai, even if, having conferred
be angry, vexed, indignant. greater benefits on you, I receive less from
a) genr.
and absol. Matt. xxi. 15. xxvi. you.
8. Mark x. 14. Luke xiii. 14. Bel and c) spoken
of things, to love, i. e. to

Drag. 28. Jos. Ant. 2. 13. 3. Herodian. delight in. Luke xi. 43 dyairarf. rfjv
8. 7. 6 __ Mark xiv. 4 dyavaxTovvrtq TT^OQ irpuTOKaSedpiav. John iii. 19. Heb. i. 9.

iavrovg xal Xeyovrtf, indignant among 1 John ii. 15. Sept. for nn*$ Ps. xlv. 8.
 Xen. Cyr. 7. 24 pdXurr' dv dyairdv
5. which God or Christ is the object in the
airy
Ti]v Trap' Ant. 7. 1. 6
Siairav. Jos. hearts of Christians. So of God, Luke
avrov avrov xi. 42. John v. 42. 1 John ii. 5 and so
<T<f>6dpa (David) r/}> Trpog ;

diroSavovra, Kai $vXaKi}v absol. 1 John iv. 16, 18 ter. 3 John 6. So

(Abner) riftrjv
Ti]Q TTIOTEWC rfyaTTtjaav, i. e. tfAey were de- of Christ, John xv. 10. Rom. viii. 35. For
lighted with, etc. cf. Kypke Obss. Sac. I. this gen. of the object, see Gesen. p. 676.
p. 179. OVK dyairdv, not to love, i. e. to Winer 30. Instead of the gen. fiov,

neglect, to disregard, to contemn. Rev. xii. we find Joh. XV. 9 iv ry dydirrj Ty ifiy,
11 OVK rfycLTTijcrav rffv \f/i'xrjv avrwv XP* i. e. in the love of me.
Savdrov, they contemned their lives even c) by meton. the effect or pi-oof of
unto death, i. e. they willingly exposed love, beneficence, benefit conferred. Eph.
themselves to death. See Ov, and comp. i. 15 Ti]v dydirijv Ttjv tig irdvTag rovg dyi-
Gesen. Lehrg. p. 832. Stuart 537. Wi- ovg. iii. 19. 1 John iii. 1. 2 Thess. ii.

ner 59. 1. So Ecclus. XV. 13 OVK dya- 10 Ttjv dydirijv Trjg dXijSrtiag, the true love,
ITTJTOV, detestable. AL. i.e. the true and real benefits conferred

j, rjs, >/ 1. love, i. e.

affcc-
by God through Christ. Buttm. 123.
n. 4.
tionate regard, good will, benevolence.
2. In the plur. dyaTrat, wv, at, aaa-
1 Cor. iv. 21 iv pdfldy tX^w
a) genr.
iv dydrry irvtvpari n p<E, love-feasts, i. e.
public banquets of
irpug vp,dg, fj Trpao-
a frugal kind, instituted by the early
TtjTog ;
shall I come to you with a rod, or
of Col. Christians, and connected by them with
in love? i. e. full love, all love. i.
the celebration of the Lord's Supper.
13 6 viog Trjg dydirtjg, i. q. 6 dyairriTog,
The provisions, etc. were contributed
beloved son; for this gen. instead of an
Gesen. Stuart 440. by the more wealthy individuals, and
adject, see p. 643.
were common to all Christians, whether
Winer34. 2. Buttm. 123. n. 4. Spoken
rich or poor, who chose to partake.
more especially of that good will towards
Portions were also sent to the sick and
others, that love of our neighbour, that
absent members. These dydn-at were
brotherly affection, which the religion of
intended as an exhibition of that mu-
Jesus commands and inspires. John xv.
tual love which is required by the
13. xvii. 26. Rom. xiii. 10. 1 Cor. xiii.
Christian religion but as they became
1
sq. Heb. vi. 10. 1 John iv. 7. al. saep. ;

2 Cor. 116 God subject to abuses, they were afterwards

xiii. Stbg r/Jc dydirtjg, the
discontinued. See Tertull. Apol. c.
of love, the author and source of
i. e.
39. Calmet p. 27. Jude 12. Corap.
love, who
himself love. is Rom. xv. 30
Acts ii. 42, 46. vi. 2. 1 Cor. xi. 17
dydirrj TOV irvtvfiaTog, that love which the
34. AL.
Spirit inspires. Followed by tig c. ac-
CUS. 2 Thess. i. 3 77 dydirij tig dXXfiXovg. * ^, ov, beloved, dear,
2 Cor. ii. 4, 8. 1 Pet. iv. 8. Followed Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 32 17 dpiTrj
by iv c. dat. in the looser late Greek ffvvtpybg Tt\viTaif. So Sept. for

usage, instead of tig c. accus. John xiii. Ps. Ixxxiv. 2. In N. T.

35 dydirrj iv dXXijXo/f. 2 Cor. viii. 7. 1. beloved, dear, but spoken only of
See Winer 54. 4. Christians, as united with God, or with
b) spc. TJ dydirrj TOV Siov V. TOV XOKT- each other, in the bonds of holy love;
TOV, the love of God or of Christ. Here e. g. dyairrjToi, Acts xv. 25. Rom. xii. 19.
the gen. sometimes subjective or ac-
is 2 Cor. vii. 1. xii. 19. Col. i. 7. iv. 14. 1

tive, and sometimes objective or passive. Thess. ii. 8. Heb. vi. 9. 1 Pet. ii, 11. iv.

(a) subj. or act. it signifies the love 12. 2 Pet. in. 1, 8, 14, 15, 17. 1 John iii.
ichich God or Christ exercises towards 2,21. iv. 1,7,11. 3 John 1,2, 5, 11. Jude
Christians. So of God, Rom. v. 5. Eph. 3, 17, 20. Tim. vi. 2 iriaToi tloi ical dya-
1
ii. 4. 2 Thess. iii. 5. Followed by rig conjoined in the bonds of faith
7r//rcH, i. e.

Tiva, Rom. v. 8 and by tv rtvi, 1 John

;
and love. 1 Cor. xv. 58 dfoX^oi dyairr)-
iv. 9, 16 see above in a. So of Christ,
; rot, beloved brethren, i. e. Christians. Eph.
2 Cor. v. 14. vi. -21 Phil. iv. 1 bis. Col. iv. 7, 9. Phi-
.

(/I) objectively or pass, that love of lon. 1,2, 16. James i.

16, 19. ii. 5, So
 $tou, beloved of God, chosen by
) serve to hasten their journey, Xen. Cyr.
him to salvation, Rom. i. 7. xi. 28. Eph. 8. 6. 17. Herodot. 8. 98. Cf. Esth. viii.
v. 1. So Sept. dyctTrijrot aov for T> TT
10, 14. See Heeren's Ideen, etc. Vol. I.
spoken of the worshippers of God, Ps. Pt. i. p. 534, ed. 3. Calmet p. 59.
Ix. 8. cviii. 7. cxxvii. 2. Paul seems to Afterwards dyyaptuw came to signify, to
upply the term particularly to those con- press into service for a journey in the
verted under his ministry, when he manner of an dyyapof. Jos. Ant. 13. 2.

speaks of Epenetus, TOV dyairijTov /*ov, 3 KtXn'na fJ.rjde dyyapw<r3'ot TU. T>V 'lov-
Rom. xvi. 5; so xvi. 8, 9, 12; comp. 1 ("iMc.;)-
u7rovyia. Hence
Cor iv. 17 TiftoSiov, of Ion rkitvov p.ov In N. T. trans, to compel, to press,

ifairtjTov iv icvpiy. 2 Tim. i. 2. So also simply, as to accompany one, Matt. v. 41

of a whole church gathered by himself; oerrif ere dyyaptu<rtt fiiXiov sv. Also genr.
1 Cor. iv. 14 TtKva pov dyaTrjjrd. x. 14. Matt, xxvii. 32. Mark xv. 2-1 Compare .

Phil. ii. 12. Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Chald. Talm. f. 131.

only, only begotten, in the phrase

2.
'Ayytlov, ou, TO, (dimin. from dy-
vlbf dyaTrijroc, only son; as being the
a vessel, utensil, Matt. xiii. 48. xxv.
object of peculiar love. In N. T. spoken yoc),
4. Sept. for ^5
Gen. xlii. 25. Num. 4.
only of Christ, the v\&c dyairijroc of God, 9. Xen. Anab. 6. 4. 23.
Matt. iii. 17. xii. 18. xvii. 5. Mark i.
11. ix.7. Lukeiii.22. ix.35. 2 Pet. i. 17.
'AyycXia, a^j n> PP- message brought,
So in the parable, Mark xii. 6 'iva vlbv news, Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 14. In N. T. me-
t\ti)v, dyairrjTov UVTOV, having
one son,
taph. doctrine promulgated, precept given,
his well-beloved, i. e. his only son. Luke sc. in the name of any one. 1 John iii.

xx. 13. So Sept. for TIT Gen. xxii.2, 12. -Ql Prov. xii. 25.
14. Sept. for
and in the phrase irivSoc dyaTrrjrov for
1. a
TIT, mourning for an only son, i. e. "AyytAoc, ou, o, (dyysXXw).
most vehement, Jer. vi. 26. Amos viii. 10. messenger, one who is sent sc. in order
Zech. xii. 10.
Hesych. dyaTrqrov fiovo-
to announce, teach, perform, or explore
any thing. Matt. xi. 10. Luke vii.
yivij, x a P l<y/"vov. Pollux 3. 2 icaXoTro
3' av v'tbf dyaTrqrog, o p.6vo av Trarpt i) 24. ix. 52. Gal. iv. 14. James ii. 25
Cf. Obss. Sac. 1. p. 312. coll. Josh. vi. 17 al. In 1 Cor. xi. 10
>i.
Kypke
spies ; others, angels ; others, evil angels,
"Ayap, rj,
indec. Hagar, Heb. nan demons. Sept. for TJS^T? Mai. ii. 7. al.
(flight), pr. name of a maid-servant of
Diod. Sic. 11. 23. 'ien. Cyr. 2. 4. 1.
Abraham, and the mother of Ishmael. So in Rev. i. 20 sq. the angels of the
In Gal. iv. 24, 25, Paul applies this name, even churches, are probably the bishops
by an allegorical interpretation, to the or pastors of those churches, who were
inferior condition of the Jews under the
the delegates, messengers, of the churches
law, as compared with that of Christians to God in the offering of prayer,
under the Gospel. Gen. c. 16. Others refer this to guardian an-
etc.
send off to
'AyyapEvo), f. tixru, pp. gels.
an dyyapoc or public courier. This word 2. an angel, a celestial messenger, in
is of Persian
origin, and after being re- the usage of Scripture, i. e. a being su-
ceived into the Greek language, passed perior to man. The Deity is represented
also into use among the Jews and Ro- as surrounded by a race of beings of
mans. Cyrus, or, according to Hero- a higher order than man, whom he also
dotus, Xerxes, was the first to establish employs as his messengers and agents
relays of horses ('nrirwvfg) and couriers in administering the affairs of the world,
at certain distances on all the great and in promoting the welfare of indi-
roads, in order that the royal letters and viduals as well as of the whole human
UK --;
might be transmitted with the
TCS family. Matt. i. 20. xx. 30.
xviii. 10.

greatest possible speed. These dyyapot Acts vii. 30. al. As to the numbers of
had authority to press into their service the angels, see Heb.
xii. 22. Rev. v. 11.

men, horses, ships, or any thing which S^e more under 'AuxyyXof. Some ot
came in their way, and which might these beings anapTi'jaavrtc xai p
 'Ay*

*rwv Acts xx. 32. xxvi. 18. 1 Cor. i. 2.

apxriv, 2 Pet.
ii. 4. ral,
<rivrc rr) v
Jude 1. So 1 Cor. vii. 14 -^yiaorai b avrip
Jude 6, are called
o! dyytXoi row $ia(B6\ov
V. rov Sarav, angels of the devil
or Satan, jjyiacrrai 17 yvvi), the unbelieving hus-

Matt. xxv. 41. 2 Cor. xii. 7. Rev. xii.

band or wife is made clean or sanctified,
i. e. is to be regarded, not as unclean,
9. al. Rev. ix. 11 dyysXog rrjc apvavov,
not as an idolater, but as belonging to
att^eZo/ Tartarus, i. e. destroying angel; See ay tog, 1.
AL. the Christian community.
see 'Afiadtwv.
b. /3 So Sept for unp passim.
as a par-
imper. of dyw, used 2. to consecrate, to devote, i. e. to set
of exhortation or incitement, come
ticle
apart from a common to a sacred use ;
now, go to, Lat. age.
James iv. 13. v. 1. since in the Jewish ritual this was one
for xix. 6. See Winer
Sept.* N} Judg. great object of the purifications.
47. 3. n Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 47. ib. 5. 3. 4. of things, Matt, xxiii. 17
a) spoken
.

6 vaof 6 dyidwv rbv \pvaov. xxiii. 19.

ij^, /,
a nera ; used in N. T.
viii. 30, 31,32 bis.
2 Tim. ii. 21 raeuog ijyiaer/tevov. Sept. for
only of swine, Matt. 10 sq. 30.
Mark v. 11, 13. Luke viii. 32, 33. Sept. ttnp Lev. viii.
of persons, to consecrate,
for v. 16. Diod. Sic. 3. 34. b) spoken
Try Judg. as being set apart of God and sent by
Xen. fern. 2. 9. 7.
him for the performance of his will.
ou, o, adj. (a John x. 36 ov b 7rar)p rj-yiaat, whom the
priv. and ytvmXoyew), without genealogy, father hath consecra t ed and sent into the
T T __ _-4 III O *^
whose descent is unknown, Heb. vii. 3.
1. i

world, etc. xvii. 17 aytaerov UVTOVQ iv

Found only in N. T. where Melchisedec
a\r)5titp oov, consecrate
them through or
is so called, because, being a Cana- in the promulgation of thy truth, comp.
anite, and not standing in the public v. 18. xvii. 19 bis. Ecclus. xlv. 4. xlix. 7.
to
genealogical registers as belonging 3. to regard and venerate as holy,
to
the family of Aaron, he was a priest not hallow. Matt. vi. 9 ayiaaSrjro* rb ovopd
by right of sacerdotal descent, but by the <rov. Luke xi. 2. 1 Pet. iii. 15. Sept.
grace of God. Cf. Ex. xl. 15. Num. Hi.
Is. ix. 13. xxix. 23.
10. See in
but
'A-ymoyxoc, ou, b, (from ayidai,
eoc, > 17, adj. (a priv. and not found in Greek writers), pp. conse-
race), spoken of one who
is with-
cration,Sept. for irnpn Judg. xvii. 3.
out ancestors, or without descendants. In N. T. sanctification, purity of heart
In N. T. low born, ignoble, base, 1 Cor. i. and life, holiness. Rom. vi. 19, 22. 1

28, where it is opposed to tvytvyf in v. Thess. iv. 3, 4, 7. 1 Tim. ii. 15. Heb.
26. Plut. Pericl. c. 24. xii. 14 __2 Thess. ii. 13 iv dyia<r^< irvtv-

sanctification of the Spirit, i. e.

'Aym&u, f- aw, (uyioc q. v.) not
fuctToc,

produced by the Holy Spirit. 1 Pet. i. 2.

found in Greek writers, but often used
Meton. cause or author of this sancti-
in Sept. for
unp. In N. T. pp. to ren-
der fication, 1 Cor. i. 30.
a'ytov.
1. to make clean, render pure, a) pp.
"A-ytoc? fa, tov,
a word rarely found
Heb. ix. 13 dyidei Trpof rr\v rijc <rapjco in Attic writers, who prefer ayvog, but
used every where in the Sept. for ID'lljp
b) metaph.
to render clean in a moral and ttnp. Hence the primary idea is
sense, to purify, to sanctify. Rom. xv. 16 pure, clean (see Gesen. Lex. art. IDlp),
r'lyicifffitvq
iv irvivpaTt dyty, that the of- like dyvoc, but it superadds the notion
fering of the Gentiles may be acceptable, of respect and veneration, which the lat-
being purified by the Holy Spirit, i. e. by ter has not see Tittmann de Synon. N.
;

the sanctifying influences of the H. S. T. p. 21 sq,

on the hearts of the Gentiles. 1 Cor. vi. 8. pure, clean, i. e. ceremonially or
11. Eph. v. 26. 1 Thess. v. 23. 1 Tim. morally clean, including the idea of de-
iv. 5. Heb. ii. 11. x. 10, 14,29. xiii. 12. sert of respect, reverence, etc.
Rev. xxii. 11 Hence ol r/yia^svot, those a
) PP- perfect, without blemish, Rom.
it-Jin are sanctified, i.e. Christians in gene- xii, 1 Svaia ayia
 8

b) metaph. morally pure, upright, xv. 2. On nouns in -&TVQ see Lobeck

blameless in heart and life, virtuous, holy, ad Phryn. p. 350.
(a) genr. Mark vi. 20 'Iwdvvijv dvSpa for the
diicaiov icai iiyiov. Rom. vii. 12. 1 Cor. 'AytbHTVvri, TJC, 17, (ayiof),
comm. ayioovvrj, and pp. i.
q. aytonjc .
vii. 34. Eph. i. 4. v. 27. 1 Pet. i. 16.
1. metaph. sanctity, virtue, 2 Cor. vii.
al. Sept. for uJnp Lev. xi. 44.
1. 1 Thess. iii. 13.
spoken of those who are purified
of him who is deserving of
(/3) 2. the state
and by the influences of the
sanctified
veneration and worship, i. e. sanctity, ma-
Spirit, a saint; and as this is assumed of
jesty. Rom. 4 TTvtvfia
ayiitxrvvTjs, i. q.
i.
all who profess the Christian name,
Trvivpa tiyiov, Christ's spiritual state
i. e.
hence uytoi, saints, Christians, Acts ix.
of exultation and majesty as Messiah,
13coll. v. 14. ix. 32,41. xxvi. 10. Rom.
in antithesis to Kara aapjca in the pre-
i. 7. viii. 27. al Hence spoken of those
ceding verse. Sept. for Ps. xcvii. 12 ;
who i-jp
are to be in any way reckoned to
but also for 73? Ps. xcvi. 6, and for Tin
the Christian community, 1 Cor. vii. 14.
Ps. cxlv. 6. See Stuart's Comm. in loc.
See ayiao>, 1. b. So a'ytov <pi\r]fia, the
For the gen. as adject, see Stuart 440.
sacred Christian kiss, the pledge of Chris-
Winer 34. 2. b. Buttm. $ 123. n. 4.
tian affection, Rom. xvi. 16. 1 Cor. xvi.
20. 2 Cor. xiii. 12. 'AyicaArj, rjc, V,
the arm. Luke ii.
2. consecrated, devoted, sacred, holy, 28, coll. Mark ix. 36. Sept. for p^n
i.e. set apart from a common to a sacred 1 K. iii. 20 __
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 50.
use; spoken of places, temples, cities,
the priesthood, men, etc. Matt. iv. 5. ov, TO, a fish-hook.
Matt. xvii. 27. Sept. for nn 2 K. xix. 28.
vii. 6. xxiv. 15. xxvii. 53. Acts vi.
nan Hab. i. 15. Qnn Eze. xxxii. 3 ___
13. vii. 33. (iPet.ii.
5.) e.g.
of persons, '

^Elian. V. H. 1. 5.
&7rapxn a-yia Rom. xi. 16. Luke ii. 23.
of apostles, Eph. iii. 5. of prophets, Luke ac, *l,
an anchor. Acts
i. 70. Acts iii. 21. 2 Pet. i. 21. of
angels,
xxvii. 29, 30, 40. Heb. vi. 19 __ Xen.
Matt. xxv. 31. 1 Thess. iii. 13. al. (Others
Anab. 3. 5. 10.

in such passages prefer the sense of vene-

randus ; see no. 3.) Hence TO tiyiov is 'Ayva^oc, ou, o, 77, adj. (a priv.
and yva<j>ivQ a
fuller),
not yet fulled or
spoken of the temple, (a) genr. Acts vi. dressed ; hence by implic. new. Matt.
13. xxi. 28. Heb. ix. 1. (/3) spc. the ix. 16. Mark ii. 21. In Luke v. 36 it is
sanctuary of the temple of Jerusalem, KCtlVOQ.
either terrestrial Heb. ix. 2. or celestial
Heb. ix. 8, 12, 24. x. 19. Heb. ix. 3 'Ayvcfa, et, ?, (ayvo^, metaph.
TU ayia ayiwv, the holy of holies, the in- purity, in the sense of chastity, 1 Tim. iv.
1 2. v. 2 __ Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 1 ib. 8. 3. 9. Acta .
ner sanctuary. So Sept. for O^'lp. ti)'"Ip
Thorn. 48. Clem. Alex. Strom. 4. 25.
Ex. xxvi. 33. 2 Chr. iii. 8 sq. V/7 sq.
So TO. uym, sacred things, religious 'A-yviZa), i'<rw, (ayi'of), trans.
f.

worship, Heb. viii. 2. 1 . to

purify, to lustrate ; as John xi.
3. holy, hallowed, worthy of reverence 55, where ayvi&iv iavrov is to prepare
and veneration ; spoken of God, John one's self by purification for the sacred
xvii. 11. Rev. iv. 8. vi. 10. So Sept. festivals; which was done among the
for ump Is. v. 16. vi. 3. So of his Jews by visiting the temple, offering up
name, Luke i. 49. Sept. for iD'-jp
Lev. prayers, abstaining from certain kinds
xxii.2. So TO irvivna. TO tiyiov, the Holy of food, washing their clothes, bathing,
Spirit, Matt. i. 18, et passim ; see Tlvtv-
shaving the head, etc. Cf. Ex. xix. 10,
pa. Luke i. 72 ta$r]Kt) ayia. Rom. i. 14 sq. Sept. for nnp 2 Chr. xxix. 16, 18.
2 iv ypa^atf ayt'aiff. Sept. for llTTp Dan. Nannn Num. viii. 21, 12)lp Ex. xix. 10.
xi. 28, 30. Some refer hither the pas- 2. Mid. ayviZopai, perf. and aor. 1
sages cited under no. 2. AL. Pass. T/yvioyiat, riyvivSrjv with a mid.
u ~ live like one
'A-ytorrjCs rjro^ n, l
f)> PP- (7 P signif. agere castimoniam, to
rity ; in N. T. metaph. sanctity of life, under a vow of abstinence, i. e. like a
virtue, holiness, Heb. xii. 10. 1 Mace. Nazarite. Acts xxi. 24, 26. xxiv. 18. See
 'Ayopa
Buttm. 136. Winer 40. 2. The So Sept. for
yyqf
Lev. v. 18. Lev.
Jews were accustomed, when under a iv. 13.
Polyb/5. 11. 5.
vow of this kind, to abstain for a cer-
a, aroc, TO, (ayvosw,) pp.
tain time from the better sorts of food,
ignorance, involuntai-y error, Sept. for
to let their hair grow, to keep them-
7T3tt?a Gen. xliii. 12. In N. T. sin,
selves from all pollution, etc. and when
error, Heb. ix. 7. Ecclus. xxiii. 2.
thistime had expired, they were freed
Tob. iii. 3. Diod. Sic. 1.1.
from the obligation of their vow by a
particular ;
sacrifice Num. vi. 2 21. 'A-yvota, et, /, (ayvolw,) ignorance,
Acts iii. 17. Spoken of ignorance of God
Sept. for nig Hiph. Num. vi. 3. See
Heb. p. 1078. and divine things, Acts xvii. 30. Eph.
Jahn. 395. Lightfoot Hor.
3. to render pure in a moral
iv. 18. 1 Pet. i. 14. Xen. Mem. 1. 2.
metaph.
James iv. 8 ayviaart
34. Acta Thorn. 38.
sense, to reform. '
. 1 Pet. i. 22 rag i//vx? v/zwv A-Y voc, *'/> ov, pure, clean ; pp. Eu-
'
1 John iii. 3. Apollodor. 2. rip. Orest. 1620. In N. T. metaph.
928. &)pure, i. e. perfect, holy ; so ofGod.
1 John 3 ; and of his
iii.
ootyia, James iii.
oe, ov, o, (ayi>io>,) pp. lus. 17. Sept. for lima Ps. xii. 7. xix. 10.
tration, Sept. for ino and nhttan Num.
viii. 7, 8. Dion. Hal/Ant. 3. 22*. In N. Comp. Wisd. vii. 22 sq.

T. religious abstinence, etc. in consequent b) innocent, blameless, sceleris purus.

2 Cor. vii. 11 ayvovf tlvai iv Travri Trpay-
of a vow, Acts xxi. 26, see ayv'w 2.
paTi. Phil. iv. 8. 1 Tim. v. 22. Hero-
So Sept. for TJ;J Num. vi. 5.
T)} Amos dian. 1. 11. 12.
ii. 11.
c) modest, chaste,
2 Cor. xi. 2. Tit. ii.
tw, i5, f. wo*) (a pr. and votw,) 5. 1 Pet. iii. 2. Xen. Conv. 8. 15. Acta
absol. and trans. Thorn. 12. 49.
1. not to know, i.e. to be ignorant of,
a)
xvii. 23. Rom. vi. 'A-yvorrjc, rrjroc, ')> (ay^C,) PP-
unacquainted with, Acts
3. vii. 1. Gal. i.22. 1 Tim. i. 13. (2 Pet. purity ; metaph. pureness, sc. of life, 2
Cor. vi. 6.
ii.
12) Spoken of voluntary ignorance,
1 Cor. xiv. 38 bis
;
where others prefer 'Ayvwc, adv. with pure intention,
sincerely. Phil. i. 16. Hesiod. Op. et
the meaning, to act foolishly as in Sept. ',

Num. xii. 11 -- Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 23. D. 334.

Rom. 13 ov $t\ui vfiag dyvot'iv, I a P r ' an d yvwo-tf,)
'AjvtJffia, ac
i. r)
(
ivould not have you ignorant, i. e. be well pp. ignorance, Thuc. 8. 66. In N. T.
assured, xi. 25. l.Cor. x. 1. xii. 1. metaph. wilful ignorance, blindness, etc.
2 Co:, i. 8. 1 Thess. iv. 13. 2 Cor. ii. 1 Cor. xv. 34 dyvwffiav Stov, contempt of
11 OVK dyvoelv, not to be ignorant of, i.e. God. 1 Pet. ii. 15. So Sept. Job xxxv.
to know well. So Wisd. xii. 10. Jos. 16. Wisd. xiii. 1.
Ant. 6. 12. 4 ov ydp dyvov rovf opicouf.
ov, o, t}, (a pr. and
ib. 7. 9. 6.
of,) unknmvn. Acts xvii. 23 ay-
b) not to understand or comprehend, $t(ji, to the unknown God ; see
Mark ix. 32. Luke ix. 45. Rom. ii. 4. x.
Calmet. p. 49. W isd. xi. 19. xviii. 3.
3 __ Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 33. ib. 1. 6. 5.
2 Mace. i. 19. ii. 7.
not to acknowledge or receive, i. e. to
c)
reject. Acts xiii. 27 TOVTOV dyvorjffavreQ. 'A-vo/oa, ac, (ayp w to collect, V>

(xvii. 23.) Pass, ayvoovptvoi, unknown, convoke,) anyplace ofpublic resort in the
towns and cities, where the people came
i. e.
rejected, contemned, 2 Cor. vi. 9.
2. to sin, to do wrong, originally with the together.
idea of being done ignorantly and ill-
its
u) a public place, a broad street, etc.

voluntary but in N. T. this idea no

;
Matt. xi. 16. xx. 3. xxiii. 7. Mark vi. 56.
Heb. v. 2 roTf ayvo- xii. 33. Luke vii. 32. xi. 43. xx. 46. So
longer remains.
ovoi, those who commit sin. 2 Pet. ii. 12. Sept. forp^tij Ecc. xii. 4, 5. Cant. iii. 2.
iv olf dyvoovfft, against whom they sin ; _ Esdr. ii. 18. Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 8. B. J.
%
thers, in things which they know not. 5. 12. 3.
 "A-yotoc

b) aforum, market-place, where things public places, an idler, lounger, subrof,-

were exposed for sale, and assemblies tranus, Acts xvii. 5. Xen. H. G. 6. '2.

and public trials held. Acts xvi. 19. xvii. 12.

17. See Julm 247. Calmet p. 657. NOTE. The ancient grammarian
Diod. Sic. 13. 104. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 1. make a distinction betwen dyopaloe and
corn-market, Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 1, 2. dyopaeof. Suidas affirms that with the
Murk vii. 4 &trb dyopaf, lilv fit) pairri- circumflex it signifies an idler, as above;
favrat, OVK loSiovfft. Here some sup- but with the accent on the antepenult, a
ply i\36vrif after &irl> yop5f, (some judicial day, etc. Ammonius affirms
MSS. read iuv tX$w<ri,) and translate, re- just the reverse. Modern grammarians
turn h>t/ from the market-place they do not regard the distinction as unfounded.
eat, unless they have first washed ; for this See Krebs 1. c. Kuinoel on Acts xix.
rllipsis, see
Winer 66. 2, 4. Bos. Ell. 38. Passow sub voc.
Gr. p. 158. So Ecclus. xxxi. 25 pairnZo-
&**> vcicpov sc. iXSwv. Others 'A-ypa, ae, >/, a hunting, catching,
ftivoy In N. T. spoken only offishing, Luke v.
here regard dyopd as put for things sold 4. Meton. the thing taken, prey, draught.
in the market, provisions, and translate :
of fishes, Luke v. 9. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 19.
nor do they eat of what purchased in
is

be first washed; see

jEsop. Fab. 17.
the market, unless it
Krebs Obss. p. 85. For the construc- , ou, o, 77, adj. (a pr.
tion loSUiv curb see Mark vii. 28. Matt. and Acts
ypd/i/urt,) illiterate, unlearned,
So dyopd, iv. 13, where it refers rather to Jewish
xv. 27. grain, etc. Jos. Ant.
14. 16. 2. literatureand learning, i. e. the learning
of the Scribes and Pharisees cf. John
'AyopaZw, f. derm,(dyopd,) to mar- ;

Herodot. 2. 35. In N. T. to buy, to vii. 15. Diod. Sic. 12. 13.

ket,
purchase, absol. or trans, sometimes fol- Acwy to,
f. rjffd), (dypof and
lowed by a gen. of price, Mark vi. 37, ai>\i<yiai, toremain in the fields, sub dio
cf. Buttm. 132. 6. 2. Winer 30. 7 ult.
agere, absol. Luke ii. 8 Trot/uvtg fjffav
and Ecclus. xx. 12 ; or by IK c. gen. of aypavXovvrtg, cf. Winer 46. 48. Matth.
price, Matt, xxvii. 7, cf. Ep. of Jerem. 559. Plut. Numa 4. Diod. Sic. 16.
25. Palaeph. Fab. 46 or by iv c. dat. of
; 13. Parthen. Erot. c. 29 POVKO\CJV Kara
price, Rev. v. 9, coll. Sept. 1 Chr. xxi. TOV AITVTJV xdfiaTOG re teal
3-lpouc ^yoavXti.
24.
Matt. xiii. 44 TOV dypov IKIIVOV. 'Aypcuw, dew, (dypa, pp. to take
f.
a) pp. in hunting, Xen. Anab. 5. 3. 8.
ver. 46. xiv. 15 /3payiara. xxv. 9, 10. al. Sept.
Job. x. 16. In N. T. metaph. to en-
Sept. for n}j? Is. xxiv. 2. -nt Gen. xli.
snare, sc. by insidious questions, trans.
57. Thuc. 6. 51.
to redeem, to acquire
Mark xii. 12. Sept. for 15^ Prov. v.
b) metaph. for
one's self by a ransom or price paid
22.
nj?^ Prov. vi. 25.
;

spoken in N. T. of those Christ whom 'AyptAeuoe? ou, 6,(dypiog and tXata,)

has redeemed by his blood from the a wild olive-tree, oleaster, i. q. KOTIVOZ,
bondage of sin and death. 1 Cor. vi. 20. Rom. xi. 17, 24. The wild olive
and vii. 23 T/yopdo-Sijrt Tifitjs- 2 Pet. ii. 1. bears no fruit, and is therefore con-
Rev. xiv. 3, 4. AL. trasted by Paul with the cultivated olive,

or Ka\\d\aio. Theophr. de Caus. Plant.

'A-yo/ucuoc 'Ayo/ocuoe, ou,
2. 3, 4.
6, adj. (ay opa,} pertaining to the forum,
17,

forensic. Acts xix. 38 ayopaiot dyovreg,

, ta, to i/, wild,ferus, i. e.
sc. al iin'tpai, forensic or judicial days a)
not domestic, Matt. iii. 4
silvestris.
are held, i. e. there are public trials held and Mark i. 6 /i6\t dypiov wild honey
in the forum. Others, forensic persons, or honey dew, (<}>v6[iivov airb T&V
SivSpwv
advocates. See Krebs Obs. p. 239. Bos. Diod. Sic. 19. which in Arabia and
94,)
Ell. Gr. p. 178 Jos. Ant. xiv. 10. 21. other regions of Asia is found upon the
dyovrt TOV dyopaiov. Spoken of per- leaves of certain species of trees, be-
sons who frequent the markets and comes hard, and is then easily gathered.
 1 1 'A 7

Jahn 77. Acts viii. 23

r<>mp. 1 Sam. xiv. ferently CTTI
'25 sq. a^ayrjv, coll.
Polyb. 12. 4.1. Xen.
Is. liii. 7. to lead or
Oalmet. p. 499. Sept. () dyw <5fo,

Anab. 1. 2. 7. bring hither, Luke xix. 27. So Sept. Judg.

xviii. 3 }yaye tide, where others read
of waves, to fjvtyict.
b) fierce, raging, spoken to lead or bring to
which wicked men are compared, Jude (4) any one, addu,
13. _Wisd. xiv. 1. Jos. Ant. 2. 10. 2. cere, seq. irpoc TWO.,
xix. 35.
Lukeiv. 40.
John i. 23. viii. 3. ix.13. Actsix.
xviii. 40.

Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 34.

27. xxiii. 18. So Sept. Gen. ii. 19, 22 __
see 'Hpw&ic- Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 1. In the same sense
a jfe^, s pec. a cul- C. dat. Matt. xxi. 2 dydytre poi. So
ov, o,
tivated field, Matt. xiii. 24. Luke xv. 25, 1 Mace. vii. 2. The verb alone is also
Mem. used in the same sense of adducere, Matt.
al. Xen. 1. 1.8. By synecd. of
as xxi. 7. Mark xi. 2, 7. Luke xix. 30.
part for the whole, the country, rus,
Matt. vi. 28, John vii. 45. x. 16. Acts v. 21, 26, 27.
distinguished from the city,
30. Mark xv. 21. Xen. CEc. 11. 15. xix. 37. xx. 12. xxv. 6, 17, 23 __ () to

So dypoi, farms, villas, villages, hamlets,

01 bring with one, Acts xxi. 16 dyovTtg Trap'
in the country, Mark vi. :$>. 5U. :il. <
ZtviffStifiev Mvdcrum, bringing with them

Sept. for rnty Deut. xxviii. Set passim. Mnason, by attraction for Mvd<ru>va, see

Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 11. AL. Winer 63. Buttm. 143. 4 __

So Jos.
Ant. 10. 9. 6 airtjptv tif T n v A'tyvTTTOv,
w, f. (a pr. and '
1 Thess. iv. 14
dywv icai TOV lepc/u'av.
the letters yp being inserted for
,
a&t ovv avT<ji sc. into heaven, coll. ver.
the sake of euphony,) pp. to be sleepless,
17. 2 Tim. iv. 11 dye /ierd atavrov.
(77)
to watch, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 3. In N. T.
to lead out or away, deducere ; either
metaph. to be attentive, vigilant, absol. Luke xxiii. 32 >;yovro dvaiptSrjjvat.
simply,
Mark xiii. 33. Luke xxi. 36. Eph. vi. 18. Mark Luke xxii. 54 or seq. IIQ
xiii. 11. ;
In Heb. xiii. 17 aypvirviiv virep TIVOQ to
c. accus. of place etc. to lead away to, to
watch orcr any one, to take care of him. conduct to, Luke iv. 1, 9. x. 34. John
Wisd. vi. 15. Esdr. viii. 59. Sept. for xviii. 28. Acts vi. 12. ix. 2. xi. 25. xxi.
Ezr. viii. 29.
34. xxii. 5, xxiii. 10, 31. Acts xvii. 5
[24]
in- tic rbv Sfifiov. Heb. ii. 10 ti'f $6av. Jos.
ae, }> watching,
Ant. 3 diroXavfftv
cluding the idea of assiduous and anxious
2. 7. ti'f aya^&v tfyayov
2 Mace. ii. TOVTOV -- So seq. irri, Acts ix. 21. 1

care, 2 Cor. vi. 5. xi. 27. (3 )

26. Ecclus. xxxviii. 26. sq. Xen. Mem. from the Heb. to bring forth, i. e. to
4. 5. 9. cause to come, cause to arise, in later edi-
tions, Acts xiii. 23 7/yay r< 'I<rpar)X <rw-
dw, (so f. Acts xxii. 5. 1
'A-yw, rf/pa 'Inoovv, where others read jfyctpe. So
Thess. iv. 14, as also Xen. Anab. 4. 8.
Sept. for *rnn Zech. iii. 8. Is. xlvi. 11.
12, and often in the Sept. as Ex. xxii. to lead, to induce, to incite,
13. Num. v. 15. al. but the more usual b) metaph.
to guide. Rom. ii. 4 i is /urdvotav. Po-
form of the fut. is dgo/xat, Matth. 184.
lyb. 5. 16. 2 elg /urdvoiav at,f.iv rbv j3a-
Buttm. 113. aor. 2 ^yoyov Buttm.
4.) <riXia. 1 Co. xii. 2 MQ av iiyt<r$t,just as
114, aor. 1 pass. f]\$nv. Sept. very
ye happened to be led, sc. to idolatry, the
often for N"2n and 7J"*?irr.
figure being drawn from pastoral life ;

1 trans, or absol. to lead, to conduct, So

comp. Ex.
.
ill 1. Is. xi. 6. ayf<r3-t
to bring, in a variety of modifications, Rom. viii. 14. Gal. v. 18.
Trvev/iari Stov,
which are determined by the adjuncts. Demosth. 1491.
f7riSv/uaiff2Tim.iii. 6.
to lead out, bring
a) pp. (a) dyw tw, 2.

forth, John xix. 4, 13. (0) seq. cue, Luke 2. trans, spoken of time, a)
to pass,
iv. 29. Acts xvii. 15. So Mich. i. 15. to spend. Luke xxiv. 21 rptYjji/ iipipav
liri c. accus. of
(y) seq. person or place, dyti ffrjfitpov, the third day is passing ;

to lead or conduct to, to bring before, where dytt is either impers. or there is
Matt. x. 18. Luke xxi. 12. xxiii. 1. Acts an ellipsis of 6 xp v See Bos Ell. Gr.
xvii. 19. xviii. 12. So Sept. Ex. xxii. 13. p. 543.
Jer.xxv.9. Ez. xliii. 1. Somewhat dif-
b)
to celebrate, to hold. Matt. xiv. 0.
 TO. Acts xix. 38 dyopatoi absol. John xviii. 36. 2 Mace.
dytiv ytvkata. a) pp.
dyovrai, see 'Aydpaioff. So Sept. for nty^ viii. 16. Jos. Ant. 5. 7. 4. Plutarch.
Esth. ix. 18, 19, 21, 22 2 Mace. ii. 16. Marcell. 10.
Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 6. 2. 6.
d) metaph. with the idea of labour
1. Xen.Cyr.
3. intrans. or reflexive with kavrov and toil in behalf of the cause of Christ.
etc. implied, to go, to depart ; e. g. <5yw- 1 Tim. vi. 12, see 'Aywv 2. a. 2 Tim iv. 7.

ptv OVTOVC, let us go, Matt. xxvi.

sc. j}/zac 3. to exert one's self, to strive earnestly,
46. Mark xiv. 42. John xi. 16. seq. Iv- absol. Luke xiii. 24. Col. i.29 --Just.
rivStv John xiv. 31. eeq. 'c Mark i. 38. Mart. Apol. 2. p. 92. Seq. virkp c. gen.
John xi, 7. seq. rrp<5f, John xi. 15. For Col. iv. 12. Demosth. 129. 5.
the ellipsis, see Buttm. 130. n. 2.
Matth. 496 __ Demosth. 608. 14. , 6, indec. Adam, Heb.
(reddish), pr. name of the first man ;
see
jc, V, (r<*,) PP- Gen. i. 27 sq. Acts xvii. 26. Luke iii.

guidance, Xen. Eq. 6. 4, metaph. educa- 38. Rom. Cor. xv. 22, 45.
v. 14 bis. 1
tion, discipline, Xen. ib. 3. 4. Clem. 1 Tim. ii. 13, 14. Jude 14. In 1 Cor.
Alex. Strom. 1. 26. In N. T. by me- xv. 45 Jesus is called the second Adam,
ton. of effect for cause, manner of life, 2 as being our second or spiritual head, and
Tim. iii. 10. 2 Mace. vi. 8. xi.24. Jos. the giver of spiritual life.
Ant. 14. 10. 2 irepi Trjc 'lovdaiw aywyj}f.
ib. 12. 1. 1. Diod. Sic. 5. 6. SeeLoesner ou, o, rj, adj. (a pr. and
Sairavdw to expend,) without expense,
Obs. in N. T. e Phil. p. 420.
gratuitous, 1 Cor. ix. 18. Diod. Sic. 1.
'Aywv, wvoc, t>> ptece of assembly, 80.
where games were often celebrated, indec. Addi, pr. name of a
Horn. II. 18. 376. a stadium, course, , 6,

Thuc. 6. 50. Hence in man, Luke 28.

iii. It is probably Heb.
place of contest,
but does not occur in the O. T.
N. T.
1. metaph. a stadium, place ofcontest, f)c, *l> (<Wety6ff,)
a sister.
etc. i. e. a course of life full of toil and
a) pp.
Luke x. 39. Xen. Cyr. 2, 4,
conflict, Heb. xii. 1. Chrysost. Horn. 85. 5. So Matt. xii. 50. xix. 29. Mark iii.

2. a contest, combat; pp. a conflict in 35. Luke xiv. 26. Others here suppose
the public games, 2 Mace. iv. 18 or in ;
Jesus to have used the word sisters in
battle, 2 Mace. x. 28. xiv. 18. In N. T. the sense of near female relatives, like
metaph. spoken of unwearied zeal in Sept. and nlfTX Gen. xii. 13, 19.
promoting the spread of the gospel, viz. b) metaph. afemale friend, one esteemed,
a) genr.
1 Tim. vi. 12 aywvi'ou rbv and beloved sc. like a sister. genr. (a)
KaXbv dyufva TJJQ Triorlwf , fight the good 1 Tim. v. 2. Rom. xvi. 1.
(/3)
as a sister

fight offaith, i. e. exert unwearied zeal. of the same faith, a female Christian, 1
2 Tim. iv. 7. See Buttm. 131. 3. Wi- Cor. vii. 15. ix. 5. James ii. 15. al. See
ner 32. 2. 2. e. AL.
with the accessory idea of peril,
b)
eX^oc? ou, 6, (a
of unity, and
toil,affliction. Phil. i. 30. Col. ii. 1.
uterus ;
see Buttm. 120. n.
11.)
1 Thess. ii. 2. Polyb. 4. 56. 4.
pp. a brother, whether derived from
1.

'Aywvia, ae, (aywv) contest, pp.

*7> the same father only Matt.
(TrarpafoX^oe)
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. In N. T. metaph.
15. i. 2. Luke iii. 1, 19. or also born of the
anguish, agony or perturbation of mind. same mother (/ijjrpafoX^og) Luke vi. 14.
Luke xxii. 44. 2 Mace. iii. 16. Jos. al. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 1. It is some-
Ant. 11. 8. 4. Diod. Sic. 14. 24. times to be supplied ; as before 'Iaicw/3ou
Luke vi- 16. Acts i. 13, coll. Jude 1.
i,
f-
depon. Mid.
i<ro/*at,
1. absol. to be a combatant, sc. in the '2.
metaph. one who is connected with
public games, 1 Cor. ix. 25. Xen. Mem. another in any kind of intimacy or fel-
3. 12. 1. lowship ; see Greg. Corinth, p. 569. ed.
2. to fight, to contend with an adver- Schaefer. Fischer ad Platon. Phaedo. 57,

sary, viz. et ad Crit. 16. In this tropical use of the

 13

\M>rJ dct\<;>6:, however, the sacred certainly, i. e. irresolutely, 1 Cor. ix. 26.
writers appear rather to have followed Plat. Symp. p. 1180. C See Eisner
the usus loquendi of the Hebrews in Obs. Sac. II. p. 104.
regard to the word ntf. Hence (5, f.
(adquwv sa-
'AS?]/*ovtw, rjffbt,

a near a kinsman by blood,

relative, tiated, wearied, from ados satiety, etc.)
a)
cousin. Matt. xii. 46. John vii. 3. Acts to be dejected, full of anguish, absol.
i. 14. Gal. i. 19. So Sept. and n Gen. Matt. xxvi. 37. Mark xiv. 33. Phil. ii.
xiii. 8. xiv. 16. 26 -- Symrn. for C]il33 Ps lxi 3 " JPH? - - -
:

one barn in the same country, de- Ps. cxvi. 11. Xen.~'H. G. 4. 4. 3.
b)
scended from the same stock, a fellow- e.
"AtSjc> i- '$?), ou, o, (for
iii. 22.
countryman, Matt. v. 47. Acts. A'iifis, frojn a pr. and ictlv to see), pp.
Heb. vii. 5. al. So Sept. and fTK Ex.
what is in darkness; hence Pluto, II.
ii. 11. iv. 18. 15. 188. more usually in classic writers
one of equal rank and dignity,
c) orcus, the infernal regions. Sept. very
Matt, xxiii. 8. Comp. Sept. and rw
freq. for Heb. biXU}, as Is. xiv. 9 sq
Job x x. 29. Prov. xviii. 9.
Hence also in N. T! the abode or world
of disciples, followers, etc.
d) spoken of the dead, hades, orcus. According to
Matt. xxv. 40. Heb. ii. 11, 12. the notions of the Hebrews, $Sije was a
one of the same faith, a fellow Ch //.>- vast subterranean receptacle, where the
e)
1 Cor. v. 11.
tian, Acts ix. 30. xi. 29. souls of the dead existed in a separate
al. Comp. n Amos i. 9.
state until the resurrection of their bo-
an associate, colleague, in office
or
f) dies. The region of the blessed during
dignity, etc. 1 Cor. i. 1. 2 Cor. i. 1.
this interval, or the inferior Paradise,
ii. 12. In Rev. vi. 11 it is joined with
they supposed to be in the upper part
ffvvSovXos, coll. xix. 10. xxii. 9. So of this receptacle ; while beneath was
Sept. and TIN Ezra iii. 2.
the abyss or Gehenna, Tartarus, in which
one oftJie same nature, fellow-man, the souls of the wicked were subjected
g)
o irXrioiov. Matt. v. 22, 23, 24. vii. ~>. to punishment. See Lowth, Lect. on
Heb. ii. 17. viii. 11. al. So Sept. and Heb. Poetry VII. Campbell, Prel.
ns Gen. xiii. 11. xxvi. 31. Diss. VI. pt. 2. 2 sq. 19. Stuart
one beloved, sc. as a bro-
*h) by impl. Essay on Fut. Pun. p. 128 sq.
ther, in a direct address, Acts ii.
29. vi.
a) genr. Acts 27, 31, c/c $$ov sc.
ii.
3. 1 Thess. v. 1. AL.
Stina, see Buttm. 132. n. 9. Rev. i. 18.
In this sense hades is personified, 1 Cor.
, rrjroC) n, (afcX^of), pp.
brotherly affection and intercourse, 1 xv. 65. Rev. vi. 8. xx. 13, 14. For
Mace. xii. 10, 17. In N. T. a frater- Matt. xvi. 18, TrvXat $dov, see UvXrj
1 Pet. Metaph. e.
nity, the Christian brotherhood,
ii. ?o>c q.tiov KaTaf3t(3aaSrrjvai, i.

17. v. 9. be cast downto the very lowest place.

ad infima, Matt. xi. 23. Luke x. 15.
ou, o, 17, adj. (a pr. and
by meton. of the whole for a part,
,

not manifest, not obvious, sc. b)

,
the abyss of hades, place of punishment,
a) to the sight, hidden,
Luke xi. 44.
Luke xvi. 23.
cf. Sept. Ps. Ii. 6. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 13.
b) to the ear, or to the mind, not dis- v, o, 77, adj. (a pr.
1 Cor. xiv. 8. 2 Mace. and pp. not to be distinguished,
tinct, uncertain. foa/cpt'vw),
vii. 34. Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 5. Xen. Mem. Polyb. 15. 12. 9. In N. T. metaph. not
1. 1.6. open to distinction or doubt, unambiguous,
1. e. sincere, James iii. 17. Others, ac-
rrjroc, n-
making no
17, jjof), tively, distinction, impartial.
distinctness, uncertainty. 1 Tim. vi. 17
from foa/cpVw to
Others, without strife,
liri irXovrov adrjXoTrjTi, for TrXovrof ddrj-
contend.
Xoc, uncertain riches. Stuart ^ 440.
Winer ov, o, rj, (a pr. and
34. 2. 6 Buttm. 123. n. 4.
), unceasing, constant, Rom. ix.
'AS// A we, adv. (adnXog}, not openly, 2. 2 Tim. i. 3. Clem. Alex. Strom.
secretly, Poly. 2. 47. 9. In N. T. un- 7, 1 tidiaXenrrog &ydirr].
 14

ft dv -
unceasingly, wickedness. Luke xiii. 27 ipy&Tai Ttjg
without intermission, i. e. in N. T. as- adiKtas, workers of iniquity, i. e. wicked
siduously, Rom. i. 9. 1 Thess. i. 2. ii. men. Acts i. 18. Rom. i. 29. iii. 5. vi.
13. v. 17. 2 Mace. xv. 7. Polyb. 9. 13. 2 Tim. ii. 19. 2 Pet. ii. 13. Heb. viii.
3. 8. 12. 1 John v. 17. So 1 John i. 9, where
the sense is, < God, who himself is Siicaioc,
ac, *i> ( a P r an d - &- will not only pardon sin, but also render
f&ft'pw to corrupt), pp. incorruptibleness ;
in N. T. metaph. uncorruptness, purity,
man Siicaiog.' For James iii. 6, KoapoQ

Dem. riJQ aSticias, see Koer/iof . Sept. for DE)TT

Tit. ii. 7 p. 323
Gen. vi. 11, 13. Ps. xi. 5. 1 SaiV.
-py
iii. 13, 14. Zech. This wickedness
iii. 9.
to, f. is seen more
), /<rw, (adiKOC.) especially in the neglect of
1. f o rfo
wrong, to act unjustly, viz. the true God and his laws, and an ad-
in respect to law, to break the law, herence to the world or to idolatry ;
a)
to transgress, to trespass, absol. Acts xxv. hence aSiicia, as opposed to aXrjSfia or
10, 11. 2 Cor. vii. 12. Col. iii. 25. Rev. piety towards God, means impiety, un-
xxii. 11 bis. Sept. for Heb. NOTT Jer. godliness, contempt of God. So Rom. i.

xxxvii. 18. >73 2 Chr. xxvi. 16/ Ez. 18 bis, where rffv a\r]tiav iv adiKiy
xvii. 20. yiEh IK. viii. 47. Ps. 106. 6. Kar^xovTig are those who impede the
in respect to others, trans, to wrong,
b) worship of the true God by their obsti-
to injure. Matt. xx. 13. Acts vii. 26, 27. nate adherence to worldliness or to
1 Cor. vi. 8. 2 Cor. vii. 2. With two idolatry. Rom. ii. 8. 2 Thess. ii. 10,
accus. Gal. iv. 12. Philem. 18 d &e 12. 2 Pet. ii. 15. So Sept. for ty
}ucjj<r! of. Buttm. 131. 5. Pass, ah- has vibg aSiKias, idolater, 2 Sam. vii. 1&
to be
wronged, to suffer wrong or for Ez. ix. 9.
Ktofiai, py
injury, Acts vii. 24. 2 Cor. vii. 12 __ 3.
fraud, deceit, guile. John vii. 18.

Mid. to suffer one's self to be wronged, Luke xvi. 8 oiVovo/toc aSiKiag, a dishonest
1 Cor. vi.7 see Buttm. 135. 8
;
Xen. steward, xvi. 9. ^tct/Lt/iwvaff TTJG aduciag,
Anab. 5. 4. 6. wealth fraudulently acquired. Eurip.
2. by meton. to hurt, to injure, Luke Helen. 911, et Electr. 943, -n-Xovrog aSi-
x. 19. Rev. ii. 11. vi. 6. vii. 2, 3. ix. 4, eog. Acts viii. 23. I Cor. xiii. 6. Sept.
10, 19. xi. 5. . Sept. for rnin Is. li. 23. for rPOHTp Hos. xii. 7. for
^, &a r&v
nan
T
Is. x. 20. Lev' vi. 2. pig'y N37
adiKiwv rijg tfjnropiaQ ffov, (
through the
Is . iii. 15. Herodian. 7. 5. 9. Plutarch'. frauds of thy traffic/ Ez. xxviii. 18. for
Symp. 4. 2. -ipllj
Deut. xix. 18. Mic. vi. 12. Comp.
Jos." Ant. 4. 6. 5, where Balaam,
T excusing
i, aroe, >
(adt/eu>), wrong,
Acts himself, says, tfv rk /toi di fvxVG pidtv
transgression, iniquity. xviii. 14.
( I was un-
aSiKrjffai aov rr\v tTTiSi/juiav,
xxiv. 20. Rev. xviii. 5. Sept. for
1 Sam. xxvi. 18. 1 Sam. xx. 1. willing to deceive your expectation.'
-py
T
and
ou, adj. (a pr.
DTpnT 2 Sam. x xii. 49.
lix. 12. Jos. Ant. o, f),

3. 15. 3. ib. 5. 7. 1. Diod. Sic. 16. 29.

1.
unjust, sc. towards others, Luke
xviii. 11. Rom. iii. 5. Heb. vi. 10.
1.
wrong, injustice, a) genr. Luke Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 10.
viii. 6 jcpiri}(; rrjQ dfltjciaf, the 2. from the Heb. see 'ASiicia no. 2,
unjust
judge, as described in ver. 2. Rom. ix. wicked, impious, ungodly. Matt. v. 45.
14. Sept. for
Mem. 4. 2. 12.
^ Deut. xxxii. 4. Xen. Acts xxiv. 15. 1 Cor. vi. 9. 1 Pet. iii.
18. 2 Pet. ii. 9, where ol atfucoi are con-
b) as done to others, wrong, injury, trasted with ol tvo-EjSttc. Sept. for yib
2 Cor. xii. 13. Sept. for *ny Ps. vii. 3. Ex. xxiii. 1. Job xvi. 11. Ez. xxi. Y
n^y Mic. iii. 10. Thuc. 3V66. }H Prov. xv. 26. Hence, as aSucia is
from the Heb. where
2. transferred to idolatry, so aSucog signifies
nplS, ot-
KaioovvT), is often used of life ami con- an idolater, i. e. an unbeliever, a pagan,
duct, ddticia takes by antith. the sense 1 Cor. vi. 1, coll. ver. 6.
of improbity, iniquity, 3. Luke
unrighteousness, fraudulent, false, deceitful,
 15

xvi. 10 bis, 11. 'Adiieia no. 3. OVK d$vvarj)aei irapd ry S'ey ira
Compare
Deut. xix. 18. Jer. v. So Sept. Gen. xviii. 14.
Sept. for -ifltg
31. xxix. 9.
'ASvvaroc? ou, o, adj. (a pr. and ),

'ASucwe, adv unjustly, undeservedly,

- dwarfs fr. Svvctfiai}, pp. deficient in
1 Pet. ii. 19. Sept. for Q$n Prov. i. 11, strength or power, Sept. Joel iii. 10. Xen.
17 __Wisd. xii. 13. 2 Mace. viii. 1G. Mem. 2. 1. 7. In N. T.
1. Act. infirm, feeble, weak, sc. in
Jos. Ant. 10. 7. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 7.
body, Acts xiv. 8 rotg iroaiv, where for
adj. (a pr. and
, ou, 6, r),
the dat. see Buttm. 133. 3. Winer
31. 3. So in mind, judgment, etc.
1. wo approved, rejected pp. spoken ;
Rom. xv. 1.
of metals, as dSoKi^iov dpyvpiov Sept. 2. Neut. or Pass, impossible. Rom. viii.
Prov. xxv. 4. Is. i. 22. In N. T. me-
3 rb dSvvarov TOV vopov, that which the
taph. worthy of condemnation, reprobate. law could not do. So dSvvarov ion Trapd
Rom. i. 28. 1 Cor. ix. 27. 2 Cor. xiii.
run, impossible with or for any one, Matt.
5, 6, 7. 2 Tiin. iii. 8. Polyb. xvi. 14. xix. 26. Mark x. 27. Luke xviii. 27.
19.
With implied seq. infin. Heb. vi. 4,
iffTi
2. by impl. ineptus, useless, worthless. 18 ddvvaTov y\/ivaa^ai $i6v. X. 4. xi.
Tit. i. 16. Heb. vi. 8 y/ doici/iof, i. e.
Xen. Mem.
6. See Buttm. 140. 3.
good for nothing. Hesych. 2. 6. 16.

fr.
and ,
i. e.
^Sw, f- ?<, (contr.
"ASoXoc, ou, 6, ij, adj. (a pr. to sing, trans, as yfo/v Rev. v. 9.
,
without guile or falsehood, spoken
6\oe), xiv. 3. xv. 3. So Sept. for T)U> Ex.
of a person, Thuc. 5. 18. 47. In N. T.
xiv. 32. Num. xxi. 17 -- Jos. Ant. 3.
of milk, unadulterated, pure, genuine,
3 __ Seq. dat. of pers. to sing in praise
metaph. for purity of doctrine, 1 Pet. ii. or honour cl any one, to celebrate, Eph.
2. Pollux On. 3. 86 dpyvpiov dSoXov.
So Sept. for Titfi
v. 19. Col. iii. 16.
, '/ ov, of Adra- Ex. xv. 21. IChr. xvi.23. Xen. Conv.
myttium derived from 'Afyauvrtiov v.
/ 3. 1.

'Afya/iurrttov, the name of a maritime contin-

It was a colony of the 'Ae/, adv. always, i. e. ever,
city in ^Eolia.
ually, at all times, 2 Cor. vi. 10. Tit. i.
Athenians. Acts xxvii. 2.
12. 1 Pet. iii. 15. So Sept. Is. Ii. 13.
, OU, o, SC.-Trovroc, Ko\wog, In the sense of every time, on every
etc. the Adriatic sea; not, as now, the occasion, as circumstances require or per-
Gulf of Venice only, but including also mit. 2 Cor. 11 an ydp Trapafoflo/if.&a.
iv.
the whole Ionian sea, which lies be- Acts vii. 51. Heb. iii. 10. So Sept. Ps.
tween Sicily and Greece. Strabo II. xcv. 10. 2 Mace. xiv. 15 Mark xv.
p. 185. C. 6 $' 'lovtog KoX-rros /tepog lori 8 KaSwg dti iiroiii, as he always did, i. e.

TOV vvv 'Adpiov \tyop.evov. VII. p. 488. customarily, every year. So Sept. Judg.
Hesych. 'loviov 7re\ayo 6 vvv 'Atfptaf . xvi. 21 irotrjffw KaS&G dti, where the
Acts xxvii. 27. Vatican texts reads d> tiira% ical aira.
'ASpOTTJC, TTJTOC, >7, (afyoC fully By impl. assiduously, 2 Pet. i. 12. Jos.
grown, ripe), pp. maturity, fulness; Ant. 3. 2. 4.

spoken of stature, Horn. II. 16. 857. In an eagle, Rev. iv. 7.

ou, o,
,
N. T. abundance, copiousness, 2 Cor. viii. So Sept. for 1^3 Ps.
xii. 14.
[viii. 13.]
20. Hesych. dp6ri/c- Svvapic., /le ciii. 5. In Matt. xxiv. 28 and Luke xvii.

w, f. 37, where the airoc is represented as

to be unable, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 23. In preying on dead bodies, some species of
N. T. only in 3 pers. sing. dSvvartl, etc. vulture is probably intended. So the
to be impossible, i. e. unable to be done Heb. -nrj'3, Sept. derog, is put probably
;

c. dat. of pers. Matt. xvii. 20 ovfov dSv- for the vultur barbatus or vultur percnop-
varriaii vfilv. So Sept. Job. xlii. 2. Wisd. terus, Job xxxix. 27 coll. ver. 30.
Prov.
xiii. 16.
Seq. iraod c. dat. Luke i. 37 xxx. 17. See Gesen. Lex. Heb. art. 113.
The eagle feeds only on fresh
or living
prey ; see Rees' Cyclop, art. Fako.
'Avjuoc, ou, o, r),
&HTI leaven), unleavened.
of bread, TU a^vfia sc.
a) pp. spoken
Xayava, ol aty*ot sc. aproi, unleavened
cakes or irazd, Heb. rri*P3, cf. Lev. ii. 4.
Num. vi. 15. 1 Chr. xxiii. 29. Hence
and rd
eoprt] v. at rffiepat TWV d.vfui)v,
Virg. JEn. 5. 376; the sense is, <to speak
In Eph. ii. 2, Satan is
or tictinvain.'
called dpxu)v TTJQ tZovaictQ TOV depoe, 'prince
adj. (a pr. and
of the spirits of the air/ i. e. that dwell
in the air or have power over it, accord-
ing to the later Jewish belief; see Eisner
Obs. in N. T. in loc. Others, as Coc-
ceius, explain drip here by darkness, as in
profane writers so Eustath. in Horn. II.
;

6. 776. ib. 12. 240. ib. 17. 645. Hesiod.

atyta, are put for the festival day or
Theogn. 119. In Test. XII Patr. Fabr.
days in which the Jews were to eat un-
leavened bread in commemoration of Pseudep. V. T. I. p. 729, we find akpiov
their departure from Egypt, i. e. the irvtvpa TOV BcXiap, but still it is not cer-
tain whether Aepiov here refers to dark-
passover. Mark xiv. 1. Luke xxii. 1,
ness or to the air.
7. Acts xii. 3. xx. 6. and } irpwrri rjfispa
rutv AZvpuv is the first day of the festival a^j 7> (dSavaroc fr. a
of the passover, Matt. xxvi. 17. Mark pr. and Sdvaroc death), immortality, 1

xiv. 12. See Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 111. sq. Cor. xv. 53, 54. 1 Tim. vi. 16. Lucian.
b) metaph. unmixed, unadulterated, D. Deor. 4. 10.

uncorrupted, 1 Cor. v. 7, 8 rb av/iov,

ou, o, >/, adj. (a pr,
j
genuineness. and StuiToe fr.
Sfyag law), unlawful, for-
'Awp, o, indec. Azor, (fr. Heb. 17^ bidden by law, Acts x. 28. Hence cri-
to
help), pr.
name of a man, Matt. i.
minal, 1 Pet. iv. 3. 2 Mace. vi. 5. vii.
13, 14. 1. Jos. B. J. 4. 9. 10. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 9.

"Awroc, ou, 7> Azotus, Heb. -riiirfx,

, ov 9 o, /, adj. (a pr. and
Askdod, pr. name of a place, which
pp. godless, impious, Xen. Anab.
anciently was one of the five cities per- 2. 5. 39. In N. T. estranged from the
taining to the princes of the Philistines,
In the knowledge and worship of the true God,
Josh. xiii. 3. 1 Sam. vi. 17.
Eph. ii. 12.
division of Palestine by Joshua, it was
ov 9 and
assigned to the tribe of Judah, Josh. , o, rj, adj. (a pr.
xv. 47 ; but the possession of it was w), lawless, and by impl. wicked,
still retained or soon recovered by the impious, 2 Pet. ii. 7. iii. 17. 3 Mace. v.
2 Chr. xxvi. 12 a<7/iOf irp63effi. Diod. Sic. 1. 14
Philistines, 1 Sam. v. 1.
6. Neh. iv. 1. xiii. 23. The city was fiiag.

captured by the Assyrians, Is. xx. 1; by f. n ffu> \ aStTog fr. a

w,
Judas Maccabseus, 1 Mace. v. 68 and and riS^/a), pp. to displace,
;
pr. i. e. to
was afterwards burned by his brother
abrogate, abolish, get rid of, Polyb. 31.
Jonathan, ib. x. 84. It was rebuilt by 18. 1. Sept, chiefly for 132, and also
the Romans under Gabinius ;
and is
for Ti72 and yup'D, and construed mostly
now called Esdud. Acts viii. 40. See
with Iv TIVI or tls Tiva. In N. T. trans.
Calmet. to reject, i. e.

*7> (<" V. atifii to a) to make void, render null, rriv

breathe), the air, the atmosphere, (as IvToXrjv Mark vii. 9. TTJV (3ov\riv TIVOQ

opp. to a&fjp, the higher, purer region, Luke vii. 30. 1 Cor. i. 19, coll. Is. xxix.
Horn. II. 14. 288), Acts xxii. 23. 1 Thess. 14. Gal. ii. 21. iii. 15. So Sept. for
iv. 17. Rev. ix. 2. xvi. 17. The phrases N-an Ps. xxxiii. 10. 133 Is. xxiv. 16.
ti'c depa XaXav, to speak into the air, DE>n Ez. xxii. 26. 1 Mace. xi. 36.
1 Cor. xiv. 9, and dg dlpa Skptiv, to beat Hence, not to keep, to cast off, rrjv Trpat-
the air, 1 Cor. ix. 26, (Buttm. Lexil. I. TIJV irivTiv 1 Tim. v. 12. Sept. "r:Q Jer.
p. 115), are proverbial, and correspond iii. 20. nYitf Ps. cxxxii. 11.
to the Latin ventis verba profundere Lu- b) to deny, to despise, contemn, vofiov
cret. 4. 929, and verberare ictibus auras Heb. x. 28. Spoken of per-
 17

sons, Mark vi. 26. Luke x. 16 quater. Acts xxi. 5. xxvii. 39, 40. Sept. for
t^n
John xii. 48. 1 Thess. iv. 8 bis. Jude 8. Judg. v. 17. Ecclus. xxiv. 15. Jos.

y$D Is. i. 2. 713, Ex. xxi. 8. Ant. 2. 16. 1. Xen. Anab. 6. 2. 1, 7.

Sept. for
N 1 Sam. if. 17. Jos. Ant. 15. 2. 6.
AtyvTTTioc, ia, tov, Egyptian, Acts
vii.22, 24, 28. Heb. xi. 29. In Acts
wc, *)> (a^erlw,) abroga-
Heb. vii. 18. ix. 26. xxi. 38, the Egyptian spoken ofwas an
tion, abolition,
Egyptian Jew, who set himself up at
'AStyvac, wv, at, Athens, the capital Jerusalem for a prophet. He gained
of Attica, and the chief city of ancient
many followers, who were dispersed and
Greece, so called from 'A$r]vn, Minerva. see Jos. Ant. 20. 8. 6.
are celebrated in the
slain by Felix ;
The Athenians B. J. 2. 13. 5.
history of Greece for their warlike
valour, and also for their general intel- AryuTrroc, ou, n, Egypt, a country
celebrated both in sacred and profane
ligence and the cultivation of all the
arts
of peace. Their city was the seat of the history ;
for a full description of it, see
fine arts, the resort of philosophers, and Calmet. The whole region was known
the birth-place of an unusual number of to the Hebrews by the name tJ^"i5J72

illustrious men. Acts xvii. 15, 16. xviii. Mizraim and the princes who gov-
;

1. 1 Thess. iii. 1. erned it were styled in virtue of their

office Pharaohs, i. e.kings, until the
ioc, a, ov, Athenian, Acts time of Solomon ;
after which they are
xvii. 21, 22.
designated in the Scriptures by their
Iw, w, f. riot,), to contend, to be proper names. After the captivity,
a champion in the public games, e. g. of Egypt became a place of resort to great
boxing, throwing the discus, wrestling, numbers of the Jews, who settled there
running, etc. absol. 2 Tim. ii. 5 bis. either of their own accord, or from the
.Elian. V. H. 10. 1. invitations and encouragements held out

'/> contention, combat,

by Alexander the Great and the Ptole-
mies so that in the reign of Ptolemy
pp. iu the public games, Polyb. 5. 64. 6.
;

.Elian. V. H. 2. 23. In N. T. rnetaph. Philopater, they were able to erect a

a conflict, struggle, sc. with afflictions. temple at Leontopolis similar to the one
at Jerusalem, and to establish it in all
Heb. x. 32.
the rites of their paternal worship ; see
lw, w, f. r/<rw, (a pr. and Su/toc,) Jos. Ant. 13. 3. 1, 2, 3. Matt. ii. 13, 14.
to despond, be disturbed in mind, dis- 15. Acts ii. 10. al. In Rev. xi. 8, Egypt
heartened, absol. Col. iii. 21. Sept. for isput as the symbolical name of the
rnn Gen. iv. 5. 2 Sam. vi. 8. Xen. Jews, thus likening the obstinacy and
Anab. 3. 2. 18. Polyb. 3. 54. 7. stubbornness of this nation to that of the
, ov, o, 77, adj. (o pr.
and Son; Egyptians of old. AL.
penalty,) pp. impunis, Diod. Sic. 1. 54. 'Ae3ioc> ou, o, 77, adj. (d,) always
Polyb. 2. 60. 1. In N. T. metaph, in- Rom. i. 20.
existing, eternal, everlasting.
nocent, Matt, xxvii. 4. In Greek writers diStog avrov tivvctfUG, coll. Wisd. vii. 26.
aSutoe is constr. with a gen. but in Matt. Jude 6 everlasting bonds,
Sefffiol aiSioi,
xxvii. 24 we find dSwoj CLTTO rov ai/iaroc, Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 73.
like the Sept. for Heb.
28. Gen. xxiv.41.
yi ^ 2 Sam. iii.
wc, ooc, oue, r}, 1. modesty, 1

Tim. ii.9. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 4. Xen.

i, *ov, (oil, a/yog, goat,) Mem. 3. 7. 5.
caprinus, of a goat. Heb. xi. 37 iv 2. reverence, veneration, Heb. xii. 28.--
aiytioig dippaaiv, in goat-skins. Sept. Jos. Ant. 6. 12. 17. Xen. Anab. 2. 6. 14.
for n-iy Ex. xxv. 4. xxxv. 6, 24. Jos.
Ant. r, 07TOC* o, (aiSo/mi to burn,
3." 6. 1. Apoll. Rhod. 4. 1349. and an Ethiopian, Heb. 'Tifts,
oty face,)
>, ou, o, (ayw/ii to break, Cushite. Acts viii. 27 bis. The Ethiopia
and &\s the shore, coast, of a sea, designated here, and the tthain Jer. xiii.
sea,)
lake. etc. Matt. xiii. 2, 48. John xxi. 4. 23. Is. xviii. 1. Ez. xxx. 4, 5, 9, is
 \l f m 1

atonement made
what is called Upper Ethiopia or Ha- 20. Eph. ii. 13 ;
to the
his death, Rom. iii. 25. v. 9. Eph.
Egypt 6n the Nile,
i.
besch, lying south of by
and including the island of Meroe, the 7. Col. i. 14. Heb. ix. 12, 14. x. 19.

of the present day. For the 1 Pet. i. 2, 19. 1 John i. 7. Rev. i. 5.

Abyssinia
other countries designated by the name v. 9 ;
and to the new covenant, Heb.
Gush in the O. T. see Calmet. art. x. 29. xii. 24. xiii. 20. So al/ta TOV
xix. 13.
apviov, Rev. vii. 14. xii. 11.
Cush.
/cat al/*a, flesh
and blood, i. e.
(y) <rapK
Afyw, aroc, r6, blood. Sept. every the animal human body, man, with the
where for 01. idea of imbecility, mortal man, Matt. xvi.
a) pp. (a) genr.
Mark v. 25, 29. Luke 17. 1 Cor. xv. 50. Gal. i. 16. Eph. vi.
viii. 43, 44. xiii. 1. Diod. Sic. 4. 50. 12. Heb. ii. 14. coll. Ecclus. xiv. 18.
Plato Phaedo. 45. Trop. any thing is to shed blood, i. e.
(i) rtl/xa IK\VVIIV,
said to be or become blood, or as bloody to kill, put to death, Luke xi. 50. Acts
from dark colour; Acts ii. 19 coll.
its
xxii. 20. Rom. iii. 15. Rev. xvi. 6. So
Joel iii. 4 [ii. 30, 31.1 Rev. viii. 7,8. Gen. xxxvii. 22.
3,
Sept. for tn
Ifpti
ix. 6.
xi. 6. xvi. 3, 4. Acts it 20 ti'jr alpa, for Ez. xviii. 10. Hence
us al/za in Rev. vi. 12. i. e. death, violent death,
b) bloodshed,
of blood which has been Matt, xxiii. 30. xxvii.
()8) spoken slaughter, murder,
shed as of victims and other slaugh- 6, 8, 24. Acts i. 19. Rev.
vi. 10. xviii.
;
(1)
tered animals, Heb. ix. 7, 12, 13, 18 24. xix. 2. So and tn Gen. iv. 10.
Sept.
25. x. 4. xi. 28. xiii. 11. So Acts 2 Sam. xvi. Ez. xxiv. 6, 9.
7. Heb. xii.

XT. 20, 29. xxi. 25 ; where airkxtoSai 4 fjiexptg oY/zaroi, unto death,
i. e. with
TOV a'iparoc, etc. to abstain from eat-
is, exposure of life.

ing blood, etc. The Jews regarded the from the Heb. blood-guiltiness,
i. e.
c)
blood as the seat and principle of life ; the guilt and punishment of shedding
hence they were to offer H in sacrifice blood, Matt, xxiii. 35. xxvii. 25.
Acts v.
to God, but were forbidden to eat it, 28. xviii. 6. xx. 26. So Sept. and tn
Lev. xvii. 10 14, coll. iii. 17. Gen. ix. Num. xxxv. 27. Jos. ii. 19. Ez. ix. 9.
4. Dent. xii. 23. Jos. Ant. 3. 11. 2.
(2) xxxiii. 4. 2 Sam. i. 16. coll. Lev. xvi.
of men, Luke xiii. 1. John xix. 34. Rev. 21 sq. et Herodot. 2. 39.
xvii. G. xiv. 20 where human blood is
d) blood-relationship, kindred, Hneage,
spoken of under the symbol of the blood progeny, seed. Acts xvii. 26 i% ivbq aY/ia-
of grapes, or wine, al/^a trra^vXifc, comp. Tog, of one blood, i. e. kindred. Sept.
Gen. xlix. 11. Deut. xxxii. 14. Ecclus. 2 Sam. xxi. 1. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 3 kfffikf
xxxix. 26. So afym flficaiov Matt, xxiii.
adf\(f>oi Kal KOIVOV alpa. ib. 20. 10.
1

35, and afyia a5u>oi> Matt, xxvii. 4, for al/ta t

dtpctTOQ 'Aap&vTOQ.
John i. 13 oi OVK
TOV aSutov. Sept. for i. e. not
aifiaTiv, not born of blood,
rS)v StKciitov, al/za t

1 K. ii. 5. sons of God as being descended from

"p} 01 1 Sam. xix. 5. xxv. 26.
Hist, of Sus. ver. 72. So of the blood of Abraham. The plur. is here put for the
Christ shed on the cross, alfta TOV Xpierov, Ion. 693 dXXwv rpo^dg
sing, as in Eurip.
e. g. in relation to the sacred supper, a mother.
a$' aifiaTuv, spoken of
Matt. xxvi. 28. Mark xiv. 24. Luke xxii. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 45 rig tg aV/iaroc, i. e. an
20. 1 Cor. x. 16. xi. 25, 27. Perhaps too Israelite. Eustath. ad Horn. II. 6. 211
1 John v. 6, 8; and especially John vi. See Kypke
alfiaros avTi TOV OTripfiaTOQ.
53 58, where the phrases qaytiv rrjv and Lcesner Obs. in N. T. ad Acts xvii.

aapica. Kai irlvf.iv TO alpa TOV Xpiarov, to 26. AL.

eat theflesh and drink the blood of Christ,
and
signify,
<
to become wholly united and A*/iarKXV<"'a> C, *i> (al/m
civets fr. IKXSW to pour out,) shedding of
incorporated with Christ, i. e. to imbibe
blood, Heb. ix. 22.
his spirit and appropriate to one's self
all the benefits of his advent, to be and p6o S fr. pea,
AlfJioppia), w, (afya
wholly conformed to Christ ;' comp. to flow,) to have a flow or issue of blood,
Rom. viii. 28. Col.
Further, in
iii. 10. absol. Matt. ix. 20. Plut. X.p.791. ed
relation to his church, Acts xx. 28. Col. i. Reisk. or Mor. VI. p. 464. ed. Tauchn.
 19 AY/o a>

At via c* ou, o> JEneas, pr. name of a to choose, Sept. for insT Judg. v. 8 et
man, Acts ix. 33, 34. ssep. 1 Mace. ix. 30. In N. T. to prefer,
to love, trans. Matt. xii. 18 coll. Is. xiii. 1.
Heb.
ypn Num.
r/>
Atv<nc> > (afrew,) praise, Sept. for xiv. 8.
>nj Gen.
xiii. 15 Sucrta aivlatwc. So Sept. for xxx. 20. Hesyeh. ypsTiaafitjv ^y^Trqaa,
min Ps. xxvi. 2, et saep. n^nn Ps. . Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 144.
Ixvi. 2. Ecclus. xxxii. [xxxv.J 2 3-v-
Koc, ou, o, (aip7-to>,) who one
atdfav alvtatwg. Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 6.
creates dissensions, introduces errors, etc.
AIvlw, c5,
f. /< and I
(Buttm. a factious person, Tit. iii. 10. This word
95. n. to praise, to celebrate, trans. is not found in classic Greek, but often
4),
spoken in N. T. only of God. Luke ii. in ecclesiastical writers ;
see Suicer's
13, 20. xix. 37. xxiv. 53. Acts ii. 47. Thesaur. Ecc. s. h. v. Campbell Prel.
iii. 8, 9. Rom. xv. 11. Rev. xix. 5. Diss. IX. pt. iv. 11.
Sept. for rrrin Gen. xlix. 8. *>jbn 1 Chr.
f- aor. 2 tlXov, to
xvi. 4, 10, e't saep. a Ps. c. 4. Aiptw, w, ijaw,
take, e. g. a city or camp, Xen. Ag. 1.

AXvtyua, aro, TO, (alviaaonai to hint 32. In N. T. only Mid. aipso/mt f.

obscurely, JEL V. H. 2. 29,) an eniyina, 7/ffo/iai, aor. 2 ei\6p,r)v, to take for one's
riddle; so Sept. for nTTf I K. x. 1. self, i.e. to choose, to elect, to prefer . trans.
Prov. i. 0. Ecclus. xxxix. 3. xlvii. 15. and absol. 2 Thess. ii. 13. Heb. xi. 25.
In N. T. metaph. obscure intimation. Phil. i. 22, where for the fut. instead
1 Cor. xiii. 12 tv aiviypari, i. e. of the subj. see Matth. 616. 3. n. 2.
enig-
inaticulli/, obscurely. So Sept. for TTTT\ Buttm. 139. n. 7. Winer 42. 4.
Num. xii. 8, where it is opp. to ri>
Sept. for in^l Job xxxiv. 4. 2 Sam. xv.
the clear reality. 15. 2 Mace. xi. 25. Jos. Ant. 9. 6. 1.
Herodian. 4. 14. 3 aipovvTcti
, (aiviw,) pp. discourse,
ou, o,
'Atiovtvrov.
narration, i. q. /zvSoc, Horn. Od. 14. 508.
Ecclus. xv. 9, 10 ; and so of Esop's fa- f. aor. 1
A?/oa, (for ift'pw,) <ipoi, r/pcr,
In N. T. praise, Matt. xxi. 16
perf. /pjca Col. ii. 14, perf. pass, r/p^tat John
bles. coll.
Ps. viii. 3. Luke x viii. 43. Sept. for ft Ps. xx. 1, to take up, trans, corresponding in
viii. 3. Wisd. xviii. 9. Horn. Od. 21.
Sept. generally to the Heb. Ni$.
110. Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 6, 7, ol aZvoi, 1. to take i. e. to
up^ simply, lift up,
praises of God in the churches. to raise, pp. as stones from the
a)
indec. ground, John viii. 59. serpents, Mark
Aivwv, ), JSnon, (fr. )^y xvi. 18. Xen. Eq. So of anchors,
fountains, Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. Tal. 6, 7.

name of a place or fountain Acts xxvii. 13 apavreg sc. ayicvpag, see

1601,) pr.
near Salim, John iii. 23. Bos. Ell.Gr. p.14 sq. Kypke Obs. in N.T.
II. p. 135.So apaQ, dpavreg, often stands
AYpcdie, *wc> r/> ('P* W >) PP- capture, in Greek writers in the sense to sail away,
sc. of a city, Thuc. 2. 58 1} a'lpivig rijc
to depart, as Arrian. Exp. Alex. 6. 21
*-6\u>e. Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 5. also option, Thuc. 2. 23 med.
dpaz Ic HarraXwv.
choice, 1 Mace. 8. 30. Jos. Ant. 7. 13. 2. Herodian. 8. 7. 1. and is even used of
Polyb. 3. 103. 7. In N. T. a cliosen way an army on land, as Thuc. 2. 23 init.
of life, i. e.
Jos. Ant. 9. 11. 1. ib. 3. 1. 7 i K i~i$ev
1. a party, etc. Acts v. 17.
sect, school, of the
apavrtQ fig 'PafiSiv tjicov, spoken
xv. 5. xxiv. 5, 14. xxvi. 5. xxviii.2-2.
Diod. Sic. 2. 29 r&v
camp of the Israelites in the desert.
Fully written, i. e. apavrtg ayKvpag, Po-
aiplatiQ <j>i\oa6$uv.
Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 1. Ignat. Ep. ad Eph.
lyb. 31. 22. 13. Plut. Pomp. c. 50.
6. Clem. Alex. Strom. 1. 7.
Rev. x. 5. So
Spoken of the hand,
2. by impl. discord, dissension, 1 Cor. Sept. for Deut. xxxii. 40. Is. xlix. 22.
N^^
xi. 19. Gal. v. 20. 2 Pet. ii. 1. Xen. Anab. 7. 3. 6 Pass. apStjri,

f.
Matt. xxi. 21, better under no. 3.
*Vw, (alptrog captus,
as the eyes*
electus,fr.
alpw,) a word of the Alex- b) trop. to raise, to elevate,
andrine age, used in Sept. for John xi. 41. So Sept. and x
C 2
 20

cxxi. 1. cxxiii. 3. the voice, i. e.tocry a) pp. Luke vi. 29, 30. xi. 22. Matt
unf, to sing, etc. Luke xvii. 13. Acts iv. ix. 16 a'pti sc. ri, i. e. the new piece
24. So Sept. and Hty; Judg. xxi. 2. 1 tears awaymore of the old garment,
still

-vmi. xi. 4. So a'tptiv \lsvxnv rivof, to Mark ii. 21. Spoken of branches, to cut
hold the mind of any one suspended, i. e. off, prune, John xv. 2. Spoken of per-
in suspense, doubt, John x. 24. Phi- sons, to take away or remove, e. g. from a
lostr. 2. 4. Comp. Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 6 church, i. e. to excommunicate, 1 Cor. v.
ciijnpivovc ry ttavoitf raTf
icai 2 dpS-y, where some editions read iap$y.
Tin- phrase aipv T So to take away or remove out of the
^Nttip} Nty},
wpoc, to #/* /%e soul towards, i. e. to de- world, by death, etc. John xvii. 15. Matt.
urf, does not belong here ; comp. Dent, xxiv. 39. Acts viii. 33 bis, iv ry Taireivu-
xxiv. 16. Ps. Ixxxvi. 4. al. Gesen. Lex. an avTOv icpiene avrov, -ijpSr)
r'j
aiptrai,
Heb. i.
according to the Heb. < in his
e.

Z to take up and place on one's self, humiliation and oppression was his sen-
to afa P w ^ bear, i. e. to ftear, to carry. tence ; he was torn away/ i. e. hurried
Matt, iv. 6 licl x fl 9^> v apovai <r, coll. away to death ; coll. Is. liii. 8, and see
Sept. and Nty} Ps. xci. 12. Matt. xi. 29 Hengstenberg in Christol. and in Bibl.
*pnre riv uyov /xov, coll. Sept. and tfto$ Repos. II. p. 357. Kuincelinloc. Others,
Lam. iii. 27. So the cross, Matt, xxvii. his punishment was taken
away. So Sept.
Mark xv. 21. al. and metaph. Matt, for
T|C>N
Is. Ivii. 1, 2.
-||3 Is. liii. 8. In
x \ C'4. al.
i . So to take or carry with one, a somewhat stronger sense, especially in
Mark vi. 8. Luke ix. 3. al. Sept. and the imperat. alpt, apov, away with ! i. e.
xliv. 1. 2 K. vii. 8.
Kty; Gen put out of the way, kill, Luke xxiii. 18.
3. to take up and carry away, i. e. to John xix. 15. Acts xxi. 36. xxii. 22.
fake away, to remove, sc. by carrying, b) trop.
John xi. 48 dpovai T}UU>V ical TOV
Matt. ix. 6. John v. 8 TOTTOV Kcd TO IStvoQ, ujid destroy our city and
spoken of a bed,
8<}> al. of a dead body, a person, etc. nation. 1 Cor. vi. 15 apard n'tXri rovXpio-
Matt. xiv. 12. xxii. 13. Acts xx. 9. al TOV, taking away wrongfully the members
1 Mace. ix. 19.
Spoken of bread, etc. which belong to Christ, etc. So in the
with the idea of laying up, making use sense to deprive of, e. g. the kingdom of
of,Matt. xiv. 20. xv. 37. Mark viii. 8. heaven, Matt. xxi. 43. the word of God,
19, 20. al. So genr. Matt. xvii. 27. Mark iv. 15. Luke viii. 12, 18. gifts, Mark
Acts xxi. 11. al. Pass. dpSyn Matt. xxi. iv. 25. joy, John xvi. 22, coll. Sept. Is.
21 be thou removed. Trop. alpeiv TY\V xvi. 10. Spoken of vices, to put away,
apapriav TIVOQ, to take away the sin of any Eph. iv. 31. of a law, to abrogate. Col.
one, i. e. the imputation or punishment ii. 14. 1 Mace. iii. 29. AL.
of sin, John i. 29. 1 John iii. 5. So the
AicrS'avo/icu, alt&faofuu, f. aor. 2
Engl. Vers. and Sept. alptiv TO audpTrjfia
(duo, alaSru, Buttm.
y<r2r6p.r)V, 112.
for rwDn Nty;
1 Sam. xv. 25. But as
a Mid. deponent, to perceive, pp.
W Nty} etc. often means to bear the 13,)
with the eternal senses, Xen. Mem. 1:
punishment of sin, as Lev. v. 17. Num.
2. 31. In N. T. metaph, to understand,
v. 31. xiv. 33. al. (Sept. \afitiv,
avatyk- Luke
pv,) and as atpeiv often has in the Sept.
trans. ix. 45. Sept. for ^3 Job
xxiii. 5. yi; Prov. xxiv. 14. Xen. Cyr.
the sense to bear, as above, we may here
1. 1. 2.
also admit for alpttv the sense to bear the
which is elsewhere A'/O'S'Tja'fCj *W> *7, (aiVSdi/o/mi,) pp.
punishment of sin,
perception by the external senses, Xen.
expressed in the N. T. by ftaard^ttv,
Matt. viii. 17. 1 Pet.
Mem. 1. 4. 5. In N. T. metaph. un-
avafyiptiv, etc. coll.
ii. 24. Or perhaps the seiisus praegnans derstanding, the power of discerning,
Phil. i. 9. Sept. for n^l Prov. i. 4, 22.
is better, viz. to take away by taking upon
one's self.
nTDSn Ex. xxviii. 3. Judith xvi. 17.
4. to take away, to remove, simply, the
jElian. V. H. 1. 12.

idea of lifting etc. being dropped ; usually At<T$T)TTJ0tOV, OV, TO,

with the notion of violence, authority, pp. seat of the senses, Hesych.
etc. pia- TU fiiXrj $t wv atffSofitSa. In N.
 21

T. metaph. internal sense, faculty ofper- put to shj.me; Pass, to be made ashamed,
ception, Heb. v. 14.
So Sept. Jer. iv. to be put to shame.
19 rd aivSnTrjpia TTJQ KapSiag. 4 Mace. a) pp. 2 Cor. x. 8. Phil. i. 20. 1 John
ii. 22. 11. 28 aio'xvv.&w/uj' atr avrov, that
/IT)
we
be not put to shame before him, etc. So
Sept. for tthsi Jer. xxii. 22.
"jTD
poe), ea</er even for
and dis-
(ala x p6s
b) Mid. to shame one's self, to fee<,
honourable gain, sordid, 1 Tim. iii. [3],
ashamed, to feel dishonoured, Luke xvi.
8. Tit. 7. Xen. Ag. 11. 3. Herodot.
i.
3. 1 Pet. iv. 16. So Sept. for flfta
1. 187. Ps. xxv. 3. cxix. 30. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 6.
adv. for the sake of
AlcrxpOKtpSus, Atrtw, w, f. >w, to- ash, usually
dishonourable gain, sordidly, 1 Pet. v.
with accus. of pers. or thing or of both
2, coll. Tit. i. 11.
Buttm. 131. 5. also with accus. of

ae, T/> thing and Trapd c. gen. of pers. Matt.

obscene language, scurrility, Col. iii. 8. xx. 20. Jam. i. 5. and Sept. Deut. x.
Diod. Sic. 5. 4. Xen. de Rep. Lac. 12. Dan. ii.49. For the Mid. see Buttm.
5.6. 135. 4.
Matt. v. 42. vii. 9, 10. Mark
PP. deformed, opp. a) genr.
Ai<rx/ooc, a, o'v,
ri. 22 25. Luke xi. 9 13. 1 John v.
to jcaXot, Xen. Conv. 4. 19. Sept. for
14 16. al Sept. for btflf Josh. xv. 18.
yn Gen. xli. 3, 4. In N. T. metaph.
dishonourable ;
xix. 50. Palaeph. Fab. 40. Spoken in
indecorous, indecent,
respect to God, to supplicate, to pray for,
spoken of what is offensive either to Matt. vi. 8. vii. 11. xviii. 19. James i.
modesty and Christian purity, as Eph. The
case of 3t6g being omitted,
or to the manners and 5, 6.
v. 12. Tit. i. 11 ;
Matt. vii. 7, 8. Col. i. 9. James iv. 2, 3.
customs of a community, as 1 Cor. xi.
G. xiv. 35. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 23. Xen. al. Sept. for *?NI Is. vii. 11, 12.
Mem. 3. 10. 5. 3. 116, 13. b) to ask or call for, to require, to de-
Polyb.
mand, Luke i. 63. xii. 48. xxiii. 23. Acts
iii. 14. xxv. 15. 1 Pet. iii. 15. So Sept.

pp. deformity. In N. T. trop. impro- for inn ipK Job vi. 22. for Chald.
priety, indecorum, either in words or Dan. ii. 49. 2 Mace. vii. 10 TI]V
actions, Eph. v. 4, i.
q. oav at'rjj&fc, i. e. being required to thrust
q. v. out his tongue. Xen. Anab. 2. 1. 10.
* ib. 1. 3. 13.
a lff Xc)> shame, i. e.
*]C>
T/>
(

a) subjectively, feeling of shame, fear c) by Hebraism, to desire, Acts vii. 46.

So Sept. and ^>si 1 K. xix. 4. Ecc. ii.
of disgrace. Luke xiv. 9. Ecclus. iv.
21. xx. 23. Xen. Anab. 3. 1. 10. 10. So btfl^ Deut. xiv. 26 where Sept.
tu). Jon. iv. 8. AL.
b) objectively, disgrace, reproach, ig-
nominy, Heb. xii. 2. So Sept. for rv2 Atrrj/Lta, crro?, TO, (airlw), thing
Job. viii. 22. rraba, Is. 1. 6. n^in Ps. asked for, object sought, request, Luke
Ixix. 20. Ecclus. xxii. 3. xxv. 22. Xen. xxiii. 24. 1 John v. 15. Sept. for n^MTi
Anab. 2. 6. 6. 1 Sam. 17, 27.i. From the Heb. desire,
c) cause of shame, i. e. a shameful Phil. iv. 6 ; see in airtw c. So Sept. rd
thing or action, disgraceful conduct. ai'rrj/iara rfjg KapSiag for ni!?XTi)?3 Ps.
2 Cor. iv 2 fa KpvTrrd r/}g aia^vvriQ, hid- xxxvii. 4. Ep. Pseudo-Socr. 24.
den things, cf shame, i. e. clandestine a
Atria, ac, i, (ai'rlw), cause, viz.
conduct of which the disciples of Christ
should be ashamed. Phil. iii. 19. Jude a) efficient cause, motive, reason, ground,
Matt. xix. 3. Luke viii. 47. Acts xxii.
13. In Rev. iii. 18 ai<j\vvr\ rfj yvjjivo- 2 Tim. i. 6, 12. Tit. 1.
24. xxviii. 20.
TTJTOG is by Hebraism for yu/ij/orijg atVxpd, 13. Heb. ii. 11. Diod. Sic. 1. 7.
shameful nakedness, Stuart 440. Buttm.
b) in the sense of affair, matter, case,
^ 123. n. 4. So Sept. and ni5'3 1 Sam. Lat. ratio. Acts x. 21. xxiii. 28. Hist.
xx. 30. ^Ischin. 23, 41.
of Susan. 14. Matt. xix. 10 il OVTCJQ
f. uvw, (aZ<rxc), to shame torlv r\ atria K. T. \. if such is the case, etc.
 22

1 Mace. ix. 70, 72. Test. XII Patr. in

Philoetr. Vit. Apoll. 6. 16. So Lat.
3. 27. So Heb. -Ql is Fabric. Cod. Pseudep. V. T. I. p. 654.
causa, Cic. Off.
Ecc. Diod. Sic. 17. 70.
sometimes thing, affair, Gen. xx. 8.
v B. fe, and sometimes case, manner,
Deut. f-
iVW, w<rw, (aixp.a)

xv. 2. xix. 4. 1 K. ix. 15. take prisoner, lead captive, trans. This
a forensic sense, cause, i. e. () a later word, for which earlier writers
c) in
is

an accusation of crime, charge, Acts xxv. used al\na\ti)Tov Troiew, see Lobeck ad
xxvii. 37. Mark xv. 26. p. 442.
18, 27. Matt, Phryn.
Jos.
Phavorin. atria- } icarijyopfa. a) pp. Eph. iv. 8. Sept. for rOT$ Ps.
Ant. 4. 8. 23. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 16. Ixviii. 19. n^2 Ez. xxxix. 23. np^ Job
John xviii. 38. 15, 17. 1 Sam. xxx. 2. Const.
(/3) fault, guilt, crime, i.
arrj
18. So
Porphyr. Adm. 30. 94. B. Nicet. Annal.
xix. 4, 6. Acts xiii. 28. xxviii.
iv. 13. for Ql? ptoV
Sept. for py Gen. 16. 6.
Prov. xxviii. 17. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 28'. to captivate, 2 Tim. iii.
b) metaph. 6,
in text, recept.
Am'a/Ka, aroc, , charge, crimina-
tion, Acts xxv. 7. Thuc. 7. 72.
Al\fia\MTi^(t),
f.
i'<rw, (ai'x/*aXwroe),

a later word for al\p.a\o)Tov Trotlw, see

Mid. to
AlrtaojLtac, co/iac, depon.
accuse, to charge, absol. Rom. iii. 9 in
tive, Pass, to be carried away captive.
some MSS Xen. Mem. 1. 1.2.
Luke xxi. 24.
a) pp. Sept. for
Atnoc, ta, tov, (airta), pp. causative. 1 K. viii. 46 Diod. Sic. 13. 59. In the
In N. T. used substantively, viz. sense of to captivate, 2 Tim. iii. 6, in later
1. Masc. 6 alnoc, the causer or author editions. Judith xvi. 9 rb itd\\og avrijc
of any thing, Heb. V. 9 alnog TJJQ cwrr)-
yXfjia\(i)nffe -fyvxrjv avrov.
piaf. Jos. Ant. 3. 3 Stbv rrje awTrjpiag to subdue, bring into sub-
b) by imp.
alnov. Bel and Drag. 42. 2 Mace. iv. Rom. vii. 23. 2 Cor. x. 5.
jection.
47. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 63.

2. Neut. rb alnov, a cause, i. e. ov, o, rj, a prisoner,

Acts xix. 40. a captive, Luke iv. 18. Sept. for
n^la Ez.
a) reason, motive, ground,
Jos. Ant. 7.4. 1. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 8. xii. 4.
*yyqf
T
Is. Ixi. 1 1 Mace. ii. 9.
Jos. Ant. 10 . 9. 7. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 30.
b)
i.
q. atria q. v. fault, guilt, crime.
Luke xxiii. 4, 14, 22. So alnog guilty,
Atwv, wvoc, b, (poet, ri^life, Horn.
criminal, Hist, of Sus. 53. Sept. 1 Sam. II.22. 58 avroQ 8k 0iX?/c aiOJvog afiepSyg.
xxii. 22 for
marrow, Horn. Hymn, in Merc. 42.
T Also in classic usage and in N. T.
t, crroc> >
(ainaopai), charge,
accusation of crime, i. q. aiVt'a/ia, but less 1. cevum, age, i. e. an indefinitely long

usual ; it is read in Griesb. Acts xxv. 7. period or lapse of time, perpetuity, ever,
Thuc. 6. 72. for ever, eternity. Sept. everywhere for

fou, b, ri, adj.

a) spoken of time future, in the foil,
*,

i.
q. a$avT]c fr. a pr. and 0aiVoA, unfore-
phrases, viz.
seen, sudden, Luke xxi. 34. 1 Thess. v. 3. rbv ai&va, ever, for ever, with-
It has the force of an adverb ; Buttm. (a) tie
out end, to the remotest time ; spoken of
123. n. 3. Wisd. xvii. 16. Jos. Ant. 3.
Christ,Heb. vi. 20. vii. 17. vii. 24, 28.
8. 6. Herodian. 1. 6. 8. Thuc. 4. 125.
Spoken of the happiness of the right-
jla, ac, 7> ( ai XM an <l eous, John vi. 51, 58. 2 Cor. ix. 9.
aX<ricfc>), captivity. 1 John ii. 17. al. of the punishment of
a) pp. Rev.
xiii. 10 tie aixpa\w<riav. the wicked, 2 Pet. ii. 17. Jude 13.
Sept. for *au5' Deut. xxviii. 41. With a negative, never; Matt. xxi. 19.
b) meton. for at'x/iaXwroi, captives, a Mark iii. 29. John iv. 14. viii. 51. 62.
captive multitude. Eph. iv. 8. Rev. xiii. x. 28. xi. 26. al. So Sept. for
U^iy^ Is.
10 aixpaXuioiav avvayei. So Sept. for xl. 8. Ii. 6, 8. U^ly "ry Deut. xxix.' 29.
*y Ps. Ixviii. 19. Num. xxi. 1. TTZllp Is. xxviii. 28. Jer. 1. 39. So tie
E'Z.' iii. 11. r&ia 2Chr. xxviii. sM- alSivoQ, 2 Pet. iii. 18, i.
q. tis rbv
 Alwv

X9 yov Sept. Ex. xiv. 13 for in Pirke Aboth c. 4." In N. T. alwv is

tjibiy iy. Is. xiii. 20 for TC^ Ecclus. used of the future world chiefly in the
xviii. 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 92. first of these senses.

(/3) /e ro{' aiwvac, in the same sense, a)

this world and the next ; (a) as im-
ever,/or et:er, to all eternity, etc.
spoken plying duration, Matt. xii. 32 cure i v
of God, Rom. 2 Cor.
i. 25. ix. 5. xi. 36. rovrqt rtfi aiwvi, ovre iv ry [i\\ovn,
xi. 31. of Christ, Luke i. 33 where it neither in this world nor the next, i. e.
is explained by OVK torai r?Ao. Heb. never. Mark x. 30. Luke xviii. 30
xiii. 8.So Sept. for tro*py*> Ps. Ixxvii. 4 Esdr. vii. 43. Wisd. iv. 2 ai&v the
8. The plur. is here put for the sing, world to come.
and in the same sense comp. ovpavo^ ; (/3)
the present world, with its cares,
and ovpavoi, aafifiaTov and <ra/3]3ara. See temptations, and desires; the idea of evil,
Stuart Ess. on Fut. Pun. p. 31, 68. both moral and physical, being every
(y) tic Tovg aluivag
T&V alwvuv, an in- where implied, Matt. xiii. 22. Luke xvi.
tensive form, from the Heb. for ever and 8. xx. 34. Rom. xii. 2. lCor.i.20. ii. 6,

ever, comp. Stuart 1. c. spoken of God, 8. 2 Tim. iv. 10. Tit. ii. 12. Hence it is
Gal. i. 5. Phil. iv. 20. 1 Tim. i. 17. called at'wv TTOV^OQ, evil world, Gal i. 4.
1 Pet. v. 11. So in the expression iif and Satan is called the god of this world,
iraaaq rc yeveaf TOV aiuivot; TU>V aitiivw, 2 Cor. So Sept. and t^ty Ecc.
iv. 4.

Eph . iii. 21 .
Spoken of Christ 2 Pet. iii. iii. See Gesen. Lex. Heb.
11.
18. Rev. i. 18. v. 13. xi. 15. of the (y) by
meton. the men of this world,
happiness of the saints, Rev. xxii. 5. of wicked generation, etc. Eph. ii. 2 Kara
the punishment of the wicked, Rev. xiv. rbv alwva TOV tcovfiov TOVTOV, called else-
11. xix. 3. xx. 10. So Sept. etc alwva where tnot TOV alStvoQ TOVTOV, Luke xvi. 8.
ai&vot for iy^ Ps. xix. 10. ex. 3, 10. xx. 34.
Tob. vi. 18 For the intensive form, by meton. the world itself, as an
(fl)
see Gesen. Lehrgeb. p. 091, 692. Stuart object of creation and existence, Heb. i.

455. c. Matth. Gr. Gram. 450. 6. 2 i' ov TOVQ aiutvae kTroitj<re,cf. Stuart 1.

b) spoken of time past,

as air' attivof, c. and no. 1. Heb. xi. 3.
a. /?, above.
of old, from everlasting, etc. Luke i. 70. Matt. xiii. Tim. i. 17.
40. xxiv. 3. 1
Acts. iii. '21. xv. 18. So dirb rStv aiuvuv, in reference to the advent
b) spoken
Eph. 9. Col. i. 26.
iii. Also IK rov alS>- of the Messiah, (see above), seculum, age,
VOQ ov, never, John ix. 32. irpb rS>v aiw- viz. the age or world before the Mes-
(a)
vuv, i. e. before time began,yrowi eternity, i. e. the Jewish dispensa-
siah, n^n CJ^iy
1 Cor. Sept. an-' aiuivoc for tD^iyp
ii. 7. tion, 1 Cor. X. 11 TO. reXj TWV aluvuv.
Gen. vi. 4. Ps. xc. 2. Jer. ii. 20. Sept. the age or world after the Messiah,
(/3)
TTpo aluvuv for Dip Ps. lv. 19 Diod. NZin D^1y> i. e. the gospel dispensation,
SlC. 1. 6 i aiuvoq'. the kingdom of the Messiah, Eph. ii. 7.
2. from the Heb. or rather Chald. and Heb. vi. 5, coll. ii. 5. Comp. Kovpos
Rab. the world, seculum, either present and Ba<rtXeta. This special sense of aldJv
or future, corresponding to the rnn E^iy coincides again with classic usage, cevum,
and N27T G^iy of Jewish writers, 6 seculum. AL.
aiijjv ovTog and 6 atuv /ttXAwv v. tpx~
b, also
Buxtorf. Lex. Ch. Talm. Rab. ;, lov, it,
fievog.
1620, Mundum futurum, sivexan B^ty, (a, tov, (aiwv), perpetual, everlasting,
eternal, viz.
quidam intelligunt mundum, qui futurus
est post destructum hunc mundum in- of time future, (a)
a) spoken chiefly
feriorem, et post resurrectionem homi- of God, Rom. xvi. 26. 1 Tim. vi. 16.
num mortuorum, quando animse cum So for
Sept. Gen. xxi. 33. Is. xl.
Q^iy
suis rursum conjungentur. 28 Baruch iv. 8, 10. (/3) of the hap-
corporibus
Quidam per N2H D^l^ piness of the righteous,
Matt. xix. 29.
intelligunt
TT^Tpn niTD";, dies Messice, quibus scil. xxv. 46. Mark x. 30. John iii. 15, 16,
venturus Messias, quern Judsei adhuc 36. Rom.ii.7. 2Cor.iv.17. al. 2 Mace,
expectant, quod in hoc mundo tempo- vii. 9. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. Psalter.

raliter regnaturus sit. Vide Abarbanel. Salom. Ps. iii. 13, 15, 16. Acta Thorn. 7.
 24

In some passages this w) aluvtoc is Eph. v. 5. Spoken of idolatry, Rev. xvii.

equivalent to eMX&tiv tig ri)v paotXtiav 4 in later editions ; comp. 'AjcaS-dprj/e. In

TOV Stov, John iii. 15, coll. ver. 3, 5. Matt. this sense, partly, the devils or demons
xix. 10. Acts xiii. 40. See at'tiv 2. b. are called irvtvp-ara djcdS-apra, unclean
of the punishment of the wicked, or foul spirits, Matt. x. 1. xii. 43. Mark
(y)
Matt, xviii. 8. xxv. 41, 40. Mark iii. 29. i.
23, 20, 27. iii. 11, 30. v. 2, 8. 13. vi.
2 Thess. i. Heb.
9. vi. 2. Jude 7. So 7. vii. 25. ix. 25. Luke iv. 33, 30. vi.
Sept. for D^ty Dan. xii. 2. Fabr. Cod. 18. vlii. 29. ix. 42. xi. 24. Actsv. 10.
Pseud. V. T. genr. 2 Cor. iv.
1. c viii. 7. Rev. xvi. 13. xviii. 2. So Sept.
()
18. v. 1. Heb. ix. 14. xiii. 20. 1 John for rTNtta Zech. xiii. 2. For the origin
i. 2. Rev. xiv. 0. Philem. 15 ai&viov of the epithet, see Gen. vi. 2. Tob. iii. 8.
as an ndv.for ever, always, Buttm. 123. vi. 14.
They are also probably so called
n. 3. So Sept. 8ia$t']Ki) alwvtog for tJ^ty as being impious, wicked, Trovrjpa, Tob.
Gen. ix. 10. xvii. 7. Ecclus. xlv. 15. 8, 17.
iii. vi. 7. and as the authors and
Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 5 rjytfiovia aitavia. Diod. objects of idolatry, Sept. Ps. xcvi. 5.
Sic. 1. 03 OtJCC<T( rtlUIVlOf. 2 Cor. iv. 4. Baruch iv. 7.
time past, Rom. xvi. 25
b) spoken of ov/JLtti, (a pr. and icat-

Xp6voc aiW/oic, ancient ages, i. e. of old. po),

to lack opportunity, Phil. iv. 10. It
2 Tim. i. 9 a'nd Tit. i. 2 ?rp6 xpovutv a'w- is a word of the later
Greek, Lobeck ad
viwv, i.
q. Trpd aiuvwv, i. e. before time
Phryn. p. 120.
was, from eternity ; see al&v 1. b. So
'Acap<i>c, adv. fr. a pr. and
Sept. for tJ^ty Ps. xxiv. 7, 9. AL. (aicaipoe
out of season. 2 Tim. iv. 2 evicai-
Kcupog),
etc, >7> (aKaSapTog fr. a po> dfcatpwf, in season and out of season,
and i.e. whether men will listen or not,
j>r. ), uncleanness, impurity,
comp. Ez. ii. 5, 7. Ecclus. xxxv. 4
in a physical sense, Matt, xxiii. Jos. Ant. 0. 7. 2.
a) pp. dxiatpwf fitj (To<j>iov.
27. Sept. for nNtta 2 Sam. xi. 4. "Aicaicoe, ou, o, r}, adj. (a pr. and
in a moral sense, pollution, lewd- void of
b) Kafeoe), evil, harmless, blameless,
ness, as opposed to chastity, Rom. i. 24. Heb.
well disposed, vii. 20. Sept. for &$
vi. 19. 2 Cor. xii. 21. Gal. v. 19. Eph. Job ii. 20 -- Diod. Sic. 13. 70'.
3. viii.
iv. 19. v. 3. Col. iii. 5. 1 Thess. iv. 7, Dem. 1153. 10. In the sense of simple-
coll. ver. 3 sq. So Sept. for HNTDB Ez. hearted, confiding, Rom. xvi. 18. Sept.
xxii. 15. xxxvi. 25 Spoken of avarice, for *r\B Prov. i. 4. xiv. 15.
1 Thess. ii. 3, coll. ver. 5.
?7c> r), (dici? point), thorn,
, (sync, for
TIJTOC, ?> Matt. vii. 10. Luke Heb. vi. 8,
vi. 44.

), uncleanness, filth,
i. e. lewd- coll. Gen. 18,iii. where Sept. for Heb.
ness ; trop. of idolatry, Rev. xvii. 4 in "pip. IS. XXXli. 13. - SO <T7rpJ/ 7Tl O.KO.V-
text, recept. Others ru d/coSapra. So &a s , etc. Matt. xiii. 7 bis, 22. Mark iv.
i"TN73p and Sept. aicaSapaia Ez. xxxvi. 7 bis, 18. Luke viii. 7 bis, 14. Sept. for
yip
Jer. iv. 3. ii. 2.mn Cant.
So
crown of thorns, Matt, xxvii
,
ou, 6, rj, adj. (a pr.
and 29. John xix. 2 __ Diod. Sic. 5. 41.
unclean, impure.
icaSai'pw),
in the Levit.
a) sense, see Lev. v. 2, A/cav3'tvoc, OV) o, adj. made of
t'i,

and comp. Winer bibl. Realw. thorns, Mark xv. 17. John xix. 5 __ Sept.
p. 570.
Spoken of food, Acts x. 14. xi. 8. of Is. xxxiv. 13.
birds, Rev. xviii. 2. So Sept. for K73Q
Deut. xiv. 7. Lev. xi. 4 AicapTTOC, ou, 6, r), adj. (a pr. and
So of persons without fruit, barren, sterile.
who are not Jews, or who do not
to the Christian
belong a) pp. Jude 12 ^v^pa aap7ra. Sept.
community, Acts x. 28. Jer. ii. iv 7 y d/cd P 7r V
PcJyb. 12. 3. 2. .

1 Cor. vii. 14. 2 Cor. vi. 17. See 'A

y i w b) metaph. unfruitful, yielding no good
1. b. So Sept. and Heb. N?2U Is. Hi. 1.
fruit, sc. of knowledge, virtue, etc. Matt.
Amos vii. 17. Cf. 'AKaSapaia. xiii. 22. Mark iv. 19. 1 Cor. xiv. 14
b) in the sense of lewd, lascivious, Tit. iii. 14. 2 Pet. i. 8.
 'Ajcarayvwaroc

c) by imp. producing bad fruit, i. e.

ou, o, fi, adj. (a pr. and
noxious, wicked, Ep. v. 11 tpya v. Kepavvvfj.i to
mix), pp. unmixed,
TOV VKOTOVG. Wisd. xv. 4. Eurip. Phoen. 950. In N. T. metaph.
without guile. Matt. x.
artless, blameless,
, ov, b, r/, adj. (a pr.
16. Horn. xvi. 19. Phil. ii. 15 Jos.
and KaTayivwGKOi to condemn), pp. wo
Ant. 1. 2. 2 aidpaios (3io. 1. 6. 2. ib. 12.
worthy of condemnation, sc. by a judge,
2 Mace. iv. 47. In N. T. metaph. irre- 2. 3. Diod. Sic. 13. 20.

prehensible, Tit. ii. 8. rjc, E'OC, ouc, o, >7, adj. (a pr.

and icXtvw), not declining,
'AcaraicaXv7rroC} ou, A> ?? adj. (a unwavering,
Heb. x. 23. Pollux. Onom. 8. 10 &-
pr. and KarajcaXvTrrw), unveiled,
iCor. xi.
5, 13 Sept. Lev. xiii. 45. Polyb. 15.
ris a.K\ivi]Q. Symmach. Job. xli. 4.
V. H. 12. 64.
27.2.
/), tojlourish,
, ou, o, 17, adj. (a pr.
and ripen, be in one's prime, intrans. Rev. xiv.
KaraicpiVw), uncondemned, Acts xvi.
18 Polyb. 1. 17. 9. Jos. Ant. 2. 2. 2.
37. xxii. 25.

*AcaraXuroc> ou, o, r/, adj. (a pr. 'Aic/LUjv, adv. pp. accus. of

and icaraXvu>), indissolvable ; hence, en- point, sc. of a weapon, Horn. II. 10. 173.
of time, acme, Xen. Anab. 4. 3. 26. cf.
during, everlasting, Heb. vii. 1C. Dion.
Hal. Ant. 10. 31 dicaraXurov icpdrof rijf
Buttm. 115. 4. In later writers and
in N. T. for rar'
dr/*>}v \povov, at this
point of time, i. e. yet, even now,
still,
'Acara7rau<TTOC, ou, o, /, adj. (a
Matt. xv. 16.
pr. and unable to desist, which Polyb. 1.13. 12. Strabo
jcaraTravw), 1. See Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 123.
56.
cannot be restrained, sc.from any thing;
seq. gen. Buttm. 132. 4. 1. In 2 Pet. Kypke Obs. I. p. 76.
ii. 14 60aA/iot drara7rav<rro d/xaprt'af, 'AKOT), f/r, T)> (aKovit)), 1. hearing.
eyes which cannot be restrained sc. from a) the sense or faculty of hearing,
lascivious gazing. Polyb. 4. 17. 4 Iv 1 Cor. xii. 17. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6.
b) the instrument of hearing, the ears,
Mark vii. 35 et Luke vii. 1 t'c rag anode
'Ajcaraoracrta, ac, / TOV Xaov. Acts xvii. 20. Heb. v. 11. 2
pp. instability ; hence, disorder, commo- Tim. iv. 3 KvtjSoptvoi rfjv O.KOIIV, cf. KvrjSw
tion, tumult, sedition, Luke xxi. 9. 1 Cor. and Buttm. ( 131. 6. 2 Tim. iv. 4. Ec-
xiv. 33. 2 Cor. xii. 20. James iii. 16. clus. xxvii. 15. 2 Mace. xv. 39. Jos. Ant.
So in 2 Cor. vi. 5where others prefer
;
7.11. Herodian. 4.15. 3. So aicoy atcovuv,
uncertainty of residence, i. e. exile. Sept. to hear with the ears, i. e. attentively,
for nniQ Prov. xxvi. 28.
!
Polyb. 31. Matt. xiii. 14. Acts xxviii. 26. This is a
13.6.'
Hebraism so Sept. for
;
inf. absbl.
^1721^
'AicaraoraToe, ou, o, 17, adj. (a pr. Ex. xv. 26. xix. 5al.
and *a$i<rrn/tai), unstable, 2. that which is heard, viz.
inconstant, a) thing
James i. 8. Sept. for lyD Isa. liv. 11. announced, instruction, teaching, preach"
Polyb. 7. 4. 6. ing. John xii. 38, coll. Is. liii. 1 where
Sept. for n^73m' Rom. x. 16, 17 bis. So
'AKctTao^croc, ou ? o, rj, adj. (a pr.
aKorj iriartwg, i. e. doctrine taught and
and Karlx<o to coerce), not coercible, un-
received with faith, Gal. iii. 2, 5. Xoyoj;
tameable, not to be restrained, James iii.
aKofjg i.
q. Xdyof aKovaStiQ, the word
8 Diod. Sic. 14. 53. 54. Jos. B. J. 2.
taught and Jieard, 1 Tbess. ii. 13. Heb.
17. 1.
iv. 2. So 2 Pet. ii. 8, see in BX/i/ta.
a, indec. from the Syro- Xen. Hiero 1. 14.
Chaldaic K731 *>pn, field of blood, the Heb.
b) from the rumour, report,
field purchased with the
money for which Matt. iv. 24. xiv. 1. xxiv. 6. Mark i.

Judas had betrayed Jesus, and appro- 28. xiii. 7. So Sept. for 2 Sam.
^72125
priated as a place of burial for strangers. xiii. 30. yp$ Jer. 1. 43. fhuc. 2. 41.
Acts i. 19. Dem. 497. 12/
 G 'AKOVW

hear. Matt. xiii. 14 dxoy aKovaert

, hearing
fr. a of companionship, and ye shall hear ; for this Hebraism see un-
way ; Buttm. 120. n. 11), to go with, der dicorj, and comp. Buttm. 133. 3. 1.
to accompany, to follow ; constr. e. dat. Acts xxviii. 26. Sept. for y731$ Ex. xv.
.
/r nvoc Luke ix. 49. al. see Lo- 26. xix. 5. al Matt. xiii. 15 /Sapewe dicov-
beck ad Phryn. p. 353 sq. or c. biriou etv, to be dull of hearing. Xen. Mem. 4
rivof Matt. x. 88. al. from the Ueb. 8.8.
^HIJ 7&n and Sept. 1 K. xix. 20, 21. b) transit, and either absol. or constr.
U/xlv. 14. ace. or gen. of the
c.
thing heard and
a) genr.
Matt. iv. 25. viii. 1. ix. 19, usually c. gen. of the person from whom,
27. Mark v. 24. x. 82. Luke xxii. 54. Buttm. 132. 5. 3 and marg. note. In-
"

thing, we find irtpi

John xi. 31. Cor. x. stead of the gen. of
1 4. al. Sept. for
pni Ruth i. 14.
^-\h -rj^rr
1 Sam. xxv. seq. gen. Mark v. 27. Acts ix. 13 Xen.
42. Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 71 ib. 5. 2. 26. Anab. 2. 5. 26. Instead of the gen. of
Dem. 608. 14. person, we have OTTO seq. gen. Acts ix.

b) spec, to follow a teacher, i. e. to be

13. John i. 5
1 Thuc. 1. 125 Trapa
or become the disciple of any one, viz. seq. gen. John viii. 26. al. Xen. Anab.
to accompany him personally, as 1. 2. 5 K seq. gen. 2 Cor. xii. 6
(a)
was usual with the followers of Jewish Horn. Od. 15. 374 to hear, to perceive
doctors and Greek philosophers, Matt. with the ears.
iv. 20, 22. ix. 9. xix. 27, 28. Mark i. (a) genr. Matt. ii. 9, 18. ix. 12. x. 27.
18. John i. 41. Sept. for 1 K. xix. Mark vii. 25. x. 41. Luke vii. 3. 9. John
-r^rr
20, 21 So Mark ix. 38 ovl dicoXovSet iii. 8. al. saep. Sept. for ypuj' Gen. iii.
8,
i//iTv, i. e. he
not a disciple.
is 10 Xen. Anab. 1. 2. 5.
Cyr. 3. 1. 8.
to be or become the (/3) in the sense of to give ear, hear with
(/3) disciple of any
one as to faith and practice, to
follow attention, listen, Mark iv. 3. vii. 14. xii.
his
teaching, etc. Matt. x. 38. xvi. 24. 29. Acts ii. 22. So in respect to a
Mark viii. 34. Luke ix. 23. John viii. teacher, Mark vi. 20. Luke xv. 1. xix.
12. xii. 20. 2 Mace. viii. 36. Jos. Ant. 48. Hence ol CLKOVOVTSQ, hearers, i. e.
4. 0. 11. disciples, Luke vi. 27.
to follow in by impl. to give heed to, to
c) succession, to succeed, (7) obey,
Rev. xiv. 8, 9. Matt. x. 14. xvii. 5. xviii. 15. Mark vi.

d) spoken of things, actions, etc. to 11. Luke x. 16. John v. 24. xviii. 37.
accompany. Rev. xiv. 13 TU e fyya Acts iii. 22, 23. iv. 19. 1 John iv. 5, 6. al.
avr&v ctKd\ov$t~i [itr avrwv, their So Sept. and
good yKflf Gen. iii. 17. Ex. xvi.
deeds accompany them, sc. to the 20. Deut. xi. 27. al. saep.
ment-seat of God, i. e.
judg- n^pn 2 Chr.
they bear them xx. 14. Is. xlviii. 18. Esdr.v.69. Xen.
v.ith them and receive an
immediate Cyr. 8. 6. 1. ^Elian. V. H. 8. 16 Here
reward. So vice versa Rev. xviii. 5 belongs the phrase, 6 i^v ovg, &ra, &KOV-
77*0-
\ov$i>oav in the earlier editions ; others ffdra), whosoever hath ears, let him hear,
read iicoXX^ffav. Judith xii. 2 rd i. e.
give heed, obey, etc. Rev. ii. 7, 11,
77*0-
food which I have 17, 29. iii. 6, 13, 22. xiii. 9.
XovSriKora pot, <
i. e. Matt. xi.
brought with me.' AL. 15. xiii. 9, 13. Comp. the phrases 6
i^w
vovv Rev. xiii. 18, and 6 tx wv aofyiav Rev.
f. awl/ a later form, Matt.
,
xvii. 9
In the writings of John spoken
xiii. 14, H. Planck in Bibl.
15. al see
of God, to heed, regard, i. e. to hear and
Repos. 643, 666 ; better fut. & K oi-
I. p.
answer prayer, John ix. 31. xi. 41, 42.
ffofiat Buttm. 113. 4 and n. 7;
perf. 1 John v. 15. So yaqf Ps. x. 17 where
ri^oa Buttm. 85. 2. 97. n. 5 ; perf. Sept. elaaicoveiv.
pass. TjKowuai Buttm. 98. n. 6 ;
aor. 1 2. to hear, i. e. to learn
pass. n*ovff$q v
by hearing, to
.
Comp. Winer 15. be informed, to know.
1. to hear,
a) intrans. i. e. to have the a) genr. Matt. ii. 3, 22. iv. 12. v. 21,
faculty of hearing, spoken of the deaf, 27. xi. 2. Mark v. 27. vi. 14. Acts xiv.
oto. Matt. xi. 5. Mark vii.
37. al, Rom. 14. xv. 24. al. So Sept. and ynvj Gen.
xi. 8 w-ct rov
fttj ears unable to
CIKOVUV, xii. 15. xiii. 2. Spoken of instruction,
 \\Kpaaia

doctrines, etc. John viii. 40. xv.

15. most exact and subtile in the exposition
Acts i. 4. iv. 20. Rom. x. 14, 18. Heb. and observance of TUV i$v KCU ZrjrrjfidTwi
ii. 1. 1 John ii. 7, 24, coll. ver. 27. in ver. 3. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 1. Polyb.
Pass, to be heard of, i. e. to be reported, 15. 13. 2. Herodian. 1.1. 2. Others
to be noised abroad, etc. Matt, xxviii. 14. severe, rigorous.
Mark ii. 1. Luke xii. 3. Acts xi. 22.
(aKptfirje), to
f. w<rw,
'Acp(j3oa>, w,
1 Cor. v. 1. Sept. for KS? 2Chr. xxvi. know or do any thing accurately, Aquila
15 __ Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 4. Is. xlix. 16. Herodian. 1. 15. 4. In N.
as
b) in a forensic sense, to hear, sc. T. to inquire accurately, assiduously, ab-
a judge or magistrate, to try, to examine sol. and trans. Matt. ii. 7, 16, i. q.
judicially, Acts xxv.
22. John vii. 51. Xen. CEc. 20.
&rao> in ver. 8. 10.
in the sense of to understand, com-
c) adv. accurately, assidu-
prehend, Mark iv. 33. John vi. 60. iCor. ?,

xiv. 2. Gal. iv. 21. So Sept. for ytt^) ously, perfectly, Matt. ii. 8. Luke i. 3.
.Elian. V. H. 13.
Acts xviii. 25. 1 Thess. v. 2. Xen. GEc.
Gen. xi. 7. xlii. 23.
2. 3. In the sense of circumspectly, Eph.
45. Porphyr. de Abstin. Anim. 3. p. 248,
v. 15. Sept. for yiyrr, well, Deut. xix. 18.
"Apafifs [ilv Kopdicuv CLKOVOVfftv Tvppqvoi
$k aertttv. AL.
"hi a locust,
*Aic/ofc> *$OC, Matt. iii. 4.

ac, inconti- Mark i. 6. Rev. ix. 3, 7. Sept. for

rt^lK
'/> (^parfit),
nence, 1 Cor. vii. 5. So Matt, xxiii. 25 Ex. x. 4, 12 sq. nia Is. xxxiii. 4. ipn
where later edit, adiicia. Jos. Ant. 8. 7. Lev. xi. 22. ^CTT Joel
pb^f ii. 25.
-5 Ti)v TU>V Xen. Jer. Ii. Locusts are one of the
14. 27.
afypoCio'niiv dicpaffiav.
Mem. 4. 5. 6. most terrific scourges of oriental coun-
tries Ex. x. 12 sq. See a full descrip-
;

*, toe, ouc, *> T

/> adJ- (
a Pr -
tion of them in Calmet, Am. edit. Jahn
and icparoc strength), incontinent, impo- 23. IV. They are enumerated in Lev.
tenssui, 2 Tim. iii. 3 Xen. Mem. 1. 2. xi. 22 among the living things which
12. Clem. Alex. Strom. 3. 7. are clean,and the use of which for food
y acU- a P r an<l was permitted to the Israelites and ;
'Aicparoc, oi' "> 'h
'
(
>f wine
of wii un- they are eaten in the East to the present
), unmixed, spoken
diluted, 3 Mace. v. 2. In N. T. by im- day.
plic. strong, fiery, intoxicating, Rev. xiv. lov, TO, (dicpodopai
'Aicpoarij/otov,
10. So Sept. for rrarrrj y|n wine of to Lat. auditorium, place of hear-
hear),
wrath Jer. xxv. 15. for l?Dn Ps. Ixxv. 9. ing, place of trial, Acts xxv. 23. Among
the Greeks this word denoted the place
ac, */> (*P'/3>k), exact-
,
where authors recited their works pub-
ness, prcciseness, extreme accuracy. Acts
licly, Arrian. Diss. Epict. 3. 23. 8 ; among
xxii. 3 TTfTrajfov/xej/of KUTCL rr\v dtcpi^fiav
TOV Trarpy'ou vopov, instructed in all the
the Romans it designated a place where

and public trials were held.

exactness, the precise discipline ob-
servance, of the traditional law. Ecclus,
'AjcpoaT/jc* ov,b, fdicpodofiai\ahearert
xlii. 4 %vyov icai OTC&H&V, ex-
a/cpt'/3eia e. g.arpoar^g Qwvrjg Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 3.
actness of balance and weights, xvi. 25. In N. T. dicpoaTris TOV vofiov, TOV \6yov,
Wisd. xii. 1. Jos. Ant. 9. 10. 2. Jos. a hearer of the law, etc, i. e. one who
Vit. 38. Xen. CEc. 8. 17. ^Elian. V. merely hears, but does not regard ; Rom.
H. 4. 3. Others, severity, rigorous dis- ii. 13. James i. 22, 23, 25. Thuc. 2. 35
cipline. dKpoaTijG ZvveiSws KOI tvvovg.
adJ- (<**PC> and /3vo
'Aic/o<j3//c, toe, ovc, > *l) 'AKpoj3uorui, ac, n, (dicpov
fr. UKT]
point), exact, accurate, precise ; to cover), a word not found in profane
aicpifisffTfpov as adv. more accurately, writers. In N. T.
more perfectly, Acts xviii. 26. xxiii. 15, 1. the prepuce, foreskin. Acts xi. 3
20. xxiv. 22. See Buttm. 115. 5. In dicpo(3v(TTiav fyovTig, i. e. uncircumcisea
Acts xxvi. 5, Kara rr\v aicpt/Sforar^v cupe- gentiles. Sept. for n^"lV Gen. xvii. 11,
aiv, according to the most exact sect, i. e. 14. Lev. xii. 13. Juditn xiv. 10.
 J
'AKpo-yomeuoc 'AAa|3a<JT|OOv

2. state of uncircumcision, gentilism, spoils into a heap, from which an offer-

paganism, comp. Acts xi. 3. ing was first made to the gods ; this was
a) pp. Rom. ii. 25, 26 17 dtcpofivoria the aicpoSiviov, Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 35. He-
avrov. I Cor. vii. 18, 19. Gal. v. 6. vi. rodot. 8. 121, 122. Pind. Nem. 7. 68.
15. Col. ii. 13. That this refers to the Cf. Potter Gr. Ant. II. p. 108. Eisner
external rite, and to the state of a gen- Obs. in N. T. II. p. 348.
shown by the addition of odp%, in
tile, is hence
"Aic/ooc, a, or, (4^), pointed ;
Eph. ii. 11 and not to the uncircum-
; neut. TO dicpov as subst. a point, end, ex-
cision of the heart, Deut. x. 16. Mark xiii. 27.
tremity, Matt. xxiv. 31.
uncircum-
b) by meton. preputiati, Luke xvi. 24. Heb. xi. 21. So Sept.
cised, i. e. the
gentiles, pagans,
as op-
for nSft Deut. iv. 32. xxviii. 64. Is.
posed to 7; Trfpiro/ij;, the Jews Rom. ii. ;
xiii. 5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 1.
26 init. ii. 27. iii. 30. iv. 9, 10 bis, 11
bis, 12. Gal. ii. 7. Col. iii. 11. Eph. 'AicuAae, ou, o, Aquila, pr. name
ii. 11. The Jews called all other na- of a Jew born in Pontus, a tent-maker,
tions in scorn, uncircunicised ; Judg. xiv. who, with his wife Priscilla, joined the
3. xv. 18. Is. Iii. 1.
Christian church at Rome. When the
Jews were banished from that city by
and a, ov, (dicpov
Claudius, Aquila and his wife retired to
ia of a stone, \i$og a
angle), spoken ,
Corinth, and afterwards became the
corner-stone, i. e. foundation-stone, Eph.
ii. 20. 1 Pet. ii. col. Is. xxviii. 16.
companions of Paul, by whom they are
6,
mentioned with much commendation.
So Sept. for n^D Is. xxviii. 16, and
"j^N Acts xviii. 2, 18, 26. Rom. xvi. 3. 1 Cor.
Xt^oc yuvialoQ for the same, Job xxxviii.
xvi. 19. 2 Tim. iv. 19.
6. Sept. has also ic^aX?) yuviag for 12)*h
n$3 Ps. cxviii. 22, coll. Matt. xxi. 42, W, w, f. w<, (a pr. and /cvpog),
but this is the top-stone or coping. Our to depriveof authority, annul, abrogate,
Lord is in N. T. to a founda- trans. Matt. xv. 6 Ij/roXrjv. Mark vii.
compared
tion corner-stone, in two different points 13 \6yov. Gal. iii. 17 SiaSrjKrjv. Sept.
of view. for }T Prov. i. 26. Esdr. vi. 32. Diod.
First, as this stone lies at the
and gives support and Sic. 16. 24.
foundation,
strength to the building, so Christ, or dv. (a pr. and /cwXvw to
the doctrine of a Saviour, is called without hindrance, freely, Acts
hinder),
a/cpoywvialog sc. XiS'og, Eph. ii. 20, be- xxviii. 31. Herodian. 1. 12. 15. ib. 8.
cause this doctrine is the most impor- 2. 1. Wisd. vii. 22 a/cwXvroc;.
tant feature of the Christian religion,
and is the foundation of all the precepts , aicouo-a, QKOV, ( pr. and
IK&V volens), unwilling, invitus, 1 Cor.
given by the apostles and other Christian
ix. 17. Sept. Job. xiv. 17. Jos. Ant.
teachers. Further, as the corner-stone
occupies an important and honourable
1. 18. 9. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 17.

place, Jesus is compared to it, 1 Pet. ii. ro y (also 6 dXa-

'AAajSaorpov, ou,
6, because God has made him distin- alabaster, a variety of gypsum
/3a<rrpoe),
guished, and has advanced him to a dig- differing from the alabaster of modern
nity and conspicuousness above all others.
times, Herodian. 3. 15. 16 ; comp. Rees'
Barnab. Ep. c. 6.
Hence, a box or vase of ala-
Cyclop.
'Ak'/ooSivtov, tou, TO,
used chiefly baster for perfumes, Herod ot. 3. 20,
in plur. aicpoSivia, TO., (aicpoj/ and &iv, a Athenams 6. 19. ib. 15. 13. coll. Plin. H.
heap,), pp.
the first fruits sc. of the N. 13. 2. In N. T. a vase for perfumed
earth, which were taken from the top ointment, made of any materials, as gold,
of the pile ; Hesych. ajcpoS-iviov cnrapx^ glass, stone, etc. Matt. xxvi. 7. Mark
T&V Stvuiv Slvte Sk iiffiv ol crwpot rwv xiv. 3 bis. Luke vii. 37. ^Elian. V.
TTVQMV icai Schol. ad Eurip.
jcpi^wv. H. 12. 18. Theoc. Id. 15. 114 xp^fia
Phoen. 213. In N. T. the best of the aXa/3aorpa. Etym. Mag. oXa/3aorpov
spoils, Heb. vii. 4. The Greeks were GKtvos TI i% veXov, f) nupoSrjKT]. These
accustomed after a battle to collect the vases often had a long narrow neck,
the mouth of which was sealed so that ;
Luke xiv. 34 bis. Sept. for n!?p Lev. ii. 1 3.
when the woman is said to break the Judg. ix. 45. al Horn. II. 9. 214 \ g .

we are to understand wisdom and prudence, both

vase, Mark xiv. 3, b) metaph.
of the neck, which in words and actions, Mark ix. 50 ult.
only the extremity
was thus closed. Comp. Pollux Onom. Col. iv. 6. Matt. V. 13 vfitlQ tore TO uXaq
10. 11. rns y'")c, ye are the salt of the earth, i. e.
ye are those who, by your instructions
'AAaovea, ac, n, (dXa<iv), osten- and influence, are to render men wiser
tation, boasting, and by impl. arrogance,
and better just as salt imparts to food
pride, James iv. 16. 1 John ii. 16. ;

a more acceptable flavour. Diog. Laert.

Theodot. for rn3 Prov. xiv. 3. Sym- 8. 1. 19.
mach. for nnVJob ix. 13. Wisd. v. 8.
2 Mace. ix. 8. Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 1. ,
f. $u, to besmear, Horn.
Od. 12. 47, 177. In N. T. to anoint,
'AAawv,OVOC, dx 'h dXdopat
> (
trans. Matt. vi. 17. Mark vi. 13. xvi. 1.
rove about), pp. a vagabond, mountebank, Luke vii. 38, 46 bis. John xi. 2. xii. 3.
comp. Passow. In N. T. a boaster,
James v. 14. Sept. for TTIB Ez. xiii. 10,
braggart, Rom. i. 30.
2 Tim. iii. 2. Sept.
11, 12. TTitf73 Gen. xxxi. 13 al. ^D
for Trr Hab. ii. 5. Job xxviii. 8.
yrntf 2 Sam. xii. 2\). ^Elian. V. H. 3. 38.
Jos. Ant. 8. 10. 4 dXaw> dv)p cat
Xen. (Ec. 10. 5. The Jews were ac-
avorjToc. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 12 where Cy-
customed not only to anoint the head at
rus defines dXawv. tlu-ir feasts in token of joy, but also

f. "<", (dXaXff or dXaXd

'AAaAaa>, both the head and feet of those whom
to raise the cry of battle, th. \ wished to distinguish by peculiar
war-cry), pp.
Sept. for JTin Josh. vi. 20. Judg. xv. honour. In the case of sick persons,
14. Jos. Ant. 5. 6. 5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. and also of the dead, they anointed the
<). Hence genr. to utter a loud cry, whole body. See Ps. xxiii. 5. civ. 15.
< . .:. of rejoicing, to shout, Sept. for Ecc. ix. 8. Judith xvi. 8. Gen. 1. 2.
ynrr Ps. xlvii. 2. Ixvi. 1. Judith xiv. 9. John xix. 40. Lightfoot. Hor. Heb. et
In N. T. spoken of mournful cries, to Tal. ad Matt. vi. 17 et Mark vi. 13. So
lament aloud, to wail, intrans. Mark v. also the Greeks and Romans comp. ;

38. So Sept. for b^n Jer. xxv. 34. Potter Gr. Ant. II. p. 385. Adam's
xlvii. 2. Spoken of cymbals, to give a Rom. Ant. p. 444.
clattering, clanging sound ; 1 Cor. xiii. 1
r
ta, at,', 'h (
Ki'fifiaXov dXaXdov, clanging, clattering and cock-crowing ; pp. JEsop.
>wv7j),
cymbal. Fab. 79, 316. In N. T. put for the third
'AAaArjToc, ou, o, /, adj. (a pr. and watch of the night, about equidistant
XaXtw), unutterable,
not to be expressed in from midnight and dawn, Mark xiii. 35.
words, Rom. viii. 26 Anthol. Gr. II. See in *v\a/c^. cf. Adam's Rom. Ant.
p. 74 ed. Jac. p. 333 __ Niceph. Greg. 9. 14. 284. C.

and On the form, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 229.

"AAaAoe, ou, o, r), adj. (a pr.
XaXsw), dumb,
Mark vii. 37. So Sym- 'AAtKTwo, opoc, o, (dXtKTpog sleep-
mach. for D^ Hab. ii. 18 In Mark less),
a cock, gallus, Matt. xxvi. 34, 74,
ix. 17, 25, irvtvp.a dXaXov, dumb spirit, is 75. Mark xiv. 30, 68, 72 bis. Luke
a malignant spirit, dumb or silent through xxii. 34, 60, 61. John xiii. 38. xviii. 27.
obstinacy, contrary to their usual cha- Aristoph. Vesp. 1490. For the form,
racter, coll. Mark i. 24, 34. v. 7. al. see Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 229.
hence Christ says this kind of demons
an Alexan-
are difficult to be cast out, ver. 29 'AAtSavSpauc, E'WC, 6,
drine, i. e. a Jew of Alexandria, Acts
Pint, de defect. Orac. 51, dXdXou nai KO.-
vi. 9. xviii. 24. Alexandria was mud'
KOV 7rv/'/zaro TrXijpijg.
frequented by the Jew*, so that 10,00u
"AAac, aroc, > (a form of common of them are said to have been num-
life for a'Xc, dX6g, salt. bered among its inhabitants. Philo in
6),
a) pp Matt. v. 13. Mark ix. 49, 50 bis. Flacc. p. 971. C. Jos. Ant. 19. 5. 2
 30

N. T. Calmet Ps. CX1X. 86. 6 vo/toc aov aXifieia for

Krebs Obs. in p. 183. art.

Alexandria. Ps. cxix. 142. Neh. ix. 13.

'2! truth, i. e. love of truth, both in
adj. Alex-
'AAc&ivSpTvoe, ou, 6, r),
words, conduct, etc. sincerity, veracity.
andrian, spoken of a ship. Acts xxvii.
Matt. xxii. 16. Markxii.14. Lukexx. 21.
6. xxviii. 11.
John iv. 23, 24, iv irvevfiCiTi Kai aXnSeiqi,

'AXi'gavBpoe, ov, 6, Alexander, pr. with a sincere mind, with sincerity of

name, heart, not with external rites, coll. Sept.
1. of a man whose father Simon was lK.ii.4. iii. 6.
andnp$lSam.xii.24.
compelled to bear the cross of Jesus, John viii. 44 bis, OVK tanv aXrjStia iv aur^J,
Mark xv. 21. i. e. he is a liar and loves not the truth.

2. of a man who had been High Rom. ii. 2. iii. 7. xv. 8. 1 Cor. v. 8.
Priest, Acts iv. 6. 2 Cor. vii. 14 iv aXrjdiiy. xi. 10. tartv
3. of a certain Jew, Acts xix. 33 bis. &Xrj$eia X. iv t/tot, i. e. as I truly, sin-
4. of a brazier or coppersmith, x^- cerely, follow Christ. Eph. iv. 24 iv
Ktv,;. 1 Tim. i. 20. 2 Tim. iv. 14. bffwTtjTi TTJQ aXtj^tias, in true and sincere

holiness, cf. Buttm. ^ 123. n. 4. Eph. v.

"AXcvpov, ov, TO, (dXeo>togrind,)/0Mr, 9. vi. 14. Phil. i. 18. 1 John i. 6 or
fine meal. Matt. xiii. 33. Luke xiii. 21.
Troiovfifv rr\v aXrjStiav,
we do not act in
Sept. for npj? Num. v. 15. Judg.
vi. 19.

Xen. Cyr. V. 2. 5. sincerity, i.

q. \l/tv86pi3a. ver. 8. ii. 4. iii.
Jos. Ant^ 3. 6. 6.
18, 19. V. 6 TO Trvtvpa. IOTIV -fj aXrjSua,
ac, /, (aXrj^nc q- v.) pp. i. e. dXqSivov, true, veracious. 2 John i.

what is not concealed, but open and 3. 3 John 1. So Sept. for np$ 2 Sam.
known. Hence, ii. 6. Josh. ii. 6. n^73^ Ps! xxxvi. 5.
1. truth, i. e. verity, reality, conformity 2 Chr. xix. 9 Ecclus. vii. 20.
to the nature and reality of things, viz. 3. In N. T. especially, divine truth,
a as evinced in the relation of facts, the faith and practice of the true religion;
etc. Mark V. 33 tiiriv avry iraaav rrjv and called aXrjSeia, either as being true
aXr'fitiav -- Jos. B. J. 7. 2 irvSofjitvoQ in itself and derived from the true God ;

iraoav aXrjSttav. John v. 33. 2 Cor. or as declaring the existence and will ot
vi. 7 Iv Xoyy aXifiiiag, in speaking the the one true God, in opposition to the
truth. So XaXav rffv aXifieiav, to speak worship of false idols. Hence divine truth,
the truth, John xvi. 7. Rom. ix. i. Eph. gospel truth, as opposed to heathen and
iv. 25. 1 Tiin. ii. 7. Sept. and npN Jewish fables; John i. 14, 17. viii. 32 bis,
2 Chr. xviii. 15. 1 K. xxii. 16 __ So i*r
j

yvwatffSe T^V aXr)$tiav. viii. 40, 45, 46.

aXriSiias, of a truth, as the fact or event xvi. 13. xvii. 17 bis, 19. xviii. 37 bis, TTOLQ

shews, Luke iv. 25. xxii. 59. Acts iv. 27. 6 cav iic Tije aXrjSsiag, every one who loves
x. 34. Sept. for O^TOhJ Job ix. 2. Is. divine truth, xviii. 38. Rom. i.
18, 25,
xxxvii. 18. and so rwOfe 4X0frifat 2 Mace. see in 'Adiicia. 2 Cor. iv. 2. xiii. 8 bis.
iii. 9. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 36. Plat. Apol. Gal. [iii.
v. 7. 2 Thess. ii. 10, 12, 13.
1.]
Socr. 5. 1 Tim. ii. 4, 7. iii. 15. 2 Tim. ii. 25.
of what is true in Tit. 1, 14. Heb. x. 20. James 18.
b) spoken itself, i. i.

purity from all error or falsehood. Mark iii. 14. 1 Pet. i. 22. 2 Pet. i. 12. ii. 2.
xii. 32. Acts xxvi. 25. Rom. ii. 20 >} /top- 1 John ii.21 bis. 2 John 2, 4. 3 John 8.

0wcri rijs yvwatwg Kai rjjf aXi)$tiac iv Hence Jesus is called 17 aXyStia, the
rip vofjitfif
i. e. rijs yvdiatuc riis aXtfitviic, truth, i. e. teacher of divine truth, John
the form of time knowledge in the law. xiv. 6. Esdr. iv. 33 41 17
2 Cor. vii. 14 ult. xii. 6. Col.i.6. 2Tim. spoken of God. Act. Thorn. 26
ii. 18. iii. 7, 8. iv. 4 coll. Ecclus. iv. 28, aXijSftaf. So ro Trvfv/m TTJQ
31. So } aXrjSrtia rof> i>ayyeXt'ov, the spirit of truth, i. e. who declares or re^
truth, verity of the gospel, Gal. ii. 5, 14. veals divine truth, John xiv. 17. xv. 26.
So 6 XoyoQ rfiQ aXifititiQ, i. e. the true xvi. 13. 1 John iv. 6 So ol iyvuKortQ
word, tme doctrine, etc. Eph. i. 13. Col. rfiv aXrjSuav, who know the truth, i. e.
i. 5. 2 Tim. ii. 15. James i. 18. So are disciples of Christ, 2 John 1. 1 Tim,
Sept. at ivroXai aov aXifitia for iv. 3. So Heb. np$ and Sept.
the true religion, Ps. xxv. 5. xxvi. 3. not fictitious, John xvii. 3 fj.6voe
Ixxxvi. 11. see Gesen. Lex. Heb. Clem. $to, the only true God, not feigned like
Alex. Strom, prooem. 1 ib. 1. 5. Act. idols. 1 Thess. i. 9. 1 John v. 20 ter. Rev.

Thorn. 1 TOIQ "IvSots KiipvZat rrjv dXi'i- iii. 7. So Sept. for 'jpN ">i!?K Is. Ixv. 16.
2 Chr. xvi
np$ Vrb< 3. Spoken 01
4. conduct conformed to the truth, in- WDftt is true in itself, genuine, real, opp.
a life conformed to that which is false, pretended, etc.
tegrity, probity, virtue,
John iii. 21 John iv. 23.
i. 9.1 John ii. 8. So 6
to the precepts of religion.
TTOIIJV TTJV dXrfittav who
acts uprightly, dfiirtXoQ John xv. 1, coll. Jer. ii. 21.
Trpdffffwv in ver.
20. John Zech. viii. 3, where Sept. for np$. So
opp. to 6 <j>ai>Xa
viii. 44 iv ry dXnStiy ovx rr/v, he did aprof air' ovpavov John vi. 32, of which
not remain in his integrity. Rom. ii. 8 et the manna was the type. So aKijvi}
1 Cor. xiii 6, opp. to ddiicia. Eph. iv. 21. dXrjSivr] Heb. viii. 2, i. e. the heavenly
1 Tim. James v. 19. 3 John 3 bis,
vi. 5. temple, after the model of which the
4, 12. So Sept. and n^tt$ Ps. cxix. 30. Jews regarded that of Jerusalem as built.
nlrO} Is. xxvi. 10. OH Prov. xxviii. 6 --
Cf. Wisd. ix. 8. Ecclus. xxiv. 8 12.

Fabr/ Pseudepig. V. T. I. p. 604 also 6 vo heaven, Test. XII.

6 uytof in

rbv vovv diru TIJ

Patr. in Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p.

to act
550. So TU aXijStv* liyta Heb. ix. 24 in
(aX,,Sr/c),
Gal. iv.
the same sense, as opposed to the earthly
truly, speak the truth, be sincere.
copy cf. Rev. xi. 19. xv. 5 __ Luke
16. Eph. iv. 15. So Sept. for rw np*< ;

xvi. 11 ro dXn^ivov, real, genuine good,

Gen. xlii. 16. Sept. Prov. xxi'. 3.
as opp. to the goods of this world.
Philo de Leg. alleg. II. p. 84. Xen. Cyr.
jElian. V. H. 2. 3.
1. 6. 33.
2. true, i. e. loving truth, veracious,
o, }, adj. and hence worthy of credit, John vii. 28,
(a pr. and XTJ^W), pp. unconcealed, open. Rev. iii. 14. xix. 9, 11. xxi. 5. xxii. 6.
Hence, Sept. for Prov. xii. 20.
1. to the nature
np
true, real, conformed 3. true, e. sincere,
upright, e. g. icap-
i.
and reality of things. John viii. 16. xix. iia, Heb. x. 22, coll. Is. xxxviii. 3,
35. Acts xii. 9. So Sept. for npN Prov.
where Sept. for Q^' ; and so Sept. for
xxii. 21. Wisd. i. 6. Xen. Venat. 3. 9.
Job xxvii.
*ttP Job ii. 3. viii. 6. "p^
John iv. 18 TOVTO aXi/Sif cipqcag, i. e.
17 Spoken of a judge or judgment,
aXi/Swc, Buttm. 115. 4. 1John ii. 8.
upright, just, Rev. vi. 10. xv. 3. xvi. 7.
Hence also true, sc. as shewn by the xix. 2. So Sept. for n^ttK Is. xxv. 1.
result or event, John x. 41. Tit. i. 13.
lix. 4.
tjljip
Deut. xxv. 15." p*is Ezra
2 Pet. ii. 22 __ Hence credible, not to be __ Esdr.
ix. 15 viii. 89. Song of 3
rejected, as paprvpia, John v. 31, 32. viii. Childr. 7.
13, 14, 17. xxi. 24. 3 John xii. x P'ff
1 Pet. v. 12. a teacher, 2 Cor. vi. 8.
f. ij<*<>
(a later form for
1 John ii. 27. So Sept. for n?5^ Dan. aXsw, Lob. ad. Phryn. p. 151), to grind,
viii. 26. Gen. xii. 32. Job xlii. 7. sc. with a hand-mill, Matt. xxiv. 41.
yb;
8 __Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 15. Luke xvii. 35. Sept. for ]na Judg. xvi.
2. true, i. e. loving truth, sincere, vera- 21. Ecc. xii. 3. Diod. "s'ic. 3. 13 __
cious. Matt. xxii. 16. Mark xii. 14. John The grinding in the east is mostly done
iii. 33. viii. 26. Rom. iii. 4 Herodian. by female slaves see Jahn 138, 139. ;

1. 7. 5. Calmet art. Corn.

3. true, sc. in conduct, sincere, upright, adv. (aX^fc), truly, really,
,

honest, just, John vii. 18. So Phil. iv. 8, i. e. in

truth, in very deed, certainly.
which others refer to no. 1. So Sept. in Matt, xiv 33. xxvi. 73. xxvii. 54. Mark
Cod. Alex, for 2 Chr. xxxi. 20. xiv. 70. xv. 39. John 48. iv. 18, 42. vi.
np$ i.

p^lJJ Is. xii. 26. 14, 55 bis. vii. 26 bis, 40. viii. 31. xvii.
'AArj^fvoCs TJ, ov, (aXf/3//c.) 8. Acts x-ii. 11.1 Thess. ii. 13. 1 Johnii.
true, conformed to truth, John iv. 37.
1 . 5 __ So aXtjS&e Xsytiv, to speak with cer-
xix. 35. In the sense of real, unfeigned, tainty, assuredly, Luke ix. 27. xii. 44.
xxi. 3. Sept. for Jer. xxviii. G. 26, 27. Kuincel in loc. Hesych. dXi-
-jptf
Gen. xx. 12. Herodian. 8. 3. 11.

*>C, X C sea > " Xl f ma -

'AXXa, an adversative particle fr.
<>> (
a fisher, fisherman. Matt. iv. 18,
rine), aXXoc. neut. plur. aXXa, and hence indi-
19. Mark i. 16, 17. Sept. for a;i Jer.
cating a reference to something else. It
xvi. 16. Ez. xlvii. 11 Xen. (Ec.
331
T serves therefore to mark opposition or
16. 7. The apostles were metaph.^/zs/ters and transition. It is less fre-
antithesis,
of men, because they brought men to
quent in Sept. than in N. T. as there is
become followers of Christ j comp. j-
no corresponding particle in Hebrew.
ff.vtiv rjdovas, Kav^rnia, etc. Sept. Jer. In N. T. it signifies but, in various mo-
li. 41. Ecclus. xxvii. 19. and Lat. venari,
difications, viz.
Hor. Ep. 1. 19. 37. See Loesner Obs.
1 . but, as denoting antithesis or tran-
in N. T. p. 8.
sition.

f. (vffw, (aXiti'f),
to fish, a) in direct antith. after the neg. part,
absol. John xxi. 3. Sept. for ifil Jer. ov, ftr].
Matt. iv. 4 OVK kir apr<
xvi. 16. t/<rerai 6 av3pa>7roe, aXX' iv TTCIVTI pfj
Matt. V. 17 ov fi\Sfov KctTaXvffai, dXXd
'AX/o>, f. i<, (aXc salt), to sptinkle So Sept. for Job
7rXi7pw<rai. al. ssep. "\

vyith salt, to presei've by salting. Pass.

Murk ix. 49 Svaia 7ra<ra dXi a\i<T^ijffTai,
xxxviii. 11. ^ 1 Sam. vi. 3 2 ikacc.
x. 4. So ov p.6vov dXXd /cat, not only
every victim offered to God
is to be sprink-
but also, John v. 18. xi. 52. xii. 9. saep.
led with salt ; comp. Lev. 13, ii. where
Phil, i . 18 iv Tovrtj) [ou ^,6vov~\ xaioto,
Sept for n^tt. Matt. v. 13 iv rivi a\i-
dXXd KCU ^ap7j<TO/iat.
(rSr/o-erai, spoken of salt which has become in emphatic antith. after a full ne-
b)
insipid, hoio can it be itself preserved or
gation, but, but rather, but on the con-
recovered! Hence metaph. Mark ix. 49 Luke i. 60 XXd
trary. ovx'i icX^^r/tTtrat
TTOC yp Trvpi a\iai]atTa.i, for every one 'l<i>dvvT)s. Rom. iii. 31 firj ykvoiro-
xiii. 3.
shall be seasoned, tried, with fire, i. e. the
dXXd vofiov IOTW/UV. Luke xiii. 5. xviii.
wicked with eternal fire
(ver. 47, 48) ; 13. John vii. 12. Acts xvi. 37. xix. 2.
while every Christian shall be tried, per-
ot tiTrov TrpoQ avTov [ov^'i "} aXX' ovce
fit

fected, by suffering, so as to become ac- K. T. X. Rom.

iii. 27. vii. 7. et passim.
ceptable in the sight of God ; just as So in the beginning of a clause which
every victim is prepared for sacrifice asserts the contrary of what precedes,
by being sprinkled with salt. On this
Luke xiv. 10, 13. Acts ii. 16. 1 Cor. xii.
loc. vexatiss. see Kuincel and Ols-
22. 1 Pet. ii. 20. Sept. for Job
hausen. pK
xxxii. 8. So dXX' ov, dXX' ovxi, interro-
'AX/<ryi|/ia, arog, TO, (dXurygw to gatively, non potius ? not rather ? Luke
defile, not found in profane writers, xvii. 8. Heb. iii. 16.
but in Sept. for Dan. i. 8. Mai. i.
^3 often and chiefly used where the
c)
7, 12. and Ecclus. xl. 29. prob. fr. dXi'w discourse or train of thought is broken
to roll
about),
in N. T. defilement, pol- off or partially interrupted ; comp. Wi-
lution, abomination, spoken of meat sa- ner 57. 4. E. g.
crificed to idols, Acts xv. 20, coll. ver.
(a) by an objection, Rom. x. 18, 19.
29 where it is tldw\6$vTa. The apostle 1 Cor. xv. 35. Sept. for tD^wi Job xi.
here refers to the customs of heathen 5 Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 9. Cyr/1. 3. 11.
nations ; among whom, after a sacrifice ib. 1. 6. 9.
had been completed, and a portion of (/3) by
a correction or limitation of
the victim given to the priests, the re- what precedes. Mark xiv. 36 TrapsveyKt
maining part was either exposed by the TO iroTrjpiov arr' i^iov rovro dXX' ov ri

owner for sale in the market, or be- lyw ver. 49 dXXd [rovro iytvfTo]
3-eXw.
came the occasion of a banquet, either 'iva TrXjjpwS'aJo'iv at ypa0at. John xi. 11,
in the temple or at his own house see ; 15, 22. Rom. xi.4. 1 Cor. viii. 7. Phil.
Schcettgen. Hor. Heb. in loc. et ad ii. 27. et
passim. Sept. for fax Ezra
I Cor. c. 8. Horn. Od. 3. 470. ib. 13. x. 13.
 'AAAa 33

(y) by
some phrase modifying or ex- b) emphatically, where there is a gra-
plaining what precedes ; especially after dation in the sense, but still
more, yea,
ftev, yap, de. Matt. xxiv. 6 del ydp, iravTO. even, and with a neg. nay, not even. Luke
yev<r3ai dXX' otnritt iarl TO T'I\OQ. Mark XXlll. 15 ovBev
evpov iv rip dv&p&TrM
ix. 13 'HXt'af fiev t\$uv Trpwrov, cnroKa- dXX' ovSe 'Hp(!Jcr). John xvi. 2 diro-
Siffrqi iravra.' dXXd vp.1v. Xyw John avvayuyovg irotriffovffiv vfidf- dXX' p-
xvi.20 vptiQ e XvirriaeoSre, dXX' r) XVTTJ; XfTat utpa K. T. X. Luke xii. 7. xvi. 21.
vn&v elf \apav yevTifferai. John xi. 30. 2 Cor. vii. 11. Phil. iii. 8 dXXd pev ovv
xii. 42. Luke xxi. 9. Acts. v. 13. 1 Cor. Kai, yea indeed and I count, etc thei'efore
iv. 4. vii. 7. xiv. 17. saep. Not unfre- 3. yet, at
nevertheless, least, yet as-
quently \ikv is omitted, John iii. 8. viii.
suredly, in an apoaosis after the condi-
37. xvi. 33. Rom. x. 2. 1 Cor. iii. 6. vi. tional particles Rom.
el, iav, etc. vi. 5.
12. 2 Cor. vi. 8, 9. et passim. So Sept. ei rov
avptyvToi yeyovapev ry bfioiujiaTi
1 Sam. xv. 30. xxix. 9.
avrov, dXXd jcat rrjg dvaffTatretag
() by an interrogation ;
as Matt. xi.
,yet assuredly also. 1 Cor. iv. 15.
8, 9, ri IZrjXStre elg rfjv 2
tprjfiov ix. ei aXXotc OVK elfil air6aro\og, dXXd ye
05ai KaXapov K. T. X. dXXd ri ^ij elui. Mark xiv. 29. 2 Cor.
;
vplv v. 16.
avSpuirov K. T. X. dXXd ri iqX- xi. 6. Col. 5 Mace.
Idt'tv, ii. 1 ii. Lu-20.
Stre i$e~tv ;
Luke vii. 25. Cf. Kypke Obs. cian. Pise. 24. ^Elian. H. An. 11. 31.
I. p. 69. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 14. Cf. Kypke Obs. II.
() by a phrase of incitement, urging, 197 Sometimes the protasis must be
etc. where it is followed by an imperat.
supplied; e. g. Acts xv. 11 dXXd TTI-
Acts x. 20 dXXd avaoras rara/3/^t rat i. e. we ob-
arevofiev ffuSrjvai, [although
a-opevov avv avrolf, but arise now and go serve the law only in we hope
part] yet
down and go with them. xxvi. 16. Matt. to be saved even as Rom. v. 14.
they.
ix. 18. Mark ix. 22. xvi. 7. Luke xxii. not
[although sin is
imputed where
36. So Sept. Job xii. 7. xxxvi. 21. xl. there is no law], death
nevertheless,
15. 1 Mace. x. 56. Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 6.
reigned, etc.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 13. ib. 2. 2. 4. ib. 5. 5.
4. dXY i], after a negative, other than,
24. Cf. Palairet Obs. in N. T. p. 128,
except, unless, (pp. i. q. rd dXXa ;),
Mark
298. Krebs Obs. p. 208.
ix. 8 ovKtn ovdeva eldov, dXXd rov
dXXd is employed to mark a tran- [j]
d) 'Itjffovv povov. 1 Cor. iii. 5 rig ovv l<m
sition to something else, without direct
IlavXof, rt'f tie 'ATroXXwf, dXX' f) SIOLKOVOI.
antithesis, e. g. Mark xiv. 28 dXXd fierd Luke 2 Cor. i. 13.
xii. 51. So Sept.
TO iyfpSijvai elf rqv
7rpodu> vfidf
fie, dXX' ri for DDX Num. xiii. 28. xxiii. 13.
VuXiXaiav. John Acts xx. 24.
xvi. 7.
*Tfal Deut. iv. 12. ?>nN Dan. x. 7, 21.
1 Cor. viii. 6. ix. 12. x. 6. 2 Cor. i. 9.
2 Chr. xix. 3. D^ "5' 2* Chr. xviii. 30.
et saep. So Sept. Is. xliii. 17. Job. xxxvi.
xxi. 17. 1 Mace. ix. 6, 9. Xen. Anab. 7.
10. So after an interrogation implying
7. 53. Cf. Herm. ad Viger. p. 812. AL.
a negative. John vii. 48 fifj TIQ IK ruv
&p\6vTb)v liriffrevffev elf avrov dXX' 6 ; 'AAAao-o-w, Or aAAarrow, f. aw,
oxXog OVTOQ K. T. X. Rom. viii. 35 37. (dXXof ), to change, trans.
1 Cor. x. 20. Sept. Job xiv. 4. a) pp.
to change, sc. the form or na-
2. but, i. e. as continuative, but now, ture of a thing, to transform, e. g. rrfv
but indeed, but further, moreover. Qwvrjv, the voice or tone, Gal. iv. 20. So
as marking a transition in the to change for the better, Pass. 1 Cor. xv.
a) genr.
progress of discourse. Mark xiii. 24. 51, 52. Sept. for Jer. xiii. 23.
Tprr
Luke vi. 27. xi. 42. John vi. 36, 64. Wisd. xii. 10. or for the worse, to cor-
Rom. Gal. 14. rupt, cause to decay, e. g. ol ovpavoi Heb.
x. 16. ii.
Eph. v. 24.
Rev. x. 7. et passim. Sept. for
rjN
i.
12, i. e. the heavens shall grow old,
1 Sam. xvi. 6. Jos. Ant. 5. 10. 4. lose their splendour, decay ; cf. Ps. cii.
Hence dXX' el, but if, but if indeed, 1 Cor. 27,where Sept. for fn, coll. Is. Ii. 6.
vii. 21. 1 Pet. iii. 14. So dXX' ov, Wisd. iv. 11. So dXXa rd e$jj, to
neither, but neither, John x. 8. Gal. ii. 3. change the customs, i. e. do them away,
Sept. Job. xxxii. 21. Acts vi. 14. So Sept. for Chald.
D
 31 'AAAorptoc
Ezra vi. 11, 12. Diod. Sic. 1. 73. Lu- a) without the article, other, another,
cian. Dial. Deor. 4.2. some other, (a) simply, Matt. ii. 12 Si
b) to change, sc. one thing for another, dXXrje btiov. xiii. 33. xxvi. 71. xxvii. 42.
to exchange. Rom. i. 23 -fjXXaKav r>/v Gal. i. 7. et saepiss. another, sc. of the
86<tv Siov iv o/iojw/zari, /Aey changed the same kind, Mark vii. 4, 8. John xxi.25.
glory of God for an image, i. e. set up an another besides, Matt. xxv. 16, 17. Mark
image in place of the true God. So Sept. xii. 32. xv. 41. John vi. 22. xiv. 16 dX-
aXXdffffu iv, for TJprr Ps. cvi. 20. aXX. Xov irapaKXrjTov. al. saep. So as marking
c. dat. for
T^n
Lev. xxvii. 10, 33. of succession, i. e. in the second or third
garments, for^n Gen. xli. 14. 2 Sam. place, Mark xii. 4, 5. Rev. xii. 3. xiii. 1 1 .

xii. 20. c. dat. Hdot. 7. 152. Iv c. dat. John xx. 30

TroXXd fifv ovv ical dXXa,
Soph. Ant. 945. i. e. not
only these, but also others ; for
this rat see Herm. ad
ad v.fram anotherplace, Viger. p. 838.
,
Sept. chiefly for nrjX, as Gen. xli. 3.
aliunde, John x. 1 __
Sept. Esth. iv. 14. Num. xxiii. 13. 1 K^xiii. 10. Herodian
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 21. .Elian. V. H. 0. 2.
8. 6. 13. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 15. dis-
(0)
and tributively, when repeated or joined with
to allegorize, speak in an alle-
other pronouns e. g. owroc ; dXXoc, this
,

that, one another, Matt. viii. 9. ol

gory. Gal. iv. 24 lirivd iariv aXXqyopou-
piv dXXot Se, some, others, Matt. xvi.
pfva, which things are said allegorically,
in sense --Jos. Ant. prooem.
a mystical 14. dXXot dXXoj, some others, Matt.
xiii. 6 8. Markiv. 7, 8. vi. 15. viii. 28.
4. Porphyr. Vit. Pythag. p. 185. Clem.
Alex. Protr. 11 50; dXXr/yopelrai irfovij 1 Cor. So Acts ii. 12 dXXoc
xii. 8, 9, 10.

ITTI id. Strom. 5. 11. ?rp6c dXXov,one to another. Acts xix. 32.
ya<rrepa tpirovaa.
Not found in Sept. et xxi. 34 dXXot fikv ovv dXXo n
The Jews of the !<cpaov,
some cried one thing, and some another.
age of our Saviour, as also many of the
later fathers, supposed that all the nar- Xen. Anab. 2. 1. 15. Wisd. xviii. 18
rations of the O. T. were dXXog dXXo^iJ.
susceptible of
an allegorical interpretation. b) with the article 6 dXXoc, etc. the
other. Matt. v. 39. x. 23. xii. 13.
'AAAjAoi>ta, Alleluia, Heb. John xviii. 15, 16. et passim. Rev. xvii.
FT ye Jeho- 10 6 dXXof, the other, the
lb*?7T, Hallelujah, praise remaining one.
vah. Rev. xix. 1, 3, 4, 6. Cf. Ps. civ. So 01 dXXot, the others, the rest, ceteri,
35. Tob. xiii. 18. 1 Cor. xiv. 29. John xxi. 8. al. ssep __
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 4. Cf. Buttm. 127. 5. AL.
wvj Gen. Plur. of a recipr.
pronoun Dat. oc, ate, otf ; Accus. OVQ,
; 'AAAor/(HO7n'<rco7roc, OTTOU, 6,

as, a ; each other, one another. Matt. xxiv. (dXX(5rpio, found only in
tTritncoTToc),
10. John xv. 12, 17. et saepiss. Buttm. N. T. 1 Pet. iv. 15, where it is spoken of
one who suffers, not &>c
74. 4. Xen. CEc. 8. 13. AL. Xpiorjaj/of, but
as dXXorptW
tTriaKOTcoQ, i. e. either an in-
>e, o, ), adj. (dXAoc spector of foreign or strange things, a di-
and yevoc), of another race, or nation, rector of heathenism, etc. or else one who
i. not a Jew, Luke
e. xvii. 18, coll. v. 16. busies himself with what does not concern

Sept. for 1J Job. xv. 19. Ex. xxix. 33. him, a busy-body, in the sense of seditious,
-D;}- )^
1

Ex. xii. 43. Is. Ivi. 3, 6. factious. So dXXorpioTrpaylw, Passow.

aXovfiai, aor. 1 jyXd^T/v (a, lOV) (dXXoc), alien,

"AXXojUat, f.
not one's own.
(Buttm. p. 266), to leap, jump,
spring,
intrans. Acts iii. 8. xiv. 10. Sept. for a) pp. another's, belonging to another,
different, Luke xvi. 12. John x. 5 bis,
1^0 Job. vi.
ni?$ Sam. x. 10.
10. 1
Wisd. v. 21. Xen. Anab. 5. 9. 5. where it may be rendered unknown, as
Spoken of a fountain, John iv. 14. So
in Ecclus. viii. 18. Rom. xiv. 4. xv. 20.
Lat. salio, Virg. Eel. 5. 47.
2 Cor. x. 15, 16. 1Tim. v. 22. Heb.
ix. 25. Sept. for Prov. vii. 5. Ps. cix,
*i|
"AAAo , 17, o, other, not the same. 10. nnx Hos. viii. 12. 1 Mace. xv.
 35

33. Herodian. 5. 7. 4. Xen. Cyr. 3. It is, of course, entirely different from

1. 39. the herb which produces the aloes of
not one's own; e. g. the shops. John xix. 39. Heb. tr>nx
b) strange, foreign,
Acts vii. 6. Heb. xi. 9. So Sept. for >-p} v. ni^rw Num. xxiv. 6. Ps. xlv. V.
y ijf

Ex. ii. 22. xviii. 3. "in** Deut. xxxi. 18, Prov. vu. 17. Cant. iv. 4. See Cal-
21. _Wisd. xix. 15. "Ecclus. xi. 34. met art. Aloe.

Spoken of persons who do not belong to "AAc, aXo'c, ,

Mark
salt, ix. 49;
one's own family, strangers, Matt. xvii.
Ps. xlix. 11.
see"AXaf. Sept. for ffe Gen. xiv, 6.
25, 26. So Sept. for *in Lev. ii. 13.
c) by impl. hostile,
an enemy, in N. T.
with the idea of impiety, i. e. heathen 'AXvicoe, TJ, ov, (aXvKTj sea, from
enemy, gentile, Heb. xi. 34. So Sept. ti\C,) of the sea ; by impl. salt, bitter,

for nj Ps. liv. 3.

-nr^
1 K. viii. 41. James iii. 12. Sept. for rfe Num.
Ezra x. 2. Ecclus'. xxi. 25. xxix. xxxiv. 3, 12.
Comp.
21. 1 Mace. i. 38. Diod. Sic. xviii.
, ou, 6, 17, adj. (a pr. and
23. Xen. Anab. 3. 5. 6. Phil. ii. 28
Xvrrt;), free from sorrow.
, ou, o, TI, adj. (dXXoc icdyw dXvTrorfpoc w, that I may be less

and <j>v\ij
or of another race or
<j>i>\ov), sorrowful. Xen. Hiero 9. 9.

nation, i. e. not a Jew, Acts x. 28. Sept.

"AXv(TiC <*>C> V) (PP. aXvffiQ fr. a
for -03 15 Is. Ixi. 5. nifl Is. ii. 6.
2 Mace. x. pr. and Xuw, Greg, Cor. p. 523), a bond,
O-IN, Syria, 2 K. viii. 28. a chain.
2^. Jos. Ant. 1.21.1. ib.4.8.2. Diod.
Sic. 1. 35. Time. 1. 102. a) pp. Rev. xx. 1. Acts xxi. 33.
Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 5. Xen. Eq. 10. 9.
"AXXwc, adv. otherwise. 1 Tim. v. Spoken espec. of chains for the hands or
which are
25 rd dXXwc i^ovTa feet, manacles, sJiackles, Mark v. 3, 4 bis.
sc. tpya,
otherwise, i. e. ou icaXd Ipya. Sept. Job Luke viii. 29. Acts xii. 6, 7.
xi. 12. Esth. i. 19. ix. 27; Dem. 1466. 5.
b) trop. bonds, imprisonment, state of
'AXoaw, oi, f. n**",
PP- to beat, to custody, Eph. vi. 20. 2 Tim. i. 16. prob.
thresh, see Passow in N. T. to drive round Acts xxviii. 20. Trop. Wisd. xvii. 17.
;

in a circle, especially oxen, etc. upon

grain, in order to thresh it, to thresh with iog, b, r), adj. (a pr.
oxen, etc. trituro, absol. 1 Cor. ix. 9, 10. and pp. yielding no gain, un-
XtxrireXfo),
1 Tim. v. 18.
Sept. forttfn Is. xli. 15 profitable; hence by impl. hurtful, de-
x Xen. de Vect.
tf) l Deut. xxv. 4. Jer. Ii. 53.
rpi structive, Heb. xiii. 17.
Xen. CEc. xviii. 2 4.^SeeCalmet art. 4. 6. Diod. Sic. 1. 35.

Threshing. Jahn64, name

and *AX<|>a7oc, CH'OV, o, Alpheus, pr.
"AXoyoc, ou, o, }, adj. (a pr.
of two men in N. T.
Xoyof), without reason, i. e.
1. of the father of James the less,
a) irrational, brute. 2 Pet. ii. 12. Jude Mark iii. 18. Luke vi. 15.
Matt. x. 3.
10 dXoya wa. Wisd. xi. 16. Xen.
Acts i. 13 ; and husband of Mary the
Hiero 7. 3.
sister of our Lord's mother, Mark xv. 40,
b) unreasonab e, absurd, Acts xxv. 27 coll. John xix. 25, where he is called KXu>-
dXoyov yap uot Soicti. Jos. Ant. iii. 1. 5.
iraq, and comp. Matt, xxvii. 56. Luke
Diod. Sic. I. 40. Xen. Agesi. 11. 1.
xxiv. 10. From these passages it appears
'AXorj, TJC, 7) vulg- SvXaXoT/, ayaX- that the mother of James was the sister
\6xov, aloe, excoecaria agallochon Linn. of Jesus' mother, and wife of Alpheus
the name of a tree which grows in or Clopas these two names being dif-
;

India and the Moluccas, the wood of ferent modes of pronouncing the Heb.
which is
highly aromatic. It is used name 5*?rr, which Matt, and Mark give
"I

by the Orientals as a perfume and was ;

without the aspirate, 'AXtyalog, as Sept.
employed by the Egyptians for the pur- 'AyyaZoe for *3n Hag. i. 1 ; while John
poses of embalming. The most valua- exchanges the n for the Greek K, as
and garo. Sept. in 0a<rK for fTD!? 2 Chr. xxx.
ble species are the calambac 1.

D 2
 2. of the father of Matthew or Levi, ,
ov f o, >}, adj. (i. q.
Mark ii. 14. unfading ; hence, endur-
ing, 1 Pet. i. 4. Wisd. 6. 12.
"AXon-, wvoc, <> and n, (also &\u>s,
gen. a'Xw, o, /), a threshing floor, area, 'Aiiaprd Vd), f a/iapr>}<rw (Buttm. 1 1 2.
Sept. for -pa Gen. 1. 10, 11. Xen. CEc. 13), aor. 1 rjudpniffa, aor. 2 ijfiaprov.
18. 6, 7, 8'. In N. T. by meton. the The forms a/iaprTferw and rmdpTnoa be-
produce of the threshing floor, corn, grain, long to the later Greek the earlier form ;

Matt. iii. 12. Luke iii. 17. So Sept. and was a/zapr^cro/iat, etc. Lobeck ad Phryn.
jna
Job xxxix. 12. Sept. Ex. xxvi. 2. p. 732. Buttm. 113. n. 7. 114. 'A/wp-
Ruth iii. 2. Judg. xv. 6. See in 'AXoaw. rdvu) is pp. to miss, err from, sc. a mark,

# ./for, Matt. the way, etc. Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 11. Horn.
'AAa>7rj!;, EKO, }>

20.
viii. Luke ix. 68. Sept. for ^iiri II. 8. 311. Hence in N. T. metaph.
JSlian. V. H. to err, to swerve from the truth, go
1.
Judg. xv. 4. Ez. xiii. 2.
1. 5. Metaph. a shrewd, cunning man, wrong, absol. 1 Cor. xv. 34 KCU /*?} a/tap-
Luke xiii. 32. Plut. Sulla 28. Palaeph. ravtrt, i. e. beware lest ye be drawn into
de Incred. 8. errors, sc. of faith, of which the apostle
is speaking. Tit. iii. 11 Jos. B. J. 4. 4.
7, (aXt'fficw), capture, 3 OVK CLV dfidproifii tiir&v, I should not be
2 Pet. ii. 12. So Aquila for
rpn Job wrong in saying, Ant. 3. 7. 6, 7.
xxiv. 5. ^51;) Jer. 1. 46. Jos. Ant. 2.
2. to err in action, in respect to a pre-
10. 2. ib. 6. 1. 5 rf)v
scribed law, i. e. to commit errors, to do

wrong, to sin.

"Ajua, adv. and prep. (Buttm. 146. a) genr. to sin, spoken of any sin,
2), together, together with, viz. absol. Matt, xxvii. 4. John v. 14. viii. 11.
a) as adv. spoken of time, at the same ix. 2, 3. Rom. ii. 12 bis. iii. 23. v. 12 ; 14,
time, Acts xxiv. 26. xxrii. 40. Col. iv. 3. 16. vi. 15. 1 Cor. vii. 28 bis. 36. Eph.
1 Tim. v. 13. Philem. 22. Xen. Mem. iv. 26. 1 Tim. v. 20. Heb. iii. 17. x. 26.
2. 3. 19. Spoken of persons, etc. to- 1 Pet. ii. 20. John i. 10.
2 Pet. ii. 4. 1

gether, in company, etc. 1 Thess. iv. 17 ii. So Sept.

1 bis. iii. 6. bis, 8, 9. v. 16, 18.
cifia avv avrdiQ ap7rayj;<ro/i3'a iv vt<f>k- for Kan Ex. ix. 28, 35. al. saep. So
Rora. iii. 12. Trdvreg t%eic\ivav,
\aiQ. v. 10. to sin a sin, 1 John
dfjiapTavtiv dpapTiav,
tipa rixpuuSnaav, they are altogether be- v. 16, Buttm. 131. 3. So Sept. for
come unprofitable, coll. Ps. xiv. 3 where nxan NDH Lev. iv. 14, 23, 28. Ex.
Sept. for Vin^j and so Gen. xiii. 6. xxxil. 29^ 30.
xxii. 6. al.
b) seq. els, c. ace. to sin against any
b) as prep, with, together with, c. dat.
one, to offend, to wrong ; Matt, xviii. 15,
Matt. xiii. 29 /i^Trore lifia avroig /cpiw- 21. Luke xv. 18, 21. xvii. 3, 4. Acts
trijre TOV fflrov. So Sept. for in^ Deut. xxv. 8. 1 Cor. vi. 18. viii. 12 bis. So
xxxiii. 5. Jer. xxxi. 24. Jos.
Ant.
V1T]!
4 ujjia yvvat^l /cat T'^KVOIQ. ib. 4.
5. 7.
Sept. for *?
K^n Gen. xx. 6, 9. xliii. 9.
1 Sam. ii. 25.~Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 21.
7. 1. Matt. xx. 1 t%f)\Stv cifjia irpwi, with
the dawn. c) dfAapTaveiv IVWTTIOV TIVOQ, from the
Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 5. li^a ew. So
Heb. to do evil in the sight of any one,
afia ry rjfiepg, Mic. ii. 1. 1 Mace. iv. 6.
i. e. to sin against, to wrong, as above.
Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 5. lifia r< rjXiy Neh. vii.
Luke xv. 21. So Sept. for b Nan
3. Cf. Kypke Obs. I. p. 98.
1 Sam. vii. 6. xii. 23. and so tvavri v.
41. xx. 18. Gen.
'AjuaS?)c> toe, > /> adj. (a pr. and IvavTiov TIVOQ Deut. i.

uav$dvu>), unlearned, uninstructed, 2 Pet. xxxix. 9. Tivi 1 Sam. xiv. 33, 34. Susan.
iii. 16 JElian. V. H. 2. 8. Xen. Mem. 23 IvttlTTlOV TOV KVptOV.
1. 2. 49.

7, ou, o, r), adj. (a pr. pp. a mistake, miss, Polyb. 34. 3. 11,
and /xapaiVo/tai), unfading; hence, en- Thuc. 4. 89. In N. T. metaph. an error,
during, 1 Pet. v. 4. Philostr. Heroic, sin, transgression. Mark iii. 28, and
19. v. 29 in Mas. iv. 12. Rom. iii. 25. 1 Cor
 Ajuaprt'a 37

vi. 18. Sept. for nNBn Gen. xxxi. 36. 7rp6f ri)v dpapriav, collect, for the adver-
al. step.
ity
Ex. y$?
xxviii.~38. al. Is. saries of religion.
Iviii. 1. al/ssep. Wisd. ii. 12. xvii. 3. d) by meton. the practice of sinning,
Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 10. B. J. 4. 5. 5. habit of sin, Rom. iii. 9. v. 12, 20, 21.
Gal. iii. 22. al. Wisd. xxv. 27 dirb u-
'A/zapria, ac, >7> (a/iaprdj/a>), pp. miss,
failure, etc. In N. T. metaph.
1. aberration from the truth, error; e) by meton. proneness to sin, sinful
John viii. 46 T'IQ desire or propensity, John viii. 34. Rom.
i\ky\ti p.e -rrepl a/mprfaf ;

where it is opp. to } dX^tia. John xvi.

vi. 1, 2, 6, 12, 14. vii. 817. al. Heb. iii.
Thuc. 32. 13 airaTij TIJQ apaprias, i. e. the deceit-
8, 9. 1.
2. sin, i. e. aberration from a pre- fulness of our sinful propensities, etc.
scribed law or rule of duty, either in 3. from the Heb. the imputation or

general or spoken of particular sins, etc. consequences of sin, the guilt and punish-
ment of sin ; as in the phrase atpttv rrjv
a) genr. Matt. iii. 6. ix. 2, 5, 6. Mark
Heb. iv. 15. al.
Cor. xv. 3. duapriav, etc. to take away or bear sin,
i. 4, 5. 1
i. e. the imputation of it, John i. 29.
seep. Sept. for nNan Gen. xviii. 20. al.
1 John iii. 5. coll. Rom. xi. 27. Heb. ix.
saepiss. Gen. xv. ~16. al. ytfp Is. liii.
yy 26. x. 11. 1 Pet. ii. 24. So fyiijut rd ff
5. John ix. 34 iv dfiapriac <rv lyevvrjSrjc
auapTtac and U^KJIQ TUV aftaprtuiv, to
oXof, thou art wholly born in sin, i. e. art
remit sin or the remission of sins, i. e. the
a sinner from the womb ; cf. Ps. li. 7.
Iviii. 4. Is. xlviii. 8, and for the opp. Wisd. punishment of sins, Matt. ix. 2, 5, 6.
xxvi.28. Luke vii. 47, 48, 49. John xx. 23.
viii. 19,20. Ecclus.xliv. 10
sq. So iroitiv
Heb. x. 4. et step. John ix. 41 dpap-
duapriav, to commit sin, 2 Cor. xi. 7.
1 Pet. ii. 22. 1 John iii. 9. al. and in the
ria vp&v pivti, i. e.
your guilt and ex-
same posure to punishment remain. So
sense, ipyd<rat dpapriav, James
ctftapriav, to have sin, i. e. to be
ii. 9. coll. Ecclus. xxvii. 10 ; and also
lfy and liable to punishment, John ix.
dftaprdvtiv duapriav, to sin a sin, com-
mit any sin, 1 John v. 16; see in 'A/zap-
41. xv. 22, 24. 1 John i. 8. al. 1 Cor.
xv. 17 tri iffri iv ratf dfiapTiais v^iUJv, ye
ravw 2. a. In the gen. after another
are yet in your sins, i. e. are still under
noun, d/xaprta often supplies the place
the guilt and exposed to the punish-
of an adject, sinful, wicked, impious, see
Stuart 440.
ment of your sins. Heb. ix. 28 x w P'ff
Buttrn. 123. n. 4. e. g.
d/zaprt'af,without sin, i. e. he shall ap-
2 Thess. ii. 3 6 av$punro TTIQ d/zapria,
that impious man. Rom. vii. 5 TraS^/iara pear the second time not t/e a$tTr)<riv
Tu>v a/zapnW, El- dfiapriaf, not for the putting away of the
sinful passions, al.
consequences of sin, as is said in v. 26.
lip tically, iripi dpapriaf for Svffia iripi
So Sept. and Npn Lev. xxii. 9. Num.
a/tap riaff, sacrifice for sin, Heb. x. 6. 8.
xiii. 11. and 7rp<xr0opd
ix. 13. Lam. iii. 39. rttttan Zech. xiv.
fully ib. x. 26,
19. Prov. x. 16. Ez. iii." 20. Is.
Trept aft. x. 18. So Sept. for DKan Ps. -py
v. 18. liii. 0, 11. AL.
xl. 7, coll. Lev. v. 8.
b) spoken of particular sins, which 'A^iapTupoc, ou, b, 17, adj. (a pr.
are to be gathered from the context ; and without testimony, unwit-
ftaprvpiut),
e. g. of unbelief, d-maria, John viii.
nessed. Acts xiv. 17 __Jos. Ant. 14.7.2.
21,
24. of lewdness, etc. 2 Pet. ii. 14. of de- Thuc. 2. 41.

fection from the religion of Christ, Heb. 'AfjiapT(i)\0, ov, b, 17, adj. (d/*ap-
xi. 25. xii. 1. al. v.) pp. erring from the way or
rdvtt), q.
mark. In N. T. metaph. as adject, and
c) by meton. of abstr. for concrete,
subst.
apapTia for d/iaprwX6f, sinful, i. e. either
as causing sin, Rom. vii. 7 6 vo/zoe dpap- 1. as adj. erring from the divine law,
is the law the cause
ria ; of sin? or as sinful, wicked, impious.

Committing sin, 2 Cor. v. 21 TOV /*?} yvov- a) genr. Mark viii. 38 iv ry

-yevef ry
ra d/iaprtav virtp rjfi&v dfiapriav iiroi- /iot^aXt^t Kai d/iaprwX^>. So
dvrjp v. av-
i\atv, for dfiaoTniXov iiroii\<jiv, i. e. has &PWTTOC d/iaprwXof, a sinful man, a sin-
treated as if lie were a sinner. Heb. xii.4 ner, Luke v. 8. xix. 7. xxiv. 7. John ix.
 38

16, 24. So yvvr) d/iaprwXog Luke vii. 37, be an antidote against drunkenness,
39. Sept. for Nan Num. xxxii 14. Nan whence its name.
Ecclus. xxvii. 31. Luke xiii.
w, f. "haw, (a pr. and
Is. i. 4.
,
2 d/iaprwXoi Trapd iravrag, more wicked not to care for, to neglect, absol.
ii),
than all others, etc. xviii. 13. Rom. iii.
Matt. xxii. 5. 2 Pet. i. 12. c. c. gen.
7. v. 8 Gal. ii. 17. James iv. 8 d/*ap- 1 Tim. iv. 14. Heb. ii. 3. viii. 9. see
TuXoi, ye sinful! Buttm. ^ 132. 5. 3. Sept. Jer. iv. 17.
b) obnoxious to the consequences of sin, xxxi. 32. Wisd. iii. 10. 2 Mace. iv.
guilty and exposed to punishment, see 14. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 2. Xen. Mem. 1.
'

A/iapn'a no. 3. Rom. V. 19 djtaprwXol 2. 24.

KctTtaTciStjaav ol TroXXoi, many became pr.

"AjUEjUTTToe, ov, , 7j adj. (a
vii. 13.
exposed to the punishment of sin. and /i/i0o/iai), act. making no complaint,
Gal. ii. 15. Jude 15 d/iaprwXoi &atf3t~iQ, Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 52. In N. T.
satisfied,
i.
ungodly persons deserving ofpunish-
e.
pass, blameless, faultless, Luke i. 6.
ment. Phil. ii. 15. iii. 6. 1 Thess. iii. 13.

2. as subst. a sinner, transgressor, Heb. viii. 7. Sept. for "15 Job. xi. 4.
impious person. tinJob i. 1, 8. ;

D>pn Gen. xvii. 1.

Diod. Sic. 17. 4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 32.
a) genr. Matt. ix. 10, 11, *3. xi. 19.
Mark ii. 15, 16 bis, 17. Luke v. 30, 32. av.
adv. awxToo, ,
am-
blame-
jUEftTTTWC.
vi. 32, 33, 34. vii. 34. xv. 1, 2, 7, 10. Thess. 10. v. 23.
lessly, faultlessly, 1
ii.

John ix. 25, 31. 1 Tim. i. 9, 15. Heb. vii. xiii. 3. Herodian 6. 1.
Apoc. Esth.
26. xii. 3. James v. 20. 1 Pet. iv. 18 2. ib. 6. 9. 5.
Sept. for gen. nNBn T
Am. ix. 8. NBn
'A/ucptjuvoc, ov, o, v, adj. (a pr.
Ps. i. 1, 5. Is. xiii. 9." yih Ps. xxxvii. and void anx-
Ez. xxxiii. ntpifiva), without care, of
12, 20. 8, 11, 19.
iety, 1 Cor. vii. 32. Matt, xxviii. 14.
the of the
b) in language Jews, Wisd. vi. 15. vii. 23. Herodian 2. 4. 3.
sinners, despisers of God, is
afiaprtt)\oi,
'AjLtra3-roc5 ov, b, ?, adj. (a pr.
put for foreign nations, i. e. Gentiles,
immu-
Mat. xxvi. 45. and /turari^/zt), immoveable, i. e.
heathen, pagans, ra iSvri,
table, sure, Heb. vi. 17, 18. 3 Mace. v.
Mark xiv. 41, compared with Luke xviii.
32. Matt. xx. 19. Mark x. 33. So Sept. 1, 12. Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 13. Diod.
Sic. 1. 23. ib. 16. 82.
and ytth Is. xiv. 5. and 1 Mace. ii. 44,
T T
coll. v. 4 0, 48. Tob. xiii. 6, coll. Wisd. 'Ajufraia'vTjToe, ov, o, rj, adj. (a pr.
xvii. 2. Psalt. Salom. ii. 1 d/taprwXov and p.iTa.Kivtu), immoveable, unmovedjirm,
i.
q. tSvr] dXXorpia, Fabr. Cod. Pseud. 1 Cor. xv. 58. Dion. Halic. 8. 74.

V. T. I. p. 918.
, ov, , v, adj. (a pr.

;, ov, o, 17, adj. (a pr. and and me), not to be

/itrafieXofiat poenitet
). not disposed tofight, Xen. Cyr. repented of, and hence unchangeable, im-
4. 1. 16. In N. T. metaph. not conten- mutable, certain. Rom. xi. 29. 2 Cor.
tious, not quarrelsome, 1 Tim. iii. 3. Tit. vii. 10. So Heb. En} c. neg. is used of
iii. 2. So d/tdx*c, Ecclus. xix. 5. ed. the immutability of God's counsels,
Complut. Num. xxiii. 19. 1 Sam. xv. 29. al.
f- t Polyb. 21. 9. 11. Plato Leg. IX. p.
'Auaw, w, tyow, ("/*")> collect,
InN.T. 931. B.
gather; pp. Horn. II. 24. 451.
to reap, to harvest, James v. 4, where , ov, o, 17, adj. (a pr.
comp. Lev. xix. Deut. xxiv. 14,15.
13. and fitravoku), to change the mind), in-

Sept. for i^j} Lev. xxv. 11. Deut. xxiv. flexible, impenitent, obdurate,
sc. icapdi'a

19. Hesych. d/i^<rai $ept<rai. Rom. ii. 5. Test. XII Patr. in Fabr.
and Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. 685. Clem. Alex.
ov,
'A/uE^voroc, o, (a pr.
Strom. 5. 1.
/if^uw), amethyst, a gem of a deep pur-
ple or violet colour, Rev. xxi. 20. Sept. ov, o, 17, adj. (a pr.
and
for nTD^nii Ex. xxviii. 19. See Rees' without measure, immoderate.
Cyclop. The amethyst was supposed to 2 Cor. x. 13, 15, tig rd d/*trpa, adv. for
 beyond measure , immoderately. and amen, i. e. are most true and faith-
4. V 4 d/itrpo w/iorrjf
Jos. B. J. An- . ful. AL.
thol. Gr. IV. 170, 206. ed. Jac. J

A/iT)T<i>p, OjOOC, o, rj, adj. (a pr.

'A/ir/v, tfwen,
Heb. "JTDK is strictly an and without mother, motherless
UTITIJP), ;
adj. true, certain, faithful ; as l?pN "n^> i. e. in classic
writers, not born of a
Sept. Sebc d\ n $iv6s, Is. Ixv. 16^ ~The mother, as the gods, etc. Lactant. div.
Heb. word ]?5X occurs often in O. T. as Instit. IV. 13. Eurip. Phoeniss. 750. or
an adverb, truly, certainly, surely ; usu-
early deprived of a mother, Herodot. 4.
ally at the end of a sentence, where it 154. or having an unkind mother, Soph.
serves to confirm the words which pre- Electr.1158. Eurip. Ion. 837. In N. T.
cede, and invoke the fulfilment of them, spoken of Melchisedec, ivhose mother is
so be it, fiat, Sept. dp,rjv or ytvoiro. So not mentioned in the genealogies, Heb. vii.
in oaths and imprecations, where the
3, i. e. he is a priest, though not in the
people answer ^p*$ and thus bind them- regular genealogical descent from Aa-
selves, Neh. v. 13, Sept. d/z/v. Deut. xxvii. ron ; his priesthood therefore is of a
15 26, Sept. ysvotro. Or in praising
higher and more ancient order than that
God, when the assembly respond to the of Aaron ; see in 'AytvfoXoyT/roc*
reader or choir, -jpx as Ps.xli. 14. Ixxii.
Philo de Temulent. p. 248, 290. de
19. lxxxix.53, Sept. d/i>}>, comp. 1 Chr.
Monarch, lib. 2.
xvi. 36 et Neh. viii. 6, Sept. d/ii/v. Ps. cvi.
48, Sept. yvotro. Or lastly by indivitln. 'A/i/etVTOC, ou, o, r), adj. (a pr.
als after an imprecation, Num. v. 22. and /</<)(,;). unstained, unsoiled ; in N.
T. metaph. undefiled sc. by sin, Heb. vii.
Sept. yivoiTo, or to a command, 1 K. i.

More rarely ^73^ 26. Wisd. viii. 20. Clem. Alex. Strom.
36, Sept. ykvoiro.
stands in O. T. at the beginning of a 7. 7. duiavTov TTJV ^/v\^v Z\it.v xprj.

Spoken of marriage, chaste, Heb. xiii. 4.

sentence, for the sake of emphasis, as-
Wisd. iii. 13. Of the worship of God,
suredly, verily, in truth, Sept. dXijStDf, Jer.
xx viii. and also pure, sincere, James i. 27 ;
of the heav-
6, nyft*$ , Sept. dXi/Suif,

Josh. vii. Job xix. 6. Hence enly inheritance, inviolate, 1 Pet. i. 4.

20, coll.
in N. T. 2 Mace. xiv. 36. xv. 34
1. from the Heb. as an adj. true, indec. Aminadab, pr.
Rev. [i. 18.] iii. 14 6 d/^v, *AjU*vaSa|3, t>,

faithful. name of one of the ancestors of

6 fidprvz 6 TTKTTOQ KIU dXi/Stvof, the true,
Christ, Matt. i. 4. Luke iii. 33. Heb.
viz. the faithful and true witness, where
the last words explain the first. See Is.
31^7?V (kindred of the prince), Ruth
iv" 19/20.
Ixv. 16 above.
2. as an adv. at the end of a sentence, "Aji/juoc, ov, o, (i. q. ^dpuos), sand,
viz. after ascriptions of praise, Matt. vii. 26. Rom. ix. 27. Heb. xi. 12.
hymns,
etc. amen, so be it, Matt. xvi. 13. Rom. i. Rev. xx. 8. Sept. fonpyGen. xiii.
xii. 18.

25. ix. 5. Rev. i. 6. v. 14. xix. 4. al. 16. $>in Gen.xxii.17. Ex.ii. 12. Is.x.8.
cf. Ps. cvi. 48. 1 Chr. xvi. 36. Diod. Sic. 5. 7. Plato Phsedo. 58.
saep
Neh. viii. 6. Hence Xyav rb d^v, to re-
oc* ou, o, a lamb, spoken in
spond amen, 1 Also after
Cor. xiv. 16.
N. T. metaph. of Christ delivered over
benedictions, invocations, etc. Rom. xv. to death, as a lamb to the sacrifice, John
33. xvi. 24. 1 Cor. xvi. 24. Heb.xiii.25.
i. 29, 36. 1 Pet. i. 19. Acts viii. 32, coll.
3. as an adv. at the beginning of a
Is. liii. 7 where Sept. d/j-vog for 7JT1.
sentence, by way of asseveration, truly, Lev.
Sept. dfivoc for ton? Ex.
xii. 5.
assuredly, certainly, verily, Matt. v. 18. xiv. 10, 12, 13.13 Is. xvi. 1. So dfivbg
xvi. 28 coll. Luke ix. 27 dXqSwc. Matt.
Seov, the Messiah," Test.
XII Patr. Fabr.
xxv. 40. Luke iv. 24 coll. v. 25. In John
Cod. Pseud. V. T. p. 724, 725, 730.
it is repeated, dfii'jv, d/*/p>, John iii. 3. 5,
11. v. 19. viii. 51. al. saep. o, (d/m/3o>, to
Very rarely 'AjUOtjSrj, rig,
in this sense in the end or midolle of a Horn. Od. 14.
change), change, exchange,
clause ;
Rev. i. 7 va\, dprjv, yea verily ! 521. requital, sc. for evil indemnity,
2 Cor. i. 20 TO val /cat TO d/j^v, are yea Horn. Od. 12. 382. In N. T. requital, sc.
 40 "AjUWjUOV

for good, kind offices, etc. 1 Tim. v. 4. tnrr Hab. i. is, 17. rrrisa
T
Ecc. ix. 12.

d/ioi/3df &7roSid6vai, to requite. Symm. Herodot. 1. 141. ib. 2. 95.

for nits 1 Sam. xxiv. 19. Jos. Ant. 1. 16.
f. anfufftj, (Buttm.
Herodian. 7. 1. 24. 'A/iritlvvu///,
2. Diod. Sic. 1. 90.
108. to clothe, pass. seq. Iv c. dat.
III.),
"AjUTTfAoe, ou, Ravine, Matt. xxvi. Matt.xi.8. Luke vii. 25. Sept. Job xxxi.
29. Mark vix. 25. Luke xxii. 18. Jam. iii. 19. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 7 rtiv oroXfjv. ib. 8.
12. Xen. CEc. 19. 12. Metaph. Jesus 7. 3. cf. Buttm. 131. 6. In the sense
calls himself the true vine, John xv. 1, 4, of to decorate, Matt. vi. 30 et Luke xii.
5, since a spreading and fruitful vine is 28, TOV xoprov. Sept. d/i0. do%av KOI
the emblem of prosperity and blessings ; Tipi'iv for Eto^ Job xl. 5, coll. xxix. 14.
cf. Ez. xvii. 6. xix. 10. Ps. Ixxx. 9, 10. With double accus. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17.

cxxviii. 3. Ecclus. xxiv. 17. In Rev.xiv. c. accus. et dat. Plato Protag. p.321. A.
18, 19, i] dpirtXoc TTIQ yj/e, denotes the now Cf. Buttm. 1. c.
prosperous enemies of the Messiah,
*we, ?, Amphipolis, pr.
who are to be cut off as grapes are name of the metropolis of the southern
gathered and cast into the wine press j It was situated
region of Macedonia.
comp. Is. Ixiii. 2, 3. Lam. i. 15.
near the mouth of the river Stryinon ;
which, indeed, flowed around it, and
'AjuTTcAouoyocj ou, o, V) (contr.
for d^iTTcXoEpyof, fr. a/tTreXot; and tpyov,) gave occasion for its name. It is now
a Luke called Empoli or Yamboli. Acts xvii. 1.
vine-dresser, xiii. 7. Sept. for
Liv. 45. 29 'capita regionum, ubi concilia
2 Chr. xxvi. 10. Is. Ixi. 5.
fierent, primse regionis Amphipolin.'
, wvoc, o, a vineyard- Wetst. N. T. II. p. 559.
Matt. xx. 1, 2, 4, 7, 8. xxi. 28, 33, 39, 40,
"Aju^oSov, ou, TO, (also a/^otfog,
41. Mark xii. 1, 2, 8, 9 bis. Luke xiii. 6. and 6 Jog,) pp. bivium, an open
fr. a/i0a>
xx. 15 Cor. ix. 7.
bis, 16. place where two or more ways meet, Xen.
9, 10, 13, I

Sept. for E13 Gen. ix. 20. Is. v. 1 7. Anab.4.2. 11. ib. 5. 2. 7. In N. T. a
q. v. Plut. pro nobil c. 3. street or open place in a village or city,
Markxi.4. Sept. Jer. xvii. 27. xlix.26.
'A^TrAmf, ioVf , Amplias, pr.
Siodot.
name of a Christian at Home. Rom. xvi. Hesych. dfi^oSa- ai pvpai, ayviai,
8. 'AjU00Tpoc pa, cpov, each of two,
and Plur. a^ortpoi, at, a, both, spoken
f. to avert,
vvti, (nvvn), PP- only of two, Matt. ix. 17. xiii. 30. xv.
to repel, Horn. II. 1. 456; then to aid,
14. Luke v. 7, 38. vi. 39.
i. 6, 7. vii.
Jightfor, avenge, Thuc. 3. 67. Jos. Ant. 42. Acts viii. 38. Eph. ii. 14, 16, 18,
4. 8. 45. Mid. a/uui/o/iai, to avert from Jews and
rovf. afjiQoTipovG, etc. both, i. e.
one's self, to resist, repel, Xen. Cyr. 4. 4.
Gentiles. Acts xxiii. 8 rd d/i^orcpa,
6. Jos. Ant. 9.1. 2. 2 Mace. x. 17.
both, i. e. the resurrection, and the
In N. T. Mid. afivvofjiai, to aid, assist, existence of angels and spirits ; the
defend. Acts vii. 24 rifivvaTo, he defended p.fjTe being copulative and combining
sc. him. So Sept. c. accus. for the two, dyyeXov and Trvtvpa, into one
deliver, Is. lix. 16.
generic idea ; see Buttm. 149. p. 427.

f. and Winer 59. p. 411. Sept. for t3^3\D'

/3aXw, (d/i0i
throw around, e. g. a gar-
to Gen. xxi. 27. Ex. xii. 22. Ecclus. x. 7.
w), pp.
Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 5.
ment, Horn. Od. 14. 342. In N. T. spoken
of a net, to cast, sc. around, here and
'A^uw/xrjroe, ou, o, 17, adj. (a pr.
there, trans. Mark i. 16 in later editions. and /iw/ido/xat to
blame), blameless,
ir-
Sept. Hab. i. 17.
reprextensible, Phil. ii. 15. 2 Pet. iii. 14.
ou, TO, what is Cyrill. Alex, in Is. 53, d/iw/tjjroc irav-
,
tftrown around, e. g. a garment, Eurip. rtXwf Iv rtfiiv ovSiig, id. in Is. 54. Horn.
Helen, v. 1085. In N. T. a fish-net, drag, II. 12. 109.

Matt. iv. 18. Mark i. 16. Sept. for ou, TO, amomum, an
Ps.cxli. 10. Hab.i. 16. odoriferous plant or seed, used in pre-
nnpqp
 41

It differed sition or possibility expressed by the

paring precious ointment.
from the modern amomum of the shops, simple Opt. will, under the circum-
but the exact species is not known see ;
stances implied by dv, be realized.
Rees' Cyclop. Rev. xviii. 13 in the Hence it is found
later editions. a) in vows, wishes, etc. once, Acts
xxvi. 29 uat'/*7jv av r<$ Sey, I could pray
and
"AjuwjLioe, ou, o, 17, adj. (a pr. to God, and under the circumstances do
without blemish.
twfyiog,) spotless, So (3ov\olfnjv av Xen.
pray to him.
1 Pet. i. 19 auvov a/iw/xoy, Mem. 3. 5. 1. Plato Lys. p. 228. See
a) pp.
spoken metaph. of Christ, a lamb with- Matth. 514. c.
out blemish, as was required by the Le_
b)
in interrogations, direct or indi-
vitical in regard to all victims ; see
law where the thing inquired about is
rect,
Lev. i. 10. xxii. 19 22, where Sept. for but the inquirer is
possible, or certain,
O^n. So Heb. ix. 14: Test. XII Patr. uncertain when or how it is to take
Fabr. Cod. Pseud. I. p. 724. Luke i. 02 ri av k\oi KaXei-
place.
sceleris purus, blameless. <T^at avrov ; how he might wish him to be
b) metaph.
Eph. i. 4. v. 27. Col. i. 22. Heb. ix. called ? i. e. since he was to have a name,
14. Jude 24. Rev. xiv. 5. Wisd. ii. what that name should be. Luke ix. 46.
22. Ecclus. xxxiv. 8. xl. 19. John xiii. 24. Acts ii. 12. v. 24. xvii.
18. xxi. 33 al. Jos. Ant. 8. 14. 2. Xen.
'Ajuwv, o, indec. Amon, Heb.
name of a king of the Jews; Mem. 2. 1. 24. Anab. 7. 6. 6.
(opifex), pr.
see 2 K. xxi. 18 sq. 2 Chr. xxxiii. 20 2. With the Subjunctive in relative
Matt. i. 10 bis. clauses and connected with relative
sq.
words, which thus are rendered more
'Ajuwc> b, indec. Amos, Heb. "p73K and indicate mere possibility ;
name of a man, Luke iii.
general,
(strong), pr. Buttm. 139. 8. For av thus used, the
25.
sacred writers often put i av, q. v.
*Av, a particle used with the Opt.
I.
a)
with relative pronouns or particles,
Subj. and Indie, moods; sometimes where av implies some condition, or
properly rendered by perhaps; more uncertainty whether or where the thing
commonly not to be expressed in Eng- will take place, etc. Lat. cunque, ever,
lish by any corresponding particle, but etc. Thus
soever, (a) og av, whoever,
only giving to a proposition or sentence whosoever, Matt. v. 21, 31, 32. x. 11.
a stamp of uncertainty, and mere possi- xii. 32. Mark iii. 29. John i. 33. et sae-
bility, and indicating a dependence on Sept. Dan. iii. 5, 6 dv f
piss. (/3) OOTIQ
circumstances. In this way it serves to Luke x. 35.
whosoever, Matt. x. 33.
modify or strengthen the intrinsic force John ii. 5. Acts iii. 23. saep. (y) bo-eg
of the Opt. and Subj. while it can also,
av, whosoever, Matt. vii. 12. xxi. 22.
in like manner, affect the signification Mark iii. 28. John xi. 22. Acts ii. 39.
of the Indicative and perf. below. Esdr. viii. 24.
(the pres. saep. see also II. 1,
excepted) and other verbal forms. This ix. 4. Markix.
(dyoirovdv, wheresoever,
particle stands after one or more words 18. xiv. 9. Luke ix. 57. Rev. xiv. 4. See
in a clause, and is thus distinguished w
also in II. 1. (e) av, as, in whatever
from av for lav see the next article. etc. ii. 7 we av rpofbs
1 Thess.
;
manner,
For the general use and power of av in
$d\Try TO. Soph. Ajax. 1096.
TBKva.
classic writers and in N. T. see Buttm. with particles of time, conjunc-
b)
* 139. 5 sq. Matth. 598 600. Her- the time
tions, etc. (a) tug av, until,
mann de Part, av, and ad Viger. p. 812 when being indefinite, Matt. ii. 13 i<r3i
822. Winer Gr. 43. In N. T. the iKil ewQ av tiiru ffot. V. 18, 26. X. 11,
use of av is generally conformed to 23. Mark vi. 10. Luke xx. 43. Acts ii. 35.
that of classic writers, but sometimes Diod. Sic. 3. 9. Xen. Anab. 5. 1.
saep
not. So
11. dxpis ou av, 1 Cor. xi. 26. xv.
I. As conformed to classic usage. 25. av, whenever, as soon as,
(/3) riviica
1. With the Optative, in a clause not indefinite, 2 Cor. iii. 16 Sept. Deut. vii.
dependent, it indicates that the suppo- 12. Judith xiv. 2. Jos. Ant. 5.1.2. Xen.
 "Av Ava

Cyr. 1. 2. 4.
(7) we dv, when,
as soon Greek writers, e. g. Agath. 32. 12.
as, indefinite, 1 Cor. xi. 34 we av IXSw, 117. 12. 287. 13. Once with the pres.
when I shall come, i. e. but I know not Indie. Mark xi. 24 TTUVTU oaa av Trpoo--
when this will be. Phil. ii. 23.
() airtiffSre, where MSS. read
OGO.KIQ dv, so often as, however often, in the Subjunct. So Luke viii.
1 Cor. xi. 25. 18. x. 8, in earlier editions. Winer
c)
with the illative particle oTrtuf, that, 43. 3.
in order that ; and OTTWC av, that at some 2. As an adv. or rather in a false con-
time or other, that sooner or later, etc. struction, perhaps, possibly. So once
Luke ii. 35. Acts iii. 19. xv. 17. Rom. before an Infin. 2 Cor. x. 9 'iva /*>}

iii.
Sept. for
4. Ps. Ii. 6.
^p^ $6Zb), av iKfofiiiv i>udc, which is
df
3. With the Indicative, in the histori- probably to be resolved by oc av IK^O-
cal tenses, (but not in the primary /3o7/u vuac, as if I would terrify you ;
ones),
av is used in the apodosis of a condi- comp. Plat. Crit. p. 44. B, TroXXoTf 6w,
tional sentence in which d precedes, d> dut\r]ffaiui. Winer 43. 6. Once
and indicates that the thing in question also without any mood, 1 Cor. vii. 5 uij
would have taken place, if that which dTroerrepeire aXXrjXoig, ei \tr\ n
av [yevot-
is the subject of the protasis, had also TO~\ IK ffvfJL(f>ii)vov Trpof icaipov, unless
taken place but that in fact neither the
; perhaps by mutual consent. Winer 43. 1.
one nor the other has taken place. AL.
Matt. xi. 21 d iv Tvpy lyivovro al dvva-
TrdXoi av iv aaKK<$ icai ffiro8($ ftiT-
II.*Av, conjunction, contr. fr. lav, if,
utif
and distinguished from the radical dv
fvorjffav, if these miracles had been done of the preceding article, by being put at
in Tyre, they would Jiave repented; but
the beginning of a proposition or clause ;
the miracles were not done, and they
Buttm. 139. 8. Herm. ad Viger. p. 822.
did not repent. Luke xix. 23. John iv.
In N. T* John xx. 23 bis. Jos. Ant. 4.
10. ix. 41. Heb. iv. 8. Johnviii. 42 d 6
4. ib. 4. 8. 15. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 42.
$O 7rar?/p vfiu>v T/V, T/yaTrarc av /t, if- ^4.
God were your father, ye would love me ; 'Ava, prep, governing in Greek
but neither is true. So Matt. xi. 23. poets the Dat. on, upon, in, Horn. II. 1.
xii. 7. xxiii. 30. xxiv.22, 43. Markxiii. 30. 15 ; but in prose writers the Accus. on,
John xi. 21. Rom. ix. 29. 1 Cor. ii. 8. in, as dvd aroua %iv, to have always in
xi. 31. Gal. i. 10. 1 John ii. 19. al. saep. the mouth. See Buttni. 147. n. 2. Vi.
Wisd. xi. 25. Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 2. Xen. gerus p. 574 sq. and Herm. ib. p. 855.
Mem. 4. 2. 24. ib. 1. 1. 5. 8. In N. T. only with an accus. in two sig-
Apol.
II. The following are departures from nifications, viz.
classic usage, viz. 1. with its accus. it forms a peri-

1. When
in relative clauses a relative phrase for an adverb ; e. g. avd /ispof,
pronoun with av is followed by the In- by turns, alternately, 1 Cor. xiv. 27. avd
dicative here classic writers employ
; H'IGOV seq. gen. in the midst of, through
the Subj. or Opt. This occurs in N. T. the midst of, between ; spoken of place
when a thing is spoken of as actually Matt, xiii.25. Mark vii. 31. Rev. vii. 17
coll.v.6. Sept. Is. Ivii. 5. for -pnTpS K. xvi.
taking place, not at a definite time or
in a definite manner, but as often as 14. Horn. II. 1. 570. Diod. Sic. 2. 4.
It is thus Xen. An. 7. 4. 2. Spoken of persons,
opportunity presents, etc.
found only with a preterite. Mark vi. lCor.vi.5. IMace. vii. 28. Diod. Sic.
56 icai offot av I]TTTOVTO avrov, and as 3. 13. So Matt. xx. 9, 10, dvd Srivdptov,
denarius-wise, i. e. each a denarius
many as, however many, touched him. ;

ib. OTTOV av tioticopiviTo tiQ K&uag, and better perhaps under no. 2.
wheresoever he entered, etc. Acts ii. 45. with numeral words it marks dis-
2.
vi. 35. 1 Cor. xii. 2
Trpde TO tttuXa, d>f tribution, e. g. Mark vi. 40 dvd tttarov icai
av T/ytffS-e, dirayoutvoi, led away to idol- dvd TTivrriKovTa, by hundreds and by fif-
worship, just as ye happened to be led, ties. Luke ix. 14. Luke ix. 3 dvd five,
i. e. I do not
say by whom or how. two and two. x. 1. John ii. 6. Rev. iv.
Sept. Gen. ii. 19. Lev. v. 3. and in later 8, coll. Is. vi. 2. Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 1. ib. 6.
 *
'Ava/3t|3dw
2. 5. Xen. An. 3. 4. 21. Herodot. 2. and n!?yT K. xii. 27, 28. Ezra ii. 1.
1

132. By a peculiar anomaly we find vii. 6, 7. Neh. vii. 6. Esdr. ii. 18. Jos.
dvd once in this sense before the Nom. Ant. 12. 7. 6. Xen. Anab. 1.1. 2.
Rev. xxi. 21 dvu elf txaarog TU>V TruXwvwv, Spoken of those who ascend into heaven,
each one of the gates ; see Vigems p. 576. tig TOV ovpavov, tig TO ttyog, etc. either to
NOTE. In composition dvd denotes have intercourse with God or to dwell
1. up, upward, as ava^aivta. 2. back, there, John iii. 13. vi. 62. xx. 17 bis.

again, Lat. re- implying repetition, in- Rom. x. 6.

Eph. iv. 8, 9, 10. Rev. iv. 1.
crease, intensity, etc. as xi. 12 bis. For the phrase dva[3. tig TOV
ovpavov, etc. and the meaning of it,

<j>aaia>,
comp. Deut. xxx. 12. Prov. xxx.4. Is
cu, o,
xiv. 13, 14. Jer. Ii. 53. Ps. cxxxix. 8. cf.
act of ascending, Pausan. 10. 6. 9. In
Job. xxxviii. 19 38. Bar. iii. 29. Tob. xii.
N. T. by meton. means of ascent, i. e.
20 Spoken of angels, who are said,
steps, stairs. Acts xxi. 35, 40, spoken of
the stairs leading from the fortress An- dvafiaivtiv KOI Karafiaivtiv iirl TOV vibv TOV
dvSptijTrov,John i. 52, coll. Gen. xxviii. 12,
tonia to the temple. Sept. for n^p i. e.
they minister continually unto him j
1 K. x. 19, 20. Dio Cass. 58. 11. Jos.
Ant. 8. 5. 2. The Attic form is ava- comp. Matt. iv. 11. Mark i. 13.
/3a(r/u6f, Paus. 10. 5. Lobeck ad Phryn. b) spoken also of inanimate things,
which are said to go up, ascend, rise ;
p. 324.
e. g. smoke xairvog, Rev. viii. 4. ix. 2.
,
f.
/3q<ro/zai, aor. 2 xiv. 11. xix. 3. So Sept. and n^ty Ex.
'tfiqv, aor. 2 imper. dva/3j3i and xix. 18. Is. xxxiv. 10 1 Mace. v. 31.
dvdfta Rev. iv. 1, cf. Buttm. p. 223, 269, Spoken of plants, fruit, etc. to spring up,
(dvd and /3atW), to cause to ascend, grow, Matt. xiii. 7. Mark iv. 8, 32. So
Herodot. 1. 80. In N. T. to go up, to
Sept. and n^V Is. v. 24. xxxii. 13. Iv. 13.
ascend, sc. from a lower to a higher Theophr. Hist. PI. 8. 3. Spoken of a
place ; constr. with dwo et iie seq. gen. rumor, Acts xxi. 31 dvi(3tj <f>daig T<$ \i-
of place whence, and with tfc, Iwi, Trpof,
Xtdpxv, i. e. word was brought up to the
seq. accus. of place whither, or titit Rev. chiliarch in the fortress Antonia see ;
iv. 1. Jos. B. J. 5. 6. 8 Of thoughts, actions,
a) spoken
of persons, animals, etc. etc. which come up into one's mind, to
Matt. v. 1 et Mark iii. 13 its rb opoQ. Luke xxiv.
spring up, arise, iv T$ KapSiy.
Luke v. 19 tTrt TO Pupa, comp. for irri 38. iiri TY\V Acts vii. 23. 1 Cor.
Kaptiiav
Gen. xlix. 4 where Sept. for n^. Jos. ii. 9. elf p.vT]fio<Tvvijv Acts x. 4. This
Luke
Ant. 3. 1. 5. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 9.
xix. 4 i-Trl i. e. to
corresponds to the Heb. 3!? ^ n^
ffVKOfjiwpaiav, climb, Sept. dvipx(0$cti or dvafiaivtiv irrl rr\v
Mark vi. 51 tig TO TrXoTov, i. e. to em- Jer. xxxii.
Kapciav, Is. Ixv. 17. iii. 16.
bark, coll. 3 where Sept. for TT.
Jon. i.
35. xliv. 21. AL.
John X. 1 dvapaivuv d\\oxo$ev,
'Ava/3uXXw, /3aXw, to put lack,
f.
climbing up or entering some other way.
Acts viii. 31 avaflavTa sc. ec'c TV p/*a v. 29,
i. e. to put at$\ov, Horn. Od. 19.
off, defer,
584. to take up, lift up, Sept. for
i. e. to
get up into, etc. Matt. iii. 16 dtrb xfyj
Jer. xiii. 20 In N. T. Mid. ava/3dXXo/mi,
TOV VCCLTOQ, and Acts viii. 39 IK TOV v^arof,
in a forensic sense, to defer, to put off or
from the water, sc. upon the land, cf. v.
38 and Gen. xli. 3, 18, 27, where Sept. over, trans.Acts xxiv. 22. Sept. OVK dve,

dva/3. IK TOV Trora/iou for Spoken

(3d\tTo inynn Ps. Ixxviii. 21
for
H^. :

Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 38 Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 6.

.
of fishes, Matt. xvii. 27 TOV dvafidvTa
irpCJTov l-jfivv, the fish that first comes up, w, f <, to cause to
or is
brought up. Spoken of those who ascend or mount, Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 28
go from a lower to a higher region of Herodot. 1. 63 In N. T. to draw up, t6
country e. g. from Galilee or Cesarea
; drag or haul in, sc. to the shore or land ;
to Judea, Luke ii. 4. Acts xviii. 22 and ; spoken of a net, Matt. xiii. 48. So Sept.
especially to Jerusalem, Matt. xx. 17, 18, in the sense to draw up, sc. out of a pit,
John vii. 8 bis, 10 bis. xii. 20. So Sept. for n*?yn Gen. xxxvii. 28, coll. Ex. iii.
 44

17. Lam. ii. 10

Spoken of ships, to haul 21. Sept. Is. lii. 15. cf. Buttm. 101.
to land, Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 2 irpbc rrjvy^v n. 4. marg. to announce, to make
known,
dvtj3ij3a%t rdff iavrov rpiriptig. to declare, to tell ; trans, and absol. In
various connexions, e. g. spoken of
1. *0 /00
'AvajSXfTTO), f. ^w. up,
or upwards, to look upon, absol. or c. c. things done, events, etc. to relate, to tell,
Mark [v. 14.] v. 19. Acts xiv. 27. xv. 4.
et'ff. Matt. xiv. 19 dva(3\tyas tig rbv
ovpa-
xvi. 38. 2 Cor. vii. 7, to bring word, to in-
vov. Mark vi. 41. vii. 34. Luke ix. 16.
xix. 5. Acts xxii. 13 dvl/3\i//a c avrov. form, John v. 15 Xen. Anab. 1. 3. 21.
So to look up, to raise the eyes, sc. from Spoken of things future, to shew be.
the ground, etc. Markviii. 24. Lukexxi. forehand, foretell, John xvi. 13. Sept. for
1.
TDn Is. xli. 22, 23. xlvi. 10 __ Spoken
dva(3\7rfiv rotff ctySaX/ioIff for
Sept.
of the Christian doctrine, etc. to declare,
tJ^y Nto} Gen. xiii. 14. xviii. 2. Deut. shew forth, teach, John iv. 25. xvi. 14,
iv. 19 12 Mace. vii. 28.
Xen.Cyr.1.4.12.
2. to look again, see dvd note, in
15, 25. Acts xx. 20, 27. Rom. xv. 21.
a) 1 Pet. i. 12. 1 John i. 5. So Sept. for
the sense of to see again, recover sight,
spoken of the blind, Matt. xi. 5. xx. 34.
y^in Deut. viii. 3. Dan. ii. 9 rnirr
Deut. xxiv. 8 Spoken of evil deedsj to
Mark viii. 25. x. 61, 52. coll. Matt. xx.
declare, confess, Acts xix. 18. So Sept.
33 Luke vii. 22. xviii. 41, 42, 43. Acts
ix. 12, 17, 18. xxii. 13 dvd/3Xei//ov. Of
and T3n Is. iii. 8. Job xxxiii. 23. Ps.
xxxviii. 19.
one blind from his birth, John ix. 11, 15,
18 bis. Sept. for t^an Is xlii. 18, coll. w, f. r pp. to be-
ixi. 1. Aristoph. Plut. 95. get again ; metaph. to regenerate, to re-
b)
in the sense of to look more closely, new, sc. by a change of carnal nature to
a Christian life ; trans. 1 Pet. i. 3, 23.
examine, Mark xvi. 4.
It is the same as vibv TOV Stav tlvat
'Avaj3Xti///e, ewe, "h) re.
(dj/a/3Xe7rw), Gal. 26 ; or TBKVOV Stov ytvicSai v.
iii.
covery of sight, Luke iv. 18, coll. Is. Ixi.
IK Stov ytvvqSijvai John i. 12, 13.
1 __ jElian. H. An. 17. 13.
1 John iii. 9 or avwStv yevj/yS-j/vai
;

'AvajSoaw, c5,
f. to lift up the
7<, John iii. 3 So the fathers speak of re-
voice, exclaim, cry aloud ; absol. Matt. generation as a renewal, a change from
xxvii. 46. Mark xv. 8. Luke ix. 38. Sept. a lower to a higher, from a carnal to a
for pyj Ez. xi. 13.
py^ Num. xx. 16. better and holy life. Justin. Mart. Apol.
2. p. 93. Clem. Alex.
hnp xxxvi. 13. -Jos. Ant. 9. 1. 2.
Is. Protrept. 116 Xoyof,
Herodian. 1. 4. 17. Xen. Anab.5. 4.31. 6 dvaytwuv TOV avSrpbiTrov, tt d\r)$ttav
avrbv ava$'t$(av. For the Rabbinic
i], rjj (dva(3d\\w q. v.) new
earth thrown up, Xen. Anab. 5. 2. 5. In nip'irr n"*i3, creature, see Schoettg.
N. T. delay, putting over, in a forensic
Hor/Heb! ad 2 Cor. v. 17.

sense, Acts xxv. 17 __Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 3. f.

waofiai, aor. 2
Dionys. Hal. 11. 33. Thuc. 2. 42. avkyvwv, perf. pass, dveyi/oxr/tat, aor. 1

pass. dvtyv(*i(T&riv, (dj/d intens. and

'Avayatov, ov, TO, (dvd and yaia to to Aw0MJ accurately,
i-
7 r/)j i- q. dvwyeov, for which it is
yivwo-jcw know),
<!

substituted in the later editions ; writ-

II. 13. 734, to distinguish, Herodian. 7.
6, where others read diayivb><rKb). In
ten also dvdjyaiov, dvdysov, Lob. ad
N. T. to know by reading, i. e. simply to
Phryn. p. 297 ;
a room above the ground,
read, trans, and absol.
upper room, chamber, over the porch, on to read, sc. for one's self, to learn
or connected with the roof j where meals a)
were taken, and whither the Jews re- by reading, Matt. xii. 3, 5. xix. 4. xxi. 16.
42. xxii. 31. xxiv. 15. Markii. 25. xii.
tired for prayer, meditation, etc. Mark
10, 26. xiii. 14. Luke vi. 3. x. 26.
xiv. 15. Luke xxii. 12. coll. Acts xx. 8 __ John xix. 20. Acts viii. 28, 30 bis, 32. xv.
Xen. An. 5. 4. 29 dvuyaiov __ See Cal-
31. xxiii.34. 2 Cor. i. 13. Eph. iii. 4.
met, art, House, p. 509. Comp. Rev. i. 3. v. 4. Sept. for N"ip Deut.
f. ytXw, aor. 1 xvii. 19. 2 K. v. 7. Is. xxix. 11, 12 ^El.

yXa r aor. 2 pass. dj/j/yyeXjjv Rom. xv. V.H. 14.43. Xen. An. 1.6. 4 Metaph.
 45

2 Cor. ill. 2
} lirtffroXi) T//iwv avayti'w- 1 Cor. vii. 37. 2 Cor. ix. 7. Philem. 14
irdvTuv, read of all men, i. e.
aicopevii VTTO
Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 20.

open, manifest. b) as arising from the good or bad

b)
to read aloud before others, prcelego, disposition of a person or persons, or
Luke iv. 16. Acts xiii. 27. xv. 21. 2 Cor. from the nature and circumstances of the
iii.15. Col. iv. 16 ter. 1 Thess. v. 27. So case, Matt, xviii. 7. Heb. vii. 12, 27. ix.
Sept. andN-jj? Deut. xxxi. 11.
2 K. xxii. 16, 23 Jos. Ant. 16. 9. 3. Xen. Cyr.
11. Neh. xiii. 1 __ 1 Mace. x. 7. Jos. Ant. 2. 1. 15.

4. 8. 12. c) spoken
of the obligation of duty ;
avdyKTjv t\tiv, to be right, proper, just, I
'Avoyica&D,
f.
(dvd-YKn), <, to
hare need, I must needs, Luke xiv. 18.
necessitate, to compel, to constrain, trans.
xxiii. 17. Jude 3. Rom. xiii. 5. 1 Cor.
to compel, sc. by force, threats, cir-
a) ix. 16 Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 12.
cumstances, etc. Acts xxvi. 11. xxviii. 2. unavoidable
Esdr. distress,
calamity.
19. 2 Cor. xii. 11. Gal. ii. 3, 14
Luke Cor. vii. 26. 2 Cor. vi. 4.
xxi. 23. 1
iv. 6. Bel and Drag. 30. I Mace. ii. 25.
xii. 10. 1 Thess. iii. 7. So Sept. for
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 44.
rrjpixa Ps. xxv. 17. cvii. 6. pto Ps.
to constrain, sc. by entreaty, invita- cxix. 'l43. Job xxvii. 9. Tob.
b) rn2J
tions, etc. to persuade, Matt. xiy. 22. iii. 7, 11. Jos." Ant. 2. 5. 2. ib. 2. 9. 3.
Mark vi. 45. Luke xiv. 23. Gal. vi. 12. Diod. Sic. 4. 43.
Diog. Laert. 1.1.4. Xen. Symp. 3. 5.
'Avayvwpt^w, f. *<rw, pp. to recog-
'AvayKotoc, a, ov, (dvdyio/),
com- nize; in N. T. only in the aor. 1 pass.
pulsive, Od. 17. 399. compelled, Od. 24. dvfyv<api<T$i]v, with reflexive meaning, to
498. In N. T. necessary, viz. make one's self known, Acts vii. 13. So
of things required by na- Sept for Vl^nrr Gen. xiv. 1 Sec
a) spoken
Buttm. 136." 2l
ture, etc. 1 Cor. xii. 22. or for the sup-
port of life, Tit. iii. 14 dvaycatat xpai, 'AvayvttMTiGr cwc, /> (avayivdJOKut
2 Mace. iv. 23. Jos. q. v.) reading, whether public or private,
necessary wants.
Ant. 2. 5. 6. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 9. Acts xiii. 15. 2 Cor. iii. 14. 1 Tim. iv. 13.

from custom and habit,

Sept. for NlpQ Neh. viii. 3. Esdr. ix.
b) necessary 48. Polyb. 9. 1. 5.
e. g. Acts X. 24 ava^KaiovQ $i\ov,
necessary or near friends. Jos. Ant. 10. 'Avdyw, f. dw, aor. 2 dv^yayoi,
nor 1. pass, dvrjx^nv * n Mid. sense,
1. 2. ib. 7. 6. 1. Polyb. 5. 71. 2. Xen.
Buttm. 136. 2, (ava and to lead
Mem. ayw),
2. 1. 4. Comp. Kypke Obs. in
up, to conduct or bring up, sc. from a
N. T. II. p. 49.
lower to a higher place trans, with a ;
neut. avayieaiov, impers. necessary,
c) dat. of person, or elf c. accus. of place
right, proper. Acts xiii. 46 vp.1v ryv dvay-
whither, etc.
KOIOV, itwas necessary, i. e. it was matter
of duty. Heb. viii. 3o^vd/ay/caTov[l(Trt], a) gen.
Matt. iv. 1 dvfjx^ *'C ^v
tpijfiov, i. e. from the banks of the Jor-
whence necessary, i. e. it necessarily
it is
dan into the hilly desert region, coll.
follows. Phil. i. 24 dvayiraiorepov [tort],
Luke iv. 1. Luke iv. 5 tie fyog tn^/Xov.
Si vfiag, is more necessary, more profitable,
ii. 22 tie 'icpoffoXvpa, see in dvafBaivai.
for you. Ignat. ad Trallian. 2. Xen.
xxii. 66 tig T& ffwsdpiov, to the Sanhedrim,
CEc. 2. 14. Dem. 462. 25 -- So ava^aiov
which sat in or near the temple. Acts
ijylo/zat, to regard as necessary, to think
ix. 39. xvi. 34 tig rbv OIKOV avrov, i. e.
necessary or proper, 2 Cor. ix. 5. Phil. ii. from the dungeon into his own house.
25 2 Mace. ix. 21. Jos. Ant. 5. 9. 4.
So Sept. for fan
Gen. 1. 24. Ex. viii.
'AvayKaoTwc, adv. (dvayKaarog fr. 5 Od. 14. 272. Acts vii. 41 dvrjyayov
avayxTj,} by constraint, unwillingly ; opp. Svaiav r$ eidwXy, offered sacrifice, i. e.
to tKovoidiQ. 1 Pet. v. 2. led the victim up to the altar, or laid the
sacrifice upon the altar ; so Sept. and
, TJC, *7> ! necessity, need.
as from the influence of Heb. n^yn to offer sacrifice, 1 K. iii. 15.
a) arising
other persons, constraint, compulsion, and so nbvrr
~ Lev. ''
xiv. 20. Is. Ivii. 6.
v:
Job i.where Sept. dva^lpw and
5, ato, w, f. rjati), aor. 1 dvet/<ra,
Philo de Agric.
7rpo<r<p'fo<i) p. 205. to revive, in the sense of to rouse
up, be-
Herodot 2. 60 __ Acts xii. 4 dvayayeTv come vigorous, Rom. vii. 9 T) d/iapria dv's-
avrbv ra> Xa<, Z>nn</ up from the prison Zrjfftv. In the sense of to live again,
before the tribunal, sc. in the presence of Rom. xiv. 9 et Rev. xx. 5 dvk^aev, in
the people coll. v. 6 2 Mace. vi. 10
;
the earlier editions ;
later ones tZqatv.
So dvdytiv IK vejcpwv, to &r*H<7 up from Artemid. 4. 82 __ Metaph. to adopt a bet-
the dead, to raise from the dead, Rom. x. ter life, to reform, Luke xv. 24, 32.
7. Heb. xiii. 20. So Sept. and n^n
Ps. xxx. 4. Ixxi. 20. 'Ava^Tjrlo), w, f. i?<ru) (avd intens.
and jrew,)
to seek diligently, inquire af-
b) as a nautical term, dvdyeiv vavv, *o
ter, look for, trans. Luke ii. 44. Acts xi.
lead a ship up or out, sc. upon the sea,
25 Sept. for Ehl Job. iii. 4. Job
since the sea, as seen from the shore, ir'^a
x. 6. 2 Mace. xiii. 21. Jos. Ant. 5. 1.
appears to rise, Herodot. 8. 57, 70, 83 ; 14. .Elian. V. H. 3. 28.
and without vavv, ib. 8. 6. Hence in
N. T. Mid. dvdyo/ioi, sc. ry viji, or fully 'Avawvvv/ui, f. a<rw, to gird up,
iv TrXot'y Acts xxviii 11, to put to sea, to sc. with a belt or girdle. Mid. dvawv-
set sail from any place, seq. OTTO. Luke vvftai, to gird up one's self or to be
viii. 22. Acts xiii. 13. xvi. 11. xviii. 21. girded, trans. The orientals dress in
xx. xxi. 1, 2. xxvii. 2, 4, 12,21.
3, 13. loose robes flowing down around the
xxviii. 10, 11 __
Xen. Anab. 5. 7. 17. feet;
so that when they wish to run,
^Elian. V. H, 1.5. Hesych. dvdyovro* or fight, or apply themselves to
any
dvk-n-Xeov. business, they are obliged to bind their
'AvaSfciKWjUi, aor. 1 dvlciga, pp. to garments close around them. Hence
shew by raising aloft, as a torch, Polyb. metaph. 1 Pet. i. 13, ava^aayavoi rdf
8. 30. 10. In N. T. to show plainly , to 6o-0wac Trjg diavoiag, who hold their

point out, to declare, trans. Acts i. 24. minds in constant preparation. So 1]x
2 Mace. ii. 8, coll. ver. 6. Polyb. 1. Job xxxviii. 3. Prov. xxxi. 17. Jer. i. 17.
80. 12. In the sense of to appoint, Luke
w, f. (avd and
x. 1 -- Esdr. i. 34 paviXta. 2 Mace. xiv.
r)ff<t>,

w, from o7rvpov live coals or

12 (rparTjyoi/. Diod. Sic. 1. 66. Polyb.
embers, a bellows, comp. of wo and
4. 48. 3.
to kindle up, rouse, sc. a fire, etc.
Trup),
In N. T. metaph. spoken of spiritual
manifestation, sign, Diod. Sic. 1. 85. In
gifts, to cultivate, trans. 2 Tim. i. 6. So
N. T. manifestation, public appearance,
Luke i. 80
Sept. for n;n Gen xiv. 27. 1 Mace.
ifwg rjfikpag dvactiZeus avrov, xiii. 7 TO Jos. Ant. 8. 8. 5. ib.
irvetfia.
i. e. until he came forth publicly as a
9. 8. 6. Xen. Eq. 10. 8, 16.
prophet Ecclus. xliii. 6. Plut. Mar. c.8.

'AvaSt^Ojueu, aor 1 dvtdeZdpiiv, to , aXw, to grow green

f.

take upon one's self, 2 Mace. viii. 36. again, to flourish again, Ecclus. xlvi. 12.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 18. In N. T. to receive, Wisd. iv. 4. Horn. H. 1. 236. trans, to
i. e. in the sense of to embrace,
confide in,
cause toflourish, to produce, e.g. fruit, etc.
as promises, itrayytXiag Heb. xi. 17 __ Ecclus. 1. 10. and metaph. as eiprjvtjv,
Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 12 rr)v dptrrjv. tv\oyiav, Ecclus. i. 18. xi. 22. In N.
Or as a guest, to entertain, Acts xxviii. T. metaph. and intrans. to
flourish again,
7 So vTTodkxofiai jElian V. H. 4. 9. to be again
prosperous. Phil. iv. 10
Diod. Sic. 13. 4. on dv&dXtTe TO vTrep tp.ov ^povetv, that ye
are again prospered in respect to your
i>jui.
f. Swaio, to give, to hand
up, Xen. Conv.2. 8. to shoot up, to care of me. Others less well, trans, 'that
yield,
spoken of the earth yielding plants, etc. ye have renewed, augmented, your care
Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 1. In N. T. to give up of me.'
or over, to deliver, trans. Acts xxiii. 33 TO
, aroe, (dvan'3-^/it to
T-f)v
Polyb. 6. 29. 10.
iTTKTToXrjv. 7. place or lay up,) a later form instead
Diod. Sic. 11. 45. Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 2. of dvdSrijfjLa. Moeris dvd^rjfia, d
 47

Lobeck ad Phryn. any thing consecrated to God and laid

p. 249. any thing laid up or suspended up or suspended in the temple, a gift, of-
as an offering in the temple of a god, any fering, Luke xxi. 5. For the form of the
thing consecrated to God, TO dvari^'f^vov word, see in dvd3rtp.a __Votive offerings,
r< $e$, Suid. Plut. Pelop. c. 25. Sept. such as shields, chaplets, golden chains
and Heb. Qnn Josh. vii. 11, coll. v. 23 and candlesticks, etc. were common in
and vi. 19, 24. So Qnn and Sept. ava- the temples of the heathen; Potter's

Sffia spoken in like manner of animals, Gr. Ant. I. p. 235. Adam's Rom. Ant.
persons, etc. Lev. xxvii. 28, coll. v. 29 ; p. 322. The same custom was imitated
in the Jewish temple see dvdSrrj^a Jos.
and, since every living thing thus con- ;

secrated to God could not be redeemed, Ant. 15. 11. 3 ult. B. J. 2. 17.3. Ju-
but was to be put to death, hence Din dith vi. 19. 2 Mace. ii. 13. v. 16. ix.
and Sept. avaSt^a denote any thing ir- 16. 3 Mace. iii. 17. Polyb. 11. 4. 1.
revocably devoted to death, to destruction, Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 8.
etc. any thing on which a curse is laid, as
'Ava&eia, ac, "hi (dvaiSfc, fr. a
cities and their inhabitants, etc. Josh. vi.
pr. and al$wg\, want of modesty, shame-
17, 18. vii. 1. al. and therefore any thing
lessness, in tne sense of importunity,
abominable and detestable, Deut. vii. 20.
without regard to time, place, or person,
Comp. Jahn 394. Hence fj
Luke xi. 8 --
Ecclus. xxv. 22. So
In N. T. an accursed thing, spoken of
avatifjQ Ecclus. xxiii. 6. Sept. Deut.
persons, one accursed, one excluded from xxviii. 50.
the favour of God and devoted to destruc-
tion. 1 Cor. xii. 13 Xeyeiv 'Inffovv dvd-
'Avafp<ric wc> /> (avatpew),
a
Stpa, to call Jesus accursed, xvi. 22. Gal. taking up or away, sc. of dead bodies
i. 8, 9. Acts xxiii. 14 dvoSe^art dvS/za- for burial, Thuc. 3. 113. In N. T. a
Tioaptv, intens. we have bound ourselves fa/ting away, sc. from e. death, a
life. i.

with a heavy curse ; for the dat. see Wi- putting to death, Acts viii. 1. [xxii. 20 in
ner 58. 3. Matth. 408, note. Buttm. text,
recept.] Sept. for :nn Num. xi.
133. 3 -- Rom. ix. 3 nvxopnv yap avrbf 15 --Judith xv. 3. 2 Mace." v. 13. Jos.
iytjj dvc&tfjia tlvai dirb rov Xpiorov virtp Ant. 2. 3. 1. ib. 8. 12. 2. Herodiau.
TUV a5i\$u>v /xou, put by constr. praeg- 2. 13. 1.
nans for rjv)(6p.rjv a.vd5tp,a tlvai Kai
Xopi6/uvo dirb rov X. accursed from 'Avatpcw, w, f. -iiffb), (ava and
alpsw), aor. 2 dvtlXov, whence in later
Christ, i. e. excluded from God's favour,
editions the forms dviiXare, dj/t\aro,
separated from Christ and the benefits
Acts ii. 23. vii. 21. Sept. Is. xxxviii. 14;
of his death, and devoted to eternal de-
for which see Winer Gr. 13. 1. Buttm.
struction, as an expiatory victim in be-
half of my people. For the expression marg. to take up, lift up, trans.
96. n. 1.
sc. from the ground, ^El. V. H. 5. 16.
dirb rov X. comp. 2 Thess. i. 9.
Sept. for nip'tt Ex. ii. 10. trnn Num.
xvi. 37. or for burial, Dem. 1069. 2 __
q. v.) to declare one to be avaStpa i. e. In N. T.
accursed, to curse, to bind by a curse, 1. Mid. to take up, trop. spoken of
trans. Mark xiv. 71 dva^f/zari&iv sc. children, to take to one's self, to adopt, to
Acts xxiii. 12, 14, 21, see in bring up; Acts vii. 21 avrov dvtiXaTo,
So Heb. D^TTTT Num. xviii. i. Pharaoh's daughter took him up,
e.
14. Deut. xiii. 15. Josh! vi. 21 __ iMacc. adopted him, etc. Diod. Sic. 3. 57.
v. 5. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 23. 7. Hesych.
dvaiptiv TO Tfjfiiv dvarps^eiv. So Lat.
w, f. ?<, (dvd in-
tollo, Cic. Div. 1. 21. al.
tens. and Sswpew), to behold, contemplate,
2. to take away, i. e. to remove, put
trans. Acts xvii. 23. Metaph. to consider,
out of the way, viz.
Heb. xiii. 7 __ Diod. Sic. 14. 109. ib.
of things, to destroy, to
a) spoken
12. 15. Heb. x. 9 __Test. XII Patr. in
abolish,
aroe, ?
Fabric. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 681 >}
 'AvalriOQ 48

dvaiptl TO /aerof, 17 Is. xlvii. 3. Xen. Conv. 1. 16. In N. T.

dvaipti rr\v airtiSuav. p. 691. Xen. Cyr. metaph. to remove a veil the mind,
from
1. 1. 1. i. e.
ignorance, any impediment to know-
of persons, to put to death, to cause to understand. 2 Cor.
b) spoken ledge,
to kill, to slay. Matt. ii. 16. Lukexxii. iii. 14 TO KaXvpfia fjiivd fir]
dvaKaXvTTTo-
2. Acts. v. 33, 36. vii. 28 bis. ix. 23, 24, pevor, the veil is not removed from their
29. xvi. 27 iavTov dvaiptiv. xxiii. 15, 21, hearts, i. e. the blindness of their minds,
27. xxv. 3. Spoken of a public execu- their prejudices,* etc. will not permit
tion, Luke xxiii. 32. Acts ii. 23. x. 39. them to understand, v. 18 dvaicaXvirTo-
xii. 2. xiii. 28. xxii. 20. xxvi. 10. So fitvy irpoffwTTv, with unveiled face, i. e.

Sept. for rrari Ex. xxi. 29. yyy all impediments to knowledge being re-
2 Sam. x. 18. nan Is. xxxvii. 3~6. moved, coll. v. 13. So Sept. and n^3
kop Dan. ii. 13, 14.-l-Herodian. 2. 1. 1. Job xxiii. 16. Is. xxii. 14. Prov. xx.
jEYian. V. H. 4. 1. 22. rnj> Is. iii. 17 __Tob. xii. 7. Po-

iov, o, rj, adj. (a pr. and lyb. 4. 85. 6.

Matt. xii. 5, 7.
$w trans, to
atria), guiltless, innocent,
f. } pp.
,

Sept. for -p5 Deut. xix. 10, 13. xxi. 8, bend or turn up or back ; intrans. to turn
9 __ .Elian. V. H. 6. 18. Xen. Cyr. 1. back, to return, Matt. ii. 12. Acts xviii.
6. 10. 21. Heb. xi. 15. Sept. for niti Ex.
f. fcw, (dvd and
xxxii. 27 -- Diod. 3. 54 Hence
Sic.

to set, to trans, to set up ; in metaph. Luke x. 6 (r) eiprjvrj vp,wv) 1<J>'

place), pp.
N. T. intrans. or with iavrov implied, to v^dg di/a/ca/ii//ct, your salutation shall re-
turn to you, e. the peace, prosperity,
up, Luke vii. 15. Acts ix. 40. Comp.
i.
sit

in *Ayw no. 3 __
Plut. Philop. c. 20 fioXis El^ltf, which you have wished them,
tavTov iir doStvdaQ avK(iSiffe. Plat. shall not happen to them. Comp. Is.
Phaedon. 3. xlv. 23 et Iv. 11, where Heb. yfti, Sept.

'AvaKaiviZd), f. t'<, to renew, to re-

state, trans, pp. Sept. Ktiffofiai, to be laid up
store to its former f.

TO 7rp6(T(uTrov TiJG yfjs for Tinn Ps. civ. or deposited, as offerings in the temples
30. Jos. Ant. 9. 8. 2. In N. T. me- of the gods, Thuc. 3. 114. Ceb. Tab. 1.
taph. to renew t/ nerdvotav, spoken of
and so in the Jewish temple, Jos. Ant.
those who have fallen from the true faith, 3. 1. 7. Comp. in dvd^r^ia. In this
to bring back to repentance and their for- sense dvaKtifiai serves as the neut. or
mer faith, Heb. vi. 6. Sept. trop. for pass, of the act. dvaTi&ijui. In N. T.
tthrnnrr Ps. ciii. 5 --
1 Mace. vi. 9. 1. to be laid out, as a dead
body, Mark
Barnab. Ep. dvaKaiviaas iv ry d<f>i-
v. 40 in text, recept.
r'lfidt;

ffti rSiv 2. in later usage, to recline, sc. at table

f. w<, found only upon a triclinium, in the ancient manner

w,
in Paul and in ecclesiastical writers
of eating ;
Matt. xxvi. 7, 20. Mark xiv.
;

see H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 677;

18. xvi. 14. John 23 dvaKtifitvos
xiii.
tv TOV reclining in the
to renew, to renovate, in the sense of to T<ji KoXTTtf) 'irjffov,
bosom of Jesus, i. e. next to him on the
emend, to change from a carnal to a Chris-
triclinium so Lat. in sinu recumbo,
tian life,
to increase in faith, hope, virtue, ;

etc. 2 Cor. iv. 16. Col. iii. 10.

Plin. Ep. 4. 22. See Calmet 8vo. Bost.
Comp.
Eph. iv. 23, and see in 'Avaytvvdu.
art. Eating. Campb. Prel. Diss. VIII.
iii. 6 Esdr. iv. 10. Athenaeus 7. 35.
'AvaKaivwmg, wc, *?> (avaieaivou Polyb. 13. 6. 8 Hence genr. to take a
q. v. for this later reno-
word), renewal, meal, to eat, to dine, sup, etc. Matt. ix.
vation, i. e. metaph. emendation of the 10. Luke vii. 37. and 6 dvaKtifjitvog, one
heart and life, change from a carnal to a at table, a guest, Matt. xxii. 10, 11. Luke
Christian life, Rom. xii. 2. Tit. iii. 6.
xxii. 27 bis. John vi. 11. xiii. 28.
Comp. John iii. 5. Instead of dvdiceifiai, earlier Greek writ-
'AvajcaXvTTTW, ^o, to unveil, un-
f. ers used icelfjiai
in this sense, Lobeck ad
cover, Sept. for n^3 Deut. xxii. 30. Phryn. p. 216, 217.
 a/, f- exclaim, intrans. Mark i. 23. vi. 49.
and sum, summary), to sww
ic0d\acoj>
Luke iv. 33. viii. 28. xxiii. 18.
Sept. for
up, recapitulate, as an orator ^nn
at the close hnp Judg. vii. 20. Josh. vi. 5.
of his discourse Quinct. 6. 1, " rerum
; pyj 1 K. xxii. 32. 2& Joel iv. 16.
et quse Graecis Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 7. Polyb. 36. 5. 3.
repetitio congregatio,
dvaKl>a\ai<aai dicitur." In N. T. dva-
f. ivw, (dva intens. and
K0a\ai6o/xai, ovftat, to comprehend seve-
and absol. pp.
trans, to separate
ral things under one, to reduce under one rpivw),
or divide up; in N. T. trop.
head. Rom. xiii. 9 all the commandments
1. to examine
avciKifyaXaiovTai are comprehended, i. e. carefully, to investigate,
summed up in this one precept, sc. of love. to inquire.
Acts xvii. 11 rdg ypa^dg.l Cor.
Eph. i. 10 dvaKi<f>a\aiw<raa$ai TO. irdvra a) genr.
X. 25, 27 pnStv avaicptvovrtg, not anxi-
iv TV Xpttrry, to bring all things into
one in Christ, i. e. to introduce a unity ously inquiring, sc. whether the meat
of feeling and of expectation among all had been offered to idols ; see in 'A\i'<r-

beings both in heaven and on earth, by 7 jjfia -- Sept. for -ipn 1 Sam. xx. 12.
means of the Christian dispensation, es- Jos. Ant. 5. 9. 3 dvsiepive rt'g tlrj. 4.
6.2. Xen. Cyr.
pecially between Jews and Gentiles cf. 1. 6. 13.
;

in a forensic sense, spoken of a

Eph. ii. 14, 15. Epiph. adv. Haeres. b)
I. 31. 30 TTJV IK rStv ovpavwv irapovoiav judge, Luke xxiii. 14. Acts iv. 9. xii.
avrov iiri rd 19. xxiv. 8. xxviii. 18. Susann. 48, 51.
[Xpiorov]
ra ifnvra K. T. \. Xen. II. G. 5. 3. 25. Spoken in Greek
writers of an antecedent private hearing,
'AvaicXivw, vw, trans, to cause to to determine whether a cause should be
lie upon, i. e. brought at all before the judge in public,
to lay down, spoken of an in- Dem.
a) pp. 1066. 9.
fant, Luke ii. 7. II. 4. 113. 2. to judge of, to estimate, trans. 1 Cor.
in later usage, to cause to recliney So to judge favourably, to
b) ii. 14, 15 bis.
sc. in order to take a meal, at table, 1 Cor. iv. 3 or to judge
approve, bis, 4.
upon a triclinium, etc. see in 'Avdieiifiat Cor. ix. 3.
unfavourably, to condemn, 1
2 and for this later signification see
; xiv.24 dvaicpiviTai, where it is parallel
Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 210 -- Mark vi. 39. with iXiyxfTai, i. e. convinced of his
Luke ix. 15. xii. 37. Mid. uvaK\ivofiat, error and condemned, coll. v. 25. Pha-
to recline, sc. at table, etc. i. q. ava.Kiifi.ai vorin. dvairptvw ri> ti
Trpax^v l&ra^w,
q. v. Matt. xiv. 19. Luke vii. 36 Po- KCtKU> iTTpd^)/.
lyb. 31. 4. 5. Acta Thorn. 4 __ In Matt.
viii. 11 et Luke xiii. 29, spoken of the wc> *l> (dvajcpiVw), ex-
feast orbanquet in the kingdom of hea- amination, sc. before a judge, Acts xxv.
ven, under which image the later Jews 26 --
3 Mace. vii. 5. Polyb. 12. 27. 3.
were accustomed to describe the happi- Phavorin. dvd*pi<rig era<rtg. Spoken
ness of the righteous in the Messiah's of an antecedent private hearing, see
kingdom ; see Schoettgen Hor. Heb. 'Avaicpt'vw, Dem. 1142. 10.
ad h. Lightfoot Hor.
1. Heb. in Luc.
f. i/'w, (ava and KVITTW
xvi. 22. Jahn ^ 148. 4 Esdr. ii. 38. vi. ,

49 sq. to bend forwards), to raise one's self up,

Comp. Matt. xxii. 1 sq. xxv. 1
to rise up, sc. from a stooping posture,
sq. xxvi. 29. Mark xiv. 25. Luke xiv.
15. sq. xxii. 16, 18, 30.
Luke xiii. 11 coll v. 13. John viii. 7, 10.
Sept. for tftfi Nty? Job x. 15 --Jos.
),
f. i/'w, to beat or drive Ant. 19. 8. 2. Xen. Eq. 7. 10 -- Me-
back, Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 2. In N. T. trop. taph. to be elated, sc. with joy, Luke
to check, impede, hinder, trans. Gal. v. xxi. 28. Jos. B. J. 1. 8. 5. Xen.
7 rig v/xof aviico^e ;
where later editions GEc. 11. 5.
read tviico^f Wisd. xviii. 23 TTJV
Philo de Monarch, p. 821. 'AvaXaju/3avw, f. aor. 2
dviXapov, aor. 1 pass. to take

'Avoicpaa>, f.
E, to cry aloud, to up, trans.
 50

a) genr. sc. from the ground, Sept. Hesyrh. jcar' avaXoyiav Kurd ptTpov 9)

for xix. 28.

np^ Judg. Nto} Josh, iv,
8. In N. T. only in the phrase dvf-
to reckon
Xfi<p3rt} iig ovpavov, he was taken up, re-
up, compute, as in arithmetic, geometry,
ceived up, into heaven, Mark xvi. 19.
etc. Pollux Onom. 4. 163. In N. T. to
Acts i. 11. 16. or AvtXrjfSrj simply,
consider attentively, to reflect upon, Heb.
where rbv ovp. is implied, Acts i. 2,
tic
xii. 3 __
3 Mace. vii. 7. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.
22. 1 Tim. iii. 16 iv &>y. So Sept. for
46. Diod. Sic. 20. 8.
np^ 2 K. ii. 9, 10. Glttlp'n by**\ ib. ii.
and a'Xe
11 __ lMacc.ii.58. Ecclus. xlviii. 9. xlix. "AvaXoc, ou, 6, r'i, adj. (a pr.
14. Philo Vit. Mos. II. p. 179. 5. With salt),
not salt, insipid. Mark ix.50 lav
rb uXaQ avaXov ykvr)ra.i, if the salt become
flie accessory idea of bearing, Acts vii.
43 dvtXd/3ere TJ)V OKI}VI)V rov not salt, i. e. lose its savour and pun-
coll. Amos.
26 where Sept. for
v. gency -- Plut. Symp. 4. 10. 2. Tom.
VIII. p. 728. ed Reisk. aprov avaXov.
alluding probably to the manner in
which the statues of heathen gods were
carried about in processions see Kui-
'AvaXv<nc W, n, (ava\vu), pp.
; resolution, dissolving; also departure,
no3l in loc. Rosenm. ad Amosv. 26 __ e. g. from a banquet, e/c TOV <rvp.7ro<riov,
Spoken of arms, etc. to take up arms, to Jos. Ant. 19. 4. 1. Philo in Flacc. II.
take one's weapons, Eph. vi. 13, 16. So p. 634, 6. p. 981. In N. T. departure
Sept. for -on Deut. i. 41. np^ Num. sc. from life, 2 Tim. iv. 2, coll. Phil. i.
xxv. 7. 2 IViacc. x. 27. Herodian. 2. 23. So in full, bvaXvaiQ IK TOV fiiov Philo
6. 19. Xen.Cyr. 2. 1. 19. in Flacc. p. 991.
b) to take up or with, take along, sc. as
'AvaXvw, f. V<TW, to loosen again, to
a companion or fellow-traveller, Acts xx.
2 Tim. So Sept. undo, e. g. the web of Penelope, Od.
13, 14. xxiii. 31. iv. 11.
2. 105 ; to unfasten sc. the fastenings of
fornp^ Gen. xxiv. 61. xly. 18. xlviii. 1.
a ship, and thus prepare for departure.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 19. ib. 1. 6. 14. Jos.
Od. 15. 548 Sept. to dissolve, metaph
Ant. 2. 10. 2 rbv arparov. 4. 5. 1. ;

spoken of sins, to be forgiven, Ecclus. iii

15. In N. T. to depart, sc. from life,
a taking up, sc. into heaven, Luke Phil. i. 23 ; see 'Avd\v<rie and Schoettg.
q. v.)
ix. 51. Test. XII Patr. Fabr. Cod. Hor. Heb. in loc. So airoXvto .ZElian.
Pseud. V. T. 1. p. 585. Clem. Alex. V. H. 5. 6. With the accessory idea of
Strom. 6. 15. going home or back; hence, to return,
e. g. IK TUJV yafjuav, Luke xii. 36. Wisd.
'AvaXt(Tlcco, f. Xa><ra>, aor. ii. 1. 2 Mace. ix. 1. Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 1.
see Buttm. ^ 114. p. 267 ; to consume, ^Elian. V. H. 4. 23.
i. e. to spend, Wisd. xiii. 2. Jos. Ant.
3. 4. 9. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 11. In N. T. 'Ava/zaprrjroc, ou, o, 77, adj. (a pr.
and d/mprdvw), without sin, faultless,
to consume, i. e. to destroy, trans. Luke
ix. 54. Gal. v. 15. 2 Thess. ii. 8.
John viii. 7. Sept. Deut. xxix. 18.
Sept.
2 Mace. viii. 4. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 26.
for ^3N Jer. 1. 7. Ez. xv. 4, 5. n^3 Is.
xxxii. 10. Gen. xli. 30. fpN Prov. xxiii. 'AvajUva>, f. fievui, to wait out, i. e.
28. 2 Mace. ii. 10. Jos. 'Ant. 2. 5. 6. to remain, Judith vii. 12. Herodot. 7. 42.
Act. Thorn. 21 TTOI^ 3-aj/dry avrovg dva- In N. T. to await, to expect, sc. with pa-
Xw<m. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 8. tience and confidence, trans. 1 Thess. i.
fr. ava 10. So Sept. for rnp Job. vii. 2. Is. lix.
'AvaXoyia, ae, "hi (avdXoyos 11 Judith viii. 16. Clem. Alex. Strom.
and Xoyoc), ratio, proportion. Rom.
xii. 6 Kara i. e.
6. 13. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 13.
avaXoyiav TTIOT(I>,
ri]v

according to the measure of the gifts aor. 1 pass

and faculties with which we hold to id. signif. Buttm. 136
and manifest our faith comp. ver. 3 where 2 to call up
-,
to mind, to remind, cause to
it is fiirpov Polyb. 9. 20. 1. Dem de. remember.
Coron. C. 30 /car' ovaiag avaXoyiav. a) genr. and constr. with doub. accus
 1 Cor. iv. 17 than appointed in his place but
being ;

uovt see Winer 30. 7. Matth. 347. discharged by Claudius, he returned to

TI. 2. Buttm. 131. 5. Sept. for T3\n Palestine, and Jonathan being muraered
Gen. xli. 9. 1 K. xvii. 18. Ez. xxii'i. through the treachery of Felix, the suc-
19. With double accus. Diod. Sic. xvii. cessor of Quadratus, Ananias appeals to
10. Xen. An. 3. 2. 11. Herodot. 6. have performed the functions of the
140. With gen. of the thing, Jos. Ant. high priest, as a pD or substitute, until
9. 6. 3. In the sense of to admonish, to Ismael, the son of Phabeus, was appointed
exhort, 2 Tim. i. 6. to that office by Agrippa, about A. D. 03.

b) Mid. dvafiifjivfiaicofiai,
to call to mind, Ananias was afterwards killed in a tu-
to recollect, to remember, absol. Mark xi. mult. Act* xxiii. 2. xxiv. 1. See Jos.
21. With a gen. of thing, Mark xiv. 72 Ant. 20. 6. 2. ib. 20. 8. 5. 8. B. J. 2.
avtfiviiffST] TOV pfi/j,aro, Buttm. 132. 5. 17, 9. On the pp or vicar of the high
3. So Sept. for -|3J Gen. viii. 1. Num. priest, see Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. Tal.
xv. 39. Ecclus. in. 14. Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 8. 1435 sq. Krebs Obss. in N. T. e Joseph.
Constr. c. accus. 2 Cor. vii. 15 n}v vTra- p. 3 sq. 114, 175. Comp 2 K. xxv. 18.
riv. Heb. x. 32. Xen. An. 7. 1. 26.
, ov, b, i}, adj. (a pr.
dvri and ^ptw), not to be contradicted, in-
q. v.) remembrance, Luke xxii. 19. 1 Cor. disputable, Acts xix. 36. Symmach.
xi. 24, 25, coll. ver. 26. Heb. x. 3. Sept. Job xi. 2. Polyb. 6. 7. 7. ib. 28. 11. 4.

for Num. x. 10. "TSTrr Ps. xxxviii.

'A.vavrippriT(i), adv. pp. without
"JV13.! 1

1 __ Wisd. xvi. 6. Plato 'Phileb. 67.

contradiction ; hence without hesitation,
ed. Stallb.
promptly, Acts x. 29. Polyb. 23. 8. 11.
,
f. UHTW,
(avd and 'Ava&oe, ou, and
o, r), adj. (a pr.
to renew; Mid. avavioopat, ov/iat, to
aof), unworthy, not adequate, seq. gen.
renew for one's self, etc. e. g. ri/v ^tXt'av 1 Cor. vi. 2. Sept. Jer. xv. 29. Ecclus.
1 Mace. xiv. 18, 22. TOV OOKOV Thuc.
xxv. 8. Jos. Ant. 6. 1 . 4. Herodian. 2. 7. 6.
5. 18. In N. T. to renew one's self, to
be renewed, sc. in spirit, r$ irvevfjiart, t
adv. unworthily, i.e. in an
Eph. iv. 23, i. e. to be changed from a improper manner, irreverently, 1 Cor. xi.
carnal to a Christian spirit and life. Comp. 27, 29 2 Mace. xiv. 42. Herodiau.
Ps. li. 12. Marc. Antonin. 4. 3 2. 7. 6.

(avairava)), rest,
f. ^w, to become sober quiet, sc.from occupation, oppression,
again, sc. * /teSijc Lucian. Herinot. 83. or torment. Rev. iv. 8 avairavaiv OVK
In N. T. metaph. to recover sobriety of txovffi \iyovTtg, exclaiming without in-
mind, to recover one's self, sc. IK rfje TOV termission, etc. for the constr. see Buttm.
Sia(36\ov TrayiSog, intrans. 2 Tim. ii. 26. 144. n. 3 Matt. xi. 29 tvprjffert itva-
Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 10 i*e ^pi/vwv. Philo Rev. xiv. 1 1
Travffiv TOIQ i//vxtf vfjiuiy. ,

de Alleg. 3. p. 1098. Ceb. Tab. 9. Sept. for nTTO nhs^j Lev.

Jer. xiv. 3.
xxv. 8. -pnntf' Ex. xvi. 23. al. Wisd.
'Avavmc, a, 6, Ananias, Heb. rryn iv. 7. Ecclus. vi. 29. Jos. Ant. 3. 12.
(Jehovah hath given), pr. name of three
3. Dion. Halic. 4. 43. Meton. place
persons in N. T.
1. of a Jew at Jerusalem, who was of rest, fixed habitation, Matt. xii. 43,
struck dead on being convicted of false-
Luke xi. 24. So Sept. for rto Gen.
hood by Peter, Acts v. 1, 3, 5.
viii. 9. Ruth iii. 1. mra 1 Chr.xxviii,
2. Ecclus. xxiv. 7.
of a Christian at Damascus, who
2.
restored the sight of Paul, Acts ix. 10 'Avairavb), f. aw<rw, to cause to cease
bis, 12, 13, 17. xxii. 12. or desist from, II. 17. 550. to cause to
3. of a high priest of the
Jews, about rest, to give rest to, trans. Jos. Ant. 3,
A. D. 47, the son of Nebedaeus. He 2. 5. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 4. In N T.
was sent as a prisoner to Rome by Qua- a) metaph.
to give rest, sc. to the mind,

dratus, governor of Syria, and Jona- to free from sorrow or care, to refresh,
E 2
recreate, trans. Matt. xi. 28. 1 Cor. the ancient manner ;
see in 'Avatcfifiai *2.
xvi. 18. 2 Cor. vii. 13. Philem. 7, 20. Matt. xv. 35. Mark vi. 40. viii. 6.

So Sept. for TT3n Prov. xxix. 17. Is. xiv. John vi. 10 bis. xiii. 12. xxi. 20 kirl

3.
yO"in Ez. xxxiv. 15 __ Ecclus. iii. 6. TO (TTjj^oe upon the breast
'ITJO-OV, reclined

b)
Mid. avairavofiat, to rest, i. e. to of Jesus, i. e. next to him on the tricli-
take rest, to enjoy repose, the idea of nium see in 'Avaictifjiai 2, and comp.
;

previous exertion, anxiety, or suffering, John xiii. 23, 25 --Tob. ii. 1 avkirioa rov
being included. Spoken of those who <t>aydv. Judith xii. 15. Ecclus. xxxv.
are fatigued, Mark vi. 31. of those who 2. Lucian. Asin. 23. By impl. to
sleep, Matt. xxvi. 45. Mark xiv. 41. of take a place at table, etc. to eat, Luke xi.
those who enjoy a tranquil life, Luke xii. 37. xxii. 14. In the same sense, aor. 1
19. of those who quietly wait for any mid. imperat. ava-rriaai, Luke xiv. 10 et

thing, Rev. vi. 11. of those who die, xvii. 7 in later edit, for ava-n-toov or -<re

Rev. xiv. 13. So Sept. for m: Deut. in text, rec This sense of the word be-
v. 4. Esth. ix. 16. 3TP Mic. iv. 4. longs only to the later Greek j see Phryn.
Job. x. 20. Act. Thorn. 4. Pint. and Lobeck, p. 216.
y^n For the constr. with EK,
Symp. 8. 7. 4 'AvaTrArjpowj w, f. w<rw, to fill up,
Rev. xiv. 13, see Matth. ^ 355. n. 1. So to complete, e. g. a chasm, xdapa, Jos.
with &TTO Jos Ant. 3. 5. 5. Ant. 7. 10. 2. time, Sept. for K?70 Gen.
c)
from the Heb. ava-jravo^ai, to have xxix. 28. Ex. vii. 25. number, Xen.
a place of rest, to abide, to dwell. 1 Pet. Vect. 4. 24. In N. T. also to fill up, to
iv. 14 TO 7TV(.vfj,a e0' V^IOLQ ava.Travt.Tai, coll.
fulfil, to complete, trans.
Rom. viii. 11. So Sept. for pi$ Deut. spoken of measure, 1 Thess. ii. 16
a)
xxxiii. 20. Is. xiii. 21. xxxii. 16. ynn i ai)Twv Tag ajuaprtac;, i. q. TO
Is. xiii. 20. xxvii. 10. TTD Prov. xxi. 16. T&V a/fapria>v in Matt, xxiii. 32 ;

'AvaTretS'a), f. <rw, to persuade over,

for the sentiment, comp. Matt. 1. c. and
in NT. in a bad sense, i. e. to seduce,
.
Gen. xv. 16. Dan. viii. 23. 2 Mace. vi.
trans. Acts xviii. 13. Sept. for X^'n 13 15.
Jer. xxix. 8. 1 Mace. i. 11. Xen. Mem. b) spoken
of prophecy, etc. to fulfil,
3. 11. 10. Matt. xiii. 14 __ So avairX^atms Esdr.
i. 57.
f. i/'w, trans. 1. to
,

c) spoken
of a work or duty, to fuljil,
send up, sc. before a judge, a tribunal,
to perform. Gal. vi. 2 TOV vbpov TOV Xp.
etc. to refer, to remit, Luke xxiii. 7, 11,
15 --
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 14 TTJV Siicnv eig uoav
of Christ, coll. John xiii. 14,
the precept
34. Barnab. Ep. 21 iraaav ivroXrjv.
w6\iv. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 34. Herodian.
Jos. Ant. 6. 13. 4 TTJV T&V
2. 12. 11.
2. to send back, trans. Philem. 12.
of persons, avaTrXjjpouv TOV
Plut. c. 36. d) spoken
Pomp. TOTTOV TIVOQ, to Jill the place of any one,

'Avenrrjpoc, ov > ) ^ a(^J' ( ava an d i. e. to sustain his character. 1 Cor. xiv.

deprived of some
'

irqpog), maimed, i. e. 16 6 avaTrXrjp&v TOV TOTTOV TOV i^iwrou,

member or of the use of it, Luke xiv. 13, i. he who sustains the character of an
e.
21. 2 Mace. viii. 24. jElian. V. H. 11. unlearned person, or who is such. Jos.
9. Hesych. avainjpog irripog, TV<P\OQ, B. J. 5. 2. 5 (TToaTidiiTov TO%,IV avaTr\r]Qovv.
So Lat. implere vicem Plin. Ep. 6. 6. 6.
and Rabb. Olp72T ^^72 Buxt. Lex. Ch.
'AvctTT/TTTWj f. irtuovfjiai, aor. 2 avk-
aor. 1 mid. avtirtaan^v Luke xiv.
Rab. Tal. 2001.
/,
in the sense of to supply, make good,
10 et xvii. 7 in later editions ; see Buttm. c)
sc.a deficiency, ierrepq/ia, 1 Cor. xvi. 17.
96. n. 9. 114. p. 298. Lobeck ad
Phil. ii. 30 __ Jos. Ant. 5. 6. 2 r6 \f~urov.
Phryn. 724; pp. to fall upon or to-
p.
e. to fall
Diod. Sic. (p. 148), rtjv rfjc Qvetwc tv-
wards, i.
down, to lie down, Sept.
for }TD Gen. xlix. 9. Susann. 36. Xen. Suav. Plut. de Puer. Educ. c. 13. See
CEc, 8. 8. Diod. Sic. 4. 59. In N. T. Eisner Obs. N. T. II. p. 250.
to recline, sc. at table, at meals, etc. in
'AvaTroXoyrjToc, oy, 6, 17, adj. (a
 53

pr. and dTroXoy so/tat,) without apology, Lam. iii. 63. Thuc. 1. 133. from ambush,
inexcusable, Rom. i. 20. ii. 1. Polyb. Polyb. order to do any thing,
5. 70. 8. in

12. 21. 10.Just. Mart. Apol. 2. p. 71. Sept. for Qlp Zeph. iii. 8. a rising, i. e.
Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 2. an insurrection, Dem. Olynth. 1. 1.
I<TTI 6 /<.) Hence in N. T.
1. a rising up, as opp. to 77 TrrSxris,
v. TTW, f. w, to make
,
fall; by meton. the author or cause of
up, i. e. to call in, to exact, e. g. a debt,
rising up ? i. e. metaph. the author of a
in some MSS. Luke xix. 23, instead of
better state, of higher prosperity, of eter-
av !Vpa?a. Xen. Anab. 7. 7. 31.
nal happiness, Luke ii. 34. Others here
take avaaraaiQ in the sense of breaking
>, f w, (avd and
to fold,) to/0Zd fozc&, to unfold, Xen. Eq. up, removal, as in Jos. Ant. 10. 9. 7 ; and
12. 6. Sept. for ^D
Deut. xxii. 17. In as referred to the mind, disturbance, agi-

N. T. to unroll, e." g. r6 /3i/3Xiov, a roll tation, perturbation ; comp. Is. viii. 14,
or volume, Luke iv. 17. See Bi/3Xi'o>. 15. But see Olshausen in loc.
2. resurrection, sc. of the body from
Sept. fortol$>2 K. xix. 14. Herodot. 1.

125. death, return to life, viz.

a) spoken
of individuals who have
'AvaTrrw, f. t//w, to %A* up, returned to life. Heb. xi. 35 women re-
trans. Luke xii. 49. Acts xxviii. 2. James ceived their dead dvaord<rW, lit.
i
from
iii. 5. Sept. forrv2$rr Jer. ix. 12. "i^n resurrection, i. e. raised again to life ;

2 Chr. onb Mai. comp. 1 K. xvii. 17 sq. 2K. iv. 20 sq.

xiii. 11. iv. 1. Polyb.
14. 6. 1. Xen. Anab. 5. 2. 24. So of the resurrection of Jesus, Acts i.

22. ii. 31. iv. 33. xvii. 18. Rom. i. 4.

, ou, o, 17, adj. (o pr. vi. 5. Phil. iii. 10. 1 Pet. i. 3. iii. 21.
and dpi3ji6f,) innumerable,
Heb. xi. 12.
b) spoken
of the future and general
Sept. for Qisy Prov. vii. 26. ^ptt "pX resurrection at the end of all things, iv
Job. xxi. 33. yp 'pN Job xxii. 5. TJ l<rxd>y J7/*epp, John xi. 24 either ;
Wisd. vii. 11. Xen. Cyr. 7. 4. 8.
simply dvd<rra<rtf, or avaaTaaig rStv
f. tiVw. to sfiake up or bach- vejcpdiv or vtjcpwv, Acts xvii. 32. xxiv.
ic

wards and forwards, e. g. the hands, 15, 21. xxvi. 23. 1 Cor. xv. 12, 13, 21,
Thuc. 4. 38. In N. T. metaph. to stir up, 42. Heb. vi. 2. John v. 29 bis, ti'c avao-

instigate, sc. rov o\\ov, Mark x v. 1 1 ei'f avaoTaaiv icpt'o-fwc, resur-

. Luke raviv w//e
Diod. rection unto life, i. e. eternal happiness
xxiii.5. AquilaforJvpn Job.ii.3. ;

Sic. 13. 91. Dion. Hahc. 8. 83 resurrection unto condemnation, i. e. eter-

nal misery. Heb. xi. 35 'iva K^I'ITTOVOQ
it),
f d(rw,(dvd and that they might ob-
avcHTTaatwe rtx<t>(riv,
fr.
(TKtvoc,) up baggage, etc. in
to ^>ocA
tain a better resurrection, sc. than that
order to remove, Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 4. to
just before spoken of, i. e. that they might
lay waste, sc. by collecting and carrying obtain the resurrection unto life. This
off every thing, Jos. Ant. 14. 15. 3, 4.
general resurrection the Sadducees de-
Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 25. to destroy, Thuc. 4. Mark
nied, Matt. xxii. 23, 28, 30, 31.
116 r^v ASKV&OV ica^fXwv *at dvo<TKud(rag.
xii. 18, 23. Luke xx. 27, 33. Acts iv. 2.
Hence, in N. T. raetaph. to destroy,
xxiii. 6, 8. and also certain Christians, 2
e. g. rdf i//t>xdc, to pervert, sc. from the Tim. ii. 18.
truth, fatally, Acts xv. 24. Polyb. 9.
c) spoken of the resurrection of the
31. 6 OpKOVf Kai VVvSl'lKClG. 12. 25. 4 T/)V
righteous, raJv Siicaitov, Luke xiv. 14, coll.
ICOIVJ/V (f>TJflf]V. ver. 15. xx. 35, 36. Matt. xxii. 30. called
also the^/zrs* resurrection, Rev. xx. 5, 6.
'Avao-Traw, to, f. dfw, to rfraw? up or
OM#, Luke xiv. 15. Acts xi. 10.
Sept.
Comp. 1 Cor. xv. 23, 24. 1 Thess. iv. 16.
See also 2 Mace. vii. 9, 14. xii. 43 45,
for
n^rt Hab. i. 15. Jos. Ant. 2. 11.
whence it would seem that the later
1. XenT'Mem. S. 10. 7.
Jews believed only the true worshippers
of God would rise, and not the Gentiles :

up p.
g. from a seat, Sept. for Q^p see espec. 2 Mace. vii. 14. coll. Is. xxvi. 14
 'Avaorarow

d) by me ton. the author ofresurrection, 3. Mid. dvaaTp^ufjiai, and aor. 2 pass.

John xi. 25. (Buttm. $ turn one's self
136.
2,)
to

f- a><rw.
around, to be turned around, etc. i. q.
'Ava<rraroa>, w, (di/dora- Lat. versari, or as in comm. English, to
roc fr.
dvtoTTj/u,)
found only in later
turn one's self or one's hand to any thing ;
Greek, and equivalent to dj>d<rraroi>
c. c. lv seq. dat.
Troitlv in earlier writersSturz de ;
see
Dial. Alex. p. 146. H. Planck de Indole, a) spoken of place, to move about in
a place, i. e. to sojourn, to dwell in, Matt.
in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 684 ; to drive out,
xvii. 22. 2 Cor. i. 12. So Sept. and
expel, Aquil. and Symm. intrans. for "HD Ez. xix. 6.
"dbrrnn Josh. v. 5. Jos.
Ps. xi.l. y^n Ps. lix. 12. to devastate, de-
Ant. 1.2. 1.
Hesych. d^acrrpe^o/uj/of
stroy, as cities, Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 2. ib. 10.
6. 2. and so dvdararov iroitlv Thuc. 6.
irepifpxofitvoe. Spoken of a state, a
thing, etc. to be occupied with, to be in,
76. Hence in N. T. to disturb, to agi-
live in, e. g. Iv TrXdvy, 2 Pet. ii. 18.
tate, to put in commotion, trans, spoken
Ecclus. viii. 8 iv 7rapoi/u'ai. xxxix. 3. 1.
of cities, Acts xvii. 6. xxi. 38. of the
28. Wisd. xiii. 7. Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 5 ir^l
minds of Christians, Gal. v. 12, coll. ver.
vofidg, i. e. to be
employed in pasturing
10.
flocks, etc. Xen. Ag. 9. 4.
crrav-
'Avaoraupow, <5, f. w<rw, (dvd, b) spoken
of persons, etc. lit. to move
to raise up and fix upon the cross, about among, i. e. to live with, be conversant
pow,)
to crucify, trans. Jos. Ant. 11. 6. 10. B.
with, and hence genr. to live, to pass
J. 2. 14. 9. Diod. Sic. 2. 1.Xen. An. one's time, to conduct one's self, etc. Eph.
3. 1. 17. In N. T. metaph. Heb. vi. 6 li. 3 iv Q[Q icai
J7/u!f Travrtg dj/torpd^Tjjiiev
[TraXtvl dvaaravpovvrag iavrole rbv vibv Trore tv TO~IQ STriB'iyuaif. Heb.
[ovrfe]
rov Seov. See Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. x. 33. xiii. 18. 1 Tim. iii. 15. 1

235, and in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 63. Pet. i. 17. So Sept. for Prov. xx.
7j|?n
J 7. ntoV Ez. xxii. 7. Xen/Anab. 2. 5.
Ava<rrvaw, (ava and ctTevd-
f. w,
14.
to fetch up a deep-drawn sigh, i. e.
u>,)
to si-gh deeply, Mark viii. 12. See Tittm.
de Syn. N. T. p. 228 sq. and in Bibl. 'Avaorpo^rj, rjCj ^> (dj/aorptyw q. v.)
a turning about, Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 8. In
Repos. III. p. 56. So Sept. for fQifO
N. T. mode of life, conduct, deportment,
Lam. i. 4. 2 Mace. vi. 30. Ecclus. xxv!
Gal. i. 13. Eph. iv. 22. 1 Tim. iv. 12.
18. 22. Xen. Conv. 1. 15.
James iii. 13. 1 Pet. i. 18. ii. 12. iii. 1,
f. i/>w, aor. 2 pass, dve- 2, 16. 2 Pet. ii. 7. iii. 11. 2 Mace. v.
8. Tob. iv. 14. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1.

to turn up, to overturn, trans, e. g.

1. 9. 11. Hence, genr. life, as made up of
TCLQ rpairtZag John ii. 15. Ecclus. xxxvi. actions, etc. Heb. xiii. 7. 1 Pet. i. 15.

12, coll. xii. 12. Judith

13 rr)v dvva^iv, i.
'AvaraV<TOjueu, f.
rdo/*ai, (dvd and
i. e. the host of the
enemy. Philo de Nom. to set in order, to arrange,
racrffoj,) up
mutat. p. 1082. Xen. Venat. 9. 18.
trans. Luke i. 1. Plut. de Solert. Anim.
2. to turn back again, and intrans.
c. 12.
and Mid. to return, comp. in *Ayw no. 3.
Acts v. 22. So Sept. for ailti Gen. viii. 7, 'Avarf'XXw, f.
rtXJ, aor. 1
dvtTtiXa,
9. xiv. 7. al. ssep. Wisd. xvi. 14. Xen. perf. dvaTtraXica.
Anab. 4. 3. 29. By Hebraism, Acts xv. 1. trans, to cause to rise up, e. g. r6vri\iov,

16, dj>a<rrpet//u> icai dvoiKoo/i//<ra> rr\v <JKI\- Matt. v. 45. So Sept. for TTTpSn Gen.
vr/v put adverbially for again,
&a(3id, iii. 18. Is. Ixi. 11. Philo de Nom. mu-
like nrntt)** Gen. xxx. 31. 2 K. i. 13. tat. p. 1083. Diod. Sic. 17. 7. Horn. II.

xx. 5. al. see Gesen. Lehrg. p. 828. Stuart 5. 777.

533. Buttm. 144. n. 8. Comp. 2. intrans. to rise up ; a) pp. spoken of
Amos, ix 11 where the Heb. is C"pK of light, Matt. iv. 16. Sept. for pnj Is.
which dvaarptyu) icai avotKo^o^au) is a Iviii. 10. of a cloud, Luke xii. 54. of the
lax translation. Others, / will restore, morning star, 2 Pet. i. 19.
Sept. Job iii
set up again. 9. Is. xiv. 12. of the sun, Matt. xiii. 6.
 'Avar&n/a 55

Mark iv. 6. xvi. 2. James i. 11. So Sept. spoken of mental culture, to educate,
xxxii. 31. Ex. xxii. 3. Judg. Acts xxii. 3. Herodian. 1.
rnj Gen.
for 4. 8.

ix. 33. et ssep. Paus. 2. 23. Xen. Cyr. 'Ava<j>aivti),

f.
$av>, pp. to light up,
8. 3. 2. The earlier Greek writers use as lamps, Od. 18. 310. to make
appear,
dvaTfXXetv of the sun, and iTrirsXXetv of to show, Xen. Conv. 4. 12 on /uoi KXfiviav
the stars Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 124. sq.
; dvatyaivovaiv. In N. T. Mid. avcupai-
of the Messiah's descent from vop.ai, to show one's self, to appear, Luke
b) trop. xix. 11. So Sept. Job
xi. 18 ava^avtiral
the tribe of Judah, to spring Heb. vii. 14. ',

aoi elpijvij. Pass, to be shown, i. e. to

coll. Luke i. 78. Sept. Num. xxiv. 17.
have pointed out to one's self ; Acts xxi.
Test, XII Patr. in Fabr. p. 686.
3 avatyavkvTtQ rf\v Kvirpov, being shewn
f. avaSr/cro/ictt, to place
'Aydr&lf/II, Cyprus, i. e. having it pointed out to
upon, Polyb. 1. 86. 6. to lay up, sus- them as visible in the distance. In the
pend, as a gift in the temple, Judith xvi. Act. ava<f>aiv<i> governs the ace. of the
17. Sept. for Q^nn Lev. xxvii. 28. Q^n thing and dat. of pers. as in Xen. Conv.
1 Sam. xxxi. 10. 'Xen. Anab. 5. 3. 5, 6. 4. 12 above while here in the Pass, the
;

In N. T. Mid. aor. 2 dvtSfs^v, to dat.becomes the subject, and the accus.

place before, i. e. to declare to any one, is retained; Buttm. 134. 5, 6, 7.
to make known, trans. Acts xxv. 14. Gal. Matth. 424. 2. Winer 40. 1.
ii.2. Sept. Mic. vii. 5. 2 Mace. iii. 9. Theophan. p. 392 ava^avkvrtDv Sk OVTWV
Arternid. Oneirocr. 2.64 dvariSt/itrdc rtvi TIJV yi/v tlSov avTOVf 01 orparjjyoi.

-6 ovap. Diog. Laert. 2. 8. 16.

f. dvoiffu, aor. 1 avrjveyica,
'Ava^f'paj,
aor. 2 dvi'iveyicov.
'AvaroAjj, fjc> y'h (avarkXXu q. v.) a 1 . to bear
upwards, to carry up, to lead
"ising, sc. of the sun and moon, Sept.
up, sc. from a lower to a higher place,
Judg. v. 31. Is. Ix. 19. of the stars, trans, seq. tic c. accus. of place whither,
jElian. H. An. 3. 30. Aristot. H. An. 9.
Matt. xvii. 1. Mark ix. 2. Luke xxiv.
17, 377. See Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 125.
51. Sept. for iriin 1 2 Sam. xvii. 54.
Hence in N. T.
Chr. xxix. 31 1 Chr. xv. 3, 12, 14.
n^n
1. by meton. the day-spring, dawn, 2 Chr. v. 1, 3, 4. Lucian. Dial. Deor.
or the rising sun. Luke i. 78 dvaroXf) 20. 9 Ttvd. Spoken of sacrifices, to offer
ttyove, i. e. the rising of the celestial sun tip, i. e. place upon the altar, ITTI TO $v-
from on high, the Messiah comp. Is. ; James ii. 21. So Sept. for
Others, a shoot, as Sept.
ix. 2. Ix. 1, 3. . viii. 20. Num. xxiii. 2. 2 Chr.
avaroXr) for n??S Jer. xxiii. 5. Zech. iii.
i. (3.' Hence also without liri TO Syg.
8. vi. 12. Heb. vii. 27 bis. xiii. 15. 1 Pet. ii. 5. So
put in Sing, and Plur. for the east,
2. Sept. for n^yn Lev. xiv. 19. Judg. xi.

spoken both of the heavens and the 31. Sept. b'teptvc dvafepwv for NaTTOn
earth, Matt. ii. 1,2, 9. viii. 11. xxiv. 27. Lev. vi. 19.
Lukexiii.29. Rev. vii. 2. xvi. 12. xxi. 13. 2. to take up and bear, sc. in the place
So Sept. avaToXai for JT1T.P Num. xxxii. of another, to take from another upon
one's self, to take away ; in N. T. spoken
19. Deut. iii. 27. al. Dip Gen. ii. 8.
Josh. vii. 2. metaph. of sins, rag a^aprt'ag, to bear the
punishment of sin, to expiate, Heb. ix. 28.
^w, to overturn, over-
f.
1 Pet. ii. 24 og TCLQ a/zapn'ag r}^(5v avrbg
throw, trans, pp. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 5. Sept.
avi]viyKf.v iv T(j> awfiaTi avTov eiri TO
Ps. cxviii. 13. In N. T. metaph, to sub- own body
Xov, who bore our sins in his
vert, destroy, 2 Tim, ii. 18. Tit. i. 11.
upon the cross, i. e. himself bore the
Sept. for tj'irr Prov. x. 3. Diod. Sic. 1.
punishment due to our sins comp. Is. ;
77 TrjV TTtOTlV. liii. 12, where Sept. &va.(pipuv for
xtoj
So Num. xiv. 33 avoioovoi rfjv iropvtiav
f.
3pi/>w, lit. to nourish
up, i. e. to
bring up, as a child, trans. vfAwv for Heb. N^.
Acts vii. 20, 21. Wisd. vii. 4. Jos. Ant. 'Ava^wvcw, w, f. 7<rw, to lift up the
4. 8. 24. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 10. Metaph. voice, i. e. to exclaim, cry out. Luke
 56

i. 42 0wvy /ityaXy, for wliich construc- name

, ov, o, Andrew, pr.
tion see in 'AyaXXiaw b. Sept. for Tatfn y of one of the Apostles. He was a Gali-
1 Chr. xv. 28. 2 Chr. v. 13. Plut. Cic. lean, born at Bethsaida, John i. 45 and ;

27. Polyb. 3. 33. 4. was at first a follower of John the Bap-

tist, John i. 41 coll. ver. 35 but after-
n> (dvaxiu to pour ;

out a pouring out, effusion; in wards became a disciple of Jesus, along

upon,) with his brother Simon Peter, Matt. x.
N. T. metaph. 1 Pet. iv. 4 rrjv avrqv i

2. AL.
rrJQ daioTtae dvdxvaiv, into the same emp-
dissoluteness.
tying out, excess, of f. i, (a**)?))
to render
Spoken of the mouth of a river, etc. manly or brave, Xen. (Ec. 5. 4 In N.T.
estuary, .Elian. H. A. 16. 15. Strabo. Mid. aj/fyi'o/iai to show one's self a man,
III. p. 200, 374. 1 Cor. xvi. 13. Sept. forpjn Deut. xxxi.
to 6, 7. Josh. x. 25. yfcN JosL. i. 6,9. 1
'Ava^tupf'w, w, r'jau,f.
go back,
Mace. 64. Xen. Anab. 4. 3. 34.
spoken of those who flee, Sept.
to recede, ii.

for rnn Jer. iv. 29. D13 Judg. iv. 17.

, ou, o, Andronicus, a
In N. T. simply to go away, to depart,
Jewish Christian, the kinsman and fel-
i. e. to
go from one place to another, viz. low-prisoner of Paul, Rom. xvi. 7.
a) genr.
Matt. ii. 12, 13, 14, 22. iv. 12.
xii. 15. xiv. 13. xv. 21. xxvii. 5. Markiii.
, ov, o, (avi]p and
7. John vi. 15. 2 Mace. v. 27. Jos. B.J. Jwmicide, murderer, 1 Tim. i. 9.
4.5.5. Ant. 4. 6. 8. Herodian. 1. 12. 2. 2 Mace. ix. 28. Plato Eutyphr. c. 2.
in the sense of to withdraw, to re-
b)
ov, 6, ), adj. (a pr.
tire, for privacy, etc. Acts xxiii. 19. xxvi.
,

and 6y*aXw to
arraign,) pp.
not arraign-
31. Polyb. 1. 11. 15. Matt. ix. 24
e. able-, hence in N. T. unblameable, ir-
urf, withdraw, i.
give place.
reprehensible, 1 Cor. i. 8. Col. i. 22.
l> (dva\l/vx< q. v.) 1 Tim. iii. 10. Tit. i.
6, 7 __ 3 Mace. v.

refreshment, recreation, rest. Acts iii. 20 31. Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 8. Xen. Mem. 2.

Kaipoi dva\lsvnoG, times of refreshing , i. e. 8.5.

of peaceful enjoyment and bliss in the
'AvtK$n'iyr]TO, ov, o, 17, adj. (a pr.
Messiah's kingdom ; cf. ver. 20, 21. Sept. and lied to what cannot
ivy fofjtai relate,)
for nrrn Ex. viii. 11 Philo de
[15] be related, i. e. unspeakable, unutterable,
Abr. p/371. Strabo XVII. p. 1137.
2 Cor. ix. 15. Spoken of God, Athe-
Hesych. dvd\l/v%i- avcnravaig. So Xen.
nagor. Apol. p. 10. d&ijyjyrof

'Avai//vYd>, f <*>>
dvd and i|/w Cyr. 7. 1. 32.
breathe, to cool,) to draw breath again, ) ov, o, 17, adj. (a pr.
to take breath, i. e. to revive, be refreshed, and ticXaXtw to speak out,) unspeakable,
intrans. Sept. for ID'S? Ex. xxiii. 12. n;n Pet i. 8. Ignat. ad Eph. c.
ineffable, 1
Judg. xv. 19. Ps. xxxix. 13. rrn 19 TO 0wg airov dvtK\d\r]Tov
rb^n fjv.
1 Sam. xvi. 23. to refresh with cooling,

ov, (a pr. and

trans. Horn. Od. 4. 568. Bionl.85. In j o, rj,

tKXeiiru) to unfailing, exhaustless,

N. T. genr. to refresh, recreate, trans. 2 fail,)

Tim. i. 16 on TroXXajag fit dvtyve, i. e. has

Luke xii. 33. foiod. Sic. 1. 36. ib. 4. 84.
Clem. Alex. Strom. 4.
often delighted, gratified me.~Act.Thom.
19 TovQT&Xqiin'ivovQ. Ignat. ad Ephes. Oc, ov, toler-
T), (dvexopai,)
2. Horn. II. 13. 84 $i\ov JTop. He- able, supportable ; in N. T. only in the
rodot. 7. 59. compar. Matt. x. 15. xi. 22, 24. [Mark
vi.
ll.^Luke x. 12, 14. Herodian.6. 5.
Tje, ov, o,
11. 12. 9. 5. Thuc. 2. 35.
Polyb.
to enslave, dvdpdiroSov slave,) a man-
fr.

stealer, kidnapper, 1 Tim. i. 10. comp. ovocj <>, -h, adj. (a pr.
Ex. xxi. 61. Deut. xxiv. 7. Philo de and tXfi7/*wv,) uncompassionate, cruel,
Joseph, p. 529. Polyb. 12. 9. 2. Xen. Rom. i. 31. Sept. for ips Prov. v. 9.
Mem. 1. 2. 6. xi. 17. Wisd. xii. 5. xix. 1.
 57

(oVf/toe), to agitate
f. i'<ro>,
, ov, 6, }, adj. (a
by winds, to Pass, spoken of waves, and
toss, pr. tTraKT^vvo/iai), without cause oj
James i. 6. Not found in Sept. nor in shame, irreproachable, 2 Tim. ii. 15.
classic writers.
, OU, 6, rj, adj. (a pr
and
"Avc/ioe, ou, o, (aw or atjfit to 7riXa/i/3dvw), pp. not to be appre-
breathe, to blow), wind, i. e. air in mo- hended; in N. T. metaph. irreprehcn-
tion. sible,unblameable, 1 Tim. iii. 2, coll. Tit.
a) pp. Matt. xi. 7. xiv. 24. Mark iv.
i. 7 where it is
dvkyK\r\TOQ. 1 Tim. v. 7.
41. Luke vii. 24. Rev. vii. 1 prj irv't-g vi. 14. Clem. Alex. Psed. 1. 2. id.
dvffiog. Spoken of violent, stormy winds, Strom. 6. 14. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 15. Plut.
Matt. 25, 27. viii. xxvi. xiv. 30 rbv
vii. Pericl. 10.

dvefiov iffxvpov. ver. 32. Mark iv. 37, 39

,
f.
dveXeveopai, aor. 2
bis. Mark vi. 48, 51. Luke viii. 23, 24, come up, to go up, to ascend,
dvfjXSov, to
25.John vi. 18. Acts xxvii. 4, 7, 14, 15. sc. from a lower to a higher place ; e.
James iii. 4 viro (ncXrjpuiv avk^mav. g.
Jude 'c TO opoc, John vi. 3 ti s
'lepoaoXvpa
12. Rev. vi. 13. Sept. for TTT1 Job. xxi. Gal. See in 'Avapaivu
i. 17, 18. a. So
18. Is. xli. 16 al __ Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 9.
Sept. for -Tjjjn 1 K. xiii. 12. xi3 Judg.
T
Rev. vii. 1 ol rl<r<rapc ai/c/xot, the four xxi. 8 Act. Thom.37. Xen. H.G.2.4.
cardinal winds. So Sept. for nltm y|HK 39. seq. liri c. ace. ofplace Herodian. 7.8.5.
Jer. xlix. 36 __Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 5 Trpoj rd
tfAt'/iara rStv rtoffdpuv dvifjuuv diro(3Xtirov- loose),
to a
TIQ. Hence . letting loose, remission, relaxation, viz.
from bonds, imprisonment, etc.
b) by meton. ol Tiaoapts dvfftot, the a)
four quarters of the earth or heavens, Acts xxiv. 23 lx* lv avtoiv, i. e. to be freed
whence these cardinal winds blow, Matt. from bonds, etc. Sept. dvtmv dovvat to
xxiv. 31. Mark xiii. 27. comp. Luke remove bonds, to give liberty, etc.
xiii. 29. So Sept. for niim y2H*$ 1 Chr. 2 Chr. xxiii. 15. Esdr. iv. 62. Ecclus.
ix. 24. Dan. xi. 4. xv. 20.
metaph. put as the emblem of in- b)
from active exertion, labour, etc.
c)
etc. 2 Cor. viii. 13 ou "iva dXXoig dvfaig, not
stability, dvepof Tijt SitiaoKoXiac, [r/~j
wind of doctrine, i. e. empty doctrine, un- that others may be freed, sc. from the
stable opinion, etc. Eph. iv. 14. Ecclus. duty of contributing. Jos. Ant. 3. 10. 6
v. 9. So TTD Job xv. 2. roTf Ipyotf dveatv ov Sidoaviv. 3. 12. o.
Herodian. 8. 5. 19.
, ou, o, 17, adj. (a pr.
and ivdkxeTai fieri impossible, c) trop. remission, rest, quiet, either
potest),
what cannot be. Luke xvii. 1, coll. Matt. internal 2 Cor. ii. 12. or external 2 Chr.
xviii. 7. vii. 5. 2 Thess. i. 7. Jos. Ant. 1. 21. 1.
Act. Thorn. 19. Polyb. 1. 66. 10.
ou, o, adj. (a Hesych. dviaw dvairavaiQ.
17,

pr. and i&ptwaw), inscrutable, Rom. xi.

33 for
n^n Prov. xxv. 3 'AvTaw, f. aw,
(dvd intens. and
Symm. examine thoroughly, to inquire
to
Jer. xvii. 9. !raw),
strictly, Sept. for urvj Judg. vi. 29.
'Avfticaicoc, ou, o, T/, adj. Susann. 13. In N.T. in a forensic sense,
pai to endure, and icaicog), patient under to examine, sc. by scourging, etc. Acts
evils and injuries, 2 Tim. li. 24. Hierocl.
xxii. 24, 29.
ad. Pythag. Carm. Aur. 7. So dvt$i K a-
Kia Wisd. ii. 19. Plut. Pelop. 25. "Aveu, a prep, governing the gen.
(Buttm. 146. n. without.
2),
v> *?> acU- ( a P r e. g. of the in-
a) spoken of things,
-
>

and !ixviaw to
explore), which cannot strument, without the help of, 1 Pet. iii.
be explored, metaph.
inscrutable, incom- 1 dvev \6you. So Sept. for R53 Is. Iv. I.
prehensible, Rom. xi. 33. Eph. iii. 8. ^N Ex. xxi. 11. Also Dan. ii. 34 dviv
Sept. for -ij?n -ps Job v. 9. ix. 10. Xfipwv for Chald. ]1T:i N^ Thuc. 7. __
xxxiv. 24. Prayer of Manas?. 6. 65 __ Spoken of manner, 1 Pet. iv.
 So Sept. Sam. 'Ava//toc> ou, b, a nephew, Col. iv. 10.
1 vi. 7 /36ac
,
i.their calves being left
e.
Sept. for Tn
Num. xxxvi. 11. Tob.
^
at home __ Diod. Sic. 1. 90. vii. 2. Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 4. Xen. An. 7.
of persons, without the 8. 9. Hesych. dvt^ioi- a
b) spoken
knowledge or will of, Matt, x.29 aviv TOV
jroTpoQ, without the Father's knowledge. , ou, TO, anethum, dill, an
So Sept. and Amos iii. 5. So dvtv aromatic plant, Matt, xxiii. 23 __ Dios-
'px
Scov Horn. Od. 2. 372. Find. Ol. 9, 156. cor. 3. 461. Plin. H. N. 19. 8.

dvsv /3a(Tt\twc Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 16.

'AvrJKfc), (dvd and J/KW), to
defect.

, ou, o, 17, adj. (a pr. and come up to to extend to, to

any thing,
opportune), not opportune, not
reach to, Herodot. 7. 60. 237. Xen.
commodious, Acts xxvii. 12 Hesych. -- An. 6. 2. 3, 5. to pertain or belong to,
avevSirov d 1 Mace. x. 2 Mace. xiv.
40, 42. xi. 35.
8. In N. T. metaph. to pertain to any
f-
prjffw, aor. 2 avevpov,
,
thing, i.to be fit, propei', becoming ;
e.
to find out, sc. by searching, trans. Luke
only impers. dvrjiciv Col. iii. 18. and par-
ii. 16. Acts xxi. 4. Clem. Alex. Strom.
ticip. neut. TO dvrjicov, T& dvrjKovTa, that
7. 16. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 40.
which is proper, becoming, Eph. v. 4.
to hold up, e. Philem. 8. Herodot. 6. 109. Suid.
'Avl\w, f. <>, g. rue
Xj>ac Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 6. Horn. Od. 18. dvfJKOV TO TTpi-TTOV.
89. to hold up or back, sc.from falling,
'Av/jjuciooe, ov, o, (a pr. and
y$3 Amos iv. 7.
17,
e. g. the rain, Sept. for
ijpepos gentle), ungentle, fierce, 2 Tim. iii.
the heavens, Ecclus. xlviii. 3. to hold in
3. Arrian. Dis. 1. 3. 7. Epict. Dion.
or back, restrain, stop, as horses, II. 23.
Halic. 1. 41, 42.
426 Found in N. T. only in
Mid. avxo/ttt, f.
avkko^at (Winer 6, gen. dvfyoc, Buttm. 47,

15) ; imperf. dvux"M v or with double 58. p. 96.

augm. rivetxopijv in text, recept. 2 Cor. 1. a man, i. e. an adult male person,
xi. 1, 4; aor. 2 ^j/terxo/ojf Acts xviii. 14 Lat. vir, Heb. \rPK.
j

for the double augm. see Buttm. 86. n.

a) pp.
Matt. xiv. 21. xv. 38. Mark vi.
6. 114. p. 283; pp. to hold one's self 44. Luke 34. et saepiss
i. __ Xen. Conv.
upright ; hence to bear up, to hold out, 2. 3. id. 4. 17. Spoken of men in va-
endure-, seq. genit. Matth. 359. note. rious relationsand circumstances, where
a) spoken
of things, to endure, bear the context determines the proper mean-
patiently, c. gen. as afflictions, 2 Thess. ing j
e. g. husband, Matt. i. 16. Mark x.
i. 4 Taig
3r\i\^ffiv ale; dve^sffSrt, where 2, 12. Luke ii. 36. Gal. iv. 27. al. So
ale is by attract, for atv, Buttm. 143. 3. Sept. and ffi'^ Gen. ii. 23. iii. 6. Ec-
Sept. for pSNnn Is. xlii. 14 __2 Mace. clus. iv. 10. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 6. Or
ix. 12. Hom.'Od. 22. 423. Herodian 8. a bridegroom, betrothed, Matt. i. 19.
5. 9. ib. 2. 10. 12 __ Absol. 1 Cor. iv. 12. Rev. xxi. 2. So Sept. and ETK Deut.
2 Cor. xi. 20. xxii.23 __ So a soldier, as we also speak
b) spoken of persons, to bear^ with, of an army of men, Luke xxii. 63.
have patience with, sc. the errors, weak- 1 Mace. iii. 39. ir. 1, 28. Xen. An. 1. 2.

ness, of any one, Matt. xvii. 17. Mark 3 In the voc. in a direct address, av-
ix. 19. Lukeix. 41. 2 Cor. xi. 1 bis, 19. men! sirs! Acts xiv. 15. xix. 25.
dpts,
Eph.iv.2. Col. iii. 13. Sept.
forpSNnn Is. :
xxvii. 10, 21, 25 __
Xen. Anab. 1. 4. 14.
Ixiii. 15. Sept. Is. xlvi. 4 Poly b. 3. 82.5. It here expresses respect and defer-

c) by impl.
to admit, to receive, i. e. to ence ;
and hence implies also a man of
listen to, c. gen. spoken of persons, Acts
weight, importance, etc. Luke xxiv. 19.
xviii. 14.2 Cor. xi. 4. of doctrine, etc. John i. 30. James ii. 2. Ecclus. x. 23
2 Tim. iv. 3. Heb. xiii. 22 __ Sept. Job in antith. with TTT-WXOC. 1 Mace. ii. 25,

vi. 26. Philo Quod omn. prob. p. 870. 31. So Esdr. viii. 27, parallel to Ezra
ib. p. 873 ouSt iraptiyopiaf dv't^ovrai. vii. 28 where Heb. tn$*n, Sept.
Comp. Kypke II. p. 93. rec, chiefs, leaders.
 b) joined
with an adjective or noun face ; so Sept. for p.^nnrr 2 Chr. xiii. 7,
it forms a periphrase for a subst. Luke 8. comp. Sept. Josh. i. '5. xxiii. 9.
v. 8 dvrjp d^taprcjXos dpi, i. e. a sinner,
f.
Matt. vii. 24, 26. Acts iii. 14. Xen. 'AvS'o^uoXo'yltoj tt>, r)ff<, (avTi
and 6/ioXoyl<> q. v.), Mid.
Anab. 1. 3. 20. So with gentile adjec- dj/So/ioXoyeo-
pp. to mutually utter the same
ovfiai,
tives, as dvt)p 'lovdaioe, i. e. a Jew, Acts
fj.ai,

things hence spoken of two parties, to

;
x. 28. So Acts viii. 27. xi. 20. xvi. 9.
make an accord, Polyb. 5. 105. 2. Also,
Matt. xii. 41. In a direct address, dvSpig
alternately or mutually to confess or pro-
'ASijvaloi, Athenians, Acts xvii. 22. dvdpeg
fess, e. g. rag apapriaQ Jos. Ant. 8. 10. 3.
'E0c<rioi, Ephesians, Acts xix. 35. dvSpeg
Esdr. viii. 91. In N. T. Mid. to pro-
I<rpajyXTrai, Israelites, Acts ii. 22. iii. 12.
fess publicly, i. e. to praise, to celebrate,
v. 3">. xiii. 16. xxi. 28. dvSptg raXiXalot,
Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 1. pp. alternately, as in the temple wor-
Galileans, Acts i. 11.
Xen. An. 1. 8. 1. ,1. V. H. 12. 56. ship ; seq. dat. Luke ii. 38 *:at avrrj dvd-
wp,oXoyelTo Kvpiy, find she likewise
So dvdpts ddtXfoi, brethren, Acts i. 16 rtfi

Xen. An. 1. 6. 6 dvSptg QiXoi. praised the Lord, i. e. as Simeon had just
before done. So Sept. for rnln Ps. Ixxix.
a man, sc. of ripe un-
c) trop. av/yp, 13. and dvSo/ioXoyjjo-tf for ntYin Ezra iii.
derstanding, opp. to a child, 1 Cor. xiii.
11. Ecclus. xx. 2, and
11. So in Eph. iv. 13 the progress of
Christians is likened to the growth of a
ib. xvii. 27. Diod. Sic. 1. 70
child into a perfect man, i. e. in under- Xoyovv rdf dperdf TIVOQ.

standing and true wisdom. A man, i. e. "AvSocj eoc, T, flower, James i.

one worthy of the name, Herodot. 2. 120. Pet. 24
10, 11. 1 i.
Sept. for -p$
bis.
Xen. Hiero. 2. 1. Hoin. II. 5. 529. Num. xvii. 8. nS3 Job xv. 33. rnD
2. indef. a man, i. e. one of the hu- Is. v. 24. ^lianVv. H. 9. 8. Xen.
man race, a person. Luke xi. 31 /urd Ven. 6. 5.
rdiv dvcpaJv rfjs yivtaf raurrjf, the men
of
this generation, coll. ver. 29. Luke v. 'AvSpaK/a, ac, V, (dv^paS), a bed
or mass of live coals, John, xviii. 18. xxi.
12, 18. viii. 27. ix. 38. xi. 31. Acts vi.
11. James i. 8, 20, 23. iii. 2. al. So Sept.
9. Ecc. xi. 32. 4 Mace. ix. 20. Athen.
and irhN Prov. xvi. 27, 28, 29. Ecclus. VIII. p. 361. D.
vi. 3. Neh. iv. 18. Xen. (Ec. 1. 7.
"Av3pa, aicoc, > a coa ^ a live coal,
Soph. Ajax 77. Rom. iv. 8 fiandptof Rom. 20. So S<^t. and n^fTJ Prov.
xii.
dvrjp, y K. T. \. Jiappy the man, to whom, xxv. 22, whence the pi verb is borrowed. i.

etc. i. e. he, iUe. James i. 12. So Sept. " To heap coals of fire on one's head,"
and UTN Ps. i. 1. cxii. 5. Xen. An. 1. 3. here signifies to excite in him feelings of
12. So dvdptc row TOTTOV, inhabitants, In a different sense,
painful regret.
Matt. xiv. 35. Luke xi. 32. Sept. and 4 Esdr. xvi. 53.
ttPN 1 Sam. v. 7. AL.
ou, o, 17, adj.
'AvS'tarijm, f. dvTiorriad), (dvri and
,

and dpe<ncu>), desirous to please

in N. T. only perf. a
VOTJ//H),
men, without regard to God. Eph. vi.
sc.
aor. 2 avTi<jTi]v, andimpf. Mid. a
6. Col. 22. Sept. Ps. liii. 6. Fabr.
iii.
fiijv, to stand against, Mid. to set one's
Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 929. A word of
self against, Buttm. 107. II. i. e. to
the later Greek, see Lobeck ad Phryn.
u-ifhstand, to oppose, to resist, either in
words or deeds or both ; c. c. dat. or p. 621.

absol. Mat. v. 39. Luke xxi. 15. Acts 'AvSjowTnvoc, Ivrj, LVOV, (dv$pu>-
vi. 10. xiii. 8. Rom. ix. 19. xiii. 2 bis. TTOC), human, pertaining to man, e. g.
Eph. vi. 13. 2 Tim. iii. 8 bis. iv. 15. in nature or kind, James iii. 7
a)
James iv. 7. 1 Pet. v.
Sept. for "jTDy
9. $vmg dvSpuTTivr], human nature, i. e. man,
Ps. Ixxvi. 8. Tirin Jobix. 19. Jer. xlix". 1 Cor. ii. 4, 13 o-o^t'a avSpwirivT],
human
18. rnjnn Jer. L 24. Chald. NTO Dan. wisdom. Sept. for tth3$ Job x. 5. 0*JN
iv. 32. Xen. An. 7. 3. 11. Herodian. Num. xix. 16. Wisd. xii. 5. Jos. Ant.
2. 10. 11 Gal. ii. 11 Kara
irpdavirov 2. 15. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 12.

I withstood him to the b)

in respect to origin or adaptation.
 60

1 Cor. iv. 3 dvSpwrrivn ij/^pa, human day of human infirmity and imperfection,
e. a court-day. 1 Pet. ii. 13 especially when spoken in opp. to God
of trial, i.

and divine things 1 Cor. i. 25. iii. 21.

K7i<rt. 1 Cor. X. 13 7reipao>i6c dvSpw- ;

TTIVOS, i. e. common to men, not peculiar. Gal. i. 11, 12, KUTCL avSpwTrov Trapa
Rom. 19 dvSpwTnvov Xlyw, / speak in
vi. dvSpwTrov, i. e. of human origin Xen.
the manner of men, (Buttra. 115. 4), i. e. Mem. 4. 4. 21. So Xtyetv vel XaXeiV
in a manner adapted to human weak- jcard dv$pw7roj/, to speak after the man-
Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 1 d ner of men, i. e. in accordance with hu-
ness, etc.
l(m TO man views, etc. to illustrate by human
a
examples or institutions, to use popular
adj. (av-
speaking, etc. Rom. iii. 5.
ov, 6, rj,
mode 1 Cor.
and jcretvw), in N. T. as subst. a of
ix. 8. Gal. iii. 15. 1 Cor. xv. 32 d icard
homicide, a murderer ; spoken of Satan, to
avSrpwirov l^r]piofidxn ffa ) if according
as the author of sin and death, John viii.
man's will, etc. i. e. ou Kara Siov, coll.
44 see Wisd. ii. 23, 24, coll. Ecclus. For the phrase
;
2 Cor.vii. 9, 11. xi. 17.
xxv. 24. Rom. v. 12. Constit. Apost.
woe row dvSpwirov, see no. 4 below.
8. 5 6 dvSpwTroKTovog 50if, i. e. Satan.
The gen. dvSpwTrov stands also instead
Hence a murderer, sc. in heart, in pur-
of the adj. dvSpuirivoc, as 2 Pet. ii. 16
pose, 1 John iii. 15 bis.
iv dvSpwTrot; fytovg, with a human voice.

"AvSpwTTOc, ou, 6, n, subst. (belongs Rev. 18 apiS^og avSpwrrov, a man's

xiii.

prob. to the family dvd, avta, dvboc, dv- number, e. an ordinary number,
i. xxi.

EU>, without composition.) 17 /ulrpov dvSpwTrov, human measure,

1. a man, homo, i. e. an individual of i. e. common. So Sept. and DIN Is.

the human a man or woman, a

race, viii. 1.

person. Sept. everywhere for GIN, (/3) metaph. spoken of the internal
also irnaj*. man, 6 terw dr&pwTroc, i. e. the mind, the

a) gerif.
and univers. Matt. iv. 19. xii. soul, the rational man, Rom. vii. 22. Eph.

12. Mark vii. 21. Luke ii. 52. v. 10. iii.16. called 1 Pet. iii. 4 6 K^VKTOQ Tijs
John i. 4. 1 Cor. iv. 9. al. ssep He- KapSiae dvSpuTTos, the hidden
man of the
rodian. 2. 5. 11. Xen. Mem. 1.1. 7. heart, to which is opposed 6 fw dvSpw-
In a direct address, u* dvSpwTrf, but TTOC, the external visible man,
2 Cor. iv.
rather implying an inferior or common 16. Philo de Gigant. p. 288 6 7rp6f r^v
person, etc. comp. in 'Avr/p 1. a. Luke d\r]$tiav dvSpcjTTOQ. So 6 TraXaibs Kai
v. 20. xii. 14. xxii. 58, 60. Rom. ii. 1, 3. 6 Kctivbz avSpuirog, i. e. the old man, or
ix. 20. James ii. 20. So Sept. and tn$ the former unrenewed disposition of
Is. ii. 9. v. 15. See Gesen. Lex. art. tnk. heart, and the new man, or the dispo-
Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 7. So ol ovSpwTroi, sition which is created and cherished by
men, i. e. the living, Rev. ix. 10, 15. 18, the religion of Jesus, Rom. vi. 6. Eph.
20. (Jos. Ant. 9. 2. 2.) or those with ii.15. iv.22,24. Col. iii. 9. Act. Thorn.
whom we live, people, Matt. v. 13, 16, 19. 55.
vi. 1. viii. 27. xiii. 25. Mark viii. 24, c) spoken with reference to the cha-
27. al. or men of this
world, this genera- racter and condition of a person, and
tion, wicked men, Matt. x. 17. xvii. 22. applied in various senses according to
Luke vi. 22, 26. al Also ol avSpu-n-oi, the context, viz.
other men, others, simply, Matt. vi. 5,
(a)
a man, vir, i. e. a male person of
14, 15, 16. vii. 12. xix. 12. xxiii. 4 sq. ripe age, Matt. viii. 9. xi. 8. xxv. 24.
Luke vi. 31. xi. 46. al. So Sept. and Mark iii. 3. Luke xix. 21. John i. 6. iii.

Judg. xvi. 7. xviii. 28. 1. Acts iv. 13. al. ssep. -'AV&PWTTOC row
in reference to his human man of God, i. e. minister or mes-
D) spoken Srtov,
nature, a man, i. e. a human being, a senger of God, one devoted to his service.
mortal. 1 Tim. vi. 11. 2 Tim. iii. 17. 2 Pet. i.
(a) pp. Phil. ii. 7. James v. 17 'HXiag 21. So Sept. for trn*?N
:
UTN 1 K. xiii.

avSpwTTOf ffv bfioioTraSrijg rip.lv.

1 Tim. ii. 1. 2 K. i. 913. iv! 7, 9,' 16, 21 sq.
5 avSpwTTog Xpiorof. Rev. iv. 7. ix. 7. Esdr. v. 49. Philo de Gigant. p. 292,
et passim. Here is included the idea Id. de Norn. mut. p. 1048. -'
 61

rr/g d^apriaf, 2 Thess. ii. 3, see in 'A/zap- So Sept. and irhx Gen. ix. 5, 20. Ex.
n'a 2. a. ii. 11. Horn. II. 16. 263. Od. 13. 123.

(/3)
a husband, in opp. to a wife, Matt. Xen. Anab. 6. 4. 23.

xix..3, 10 77atria TOV dvSpwTrov /ird yu- c) dVSpwTrog, with the ar-
by impl.
if

vaiKog. 1 Cor. vii. 1. So Sept. for UTK ticle,every man, every person, whoever.
Deut. xxii. 30. Esdr. ix. 40 d-n-b dvSpw- Matt. iv. 4 TT' dpry ZrjetTai 6 di/SpajTroe,
irov wg yvvaiKog, coll. Neh. viii. 2 where coll. Deut. viii. 3 where Sept. for Q-JK,
T

Sept. a-rrb dvdpog for 11PK72. Test. XII as also Gen. viii. 21. Lev. v. 4. Matt.
Patr. in Fabr. Pseudep. V. T. 1. p. 529, xii. 35. xv. 11, 18. Mark vii. 15, 18, 20.
yvvaliceg fjTTuJvrai virip TUJV dv$pa7roiv. Luke iv. 4. vi. 45. Rom. vii. 1. x. 5.
(y)
a son, as opp. to a father, Matt. x. xiv. 20. al.
35, or a male child generally, John vii. 3. o dvSpwTrof, with the article, i.
q.
23. xvi. 21. Ecclus. iii. 11. Herodian. airof or iKslvof, this, that, he, etc. Matt.
1. 5. 14. xii. 13, 45. xxvi. 72 OVK olSa TOV

() a master, as opp. to servants, etc. 7TOV, 1. 6. TOV dvSpWTTOV TOVTOV 0V

Matt. x. 36. as in Mark xiv. 71. Mark iii. 3, 5. xiv.

() a servant, Luke xii. 36, coll. ver. 37. 21. Luke vi. 10 il-ntv r< dvSpuirv, where
So prob. ^v\ai dvSpwTTwv, female slaves, later editions read aury. Luke xxiii. 4,
Rev. xviii. 13. So Sept. and OIK ttJD} 6. John iv. 50. xix. 5. So Sept. and
Ez. xxvii. 13. See in Vv\rj. 1 Mace, ii! ttT Gen. xxiv. 29, 30, 32. Xen. An.
38. Xen. Vect. 4. 14. So 17 avSpw^roc, 2. 4. 16. Sometimes Utivoq is added ;
a female, Herodot. 1. 60. Philo de Abr. as Matt. xxvi. 24 6 dv^p. 1/ctTvoc. Mark
p. 384. coll. Viger. p. 77, 78. xiv. 21. James i. 7.
() ol dv$pu>7roi iv Ty TroXet, i. e. citi- 4. vlbf TOV dv^pwTrov, son of man, from
zens, inhabitants. John iv. 28. Xen. the Heb.
Cyr. 1. 1, 2, 3.
a) i.
q. dv^pwTrof, a man ; and so sons
2. indef. dv^pwTrof, any man,
i.
q. n'c, of men are i.
q. men. Mark iii. 28 irdvTa
a certain man, i. e. one, some one, any one. d<f>t$rifffTai Ta d/xapri/ftara roif VIOIQ TWV
a) genr. TIC avSpanroq, a certain man, di/^pw7rwv coll. Matt. xii. 31, where it is

Luke x. 30. xii. 16. xiv. 2. John v. 5. ro7f dvSpwiroiG __ Heb.

6 in the first ii.

Without rig, Matt. ix. 9 tldev dv3pw- clause ri iffnv dvSpwiroc, in the second
TTOV Ka$iip.vov. xii. 10. xiii. 31. xvi. 26. fl vlbg dvSpwTrov. Rev. i. 13 o/ioiov vi<
xxi. 28. Mark iv. 26. v. 2. x. 7. xii. 1. dvSpwirov. So Q1K ^5 and Sept. vli>c
Luke vi. 48, 49. John iii.4, 27. al. saep. TOV dvS-pwTrou Ps. viii. 4.
So Sept. for GIN Lev. xiii. 2. 8. Xen. b)
as a proper name for the Messiah,
Cyr. 6. 3. 9. vElf oVSpwrroc for tic TIQ, with the art. 6 vibg TOV dvSrpuirov, drawn
John xi. 50. xviii. 4. So in a general from Dan. vii. 13, where Sept. for Chald.
proposition, a man, i. e. any one out of a ltf$N *12. It is used by Jesus of him-
number. Rom. iii. 28 TrtVret SiKatovaSai self"'; but is applied to him by no other
dvSpwTTov, a man is justified ly faith, i. e. person, except once by Stephen, Acts
any one who has faith. 1 Cor. xi. 28. vii. 56. It would seem to refer not so
With a negative, no man, no one, Matt. much human
nature, as to the fact
to his
xix. 6.John v. 7. vii. 46. 2 Cor. xii. 4. of his being the Messiah who is described
So Sept. for Q-JN & Ex. xxxiii. 20. as coming from heaven og vibe TOV dv-

b) joined with an adject, or noun it SpwTrov, in a human form, Dan vii. 13.

forms a periphrase for a subst. comp. x. 16. Rev. i. 13. xiv. 14. Comp.
'Avrjp l.b. Matt. XI. 19 avSpwiros 0dyof John iii. 13. vi. 62, coll. ver. 58.
rat oivoTroTTjS) a
glutton and vnnebibber. John xii. 34, where 6 vibg T. dvSr. and
xiii. 24, 45
dvSp. t/iTropog, a merchant. 6 Xpioroe are interchanged. So in Luke
xiii. 52
dvSp. oiicode<nr6Tng, a householder. xxii. 69, 70 6 vlbg TOV dv$. and 6 vibg TOV
xviii. 23. xxi. 33. Luke ii. 15. Tit. iii. $tov. Matt. xvi. 13, 16, 20, 6 vlbg TOV
10. al. So with gentile adjectives, as dv- Seov, b vibe TOV dvSpwirov, and 6 Xpttrro^.
Sp. KvpjjvaTof, a Cyrenian, Matt, xxvii. By using this name of himself before his
32. dv$p. 'Pw^aToe, a Roman, Acts xvi. judges, Jesus openly professed himself
87. dv$p. 'lovSaloc, a Jew, Acts xxi. 39. to be the Messiah, and was so understood
 62

oy all present, Matt. xxvi. 64. Mark Acts ix. 41. So Sept. Av. arriXqv for
xiv. 62. Luke xxii. 69, 70. John i. tTj?n Lev. xxvi. 1. aicrjvriv Num. vii. 1.
52. v. 27. Not found in the Epistles. AL. Jos. Ant. 5. 4. 2. ib. 7. 8. 5. Polyb.
'AvSvirarevto), f. ivw, (avSviraroQ),
13. 7. 8. Spoken of the dead, to raise

to be proconsul, Acts xviii. 12. Hero- up, recal to life, John vi. 39, 40, 44, 54.
ilian. 7. 5. 2.
Acts ii. 32. xiii. 33. So IK veicp&v Acts
xiii. 34. xvii. 31 __
Horn. II. 24. 551,
ou, o, (aj/ri and vTra-
,
756. Xen. Yen. 1.6.
roe consul), a proconsul, Acts xiii. 6,
b) metaph. to raise up, i. e. to cause to
8, 12. xix. 38. Polyb. 21. 8. 11. Plut. cause to appear, e. g. airkpua rivi
exist,
Gall. c. 3. For the rank and authority
Matt. xxii. 24, coll. Gen. xxxviii. 8,
of proconsuls, see under 'Hy^tuiv. Cy- where Sept. rbv Xpiarov Acts
for 0"pn.
prus was originally a pretorian province, ii. 30. Acts iii. 22, 26. vii. 37.
7rpo<t>r)rr)v,
trrparnytKr}, and not proconsular but ;
So Sept. and tTpn Deut. xviii. 18.
was left by Augustus under the senate, Pass, ieptvc dv. Heb. vii. 11, 15.
and hence was governed by a proconsul ;
II. Intransitive, in the perf.
Dio Cass. 54. p. 523. ed. Leuncl. See pluperf.
and aor. 2 Act. and in the Mid. to rise
Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 158, 165. Kuinoel
up, to arise, viz.
on Acts xiii. 7.
a) pp. spoken of those who are sit-
f. avfjaut, aor. 2. avijv, aor.
'Avirini) ting or lying down, Matt. xxvi. 62.
1 pass. avtSrjv,
(ava and 'o?/u), to send up Mark v. 42. ix. 27. xiv. 60. Luke iv.
or forth, Od. 4. 568. In N. T. to let up,
16. v. 25. vi. 8. xxii. 45 avaarag airo rijc
to let go, trans, i.e.
upfrom prayer, i.e. from
TrpoffEwxJjg, rising
to relax, to loosen, e. g. TCLQ ZevKTij-
a) a kneeling or recumbent posture, xvii.
pias,Acts xxvii. 40 rd Seepd Acts xvi. 19. al. Xen. Anab. 4. 4. 11. Lucian
26. Wisd. xvi. 24 opp. to liriTtivuv. D. M. 27. 7. Horn. II. 1. 533. Spoken
Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 7 opp. to Ivreivew. of rising from bed or from sleep, Luke
Eunap. Max. p. 106. xi. 7, 8. xxii. 46. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.3.
b) to omit, cease from, as ri]v airtiXriv So avaffTTJvai t vficpwv, to rise from
Eph. vi. 9. -Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 8 OVK avrj- the dead, return to life, Matt. xvii. 9.
<TW Trplv In the sense of to leave, neg-
Mark
-ij.
ix. 9. 10. Luke xvi. 31. John
lect, not care for, Heb. xiii. 5 oy \ir\ <rc xx. 9. Acts xvii. 3. al. So without CK
avS>. So Sept. for no*! Deut. xxxi. 6. Matt. xx. 19. Mark
veicpwv, viii. 31. ix.
rpltfn Is. v. 6. nn 1 Sam. ix. 5. Ec-
31. x. 34. Luke ix. 8, 19. xviii. 33.
clus.'xxx. 8. Xen^Cyr. 7. 5. 75.
1 Thess. iv. 14, 16. al. 2 Mace. vii. 9
'AvtAewc, o>, o, -fj, adj. (a pr. and coll. ver. 14. xii. 44. Horn. II. 21. 56.
VXewe or V\ao), uncompassionate, stern, Herodot. 3. 66, 67. Trop. Eph. v. 14
James ii. 13.
avaara IK rwv veicpcSv, i. e. arise from the
, ou, 6, /, adj. (a pr. and death of sin, put on the new man in
, unwashed, Matt. xv. 20. Mark Christ. Comp. Clem. Alex. Protr. 8,
vii. 2, 5. Horn. II. 6. 266. ay%op.ivov virb KaKiag rbv av-
'Avforijjut, avaarrjaw, (ava. and
f.

VoT^/iiV aor. 1 aveaTqaa, aor. 2 a.viarr\v to arise, i. e. to come into

c) metaph.
and imper. avd<rrr)Si f by apoc. avaara existence, to be, Acts vii. 18 aviffrr) (3am-
Acts xii. 7. Eph. v. 14 ;
see Buttm. Xevg erepog. xx. 30. So Sept. for Q^p
107. n. I. 14. This verb is divided Ex. i. 8.
"773^
Dan. viii. 22. xi. 2.
between the trans, and intrans. signifi- c) in the sense of to stand forth, to
cations comp. "IOTJJ/U and Buttm. 107.
;
come forward, to appear, Matt. xii. 41.
II. Sept. usually for ttip Kal and Mark xiv. 57. Luke x. 25. xi. 32. Acts
Hiph. v. 36, 37. vi. 9. al. So Sept. for
"ray
I. Transitive, in the present, imperf. 2 Chr. xx. So avaariivai k-jri nva, to
5.
fut. and aor. 1, of the Active, to cause to rise up against any one, to assault, Mark
rise up, to raise up, cause to stand, viz.
52. v. 27. Not found in the epistles. AL.
iii. 26. So Sept. for
2 C
xx. 24. xxiv. 13.
r>
^
tnp Gen. iv. 8.
^2? ""?
pp. spoken of those lying down, a species of oriental pleonasm
a) d) by
 "Awa 63

it is often prefixed, espec. in the parti- Heb. madness, wickedness, i. e.

spoken
ciple, to verbs of going, of undertaking of rage, malignity, Luke vi. 11. or of
or doing any thing, etc. like the Heb. foolish temerity, 2 Tim. iii. 9 2 Mace.
Dip, see Gesen. Lex. Dip no.
1. Winer xiv. 5. xv. 33. Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 1 dvoia
67. 2. p. 489. Matt. ix. 9 avaoTtis J/KO- Kai 7rovr;pia.

XovSrifftv, he arose and followed. Mark i.

35 dvaarag irj\$e. ii. 14. vii. 24. x. 1, '
A vary
(*), dvoiw, (dvd
f.
oiyw),
and
50. Luke 39. v. 28. xv. 18, 20. Acts
i. with irreg. forms, viz. aor. 1 aveyZa and
viii. 26, 27. ix. 6, 11. al. saep. So Sept. later ijvoia Matt. ii. 11. John ix. 17,
and Gen. xxii. 3. Job. i. 20. 1 Sara.
Dip 21. Pausan. 4. 26. 6 Perf. 2 aviyya
xxiv. 5. 2 Sam. xiii. 31. So also Rom. intrans. Perf. Pass, ave^y/tat and with
xv. 12 o aviarafjitvos dpx tiv iSrv&v, coll. triple augm. rjvkyypai Rev. iv. 1. x. 8.
Is. xi. 10 where Sept. for 172V. 1 Cor. Aor. 1 Pass. avnpx$i]v, later rjvoixSijv,
X. 7 dvlffrrjcrav irai&iv, coll. Ex. xxxii. and with triple augm. rjvetfxSnv Rev.
6 where Sept. for Dip. AL. xx. 12 Aor. 2 Pass, late r)voiyr)v Rev.
xi. 19. xv. 5. Fut. 2 Pass, dvotyj/trojuat.
"Avva, rje,
r/ Anna, a prophetess men- For all these forms see Buttm. 114.
tioned Luke ii. 36.
p. 293. 84. n. 8. 86. n. 2, 6. Winer

, a, o, (for the gen. see Buttm. 12. 6. b. In N. T. to open, trans, and

34. IV. a high priest of the in later usage Perf. 2 dveyya intrans. to
4), Annas,
Jews, called by Josephus Ananus. He be open, to stand open, Buttm. 113. n.
was appointed by Quirinus (Cyrenius) 3. Matth. 494. p. 927. Lobeck ad
proconsul of Syria about A. D. 8 but ; Phryn. p. 157. Herodian. 4. 2. 14. JE1.
was deposed 11 years after by Valerius H. A. 1.45.
Gratus, procurator of Judea. After
what of
several changes the office was at length a) spoken is closed by a
cover, door, etc. Matt. 11 Srjaavpovg,ii.
given to Joseph or Caiaphas, the son-in-
treasures, i. e. boxes, caskets, etc. So
law of Annas, A. D. 26. As Caiaphas con-
Sept. and nrj*) Jer. 1. 26. Eurip. Ion.
tinued high priest until A. D. 35, Annas
923. Matt, xxvii. 52 ret nvrjpeia, se-
appears to have acted as his vicar (")$$), or which were closed by large
pulchres,
at least to have had great influence with
stones, coll. Matt, xxvii. 60, 66. xxviii.
him. Luke iii. 2. John xviii. 13, 24.
2. Mark xvi. 3, 4. So Sept. and niiS
Acts iv. 6. See Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 1, 2.
Ez. xxxvii. 12, 13. Trop. the throat of
Kuinoel on Luke iii. 2. Calmet's Diet.
wicked men called rd^og dj/eyy/u VOQ, an
is
See in 'Attevc a.
open sepulchre, Rom. iii. 13, as voiding
and forth noisome slanders against God and
, ov, o, /, adj. (a pr.
pass, unthought of, unintelligible, the righteous ; coll. Ps. v. 10 where Sept.
Horn. Hymn. Merc. 80. In N. T. act. for rnn*)
l^p. Most freq. with Svpa,
a door or gate, as Acts v. 23. xii. 10,
unintelligent, unwise, foolish,spoken of
those who are slow to understand and 14, 16. xvi. 26, 27. Rev. iv. 1. Hero-
receive moral and religious truth. Luke dian. 4. 2. 14. Xen. An. 5. 5. 20. So
xxiv. 25. Rom. i. 14 <ro0oTg rt. icai
dvoTj-
in order that one may enter, Matt. xxv.
roif. Gal. iii. 1, 3. Tit. iii. 3 __ Spoken 11. Luke xii. 36. xiii. 25. John x. 3.
of lusts, imprudent, brutal, 1 Tim. vi. 9. or go out, Acts v. 19. or view the in-
Sept. for ^Prov. xvii. 28. n^K Prov.
xv. 21. ^psj Prov. xix. 1.
terior, as vaoQ, Rev. xi. 19. xv. 5.
TO
So
53 Jer. x. 0pap TTJG d(3v(Tffov, the pit of the abyss,
8. Sept. KTrjveviv avoi'iroig for nlTDTTZ Ps. Rev. East pits or wells
ix. 2, since in the
xlix. 13. Sept. Deut. xxxii. 31. JEL V. are closed with large stones, cf. Gen. xxix.
H. 2. 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 31. 2. In like manner Svpa is implied be-
fore avoiyfjfffTai, Matt. vii. 7, 8. Luke
Avom, ac, 7) (avovq fr. a. pr. and xi. 9, 10, i. e. the door shall be opened to
vovc), want of understanding, folly, Sept. receive thee as a guest. Hence, metaph.
for r&1N Prov. xxii. 15. Wisd. xv. 18. to open the door of the heart, i. e.
sc.
^Elian! V. H. 9. 14 In N. T. from the receive willingly, Rev. iii. 20. to open the
 'Avolyw 64

door sc. of faith or of the kingdom of the mind, i. e. cause to perceive and

heaven, etc. i. e. to afford an opportunity understand, Acts xxvi. 18.

of embracing the gospel of Christ, Acts
'AvotKOcoucojj Wj f i]ati>, to rebuild,
xiv. 27. Rev.
7 bis, 8. to open the door
iii.
trans.Acts xv. 16 bis. Sept. for njn
sc. for the gospel, for a teacher, etc. i. e.
Amos ix. 11. Herodian. 8. 2. 12. Xen.
to give opportunity to publish the
gos- H. G. 4. 4. 49.
pel and gain converts, 1 Cor. xvi. 9. 2 Cor. tfAe act
"Avotl;t, cwc> *!> (avot'yw),
ii. 12. Col. iv. 3.
Sept. and HE*) Is. xlv. of opening, Eph. vi. 19, where iv avoi&t
1 Metaph. Diod. Sic. 1. 67." TOV (TTOfiaTog corresponds to iv irappqaiq.
b) spoken of the heavens, avoiyuv TOV in the subsequent clause. Comp. in
ovpavov, TOVQ OVQO.VOVQ, i. e. to open the d Thuc. 4. 67.
heavens, or to have the heavens opened or
divided, so that celestial things become , ac, 7> (avo/ioc), pp. law-
lessness, i e. violation
of law, transgres-
manifest, Matt. iii. 16. Luke iii. 21. John
i. 52. Acts vii. 56. x. 11.
sion. In N. T. spoken chiefly of the
Rev. xix. 11.
divine law, viz.
So Sept, and yip Is. Ixiv. 1. nns Ez.
1 John iii. 4 bis, irag 6 iroiwv
i. 1. Ps. Ixxviii! 23 Ecclus. xliii. 14. a) pp.
TTJV afiapTiav, icai rrjv avofiiav TTOII icai
c) spoken of a book, i. e. a volume,
afiapTia iariv Xen. Mem.
up and sealed,
TI
rolled Rev.v. 2, 3, 4, 5. 77 avo/it'a.

x. 2, 8. xx. 12 bis.
1. 2. 44 Hence
Spoken of the seals
of a book, T&G fftypayiSac Rev. v. 9. vi. b) by impl. and from the Heb. sin,
Xen. de Rep. iniquity, unrighteousness, Matt, xxiii. 28.
1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 12. viii. 1
xxiv. 12. Rom. iv. 7 a>v atykSriaav at avo-
Lac. 6. 4 dvoiZavTag TO.
arjpavTpa.
ftiai, coll. Ps. xxxii. 1 where Sept. avo-
d) spoken of the mouth, TO oro/ia, to
Rom.
H'ia yyj&, parallel with a/tapn'a.
open the mouth, e. g. of a fish, Matt. xvii.
vi. 19 TO. dov\a ry dvofitg, tig
27. So Sept. and TTSDT
Ps. xxii. 14 __ p,i\r} vfjiwv

In order to speak, to hold forth, to

i. e .
ri]v avofiiav, obedient to depraved
i. e.
desires so as to work iniquity. 2 Cor.
speak at length, to discourse, Matt. v. 2.
xiii. 35. Acts viii. 35. x. 34. xviii. 14.
vi. 14. Tit. ii. 14. Heb. i. 9 l/tjVjyo-ac -

coll. Ps. xlv. 8 where Sept. for

Rev. xiii. 6. So Sept. and ^D n^iD Dan.
x. 16. xi. 35, 36. Ecclus.
Heb. viii. 12 and x. 17 T&V a/iap-
.

n^p Judg. avvfiiwv avr&v, coll. Jer.

TIOJV icat TCJV
xv. 5. xxxix. 6. Lucian. Philops. 33.
In the sense of xxxi. 34 where Sept. for EnNtan. Hence
pour out one's mind,
to
6 epya6/j/o or 6 TTOI&V avofiiav, a
to open one's heart, i. e. to speak fully
and frankly, 2 Cor. vi. 11. So not to open worker of iniquity, i. e. ivicked, impious,
one's mouth, i. e. not to utter complaints,
Matt. vii. 23. xiii. 41. So Sept. for
etc. Acts viii. 32, coll. Is. liii. 7 where IIK "j^JS Job xxxi. 3. Ps. v. 6. Spoken
of defection from Christianity to idola-
Sept. for "3 nnp >&. Ps. xxxviii. 14.
xxxix. 10. try, i. e. apostasy, 2 Thess. ii. 7. Sept.
Spoken of the dumb, to have
the mouth opened, i.e. to recover the power
for
yty
Ex. xxxiv. 7. Is. vi. 7.
nyiin
of speech. Luke i. 64. So Sept. and Ez. xviii. 20. xxxiii. 12.
royin Ez. viii,

6. xviii. 12. al. Thuc. 2. 53.

"D HJlS Num. xxii. 28 __Trop. spoken
JIN
of the earth, to open her mouth, i. e. to
*Avojuoc> ou, o, rj, adj. (a pr. and
open, to form a chasm, Rev. xii 16. So vo/iog), lawless,
i. e.

Sept. and nSD of the earth, Num. xvi. without law, not subject to the law,
a)
30. Deut. xi. 6. rTHD Num. xxvi. 10. sc. of Moses. 1 Cor. ix. 21 quater, to
Ps. cvi. 17. Demostlu 777. 9. those not subject to the law (i. e. Gentiles)

e) spoken
of the eyes, TOVQ df&aX- I was as one not subject to
the law, (though
povg, to open the eyes, e. g. either one's not indeed without this law in the sight of
own eyes, Acts ix. 8, 40. or those of God), that I might win, etc. Hence put
another, i. e. to cause to see, to restore for gentile, pagan, Acts ii. 23. Wisd
sight, Matt. ix. 30. xx. 33. Johnix. 10. xv. 17. 1 Mace. ii. 44. iii. 5.

14, 17, 21, 26, 30, 32. x. 21. xi. 37. So b) by impl. and from the Heb. a vio-
Sept. and H]?D Is. xxxv. 5. xxxvii. 17. lator of the divine law, a transgressor,
xiii. 7 Metaph. to open the eyes sc. of impious, wicked, 1 Tim. i. 9. 2 Pet. ii. 8.
 'Al/TCtTTOV

In the sense of malefactor, Mark xv. 28. ance from death the phrase
being bor-
;

Luke xxii. 37 2 Thess. ii. 8, that im- rowed from the redemption of a slave ;
pious one, i. q. aVSpwTrof TTJQ a/iaprtag in comp. Eisner I. 83. So Sept. for TTTTp
ver. 3, referring to the guilt of idolatry, 1 K. xxi. 2. Jer. xv. 3. Job xxviii!
etc. Sept. for jng's Is. liii. 12. 15. rrTITan Ruth iv. 7. Ecclus. vi. 15.

Ez. xviii. 24. xxxiii. 8, 12. -p^ U xxvi. 14. 'Jos. B. J. 1. 18. 3.
'
Iv. 7. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 13.
f.
w, wo-w,

'Avojuwe, adv. (dvo/ioc), without law; and dvaTrXqpow), to up instead of, to

fill
Rom. ii. 12 bis, those who have sinned make good, trans. Col. i. 24 dvrava-
not being subject to the law sc. of Moses, TrXjjpai TO.
uoTfpjj/tara rwv S'Xii^ewv row
will be condemned, not indeed by the Xptarov iv ry (rapid /tou, Ifill up, make
(Mosaic) law,
but by the moral law; good, what is yet wanting to me of afflic-
comp. ver. 14, 15. tions for Christ, i. e. instead of any defi-

ciency (dvri u0rspj7/iaroc) I endure a full-

'AvopSou)) Wj f. WT<I>,
(dvd and 6p- ness of afflictions for Christ.
to set upright, to erect, trans. (7rX*;pw/ia)
Sow), Dem. 182. 22. Dio Cass. 44. 48. See
a) pp. Aor. 1 Pass. dvu>p3u#ijv with Tittmann iii Bibl. Repos. III. 58.
mid. signif. to stand erect, Luke xiii. 13.
5
cf. Buttm. | 136. 2. So Sept. for Tliynn AvTcnro$i$wfJii, f. Swow, (dvri and
Ps. xx. 9.
^33 Ez. xvi. 7. In the t),
to give back instead of some-
sense of to confirm, to strengthen, to esta- thing received, to repay, to requite, c.
blish, e. g. TCL yovara Heb. xii. 12, quoted dat. or absol.
from Is. xxxv. 3 where Heb.
pin and a) spoken
of good, to recompense, to
Sept. Iffxvat. Sept. for "p^TT 2 Sam. vii. reward, Luke xiv. 14 bis. Rom. xi. 35.
1 Thess. iii. 9. So
13, 16, 26. Jer. x. 11. xxxiii. 2.
tjpj Sept. and ^33 1 Sam.
Ps. cxlv. 14. cxlvi. 8. Thuc. 6. 68. xxiv. 18. Is. Ixiii. 7. ^ifi'TT 2 Sam.

b)
to erect again, to rebuild, Acts xv. xxii. 25. tJ-hli Prov. xxv. 23. Ecclus.
16, quoted from Amos
ix. 11 where Heb. iii. 31. xxx. 6.

n}3 and Sept. dvotjcoflo/uw. Herodot. b) spoken of evil, to requite, to avenge,

8. 141. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 12. etc. Rom. xii. 19. 2 Thess. i. 6. Heb. x.
and
30. So Sept. and b3 1 Sam. xxiv. 18.
'Avo<roe, ou, o, rj, adj. (a pr. Ps. ciii. 10. rrtfn Geu. 1. 15. 1 Sam.
o<rtof), unholy, ungodly, regardless
of duty
xxv. 21. OJbiri Gen. xliv. 4. Judg. i. 7.
to God or man, 1 Tim. i. 9. 2 Tim. iii.
Judith vii. 15. Ecclus. xvii. 23.
2. Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 1. Xen. Mem. 1.1.
11. , aro, TO, (avTairo-
requital, recompense, retribution,
,

x? V, av*xu, vxo/*ai, a e. g. of
good, Luke xiv. 12. of evil, Rom.
?

holding back, delay, e. g. a truce, 1 Mace.

xii. 25. Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 1. opportunity,
xi. 9. Sept. for ^723 Ps. xxviii. 4.
cxxxvii. 8. Joel iii. 4.^ Ecclus. xi. 2.
leisure, Herodian. 3. 6. 21. In N. T.
xiv. 6.
telf-restraint, forbearance, patience, Rom .

ii. 4. iii. 26. Hesych. avoxh' /*aicpo-

recompense, reward, Col. iii. 24. Sept. for
^733 Is. lix. 18. Ps. xciv. 2. Jer. xxxi.
/,
f. to-o/zai,
(dvrt and 56. Diod. Sic. X. p. 104, 106. ed. Bip.
ay<uviouat), to be an antagonist, to con-
tend with, strive against, c. c. irpof n,
'AvTaTroKpivo/mai, (avri, airoKpivo-
Heb. xii. 4 .Elian. V. H. 2. 8. Xen. uai), aor, 1 pass. dj/ra7T/cpt3?jv with mid.
CEc. 10. 12. signif. Buttm. 136. 2 ; to answer again,
to reply against, c. c. dat. and 7rp6f
'AvraAAa-yjua, aroe, r6 t (avrt and
,

that which is exchanged against

Luke xiv. 6 coll. ver. 4. Rom. ix. 20.
dXXd(r<ro>),
So Sept. and n$y Judg. v. 29. Job. xvi.
any thing, compensation, equivalent, and
hence genr. price. 8. xxxii. 12.
Matt. xvi. 26 and
Mark viii. 37, dvrdXXay/za rtjs ^UXTJC av- 'AvretTrov, aor. 2, (dvri, used
tlirov),
TOV, the price of his life, i. e. of deliver- as aor. of the verb dvnXsyw, Buttm. 114.
 66

p. 279 ; to reply, to contradict, to gain- dvri 6^3-aX/iou, etc. Rom. xii.

say, c. dat. Luke xxi. 15. absol. Acts iv. 17 KO.KOV avrl KO.KOV. 1 Thess. v. 15
14. Sept. for "isn Gen. xxiv. 50. ITtiprr 1 Pet. iii. 9 bis __ Xen.
Cyr. 5. 5. 29.
Esth. Job xx.
viii. 9. 2.
n$V Job xxxii. of the cause, motive, occasion, etc
d)
1. Mace. xiv. 44.
1 ^El. V. H. 3. 26. on account of, because of. Heb. xii. 2
Xen. H. G. 1. 4. 8. dvTi rijc 7rpoKifj.evT]c awry X a P"ff> on ac-
count oftliejoy. Eph. v. 31 avri TOVTOV,
dvTi, ix<"}> * hld before,
because of this, i. e. for this cause. Luke
and intrans. to resist, Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 6.
xii. 3 a j/3' & v, on account
Mid. dvTsxop-at, f. dv$ionai, to hold of which things,
before one's self, Horn. Od. 22. 74 __ In
i. e. wherefore, Sept. for ^an Jer. xi.

N. T. only Mid. to holdfast to, cleave to, 17. Wisd. xviii. 3. Xen. An.'l. 3. 4.
i. e. to be faithfully attached to
But dv$' wv is more commonly a causa-
any per- tive particle for avrl TOVTOV on, on this
son or thing ;
c. c. gen. Matt. vi. 24.
account that, because that, or simply be-
Luke xvi. 13. Tit. i. 9. Hence faith-
cause. Luke i. 20 dv$' &v OVK kirlaTtvaaQ.
fully to care for, c. gen. 1 Thess. v. 14

T&V daSev&v. xix. 44. Acts xii. 23. 2 Thess. ii. 10.
Sept. for T2TPT Jer. viii. 2.
See Buttm. 150. p. 435. So Sept. for
Zeph. i. 6.
p]n Is. Ivi. 2, 4, 6. Prov.
18. Prov.
Gen. xxii. 18. xxvi. 5. 2 Sam.
iii. "i?pi iv. 6.
toU;)
T
Jer. ii.
xii. 6. Tijx nrjJD Deut. xxviii.62.
8. 1 Mace. xv. 34. Pol. 5. 1. 8 . Diod.
Jer. xxii". 9. Jos. Ant. 7. 6. 2. 'Sen.
Sic. 2. 12. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 27.
Cyr. 6. 1. 48.
'Avr/, prep. c. gen. pp. simply local, NOTE. In composition avri denotes
over against, in presence of, as avri TIVOQ
1. over against, as aj/nrarretv. 2. con-
oTijvai Horn. II. 21. 481. Hence spoken
trary to, as dvTiXsysiv. 3. reciprocity, as
metaph. either in a hostile sense, against, 4. substitution, as CLVTL-
or by way of com- dvTcnroSiduni.
contra, II. 15. 415.
(3a<ri\V, avSvirciTOQ proconsul. 5. simi-
parison, where it implies something of
larity or correspondence, as d
equivalent value, and denotes substitu-
etc. Buttm. Comp. Buttm. 147. n. 9.
tion, exchange, requital,
147. n. 2. So in N. T. ,
f. /3aXw, to throw in
one's turn, as a weapon, Thuc.
In 7. 25.
1
by way of substitution, in place of,
.

instead of Luke xi. 11 avrl tx^vog 6<piv.

. N. T. metaph. of words, to cast backwards
James iv. 15 avrl rov Xsyeij/ vfiag. 1 Cor. and forwards, trans, i. e. to converse,
xi. 15. As implying succession, Matt. Luke xxiv. 17. 2 Mace. xi. 13.
ii. 22 'ApxlXaog jSatrtXtvei avri 'HpwSov. and
, (avri
1 Mace. ii. 11. xvi. 3. Jos. Ant. 3. 10. to place or dispose over
against. In N. T.
7. Herodot. 3. 59. Xen. An. 1. 1. 4. Mid. avTiSiaTiSffjiai., to oppose one's self,
Mem. 1. 2. 64 __ So John i. 16 i\d/3ofjiev
to be adverse, 2 Tim. ii. 25.
xdpiv dvTi xdpiTO, one favour in place
of, after, another grace upon grace, i. e.
;
OU, 6, 77, (avri
most abundant grace. Theognid. Sent. an opponent, accuser, e. g. the plaintiff
in a suit at law, Matt. v. 25 bis. Luke
344 avr dviSiv dviag. Chrysost. de Sa-
cerdot. 6. 13 erepav dvSr' krkpaQ <j>pov-
xii. 58 Xen. Apol. 10. Demost. 226.
rida.
4. Hence genr. any adversary, enemy,
2. by way of exchange, requital, equi-
i.
q. ^x^pog, Luke xviii. 3. 1 Pet. v. 8.
In this latter passage there is an allusion
valent, etc. in consideration of, on account
to the Jewish notion that Satan is the
of, spoken
of price, for, Heb. xii. IQdvrl accuser, calumniator, of men before God ;
a) /3pa>-
comp. Job i. 6 sq. Rev. xii. 10 sq. coll.
atwQ Sept. for t]n Num. xviii.
21, 31.
fiiag.
Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 5.
Zech. iii. 1 -- Sept. for yj Jer. 1. 34.

b) of persons for whom or for the sake

Ii. 36. rrnp
" 1 Sam. ii. 10.' nn UTlS
Is. xii. 11.
of whom, in behalf of, Matt. xvii. 27.
xx. 28. Mark x. 45 __
Soph. (Ed. Col. , j > ,

1326. antithesis, opposition. 1 Tim. vi. 20 dv-

c)
of retribution, for. Matt. v. 38 bis, rfjg ij/evd. yvdJaeaJG, i e. opposite
 67

opinions, contrary positions or doc- 4. 8 Followed by rf c. infin. to

deny.
trines. Luke xx. 27.

f. ffrrjau), (avrl and

b) to oppose, to disobey, to contemn or
j
in the transitive tenses, revile, Luke ii. 34. John xix. 12. Rom. x.
,

(Buttm. $ 107. to put in place of

21. Tit. i. 9. Hos.
ii. 9. Sept. for nnn
II), iv. 4.
another, Sept. Josh. v. 7. ;riD;
Is. 1. 5. T3iD Is. Ixv. 2
Polyb. 22. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 2. Lucian. D. Deor. 8. 3.
15. 11. to oppose, Sept. Deut. xxxi. 21.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 43 In N. T. aor. 2 in-
trans. to resist, stand firm against, absol. aid, relief; in N. T. bymeton. ofabstr.
Heb. xii. 4. Thuc. 1. 71. for concrete, a helper, reliever, 1 Cor.
xii. 28, where it refers to those appointed
w, (rw, to invite in f.
to take care of the poor and e.
turn, sc. to a feast, trans. Luke xiv. 12. sick, i.

Xen. Conv. 1. 15.

the both male and female
diaKovoi, ;

comp. Acts c. 6. Rom. xvi. 1. See

f. to lie oppo- Suicer. Thesaur. s. h. voc.
, Ktiffofiat, Sept. for
site, spoken of a country, Herodian 6. Ps. xxii. 19. ftytt Ps. cviii. 9.
4. 8. In N. T. to oppose, be adverse or Ps. Ixxxiii. 9.
repugnant to, seq. dat. Gal. v. 17. 1 Tim.
i. 10. So 6 dvTiKfiptvoG, an adversary, con-
tradiction, i. e.
opposer, absol. or seq. dat. Luke xiii. 17.
xxi. 15. 1 Cor. xvi. 9. Phil. i. 28. 2Thess. Heb.
a) controversy, question, strife,
ii. 4. 1 Tim. Sept. for lis Ex.
v. 14.
vi. 16. Spoken of a controversy
vii. 7.

before a judge, Sept. for ini Ex. xviii.

xxiii. 22.
f]Ti
Job. xiii. 25. n^itf Is.
16. :r-i Deut. xxv. 1. 2 feam. xv. 4.
Ixvi. 6. Zech. iii. 1. Sext. Empir.
-jaty
2. 14. Polyb. 28. 7. 4.
Hypoth.
b) contumely, reproach, Heb. xii. 3,
v, adv. (dvrij, opposite to, comp. Matt. xxvi. 60 sq. xxvii. 22 sq. 29,
over against, c. gen. Acts xx. 15. Jos. 40 sq. 49. et al __Jude 11, coll. Acts
Ant. 7. 10. 2. Xen. H. G. 6. 2. 22. xiii. 45. Others rebellion. Sept. for
f. to take , strife, i. e. reproach, Ps. Ixxx. 7.
Xii\l/opai,
in turn, Xeri. 6. 3. 12. In N. T.
Num. xx. 13, where it is i. q.
Cyr.
Mid. dvrtXa/Lt/3dvo/iot, to take hold of in
, coll. ver. 3. S"^ Deut. xxi. 5.

one's turn, to take part in, to interest one's d5j f. fiffat, to revile in
selffor, seq. gen. turn, 1 Pet. ii. 23 Lucian. Conv. 40.

u) spoken of things, 1 Tim. vi. 2 ot

ri/f iepy<rfaf dvTiXap(3av6fievoi, i. e. who

OU, TO, (CLVT'I, Xurpov),
also are partakers of, devoted to, the ransom, price of redemption, 1 Tim. ii. 6.
good
dvriXvTpov vTrep irdvTuv, comp. Matt. xx.
cause, etc. Sept. avriXapofievoc dXrj^dag 28 \vrpov dvTi iroXX&v. Anon. Vers. V.
for
rppp Is. xxvi. 3. (Others by He- T. for -]j^ (read
braism, firmly attached to ; as Sept. for njv) Ps. xlix. 9, where
1 K. ix. 9. 2 Chr. vii. 1 Mace.
Sept. rrjv TifiTjv Trj
pin 22.)
ii. 48. Jos. Ant. 5. 4. 3. Philo in Flacc.
fw, w, f. i?<rw, to measure
p. 967. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 6. out again or in turn, absol. Luke vi. 38.

b) spoken of persons, to metaph. put for

[Matt. vii. i. e. to
aid, protect, 2.]
relieve, Luke i. 54. Acts xx. 35. So Sept. repay, requite, to render like for like.
for Hiph. and Piel of Lev. xxv. 35. pm
2 Chr. xxviii. 15. xxix/34. /a, a, /, (avri,
rrop Ps. retribution, recompense, wages; spoken
iii. 6. cxix. 116. Is. Ixiii. 5.
liy 2 Chr. of punishment. Rom.
xxviii. 23 Diod. Sic. 11. 13. "Hesych.
i. 27. Spoken of
reward, 2 Cor. vi. 13 TTJV avrrjv avTipi-
aSiav TrXarvv^TjTe ical vfjiels, i. e. by way
,
f. <>, c. dat. or absol. of recompense open ye your hearts to-
to speak against, i. e. wards me in the same manner as I have
a) to contradict, Acts xiii. 45 bis. xxviii. done to you; comp. ver. 11. Theophyl.
19, 22 Ecclus. iv. 25. Xen. Mem. 4. ad Autol. lib. 1. p. 87.
F 2
 68

, ac,
r'h
Antioch, the name Herodian. 6. 3. 13. In N. T. metaph.
of two cities in N. T. to oppose, resist, strive against, c. dat.
Antioch of Syria was situated on
1. Acts vii. 51. Sept. infin. for ny*]73
T
the river Orontes, and was the royal Num. xxvii. 14. Polyb. 25. 9. 5.
residence and metropolis of all Syria.
jucu,
Mid. dep. (dvri,
It was founded by Seleucus Nicanor,
and called by him after the name of his pp. to lead out an army against,
,

Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 26. In N. T. metaph.

father Antiochus. This city is cele-
to war against, to oppose, c. dat. Rom.
brated by Cicero in his oration pro Ar-
vii. 23. Aristaenet. II. Ep. 1 tpwg O.VTI-
chia, as being opulent and abounding in rots v
men of taste and letters. It was also a
place of great resort for the Jews, and f. ?<> to draw up an
afterwards for Christians, to all of whom army against, to arrange in battle array,
invitations and encouragements were Xen. Anab. 4. 8. 5. In N. T. Mid. av-
held out by Seleucus Nicanor. The rirfWo/ictijinetaph. to set one's selfagainst,
distinctive name of Christians was here to oppose, to resist, c. dat. or absol. Acts
first applied to the followers of Jesus. xviii. 6. Rom. xiii. 2. James iv. 6.
It was inhabited by great numbers of v. 6. 1 Pet. v. 5. So Sept. for y^
Jews, Jos. B. J. 7. 3. 3. The modern Prov. iii. 34.
name is Antakia. Acts xi. 19, 20, 22,
26 i'j o, rj, adj. (avri, TV-
bis, 27. xiii. 1. xiv. 26. xv. 22, 23,
TTOQ q.
v.)
a blow or impres-
resisting
30, 35. xviii. 22. Gal. ii. 11.
sion, i. e. hard, solid, Julian. Ep. 54.
Antioch of Pisidia was so called,
2.
p. 441. Porphyr. p. 253. See Eisner
because it was attached to that province,
Obs. Sac. II. p. 407. In N. T. avri in
although situated in Phrygia. It was
founded by Seleucus Nicanor. Its ruins
compos, here implies resemblance, cor-
were ascertained in 1833 byMr. Arundell, respondence hence, formed after a type
;

or model, like, corresponding ; and neut.

near the Turkish town of Yalobitz. Acts
avTiTvirov, as subst. antitype, that which
xiii. 14. xiv. 19, 21. 2 Tim. iii. 11.
corresponds to a type, Heb. ix. 24. 1 Pet.
Comp. Strabo 12. Plin. H. N. 5. 27. 21.
iii.
Hesych. avTirviroQ "HJOQ, ofioiog.
'Avrto^Euc? W> o, a citizen ofAn-
Gregor. Naz. Orat. 11. Gregor. Damasc.
tioch) Acts vi. 5. Orth. Fid. 4. 14. Constitut. Apost. v. 13
'Avri7rap*p\ojucu, f. eXtvaofiai, to TO.avTiTVTra /zuor^pia TOV acjfiaroQ ical a'i-
pass along over against, i. e. to pass by,
fiaToe TOV Xpiffrov, spoken of the bread
sc. without
stopping, Luke x. 31, 32. and wine, the symbols of the body and
Wisd. xvi. 10.
blood of Christ.
'Avr/irac, a, o, Antipas, pr. name of
ou, o, antichrist, lit.
a martyr, Rev. ii. 13. ,

an opposer of Christ, found only in

'Awttrorpfcs $ocj r}, Antipatris, pr.
John's epistles, and there defined to be,
name of a city of Palestine, situated two
or three miles from the coast, in a fertile collectively, all who deny that Jesus is
the Messiah, and that the Messiah is come
and well watered plain between Cesarea
in the flesh, 1 John ii. 18 bis, 22. iv. 3.
and Jerusalem, on the site of a former
2 John 7. What class of peisons the
city Xa$apd(3a. It was founded by
apostle had in view is unknown pro-
Herod the great, and called Antipatris, ;

bably Jewish adversaries. See Suicer's

in honour of his father
Antipater. Acts Thesaur. s. voc.
xxiii. 31. See Jos. Ant. 13. 15. 1. ib. 16.
5. 2. B. J. 1.21. 9. , to, f. rjffu), (avrXog a hold,
to draw out, sc. water, wine, etc.
'

AvTiTTEpav, adv. (dvri, Trtpav), over sink),

against, on the opposite shore, etc. Luke trans, or absol. John ii. 8, 9. iv. 7, 15.

viii. 26. Some MSS. read avmripa. Sept. for 2N$ Gen. xxiv. 13, 20. n^l
Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 3. Xen. H. G. 6.2. 9. Ex. ii. 16, 19. Xen. (Ec. 7. 40.

f.
pp. to fall wjiat is drawn,
'AvrtTTiTTTti), Trfffovftai, "AvrAijjua, aroc? >

against or upon, sc. in a hostile manner, Dioscor. 4. 64. In N. T. a bucket, i. e.

 69 Aytci

any vessel for drawing water, John

11. Heb. ^1.
iv. Heb. iii.

39. Josh. xii. 11.

l_Sept. for
Ex. xx.
^n Deut. 4~
iv.

ry^y Is.
f.
vii. 3. Diod. Sic. 4. 55. Xen. An 7
'AvTO(f)^O\fJ.i(jt), (dvTi, W, rj(T<a,
4. 11.
to look at directly or in the
6<j>3a\n6g,}
face; Barnab. Ep. c. 5 tig dicrlvae TOV b) motion to a higher place, upwards,
sursum, John xi. 41. Heb. xii. 15. Sept.
i'l\iov avTo^a\fj.ij(Tai. Chrysost. in Jes.
vi. 2 In N. T. trop. spoken of a ship, for
njp Is. viii. 21. xxxvii. 21. Ecc.
iii. 21. 1 Chr. xxii. 5 Xen. An. 4. 8. 28.
to look the wind in the face, i. e. to bear
John ii. 7 ewe dvw, to the very top or
up against, to resist, to withstand, c. dat.
Acts xxvii. 15. Wisd. xii. 14. Polyb.2. brim. Sept. for np*>
1^ 2 Chr. xxvi. 8.
24. 1.
'Avorytov, ov, TO, i.
q. 'Avdyaiov q.
v.
, ou, o, r], adj. (a pr. and
Wwp,) waterless, dry, as dvvSpot TOTTOI, "AvwStv, adv. (avo>.)
of place, from above,
dry places, i. e. barren, sandy, desert, 1 .
from a higher
Matt. xii. 43. Luke xi. 24. The Jews place, Matt, xxvii. 51. Mark xv. 38. John
supposed that the abode of evil spirits xix. 23. Jos.Ant. 3. 7. 3. Herodian. 8.
was in deserts see Tob. viii. 3. Baruch.
;
4. 20. Thuc. 3. 21 Hence spoken of
iv. 35. and
comp. Rev. xviii. 2. Sept. for whatever is ovpavoSiv or IK TOV
ovpa-
}1?^tfP Is. xliii. 19, 20. inin Is. xii. vov,from heaven, and since God dwells
in heaven, it
19. n^
Hos. ii. 3. nttfc is. xfir. 8. signifies, from God, in a
2 Mace. i. 19. Polybl 5. 80. 2 __ divine manner, John iii. 31.
(iii. 3, 7.)
xix.
Trop. spoken of boastful deceivers and 11. James i. 17. So James iii. 17 n
seducers, who are called Tri/yai dvvSpot dvwStv <ro<f>ia, heavenly or divine wisdom,
2 Pet. ii. 17, and ve<t>i\ai (Buttm. 125.
dwSpoi Jude 6,)
i.
q. ) oofia avuStv
in ver. 15.
12, i. e. fountains or clouds that promise Sept for ^7333 Ex. xxviii. 27.
much water, but deceive those who Job iii. 4 Clem. Alex. Protrept. 1.
rely
on them. Just. Mart. Cohort,
p. 9. ^Elian. H.
An. 9. 30. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 14.
, ov, o, r/, adj. (a pr. 2. of time,
and a) from thefirst, from the
uTroKpt'vo/iai,) unfeigned, real, true, Luke
Rom. beginning. i. 3. Acts xxvi. 5
sincere, xii. 9. 2 Cor. vi. 6. 1 Tim. Trpo-
yivwcricovTfs ue a.vu$f.v,from the first, e.
i. 5. 2 Tim. i. 5. James iii. 17. 1 Pet.
i.
from the earliest age Dem. 1125. 24.
i. 22 Wisd. v. 18. xviii. 16.
Herodian. 8. 6. 12 KO.T' tvvoiav, r}v tl^ov

ov, xpoQ avTbv dvwStiv. Just. Mart. Dial.

6, r/, adj. (a pr.
and c. Tryph. 24. So Gal. iv. 9.
V7rora<r<7w,) unsubjected, i. e. spoken p. 123
of things, Pass, not made olf irdXiv dwSev SovXevsiv 3eXtre, again
subject, Heb.
from the very
ii. 8.
Spoken of persons, Act. insubor- beginning, i. e. wholly, as
if ye had never been Christians.
dinate, lawless, refractory. 1 Tim. i 9. Wisd
Tit. i. 6, 10. xix. 6.
Symmach. for *?ybzi 1B"N
1 Sam. 12.
b) again, another time, John iii. 3, 7.
ii.

ftvve^ffvai dvat&ev, to be born again.

"Avw, adv. up, above, denoting Others refer this to no. 1, and so far as
a) place where, iv T$ ovpavf dvu the sense is it is doubtless
Acts ii. 19. Rev. v. 3 in later edit __ concerned,
Hence TO
i.
q. IK &tov ytvvvStivai, in John i. 13
6, r},
adj. (Buttm.aw, as an
but Nicodemus in ver. 4 takes it as
125. what is above, upper, referred syno-
6,)
to heaven, and therefore nymous with Sfvrepov, a second time.
heavenly, celes-
tial. So T& dv(u, heaven, John viii. h OV, (dvwTepog fr.
23,
comp. iii. 13,31. vi.38. xvii. 5. But ra avw,) upper, higher. Acts xix. 1 dvat-
dvio, things above, heavenly or divine Tepiicd p'tpri, the higher regions, i. e. the

things, Col. iii. l, 2 Act. Thorn. 36.

inland parts of Asia Minor, comp. xviii
Gal. iv. 26 dvu 'Upovaa^p, the 23.
77 ce-
I'sfialJerusalem. Phil. iii. Ur,dvu K \r~l(ng,
the heavenly 'AvwT-cpoe, a, ov, compar. higher,
i. calling, q. iTrovpdvioQ in superior, used in the neut. as the com-
 70

par. of avw, Buttm. 115. 5. Luke xiv. c) by impl. suitable, congruent, cor-
10. Heb. x. 8 dvwTtpov Xeywv, having responding to, C. gen. as icaoirovs <iiovf
said above, before, in the former part of TTJC fitravoiag, Matt. iii. 8. Luke iii. 8.
the quotation. Sept. for ^7373 Lev. xi. Acts xxvi. 20. So Luke xxiii. 41 1
21. Mace. x. 54. Xen. Ag. 1 1 .Hence aio* .

and iffrt,it is suitable, proper, etc. 1 Cor. xvi.

, loe, o, n, adj. (a pr.
4. 2 Thess. i. 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 3.
useless, unprofitable, serving no
purpose. 'A&dw, w, f. w<rw, (atoe,) regard to
a) pp.
Heb. vii. 18. Sept. for H?in >6 as deserving, to Iwld worthy of.
spoken of idols, Jer. ii. 8. Is. xliv. 10. c. accus. et gen. 2 Thess. i. 11.
a) pp.
Lucian. Tim. 127. Xen. OEc. 1. 16. Pass. c. gen. 1 Tim. v. 17. Heb. iii. 3.
Tit. iii.
b) by impl. injurious, noxious, x. 29. Jos. Ant. 2. 11. 2. Xen. Anab.
9 __ Sept. Prov. xxviii. 3. Psalt. Saloni. 3. 2. 7. Seq. infin. aor. Luke vii. 7,
xvi. 8 dfiapria avw^eXfa. Test. XII Patr.
comp. in *Aioe b. a Sept. Gen. xxxi.
p. 959. 28. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 10.
to deem proper,
'All'l?, TJC ^J (ayvw/u, inf.
dat,) b) to regard as suitable,
an axe, Matt. iii. 10. Luke iii. 9. Sept. to think good, seq. Infin. aor. Acts xv. 38
for Deut. xix. 5. D*n*ip 1 Sam. xiii. r}%iov, fir} avfiirapaXa/Bttv TOVTOV. XXVlii.
"JJ13
20. -JElian. V. H. 12. 5. "Xen. Cyr. 6. 22. Act. Thorn. 1 11. Xen. Mag. Eq.7.
2.34. 4. Others, to desire, to wish, etc. as
*Atoc, m, tov, worth, worthy, c. c. Sept. for ^2
Esth. iv. 7. Dan. i. 8. for
Dan. ii. 16, 23. Xen. An.
Chald. N^SJ
gen. or absol. T

a ) of equal value, of like worth, worthy 1. 7. 8. D iod. Sic. 17. 107.

of comparison, comparable, Rom. viii. 18. adv a

-
suitably, properly, in
OVK d%ia TO. iraSijfiaTa TOV vvv Kaipov
becoming manner, seq. gen. Rom. xvi. 2.
7rpo Tr]v fi(\\ovaav co%av. So Sept. for ,,

Eph. iv. 1. Phil. i. 27. Col.i. 10. 1 Thess.

rniE Prov. iii. 15. viii. 11. Comp. Gen.
ii. 12. 3 John 6 __Wisd. vii. 16. xvi. 1.
xxiii. 9. 1 Chr. xxi. 22, 24. Horn. II. 8.
Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 9.
234. ib. 23. 885. Diod. Sic. 1. 51.
either and
b) genr. worthy of, deserving of, 'Ao/oaroc? ou, 6, ), adj. (a pr.
good or evil, viz. bpdw, unseen, invisible, Rom. i. 20. Col.
of good, absol. of persons, worthy
(a) i. 15, 16. 1 Tim. i. 17. Heb. xi. 27
of benefit. Matt. x. 11, 13 bis. xxii. 8.
sc. Sept. Gen. 2. 2 Mace, ix- 5. Jos. Ant.
i.

Luke vii. 4. Rev. iii. 4. Seq. gen. of 14. 4. 4. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 13.
thing, Matt. x. 10 TTJG TpoQrjg. Luke x.
7 TOV P.HT&OV. 1 Tim. v. 18. Acts xiii. 46. 'ATTayyAAw, f. yeXoi, imperf. a7rr/y-
Acts xxvi. 20 in later edit. aor.
1 Tim. i. 15. iv. 9. vi. 1. Sept. for
rnirf Esth. vii. 4 Wisd. vi. 16. ix. 12. ^yyeiXa, aor. 2 Pass. a7r;yyeX?jv
2''Macc. iv. 25. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 62 __ Luke viii. 20, doubtful, see Buttm. 103.

Seq. gen. of person, TOV dvai rivog, i. e.

n. 4. marg __c. c. dat. of person and

accus. of thing or Trepi seq. gen. or on,

worthy to be the friend of, or to be cher-
or infin.
ished by, any one, Matt. x. 37, 38. Heb. TT&g,
1. to give up intelligence, to bring
word
xi. 38. Wisd. iii. 5 Seq. infiu. aor.
Luke XV. 19, 21, OVK dio KXrjSrjvai VIOQ. from any person or place, concerning
i. e.
Acts 25. Rev. iv. 11. v. 2, 4, 9, 12.
xiii. any thing,
see Buttm. 140. 3. and 137. 5 Wisd. a)
to relate, to inform of, to tell, sc.
i. 16. xviii. 1. Xen. (Ec. 21. 12. With what had occurred, etc. c. dat. of pers.

John i. 27. Dem. 279. 8. Matt, viii, 33. xiv. 12. xxviii. 8, 10, 11.
'iva,
of evil, deserving of, absol. Rev. Mark vi. 30. xvi. 10, 13. Luke vii. 18.
(/8)
20, 36. ix. 36. xiii. xxiv. 9. John
Seq. gen. TiX^ywv Luke xii. 28.
viii. 1.
vi. 6.
Luke xx. 18. Acts iv. 23. xi. 13. 1 Thess. i. 9.
>
3ra.va.Tov, deserving of death,
xxiii. 15. Acts xxiii. 29. xxv. 11, 25. Sept.forTan Judg. xiii. 10 Xen. Anab.
xxvi. 31. Rom. i. 32. Wisd. xix. 4. 1 . 7. 2. Seq. tig, Luke viii. 34 arr^yyttXav
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 62 Savdrov l
tig rovgdypov^. Mark v. 14
 71 'ATraXXacratt)

in later edit. So Sept. for *? T373 Amos b) spoken

of a way, seq. tig, Matt. vii.
iv. 13 __ Xen. An. 6. 4. 25. 13, 14, r) bdbg 17 airayovaa fig TTJV airw-
b)announce, to make known, declare,
to \tiav v. tig rriv Z,<DIIV. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 10.
what is done or to be done, etc.
tell, sc. tig fierdvoiav. So ayu>, Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 4
Matt. xii. 18. Luke xviii. 37. John iv. 51 .
bSovg rag ayovffag tig 'lepoaoXv/za. Philo
Acts v. 25. xii. 14, 17. xv. 27. xvi. 36. de Vit. Mos. II. p. 264.
xxiii. 16, 17, 19. xxviii.21. Uohni. 2,3. c)
Mid. aTrdyofjiat, lit. to lead one's
Sept. for "172K Josh. ii. 2. T3H Gen. self away, to go away, i. e. metaph. to go
xxiv. 49. xxix. 15. Judg. xiii. 6. So astray, be seduced. 1 Cor. xii. 2 irpbg TO.
Heb. ii. 12 airayytXia TO ovofid aov Toig f'idwXa, i. e. to the worship of idols.
afoX^cTc nov, i. e. declare, make known ; so
'ATTcu'Seuroe, ou, o, V), adj. (a pr.
Sept. for -iDp Ps. Ixxviii. 4, 6; here and Xen. Mem.
Tratfovw,) pp. untaught,
quoted from Ps. xxii. 23, where Heb.iDD 4. 1 . 4
hence, ignorant,
; stupid, foolish,
and Sept. i;yrjo-o/iai. Others to praise, of persons, Sept. for Prov.xvii. 22.
celebrate, as Sept. for JTYirT Ps. Ixxxix. 2.
b^
^"D5 Prov. viii. 5. xv. 15. Jos. Ant 2.13.
cv. 1. In the sense of to exhort, c. infin.
3. In N. T. of things, inept, trifling,
Acts xxvi. 20 airrjyyt\ov /uravotTv. So
absurd, 2 Tim. ii. 23 atraiSevTovg j?r//-
also by impl. to confess, Luke viii. 47. 1
Cor. xiv. 25. So Sept. and Tan Gen. xii.
18. f. apw, (dTTo, aipw,) trans.
back word from any one,
2. to bring to take away, to remove, Herodot. 8. 57.
to report, c. dat. of pers. with or without intrans. to go away, depart, Xen. H. G.
accus. of thing, Matt. ii. 8. xi. 4. Luke 6. 5. 32. Sept. for yO} Gen. xii. 19. xiii.

vii. 22. xiv. 21. Acts v. 22. xxii. 26. 11. al. ssep. Comp. Buttm. 130. n. 2.
In N. T. only aor. 1 Pass. airrjpSnv, in
Sept. for T3H Gen. xxvii. 42. xxix. 12.
Xen. Mem! 1. 2. 33. the pass, sense, to be taken away, Matt.
ix. 15. Mark ii. 20. Luke v. 35. or per-
f. ayw, to strangle. In N.
haps with the mid, intrans. sense, to de-
,

T. Mid. airayxf ai > to strangle one's self,

part ; comp. Buttm. 135. 3. 136.
sc. by hanging, to hang one's self, Matt.

Sept. for p^TT} 2 Sam. xvii.

f.
xxvii. 5. 'ATratTtw, w, ^<rw, (OTTO, atVlw,)
23. .Elian. V. H.5. 8. "'Xen. Hiero7. to demand back from any one, sc. what
where Judas is is one's own, to require, trans, c. airo TL-
13. Comp. Acts 18, i.

said irprjvrjg ytvop,ivog iXaicT/<Te p'toog K.T.\. vog. Luke vi. 30. xii. 20 TIJV -^v\r\v <rov
lit. they shall require
d-rraiTovoiv O.TTO aov,
i. e. having hanged himself, and the
cord perhaps breaking, he fell with such thy life, indef. for the Pass, thy life shall
violence as to dash out his bowels. be required sc. by him who gave it ;
comp. Buttm. 129. 11. Stuart 500.
ayw, f. w, aor. 2 airrjyayov, aor. Ecclus.
Sept. for to?} Deut. xv. 2, 3.
1 Pass. airrix^nV) to lead away, to con-
xx. 15. Jo's. Ant. 12. 4. 5. Theophr.
duct away, trans.
Char. 9 or 12.
a) genr. Luke xiii. 15. seq. irpog Acts
f. *l<ru,
xxiii. 17. Sept. for 371} Gen. xxxi. 18. 'ATTaX-yfO), w, (airo, aXyew,)
Deut. xxviii. 37. Tpbln Deut. xxviii. 36. pp. to grieve out, i. e. to cease from griev-

1 K. i. 38. al. Ml. V. H. 1. 6. Spoken ing, Thuc. 2. 61 . In N. T. to cease to

N. T. feel, to be unfeeling, i. e.
without sense
in chiefly in a judicial sense, to lead
of decorum, shame, etc. Eph. iv. 19.
away, or bring, sc. before a judge or to
prison, seq. vrpog or tig, Matt. xxvi. 57.
Heliodor. 5. p. 213. Hesych. d
xxvii. 2. Mark
xiv. 44, 53. xv. 16. John Ttg- ava.ia$T}Toi j(.vop,f.vo

xviii. 13. Acts xxiv. 7. or to punishment, 'AiraXXaaraw, V. arrw, f. (a-rro, <*>,

Matt, xxvii. 31. Luke xxiii. 26. Johnxix. remove from, trans, rt OLTTO
a\\aaa(i),\ to
16. Hence
absol. anaxSnvai, to be put to rtvog, Xen. Anab. 3. 2. 28. Sept. for
death, Acts xii. 19.~Ep. Jerem. 18. Sept. Job ix. 34.
T'DrT xxvii. 5. Jer. xxxii. 31,
aTTTjyusvog, a prisoner, for -nDN* etc. Gen. Hence in N. T.
xxxix. 22. xl. 3. xiii. 16. Hesych. a)
Mid.
aTraXXaffffo/iat, to remove
tig Savarov \Ktaai. one's selffrom, or intrans. to depart, to
 'ATraXAorpto'tu

Acts xix. 12.

leave, c. cnro, So Act. in- iii. 18, [20.] Sept. fornrTN Ex. xxx. 11.
Ex. xix. 22. Herodot. 1.
trans. Sept. 16. Lev. xvi. 34. Xen.CEc. 10.1. Herodian.
So Mid. Xen. Anab. 7. 1. 4. seq. IK ib. 1. 10. 8. So liiraZ teal Sic, once and again,
1. 6. 2. i. several times, Phil. iv. 16. 1 Thess. ii.
e.

by irapl. to free, to set free, to dis- 18. So Sept. for Q^nuJI Qys Neh. xiii. 20.
b)
miss, trans, seq. air 6. Luke xii. 58 1 Mace. iii. 30.
cnrijXXdx^aL air' avrov, to be set free, let b) trop. once for all, already, formerly,
go, from thy opponent, creditor, etc. Heb. vi. 4. x. 2. Jude ver. 3, 5. So Sept.
sc. by private adjustment. Seq. Gen. for nnK Ps. Ixii. 12. Ixxxix. 36. Jos.
Wisd. xii. 2, 20. Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 3. Xen. Ant. 5. 3. 2.
Mem. 2. 9. 6.-^So metaph. Heb. ii. 15.
Savdrov 'A7rapa/3aroc, ou,
o, 17? adj. (a pr.
a7raXXdy TOVTOVC oeroi 0o/3y and Act. not passing over,
7rapa/3atVw,)
tvoxot fiaav SovXtiac. Seq. gen. Philo i. e. not transgressing sc. a law, Jos.
de spec. Leg. p. 793 aTraXXax^w r?fc
Ant. 18. 8. 2. Pass, not violated, invio-
liri T<$ SavaTty
rt/iwp/ae. Jos. Ant. 11.
late, e. g. o voftoc, Epict. Enchir. 50. 2.
6. 12. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 12.
Xoyoe Sttoc Plut. de Fat. 1. de def. Orac.
'ATraXXorptow, w, f.
wow, (air 6,
3. In N. T. spoken of Christ's priest-
dXXorpiow,)
to estrange, to alienate; hood, Heb. vii. 24, either Act. not tran-
Pass, to be alienated from, to be a stran- perpetual; or Pass, immutable, un-
sient,
ger to, seq. gen. Eph. ii. 12. iv. 18. absol. changing. Found only in the later
Col. 21. Sept. for -m Ps. Iviii. 4. ^53
i.
Greek, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 313.
Job xxi. 29. 4 Mace. i. 3. Diod. Sic. 3.
72. ib. 11. 48. 'ATrapatncsvaoTOc, ou, o, 77, adj. (a
pr. 7rapa<ncuaa>,) unprepared, 2 Cor.
ix. 4, coll. ver. 3. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 41.
oe, 77, o v, soft, tender ; spoken
of a shoot of a tree, Matt. xxiv. 32. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 15.

Mark xiii. 28. So Aquil. a?raXd \a-%ava f. de-

'ATrapve'ojucu, ou/zcu, rjffopai,
Lev. ii. 14. Sept. cnraXorrjg for nip"}? pon. (aTTo, dprto/mi,) fut. 1 pass. ciTrap-
Ez. xvii. 4. So of flesh, Sept. for rp vrjSriaofiai in pass, sense Luke xii. 9,
Gen. xviii. 7. ^Elian. V. H. 3.42. Xen" comp. Buttm. 113. 3. n. 3 ;
to abne-
Anab. 1. 5. 2. gate, to deny, seq. infin. Luke xxii. 34
TrpfV 7) rpic aTrapvfjffy fj,t}
tiStvai [if.
to, f. ;<rw, (airo,
Herodot. See Kypke Obs. Sac. in
8. 69.
so in N. T. and Diod. Sic. 18, 15 but ;
loc. Hence spoken of persons, to deny,
usually f. rjffofiai, as Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 3 to ;
i. e. to
disown, to abjure, trans.
meet from opposite directions, to fall in
of Christ and his religion, Matt,
with, c. c. dat. Matt, xxviii. 9. Mark v. a)
2. xiv. 13. Luke
xvii. 12. John iv. 51.
xxvi. 34, 35, 75. Mark xiv. 30, 31, 72.
Acts xvi. So Sept. foryrs 1 Sam. x.
16.
Luke xxii. 61. John xiii. 38. Of persons
5. Xen. Anab. 2. 3. 17 __ Spoken of a denied by Christ, Luke xii. 9. Sept. for
hostile encounter, Luke xiv. 31. So Sept. DK73 Is. xxxi. 7. Dem. 575. 25 TO ovoua.
to fall upon, for y^D Judg. viii. 21. 2 Diod. Sic. 5. 24 TOV ydfiov.
Sam. i. 15. b) seq. kavrov, to deny one's self, i. e.
to disown and renounce self, to disre-
gard all personal interests and enjoy-
meeting, encounter ; found in N. T. only ments, Matt. xvi. 24. Mark viii. 34.
in the phrase tic airavrijaiv, used for the ix. Phil.
[Luke 23.] Comp. iii. 7, 8.
inf. aTravT^v, to meet, seq. gen. Matt. xxv.
1, 6. 1 Thess. iv. 17. seq. dat. Acts xxviii. 'ATraprt, adv. of time, i. q. air' apri,
for which it is put in the later editions,
15. So Sept. for
nRlpb 1 Sam. ix. 14.
Jer. xii. 6. ssep. "SD^ 1 Chr. xii. 17 __ from now, from this time, i.e.

Diod. Sic. 18. 59. 'polyb. 5. 26. 8. a) henceforth, hereafter, Matt, xxiii.
39. xxvi. 29, 64. John i. 52. Comp. awb
"ATTO^, adv. of time, once. i. e. TOV vvv Luke i. 48. Whether the Attics
a) pp. one time, semel, 2 Cor. xi. 25. used it in this sense, is doubtful ;
Lob.
Heb. ix. 7, 26, 27, 28. xii. 26, 27. 1 Pet. ad Phryn. p. 20, 21.
 73

b)
i.
q. dprt, but stronger, at this very to deceive, to
aw, w, f.
170-0*,
time, evennow, John xiii. 19. xiv. 7. Rev. delude, i. lead into error, trans.
e. to
Eph.
xiv. 13 fiaKaoioi 01 vticpoi 01 tv Kvpiy a7ro- v. 6. 1 Tim. ii. 14 bis. James, i. 26.
Svr'jvxovTeg dirapTi, blessed, even now, are Sept. for rpDn 2 K. xviii. 32.
' N^'n
the dead, etc. Aristoph. Plut. 388. Gen. iii. 13.
mpD
'
Ex. xxii. 15 __ He-
rodian. 2. 1. 22. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 20.
OCj ov, o, (a7raprt'w to
complete, a word of the later Greek,
r\g, */>
(aTrardw), decep-
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 447), completion. Act.
tion, delusion ; dg diraTtjv avrov
Luke xiv. 28 i tx fl [dtovTal irpbg Judith xvi. 8 in N. T. Pass, spoken of
;

ciTrapTiafiov, whether he has what is neces-

any thing which is deceptive, seducing,
sary for completion sc. of the building. etc. Matt. xiii. 22. Mark iv. 19. Col. ii.
Dionys. Halic. de comp. Verb. 24. p. 8. 2 Thess. ii. 10. Heb. iii. 13 coll.
370 ed. Schaefer. 2 Pet. ii. 13.
'Afiapria no. 2. e. Eph.
'ATrap^Tj, TJe, >?> (dirdpxoftai to offer iv. 22 iTriSrvpiag rfjc airaTrjg, i. e. deceitful
first-fruits, to sacrifice, Sept. 2Chr. xxx.
propensities, which seduce to sin and lead
24. xxxv. pp. an offering of first-
7, 9), to disappointment ;
Buttra. 123. n. 4.
fruits ; then, an offering genr. Sept. for Judith ix. 10, 13. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 3.
nttTin Ex. xxv. 2, 3 __ In N. T. the first- Xen. Cyr. 1.2.6.
fruits^ primitive, which were usually con-
secrated to God ;
so Sept. forn-TJDN"! Ex. , o, (a pr.
xxiii. 19. Lev. xxiii. 10. Jos. Ant. 4. without father, Pollux Onom. 3. 2. 4.
8. 19. Xen. CEc. 1. 10 __ Hence one who has lost his father, Eurip. Orest.
the first part, earnest, of 310. In N. T. one whose father is not
a) any thing.
Rom. 16 dTrapxi) recorded in the Hebrew genealogies, Heb.
xi. sc. ^vpdfiarog, the '

of the mass, vii. 3. See

first-fruits, first portion, sc.
i. e.
metaph. spoken of the patriarchs , aroc> > (airo, 06777
and ancestors of the Jewish nation. or bright-
splendour), reflected splendour
Trop. Rom. viii. 23 TT)V Surapxtiv TOV ness. Heb. i. 3 &iravya<Tfia r/jf $OTIQ
TTvtvpaTog, the first-fruits of the Spirit, TOV &iov, i. e. trop. in whom the divine
i. e. the of the Spirit, the ear-
first gifts
majesty is conspicuous, i.
q. tiK&v Col. i.

nest, the pledge, dpp a/3wv, of future and 15 -- Orig. c. Cels. 5. 10 cnravy. QUTOQ
still
higher gifts. Ecclus. xxxii. 8 dirap- d'idiov.
xn xup>v <TOV.
aor. 2, subj. awitiw,
b) spoken of persons, first
in time, first (d-n-o,

in any thing, i. e. the first of whom any iidu),

used as aor. of d^o/odw, Buttm.
particular thing may be predicated a ;
1 14 under tlSut and opdw to look ;

firstling. Rom. xvi. 5 og iartv dirapxn away from one thing towards another,
Ttjg 'Affiag eig Xpicrrbv, i. e. the first in seq. Trpof Thuc. 7. 71. seq. ti'c Act.
Asia Minor who embraced the Christian Thoin. 51. trop. to look at, to regard,
religion. 1 Cor. xvi. 15. James i. 18. seq. Trpoe Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 1. Dio. Cass.
Rev. xiv. 4. In 1 Cor. xv. 20, 23, Christ p. 396. ed. Reim. In N. T. to see out,
is called / d7rap\) T>V KSKot^irj^ivittv, i. e. to see through, i. e. to see to an end, to

the first who has risen from the dead. perceive, to know, Phil. ii. 23. Sept.
Jonah iv. 5 ewg ov oTri'^y ri earai ry
i.
, aora, av, ('/*, Tff), q- for
but stronger, the whole, every, all
-TTOLQ,

together. Matt. xxiv. 39. Mark xvi. 15. ac, 7, (aTmSfc),

unwil-
Luke xvii. 27, 29. Acts xi. 10. al. saep. lingness to be persuaded, wilful unbelief,
Sept. for ^3 Ps. xxii. 24. Jer. xviii. 23. obstinacy, contumacy, Rom. xi. 30, 32.
Herodian. 3. 8. 4. Thuc. 2. 13 __ Eph. ii. 2. v. 6. Heb. iv. 6, 11. Jos.
Spoken also indefinitely of a large num- Ant. 3. 15. 2. Clem. Alex. Protrept.
ber, without necessarily including every 11. - Col. iii. 6 viol Trig d.7Tti$eiag, by
individual of that number, Mark viii. 25. Hebr. sons of disobedience, unbelievers,
xi. 32. Luke iii. 21. viii. 37. xix. 48. i. e. heathen, pagans comp. Gesen. ;

etc. AL. Lehrg. 164. 1. d. Stuart 444,

 Buttm. 108. V. to in-
no* go away, depart,
to suffer one's self to be persuaded, to re- trans. Acts. xvii. 10. Jos. Ant. 1. 2. 1.

Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 11.

fuse belief, i. e. to disbelieve, to be dis-
obedient, etc. 'ATTStTTOV, aor. 2, (airo, d-rrov),
aor.
absol. spoken of disbelievers in I Mid. Awuira^v, Buttm. 96. n. 1.
a)
Christ, Acts xiv. 2. [xvii. 5.] xix. 9. $114 sub. t'uriiv. Winer
15 dirtiv.
Rom. xv. 31. 2 Pet. ii. 7. Spoken of pp. to speak out or off, i. e. to the end,
those who are disobedient to God, Heb. Horn. II. 7. 416 ; or in the sense of to
iii. 18. 2 Pet. iii. 20. Rom. xi. 31. refuse, to deny, ib. 1. 515. Sept. Zech.
x. 21 coll. Is. Ixv. 20 where Sept. for xi. 12. or to interdict, forbid, Sept. 1 K.
Tip, as also Hos. ix. 18. Sept. for 7THE) xi. 2. Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 1 .In
N. T. Mid.
Deut. ix. 7. Is. 1. 5. Ixiii. 10 --
Jos. Ant". to speak one's self off from any thing, i. e.
6. 7. 4. Horn. Od. 5. 43. Hence ot
to renounce, to disown, sc. with aversion,
a.7ri$)]ffavTeG, unbelievers, i. e. heathen, trans. 2 Cor. iv. 2. So Sept. for DNTp
pagans, Heb. xi. 31. So Sept. for n?.lN Job. x. 3. Wisd. xi. 15. Max. Tyr. 5.
'
Is. Ixvi. 14. Comp. in 5 "Afiaffie aTTtiiraTO IloXuicpari/v. Plut.
dat. of person or thing, e. g. Dio Cass. Reim.
b) scq. Coriol. 8. p. 605. ed.
T$ v\$ John iii. 36. T$ Rom. xi. 30 Sy Herodot. 1. 59.
coll. Num. xiv. 43 T$ icvpty. So ry
7, adj. (a and
aXifiiiy. Rom. ii. 8. rJ Xoyy
2 Pet. ii. 8. 'ATTapaorocj ou, ,

i. e. inca-
7ripaw), untried, untempted,
iii. 1. ry tuayyfXiy 2 Pet. iv. 17. Comp.
pable of being tempted, seq. gen. James
Deut. i. 26 r< r/tart. ix. 23. xxxii. 53.
i. 13. Comp. Buttm. 132. 6. 1. Ig-
r'h pr. nat. Ep. ad Philipp. ri ireipa&iQ TOV
? adj. (
and unwilling to be persuaded, curtipaaTov. Constitut. Apost.
I. 8. Un-
Trej'^w),
refusing belief and obedience, contuma- attempted, Jos. B. J. 5. 9. 3. ib. 7. 8. .

cious, Luke i. 17. Tit. i. 16. iii. 3. Seq. Others, Act. not having tried.
dat. ofpers. or thing, Actsxxvi. 19. Rom.
"ATTffpoCj ou, o, 77, adj. (a pr.
ana
i. 30. 2 Tim. Sept. for *inlD Deut.
iii. 2.
xxi. 18. TTTI73 Num. xx. 10. "HE Is. Tmpa), inexperienced, ignorant, seq. gen
Heb. v. 13 aireipog Xoyou, ignorant of true
xxx. 9. Ecclus. xvi. 6. xlvii. 21. He-
rodian. 2. 4. 10. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 19.
doctrine. Comp. Buttm. 132. 5. 1.

Sept. for *Tf$ Zech. xi. 15. HD3

T
vb
to threaten, to 1 Sam. xvii. 39. Wisd. xiii. 18. Jos.
w, f. j
Ant. 7. 14. 1. Plut. de glor. Athen.
menace, seq. dat. Actsiv. 17 a-rreiXy cnrti-
c. 6.
\r]<TMIJ,f$a avToig, let us strongly threaten.
The use of cnrtiXy here is intensive see ; /*
ai > depon. (a>
-

in 'AyaXXidw b, and'AvaB-g/ia. Jos. Ant. wait out, i. e. to wait long

to
5. 2. 8. Herodian. 6. 8. 13. Xen. Mem.
for, to await ardently, to expect, trans.
1. 1. 18 Hence in the sense of to re- Rom. viii. 19, 23, 25. 1 Cor. i. 7. Gal.
proach, to upbraid, absol. 1 Pet. ii. 23. v. 5. Phil. iii. 20. Heb. ix. 28. 1 Pet.
7rd<rx<i)v OVK i}irei\et. So Sept. for "1^2 iii. 20 in later editions.
Nah. i. 4. Q Is. Ixvi. 14.
'ATTSicSuojucu,
f. vvoftai, (&ITO, liiSvo-
$, (dTrtcXew),
TIG, threat, /zai), depon. Mid. to strip off, to lay
Acts iv. 17 see in 'A7reiXa>. iv. 29. ix. 1. aside. In N. T. trop. Col. iii. 9 TOV -rra-
Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 8. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 18. Xaibv avSpuTTov. So trans, to despoil,
Hence, reproach, upbraiding, Eph. vi. Col. ii. 15 rag apxag, i. e. deprive of
9. So Sept. for Prov. xix. 12. rn^a. power. Act. Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 2
tjyi
Prov. xiii. 8. xvii. 10. DT Hab. iii. 11.' rijv pa<n\iKi}v

i,
f.
<ro/tat, (CLTTO, tlfiL am), to r
/?
be absent, I Cor. v. 3. 2 Cor. x. 1, 11. a putting off, metaph. renunciation, Col.
xiii. 2, 10. Phil. i. 27. Col. ii. 5 __ Wisd. ii. 11 CLTTtK^VaiQ TOV <T(i)fiaTO(; TTJQ ffUOKOQ.
ix. 6. Herodian. 2. 7. 8. Xen. Conv. 8. 18.
aor. 1 dTTT/Xa^a, (OTTO,
, (CLTTO, Ei/it go), impf. airy IXavvw), to drive away from, seq. OTTC,
 75

Acts xviii. 16. Sept. for ^n Ez. xxxiv. Job xxxvi. 26. Herodian. 8. 5. 21.
12. Wisd. xvii. 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. Thuc. 4. 36.

12.
adv. (a pr. and TTE-
ov, b, (dTrtXeyxo*), pt<T7rao> to distract), without distraction,
futation- by impl. disesteem, contempt, without solicitude, sc. about earthly
Acts xix. 27 i. e.
tif aTrtXey/iov tX^elv,
things, 1 Cor. vii. 35, coll. ver. 32 34.
cnrt\eyx t<T$ al ) parallel to ou&v Xoyt- Arrian. Diss. Ep.
Polyb. 2. 20. 12.
1.29. 59.

, ou, o, v> adj. (OTTO,

fj o> n> adj. (a pr.
a freedman, 1 Cor. vii. 22.
and not
TrtpiH/zj/w), circumcised, pp.
Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 2. Herodian. 4. 8. 11.
Sept. for ^ry Gen. xvii. 14. Ex. xii. 48.
Xen. Rep. Athen. 1. 10.
2 Mace. i. 51. In N. T. metaph. Acts
'ATTfXXfjc, ou, b, pr. name of a Chris- vii. 51 direpir^rjTOt r-g
icapSiy, /cat TOIQ
tian, Rom. xvi. 10. btffiv, uncircumcised in heart and ears,

-
i. e. whose heart and ears are still co-
t'<ro>, (dir6,
vered with the dicpo(3v0Tia of nature, so
to hope out, have done hoping, to
i. e. to
that they neither listen to nor obey the
despond, to despair, Luke vi. 35 SaviiZert,
divine precepts ; hence obdurate, per-
[wara] ftrjdtv aTrtXirf ovrf, i. e. lend, never
verse. So Sept. and zb'^'ty Ez. xliv.
despairing nor doubting of requital, for
so your reward will be great from God ;
7. D^T-"! Jer. vi. 10.

compare ver. 34. Sept. Is. xxix. 19. ,

f.
direXevffoucu, aor. 2
Judith ix. 11. 2 Mace. ix. 18. Diod. Sic. for this fut.
dirii\3ov, perf. aTreXijX^a ;
2. 25. Polyb. 3. 63. 13 __ Others, to hope instead of the more usual Lob
diretui, see ,

for something in return, i.

q. IXiri&tv diro ad Phryn. p. 37, 38. Buttm. 108. V.
TIVOQ, comp. dirtaSitiv Athen. 14. c. 17 5. 114. p. 282 to go away from one
;

ed. Casaub. cnraiTtiv Theophr. Char. 9 place, etc. to another ; hence

or 12.
a) genr. to go away, to depart, absol.
adv. (diro, Matt. viii. 21. xiii. 25, 28. xvi. 4. xviii.
Ivavri), from
over against, opposite to, viz. 30. Mark v. 20, 24. vi. 28. al Seq.
a) pp. before, in the presence of, spoken diro, Mark v. 17. Luke i. 38. ii. 15.
of persons, Matt. xxi. 2. xxvii. 24 airk- viii. 37. al. Sept. for -rr^n
T
Gen. xix. 2.
vavTt TOV oxXov. Acts iii. 16. So Sept. xxi. 14. Kin Gen. xv. 15 Herodian.
.

for ^:& Ex. xiv. 2. Num. vii. 10. 4. 3. 14. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 39. Trop.
T^
Hos. vii. 2.
15373
Gen. xxi. 16. ngi spoken of things, etc. of leprosy, Mark
Judg. xix. 10 ^-'Spoken of place, Matt. i. 42. Luke v. 13. of fruits, Rev. xviii. 14 j?

xxvii. 61 TOV Tdfov. Sept. for ^pi> Ez. 67rwpo dirijXStv dirb oov, has passed away ,
xl. 49. 153 Neh. vii. 3. perished, from thee, i. q. aTrwXero dirb
b) by tiebr. trop. of what is before
<rov ibid. So Rev. xxi. 1 ) irpwrrj yr/
the mind, Rom. iii. 18 oirjc Ion <f>6fioe dirrjXSev has passed away, in later edit.
Seov d-rrkvavTi T&V 6<j>5aXp.u>v UVTWV, xxi. 4. Rev. ix. 12 ) oval y uia
quoted from Ps. xxxvi. 2, where Sept. diriiXScv, is over, is past. xi. 14. So
Sept. 6 verbs dirrjXSrsv for Cj^n Cant. ii.

c) by Hebr. against, contrary to, Acts

11.
xvii. 7 cnrkvavTi T&V doyftdruv
KaiVapof. b) to go away to a place, i. e. to depart
So Sept. for
n?pl? 2 Sam. x. 17. for, to set off, to journey, etc. c. *i Matt.
Ez. xxvi. 9. Ecclus. xxxvii. 4. ii. 22. OTTOV viii. 19.
Seq. ag Matt. viii.
32, 33. x. 5. xiv. 15. xxv. 46. al. Lu-
see
cian. D. D. 16. 1. Seq. irpoe, Matt. xiv.
'A7T/oavroc, ou, 6, j), adj. (a pr. 25. Mark Rev. x. 9. al
iii. 13. Xen.
and Tim.
limit), unlimited. 1 i. 4 An. 1. 9.Spoken of a passage by
29.
direpavroi interminable genea- water, Matt. viii. 18. Mark vi. 32. John
logies, i. e. which may be extended with- vi. 1, 22. Metaph. spoken of rumour,
out limit, worthless. 6
Sept. for ipn to go forth, spread abroad, Matt. iv. 24,
 76

coll. ix. 26 where it is itfteev. Includ- Matt. vi. 2, 15, 16. TrapaK\^criv Luke vi.
ing the idea of arrival, i. e. to go away 24 iravTa Phil. iv. 18. Spoken of a per-
quite to a place, i. e. to come to, to arrive son, to have for good and all, Philem. 15.
Ut, Luke xxiii. 33 'on cnrfjXSrov ITTI rbv Sept. Gen. xliii. 23 and Num. xxxii. 19,
TOTTOV. So Sept. airrj\^tv i$' vp.ag SX7;//if where Heb. Ni2 __ Jos. Ant. 1. 30. 6.
for Kia Gen. xlii. 21. Plut. Solon, c. 22. Hence air't^ti im-
Hebr. c. c. 6iriffa) TIVOQ, to pers. sufficit, it is enough, Mark xiv. 41,
c) by go
away after any one, i.
follow, e. to
g. e. i.
ye have slept enough ; comp. Luke
e.
xxii. 45, 46, and comp. iicavov IOTI, Luke
as companions or disciples, in the Jew-
ish manner, Mark i. 20. Luke xvii. 23. xxii. 38. Anacr. Od. 38. v. 33 airix"
John xii. 19. So 67ri<ro> ffapKos trkpag (3\ETTU) yap avrriv. Hesych. awt^t CLTTO-
Jude 7 __ Heb. "nnN TJ^n Judg. ii. 12. Xptj, Others, it is gone, it is over,
ap<cl.
1 Sam. vi. 12, where Sept. iropevopai sc. the hour of anguish.
iTrtVw. In a similar sense, seq. -rrpoe Ttva,
'A7TtOT(U, M 9 f. l'lV(D, (aTTlOTOf), to
John vi. 68.
withhold belief, to doubt, to distrust, absol.
in the sense of to withdraw, to go
d) Acts xxviii. 24. Mark xvi. 11. Luke
apart, Matt. xxvi. 36. Acts. iv. 15.
xxiv. 41. dat. Luke xxiv. 11 __
seq.
e) spoken of those who turn back, Wisd. i. 2. xii. 17. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 5. Xen.
to go back, to return, seq. tig, Matt. ix.
Anab. 2. 5. 6 Hence, to disbelieve, to be
7. Luke i. 23. John iv. 3. So Sept.
unbelieving, i. e. without faith in God and
for yitfj Gen. iii. 19. xxxi. 13. Josh. i. Mark xvi. 16. Rom. iii. 3.
Christ,
15. vi. 14. Job i. 21. al Herodian.
Wisd. x. imp. to break one's
7. By
8. 8. 18. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 1. In John
faith, to prove false, 2 Tim. ii. 13.
c. c. a'e TO. 6iriffti), to turn back, John xviii.
6. to return, vi. 66. AL. a,
}, (awrroff), unbelief,

incredulity, distrust, sc. in respect to de-

clarations, doctrines, promises, etc. Matt.
to hold offfrom, as a ship from the
1.
xiii. 58. xvii. 20. Mark vi. 6. ix. 24.
shore, Od. 15. 33 ; and hence to avert, xvi. 14. "Rom. iii. 3. iv. 20. xi. 20, 23.
to restrain, etc. II. 1. 97. Herodot. 8.
So 1 Tim. i. 13 iv
i. e. in a state
aTriariq.,
27. Sept. for yM Prov. iii. 27. Hence
of unbelief, before embracing the gospel.
in N. T. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 3. Diod. Sic. 11. 89.
Mid. to hold back one's
a) air'Bxofiai, Thuc. 1. 10. Hence by impl. violation
selffrom, abstain, to refrain from,
i. e. to
of faith, perfidy, apostasy, Heb. iii. 12,
c. c. gen. or seq. CLTTO, Acts xv. 20, 29.
19 __ Wisd. xiv. 25. Polyb. 3. 99. 7.
1 Thess. iv. 3. v. 22. 1 Tim. iv. 3. 1 Pet.
ii. 11. Sept. for T)D Job i. 1, 8. *>TTT
"ATTKTTOCj ou, 6, rj, adj. (a pr. and
Prov. xxiii. 4. Herodot. 9. 73. Xen. 7ri'oTl.)
Mem. 4. 8. 4. ib, 4. 4. 13. 1. Pass, spoken of things, incredible,
be distant from, to be ab-
b) intrans. to Acts xxvi. 8 TI aTTiffTov KpiveTcti. Jos.
sent, suppl. iavTov, etc. comp. Buttm. Ant. 6. 10. 2 epyov OLTTIOTOV. Xen. Conv.
jl!3. n. 2. 130. n. 2. Luke vii. 6. 4. 50. Hiero 1. 9.
xv. 20. xxiv. 13. So Sept. Is. Iv. 9 2. Act. spoken of persons, withholding
where Heb. nna. 2 Mace. xii. 29. Jos. belief, incredulous, distrustful, Matt. xvii.
Ant. 4. 6. 4. Xen. An. 4. 3. 5. Trop. 17. Mark ix. 19. Luke ix. 41.Johnxx.
spoken of the heart, etc. Matt. xv. 8 and 27. So oi those who have not
airiaroi,
Mark vii. 6, Troppw air't^u air g/iou, their believed sc. on Christ, 2 Cor. iv. 4.
heart is far from me, i. e.
they do not re- Herodot. 9. 98. Hesych. aTTioroc airapa-
verence nor regard me ; quoted from Is. TTfiorof, airtiSrje. Hence by impl. hea-
xxix. 13, where Sept. for prn. then, pagan, one who does not believe
2. to have off or out, i. e. to have all in and worship the true God, 1 Cor. vi.
that is one's due, so as to cease from 6. vii. 12, 13, 14 bis, 15. x. 27.

having any more, to have received in full; xiv. 22

bis, 23, 24. So with the idea of
1 Tim. v. 8.
comp. Tittm. in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 52, impiety, 2 Cor. vi. 14, 15.
63. Spoken of reward or wages, Tit. i. 15. So Sept. for
1]
Is. xvii. 10.
Further, by impl. faithless, false, apos-
Mark i. 42. Acts xix. 12. of goods taken
Luke xii. 46. Rev. xxi. 8 Xen. Rev. x viii. 14. of error, wandering, 1 Tim.
tate,
Mem. 2. 6. 19. vi. 10. James v. 19. of aversion, Rom.
xvi. 17. 1 Tim. vi. 5. of desertion, Acts
oue; 6rl> V', oov, ovv ;
xv. 38. xxi. 21. and the like often
simple, i. e.not complex, easy, Xen. Cyr.
Put in like manner after words imply-
1. 6. 27. In N. T. metaph. spoken of
ing any kind of motion away from a
the eye, sound, perfect, Matt. vi. 22. Matt. v. 29 (3d\e dirb
place or person.
Luke xi. 34.
oov. xxvi. 39. xxviii. 2. Mark vii. 33.

, TTjToe, n, (aTrXooc), sim- xiv. 36. Luke ix. 5. John xviii. 28. al.

plicity, i. e. saep So trop. in the constructio prceg-

nans, Acts viii. 22 v.aravbir\oov [<cai dito-
a) genr. sincerity, candour, probity,
2 Cor. i. 12. So Sept. for Qh 2 Sam. <jTpd<fn]Ti\
dirb TTJG ica/ciag. Heb. vi. 1.
xv. 11. Prov. xix. 1. Jos. B. J. 5. 7. 1 John iii. 17. 2 Thess. ii. 2. Some-
4. Polyb. 1. 78. 8. So lv a7rXori/re times with the accessory idea of down,
KapSiag, in simplicity of heart, sincerity, doitmfrom, sc. a higher place, after verbs
Eph. vi. 5. Col. iii. 22. So Sept. for of motion of any kind, Matt. viii. 1 *a-
nil!?
T -i^nlChr.
xxix. 17. Wisd. i. 1.
TaftdvTi Si avTqi dirb TOV opovg. Luke ix.
of Christian 37. xvii. 29. Acts ix. 18. xiii. 29.
D) spoken simplicity,
frankness, integrity, fidelity, etc.
2 Cor. b) as indicating
the place whence any
xi. 3. So fidelity, 1 Mace. ii. 37, 60 -- thing comes, sets off, etc. Acts xii. 20.
As manifesting itself in liberality, Rom. XV. 33. xxviii. 21 oure ypa/i/rara IdeSa/ieS-a
xii. 8. 2 Cor. viii. 2. ix. 11, 13. Jos. dirb Ttjs 'lovSaiaf. 1 Thess. iii. 6. Cor-

Ant. 7. 13. 4. responding to /ixp l Rom. xv. 19. to t?w

Matt. i. 17. Xen. Anab. 5. 5. 4 Put
ady (dirX<5oc), simply, i. e.
-

after verbs of coming, following, setting

inN. T. in simplicity, sincerely, in reality,
off, etc. Matt. ii. 1 /tayot dirb dvaro\u>v
James i. 5. Sept. for QrQ Prov. x. 10.
Trapeylvovro. iii. IGdviftrj dirb TOV vSaTOQ,
Polyb. 32. 13. 14. Others, liberally;
not out of. iv.25. viii. 11.
see in 'ATrXorijc b.
i. e. away from,
Mark i. 9. vi.33. Luke xii. 54. Acts xiii.
, prep, governing the genitive. 31. Rom. i. 18. So with l\$uv, etc.
Like IK, irapdf and vw6, it expresses implied Mark vii. 4. Luke xxii. 43.
what is strictly the idea of the genitive Herodot. 8. 70. 114. Diod. Sic. 1. 31.
case itself, 132. 2,) viz. the
(Buttm. Prefixed to an adverb of the like sense,
going forth or proceeding of one object dirb dvotSev, Matt, xxvii. 51 see Lob. ad ;

from another. used of such ob-

'An-6 is
Phryn. p. 46. Horn. II. 8. 365 dir' ovpa-

jects as before were on, by, or with, ano- voSev. 24. 492. Spoken of order or suc-
ther, but are now separated from it ; cession, apxo/xcu diro TIVOQ, to begin from,
(not in it, for to this IK corresponds); etc. Matt. xx. 8. Luke xxiii. 5. John
either in respect of place, time, origin, viii. 9. Acts viii. 35. Theophr. Char. 2.
or source, etc. Its general meaning is Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 15. So with apdfj,evoe
therefore from, away from, of, etc. Sept. implied, Acts xxviii. 23. xvii. 2. So Matt,
for ]73 passim. xxiii. 34. Matt. ii. 16 dirb SitTovg ical *a-
Of place.
I. 1. Implying motion rwrpw,/rom two years old downwards.
from, away from. Implying the separation, removal,
2.

a) genr.
and put after words signify- of one thing from another and put af- ;

ing departure from a place, person, etc. ter words which denote this in any way.
Matt. viii. 34 OTTWC /iTa/3y dirb TU>V 6pi'a>v Such verbs are often construed with a
ni'Tuiv. xiii. 1 i%e\2r<i}v dirb r/jjg ouaag. simple genitive but the prep, may also
;

SX. 29 tKTTopeuo/iEvwv avrSiv dirb 'Itpt^w. be inserted for the sake of perspicuity ;

ixiv. 1 Mark xvi. 8 fyvyov curb TOV \LVT}- Buttm. 132. 3. Thus
liiiov. Luke iv. 1. ix. 33 Siaxupi&aSai
a)
after verbs implying separation,
air' ai'Tov. xxiv.31,51. Actsi.4. xii. 19. Matt. xxv. 32. Rom. viii. 35, 39. 1 Thess.
A iii.
13, 14 __ Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 11. Anab. ii. 17. Wisd. i. 3. Plat. Phsedo. c. 12.
7. 1. 4. So trop. spoken of diseases, So in the constructio prcegnans Rom.
 'A' 78 'A'
ix.3, BeeinavaStpa. 2Cor. xi. 3. 2Thess. dirb irpoauicov TOV offwg, i. e. far from.
i.9. Col. ii. 20. away from, the serpent -- Xen. Anab. 3.
9
b) after verbs of depriving, removing, Maicpav diro, far from, Matt. viii.
3.

taking away, etc. Matt. ix. 15. xiii. 12. 30. al. Sept. for
-pp pn*in
Ex. xxxiii. 7.
Luke x. 42. Luke vi. 29, see in KwXvw. So after dirtx<> Luke vii. 6 dirb r/Jg
So where this idea is implied in the con- otKt'af. xxiv. 13. Xen. An. 4. 3. 5.
text ;
as diruXtTo dirb oov, Rev. xviii. 14. Diod. Sic. 3. 67 __ In later Greek writers
So Sept. and "]p 15*$ Jer. xviii. 18. and in N. T. ait 6 is prefixed to the noun
After verbs of hiding, concealing, in which of measure, which marks the distance ;
removal is implied, Matt. xi. 25. Luke as John xi. 18 tfv Si 7} BijSavia
ix. 45. xix. 42. So Sept. and TP)pn p 'itpoffoXvfittiv, w dirb ffradiuv
Gen. iv. 14. &^?y.n 2 K. iv. 27.
j
xxi. 8 <I>cairb 7rt)x&v SICLKOO'KIIV. Rev. xiv.
Ecclus. xvii. 15, 20. Horn. Od. 23. 110. 20 -- Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 4 /SdXXwv orparo-
So after vorepow, Heb. xii. 15. ireSov airb Siica araSiwv rfjs 'lpi%ovj/ro.

d) after verbs of demanding, desisting,

18. 3. 2. Diod. Sic. 1. 51. The full
abstaining, restraining, etc. as form seems to be tlvai an 6, to be distant
Luke vi. 30. iK^nrtlv xi. 51 . from, as Jos. B. J. 1. 3. 5. or yivtaSai
Acts v. 38. dirixtaSat Acts XV. 20. *a- airo see Kypke Obs. in N. T. I. p. 390.
;

rairavttv Heb. iv. 4. 1 Pet. iii. 10. IK- Before an adv. of distance, OTTO /*a/c-
Si K ~iv Rev. vi. 10Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 11. poStv, Matt. xxvi. 58. Rev. xviii. 10. So
i. e. Xvtiv and PS. cxxxviii. 6. pirnp!?
d) after verbs of loosing, Sept. for prnp?3
T

diroXveiv, Luke xiii. 15. xvi. 18. 1 Cor. Ezra iii. 13. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 46^
vii. 27. Karapytiv, Rom. vii. 2, 6. In 461. Polemo Physiogn. 1. 6.
like manner after verbs of freeing, puri- 4. Found sometimes instead of IK,

fying from, healing, etc. and also after where the distinction between the two
similar adjectives. So after au&iv Matt. (see above) is not definitely kept in
1.21. Sepairtveiv Luke V. 15. laSfrjvai view ;
so after verbs comp. with IK, as
vi. 17. Siicaiovv Acts xiii. 39. i\tvSe- tK/3dXo> rb icdpQoc; airb rov 6^3'aX/jov Matt.
povv Rom. vi. 18, 22. pveaSai xv. 31. vii. 4, coll. ver. 5, where it is IK rov
2 Cor. vii. 1. 2 Tim. ii. 21. 6$$. Acts xiii. 50, coll. John. ii. 15.
Heb. x. 22. Xovtiv Acts xvi. Luke ix. 5 I%epx6ptvov airb riJQ iroXtwg,
33. Rev. i. 5, etc. By implic. Heb. xi. coll. John iv. 30 IK rijs TroXewg. Matt.
34. After a3woQ Matt, xxvii. 24. vyirie xvii. 18 ki)XSev air avrov rb Saipoviov,
Mark v. 34. KaSapos Acts xx. 26. IXev- Mark i.
25, 26 t avrov. So metaph.
Sepoe Rom. vii. 3. aviriXoe James i. 27. of thoughts, purposes, etc. Mark vii. 15
So with verbs of redeeming, Rev. xiv. TO.
tKiropevofifva air' avrov, Coll. ver. 20
3, 4, comp. 'Ayopdw. IK TOV dvSpuirov, and Matt. xv. 11 IK

e) after verbs imply ing fear, caution, rov arofiaTOg, ib. 18, 19 IK rrjg

avoidance, etc. e. g. after <poj3e~ia5ai Matt, Matt, xviii. 35 tl d^fJTf airb T>
x. 28.
Jer. x. 2.
Luke xii. 4.
Judith
So Sept.
iv. 2. 1
for
p nnn
Mace,
TO.

In
irapairrufjiaTa, coll.
such verbs imply
instances
Mark xii. 30, 33.
viii* many
12. So 06/3o diro TIVOQ Xen. Anab. 7. external departure, and are then properly
2. 37. After tyvXarrtiv and <j>vXd.TTta$ai, construed with air 6, as Luke v. 8 I^XSt
1 John v. 21. 2 Thess. iii. 3. Luke air' l/iov, comp. 1. a. above. Put also
xii. 15. Sept. for p
^piT) Ps. xviii. 24.
Xen/ Cyr. 2. 3. 9.
for IK after the verbs lye/pw,
24
dityetpii},
Ecclus. xii. 11. etc. Matt. i.
SityepStis airb TOV vir-
After irpoaex tv Matt. vii. 15. x. 17. vov, coll. Rom. xiii. 11 ! virvov tyepSrj-
Luke xii. 1. xx. 46. Sept. for
2 Chr. xxxv. 21. Ecclus. vi. 13. xiii"
^irj p vai. Matt. xiv. 2 riytpSr) airb rwv vtKpwv,
and so xxvii. 64. xxviii. 7, coll. Mark
8. After (SXtireiv in the sense of to be- vi. 14, 16. John xii. 1,9. Acts iii. 15.
ware, Mark viii. 15. xii. 38. ^tvyctv to xiii. 30, etc. where it is IK vsKp&v. So
avoid, 1 Cor. x. 14. airo for tK Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 2 Xap.pdvofiev
3. Implying distance of one object ovre IK rrJQ yijg ov$iv cure dirb TW
from another. Rev. xii. 14 Hiero 1. 38.
 ATTO 79 'A'
II. Of time, i. e. from any time on- parable drawn from the fig-tree. 2 Tim.
wards, since any time. i. 3 XaTpevw dirb irpoyovutv, i. e. whom
<

a)
before a noun. Matt. ix. 22 diro I worship with a devotion inherited
rrJ wpa tKtivtQ xi. 12 dirb T&V rjfitp&v
.
from my ancestors. Others, in the
'Iwavvou. Luke i. 70. viii. 43. Acts xxiii. manner of, see no. 3 below Thuc. 4.
23. 1 John i. 1 Xen. Anab. 7. 5. 6. 108. Plu. Fab. Max. c. 2. So 1
Thess.
Pint. Lucull. c. 2. With the names of ii. 6, co$av ovre d(f>' v/j.wv OUTS air' dX-
persons, Matt. i. 17. Rom. v. 14. He- Xwv, parellel to avSpuiruv, i. e. hu-
rodian. 6. 2. 5 Before events or cir- man applause. Palaeph. Fab. 13, 40.
cumstances, Matt. i. 17. xiii. 35. Luke Spoken of persons from whom one
ii. 36. Acts xi. 19 Herodot. 8. 54. 55. hears, learns, asks any thing. Matt. xi.
Thuc. 7. 43. 29 ftdSeTt air epov. Col. i. 7. Mark xv.
45 yvovQ dirb TOV KevTvpiwvog. Luke xxii.
b) before a pronoun,
as a$ rjg sc.
^fi'epag,from what day, i.
e.from the time 71 T^Koixrajjitv dirb TOV (TTOfiaTog avTov.
when, since, Luke vii. 45. Actsxxiv. 11. Acts ix. 13. So of any source of know-
2 Pet. iii. 4. Fully written Col. i. 6. 9. ledge, Matt. vii. 16, 20, dirb TU>V icapir&v
comp. Acts xx. 18. xxiv. 11. Xen. H. avTutv kiriyvwaeaSe O.VTOVQ Thuc. 1. 25.
G. 4. 6. 6. So a<f>' ov sc. \oovov from Here too we may refer the use of diro
what time, since, Luke xiii. 25. xxiv. 21. to mark that which is the occasion or in-
Rev. xvi. 18. Sept. for IN?? Ex. v. 23. direct cause of any thing, e. g.
Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 6. Xen.'Conv. 4. 62. a)
before the incidental cause, from,
Fully, a0' ov xpovov Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 13. i. e. by reason of, on account of, because
before adverbs of time, with or
c) of, in consequence of. Matt, xviii. 7 oval
without TOV, e. g. d-rb TOV vvv,from now, Tip KofffKf) dirb T&V (TKavEdXwv. Luke
henceforth, Luke i. 48. Actsxviii. 6. air' xix. 3 oyie r)SvvaTO dirb TOV ox^ov. John
aoTt see in'Apn and'Arraprt. dirb irtpv<ri f xxi. 6. Acts xx. 9. xxii. 11. 2 Cor. vii.
since a year ago, 2 Cor. viii. 10. ix. 2. 13. Heb. v. 7. Rev. ix. 18. So Sept.
curb TTpun, from morning, Acts xxviii. 23. and "pp
Ex. vi. 9. 2 Chr. v. 6. xx. 9.
curb TOT(,from that time, Matt. iv. 17. al. Ecclus. xli. 17 sq. Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 3
see in Tort. Simplic. in Epict. 166. dx\vv, a<f>' rjg dyvofjfftiv avrbv ifieXXov.
See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 47, 461. Sturzde b) before the inciting cause, motive,
Dial. Alex. p. 210. especially an affection of the mind, e. g.
III. Of the origin or source of any Matt. xiii.44a7ro TTJQ x a P** O.VTOV virdyti.
thing ;
where diro marks the secondary, Luke xxiv. 41. xxiL 45 KOIHUHEVOVC. dirb
indirect, mediate orgin ; while IK denotes Ttjs Xuirrjc;. Matt. xiv. 26 dirb TOV (}>6(3ov
the primary, direct, ultimate source ; tKpaZtv. xxviii. 4. Luke xxi. 26. Acts
and VTTO the immediate efficient agent; xii. 14. 2 Cor. ii. 3.

comp. Herm. ad Soph. Electr. 65. Wi- c)

before the secondary efficient
ner 51. p. 313. cause, or that which produces, exhibits,
1. Spoken of the place or quarter bestows any thing. Matt. xii. 38 SeXofiev
whence any one is derived, or where dirb ffov onutiov iotiv, i. e. exhibited by
he belongs ; so with the art. Matt. xxi. thee, but wrought ultimately virb TOV
116 irpo(f>r)TT]G, 6 diro Naaper, a Naza- Ssov. Acts xxiii. 21 rr\v dirb oov liray-
rene. Mark xv. 43. Acts vi. 9. Heb. vii. ytXi'nv, i. e. to be given, made by thee.
13 Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 5. Without the 2 Cor. iii. 18 icaSdirtp dirb Kvpiov TTVIV-
art. Luke ix. 38 dvrjp dirb TOV o^Xou. fiaros. Gal. i. 1 dirooToXog OVK air* av
John i. 45 fjv Sk b &i\nriroG cnro Br)2r- 3j)fa>7rwj/. So ala\vvo}iai air' avTov, to
ffdidd. Matt. xv. 1. Acts ii. 5. Gal. iv. be put to shame by him, i. e. to be

24, the Mount Sinai covenant. Mark viii. ashamed at his coming, before him,
11 ffrjfiflov
3. 2. 17.
cur ovpavov. Xen. H. G. 1 John ii. 28. Sept. for
22
Jer. xxii.
After verbs of having or receiving
^ im
2. Of the source, i. e. the person or any thing from the author, etc. 1 Cor.
1 John ii. 20, 27.
thing from which any thing proceeds, vi. 19. 1 Tim. iii. 7.
is derived, etc. Matt. xxiv. 32 dirb rfjs iv. 21. So aTTo Sreov, dirb Kvpiov, etc.
dStTt rr\v irapaftoXrjv, i. e. the as the author or bestower, Rom. i. 7.
 'ATTO' 80

xiii. 1. 1 Cor. i. 3,30. iv. 5. 2 Cor. i.2. ancestors; others from, see in III. 2,
Gal. i. 4. Eph. i. 2. Phil. i. 2, 28. al. above.
saep. So d^' eavTov, of one's self, i. e. 4. Of the instrument, or instrumental

of one's own accord, by his own authority, source, from, by means of, with. Luke
Luke xii. 57. xxi. 30. Johnv. 19. xv. 4. viii. 3 diijKovovv avTijj dirb TU>V virao\6v-
al. IpavTov, of myself, etc.
'Air' John Twv avToig. xv. 16 yefiitrai rr\v KotXiav
v. 30. vii. 17. xiv. 10. al. 'ATT' Iftov, of dirb rS)v KtpariW. Rev. xviii. 15 ol TrXov-

myself, by my own authority, John vii. 28. TiaavTEQ air' auri/. Ecclus. xi. 18. Jes.
Diod. Sic. 17. 66. See Kypke Obs. Ant. 4. 8. 9. Horn. II. 24. 605. Xen.
in N. T. I. p. 391. Mem. 1.2. 9.

d) put
and passive verbs
after neuter 5. Of the material, i. e. from, of, etc.
to mark the author and source of the Matt. 4 tvdvfjia dirb TQI-%G>V.
iii. Esdr.
action but not where the author is to
;
viii. 57. Herodot. 7. 65 iifiara dirb ZvXuv
be conceived of as personally and imme-
diately active, this latter idea being 6. Spoken of dependence from or on

expressed by viro irapd ; Winer

and any person or thing, i. e. attachment to
51. p. 318. Matt. xvi. 21 TroXXd iraSrtiv or connexion with any one. Acts xii. 1
dirb TO>V irptofivTepwv.
(Lucian D. D. 6. ol dirb rr/ eKK\r]<riaQ. XV. 5 01 dirb ri\Q

5.) 22 dvdpa. dirb TOV Stov diro-

Acts ii.
a!p!(Tfa>f TWV 0api<raiW. xxvii. 44 iiri

dedtiynlvov, i. e. confirmed from God, Tivw TU>V dirb TOV irXoiov. Herodian. 7.
from heaven, etc. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 5. 1. 11. ib. 7. 9. 2. Lucian. Conv. 6.
So Acts X. 17, 21, dire<TTa\nevoi dirb Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 164.
TOV KopvnXiov, i. e. sent from Cornelius, 7. Implying a part in relation to a
from his comp. xi. 11 where
household ; whole, a part from a whole, in the sense
it is dirb KaKrapaag, and comp. also in of from, of, etc. So after t(r3t'u> and
a different sense Luke i. 26 dirtaraX. Trlvb), to eat or drink of any thing, i. e.
VTTO and John i. 6 irapd. So James i. a part of it, Matt. xv. 27. Mark vii. 28.
13 dirb TOV Stov irtipdZojjMi, L e. tempted Luke xvi. 21.
xxii. 18. [Rev. ii.
17.]
from God, from heaven comp. virb TOV ;
Mark vii. 4 dirb dyopag, see in 'Ayopd b.
ta/36\ov, Matt. iv. 1. Luke iv. 2. al. The Attic writers employ here the gen.
where Satan represented as the imme-
is without diro, see Buttm. 132. 4. 2. b.
diate agent. Rev. xii. 6, coll. Matt. xx. Sept. eaS'uiv diro for -jTp ^ON Lev. xi.
3. Matt. xi. 19. Luke vii. 35. Jude 23. 40, also iaSitiv tie 2 Sam. xii. 3. irivtiv
Still diro would seem in a few in- diro for nJTllJ Jer. Ii. 7, also irivtiv ex,
^75
stances in N. T. to be used less definitely Gen. ix. 21. Comp. Luke xxii. 16.
where viro might be expected Mark viii. ;
John iv. 14. 1 John iv. 13. al. So also
31 diroSoKip.airS'rjvai cnrb T&V irptffjSvTSpdtv. afterother verbs, where an accus.
Luke ix. 22. xvii. 25. Comp. 1 Pet. ii. would imply the whole. Mark vi. 43
4, where it is viro.
Comp. Passow sub gpav dirb T&v i-^vdiv. xii. 2 Xd(3y dirb
dir6 C. 9. TOV Kctpirov. Luke xx. 10. xxiv. 42. John
3. Spoken of the manner or mode in xxi. 10. Acts ii. 17, 18. v. 2, 3. Rev. xxii.
which any thing is done, etc. e. g. Matt, 19. Comp. Winer 30 % 5 __ Spoken of
xviii. 35 to forgive airb KapSi&v,from the a class or number of persons, etc. from
heart, i. e. heartily, fully So dirb ^vxrjs which one selected, of which he
is

Theophr. 19 or 17. cnrb yvw^Tjc -ZEschyl. forms part. etc. Matt, xxvii. 9 tn^aav-
Eumen. 661. air' avro/xdrou voluntarily TO
[ru>~j dirb TWV v\&v 'ItrparjX. xxvii. 21
Xen. An. 1. 2. 17.
dirb (ispovg, Hence Tiva SiXere dirb T&V dvo. Luke xvi. 30.
ex parte, i. e. in part, partly, Rom. xi. xix. 39. Heb. vii. 2. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 47.
25. xv. 15. 2 Cor. i. 14 Diod. Sic. 13. Thuc. 1. Herodot. 6. 27.
116.
108. Luke xiv. 18 dirb fiiag iraoaiTtl- NOTE. In composition diro implies
with one accord; or better, dirb
i,
1. separation, from, off, as diroXvtu, diro-
(fHuvrig, with one voice
sc. Hero- 2. removal, away, as d7ro/3dXXw,
.

dian. 1. 4. 21 tic /uag ^xiivfj^. Comp. dyu. 3. abatement or cessation, as

Sept. Gen. xi. 1. Ex. xxiv. 3. 2 Tim. 4. completion, in full, as

i. 3 dirb
irpoyovwVf in the manner of one's t^a), diro$vii<TKUi. 5. restitution, re-
 81

6. like a priv. it p. 915. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 9 iirl iraiSuv

quital, as AiroSidwfit.
removes the force of the simple word, as d7ro/3oXy. Herodian. 4. 14. 8. Plato
Phaedon. c. 20.

f rjffonat,
aor. 2 TT- aor. 2 cnrfyfvofirjv, to
t,

, pp. to go away, to depart,

Xen. de be absent from, e. g. TIJQ paxriQ, Herodot.
1. 16. Polyb. 24. 6. 1. In 9. 69. to depart, i. e. to die, Jos. Ant. 5.
Mag. Eq.
N. T. 1. 1. Thuc. 2. 34. In N. T. metaph.
to to descend from, sc. a
1. go from, to die to any thing, i. e. to renounce, seq.
ehip, i. e. to disembark, to land,
Luke v. dat. 1 Pet. ii. 24 TOIQ d^tapriaig. Comp.
2. John xxi. 9. Supply OTTO T&V TrXoiW, Rom. vi. 4.
etc. Xen. H. G.I. 1.18. Pol. 1.29. 5.
to result, to become, evenire, },
2. metaph. 'A7TOy/oa0//, rje,

Luke xxi. 13 airajBrjotTai registry, enrolment, 3 Mace. vii. 22. a

seq. dat. C. elf.
Phil. i. 19. register, table, catalogue, e. g. of those
vp.1v elf
paprvptov. Sept.
capable of military duty, Polyb. 2. 23. 9.
for
\ *$ Kin
Job xiii. 16. \ b rrn Job
xiii. 5. Ex. ii. 4. Wisd. ii. 3. or of citizens, their names, property,
rri9J?3
etc. Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 1. In N. T. en-
Xen Mem.' f. 1. 6. Hesych. O7ro/3^<re-
rolment in a public register, a census,
Luke ii. 2. Acts v. 37. The former
Xw, aor. 2 to
passage seems to refer to a mere enu-
<&7rs0aXot/,
cast away, to throw off, and spoken of a meration of persons, capitum descriptio ;
garment, to lay aside, trans. Mark x. 50.
see Krebs Obs. p. 101 sq. and partic.
1 Sept. Is. i. 30. 2Elian. V. H. 12. 38.
Calmet, art. Cyrenius, p. 326. The latter
Metaph. Heb. x. 35, r)v irappijffiav was a census of persons and property,
to lay aside, i.e. to lose confidence, etc.
see Jos. Ant, 18. 1. 1.
Philo de Incorr. mund. p. 951 d^Sap-
ffiav Stovf a7ro/3a\tv aSvvarov. Jos.
'ATroypa^w, f.
^j
pp. to write off,
Ant. 6. 1. 8. Xen. (Ec. 12. 2 r)v ITTW- i. e. to copy, to delineate, Herodot. 3. 136.
wniav. Comp. Loesner Obs. in N. T. e towritedown, Sept. fornpST Judg. viii. 14.
Phil. p. 438. coll.3 Mace. iv. 14. vi. 38 In N. T. to .

inscribe, to enrol, sc. in a register, etc.

f. *K PP. tO look
Heb. xii. 23 airoyeypanfjtivoi Iv ovpavo?,
away towards any thing, to fix the eyes in allusion to the book of B^.n ipD
life,
intently upon, c. c. elf, Polyb. 6. 50. 3. Ps. Ixix. 29. Herodot. 7. 100. Polyb.30.
In N. T. metaph. to regard, have respect 10. 7. Mid. a7roypd0o/mi, to cause one's
to, c. c elf, Heb. xi. 26. Sept. for rnn name to
self to be enrolled, to give one's
Ps. xi. 4,
n$9 Cant. vi. 1. Hos. iii. lT.
the census, Luke ii. 1, 3, 5. Polyb, 10.
Jos. Ant. 20. 3. 2. Philo de Viet. off.
17. 10. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 8.
2. 39. 10. Comp. 'ATT-
p. 852. Polyb.
etdov. t,
f. StiZw, to point out
to show, Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 8. Sept. JoK
J

A7roj3XTjroc, ov, o, 17, adj. (airo- xxxiii.21. In N. T.

/3dXXw) pp.
what should be cast away, ab-
1. to designate, i. e. to constitute, to
jiciendus ; in N. T. metaph. what is to be sc. to office or station,
appoint, any
rejected, contemned, spemendus, 1 Tim. trans. 1 Cor. iv. 9 6 3eo CLTTO-
rj^de TOVQ
iv. 4. Symmach. for Hos. ix. 3. hpa OTO\OVQ tffxtiTovs airedtiZtv wg tTTiSava-
Horn. 11.3. 65. Lucian. Tim. 37. p. 83,
T'IOVQ __ Susann. 5. Jos. Ant. 2. 11.2ult.
OVTOI a7TO/3Xjjrd eltri
d&pa rd irapa TOV 7. 3. 2. 1. 124. Xen. Anab. 1.
Herodot.
Atdff.
1. So 2 Thess. ii. 4 cnro^iKvvvra
2.
iavTov on i<m Stog, making himself God,
TJC, n, (dTro^dXXw,) pp.
such.
a easting off, e. g. TWV oTrXwv Pint. Legg. i. e. giving himself out as Comp.
12. In N. T. metaph. Buttm. 151. I. 6.

a) rejection, Rom. xi. 15. 2. to show by argument, to demonstrate,

Acts xx^ 7 d OVK "KTXVOV UTTO-
b) loss, deprivation, e. g. of life, .Acts to prove. .

xxvii. 22. Philo de Pram, et Poen. ii%ai. ii. 22 cnrodtdftyfitvog

G
 approved, confirmed of God by miracles, a) genr. Matt, xxvii. 58 &Trodo$ijvai rl
Xen. Conv. 4. 1. Hiero 7. 5. 2 Tim. iv. 8. So Sept. for ]rg
2 Sam. iii. 14. Gen. xxx. 26. Xen.
e, ewe, *l

Cyr. 4. 5. 26. Metaph. of evidence, Acts

manifestation, demonstration, proof, ICor.
ii. 4. 3 Mace. iv. 20. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 23.
iv. 33. So diroSiSovai \6yov, to give ac-
Xen. Mem. 4. 0. 13. count, to render account, Matt. xii. 36.
Luke xvi. 2. Acts xix. 40. Heb. xiii. 17.
, w, f. w<ra>, to tithe off, 1 Pet. iv. 5. Sept. for Chald. niT Dan.
trans, e. vi. 2. 1 Chr. xxxiv. 28. Ecclus.
i.
3^'n
a) to tithe, levy tithes, sc. of persons, xxix. 6.
Heb. vii. 5 coll. ver. 8. So -rtpy and Sept.
b) spoken in reference to obligation
1 Sam. viii. 15. 17. of any kind, to give in full, to render, to
b) to pay or give tithes of, Matt, xxiii. pay over or off ; e. g. wages, fiurSov,
23. Luke xi. 42. xxiii. 12. So Sept. for Matt. xx. 8. So Sept. for p} Deut. xxiv.
Ityy Pieland Hiph.Gen. xxviii. 22. Deut. 15 Tobit. iv. 14. Xen. An. 1. 2. 12.
xivl 22. Test. XII Patr. Fabr. p. 569. So of rent, tribute, expenses, etc. Matt.
xxi. 41. xxii. 21. Mark xii. 17. Luke x.
, ov, o, 7), adj. (d7
Tim. 3. v.
35. xx. 25. Rom. xiii. 7. Xen. Cyr. 2.
ftai,^ acceptable, 1 ii. 4.
4. 14. Of vows or oaths, Matt. v. 33.
Hesych. dwodticTov liraivirov.
So Sept. for uj^j Deut. xxiii. 22. Job
Mid. depon.
,
f. SiKopai, xxii. 27. Ecclus. xviii. 22. Jos. Ant.
pp. to take from another for one's self; Mem.
11. 1. 3. Xen. 2. 2. 10. Of duties
hence genr. to receive, trans. in general, 1 Cor. vii. 3, comp. Bom. xiii.
a) spoken
of persons, to receive as a 7.
'

friend or guest, to bid welcome, trans.

Luke viii. 40. Acts xv. 4. xviii. 27. c) spoken of trees, fruits, etc. to yield,
Rev. xxii. 2. So Sept. for p} Lev. xxvi.
xxviii. 30. 2 Mace. in. Diod. 9. xiii. 21.
4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 38. Metaph. Heb.
Sic. 1. 18. Polyb.3.66. 8. Trop. of doc-
xii. 11.
trine etc. to admit, to embrace, Acts ii. 41.
1 Mace. ix. 71. Jos. Ant. 9. 8. 5. Po- d)
Mid. to deliver over
for one's self,
e. to
lyb. 2. 39. 5.
i.
of sc. by sale, to sell, trans.
dispose
to accept with joy, to welcome, and Acts v. 8. vii. 9. Heb. xii. 16. Sept. for
b)
by impl. to applaud, to extol, Acts xxiv. T3ti?'n Deut. ii. 8. "1573 Gen. xxv. 33.
3. Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 4. ib. 7. 1. 1. tiraiv&v xxxvii. 27, 35. Amos ii. 6. Philo o!e
teal
aTTodexofjitvoG TO tpyov. Diod. S. 4. 46. Joseph, p. 560. Herodot. 1. 70. ib. 2. 56.
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 5.
f.
(5,
2. to give back again, to restore, trans,
pp. to be absent from one's people or
or absol.
country, Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 12. Hence in
N. T. to go abroad, to travel into foreign a) genr.
Luke iv. 20. ix. 42. Sept. for
countries, Matt. xxi. 33. xxv. 14. coll. ^liprr Gen. xx. 7. xxxvii. 22. Ex. xxii.
Luke xix. 12. Matt. xxv. 15. Mark xii. 26. Xen. H. G. 2. 2. 9. Polyb. 1. 7. 13
1. Luke xv. 13. xx. 9. Jos. Ant. 8. 13. Spoken of debts, obligations, etc. to
5. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 1. repay, to refund, Matt. v. 26. xviii. 25 bis,
26, 28, 29, 30, 34. Luke vii. 42. xii. 59.
'ATrd&jjuoe, ov, o, ri, adj. (airo,
xix. 8. Sept. for n^'rr Lev. xxv. 27, 52.
SrjjjioG people,) gone abroad, absent in
Mark xiii. 34. Arte- Num. v. 7, 8. Herodian. 5. 1. 16.
foreign countries,
mid. 2. 8. b) in the sense of to render back, re-
f. Suva, aor. 1 airiduica quite, retaliate, either good or evil. Matt,
jUf,
Luke ix. 42. see Buttm. 106. 10. 107.
vi. 4, 6, 18. xvi. 27. Rom. ii. 6. xii. 17.
1 Thess. v. 15. 1 Tim. v. 4. 2 Tim. iv. 14.
n. I. 8. aor. 2Opt. diroS^rjv 2
air'iSuv,
Tim. iv. 14, a later form, Buttm. 107.
1 Pet. Rev. xviii. 6. xxii. 12. So
iii. 9.

n. I. 3. Lob. ad Sept. forrriB'n Prov. xxiv. 12. xvii. 13.

Phryn. p. 345.
to give Ps. xciv. 23.' 1173 Is. Ixv. 6. Ecclus. xi.
1. away from one's se^f, i. e.
to deliver over, to give 26. xii. 6.
up, to bestow, trans.
or absol. f. tffU
>, (aTTO,
 83

to set bounds,) pp. to set off by metes and of it ;

see Tittmann in Bibl. Hepos. Ill
bounds; in N. T. metaph. to divide off, to p. 65.

separate, IO.VTOVQ Jude 19, i. e. to create a) spoken of persons, etc. Matt. ix. 24.

schisms, i.
q. d0optu; Gal. ii. 12. Mark v. 35, 39. ix. 26. Luke viii. 42,
52, 53. John xxi. 23. Acts ix. 37. Rom.'
f. affio (a-rro i.
q.
'AiroSoKifJidZw, vii. 2, 3. Heb. xi. 4. Rev. xiv. 13 01 i v
a pr. oKi/iaw,) to disapprove, to reject,
Kvtj'Kp airo$vf)cncovTEG, who die in the Lord,
trans. Spoken of a stone rejected or devoted him. Rom. xiv.
i. e. in fidelity to
worthless, Matt. xxi. 42. Mark xii. 10.
7, 8, iavT(fi, Ty Kvpiy diro2rvf)ffKEiv, to die
Luke xx. 17. 1 Pet. ii. 4, 7. So Sept.
to or for one's self, to or for the Lord,
and DN72 Ps. cxviii. 22. Jer. vi. 30.
i. e. both in life and in death we
belong
Xen. (Ec. 19. 12. Spoken of Jesus re- not to ourselves, but to the Lord, and
jected as the Messiah by the Jews,
etc.
are bound to glorify him. Rom. vi. 10
Mark viii. 31. Luke ix. 22. xvii. 15.
diriSavi ry dpapriy, he died e.
for sin, i.
Of Esau, Heb. xii. 17. So Sept. and on account of it Buttm. 133. 3. 2.
;
DNtt Jer. vi. 30. vii. 28. xiv. 19. xxxi.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. Sept. for m73 Gen. ii. 17. iii. 3, 4. al.
36. Polyb. 3. 86. 8. Herodot. 2. 63. Xen. 4. 8. Mem.
saep.
36.
3. Spoken of a violent death, to be put
re- to death, to be killed, to perish, etc. Matt,
fjc, V, aTTo^xo/zai,)
ception, pp. of a guest, etc. Diod. Sic. xxvi. 35. Acts xxi. 13. xxv. 11. Rom. v.
4.
SI. In N. T. metaph. assent, approba- 6, 7, 8. Heb. xi. 37. Rev. viii. 9, 11. So
tion, praise, 1 Tim. i. 15. iv. 9. Diod. of animals, to perish, Matt. viii. 32. Rev.
Sic. 4. 84. Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 4. xvi. 3. Spoken of the punishment of
death, John xix. 7. Heb. x. 28. So Sept.
and rnn Ex. xxi. 12, 18. xxii. 2. Deut.
a putting off, laying aside, trop. 1 Pet. iii.
xvii. 6, 12. Susann. 41, 43. Jos. Ant.
21. 2 Pet. i. 14. Clem. Alex. Strom.
4.8. 2, 3. Herodian. 3. 15. 8. Xen. Mem.
4. 25.
4. 8. 9.

b) of vegetable life, e. g. seeds, to rotf

place where any thing is laid up, reposito- John xii. 24. 1 Cor. xv. 36. of trees, to

ry, e. g. of arras, an arsenal, Herodian. wither, to die, trop. Jude 12.

7. 11. 14. Thuc. 6. 97. a treasury, in an inchoative sense, Buttm. 112.
c)
Sept. 1 Chr. xxix. 8. In N. T. spoken 10. n. 6 ; to be dying, i. e. to be near to
of grain, etc. a granary, storehouse, barn, death, Luke viii. 42. or, to be exposed to
Matt. iii. 12. vi. 26. xiii. 30. Luke iii. 17. death, to be in danger of death, 1 Cor. xv.
xii. 18, 24. So Sept. for D12N73 Jer. 1. 31. 2 Cor. vi. 9. also, to be subject to death,
26. Aquil. for D*?0!?ht Prov. iii. 10 where to be mortal, Rom. v. 15 coll. ver. 17, 1

Sept. ra/mta. Jos. Ant 9. 13. 3. Cor. xv. 22. Heb. vii. 8 mortal men.
So Sept. and Gen. xlviii. 21.
rvi73
f. i<ru, to treasure
Rev. iii. 2 aT^piffovra *onra
,
d) metaph.
away, to lay up in store, Ecclus. iii. 4. & t/itXXov airoSaviiv, which are ready to
Diod. Sic. 5. 40. In N. T. trop. 1 Tim.
expire, i. e. become extinct, where it re-
vi. 19, comp. Matt. vi. 20. Rom. ii. 5. etc.
fers to religious faith, works,
to 'Airo5vi'i<TK(iv or atro TIVOQ, to die to
Tivi
'o, f. $u, press from
or from any thing, i. e. to renounce, to
every side, to crowd, absol. Luke viii. 45.
Sept. for yn^ Num. xxii. 25. Jos. Ant. forsake, Col. ii. 20 airo T>V oToixt'uav.
5. 2 jSorpuc cnroSXififiv Gal. ii. 19 r< vo/xy, i. e. the Mosaic
'2.
<f>id\r]v. Cf. i'c

Tittmann in Bib. Repos. III. p. 65. law. Rom. vi. 2 ry a/taprt'p, which
supply also in ver. 7, 8. Col. iii. 3 d-n-e-
f.
airoSavovpat, SdvtTC yap 8C. TOIQ iirl ri]Q yfjg, to earthly
aor. 2 atr'&avov, to die, intrans. i. e.
things.
through the force of d-n-6, to die out, to to die forever, to come under
e) trop.
e become quite dead ; hence it is
i-jrire, to condemnation of eternal death, i. e. ex-
stronger than SVIJOKU, though generally clusion from the Messiah's kingdom, and
used synonymously with it and instead subjection to eternal punishment for
G 2
 84

q. the second death' in Rev. xx.14.

i. *
sin, i. e. made known,
taught, communicated,
John vi. 60, where
cnroSavy is con- his Spirit and influences, Matt. xi.
by
trasted with
ZrjatTai els rbv aidtva in 25. xvi. 17. Luke x. 21. 1 Cor. ii. 10.
58. John viii. 21, 24. xi. 26 coll. xiv. 30 supply ri cnrb TOV Sfov. Eph. iii.
^rer. 51,
>er. 25, where physical and eternal death 5. Phil. iii. 15. 1 Pet. i. 12. So Sept.
are distinguished. Rom. vii. 10. viii. 13. and n^a Dan. x. 1. Chald. N^3 Dan. ii.
AL. Lib. Henoch. fabric,
19, 22, 28, 30. p.
also a 189 tdida% rd pvaTJipta KO.I direKaXv^e T<$
*,
aiCJvi rd iv Act. Thorn. 10
and -avb), f. cnroKaTaaTrjau), to put back ovpavy.
into a fanner state, to restore, trans. Kvpis, 6 cnroKaXinrTCJv /iuoT7jpia. Spoken
For the form in -aw, Mark ix. 12, comp. of things revealed from God
through
Sept. Dan. ii. 21. Herodot. 4. 103. and Christ, Matt, xi.27. Luke x. 22. through
see Buttin. 106. n. 5. 107. n. I. 2. Paul, Gal. i. 16.
For that in -aw, Acts i. 6, which is c) spoken
of persons, in the Pass, to
found only in late writers, see Buttm. be revealed, i. e. to appear ; spoken of
112. 12. Passow sub voc. Spoken Christ's appearing from heaven, Luke

a) of restoration to health, etc. Matt. xvii. 30. So Sept. and n^2 1 Sam. iii.
xii. 13. Mark iii. 5. viii. 25. Luke vi. 10. 21. 4 Esdr. xiii. 32. Spoken of anti-
So Sept. and nilfi Ex. iv. 7. Lev. xiii. 16. christ, 2 Thess. ii. 3, 6, 8.
Test. XII
Patr. p. 535. Hippocr. Opp.
6. p. 12. ed. Foes. Xen. Lac. 6. 3.
an uncovering, i. e. nakedness, Sept. for
of the Jewish kingdom, govern-
b) rn*iy 1 Sam. xx. 30. Plut. Cato Maj.
ment, etc. which the Messiah was ex- c/26. ib. Mm. Paul. c. 14. In N. T.
pected to restore and enlarge, Matt. xvii. only metaph.
11. Mark ix. 12. Actsi. 6. So Sept. a) of the removal of the veil of igno-
and 3TO' Ez. xvi. 55. 1 Mace. xv. 3. rance and darkness by the communica-
Diod. Sic. 20. 32. Polyb. 4. 25. 7. tion of light and knowledge, illumina-
of restoration to one's friends and tion, instruction, Luke ii. 32 <f>u>s tig diro-
c)
country, e. g. from prison, Heb. xiii. 19. .
Comp. tT.in "lift, Sept. 0oi
So Sept and 3^71 Jer. xvi. 15. xxiv. 6. ,
Is. xiii. 6.

Esdr. i. 31. Jos. Ant. 11. 1. 1. Po- b) in the sense of revelation, disclosure,
lyb. 3. 5. 4. manifestation, e. g. of that which be-
comes manifest by the event, Rom. ii. 5
'ATTOKaXuTrrw, f. $w, to uncover,
Sept. for n^2 Ruth iii. 4, 7. Herodian. 7. rip'spa. airoKa\v\l/0'G, day of manifestation

4. 10. In N. T. metaph. to reveal, to of God's wrath, i. e. when it will be

disclose, to bring to light, trans.

manifested. Rom. viii. 19 airoKoXv-fyiQ rwv

Luke xii. 2. vi&v TOV Srtov i.

q. aTroic. Trjg TOIV
a) genr. Matt. x. 26.
6%t]
vi. T. Stou, comp. ver. 18, 21, i. e. the
Sept. for Tarr J sh. ii. 20. So in the
Passive, of things which become known manifestation, disclosure, of the glorious
or manifest by their effects e. g. tita- ;
liberty, bliss, of the sons of God. Ec-
Luke ii. 35. So of that which before
clus. xi. 27.
\oyi0fj.oi fipaxiwv icvpiov
John xii. 38, coll. Sept. Is. liii. 1 for n^2. was unknown and concealed, especially
Is. Iii. 10 for the divine mysteries, purposes, doc-
t]fa?n. diKaioavvri Seov
Rom. i. 17, coll. Sept. for n*>a Ps. xcviii. trines, etc. Rom.
xvi. 25. 1 Cor. xiv. 6,

Rom. i. 26 Ecclus. xxii.22. xliii. 1. Of revela-

2. Jer. xi. 20. 6py^ TOV Stov
Is. Ivi. 1. Rom. viii. 18. tions from God, or Christ, 2 Cor. xii. 1,
18, comp. 86i)
1 Pet. v. 1. ffuTrjpia 1 Pet. i. 5 __ iCor. 7. Gal. i. 12. ii. 2. Eph. iii. 3. Eph.
iii. 13 iv
i. 17 7rv(Vfjia diroKaXv^ewg, a spirit of
irvpi aironaXvirTtTai, be revealed
made known. i. e. which can fathom and
by fire, i.e. be tried, proved, revelation,
Gal. 23 unfold the deep things of God.
iii. TTJV fie\\ov<rav TT'IOTIV drroKa-
Xv0S-/>at, i. e, until Christ, the object of Spoken of future events, Rev. i. 1, where

faith, should be revealed. Plato Gorg. itmakes part of the title of the book.

p.
311. D. c)
in the sense of appearance, and

b) spoken
of things revealed from God, spoken of Christ's appearance from
 85

heaven, 2 Thess. i. 7. 1 Cor. i. 7. 1 Pet. Dio Cass. 71. 28. Not found in Attic
i. 7, 13. iv. 13. usage, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 341.

a, ae, >7> from the f. eiffo), to close up, i. e.

verb aTToicapadoKew, (aTro, jcdpa head, to shut to, to make fast ; e. g. TTJV
Supav,
oKfvw to look), i. q. ry Kt<J>a\y 7rpo/3Xl- Luke xiii. 25. Sept. for 13D Gen. xix.
irttvEtym. Magn. i. e. to look away
towards any thing with the head bent
<
10.
18.
Judg. iii. 23.
Herodian. 5. 3.~26.
^
2 Sam. xiii. 17,
Xen. Mem.
forward/ and hence to await, to expect 2. 1. 16.
earnestly; so Aquil. for ^innn
'
Ps.
xxxvii. 7. Polyb. 16. 2. 8. ib/18. 31. ,
f. i//w, to cut
off",
to am-
4. Jos. B. J. 3. 7. 26. Hence the subst. putate, trans. Mark ix. 43, 45. John
N. T. earnest expecta- xviii. 10, 26. Acts xxvii. 32.
aTTOKapaSoKia in Sept. for
tion, Rom. viii. 19. Phil. i. 20. See D")3 1 Sam. xxxi. 9. ysp Deut. xxv. 12.
Bibl. Repos. I. p. 373.
Lilian. V. H. 2. 9. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3.
8. Mid. Gal. v. 12 o^eXov Kai aTroKo^ov-
v. -arra> 5 - w
spoken of Judaizing teachers, I could
>
rat,
(OTTO, /card, dXXatraaj), lit. to change from wish that in their oicn case they would not
one state of feeling, etc. to another, i. e.
only circumcise, but even cut off sc. the
to reconcile, trans, and seq. dat. or fee.
parts usually circumcised, i. e. emascu-
Eph. ii. 16 air. rovf afuftoTtpovf r< 3*w.
late themselves. So Chrysostom, /3ou-
Col. i. 20, 21, tif iavrov, comp. Eph. i.
Xovrat, fit} TrepiTt^vsffSrwffav povov, dXXd
10. Hesych. aTroKarrAXd^at ^t'Xov rat TrfpticoTrrter^wo-av. So Sept. and n~13
iroiijaai. Deut. xxiii. 1 __
Arrian. Diss. Epict. 2.
20. 19.Lucian. Eunuch. 8. See
q. v.) restoration, restitution, Raphel. Obs. in N. T. in loc. Others,
sc. to a former state. Acts iii. 21 xpovo* separate themselves, sc. from the Chris-
dTroKaraordfffwc Trdvrwi/, Me time of the tian community j comp. Kypke and
restoration of all things, i. e. the Mes- Eisner in loc.
siah's future kingdom, i.
q. icapoi dva-
V/wfcwc in ver. 19, coll. Heb. ix. 10. See , aroc, TO,
in 'Avd\l/v$tc, and an answer, judicial response, sentence,
comp. Olshausen's
Comm. in loc. genr. Julian. H. A. 9. 15. Jos. Ant. 14.
Spoken of the restora-
tion of a state, city, etc. 10. 6. In N. T. aTTOKpifia TOV Savarov,
Jos. Ant. 11.
3.8. ib. 11.4. 6. 4. 23. 1.
sentence of death, 2 Cor. i. 9, i. e. con-
Polyb.
stant exposure to death, despair of life,
f,
f.
tiaofiat, to be laid comp. ver. 8.
away, to be laid up, sc. for
preservation,
Luke xix. 20. So Symm. for mtf Is. aor. 1 a
x. 17. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 15. Anab. 2. aor. 1 pass. airtKpi^v, fut. 1
pass, d-rro-
3. 15. Metaph. to be in storefor, to await Kpi$r'i<TOfiat, Middle form from Act. diro-

any one, c. c. dat. of pers. rptVo.-, to judge off, i. e. to separate out,

Spoken of
5 to separate, genr. and so in Pass.
rewards, Col. i. TTJV i\iri$a TTJV diro- Theophr.
Ketfiivrjv v/iTviv roTg oupavotf. 2 Tim. de caus. Plant. 1. 6 olvog 6ff^v XaplBd,
iv. 8 arkfyavoQ 2 Mace. xii. 45. Helio- vei, orav aTTticpiSri TI vSaT&deg avrov.
dor. I. p. 33 fu<T$6 s Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 7. .
Thuc. 2. 49. Jos. Ant 3. 11. 3. Herodot.
Spoken of death, Heb. ix. 27 diroicti- 1. 60. Horn. II. 5. 12. But Mid. diro-
rai roig dv^pwTrotg aira.% aTro3avf.lv. _ Kpivofiai is pp. to give a judicial answer,
and hence genr. to answer, to respond, and
4 Mace. viii. 10. Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. 8
so also the aor. 1 pass, and fut. 1 pass, in
rolff KaicovpyoiQ diroKtirai
later writers (Diod. Sic. 4. 31. Lucian.
*A7TOlCf0aXi^w, f. ta ,
Demon. 26.)
which the grammarians
to behead, trans. Matt. xiv. 10. Mark censure ; see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 108. C.
vi. 16, 27. Luke ix. 9. Arriajn. Diss. c. dat. of pers. or also in Luke and Acts c,
1. 1. 29 VTTO TOV Nepwvog a7ro>c-
Epict. TTjOofseq. ace. Luke iv.4. vi.3. al. Actsiiu
<j>a\ia$ijvai. 4. 1. 121. Artemidor. 1. 37. 12.al. So Sept. Gen. xxiii. 5, Hab.ii.2.vjz
 86

a) pp.
to answer, to reply, sc. to a So Sept. for Chald. part. NrnnO?? Dan.
question, Matt. xi. 4. xiii. 11. xix. 4. ii. 22. Xen. Conv. 8. 11.
Mark xii. 34 al. saep. Sept. for n^ b) by impl. laid up in store, trop. Co).
'
1 Sam. xxvi. 2 Sam. xiv. 19.
14. XenT. ii. 3. So Sept. and pttq?? Is. xiv. 3.
(Ec. 19. 4. Lucian. D. Mort. 29. 2. To pp. Sept. for Q"3.p373 Dan.' xi. 43. pp.
a judicial interrogation or accusation, 1 Mace. i. 23.
Matt. xxvi. 62. xxvii. 12, 14. Mark xiv.
'AnoiCTtivu), also droKreva> and a?ro-
61. Herodian. 4. 7. 2. To an entreaty, f. aor. 1
, diroKTtvui, aTriicTfiva,
exhortation, proposition, etc. Matt. iv. aor. pass. cnrtKTd$r)v, to kill outright, to
1
4. xii. 29. xiii. 37. xxv. 9. Luke xxii. to death, trans. The form diroKTtvu),
put
68. al. sajp. Sept. and njy Gen. xxiii. occurs in later edit. Matt. x. 28. Luke
5. xxiv. 50. Xen. An. 1. 4. 14. ib. 2. xii. 4, but is doubtful, and can belong
1.9, 10, 15. H. G. 2.2. 18 __ By way of
only to the later Greek. For airoKTtvva),
contradiction, denial, etc. Matt. iii. 15. in later edit.Rev. vi. 11. Sept. Hab. i.
viii. 8. xii. 48. Mark vii. 28. x. 20. 17. Dan. ii. 13. Esdr. iv. 7. Wisd.
John ii. 18. iii. 9. Acts xxv. 4. al. saep. xvi. 14. also as a form of the later Greek,
b) by Hebraism, to proceed to speak,
Nicarch. Ann. Br. XX, see Gregor. Cor.
i. e.either, to continue the discourse, Matt.
p. 588, 597, ed. Schafer. Sturz de Dial.
xi. 25. xii. 38. xv. 15. xxii. 1. xxvi. Mac. et Alex. p. 119, 128. Winer 15
63. Mark ix. 19. x. 24. al. Sept. and The
p. 76. marg. aor. 1 pass. inriKTav-
roy Gen. xviii. 27. xxvii. 37, 39. al. or
&TJV, Matt. xvi. 21. Mark viii. 31. al.
more frequently, to begin to speak, prob.
though poetic, occurs mostly only in
with reference 'to what another had later prose, e. g. Dio Cass. 65. 4 see ;

already said. So diroKpiSeig ilirt, or Kai Winer 15. p. 76. Lob. ad Phryn. p.
jiTrtKpiSi] teal tiTTf, Matt, xvii.4, 17. xxviii. 36. 757. Buttm. 101. n. 6. 114 sub.
5. Mark ix. 5. x. 51. xi. 14. xii. 35. KTtiva). Spoken
Acts iii. 12. al. So Sept. apd n^ in to to to death, in
a) pp. kill, put any
later Heb. Cant. ii. 10. Is.xiv/ 10.
way, Matt. xiv. 5. xvi. 21. xxi. 35, 38,
Zech. i.10. iii. 4. iv. 1 ] . al 1 Mace, xviii. 39. Mark vi. 19. John xviii. 31. Rev.
19. So of an interrogation, Matt, xxvii. vi. 8. al. ss&p. Sept. for :nn Gen. iv.
21, coll. Mark xiv. 61, where it is ip<u- 8. Judg. ix. 5. al. saep. JTTSn Gen. xviii.
rdta. Rev. vii. 13. So Sept. and n^V 25. Ex. iv. 24. nsn Josh. xi. 10. 1 Sam.
Dan. iii. 14. So a-jroKpivis Act. ThonT. xvii. 46. Herodian. 2. 12. 1. Xen.
40. AL. Anab. 1. 1. 3. ib. 2. 1. 11. So CLTTOK-
Ttivetv eavTov, to kill one's self, John viii.

an answer, a reply, Luke ii. 47. xx. 26. 22, coll. Wisd. xvi. 14. Passive, to be
John slain, i. e. to die, to perish, Rev. ix. 18.
i. 22. xix. 9. Sept. for H^yp Job
xxxii. 5. Prov. xv. i. "Ql Deiit'. i. 22. 20. al.
Jos. Ant. 7. 6. 1. Diod* Sic. 14. 25. b) trop. to hill eternally, to bring under
Xen. Hiero 1. 35. condemnation of eternal death; see in
'AiroSvriffKui e. Matt. x. 28 TTJV \l/vx>iv
>,
f. \^o), to hide away, to kill the soul, there i.
., q.
to conceal, trans. TO dpyvpiov, Matt. xxv.
ijv cnroXkoai iv ytkvvy, comp. Luke
18. Wisd. vii. 14. Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 5. xii. 5. Rom. vii. 11.2 Cor. iii. 6.
Xen. Anab. 4. 4. 11. Metaph. to hide, to destroy, to abolish, rrjv %-
c) trop.
e. not to reveal, seq. dtro c.
i.
gen. of Spdv Eph. ii. 16. Comp. Sept. and y\n
pers. Matt. xi. 25. Luke x. 21. absol. Ps. Ixxviii. 47. AL.
1 Cor. ii. 7.
Eph. iii. 9. Col. i. 26. So
Sept. and JD^yn 2 K. iv. 27. Tripn S'W, w, ;<, (diro of com-
f.

Ps. cxix. 19 '-Jos. Ant. 3. 4. 2. Xen. plet. and MM be pregnant with,

to
II. 19. 117. Jos. Ant. 1. 18. lit. to
Mem. 2. 6. 29. 1.)
finish being pregnant with, i. e. to bring
, ou, 6, 77, adj. (CLTTO- forth, to bear, trans. 4 Mace. xv. 17.
uTrrto),
hidden away, concealed. Herodian. 1. 5. 14. In N. T. metaph.
a) trop.
Mark iv. 22. Luke viii. 17. to beget, to bring forth, James i. 15. 18.
 87

Sw, also OTTOKuXtW, b) to desert, to renounce, Jude vi. airo-

to ro// au?ay, trans. Matt, xxviii. 2.
f<ru>,
\nr6vraQ TO ISiov oucrj/piov. Sept. for HTVT
Mark xvi. 3, 4. Luke xxiv. 2. Sept. for Prov. ii. 17. ix. 6. Ecclus. xvii. 19 .

H>2 Gen. xxix. 3, 8, 10. Judith xiii. 9. Xen. Ag. 2. 29. Lucian. D. Deor. 5. 1.
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 37. Apollod. Bibl. 3. ff-> trans.
* w to fak
'ATToAci'xo), >

14. 7. Luke xvi. 21 ol KVVIQ arrkXiixov TO. e'X/cq

f. diroXrj^ofiat, aor. avTov, i. e. they licked his sores clean.

'A7ToAajU/3avw, See Tittmann in
2. drrtXapov, to take or have from any Aristoph. Vesp. 27.
Bibl. Repos. III. p. 65.
one, i. e. to receive, trans.
with the idea of complete- f. perf. 1 airo-
a) strictly f, airoXkffd),
in 'ATT^XW no. 2.
ness, to receive in full, see Xo/Xfica, perf. 2 aTroXwXa, Mid. fut. O.TTO-
Luke xvi. 25 curtXafifG ra ayaSa <rov. \ovp.ai, aor. 2 d.7r<n\6fir]v. The force of
So genr. to obtain, Gal. iv. 5 TJJV CLTTO is here away, wholly, and the verb
vioStffiav. Sept. for np^ Num. xxxiv. is therefore stronger than the simple
14. oXXiyti.
recede fozcA, to o&tom again, e. g. Active form.
b) to 1. 1. to destroy, to
debts, etc. Luke vi. 34 bis. xv. 27. cause to perish, trans.
Herodian. 4. 15. 20. Xen. An. 1. 2. 27. of things, trop. 1 Cor.
a) spoken
i.

Spoken of retribution, requital, etc. 19 diroXw TI)V <To<j>iav rStv aofy&v, 1. e.

Luke xviii. 30. xxiii. 41. Rom. i. 27. to bring to nought, rendei' void, quoted
Col. iii. 24. 2 John 8. Xen. de re Eq. from Is. xxix. 14, where Sept. for ins.
2. 2. Diod. Sic. 12. r>.
pp. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 38.
c)
to take to one's self from another b) of persons,
to destroy, put to death,

place or person, i. e. either to receive as cause to perish, of physical

(a) spoken
a friend or guest, 3 John 8. or, to take
death, Matt. ii. 13. xii. 14. xxi.41. xxii.
aside with one's self,
Mark vii. 33 &TTO- 7. Mark iii. 6. ix. 22. xi. 18. xii. 9.

\a(36fitvoc avrov airo TOV fyXov car' iSiav. Luke xvii. 27, 29. xix. 47. xx. 16.
[vi. 9.]
So airoXa/Swv V. a7roXa/36/ivof rtvd John x. 10. Jude 5. So Sept. for :nn
jear' iiiav 2 Mace. 21, coll. iv. 46.
vi. Gen. xx. 4. Esth. ix. 16. 12N Deut.
Jos. B. J. 2. 7. 2. Appian. de Bell. Civ. xi. 4. Esth. iv. 9. 1 Mace. ii. 37. Jos.
lib. 5. p. 18. Philostrat. Vit. Apollon. Ant. 1. 2. 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 12. Anab.
7. 18. 2. 6. 39. In a judicial sense, Matt.
xxvii. 20. James iv. 12.
h
r
of eternal death, i. e.
fruition, enjoyment,
i. e. (/3) spoken
the act of enjoying, etc future punishment, exclusion from the
a)
Messiah's kingdom, etc. see in 'ATTO-
for enjoyment, i. e. to enjoy, 1 Tim. vi.
17__ 3 Mace. vii. 16. Jos. 2. 4. 4. He- SvriffKw e. Matt. x. 28. Mark i. 24.
rodian. 2. 3. 18. Luke iv. 34. ix. 56. Rom. xiv. 15.

source of enjoyment, advan- Luke ix. 25 kavrbv airo\t<rai, to destroy

b) the
tage, profit, pleasure, Heb. xi. 25. So himself, i. e. subject himself to eternal
death. Comp. Ecclus. x. 3. xx. 22.
Symm. for D^ltiyiJ)' Ps. cxix. 143.
Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 3? 2. to lose, to be deprived of, trans, e. g.
Polyb. 10. 19. 5.
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 33. piffSov Matt. x. 42. Mark ix. 41. Trpo-
/3arov Luke xv. 4. Spaxpiv Luke xv. 8,
, f.
i//(t>,
aor. 2 atck\Lirov, 9. John vi. 39. 2 John 8. Sept. for
to leave away from one's i. e. Ecclus. vi. 4.
self, 13K' Prov. xxix. 3. viii.

leave behind, trans. 2 Tim. 13 iv. Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 25. So rrjv i//u-

a) to
15".

ov atriXurov iv Tpwadt. iv. 20 --Jos. Ant. X rjv i7roX!<rat, i. e. to lose one's life or
4. 8. 21. Herodot. 3. 48. Xen. An. 6. soul, Matt. x. 39 bis. xvi. 25 bis. Mark
3. 4. Pass, to be left behind, to remain, viii. 35 bis. Luke ix. 24 bis. xvii. 33
Sept. for "IXlEb Ex. xiv. 28. trop. airo- bis. John xii. 25.

XetTrcrai, there remains, Heb. iv. 6. 9. II. Middle and Passive forms, as
x. 26. Polyb. 3. 39. 12. coll. Wisd. also perf. 2 aTroXwXa.
xiv. 6. 1 . to be destroyed, to perish, intrans.
 a) spoken of things, Matt. v. 29, 30. one's self off, i. e. to plead for one's self,
01 dffKol aTToXovvrai, Matt. ix. 17. Mark to defend one's self', before a tribunal or
ii. 22. Luke v. 37. John vi. 27. Jumes elsewhere ; absol. Luke xxi. 14. Acts
i. 11. 1 Pet. i. 7. Rev. xviii. 4 in later xxv. 8. xxvi. 1. Rom. ii. 15 __2 Mace.
edit. Heb. i. 11 avroi [oi ovpavoi~\ xiii. 26. Jos. Ant. 4. 7. 3. Seq. dat of
a-rroXovvrai, quoted from Ps. cii. 27 pers. to or against whom, Acts xix. 33.
where Sept. for inN, as also Jer. ix. 11. 2 Cor. xii. 19. So Sept. Trpoc nva for
xlviii. 8. Ez. xxix. 8. xxxv. 7. Xen. D*in Jer. xii. 1. Seq. irepi c. gen. Acts
H. G. 1. 1. 36. xxvi. 2. Xen. Cyr.
Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 5.
of persons, to be put to death, to die,
b)
2. 2. 13. With an accus. implying man-
to perish,
(a) spoken
of physical death, ner, Buttm. 131. 6. Luke xii. 11 ri
Matt. viii. 25. xviii. 14. xxvi. 62. Mark aTroXoyjjen/erSc. Acts xxiv. 10. xxvi. 24.
iv. 38. Luke viii. 24. xi. 61. xiii. 33. Diod. Sic. 13. 69. Demosth. 1052.
xv. 17. John xi. 60. xviii. 9, 14. Acts 25.
v. 37. 1 Cor. x. 9, 10. 2 Cor. iv. 9.
2 Pet. iii. 6. Jude 11. So Sept. and 'ATToXo-yfa, ac, ^ (aTroXoyeo/iai), a
TnN Lev. xxiii. 30. Esth. ix. 12. al. plea, defence, before a tribunal or else-
where ; Acts xxii. 1. 2 Tim. iv. 16. So
Jos! Ant. 7. 11. 8. Ml. V. H. 6. lOult.
of eternal death, see I. l.b. genr. 2 Cor. vii. 11. Phil. i. 7, 17, row
(/3) spoken Wisd. vi. 10. Polyb. 4. 16.
to perish eternally, i. e. to be evayyeXiov.
(3, above ;

Luke
4. Xen, Apol. Socr. 4. Seq. dat. of
deprived of eternal life, etc. xiii.
pers. against whom, 1 Cor. ix. 3. 1 Pet.
3, 6. John iii. 15, 10. x. 28. xvii. 12.
Rom. ii. 12. 1 Cor. xiii. 11. xv. 18.
iii. 15.
Trtpi nvoQ Acts xxv. 16. 7rpo
Acts xxii. 1. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 5.
2 Pet. iii. 9 __ So JLirv&kt^vct, those
ot

rvho perish, who are exposed to eternal to wash

'ATroXovw, f. ovffw, off,
death, 1 Cor. i. 18. 2 Cor. ii. 15. iv. 3.
trsus. II. 18. 345. Lucian Lexiph. 2,
2 Thess. ii. 10. In N. T. Mid-
4. cTrcAofo/iru, to -wash
to be lost, e. g.
2. *xi. 18. VSl^uke one's self clean from, i. e. to wash away,
TI John vi. 12. Spoken of those who to be freed from, metaph. TCLQ d/iapr/a^,
wander away and are lost, e. g. the pro- e. the consequences Acts xxii.
i.
of sins,
digal son, Luke xv. 24. sheep straying 16. 1 Cor. vi. 11. So Sept. for
Luke xv. 4, 6. trop. yrnnrr
in the desert, etc. Job ix. 30. Ps.
Comp. Ii. 4, 9. Is. i, 16.
Matt. x. 6. xv. 24. xviii. 11. Luke xix. Jer. iv. 14. Philo de Nom. Mut. p. 1051
10. So Sept. and "UN Ps. cxix. 176. rd KaTappviraivovTct -
i^v^^v aTroXot
1

Tr\v
Jer. 1. 6. Ez. xxxiv. 4.

'ATroXXuwv, vovroc, >

(particip.
of
i. e. the destroyer, )> (aTroXvrpow
aTToXXuw), Apollyon, to let free for a
go ransom, Sept. for m^)
i.
q. 'A(3ad$wv, Rev. ix. 11.
Ex. xxi. 8. Diod. Sic. 13. redemp- 24),
m, ac, n t Apollonia, a tion, i. e.

city of Macedonia, situated between deliverance sc. on account of a ran-

a)
Amphipolis and Thessalonica, about a som paid spoken of the deliverance
;

day's journey from the former place. from the power and consequences of
Acts xvii. 1. sin which Christ procured for his fol-
lowers by laying down his life as a ran-
wc, w, 6, Apollos, pr. name som, Xvrpov, cf. Matt. xx. 28. So Rom.
of a Jewish Christian, born at Alex-
iii. 24.
Eph. i. 7, 14. Col. i. 14. Heb.
andria, distinguished for his eloquence ix. 15. By meton. 1 Cor. i. 30.
and success in propagating the Christian
Comp.
Acts xx. 28. Col. i. 13. Heb. ii. 14.
religion. His history and character are John xii. 31. Clem Alex. Strom. 7.
given Acts xviii. 24 sq. Acts xix. 1.
10.
1 Cor. i. 12. iii.
4, 5, 6, 22. iv. 6. xvi.
12. Tit. iii. 13.
b) deliverance, simply, the idea of a
random being dropped; e. g. from ca-
f. lamities and death, Luke xxi. 28. Heb.
'AiroXoytOfJLai, ov/im, r?<ro/iae,

depon. Mid. (airo and X6yof),

to speak xi. 35. So of the soul fom the body
 89

as its prison, Rom. viii. 23. Eph. iv. 30.

,
f.
if/w, to wash off, Sept.
Comp. Rom. vii. 24. Wisd. ix. 15. for
yrn Prov. xxx. 12.
pja^f
i K. xxii.

'A.TroXv(jj, f- v<T<i>, to let loose from,

38. In N. T. Mid.
airoviirronai, to wash
to loosen , to unbind, etc. trans, and seq. off for one's self sc. the hands, to wash
one's own hands, rag
gen. of person or thing, pp. Horn. Od. xeTpaj;, Matt, xxvii.
21.46. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 25. In N. T. 24. This among the ancients was a
trop. symbolical action to signify one's inno-
cence ; see Deut. xxi. 6, 7. Jos. Ant. 4.
a)
to free from, to relieve from, seq.
gen. rjjg affSrevtias Luke xiii. 12 Jos. 8. 16.Scholiast, ad Soph. Ajax. 663 __
Ant. 2. 5. 2. Tob Hi. 6 curb TUG ava^Kng. Theophr. Char. 25 or 16.
Diod. Sic. 4. 11. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 5.
aor. 2 airkirtaov, to
to release, to let go free, to set at
), fall
b) from, intrans. seq. air6 c. gen. Acts ix.
liberty, trans, e. g. a debtor, Matt, xviii.
27. or persons accused or in prison, etc.
18. Sept. for bpj Job xxix. 24. Xen.
H.G.I. 6. 63.
Matt, xxvii. 15. Mark xv. 6. Luke xxii.
68. John Acts iv. 21. xxvi. 32.
xix. 10. w, f. tjerw, to cause to
xxviii. 18. al. seep. 2 Mace. iv. 47. vi. wander from, to lead
astray from, sc. the
22. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 5 Metaph. to right way, Sept. for rniirl Jer. 1. 6. In
overlook, to forgive, Luke vi. 37. N. T. metaph. to seduce, to deceive, trans.
spoken of a wife, to let gofree, i. e.
c)
Mark xiii. 22. Pass, metaph. to go astray
to put away, to divorce, trans. Matt. i. 19. from, i. e. to swerve
from, to apostatise, 1
v. 31, 32. xix. 3. al. So of a husband, Tim. vi. 10 curb rrjc Tr/ortwf.
Sept. for
Mark x. 12. Diod. Sic. 12. 18 vo/ioc rrarr Prov. vii. 21. rn; Hiph. 2Chr. xxi.
o fli^ovf i%ouffiav ry yvvaixl airo\vtiv TOV 11. Ecclus. iv. 19. Lib. Henoch. Fabric.
dvdpa. p. 180. Polyb. 3.*57. 4.
i. e. to let
d) to dismiss, simply, go, to
to sail away,
send away, trans, e. g. TOV v\\ov, rovf
to depart by ship, intrans. Acts xiii. 4.
oxXouc, Matt. xiv. 15, 22, 23. xv. 32, 39.
xiv. 26. xx. 15. xxvii. 1. Xen. Anab.
Luke ix. 12. al. or of other persons,
5.4.12. H. G.6. 1.6.
Matt. xv. 23. Luke viii. 38. xiv. 4. Acts
xiii. 3. xv. 30. xxiii. 22. al. rtjv iKK\naiav, f. vvat, to wash off or
to dismiss the assembly, Acts xix. 40. So
out, to rinse, trans, spoken of nets, Luke
Sept. for ttha Ps. xxxiv. 1. Jos. Ant. 2.
v. 2. Sept. for D?3 1 Sam. xix. 24.
14.6. ib.5.*2.8. Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 21.
Ez. xvi. 9 Horn. Od. 6. 95. Jos.
pjijir)'
Ant.
So Mid. cnroXvofjiai, to depart, to go
away, 3. 6. 2. ib. 8. 15. 6.
Acts xxviii. 25. also xv. 33. So Sept. for
31UJ Ex. xxxiii. 11. Polyb. 2. 34. 12. 'A7ro7rvrya>,
f. <>, to strangle, as by
e) to dismiss sc. from life,
to let depart drowning, trans. Luke viii. 33. Metaph.
)r die, trans. Luke ii. 29 vvv airo\veiQ spoken of plants, to choke, overpower,
r bv $ov\6v ffov iv tlprjvy. So Sept. fory^S Matt. xiii. 7. Luke viii. 7 __Tob. iii. 9.
Num. xx. 29. Tob. iii. 13. 2 Mace, viu Herodian. 1. 17. 24. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 21.
9. 2E1. V. H. 5. 6. So d*-o\vo/z<u to die,
ib. 13. 19. AL. w, f- *)<*<, (airoooQ without
,

resource, fr. a pr. and Tropog way, exit,)

to
'ATTOjuaoxrw, v. /uarrw, f. <>, and in N. T. Mid. dTropeo/ioi, ovpat, to be
wipe off, sc.
TOL Saxpva
Polyb. 15. 26. 3. without resource, i.e. to know not what to
in N. T. Mid. to wipe offfrom one's self, and uncer-
do, to hesitate, to be in doubt
3C. TOV KOVIOOTOV, Luke x. 11.
tainty ; seq. iripi, c. gen. John
xiii. 22.

tig r Acts XXV. 20. So drropew, Jos.

'ATrovfjUWj f. /*w, to divide out,
to

apportion, to assign, Sept. for p^n Dent. Ant. 1.21.1. ib.2. 12.2. a7ropov/*ai ^El.
iv. 19. Jos. Ant. 5. 1.24. Polyb. 14. 4.2. V. H. 8. 5. Xen. Anab. 5. 9. 22. ib. 7.

In N. T. simply, to assign, to bestow, to be perplexed, anxious,

3. 29. By impl.
trans. 1 Pet. iii. 7 airovf^ovrtq Ttp.rjv. 2 Cor. iv. 8. Gal. iv. 20. So Sept. for
Jos. Ant. 1. 7. 1 Tt[if)v. Clein. Alex. "11 Jer. viii. 18. ny. Gen. xxxii. 8.
Strom. 7. 2. Herodian. 1. 8. 1. Wisd. 11. 6. 1 Mace" iii. 31.
 90

at?, r}, (diropsh) q. v.) the Luke xxii. 41. Acts xxi. 1 2 Mace.
state of one who knows not what to do ; xii. 10, 17. Diod. Sic. 20. 39. Clem,
doubt, pei-plexity. Luke xxi. 25 awoxn Alex. Strom. 1.1.
fSrvutv iv diropi<f,
disquiet of nations, with
etc, V, (fy'urrripi), apos-
uncertainty, perplexity, sc. as to the event,
tasy, defection, a later word instead of
etc. Sept. for
n^n^ Lev. xxvi. 16. rns g, Lob. ad Phryn. p.
528.
Is. viii. 22. Heroiilian. 4. 14. 1. Xen'.
Acts xxi. 21. 2 Thess. ii. 3. Sept. for
Anab. 1. 3. 13.
Jer. xxix. 32. fy$3 1 K. xxi. 13.

'A7ro/u/onrrw, f. i//w, to cast off,

2 Chr. xxix. 19. Plut. Galb. c. 1.

throw aside, TO. oirXa, etc. Herodian. 8. 4.

ro t (
27. In N. T. with a reflex, pron. im- , iov,
defection, desertion, as of a freedman
plied, Acts xxvii. 43 airopptyavTtg SC. iav- from his patron, etc. Demosth. 940. 15.
TOVQ, throwing or letting themselves ojffor In N. T. divorce, repudiation ; and /5t/3-
down from the ship into the water.
sc.
X/ov cnroffraaiov, a bill of divorce, Matt.
Sept. for Tp^'n Ex. xxii. 31. Lucian. xix. 7. Mark x. 4. So Sept. and
Ver. Hist. I. 38, piirTw ifiavrov. Arrian. nrrna ipp Deut. xxiv. i, 3. Is. 1. i.
Indie, c. 24. 7
5, Jer. 8 -- By meton. airoaraffiov, bill of
iii.

f. iffu, divorce, Matt. v. 31 . So Lat. repudium,

(OTTO, optyavog
Suet. Calig. 36. et Tib. 11. Pandect.
q. v.) to bereave of, sc. parents, ^Esch.
In N. T. Pass, to be 24. 2, 3.
Choeph. 246.
bereaved i. e. metaph. to remove the
of, seq. airo, f. ao-w, to
be separated from, spoken of a teacher Mark where
roof, to unroof, trans. ii. 4, it

separate^ from his disciples, 1 Thess. ii. isnot improbably spoken of the awning
17. drawn over the court of oriental houses ;
f. dffit), and Mid. diro-
see Calmet, art. House, p. 506, 507.
atjWj
to divest one's self of bag-
lit.
Strabo IV. p. 304. V. p. 542.

gage, etc. hence genr. to remove, to put f. ffrcXw, aor. 1 &ire-

out of the way, Sept. for nss Lev. xiv. areiXa, perf. airtaTa\Ka, Pass. perf. airt-
36. Jos. Ant. 1. 13. 5. ib. 14. 16. 2. B. ffraXfjiai, aor. 2 cnrtffTdXrjv, to send away,
J. 1. 31. 1. Polyb. 2. 26. 6. Herodian. to send off, forth, out, trans, or absol.
1. 9. 1. In N. T. Acts xxi. 15 aTroaiceva- Construed as to the person to whom, c.
ffdfutvoi dvtfiaivofitv tig 'lepovffaXrjp,, di- dat. Matt. xxii. 16. al. c. Trpog seq. ace.

vesting ourselves of baggage, i. e. perhaps Matt. xxi. 37. al. c. tig Matt. xv. 24. al.
leaving part of it behind see Olshausen's ;
as to the place whither, c. tig Matt. xiv.
Comm. in loc. Dion. Halic. Ant. 9. 23. 35. al. c. lv Matt. x. 16. al. <5e Mark
Or airo(JKtva<jd}i(.voi sc. TO. irdvTa may xi. 3. as to the person or place whence,
mean, putting aside or disregarding all C. airo. Acts X. 21. XI. 11. al. irapd c.
impediments, comp. vers. 12 14. Later gen. of pers. John i. 6. -Sept. for n^JJ
editions read passim.
a) spoken
of persons sent as agents,
aroc, TO, (CLTTO and
,
Matt. x.
messengers, etc. 5, 16. xi. 10.
a shade, shadow ; metaph. the
,
xxi. 1. Mark i. 2. vi. 7. Luke xiv. 32.
slightest trace or vestige, James i. 17.
al. saep. So of persons, i. e. prophets,
, w, f. ao-w, to draw from, teachers, angels, sent from God, Matt. x.
to draw away, trans, e. g. rrjv pdxaipav, 40. xiii. 41. xv. 24. xxiii. 37. Lukei. 26.
sc. from the scabbard, Matt. xxvi. 51. John i. 6. iii. 17. Acts 26. Heb. i.
iii.

Herodot. 3. 159 rag TrvXae, i. e. to 14. Rev. i. 1. Sept. forn^f Gen. xxxii.
tear away. Spoken of persons, to draw 3. xxxvii. 12. al. saep. Xen. Cyr. 7. 4.

away disciples from another to one's self, 8. Polyb. 4. 66. 2. In this sense the
Acts xx. 30. Ml. V. H. 13. 31. Jos. accus. of the person sent is often omit-
Ant. 13. 4. 7. Aor. 1 pass, in mid. ted j
John V. 33 vfitig dirtardXicaTf

sense, (Buttm. 136. 2,) to withdraw one's Trpbg 'Iwdvvnv. xi. 3. Acts xiii. 15. xvi. 36
veJf, to depart, to go away, c. c. air 6, coll. ver. 35. So onroartiXaf before an
 '
91 ATTO crro/iar i a>

ftctive verb as Matt. 16

;
ii.
b) spoken pf things, seq. accus. rbv
avtlXe iravraQ, he sent out and slew, etc. ,
and in the pass, construction
Mark vi. 17. Acts vii. 14. So Sept. and (Buttm. 134.
5.)
nom. 6 /uttrS-oc, James
nh Gen. xxxi. 4. xli. 8, 14. Ex. ix. 28. V. 4. 6 p.iff2rbg 6 a-7ro(TTepf)fji.vog, i. e. wages
Josh. xxiv. 9. al So Trkp^as, Plut. de held back by fraud. So Sept. and p^JJ'y
Educ. Pueror. c. 14. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 6. Deut. xxiv. 14. Mai. Ecclus. xxxf. iii. 5
coll. Josh. B.J.I. 12. 7. In the sense of 22. Philo Vita Mos. I. p. 624. Plut. De-
to expel, to drive away. Mark v. 10. xii. mosth. c. 14. Xen. Anab. 7. 6. 9 __ Seq.
3,4. gen. 1 Tim. vi. 5 T&V aTroaTfprjfitvwv TTJQ
of things, to sendforth, aXrjStias defrauding themselves, i. e. des-
b) trop. spoken
etc. i. e. to
proclaim, bestow, e. g. rbv\6- titute of, the truth. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 3

yov Acts x. 36. xiii. 26. TO (rurripiov Acts Thuc. 1. 40.

xxviii. 28. rrjv tvayyeXtav, the promise,
i. the thing promised, the Comforter,
e. j, ijc, n, (aTrtxrrlXXw,)
a
Luke xxiv. 49. So Sept. and n>ii?' Ex. iv. sending off, expedition, e. g. of ships
28. xv. 7. xxiii. 27. rnS Lev. xxv. 21.
Thuc. 8. 9. Polyb. 26. 7. 1. of persons
Plut. Timol. c. 1. the
Deut. xxviii. 8 __ Ecclus. xv. 9. xxxiv. thing sent, apresentt
*

Sept. for nihri 1 K. ix. 16. 1 Mace. :

6. Herodot. 9. 4. Lilian. V. H. 12. 57 H

.

So of physical things; 18 __ In N". T. the office of an ap^ ,

ffrjfitla teat Tepara.
Acts 30 apostleship, Acts i. 25. Rom. i. 5. 1
xi. airoffTiiXai'Tif SC. ri/v diaico-
2&\.
Cor. ix. 2. Gal. ii. 8.
viav, sending off the present, etc.
V. H. 12. 51 rnv irrKTToXrjv. Xen. H. G.
'A7TO(TToAo, ou, o, (aTTOfrrlXXw,) one
5. 1. 23 __
Mark iv. 29 airoari\\ti TO sent forth, i. e. a
messenger, ambassador^
tpeiravov, send forth, i. e. thrust in the
apostle, viz.
sickle. So Heb. by? r&l and Sept. a messenger, John xiii. 16.
a) genr.
Joel iv. 9. [iii. 13.1
IZcnroffTiXXtt) Ppiirava, Phil. ii. 25, coll. iv. 18. So Sept. and
Sept. dTTotrrtXXui ri}v x e7P a f r Heb. n^ m^> 1 K. xiv. 6. Herodot. 1.21. ib.5.
T Ex. ix. 15 __John ix. 7 2iXum/<, 6 38.
ipfiTjvtvtTai aTTforaX^lvof, Heb. Hi5tt) b) spoken of messengers or ambassa-
1. e. the sent forth, as typical perhaps of dors sent from God, and joined with
the fountain of spiritual blessings which Luke xi. 49. 5. Rev.
Trpo^ijrai, Eph. iii.
was to flow forth from the temple as the In
ii. 2. xviii. 20. this sense spoken of
symbolical seat of the Messiah's reign j the Messiah, Heb. iii. 1.
comp. Olshausen's Comm. in loc. of the apostles of Christ, viz. (a) of
c)
in the sense of to dismiss, to let go. the twelve apostles, chosen by Christ as
c)
Mark 26 cnrkaTiiXf. avrbv IIQ TOV olicov
viii. the chief agents in propagating the
ai>Tov. Matt. [viii. 31.] xxi.3. Markxi.3. gospel, Matt. x. 2. Luke vi. 13. ix. 10.
Luke iv. 18 d7ro<rrtIXai TtSpavaptvovf iv xxii. 14. Acts i. 26. Jude 17. Rev. xxi.
aQtffti, to let the oppressed gofree. Plut. 14. al. ssep. These are called by Paul
Moral. II. p. 24 ed.Tauchn. Xen. Anab. ot virtpXiav aTroffToXoi, 2 Cor. xi. 5. xii.
2. 1. 5. AL. 11. So of Paul, who was afterwards
reckoned to them, as being KO.T i^o\r\v
w, f. rjffa), to deprive of,
o>, the apostle of the gentiles, Tim. ii. 7. 1
to defraud of, construed strictly with an in a wider sense,
2 Tim. i. 11. (/3)
accus. of pers. and an accus. or gen. of
An. 6. 4. 23. Mem. 1. spoken of the helpers and companions of
thing, Xen. 2.
the twelve, as aiding to gather churches,
63. Comp. Buttm. 131. 5. 132. 5.
2 Cor. viii. 23. So of Paul and Barna-
Hence in N. T. and
bas, Acts xiv. 4, 14. of Andronicus
spoken of persons, seq. accus. So Clem. Alex.
a) Junias, Rom. xvi. 7
I Cor. vi. 8. absol. Mark x. 19 Jos. Strom. 3. 6. ib. 4. 17. AL.
Ant. 4. 8. 38 __ In respect to conjugal
intercourse, 1 Cor. vii. 5, comp. Sept. for
V"]2 Ex. xxi. 10. So Mid. to suffer one's i. e. cnrb ffTOpctTOg V. aTTO nviipijQ Xeyw,

self to be defrauded, 1 Cor. vi. 7. Comp. to repeat from the mouth or memory ;
Ecclus. xxix. 7. so Suidas and Tim. in Lex. Plat, also
 92

A then. 9. or, to repeat to pupils sc. in , ov, b, n, adj. (air6

order that they may learn by heart, and ffuvaywyTJ),
excluded from the syna-
Plato Euthydem. p. 216. G. p. 217. A. gogue, i. e. excommunicated, John ix. 22.

(this was the common practice of xii. 42. xvi. 2. There were three spe-
Athenian schoolmasters ; see Ruhnk. ad cies of this excommunication, viz. n3,
1

Plat. Tim. p. 43, also, to cause pu-

44.) Enn, NJJI721JP'. The first continued for
pils torepeat by heart ; Suidas, O.TTOOTO- one month, and prohibited a person from
fiaTi&iv 0a(Ti rov ditiaaicaXov, 'orav KtXtvii bathing, from shaving his head, or from
rov Traida Xsytiv arra curb aroparoQ. approaching any person nearer than four
Hence in N. T. to prepare questions to be cubits but if he submitted to this, he
;

answered off-hand, to ensnare by ques- was not debarred the privilege of attend-
tions, trans. Luke xi. 53. See Kuinoel ing the sacred rites. The second involved
and Olshausen in loc. an exclusion from the sacred assemblies,
was accompanied with heavy maledic-
f. ^i, to turn away
to turn aside, to avert, trans, seq. tions, and prohibited all intercourse
from,
with the person subjected to it. The
airo c. gen.
last species was a perpetual exclusion
O.TTO
rf}Q oXrjSreias, the
a) pp. rijv d.KOT]V from all the rights and privileges of the
ears from the truth, 2 Tim. iv. 4. . So
Prov. iv. 27. 2 Chr. xxx.
Jewish people, both civil and religious.
Sept. and Tpn See Lightfoot Hor. Heb. and Kuinoel
9 __ Ecclus. iv'.' 5. Diod. Sic. 4. 35. Xen.
on John ix. 22. Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Tal.
Cyr. 2. 4. 25. Trop. Acts iii. 26. Luke
xxiii. 14 aTToarpE^oi/ra rov \aov SC. curb 827, 1303, 2466.
rov Kaiaapog (ver. 2) turning away the v. rarrw, f. <>, to ar-
,

people from Cesar, i. e. exciting to rebel- range off,i.e. to assign to different places,
lion. Sept. for Tpn Job xxxiii. 17. and to separate, 1 Mace. xi. 3. Jos. B. J.3. 4.
Mid. for yrti Josh. xxii. 16, 18. Ecclus. 2. Xen. H. G. 5. 2. 40. In N. T. Mid.
xlvi. 11. Mid. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 4 In djroTCKTffOfiai, to arrange one's self off,
the sense of to put away from, to remove, to separate one's self from, i. e. to take
Rom. xi. 26 aTi-corp^ei aSuc'tag CLTTO leave of, to bid farewell to, c. c. dat. In
quoted from Is. lix. 20, where
'I(Tprt7/X, this sense the word occurs only in the
Sept. for yijp "51$. Sept. also for "Tpn Alexandrine Greek, especially in Jose-
Ex. xxiii. 5. Ecclus. xxiii. 4. 1 Mace. phus and Philo comp. Lob. ad Phryn.
;

iii. 8. p. 23, 24.

b)
Mid. aTToorptyo/iai, to turn one's self a) pp.
Luke ix. 61. Acts xriii. 18,21.

away from, seq. accus. Buttm. 135. 4. 2 Cor. ii. 13. Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 7. Cha- i

i. e. either to forsake, to desert, 2 Tim. i. rit. 2. 1. In the sense of to dismiss,

15- Sept. for uft^ Jer. xv. 6. or to re- send away, Mark vi. 46, comp. d-n-oXvua

fuse, to reject, Matt. v. 42. Tit. i. 14. Matt. xiv. 23 Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 6.
Heb. xii. 25. So Sept. for nj] Hos. viii.
b) trop. to renounce, to forsake, Luke
3. Zech. x. 6. 3 Mace. iii. 23. Jos. xiv. 33. Jos. Ant. 11. 6. 8. Jamblich.
Ant. 2. 4. 3. ib.5. 1.25. Polyb. 9. 39. 6.
Vit. Pythag. c. 28. p. 145.
to turn bach, i. e. to return, to
c)
'ATTortAloj, w, f. to finish off,
restore', Matt, xxvii. 3 TO.
apyvpia TOIQ
<TW,
to perfect, 2 Mace. xv. 39. Xen. H.
icpevcn. So Sept. for n"l2JrT Gen. xxiv. G.j
3. 2. 10. Pass, to beperfected, completed,
Spoken of a sword, to
\

5, 6. xxviii. 15.
Matt. xxvi. 52 Esdr. v. 73. Polyb. 6. 29. 2. In N.
put back, to replace, etc. T.j
Pass, to be perfected, i. e. to be grown up,
a7ro0rpi|/6i/ aov rr\v p,a%aipav tiQ
rov roirov
to be offull stature, James i. 15 __ Trop.
avrrje, comp. Heb. and Sept. 1 Chr. xxi.
27.
Xen. de Mag. Eq. 7. 4 dvr}p airoTiTt\t-
f. i'y<> lit. to hate
'ATTCxrrwyat), w,
off, i. e. with hatred, to abhor,
to avoid f. Sriffw, to put off, t<A
to detest, trans. Rom. xii. 9. Parthen. lay aside, Sept. for irsn Ex. xvi. 33, 34.
Erot. 8. Eurip. Ion. 488. Herodot. 2. Lev. xvi. 23. In N.T. and more coinm.
47. in Greek, Mid. airortdejiat, to put off,
from one's self, to lay aside, trans, e. g. Luke xvi. 22. 1 Cor. xvi. 3. Rev. xvii.
ru ipaTia, Acts vii. 58. 2 Mace. viii. 35. 3. xxi. 10. Sept. for N>nn 2 Chr. xxxvi*.
^Elian. V. H. 3. 3. Xen. Cyr. 4. 4. 11. 7. >-oirr Job xxi. 32! Hos. x. 6 __
Metaph. to renounce, to abjure, Rom. Esdr. i. 13. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 19.
xiii. 12 T& tpya TOV OKOTOVQ. Eph. iv. 22,
25. Col. iii. 8. Heb. xii. 1. James i. 21. ,
f. w, to flee from, to

1 Pet. Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 33 TTJV

ii. 1.
escape, trans, in N. T. metaph. 2 Pet.

Themist. Orat. 6 TIJV dirtx$ttav.

ii. 18, 20.
seq. gen. 2 Pet. i. 4. Ecclus.
6j)y;v.
xxii. 22. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 8.
Aristaen. I. Ep. 2 TTJV ipiv.

'ATTortvaaffw, f- K&, to shake off,

f, yo;wai, to speak
f.

trans. Luke ix. 5 TOV Acts out, to utter aloud, to declare, absol. Acts
icovioprov.
ii. 4. trans, xxvi. 25. seq. dat. ii. 14.
xxviii. 5 TO Srjpiov. Sept. for 1 Sam.
tfJB}
-IM Lam. ii. 7. Sept. for K2i 1 Chr. xxv. 1. &$p Ez.
x. 2. Eurip. Bacch.
xiii. 9.
V. 253 diroTivavativ xiaaov. Diog. Laert. 1. 63. Jamblic.
de Myster. 3. 12.
'IVCJ,
v. r/w, f. >(>, to pay off,
i.e. to to make good, Philern. 19. i,
f.
tVo/iat, (cnro and
repay, to unlade, trans. Acts xxi.
Sept. for s|tD Lev. xxiv. 18. pp Ex. 0o/[>7-og load,)
xxi. 19. Ex. 3 ; spoken only of the
unlading of a ship,
^jji
xxii. 17. Herodian.
4. 15. 19. "Xen. Anab. 7. 6. 16.
either in port or in a storm at sea __
Dion. Halic. Ant. 3. 44. Athen. II. p.
lit. to dare 37. C. Philo de Praem. p. 915.
w, f. /
iff, i. come out boldly, Rom. x. 20
e. to
at Xsyet, comes out boldly and
ic
TTO^orjtnc, (tC, r
'h (aTOXpaopcti to
iTroroX/xp use up, Polyb. 1. 45.
2),
a using up, con-
says, or, boldly declares; see Gesen.
sumption by use ; hence genr. use. Col.
Lehrgeb. p. 823, Stuart ^ 533. Buttm. ii. 22 a I<TTI Travra
tig <j>$opav Ty cnro-
144. n. 8. Acta Thorn. 33. Diod.
Xpi?<m card TU IvToXpctTa avSpw-rruv,
Sic. 12. 17. Polyb. 2. 45. 2.
all which, i. e. the touching, tasting,
'AirOTOfJlia, a?) >7>
(a7ror/ivw,) pp. handling, if indulged in (ry diro x pr]ff(i
a cutting off; metaph. cutting severity, in the are causes of destruction,
use),
sharpness, rigour, Rom. xi. 22 bis. condemnation, according to these men,
Diod. Sic. 12. 16. Plut. de Pueror. etc. Dion. Halic. I .
p. 97 cnroxw-Q
C. 18 TT)V AlTOTOUiaV yj/c, the use of land Others take airo-
Ty rrp
XpnoiQ as meaning abuse ; PO a7roxpao/*ai
Herodian. 1. 8. 2; but this gives here a
adv. (dTrort/xvwV me- weaker sense.
taph. sharply, severely, 2 Cor. xiii. 10.
Tit. i. 13. Wisd. v. 23. Polyb. 17. w, f.
i7(Tw, to depart
11.2. from, to go away, intrans. d-n-6 c.
seq.
gen. Matt. vii. 23. (coll. Ps. vi.
8.)
Luke
turn away
f.
^w, to
ix. 39. Acts xiii. 13. Sept. for
rriD} Jer.
from, to avert, trans. Ecclus. xx. 29.
xlvi. 5 2 Mace. iv. 33. Jos. Ant. 1.
Xen. Conv. 4. 47. In N. T. Mid.
aTrorpl- 18. 2. Thuc. 7. 73. Xen.
Tro/iai, to turn one's self away from, i. e.
Ag. 2. 25.
to avoid, to shun, trans. 2 Tim. iii. 5. 'ATro^wpt^w, f.
few, to separate off,
See Buttm. 135. 4. Plut. Fab. c. 16. i. e. to designate, to appoint,
Sept. par-
Eurip. Orest. 410 UTraiStvTov ticip. for Tj?D?? Ez. xliii. 21. In N. T.
disjoin, Pass. Rev. vi. 14
to separate, to
6 ovpavbg
aTrixupiaSr], the heavens, i. e.
, ae, 77,
(aTrei/a), absence, the firmament
Phil. ii. 12 Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 5. Xen. (ypl Gen. i.
6),
were se-

Vect. 9. 10. parated, rent, and the parts rolled away

as a scroll ; comp. Is. xxxiv. 4, where
aor. 1 dirrivtyKa, aor. 2 Heb. ^35 and Sept. Mid.
tXiyrjatTai.
aor. 1 pass. air n vk x $nv, to to separate one's self, Acts xv. 39 wart
bear or carry away from one
person or aTro\<i)pia5ijvai CLVTOVQ air aXXvjXcjv, SO
place to another, trans. Mark xv. 1. that they separated from one another.
 ?fa> > fo breathe out,
f< ,
f. $>*, to put one thing to
to expire; spoken of the dying, Philo de another, to adjoin, to apply, Horn. Od.
Mund. inc. p. 961. Soph. Aj. Flag. 1656. 21. 408. Hence in N. T.
of those who faint away, Jos. Ant. 19. 1. spoken of fire as applied to things,
1. 15. In N. T. to be faint at heart, sc. to set fire to, to kindle, to light, trans.
from fear or terror, Luke xxi. 26 diro^v \vxvov. Luke viii. 16. xi. 33. xv. 8. r6
%6vT<i)v dvSpuiirwv O.TTO 06/3ov, coll. Matt. Trup Luke xxii. 55. Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 4.
xxviii. 4 wail vticpoi. Horn. Od. 24. 347. Theophr. Char. 18 or 28. Thuc. 4. 100.
Arrian. Diss. Epict. 4. 1. 145. Alciphr. r6 7rfp Judith xiii. 13.
III. Ep. 72. So Lat. expiro, Senec. Nat. 2. Mid. depon. aTrro/tca, to apply one's

Quaest. 2. 59. exanimor, Terent. Andr. self to, i. e. to touch, c. c. gen. Buttm.
1. 5. 17. 132. 5, 3 and 6, 3.
ix. 20. Mark
a) genr. Matt. viii. 3, 15.
, ou, o, Appius, i. e. Ap- i. 41. v. 27. Luke vii. 14. xxii. 51. al.
pius Claudius Csesar, a celebrated censor On John
saep. xx. 17 see Olshausen in
of Rome, who built the Appian way
loc. So Sept. for V33 Ex. xix. 12. 2 K.
from Rome to Brundusium. Hence in
xiii. 21. .Elian, v". H. 3. 32. Xen.
N. T. 'ATTTTIOU 0opov, Forum Appii, a
small town situated on the Appian way
Mem. 2. 1. 24.

43 r. miles from Rome, Acts xxviii. 15. b) in the Levitical sense, comp. Lev.
v. 2, 3, where Sept. for yjj, and Lev.
Comp. Hor. Sat. 1. 5. 3. Cic. ad vii. 18 21 al. So Col. ii. 21 /*} ctyy,
.
Attic. 2. 10, 12.
p,r]de ytvoy, fjirjdt &iyyG j
or perhaps here
, ou, o, r\, adj. (a pr. and by implic. in the sense to eat, which
to
approach), unapproached,
would make the climax stronger, viz.
unapproachable, inaccessible. 1 Tim. vi. eat not, taste not, touch not. So Philo
16 (f>a>s cnrpoffirov, i. e. excessive. Comp. de Spec. Leg. p. 794 oo-a o-apKwv dv-
Ps. civ. 1 3. Ez. i. 4, J3, 26 28. _ S'PWTTIVWV aTTTfTai S^pi'd. Id. de Exsecr.
Diod. Sic, 19. 96 /cara^wy^. Polyb. 3. p. 931. Horn. Od. 4. 60. Xen. Mem. 2.
49. 7op?/. Philo Vita Mos. p. 146. 1. 2 2 Cor. vi. 17 a/ca-
ffirov airTfcrSat.

3-aprov pri uiTTiaSai, touch no unclean one,

, oi> 5
o, 77, adj. (a pr.
i. e. have no intercourse with the hea-
and not stumbling, i. e.
TrpotTKOTrrw),
Act. not causing to stumble; pp.
then ;comp. Is. lii. 11, where Sept. for
a) and see Gesen. Com. in loc.
^35,
spoken of a way, level, smooth, Ecclus. airrtffSai yvvaiKOQ, to touch /
xxxv. 21. Metaph. giving no offence, c) trop.
woman, i. e. to have carnal intercourse
not causing to sin, 1 Cor. x. 32.
with her, 1 Cor. vii. 1. So Sept. for
Pass, not stumbling, i. e. metaph.
nip Gen. xx. 4 __ Jos.
b)
not falling into sin, pure; Acts xxiv. 16 ^55 Gen. xx. 6.
Ant. 1. 8. 1. Plut.'Vit. Alex. Mag. c
avvtidrjaiv. Phil. i. 10.
21. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 8.

j
a dv. (a pr. d) by irnpl. to harm, to injure, 1 Johr
and Trpoo-wTroXjjTrriw), without respect of V. 18 6 Trov^pof ov% aVrerai avrov. Sf
persons, impartially, 1 Pet. i. 17. For Sept. and y& 1 Chr. xvi. 22. Job v. 19.
the Hebraism, see in Aapfiavw and
Hp6- Xen. H. G. 1. 4. 19. Arrian. Exped.
ffwTrov. So a7rpo<ra>7roA.?/7rrof spoken of Alex. M. 4. 4. 1. AL.
God, Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 6. Theophyl.
in Gal. vi. 2.
, ac, )> Apphia, pr. name of
a woman, Philem. Chrysostom and 2.
Theodoret suppose her to have been the
j ov, o, rj, adj. (a pr.
and not stumbling, pp. of a horse, wife of Philemon.
Trrai'w),
Xen. de re Equest. 1. 6. In N. T.
(Buttm.
metaph. without falling into sin, blame- to thrust away, to cast
off, Sept.
114),
less, i.
q. dfjuo^ioG, Jude 24. 3 Mace. vi. for Ps. xliii. 2. Herodot. 1. 173. In
rT2|
39. Lncian. Amor. T. II. p. 449 ed. N. T. Mid. aTrwS-lo/tat, aor. 1 dirw^dfi^v,
Heiz. Si d-nraiffTov Kai a/cXtvovf to thrust one's self, to cast
(3iov away from
off, to repulse, trans. Acts vii. 27
 95

avrov. Sept. for prrj Ez. xi. 16 Winer p. 372, 425, 460. edit. 1830. In
Jon. ii. 5. Jos. Ant. 5. 3. 3 aTra N. T.
avrovQ, e. the enemy.
i. Herodian. 4. I. As illative, apa, therefore, then,
14. 18. In the sense of to reject, to re- now, consequently, marking a transition
Acts vii. 39. xiii. 46. Rom. to what naturally follows from the words
fuse, etc.
xi. 1,2. 1 Tim. i. 19. So Sept. for preceding.
inaT Ez. v. 11. TO? Ps. lx. 11. cviii.
a) pp.
Rom. vii. 21 eupiWw apa rbv
12. DN73 Hos. HE. 19. 2 K. xvii. 15, vo^ov, Ifind therefore a law. viii. 1. 1 Cor.
20. JeY. vi. 19. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 4. xv. 14. Gal. iii. 7. Wisd. vi. 20. Jos.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 26. Ant. 2. 2. 1. Lucian. D. M. 13. 1. Xen.
Anab. 1. 7. 18. So lirti apa, since
, etc, *l> (drroXXtf/H), loss, then, since in that case, 1 Cor. v. 10.
destruction, viz. vii. 14.

a) spoken of things, waste ; Matt. xxvi. b) where it does not directly refer to
8, Mark xiv. 4. Sept. for rnilN, some- any thing expressed, but still the idea
thing lost, Lev. vi. 3, 4.
according to nature or custom/ etc. lies
'

b) spoken of persons, destruction, at the basis j then, now, indeed, perhaps,

death. Acts xxv. 16 x a P*Z tff$ ai Tlva c etc. but often not to be expressed in
diruXeiav, to deliver up any one to death, So rig apa, who now? who
English.
1. e. to be put to death. Sept. for TN then? i. e. simply who? Matt, xviii. 1.
Prov. vi. 15.
T9$n Deut. iv. 26. Esth. xix. 25. xxiv. 45. Mark iv. 41. Luke
vii. 4. xxxiv. 5.
E"irr Is.Herodian. 8. viii. 25. xii. 42. xxii. 23. rt what
apa,
8. 9. JEsop. Fab. 48. Spoken of the then 1 what ? Matt. xix. 27. Luke i. 66.
second death, perdition, i. e. external ex- Acts xii. 18. Soph. Ajac. 1164. Lucian.
clusion from the Messiah's kingdom ; Amor. 20. So ti Mark
dpa, ifperhaps,
see in 'Airo3vr}<TKu> e. Matt. vii. 13. Acts xi. 13. Acts vii. 1. viii. 22. el-rrep apa,
viii. 20. Rom. ix. 22. Phil. i. 28. iii. 19.
if indeed, 1 Cor. xv. 15. Sept. Gen.
1 Tim.vi. 9. Heb. x. 39. 2 Pet. ii. 1, 3. xviii. 3. Num. xxii. 11. Ps. Iviii. 11.
iii. 7, 16. Rev. xvii. 8, 11. 2 Pet. ii. 1
Jos. Ant. 6. 11.6. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 2.
a'lptotis aTrwXttaf, i. e. fatally destructive idv apa 1 Mace. ix. 8. So OVK apa, Acts
heresies, Buttm. ^ 123. n. 4. So in ver. xxi. 38 ovjc apa <rv it o At'yuTrnog, art not
2. by meton. where later editions read
thou then tliat Egyptian ? also ft^rt apa
doeXyt iatg.ln John xvii. 12 and 2 Thess. 2 Cor. i. 17.
ii. 3 o vibe TTJG aTrwXeiaf, the son of per- to classic usage (see
c) contrary
dition, i. e. from the Heb. one devoted to in N. T. as illative
above) apa is used
perdition, see in Tlof. So Sept. TIKVO. at the beginning of a clause, and without
r!js diruXfiac for y Is. Ivii. 4.
"*j!
interrogation, therefore, consequently, etc.
Luke xi. 48. Rom. x. 17. 2 Cor. vii.
'A/oa, ae, prayer, i. e. supplica-
*l>
12. Gal. iv. 31. Heb. iv. 9. See Wi-
tion, Horn. II. 15. 598. In N. T. impre-
cation, curse, Rom. iii. 14. So Sept. for
ner p. 460. Sept. Ps. cxxxix. 11. Xen.
Ephes. i. 11 When d precedes, dpa
TT^N Num. v. 23. Is. xxiv. 6. Zech. v. 3.
Prov. xxvi. 2. in the apodosis may be rendered it fol-
n$p Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 3.
ib. 4. 6. 2. 5. 9. 40. 6. Diod. lows that, etc. Matt. xii. 28. Luke xi.
Polyb.
Sic. 13. 69. 20. 1 Cor. xv. 18. 2 Cor. v. 14. Gal. ii.
21. iii. 29. v. 11. Heb. xii. 8. Ps. Iviii.

"Apa or
apa, a particle illative and 11. In this use, apa is sometimes
interrogative. As illative, it stands in strengthened by other particles ; e. g.
classic writers after other words in a apa ovv, therefore then, so then, where-
fore, a favourite expression of Paul, Rom.
clause, andalways written dpa.
is As
interrogative, stands first in a clause,
it v. 18. vii. 3, 25. viii. 12. ix. 16, 18. xiv.
and in prose and the epic poets is written 12, 19. Gal. vi. 10. Eph. ii. 19. 1 Thess.
apa in other poets if the first syllable
; v. 6. 2 Thess. ii. 15. Comp. Buttm.
be long it is written apa, if short, apa. 149. 431 marg. Also dpa yt,
p.
See Hermann ad Viger. p. 823. Buttm.
therefore then, so then, etc. Matt. vii. 20.
$ 149. 2. p. 431. Passow sub dpa. xvii. 26. Acts xi. 18. Once after , as
 96

ti
apa yc, ifperhaps, if haply, Acts xvii. p. 105. In N. T. not labouring, unem."
27. ployed, inactive.
II. As interrogative, apa, at the
a) pp.
Matt. xx. 3, 6 bis. With the
beginning of a clause, serves merely to idea of choice, idle, 1 Tim. v. 13 bis __
denote a question, like the Lat. num, Ecclus. xxxvii. 11. Herodot. 5. 6. Xen.
and cannot be expressed in English. Mem. 1. 2. 57. coll. JE1. V. H. 10. 14.
It requires the answer to be negative. Spoken of land, Herodian. 2. 4. 12.
Luke xviii. 8. Gal. ii. 17. Comp. Wi- b) by impl. indolent, slothful, slow;
ner p. 425. So Sept. for n Gen. xviii. metaph. 2 Pet. i. 8, slothful in Christian
3. Neh. iii. 34. [iv. Jos. Ant. 6. 10. duty. Tit. i. 12 yaoTtotq dpyaf, slow
2.]
2. Xen. Mem. 2. 5. 2. Cyr. 1. 4. 11. bellies, i. e. lazy gormandizers. Wisd.
Strengthened by ye, as dpd yc, num, XV. 15 ir6$ts dpyot. So Sept. depydf
whether indeed ? Acts viii. 30 Sept. -- Prov. xix. 15. xv. 9.
Gen. xxvi. 9. Jer. iv. 10. Xen. Mem. c) by impl. vain, empty, without effect,
3. 2. 2. Cyr. 1. 6. 12. in the sense of false, insincere ; e.
g.
T irav prjjua dpyov, Matt. xii. 36, i. e. the
Apa, see above in "Apa --*Apa ye,
T language of a man who speaks one
*Apa ovv, see in *Apa I. c. Apd y,
see in *Apa II.
thing and means another; see Olshau-
sen in loc. Tittmann in Bibl. Repos.
I. p. 481 Stobaeus Serm. c. 34 X6-
'ApajS/a, ae, }, Arabia, the name sq.
of a large region, including the desert yoe dpyo. So the sophism Xoyog dpyoe,
and peninsula which lies between Syria, Cic. de Fat. c. 12.
Chrysostom Homil.
Palestine, the Arabian and Persian 43 in Matt, dpyov Sk TO fj.fi
/card Trpdy-

gulfs, and the Indian ocean or sea of fjLaroQ Ktipevov, TO iptvdeQ. Others, use-
Arabia. It is usually divided into Ara- less, and then wicked, injurious, like
bia Felix in the S. E. Arabia Deserta in Chald. ^ga
Buxtorf. Lex. Chald. Rab.
the N. E. and Arabia Petrcea on the W. Talm. 291. "Symmach. for ^33 Lev. xix.
and S. W. See Calmet. In N. T. the 7, where Sept. d
Arabia mentioned in Gal. i. 17 is pro-
OVQ i la, a ; eov, ovv ;

bably the northern portion, not far from (dpyvpog,) silver, i. e. made of silver, Acts
Damascus in Gal. iv. 25 Arabia Petnea
; xix. 24. 2 Tim. ii. 20. Rev. ix. 20.
is meant.
Sept. for 6jp5 Gen. xxiv. 63. Ex. iii.
indec. Aram, Heb. (high,
22 Xen. 'Anab. 4. 7. 27.
D*J
1 Chr. ii. name of a man', Matt.
10), pr. sil-
Luke 'Ap-yvptov, iov, TO, (dpyvpof,)
i. 3, 4. iii. 33.
ver, i. e.

"Apai//, ajSoc, , an Arabian, Acts a) pp.

Acts iii. 6. vii. 16. xx. 33.
ii. 11. 1 Pet. i. 18. ^El. V. H. 1. 22. Xen.
Mem. 3. 1. 9.
7<ra), (apyof,) not to
f.
w,
labour, Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 15. In N. T. to b) meton. for money in general, Matt.
be inactive, idle, i. e.
xxv. 18, 27. xxviii. 12, 15. Mark xiv.
ruetaph. to be still, 11. Luke
to linger, intrans. 2 Pet. ii. 3 rb K
ix. 3. xix. 15, 23. xxii. 5.
pifia Acts 20.
OVK dpytt, whose condemnation
viii. Herodian. 2. 13. 12. Xen.
lingers Mem. 1. 6. 5.
not, i. e. will not be delayed. Sept. for meton. for asilverling, a piece of
^an Ecc. Ezra iv. 24 __ Esdr. ii.
xii. 3. c)
silver, a silver coin, the Jewish she-
i. e.
30. Ecclus. xxx. 27. Polyb. 3. 5. 8.
kel, <riK\oe, siclus, Matt. xxvi. 15. xxvii.
Spoken of things, to be useless, Xen. Cyr.
6. 2. 32. 5, 3, 6, 9. Acts xix. 19. Till the captivity
the Jews had no coins the shekel
being ;

6v, (contr. for deo 7 6g fr. a

, 77,
properly a weight, and all the money being
pr. and epyov,) for which earlier writers reckoned by weight and not by tale Gen. ;
use 6, rj, dpyoc, e. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.
g. xxiii. 15, 16. Ex. xxi. 32. Josh. vii. 21.
17 OToaria
dpydf for the later usage
;
Comp. Calmet. art. Money. In the time
see Artemidor. 1. 32. Aristot.
Hist. An. of the Maccabees silver coins wert first
10. 27. Nicet. Ann. 8. 4. Lob. ad Phryn. struck, 1 Mace. xv. 6, with the inscrip-
 97 'Apcrac

tion N"W shekel of Israel, which

>pti), c, ou, 6, an Areopayite,
were equal to four Attic drachma or a judge of the court of the
Areopagus,
one stater, Jos. Ant. 8. 8. 2 with which ; Acts xvii. 34. On the form of the word
agrees the weight of the specimens still see Lob. ad Phryn.p.599,698 __ JLschin.
preserved, Eckhel Doctr. Numm. Vet. c. Timarch. 104. Lucian. Hermot.
III. p. 464. The Attic drachma was 64.
equivalent to 161 cents nearly, Boeckh
Ath. Staatshaush. I. 17. II. 349, which a$, rj, (apltrxrw,) desire of
Col. i. 10 Travav dpcroctai',
would make the shekel to be worth 66| pleasing. tlq
i. e. so that ye may please God.
cents but Josephus probably refers to Sept.
;
for
the value of the drachma as current ^n spoken of personal beauty, etc.
Prov. xxxi. 30 Philo de Opif. Mundi
among Romans, where it was equiv-
the
Id. de Profug. p. 463.
p. 33. Polyb.
alent to the denarius and worth about 14
6. 2. 12. In the sense offlattery, bland-
cents which makes the value of the
;
ishment, Diod. Sic. 13. 53. Theophr.
shekel to be about 56 cents. The Sept.
Char. 3 or 5.
translate
b^
by SiSpaxpov, a double
drachma; which may be reconciled with ,
f.
apsffdt, aor. 1 ijpeaa, (apto
Josephus by supposing either that the to adapt, c'f. Buttm. to please,
114,)
drachma of Alexandria was equal to two intrans. and c. c. dat.
Attic drachmae, or that the Jewish in the sense of to be
a) pleasing, ac-
shekel before the captivity was less than ceptable to, Matt. xiv. 6. Mark vi. 22.
it was afterwards. 1 Cor. vii.
33, 34. Gal. i. 10 ^rJJ av-
Comp. Gesen. Lex.
Heb. art Jahn
>pT?3.
117. In Acts SpwTnnc apsffKdv ;
2 Tim. ii. 4. So ry
xix. 19 matter of question whether
it is $ey, Rom. viii. 8. 1 Cor. vii. 32. 1 Thess.
apyvpta means the Jewish siclus, which ii. 15. iv. 1. Sept. for 313; Josh. xxii.
would make the sum about 28,000 dol- 30, 33. Esth. ii. 4. v. 15. .El. V. H.
lars or whether it stands for the drach-
;
2. 6. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 47. By Hebr.
ma or denarius, which would reduce the dptffKU) tvtinrtov nvog, to please
in the
sum to about 7,000 dollars. In either sight 0/"any one, i. e. to be acceptable to
case we must take into account the very him, Acts vi. 5. So Sept. for T^n
215"
high price of ancient books in general ; Deut. i. 23. 2 Sam. iii. 36. 2 K.'ni. 10.
and especially of those prepared by the 1 Mace. viii. 21.

or magicians. in the sense of to seek to please or

b)
gratify, to accommodate one's self to, etc.
'Apyv/OOKOTTOC, OUj o, (apyypoc, K07T- e.
g. T<$ TrXrjffiov Rom. XV. 2. T<$
rw,)
a silversmith, Acts xix. 24. Sept.
xv. 1, 3. irafftv 1 Cor. x. 33.
for inf. Jer. vi. 29. Plut. de vi-
rp-12 Gal. i. 10, where it is i. q.
tand. ^Er. alien, c. 7.
1 Thess. ii, 4,
J
"Apyu/ooc, ov, 6, (opyof, white,) A/0orde, T\> ov 9 (dpeffjcw,) pleasing,
silver, by meton. silver work, e. g. images,
acceptable, grateful, seq. dat. John viii.
plate, vessels, etc. Acts xvii. 29. 1 Cor. 29 rd ape<TT& ry Sew. Sept. for 31t3
iii. 12. James v. 3. Rev. xviii. 12 Deut. xii. 28. Ecclus. xlviii. 25. Xen.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 7 25. Put for silver
.
Plut. de def. Orac. c. 8.
2. 3. 7.
Cyr.
money, Matt. x. 9. Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 4.
By Hebr.
apeord tvutTnov TOV Stov.
TO. 1
Herodot. 2. 6, 11. John iii. 22. So Sept. for^ito Is. xxxviii.
3. m Ex. xv. 26. Deut. vi. 18. xii. 25.
j
G. aptiov trayov, o,
Ezra. x. 11. Hence apeorov I<TTIV,
Areopagus, i. e. Ma?'s' hill, campus Mar- 'jiS'n

tins, a hill in Athens with an open place, good, placet, Acts vi. 2.
it is
Seq. dat.
where sat the court of the Areopagus, of pers. it is pleasing to, it gratifies,
the supreme tribunal of Acts xii. 3. Sept. for T!J^1 31O Gen,
justice institu-
ted by Solon xvi. 6.
see Potter's Gr. Antiq.
;

B. I.e. 19. Cahnet in voc. Acts xvii.

'Aplrac, a, o, Aretas, a king of
19, 2-2. Herodot. 8. 52. JEl. V. H. 5. Arabia Petrsea, whose daughter was
15, Xen, Mem. 3. 5. 20. for a time the wife of Herod Antipas
H
 98 'Af)l<JTOl>

For a short time Aretas had possession ia t }, a,

Arimathea, a
of Damascus, about A. D. 39 or 40. 2
city or village of Palestine, Heb. n73"1.
Cor. xi. 32. See Jos. Ant. 18. c. 5. Bibl. There were two or three places of this
Repos. III. p. 264 sq. Calmet. name ;
but that mentioned in N. T. was
probably the Ramah situated on the bor-
?, virtue, i. e. good qual-
r/, 7je, ders of Ephraim and Benjamin called ;

ity, excellence of any kind, e. g. a(>r>) also Q^OEnn, Haramathaim, 1 Sam. i.

yrjc Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 3. Xcn.
1, whence the Greek 'ApifiaSaia is readilv
tipfiaroQ
Hiero 2. 2. manliness, valour, Jos. Ant.
derived as also 'Pa/ia3lji 1 Mace. xi. 34.
;
3.2.4. Xen. Ag. 10. 2. fortitude, 2 Mace.
'Pa/itt3d Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 4, 5. It was
vi. 31. moral excellence, Diod. Sic. 5. 71.
the birth place of Samuel, and lay five
In N. T. spoken
or six miles north of Jerusalem. See
of the divine efficiency, power, etc.
a) Calmet. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii.
2 Pet. i. 3 Sid Sofyc ical dpfri/f, i. e.
p. 186. Matt, xxvii. 57. Mark xv. 43.
through a glorious display of his effi- Luke xxiii. 51. John xix. 38.
ciency. Jos. Ant. 17. 6. 6 open) row
Sfiov.
'AptVrap^oc, ov, , Aristarchus, a
b) meton. virtue, goodness of ac- i. e. native of Thessalonica who became the
tion, virtuous deeds.Phil. iv. 8. 2 Pet. companion of Paul, was seized in the
i. 5 bis Wisd. iv. 1. viii. 7 __ Spoken tumult at Ephesus, and was afterwards
of God, wondrous deeds, as displays of the carried with Paul, as a prisoner, toRome.
divine power and goodness, 1 Pet. ii. 9. Acts xix. 29. xx. 4. xxvii. 2. Col.
So Sept. for -fin Hab. iii. 3.
n^rm Is - iv. 10.Philem. 24.
xlii. 12. xliii. 21. Ixiii. 7.
f.
, w, ?<rw, (dptarov q. v.)
obsol. G. apvos by sync, for to breakfast, e. i. to take any meal before
ap'evog, Buttm. ^ 58, a lamb, trop. Luke the principal one or supper, intrans. John
x. 3. Sept. for n^B Is. xl. 11. "xv. 25. xxi. 12, 15, coll. ver. 4. So Luke xi.
15 Jer. li. 40.
fc^ Gen. xxx. 32. Lev. 37, where others genr. to dine, but un-
i.'lO. Xen. Mem!' 2. 7. 13. necessarily. Sept. for fcn^ !?5K Gen.
xliii. 25. So the Greeks, of food" taken
w, f- to
early, Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 21.
J/o-w, (api3-/*o,) ib. 6. 4. 1.
member, trans. Rev. vii. 9. Pass. Matt. or in the course of the day before the
x. 30. Luke xii. 7. Sept. for
npp ib. 1. 2. 11. Ml. V. H. 9. 19.
supper,
Geii. xv. 5. Job xiv. 16. Xen. Conv.
4. 43. , > ov, left,
lavus. Matt.
vi.3 dptorepd sc. x P) ^ ne kft hand. So
l

oe, ou, o, number, i. e. spoken plur.Luke xxiii. 33 s dpiorcpuiv sc.

of a definite number, Luke xxii. 3. 2 Cor. vi. 7. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 3.
John vi. 10 oi
avp rbv dpi3/toi/ wcm
for which accus. see v^oCj ou, 6, AristobuluSf
7TvraKi(r\;iXioi,
pr. name of a Christian, Rom. xvi. 10.
Buttm. 131. 6. n. 3. (Sept. dat. dpifyy
2 Sam. xxi. 20. \ Acts iv. 4. v. 36. Rev. i. e. a
"Apztrrov, ou, TO, breakfast,
vii. 4. ix. 16. 17 rbv dpiS/tov TOV 6vo-
xiii. meal which among the Jews cor-
fiarog, i. e. the number which the letters responded sometimes to our breakfust,
of the name make out. Rev. xiii. 18 ter, and sometimes to our dinner. Their
apiSfibgdvSpwTrov lore, i. e. a number principal meal was the Stiirvov, supper,
which is made out by the letters of a in the early part of the evening, when
man's name, xv. 2. So Sept. for *lBp?3 the heat of the day was gone. The
:

1Sam. vi. 4. 1 K. xviii. 31. 1 Chr. vii. 2. dpicrrov was a slight refreshment, taken
Xen. Mag. Eq. 1. 2. Anab. 1. 7. 10 __ sometimes in the morning, or a little
Spoken of an indefinite number, a mul- before noon, or just after noon, as cir-
titude, Acts vi. 7. xi. 21. xvi. 5. Rom. cumstances might vary. Luke xi. 38.
ix. 27. Rev. xx. 8. So Sept. for 1DE> xiv. 12. So Matt. xxii. 4, where others
llos. i. 10. uStfl Num. i. 49. Ecclus. unnecessarily make it i.
q. Selirvov.
li. 36. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2, 15. In Homer the apurrov is taken about
 99

sunrise ;
in later times it corresponded Rev. xvi. 16. seems to be formed
It
to the Lat.prandium, and was taken from the Heb. ^ft in
mountain of
about mid-day see Potter's Gr. Antiq.
; Megiddo ; comp. 2 C'hr. xxxv. 22, field
II. p. 352, 353. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 433. of Megiddo. The name Megiddo, Sept.
Sept. for &rr 1 K. v. 2. [iv. 22.] Mtyedde v. Mayt^w, occurs in O. T. as
lyift 2 Sam. xxiv. 15. Susann. 12. a city situated in the great plain, but
Tob. ii.1. Thuc. 7. 81. Xen. Cyr. 4. pertaining to the tribe of Manasseh ;

2. 38. ib. 1. 2. 11. Bibl. Repos. I. p. 602. It was remark-

able as having been the scene of a double
'Aproc, ov, (dpicsw,) sufficient,
T),
slaughter, first of the Canaanites, Judg.
enough. 34 dp/eerov ry ?//c?np
Matt. vi.
v. 19 ;
and again of the Israelites, 2 K.
for the neut. see Buttm.
,
xxiii. 29. Hence in Rev. it would seem to
129. 6. Matt. x. 25. 1 Pet. iv. 3
be put symbolically for place ofslaughter.
Aquila for ^
Deut. xxv. 2. Anthol. Gr.
f. to adapt,
II. p. 402. ed. Jacobs. 'Ap/zow, o<rw, (tt,o/iO,)
to fit, to join together, c. c. accus. et dat.

'AjOKo>, w, f. i'i<ru, to hold back from, Horn. Od. 5. 247. Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 5.
to ward off, trans. Horn. II. 6. 16. Hence intrans. to fit, to be adapted, Sept. for
in N. T.
rns} Prov. xvii. 7. 3 Maec. i, 19. Jos.
to aid, to assist, seq. dat. 2 Cor. xii. Ant. 2. 4. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 10 15.
a)
9 doKti ooi rj \doiQ pov, which however
Hence, to join in wedloch, to marry sc. to
better referred to no. 2.
is Eurip. another, trans. Sept. Prov. xix. 14. Jos.
Hecub. 1164. Horn. II. 21. 131. Od. 16. Ant. 20. 8. 1. Herodot. 9. 108. and
261. See Kypke in loc. Mid. to marry to one's self, to take as a
b) by impl. to be strong and able sc. to
wife, Herodot. 5. 32, 47 In N. T. Mid.
assist any one hence, to suffice,
;
to be
dp/i6(yiac, to marry, sc. to another in one's
enough, seq. dat. of person, Matt. xxv. 9. own behalf, seq. accus. et dat. tr<>i>. 2
John vi. 7. Sept. 1 K. viii. 27. Num. xi. Cor. xi. 2 Philo de Abr. p. 364. p. 384.
22 bis. Wisd. xiv. 22. Herodian. 4.7.9. In the trans, sense tofit, the Attic form
Xen. An. 5. 1. 13. Hence impers. was dpjtorrw, Greg. Cor. p. 154. Lob. ad
ipjctl TIVI, it is enough, John xiv. 8. Phryn. p. 241.
So Sept. for
-prr
Prov. xxx. 16. Jos.
a Heb.
Ant. 9. 13. 2 Mid. dpicsopai, to 'Apjuocj ou, o, (dpw,) joint,
suffice iv.12. Ecclus. xxvii.2. Test. XII Patr.
one's self with, i. e. to be satisfied, to be
p. 633 oi dpfioi TOV (rw/^aroc. Xen. Ven.
content with, c. c. dat. of thing, etc.
5. 29.
Luke iii. 14. 1 Tim. vi. 8. Heb. xiii.
f. depon.
5 __2 Mace. v. 15. Jos. Ant. 12. 7. 2. 'Apveo/ieu, ovfjiai, riffo^ai,
to deny, i. e.
OVK TjpKtiTo TOIQ ovffiv. Stob. Serm. 95.
a) to contradict, to affirm not to be,
Polyb. 1. 20. 1. So c. c. ITTI TOVTOIS,
opp. to bfjio\oyt?v, absol. Luke viii. 45.
3 John 10.
John i. 20. Acts iv. 16. Sept. for iD'n$
"Apcoc in later edit, or Apjcroc? ou,
v
Gen. xviii. 15. m. V. H.14.28. Xen.
6, a bear, Rev. xiii. 2. So dpicof
17,
Mem. 4. 2. 10. Spoken of Peter's deny-
JE1. H. An. 1. 31. Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 3. ing himself to be Christ's disciple, Matt.
dpicroff m. V. H.
13. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. xxvi. 70,72. Mark xiv. 68,70. John xviii,

4.7. 25, 27. Seq. accus. Luke xxii. 57 avrov

sc. 'Irjaovv,
i. e.
denying that he had any
"Ap/ia, aroc,
a chariot,
, (dpw,) connexion with him Seq. accus. Tit. i.
Acts viii. 28, 29, 38. Sept. for rQSnp 16 dpv. TOV Sibv role toyotg, i. e. to deny
Gen. xli. 43 __ Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 6. .Elian. actions that there is a God. 1 John
V. H. 2. 27.
by
Spoken of chariots of war, ii. 22 bis, 6 apvovptvos on, and 6 dovov-
Rev. ix. 8. So Sept. and nn3"ip Joel TOV TraTtpa Kal rbv vwv, denying
p.evo
ii. 5 __Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 18. Xen'. Cyr. 6.
God to be the father of Christ, and Christ
3.8. ver. 23 6 aov. TOV
to be the son of God.

'Ap/uaysSSwv V. 'Ap/xa-ycSo'v, v\6v, denying Christ to be the son of God.

mdec. Armageddon, pr. name of a place, Dem. 955. 10.
H 2
 'Apvfov 100 'AppafBwv

to
refuse, seq. Heb. 24. infin. xi.
b) , ov, 6, (apjraw,) pp.
Wisd.xii.27. xvi. 16. xvii. 10. Jos. Ant. 1.
q. apira-yi], robbery, the act of rapine,
4. 5. 1. ib. 5. 7. 2. Herodot. 6. 13. Plut. de Puer. educ. c. 15. Tom. VI.
c)
in the sense of to renounce, to reject, 39. 11. ed Reiske __ In N. T. trop. ob-
trans, e. g. to reject Christ. Matt. x. 33. ject of rapine, something to be eagerly
Lukexii.9. Acts iii. 13, 14. vii.35. 2Tim. coveted, Phil. ii. 6 Others, plunder,
ii. 12. 2 Pet. ii. 1. Jude 4. So rrjv TT'IOTIV,
spoil, i. e.
something to be acquired by
i.e. todesert the Christian faith, to aposta- force, not merit.
tize, 1 Tim. v. 8. Rev. ii. 13. So Rev. Hi.
8 TO ovofta Xpiorov. Spoken of Christ as 'Ap7Taa>, f. aou), aor. 1 pass. r/pTrder-
but aor. 2 pass, ^pirdyjjv, a laterform,
Srjv,
rejecting men, Matt. x. 33. 2 Tim. ii. 12.
Buttm. 114. Winer 15 to seize
Trop. Luke ix. 23 apv. iavrov
j
(text.
to upon, to snatch away, trans.
recept. arrapv.) to deny one's self, i. e.
a) spoken
of beasts of prey, o XVKOQ
disregard one's personal interests and
But 2 Tim. ii. 13 apv. dp7rdei TO.
irpojSara, John x. 12. So
enjoyments.
1 avrov, to
deny one's self, i. e. to renounce
Sept. for cpa Gen. xxxvii. 33. Ez. xxii.
25, 27. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 14 __ Metaph.
one's own character, to be inconsistent
to seize with avidity, Matt. xi. 12 air^v
with one's self. Tit. ii. 12 THJV
TWV ovpav&v, implying the
sc. rj)v /3a<rtX.
2 Tim. iii. 5.
eagerness with which the gospel was
ov, ou, r6, (dimin. fr. aprjv, received in the agitated state of men's
gen. apvof,) a lamb, agnellus, Sept. for minds ; comp. Luke xvi. 16, and see Ols-
hausen in loc. Herodian.
15 Ps.
to?5 Jer. xi. 19. cxiv. 4, 6. 2. 6. 10. ib.
^S
45. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 10. 2. 9. 3. Xen. An. 6. 5. 18.
IKS' Ty2$ Jer. 1.
In N*. h
r

trop. of the followers of Christ, b^ spoken

of what is snatched sud-
John xxi. 15. of Christ himself, Rev. v. denly away j Matt. xiii. 19. Jude 23
6, 8, 12, 13. . vi. 1, 16. vii. 9, 10, 14, 17. IK TOV irvpbg ap7raovref, coll. Amos iv.
xii. 11. xiii. 8, 11. xiv. 1,4, 10. xv. 3. 11. Zech. iii. 2. So Sept. for ^72 2 Sam.
xvii. 14 bis. xix. 7,9. xxi. 9, 14, 22, 23, 27. xxiii. 21 Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 4.lLl n the
xxii. 1, 3. sense of to rob, to plunder, John x. 28, 29.
Sept. for 5?T2 Ez. xviii. 7, 12, 16, 18 __
Xen. Anab.'l. 2. 25.
to
carry away, to hurry off, sc. by
c)
'Aporpmw, w, f. affb), (aporpov,) to force and involuntarily spoken of per- ;

plough, intrans. Luke xvii. 7. 1 Cor.

sons, John vi. 15. Actsviii. 39. xxiii. 10.
ix. 10 bis. Sept. for linn Deut. xxii. 10.
2 Cor. xii. 2, 4. 1 Thess. iv. 17. Rev.
Is. xxviii. 24. Ecclus. vi. 19. Theophr.
xii. 6. Sept. for tjqn Judg. xxi. 21.
deCaus. PL 4. 14. The Attics used apow, Xen. Anab. 4. 3. 6.
Lob. ad Phryn, p. 254 sq.
"A/07ra, ayocj 6, 17, adj. (ap7raw,)
"A/oorpov, ou, T&, (apow,) a plough, ravenous, spoken of wild beasts, \VKOI
Luke ix. 62, in a proverbial expression,
cipiraytG, as the symbol of wicked men,
eomp. Jahn 59. Sept. for flK Is. ii. 4. Matt. vii. 15. Sept.
fortpa Gen. xlix. 27.
Joel iii. 10. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 6. Xen. Oppian. de Venat. 3. 293 __ Metaph.
Cyr. 8. 2. 6, a robber, Luke
rapacious, extortionate,
xviii. 11.1 Cor. v. 10, 11. vi. 10. Act.
(ap7rdw,) plun-
c, 7
Thorn. 12. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 6.
dering, pillage, the act of spoiling,
i. e.

Heb. x. 34. So Sept. for *?p Ecc. v. , awoc, o, (Heb.

7. 1 Mace. xiii. 34. Herodian.' 1.11.6. an a pledge, sc. given to ratify a
earnest,
Xen. Ag. 1. 30, 32. Metaph. of a dis- contract Sept. and Heb. Gen. xxxviii.
;

position to plunder, rapacity, ravening, 17, 18, 20. Stobsei Serin. 42. Plut. Galba
Matt, xxiii. 25. Luke xi. 39. Xen. Cyr, c. 14 In N. T. inetaph. spoken of the
5. 2. 17, Others, spoil, prey, as Sept, of Christians in this
privileges life,
fpr nfe :
Is. iii. 14, and Herodian. 1. 10, especially the gift of the Holy Spirit, as
4. Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 26. being an earnest, a pledge, of future
 101 "ApTOQ

bliss in the Messiah's kingdom. 2 Cor. had a splendid temple at Ephesus see ;

i. 22. v. 5. Eph. i. 14. Stobaei Serm. "E$<ros. Acts xix. 24, 27, 28, 34, 35.
59 J^jueTg t\ovTtc appa/Suiva TI\V rk^vijv row
, ovoc, o, (aprdw to
Zijv. Act. Thorn. 51 Trape^i/ ri/g TT'UJ- hoist,)
a top-sail, supparum, Acts xxvii. 40 __
<TOV TOV appa/3wva.
Others, a jib, dolon.
ditg

Appa<t>og, ov, o, 17, adj. (a pr.

and
wo* sewed, having no seam, John "Aprt, adv. of time, (apw,) now, i. e.
),
xix. 23 6 x 1 *'
dppcHpoG, i. e. not made adjust now, even now, spoken of a time
of two pieces, but woven whole, and just elapsed, Matt. ix. 18. Rev. xii. 10.
This is the prevailing usage among Attic
having no seams on the sides or shoulders ; writers see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 18, 20.
comp. Josephus' description of the tunic
;

Herm. ad Viger. p. 386 sq. 2 Mace. iii.

of the high priest, Ant. 3. 7. 4. Jw*i |
28. Diod. Sic. 19. 102. Xen.
120. Cyr. 4. 1. 5.
Mem. 3. 6. 10.
i>0, and apptv, TO, adj. i. e. at
"Appqv, 6,
b) now, present, at this moment,
(Att. for the old or Ion. dpvnv, Buttm. Matt. 15 a^tf aprt, suffer it now, i. e.
iii.
16. n. i. e. of the male
4,) male, sex, for the present, xxvi. 53. John ix. 19, 25.
Rom. i. 27. Rev. xii. 5, 13. Sept. for 7 opp. to/urd ravra.
xiii.
33, 37 opp. xiii.

13] Lev. xxvii. 7. Ecclus. xxxvi. 21. to vvTtpov. xvi. 12, 31. Cor. xiii. 12 1
Jo8. Ant. 7. 7. 2. Xen. CEc. 7. 18. TOTC. xvi. 7. Gal. i. 9, 10. iv.
bis, apTi
and 20. 1 Thess. iii. 6. 2 Thess. ii. 7. 1
"ApprjToe, ov 9 o, }, adj. (a pr.
fr. Horn. Od. 11. Pet. i. 6, 8 __Jos. Ant. 2. 12. 2
p7/ro tytTv,) unspoken,
466. wrong to be spoken, Eurip. Here. t)v aprt KctToucovffi yrjv. 1. 6. 1
Fur. 174. Hecub. 198. Heliodor. IX. fiev dpTt KiK\nvTai. Theocr. Id. 2. 104.
p. 424. secret, private, Diod. Sic. 2. 18.
Id. 23. 26. Xen. An. 7. 4. 7. _Hence
In N. T. unspeakable, ineffable, 2 Cor. r)aprt wpa, the present time, 1 Cor. iv. 11.
xii. 4. Clem. Alex. Strom. 2. 2 SaC/za comp. Buttm. 125. 6. So EWQ aprt,
until now, i. e. up to the present moment,
dppTJTOV.
Matt. xi. 12. John ii. 10. v. 17. xvi.
"Appw(TTO, ov, > n, adj. ( pr. and 24. 1 Cor. iv. 13. viii. 7. xv. 6. 1
of the sick,
pwvvv/u), infirm, feeble, spoken John ii. 9. For air' oprt, from nowt
Matt. xiv. 14. Mark vi. 5, 13. xvi. 18.
henceforth, see 'Airdpn.
1 Cor. xi. 30. So Sept. for particip.
rn 1 K. xiv. 5. Mai. i. 8 __ Ecclus. ou, 6, rj, adj. (apri
vii. 37. Xen. CEc. 4. 2. and yivvi]TOQ fr. born, new
ytwdu^just
born ; metaph. those who have just em-
g, OU, o, (aperrjv, xoirn, braced the Christian faith, 1 Pet. ii.2.
bed,) a sodomite, i. e. one who lies with
pp. Lucian. D. Deor. Mar. 12. 1.
a male as with a female, 1 Cor. vi. 9.
1 Tim. i. 10. coll. Rom. i. 27. Diog. , ov, o, 77, adj. (apw, aprt,)
Laert. 6. 65. perfect, complete, spoken of a religious
teacher, who should be wanting in
"Aparjv, 6VO, o, and dp<rtv, TO, (old
or Ion. form for the later Attic, apprjv, nothing, 2 Tim. iii. 17. Theophr. H. PI.
2. 7. Hesych. apna- a7r7jpria/i!j/a, reXcta,
Buttrn. 16. n. i. e. of themale
4,) male,
sex, Matt. xix. 4. Markx. 16. Lukeii.
23. Rom. i. 27
Gal. iii. 28. Sept.
bis.
, ou, 6, bread, Heb. QllJ,
viz.
for Gen. Lev. i. 3. 27.
iii. 1.
i. a
-g]
T T a) genr. bread, loaf, plur, aprot,
Hom Il. 8. 7. Od. 13. 16. Anacr. 52.
. loaves. See Calmet. art. Bread. Matt.
5. Soph. Trachin. 1213. iv. 3, 4. vii. 9. xiv. 17, 19. xv. 34, 36.
Mark vi. 41. John xxi. 9, 13. al. ssep.
'Aprfjuae, , ? Artemas, pr. name of tn Gen. xiv. 18. 1 Sam.
a Christian friend of Paul, Tit. iii. 12. Sept. for xvii.
37. al. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 5. Spoken
"ApTE/iif, icx>c or ioq, i/, Artemis, of the shew bread, Matt. xii. 4. Heb. ix.
the Greek name of Diana, the goddess of 2. So Sept. and t)r$ Lev. xxiv. 7.
hunting, etc. among the heathen. She 1 Sam. xxi. 4, 6. Of' the bread in th<j
 102

sacred supper, Matt. xxvi. 26. Mark xiv.

22. Luke xxii. 19. 1 Cor. x. 16, 17.
,)
an archangel, 1 Thess. iv. 16.
xi. 23, 26, 27, 28 __ Metaph. 6 dproc ic Jude 9. i. e. a chief angel, els T&V ap-^ov-
row ovpavov, heavenly bread, i. e. that TCOV, Heb. trDliij'nn trntyn irrN, Dan. x.
divine and spiritual aliment presented to 13 ;
or a great angel, 6 ap^wv 6 ^tye,
the life and soul of Christians in the Heb. Mian -riprr, Dan. xii. 1. Of
person of the Son of God, John vi. 31 these there are said to be seven, who
58, see vers. 51 56 hence compared ;
stand immediately before the throne of
with manna vers. 49, 58, coll. Ps. Ixxviii. God, Luke i. 19. Rev. viii. 2. Tob. xii. 15 ;

24, 25. Wisd. xvi. 20. Others under- who have authority over other angels,
stand here intellectual aliment, doctrine, Rev. xii. 7 ; and are the patrons of par-
wisdom, etc. comp. Prov. ix. 5. Ecclus. Dan. x. 13. xii. 1. The
ticular nations,
xv. 3. xxiv. 21. names of three only are found in the
from the Heb. e. Jewish writings Michael, the patron of
b) food, any thing i. ;

for the sustenance of the body. Matt. vi. the Jewish nation, Dan. x. 13, 21. xii. 1.
Mark vi. Luke 2 Cor. Jude 9. Rev. xii. 7. Gabriel, Dan. viii. 16.
11. 8, 36. xi. 3.

ix. 10. al. So Sept. and Ex. xvi. 4, ix.21. Lukei. 19,26. Raphael, Tob. iii.
tJTT^
Ecclus. xxxiv. 17. v. 4. viii. 2. ix. 1,5. xii. 15. The
15, 29. Is. Iviii. 7. al.

23, 24 __ So aprog r&v TZKVWV, i. e. food

book of Enoch adds that of Uriel, Lib.
destined for the children, Matt. xv. 26. Henoch. p. 187, 190, 191, 193.
Mark vii. 27. So in the phrases 0aye7v
eua, atov,
aprov Mark iii. 20. Luke xiv. 1, 15 ; and
Matt. xv. 2. Mark vii.
cient, old, of former days, of old time.
aprov IffSieiv 5, Matt. v. 21, 27, 33, where Christ is
to eat bread, i. e. to take food, to take a
speaking of Jewish traditions. Luke ix.
meal, to eat, generally. Comp. Sept. and Acts xv. 7, 21. xxi. 16. 2 Cor.
8,19.
En?? ^DH Gen. xxxvii. 24. xxxix. 6. 1 v. 17. 2Pet.ii.5. Rev. xii. 9. xx. 2.
Sam. xx\ 33. 1 K. xiii. 8 23. John
Sept. for trjj? 1 K. iv. 30. Is. xxxvii. 26.
xiii. 18 rpwywv psr tjuov aprov, who eateth
Lam. i. 8. "OTOT Is. xliii. 18. Ecclus.
bread with me, i. e. who is
my familiar
ix. 12. 2 Mace. vi. 22. Diod. Sic. 1. 6, 31.
friend quoted from Ps. xli. 10, where
;

S
Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 1.
Sept. 6 iff$i(t)v aproue fiov for 70nt? ^?1i<
Hence aprov 0ay7v Trapa TLVOQ, to eat ov, o, Archelaus, a son
the bread of&ny one, i. e. to be supported of Herod the Great, by Malthace his

by any one, 2 Thess. iii. 8. Compare Samaritan wife, Jos. Ant. 17. 1. 3. He-
Sept. and Heb. 2 Sam. ix. 7, 10. So rbv rod bequeathed to him his kingdom, ib.
lavr&v aprov iffSleiv, to eat one's own 17. 8. 1, 2, 4. B. J. 1. 33. 8. but Au-
bread, i. e. to support one's self, 2 Thess. gustus confirmed him in the possession
iii. 12.' AL. of only the half of it, viz. Idumea, Ju-
dea, and Samaria, with the title of eth-
f. viroj, (a'pw,) to prepare narch, tSrvapxris, ib. 17. 11. 4. B. J. 2.
fitly, to set
in order, trans, e. g. an army 6. 3. After about ten years, he was ban-
Vor battle, Horn. II. 15. 303. In N. T.
ished, on account of his cruelties, to
and later writers, to prepare food, etc. by Vienne in Gaul, Jos. B. J. 2. 7. 3 and ;

seasoning, to season, Mark ix. 50 and his territories were reduced to the form
Luke xiv. 34, where it is spoken of re- of a Roman province under the procu-
storing to salt its pungency comp. ; rator Coponius. ib. 2. 7. 3, and 2. 8. 1.
Matt. v. 13. Symmach. T/prujuevov for In N. T. he is said (3a<n\tviv, to be king,
n p *1 Cant. viii. 2. Athen. II. p. 67. Matt. ii. 22, referring to the interval
Metaph. Coll. iv. 6 Xoyoe 7?pry/zvoe aXart, immediately after the death of Herod,
discourse seasoned with salt, i. e. appro- when he assumed the title of kin.
priate, salutary.
?C ? ^> beginning, viz.
'Ap^a^aS, Arphaxad, Heb.
o, indec. spoken of time, the beginning, com-
a)
TEb.P"y$, a son of Shem, Luke iii. 36.
:
mencement, Matt. xxiv. 8. Mark i. 1. xiii.
Comp. Gen. x. 22, 24. xi. 10, 12. 9. Heb. vii. 3. Sept. for rr,T?>n Job xl.
 103

14. r^rrn Hos. i. 2 __ Polyb. 3. i. i. 723, 882. Others, that which I said to
Xen. Cyr/5. 5. 16. Mem. 2. 1. 1. you from the beginning ; but then it
Hence apx^ Xa/3ai/, to fo^rz/z, Heh. ii. 3. should read, O,TI nai rrjv opx^v XaXa
So Philo de Vit. Mos. I. p. 614. JEl. V. VfJLlV.
H. 2. 28. Polyb. 1. 12. 9 __ John ii. 11
b) spoken by meton. of abstr. for
T>]V dp\Tjv TUJV ai\^.f.id)v , i. c. the first concr. spoken of persons, etc. the first,
miracle. Heb. iii. 14 TJJV px }) v r >lG ^ 7ro primus. Col. i. 18 og konv apx), Trpw-
crao-ewe, for rr/v v7r60Tacr> r?)v Trpatrtjv, TOTOKOQ IK TWV vticp&v. So Sept. apx?)
i.e. our first confidence, our faith as at T'ZKVWV, first-born, for ri""CDX*3 Gen. xlix. 3.
the first ;
Buttm. 123. n. 4. So Heb. Deut. xxi. 17. So apx*} *ai reXog, the
v. 12 rd oroixTa ri/g PX^C> * e r ffT l X' - <>
beginning and the end, i. e. the first and
-a TT PUT a,firstprinciples, elements; Buttm. the last, Rev. xxi. 6. xxii. 13 ;
[i. 8.]
1. c. Heb. vi. 1. With prepositions, etc. comp. under 'A. Rev. iii. 14 r/ apx) rijg
viz. KTianoQ, coll. Prov. viii. 22. Theophil.
(a)
ait apxns,from the
beginning, viz. ad Autol. lib. 2. p. 88, OVTOQ \k-
[Xoyof]
(1)
of all things, from everlasting ; Matt. ytTai apxfi, OTI apx ci Ka Kvpisvei iravTdJv <-

xix. 4, 8. John viii. 44. 1 John iii. 8. fit avrov

$T)niovpyt)fjitvu)v. Jos. c. Ap. 2.22.
or more fully air apxi]Q TOV Koafiov V. rijq Tatian. Orat. ad Graec. p. 144. Clem.
KTiffewg, Matt. xxiv. 21. Mark x. 6. xiii. Alex. Protrept. 1. Comp. in TXo b.
19. 2 Pet. iii. 4. So Sept. forDl^Tp Hab. of place, the extremity, cor-
c) spoken
i. 12. TD'N'ip Ecc. iii. 11. Ova 'is. xlii. ner, e. g. of a sheet, Acts x. 11. xi. 5.
13 -- Herodot. 2. 104, 113 __ of any So Sept. for 2 Chr. xx. 17.
(2) ppD n^j?T
particular thing, e. g. of the gospel dis- Ez. xlviii. 1
n^p Ex. xxviii. 23. xxxix .

pensation,or of Christian experience,//wn 15. Philo de Vit. Mos. I. p. 638. Diod.

the first ; Luke i. 2. John xv. 27. 2 Sic. 1. 35. Herodot. 4. 60.
Thess. ii. 13. 1 John i. 1. ii.7 bis, 13, of dignity, the first place, i.e.
d) spoken
1
4, 24 bis. iii. 11. 2 John 5, 6. of life, power, dominion, Luke xx. 20. Sept. for
Acts xxvi. 4. Gen. i. 16. Jer. xxxiv. 1. Mic.
n^tp'Tpp
lv apxy, in the beginning, sc. of all iv. 8.-ljos. Ant. 4. 6. 11. Xen. Mein. 1.
(j3)
things, of the world, John i. 1, 2. So 1. 16. ib. 4. 6. 12 In the sense of pre-
Sept. and rnTNn^ Gen.i. 1 So of any eminence, precedence, princedom, Jude 6
particular thing, e. g. of the gospel dis- firj rrjpfjo'a.vTaQ rrfv (.O.VT&V

pensation or of Christian experience, at rjv. So Sept. viol tyvXaaaovrtQ TI}V

the first, Acts xi. 15. Phil. iv. 15. Chr. xxvi. 10. Comp. Sept. Gen.
1
nv,
Diod. Sic. 19. 110. Polyb. 4. 76. 8. vi. 2. Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 1. Fabric. Cod.
(y) 1$ apxijs, from the beginning, Pseud. V. T. I. p. 529, 179 sq __ By
from the first, e. g. of Christ's ministry, meton. of abstr. for concrete, rulers,
John vi. 64. xvi. 4. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. magistrates, princes, etc. i. e. persons of
influence and authority e. g. civil ru- ;

,
a* the beginning, sc. of lers, Luke xii. 11. Tit. iii. 1. So Sept.
all
of old, Heb. i. 10. So Sept. and Mic. iii. 1.
iB'Ki Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 16.
things,
for tT2L-> Ps. cii. 26. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 12.
; Olp Ps. cxix. 151. Herodian. 8. 6. 18.
Pint. Solon, tlato Thea>t. p.
c. 3.
Spoken of the princes or chiefs
185. B. Polyb. 4. 52. 7. 21. 10. Col.
among angels, Eph. i. iii.

accus. rrfv dpxrjv, adverbially, at 10. Cor. xv. 24, 1

(e) ii.
among demons,
the beginning, at
first, Sept. for n^nnn Eph. vi. 12. Col. ii. 15. genr. the powers
Gen. xliii. 18,20. Dan. viii. 1. Jos. B. J. of the other world, Rom. viii. 38. Col. i.
1. 3. 1. Herodian. 3. 1. 15. Hence in N. 16. Comp.
'

T.from the very beginning on, i. e. through-

out, wholly. John viii. 25 rrjv apx>}' o,rt oC, ov, o, (apx*l) ay^onewho
rat XaXw vjiiv,
wholly that which I also makes a beginning, i. e.

say unto you. See Olshausen and Kui- a) the author, source,
cause of any
iioeJ in loc. Philo de Spec. Leg. p. 796. thing, Acts iii. 15. Heb. ii. 10. xii. 2.
Herodot. 4. 25,28. So ap X r/v Herodot. So Sept. for rrtiftn Mic. i. 13. 1

1. 9, 193.
Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 80, Mace. ix. 61. x. 47. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 4.
 104

Xen. H. G. 3. Trarpiwv rStv lepeutv, ver, 6. So Jos. Ant.

3. 5. 20. 8. 8. B. J. 4. 3. 6. comp. Krebs 1. c.
b) a leader, chief, prince, etc.Acts p. 3. Matt. ii. 4. xxvi. 3. Mark xiv. 1.
v. 81, comp.36 and Eph. i. 20 sq.
ii. Luke These were mem-
xxii. 2. al. saep.

Sept. for -tip Is. xxx. 4. Judg. v. 15. bers of the Sanhedrim, and indeed the
TipD 2 Chr. xxiii. 14 __Thuc. 1. 132. expressions apxieptfs Kai ypo/i/iareuj
Dem. 1378. 6. Matt. ii. 4. al. and dpxitptig KO.L
Qapaaaloi
from John vii. 32, 45. al. seem to be put by
'Ap^i-, an inseparable particle
names of office or dignity way of circumlocution for rb crwtSpiov,
&PX*l> prefixed to
like our Arch-,which is equivalent to it the Sanhedrim; and in some instances
and derived from it. the word apx'fpetg appears to be used by
itself in a general sense to denote the
same council as John xii. ; 10, coll. xi.
belonging to the high priest, pontifical, 47. Jahn 244. 1.
Acts iv. 6. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 7. ib. 6. 6. 3.
in the Ep. to the Heb. c. ii. 17. iii.
ib. 15. 3. 1. c)
1. iv. 14. v. 5. vi. 20. et passim, Christ
is called apxiepeve and compared with
a /<//* priest, chief priest, pontifex
/'C,) the high priest of the Jews, as having
maximus. Sept. for bvran 'jHDn Lev. iv. offered up himself a sacrifice for sin ;
3 more usually 6 leptv^b /Kyc, Lev. xxi. AL.
;
comp. Heb. ix. 7, 11, 12.
10. Num. xxxv. 25. al. Esdr. ix. 40.
1 Mace. x. 20. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 1. coll. '\p-\iTroifjiTt\v, tvog, b, (apxi- and
a chief shepherd; metaph. of
Pol. 23. 1.2. ib. 32. 22. 5. In N. T. Troi/tTfv,)
Christ as the chief teacher of religion
a) the high priest of the Jews, Matt. and head of the church, 1 Pet. v. 4.
xxvi.3,62,63,65. Mark ii. 26. Lukexxii.
50. al. By the original divine appoint- "A/OYf7r7roc, ov, b, Archippus, pr.
ment he was to be of the family of Aa- name ot a Christian, Col. iv. 17. Phi-
ron, Ex. xxix. 9. For his duties, etc. see lem 2.

Jahn 366370. Calmet, art. Priest.

ov, b, (apx and
~ l
,
In the time of the Romans the office a ruler or moderator of the
had become venal and was given even to
synagogue, i.
q. 6 dpx<*>v rrjs o-vvaywyj/g
foreign Jews 2 Mace. iv. 7. Jos. Ant.
;
viii. There were several
(Luke 41).
15. 3. J. was also no longer for life;
It
elders in each synagogue, whose duty it
so that there were often several persons
was to preserve order, and to select and
living at one time who had borne the invite persons to read or speak in the
office, and retained the title of high
still
The
assembly; comp. Acts xiii. 15.
priests, Jos. Ant. 20. 9. 2. coll. 15. 3. 1.
presiding elder was called apxiffwayuyog;
see Krebs Obs. in N. T. e. Jos. p. 3,
though the name is sometimes applied to
114, 178. There appears also to have them all see Jahn 372. Vitringa de
;

been a pp? i. e. vicar or substitute for the Mark v. 22,

Synag. Vet. lib. 2. c. 11.
high priest, perform his duties on
to
35, 36, 38. Luke viii. 49. xiii. 14. Acts
certain occasions Buxtorf. Lex. Chald.
;
xiii. 15. xviii. 8, 17.
s. voc. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Luke
iii. 2. Jahn 366. Krebs 1. c. p. 175, , OVOQ, o, (dpxi- and
coll. Jos. Ant. 17. 6. 4. Such a substi- an architect, master-builder, 1

tute is not expressly mentioned in the Cor. iii. 10. Sept. for linn Is. iii. 2.
scriptures, though such a person seems Ecclus. xxxviii. 30. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 10.

to be implied in the TO^'tt -jriS 2 K. xxv.

ou, o, ai- and
18. Jer. Iii. 24. In one of these senses
a chief publican, i. e. a farmer
Annas is called high priest, Luke iii. 2. 77?,)
Luke
or chief collector of the taxes, xix.
John xviii. 13. Acts iv. 6.
2. See Jahn 242.
b) a cJiief priest, as spoken of those
who were at the head of the twenty-four foe, ovj b, (apxt- and
classes of priests mentioned, 1 Chr. c.24, it. triclinium ; see Calmet
and who are there called apxovrtg TWV art. Eating, and Adam's Rom. Ant.
 105 'AcraAturoc

p. 436), the master of a feast, Lat. magis-

So Sept. for ^rrn Ez. ix. 0.
ter convivii, Adam's Ant. p. 456; i. e. the Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 15. AL.
person who had the direction of an en-
"A/o^wv, ovroc b, (particip. of
tertainment, arranged the guests, etc. ap X w,) one first in power, authority, do-
John ii. 8, Obis. Comp. Ecclus. xxxv. 1, minion hence a
; ruler, lord, prince, a
where he is called r/yov/ttvoc. By the
chief person ; genr. Matt. xx. 25. Acts
Greeks he was called avp.iroffiapxog, iv. 26. Rom. xiii. 3. 1 Cor. ii.
6, 8. Sept.
TpaTTl^OTTOlOQ , CtC. Num.
<TVfJ,TTOffioV tTTl/itXjjr/Jf,
Potter Gr. Ant. II. p. 386. So Pollux
for
T^p Gen. xlix. 20. xxiii. 21.

Onom. 3. 41. p. 287, 6 8e iravruv TU>V

^273
Gen.
Is. xiv. 5.
N^
2 Chr.
Gen. xxv. 16. i^
xii. 15. viii. 9. Xen. Cyr.
Trepi r)v taTiaaiv iirifiiXovfiivof, rpaTTt- Mem. 3. 9. 11.
1. 2. 2. Spoken of the
. ib. 6. 13. p. 570.
Messiah, as king of kings, Rev. i. 5. of
Moses as a judge, Acts vii. 27, 35. as the
<>> (<tyx^) to ^gin, to be
leader of Israel, Acts vii. 35 __ Spoken
first in any thing, Xen. Conv. 7. 1. In
N. T. to be first in rank, dignity, etc. i. e. of magistrates of any kind, e. g. the
to rule, to reign, c. c. gen. Mark x. 42. high priest, Acts xxiii. 5. of civil judges,
Rom. xv. 12. Sept. for *?$73 Gen. i. 18.
Luke xii. 58. Acts xvi. 19 Herodian.
Deut. xv. 6. 1 Mace. i. 4.Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 5. Of a ruler
2. 6. 25. ib. 4. 6. 12. Mid. dpxopai, of the synagogue, Luke viii. 41. Matt.
Mark v. 22. So of per-
ix. 18, 23, coll.
to begin, intrans. and followed by an in-
finitive expressed or implied.
sons of weight and influence among the
Pharisees and other sects at Jerusalem,
a) gen.
Matt. iv. 17 rjptaTo Krjpvoauv.
\\. 7, 20. Mark i. 45. Luke iv. 21. who also were members of the Sanhe-
Acts ^nn Gen. drim, Luke xiv. 1. xviii. 18. xxiii. 13,
i. 1. al. saep. Sept. for
35. xxiv. 20. John iii. 1 coll. vii. 45, 50.
vi. 1. ix. 20.
bvftn Deut. i. 5. Jos.
Ant. 11. 7. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 3, 4.
John vii. 26, 48. xii. 42. Acts iii. 17.
iv. 6, 8. xiii. 27. xiv. 5. So Sept. for
fEc. 11. 8. Luke iii. 23 > 6 'Irjtrovf
o<Ti trittv TpicLKovTa ap^o/uvof, and Jesus tJ*35P, magnates, Neh. iv. 8, 13. v. 7.

was beginning, entering upon, [the age and Jos. Ant. 20. 1. 2 dpxovres 'itpoo-oXv-

about thirty years, where the gt-n. fiiTwv. Spoken of the chief of the fallen
of]
irwv be governed by under- angels, Satan, dpx^v r&v Satfj,ovi(i)v, Matt.
may dvr/p
Mark
as J Ant. 7. ix. 34. xii. 24. iii. 22. Luke xi.
stood, or by dpxoptvog, s-

4. 1 dpxtffSrai pax*1- By Hebraism,

15. called also dpx&v TOV KOO^IOV TOVTOV,
as ruling in the hearts of worldly and
emphatic, implying difficulty, etc. to at-
to undertaker to venture, Mark vi.
wicked men, John xii. 31. xiv. 30.
tc.-iipt,
xvi. 11. also-dp^wv TTJQ i^ovala^ TOV aepof,
7. x. 28, 32. Luke iii. 8. So Sept.
and ^"xin Gen. xviii. 27. ^nn Judg. i. e. lord
of the powers of the air, sc. of
x. 18.
the daemons who dwell and rule in the
atmosphere, Eph. ii. 2.
b) part. apZaptvoe c. c. iniln. and
airo seq. gen. beginning from, express- aroma-
"A/owjua, aroc, >
(P<">)
ing the terminus a quo, the point of de- tics, spices, spicery, e. g. myrrh and aloe,
parture in a narration, transaction, etc. John xix. 40 coll. ver. 39. Mark xvi. 1.
See 'Arro I. 1. b. Matt. xx. 8 airodbg
auroTf apa/ivo airb T>V la^ar^v, be-
Luke xxiii. 56. xxiv. 1. Sept. for
Cant. iv.
Q^
2 K. xx. 13. 2 Chr. ix. 1, 9.
ginning from or at the last. Luke xxiii. 5. 10,16. Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 6. Xen.Anab.
xxiv. 27. John viii. 9. Acts i. 22. viii. 1. 5. 1.
35. x. 37. also Luke
xxiv. 47 ao^a^vov
airb 'IcpouffaXiy/i, where the neut. is the o, indec. Asa, Heb. Np*$ (me-
'Atra,
case absol. Buttrn. 145. n. 4, 7. He- dicus),
a pious king of Judah, Matt. i.
7, 8. See 1 K. xv. 924. 2 Chr. c.
rodot. 3. 91. or it
may depend on Krjpv- 1416.
X$n vai So Sept. dp<fyuvo for 7nn Gen.
-

xliv. 12 __ Theophr. Char. 2. Xen. Mem. ou,

, o, 77, adj. (a pr.
2. 1. 1 So the verb, 1 Pet. iv. 17 icaipoc and 0-aXtvw), unshaken, immoveable,
Acts
TOV apa(r3ai TO Kpifia airb TOV oficov TOV xxvii. 41. Metaph.yznw enduring, Heb.
 106

xii 28. Eurip. Ion. 8 TroXiv OVK dcrnpov. Hero-

Diod.Sic.2.48!XuSpi'avta0v-
dian. 1. 9. 12.

o, indec. Asher, Heb. l\p)$

ov, o, ?}, adj. (a pr. 'AoY/p,
and no extinguished, Strabo eighth son of Jacob, Luke ii.
<T/3evvv/ii), (blessed),
IX. p. 606. In N. T. unquenchable, 36. Rev. vii. 6. Comp. Gen. xxx. 13.

spoken of fire, i. e. perpetual, eternal, 'Aa-SlvEta, ftae, V, (aadtvriG,) want

Matt. iii. 12. Mark ix. 43, 45. Luke of strength, infirmity, weakness, viz.
iii. 17. Comp. Matt, xviii. 8. Horn. Rom. vi. 19. 1 Cor. xv. 43.
a) genr.
Od. 4. 584. 2 Cor. xi. 30 TO. Trig aaSfveiae fiov, i. q.
, ac, '/, (aerejS^c,) impiety, rtjv aaSkvuav fiov, Buttm. 128. n. 2.

ungodliness, either in thought or action, 2 Cor. xii. 5, 9 bis, 10. Spoken of the
Rom. i. 18. xi. 26. 2 Tim. ii. 16. Tit. weakness and infirmity of human na-
ii. 12. So the genitive as adj. Jude 15, ture generally 2 Cor. xiii. 4. Heb. iv.
;

18, comp. Buttm. ^ 123. n. 4. Sept. for 15. v. 2. vii. 28 Sept. Job vii. 37.
Ez. xvi. 57. y^'D Jer. v. 6. Ez. Herodot. 8. 51.
Hip]
xxi. 24. ^'l Prov. iv. 17. Ecc. viii. 8. b) spec, infirmity, sc. of the body, i. e.

_Diod. Sic. 18. 90. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 6. disease, sickness, Matt. viii. 17. Luke v.

to be
15. viii. 2. xiii. 12. John v. 5. xi. 4.
'Ao-J3o, w, ?<, (Affepfa,) Heb.
Acts xxviii. 9. 1 Tim. v. 23. xi.
ungodly, to live impiously, intrans. 2 Pet.
34. Luke irvevpa affSevtias, i.e.
xiii. 11
ii. 6. Jude 15. Sept. for y^D Zeph.
an evil spirit causing disease, coll. ver.
iii. 12. Vi^T! Dan. ix. 5. Jos. Ant. 9.
16 2 Mace. ix. 21, 22. Herodian. 1.
13. 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 77. Xen. Cyr. 5.
4. 16. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 32.
2. 10.
of the mind, feebleness, de-
c) trop.
ic, toe, ove,
r adj- ( P r -
pression, want of energy, 1 Cor. ii. 3.
> 'h

and aepopai), impious, ungodly, wicked, Sept. acr$. 0wv} for 5D^ Ecc. xii. 4.
1 Tim. i. 9. 1 Pet. iv. 18. 2 Pet. ii. 5.
Xen. Ag. 9. 5.
iii. 7. Jude 4, 15 bis. Implying ex-
d) by impl. sorrow, affliction, distress,
posure to punishment, Rom. iv. 5. v. 6. producing depression and perplexity of
Sept for yipis Hos. xiv. 10. yiih
T
Ps.
mind, Rom. viii. 26. Gal. iv. 13. So
i. 1. Jer. v. 26 __
Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 27.
Sept. for rmy Ps. xvi. 4.
^iirqtt
Jer.
Mem. 1. 2. 2.
vi. 21.

, ac, > "tffye,) excess, 'Ao-3-EVJEW, w, f- fa", (aoStvrjo), to

immoderation, intemperance, in any thing, want strength, to be infirm, weak, feeble,
e. g.
viz.
in language, etc. arrogance, inso-
a)
a) genr.
Rom. viii. 3 Iv $ -fiaStvu, in
lence, Mark vii. 22. 3 Mace. ii. 26.
that it was weak, i. e. not adapted to the
Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 12 aai\yeia T>V Xoywv.
roposed end. 2 Cor. xiii. 3. Sept. for
b) in general conduct, licentiousness, 1 Sam. ii. 5. Lam. ii. 8. 2 Sam. ^
J
madness, 2 Pet. ii. 2 rale attXyetate in iii. . Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 28. So to be
later edit, for ralg airu>\tiaiQ -- Jos. Ant. accounted weak, 2 Cor. xiii. 4, 9.
8. 13. 1 aoiXytia KOI fiavia. Dem. 131.
to be infirm in body, i. e. to be
b) spec,
11.
sick, to labour with disease, Matt. x. 8.
c) particularly wantonness, lascivious- xxv. 36. Mark vi. 56. Luke iv. 40. vii.
ness, Rom. xiii. 13. 2 Cor. xii. 21. Gal. 10. ix. 2. John iv. 46. v. 3, 7. vi. 2.
v. 19. 2 Pet. ii. 7, 18. Wisd. xiv. 26.
xi. 1, 2, 3, 6. Acts ix. 37. xix. 12. Phil.
In a wider sense, debauchery, dissolute- James v. 14.
11.26, 27. 2 Tim. iv. 20.
ness, in general, Eph. iv. 19. 1 Pet. iv.
Sept. for n^n Judg. xvi. 7, 11, 17. Ez.
3. Jude 4.
xxxiv. 4. Diod. Sic. 3. 46. Polyb. 31.
"Ao-ityioc- ou, o, rj, adj. (a pr. and 21. 7. Xen. An. 1. 1. 1.

<r>"//*a),
without mark, Sept. Gen. xxx. c) trop.
of the mind, to be feeble-
42. of money, unstamped, Sept. Job xlii. minded, faint-hearted, timid, 2 Cor. xi.
11. Herodot. 9. 41. In N. T. metaph. 21. So Sept. for ^5-3 Is. vii. 4. 1Mace.
obscure, ignoble, mean, Acts xxi. 39. xi. 49. Xen. Hiero 1 . 23. By Hebra-
 107

ism, implying a want of firmness and 'A<r/a, ae, n, Asia, i. e. in N. T.

decision of mind, to be weak-minded, i. e.
to doubt, to hesitate, to vacillate,
of tho?e whose minds are easily disturbed,
Rom. xiv. 2, 21. 1 Cor. viii. 9, 11, 12.
So d(r5evt~iv ry iriarii, to be weak, not set-
tled, in the faith, Rom. iv. 19. or in
opinion, Rom. xiv. 1. So Sept. for ^12)3
to totter, (see Gesen. Lex.)
2. Jer. 1. 32. Hos. xiv. 2.
to be afflicted, to be dis-
d) by impl.
tressed, sc. by want, oppression, calamity,
Asia Minor, comprehending the pro-
spoken vinces of Phrygia, Cilicia, Pamphylia,
Caria, Lycia, Lydia, Mysia, Bithynia,
Paphlagonia, Cappadocia, Galatia, Ly-
caonia, and Pisidia. On the western
coast were more anciently the countries
of jEolra, Ionia, and Doris, the names
Ps. xxvii. of which were retained, although the
countries were included in the later pro-
vinces of Mysia, Lydia, and Caria. Many
Jews were scattered over these regions
;

etc. Acts xx. 35. 2 Cor. xi. 29 bis. as appears from Acts, and from Jos. Ant.
xii. 10. So Sept. and ^3 Job iv. 4. 12. 3. 2. 14. 10. 11. 16. 2. 3 __ In N.
Ps. cvii. 12. Dan. xi. 33, 34, 35. T. Asia is
put
for the whole of Asia Minor, Acts
a)
'Ao-Sc'vrjjua, aroc, , (a^evlw, perf. xix. 26, 27. xxi. 27. xxiv. 18. xxvii. 2.
pass. riffStvnfiat,} pp. infirmity ; metuph. Rom. xvi. 5 in later edit.
doubt, scruple, hesitation, Rom. xv. 1.
for proconsular Asia, i. e. the re-
See 'A<r$vw c. b)
gion of Ionia, of which Ephesus was
eoe, ovc, o, ), adj. (a the capital, and which Strabo also calls
pr. and aStvos},
without strength, infirm, Asia, lib. 14. init. Acts ii. 9. vi. 9. xvi.
weak, feeble, viz. 6. xix. 10, 22. xx. 4, 16, 18. (1 Cor.
Matt. xxvi. 41 aaStvfc xvi. 19. 2 Cor. i. 8.) 2 Tim. i. 15. 1 Pet.
a) genr. / <rup

thejlesh is weak, impotent, i. e.

<rrt,
un- i. 1. Rev. i. 4, 11. Cicero speaks of

equal to the task. Mark xiv. 38. 1 Pet. proconsular Asia as containing the pro-
iii. 7. Sept. for nn
Num. xiii. 19. Job vinces of Phrygia, Mysia, Caria, and
iv. 3. *>rn Ez. xvii. 14 __
Wisd. ii. 11. Lydia. Pro Flacc. 27.
Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 3. Herodian. 2. 10. 13.
e.
Xen. Mem. ov, 6, rj, adj. Asiatic, i.
Including the idea
,
1. 4. 6.
of imperfection, Cor. xii. 22. Gal. iv. 9.
1 belonging to Asia Minor, Acts xx. 4.
Heb. vii. 18. So neut. as subst. 1 Cor.
, ou, o, ('A<rta,
i. 25 TO daStvic TOV Srtov. ver. 27 TO. da-
an Asiarch, Acts xix. 31 Strabo 14.
Stvii rov KOfffiov, spoken of men. Buttm.
p. 960 __ In the eastern provinces of the
123. 3. Roman empire, persons of wealth were
b) spec, infirm in body, sick, diseased, annually appointed to preside over the
Matt. xxv. 39, 43, 44. Luke x. 9. Acts
public worship, and to exhibit games
iv. I), v. 15, 16. 1 Cor. xi. 30. own
and theatrical amusements at their

c) trop.
of the
mind, faint-hearted, expense in honour of the gods, in the
timid, 2 Cor. x. 10. Comp. xi. 21 and manner of the Roman aediles. These
1 Cor. ii.3. Implying a want of de- officers received their titles from the
cision and firmness of mind, weak- province to which they belonged, as
minded, i. e.
doubting, hesitating, vacil- SvpidpxTiG 2 Mace. xii. 2, AvKidpxng,
lating, in opinion or in faith, 1 Cor. viii. &oiviKapxr]G, Kapiapx 7??) etc. and of
7, 10. ix. 22 bis. 1 Thess. v. 14. See course, in proconsular Asia, they were
in 'A.<r$tv't(u c. called 'Adiaoyat. They were ten in num-

d) by impl. afflicted, distressed, by sc. ber, selected by the cities and approved
oppression, calamity, etc. 1 Cor. iv. 10, by the proconsul of whom one was the
;

comp. ver. 9, 11 sq. Sopt. for Prov. ^ chief Asiarch, and always resided at
Ephesus the capital ; the others were his
xxii. 22. xxx. 14. *yj Prov. xxxi.
^
5. In a moral sense, wretched, diseased, colleagues and advisers. Comp. Euseb.
i. e. in a state of sin and wretchedness, Hist. Ecc. IV. 15. Wesseling Diss. de
Rom. v. 6 ovTiiiv T}[iu>v aoztvuv, i.q. d Asiarchis, Ultraj. 1753. Western and
uJv UVT. rj. in ver. 8. Kuinoel in loc.
 'Acnrm 108 A.<riri

a, ), (a pr. and x. 12. Mark ix. 15. Luke i. 40. x. 4.

<rlroe,)2>-
stinence from food, fasting, Acts xxvii.
Acts xxi. 19. Sept. for tiling bwf Ex.
24. Comp. ver. 34 36. Jos. Ant. 12. xviii. 7. Judg. xviii. 15. 1 Mace. vii.
7. 1. Aristot. Rhet. 10.9. 19, 33. xi. 6. Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 3. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 1. 1. Including the idea of to
, ov, o, >7, adj. (see ao-tn'a), one's respects to, Acts xviii.
visit, to pay
w0 taking food, fasting, Acts xxvii. 33.
22. xxi. 7. xxv. 13 __
Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 1.
Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 6. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2.
40.
So to salute with a kiss, Iv 0X>//tari, Rom.
9
xvi. 16. Cor. xvi. 20. 2 Cor. xiii. 12.
1
A(TKt(i) 9 ai,
f. 17 <rw, to work up with
raw
1 Pet. v. 14.
Spoken of the salute given
skill, sc. materials, e. g. eTpia Horn. to a king, homage, accompanied with
11.3. 388. to exercise, to practise, sc. an
prostration, Mark xv. 18, coll. ver. 19.
art, e. g. TJJV iinriKTjv Xen. Mag. Eq. 1. Jos. Ant. 10. 10. 5.
19. and so ro <r<fyta Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 19. of those who
b) separate, to take leave
i^uXC wpof dpertiv Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 41. to bid adieu, Acts xx. 1. xxi. 6
of,
Hence in N. T. with the reflex, pron. Xen. Anab. 7. 1. 40.
implied (Buttm. ^ 130. n. to exercise
2), of salutations sent by letter, etc.
one's self in any thing, seq. ivc. dat. i. e. c)
Rom. xvi. 3 23. 1 Cor. xvi. 19 bis, 20.
to endeavour, to strive, Acts xxiv. 16.
2 Cor. xiii. 12. Phil. iv. 21 bis, 22. Col.
Symmach. for nD3 Judg. iii. 1. Xen. iv. 10, 12, 14, 15. 1 Thess. v. 26. 2 Tim.
Mem. 2. 1.6. Ag'. 11. 4. iv. 19, 21. Tit. iii. 15 bis. Philem. 23.

"AcricoCj ouj o, a bottle sc. of skin, Heb. xiii. 24 bis. 1 Pet. v. 13. 2 John
for water, wine, etc. like the oriental 13. 3 John 15 bis.
bottles of the present day ; see Calmet to love, to treat with affec-
d) by impl.
art. Bottle. Matt. ix. 17 quater. Mark tion, Matt. v. 47. Herodot. 1. 122. JE1.
ii. 22. quater. Luke v. 37 ter, 38. Sept. V. H. 9. 4. Xen. Ag. 11. 3, where it ia

for "W3 Josh. ix. 4, 13. ^53 Jer. xiii. Opp. to fiifffiv.
12. Jos. Ant. 1. 12. 3. Horn.'' II. 3. 247. spoken of things, to welcome, to
e)
Herodot. 2. 121. Xen. An. 3. 5. 9. embrace, to receive gladly, e. g. r&t
i. e.

adv 7rayyeXX('ae, Heb. xi. 13. Jos. Ant. 6.

-
(Wopat, perf. part.
5. 3 ri]v evvoiav. 7. 8. 4 TQVQ Xoyovg.
pass. r;<r/i!voe), gladly, with joy, Acts ii.

41. xxi. 17. comp. Luke viii. 13. Eurip. Ion. 587.
2 Mace. iv. 12. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 7. Xen. sa-
'A<T7ra0yzoe> ou, o, (a<T7raoftai,)
Mem. 3. 11. 10. Ag. 9. 3. lutation, greeting, either oral or by letter,
Matt xxiii. 7. Mark xii. 38. Luke i.
, ou, o, 17, adj. (a pr. and
, unwise, i. e. without true wisdom 29, 41, 44. xi. 43. xx. 46. 1 Cor. xvi.
in Christ, v. 15. Xen. Mem. 3. 21. Col. iv. 18. 2 Thess. iii. 17 __ Act.
Eph.
9.4. Thorn. 11.

aaop.ai, depon. Mid.

,
f. *Ao7rtAoc, ou, 6, rj, adj. (a pr. and
draw to one's self, Horn. <T7rtXo,) spotless,
without blemish, spoken
(<T7raa>,) pp. to
Od. 3. 35. Hence
to embrace, to salute, of a victim, and trop. of Christ, 1 Pet.
19 Herodian. 5. 6. 16. Greg. Naz.
spoken of those who meet or who
i.
trans,
In the former case the Jews Orat. 17. 325. Metaph. unblemished,
separate.
said Tf^ tDi^lp', Judg. xix. 20. Dan. x. 19. pure ; spoken of doctrine, 1 Tim. vi. 14.
of moral conduct, James i. 27. 2 Pet.
orni;)N t3i^n 2 Sam. xx. 9, coll. 1 Sam. iii. 14.
xxv. 6. or
-rppy
rnfT Ruth ii. 4. in N.
T. tlyrivri vfi'iv Luke xxiv. 36. John xx. toe, V, an asp, a speces
19. coll. Luke x. 5. Matt. x. 12. In of serpent of the most deadly venom,
the latter case they said Ql^^ yb 2 Sam. Rom. iii. 14. Sept. for miTpy Ps. cxl.
xv. 9. or &i*>ip^ TJ!? Judg. x'viii. 6. in 4.
^nrj
Deut. xxxii. 33. nyplf? Is. xxx
N. T. uTraye fj'g dprjvijv Mark v. 34 In 6.
\hyD$ Ml. Jr/An. 1. 54.
Is. lix. 5.

N. T. spoken In Sept. and Greek writers also a

a)
of those who meet, or are present, shield, Sept. for ptt 1 Chr. v. 18. 1 Mace.
etc. to salute, to welcome, to greet, Matt. xiv 24. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 2.
 109 "Aorpov

ou, o, /, adj. (a pr. and

,
Gen. i. 16. Is. xiii. 10. Joel iii. 15 __
airovdri libation, league, compact), with- Herodian. 1. 14. 1. Xen. Mein. 4. 7. 5.
out treaty, i. e. informal, Time. 1. 37. ib. Jude 13 affTspss TrXavrjrat, wandering
5. 32. In N. T. averse to any compact, stars, meteors, i. e. false and impious
i. e. implacable, Rom. i. 31. 2 Tim. iii. teachers To Jesus is attributed 6
3. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.24
x ^povca(rir. Philo e daTTjp 6
morning star, as
irpiaivos, the
de Charit. II. p. 397. 18 aair. 7ro\*/uoi. the symbol of majesty and glory, Rev.
Dem. 314. 16. Polyb. 1. 65. 6. ii. 28. xxii. 16. Comp. Dan. viii. 10. Is.
xiv. 12, and Gesen. in loc Trop. put __
, tow, TO, assarion, Lat. as, as the symbol of angels, Rev. i. 16, 20
Rabb. "l^S, a brass coin, equal to one bis, ii. 1. iii. 1.
Probably also as the
tenth of the denarius or dpaxprj, i. e. to
symbolic designation of an angel, Rev.
nearly 1^ cent. Comp. in 'Apyvpiov c. viii. 10, 11. ix. 1. Comp. ix. 1 sq. Luke
Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 492, 403. Used x. 18.
in N. T. to denote the most trifling value,
like our mite, farthing, etc. Matt. x. 29. ou,6, 77, adj. a pr. and
,

not established, unstable, metaph.

Luke xii. 6. Dion. Hal. 9. p. 586. ib. 10. i'gw),

57 spoken of those who have no firm per-

p. 674. Comp. Kypke I. p. sq.
suasion of divine truth, 2 Pet. ii. 14. iii
*A<r<70v, adv. (compar. of dyx 1 near, 16. Longin. de Sublim. 2. 2.
Buttm. 115.7), nearer, next, i. e. close to, , ov, 6, 17, (a pr. ana
Acts xxvii. 13 Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 2. Horn.
aropyrj instinctive affection,) without na-
II. 1. 335. Herodot. 3. 52. ib. 4. 5. tural affection, inhuman. Rom. i. 31. 2
v Tim. iii. 3. ^Eschin. 47.29. Athen. 14.
A(roroc, ouj *i) Assos, a maritime city
of Mysia in Asia Minor, situated on the p. 655.

^Egean Sea, about nine miles below 'A<TTO\(i) 9 <t, f. haw, (atrroxof fr. a
Troas. Acts xx. 13, 14. It was also called pr. and aroxoj mark), to miss the mark ;
Apollonia; Plin. 5. 30. trop. to miss, to err, to swerve from, c. c.

f. un- gen. 1 Tim. i. 6. Ecclus. vii. 19. viii. 9.

'A<TTcn"O>, (5, T]<T(I>, (a<rraro
Plut. de defect. Orac. c. 10. p. 414, aaro-
stable, wandering ; fr. a pr. and 7(rrif/fc,)
to have nofixed residence, to wander with- Xov<Tt TOV itptTTovTog. Seq. Trept c. accus.
1 Tim. vi. 21. 2 Tim. ii. 18. Plut. de
out a home, intrans. 1 Cor. iv. 11.
Audit. Trtpi rdc iroi6rr]Tac aoroxovireff.
Spoken of the sea, to be tossed, agitated, 10 Trepi TIVQQ.
Polyb. 3. 21.
Appian. Bell. Syr. p. 221.
,
v9 b, ?),adj. (&orvt \ urbane, 'Aor/oaTrrj, iJc, n, lightning.
a) pp.
Rev. iv. 5. viii. 6. xi. 19. xvi.
polished, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 12. In N. T.
elegant, and spoken of external form,
18. Sept. for pnn Ex. xix. 16. Jer. x. 12.
Xen. Cyr. 1 <L 1 1 Put as the symbol
fair, beautiful, Heb. xi. 23.
.
Acts vii. 20
of speed, celerity, Matt. xxiv. 27. Luke x.
dtrreloc r< S,i. e.
by Hebr. exceedingly
18. xvii. 24. So Sept. and Nah. ii.
fair; comp. for the beauty of Moses, Ex. p'na
2. 2. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 6, 7. and for the 4.

idiom comp. Sept. /xeydX.?; r< 5t<$ for Matt.

tybyimp].. brightness, splendour,
xxviii. 3. Luke xi. 36. So Sept. and
tTTi^N^ Jon. iii. 3. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 693.
Stuart 456. Deut. xxxii. 41. Dan. x. 6.
d. Sept. for nlu Ex. ii.
2 Judith xi. 23. Aristaenet. 1. 4, 19. of f. to
'AoTpaTTTto, ai//a>, (atrrpaTn-;,)
a garment, Herodian. 4. 12. 4.
lighten, sc. as lightning, Luke xvii. 24.
a Sept. for pia Ps. cxliv. 6 Diod. Sic.
'Aorrjp, Ipoe, ) star, spoken of
fixed stars, planets, meteors, etc. Matt.
3. 34. Horn. II. 9. 237. By impl. to
1 Cor. xv. 41 ter. Rev. shine, to be bright, Luke xxiv. 4. comp.
ii. 2, 7,
9, 10.
Matt, xxviii. 3. Wisd. xi. 18, of shining
vi. 13. viii. 12. xii. 1, 4. On Matt.
xxiv. 29 and Mark comp. Joel
xiii. 25,
eyes.
ii. 10. Ez. xxxii. 7. Is. xiii.
10, and Gesen. "Aorpov, ovj TO, a constellation,
inh. loc. etin Is. xxiv. 18. Sept. for 2313 Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 4. In N. T. a star, i.
q.
 no
aariip, Lukexxi. 25. Acts xxvii. 20. Heb.
b) nietaph. safe, secure, sc. from peril,
xi. .12. Sept. for n3l3 Ex. xxxii. 12. etc. (Xen. Cyr. 5. 3.
6.)
i. e. affording
Job xxxviii. 7. In Acts vii. 43 tlie star- safety, Phil. iii. 1. Wisd. vii. 23. Xen,
god, i. e. an image of Saturn in the form Lac. 12. 1.
of a star ; see Calmet, art. Chiun.

'AcruyKpiTOt;, on, o, Asyncritus,

name Mid. depon. a<70aXicytai, f. ttro/tat, to make
of a Christian, Rom. xvi. 14. firm, to make fast, trans.
and a) pp. as TOVQ TroSag t/c TO %v\ov, Acts
'Aa"vu.(bwvo, ov, 6, r/, adj. (apr.
xvi. 24. Sept. for p")rin Neh. iii. 15.
(Tu/i^wj/of,) dissonant,harsh, Wisd. xviii.
10, Arrian. Diss. Epict. 3. 16. 6. In Wisd. xiii. 15.
Polyb. 6''. 22. 4.

N. T. to secure, to make safe, sc.

trop. discordant, disagreeing, Acts b) nietaph.
xxviii. 25 Diod. Sic. 4. 1 aav^m against enemies, etc. Matt, xxvii. 6a, 66,
iivai Trpbc dXXrjXovg. TOV ratyov. Pass. Matt, xxvii. 64. Sept.
Plut. Agesi. 10.
for
TjTpjri
Is. xl. 10. Wisd. iv. 17. x. 12.
ov, b, if, adj. (a pr. and Jos. Ant. 13. 1. 5. Diod. Sic. 18. 52. Po-
void of understanding, dull of
oc), lyb. 4. 60. 5.
apprehension, foolish ; Matt. xv. 16.
Mark vii. 18. Sept. for ^p3 Ps. xcii. ^v. (ao-0aXj), firmly,
7. Wisd. xi. 15. Thuc. ii. 24. From without falling, Xen. Eq. 9. 9. de Mag.
the Heb. with the accessory idea of im- Eq. 8. 3. In N. T. trop.
a) certainly, assuredly,
Acts ii. 36.
piety, i.
impious, ungodly, as neglect-
e.
Wisd. xviii. 6. Xen. Cyr. 6 3. 18.
ing the true wisdom, and continuing in
sin, heathenism, etc. Horn. i. 21, 31. x. b) securely, safely, i. e. against escape,
19. So Sept. and b^ Deut. xxxii. 1 ;
rescue, etc. Mark xiv. 44. Acts xvi. 23.
T

comp. *>n; Ps. xiv. 1. Job ii. 10, where Sept. for nt?? Gen. xxxiv. 25. 1 Mace.
vi. 40. Xen.'Mag. Eq. 6. 2. ib. 8. 12.
Sept. d<ppa>v.

OV) o, 77, (a pr. and

not compounded, Long, de to be deformed, S\. V. H. 11. 4. In N.
Subl. 10. 6. In N. T. covenant-breaking, T. trop. and intrans.
Rom. i. 31. to behave unseemly, to conduct im-
faithless, treacherous, Sept. a)
for TDii and "ms Jer. iii. 7, 8, 1'), 11 properly, 1 Cor. xiii. 5. Sept. for fT*!})
Dem.' 283. 6. Ez. xvi. 7, 22. ^El. V. H. 6. 12. Xen":
Eq. 11. 6.
, etc,??, (d(r0a\?7c,)firmness,
to be disgraced, to suffer reproach.
b)
fixedness, security, sc. from falling, rup- 1 Cor. vii. 36 ii Si rig
ao^^ovilv iiri rrjv
ture, etc.
irapS'tvov vop,i'(,tt, if any one thinks him-
a) pp. Acts v. 23. Sept. for *p3?3 Ps.
self exposed to disgrace in respect to his
civ. 6. Herodian. 1. 14. 4. Trop. in
the sense of certainty, Luke i. 4. Comp. daughter, i. e. if he has fears of her being
seduced. So Sept. forn^p^ Deut. xxv. 3-
Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 15.
Diod. Sic. 14. 10. Eurip. Hec. 407.
b) Metaph. safety, security, sc. from
peril, etc. 1 Thess. v. 13. Sept. for nyn
Deut. xii. 10. Lev. xxvi.5. tajTEJls. xviii'. pp. deformity, metaph. indecorum, inde-
4 2 Mace. ix. 21. Jos. Ant. 2. 10. 2. cency, and by impl. shameful lewdness,
Herodian. 3. 12. 16. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. Rom. i. 27. Ecclus. xxvi. 8. xxx. 13.
7. Jos. Ant. 16. 7. 6. Comp. a<rxV OJ/ Sept.
Gen. xxxiv. 7. Deut. xxiv. 1 __ By eu-
, toe, owe, o, n, adj. (apr.
and phemism nakedness, puaenda, Rev. xvi.
not fatting, i. e. firm, fixed,
<r0a\Xw), 15. So Sept. and nvi Ex. xx. 26.
immoveable.
Lev. xviii. 6, 7.
a) pp. ay/cupa, Heb. vi. 19. Sept. for
ny Prov. viii. 28 __ Wisd. iv. 3. Xen. ovoc> adj.
, o, 17, (a pr.
Anab. 3. 2. 19.
Trop. rb avfeXeg in the and pp. deformed, Herodian. 5.
tr^Tf/ia),
sense of certainty, Acts xxi. 34. xxii. 30. 6. 24. In N. T. metaph. indecent, un-
xxv. 26 Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 39. worthy, 1 Cor. xii. 23. Sept. for n^33.
 111

Gen. xxxiv. 7. rmy Deut. xxiv. 1. "Arcp, adv. without, in the absence of,
Wisd. ii. 20. Hist.Vf Sus. 63. Xen. Ap. c. c. gen. and chiefly poetical, Luke

Soc. 7. Plut. Apophth. Mor. II. p. 171. xxii. 6, 35. See Buttm. 146. 1, 2 2
ed. Tauchn. Mace. xii. 15. Horn. II. 1. 498. Od. 7.
325.
'Atrom'a, ac, r
/> (acrwroe not save.
able, incorrigible, dissolute, past hope, f. cLffo), to dis-
(an/uog,)
Polyb. 14. 12. 3 ; from a pr. and o-o^u*,) honour, to contemn, trans. John viii. 49.
dissoluteness, debauchery, revelry, Eph. Rom. ii. 23. Sept. for ^3 Mic. vii. 6.

v. 18. Tit i. 6. 1 Pet. iv. 4. Sept. ^p Niph. Gen. xvi. 4, 5. Xen. Mem.
for Prov. xxviii.
*>1?7 7. 2 Mace. vi. 4. 2. I. 31. ib. 2. 2. 14 In the sense of
Herodian. 2. 5. 2. to abuse, to treat shamefully, spoken of

' persons, Luke xx. 11. Acts v. 41. James

adv. (see
ii. 6. of
things, rb trw/ia, Rom. i. 24, coll.
,

lutely, etc. Luke xv. 13.- Jos. Ant. 12.

ver. 27. Prov. xiv. 21.
Sept. for 7121
4. 8 drwrwff yv. Dem. 1025. 19 M31 Prov. xxii. 22. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 20.

'AraiCTftU, to, f- J7<, to Anab. 1. 9. 4.

(araxrroc,)
be disorderly, in trans, i. e. pp. to leave or
see 'Art/tow.
break the ranks, spoken of soldiers, Xen.
Cyr. 7. 2. 6. In N. T. metaph. to neglect ac, /> (an/xog,) disJtonour,
one's duties, 2 Thess. iii. 7. Xen. Cyr. shame.
8. 1. 22. (Ec. 5. 15. a) pp.
2 Cor. vi. 8. xi. 21. Rom. i.

26 TraSri aTtfiiag, i. e. shameful passions,

'Araicroc, ov, o, n> adj. (a pr. and Buttm. 123. n. 4. Stuart 440. Sept.
ratrffw),disorderly, i. e. pp. TM> keeping Prov. xii. 9. na Job xii. 21.
the ranks, as of soldiers, Xen. Mem. 3. 1.
Jer. xxiii. 4. Ecclus. v. 15. He-
7. In N. T. metaph. neglectful of du-
rodian. 2. 4. 9. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 13. In
ties, irregular, dissolute, 1 Thess. v. 14. the *ense of indecorum, 1 Cor. xi. 14.
Plut. de Pueror. educ. c. 7 ara*roi
in the sense of vileness, meanness,
Act. Thorn. 53. Test. XII b)
rrfovai. 1 Cor. xv. 43. So etc dripiav, for a
Patr. p. 664 firjSkv O.TO.KTOV Trotelre. mean use, Rom. ix. 21. 2 Tim. ii. 20.

,
adv. (ara/croc), disorderly, Sept. for -ji^ Prov. xi.2. xiii. 18. nj?3 s

i. e. metaph. irregularly, dissolutely, as

Jer. viii. 11. Epict. Ench. 24. 1.
draxrrwf TrepCTrartiv, i. e. to live a dis-
"Art/ioc, ou, 6, r/, adj. (a pr. <ind nprj^
orderly 2 Thess. iii. 6, 11.
life, So without honour, i. e. dishonoured, dis-
araarrwf Zyv Isocr. ad Nicocl. p. 25. ed. graced, Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 14. In N. T.
Lange. pp. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 7. Hero- a) contemned, despised,
1 Cor. iv. 10.
dian. 4. 11. 7. Wisd. iii. 17. v. 4. Diod. Sic. 17. 66.
Xen. Anab. 7. 7. 46, 50.
ov, 6, rj, adj. (a pr. and
small estimation, spoken
T'CKVOV), childless, Luke xx. 28, 29, 30. b)fou>, mean, of
of character, reputation, etc. Matt. xiii.
Sept. for ^v-iy Gen. xv. 2. Lev. xx. 20.
57. Mark vi. 4. of things, 1 Cor. xii. 23.
^Ottf Is. xlir.SI. ^3$ Jer. xviii. 21.
Ecclus xvi. So Sept. for Is. iii. 5
rp3 Ecclus. x.
3. Eurip. Hec. 512.
19.
>,
f. t<rw, (arevi7c, fr. a in-
w, f. w<, to
tens. and rdvw, Buttm. 120. n. (art/<of,)
to
11,)
dishonour, to affect with disgrace, trans.
fix the eyes intently upon, to gaze upon
Actsi. 10. Sept. for 0^5.3 2 Sam. x. 5. Dem. 548.
intently; c. c. dq seq. accus.
8. In N. T. to abuse, to treat shamefully,
iii. 4. vi. 15. vii. 55. xi. 6. xiii. 9.
2 Cor. Hi. 7,
Mark xii. 4. Sept. for nj3 Jer. xxii. 28.
13. 3 Mace. ii. 26. Jos.
1 Sam. x. 27. Hennog" p. 345. 5. ex
B. J. 5. 12. 3. Polyb. 6. 11. 7. Seq. Demosth. Midian.
dat. Luke iv. 20. xxii. 56. Acts iii. 12. x.
4. xiv. 9. xxiii. 1. So tiraTtvi^tiv TOIQ toe, 7, vapour, . e. an
/3pt0<riv Synes. Ep. 1. See Matth. Gr. exhalation, James
14.comp. Wisd.
iv. ii.

Gram. 401. 2, 4. Spoken of dense smoke, Acts ii.

 "Aro/ioc 112 AM//
19 arpc; Kcnrvov, cloud of smoke, quoted public life, or of forty-four years as sole
from Joel iii. 3,
[ii. 30,]
where Sept. for sovereign.
rrilpn. Sept. for i;y Lev. xvi. 13. Ez. owe,
EOC, 6, /, adj.
viiiJll. "liB-p GenI xix. 28. Ecclus.
?/do/zai), self-complacent ; by
xxii. 24. Diod. Sic. 12. 58. Herodian.
impl. assuming, arrogant, imperious.
4. 8. 19.
Tit. i. 7. 2 Pet ii. 10. Sept. for jy
'Arojuoc, ov, o, v, adj. (a pr. and Gen. VTT Prov. xxi. 24. -
xlix. 3, 7.

roprj fr. re/ivw), uncut, undissected,

Dios- Theophr. Char. 15 or 23. Plato Ap. Soc.
cor. 1. 82. not divisible, and
by impl. 23.

very minute, as an atom, Plut. Phocion

In N. T. spoken of time, iv aro/zy, ov, b, i], adj.
c. 3.
self-chosen, voluntary, as 3d-
),
sc. xpovy, in a moment, instantly, 1 Cor.
varos Xen. H. G. 6. 3. 36; in N. T. act-
xv. 52. Hesych. tv dropy. tv p
ing from choice, and as expressing an
ev
adverbial idea, of one's own accord, spon-
, ou, o, >?, adj. (a pr. and taneously, 2 Cor. viii. 3, 17. Buttm.

Mem.
of place, i. e. iraepf, absurd, 123. n. 3. Symm. for D^ Ex. xxxv. 5.
Xen. 2. 3. 15. Arrian. Diss. Ep. Lucian. Catapl. 4. p. 430, e'iireTo av-
3. 2. 17. unusual, strange, Thuc. 3. 38. Plut. de Garrul. 4.
Philo in Flacc. p. 970. In N. T. zm-
proper, i. e. evi/, wicked ; spoken of per- w, f. rjatt), (avSevrrie for
Athen. VII. p. 279. fr.avrog and TO. tvna armour,
sons, 2 Thess. iii. 2.
,

D. Sp ken of conduct, Luke xxiii. 41. arms ;

i. e. a hitter with one's own hand,
So Sept. for "pK Job iv. 8. xi. 11. 2 either of others, Wisd. xii. 6. Jos. B. J.
'
Mace. xiv. 23. Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 6. Plut. 2. 12. 5. Thuc. 3. 58. or of one's self,

de aud. Poet. c. 3. So evil, in the sense Antiph. 671. 2. perpetrator, author,

of noxious, hurtful, Acts xxviii. 6. Jos. Diod. Sic. 16. 61. Polyb. 23. 14. 2.
Ant. 11. 5. 2. Herodian. 4. 11. 7. Thuc. also in Eurip. Suppl. 442 and in later

2. 49. prose writers, exercising authority, sove-

reign, Macar. Horn. 1. Lob ad Phryn.
'ArrciAaa, ae, n> Attalia, a maritime p. 120.) only in N. T. and later, to have
city of Pamphylia, situated near the bor-
authority over, c. c. gen. 1 Tim. ii. 12.
ders of Lycia, and built by Attains Phi- In ecc. writers, Basil. Mag. Ep. 52, 86.
ladelphus, king of Pergamus 5 now Antali,
Hesych. avStvrtlv i%ovffid&iv.
Acts xiv. 25.
f. r)<ru, (av\6g q. v.) tc
(avyr/,) to shine upon,
f. daw, to,
),

to enlighten, metaph. and c. c. dat. 2 Cor. pipe, i. e. to play on the pipe, intrans.
Matt. xi. 17. Lukevii. 32. 1 Cor. xiv. 7.
iv. 4. Sept. pp. for rnnn Lev. xiii. 24,
Clem. ^Elian. V. H. 14. 8. Xen. (Ec. 1,
25, 26, 28. Alex''. 'Protr. 6. pp.
10.
Eurip. Hec. 637.
Av\i), f)c> n> (<">) yard, a court,
Airyrj, fjc, *l) light, brightness, spoken
of the light of day, the sun, etc. Acts xx.
i.
any inclosed space in open air, ex-
e.

11 axptg avyrje, till dawn, Sept. for PTjb posed to the winds and weather spoken ;

in N. T.
Is. lix. 9. Polysen. IV. p. 386 Kara
of a sheep-fold, into which flocks
rfjv TrpiiJTijv avyrjv Trig r)/*paf . Xen. Mem. a)
are driven at night, John x. 1, 16.
4. 7. 7 avyfj tj\iov.
Horn. H. 4. 433. So of the circle in
, ov, 6, Augustus, a sur- which nomadic shepherds pitch their
name conferred by the senate on Oc- tents, Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 2.
tavianus, the first Roman emperor see ;
of the court of an oriental
b) house or
Flor. 4. 12. Sueton. Aug. 7. Our Saviour edifice, the open court in the mid-
i. e.
was born in the forty-second year of his dle, around which the house is built,
reign, Luke ii. 1. He died A. D. 14, and which serves as a place of reception
set. 76, after a
reign of fifty-six years, for company, etc. see Calmet. art. House.

reckoning from his first entrance on Jahn ^ 35. Matt. xxvi. 58, 69. Mark xiv,
 113

54, 66. xv. 16. Luke xxii. 55. John xviii. b) intrans. avdvw and auw in later
15. So Sept. for -iSTT Ex. xxvii. 9. Neh. writers, and Mid. avZdvopai, f. ^<ro/iat, aor.
viii. 16. Esth. i. 5. al __
Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 1 pass.' with mid. signif. nvKrjSriv, (Buttm.
11. .El. V. H. 3. 4. Spoken of the 136. 2,) to receive increase, to
groio, to
exterior court, before a dwelling or edi- grow up. (a)
Mid. Matt. xiii. 32. 1 Pet.
fice, Rev. xi. 2. Horn. II. 24. 452. ii. 2. Metaph. 2 Cor. x. 15. Col. i. 10.
c) by synecd. of a part for the whole, Sept. for *na Gen. xxi. 8. Judg. xiii.
a house, mansion, palace, Matt. xxvi. 3. 24.
N^3 Num. xxiv. 7. rPlS Gen. i.
Luke xi. 21. So Sept. for -p$n Is. 22, 28. 'Ex. i. 7. Herodiari." 1. 11. 8.
xxxiv. 13. Jos. B. J. 2. 17. 6. Hero- Xen. Mem. 2.6.39. (/3)
Act. form.
dian. 2. 12. 8. Polyb. 5. 26. 9. Horn. Matt. vi. 28. Mark iv. 8. Luke i. 80.
Od. 4. 74. ii. 40. xii. 27. xiii. 19. John iii. 30.
Acts vi. 7. vii. 17. xii. 24. xix. 20. Eph.
TJc, ov, o, (auXew,)
a piper, ii. 21. iv. 15. Col. ii. 19. 2 Pet. iii. 18.
a minstrel, Matt. ix. 23. Rev. xviii. 22. Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 7 ov yap i]v%e, sc. tlio
Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 2. On the custom Nile. 8. 2. 9. JSsop. Fab. 48. Diod. Sio.
of employing minstrels in mourning, see 4. 64.
Jos. B. J. 3. 9. 5.Calmet, art. Mourn-
Aui](nc, wc /> (a&w>) increase,
ing. Jahn 211. Buxtorf. Lex. Chald.
enlargement, Eph. iv. 16. Col. ii. 19.
766, 1524.
avtt TTIV avn<riv rov Stov, i. e. which
AvA'o/za, f. iffopai, depon. Mid. God bestows for the accus. see Buttm.
;

pass tJie time in an avX/, pp.

to 131. 3. 2 Mace. 5. 16. Jos. Ant. 1.
rj),

spoken of shepherds and their flocks at 2. 2. Xen. CEc. 5. 1.

night, Horn. Od. 12. 265. ib. 14. 412.

see Av%avtt).
Herodot. 9. 33. spoken of an army,
to encamp in the open air, to bivouac, v, adv. (avpa morning air, fr-
eitherby night, Xen. Anab. 4. 1. 11. aw, aww), to-morrow, Matt. vi. 30. Luko
xii. 28. Acts xxiii. 15, 20. xxv. 22. 1 Cor.
Polyb. 8. 34. 2. ib. 10. 15. 9. or by day,
Xen. Anab. 4. 3. 1. hence genr. to re- xv. 32. Sept. for nTTO Ex. viii. 10, 23.
main, to delay, sc. in a place, Sept. for ix. 5, 19. 2 Sam. xi/12. al. Xen. Cyr.
Trornanrr 2 Sam. xv. 28. Esdr. ix. 2. 3. 3. 31. An. 4. 6. 8. Luke xiii. 32, 33,
Xen. Anab. 7. 7. 6. In N. T. to pass ffr]fj.fpov Kal
avptov Kai Ty Tpiry V. Ty
tJie
night, to lodge, intrans. Matt. xxi. exop.tvy,to-day and to-morrow and the
17. Luke xxi. 37. third day, i. e. for a time, a definite
Sept. for -p^ Josh.
time see Olshausen in loc. James iv.
vi. 11. viii. 9.
Judg. xix. 6, 10, 15, 20. ;

Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 1. 13 to-morrow i. e. at some future time.

With the art. / avpiov, sc. ij^iipa, the
AlAo OU, o, (aw, avia,) a pipe,
morrow, the next day, Matt. vi. 34. Luke
COT. xiv. 7.
tibia, 1 It probably had a x. 35. Acts iv. 3, 5. James iv. 14. See
general resemblance to the flageolet. Buttm. 125. 6 __ Polyb. 1. 60. 5. Xen.
See Jahn 95. II. Buxtorf. Lex. Ch. An. 6. 4'. 15. (Ec. 11. 6.
Rab. 766. Sept. for b^n 1 Sam. x. 5.
T
Is. v. 12. Xen. Conv. 6. 4. ov, (w, avu,} austere,
spoken of flavour, Dioscor. 5. 6. Aquila
ipri Deut. xxxii. 14 ; in N. T. me
f. avKriaa), aor. 1 ffv for
aor. pass, rjv^nv ; also
1
Eph. Avw, taph. of disposition, etc. i. e. severe,
ii. 21. Col. ii. 19. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 1. harsh, Luke xix. 21, 22. 2 Mace. xiv. 30.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 33. Conv. 7. 4 ;
to in- Polyb. 4. 20. 7. Plut. de discr. Amic. 21.
crease, to augment, trans, and intrans.
Aurapicfm, ac, /> (*fy*9ff>) self-
trans, to give increase, to cause to
a) sufficiency, in agood sense, i. e.
sufficiency
grow, to enlarge, 1 Cor. iii. 6, 7. in num- within one's self',
viz.
ber, 2 Cor. ix. 10. Sept. for Josh. ^pn spoken of a mind satisfied with its
a)
iv. 14. rnDH Gen. xvii. 20. xxvi. 22. lot, contentment, 1 Tim. vi. 6. Diod. Sic.
rrairi n-nrf Job. xlii. 10. Jos. Ant. 7. 4. Vol. X. p. 81. ed. Bip. Diog. Laert. 10
2. Herodian. 3. 8. 9. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 2. 130. Clem. Alex. Psed. 2. 12.
I
 114

b) spoken
of the necessaries of life, 28 Sept. Job xiii. 8. 3 Mace. iii. 13.
etc. competency, 2 Cor. ix. 8. Herodot. 3. 83. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 9, 11.
Hiero 1. 24 --
So with other pronouns,
, oe, our, 6, 17,adj. (av- as avroi OVTOI Acts xxiv. 15, 20. og icai
Tog and sufficient in one's self)
apiclw), avroQ Matt, xxvii. 57. Mark xv. 43 __
self-adequate, Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 1. Jos.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 4. Plut. Gees. c. 5.
Ant. 4. 8. 23. p. 243. In N. T. satisfied
1 Sept. 1 Sam. x. 19.
with one slot, contented, Phil. iv. 11.
Ecclus. xl. 18. 6. 48. 7. Xen b) with the sense even, implying com-
Polyb. parison and distinction. 1 Cor. xi. 14 fj
Mem. 2. 6. 2.
ovdk avT^i rj 0uo-i SiSdaicti, does not even
nature herself teach? 2 Cor. xi. 14 av-
Auroicara/c/otToe, ou, o, rj, adj. (air-
roc and jcaraK/cn'vto), self-condemned, Tit. rbg yap 6 2aTavaQ,for even Satan himself,
Rom. viii. 21. Heb. xi. 11. 2 Mace. iv.
iii. 11
Chrysost. Horn. 1. Photius, ol
12. Horn. II. 6. 451.
as marking the strongest emphasis
c)
Avro/iaroe, TJ, ov, (avroz and and prominency, the very. John v. 36
n'sfiaa to strive for, fr. obs. p.du,\ existing aijra ra pya &
7rot<3, /taprvpa, the very
or acting of one's self, spontaneous, in an works which do, etc. /Heb. ix. 24 tig
adverbial sense, Mark iv. 28. Acts xii. avrbv TOV ovpav6v --
Thuc. 2. 3 avrb TO
10. See Buttm. 123. n. 3. Sept. for
TTDD Lev. xxv. 5, 11 Wisd. xvii. 6. -- d)
as marking the exclusion of all
Jos/Ant. 1. 2. 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 8. Xen. else, self alone. 2 Cor.
13 avrbg tyw, xii.
H. G. 6. 4. 7. 7 alone, i. e. exclusive of the other apos-
tles. Rev. xix. 12 ovopa o ovStlg oldev,
AuroVrfjc, ou, and UTT-
o, (CLVTOQ ei
/ii) avTcg, except himself alone __ Horn.
i. e. an
ro/tat,) self-beholding, eye-witness, II. 8. 99. Wolf ad Lept. p. 303 __With
Luke i. 2 __
Polyb. 1. 4. 7. Xen. Cyr.
John vi. 15 'Inwvs avt-
fiovog subjoined,
5. 4. 18.
^wp7]<T TO ooog avTog fiovog.
tig So the
Auroc, TJ, o, pron. self; in the ob- Attics, Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 38. Wolf ad
lique cases him, her, it; and with the art. Lept. p. 288.
the same ; see Buttm. 127. 2. Herm. e) of
one's self, of one's own accord,
ad Viger. p. 733 sq. sponte. John xvi. 27 avTog yap 6 7rar)p
I. Self, in all the persons, myself, vpag, the Father himself, of his own
thyself, himself, etc. accord, lovethyou. (1 Pet. ii. 24.) Horn.
Joined with a noun or pronoun,
1. II. 17. 254. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 27. Anab.
as if in apposition and put either after
;
2.1.6. Mem. 1.3. 7.
the noun, or before it and its article, viz. 2. Used alone, the pers. pron. being

a) self, emphatic,
and apart from every omitted or implied chiefly in the nomi-
;

thing not self; e. g. with proper names, native for I myself

he himself, etc. with
,

Mark xii. 36, 37, avrbg ydp AafiiS, David various degrees of emphasis in the ob- ;

himself. Luke xx. 42. John iv. 2 'Irjaovg lique cases only at the beginning of a
avTog, Jesus himself, i. e. in distinction construction ;
Buttm. 127. 2. I. b.
from his disciples. Luke xxiv. 15. 2 Cor. and often having /cat. So in
a) genr.
x. 1 avTog 8k eyu> IIauXo. Mark vi. 17 the Nom. Luke vi. 42 avrbg ov /3\7ra)v,
avTOQ o 'HpwoTjf. al. ssep Xen. Cyr. 1. thyself not seeing the beam, etc. Phil. ii.

3. 1. ib. 5. 2. 29. other nouns, With 24 OTI /cat avTog ra\kwQ iXevcropai, that J
Rom. viii. 26 avrb TO Trveu/ta. 1 Cor. xv. myself shall also come shortly. Luke xi.
28 avrog 6 vlog. Gal. vi. 13 ovdl ydp ol 4 *cat yap avroi a^i'f/uv. Luke xi. 46, 52.
TTfpiTtfivofievoi avToi. 1 Thess. iv. 16. xv. 14. John vii. 4. ix. 21 bis. Acts ii.
Heb. ix. 23. 3 John 12. Rev. xxi. 3 av- 34. xiii. 14. xvii. 25. xxi. 24. Col. i. 17.
TOS 6 $t6 s __ Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 8, 9. Hiero 1 John i. 7. al. saep. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.
6. With personal pronouns as avrbg
6 ;
35 1.4, 10.
bis. 8. in Thuc. 6. 5. So
eyw Luke xxiv. 39. Rom. xv. 14. icdyw the oblique cases at the beginning of a
avTog Acts x. 26. vfing avToi Mark vi. construction, Luke xxiv. 24 O.VTOV Si
31. 1 Cor. xi. 13. airroi uTc John iii.
. OVK itfiov. John ix. 21 nvTov
 115

Xen. Hiero 6. 10. Plat. Lys. p. 204. A. 1. As

referring to a definite subject or
Dem. de Coron. 270. 19. antecedent expressed, viz.
a) genr. and simply, Matt. iii. 16 bis,
of special
b) by way emphasis, put
for a person distinguished from all icai IBov avtip'xStiaav avrip ol
ovpavo:, icai

others, whom all know and venerate, etde TO irvtvfia TOV Seov tp^ofitvov ETT'
etc. So of Jesus, i. e. He, for the Master, O.VTOV. vi. 26 bis. viii. 1
sq. xi. 25.
the Lord, etc. Matt. viii. 24 avrbe t 6*a- xxvi. 71. Mark iii. 33. Luke i. 21, 22.
StvSe. Mark iv. 38. vi. 47. viii. 29. Luke John i.
5, 6. Acts vii. 21. al. seepiss __
v. 16, 17. viii. 54. ix. 51. x. 38. xi. 17. Plut. Caes. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 3.
c. 2. _
xiv. 1. So of God, Heb. xiii. 5. Schol. In this use of O.VTOV, etc. some irregu-
ad Aristoph. Nub. 218. Comp. the avruQ larities occur in N. T. viz.

t$a of the disciples of Pythag. ipse dixit, () as in Heb. a transition is made

the master has said it, Jamblichus Vita from the first person to the third, Luke
Pythag. c. 18. Cit. de Nat. Deor. 1.5. i. 45, coll.ver. 44. Rev. v.
10, coll.ver. 9.
Matth. 467. 1. p. 867. or from the second to the third, Rev.
3. Where several words intervene xviii. 24, coll. ver. 22, 23.
Comp. Gesen.
between the subject and verb, O.VTOQ is Lehrg. p. 742. Stuart 565.
put emphatically instead of repeating the (/3)
sometimes O.VTOV, UVTOV, etc. refers
subject itself, viz. not to the nearest subject, but to a re-
in the sense of OVTOQ or tKilvog, this,
a)
mote one Mark viii. 22 TrapaicaXovfftv
;

that, and often to be expressed in Eng- avrbv

('Iqtrowv),
'iva
avrov(rv0Xov) ci^rjTat.
lish by an emphatic he, she, it, they, etc. So espec. Mark ix. 27, 28. Sept. Gen.
Matt. i. 21 aurog yap awffti TOV \ai>v xvi. 6, 7.
avTov,for HE (and no other) shall save b) for the sake of distinctness, avTov,
his people from their sins. v. 4 panaptoi, etc. is sometimes inserted after an an-
01 irtvSovvTtQ on avroi irapaK\i)5iiffovTai, tecedent by way of repetition, usually in
for THEY (of all-others) shall be comforted. the same case Matt. iv. 16 role KaSiifie-
;

ver. 5 10. vi. 4 cat 6 Tran/p aov 6 /3\7ra>v VOIQ $u> aviTiiXtv avTolc. V. 40 r<

iv T(
icpuTrnp, auTbc airoS<ii<Tfi ooi, HE shall StXovTi d0f avTifi. xxv. 29 cnrb 8e TOV
reward thee openly, xi. 14 auroc iffTiv IXOVTOQ dpSrjaiTai
fit}
air' avTov. John
'HXiac, THIS is Elias. xii. 50, coll. Mark xv. 2. Rev. i. 5, 6. ii. 7. r$ VIK&VTI
iv. 35 where it is ovrog. Matt. xxv. 17. w<rw avTqi. ^vi. 4. In a different case,
Mark i. 8. xiv. 15. Luke i.
17, 36. xi. Matt. xii. 36. Gen. xvi. 3 r< *A/3pa/t
14. John xiv. 10. Acts x. 42. xv. 27. ai>T(fi. Esdr. vi. 1 ITTI TOVQ 'lovdaiovg
Heb. viii. 9. 1 John ii. 2. al. So 7rt avTovf. Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 15 r< TraTr-
saep.
Sept. and Heb. Kin Is. liii. 5, 7, 12. Ps. ttv awry. Anab. 5. 6. 15 Se-
xix. 6. Wisd. xii. 27 iiri TOVTOIQ ov?
IdoKovv Seovfy iv aurotf jcoXao/ivoi. Jos. Comp. Winer 22. 4. a. Especially
Ant. 6. 13. 4. Plat. Repub. 2. p. 217. does this take place after a relative;
Pala-ph. Fab. 20. Horn. Od. 5. 198. Mark vii. 25 yvvrj, ijs cZ^e ro Svyarpiov
b) with ordinals, abroQ implies one's avriJQ 7rvtvfi.a aiedSrapTOV. i. 7. John i.

self with the others included in the num- 27. Acts xv. 17 ty' ovs ITT

ber. Rev. xvii. 11 avrbg oytioof e<rri, icai Eph. ii. 10. Rev. iii. 8 Svpav, rjv
IK r&v iirrd itTTt, HE is the eighth, i. e. he cvvarat K\t"iffai 2 olg
avrrjv. vii.
was with the seven and is of them. Comp. avTo~i. vii. 9. So Sept. freq. Ex. iv. 17.
2 Pet. ii. 5 Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 1 avrbg Lev. xviii. 5. Num. xi.21. Judg. xviii. 5;
oXtyodrof. Time. 1. 46. Xen. H. G.2.2. 6. 1 K. xiii. 10. al. Esdr. iii. 5. iv. 54.
17. Comp. Vigerus, p. 73. Kypke Obs. Judith xvi. 4. Baruchii. 17. Herodian.
II. p. 442. 8. 6. 10 olc iirupoiTaiffiv avrotf. Herodot.
II. Put instead of the pers. pron. of 2. 10. Diod. Sic. 1. 97 dgovtlg UVTOV.
the third person, him, her, it, them, etc. Comp. Winer 22. 4. b. Of the same
but only in the oblique cases and not at kind are those clauses commencing with
the beginning of a construction ; Buttm. a relative, where the writer falls out of
127. 2. II. Herm. ad Viger. p. 735. the construction and proceeds with av-
XI. TOV, etc. 2 Pet. ii. 3 olq TO Kpifjia OVK ap
12
 Ai/ro'c 116

yT, jcai 77 aTrdJXeia avrwv, for cat uiv 77

afl-fa\ta. Rev. ii. 18 icai ot TTOC^C avrov, coll. ver. 60, and comp. John vii. 47, 50.
for icai ov ol irodfg. xvii. 2. Xen. Cyr. John xx. 15, coll. ver. 13. Actsiv. 5
Comp. Winer. 1. c. note. Herm.
3. 1. 38.
avT&v, i. e. of the people, the Jews and ;

ad Vig. p. 170, 708. Of a different so Matt. xi. 1. xii. 9. Heb. viii. 8 avrotc
kind are those constructions where av- Xeyet, SC. rolf t^ovtrt r/)v $ia$r)Ki}v TI]V
rov, etc. put after a relative epexegeti-
is Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 42.
irpdJTT]v.
cally; Matt. iii. 12 ov TO TTTVOV iv x t P* 3. Sometimes a$Tov, UVTOV, etc. is

avrov, as in Engl. whose fan is in HIS found where we might expect the re-
hand. Rev. vii. 9. Sept. Judg. vi. 10. flexive tavrov, avTov, etc. Matt. xxi. 45
Gen. xxiv. 3. Comp. Winer 1. c. ol 4>api(ratoi tyvwtrav, on Trcpt O.VT&V
2. Where no definite subject or ante- Xtyet, instead of Trtpi aurwv. John i.

cedent directly expressed, but avrov,

is 48 tititv o 'Irjffove Tbv NaSavafJX tpx-
etc. stands in the < constructio ad sen- iv. 47 icai rjpwra av-
fjievov irpbg avTOV.
sum ;' Winer 22. 3. rov Wa KaTaj3y icai laa^Tai at/row [av-
as referring to names of places, TOV vlov. In such cases the senti-
a) rov]
countries, etc. in which is likewise in- ment is expressed in the person of the
cluded the collective idea of their in- writer, not in that of the subject. Comp.
habitants Matt. iv. 23 icai Trtpifjyev oXrjv
; Buttm. 127. 3, and n. 4. Winer 22.
Tqv TaXiXaiav o 'Irjvovg, didaaicwv Iv TCUQ 5, note. Gen. xvi. 3 2apa toWev avTrjv
o-vvaywyatf avr&v, i. e. of the Galileans. T(JI*A/3pa/z avfipi avTrjs [air/JcT. Jos.
ix. 35.Lukeiv. 15. Actsviii. oavroic, i.e. Ant. 5. 2. 11 TjTrarjj/tlj/ouc avTovg [av-
the Samaritans, xx. 2. 2 Cor. ii. 13. 1 ib. 6. 11. 2 w
TOVQ~^ ijffSrrjvTO. rt, Trdrep,
Thess. i. 9, coll. ver. 8. Soph. Trach. Trpoo-sra^ae avtXetv aWpa, ^lya p,tv avTy
259 ed. Erf. Herm. Eurip. Hec. 22. p. 7 [avry for (rtavr^jl Trpbg ffWTrjpiav
ed Pors. Lucian. Tim. 9. Dial. Mort. ytytvrjfJLkvov. Diod. Sic. 17. 64 r
12. 4. Dion. Hal. IV. 2117. Thuc. 1. aiiTov evvoiav, coll. 65 oropy^v
136 6 dk QtfitffTOK\rJQ 0fvy K HeXoirov- eavTov. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 19. 11.

vrj<rov sf Kspicvpav, >v avrwv evtpyeTijg. Herodian. 1. 17. 9. ib. 2. 4. 13.

b) as referring to an abstract noun 4. Sometimes, though not often, au-

fmplied in a preceding concrete, and rov, etc. is omitted where it must be
vice versa. John viii. 44 ipevo-r^c l<m icai supplied in the thought; Acts xiii. 3
b Tranijp avTov, sc. rov Vice Kai iir&kvTtQ rag %tipag avrolg cnrkXvvav
tytvdovg.
versa, Rom. ii. 26 lav 17 ar/oo/Svtm'a [avrove].
Mark vi. 5. 1 Cor. x. 9.
t TJ O.KO. avrov, i. e. of such an Eph. v. 11. 2 Thess. iii. 15. 1 Tim. vi.
ajcpo-
. Luke v. 17 avTovg, i. e. rove 2. Comp. Buttm. 130. 5. Winer22.
tig, coll. ver. 15. Theodoret. I. 914 1 Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 3. Dem. adv.
rovro rfjg airoffToXiKTJg xdpiToglc'iov' avrolg Conon. p. 728. B.
yap, SC. aTTOOToXoig. III. With the article, 6 avroc, 17 avrv,
as referring to an antecedent im- TO avTo, the same. Buttm. 127. 2. III.
c)
plied in a preceding verb. Acts xii. 21 Herm. ad Viger. p. 735.
6
irpbg avroiig the same, not different, ob-
'Hpwo'jyc iSijfiijyopti [rov a) genr.
#/7/iov1. 6 Sk Srjfiog iiri<p<i)vti.
1 Pet. iii. jectively ; Mark xiv. 39 TOV avrov eiVav.
13, 14, rig o KctKb)(T(t>v vfiae TOV de $6- Luke 38 r< avry [teTpy. Rom. ix. 21
vi.

(3ov avrSiV \LY\ ^o^r/-^^^, SC. rwv KUKOVVTUV jc avrov ^vpafiaTog.

rov X. 12 6 yap
avrbg icvpiog Travrwv. 1 Cor. xii. 4 11.

b) where there
is no grammatical Phil. i. 30. al. So Sept. for -?rjN
T
Job
reference whatever to the preceding xxxi. 15. Ex. xxxvi.8. 2Macc. iii. 33.
context, but the antecedent is merely Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 6, 7. So TO avro, rd
presupposed ;
Luke i. 17 a6r6f irpoeXev- awra, the same, the same things, like things,
fftTai i. e. the Mes- Matt. v. 46. Luke vi. 33. Acts xv. 27.
avrov, before HIM,
siah ;
so 1 John ii. 12. 2 John 6 comp. ;
Rom. ii. 1. 1 Cor. i. 10. Eph. vi. 9.

above in I, 2. b. Luke ii. 22 KaSapiafiov Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 6, 7 Hence the fol-

avT&v, sc. of the mother and child, xxiii. 51 lowing adverbial phrases: (a)
ro avro,

ry 7rpaf i avr&v, i.e. of the Sanhedrim, T&V the same, in the same manner, in like
 AVTOV 117

manner; Matt, xxvii. 44. 1 Cor. xii. 25. very act or offence ; e. g. adultery, John
Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 5. (/3) ITTI TO avro, 4 yvvij iraTti\r]^jj 7rai>ro^>wp<> uot-
Vlll.

spoken of place or time ; of place, in X^vofiivti. ^Elian. H. An. 11. 15 ^totxtv-

the same place, in one place, Matt. xxii. 34. yvvaiica ITT' airo^wpy K
ojjiivrjv
Acts ii. 1, 44. iv. 26. 1 Cor. xi. 20. So Jos. Ant. 16. 7. 5. Lysias Orat. 1. 7.
Sept. for in: Ps. ii. 2. 2 Sam. x. 15. a
TO CIVTO Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 12. vroxjEip, poc, > *l>
Comp. tic
, self-handed, i. e. doing with one's
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 17 Spoken of time, own hands. Acts xxvii. 19 air6xeipc
at the same time, together, Acts iii. 1.
with our mvn hands we threw
epp'ti|/a/iv,
Luke xvii. 35. So
Sept. for lin: Ps. overboard; for this adverbial use, see
xxxvii. 38. Deut. xxxii. 10. 2 Sam. xxi.
Buttm. 123. n. 3. Aristoph. Av. 1135
9. Kara rb avro, at the same time,
(y) Herodian. 7. 2. 17. Spoken chiefly of
together, Acts xiv. 1 So Sept. and lini
.
one who kills another with his own
ISam. xxxi. 6. 2 Sam. ii. 16. Diod.&c.
hand, Dem. 321. 17. Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 7.
20. 76. Herodot. 7. 106. Others, in like Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 9. ib. 10. 9. 3.
manner, as Sept. andlirr 1 Sam. xxx. 24 ;

but comp. Kypke and Kuinoel in loc. Aux/xrjpoc, a, ov, (avxpoQ,) dusty,
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 31. In
dirty, squalid,
b) spoken subjectively, always the
N. T. by impl. murky, dismal, dark, 2
same, i. e. not changing, immutable; Heb.
Pet. i. 19. Suidas, avxpnpv GTV^VOV
i. 12 (TV Sk o avrbf
tl, quoted from Ps.
cii. 28, where Sept. for mn.
GKOTtlVOV.
Heb. xiii. i]

8 'Ir)<rovc Xp. o ai>TOf. So Kin Is. xli. 4. 'Atyaipiw, w, f. *!<*<, in text. rec.
Thuc. 2. 61 lyw fit v o UVTOQ ei/u, *cai OVK Rev. ii. 19
j
f 2 d^eXu), aor. 2 a^aXov,
.

aor. 2 Mid. d<f>ti\6p.r]V, (airo, aipeu>,\ to

constr. with a dat. the same with, take away, to remove, trans.
c)
the same as if; 1 Cor. xi. 5 'iv yap ierrt as TO oveiSos, Luke i. 25. So
a) genr.
/cat TO avro
ry i^vor^ikv-g. 1 Pet. V. 9. Sept. for tpi$ Gen. xxx. 23. Is. iv. 1.

Comp. Buttm. 133. 2. 2, and n. 1 __ Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 23 TOV $$6vov So

Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 2. Polyb. 3. 95. 2. Xen. d<f>aipilv TI}V dfiapriav, to take away sin,

Cyr. 2. 1. 15. ib. 3. 3. 35. AL. i. e. the consequences of it, to procure

the forgiveness of sin, Rom. xi. 27.
AVTOV, adv. of place, (pp. gen. of TO Heb. x. 4. So Sept. for rwan Nty} Ex.
avro,) here, there, in this or that place, -xxxiv. 7. Lev. x. 17. al. IDS Is. xxvii.
i.
q. lir' avTov TOV TOTTOV, Matt. xxvi. 36.
9. -rDn Zech. iii. 4/ nbp Ex.
Is. vi. 7.
Acts xv. 34. xviii. 19. xxi. 4. Sept. for xxxiv. 9. Ecclus. xlvii. 12 Constr.
njn Ex. xxiv. 14. Num. xxii. 19. liD Num.
with OTTO nvof, to take awayfrom, any one,
xxxii. 6. Deut. v. 31. 2Sam.xx.4. Eo-
Rev. xxii. 19 bis. Mid. Luke xvi. 3.
lyb. 3. 65. 3. Herodot. 1. 94. ib. 4. 9.
Pass. Luke x. 42. Sept. Num. xi. 17.
Comp. Schaefer ad Bos. Ellips. p. 885. Deut. xii. 32. Gen. xxxi. 31. Lev. iv. 10.
AUTOV, ov, Attic
fjc, contr. for Prov. iv. 16 Seq. tic TIVOQ, Rev. xxii.
eavTov, TJC, pron. reflex, of 3d pers.
ov, 19 Sept. Is. xxii. 19. Judg. xxi. 6.

himself, herself, itself, etc. Matt. i. 21. Xen. Ven. 12. 9.

iii. 12. Luke v. 25. ix. 14. Acts xv. 26. b) in the place of to cut off, e. g. TO
2 Tim. ii. 19. Rev. xvi. 17, al. sa>p. For &TIOV, TO OVQ, Matt. xxvi. 61. Mark xiv.
avTov instead of UVTOV, see in AUTOQ II. 47. Luke xxii. 50. So Sept. for rns 1 Sam.
In Matt, xvii. 51. Is. ix. 14. xviii. 5 Herodian.
3. xxiii, 37, some editions
read TTOOS avTJjv, which there would be 3. 7. 16. Ml. V. H. 3. 1 TOV K \dSov.
for 2 pers. i.
aeavTrjv
q. TT/OOC j comp. 'A0av7]C, to^, ouc? o, r), adj. (a pr.
Buttm. 127. n. 5. AL. and not apparent,
e. unseen, i.
^aiVco),
hidden, concealed, Heb. iv. 13. Ecclus.
, ov, o, TJ, adj.
xx. 30. 2 Mace. iii. 34. Jos. Ant. 7. 10.
pp. taken in the very theft, and
2. Xen. Mem. }. 1.2. Anab. 4. 2. 4.
genr. of any crime, taken in the very act,
Thuc. 6. 38. Hence in N. T. en-' avro- j\q>aviL,io,
^ iff(1)
,
(a.QavrjQ,')
to cause
as an adv. in the to disappear } to put out of sight, trans.
 118

Diod. Sic. 2. 20. Xen. Anab. 3. 4. 8.

rrjroc, */> (d^tXjyf not
Pass, to disappear, to be out of sight, stony, level, and metaph. simple, sincere,
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 48. Act. Thorn. 43. In Ml. V. H. 12. 1. Lucian. D. Deor. 4. 6 ;
N. T. from a pr. and ^eXXtwf stony ground,)
a)
Pass, to disappear, to vanish, e. g.
simplicity, sincerity, Acts ii. 46. So
ar/n'e James iv. 14. Sept. for "ps Prov. aQkXtia Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 2. JE1. V. H.
x. 25. Philo de Char. p. 714 ro OKQTOQ 3. 10.

&$avi&Tai. Metaph. tofaint with terror,

Acts xiii. 41 quoted /, q. v.)
(a<})irjfj.i
to expire with fear,
1. dismission, i. e. deliverance, sc.from
from Hab. i. 5 where Sept. for npJj. So
service, captivity, etc. Luke iv. 18 bis.
Sept. for Tariff Ez xxx 9 - - -

to
Sept. for -"Eon Is. Iviii. 6. l^n Lev.
b) by impi.' to destroy, consume, xxv. 10. Is. ixil 1 Esdr. iv. 62. JPolyb.
Matt. vi. 19, 20, coll. Luke 33 where
xii.
1. 79. 12. Herodian. 7. 11.3.
it is Sia$$tipu. So Sept. for Q731$ Ez.
2. remission, i. e. forgiveness, pardon,
xxxvi. 34, 35, 36. Joel i. 17. 1731$ sc. of sins, absol. Mark iii. 29. Heb. ix.
Hipb. and Niph. Prov. xiv. 11. Judg. 22. x. 18. rStv afiapTiwv, Matt.
seq.
xxi. 17. m^n Ex. viii. 9. Jer. xlvii.
xxvi. 28. Mark i. 4. Luke i. 77. iii. 3.
.M\. V. H. 2. 4. Diod. Sic. 15: 48.
xxiv. 47. Acts ii. 38. v. 31. x. 43. xiii.
Xen. An. 3. 2. 11.
38. xxvi. 18. Col. i. 14. seq. r&v Trapa-jr-
to deprive of a good appear-
c) trop.
rw/mrwv, Eph. i. 7. Ep. Barnab. 6
ance, i. e. to deform ^to disfigure, e. g. ret Act. Thorn.
Matt. vi. 16, \e. by neglect, etc.
47. Spoken of
debt, tri-
Trpoo-wTra
bute, etc. Sept. Deut. xv. 3. Esth. ii. 18
comp. ver. 17. See Kypke in loc. I. p. 33.
1 Mace. xiii. 34. rfje
Tipwpia Diod. Sic.
Stob. Serm. 72. p. 445, yvvrj afavifav
20. 44.
rag fyeig sc. with pigments, ib. 46.

p. 333. Test. XII Patr. in Fabr. Cod. 'A0rj, fje, ;, (aVrw necto,) a liga-
N. T. p. 184, 192, 545. Jos. Ant. 9. 3. ture, vinculum, sc. by which the differ-
2. ent members of the body are connected,
a dis- commissure, joint, Eph. iv. 16. Col. ii. 19.
'A^cwo/ioc, ou, o, (ctyai/igw,)
Plut. Anton. 27.
appearing, vanishing, i. e. destruction.
Sept. for nNiffi'a Zeph. i. 16. Jer.
rnpfi CLQ, n-
ii. 15. mattE) Jer. li. 26, 62. Polyb. 5.
17, a^aproc,)
corruption, incapacity of decay ; hence
11. 5. In N. T. trop. abolition, abroga-
spoken of the future bodies of saints,
tion, sc. of a covenant, Heb. viii. 13.
immortality, 1 Cor. xv. 42, 50, 53, 54.
See Kypke in loc.
So of their future life and happiness,
and 2 Tim. i. 10 o)j/ icat a<p$apaiav, by hen-
"A(j>avTOQ, ou, 6, 77, adj. (a pr.
3 p. perf. pass. i. diadys for wi}v a^aprov. So Rom. ii.
(ftaivofiai, Tre^avrat), q.
a<*>avi]g, not apparent, not seen ; hence
7, comp. 1 Cor. ix. 25 and 1 Pet. v. 4.
Also Tit. ii. 7 in earlier editions. Wisd.
dfavTog ytvkvSai, to disappear, to vanish,
Luke xxiv. 31. Eurip. Orest. 1557. ii. 23. vi. 18, 19. Plut. Aristid. c. 6.

Diod. Sic. 4. 65. Plut. de def. Orac. 1. Spoken of things, etc. perpetuity ; Eph.
So a^avfjQ ytvtaSai 2 Mace. iii. 34. Act. vi. 24 Iv
Thorn. 27. 43.
roc, ou, 6, 77, adj. (a pr. and
fr. i. e.
wv, wvoc? > (airo, eSpa seat, ,
^ei'pw), incorruptible;
stool,)
a
privy, Matt. xv. 17. Mark vii. spoken of persons, immortal, as God,
19. Florentin. Geoponic. 6. 2. 8.
Rom. i. 23. 1 Tim. i. 17. the future
This word belongs only to a later age ;
bodies of saints, 1 Cor. xv. 52. Wisd.
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 150. Comp. in xii. 1. Diog. Laert. X. 123. Spoken
of things, imperishable, enduring, 1 Cor.
Sept. d<f>t$po, menses, Lev. xv. 19, 20,
24. al. Psalt. Sal. viii. 13. ix. 25. 1 Pet. i. 4, 23. iii. 4. Wisd.
xviii. 4. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 3.
'A0tta, ae, n, (a<f>eiSr}s, fr. a pr. and
0to/iai,) unsparingness, i. e. rigour, aus- ac, )j (a^opog fr. a
terity, Col. ii, 23. Ml. V. H. 14. 34. pr. and ,) pp. incorruption, in-
 119

metaph. incorruptness, Ecclus.

ii. 12. xxviii. 2. Act. Thorn.
capacity of decay ;

integrity, Tit. ii. 7 in some MSS. for 6. 24. Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 6. Herodot. 6. 30
rf)v alriav. Comp. 2E1. V. H. 1. 14.

c) to let go from one's further notice,

f.
a^crw, aor. 2 care, attendance, occupancy, etc. i. e. to
, perf. abject, aor.
pass. aQeSijv, f. 1
leave, to let alone, viz.
1 pass. d0e3j7<To/iai, comp. Buttm. 108. pp. to quit, to forsake, to abandon ;
(a)
I. Anomalous forms 2 p. pres. d0i, :
spoken of persons, etc. Matt. iv. 11. viii.
from a0!a>, Rev. ii. 20 in later edit. comp. 15. xv. 14. xxvi. 44,56. Mark iv. 36.
Ex. xxxii. 32. Buttm. 106. n. 5. John x. 12. al. spoken of things, etc. Matt,
107. n. I, 2. Winer 14. 3. Imperf. iv. 20 TO. SiKTva. Mark xiii. 34 ri\v oiidav.

fjQiov from (tyiai, Mark i. 34. xi. 16. John iv. 3 TI}V 'lovtiaiav. Matt. xix. 27, 29
comp. Ecc. ii. 18. v. 11. Philo Leg. ad TO. irdvTct. So Sept. for tift^ 1 Sam.
Cai. p. 1021. Buttm. 108. I. 5. Winer xvii. 20, 28. Jer. xii. 7. Wisd. x. 14.
1. c. For the augm. see Buttm. 86. n. Ecclus. vi. 27. Lucian. D. Deor. 6. 12.
2. Perf. Pass. 3 plur. aQsuvrai Matt. So to leave, sc. in any place or state,
ix. 2, 5. Mark ii. 5, 9. al. from a form to let remain. Matt. v. 24 a^c tKtl TO
of the perf. act. ttyiwica, Buttm. 108. 1. Stipov oov. xviii. 12. Mark i. 20. Luke
p. 231, marg. note. 97. n. 2. Winer 1. x. 30. John iv. 28.
xiv. 18, 27. Acts xiv.
c To send forth or away, to let go from 17. afytkvai Tiva povov John viii. 29. xvi.
one's self, trans. 32. So Sept. for TTSH Gen. xiii. 33.
a) pp. e. g. rove o\\ovs, to dismiss, 1 K. xix. 3. 1 Chr.Vvi. 21.
aty Ex.
Matt. xiii. 36. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.8. ib. 8. ix. 21. 2 Sam. xv. 16. 1 Mace. vii. 20.
1. 6 __ Spoken of a wife, to put away, i. 28. So to leave to any one, i. e. to
1 Cor. vii. 11, 12, 13 __Jos. Ant. 15. 7. let him have or take, Matt. v. 40 dftg
10. So Matt, xxvii.50 a0j/* T0 irvtvpa, aury Kai ifiaTiov. Comp. Ecclus. xv.
he gave up the ghost, i. e.^expired Sept. 14. Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 4 TOV vibv d<ptg /ioi.
Gen. xxxv. 18. Jos. Ant. 7. 13. 3 TIJV Further, to leave behind, sc. at death,
^vxnv. 5. 2. 8. J31. H. An. 2. 1. See Matt. xxii. 25. Mark xii. 19, 20, 21, 22.

Kypke in loc. Mark xv. 37 a^tif $uvi}v Sept. for rnn Ps. xvii. 14. Ecc. ii. 18.

HfydXijv, sending forth a loud cry. Sept. Soto leave remaining, and Pass, to be
for
*?ip in}
Gen. xlv. 2. Act. Thorn. left, to remain-,
Heb. ii. 8. Matt, xxiii. 38.
39. Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 3. Dem. 301. 10. Luke xiii. 35. So Matt. xxiv. 2 ov /*/)

Comp. Kypke in loc. a$e$g udt XiSos ITTI \i$ov. Mark xiii. 2.

b)
to let go from one's power, posses- Luke xix. 44. xxi. 6. Sept. for TT3n
sion, etc. i. e. to let go free, to let escape, Judg. ii. 23. iii. 1 Jos. Ant. 10. 10". 4.
Matt. xxiv. 40, 41. Luke xvii. 34, 35, 36. ((3) metaph. to leave, in various senses,

Sept. for n*nn Cant. iii. 4. Prov. iv. 13. viz. to desert, to quit, Rom. i. 27 T^V

Palaeph. Fab. 41. Trop. to let go Qvaticriv xpiiaiv. Rev. ii. 4. Or, to omit,
from obligation towards one's self, t topass by, Heb. vi. 1 a^'tvTtg rbv rrje
remit, e. g. a debt, offence, etc. seq. dat. apXVG Xoyov. Eurip. Androm. 392. Ar-
of pers. Matt, xviii. 27, 32, 35. Mark xi. rian. Diss. Epict. 4. 4. 36. So to neglect,
25. Sept. for Bptg
'
Deut. xv. 2 __ to omit, Matt, xxiii. 23 bis, ra (Sapurepa
1 Mace. x. 29. V. H. 14. 24. ML TOV vopov. Mark vii. 8. Luke xi. 42.

Dem. 1480. 11. So of sins, to remit the Sept. for TVSn Ecc. xi. 6.

penally of sins, etc. i. e. to pardon, to for- to let go, i. e. to let pass, to permit,
d)
give, seq. dat. of pers. e. g. 60i\i7/mra to suffer, seq. ace. c. infin. expressed or
Matt. vi. 12 bis. dp-apriae Matt. ix. 2, 5, 6. implied, Matt. viii. 22. xiii. 30. xix. 14.
xii. 31. Mark ii. 5, 7, 9, 10. al. ftKaafyrjuiav Mark i. 34. v. 37. al. Matt. iii. 15. Mark
Matt. 31, 32 bis. TrapaTrrw/mra Matt.
xii. v. 19. xi. 6. Luke xiii. 8. John xi. 48.

vi. 14 bis, 15bis. Markxi. 25. a^apr^ara xii. 7. Rev. ii. 20 on

a^tlg [text! rec.
Mark iii. 28. iv. 12. avo^iaQ Rom? iv. 7. ICLQ~\ rrjv yvvatica aov 'Iea/3\, SC.
SiSdff-

So Sept. for 135 Is. xxii. 14. Nto} Gen. Ktiv. Sept. for TT2n 2 Sam. xvi. 11.
1.17. Ex. xxxii. 31. Ps. xxiv. 18. xxxii. Judg. xvi. 26. p} Ex. xii. 23. Num.
Lev. iv. 20. v. 10, 13. Is. Iv. 7. xxii. 13. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2. Palaeph.
 120

Fab. 4 __ Seq. Wa with the subjunct. in c. c. dTro seq. gen. Luke ii. 37. iv. 13.
the manner of the later poets after verbs Acts xii. 10. xix. 9. Luke xiii. 27 quoted
of command, etc. Mark xi. 16 OVK rtyitv from Ps. 8 where Sept. for niD coll.
vi.

VWic.r.X. See Hermann ad

Viger. p. 852. Matt. 22 where it is curox^otlrf,
vii.

So the imperat. aftc, afytrt, is followed Sept. for TiD Num. xii. 10. 1 Sam. xviii.
by the subjunct, without t'va, e. g. atyf, 12. C. c. gen. Herodian. 1. 10. 6. ib.
tflw/uv, let its see, suffer us to see, Matt. In the sense
6. 4. 8. Polyb. 1. 88. 12.
xxvii. 49. Mark xv. 36. d^ec, ic/3dXw, of to forsake, to desert, Acts xv. 38. So
let me cast out, Matt. vii. 4. Luke vi. Sept. for yp^ Jer. vi. 8. Ez. xxiii. 17, 18.
42. See Winer 42. 4. Herm. de In the sense of to withdraw from, to
Ellips. p. 183. Comp. Matth. 516. B. avoid, 1 Tim. vi. 5. 2 Tim. ii. 19. So
Viger. p. 315 __ Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. Sept. for T)D Lam. iv. 15. C. c. gen.
9. ib. 3. 12 <c, i&o. AL. Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 80.
Thuc. 7. 7.
f.
*A<f>iKvio[jiat, ovfJLcUy io[iai, depon.
b) metaph. to desist from, to refrain
(CLTTO, \Kvkopai\, to come or go away, sc. to
a place, etc. i. e. to arrive at, to reach, from, to let alone. Acts v. 38 airoarriai
curb TWV avSpwiruv TOITWV. xxii. 29. 2
c. c. (f, Jos. Ant.
1. 8. 3. Xen. Cyr.
Cor. xii. 8. So Sept. for bin Job vii.
2. 1. 2. In N. T. metaph. spoken of a
16. -no 1 Sam. vi. 3. 2 Sam. ii. 22,
report, rumour, to come forth, to spread 23. 5. 46. 4. Dem. 78. 21.
c. c. Rom. xvi. 19. Ecclus. Polyb.
abroad, ei'f,
c) to make defection from, to revolt, to
xlvii. 17.
apostatize, absol. Luke viii. 13. seq. gen.
'A^iXcryaS'dc, ov, b, /, adj. (a pr. 1 Tim.
iv. 1. seq. euro c. gen. Heb. iii.
^t'Xog and dyaSog'), unfriendly, hostile,
to 12. Sept. for rnttn Ez. xx. 8. ^jfl?
2
good and to good men, 2 Tim. iii. 3. Chr. xxvi. 18. xxviii. 19, 22. TITS Gen.
xiv. 4. Dan. ix. 9. C. c. gen. Jos. Ant.
a dj-
'A^tXapyupoc, ov, o, ty> ( pr. 8. 7. 8. ib. 9. 5*1. Herodian. 6. 2. 19.
0/Xo and dpyupoc), not covetous, liberal, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 11. seq. euro 5. 4. 1.
generous, 1 Tim. iii. 3. Heb. xiii. 5.

*A0vw, adv. (contr. from a$avS>Q fr.

"A0tte, <oc, i'h (d^tKi/lo/tai,) arrival, a pr. and
Qaivw), suddenly, unexpectedly,
Diod. Sic. 13. 112. Herodian. 1. 7. 2. Acts ii. 2. xvi. 26. xxviii. 26. Sept. for
In N. T. departure, Acts xx. 29 __ 3 fc^ns Josh. x. 9. Ecc. ix. 12. 2 Mace.
Mace. vii. 18. Jos. Ant. 2. 2. 4. ib. 4. 8. iii. 27. Diod. Sic. 1. 57.

47. Dion. Halic. Ant. 10. 8. Herodian.

3. 1. 1. Demosth. 1436. 6. 'A0o|3wc> adv. (a pr. and 06/3og),
without fear, boldly, Luke i. 74. 1 Cor.

'A0iOTij/zt,f. J?<TW, (euro, Vcrrq/u,) trans. xvi. 10. Phil. i. 14. Jude 12. Sept.
and intrans. See "lorjj/ii and Buttm. for inSTp Prov. i. 33 -- Wisd. xvii. 4.
107. 11. .
Herodian. 7. 2. 1. Xen. Hiero 7. 10.
I. Trans, in the Act. pres. imperf. fut.
and aor. 1 ;
toplace away from, to sepa- , w, f. w<n, (diro,
to liken off, i. e. to make like, Pass.
lit.
rate, i e. to remove, to cause to depart,
Sam. Heb. vii. 3. Ep. of Jer. 5, 63, 71. Xen.
Sept. for TDrr 1 xviii. 13.
pTnn
Is. lix. 11. 'Ecclus. xlii. 9. Xen. 'Hi Mem. 3. 10. 2.

G. 7. 5. 23.In N. T. to lead away, to f.

Wj airo^ofiai, (euro,
seduce, sc. a people from their allegiance, to look atvay, sc. towards a distant
Acts V. 37 airi<rTT)fft \abv iicavbv biriad)
object, Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 3. Herodot.8.
avTov, he seduced the people to follow 37. In N. T. metaph. to behold in mind,
him. Sept. for -rDn Deut. vii. 4. TTirr to fix the mind upon, seq. tie c. ace. Heb.
Deut. xiii. 10 __ Xen. An. 6. 6. 34. He- xii. 2 TOV 'Ii]oovv. 4 Mace. xvii. 10
etc
rodian. 1. 9. 2. ib. 7. 7. 13. / TOV Srtov. Jos. Ant. 7. 5. 4 Trobg rj)j
II. Intrans. in the Act. perf. pluperf. 8. 12. 1.
dX^elav.
aor. 2, and in Mid. to separate one's self,
i. e. to depart. , (euro, 6ptw,) to set off
a) genr. to fjn array from, to leave, by bounds, to limit off, Sept. for ^sprf
 121

Ex. xix. 12, 33. Polyb. 17. 5. 7. InN.T. awake from sleep, Anthol. Graec. II. p.
to set off apart, to separate, Matt. xiii. 49. 103. ed. Jac. In N. T. and later writers,
xxv. 32 bis. Acts xix. 9. 2 Cor. vi. 17. to sleep away, i. e. to fall into a deep and
Gal. ii. 12. Sept. for ^l^n Lev. xx. 25. prolonged sleep, Luke viii. 23, coll. Matt.
Is. Ivi. 3. Dem. 719. 17. So to set viii. 24 et Mark iv. 38 where it is jcaSeu-

apart for any thing, to select, to choose, du>. So Sept. ed. Aldin. for
nstp' Judg.
e. c. tiQ ri Acts xiii. 2. Rom. i. 1. absol. v. 27. Nicet. Ann. II. 6. 48. B. Comp.
Gal. i. 15. Sept. for ^1271 Lev. xx. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 224. H. Planck in
26 Act. Thorn. 44 In the sense of Bibl. Repos. I. p. 677.
to excommunicate, Luke vi. 22. Eurip.
Hec. 931. ? ou, o, T], adj. (a pr. and
i. e.
'A^OpjU?'/, ijc, !?> (> Pf"/0 PP-
that
a)
, voiceless,
dumb, not having the power of
from which any thing proceeds, viz.
speech, e. g. beasts, 2 Pet. ii. 16. idols
means, material, apparatus, sc. for ac-
1 Cor. xii. 2, comp. Ps. cxv. 5 sq. Hab
complishing any thing, Jos. Ant. 5. 1. ii. 18, 19. jEschin. 88. 37.
16. Xen. Mem. 3. 6.11. Polyb. 14. 9. 8.
b) mute, silent, sc. in patient suffering
In N. T. occasion, opportunity, Rom.
Acts viii. 32, quoted from Is. liii. 7 where
vii. 8, 1 1 2 Cor. v. 12. xi. 12 bis. Gal. v.
.

Sept. for t$. Ml. V. H. 12. 41.

13. 1 Tim. v. 14 __ 3 Mace. iii. 2. Jos.
i. e. without
Ant. 2. 11.1. Herodian. 1. 8. 4. Diod. c) metapii. unexpressive,
expression, not having T^V dvvafiiv rjfc
Sic. 1. 83.
Qwvrje, 1 Cor. xiv. 10, coll. ver. 11.
f. <Vu, (<typoc,) to
froth,
'A<pf<i>, indec. Ahaz, Heb. THS
to foam, Mark ix. 18, 20. Diod. Sic. 3. , o,

9. (possessor), an idolatrous king of Judah,

Matt. i. 9 bis. See 2 K. c. 16. 2 Chr.
ou, o, froth, foam, Luke c. 28.
ix. 39. Horn. II. 20. 168. Jos. Ant. 6.
12. 2. 'A^am,ae> "> Achaia, a region ol
Greece. In a more restricted sense,
'A<po(ruvTj, ije, 17, (<typwv,) want of Achaia was a province lying in the
wisdom, folly. northern part of the Peloponnesus, in-
a) gen.
2 Cor. xi. 1, 17, 21. Sept. for
cluding Corinth and its isthmus, and
n^S Prov. xviii. 13. xix. 3. xxvi. 4, 5.
put by the poets for the whole of Greece ;
'Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 41. whence 'Axaiot, the Greeks. In a wider
b) from the Heb. want of true wisdom, sense, Achaia comprehended the Pelo-
i.
impiety, wickedness, Mark vii. 22.
e.
ponnesus and the whole of Greece proper-
So Sept. and n^p3 Job. iv. 6. n^n; ly so called. Augustus divided the whole
Deut. xxii. 21. JV&3D Ecc. vii. 25. country into two proconsular provinces,
Wisd. xii. 23. viz. Macedonia and Achaia; the former
of which included Macedonia proper,
, ove>, 6, 17, adj. (a pr.
and 0po>a> from with Illyricum, Epirus, and Thessaly,
^pt/v), unwise, simple,
and the latter, all which lay southward
foolish.
of the former. Corinth was the capital
a) genr. Luke xi. 40. xii. 20. 1 Cor.
of Achaia, and the residence of the pro-
xv. 36. 2 Cor. xi. 16 bis, 19. xii. 6, 11.
consul. In N. T. the name Achaia is
:*o Sept. for ^i Prov. xi. 29.
7^p3j this latter accepta-
Prov. x. 1. always employed in
bi) Prov. xxx. 22. *>D
Ecc. tion; Acts xviii. 12, 27. xix. 21. Rom. xv.
ii. 19. Herodian. 5. 7. 1. Xe'n.
26. xvi. 5 in text. rec. 1 Cor. xvi. 15.
Mem. 3. 7. 5.
2 Cor. i. 1. ix. 2. xi. 10. 1 Thess. i. 7, 8.
b) in the sense of uninstructed, un- See Kuinoel on Acts xviii. 12.
learned, ignorant, sc. of true religion,
Rom. ii. 20. Eph. v. 17. 1 Pet. ii. 15. naroe of
'A^a'/KOCj ou, o, Achaicus,
So Sept. and 1^5 Ps. xcii. 7. a Christian,1 Cor. xvi. 17, 25.

f. wow, (d^i7Tvof, fr.

A^>u7TVOfi>, to, 'A^apto-roc, ou, , ^, adj. (a pr.
&*6 and to cease to sleep, to and xcp'&t1 * 1 )) unthankful, ungrateful,
VTTVOQ,} pp.
 122

Luke vi. 35. 2 Tim. iii. 2. Ecclus. xxix. ad ; with verbs, as a conjunction, so long
17, 25. Jos. Ant. 3. 16.
1. Xen. Mem. 2. as until, i. e. until, followed in N. T.

2. 1. only by the subjunctive mood implying

uncertainty; Buttm. 146. 3, and n. 1,
indec Achim, pr.- name of
A^ttV' >
2. Winer 42. 3.
a man, Matt. i. 14.
As a
I. prep, with the genitive.
a) with nouns (a)
adj. (a of time, as dxpi icaioov,
'Ax^pOTroiV'OCj ou, )> j

x ^p an d TTOIEW), no wmefe w^VA hands, during a season, Luke iv. 13. Acts xiii. 11.
pr.
Mark xiv. 58. 2 Cor. v. 1. Col. ii. 11. XX. 11 dxpiff avyrje. - Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 4
dxpirj/cew. Actsii. 29. iii. 21. xxii.22.
xxiii. 1. xxvi. 22. Rom. v. 13. 1 Cor. iv.
darkness, sc. which shrouds objects from
In N. T. spoken 11. 2 Cor. iii. 14. Gal. iv. 2. Phil. i. 6.
view, Horn. Od. 7. 41.
a before the eyes,
Heb. vi. 11. Rev.ii. 26.--2Macc.xiv.15.
of the eyes, mist, sc.
Jos. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 23. Xen. Conv. 4. 37 --
Acts xiii. 11 dxAvc *ai o-Koroe.
3 ax\i)v TCUQ fyaiq avriav
So dxpt J7/*/owv TrkvTe, during, i. e. in
Ant. 9. 4.
Themist. Jive days, or until, ON,
the fifth day,
iTnpaXuv. Horn. II. 5. 127.
Acts xx. 6. So of a point of time, e. g.
Orat. 21. Spoken often in Homer of Rev. ii. 10.
Acts xxii. 4.
the mist which comes over the eyes of dxpi 3-avarov,
xii. 11. So Heb. iv. 12 __ Of place,
the dying, II. 5. 696. ib. 16. 344. (/3)
Acts xi. 5 axpiff I/AOV. xiii. 6 axpi H-
e, a, ov, (a pr.
and 0ov. xx. 4. xxviii. 15. 2 Cor. x. 13, 14.
useless, unprofitable, pp. Epist. Jer. 17. Rev. xiv. 20. xviii. 15. Lucian. D,
Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 21. Mem. 1. 2. 54. In Deor. 7. 4.
N. T. by implic. b) with a relative pron. either with a
a) slothful, wicked,
Matt. xxv. 30. coll. noun of time, as dxpi /g rjfiepae, until the
ver. 26. Achill. Tat. V. p. 321. Comp. day when, i. e. until, Matt. xxiv. 38.
dxptdnj Tob. iv. 13. Luke i. 20. xvii. 27. Acts i. 2. or seq.

b) spoken
in humility, humble, of little
'
ov, for dxpt xpofof "> until the time when,
value, Luke xvii. 10. So Sept. an i. e. until ; so that dxpig ovhas the nature

2 Sam. vi. 22. of a conjunction ; Acts vii. 18 dxptf ou

avtvTii, until another king arose, xxvii.33.
w, f. w<, (dxpeToc,) to Rom. xi. .25. 1 Cor. xi. 26. xv. 25.
render useless, Polyb. 3. 64. 8. to mar,
Gal. iii. 19. iv. 19. Rev. ii. 25. vii. 3.
to destroy, Sept. for irK^n 2 K. iii. 19.
Heliod. 3. 7. Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 37.
yyn Jer. xi. 16. Esdr. i! 57. In N. T. With a verb in the present, dxptf ou sig-
metaph. to corrupt ; Pass, to become cor- nifies so long as, while, Heb. iii. 13 dxP f f
rupt, depraved; Rom. iii. 12, quoted from ov TO KaXtiTai. So dxP 1 ^ Mace.
GTjfjiepov
Ps. xiv. 3 or liii. 4, where Sept. for f&3.
xiv. 10.

, ov, o, ij, adj. (a pr. c) before particles, Rom. i. 13 d

and xP 7 "?)? ? useless, unprofitable, pp. TOV dtvpo. viii. 22 dxpi rov vvv. Phil. i. 5.
Sept. for ypn "px Hos. viii. 8. Ecclus. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 5 dxpt irore. Philo de
xxxvii.19. 'Herodian. 8. 4.21. Xen.CEc. Abr. p. 375.
1. 10. In N. T. metaph. and by impl. II. As a conjunction, before verbs in
worse than useless, wicked, detrimental, the subjunctive, Luke xxi.24. Rev. xv.
seq. dat. of pers. Philem. 11, coll. ver. 18. 8. xvii. 17. xx. 3. Jos. Ant. 12. 7. 6.
Wisd. iii. 11 dxp. pya. Ecclus. xvi. 1 Plut. de def. Orac. c. 13.
where it is i. q. autQijQ, coll. Wisd. iii.

12. Act. Thorn. 12. "AXVOOV, ou, TO, chaff, pp. Sept.

v
for
i^n Job. xxi. 18. yb Is. xvii. 13.
Axpi> or "AXP'C sometimes before Polyb! 1. 19. 13. Xen. CEc. 18. 6, 7, 8.
a vowel, Buttm. 26. 4. Lob. ad Phryn. In N. T. straw, sc. as broken up by
p. 14. pp. adv. of time (in N. T. also treading out the grain, Matt. iii. 12.
of
place) marking duration, continuedly ; Lukeiii. 17. So Sept. and 'pp) Gen. xxiv.
with the genitive, as a preposition, con- 25, 32. Judg. xix. 19. ^a'ls. xxx. 24.
tinuedly until, i. e.
during, until, usque Such straw was used by the Hebrews
 &C&U1

as fodder,and for burning see Gen. 1. ;

Prov. v. 4 where Sept.
c.Judg. 1. c. and Ex. v. 7. Luke xii. 28. a-fylvSiov. The
figure of waters thus
Comp. Calmet, art. Thrashing. Jahn converted into bitter poison, is drawn
64, 65. perhaps from Jer. ix. 15. xxiii. 15.
Lam. (where Heb. n^3?)
iii. 15, 19,

pr. and incapable offalsehood, ve- comp. Deut.xxix. 18. Heb. xii. 15." Ex.
iptv^T/g),
xv. 23. Xen. Anab. 1. 5. 1. fyi v .
rax, Tit. i. 2 Syram. for"ipirr^ Job
xxxvi. 4. Wisd. vii. 18. Herodian. 2.9.4. Stov.

, on, )> wormwood, as the ou, o, r}, adj. (a pr. and

emblem of poisonous bitterness, Rev. inanimate, void of sense and life,
f]))
viii. 11 bis ; where, as the name of a 1 Cor. xiv.7. Wisd. xiv. 29. Polyb.6.
star, it is masc. 6 *A^u/3off. Heb. 47. 10.

BaaX, 6, indec. Baal, Heb. ^n gree, standing, 1 Tim. iii. 13. Artemid.

(master),
Chald. iya, 3, Bel, p. name 2. 42. Plut. Alcib. c. 17. Lucian. Amor.

of one of the chief gods of the Phe- 53. The Attic form is ftao^oq, Lob.
nicians and Babylonians, representing ad Phryn. p. 324.
either the sun, or more probably the
planet Jupiter. Rom. xi. 4 OVK txra/t-
depth.
yow ry [eurovi] BaaX, quoted from
\l/av Matt. xiii. 5. Markiv.5. Rom.
1K. xix. 18 where it is r< BaaX comp. a)pp.
; viii. 39. Eph.iii. 18. Luke v. 4 tig TO fid-
Buttm. 125. 5. The Israelites were e. the deep, deep
&o, sc. Trig 3-aXa<r<rj7f, i.
often seduced to the worship of this
water, the sea. Sept. for trj?J>7p Ez.
god; Judg. ii. 11, 13. iii. 7. viii. 33. 1 xxvii. 34. Is. li. 10. n^lSO Zech. x.
K. xvi. 31. See Calmet, art. Baal. ^nnn Ez. xxxi.
11. 14, 18. )iod. Sic.

Babylon, Heb. 5. 36. Xen. CEc. 19. 14.

Ba/3vXwv, wvoc, *l>

33, Babel, (i. e. confusion, contr. for for abun-

b) metaph. (a) greatness,
^3221 from *>2n Gen. xi. 9,) the cele- dance, Rom. xi. 33 /3a3og TT\OVTOV K.r.X.
brated capital of Babylonia and the seat Sept. Prov. xviii. 3. Ml. V. H. 3. 18
of the Assyrian and Chaldean empires. TrXourog (3adve. 2 Cor. viii. 2 17 Kara (3d-
For a full account of it, and of the pre- Soc Trrwxeta? deep, abject poverty. (/3)
sent ruins, see Calmet, arts. Babel, Ba- rd (3d3v, depths, deep things, i. e. the
bylon, and Babylonia. In N. T. secret unrevealed purposes of any one,
Matt. i. 17 bis. Acts vii. 6. g. TOV Stov 1 Cor. ii. 10. TOV aarava
a) pp. 11, 12,
43. 1 Pet. v. 13. Rev. ii. 24 in text. So Sept. for
rec.
and symbolically Baby Ecc. vii. 24. Comp. Ps. xcii. 4. Dan.
b) poetically ptay T
Ion is put for the capital of heathenism, ii. 2 2. Judith viii. 14. Ecclus. xxiv. 29

the chief seat of idolatry, probably pagan Horn. II. 19. 125 fprjv pa$t~ia.

Rome, as being the successor of ancient BaSuvw, f. vvQ, (paMQ,} to deepen,

Babylon in this respect; comp. Is. xxi. Luke
48 t<rica^e ical
to make deep. vi.
'J. Jer. 1. 38. li. 7, 8. Rev. xiv. 8. xvi. i. he dug deep,
e(3d$vve, q. /SaSewg tffica^e,
19. xvii. 5. xviii. 2, 10, 21.
where by Hebraism kfidSwe stands ad-
823. Stuart
oc, ov, o, (/3atvw,)
a
step, sc. verbially ; Gesen. Lehrg. p.
of a stair, door, etc. Ecclus. vi. 36. 533. comp. Buttm. 144. n. 8. Sept.
Sept. for ^FiDTa l Sam. v. 5. Plut. Romul. for ppy Ps. xcii. 6. Hiph. p^ttyn Jer.
c. 20. In'ft. T. a step of dignity, de- xlix. 8. Horn. 11.23.421.
 Luke iv. 9. John For Acts xxvii.
xxi. 7.
Ba6c, tta, v, deep, profound,
below in d
e. g. TO ^>peap John iv. 11. Sept. for 14, see Seq. dat. to cast to
Prov. xxii. 14 Xen. or before any one, Matt. xv. 26. Mark
pby Job xi. 8.
vii. 27. So Matt. xxv. 27/3aXeTv TO dpyu-
An* 5. 2. 3 Metaph. Acts xx. 9 virvy
ptov roTf rpaTrt^iraig, i. e. to put out, to
/3a3I. Luke xxiv. 1 opSpov paStoe, lit.

rfeep twilight,
i. e. earliest dawn, i.
q. place out, money with the brokers, etc.

Mark xvi. 2. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. Diogn. 2. 20 TO. pa\\6uiva Kepuara

Xiav Trpan
.Elian. V. H. 9. 13. Plato Crit. ddpoiguv. As construed with different
2.
c. 1. So TO. paSria TOV actTava, the deep prepositions and particles, the significa-
tion is variously modified, though the
things, secret purposes,
Rev. ii. 4 in later
idea of to throw lies every where at bot-
edit, see in BaSoc b. /3.
tom, viz.
Ba/ov, OU, TO, (/3atc,) Plur. r<i /3ata, to throw from one, to cast
(a) seq. &TTO,
branches of the palm tree, John xii. 13.
away, Matt. v. 29. xviii. 8, 9. al.
Heb. O^ton H1D5 Lev. xxii. 40. Symm. Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 1. 20 wo-Trtp rove
for tT3p30 Cant. vii. 9. 1 Mace. xiii. 51.

Test. XlI Patr. p. 668.

(/3) seq. IK, to cast out of, e. g. TOV
Heb.
indec. Balaam oro/mro, to vomit forth, Rev. xii. 15, 16.
BaXaaju, o,
to cast out, e. to throw
fcy^B, pr. name of a soothsayer of Pe- tw, i.
(y) seq.
tho'r in Mesopotamia, who was hired by away, to reject ; Matt. v. 13. xiii. 48.

Balak, king of the Moabites, to curse the

Luke xiv. 35. John xv. 6. Hesiod.
Num. Deut. *Eyp. 332. to banish, sc. TOV
Israelites ;
see c. 22, 23. Trop. <j>6-

xxiii. 4. Josh. xxiv. 9. Jos. Ant. 4. c. 6. (3ov 1 John iv. 18.

In N. T. put as the emblem of false c. ace. of place whither,

() seq. ei'c

and seducing teachers, 2 Pet. ii. 15. to cast into, e. g. tic TO TTVO, etc. Matt. iii.

Jude 11. Rev. ii. 14. See in NIKO- 10. v.29. vi. 30. xiii. 42. Mark ix. 22,
45. al. saep. Sept. for nTOT Dan. iii. 21,
25 __ Ei'c TTJV $d\aa<rav, Matt. xxi. 21.
BaXuK, indec. Balak, Heb. p^2, Mark Rev.
j xi. 23. xviii. 21. Spoken of
a king of the Moabites, Rev. ii.
(vacant), nets, etc. to cast into, to let down into the
14. See Num. c. 22. Josh. xxiv. 9. Jos. sea Matt. iv. 18. xiii.47. xvii.27.al. So
Ant. 4. c. 6.
Sept. for TpbllDn Is. xix. 8. Et $v\a.Kr}v,
to cast into prison, Matt, xviii. 30. Luke
BaXavTiov, oVj TO, also f3a\\avTiov,
xii. 58. Acts xvi. 37. al. Arrian. Diss.
a purse, Luke x. 4. xii. 33. xxii. 35,
36. Sept. for *n*i2J Job xiv. 17. D*3 Epict. 1. 29. 6. Spoken of contribu-
tions in money cast into a treasury, etc.
Prov. i. 14. Herodian. 5. 4. 4. Xen.
Conv. 4. 2.
Mark xii. 41 44. Luke xxi. 1 4. Also
to deposit, Matt, xxvii. 6. John xii. 6.

BaXXw, f. /3aX<3, perf. /Se/BXjjica, aor. Spoken of a sword, to thrust into, sc.
2 tpa\ov, perf. pass. pspXrjfiai, aor. 1 the sheath, i. e. to put up, John xviii. 11.
pass. tflXrjSrjv, f. 1 pass. /3X?/^ryoro^ai, to of a sickle, Rev. xiv. 19, comp. in be-
throw, to cast, with a greater or less de- low. So of the finger, hand, etc. to
gree of force as modified by the context; thrust into, to put into, Mark vii. 33. John
trans, and seq. dat. or a prep. xx. 27. Comp. Heb. -^ nbiB Sept. IKTUVW,
a) genr.
TOV K\fjpov, to cast lots, sc. into Job xxviii. 9. Dan. xi. 42. James iii. 3.
the urn or vessel, Matt, xxvii. 35 bis, TOVQ ^oXiVO^C /SaXXciv, to put,
Mark xv. 24. Luke xxiii. 34. al. Comp. to place, sc. bits in horses' mouths.
Potter's Gr. Ant. I. p. 333. Adam's Spoken of liquids, as wine and wate ,
Rom. Ant. p. 302. So Sept. for *rDn where we can only translate by to put
1 Sam. xiv. 42. Neh. x. 34. xi. 1. into, to pour into, Matt. ix. 17 bis. Mark
Ecelus. xxxvii. 8. Jos. Ant. 6. 3.4. Comp. ii. 22 bis. Luke v. 37, 38. John xiii. 5.
Virg. ^En. 5. 491. Spoken of a tree, So Sept. and tri> Judg. vi. 19. Arrian.
to cast, sc. its fruit, Rev. vi. 13. So Diss. Epict. 4. 13. 12, olvov, 'iva /3aXw tie

pd\\eiv tavTov, to cast one's self, and with TOV TriSov. Dioscor. 1. 94 vwp /SaXwv
KCLTW, to cast one's self down, Matt. iv. 6. ti'f dyytTov. Metaph. j3a\\nv ti'f r>}>
 BaXX( 125

napoVav, to put into one's heart, to sug-

gest to one's mind, John xiii. 2 Jos. __ tKwv TO <rica(poQ. Ant. 9. 10. 2.
Ant. 6. 13. 4 Si
fjirjrt IIQ vovv /3aXo^r/v. Spoken of animals, Diod. Sic. 1. 36 ruv
7. 4. 3. Plut. Timol. 3. Horn. Od. 1. f
Xepaaiwv dqptW rd TroXXd ^ev UTTO
201. Find. Olymp. 13. 21. rov TTora/iou TrfptX^^S-lvra ^ta^eiperat
(e) seq. e/t7rpo<T^ev ver. ivu-mov nvoc, (3(nr~t6[j.tva. Polyb. 5. 47. 2. Spoken
to cast before any one, sc. at his feet, of men, partially, Polyb. 3. 72. 4 2w ff
Matt. vii. 6. ReV. ii. 14. iv. 10. rwv /tao-rwv ol ire^ot /3a7rrt^o/ivot
() seq. tTTt fc> cast upon, e. g. rov In N. T.
<T7r6pov ITTI rryf yijg, i. e. to
sow, to scatter 2. to MjasA, to cleanse
by washing, trans.
seed, Mark. iv. 26. So Sept. for
flip}
Ps. Mid. and aor. 1 Pass, in middle sense,
cxxvi. 6. So to cast stones at any one, to wash one's self, to bathe, to
perform
John viii. 7 ITT'
awry. ver. 59 iir' avrov. So ablution ; comp. Buttrn. 136. 2.
Sept. for 'ipilB'n Ecc. iii. 5. and genr. Mark vii. 4 tdv pt) /3a7rrt<rwvra(, coll. ver.
for JTT Is. xxxvii. 33. into Ez. xxi. 22. 3 where it
ytywvrat.isLuke xi. 38
Wisd. v. 13. Ecclus. xxii. 21 __So ISavpatrfv ort ov Trpwrov k{$airTia$ri Trpo
j3dXXv TTJV fiprjvTjv iirl rffv yrjv, to send rov apioTov. Sept. for ^13 2 K. v. 14,
out peace upon the earth, Matt. x. 34 bis. coll. ver. 10 where it is yrn and XowtS.
T
Rev. 24 ou /3dXXw ty' V^OQ dXAo Judith xii. 7 icat
(Judith) t/3a7rrifro v
ii.

/3dpof, to M* upon, i. e. to put upon, to ry 7rape/i/3oXy STTI rr/ff Tri/y/)^ rou voWof.
impose. Spoken of a sickle, to thrust in, Ecclus. xxxi. 25 /3a7rrt^6/ivof aTro vsicpov,
Rev. xi v. 16, and c.c. 'c ver. 19 Spoken comp. Lev. xi. 25, 28, 40. Num. xix.
of liquids, to pour, Matt. xxvi. 12, coll. 18, 19.
ver. 7 ;
see more in 8 above. 2. to baptize, to administer the rite
of
Pass. perf. and pluperf. ptpXij/iai, baptism, either that of John or of Christ.
b)
to be cast, i. e. to be laid, to lie, i. q. cI- Pass, and Mid. to be baptized or to cause
/iai, comp. Buttm. 113. 6. Matt. viii. 6 one's self to be baptized, i. e. genr. to
/3/3X?jrat iv ry oiieiq. irapaXvTiKOQ. ver. 14. receive baptism. In the primitive
ix. 2 tiri K\ivrjs /3/3Xj/ilvov. vii. 30. Mark churches, where, according to oriental
Luke xvi. 20. So the Act. Rev. ii. 22 habits, bathing was to them what wash-
/3dXXw CLVTTJV tig K\ivrjv, I will cast her ing is to us, the rite appears to have
into a bed, i. e. will afflict her with di- been ordinarily though not necessarily
sease, etc. performed by immersion. Spoken
nccus. of pers. to throw at any and (a) simply, Matt. iii. 6, 13,
c) seq. a) pp.
one, Mark xiv. 65 pa-n-ia^afft avrbv t/3a- 14,16. Marki. 4, 5. xvi. 16. Luke iii.
Xov, they threw at him with blows, i. e.
lit. 7, 12.21 bis. vii. 30. John i. 25, 28. iii.
they gave him blows. Sept. /SdXXtiv 22, 23 bis, 26. iv. 1, 2. x. 40. Acts ii.
jcai Xiot for ITV 2 Chr. xxvi. 15. 41. viii. 12, 13, 36, 38. ix. 18. x. 47. xvi.

v robots for 15, 33. xviii. 8. xxii. 16. 1 Cor. i. 14, 16

Rift Pfti Ixxviii. 9.
Jos. Ant. 2. 15. 4. X&MC /SdXAciv rtva. bis, 17. So Mark
vi. 14 'Iwavvns b (3a-

Comp. Xen. An. 1. 5. 12 "inai Trrf wv i. q. u (SairTiffTrjc. With an accus.

(KXtap^ov)
of the cognate noun, Acts xix. 4 'ludwijc
d) intrans. or with cavrov implied, fd ipdirTiffc (3d.TTTt<Tfia utTavoias, John bap-
cast one's self, i. e. to rush
forward, tized a baptism of repentance, i. e. by
spoken of a wind, to blow, Acts xxvii. 14. which those who received it acknow-
See Buttm. 130. n. 2 __ Horn. 11. 11. ledged their obligation to repent. Luke vii.
721 rrorafibf tig liXa /SaXXwv. AL. 29. Comp. Buttm. 131. 3. In Luke's
writings with a dative of the instrument
Ba7m'a>, f. i'rw, (/SaTrrw,) a fre- or material employed, i. e. vSan, WITH
quentative in form but not in fact, to water, Luke iii. 16. Acts i. 5. xi. 16.
immerse, to sink, trans, e. g. spoken of Elsewhere with iv vSan, IN water, Matt,
ships, galleys, etc. Polyb. 1. 51. 6 eai iii. 11. Mark i. 8. John i. 26, 31, 33.
TroXXd rSiv <r/ca0wv j/3a7rriov. ib. 8. 8. 4. 6 iv See
Comp. Matt. iii. 'lop&zvy. r<
ib. 16. 6. 2.
Epict. Fragm. ed. Schweigh. Buttm. 133.3.1. Winer 31. 5. Matth.
'
14. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 5 KvfiepvfiTTiG, baric 396. n. 2. So with elg TOV
 126 Barra;

baptized into the Jordan, Mark i. 9. de Educ. Pueror. 13. 3, \l/vxn rolg
Plut. de Superstit. 3. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 6. (Fvp,p.TpoiG av^tTai irovoiQ, rolf dt ii

with adjuncts marking the object

(/3) (3d\\ovaiv ficurTiZtTcu. Heliodor.
and effect of the rite of baptism chiefly ;
2. 3 Ty ffvfi^opy, /3f/3a7rrcr^ij/ov. Diod.
fig c. accus. to baptize or to be baptized Sic. 73 i^iwrac fiaTTTiZeiv raTf tta^. -
1.
INTO anything, i. e. into the belief, pro- pals. Clem. Alex. Paed. 2. 2 inro
fession, observance, of any thing. Matt, f*S$1]G (SaTTTl^OfifVOC / VTTVOV. JOS. Ant.
iii. 11 eif
fieravoiav. Acts ii. 38 fig a<j>t- 10. 9. 4 /3j3a7rri(T/i6voiff (.IQ avaiaSiiaiciv
oiv afiapTiUJv. xix. 3 tig TO 'Iwdvvov /3d- icai VTTVOV VTTO TIJQ
n'&ijQ. Everius 15,
TTTifffia, i. e. the repentance into which in Anthol. Gr. ed. Jac. I. p. 99, (3a7rri-
John baptized. 1 Cor. xii. 13 dg lv ^i uTTvy. So 1 Cor. xv. 29 bis, ri TTOIJJ-
a&Ha, i. e. that we may become one aovaiv ol /3a7rrt^d/ivoi vwtp TU>V vucpwv
body. Rom. vi. 3 tig Sdvarov. So with rt KCLI /3a?rrt^ovrai virtp avruiv ; i. e.

tit c.accus. of person, to baptize or to ifthe dead, ol vticpoi, do not rise, why
be baptized INTO sc. a profession of faith expose ourselves to so much danger
in any one and sincere obedience to and suffering in the hope of a resur-
him; Rom. vi. 3 and Gal. iii. 27 ilg Xpier- rection ? comp. ver. 30, 31, where Kivdv-
TOV. 1 Cor. X. 2 tif rbv MutiJffTjv. So vevu> and cnro^vrjaicu) are substituted for
tig TO ovo^idnvog, into the name of any ficurTiZofiat j see also Calmet, p. 145, 147.
one, in the same sense ; Matt, xxviii. 19. Comp. above in a. /8.
Actsviii. 16. xix. 5. 1 Cor. i. 13, 15.
So also in the same , aroc> TO, /a7rrt^w,) pp.
sense, i-n-i
T$ 6v6-
38 and iv ry 6v6-
Acts ii.
something immersed ; in N. T. baptism,
HCITI 'lt]ffov, ;

With spoken of the rite, viz. of John's bap-

ftan TOV icvpiov, Acts x. 48.
tism, Matt. iii. 7. xxi. 25. Mark i. 4. xi.
virsp, 1 Cor. xv. 29 bis, ol /3a7rno/zvoi
30. Luke iii. 3. vii. 29. xx. 4. Acts i.
vTrtp T&V veicpCJv, baptized on account of
22. x. 37. xiii. 24. xviii. 25. xix. 3, 4. of
the dead, i. e. why baptized into a belief
the baptism instituted by Jesus, Rom.
of the resurrection of the dead, if in
vi. 4. Eph. iv. 5. Col. ii. 12. 1 Pet. iii. 21.
fact the not ? See more in b.
dead rise
Metaph. baptism into calamity, i. e.
b) metaph. and (a) in direct allusion
to the sacred rite /3a7rrij/ iv TrvtvfjiaTi afflictions with which one is oppressed

to baptize in the Holy

or overwhelmed, Matt. xx. 22, 23. Mark
cLy'iy leal TTupi,
Ghost and infire, i.e. to over whelm, richly
x. 38, 39. Luke xii. 50. See in Ba-
7rrt'w 2. b.
furnish, with all spiritual gifts, or over-
whelm with ( fire unquenchable/ etc. , ov, 6,
Matt. iii. 11. Luke iii. 16. See Calmet, 1. washing, ablution, sc. of vessels, etc.
144 and for the construction see Mark vii. Heb.
p. ; 4, 8. ix. 10. Comp. Lev.
above in a. a. So with iv Trvtv/jtan xi. 32.
dyiy alone, Mark i. 8. John i. 33. 2. baptism, i. e. the Christian rite,
Acts i. 5. xi. 16. (/3) genr.
but still in Heb. vi. 2 --Jos. Ant. 18. 5. 2, of
allusion to the rite, to baptize with ca- John's baptism.
lamities, i.e. to overwhelm ivith sufferings ;
a
[Matt. xx. 22 bis, 23 bis.] Mark x.38 bis, ouj o, (/3a7rri'c>,)
39 bis, TO fidTTTHTfia, o iyu) flcnrriZofiai, baptizer, i.e. the Baptist, as a cognomen
the baptism with
of John the Baptist, the forerunner of
pairTiffSrjvat, to receive
which I must be baptized, i. e. can ye en- our Lord. Matt. iii. 1. xi. 11, 12. xiv. 2,
dure to be overwhelmed with sufferings 8. xvi. 14. xvii. 13. Mark vi. 24, 25. viii.
like those which I must endure ? For 28. Luke vii. 20, 28, 33. ix. 19. Jos.
the construction see above in a. a. Luke Ant. 18. 5.2.
xii. 50. Sept. (for n^3) Is. xxi. 4 ) ,
f. i//w, to dip in, to immerse,
dvop.la fj.s /3a7rrt'. Jos. B. J. 4. 3. 3 trans.
o't drj vffTepov i[3dirTiffav Tt}v 7roA.ii/, i. e. a ) PP- c c - - t ff se(l' accus. John xiii.
the robbers who had broken into Jeru- 26 J3d\^af TO \l/aip,iov, sc. tig TO Tpv(3\iov,
salem afterwards baptized the city, filled coll. Mark xiv. 20. So Sept.
seq. t"g n,
it with confusion and Plut. for ^na Lev. iv. 6. xiv. 6. xix. 18. Num.
calamity.
 127

2 K. viii. 15. Job

seq. lv TIVI Ruthii. 14. Kai (Sappdpoic, to theGreeks and to those
ix. 31.Xen. Anab. 2. 2.9. seq. lv nvi not Greeks. Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 1. B. J. 5.
Horn. Od. 9. 392. So trans, and seq. I. 3. So Clem. Alex, often calls the
gen. of the thing touched ; Luke xvi. 24. Jews /3dp/3apot, e. g. Strom. 6. 6 IdoStj
'iva jSarrryTO dicpov TOV SaKTV\iov vtiaroQ, v6fj.os fitv Kai Trpo^i/rat
/3ap/3apoif, $1X0-
i. e.
by impl. in a small portion of water, <ro0i'a Sk"E\\T)<ri. Col. iii. 11 "EXXryv Kai
which then is put in the gen. comp. 'loudaloc /3ap/3apoe, SicvSqG, where
Buttm. 132. 6, 3. Winer 30. 5. p. 166. pdp(3apoe seems to refer to those nations
Matth. 333. Herm. ad Vig. p. 881. of the Roman empire who did not
So Horn. II. 6. 508 \ovta3ai Trora/rolo. speak Greek, as the Jews, Romans,
b) by impl.
to tinge, to dye, c. c. dat. Spaniards, etc. and SicwS-j^ to nations
of means, Buttm. 133. 3, 1. Rev. xix. not under the Roman dominion. .

13 Ifidnov (3e(3a.fji[tsvov aV/xari. Jos. Jos. B. J. proem. 5"EXXijo-i ical fiapfid-

Ant. 3. 6. 1 rpi^df icai dopdf 7rpo/3ara>v, pot, i. e. the Romans, Jews, etc. So
icat rdf pkv vaKivSy /3a/3a/^uvaf, rag de of the Romans, Polyb. 5. 104. 1. ib. 9.
Herodot. 7. 67. tV/zara /3t/3a/x-
i. 37. 6.
Horn. Batrachom. 218 or 223
(/3dpoe,) in N. T.
f. ifaa;,
5' aY/iari \ip,vr). Helladius in Ba/olcu, w,
only Pass. (Sapeofiat, ovfiat, aor. 1
Anthol. Gr. ed. Jac. III. p. 145.
perf.
ifiaprjSriv, particip. /3f/3ap^/ilvog
, a, 6, Barabbas, Ara- to be heavy, to be weighed down, to be
op-
maean N2$ "15 (son of the father), pr. pressed, only metaph. as f3ffSaprip,sroi
name of a robber, whose release the vTcvy Luke ix. 32, and so with v-n-vy im-
Jews demanded of Pilate, Matt, xxvii. plied Matt. xxvi. 43. Mark xiv. 40. So
16, 17, 20, 21, 26. Mark xv. 7, 11, 15. Sept. papvvu for nns 1 Sam. iii. 2.
Luke xxiii. 18. John xviii. 40 bis. Three Anthol. Gr. ed. JacYlV. p. 177 /3e/3.
MSS.the Armenian version, and one Sy- tiirvy. Luke xxi. 34 /i?;7ror /3apjj3-ui(Tiv
'
riac version, read in Matt. 1. c.
(text. rec. j3apvvSu><riv) at >capSiai v^iwv
Bapafi(3ac ; see Olshausen in loc. iv xpanrdXy, i. e. lest ye be oppressed

through surfeiting, etc. i. e. dull,

heavy,
Ba/oaic, Barak, Heb.
6, indec.
So Sept.
name of a Hebrew, who, stupid. for 153 Ex.14 vii.
(lightning), pr. Act. Thorn. 36. Horn. Od. 19. 122oiV v
in conjunction with Deborah, delivered
Israel from the Canaanites. Heb. xi. 32. /3/3ap7jora. Comp. jSapvvot Wisd. ix.
15. So to be oppressed, to be borne down,
See Judg. c. 4, 5.
sc. by evils, calamities, etc. 2 Cor. i. 8.
ou, 6, Barachias, pr. V. 4 Act. Thorn. 21 ^ui TJ}V
came of a man, Matt, xxiii. 35. He was ipaprjSn. Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 14
probably the same with Jehoida, 2 Chr. virb TroXI/iwj/ icai aXXwv jcaKwv
xxiv. 2, 20 as the Jews often had two
;
So /3apvvw Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 2. Diod. Sic.
names. See Zaxapias, and Kuinoeland 4. 38. In the sense of to be burdened,
Olshausen in loc. sc. by expense, 1 Tim. v. 16 firj papei-

a barbarian, <r$w r] (KK\T)<ria. Comp. in 'A/Saprjg and

Bap|3apoe, ou, o,
word only the par-
i. e. in ancient usage simply
aforeigner,
'E7rt/3aplw. Of this

viz. ticiples /3e/3api;wf, /3ef3apnfJ.evos,

occur in
one who uses a different language, the early and Attic writers, as Horn.
a)
1 Cor. xiv. 1 1 bis. Ps.
Od. 3. 139. ib. 19. 122. Plato Symp.
Sept. for ft
cxiv. 1. 2 Mace. ii. 21. Herodot. ii. 158 p. 203. B. The present and other forms
occur only in later writers ; as fut.
/3ap/3dpou irdvras oi Aiyvimoi Ka\iov<ri
fiaprjffei Lucian.
Dial. Mort. 10. 4 or 5.
rot'f pi) atyiai 6/ioyXa<r<rovff. Herodian.
7. 3. 2. ib. 7. 8. 23.
See Matth. 227. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl.
II. p. 88. Comp. Thorn. Mag. p. 141 sq.
b) one wJio does not speak Greek, one
not a Greek; Acts x xviii. 2, 4, where the me-
Ba/olo>c, adv. (/3apve), heavily,
inhabitants of Melita are so taph. with difficulty, as rotg w<ri f3a
(Malta)
called, as speaking a dialect of the Phe- pwg fiKowav, i. e. to hear with difficulty,
nician language. Rom. i. 14"EX\j/<ri rt to be dull of hearing, Matt. xiii. 15 and
 128 B aOVTl[JlO
Acts xxviii. 27, quoted from Is. vi. 10, lence. 2 Cor. iv. 17 aliaviov pdpog o;f,
where Sept. for
122J1. But (3. dxovtiv, to for fiapog aluviov co^rjg, a weight, full-
hear with indignation, Xen. An. 2. 1.9. of eternal glory.
ness, For the constr.
Also /3. ^epav, to be displeased, Sept. for comp. 2 Mace. ix. 10 <Std TO T!JQ 60-^r/c
rnn Gen. xxxi. 35. 2 Mace. xiv. 27. d<f>6pT]Tov fBctpog, for TO Tijg offfiijg dtyo-
Xen. An. 2. 1. 4. pf}Tov jSdpoc. Cornp. Soph. (Ed. Col.
297 TraTpifiov U.GTV yfjg for Trarpy'ac yijg
BaoSoAo/icuoc, ou, o, Bartholomew, Herm. ad Vig. So Heb.
Heb. d<TTv. p. 891.
*$ -12 (son of Tolmai), the
-1122 Ps. xlix. 17. Is. x. 3. Ixvi. 12. Soph.
patronymic appellation of one of the
Ajac. 130 paicpov irXovTov pdpti. Suidas,
twelve, whose proper name seems to
have been Nathaniel see John i. 46. /3dpo- dvTi TOV TO TrXi/S'of, TTJV i(T\vv.
;

xxi. 2. Matt. x.3. Mark iii. 18. Luke Comp. ox\of fiapvs, a great army, Sept.
vi. 14. Acts i. 13.
Num. xx. 20. 1 Mace. i. 17, 20.

a, Barsabas, sur-
we, ou, o, Bar-jcsus, Heb.
, '

name of two men, viz. 1. of Joseph

'i!T~"l3, the name of a Jewish ma-
mentioned Acts. i. 23 ; see 'Iwo-^0. 2.
gician, Acts xiii. 6.
of Judas mentioned Acts xv. 22 see ;

Bap-to>vac, a, Bar-jonas, Heb.

o,

n^V "12 (son of Jonas), patronymic

appellation of the apostle Peter, Matt. Ba0T7//a7oe, ov, o, Bartimceus, Heb.
xvi. 17. 12 i. e. son of Timaeus. name
of a blind man, Mark x. 46.
Bapva|3a, a, o, Barnabas, sur-
name of Joses, a Bapuvw, f. vv&, in N. T.
Levite, born in Cyprus, (fiapvg,)
who became the chief associate of Paul only aor. 1 Pass. IftapvvSrrjv, to be heavy,
i. e.
in his labours. The name Barnabas, metapb. to be oppressed, dull, stupid,
Heb. N2} Luke xxi. 34 in text, recept. where later
12, is
explained by Luke
editions read jSa/otw, which see. Diod.
36) to be
iv. i.
(Acts q. vibg 7rapacA7/<rtwf ,
Sic. 4. 38. Xen. Lac. 2. 5.
see in Ylof Acts. iv. 36. ix. 27. xi. 22,
25, 30. xii. 25. xiii. 1, 2, 7, 43, 46, 50. *t, v, (/Sdjooc,) heavy, viz.
xiv. 12, 14, 20. xv. 2 bis, 12, 22,
25, 35, a) pp. Matt, xxiii. 4 ^opn'a /?apla, heavy
36, 37, 39. 1 Cor. ix. 6. Gal. ii. 1, 9, burdens, spoken metaph. of burdensome
13. Col. iv. 10.
precepts. So Sept. for 122 Ps. xxxviii.
5. of a yoke 2 Chr. x. 4, 1 1. Ecclus. xl.
uc, T > weight, Xen.
Cyr. 3. 3. 42. Yen. 6. 5. In N.T. only 1. pp. Xen. Hiero 1. 6. Eq. 10. 6.
metaph. b) trop. weighty, i. e. important, Matt.
xxiii. 23 rd
(3api>Ttpa TOV vopov. Actsxxv.
a) weight, sc. in reference to its pres-
7 papia atnw/Ltara, i. e. not se-
sure, burden, load. (pp. Xen. GEc. 17. trivial,
9.)
Matt. XX. 12 /3a<rrdiv TO pdpog rr/f vere. So Sept. for TJ?: Dan. ii. 11 __
Herodian. ii. 14.7. Spoken of an epis-
r)/zpac, the burden, i. e. the heavy labour
of the day. tle, weighty,e. not to be made
i.
Act. Thorn. 57 viroQipuv light of,
stem, severe, 2 Cor. x. 10 __ Herodiau,
ri>
fidpog rile i?/paf Spoken of pre-
.

3. 11. 6.
cepts, of which the observance is bur-
densome, Acts xv. 28. Rev. ii. 24 __ c) trop. grievous, i. e. oppressive, hard
to be borne ; e.
Ecclus. xiii. 2. Clem. Alex. Strom. 3. 1. g. precepts, 1 John v. 3.
Plato Legg. 11. p. 971. E, vbpuv fidpog. Sept. for -T22 Neh. v. 18. Wisd. ii. 15.
Ecclus. xxix" 28. In the sense of afflic-
Spoken of sinful conduct and its con-
tive, violent, as XVKOI papiig, i. e. fierce
sequences, trouble, sorrow, etc. Gal. vi. 2
d\\T]\wv TO. fidpij /3aorare. In a pecu- wolves, Acts xx. 29. Sept. avy^vaig
niary sense, 1 Thess. ii. 6 iv fidpti ilvai, paptla for 122 1 Sam. v. 11, coll. v. 6.
to be 3 Mace. vi. 5 6 papiig
buidensome, comp. v. 9, and see in 'Aero-vptW
Bapo. paaiXtvg. Wisd. xvii. 21 Ml. V. H. 1.
Others, honour, authority, as in
Diod. Sic. 4. 61. 34 SravctTov Tpoirov fla.pvTa.Tov.

b) weight, sc. in reference to its cause, , ov, 6, rj, adj. (/3ap?'f

i. e.
gnatness, abundance, fulness, opu- and Tinri), of great price, precious, Mat^,
 129

xxvi.7. Heliodor.II. p. 113. JEschyl. a) dominion, reign, i. e. the exercise

Suppl. 25. of kingly power, [Matt. vi.
13.] Luke i.
33. xix. 12, 15. Heb. i. 8. Heb. xvii. 12,
Bacravt^w, f. i<ra>, (/3a<ravoc q. v.)
17, 18. Sept. for ny&Tp 1 Sam. x. 16,
pp. to apply a touch-stone ; metaph. to
25. rVD^tt 1 Sam. xxviii. 17. ro^fcfc
examine, to scrutinize, either by words,
Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 16. or by torture, Jos.
1 Sam. Wisd. vi. 4. Herodian.
xiii. 13.

Ant. 5. 1. 2. Herodian. 3. 15. 3. Hence

Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 29. ib. 8. 3. 26.
6. 9. 17.

in N. T. to torture, i. e. to torment, to
H. G. 3. 3. 5 So by meton. of abstr.
for concrete, kings, Rev. i. 6 in later edit,
afflict with pain, etc. trans.
where the text. rec. has paaiXelg. Comp.
of disease, Matt. viii. 6 Su-
a) spoken
ffWTTjptov for tru>r7;p, Luke ii. 30. irevia for
vwf /3<ravi6/vof. Rev. ix. 5. So Sept.
Trlvrjrtc, Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 2.
for n^nn Mic. vi. 13. 1 Sam. v.
Q72^l
b) dominions, realm, i. e. a people and
3 2 Mace. ix. 6. Spoken of the pains
territory under kingly rule, Matt. iv. 8.
of parturition, Rev. xii. 2. of punish-
Mark vi. 23. Luke iv. 5 Matt. xii. 25,
ment, Matt. viii. 29. Mark v. 7. Luke viii.
28. Rev. xi. 10 coll. ver. 6. Rev. xiv. 10.
26. Mark iii. 24 bis. Luke xi. 17, 18.
Matt. xxiv.7bis. Mark xiii. 8 bis. Luke
xx. 10. Wisd. xi. 9. xii. 23. 2 Mace.
xxi. 10 bis. So Heb. xi. 33. Rev. xi.
i. 28. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 4. genr. Arrian.
Diss. 2. 22. 35.
15. xvi. 10. Sept. for rvisitt 2 Chr.
Ep. xxxii. 15. Esth. ii. 3. rD^ttip Gen. x.
b) trop. to vex, to harass, 2 Pet. ii. 8.
10. Num. xxxii. 33. Josh.' xi. 10
^VX-TIV ciKatav. So physically, with toil,
Mark Ecclus. xliv. 3. m. V. H. 4. 5. Hero-
vi. 48. Spoken of a vessel tossed dian. 4. 3. 11.
by the waves, Matt. xiv. 24.
In the phrase 77 (3a<ri\eia rov Seov,
c)
,ov, 6, (/3a<rav/2>,) pp. kingdom of God, Matt. vi. 33. Mark i.
examination, sc. by a touch-stone or by 4, 15. Luke iv. 43. vi. 20. John iii.

torture. In N. T. torture, torment; 13, 5. al. saep. also 77 (3atr. row Xpiorot,
Rev. xiv. 11 KO.TTVOQ fiaffavifffiov, i. e. the Matt. xiii. 41. xx. 21. Rev. i. 9. or
smoke of the fire in which they are rov X. /cat Stow Eph. v. 5. or rov
tormented. Rev. ix. 5 bis. xviii. 7, 10, Aaw, as the ancestor and type of
15. 4 Mace. ix. 6. the Messiah, Mark xi. 10; further,
TUIV ovpav&v, kingdom
77 /3a<r. of heaven,
Batraviorrjc? ov, 6, ((3a<ra.viu,} pp. but only in Matthew, as iii. 2. iv. 17.
one who applies the torture, an inquisitor,
al. for which we find in 2 Tim. iv. 18
Dem. 978. 11. In N. T. a prison-keeper, and likewise
/Saer. iTTovpdvioe ',
absol. 77
jailer, Matt, xviii. 34, i. q. fo Matt. viii. 12. ix. 35. al.
fiaaiXfia, i.
q.
Symm. /Saaavtor^pcov for later Heb.
xx. 2. trri^ ma^tt or tPttEin JTD^a
All expressions are in N. T.
these

Batravoe, ou, 17, pp. a touch-stone, synonymous, and signify the divine spir-
the ancient itual kingdom, the glorious reign of the
lapis Lydius, for trying
metals, etc. Find. Pyth. 10. 106.
Messiah. The idea of this kingdom
Comp.
there the Scholia, and also Rees' has its basis in the prophecies of the
Cyclop.
art. Touch-stone- O. T. where the coming of the Messiah
Hence, examination,
and his triumphs are foretold e.
trial, Polyb. 22. 3. 7. torture, Polyb. 15. ; g.
27. 7. Ml. V. H. 7. 18. comp. Wisd. Ps. 2 and 110. Is. ii. 14, coll. Mich.
ii. 19 In N. T. torment, pain, e.
g. from
iv. 1 sq. (where in ver. 7 the Targum has
5 sq.
tP.E>E?n rflS^a,) Is. xi. 1 sq. Jer. xxiii.
disease, Matt. iv. 24. Sept. for m:n
Ez. xii. 18. So of punishment, Lukexviu xxxi. 31 sq. xxxii. 37 sq. xxxiii. 14 sq.
Wisd. Ez. xxxiv. 23 sq. xxxvii. 24 sq. and espec.
23, 28. iii. 1. xvii. 13. xix. 4.
Jamblich. Vit. Pythag. 68.
Dan. ii. 44. vii. 14, 27. ix. 25 sq. His
Spoken
of the pains of parturition, Anthol. Gr. reign js here figuratively described as a
ed. Jac. II. p. 205. golden age, when the true religion, and
with it the Jewish theocracy, should be
kingdom, re-established in more than pristine
vc,)
purity, and universal peace and happi-
K
 130

ness prevail. All this was doubtless to in the Christian sense, as an-
(/3)
be understood in a spiritual sense and ;
nounced by John, where perhaps some-
so the devout Jews of our Saviour's time thing of the Jewish view was inter-
appear to have received it as Zacharias,
; mingled, Matt. iii. 2 comp. also Luke ;

Luke i. 67 sq. Simeon, ii. 25 sq. Anna, ii. xxiii. 51. As announced by Jesus and
36 sq. Joseph, Luke xxiii. 50, 51. But others, Matt. iv. 17, 23. ix. 35. x. 7.
the Jews gave to these prophe-
at large Mark i. 14, 15. Luke x. 9, 11. Acts xxviii.
cies a temporal meaning and expected a
;
31. al In the internal spiritual sense,
Messiah who should come in the clouds Rom. xiv. 17 ov yap ianv i) j3. TOV S.
of heaven, and as king of the Jewish /3pu>(ri icat TToertf, aXXd CIKCIIOGVVT] KO.I
nation restore the ancient religion and fiprjvt) Kal xpa iv rrvtvfiaTi ay/y. Matt.

worship, reform the corrupt morals of vi. 33. Mark x. 15. Luke xvii. 21. xviii.
the people, make
expiation for their 17. John iii. 3, 5. 1 Cor. In the
iv. 20.

sins, free them from the yoke of foreign
dominion, and at length reign over the
whole earth in peace and glory comp. ;
A'IMV 2. See Schoettgen Diss. de regno
coelor. in Hor. Heb. I. p. 1147. Wet-
stein N. T. I. p. 256. Kuinoelon Matt,
iii. 2.
Koppe Exc. 1. in Ep. ad Thess.
p. 92 sq. Keil Hist. dogm. de regno
Mess, in Opusc. Acad. p. 22 sq. Ber-
tholdt Christol. Judseor. p. 187 sq
Referring to the O. T. idea, we may
therefore regard the kingdom of heaven
etc. in the N. T. as designating in its
Christian sense, the Christian dispensation,
or < the community of those who receive
Jesus as the Messiah, and who, united
external sense, i. e. as embodied in the
visible cnurch and the universal spread
of the gospel, Matt. vi. 10. xii. 28. xiii.
24, 31, 33, 41, 47. xvi. 28. Mark iv. 30.
xi. 10. Luke xiii. 18, 20. Acts xix. 8. al.
or as perfected in the future world, Matt.
xiii. 43. xvi. 19. xxvi. 29. Mark xiv.
25. Luke xxii. 29, 30. 2 Pet. i. 11.
Rev. xii. 10. al. In this view it denotes
especially the bliss of heaven which is to
be enjoyed in the Redeemer's kingdom,
i.
q. eternal life, Matt. viii. 11. xxv. 34.
Mark ix. 47. Luke xiii. 28, 29. Acts xiv.
22. 1 Cor. vi. 9, 10. xv. 50. Gal. v.21.
Eph. v. 5. 2 Thess. i. 5. 2 Tim. iv.
18. Heb. xii. 28. James ii. 5. al.

by his Spirit under him as their Head, Spoken generally, Matt. v. 19 bis. viii.

rejoice in the truth and live a holy life 12 mot ri/f j3a<?i\tia, sons of the kingdom,
in love and in communion with him.
7
i. e. the Jews, who thought the Mes-
This spiritual kingdom has both an in- siah's reign was destined only for them ;
ternal and an external form. As inter- but viol T?IQ (3. Matt. xiii. 38, are the
nal, it already exists and rules in the true citizens of the kingdom of God.
hearts of all Christians, and is therefore Matt. xi. 11, 12 see in 'Ap7raw. xiii. 11.
present. As external, it is either embo- 19. 44, 45, 52. xviii. 4, 23. xix. 12, 24.
died in the visible church of Christ, and xx. 1. al. sacp. Spoken also genr. ot
in so far is present and progressive ; or the privileges and rewards of the divine
to be perfected in the coming of the
it is kingdom both here and hereafter, Matt.
Messiah to judgment, and his subsequent v. 3, 10, 20. vii. 21. xviii. 3. Col. i. 13.
spiritual reign in bliss and glory, in 1 Thess. ii. 12. AL.
which view it is future. But these dif-
ferent aspects are not always dis-
, ov, b, /, adj. (/3a<riXvf),
tinguished ;
the expression often em- royal, regal.
bracing both the internal and external a) pp. 1 Pet. ii. 9 fiaaiXtiov ifpartvpa,
sense, and referring both to its com- a royal priesthood, consecrated to God
mencement in this world and its comple- as kings and priests, i. e. in a distin-
tion in the world to come. Comp. Ols- guished manner quoted from Ex. xix. ;

hausen on Matt. iii. 2. Tholuck Berg- 6, where Sept. for D^HS Hp^TDp Wisd.
pred. p. 72 sq Hence in N. T. spoken. xviii. 15. Jos. Ant! 2. '10. 2. Xen,
(a) in the Jewish temporal sense, by Anab. 1. 10. 12.
Jews and by the apostles before the and plur.
as a subst. TO (3affiXuov,
b)
day of Pentecost, Matt, xviii. 1. xx.21. TO. /Sao-j'Xfia, (sc.
a SwfJia or Sufiara,^
Luke xvii. 20 init. xix. 11. Acts i. 6. royal mansion, palace, Luke vii. 25. So
 131 Baa "A r era

Sept. piur. for ^p JV3 Esth. ii. 13. 3. 13. 3.comp. 7. iO. 3, ar^l 8. 8. 6, 15
ni2& tT2 Esth. ii. 13.
^n Nah. Trop. spoken of Christians, as about
ii. 6.'
sing for p7*
Prov. xviii. 19. to reign with the Messiah over the na-
Plur. Jos.Ant. 13. 5. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. tions, Rev. v. 10. i. 6 in text. rec.
5. Sing. Jos. Ant. 6. 12. 4. Xen. Cyr. comp. xx. 6, and see in BaatXtuw b
8. 7. 1. AL.

f.
Ba<T*XiJc wc> o, a king, i. e. one BacrfXfi/W) evffai,
(/3a<riXEi>f,)
to be

who king, to reign, intrans.

exercises royal authority and
for a) genr. and c. c. tiri
seq. gen. of
sovereignty. Sept. everywhere
Heb. 7TPTP* country or accus. of pers. to reign over,

and genr. of David, Matt. i. 6. etc. Luke xix. 14, 17. 1 Tim. vi. 15 6
a) pp.
Acts (3a<TtXfvwv, a Spoken of Arche-
xrii. 22. Pharaoh, Acts vii. 10, 18. king.
Heb. of the Roman em- laus, who for a time had the title of
23, 27.
xi.

peror, John xix. 15. of ancient Jewish king, Matt. ii. 22, see in 'ApxeXaof.
Sept. for TJ^tt Judg. ix. 8, 10. 1 Sam.
kings, Luke x. 24. Herodian. 4. 10. 4.
Xen. 1. 2. 1. So viii. 9, 11. C. c. gen. Herodot. 1. 206.
Polyb. 3. 33. 3.
also Jesus as the Messiah is often
Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 2 Spoken of the
Messiah, Luke i. 33. 1 Cor. xv. 25.
called king, king of Israel, of the Jews,
etc. Matt. ii. 2. xxi. 5. xxv. 34, 40. Luke Rev. xi. 15.

xix. 38. John i. 50. xii. 13, 15. al. So b) absol. to reign, i. e. to possess and
to exercisedominion ; spoken of God as
Sept. and rr^p Ps. ii.6. Ez. xxxvii.24.
Spoken of God, 1 Tim. i. 17. vi. 15. vindicating to himself his regal power,
Rev. xv. 3. xvii. 14 fiafftXivg
Rev. xi. 17. xix. 6. So Sept. and
panXeuv, 7^73
Ps. xciii. 1. xcvi. 10. xcvii. 1. xcix. 1.
king of kings, by way of emphasis ;

comp. ava avaKTdiv ^Eschyl. Suppl. Trop. spoken of Christians who are to
633. Matth. $ 430. 5. Gesen. p. 692. c. reign with Christ, i. e. enjoy the high
Stuart, 455. c. So Sept. and 7jp Ps. privileges, honours, and felicity of the
v. 3. xxix. 10. xlvii. 3. xcv. 3.
Messiah's kingdom, Rom. v. 17. Rev. v.
Ecclus.
10. xx. 4, 6. xxii. 5. So of Christians on
Ii. ]. Matt. v. 35 iroXig TOV peydXov
i. e. of God, viz. Jerusalem as. earth, to enjoy the honour and prosperity
flaaiXewg,
the seat of his worship so Sept. and of kings, 1 Cor. iv. 8 bis. Comp. Lat.
;
vivo et regno, Hor. Ep. 1. 10. 8 Trop.
7f*?p
Ps. xlvii. 2.
in a more general and lower sense,
to have dominion, to prevail, tobe predomi-
b) e. g. death, Rom. v. 14, 17. sin
as a title of distinguished honour, vice- nant, and
Thus etc. grace, v. 21 bis. vi. 12.
roy, prince, leader, chief,
Herod the Great and his successors had
the title of king, but were dependent oe, 17, ov, (/3affiXeve,) kingly,
royal, i. e.
for the name and power on the Ro-
to a king, e. g. a
a) pp. belonging
mans; Matt.ii. 1, 3, 9. Luke i. 5. Acts
xii. 1 xxv. 13 sq. xxvi. 2 sq. But Herod
.
territory, Acts xii. 20. a robe, xii. 21.
So Sept. for Num. xx. 17. xxi. 22.
7^?p
Antipas was in fact only a tetrarch, '

2 Sam. xiv. 26'.

rPD^tt Esth. viii.
15
(Matt. xiv. 1. Luke iii. 1, 19. ix. 7,)
Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 3. Spoken of a person
though he is called fiaaiXtve Matt. xiv. 9.
attached to a court, a courtier, a noble-
Mark vi. 14. So Aretas, king of Arabia
man, John iv. 46, 49. Jos. Ant. 17. 10,
Petraea, 2 Cor. xi. 32, comp. Bibl. Re-
3, 6. Polyb. 4. 76. 2.
pos. III. p. 266, 267. Also when
joined with jjye^ovec, Matt. x. 18. Mark b) trop. noble, excellent, pre-eminent.
James ii. 8 vofiog flaGiXmoQ. Clem,
xiii. 9. Luke xxi. 12. also Acts iv. 26.
Alex. Strom. 1. 16 didaaicaXia. 5. 14
So Sept. and 7^>p Ps. ii. 2. cii. 16.
6 \6yoc $* Toff teal paaiXiKOQ. Jos. Ant.
Genr. 1 Pet. if. 13, 17. 1 Tim. ii. 2.
6. 4. 5. Xen. Conv. 1. 8 /3ct<r. KaXXoy,
Matt. xvii. 25. xviii. 23. Acts ix. 15. Rev.
So 1. 13
ix. 11. So Sept. and 7jp Josh. c. 12. regalis Cic. Off.

Horn. Od. 1. 394. Spoken of the Baffi\i<rcFa, rje, 17, ((3a.criXr.ve,)

a
tons of the emperor Severus, Herodian. queen, Matt. xii. 42. Luke xi. 31. Acts
K2
 *aai$ 132 Baroc
yiii. 27. Hev. xviii. 7. Sept. for Acts ix. 15 ffKtvoc TOV (3a<TTaaat TO ovopd
1 K. x. 1. Esth. i. 9, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17. fjiov IVUTTIOV ISvuv K. T. X. to bear my
Polyb. 23. 18. 2. Aristot. GEc. 9. name, i. e. to announce, to publish, etc.
Xen. (Ec. 9. 15 The Atticists con- In the sense of to bear up, to support,
demn it as a word of the later Greek Rom. xi. 18. Metaph. to bear, to sup-
instead of paviXua or /3a<nXiff, Phryn.
port, to endure, e. g.
labours, sufferings,
ed. Lob. p. 225. Sturz de Dial. Mac. etc. Matt. xx. 12 see in Bapoe. Rev.
p. 151. ii. 3.punishment, rb tcpi^a, Gal. v. 10.
So Sept. for 2 K. xviii. 14. Heb.
W C> a ^ty;
Ba<nc * */>
(/Safvwj) fep, Lev. v. 17. Is. liii. 12. Ez.
"py Nil?} 1,
jwzc, Herodian. 6. 6. 12. base, a foot,
xxiii. 35. So to bearpatiently, Rom. xv.
on which any thing stands, Sept. for
1. Gal. vi. 2. Rev. ii. 2. Arrian. Diss.
J5
Ex. xxx. 18, 28. In N. T. the foot,
as that with which we walk, Acts iii. 7.
Epict. 1. 3. 2. Metaph. in the sense of
to receive, to understand, John xvi. 12
Wisd. xiii. 18. Jos. Ant. 7. 6. 5. ib. 7.
TroXXd ov Svvaabe /3aoraiv apri.
11.3.
Arrian. Diss. Ep. 3. 15. 9 criel^/at ro

7rpay/za, jcai TTJV aavrov QvoiV} ri dvvaacn

aor. 1 Ifiaoicava, for which MSS. have /Saorao-oi.
as also Herodian. 2. 4. 11. c) to bear or carry about, sc. as
i(3d(TKi)va,
attached to one's person ; Gal. vi. 17
comp. Buttm. $ 101. 4. n.2 to prate, sc.
;

about any one, to slander, trans. Plut. criy/mra Iv r< ffw^an. So Symm. for
Pericl. 12. In N. T. to prate tj any K^5 Ps. Ixxxix. 51, where Sept. VTTEX^.
mislead by pretences, as if
e. to
Luke xi. 27 KoiXia 17 /Baorao-aora <re.
one, i.
So Schpl. MS. 59 ov Iv
in Horn. II. 6.
by magic arts, to fascinate^ to bewitch,
trans. Gal. iii. 1. Herodian. 2. 4. 11. yaoTpi 77 /*7?rijp fiaaraZoi, comp. "Wet-
Diod. Sic. 4. 6. Aristot. Probl. 20. 34. stein in loc. In the sense of to wear,
for which classic writers use 0opew,
Theocr. Id. 6. 39. Comp. Lob. ad
Luke x. 4. So ^opew, Diod. Sic. 20. 54.
Phryn. p. 462 sq. Wetstein N. T. ad
loc. Xen. An. 1. 8. 29.

BcKTTaw, f. affo), (fiaoiQ,\ pp. to raise I. Barocj ov, TI or b, a thorn-bush r

upon a basis, to support; in ordinary bramble; fern. Luke vi. 44. xx. 37.
usage and in N. T. to take up and hold, Acts vii. 30, 35. So Sept. for rqp Deut.
to bear, trans, viz. xxxiii. 16. Horn. Od. 24. 229.' 'Polyb.
a)
to take up and hold, sc. in the 3. 71. 1. Theophr. H. PI. 3. 18. Masc.
hands, etc. John x. 31 IfidaTaZov \i3rovs. 6 PO.TOQ, Mark xii. 26 in later edit. So
Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 7 /3a<rra<raff rqv pa- Sept. Vatic, for r^p Ex. iii. 2, 3, 4. So
Xaipiv cnrb Trjs yrjs. Herodian. 4. 2. 11. the Attics, according to Mceris, p. 99.
In the sense of to take up and bear, Thorn. Mag. p. 148. Comp. H. Planck
Acts xxi. 35. So to take up and bear in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 667.
away, i. e. to take away, John xx. 15.
Jos. Ant. 7. 15. 3. ib. 9. 7. 1. Polyb. 1. II. Barocj ov, o, a bath, Heb. n5>
48. 2. Trop. to take upon one's self and a Jewish measure for wine and oil,
bear, Matt. viii. 17 rac voaovq. Comp. Is. equal to the ephah for dry measure,
liii. 4. Luke xvi. 6. According to Josephus,
in the hands or Ant. 8. 2. 9, it contained 72 !<rrai or
b) to bear, to carry,
on the shoulders, etc. Matt. iii. 11 ra sextarii; but the sextarius, which at
virotirjuctTa, sandals, which was
one's Rome was equal to Ii pint, and would
the duty of a servant. Mark xiv. 13 thus make the bath equal to 131 gallons,
and Luke xxii. 10 Ktpdpiov vflarof. Luke varied much in different places. The
xiv. 27 and John xix. 17 TOV aravpov. more usual estimate for the capacity of
Luke vii. 14. John xii. 6. Acts iii. 2. xv. the bath, is 7 or 9 gallons. Comp.
10. Gal. vi. 5. Rev. xvii. 7 Ecclus. vi. 1 K. vii. 26, 38. Ez. xiv. 10, 11, 14.
27. Bel and Drag. 36. Herodian. 4. 7. See Jahn ^ 114. Adam's Rom. Ant. p
11. Polyb. 2. 24. 6. ib. 8. 7. 9. Trop. 504. See in K/og.
 133

IYOC ou, o, a frog , Rev. xvi. 17. _ Test. XII Patr. p. 615 iv
13. Sept. tor Ps. Ixxviii. 45. cv. ypaaiv k$v&v. Here belongs the
yyi^
30. ^Elian. V."H.'l. 3. Artemid. 2. 15 phrase TO (3'e\vypa rfjg fcpjy^ciffewg,
Matt. xxiv. 15 and Mark xiii. 14, quoted
by Jesus from Dan. ix. 27, coll. xi. 31.
xii. 11, where Sept. for QTpto y^plp',

pp. an abomination causing desolation,

BarroAo^/lw, <u, f. fi<ra>, com- and applied by Christ to what was to
pounded from Xlyw and /3arroe, a word take place at the destruction of Jeru-
derived by some from the Heb. Nga salem by the Romans ; comp. Luke xxi.
to prate, to use words, Lev. v. 4.
many 20, and so also Josephus, Ant. 10. 11. 7.
or from ia plur. trill, empty words, It is probably to be referred to the pol-
Job. xi. 3. coll. ver. 2. Is. xvi. C. xliv. lution of the temple by idol-worship or
25. By regarded as of Greek
others it is the setting up of images ; though ex-
origin, and even as a proper name. This press historical testimony is wanting;
Battus, according to some, was a king of comp. 2 Thess. ii. 4. See Olshausen
Cyrene who stuttered, Herodot. 4. 155 ;
on Matt. xxiv. 15. So Sept. ry 'Acrrapry
according to others, he was a silly lo- (38t\vypa.Ti 2i$(jjvidiv for OTlbh? 1 K.
quacious poet, who made long hymns xi. 5. bl^3 1 K. xxi. 26. "jpn
'is. xvii.
full of repetitions Suid. /SarroXoyia*
;
8. So (3d. TIIQ tpg/iw<rewe 1Mace. i. 54,
if TToXvXoyia, a?ro Barrow nvof ftaicpovf where it refers to the like pollution of
Kal TroXwoTi'xeuf fyivoif Troir/travroe, rav- the temple by Antiochus Epiphanes,
roXoytav, x ovr C It is more probably who up in it the statue of Jupiter
set
imitated by a sort of onomatopoeia from Olympius comp. 2 Mace. vi. 25.
;

a person who stutters or stammers and ;

1 Mace. i. 59. vi. 7.
thus /SarroXoyew originally signified to
6v> abo-
, i], (jS^fXvcraw,)
stammer, and then to babble, to chatter ;
minable, detestable, Tit. i. 16. Sept. for
so Passow sub voc. Hence in N. T.
royin Prov. xvii. 15. 2 Mace. i. 27.
to use empty words, to repeat the same
Ecclus. xli. 5.
thing over and over, intrans. Matt. vi. 7,
where it is explained by TroXuXoyi'a.
f. *&, (/3&o) pedo,)
Comp. Ecclus. vii. 14. Simplic.in Epic-
to emit a stench, to excite disgust ; in
tet. p. 212. [340.] Trtpi xaStjicovTuv Sk
N. T. Mid. pStXixTvopai, as trans, to
/iarroXoywi* vvv. Eustath. in Od. w. feel disgust at, to abominate, to abhor;
p. 833. 43, Bdrrog, /SatriXevf, Ai/3ve. DC see Buttm. 135. 4. Rom. ii. 22
ZoKt'i
traooifiiav Sovvai rov /SarroXoyeTv. (3dt\v<r(r6[j.evog TO. ei^wXa. So Sept. for
See Wetstein ad Matt. 1. c. Tholuck ^3 Lev. xxvi. 11. syF) Deut. xxiii. 7.
Bergpred. p. 362 sq. Amos v. 10. Wisd. xi. 25. Polyb. 33.
16. 20. of a stench, Aristoph. Plut. 700.
, aroe, *"<5, Particip. of the Perf. Pass, in a pass.
an abomination, i. e.
any thing abomi- sense, abominable, detest-
*/3foXi;y/i!voc,
nable or detestable.
able, i. e. polluted with crimes, etc. Rev.
a) genr. Luke xvi. 15 (3$. ivwiriov TOV xxi. 8. So Sept. for
3^H3 Is- xiv. 19.
Stov, opp. to TO iv avSpwiroiG vv^/jjXov. Job. xv. 16. nnvin Lev. xviii. 30. Prov.
So Sept. for nnyln seq. ivuiriov Prov. viii. 7. Hos. ix. 10.
"ppili
xi. 1. seq. tvavn i)eut. xxiv. 4.
seq. dat.
Prov. xv. xx. 23. xxi. 27. al.
8, 9. BtjSawc, ai'a, ov, (/3oa*, /3a/vw,)
steadfast, firm, sure as tXirie 2 Cor. i.
b) spoken of what was unclean in the
;

Jewish sense, and especially of impure 7. Heb. iii. 6. vi. 19. So Rom. iv. 16.
Heb. ii. 2. iii. 14. ix. 17. 2 Pet. i. 10, 19.
idol-worship hence, idolatry, licen-
;
Wisd. vii. 23. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 2 /erijo-if.
tiousness, abominable impurity, Rev. xvii.
So Sept. rd (3St\vyfiara 7. 9. 2. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 23 a'p^vij. Hiero
4, 5. xxi. 27.
TUV 3. 7 $t\ia.
iSvtiv forjTQ2rin2 K. xvi. 3. xxi. 2.
comp. Lev. xviii.22. yj7$ Lev. xi. 10,
Bt/Scuow, (t, f. w<r>, (/3/3atof,) to
12, 13.
rrplTp
Jer. xi. 15, coll. v. 13, make steadfast, to confirm, trans, spoken
of persons, 1 Cqr. i. 8. 2 Cor. i. 21. See Buxt. Lex. 333. Lightfbot Hor,
Col. Heb. xiii. 9. So Sept. for Qj:>
ii. 7. Heb. ad Matt. xii. 24.
Ps. cxix. 28. rrsn Ps. xli. 13. Spoken
^
/
of things, etc. to corroborate, to ratify, licAtaA or BtAmp, o, indec,
to cstaM6-A, sc. by arguments, proofs,
^'^ or ?<
>
Heb *&3 (wicked-
-

etc. Mark xvi. 20. Rom. xv. 8. 1 Cor.

ness
> l Sam xxv - - 25 '
used as an
.

lation of Satan > 2 Cor vl '

i. 6. Heb. ii. 3. Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 6. \- ,
forra BeX 'P wluch ur8 ln late *
Herodian. 6. 8. 15. Thuc. 3. 12. <? u .

editions is Syriac, the b being changed

con- to n. So Test. XII Patr. p. 539, 587,
Bcj3ac'a><r<c, fwc, t, (/3f/3aioo),J
Jirmation, Jinn establishment, Phil. i. 7. 619. al.

Heb. vi. 16 ttf/St/SatWtv. Wisd. vi. 18.

Thuc. 4. 87.
Bf \ovn, ?/c, /, (/fcXoc,)NT*
ry \ ' * ~f
lit. point of

a weapon ; in N. T. and genr. a needle,

ou, o, 17, adj. (/3iW, Luke xviii. 25 in MSS. for pa0('cin text.
,
Aristot. de An. 2. 88. Ammian.
j3/j\c a threshold), pp. of place, ac- recept.
Epist. 17. 96. ^Elian. V. H. 9. 8. See
cessible to all, Soph. (Ed. Col. 10.
^ob. ad Phryn. p. 90.
hence, common, profane, in opp. to a'yiof,
Thuc 4 97 Etymol Mag.
.

^ ^
.

Sam.
So Sept.
xxi. 4, 5
for ^n Lev.
Lz. xxn. 26.
x. 10

Spoken
1
r ^ ;
etc .
.
Lp. Eph.
^^
vi. 16 rot,
fl

/3U^
of persons
^ j. e . missiles

uninitiated,
^ff^
m V. H
e -

3. 9.
fitted with combustibles, etc. Sept. for
g gam xxii 15 Ps xyiii J5 cxliy
In N.T. spoken of persons, profane
i. e. tminoiM, 1 Tim. i. 9
^_ Arrian E Alex< 2> 21
.
^
scoffer Xen. Anab. 5. 2. 14.
^,
Heb. So Sept. for ^n Ez. xxi.
xii. 16.
25. 3 Mace.
14. Spoken of things,
ii.
^ ^eer, com-
BcXr/wv, ovoc, ,

as disputes, etc. common, unholy, un- par. of ayo&og, Buttm. 68. 1. The
sanctified, 1 Tim. iv. 7. vi. 20. 2 Tim, neut. (3t\riov stands adverbially, 2 Tim.
ii. 16. i. 18. (3t\riov ywwaKeif, thou knowest
-n & \ ~ * better sc. than I can write, etc, Comp,
B f
/3,Xd w ,
,

,
f. o,, Woe,) *,

profane, to violate, trans. Matt. xn. 5.

Acts. xxiv. 6, Sept. for Ex. xxxi. 14. ^n Bev/aju/v, o, indec. Benjamin, Heb.
Lev. xix, 8, 12. Niota Ez. xliii. 7, 8 -- (son of my right hand), pr.
'pTp^-'ja
Heliodor. 10, p. 513. Comp. H. Planck name of the youngest son of Jacob by
in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 684. Rachel ; comp. Gen. xxxv. 18 sq
Hence <f>v\t} Bvia/*iV, the tribe of Ben-
indec.
ouA, o, Beelzebul, / ^
amz Acts xiii. 21. Rom. xi. 1. Phil, iii
the prince of the evil angels or demons, g p ev v jj g
i.
q. Satan, Matt. x. 25. xii. 24, 27.
Markiii. 22. Luke xi. 15, 18, 19. Heb, Hfpvticri, ris, r), Bernice, eldest

b^\ ^a, deus stercoris, from b^\,

i. e. daughter of Herod Agrippa first, and
Buxt. Lex. Ch. Tal. Rab. 641 The -- sister to the younger Agrippa, Acts xxv.
name in the O. T. is y\3.\ ^V?> B * X - 13 > 23 xxy i- 30
- she was married to -

^/3o^j8, Beelzebub, i. e. lord of flies, fly- her uncle Herod, king of Chalcis and ;

god. 2 K. i. 2, where Sept. BaaX after his death, in order to avoid the

pv~iav; comp. the Ztvg 'ATrofiviog of the merited suspicion of incest with her
Greeks, Pausan. 5. 14. 2; and the Ju- brother Agrippa, she became the wife
piter Myagrius of the Romans, Solin. of Polemon, king of Cilicia. This
Polyhist. c. 1. This form is also found connexion being soon dissolved, she re
in some MSS. of the N. T. but the form turned to her brother, and afterwards
B\{/3oi>X, applied in contempt by a became mistress of Vespasian and Titus.

slight paronomasia,seems to have been Jos. Ant, 19. 5. 1. ib. 20. 7. 2, 3. Tacit,
the prevailing one among the Jews. Hist. 2. 81. Sueton, Tit* 7.
 Bt'oom 135

a city of n, indec. Bethlehem, Heb.

Bf/oom, ac, 7, -Bemz,
Macedonia, OH the river Astrseus, not ITS (house of bread), Gen. xxxv.
far from Pella towards the S. W. and 19 pr. name of a celebrated city, the
;

near mount Bermius. It was after- birthplace of David and Jesus. It was
wards called Irenopolis, and is now situated in the limits of the tribe of
called by the Turks Boor; by others, Judah, about six or eight miles south
Cara Veria. Acts xvii. 10, 13. Thuc. by west of Jerusalem, and probably re-
1. 61. ceived its appellation from the fertility
of the circumjacent country. Matt. ii. 1,
Toc, a, ov, of Berea, Berean, Luke 4, 15. John 42.
5, 6, 8, 16. ii. vii.
Acts xx. 4.
See Miss. Herald 1824. p. 67.
a, ac, n, Bethabara, Heb.
JT2 (house or place of the ford BijvO-ai'Sa, 17, indec. also BrjScraiddv',
text. rec. in Matt, and Mark, Bethsaida,
sclVf the Jordan), John i. 28 where ;

the best MSS. and later editions read BTJ- Heb. rTTS
T
JV3 (place of hunting or
Savia. The reading BijSafBapa. seems to fishing), pr.
name of two cities or towns
have arisen from the conjecture of Origen, in N. T.
who found in his day no such place as Bethsaida of Galilee (John xii. 21),
1.

Bi}$avfa, but saw a town called B;3a-

so perhaps in distinction from
called
the other Bethsaida, probably lay near
fiapa, where John was said to have bap-
tized and therefore took the to Capernaum, being mentioned in con-
;
liberty
nexion with it, Matt. xi. 21, 24. Luke
change the reading. See Orig. Opp. 11.
x. 13, 15. Comp. also Mark vi. 45 with
p. 130, ed. Huet. Kuinoel in loc.
John vi. 17. Eusebius says only that it
Bethany, Syro-
ac,
lay on the sea of Gennesareth, i. e. the
>7> ,

Chald. (house of dates), from

"jprj rXjl western shore as its name also would
;

K^ns; a date, Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Tal. imply. It was the birth place of Philip,
38.
Andrew, and Peter, John i. 45. Matt.
1 . A town or village about fifteen fur- xi. 21. Mark vi. 45. (viii. Luke x. 13.
from Jerusalem (John xi. 18) 22.)
longs .
John i. 45. xii. 21.
beyond the mount of Olives so called ;
2. The other Bethsaida lay in Gau-
from the great number of palm trees
lonitis N. E. extremity of the
at the
which grew there. It was the residence
lake, near where the Jordan enters it.
of Mary, Martha, and Lazarus and ;
This town was enlarged by Philip,
Jesus often went out from Jerusalem to
tetrach of that region (Luke iii. 1), and
lodge there. At present it is a misera- called Julias, in honour of Julia the
ble village. Matt. xxi. 17. xxvi. 6.
Mark xi. daughter of Augustus. Jos. Ant. 18.
U, 12.
1, xiv. 3. Luke xix. 29.
2. 1. B.J.2.9.1. ib.3. 10.7. Plin..H.
xxiv. 50. John xi. 1, 18. xii. 1.
N. 15. 15. In the desert tract near
2. A place on the eastern side of Jor-
this city Jesus miraculously fed the five
dan, where John baptized. The exact
thousand, and afterwards departed by
position of it is not known. John i.
ship to the other side of the hike, Luke
28, in later edit, where others read
Some derive it here
ix. 10. Comp. Matt. xiv. 13 sq. Mark
B>/3aj3apa q. v. vi. 31 sq. John vi. 1, 2, 5 sq. 17, 22, 24.
from rP2K rr3, i. e. house or place of
Hither Griesbach and others refer also
ships ; and suppose it to have been the Mark viii. 22 ; see Kuinoel ad loc.
same place as Bethabara.
rj,
indec. Bethphage, Syro-
Sa, r), indec. BetJiesda, Syro- Chald. \DKD rr3 (house of figs), Buxt.
Chald. Nlprj JV2 (house of compassion)
Lex. Ch. Rab. 1691, pr. name of a vil-
Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. 798, a pool or
lage, Ku>nrj, east of the mount
of Olives,
fountain at Jerusalem whose waters had
and near to Btfiavia. Matt. xxi. 1. Mark
a healing virtue, with a building over
xi. 1. Luke xix. 29.
or near it for the accommodation of
the sick. John v. 2. See Calmet. Jahn (/3atW,) a i. e.
Bi^ia, aroc, , step,
198. a pace, foot-step, Acts vii. 6 ovSk
a)
 BrjovXXoc 13G

f}-!jpa Trotfof, not a foot-breadth. So

i. e. ness, in the same sense as above. pp.
Sept. for
^TCp
TJTltt
Dent. ii. 5. Xen. H. G. 5. 2. 23 ir6X C ra f /3e/3ta-
Xen.Cyr. 7/5.6.
like the Engl. steps, i. e.
b) by impl.
any elevated place to which the ascent B/cuoe, a, ov, (j3ia,) violent, vehe-
ment, spoken of a wind, Acts ii. 2. So
is
by steps, e. g. a stage or pulpit for a
Sept. and ty Ex. xiv. 21. TS Is. lix. 19.
speaker or reader, Sept. for bl3?3 Neh.
In N. T. spoken of
Wisd. xix. 7. Diod. Sic. ii. 19. Xen.
viii. 4. Esdr. ix. 42.
Cyr. 1. 3. 17.
an elevated seat like a throne in the
theatre at Cesarea, on which Herod sat,
Bmorrjc, ov, o, (/3iao>,) a violent
Acts xii. 21 ; comp. Jos. Ant. xix. 8. 2.
person, one who uses force, trop. spoken
Jos. Ant. 7. 15. 9 arag l<j>' in/^Xordrov of one who has a vehement desire for
More commonly,
/8^/iarog 6 /SacriXtuf. any thing, Matt. xi. 12, comp. in Biaw
a tribunal, sc. of a judge or magistrate, a. Philo de Agricult. p. 200. C. (p.
Matt, xxvii. 19. John xix. 13. Actsxviii.
312.)
12,10,17. xxv. 6, 10, 17. Rom. xiv. 10.
2 Cor. v. 10. See Adam's Rom. Ant. p. Bt/3Xapt<W, ov, TO, (dimin. fr.

123. see also in AiSoorpwrof. 2 Mace. /3ij3Xo,)

a small roll or volume, a little
xiii. 26. Herodian. 1. 5. 4. Xen. Mem. scroll, Rev. x. 2, 8, 9, 10. Pollux
3.6. 1. Onomast. 7. 210.

B/jovXXoQ, ov, o, }, beryl, a pre- B//3Xiov, ov,TO, (dim. as to form

cious stone of a sea-green colour, Rev. of a roll, volume, scroll, such
j3i/3Xoc,)
xxi. 20 __Tob. xiii. 17. Jos. Ant. 3. 7.5.
being the form of ancient books. Luke
Plin. H. N. 37. 5. Sept. finpvXXiov for iv. 17 bis, /3i/3Xtov 'H<raiou rov irpotyrjTov
Ex. xxviii. 20. xxxix. 11. avcnrrvZag TO (3ifi\iov. ver. 20 TTTV^UQ TO
pipXiov. John xx. 30. xxi. 25. Gal. iii. 10.
Bta, ac, */> strength, sc. of body,
Horn. II. 1. 404. ib. 8. 103. In N. T. 2 Tim. iv. 13. Rev.
v. 1,2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9,
vi. 14, comp. in'ATro^wpt^u;. Rev. xxii. 7,
force, impetus, violence, Acts. v. 26. xxi.
9, 10, 18 bis, 19. Sept. for -i?p Ex. xvii.
35. xxiv. 7. xxvii. 41. Sept. for rTQS
Ex. xiv. 25. Ex. 14. Josh. xxiv. 26. al Herodot. 1. 125.
77-15
i. 14. Wisd.'iv!
4. v. 12. Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 6. Xen. Cyr. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 14. Spoken of the
7. 1. 31.
Mosaic law or pentateuch, Heb. ix. 19.
x. 7. So Sept. and ipp Ps. xl. 8 __
Biaw, f.
a(ra>, (/3fa,)
to force, to 1 Mace. xii. 9. For TO i\iov ZWTJG
urge, Horn. Od. 12. 297. In N. T. only Rev. [xiii. 8.] xvii. 8. xx. 12. xxi. 27.
/3iao/*ttt, both as depon. Mid. to use
[xxii. 19.] and TO. i\ia sc. of judgment,
force, to force, c. c. accus. 2 Mace. xiv. Rev. xx. 12 bis, see in BtgXoc. Spoken
41. Xen. H. G. 6. 1. 4 ult. and as Pass. of letters or epistles, which were also
to suffer violence ; comp. Buttm. Ausf. rolled up, Rev. i. 11. perhaps 2 Tim. iv.
Sprachl. 114. Vol. II. p. 89. 13. So Sept. and npp 2 Sam. xi. 14.
Mid. trop. Luke xvi. 16 TTO.Q ilg 1 Mace. i. 46.
a) Spoken of docu-
avTfjv /3if rai, lit. every one uses violence
ments, e. g. a Jewish bill of divorce,
to enter into it, i. e. presses violently into Mark
Matt. xix. 7. x. 4. Comp. Deut.
it ; implying the eagerness with which xxiv. 1, 3, where Sept. and Heb. *l?p.
the gospel was received in the agitated
state of men's minds ; comp. Matt. xi. inner rind of the
B/jSXoc, ov, -n,
12 and 'ApiraZw a Sept. for D*TT Ex. papyrus, anciently used for writing, Jos.
xix. 24. pp. Philo Vit. Mos. l.'p. 618 Ant. 2. 10. 2. Theophr. Hist. PL 4. 9.
etc TO. tvTog giagcrat. Polyb. 1. 74. 6 Herodot. In N.T. a roll, volume,
2. 38.
ri]v irap(nf3o\riv.
'c Arrian. Exp. Alex. scroll, i.a book, such being the an-
e.
6. 9. 4. Thuc. 7. 69. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. cient form. Mark xii. 26 iv ry tXy
69 ti Kal (3ia.ffa.ivTO iiati). Mw^wc, i. e. the law. So Sept. for
b) Pass. trop. Matt. xi. 12 17 jSao-iXeto Chald. HDD Ezra vi. 18 Luke iii. 4.
rS>v ovpav&v jSia^rai, suffers violence, xx. 42. Acts i. 20. vii. 42. xix. 19. Sept.
it taken by force, i. e. sought with eager- for npp Josh. i. 8. 1 Sam. x. 25.
 137

Herodot. 2. 100. Dem. 313. 14 __ Spoken o>e, 17, i. e.

(Si6w,) life,
of a genealogical table or catalogue, mode of life, Acts xxvi. 4 __ Prol. to
Matt. i. 1. So Sept. and ipp Gen. v. Ecclus. Sia rifc ivv6fj,ov /3iw<rea>.
1. The phrase rj 6tXof rijs wf/c is

i.
q. tPn IpD, Sept. ftgXoc wvrwv, Ps. *?, ov, (/3iWif,) per-
Ixix. 29,'corap. Ex. xxxii. 32, 33, i. e. taining to this life, Luke xxi. 34. 1 Cor.
in the figurative style of oriental poetry,
vi. 3, 4. Act. Thorn. 36. Aristot. H.
God is represented as having the names Anim. 10. 16. Diod. Sic. 2. 29. The
later Greeks used jSiwrucog instead of
of the righteous, who are to inherit
the earlier form roC Lob. ad Phryn.
eternallife, inscribed in a book ; Phil. iov,

iv. 3. Rev. iii. 5. xx. 15. xxii. p. 355.

[xiii. 8.]
19 in text. rec. So Sept. and ipp Dan.
a, ov, (eXaTrrw,) hurtful,
xii. 1 Different from this is the book
.

noxious, 1 Tim. vi. 9. Sept. Prov. x.

in which God has from eternity inscribed
26. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 11.
the destinies of men, Ps. cxxxix.,16,
coll. Job. xiv. 5 and also the books of
; BAaTTTtu, f. */>w, to disable, to weaken,
judgment, in which the actions of men to impede, Horn. Od. 13. 22. II. 23. 782.
are recorded, TO. fr\ia, Rev. xx. 12 bis, Jos. Ant. 5. 5. 4. In N. T. to hurt, to
comp. Dan. vii. 10. 4 Esdr. vi. 20. harm, to injure, trans. Mark xvi. 18.
c. doub. accus. Luke iv. 35. 2 Mace.
.
po<Tw, perf. Ctfywica, xii. 22. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 2. Xen. Mem. 4.
(Buttm. to eat, John vi. 13 roTf
114,) 3. 8. ib. 4. 8. 11.
tttpwKoaiv. Sept. for ^jjj Josh. v. 12.
1 Sam. xxx. 12. Ez. iv. i4 Horn. II. BAaorovoj, f. rjffu, (SXaorof, germ,)
Xen. Hierol.24. to germinate, to
il-J. J4. put forth, intrans. and
trans.
BtSim'cr, ac, 7> Bithynia, a pro- intrans.
a) to sprout, to spring up,
vince of Asia Minor, on the Euxine sea
and Propontis, bounded W. by Mysia,
Matt. xiii. 26. Mark iv. 27. Heb. ix. 4.
So Sept. for rn^l Num. xvii. 23.
S. and E. by Phrygia and Galatia, and [8.]
KITH Joel 22.ii.Xen. CEc. 19. 2, 8.
E. by Paphlagonia. Acts xvi. 1. 1 Pet.
i. 1. b) trans, to cause to spring up, i. e. to
produce, to yield, James v. 18. Sept.
Btoc, ou, o, life, i. e. for N"Tinn Gen. i. 11. ^733 Num. xvii.
a) pp. the present life, Luke viii. 14. 23.
[8.} Ecclus. xxiv. 20. Philo de
1 Tim. ii. 2. 2 Tim. ii. 4. 1 Pet. iv. 3. Agricult. p. 191. ^Eschyl. Frag. p. 619.
Sept for trij* Job vii. 6. viii. 9. al. J21.
V. H. 3. 29/Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 8. BAaoroc, ou, o, JBlastus, a man wh}
was cubicularius to Herod Agrippa, i. e.
b) meton. means of life, living, suste-
Mark xii. 44. Luke viii. 43. xv.
had the charge of his bed-chamber, Acts
nance,
Prov. xxxi. xii. 20. Such persons usually had great
12, 30. xxi. 4. Sept. for Qr$
influence with their masters see Adam's
14. JV3 Cant. viii. 7.
"Jin Polyb. 2. j

15. 3. "Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 4 __ In the

Rom. Ant. p. 526.
sense of possessions, wealth, 1 John
16. iii. 17 Jos. Ant. i. 20. 1. Diod.
ii.
BAao-0r)jUtu, w, f. n,
to blaspheme, i. e.
Sic. 12. 40.
a) genr.
and
spoken of men and
w, w, f. w<ra>, (i'oc,)
aor. 1 things, to speak evil of, to slander, to de-
rarely, more comm. aor. 2 t&W, fame, to revile ; absol. Acts xiii. 45. xviii.
Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. 114. Vol. II. 6. 1 Tim. i. 20. 1 Pet. iv. 4 2 Mace.
p. 90. Matth. 227. Winer 15. to x. 34. xii. 14. Herodian. 1. 6. 20.

live, to pass one's life, etc. 1 Pet. iv. 2 Seq. accus. of pers. or thing, Acts xix.
ftWCTrtl \pOVOV. SO Sept. TTO\VV XpOVOV 37. Tit.iii. 2. James ii. 7. 2 Pet. ii. 10.

&ti(Tw for t3"7^ nsnn Job xxix. 18. Jude 8, 10. So 2 Pet. ii. 12 iv olg, for
n;n Prov. vii. 2. 'Wisd. xii. 23. Jos. ravra kv olg. Pass. Rom. iii. 8. xiv. 16.
Ant. 3. 5. 1. ttiwffa, Lucian. Macrob. 1 Cor. iv. 13. x. 30. 2 Pet. ii. 2. Sept.

12, 17. Xen. (Ec. 4. 8. for 5)13 2 K. xix. 6, 22. Jos. Ant. 6. 9.
 138

2. ib. 9. 6. 3. Herodian. 2. 7. 8. With i. e. the act of seeing,or rather by

an accus. of the abstract noun, Mark iii. meton. the object seen 2 Pet. ii. 8. ;

28. See Buttm. 131. 3. Spoken in XtfifiaTt ical uicoy, with seeing and hear-
reference to Jesus while on earth, seq. ing, i. e. with what he saw and heard.
accus. Matt, xxvii.39. Mark xv.29. Luke In the sense of look, mien, Herodian.
xxiii. 39. absol. Luke xxii. 65. Acts xxvi. 4. 6. 17. 2Elian V. H. 6. 14. ib. 8.

11, coll. ver. 9. 12.

b) spoken of God and his Spirit, or

of divine things, i. e. to revile, to treat f. $w, pp. to use the eyes, to
with irreverence and contumely ; seq. see, to look, trans, and in trans.
accus. Rom. ii. 24. Tit. ii. 5. Pet. 1 1. to see, viz.
a)
to be able to see, i. e.

iv. 14. Rev. xiii. 0. xvi. 9, 11, 21. Pass. to have the faculty of sight, and spoken
1 Tim. vi. 1. Sept. for yx^nrr Is. Iii. of the blind, to recover sight, inlrans.
6. Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 3. Diod. Sic. 2. Matt. xii. 22 ware TOV Tv<j>X6v >\tirtiv.
21. Seq. t'c c. accus. to blaspheme Acts ix. 9. fir) SXkiruv, i. e. blind. Rev. iii.
against, Mark iii. 29. Luke xii. 10. Bel 18 'iva CXeTryc, coll. ver. 17. Rev. ix. 20.
and Drag. 10. Jos. B. J. 2. 17. 1. Dem. So Sept. and niO 1 Sam. iii. 2. Ps. Ixix.
12-29. 5. Absol. Matt. ix. 3. xxvi. 65. 24.
nfn Dan. V. 25. n^S Ex.
'
iv. 11.

John x. 36. xxiii. 8. m. V. H. 6. 12. Xen. Mem.

1. 3. 4. So
TO tXiiriiv as a subst. sight,
i. e. the faculty of seeing, Luke vii. 21.
blasphemy, i. e. Buttm. 140. 5. Trop. John ix. 39 'iva

a) genr.
and spoken of men and 01 GXtTTOVTlC Kttl 01 Xt-
firj tXeTT<i)0l,
things, evil speaking, slander, reviling, Trovreg rv^Xoi ytvwvrai. ver. 41. So by
Matt. xii. 31. xv. 19. Mark iii. 28. vii. 22. of the same
Hebraism, with a particip.
Eph. iv. 31. Col. iii. 8. 1 Tim. vi. 4. verb by way of emphasis, GXiirovrfs
Rev. 9.
ii. So in the gen. instead of an
\tyere, seeing ye shall see, i. e. ye shall
adj. Jude 9 /epicnj/ Xa<r0i;/uac, i. q. indeed see, Matt. xiii. 14. Mark. iv. 12.
Xdff^>t]fiov icoiffiv 2 Pet. ii. 11. Comp. Acts, xxviii. 26. Is. vi. 9, where
Comp.
Buttm. 123. n. 4. So Sept. for nvjo
Sept. for -ixT lio, of which Heb. idiom
Ez. xxxv. 12. 2 Mace. x. 35. Jos. Ant. this is an imitation. Winer 46. 7. Gesen.
3. 14. 3. ib. 6. 13. 7. Dem. 141. 2. Stuart 514.
p. 778.
b) spoken of God and his Spirit or of b)
in the sense of to perceive, sc. with
divine things, reviling, contumely, impious the eyes, to discern, to desci'y, trans.
irreverence, Matt. xii. 31. xxvi. 65. Matt. vii. 3 ri di GXiirttQ TO tcdp^og TO iv
Mark ii. 7. xiv. 64. Luke v. 21. John TOV aov xi.
T$ 6<}>$aXfi<$ ddfXQov ; 4.
x. 33. Rev. xiii. 5, 6. So
in the gen. xiv. 30. xxiv. 2. Mark viii. 24. Luke xi.
for an adj. 6v6p.aTa \a<T(f>iip.iac for Xa- 33. John i. 29. xxi. 9. al. So
saep.
a^tjfia, Rev. xiii. 1. xvii. 3 see above in n^n 2 K. Amos viii.
;
Sept. for ix. 17. 1.
a. So Sept. for Chald.
rfysf
Dan. iii. 29. Herodian. 2. 9. 6 __ Rev. i. 12 GXiirtiv
2 Mace. viii. 4. xv. 2i.
rr\v <puvTjv to see the voice, i. e. to see
whence it came. Construed with an
ov, >), (Xa7rra> or
o,
and ^77/117,) accus. and particip. instead of a sub-
blasphemous, spoken of
words uttered against God and divine junct. or infin. Matt. xv. 31 tXtTrovrag
So of words KioQovg XaXovvTctg K. T. X. Mark v. 31.
things, Acts vi. 11, [13^j.
John v. 19. 2 Cor. xii. 6 where supply
against men, slanderous, contumelious, 2
Pet. ii. 11. PhiloLeg. ad Cai. p. 1012.
ovTa or irpdffffovTa. Comp. Buttm.
B. .Elian. V. H. 12. 57. Herodian. 7. 144. 4. b --Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 2. ib. 1. 2. 1.

8. 21. As a subst. a blasphemer, sc. in Intrans. or absol. Matt vi. 4, 6, 18.

respect to God, 1 Tim. i. 13 __ Wisd. By impl. to have before the eyes, spoken
6. Ecclus. Or in respect to
of what is present, Rom. viii. 24 o yap
i. iii. 16.
men, a slanderer, revikr, 2 Tim. iii. 2. /3Xe7Ti TIC, TI /cat sX-rriZti ; what one has
2 Mace. x. 36. before his eyes (i. e. present) how can
he yet hope for it ? ver. 25. Hence
BAt'/i/xa, aroe, T > seeng, part. Xc7ro/<tvof seen, i.
q. present. Rom.
 139

viii. 24. /\7rfc di pXiirop.ivjj oi>K tffTtv x. 18. Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 1 __ Col.
i. Lope which is present can no lon-
e. ii. 15 xaiotov ttai tXsrrcjv vfi&v TYJV
rdiv,
ger be hope. So rd (BXeiro^sva, things i.
joyfully beholding, Gesen. p. 82-3.
e.

seen, i. e. present things and rd /*?} ;

Stuart 533. So Heb. rWT Gen. xxxix.
/3X7ro/*va, things not seen, i. e. future 23. Ps.xxxvii.37. Is.xxii.Yl __Jos.B.J.
things, 2 Cor. iv. 18. Heb. xi. 1, 3, 7. 3. 10. 2. 2 Xe7rere TOVQ icvvag
Phil. iii.

Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 2 airy /3\7ro/*6v^ icai K. T. X. i. e. take heed to,

keep an eye
Trapovri Spoken of a vision, to see in upon, etc. and so by impl. beware of;
vision, Rev. i. 11. also vi. 1, 3, 5, 7, in see Winer 32. 1. p. 183 Seq. elg c.

text, rec. where others read Ifo. So Sept. accus. Matt. xxii. 16 ou ydp fiXsTreig tie
4
/3X*7Tw/, seer, for 1 Sam. ix. 9.TIN !, TrpoffwTcov dvSpwTrwv, i. e. thou regardest
c) metaph. to perceive, sc. with the not, hast not respect to, the external
mind, to be aware of, to observe ; Rom. of men; see Tlpouuirov. So TO. rd
vii. 23 /3\7rw eTcpov vopov iv roTf /"Xfcri TrpoVwTTov GXeireiv, 2 Cor. x. 7 Polyb. --
pov. Heb. x. 25. For the particip. 39. 2. 10 ore ftiv tt rdf airofyaatig avrov
instead of the subjunct. see above in b. rt (3Xi\l/eis ore 8' I'IQ TOV x^ipifffibv T&V

So Sept. and nNT Neh. ii. 17. Jos. Comp. Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 1
Ant. 6. 10. 2 Aavidnc tiuvirpaywv I/3XI- dperijv CXfTrovrff. Seq. rt and
TTITO. So seq. on, 2 Cor. vii. 8. Heb. TTUC, how, etc. Mark iv. 24. Luke viii. 18.
iii. 19. James ii. 22. 1 Cor. iii. 10. Eph. v. 15. Seq. Vva,
2,- to look, i. e. to look at or upon, to 1 Cor. xvi. 10. Col. iv. 17. 2 John 8.
direct the eyes upon, to behold, trans, and Spoken by way of caution, in the im-
intrans. perative, X7Trw, X7rer, look to it,
of persons ; seq. take heed, be on the watch, beware, absol.
a) pp. (a) spoken
accus. Mutt. v. 28 Traf 6 fiXtiruiv yvvdlxa. Mark. xiii. 23, 33. seq. iavrovs etc. Mark
Rev. v. 3. 4, ove pXtiretv UVTO sc. rd xiii. 9. 2 John 8. So gXeTTfre pfj, take
(3i/3Xiov, i. e. to look into it, examine it. heed lest, seq. aor. subjunct. Matt. xxiv. 4.
Sept. and mn Cant. i. 5. Hag. ii. 4. Luke xxi. 8. Acts xiii. 40. Gal. v. 15 .

^Esop. Fab/ 120. So Matt, xviii. 10, 1 Cor. x. 12. /ijjTT^c 1 Cor. viii. 9 So
01 dyyfXot avTuiv SiairavTOf pXiirovai TO opa pi'i Lucian. D. Deor. 8. 22. Xen.
irpoffiuTrov TOV Trarpoj pov,
their angels Cyr. 3. 1. 27. Seq. fut. indie. Col. ii. 8.

behold continually the face of my father, /iJ77rorc Heb. iii. 12 -- So SXfTTfrc CLTTO,

i. e. in accordance with the customs &f look e. avoid, beware of,

away from, i.

oriental monarchs, they have constant Mark. viii. 15. xii. 38. See in 'ATTO 1. 2. e.
access to him, are admitted to his privacy Tittm. de Syn. N T. p. 114. AL.
as his friends. So Heb. rfy@n "JS *N%
BArjrloc, a, Ov, (/3dXXa>,)
a verbal
for which Sept. ol lyyvg row /SaenXIwjr
Esth. i. 14. ol op&vTtQ TO irpoauirov implying necessity, propriety, etc. to be
TOV jSafftXfwff 2 K. xxv. 19. ot iv irpoaai- cast, to be put, Mark ii. 22. Luke v. 38.

TOV /3a<riXu> Jer. Iii. 25. See Buttm. 102. 134. 8.

7T(p Seq. tie
c. accus, to look upon, to behold ; Acts indec. Boanerges, Mark
Boavf/oys'cj
iii. 4 /SXs^/ov tig r//iag. John xiii. 22. iii. 17, explained by viol gpovrj/c sons of
Luke
So Sept.
ix. 6*2 tig
for
rd
ta^n Gen.
OTTIO-W, to look back.
xix. 17. Ec-
thunder; Aram. sons of commo-
73*1

tion, the form todve- being perhaps

the
^
clus. xl. 29. Herodian. 3. 11. 5. Xen. Galilean pronunciation instead of eve-.
An. 4. 1. 28.
(j3) Spoken of-a place, to
Applied by Christ as a surname to
look, i. e. to be situated, seq. /card c. ac- James and John, probably on account
cus. Acts xxvii. 12 Xifieva Trjg Kprjrijg of their fervid impetuous spirit comp, ;

(BXtTTovra KCLTCL Aifia. So Sept, for 135 Luke ix. 54, where see Olshausen.
Ez. xl. 23.H3D 2 Chr. iv. 4. Ez. xlvi!
to cry
1, 13, triD Ez. xl. 6, 21, 22, 46. al.
20. Boaw, w, f- fa**) (^>)
Herodian. 2/1 1.16. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 9. aloud, to exclaim ; genr. and absol.

to direct the Luke xviii. 38. seq. T'I Acts xxi. 34. seq.
b) metaph. to look to,
mind upon, to consider, to take heed ; on Acts xvii. 6. Sept. for Qn; Is. v. 30.
1 Sam. xxiv. S.-^
seq. ace. 1 Cor. i. 26 fiXtirtrt TIJV pyS 2 K. ii. 12. in]?
 140 B O(T(lf)
Herodian. 2. 2. 7. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 37. sense of cistern, Matt. xii. 11, i.
q. <f>piaf
Spoken of exclamations of joy, Gal. iv. in Luke xiv. 5. See Jahn 45. Sept.
27, quoted from Is. liv. 1, where Sept. and nns 2 Sam. xviii. 17.
for bn^. Sept. for Is. xiv. 7. xliv.
rnj^J
23 Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 26 __
So of terror or BoArj, f?c, }, (/3dXXw,)
a cast, a
throw, spoken of distance, Luke xxi. 41
pain, seq. 0wvy /xtydXp, Acts viii. 7, Mark
o;<Ti XiSou /3oX//v about a stone's throw ;
xv. 34. Comp. Buttm. 133. 3. 2. Sept.
comp. Buttm. 131. 8 Sept. Gen. xxi.
for
pyj 1 K. viii. 18. Is. xv. 5. jop Gen. 16. Thuc. 5. 65
xxxix. 15,18. Comp. 2 K. Kyiii.38. Neh.
CLKOVTIOV jSoXi/f
ix.4. Plut. Coriolan. 25. Xen. Cyr. 4.
2. 28. Spoken of a command or ex- ,
f. f<rw,
(/3oX'f q. v.) to heave
hortation given with a loud voice, as by the lead, to sound, intrans. Acts xxvii.
a herald, Matt. iii. 3. Mark i. 3. Luke 28 bis Eustath. ad II. e. p. 427. 49. S.
4.
iii. John i. 23. comp. Is. xl. 3, 6, p. 615. 53.
where Sept. for hnp. Diod. Sic. 12. 62.
Xen. An. 4. 3. 22*. Of a cry for help, BoX('c> oc, ?> aw,) pp. some-
Luke thing thrown, as the lead in sounding,
c. c. ?rpof riva, xviii. 7. Sept. for
14. Hos.
whence ]8oX/w q. v. In N. T. a missile,
py] Judg. x. vii. 14. p^S
Gen. iv. 10. Num. xii. 13.
i. e. a missile
weapon, e. g. a javelin or
lop Judg. Heb.
xv. 18. Joel i. 19. Seq. acciis. Xen. dart, xii. 20. Sept. for n^TE Neh.

Cyr. 7. 2. 5.
iv. 17.
yn Num. xxiv. 8. Ez.'v. 16.
Plut. Vit. Paral. V. 6. 6. ed. Reiske.
a cry, outcry, exclama-
jc, 17,

tion, sc. for help, James v. 4. Boo, indec. Booz or Boas, Heb.
Sept. for 6,
name of a man
Hj^S 1 Sam. ix. 16. nyyif *
Ex. ii. 24. \tfSi(sprightliness), pr.
IMian. V. H. 13. 46. Xen. Anab. celebrated in the book of Ruth. Matt.
4. 7. 23. i. 5. bis. Luke iii. 32.

et, 17, (oj;S!w q. v.,) help,

Bopl3opO5 <>v, o, dirt, mire, filth,
pp. such as accumulates where animals
aid, succour, Heb. iv. 16. Sept. fbrTty are kept, 2 Pet. ii. 22. where the ex-
Ps. cxxi. 1. cxxiv. 8. rniy Judg. V.
23. Ps. xxxviii. 23 __ Herod'ian. 2. 5. 5.
pression is proverbial. Sept. for ta*q
Jer. xxxviii. 6. Dem. 1259. 11. Arrian.
Thuc. 3. 113. Meton. Acts xxvii. 17 at
Diss. Epict. 4. 11. 29 airt\$t KOI x'PV
(3oii$tiai, helps, means of help, e. g. ropes,
diaXeyov, 'iv' Iv op6py firj KvXirjrat. Jos.
chains, etc. Aristot. Rhet. 2. 5.
Ant. 10. 7. 5.
-ew,) pp. for
rwn Mj9 at a cry for help, i. e. to ad- , a, o, (contr. opsac,)
vance in aid of any one, Polyb. 5. 76. 5. pp. the north or N.N.E. wind, Sept.
Prov. xxvii. 16, Xen. Anab. 4. 5. 3. In
Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 1. In N. T. genr. to
N. T. by meton. the north, the northern
succour, to help, to aid, seq. dat. Matt.
quarter of the heavens. Luke xiii. 29.
xv. 25. Mark ix. 22, 24. Acts xvi. 9.
Rev. xxi. 13. Sept. for
-pss Job. xxxvii.
xxi. 28. 2 Cor. vi. 2. Heb. ii. 18. Rev.
22. Gen. xiii. 14 Thuc. iii. 4.
xii. 16. Sept. for jrxcjin Josh. x. 6. 1T^
Gen. xlix. 25. 2 Sam. viii. 5. al. 1 Boorfcw, f. Poaicrjffbf, to pasture, to
Herodian. 2. 7. 5. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 25. tend while grazing, trans. Mid. 6<r/co^at,
to feed, i. e. to be
feeding or grazing ;
oc, ou, o, (/SojjSlw,) a helper, Matt. viii. 30, 33. Mark v. 11, 14.
Heb. Sept. for Tji> Job xxix. 12.
xiii. 6.
Luke 32, 34. xv. 15
viii. Sept. for n^T
npntt Ps. Ixxi. 7. 113 Ps. xviii. 3. Gen. xxix. 7, 9. xxxvii. 11, 15 Hornl
Xen. item. 2.1. U, Od. 14. 103. .Esop. Fab. 131 Metaph*
of a Christian teacher, to instruct, etc.
, ou, 6, (/363yx>f,) a j?z7,
sc. as an emblem of destruction, John xxi. 15, 17. So Sept. and r
Ez. xxxiv. 2, 3, 8, 10 sq. comp. for
Matt. xv. 14. Lu>e vi. 39. So Sept. for
PHD Is. xxiv. 18. Jer. xlviii. 43, 44. comp.
1 K. xii. 16.

Ps. xl. 2. Xen. Cyr. xix. 3 In the o, indec. Bosor, Heo,

p,
 Boravij 141 BouXojuat

;torch,) Sept. Btwp, Beor, Num. xxii. 5, by rmpl. purpose, plan, etc. Acts
b)
pr. name of the Father of Balaam, 2 Pet. iv. 28.v. 38. xxvii. 42. So Sept. and
ii. 15. nsy Ezra iv. 5. Neh. iv. 15. JElian.
Vl'H. 2. 4 Spoken of the secret
Boravrj, TJC, >7> (/36<rica>,) pp. pas-
i. e. Heb. thoughts, purposes, cogitations, 1 Cor. iv.
turage, herbage, grass, plants,
So Sept. for
nn^'rpa Job v. 12. Is.
5.
vi. 7. Sept. for Ntijl Gen. i. 11, 12.
Iv. 7, 8 Ecclus. xxx. 21. Esdr. vii.
x. ix. 22, 25. Lilian. V. H. 2. 40.
15, comp. Ezra vi. 22 where Heb. 3%,
, woe, o, a cluster, sc. of Sept. Kapcia.
grapes, etc. Rev. xiv. 18. See Buttm.
50. Sept. for bSnite Gen. xl. 10. Num. BovXrjjua, aroc, TO, (fBovXouat,^ pp,
that which is willed, i. e.
xiii. 25. Jos. Ant/2. 5. 2. Xen. QEc. will, purpose,
19. 18.
Acts xxvii. 43. Rom. ix. 19 2 Mace.
xv. 5. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 4. Dem. 1109. 15.
/jc, ou, o, (/3ouXvw,)
a
counsellor, senatorspoken of a member
;
BovXojueu, depon. Pass. 2pers. (3ov\ti

of the Jewish Sanhedrim, Mark xv. 43.

Luke xxii. 42, see Winer 13. 2. Buttm.
103. III. 3 imperf. i^ovXofirjv aor.
Luke xxiii. 50. Thuc. 8. 69. Xen. H. ; ;

G. 2. 3. 23.
1 i(3ovXri$T)v James iv. 4, and nfSovX^rjv
2 John 12, see Buttm. 83. n. 5. H.
BouXevw, f.
eu<rw, (/3ouXi7,)
to re- Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 662. to
solve in council, to decree,
Sept. for y^ will, to be willing, to wish, to desire.
Is. xxiii. 8. Xen.
Rep. Ath. 2. 17. <ty' <iv According to Buttmann, the distinc-
6 Srjuos iflovXtvffiv. to advise in council, tion between fiovXouai and SeXw is, that
Xen. Anab. 2. 5. 16. to be a counsellor the latter expresses an active volition
or senator, Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 18 __ In N. and purpose, the former a mere passive
T. only Mid. povXevopai, f. tvffopai, to
desire, propensity, willingness ; Lexilog.
take counsel, i. e. to consult, to deter- I. p. 26. Or, /3ovXo//ai expresses also
with one's self, or
mine, to deliberate, sc. the inward predisposition and bent from
with one another in council j Buttm. which the active volition proceeds see ;

135. n. 7. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 124. Hence

a)
to consult, to deliberate, spoken of /3ovXo/zai is never used of brutes. In
a single person, seq. ti, Luke xiv. 31. speaking of the gods, Homer uses
Sept. for yyla 1 K. xii. 28. -^733 Neh.
povXouat in the sense of SeXw Buttm. ;

v. 7. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 8. seq. ti, Xen. 1. c.

p. 27 In N. T. followed by an
Cyr. 2. 1. 7. seq. ri TTOUIV Jos. Ant. 1.
infin.expressed or implied, either of
21. 1. the or pres. comp. Buttm.
aor.
137. 5 ; once also with the subjunct.
b) to resolve, to determine, to purpose, John xviii. 39 ; comp. Buttm. 139. n.
sc. after deliberation,
seq. accus. 2 Cor.
7.
i. 17 ter.
Sept. for Is. xlvi. 10.
ypn yj^
Is. xiv. Xen. An. 1.1.71 a) spoken of men, to be willing, to in-
26, 27. xix. 17.
cline, to be disposed ; Mark xv. 15 /3ov\o-
Seq. infin. aor. Acts v. 33. xv. 37.
U(vo T<jp 5%^V T iKavbv TToirjaai. Acts
xxvii. 39. Sept. for ujjga Esth. iii. 6.
xvii. 20. xviii. 27. xix. 30. xxii. 30. xxiii.
Wisd. xviii. 5. Herodian. 1. 16. 8. Xen.
28. xxv. 22. xxvii. 43. xxviii. 18. Phi-
Mem. 1. 4. 7. Seq. 'iva, John xii. 10.
lem. 13. 3 John 10. Sept. for rnN Lev.
comp. Xen. An. 4. 3. 14
xx vi.
21. Jobxxxix. 9. ypn Deut. xxv.
BouXrj, f)c, a council,*l> senate, 7, 8.Job ix. 3. 1 Mace. vii. 30. Xen.
Esdr. ii. 1'7. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 3. In Cyr. 6. 1. 31. H. G. 1. 2. 15. In the
N. T. counsel, i. e. sense of to have in mind, to intend, to pur-
determination^
a) decision, decree, pose, Matt. i. 19 IfiovXrjSr] XaS-pa arroXvffat

spoken of God, Luke vii. 30. Acts ii. 23. avrrjv. Acts v. 28. xii. 4. 2 Cor. i. 15.
xiii.36. xx. 27. Eph. i. 11. Heb. vi. 17. Sept. foryjr Ezra iv. 5. Xen. H. G. 3.
of men, Luke xxiii. 51. Acts xxvii. 12. So 4. 2. So in a stronger sense, to desire, to
Sept. for nsy Prov. xix. 21. Is.v.19. Jer. aim at ; 1 Tim. vi. 9 ol (3ovX6p.voi irXov-
xlix. 20, 30. Horn. II. 1. 5. Od. 11. 296. T(1v James iv. 4. Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 3.
 Bovvoc 142

Xen. An. 2. 6. 21. In the sense of to tirayytXlac, the Lord will not be tardy,
choose, to please, to prefer, to decide; slack, in respect to his promise ; Buttm.
John xviii. 39. Acts xviii. 15. xxv. 20. 132. 6. 1. Others, the Lord of the pro-
James iii. 4. 2 John 12. Sept. for nS5> mise will not be slack, sc. to fulfil it;
Ezra x. 3. ypnT 1 K. xxi. 6. 1 Sam. xxiv. comp. ^n Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. 133. .

3. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 5, 15 As implying Sept. for nnjj Deut. vii. 10. Is. xlvi. 13.

command or direction, to will, i. e. to iTOnpnn Gen. xliii. 10. Ecclus. xxxii.

direct, seq. accus. et infin. Phil. i. 12 18. XL V. H. 3. 43.

fiovXopai, i. e. it is my will. 1 Tim. ii.
Aoc'w, w, f- J?<> (fipaSvf and
8. v. 14. Tit. iii. 8. Jude 5
vironvijaai to sail slowly, Acts xxvii. 7.
^ vpac /3ovXo/*ai, I will that ye call to Artemid. 4. 32.

mind, etc. Xen. An. 1. 1. 1.

uc, "a, v, slow, i. e. not hasty,
b) spoken of God, i. q. SeXw, to will,
James i. 19 bis Jos. Ant. 3. 1.4. Xen.
i. e. to please, to appoint, to decree; of
Mem. 4. 2. 5. Metaph. slow of under-
God, Luke xxii. 42. Heb. vi. 17. James
standing, heavy, stupid, Luke xxiv. 25.
i. 18. 2 Pet. iii. 9. of Jesus, as the
Dion. Hal. de rhet. Attic. (3padi>Q rlv
Son of God, Matt. xi. 27. Luke x. 22. vovv. 4. 8. 7.
Horn. II. Polyb.
of the Spirit, 1 Cor. xii. 11
1. 67. ib. 13. 345. rf/roc, rj, slow-
(ppaSve,}
ness, tardiness. 2 Pet. iii. 9 aig nvtg /3pa-
oe, ou, o, a hill, rising ground, SvrrJTa riyovvrai, as some consider it tar-
Luke iii. 5. Sept. for
xxiii. 30. Ex. n^3 i. e. that the Lord
diness, delays in res-
xvii. 9, 10. Is. xl. 4. Iv. 12. Cebet. Tab.
pect to his promise see (3pavvu). Jos.
;
15. 3. 83. 1. It is a word
[12.] Polyb. Ant. 7. 4. 1. Xen. H.G. 4. 6.5.
of the later Greek, Phryn. ed. Lob. p.355.
Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 153. , ovoc, o, the arm, Lat.
brachium, Xen. Eq. 7. 8. In N. T. by
Bouc, j3odc, o, an ox or cow,
/,
meton. like Heb. yin\ strength, might,
i. e. an animal of the ox kind, Luke xiii.
power, Luke i. 61. John xii. 38. Acts
15. xiv. 5, 19. John 14, 15. 1 Cor. ix.
ii.
xiii. 17. So Sept. for yin\ Deut. v. 15.
9 bis. 1 Tim. v. 18. Sept. for -|j?2i Gen. Is. xliv. 12. Ii. 5.
xiii. 5. al. rn*) Gen. xli. 2, 3, 4. Xen.
Mem. 1.2. 32\ Bpax^Cj **, v, short, small; spo-
ken
BpajScTov, ou, TO, (/3pa/3uc,)
a prize, of time, Luke xxii. 58 fisra /3pa%w,
a)
sc.bestowed on victors in the public i. e. a little after. Acts v. 34. So Sept.
games of the Greeks, such as a wreath, ppaxv for Ps. xciv. 17.
etc. 1 Cor. ix. 24.
Trapd 13^3
garland, Xen. Ephes.
-Hesych.
chaplet,
(3pa/3tiov. tiriviKiov, ttraSXov,
Wisd.
Ppa\v
xii.
et
10 KOTO.
ppaxvv xpovov.
/3. p.
Comp. Bos
29

vucrjTrjpiov. Metaph. spoken of the Ell. Gr. p. 103.

rewards of virtue in a future life, Phil.
iii. 14. of place, Acts xxvii. 28 /?pxu ia-
b)
having gone a little further.
ffTri<ravTee,i.e.
f. eve**, pp. to be 6 /3pa- So Sept. and tayp 2 Sam. xvi. 1. Xen.
VQ, i. e. to be a director, arbiter, in the
Cyr. 5. 4. 47 Trop. of rank or dignity,
public games ; see Potter Gr. Ant. Vol. Heb. ii. 7, 9, (3paxv TI Trap' ayytXovg, a
I. p. 441. to decree, to give the prize,
little lower than the angels, i. e. Jesus
Wisd. x. 12. Heliodor. IV. 1 InN.T.
during his life ; quoted from Ps. viii. 6,
govern; metaph. to prevail, to
to rule, to
where Sept. for of
^73 necessarily
abound, intrans. Col. iii. 15 rj eipiivij TOV
rank, as the antith. in Heb. ii. 9 also
Xpiorou Ppafieverti) tv raiq KapfiiaiQ vftuiv.
requires.
pp. Diod. Sic. 13. 53. Polyb. 6. 4. of quantity or number, small, few ;
3. c)
John vi. 7 fipaxv TI, a little. So Sept.
f. ww, to be and nya 1Sam. xiv. 29, 44.~Xen. Mem.
vw, (/3pavc,)
slow, to delay, intrans. 1 Tim. iii. 15. 1. 4. 8. Heb. xiii. 22 <a ppaxiw, sc.
2 Pet. iii. 9 ou fipaSvvei b icvpiog TJJQ i. e. in few words, briefly. So
 143

Sept. ppaxi'f apiS/xoc, for B^a Dent. i.e. impose on you any
necessity. Sept.
xxvi. 5. xxviii. 62. Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 4. for ffi'pia Prov. xxii. 25. Sept. Prov.
Lucian. Tox. 56. vi. 5. vii. 21. Xen. Ven. 2. 5.

ou, a child, spo-

Bpt'^oc, eoe, TO, de, ou, o, (/3pux<>) grating
ken or gnashing, sc. of the teeth, Matt. viii.
a)
of a child yet unborn, a foetus, 12. xiii.42, 50. xxii. 13. xxiv. 51. xxv.
Luke i.41, 44. Ecclus. xix. 11. Horn. 30. Luke xiii. 28. The image is drawn
11. 23. 266. from a person in a paroxysm of envy,
b) usually
an infant, babe, suckling, rage, pain, etc. comp. Acts vii. 54. Sept.
Luke ii. 12, 16. xviii. 15. Acts vii. 19. for OH} Prov. xix. 12, spoken of the roar
1 Mace. i. 61. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 4. Xen. or growl of the lion. Act. Thorn. 13.
Mem. 2. 2. 5.
Etymol. Mag. j3ptyof Suidas, /3puy/iO rpier/iog odovruv.
^6 vioyvbv Trat^tov.So 2 Tim. iii. 15
from infancy, from
OTTO /3p0ovc, i. e. Bpu^to, f- &, to grate, to gnash, sc.
the teeth, trans. Acts vii. 54. Sept. for
the cradle. Metaph. of those who have
p-nn Job xvi. 9. Ps. xxxv. 6. Horn. II.
just embraced the Christian religion, 1 137393. ib. 16. 486.
Pet. ii. 2. Comp. 1 Cor. iii. 2. Heb. v.
f. vw, to be full, to abound, to
12, 13. Bpuo>,
f. w. 1. to wet, to moisten, overflow, intrans. Diog. Laert. 1. 122.
Bptvw, Anacr. 58. 2. In N. T. trans, to pour
trans. Luke vii. 38, 44. Rev. xi. 6 'iva /*i)

vtrbc /3pxy sc - T n v ynv- forth, to emit largely, spoken of a foun-

Sept. for npTprr
Ps. vi. 7. Dp73 Niph. inn Is. xxxiv. 3. tain, James iii. 11 Act. Thorn. 37
Ez. xxii. 24.~Diod.Sic. 3.24. Xen. AV. irrjyt) Ppvovaa. Spoken of the earth,
Xen. Ven. 5. 12,
1.4. 17.
2. to rain, to cause to rain, i. q. vv, Bowl/a, arocj TO, (/3t/3pw<rc<>,) what"
in the Attic poets and later prose writers ; ever is eaten, food, i. e. solid food of meat
comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 291. H. Planck or vegetables, and hence opp. to milk, 1
in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 688. pp. fully writ- Cor. iii. 2.
ten, (3ptx"v vtrov Sept. Joel ii. 23. Is.
Matt. xiv. 15. Mark vii. 19.
v. 6 In N. T. absol. Matt. v. 45 6 a) pp.
Luke iii. 11. ix. 13. 1 Cor. vi. 13 bis.
$6f /3psx. So Sept. for TOprr Gen. ^3N Gen. 35 sq. Deut. ii.
Sept. for xli.
ii. 5. Amos iv. 7. Polyb. 'l6. 12. 3.
28. briKp (jen. vi. 21. 2 Chr. ix. 4 __
Arrian. Diss. Ep. 30. Seq. accus.
1. 6.
m. V.'H. 3. 20. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 13.
Luke xvii. 29 (6 St6f ) /3pe irvp jcai Stlov
Spoken of meats permitted by the
cnr' ovpavov. So Sept. 6 xvpios /3p. TT.
Mosaic law, Heb. ix. 10. xiii. 9. So of
$. for
"PU^rr Gen. xix. 24. Ez.
K.
meats of which Jewish Christians
xxxviii. 22. comp. xa\aav for
ij3p.
scrupled to eat, Rom. xiv. 15 bis, 20. 1
"TpTpn Ex. ix. 24 With the subject
Cor. viii. 8, 13. 1 Tim. iv. 3.
implied, as in Eng. it rains, etc. James nour-
v. 17 bis. See Buttm. 129. 9. b) metaph. aliment, sustenance,
ishment. John iv. 34 ffibv ftp&fia, i. e.
Bpovrrj, TIC, >/, thunder, Mark iii. that by which I live, in which I delight.
17 viol fipovTtjs, see in Boavspyig. John 1 Cor. x. 3 (3pu>fia irviv\HCLT IKOV, spiritual
xii. 29. Rev. iv. 5. vi. 1. viii. 5. x. 3, 4 food, i. e. the manna, as an emblem of
bis. xi. 19. xiv. 2. xvi. 18. xix. 6. Sept. spiritual nourishment or instruction.
So
for Qjn Job xxvi. 14. Ps. Ixxvii. 19. 1 Cor. iii. 2, coll. Heb. v. 12. Clem.
Horn" II. 21. 199. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 3. Alex. Strom. 5. 10.

Bpox'';, TJC, >?> (0px<" q- v.) in later , ou, o, 77, adj.

usage, rain, Matt. vii. 25, 27. Sept. for eatable; Luke xxiv. 41 xre n
tna Ps. Ixviii. 10. cv. 32. See Lob. ad have ye any food? Sept. for ??DN7? Lev.
Pnryn. p. 291. Geopon. 2. 39, 191. xix. 23. Ez. xlvii. 12.

ou, b, a noose, snare; 1 ^C, *>, (pippuffK*,,) eating,

Bpo^oe, Bpw<r*c,
Cor. 35 OVK 'Iva (3p6xov vp,1v iirijSdXcj,
vii. i. e.spoken
nut that I would cast a noose over you, of the act of eating, 1 Cor. viii. 4.
a)
 H4
2 Cor. ix. 10 aprof tig j3pa)<riv, bread to tanner, leather-dresser, Acts ix. 43. x. 6,
eat, from Is. Iv. 10, where Sept. for *>pK. 32. Artemid. 4. 56.
also Mai. iii. 11. Sept. for tnn^ Deut.
xxxii. 24. Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 2. Xen b ov, (/3v<r<roe,) byssine,
i. e. madeof byssus or fine cotton, Sept.
Mem. 1.3. 15.Trop. erosion, corrosion,
oTo\ff jSvffffivrj for 15 1 Chr. xv. 27. for
abstr. for concrete, Matt. vi. 19, 20, crfa
Kal (3pu<riG, moth and corrosion, i. e. cor- pa 1 Chr. xv. 27. for lEtfi Gen. xii. 42.
In N. T. neut. fivomvov, i. q. t vSvpa
roding rust comp. James v. 2, 3,
fivamvov, a garment of byssus, Rev. xviii.
;

Aquila for uty, moth, Is. 1. 9. Comp. Ep. 12 in later edit, xviii. 16. xix. 8 bis, 14.
of Jer. 12 ov 3iafftt>ovTai curb iov cai/3pu>-
Diod. Sic. 1. 85.
HCLTMV, i. e. prob. moths.

b) of that
which is eaten, food, i. q. ou, 17, byssus, a species of
,

/Spo/jua. (a) pp.

John vi. 27 TIJV (3pw<riv fine cotton, highly prized by the an-
TTJV cnro\\v[itvi)v, i. e. food for the body. cients, Luke xvi. 19. Rev. xviii. 12 iif
Heb. xii. 16. So Sept. for n^3^ 2 K. ;
text, recept. Various kinds are men-
xix. 8. *>D*< 2 Sam. xix. 42. b?K Gen. tioned ; as that of Egypt, Heb. iD'^), Ez.
vii. 31. xxvii. 7, the white cloth which is still
xlvii. 24.
}>^T? Jer.
x'ix. 7.

Thuc. 2. 10. So f3pu>ffi

Kal TroaiQ,food found wrapped around mummies, and
and drink, Rom. xiv. 17 ov yap IOTIV 77 which appears to have been about of the
/SatnXfict TOV Stov j3. K. -jr. i. e. admission texture and quality of the modern cotton
to the Messiah's kingdom does not de- sheetings that of Syria, Heb. "pa Ez.
;

pend on an attention to meat and drink. xxvii. 16, here apparently distinguished
Col. ii. 16. nour- from that of Egypt (coll. ver. 6), but in
(/3) Metaph. aliment,
ishment ; John iv. 32 Ppuxriv lx w 0ayv, later Hebrew, i.
q. iD'iS, 1 Chr. iv. 21. 2
i.
q. j3pw/*a in ver. 34, see ^in Bpw/m b. Chr. iii. 14. coll. Ex." xxvi. 31 ;
that of
In John vi. 27, 55, Jesus uses Ppuxng India, which was said to grow on a tree
in the sense of food for the soul, i. e. similar to the poplar, Philostr. Vit. Apol-
that spiritual aliment from above lon. 2. 29 ; and that of Achaia, which grew
which is proffered through him to only in the vicinity of Elis, Pausan.
Christians. Act. Thorn. 7. Clem. Eliac. 5. 5. or I. p. 294. ed. Xyl. Gar-
Alex. Strom. 5. 10 /3pwcrt ical iroaig TOV ments of byssus varied in colour accord-
ov-
Srtiov \6yov rj yv&oiq eari rfjs ^tiag ing to the tint of the material white ;

ffiag. are mentioned Rev. xix. 8, 14, and Pau-

obsol. lends its forms to sanius says the byssus of the He-
(1. c.)
v.
brews was yellow. They were some-
Bi,3po><7Ku> q.
times dyed of a purple or crimson colour;
BvS<w, i. i, (/3uSoe,)
to sink in
Hesych. jSiWtva- Trop^upa comp. Luke ;

the deep, i. e. to cause to sink, trans. xvi. 19. Sept. for UJ11? and "pa as cited
Pass, to sink, Luke v. 7. 2 Mace. xii. above. Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 1. ib. 3. 7. 2
4. Diod. Sic. 5. 4. Metaph. 1 Tim. See Pollux. Onom. 7. 17. 75. Plin. H.
vi.9 etf 5\^pov. Comp. Ps. Ixix. 2, 3.
N. 19. 1. Kuinoel on Luke xvi. 19
cxxiv. 4, 5. Gesen. Thes. Ling. Heb. art. yia. Rccs*
Bu&oe, ov, 6, depth, the deep, 2 Cyclop, art. Byssus.
Cor. xi. 25 vvxSrjfiepov iv rtf fivSKJi ec.
)C ou, o, (/3at7'o>, /3aw,)
a step
ri]Q SaXaffffrie. So Sept. for n^ST:) Ex.
base, pedestal, Horn. II. 8. 441. Od. 7.
xv. 5. Ps. cvii. 24. Artemid. 4. 53.
100. In N. T. an altar, sc. to which the
Diod. Sic. 3. 21. the deepest part bottom,
ascent was by steps, Acts xvii. 23. So
Xen. (Ec. 19. 11.
Sept. far 715173 Ex. xxxiv. 13. Num. xxiii.
, hide,) a 1. Jos.Ant."l7. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 2.
 115

I. Faa, r'h a treasury, sc. of

Fa|3aSa or Faj3|3aSa, 17 ije,
a king or state, Acts viii. 27. The word
Gabbatha, Syro-Chald. Klj^a, (fern, of
23 dorsum, the back,) i. e. an elevated
John xix.
is of Persian origin. Sept. for
Ezra v. 17. yi. 1. Esth. iv. 7. Diod.
^
place, prob. tribunal, 13,
where it is explained by the Greek Sic. 17. 64. So Lat. gaza Cic. de Off.
2. 22.
XiSoorp^rov, a tesselated pavement see ;

more in AiSoerr/owroff. Comp. 23 Ez. II. Faa, TJC, 17, Gaza, Heb. n$?
xliii. 13, and see Gesen. Thesaur. p. 256.
(the strong), the celebrated city of the
Buxt. Lex. 377.
Philistines, situated on a hill near the
indec - Heb. coast of the Mediterranean towards the
Faj3pn'jX> > Gabriel,
of God), name of an arch- southern limits of the territory of the
^p"P3 (man
Israelites, and constituting the key be-
angel', Luke i. 19, 26. See in Apxy-
tween Egypt and Syria. It was as-

signed by Joshua to the tribe of Judah,

Fay-ypatvct, TJC 4> (by redupl.
fr. who subdued it but the possession of
;

aw, 7-patvw, to devour, corrode,) gan- it was retained or soon recovered by

grene, mortification, which spreads by the Philistines ;

Josh. xv. 47. Judg. i.
degrees over the whole body. 2 Tim. ii. 18. xvi. 1 sq. After having destroyed
17. Plut. de Adul. et Amic. 36. Tyre, Alexander the Great laid siege to
Gaza also, which was then held by a
FaS, o, indec. Gad, Heb. is (good
Persian garrison, and took it afte''
fortune), pr.name of the seventh son of
two months. He
appears to have left
Jacob, oorn of Zilpah, Gen. xxx. 10. sq.
the city standing but about B. C. 95,
Spoken of the tribe of Gad, Rev. vii. 5. ;

Alexander Jannaeus took it after a

oc, ou, 6, a Gadarcne, i. e. siege of a year and destroyed it. Gabi-
an inhabitant of the of Gadara, city nius afterwards rebuilt it, and Augustus
Faflapa, the fortified capital of Peraea bestowed it on Herod the Great, after
or the region east of the Jordan, Jos. whose death it was annexed to Syria.
B. J. 4. 7. 3. ib. 2. 20. 4. According to See Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 3, 4. ib. 13. 5. 5. ib.
Eusebius (Onomast.) it was situated 13. 13. 3. ib. 14. 5. 3. ib. 15. 7. 9. ib.
over against Tiberias and Scythopolis, 17. 11. 4. Strabo 16. 2. 30. Arrian.
in or near the range of mountains bor- Exp. Alex. 2. p. 51. ed. Steph. See
dering the eastern shore of the lake Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. 384. In
and the valley of the Jordan, on the site, N. T. Acts viii. 26 iirl rr,v buv rr\v
as is
supposed, of the present village KctTaaivov<rav d-rrb 'lepovo-aXj?/* tig Ta-
Om Keis, which lies S. E. from the av avTrj lorlv t^fiog, the way leading
southern extremity of the lake, and not from Jerusalem to Gaza, which [[way] is
far from the river Hieromax. Josephus desert, e. which leads through
i. the
calls Gadara a Greek city, iroXig 'EXXrjvis , desert, where Philip met the eunuch.
Ant. 17. 11. 4; and says it had many Others refer tprjuog to Gaza itself; and
wealthy inhabitants, B. J. 4. 7. 3. When suppose the later city to have been
first taken from the Jews, it was annexed built on a different site. As however
by the Romans to Syria, Jos. B. J. 1. Gaza was sacked and destroyed in
7. 7 Augustus gave it to Herod the Great,
;
A. D. 65, during an insurrection of the
ib. 20. 3
1. but it was restored to
; Jews, Jos. B. J. 2. 18. 1, we may per-
Syria after Herod's death, Ant. 17. haps regard avrrj tarlv *p?/ioe as the
11. 4. In N. T. Mark v. 1. Luke via. words, not of the angel, but of Luke,
26, 37. So in MSS. Matt. viii. 28 for implying that the city was desolate at
Tfoytffijvutv or Ytpaajjvuiv, q. V. See the time he wrote. Comp. Krebs Oba.
Reland, Falsest, p. 773. in N. T. e Jos. p. 205 sq.
L
 146 Tu\i\aia

Fao$uXaoi/, ou, TO, sages, migrated thither after the sacking

a a place of de-
treasury, i. e. of Rome by Brennus and mingling ;
i?,)
posit for the public treasure; among with the former inhabitants, the whole
the Jews, the sacred treasury, in one of were called Gallogrseci. The Celtic
the courts of the temple, Iv avXy O'KOV language continued to be spoken by
Seov, Neh. xiii. 7, coll. x. 37, 38. xiii. 4, their descendants at least until the time

6, 8, where Sept. for nsiri*?, and for of Jerome, 600 years after the migra-

753
Esth. iii. 9. According to the Tal- tion. Under Augustus, about A. C. 26,
mudists the treasury was in the court this country became a Roman province.
of the women, where stood 13 chests, Galatia was distinguished for the fertility
called from their form of its soil and for its trade. It was the
nilpitD', trumpets,
into which the Jews cast their offerings, seat of colonies from various nations,
Ex. xxx. 13 sq. See Buxt. Lex. Chald. among whom were many Jews and ;

Talm. 2506. Jahn 342 In N. T. from all these Paul appears to have made
Mark xii. 41 bis, 43. Luke xxi. 1. many converts to Christianity. ge e
Spoken of the court itself John viii. 20. Strabo I. p. 301, ed. Tauchn. Pansan.
Phoc. 10.23. 9. Liv.38.16, 18. Tucit.
Fatoc, ou, 6, Gaius, Lat. Caius, pr. Ann. 15. 6. Comp. Rosenm. Bibl.
name of several men in N. T. Geogr. I. ii. p. 210. In N. T. 1 Cor.
1. a Macedonian, and fellow-traveller xvi. 1. Gal i. 2. 2 Tim. iv. 10. 1 Pet.
of Paul, who was seized by the popu- i. 1.
lace at Ephesus, Acts xix. 29.
2. a man of Derbe who accompanied FaXtmicoe, 7> ov, Galatian, Acts
Paul in xvi. 6 TaXaTtKTjv ^wpaj/, i. e. Galatia.
his last journey to Jerusalem,
Acts xx. 4. xviii. 23.

3. an inhabitant of Corinth with whom

Paul lodged, and in whose house the FaXi/vrj, rjc, V) tranquillity, sc. of
the sea, a calm, Matt. viii. 26. Mark iv.
Christians were accustomed to assemble,
39. Luke viii. 24. Horn. Od. 7. 319.
Rom. xvi. 23. 1 Cor. i. 14.
Xen. Anab. 5. 7. 8.
a Christian to whom John ad-
4.
dressed his third epistle, 3 John 1 ; per-
FaXiXaia, ac, /> Galilee, a region
haps the same with the preceding. of Palestine, which in the tune of Christ
included all the northern part of Pales-
FaXa, CIKTOQ, TO, milk, 1 Cor. ix. 7. tine lying between the Jordan and
Sept. for n^TT Gen xviii. 8. xlix. 12 and between Samaria
Mediterranean,
Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 10. Metaph. for the and Phenicia. Before the exile the
Jirst elements of Christian instruction, 1 name seems have been applied only
to
Cor. iii. 2. Heb. v. 12, 13. Clem. Alex. to a small tract bordering on the
Strom. 5. 10 ydXa r\ jcar^jjertf, oiovti
northern limits; Heb. Iripa 1 K. ix. 11.
irpurri 4>vxnS voifirifftrai. In
1 Pet. ii. 2, milk
Tpo<f>/i
is put as the emblem
n^a 2 K. xv. 29. It was anciently
called also Galilee of the Gentiles/
of pure spiritual nourishment, or of
tP.ianb^a. Is. 23, TaXiXat'a aXXo^vXwv
viii.
Christian instruction in general.
1 Mace. v. 15, because many foreigners
a Galatian, Gal. from Egypt, Arabia, Phenicia, etc. were
FaXdrije, ou, o,
iii. 1.
mixed with the population, as is ex
pressly stated by Strabo, 16. 2. 34.
FaXarm, Galatia or Gallo-
ae, "h> comp. 1 Mace. v. 15, 21 23. Galilee
gr&cia, a province of Asia Minor, lying was divided into
in the time of Christ
S. and S. E. of Bithynia and Paphla-
Upper and Lo^per, ^ dvw KO.I r\ Kara)
gonia ; W. of Pontus ; N. and N. W. of TaXtXaia ; the former lying north of
Cappadocia ; and N. and N. E. of Ly- the territory of Zebulon and abounding
caonia and Phrygia. Its name was in mountains the latter being more
;

derived from the Gauls, TaXdrat ; of level and and very populous.
fertile
whom two the Trocmi and To-
tribes, Lower Galilee have contained
is said to
listoboii, with a tribe of the Celts, Tecto- 404 towns and villages, of which Caper-
 FaXtXaToc

naum and Nazareth are the most fre- yya/i*?K:a ; aor. 1

pass. to
quently mentioned in N. T. Comp. marry, trans, neut.
Strabo 1. c. Jos. B. J. 3. 3. 1 3. Ro- trans, spoken of men, to take as a
a)
senm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. 42 In N. T. wife, seq. accuss. Matt. v. 32. xix. 9 bis.
Marki. 9. Lukeii. 39. iv. 14. viii. 26. Mark vi. 17. x. 11. Luke xiv. 20. xvi. 18
John vii. 52. al. freq. In Matt. iv. 15. bis Jos. Ant. 1. 15. 1. Diod. Sic. 18.
FaXiXata rwv i$v u>v is quoted from Is. viii. 25. Xen. Mem. 1.1. 8 Neut. and ab-
23, [ix. 1,] for which see above. So rj sol. totake a wife, to marry, i. e. to enter
SaXaaoa r/jg Ta\t\aiag, the sea of Galilee, into the conjugal state, Matt.xix. 10. xxii.
or lake of Gennesareth, Matt. iv. 18. xv. 25, 30. xxiv. 38. Mark xii. 25. Luke xvii.
29. AL. 27. xx. 34, 35. 1 Cor. vii. 28, 33. 2 Mace.
xiv. 25. Ml. V. H. 4. 1. Xen. Hiero 1.
FaXiXcuoc, ov, Galilean ; also a 27. Spoken of females, absol. 1 Cor. vii.
native or inhabitant of Galilee; Matt. 1 Tim. v. 11, 14.
28, 34, 36. Eurip.
xx vi. 69. Mark xiv. 70. Luke xiii. 1, 2 Med. 593. ed. Elmsl. Spoken genr. of
bis. xxii. 59.John iv. 45. Acts i. 11. ii. 7. both sexes, 1 Cor. 9 Tim.
vii. bis, 10. 1
v. 37. The Galileans were brave and iv. 3.
industrious though the other Jews lya^Sjjv as Mid.
b) aor.
; 1 pass,
regarded them as stupid, unpolished, Buttm. 2
marry, neut. i. e. to
136. j
to
and seditious, and therefore proper ob- enter into the marriage state absol. ;

jects of contempt; John i. 47. vii. 52. 1 Cor. vii. 39. seq. dat. Mark x. 12.
They had a peculiar dialect, by which Jos. Ant. 4. 7. 5. Palaeph. de Incred.
they were easily distinguished from the 32 avrai yiipaffSai ovcevi r){$ov\i]Si}aav,
Jews of Jerusalem, Mark xiv. 70. See Pint. Romul. 2. Demetr. 2.
Jos. B. J. 8. 8. 2. Buxtorf. Lex. Rab.
Tal. 434 sq. f- i,
(yrt/">ff ) to marry, 5

i.e. to give in marriage, e. g. a daughter,

FaXXfwv, wvoc, Gallio, a Ro-, 1 Cor. vii. 38 bis; Griesb. instead of
man proconsul of Achaia, Acts xviii. 12,
14, 17. He was the younger brother of
the philosopher Seneca, and was called a^o-KW, i.
q. ya/uw, to marry,
Marcus Annceus Novatus but took the ;
i. e. to give in marriage, Pass. Mark
name of Gallio after being adopted into xii. 2o.
the family of L. Junius Gallio. Like
his brother Seneca, he was put to death TafJiog, ou, o, a wedding, nuptials,
i. e.the nuptial solemnities, etc.
by order of Nero. Tacit. Ann. 6. 3. ib. a wedding gar-
15. 73. a) pp. tvSvua yafjiov,
ment, Matt. xxii. 11, 12. SLITTVOV rov ya-
o, indec. Gamaliel, Heb. P.OV, nuptial banquet, Rev. xix. 9, see
FajuaXt/jX,
below 1 Mace. x. 58. Xen. Lac. 1. 6
*>*rj>7p2 (benefit
from God,) Num. i. 10.
ya/jiovg iroitioSai. More
ii. 20, a distinguished Pharisee and particularly,
teacher at Jerusalem, under whom Paul the which continued
nuptial banquet,
was educated, Acts v. 34. xxii. 3. Ac- seven days, (Judg. xiv. 12. Jahn 154,)
Matt. xxii. 2 gTrotj/o-c- yajuouf. ver. 3, 4, 8,
cording to the Talmud, he was the son
of Simeon and grandson of the cele- 9. xxv. 10. John ii. 1, 2. So Sept. and
brated Hillel (Buxt. Lex. Ch. Talm. nfltftt Gen. xxix. 22. Esth. ii. 18.
Tob.
617) ;

vii 12. viii. 14. Lucian. D. Deor. 20. 23.

distinguished for piety and Jewish learn-
Xen. Ven. 1. 8 ___ The happiness of the
ing ; and for a long time president of
the Sanhedrim. See Lightfoot Hor. Messiah's kingdom is represented under
Heb. in Act. v. 34. the figure of a nuptial feast, Rev. xix. 7,
9 comp. Matt. xxv. 1 sq.
j By meton.
w, impf. the place or hall where the nuptial feast
(ya/io,)
Luke xvii. 27 ;
aor. 1 tyr^a Luke xiv. 20, isheld, Matt. xxii. 10.
and in later Greek lyajuTjo-a Mark vi. 1 7. al. in common parlance, any festive
b)
see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 742. Buttm. 114. banquet, Luke xii. 36. xiv. 8. Sept. for
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. 067 j perf. Esth. ix. 22.
L2
 us Tap

c) by meton. marriage, i. e. the mar- NO for what evil hath he done ? comp.
!

riage state, Heb. xiii. 4. Wisd. xiv. 24, below in c. Mark viii. 38 what can a man
26. Jos. Ant. 6. 11.2. Herodian. 3. give in exchange for his soul ? [vain
10. 10. hope !] of ydp dv, FOR whoever, etc.
Mark xii. 23. Luke xxii. 37. John iv. 44
he departed into Galilee, [not indeed into
Tap, a causative particle, standing
always after one or more words in a Nazareth, his traToig,~\ avrbg ydp 'Ir}oovgt
clause, and expressing the reason of what for Jesus himself had testified, etc. comp.
has been before affirmed or implied ;
Luke iv. 16 sq. Acts xiii. 36. xxi. 13.
far, in the sense of because, etc. Comp. xxii. 26. Rom. ii. 25. viii. 18 [yea, I
Buttm. 149. p. 428. Sturz Lex. say suffer with him that we may also
Xenophont. I. p. 565. be glorified with Xoyifruat ydp,
him,]
Simply, i. e. alone,
I.
a)
after an FOR / reckon, etc. Comp. Stuart's
antecedent sentence expressed. Matt. i. Comm. in loc. Rom. xiv. 10. 1 Cor.
20 fir) irapaXa(3iiv Mapid/i ro
$o[3r)$iic
i. 18. al. saep Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 6.
yap tv avry ytwifiiv. ver. 21 xaXiffiif In a quotation, where the preceding
TO ovofia avTov 'Iijffovv avrbg ydp <7a<m. clause is omitted, Acts xvii. 28. So Kai
Mark 22. vi. 18. Luke i. 15. al. pas-
i. yap, Matt. viii. 9 and Luke vii. 8, [this I
sim. After a clause of prohibition or know by comparing my own case,] jcai

caution, Matt. iii. 9. xxiv. 5. Luke vii. ydp tyw, FOR / too am, etc. Matt. xv.
6. al. We find yap put after two words, 27 vat, vvpie, Kai ydp ra Kvvdpia, truey
in a clause, Matt. ii. 6. Mark i. 38. Lord, [yet help me,] FOR even the
still

Luke vi. 23. John xii. 8. Actsiv. 20. al. dogs, etc. So ov ydp Matt. ix. 13. Acts
So yap often found in two consecu-
is iv. 20. al.
tive clauses, viz. where th same idea in common usage
c) elliptically and
is expressed twice, i. e. affirmatively and ydp is also
simply intensive, and merely
negatively, or generally and specially, serves to strengthen a clause, like the
John viii. 42. 1 Cor. xvi. 7. 2 Cor. Engl. then, truly, etc. (a)
in questions
xi. 19. or where the latter clause is de- where a preceding NO may perhaps be !

pendent on the former, Matt. x. 20. supplied ; comp. in

(Matt, xxvii. 23.) b.
Mark vi. 52. John v. 21, 22. Acts ii. 15. John 41
ydp IK TTJQ TaXiXaiag 6
vii. /*?}

or where two different causes are assign- XpivToe tpxtTai, shall THEN Christ come
ed. Matt. vi. 32. xviii. 10, 11. Rom. out of Galilee? Acts viii. 31 TTIUQ ydp av
yvi. 18, 19. In similar circumstances, Svvaint)v, how can 7 THEN ? xix. 35 rif
yap is also found in three consecutive yap tariv 6 dvpa>7rof, what man THEN
clauses, Mark ix. 39, 40, 41. Matt. xvi. is Rom. iii. 3. and Phil. i. 18, ri
there?
25, 27. Luke ix. 24, 25. 26. Acts xxvi. ydp what THEN ? 1 Cor. xi. 22. Comp.
;
26. al. So Matt. xxvi. 10, 11, where Buttm. 1. c. Herm. ad Vig. p. 829.
Ipyov yap and fiaXovaa yap refer to the Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 6. Philo de conf. Ling,
act of the woman ; and Trdvrore yap to p. 240. D. Aristoph. Nub. 218. See
the objection of the disciples. The Loesner Obs. e Phil. p. 221.
(/3)
in a
yap is also sometimes repeated, where strong affirmation or negation John ix. ;

the writer again takes up a sentence 30 Iv ydp Tovrip Sravnaarov tan, TRULY
which begun with yap and was inter- herein, or, herein THEN is a strange
rupted, as Rom. xv. 26, 27. 2 Cor. v. thing. 1 Pet. iv. 15 /ii) ydp Tig vpwv

2,4. jraaxiTM, let THEN no one of you suffer,

where the clause to
b) elliptically,
etc. Acts xvi. 37 ov ydp- dXXa K. T. X.
which it and is to be
refers is omitted no THEN ! no INDEED (y) in exclama-
!

supplied in thought comp. Buttm. 1. c.

; tions, as of wishing, with the optative ;
In this case it merely assigns the motive 2 Tim. ii. 7 ct^rj ydp aoi o Kvpiog, may God
for an opinion or judgment, etc. Matt. THEN give thee, etc. So more comm.
11.where is he who is born king of ihr ct
ydp, O
that! Sept. Job vi. 2, 8. Xen.
Jews ? [he must be tiSojitv yap Cyr. 6. 1. 38. Comp. Buttm. 149. p.
born,]
avrov TOV dcrrepa, POR we have seen his 423. Herm. ad Vig. 757.
ttar. Matt, xxvii. 23 ri yap KUKOV iiroiT]<T(, of explanation or
d) put by way
 TaaTr']? ] <
n
demonstratively; (a) where it merely in N. T. by meton. of abstr. for concr.
takes up a preceding annunciation and a glutton,a gormandizer ; Tit. i. 12.
continues or explains it like the Engl. ; KpT/rec del ya<rrlpg dpyaf, the Cretans
namely, to wit, that is to say, though it are always sloio bellies, i. e.
lazy gor-
is often not to be rendered in mandizers. Hesiod. Theog. 26
English ; Trci^kvt s
comp. Buttm. 149. p. 428. So after yavreptQ olov. Suidas, of the Syba-
ourwg, Matt. i. 18 TOV de 'I. X. T) ykvwq rites, yaffTepeg ifffav Kai rpvfrjrai.
o'vTWQ ;v- fivrjffTevStiarjg yap K. T. \. the Hesycll. yavTepeg' olov Tpo<pfJQ povrjc
birthof Jesus Christ was thus, viz. his tTnfifXovfievot. So yavrpig ^El. V. H.
mother being espoused, etc. Jos. B. J. 7. 1. 28. yatrrpiSovXoQ Diod. Sic. Vol. IV.
3. 3 init. Xeri. Mem. 1. 1. 6. Ag. 3. 2. p. 33. ed. Bip. II. p. 549. ed. Wess.
(]3)
in a less strict sense, where it intro- b) the womb, Luke i. 31. So Sept.
duces by way of explanation the ground
for-)5 Gen. xxv. 23. Ps.lviii. 4. Diod.
or motive of what precedes, for, that is Sic. 4.' 33. Herodian. 1. 5. 14. Hence
to say, since, etc. Matt. vi. 7, 16. x. 35. iv yaffrpl Zxuv, to be with child, Matt. i.
xv. 4. xxiv. 7. 1 Cor. xi.26.al. Soph. 18, 23. xxiv. 19. Mark xiii. 17. Luke
Antig. 178. Xen. An. 7. 1. 29. In this xxi. 23. 1 Thess. v. 3. Rev. xii. 2. So
sense it serves to introduce parenthetic Sept. for rnn Gen. xvi. 4. xxxviii. 25.
clauses ;
Mark v. 42. vi. 14. xiv. 40. 2 K. viii. 11. Artemid.2. 18. ib. 3. 32.
xvi. 4. John. iv. 8. Acts xiii. 8. 2 Cor. Herodot. 3. 32.
v. 7. Eph. vi. 1. al. ssep.
II. With other particles, where how- Ft, an enclitic particle, which serves
ever each retains own to strengthen or render more emphatic
its separate force
and the word to which it is appended, by
signification ;
e. g. lav yap, for if,
Matt. v. 46. vi. 14. ti yap,
for if, Rom. placing it in opposition to other words,
and thus fixing the attention upon it ;
iii. 7. iv. 14. itfo* yap, for lo! Luke i.
e. g. a part in reference to a whole, a
44, 48. ii. 10. rat yap, for also, for even,
Matt. xxvi. 73. Mark x. 45. Luke vi. single object in reference to many, a
32. John iv. 45. Lucian. D. Mort. 22. less in reference to a greater, and vice

2 or 5. Xen. An. 2. 5. 5. ib. 3. 3. 4. versa. Hence it often cannot be ren-

So yap xai,for also, Acts xvii. 28. 2 Cor. dered in English, but must be expressed
9. and icat yap ovK,for neither, 1 Cor.
ii. by a stronger emphasis in pronunciation,
etc. Its general meaning is, at least,
xi. 9. /iev yap, seq. ds,for indeed, Acts
xiii. 36. xxiii. 8. Rom. ii. 25. Also indeed, even, etc. Comp. Buttm. 149.
where the clause with?* is wholly omitted, p. 431. Herm. ad Vig. p. 824 sq. Pas-
Rom. iii. 2. 1 Cor. xi. 18. or is readily som sub voce.
Heb. vi. 16, coll. ver. 13. So I. Used alone.
supplied,
as marking a less in reference to a
seq. dXXd, Acts iv. 16. /i) ydp,for not, a)
James i. 7. ov yap, for not, Matt. ix. 13. greater, at least, etc. Luke xi. 8 though
Mark vi. 52. Luke viii. 17. Rom. iv. he will not give him, because he is his
13. al. Xen. An. 3. 4. 36. oi>$l yap, friend, (the greater reason,) Sid ye ri\v
John v. 22. vii. 5. viii. 42. dvaidetav avrov, yet at least because of his
for neither,
cure ydp, for neither, Luke xx. 36. Acts importunity (the lesser reason) he will
iv. 12. 1 Cor. viii. 8. 1 Thess. ii. 5. AL. rise, etc. xviii. 5. So 1 Cor. iv. 8 50e-
X6v ye, I could wish at least, etc. Sept.
the Job xxx. 24. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 4 Sidye.
FaoTi/p, ripog, sync. rpoc, />

Num. Job a greater in reference

belly, Sept. for "jca v. 22. b) as marking
xl. 16. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 6. In N. T. to a less, etc. even, indeed, Rom. viii. 32
spoken by synecd. only of the parts, og ye,who even, etc. Eurip. Med. 1361.
viz. Aristoph. Nub. 399. Comp. Herm. 1. c.

a) the stomach, pp. Sept. "jn^

Job xv. p. 827.
2. xx. 23. Horn. Od. 20. 25 and trop. ;'
II. In connexion with other parti-
for appetite, excessive eating, 3 Mace. vii. cles,
(a)
dXXa ye or dXXdye, yet at
ix. 2. but indeed,
11. Act. Thorn. 28. Horn. Od. 18. least, yet surely, 1 Cor.
2. Xen. Mem. 1.6. 8. ib.2. 1.2. Hence moreover, Luke xxiv. 21. Comp. in 'AXXd.
 150

apayt and
apdyt, see in "Aoct I. See in $r)c, and comp. Judith xvi. 17.
(/3)
c. and II. at least, if indeed, Ecclus. vii. 17. Fabr. Cod.
Pseudep. V.
(y) *iy, if
if so be, etc. seq. indie, and spoken of T. I. p. 194, 645. So simply ykivva
what is taken for granted ; Eph. iii. 2. Matt. v. 29, 30. x. 28. Luke xii. 5.
iv. 21. Col. i. 23. Comp. Herm. 1. c. James iii. 6. also yitvva TOV Trvpof,

p. 833 sq. Job xvi. 4.

Sept. Lucian. Gehenna of fire, Matt. v. 22. xviii. 9.
Jup. Trag. 36. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 3 ttye Mark ix. 47. y'ttvva, TO Trvp TO dvfitaTov,

KClKOVpyOTCtTOV tffTl K. T. \. So 6iyC Kdl, - Mark ix. 43, 45, coll. ver. 44, 46, 48. So

if indeed also, which as applying only Matt, xxiii. 15 v'ibv yefvvrjz, son of Gehen-
to what is taken for granted, may be na, i. e. worthy of punishment in Gehen-
given by since, although ; Gal. iii. 4 dyt na. Matt, xxiii. 33 Kpiaic TIIQ y. condem-
Kal tiKij, i. e. since this it is in nation to Gehenna, coll. Jude ver. 7. It
(in case)
vain. 2 Cor. v. 3 tlys Kal ivSvyajjitvoi, istherefore a place of eternal fire, and of
although being now clothed, we shall not, thick darkness; comp. Jude ver. 6, 13.
etc. comp. ver. 4 and Cor. xv. 51 sq. 1 The name Tsfvva is the Heb. 0317 K-J,
JE1. V. H. xii. 9 iy oi iraiStg avrbv Kal valley ofHinnom, Josh. xv. 8, the narrow
Soph. Philoct. 652. (fl)
tl 8k valley skirting Jerusalem on the south,
e,
i.
q. ct ck /i?j, but stronger, but if running westward from the valley of
not indeed, if otherwise indeed', and Jehoshaphat under Mount Zion. Here
serving to annul the preceding proposi- the ancient Israelites established the
tion, whether affirmative or negative. idolatrous worship of Moloch, to whom
So after an affirmation, but if not, other- they burned infants in sacrifice; 1 K.
wise, Matt. vi. 1. Luke x. 6. xiii. 9. xi. 7. 2 K. xvi. 3. Jer. vii. 31. xxxii. 35.

Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 833 __ Xen. This worship was broken up and the
Cyr. 8. 7. 22. so d 8k // Xen. An. 7. 7. place desecrated by Josiah, 2 K. xxiii. 10,
3. 4. 5. 10
Cyr. After a negation, 14 ; after which it seems to have be-
where consequently affirms if other-
it ;
come the receptacle for all the filth of
wise, else, etc. Matt. ix. 17. Lukev. 36, the city, as also for the carcasses of ani-
37. xiv. 32. 2 Cor. xi. 16. Comp. mals and the dead bodies of malefactors
Buttm. 148. n. 10 -- and at left unburied, to consume which fires
(e) icaiye,
least, Luke xix. 42. Lucian. D. Deor. 4. would appear to have been from time
2 and even, yea even, Acts ii. 18. Lu- to time kept up. Sept. iv T<f iroXvav-
cian. D. Deor. 20. 14, 24. Comp. above in dp'y, Jer. ii. 31, i. e. place of dead bodies,
It was also called DDH, To-
I. a, b.
() rat'rotyc. i. q. Ka'iTot, but cemetery.
stronger, though indeed, John iv. 2. Acts phet, Jer. vii. 23, i. e. abomination, vomit,
xiv. 17. xvii. 27 __ Lucian. D. Deor. 20. from ?pn exspuere ; or, more probably,
15. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 3. Comp. Herm. ad since it had this name also among idol-
Vig. p. 840. (A fjttvovvye, i. q. p,tvovv, aters, from rnapl-J, i. e. place of burning
but stronger, yea indeed, yea truly, etc.
sc. dead bodies, etc.
By an easy meta-
Luke xi. 28. Rom. ix. 20. x. 18. Phil. phor the Jews transferred the name to
iii. 8.
Comp. Viger. p. 541. ed. Herm. the place of punishment in the other
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 203.
(3) jr/riye, world, the abode of demons and the
i.
q. but stronger, not to say then,
fifjTi,
souls of wicked men. See Buxt. Lex.
much more then, 1 Cor. vi. 3, Comp. Ch. Rab. Tal. 395, 2623. Wetstein N. T.
Herm. I.e. p. 803. Buttm. 150. p. 434. I. p. 299. Gesen. Thesaur. Ling. Heb.
280. Tholuck Ausleg. d, Bergpredigt
, Gideon, Heb.
o,
the deliverer of Israel from p. 182.
(a cutter off),
the power of the Midianites, Heb. xi. 32.
See Judg. ffj,
in MSS. also
c. 6- 8.
f, name of a
indec. Gethsemane, pr.
FcEvva, TJC> *l> Gehenna, i. e. the small field or place just out of Jerusa-
place of punishment in hades or the lem, over the brook Cedron and at the
world of the dead, i. q. Taprapof 2 Pet. foot of the mount of Olives. The
ji. 4. Xifivrj TOV Trvpof Rev. xx. 14, 15. name would seem to be derived from n?
rb wvo TO aiwviov, Matt. xxv. 41. Jude 7. and N^73^ Matt. xxvi. 3fi
(pres?) (oil).
 151

Mark xiv. 32. See Miss. Herald 1824. Matt. i. 17 ter. So Sept. for nil Gen.~
p. G6. xv. 16. Deut. x-xiii. 3. rvniiD Gen. xxv.
13.- Jos. Ant. 1. 7. 2. ib. 7. 5. 2. Philo
Tttrwv, ovog, > Vj neighbour,
Luke xiv. 12. xv. 6,9. Johnix.8. Sept.
vit. Mos. I. p. 603.
spoken of the period of time from
for
pup Jer. vi. 21. pfcf Job xxvi. 5. c)
one descent to another, i. e. the
Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 12. average
duration of human life, reckoned appa-
, w, f. a<ra>, Luke vi. 21, in
rently by the ancient Hebrews at 100
earlier writers f. dffofiai, Buttm. 113. 4. years, comp. Gen. xv. 16 with Ex. xii.
n. 7 ; to laugh, sc. in joy and triumph, 40, 41 ; by the Greeks at three genera-
intrans. Luke vi. 21, 25. Sept. for pn^ tions for every 100 years, i. e. 331 years
Gen. xvii. 17. xviii. 12, 13, 15. pnty Lam. each ; Herodot. 2. 142 jeveai rpcic av-
i 7.
rraty
Job xxii. 19. ^El. V". H. 14. tip&v tKctTov trta l<7ri. Hence, in N. T.
36. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 5. of a less definite period, an age, time,
period, day, etc. as ancient generations,
laughter,
sc. of joy or triumph, James iv. 9. Sept.
i. e. timesofold, etc. Acts xiv. 16. xv.21.
Job Eph. iii. 5. Luke i. 50 dq yevtuz ytvtCJv,
for pns Gen. xxi. 6.
pftto
viii. 21.
to generations i. e. to the
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 31. Xen. byr.2. 2. 15. of generations,
remotest ages, comp. Rev. i. 6. So Sept.
Vo, (r */"") to make full,
f. for Q""l1l "lil Ps. Ixxii. 5. cii. 25. Is.
and seq. gen. of thing, Mark
to fill, trans, xxxiv. 17. The expression is strongly
xv. 36. John ii. 7 bis. vi. 13. Comp. intensive; Gesen. Lehrg. p. 692. c. Stuart
Buttm. 132. 5, 2 __ Xen. H. G. 6. 2. 25. 455. c. Matth. 430. So genr. Sept.
So with OTTO, Luke xv. 16, see in'ATro and nil Gen. ix. 2. Prov. xxvii. 24.
III. 4. or with IK, Rev. viii. 5. xv. 8. Joel iii. 20. Diod. Sic. 1. 24. Xen. Cyr.
"

So "jTD N-?73 Ps. cxxvii. 5. Jer. li. 34. 5. 2. 4. Luke xvi. 8 'e rr\v ytveav TI}V
Lev. ix. 17^ Absol. Mark iv. 37. Luke iavTwv, i. e. are wiser in their day, so far
xiv. 23. as it concerns this life.
of the men of any
f. u&, to be d) meton. spoken
, full of, to be stuffed
generation or age, those living in any
with, intrans. and seq. gen. Matt, xxiii.
one period, a race, class; e. g. v ytviu
27. Lukexi. 39. Rev. iv. 6, 8. v. 8.
xv. 7. xvii. 3, 4. xxi. 9. Rom. iii.
avTn, etc. the present generation, Matt. xi.
18,
16. xii. 39, 41, 42, 45. xvi. 4. xvii. 17.
quoted from Ps. where Sept. for
x. 7,
xxiii. 36. xxiv. 34. Mark viii. 12 bis, 38.
tf|?O seq. accus. Comp. Buttm. 132. 5, 2.
ix.19. xiii. 30. Lukevii. 31. ix. 41. xi.
Diod. Sic. 13. 3. 84. Polyb. 4. 65. 2. xvii. 25. xxi. 32.
29,30,31,32,50,51.
So with IK, Matt, xxiii. 25, like Heb.
Acts ii. 40. Phil. ii. 15. Spoken of aformer
Is. ii. 6. Ez. xxxii. 6.
generation, Acts xiii. 36. Heb.
iii. 10. of

the future, Luke i. 48. So Sept. and ill

Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 8. In N. T. generation, Deut. xxxii. 5, 20. Ps. xii. 8. xiv. 5.
in the following senses, viz. xxiv. 6. Ixxviii. 6, 8 Lucian. de Astrol.

a) offspring, progeny ; genr.

and trop. 20. Demosth. 1390. 25.
Acts viii. 33 TTJV s ytvtav avrov rt'c; ^-
yr'jfftrai ; who
shall declare his posterity 1 w, f- n, (rfv
to trace one's genealogy, Sept. Ezra
i. e. the number of his followers, spoken ,)
of the Messiah quoted from Is. liii. 8, ii. 62. Xen. Conv/4. 61. In N. T. only
;

where Sept. for ill see Hengstenb. Pass. y6j>aXoyeo/irtt, ovfiat, to be traced
;

Christol. Vol. I. on Is. 1. c. and in Bibl. or inscribed in a genealogy, i. e. by impl.

to be reckoned by descent, to derive one's
Repos. II. 358. (Others refer this to d,
origin, Heb. vii. Sept. for tirnnn 1
below.) So Sept. for Dn^ Num. xiii. 6.

22. Esth. ix. 28. ill Lev. xxiii. 48. Chr. v. 1. ix. 1.
$-\]
Gen. xvii. 12 __ Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 3 TroXX^v
r
yivtav. 5. 1. 2. Polyb. 20. 6. 6. FtVEaXoyia, ac, 'h (yfvsaXoylw,)
table, sc. of an-
b) a descent,
a degree, sc. in a genea- genealogy, genealogical
cestors, etc. 1 Tim. i. 4.
Tit. iii. 9. Sept.
logical line of ancestors or descendants,
 152

for inf. VD'rrnn 1 Chr. vii. 5, 7. ix. 22. plrin Gen. 5. 3 sq. sspp. So oi yewi}-
Polyb. 9. 2. 1.' oavTiQ, parents, Lucian. D. Deor. 22. 2.
Polyb. 3. 98. 9. Xen. Mern. 2. 1. 27.
Tevleia, wv, ra, (adj. yevetrioc, natal, Trop. to generate, to occasion, e. g. /*a-
Jos. Ant. 12.4.7. Philo de Opif. Mundi
Xc, 2 Tim. ii. 23. Jos. Ant. 6. 7. 4.
p. 10,) in earlier Greek writers, solemn 67. 2.
Polyb. 1. Metaph. (a) spoken in
rites for the dead, fer ice denicales, Hero-
the Jewishmanner of the relation be-
dot. 4.26 comp. Cic. Leg. 2. 22. Adam's
;
tween a teacher and his
disciples, to
Rom. Ant. p. 485. In later writers and
beget, sc. in a spiritual sense, to be the
in N. T. birth-day celebration, birth-day
spiritual father of any one, i. e. the in-
festival, Matt. xiv. 6. Mark vi. 21 __ strument of his conversion, to a new
Alciphr. Ep. 3. 18, 55. Dio Cass. 47.
spirituallife, 1 Cor. iv. 15. Philem. 10.
18. 503. ib. 56. 46. 813. In this sense
Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1000, B, /zaXXov
earlier writers used TO. ytvlSXia, see Lob. av-ov 77 OVK TJTTOV Twv yovktav yeyivvijica.
ad Phryn. p. 103 sq. Sanhedrin fol. 19. 2, dix. R. Jonath.
" si quis filium proximi sui
legem docet,
n> (ylvopai, y'tvw,} pro-
Xen. Lac. 2. 1. In N. T. birth, hoc idem putat scriptura, ac si ipsum
creation,
of God, to beget,
nativity, i. e. genuisset." (/3) spoken
sc. in a spiritual sense, i. e. to impart a
a) pp. Matt. i. 18 and Luke i. 14 in
later edit, where text. rec. new spiritual life, which consists in
James i. 23 TO Trpoaunrov rT/c sanctifying, quickening anew, and en-
i. e. native or natural face. Sept. for nobling the powers of the natural man,
by imparting to him a new life and a
m^lTD Gen. xxxi. 13. xxxii. 9. Jos. 4.
8. 23. Diod. Sic. 1. 6. 8. Herodian. 7. 1. new spirit in Christ, 1 John v. 1. Hence
Christians are said to be born of God,
5. Trop. James iii.6 rpo^oc ri/c ytvifftuQ,
lit. the wheel of birth, i. e. which is set (see below in II. b,) and to be the sons
in motion at birth and rolls on through of God, comp. Rom. viii. 14. Gal. iii. 26.
life, i.
q. course of life. Comp. Judith
iv. 6. Spoken of the relation between
Wisd. God and the Messiah, who, as the vice-
xii. 18. vii. 5. Others, nativity, in
the astrological sense. gerent of God, is figuratively called his
Son, and whom therefore God is figu-
b) in the sense of descent, lineage, and
/3i/3Xof yrl(T(iJc, book of descent, i. e. ratively said to beget, i. e. to appoint, to
declare, sc. as a king, etc. Acts xiii. 33.
genealogy, genealogical table, Matt. i. 1.
So Sept. and nilpin *lpp Gen. v. 1. for Heb. i. 5. v. 5. So Sept. and i^ Ps.
Gen. ii. 4.' x. lj 32. 11. 7, coll. ver. 6, 8. Comp. in Ytof Ge- .

sen. Lex. Man. i^ no. 2.

ric, ^ (r V >) birth; John
b) spoken of women, to bear, to bring
his birth.
forth, Luke i. 13, 57. xxiii. 29. John xvi.
ix. 1 t/c
yei/er//c, from Sept.
Lev. xxv. 47. Horn. Od. 18. 6. 3. 21 Trop. Gal. iv, 24. Sept. and
Polyb. .
i^
20. 4. Gen. xlvi. 15. Ex. vi. 20. tD^ton Ezra. x.
44. Palteph. Fab. 2. Xen. Lac. 1. 3.
aroc> > (ylvopcu, perf.
II. Pass, ysvvdofiai, u>p,ai. to be
sc. of the a)
pass. ytykvrjuai,} produce, fruit,
begotten ; Matt. i. 20 TO iv aury ytwr/S^v,
lields, etc. Luke xii. 18. Trop. spoken that begotten or conceived in her, i. e. in
of the reicards of Christian virtue, 2 Cor.
ix. 10 __Text, recept. has in both places
her womb, the foetus. Heb. xi. 12.
b) to be born, gen. Matt. ii. 1, 4. xix.
q. V. 12. xxvi. 24. Mark xiv. 21. John iii. 4

o>, f. rj<r<, (yivva poet, for bis. ry0X6f, ix. 2, 19, 20, 32. etc TOV KOO-
,

trans, to beget, spoken of men; HQV, xvi. 21. Acts vii. 20. xxii. 28 y-
to bear, spoken of women ;
Pass, to be ykvvi}}.iai, sc. 'Pw/tiaToc. Rom. ix. 11. Heb.
begotten, to be born. xi. 23. Gal. iv. 23, 29, Kara <rap<ca, accord-
I. Act.
a) spoken
of men, to beget, ing to the flesh, in the course of nature.
Matt. i. 2 16, where it occurs thrice Sept. for i^lD Job iii. 2. T^ Ps. Ixxxvii.
in each verse, except ver. 6 bis, 11, 12 bis, 4, 5, 6 Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 4. Plut. Agesil.
16. Acts vii. 8, 29. Sept. for T^ and 3. Lucian. D. Mar. 29. 3. Seq, etc final,
 153

denoting destination, John xviii. 37. 2 around it is the most romantic and
pic-
Pet. ii. 12. Seq. tic c. gen. of the mother, turesque in Palestine. It is subject to
Matt. i. 10. Luke i. 35. c. gen. of sudden, though not long continued
source, etc. John iii. 6 tic r//c o-apicog. tempests. See Jos. B. J. 3. 10. 7. Ro-
viii. 41. Seq. tv c. dat. of place, Acts senm. Bibl. Geogr. II. i. p. 176 sq. Cal-
xxi. 3. c. dat. of state or condition, John met art. Tiberias In N. T. r) yfj Ttv.
ix. 34. Acts ii. 8 Iv y sc. diaXesry, i. e. Matt. xiv. 34. Mark vi. 53. / Xt/ii; Ttv.
our native dialect. Metaph. tic 3oD Luke v. 1.
V. IK irvivparoc iy(vvi'iSr)v V. ytylj/-
Ttvvr\<JiQ, <t>e, *1)
(ytwaw,) birth,
vrjftat, only in the writings of John, to
nativity, Matt. i. 18 and Luke i. 14 in
be born of God, or of the Spirit, sc. in a
text. rec. Others yV<rif q. v. Sept.
spiritual sense, to have received from God
Ecc. vii. 1. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 3.
a new spiritual life,
see above in I. a.
John i. 13. iii. 5, 6, 8. 1 John ii. 29. "hi ov, (ytvvaw,) born,
iii. 9 bis. v. 1 bis, 4, 18 bis.
iv. 7. So brought forth ; Matt. xi. 11 and Luke vii.
atao yivvT/S/jvat avuSrtv, to be born again, 28 iv ytvvijTo'ig yvvaiK&v, among those
i.
q. IK SeoD yev. John iii. 3, 7. See in born of women. So Sept. and Heb.
2. b. rriBS "n>? Job. xiv. 1. xv. 4. xxv. 4
Diod. Sic. 1. 6 yvvjjr6v tlvai Kooyiov
Yivvr\na, aroc, rd, (ytvvaw,) lit.
von'iaavrtQ. Comp. rj TIKOVGO. TIVOQ
what is born or produced, i. e.
Hermann.
Eurip. Alcest. 169, et ibi
a) spoken
of men, offspring, progeny,
Matt. iii. 7 ytrvr/^ara i\tfvS>v, progeny of Tivog, toe, owe, T ) (Tfivoftaij) genus*
vipers! so xii. 34. xxiii. 33. Luke iii. 7. race, i. e.

Sept. for -rb; Josh. xv. 14. Ecclus. x. a) offspring, posterity.

Acts xvii.28,29.
18. 1 Mace. i. 38. Act. Thorn. 32. Rev. xxii. 16. Sept.forynJer. xxxvi.31.
Herodot. 3. 159. Xen'/H. G. 6. 3.4.
b) spoken of trees, etc. fruit, produce,
Matt, xxvi.29. Mark xiv. 25. Lukexxii. b) family, lineage, stock,
Acts vii. 13.
18. So Luke xii. 18
in text, recept. where xiii. 26. Phil. iii. 5. See Acts iv. 6, where

later edit. ylvij/m. Used in this sense others, sect, order. Sept. and ynj Jer.
1 Mace. v. 2. Xen. Cyr.'l. 2. 1.
only by later writers, as Diod. Sic. 5. 81. xii. 1.

c) nation, people, Mark vii. 26.

Polyb. 1. 71. 1. ib. 3. 87. 1. See Lob. Acts iv.
ad Phryn. p. 286. Metaph. spoken of 36. vii. 19. xviii. 2, 24. 2 Cor. xi. 26. Gal.
the rewards of Christian virtue, 2 Cor. i. 14. 1 Pet. ii. 9. So Sept. for ty
ix. 10 in text, recept. Comp. in r- Gen. xi. 6. Esth. ii. 10. Diod. Sic. l".
4, 19 ult. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 2.

d) kind, sort, species, Matt.xiii. 47. xvii.

17, indec. Gennesareth,
21. Mark ix. 29. 1 Cor. xii. 10, 28. xiv.
Heb. rn?3 (harp) Deut. iii. 17, or rvh33
1 K. xv.' 20, later Heb.
10. Sept. for pp Gen. vi. 20. vii. 14.
1^3, Josephiis ^t32Chr. iv. 13. Wisd. xix. 6. JEschin.
Ttwrjoap, B. J. 3. 10. 8, the 'name of a Xen. (Ec. 7. 19.
Dial. 2. 26.
small region of Galilee on the western
shore of the lake described by Josephus
r*pa<TTjvoc> ov, o,
a Gerasene, i. e. a
(1. c.) as about four miles in length and native or inhabitant of the city or district
three in breadth, and as distinguished of Gerasa. This city was situated in
for its
fertility and beauty. It was so the eastern part of Perea or Gilead near
called from an ancient city, Josh. xix. 35. the confines of the Arabian desert, on
which gave name to the adjacent
also the parallel of Samaria, and was one of
lake, nngs-D; Num. xxxiv. 11. This the cities of the Decapolis. It was
lake is also called the Sea of Galilee, large, opulent, and splendid ;
as is ap-
Matt. iv. 18 the Sea of Tiberias, John ruins
parent from the magnificent
still
;

remaining, which have been

xxi. 1. It is about twelve miles long described
and five broad, and is still celebrated It is men-
by Burckhardt and others.
for the
purity and salubrity of its waters, tioned by Josephus, B. J. 1. 4. 8. ib. 3.
and the abundance of its fish. Embo- 3. 3. ib. 4. 9. 1. The place is now
somed in lofty mountains, the scenery called Jerrash. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
 154

II. ii.
p. 28. Reland. Falsest, p. 806. i. e. either, the Sanhedrim EVEN the whole
Legh, in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 651 __ senate of Israel ; or else it here stands
Many MSS. and also Knapp read rpa- for the elders of Israel in general, i. e.
GIJV&V, Matt. viii. 28, where the text. rec. persons of age and influence who were
lias Tfpyeanvwv, and other MSS. Tada- invited to sit with the Sanhedrim, i. q.
Wvuv, which is read also Mark v. 1. ot
irpeffflCrtpoi TOV 'laparjX Acta iv. 8.
Luke viii. 26, 37. The city of Gerasa xxv. 15.
lay too remote from the lake to admit
the possibility of the miracle's having Tipu)v, ovTO t 6, an old man, se-

been wrought in its vicinity if there- nex, John iii. 4. Sept. for jpj Prov. xvii.
;

fore the reading repao-j/vwv be correct,

6 Herodian. 3. 15. 4. Xen. Conv. 4.
17.
it must be because the city gave its
name to a large extent of territory, in- j,
f. fvffcj f to cause to taste, to

cluding Gadara and its environs; and let taste,

Sept. for lan Gen. xxv. 30.
then Matthew only uses a broader ap- Herodot. 7. 46. In N.' T. (and in
Horn.)
pellation where the other evangelists only Mid. ytvo^ai, f. ivao^ai, to taste,
employ a more specific one. This is depon. or trans, see Buttm. 135. 4. and
not improbable ; since Jerome says n. 2.

(ad Obad. 1) that ancient Gilead was in a) pp. and absol. Matt, xxvii* 34. Col.
his day called Gerasa; and Saadias in 21 see in "ATTT-W. seq. ace. John ii. 9.
ii.

his Arabic version puts Jerrash for the So Sept. c. accus. for o^O 1 K. iv. 29.
Heb. Gilead. Origen also testifies that Job. xii. 11. xxxiv.3. Ecclus.xxxvi. 19.
repavrjv&v was the ancient reading. See Jos. Ant. 3. gen. Xen. Mem. 3.
1. 6. seq.
in 14. 5. In the sense of to eat, to partake
of, absol. Acts x. 10. xx. 11. seq. gen.
ov, 6, Gergesene,a
Luke xiv. 24. Acts xxiii. 1 4, comp. Buttm.
Heb. ^Hp'pa and Sept. ripyeadioG Gen.
132. 5. 3. So Sept. and tJJ?B 1 Sam.
xv. 21. Deut. vii. 1. Josh. xxiv. 11 ; pr.
xiv. 24 aprov. 2 Sam. iii. 35. 2 Mace.
name of one of the ancient tribes of
vi. 20. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 8.
-
Xen. An. 1.
Canaan destroyed by Joshua, and of
9. 26.
which Josephus says nothing remained
but the name, Ant. 1. 6. 2. b) metaph. to experience, to prove, to
Origen
however partahe of; seq. accus. Heb. vi. 5. piipa
says, that a city rpye<ra an- Stov. Seq. gen. yevHrSai Savdrov, to
ciently stood on the eastern shore of the
lake of Tiberias, and that the precipice
tasteof death, i.e. to die, Matt. xvi. 28.
Mark ix. 1. Lukeix. 27. John viii. 52,
was still pointed out, down which the
Heb. ii. 9. Comp. Rabb. NJV73 Urtt,
swine rushed; Opp. IV. p. 140. But Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. 895. So Heb. vi. 4
in the silence of all other
testimony this Jos. Ant. 2. 10. 1
yfu. T?JG dwptae.
tradition can have little weight; and
rutv dyaStiv. ib. 4. 8. 48. Philo de
the reading Vepyeaijvuv in Matt. viii. 28, Nob. p. 903 Polyb. 15. 33. 5.
Ttjs arofictQ.
which rests on Origen's conjecture, is
Seq. on, 3 yeu. on xpjjtrrof
1 Pet. ii.
therefore less probable than rtpaffijvOJv,
6 Kvptoe. So Sept. for Q^qi Ps. xxxiv. 9.
which he testifies to have been the an-
Prov. xxxi. 18.
cient one. Comp. in
w, ifffcj, (ycwpyof,) f. to
ta, ac, (ypoy<rtoc fr.
>?,
till sc.the earth, Pass. Heb. vi. 7. Sept.
a council of elders, a senate, Paus.
forrrni? ntoy 1 Chron. xxvii. 26 Esdr.
3. 11. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 6. So the elder- iv. 6.' Jos/Ant. 5. 6. 1. Xen. CEc. 14. 2.
ship, i.e. collect, the elders among the
rWp-ytov,ou, TO, a
Jews, either of the whole people, Sept. (ytwpytw,)
for tD^p7 Ex. iii. 16, 18. Deut. xxvii. 1 pp. Sept. for rrtfp Prov.
tilled field, farm,
;
:

or of particular cities, Deut. xix. 12. xxiv. 30. xxxi. 16. Strabo XIV. p. 687.
xxi. 2 sq. al. and later the Sanhedrim, S. In IS. T. metaph. of Christians, 1 Cor.

Judith iv. 8. xv. 8. 1 Mace. xii. 6. al __ iii. 9.

In N, T. Acts v. 21 TO vwiSpiov KCU

ou, o, (y/J, yla, ana fpyai,)
,

iravav rijv ytpovaiav T&V vlwv 'Tcrnm/A. a tiller of the ground, husbandman, viz.
 Trj 155

a) pp.
2 Tim. ii. 6. James v. 7. So privileges and retributions of his spiritual
Sept. for -ON Jer. 14. 4. xxxi. 24. li. 23. kingdom in another life. See Tholuck
Xen. GEc/5. 16. in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 705
Sept. also __
h)
in N. T. also i.
q. dfnrtXovpyog, a for nttlN Gen. xlvii. 26. Numb. xi. 12.
vine-dresser, keeper of a vineyard, Matt. Is. i. al. Xen. An. 1. 3. 4 __ By
7.
xxi. 33, 34, 35, 38, 40, 41. Mark xii. 1, meton. put for the inhabitants of a
2 bis, 7, 9. Luke xx. 9, 10 bis, 14, 16. country, Matt. x. 15. xi. 24.
Metaph. of God, John xv. 1, comp. Is. the earth, i. e. the terrestrial globe,
e)
v. 1 sq. So yetupyeTv, to till the vine, etc. in distinction from 6 obpavos,
(a)
Plato Eutyph. 4. Matt. v. 18, 35. vi. 10, 19. Luke ii. 14.
Acts ii. 19. vii. 49. al. ssep. Sept. for
, (contr. fr. r !et i.
q. yata,) nmtf Gen. iv. 11. vii. 4.
yns Gen. i.

earth, land, i. e. one of the four elements ; 1/2V ii. 4. *>nn 1 Chr. xvi. 30. Hero-
spoken. dian. 2. 11. 8.' Horn. II. 19. 259.
a)
in reference to its vegetative Hence rd and TCL Iv TOIQ
ITTI rfj yi]Q
power, earth, soil; Matt. xiii. 5, 8, 23.
ovpavolc, things on earth and things in
Mark iv. 5, 8, 20. Luke xiv. 35. John xii. heaven, i. e. the universe, Col. i. 16, 20.
24. al. Sept. for rflaiN Gen. iv. 2, 3. yrj Katvrj, a new earth, 2 Pet. iii. 13.

y^ Gen. i. 11, 12.

'iVjy
Gen. iii. 14, Rev. xxi. 1. Spoken of the habitable
(/3)
19. Xen. (Ec. 4. 8. earth, / OIKOV^VIJ, Luke ii. 31. xxi. 35,
b) as that on which we tread,
the Acts x. 12. xi. 6. xvii. 36. Heb. xi. 13.
ground, etc. Matt. x. 29. xv. 35. Luke Rev. iii. 10. al. ssep. Sept. for rTplK
vi. 49. xxii. 44. xxiv. 5. John viii. 6, 8. Gen. vi. 1, 7. Is. xxiv. 1.
ynx Gen. vi.
Acts ix. 4, 8. al. So Sept. for nttlN Ex. 5, 11, 12. Herodian. 1. 2. 9?' Xen. Ag.
iii. 5. 2 Sam. xvii. 12. yv< Ex. iV. 33. 1 1. 36 -- Hence rd iirl r/c yi]Q, earthly
Sam. xxvi. 7, 8. llcroilian. 1. 13. 2.
things, sc. pertaining to this life, Col. iii.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 3. 2. TAfjLtXr] rdi-xl TIJQ y//c, iii. 5.
Bysynec.
c)
in distinction from the sea, a lake, put for the inhabitants of the earth, men,
etc. the land, terra jinna, Mark iv. 1. Rom. ix. 17. x. 18. Rev. vi. 8. xi. 6.
vi. 47. John vi. 21. Acts xxvii. 39, 43, 44, xiii. 3. xix. 2. So Sept. and y-)j* Gen.
al. So Sept. and yitt Gen. viii. 7, 9. ix. 19. xi. 1. xix. 31. So where'things
iT.T>'zr Jon. i. 13 __ Herodian. 2. 10. 8. are said to be done, or take place on
Xeu/An. 1. 1. 7.
earth, which have reference chiefly to
d) of a country, region, territory,
etc.
men, Matt. v. 13. vi. 10. x. 34. Luke
as yj; 'l<rp//A, Mutt. ii. 20, 21. Xavadv xii. 49. John xvii. 4. al. John iii. 31 6 o>v
Acts xiii. 19. AtyvTrrov Acts vii. 11, 36, 40. T?IS yj/c K. T. \. i. e.
< he who is of hu-
xiii. 17. lovdii Matt. ii. G. Za/SovXwv iv. 15. man human, and speaks only
birth, is
rtvynvapte xiv. 34. Mark vi. 53. So of of worldly things, etc.' AL.
the country adjacent to any place or
city, Matt. ix. 26, 31. With a gen. of
person, one's native land, Acts. vii. 3. ; Ion. gen. yi?peo, ovg, dat.
y7/p; old age, Luke i. 36 iv yrjp$
in
Spoken particularly and absol. of the
land of the Jews, Palestine, Matt.xxiii. 35. text, recept. and Iv y>;oi in later edit.
Comp. Buttm. 54. n. 4. Winer
xxvii. 45. Mark xv. 33, Lukeiv. 25. xxi. 9. 1.

James v. 17. Rom. ix. 28, coll. Is. x. Ps. xcii. 15,
23. Sept. Iv y77p f for ro^*
Wy^Gen
i

23. So in the expression icXj/povo/mv TTJV and so Ecclus. viii. 6. v 'y

- xv -

Matt. v. 15. 1 Chr. xxix. 28 Dat. Diod.

yrjv, to inherit the land, 5, quoted
from Ps. xxxvii. 11, coll. v. 9, 22, 29. Ps. Sic. 1. 84. Xen. Apol. Soc. 8. Cyr. 1.

xxv. 13. Is. 21 ; where Sept. for

Ix. 5. 10.

ynrt 1!h; ; comp. Lev. xx. 24. Deut.

xvi. 20. Here the tranquil possession OF -yrjpaw, f- a<ru,

of the earthly Canaan, which was al- to be 'old, to become old, intrans. John

ready used in the O. T. to denote xxi. 18. Heb. viii. 13. Sept. for -)p]
the coming of the Messiah's kingdom, Gen. xviii. 13. xxvii. 1. Hiph. Job xiv.
is
employed by Christ to describe the 8. Xen. Vect. 4. 22. Ag. 11. 14.
 156

earlier and Attic form agency specially exerted, to be made, to

ylyvop,at, f.
ytVTjaop.a.t, aor. 2 tytvo/iijv,
be created, etc. i. q. iroiov/tai (a)
.

perf. part, yeytv/j/xevoc, perf. 2 yeyova, Spoken of the works of creation, John i.
pluperf. 2 eyeyovetv, Acts iv. 22 ; also in 3, 10. 1 Cor. xv. 45. Heb. iv. 3. xi. 3.
later writers and in N. T. aor. 1 pass. So Sept. for
K"i^2
Gen. ii. 4. Is. xlviii. 7.

fytvrjSrjv for tyevo/iijv, Acts iv. 4. Heb. of works 'of art, etc. Acts xix. 26
(/3)
vi. 4. al. Diod. Sic. 1. 1. ib. 3. 40. Po- ui \tipStv. Diod. Sic. 1. 43.
(y)
Of
lyb. 2. 67. 8 cornp. Lob. ad Phryn.
;
miracles and the like, to be wrought, to
p. 108 sq. Buttm. 114. p. 272. This be performed, Matt. xi. 20. Acts iv. 22.
verb is a Mid. depon. intrans. with the viii. 13. seq. Sid, Acts ii. 43. iv. 16. Mark

signif. to begin to be, fieri, i. e. to vi. 2. VTTO Luke ix. 7. xiii. 17

primary seq.
come into existence or into any state ; (d)
Of
a promise, plot, etc. to be made,
and then also in the aor. and perf. 2, < to Acts xxvi. 6. xx. 3. So of waste. O.TTW-
have come into existence/ or simply to \tia, Mark xiv. 4. Xen. Hiero 9. 11
be, esse ; so that lykvopriv, kytv^nv, and dairdvr). (c)
Of the will or desire of
ylyova, serve likewise as preterites of any one, to be done, to be fulfilled ; Sri-
tivai. Comp. Buttm. and 113. 6. 1. c. Xjj/ta, Matt. vi. 10. xxvi. 42. Luke xi. 2.
1 . To begin to be,
to come into exist- Acts xxi. 14. alrr^ia Luke xxiii. 24.
ence, etc. as implying origin, either from () Of a repast, to be prepared ; made
natural causes or through special agency, ready, John xiii. 2. of a judicial inves-
result, and change of state, place, etc. tigation, to be made, to be set on foot
as implying origin in the ordinary Acts xxv. 26. So of a change of law, etc.
a)
course of nature, etc. () Spoken of to be made, Heb. vii. 12, 18
(77)
Of par-
persons, to be born, John viii./58. James ticular days, festivals, etc. to be held, to
iii. 9. seq. tic TIVOC, to be born of, to be be celebrated, Matt. xxvi. 2, Johnii. 1. x.
descendedfrom, etc. Rom. Gal. iv. 4.
i.3. 22. So Sept. for ntyyq 2 K. xxiii. 22.
1 Pet. iii. 6. So Sept. for -j>r Gen. xxi. Xen. H. G. 4. 5. 1. (3) Of persons ad-
3, 5, 9. Wisd. vii. 3. Xen. A'n. 3. 2. 13. vanced to any station or office, to be
li>alg vfielg tyevtaSe KO.I tTpdtyrjrf. Mem. made, constituted, appointed, Col. i. 23,
2. 2. 4.: TIVOC
(/3)
Of plants, fruits,etc. 25. Heb. v. 5. vi. 20. 1 Cor. i. 30. So
to be produced, to grow, Matt. xxi. 19. yivtaSat iirdvat, Luke xix. 19. Hero-
1 Cor. xv. 37. Ml. V. H. 6. 1. Xen. dian. 2. 6. 12. Plut. Ages. c. 21
(i)
Of
Mem. 2. 9. 4
(y)
Of the phenomena customs, institutes, etc. to be appointed,
of nature, etc. to arise, to come on, to instituted, Mark ii. 27. TO adSparov. Gal.
occur ; e. g. (raff/toe Matt. viii. 24. XaiXai// iii. 17 6 yeyovog voftog. Xen. An. 1.1.8.
Mark iv. 37. yaX^v?/ Matt. viii. 26. Mark
(K)
Of what is done to or in
any one ;

iv. 39. VKOTOQ Matt, xxvii. 45. Mark xv. Luke xxiii. 31 tv r< T'L
jjp< ykvrjrai ;
33. veftXtj Luke ix. 34. Mark ix. 7. what shall be done in the dry 1 Gal. iii.

John xii. 29 Xen. An. 3. 1. 11 13 Xp<oro yfvo/ivo vTrtp 11/j.wv Ka.Tci.pa,

So also of a voice or cry, tumult, si- being himself made a curse for us, i. e.
lence, etc. $uvr\ John xii. 30. al. Kpavyrj suffering the penalty to which we were
Matt. xxv. 6. 3opv/3og Matt. xxvi. 5. subject.
xxvii. 24. (TTdffis Luke xxiii. 19. c)
as implying a result, event, etc. to
John vii. 43. Z,T}TI]<TIQ John iii. 25. take place, to come to pass, to occur, to be
Acts xxi. 40. Rev. viii. 1. Xen. An. 3. 4. done, etc. Matt. i. 22 rof/ro
(a) genr.
35 $6pv/3o. So of emotions, etc. Luke Si oXov ykyovtv. Mark v. 14. Luke i.
xv. 10. xxii. 24. 1 Tim. vi. 4. $Xtyi C Matt. 20 xpt TIQ yevijTai TO.VTO.. ii. 15. John
xiii. 21 of time, as day, 9. Acts iv. 21. v. 24. Cor. xv. 54.
() Spoken iii. 1

night, evening, etc. to come, to come on, 1 Thess. iii. 4. Rev. i. 19. Heb. ix. 15.
to approach, Matt. viii. 16. xiv. 15, 23. SavaTov death having taken
ytvofjiivov,
xxvii. 1. Mark vi. 2. xi. 19. xv.33. Luke place, i. e. through his death. Matt, xviii.
xxii. 14. John vi. 16. xxi. 4. Acts xxvii. 31. Luke viii. 34. James iii. 10. 2 Pet. i.
27 Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 41. Xen. H. G.2.4. 20. al. passim Herodian. 8. 3. 12.
6 Trpdff r)n*pav sytyvtro. Comp. in b. 17. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25. So in the phrase
b) as implying origin through an /u) y'tvoiro, let it not happen ! God for-
 J57

bid! an exclamation of aversion, Luke Diod. Sic. 2. 20. m. V. H.2. 23. Acts
xx. 16. Rom. iii. 4, 6, 31. vi.2,15. vii. 7. xii. 18 rt dpa o Hirpog iyivtro, what
al. Comp. Sept. and Heb. n^brr Gen. Peter was become, for <
what had become
xliv. 7, 17. Josh. xxii. 29. IK. xxi. 3.al. of Peter.' So ri Thuc. 2. 52.
yevwjjiai
Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2. Arrian. Diss. comp. Matth. 488. 5. Herm. ad Vig.
Epict. 1. 1. 13. ib. 2. 8. 2, 26. See p. 730. (2) Construed with tig n as
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 204. (/3) Seq. the predicate, by Hebraism Matt. xxi. ;

dat. of pers. to happen to any one, etc. 42 iytvr)5r] tig Kt$a\r}v yuviag. Mark
Mark ix. 21. Luke xiv. 12. John v. 14. xii. 10. Luke xiii. 19. John xvi. 20. Acts
1 Pet. iv. 12. JEsop. F. 94. Xen. Hiero v. 36. al. So Sept. for b rrn, etc. Gen.
1.1. ib. 3. 5.Seq. infin. as subject, Acts ii. 7. 1 Sam. xxx. 25. 2 Sam. v. 3. al.
xx. 16. Gal. So Sept. and *? n^rr
vi. 14.
T Comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 816. Stuart
Gen. xliv. 7, 17. Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 8 . 507. b. When
the predicate is an
(3)
Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 11. With an adv. of adjective ; Matt. vi. 16 firj yivtaSt GKV-
manner, Mark v. 16. Eph. vi. 3 JE1. &PWTTOI', do not become of a sad counte-
V. H. 9. 36
(y)
With prepositions, in nance, i. e. do not put on or
affect sad-
the same sense, ast'e nva, Acts xxviii. 6. ness, etc. 16 yivtaSrt ovv 0p6vt/iot
x.
TIVI Mark v. 33.
iiri
() With an in- xii. 45 yivtrat rd lo\ara \iipova. xiii. 22
fin.and accus. expressed or implied, to yivtrai aKap-rrog. xxiii. 26. xxiv. 32, 44
come to pass that, Mark ii. 23. Acts xxvii. yivtaSt tToipot, i. e. prepare yourselves.
44 ourwe iyivtTO irdvrag diaawSiivai. John ix. 39. Acts vii. 32. x. 4. Rom. iii.
xxviii. 8. Matt, xviii. 13 iav yivtjrai 19. al. saep. Herodian. 1. 11. 6. Thuc.
evptlv avTo. Theogn. 639. comp. Viger. 3. 23. (4) With a particle of manner,
p. 231. V. (*)
So (cat iyivtTO Or iyt- etc. Matt. X. 25 'iva ytvyrai we SiSaa-
VITO ?i, corresponding to the Heb. caXoc avrov. xviii. 3. xxviii. 4 iysvovro

1 *rP},
and it came to pass that, always wffti vtKpoi. seq. dat. of pers. for or in
with a notation of time, introduced by respect to Cor. ix. 20, 22.
whom, 1
(5)
on, we, iv, a gen. absol. etc. and fol- Seq. gen. of possession or relation ; Luke
lowed by a finite verb with or without XX. 14 'iva -fjfjiuiv yevtjTair] K\r]povofj.ia. XX.
icat', c. g.
with icat repeated, Matt. ix. 10 33. Rev. xi. 15. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 16.

ical tytvtro avTov dvaKtipfvov Kai i6v. QEc. 3. 8. Comp. Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 3 /io\i$
Mark ii. 15 :ai iy'ivtro iv Kai TroXXoi iavTov ytvofitvov.
(6) Seq.
dat. of pers.
K. T. \. Luke ii. 15 icat iytvtro we icat as possessor, etc. Rom. vii. 3, 4, ytvkaSat
ol ic. r. \. v. 1, 12, 17. viii. 1,22. ix.28. avSol irkpif), to become to an-
(married)
xiv. 1. xvii. 11. xix. 15. xxiv. 4, 15. al. other man. So Sept. and ^ n;n Lev.
ssep. So 1 "IT} and Sept. Gen. xxxix. 7, xxii. 12. Jer. iii. 1. Plut.' Ages. 11.
13, 19. xliii. 1. So without icat repeated, Achill. Tat. Y. p. 323.
Matt. vii. 28 icat iyivtro on itir\rioaovTO (/3)
construed with prepositions or
ol <5\'Xot. xiii. 53. xix. 1. xxvi. 1. Mark adverbs implying motion, it denotes
i.9. iv. 4. Luke i. 8. ii. 1. vi. 12. al. sa^p. change or transition to another place,
So Sept. fori -n^ Gen. xxii. 1. etc. to come, viz. to come to
(1) Seq. tig,
d) as implying a change of state, con- or into, to arrive at, Acts xx. 16. xxi. 17.
dition, etc. or the passing from one state, xxv. 15 Herodot.5. 38. Trop.) Qwvi]
etc. to another, to become, to enter upon Luke i. 44. tvXoyia Gal. iii. 14. tuay-
any state, condition, etc. ytXtov 1 Thess. i. 5. eXjcoc Rev. xvi. 2.

(a) spoken of persons or things which Xen. H. G. 7. 2. 7 Kpavyr} tig rrjv TTO-
leceive any new character or form. Xtv. to come from a place,
(2) Seq. tK,
Where the predicate is a noun; etc. e. g. r) <j>wvri Mark i. 11. Luke iii.
(1)
Matt. V. 45 OTTWe ytVllffSt Viol TOV 7rarpO. 22. ix. 35. But t/c pfaov ytv'sffSai, to
Mark i. 17 vpdg ytviaSai aXtsTe dvSpw- be put out of the way, 2 Thess. ii. 7. (3)
xii. 11 ytvopsvog
TTWV. Matt. iv. 3 'iva 01 XtSot OVTOI dproi Seq. iv, e. g. trop. Acts
y'tvuvTai. xiii. 32 yivtrat dtvdpov. Luke iv iavTy, being come to himself; comp.
iv. 3. vi. 16. xxiii. 12. John i. 12, 14. ii. Luke xv. 17. Polyb. 1. 49. 8 ra X vSi iv
9. Acts xxvi. 28.* Rom. iv. 18. Heb. ii. iaury ytvofisvog. Xen. An. 1. 5. 17.

17. Rev. viii. 8. al. Herodian. 1.8. 16. See Herm. ad Vig. 749, coll. 858. (4)
 158 Tivw
WCTK'i)

^4) Seq. iTri, viz. c. gen. to come upon, to Heb. v. 12. Rev. xvi. 10. So rrn and
arriveat, Lukexxii. 40. John vi. 21. Acts Sept. tlvai Neh. i. 4. ii. 13, 15. Comp.
xxi. 35. c. accus. Luke xxiv. 22. Acts E//u II.f. Gesen.
Lehrg. p. 792. Stuart
viii. 1. Luke i. 65 <f>6ftoQ. iv. 36. So of 630.Soph. Ajac. 589. Plato Phsedo. 20.
an oracle, Luke iii. 2 comp. below in (6). ;
See Viger. p. 232, 749. Matth. r>r>0.
c. gen. to come through- c) joined with prepositions
it implies
(5) Seq. Kara,
out, etc. Acts x. 37. c. accus. to come locality or state, disposition of mind,
to, Luke x.32. Acts xxvii. 7. Jos. Ant. etc. (a) Seq. iv, spoken of place, to be
1. 9 yevopivoi dk KCIT& 2o5o/ia. Xen. in a place ;
Matt. xxvi. 6 yvo/*evov iv
Cyr. 7. 1. 15.
(6) Seq. irpos
c. accus.
BrjSaviy. Mark ix. 33 iv ry ouc/p. Acts
to come to, 2 John 12 in later edit. So xiii. 5. 2 Tim. i. 17. Rev. i. 9. 1EI.
of oracles, Acts vii. 31. x, 13. Sept. V. H. 4. 15. Spoken of condition or
and Heb. ^N rrn Gen. xv. 1, 4. Jer. i. state, to be in any state, etc. Luke xxii.
2, 4. (8)
With an adverb, e. g. lyyvc, 44 ytvofifvoQ iv aywv/p. Acts xxii. 17 iv
to come or draw near, John vi. 19. trop. eKffrdaei. Rev. i. 10 and iv. 2 iv Trvevfian.

Eph. ii. 13. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 7. So wfo, Rom. xvi. 17 iv Xpiory, i. e. to be in the
hither, John vi. 25. 1/ceT, thither,
Acts number of Christ's followers, Christians.
xix. 21. Herodian. 4. 11. 13 tictT. Phil. ii. 7 iv ofioiMfiari yfvofisvoQ, i.
q.
II. In the aor. and perf. to have be- bfjioiioSeig. 1 Tirn.
14yev.lv Trapafldaei,
ii.

gun to be, to have come into existence, etc. i.

q. irapapaivu). (j3) Seq. /ura
c. gen.
i. e.simply, to be, to exist ; see above, in it. of pers. to be with any one, Acts ix. 19.
to be, to exist', John i. 6 xx. 18. So ol yvo/xevot /itr' av-ov, his
a) genr.
lylvero avSpwTrog . Rom. xi. 5. 1 John friends, companions, Mark xvi. 10.
ii. 18. seq. tv 2 Pet. ii. 1. ,
seq. tfjnrpo- Xen. H. G. 4. 1. 35 __ (y) Seq. irpos c.
ffSev TIVOS John i. 15, 30. seq. iiri rifc accus. to be towards, i. e. disposed to-
yjjc Rev. xvi. 18. Herodian. 1. 17. 26 wards any one, 1 Cor. ii. 3. xvi. 10.

Trpo rivog. () Seq. <rvv, to beicith, Lukeii. 13. AL.

b} as copula, connecting* a subject and
predicate ; Buttm. 129. init (a) So ,
earlier and Attic form
of quality, etc. seq. norninat. Luke i. 2 ytyvw(T/cw, f. yvaxrojtiai, aor. 2 tyvwv,
ol CLTT
dpxijs avTOirrai ytvofjiivoi rov perf. tyvuKo. (for 3 plur, iyvwicav John
Xoyow. ii. 2 avTt] rj aTroypa^/} Trpwrij xvii. 7 instead of lyvwKaai, see Winer
John xiv. 22. Acts iv. 4. 1 Cor. 13. 2. c. Buttm. 103. V.
eyevero. 3,) perf. pass.
2 Cor. lyvwcr/zai, aor. 1 pass. lyvwo-Sjjv, f.
iv. 16. 1 Thess. 1 pass.
i. 18, 19. ii. 8.
Tit. iii. Lucian. D. Mort. 13. 1.
7. al. yvwaSfjcronai, see Buttm. 114; to know,
Xen. Hiero 6. 1 So with a dat. of ad- both in an inchoative and completed
vantage, to be any thing to, for, or in be- sense comp. Heb. jn^ and Gesen. Lex.
;

half of; e. g. btinyog Acts i. 16. o-^/ietov sub. h. v.

Luke xi. 30. irapTjyopia Col. iv. 11. 1. to hnoiv, in an inchoative sense, i.e.
Tvtroi 1 Thess. i. 7 Herodian. 7. 3. 1. to come to know, to gain or receive a
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 6. With an adv. 1 Thess. knowledge of ; where again the perf.
10.
ii. See Viger. p. 376. n. Matth. implies a completed action, and is often
309. c. With a gen. of age, Luke ii. to be taken as a present, to know, Buttm.
42 iyevero irHJv SwSeKa. 1 Tim. v. 9.
oTt. 113. 6. Herm. ad Vig. p. 748. Pass.
see Buttm. 132. 4. 4. Plut. de Sanit. to become known.
tuend. 24. So elvai Xen. An. 2. 6. 20. accus. of thing ;
a) genr. (a) seq.
Mem. 1. 2. 40. Implying property,
(/3)
Matt. xii. 7. John viii. 32 yvwo-t^e rrjv
etc. Matt. xi. 26 and Luke x. 21 OVTMQ a\ri$tiav. Luke xii, 47. xvi. 4. Acts i. 7.
lysvtro tvSoKia tpirpoaSiv <rov, for the 1 Cor. iv. 19 KO.I yvwaopai ov TOV Xoyov,
dat. ffoi, i. e. such was thy good pleas- &XX& Tijv Svvafjiiv. 2 Cor. ii. 9. With
ure, i.
q. O'VTCJQ ijvdoKijffaQ av Joined an accus. implied, Mark vi. 38. 1 Cor.
(y)
with the participle of another verb it xiii. 9. So Sept. and y^ 1 Sam. xx. 3.
forms like tlvai a periphrasis for a finite xxi. 2. 2 Sam. xxiv. 2. Diod. Sic. 1. 8.
tense of that verb Mark i. 4 i-yivtro ;
Xen. An. 1. 6. 7 -- Seq. IK rivoc, to
'ludvvne /3a7rriwv, for /3a7rrif. ix. 8, 7. know from or by anything, Matt. xii. 33.
 r 159 .'CTKOJ

Luke vi. 44. 1 John iii. 24. iv. 6. Xen. 6, xii. 16. xiii. 12. Acts viii. 30. Rom.
Cyr. 1. 6. 44. Seq. tv rivi, to know by xi. 34. 1 Cor. ii. 14. So Sept. and yi;
any thing, John xiii. 35. 1 John iii. 16, 1 Sam. xx. 38. Prov. i. 2 Xen. CyrI
19, 24. So Sept. for y-p
iv. 13. v. 2. 4. 2. 28.
Gen. xxiv. 14. xlii. 33. So seq. o$iv f) by euphemism,
to lie with, sc. a
1 John ii. 18. and Kara, re Luke i. 18. person of another sex spoken of a man, ;

So Sept. for yr Gen. xv. 8. (/3) Seq. Matt. i. 25 of a woman, Luke i. 34.
;

accus. of person John xiv. 7 bis. Luke

; Sept. and yi; of men, Gen. iv. 1, 16.
xxiv. 35. xix. 15. Rom. i. 21. 2 Cor. v. xxiv. 16. of women Gen. xix. 8. Num.
16. Gal. iv. 1 John ii.
9 yvovriQ Stov. xxxi. 17, 35. Plut. Cat. Min.7. Romul.
3. iii. So Sept. and jrr 1 Sam.
1. al. 5. Isseus20. 5. Heliod. I. p. 14. So Lat.
iii. 7 Diod. Sic. 1. 92. Xen. "Mem. 4. novi, cognosco, Justin. 5. 2. ib. 27. 3.
2. 24 So with an accus. and on, by Ovid. Met. 594. 4.

attraction, comp. Bnttm. 151. I. 6. 2. to know, in a completed sense, i. e.

Matt. xxv. 24 tyvwv <re,
on <7K\j06f e7. to have a knowledge of, etc.
John v. 42. So Sept. for y~rr 1 Sam. (a) seq. accus. of thing expr.
a) genr.
xx. 32. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 18. (y) Seq. or impl. Matt. vi. 3 p.r} yvwrw r/ apiffTtpd
on instead of an accus. and infin. John (TOV T'I TToiti r') SfZiaffov. xxiv. 50. Luke vii.
vi. 69 lyvoKantv, on <rw el 6 Xpiorog. 39. xvi. 4, 15. John ii. 25. Rom. ii. 18.
vii. 26. viii. 52. xix. 4. James ii. 20. al. 2 Cor. v. 21. 1 John iii. 20. Luke ii.
saep. SoSept.foryrGen.viii.il. x Ki. 43. Rom. x. 19. So imper. ytvwffKETe,
34. al. Xen. Cyr. 4.' 2. 22. Eq. 9. 2. know, be assured of, c. ace. Matt. xxiv.
(3)
Pass, to be known, i. e. distinguished, 43. Luke x. 11. xii. 39. also tort yivw-
1 Cor. xiv. 7. ffKovTtg TOVTO, Eph. v. 5. Sept. and
b)
in a judicial sense, to know by trial, yT Job xx. 4.
T
Ecc. viii. 7. Jer. iii. 13
to inquire into, to examine, Ttjv airiav Lucian. D. Deor. 22. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 9
Actsxxiii.28. So John vii. 51. Xen. 6 Seq. accus. and on by attraction, 1
Cyr. 1.2.6,7. Cor. iii. 20. See Buttm. 151. I. 6.

c) in the sense of to know, sc. from Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 8 Seq. accus. and
others, to learn, to find out ; Pass, to be particip. Acts xix. 35 og ov ytvw<rK(i rfiv
made known, to be disclosed, Matt. x. 26. iroXiv ovffav. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 20 Seq.
Acts Seq. accus. of thing, expr.
ix. 24. adv. as Acts xxi. 37 iXXrjviffTi yu/wo-Ktie;
or impl. Mark v. 43. Acts xxi. 34. Col. dost thou know Greek ? Comp. Seq. Neh.
iv. 8. Matt. ix. 30. Luke ix. 11. So xiii. 24 OVK tTriyivbHTKOvTiQ XaXelv 'lou-
Sept. and jn^ 1 Sam. xxi. 2 Palaeph. Saurri, for Heb- rTTirr;
2. 10. XenV Cyr. 8. 8. 3. Seq. on, Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 31
John iv. 1. Acts xxiv. 11. Sept. and y-^ Cic. de Fin. 2. 5 Greece scire. () seq.
1 Sam. iv. 6 ^El. V. H. 10. 15. So accus. of person, to know, sc. by sight or
with OTTO TIVOQ, Mark xv. 45. person, John i. 49. 2 Cor. v. 16. or to
in the sense of to perceive, to ob- know one's character, etc. John i. 10.
d)
serve, to be aware of, seq. accus. expr. or ii. Acts xix. 15. al.
24. xiv. 7, 9. xvi. 3.

impl. Matt. xxii. 18 rfjv iroviipiav. xvi. 8. So Sept. and yi; Deut. xxxiv. 10. Ps.
xxvi. 10. So Sept. and jn; Ruth iii. 4 Ixxxvii. 4. cx'xxix. 1 Dem. 539. 25.
Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 8 Seq. on, John iv. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 21. So c. accus. and par-
53. vi. 15. Acts xxiii. 6. So Mark v. 29 ticip. Heb. xiii. 23. (y) seq.
on instead
tyvtt) Tqi ffu)[^ari on.Sept. and ^1^ 1 of an ace. and infin. John xxi. 17. James
Sam. xx. 33. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 5 Seq. i. 3 infin. alone, Matt. xvi. 3.
(5) seq.
and particip. Luke sc. as
accus. viii. 46 yw b) in the sense of to know, being
fyvwv dvvapiv iZtXSoveav air ifiov. what one is or professes to be, to ac-
Mem. Matt. vii.23. Pass.
Xen. 4. 2. 40. knowledge, seq. accus.
in the sense of to understand, to 1 Cor. viii. 3. Gal. iv. 9. So Sept. and
e)
Is. xxxiii. 13. Ixi. 9. Ixiii. 16.
comprehend, seq. accus. expr. or impl. jn;
Matt. xiii. 11 ra fivorrjpia. Mark xiv. 13 ~c)
from the Heb. with the idea of vo-
Luke xviii. 34. John iii. 10. lition or good will, to know and approve
Tropa/SoXof .

vii. 49 TOV 1 Cor. ii. 8. John x. or to care for, etc. seq. accus. of
vofiov. love,
 160

Tim. 19 ty vu Kupioc rou Is. Ixvi. 18. Chald. -p^ Dan. iii.
pets. 2
ii. 4, 7,

avrov. John x. 14, 15, 27. So Sept. 30, 32. al. (y)
In the phrases yXw<r<rai
to speak in or
and yTT of God, Ps. cxliv. 3. Am. iii. 2. lr'ipai v. Kaivcuc XaXeTv,

Nah.i.7. ofmenPs.xxxvi.il. Hos. viii. with other or new tongues, Acts ii. 4.

2. Seq. accus. of thing, Rom. vii. 15 Mark xvi. 17

yXwao-aig XaXtTv, to speak
;

i. e. I in or with tongues. Acts x. 46. xix. 6.

8yap Kartpya^o^iat, ov yivwcrjcw,
xiv. 2, 4, 5 bis, 6, 13,
approve not, allow not. Sept. and 1 Cor. xii. 30.

yT Ps. i. 6. Or perhaps here by impl. 18, 23, 27, 39 ; irpoatvytoSai yXaxrcry, to

to will, to purpose, to resolve. So Jos. pray in a tongue, 1 Cor. xiv. 14 ; Xoyot
Ant. 1. 11. 1 o 3-eoj; tyvu n/iwp7J<ra(r3at iv yXw(r<ry, discourse in a tongue, 1 Cor.
xiv. 19 or simply
avrovf. ib. 2. 4. 5. Psalt. Salom. xvii. 47 ; yXwo-crat, tongues, 1
Cor. 10 bis, 28. xiii. 8. xiv. 22,
}v o Scoff ava<rrj}<rai.
tyvw Polyb. 5. 82. xii.

1. AL. 26. Here, according to the two pas-

sages in Mark and Acts, the sense would
oe, ovc, T > seem to be, to speak in other living lan-
must, new wine, Hesych. rd guages ; but if the passages in 1 Cor. be
Luc. Phi-
r/jff<rra0vX/]f Trpiv TrarqSp. taken as the basis, these phrases would
39. In N. T. stcee* wine, Acts to speak another kind of
lopseud. seem to mean,
ii. 13. So Sept. for y^ Job xxxii. 19 language, i. e. referring perhaps to a
Athen. IV. p. 176. D." state of high spiritual excitement or

FAi'KvCj t, v, sweet, Rev. x. 9, 10. ecstasy from inspiration, unconscious of

James external things and wholly absorbed in
iii. 11, 12 vtfwp yXvcu, sweet water,
i. e. potable. Sept. forpinp Judg. xiv. adoring communion with God, breaking
14. Is. v. 20 Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 5. forth into abrupt expressions of praise
and devotion, which are not coherent
TJC, rj, (Attic form yXairra,) and therefore not always intelligible to
the tongue, i. e. the multitude comp. 1 Cor. xiv. 2, 4,
;

a) pp.
as a part of the body, Rev.'xvi. 6, 7 sq. Most interpreters have adopted
10. as the organ of taste, Luke xvi. 24. the first meaning some prefer the latter.
;

as the organ of speech, Mark vii. 33, 35. Others suppose there is a reference to
Luke i. 64. 1 Cor. xiv. 9. James iii. 5. two distinct gifts. See Olshausen Comm.
6 bis. So also personified, Rom. xiv. on Acts ii. 4. Neander Hist, of the
11 and Phil. ii. 11 Traera yXw(r<ra, i. e. Apost. Age, and in Bibl. Repos. IV. p.
every person ; comp. Is. xiv. 23 where 249 sq.
Sept. for Acts ii. 26, coll. Ps. put for any thing resembling
jtafj. c) trop.
xvi. 9. So to bridle the tongue, etc. a tongue in shape ;
e. g. Acts ii. 3.
James i. 26. iii. 8. 1 Pet. iii. 10. comp. yXwo'O'ai woti tongues as of fire,
irvpug,
Ecclus. xxviii. 18 sq. Sept. for \ti&3 i. e. lambent flames. So VJR -jta^ Is. v.
Judg. vii. 5. Job xxix. 10. xxxiii. 2. 24.
Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 5.
ou, rt, (yXw<r<r?;,
b) by meton. speech, language,
/,
(a)
John 18 p) dyaTrw/tev Xoyy tongue, reed, sc. of a musical instrument,
genr. 1 iii.
and Ko/xew,) pp. a box for keeping reeds,
p.T]Sk ry yXaWy, let us not love in word nor
etc. iv y avXrjrai aTrfT&eaav rag yXwff-
in speech only. (Comp. yXwoxri; 0i'Xo
oiSag, Hesych. In N. T. genr. any box,
Theogn. 63, 13.) So Sept. and -pir^
Prov. xxv. 15. xxxi. 26. Wisd. i. 6. case, bag, etc. e. g. for money, John xii.

.Elian. V. H. 14. 22. Xen. (Ec. 13. 8.

6. xiii. 29. Sept.. for -p-iN the ark, 2
Chr. xxiv. 8, 10, 11 __ Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 2.
(/3)
of a particular language or dialect,
spoken of a box attached to the ark.
as spoken by a particular people, Acts Plut.Galb.l6.--This
11. 11. 1 Cor. xiii. 1. So Sept. and Longin. 43.9. [44.]
Gen.
sense of the word is found only in later
fflfy x. 5, 20. Dan. i. 4. Xen.
Mem. 3. writers see Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 15.
14. 7. Put for the people who ;

use a language, e. /ecu Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 98, 99.

g. $v\ai, Xaol,
yXu>(T<ra(, Rev. v. 9. vii. 9. x. 11. xu 9. > (yva<j>oe a card
xiii. 7. xiv. 6. xvii. 15. So Sept. a or
teazle,)
a fuller, i. e. one who fulled
 161

and dressed new cloths, or washed and 7 sq. to make knoivn, trans, and seq. dat.
scoured soiled garments, Mark ix. 3. or -jrpoQ nva Phil. iv. 6; viz.
Sept. for DI13, a treader, i. e. washer, a)
to others ;
(a) genr.
to make
known,
fuller, 2 K. xviii. 17. Is. vii. 3. xxxvi. 2. todeclare, toreveal, Rom. ix. 22, 23. e. dat.
Theophr. Char. 19 or 10. 4. Xeii. Mem. Luke ii. 15. Acts ii. 28 quoted from Ps.
3. 7. 6. The earlier pronunciation seems xvi. 11 where Sept. for V'H'in. Eph. iii.
to have been K 3, 5, 10. Col. i. 27. Gal. i. 11 where for
the attract, see Buttm. 151. 1. 6. seq.
OV, o, n, adj. (y'tvog, yeve- 7rpo Phil. iv. 6. Sept. for ^Tin 1 Sam.
oQ ), genuine, legitimate ; pp. spoken of xvi. 3. 1 Chr. xvi. 8. Ps. xxv. 4.
children, etc. Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 3. Xen. Prom, vinct. 496.
[487.] Hesych.
Cyr. 8. 5. 19. In N. T. (f>avfpo7roii]0a.i. in the
(/3)
spoken sc. son sense of to narrate, to tell, to inform, Eph.
a) trop. own, genuine, ;

of the relation of a disciple to his teacher, vi. 21. Col. iv.7, 9. 2 Cor. viii. 1, comp.
iv Triarii, Kara irianv, 1 Tim. i. 2. Tit. Buttm. 1. c. 1 Mace. xiv. 28. (y) spoken
i. 4. of a teacher who
unfolds divine things,
b)by impl. sincere, faithful, true, Phil. etc. to announce, to declare, to proclaim,
iv. 3 __ Ecclus. vii. 18. Herodian. 3. 10. John xv. 15. xvii. 26 bis. Eph. i. 9. vi.
9 So ri> yvrjffiov, sincei'ity, 2 Cor. viii. 19. 2 Pet. i. 16. Rom. [xiv.] xvi. 26.
8 __ Comp. 3 Mace. Hi. 19. Sept. for yiin Ez. xx. 11. in the
(d)
rvTj<nwc> adv. (yv//(riof), sincerity, sense of to put in mind of, to impress, to
Phil. ii. 20 __ 2 Macc.xiv.8. Jos. Ant.2. confirm, 1 Cor. xii. 3. xv. 1.
4. 1. Dem. 1353. 28. b) to one's self, i. e. to ascertain, to

find out, and by impl. know, Phil.

to i.

Fvo^oc, ou, 6, (fr. vtyoc, Eustath. 22. So Sept. for Tsn Job xxxiv. 25. .

ad II. /x. p. 489. 16,) dense black clouds, Herodian. 2. 1. 23. .Eschin. 11. 8.
thick gloom ; Heb. xii. 18 yvo^> /cat trcory
icai SvsXXy. So Sept. for ^Eny Ex. xx. , ewe, riytyvwKu,} knowledge,
21. 2 Sam. xxii. 10.
"j^
Jbeiit. iv. 11. i. e.
v. 22. Ecclus. xlv. 5.
a)
the power of knowing, intelligence,
comprehension, Eph. iii. 19 rr\v u7rp/3a\-
TJC? >7, (yvw(ricw,) pp. the
Xovffav rijc yvwo-twg ayaVjjv rov Xp. that
mind, i. e. the sentient principle, i. q. love of Christ surpassing comprehension.
$vxib Xen Cyjf. 8. 8. 10. Mem. 1. 1. 7,
-

In N. T. mind, in its various mani- Hesych. yvwtne' avvtaiQ, tidrjate, vot]ffig.

9.
Others, that love of Christ which is
festations, g. e.
better than all knowledge ; comp. 1 Cor.
as implying will, in the sense of ac-
a) xii. 31. xiii. 2. Rom. viii. 35.
cord, consent, Philem. 14. 2 Mace. iv. of what one
39. Jos. Ant. 1.12. 3. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. b) subjectively, spoken
knows, knowledge, etc. Luke i. 77.
20 __ In the sense of bent, inclination,
Phil. iii. 8. Rom. xi. 33 yv&atg TOV Seov,
desire 10 iv ry avry yi/w^y, in
1 Cor. i.
comp. Ps.cxxxix. 6 where Sept. fornjn.
;
the same mind or will. Rev. xvii. 13.
Sept. and njn Ps.lxxiii. 11. Hos. iv. 6.
Clem. Alex. Strom. 5. 1. Xen. Mag.
6. In the sense of purpose,
1.
_ Diod. Sic". 5. 67. So of a knowledge
Eq. of the Christian religion, genr. Rom. xv.
counsel, determination, Acts xx. 3. Rev.
14. 1 Cor. i. 5. viii. 1 bis. 2 Pet. iii. 18.
xvii. 17 bis -- Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 2. Xen.
or of a deeper and better religious know-
1. 1 5. ib. 8. 8. 1.
Cyr. and experimental,
as implying opinion, judgment, in
ledge, both theoretical
b) 1 Cor. viii. 7, 10, 11. 2 Cor. xi. 6.
reference to one's self, 1 Cor. vii. 40 Kara
Spoken of a practical knowledge, etc.
rfiv tprjv yvuipnv. Wisd. vii. 15. Xen. 2 Cor. vi. 6. 1 Pet
discretion, prudence,
Cyr. 6. 1. 3 In reference to others, So Sept. and njn
iii. 7. 2 Pet. i, 5, 6.
advice, 1 Cor. vii. 25. 2 Cor. viii. 10 -- xiii. 16.
Prov.
Ecclus. vi. 23. Herodian. 1. 6. 7. of what is
b) objectively, spoken
e.
object of knowledge,
i.
f. '< John 26
xvii. fut. known, genr.
;
),
etc. 2 Cor.
Att. yvwpiw Col. iv 9, see Buttm.
95. knowledge, doctrine, sconce,
M
 162

ii. 14. iv. 6. Col. ii. 3. Sept. and ny"T Sept. for Y^.n Ex. xvi. 7. Seq. irtpi c.
Dan. i. 4. Mai. ii. 7 -- So of religious gen. John vi. 41. 61. Sept. for^nNum.
knowledge, i. e. doctrine, science, spoken xiv. 27 --
Seq. Trpoe c. accus. Luke v.
of Jewish teachers, Luke xi. 52. Rom. 30. Seq. ^er' aXX^Xwv John vi. 43.
ii. 20. 1 Tim. vi. 20. or of a deeper Marc. Anton. 2. 3. Arrian. Diss. Ep. 1.
Christian knowledge, Christian doctrine, 29. 65. ib. 4. 1. 79.
etc. 1 Cor
8 Xoyoc yvwatwf, i. e.
xii.
ou, *> (yoyyvo> q. v.)
the faculty of unfolding and expounding e.
murmur, .

theoretically the deeper knowledge or low and suppressed discourse,

a) genr.
fundamental principles of the Christian John vii. 12, coll. ver. 13.
religion, i. q. what in Luke (xi. 52) is the expression of
b) murmuring, i. e.
called KXelf rijs yvw<rwg, 1 Cor. xiii. 2, 8. sullen discontent, complaint, Acts vi. 1.
xiv. 6. 2 Cor. viii. 7. Hence, 2 Cor. x. So x w P'f yoyyvoyjoii/, without murmuring,
5 ward r/}c yvwtrewg TOV Seov, against the i. e. cheerfully; Phil. ii. 14. 1 Pet. iv. 9.
true doctrine of God, i. e. against the Ex. xvi. 7, 8, 12. pjj
Christian religion.
Sept. for n^n
Is. Iviii. 9.-Wis(i. i. 10, 11. Marc. Anton.
9. 37. Comp. Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 358.
, ov, o, (yti/uKTKw,) ahnower,

e. one who knows, Acts xxvi. 3, where

ov, b, (yoyyyw,) a mur-
i.

for the anacoluthon, see Winer 32. 7.

murer, Jude 16. Theodot. for 'js-g Prov.
comp. Buttni. 151. II. 2, 5. Hist, of xxvi. 21 where Sept.
Sus. 42. Sept. for 'OJrp diviner, 1 Sam.
,
a juggler, diviner,
xxviii. 3, 9.
^Sschyl. Choeph. 818. [822.] Herodot.
2. 33 __ In N. T. by impl. a deceiver,
, T), ov, (yivwtrKw,) known.
a) genr.
and seq. dat. John xviii. 15, impostor, 2 Tim. iii. 13 Jos. c. Apion.
16. Actsi. 19. xv. 18. xix.17. xxviii. 22. 2. 14, 16. Suidas :
yo/f KoXa|, TrXavog,
seq. Kara c. gen. of place, Acts ix. 42.
Sept. for jnfa Is. xix.21. Ixvi. 14. Xen.
JToA-yoS'a,
indec. Golgotha, Chald.
Cyr. 6. 3. 4. So yvwcrrov orw, be it
Heb. njfc^ 2 K. ix. 35, i. e. a
known, seq. dat. Acts ii. 14. iv. 10. xiii.
skull, rb Kpaviov, calvaria. Hence the
38. xxviii. 28. for yTP Ez. xxxvi.
Sept. name TOTTOQ, place of
signifies Kpaviou
32. for Chald.
rnq? 3^T Ezra iv. 12, 13.
skulls,Calvary; and is applied to an
In the sense of' knowable, TO yvvarbv eminence on the N. W. part of Jerusa-
TOV Stov, what may be known of God, or
lem, where malefactors were commonly
knowledge of God,i. q. yvSimg, Rom. i. 19. executed. Here also Jesus suffered. Matt.
So Sept. for n^H Gen. ii. 9. In an em- xxvii.33. Mark xv. 22. John xix.17.
phatic sense, known of all, i. e. notable,
incontrovertible, Acts iv. 16 yvworov on-
fitlov. So Sept. yj/woroc 6 Seof, i. e. fj.oppa, tuv, TO., Gomorrha, pr. name of
one of the cities which formerly stood on
known, magnified, Heb. yri3,Ps. lxxvi.1.
b) as a subst. o yvoxyroc, an acquaint- the plain now covered by the Dead Sea,
ance, Luke ii. 44. xxiii. 49. So Sept. and Matt. x. 15. Mark vi. 11. Rom. ix.

VT73 2 K. x. 11. Ps. Ixxxviii. 9, 19. 29. 2 Pet. ii. 6. Jude 7. See Gen.
c. 19. Heb.
royyv^w, f. v<rw, to murmur.' The
Attic form was rovSopvo> or roj/3pvw, ou, 6, (ye/zw q. v.) a load,
of an animal, Sept. for
Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 358. sc.
N^p Ex. xxiii.
i. e. to utter in a low voice
6. In N. T. lading, i. e.
a) genr.
privately, seq. accus. and irtpi c. gen. a)ofaship,Actsxxi.3.-Dem.l283.21.
John vii. 32. Phavorin. yoyyvfriv ITTI b) by impl. merchandize, wares, Rev.
xviii. 11, 12.
TTJQ irtpiffTtpag Xsyerai
b) with the idea of complaint, to mut- 6(t>C, o, (yivofiai, yeyova,)
ter, tomanifest sullen discontent; absol. a father ; in N. T. only plur. oi yovftf,
1 Cor. x. 10. So Sept. for p*nrr Num. Mark
parents, Matt. x. 21. xiii. 12.
xi. 1.
Seq. Kara c. gen. Matt. xx. 11. Luke ii. 27, 41. viii. 56. xviii. 29. xxi. 16.
 Fovu 163

John ix. 2, 3, 18, 20, 22, 23. Rom. i.

(y) writings,
a book, etc. e. g. of Moses,
30. 2 Cor. xii. 14 bis. Eph. vi. 1. Col. John v. 47. of the O. T. i. e. the scrip-
iii. 20. 2 Tim. iii. 2 __ Tob. x. 10. Ju- tures, 2 Tim. iii. 15. So John vii. 15,
dith v. 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 3, 6. For since the Jews had no other literature,
the accus. yovTc Matt. x. 21. al. see Sept. foripp Esth. vi. 1. Jos. Ant. 5.
Buttm. 52. n. 1. 1. 17. ib.'lO. 10. 4ult.
(5) trop. the
writing, the letter, i. e. the literal or verbal
dvv, ydvaroc, TO, (poet. gen. meaning, in antith. to the spirit, TO TTVIV-
Buttm. 58,) the knee ; plur. ra
df,
fj.a ; spoken of the Mosaic law, Rom. ii.

a, Me knees, Heb. xii. 12. Sept. 27, 29. vii. 6. 2 Cor. iii. 6 bis, 7.
for 0*5*1:1 Gen. xxx. 3. xl. 12. Xen.
c) letters, learning, as contained in
Cyr. 7. 3. 5. Hence in phrases :
(a) books, etc. Acts xxvi. 24. Sept. ipp
TO. lit.
Sets, SivTff, TiSrkvTtQ yovara, Dan. i. 4. Ceb. Tab. 34. Eurip. Hip-
placing the knees, i. e. kneeling down, e.g. pol. 954. [966.]
in prayer or supplication, Luke xxii. 41.
Acts vii. 60. ix. 40. xx. 36. xxi. 5. a
,
(ypa^w,)
So of the mock homage offered by the writer, scribe.
soldiers to Jesus, Mark xv. 19. (/3) Luke in the Greek sense, a public officer
a)
V. 8 TrpoffEiriaf. rolf yovaoi 'I/jerou, \\t. fell in the cities of Asia Minor, whose duty
at his knees, i. e. embraced them by way it seems to have been to preside in the
of supplication. (y) KapirTeiv yovv v. senate, to enrgl and have charge of the
yovara nvt, to bend the knee or knees to laws and decrees, and to read what was
any one, i. e. to kneel, sc. in homage, to be make known to the people; a
adoration, etc. Rom. xiv. 11 Ipoi Ka^et public clerk, secretary, etc. Acts xix. 35.
rrav yovv, quoted from Is. xlv. 23, where Dem. 485. 18. Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 37.
Sept. for rps yi3 Rom. xi. 4. Phil. ii. The office of ypap-fj-arevg varied much
10. in supplication, Eph. iii. 14 Sept. in different places. See Potter's Gr.
for 1 Chr. xxix. 20.
11^ Ant. I. p. 78, 88. Boeckh Staatshaush.
der Ath. I. p. 198 sq. Adam's Rom.
i, M, f. /<rw, (yovv and
Ant. p. 176.
one's knees,
7ri<Ttv,)lit. tofall upon in Sept. like
i.e. to kneel, seq. accus. ordat. of person; b) in the Jewish sense ;

Heb. 1DD, the king's scribe, secretary of

so by way of supplication, Matt. xvii. 14.
state, 2 Sam. viii. 17. xx. 25. military
Mark i. 40. in reverence, Mark x. 17. xxvi. 11.
clerk, 2 K. xxv. 19. 2 Chr.
in mock homage, seq. ipirpoaStv rtvog
1 Mace. v. 42. Later, in Sept. and in
Matt, xxvii. 29. Eurip. Phoen. 300. N. T. a scribe, i. e. one skilled in the
15. 29. 9.
[293.] Polyb. Jewish law, an interpreter of the scrip-
a picture, tures, a lawyer. The scribes had the
aroe, > (ypa<j>u,}
. V. H. 2. 3, 44. In N. T. lit. the charge of transcribing the sacred books,
written, i. e. something written or cut in of interpreting difficult passages, and of
out of the
with the stylus, in the ancient manner of deciding in cases which grew
ceremonial law. Their influence was
writing, viz.
a letter, sc. of the alphabet. Luk of course great ; and since many of
a)
xxiii. 38 ypa^/iaert tXAjvncotc. Gal. vi. 11 them were members of the Sanhedrim,
Tri/KiXoif ypdfifiaai, with how many letters,
we often find them mentioned with ol

i. e. at how others refer and oi

apxuptiQ.
Matt. ii. 4.
great length ; 7rpfo-/3vr5poi
v. 20. vii. 29. xii. 38. xx. 18. xxi. 15. al.
this to b. a. Sept. for H^hs. Lev. xix.
28. Diod. Sic. 1. 81. They are also called vo/ajcot, vopodidd-
28 with Matt.
a\oi, comp. Mark
<T K
xii.
b) a writing, i. e. any thing written,
Esdr. iii. 9. 13. In N. T. (a) an epistle xxii. 35. So Sept. for Heb. t^lDlp 1
letter, Acts xxviii. 21. Gal. vi. 11,
see in Chr. xxvii. 32. Ezra vii. 6. Neh. viii. 1.
a. 1 Mace. v. 10. Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 15. _ Ecclus. x. 5. 2 Mace. vi. 18 Hence
a scholar, a
a bill, bond, note, Luke xvi. 6, 7. one instructed,
(73)
by impl.
Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 3. So of accounts of ex- learned teacher, sc. of religion, Matt. xiii.
52. xxiii. 34. 1 Cor. i. 20. AL.
penses, etc. Dem. 1202. 2. Lys. 906. 12. M2
 164

written, write about, to describe, seq. accus. John

, TJ, <>v, (ypa^w,)
inscribed, trop. Rom. ii. 15. (Jomp. Jer. i. 46. Rom. x. 5. So Sept. for 2H2T
xxxi. 33. Ezra iii. 2. Neh. x. 34, 36 __ Comp .

a Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 1.
p fa, ri, (ypttyw,) picture,
V. H. 2. 2, 44.
. . a writing, 1 Mace. c)
to write, i. e. to compose or pre-
pare in writing e. g. /3//3\t'ov airoara-
xii. 21. Herodian. 1. 17. 9. Thuc. 1. ;

134. In N. T. 17 ypa^jj and at ypa^a/,

ffiov Mark x. 4. kiri-yoa.<pr]v Luke xxiii.
38. iirioToXrjv Acts xxiii. 25. 2 Pet. iii. 1.
scripture, the scriptures, i. e. of the Jews,
the Old Test. Matt. xxi. 42. John v. 39. Sept. for nr3 Ezra iv. 6, 8. Plut. Caes.
54. Xen. Ag. 1.1.
Acts viii. 32. Rom. ix. 17. al. -ypafai
Rom. to write to any one, i. e. to make
ayiat Sept. for 3J15 Ezra
i. 2. d)
vi. 18. In 2 Pet. iii. 16 some think the known by writing, seq. accus. and dat.
2 Cor. i. 13 ov yap d\Xa ypdtyofitv vfiiv.
writings of Paul and other apostles are
meant Phil. iii. 1. seq. dat. Rom. xv. 15. 2 Cor.
By synced, put for the con- 2 John Rev.
tents of scripture, i. e. scripture declara-
ii. 4. 1. seq. dat.
xii. ii.

Matt. xxii. 29. Mark

and on, John
12, 13, 14.
1 absol. 2 ii.
tion, promise, etc.
xii. 24. John x. 35. Acts i. 16. James Cor. ii. 9. Sept. for nns Esth. iii. 12.
Plut. Cic. 37. id. Pomp. 29. So of
ii. 23. al. scripture prophecy, Matt. xxvi.
written directions, instructions, infor-
54,56. Luke iv. 21. Rom. xvi. 26. AL.
mation, etc. Acts xv. 23. xviii. 27. xxv.

a^w, f. ^w, to grave or cut in, 26 bis. ICor. v. 9. vii. 1. xiv. 37. 2
to insculp, Sept. for ypp 1 K. vi. 28. Cor. ix. 1. So 1 Thess. iv. 9 ov xptia.v
Horn. 11. 6. 169. to sketch', to picture,
ypatytiv vp.1v, and V. 1 ov \p. t%. vfjuv
2\. V. H. 2. 3. Xen. Cyr.l. 2. 13. In see on these infin. Buttm.
N. T. to write, viz. 140. 3. Hence ypdfttv lvro\riv TIVI, to
a) pp. to form letters with a stylus, write a precept or command to any one,
illthe ancient manner, so that the let- i. e. to prescribe, Mark x. 5. 1 John ii.
ters were cut in or graven upon the 7. absol. Mark xii. 19. Luke xx. 28.
material ; absol. John viii. 6, 8. 2 Thess. So it is Luke ii.
yeypaTirai, prescribed,
iii. 17 ovT(t>
ypd^w, i. e. this is my hand. 23. al. So Sept. and nD?2 K. xvii. 37.
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 20. In the sense of Ezra iii. 4. Tob. i. 6. E~sdr. vi. 17, coll.
to write upon, i. e. to fill with writing, Ezrav. 13. Ml. V. H.6. 10 vopov. Xen.
i.
q. ^Triypd^w, Rev. v. 1. Mem. 1.2.43, 44.
to write, i.e. to commit to writing, to inscribe, e. g. one's name in a
b) e)
to express by writing; c. accus. expr.
booK, register, etc. Luke x. 20. Rev.
or impl. John xix. 21, 22 o ylypa^a, xiii. 8. xvii. 8. al. See So
in.Btj3Xoc.
yeypa^a. xx. 30, 31. xxi. 24, 25. Luke Sept. and3D3Ps.lxix. 28. cxxxix. 16. AL.
i. 63. xvi. 6, 7. Rom. xvi. 22. Rev. i.

11. x. 4. xiv. 1. al. Sept. for nns Ex.

old wife's, old--womanish t
xxiv. 4. 1 Sam. x. 25 __ HerodiaV 1.
, silly,

17. 1. Xen. H. G. 10 __ Spoken of

3. 3.
1 Tim. iv. 7. Strabo Geog. I. p. 32.
A.
what is written or contained in the
scriptures, Mark i. 2. John viii. 17. Luke fW, it))
f. r]ffd), (eyei'pw,) perf.
iii. 4. al. So
yiypairrai, ro ytypcyi/uvov, 2 lyp^yopa,) a new present form, be-
etc. it is written, as a formula of cita-
longing only to the later age of Greek ;

tion, Matt. iv. 4, 6, 7, 10. xxvi. 31. Buttm. ^ 114 in tyetpw. Phryn. ed. Lob.
Luke iv. 4, 8, 10. Rom. i. 17. ii. 24. al p. 118, 119. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p.
Constr. with prepositions, viz. Sid TIVOQ, 157. to wake, to keep awake, to watch,
by any one, Matt. ii. 5. Luke xviii. 31. intransi
iiri Tiva Mark ix. 12, 13, and ^TTI TIVI
a) pp.
Matt. xxiv. 43. xxvi. 38, 40, 4 1 .

John xii. 16, of or concerning any one. Mark xiii. 34. xiv. 34, 37, 38. Luke xii.
7T*pt TIVOQ, of or concerning any one, 37, 39. Sept. for Neh. vii. 3. ip^'
l?3^
Matt. xxvi. 24. John v. 46. Seq.
xi. 10. Jer. v. 6. 1 Mace. xii. 27. Jos. Ant.
dat. of pers. Mor. ed
of or concerning whom, 11. 3. 4. Plut. p. 20. II.
Luke xviii. 31. In a similar sense, to Tauchn. Achill. Tat. Erot. 4. 17.
 165

b) trop. to watch, i. e. to be vigilant,

who has on no outer garment, and is
attentive, etc. Matt. xxiv. 42. xxv. 13. clad only in the tunic, x*v, rqhs,
Markxiii.35, 37. Acts xx. 31. iCor. xvi. which fitted close to the body, John
13. lThess.v.6. 1 Pet. v. 8. Rev. Hi. 2, 3. xxi. 7. Acts xix. 16. prob. Mark xiv.
51,
xvi. 15. Sept. for T pip Jer. i. 12. Dan. 52. See Jahn 120. So Sept. and
ix. 14.
iptoa (r. lpl$)
Lara. i. 14. DTiy 1 Sam. xix. 24. Is. xx. 2. Test.
So ypj/yopeTv iv ry irpoav\y K. T. X. to be Xlf Patr. 1. p. 709, of Joseph, comp.
assiduous in, Col. iv. 2. Gen. xxxix. 12. Ml. V. H. 6. 11. Xen.

c) trop. to wake, i. e. to live, 1 Thess. An. 1. 10. 3. (y)

as in Engl. half-naked,
v. 10, where KaStvSuv, to sleep, is in like i.
poorly clad, destitute as to clothing,
e.

manner referred to death. implying penury and want, Matt. xxv.

36, 38, 43, 44. James ii. 15. So Sept.
pp. to
for uft3*> ^5 Job xxxi.
Diny Job
19.
practise gymnastic exercises, as one of '

xxiv. 7. Is.' Iviii. 7. Trop. destitute

the athletae, Arr. Diss. Ep. 4. 4. 11.
sc. of spiritual goods, etc. Rev. Hi. 17.
to exercise daily sc. in the
palaestra,
ib. 4. 4. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 10. In N. b) trop. spoken of the soul as disen-
cumbered of the body in which it had
T. to exercise one in any thing, to train,
been clothed, 2 Cor. v. 3, although
being
to accustom, metaph. 1 Tim. iv. 7 yvpva&
oiavrbv irpot; ivfftfiiiav. Heb. v. 14. xii.
now clothed, ov yvfivol tvprjSriiffOfjitSa,
i. e. our souls will not strictly be found
11. Arr. Diss. Epict. 1. 26. 3
Zovfftv I'l^af ot lirl rfjf
naked, but our bodies will be glorified,
<(>i\6ao<j>ot
Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 4. Clem. Alex. Strom.
etc.comp. v. 4 and 1 Cor. xv. 51. sq.
Orig. c. Cels. 2. 43, (Xpterrde)
1. 5. pp. Athen. 1. p. 25. D, irpbe
6pvfo$rjptvTticr)v. 2 Pet. ii. 14 Kapdiav
i//i>xa7f. Clem. Alex.
yeyvfivaffftsvrjv TrXeovfia, trained, prac-
in covet ousness ; for the gen. see
Strom. 5. 11. Plato Crat. 20. vrv
tised,
TOV <royuaro.
Matth. 346. n. 1. comp. Buttm. 132
5. 1. c) spoken of any thing as taken
alone, abstractly, separate from every
QC, >7> yw/ivaw,) gym- thing else, naked, mere, bare, e. g. yvpvbv
nastic exercise, sc. in the palaestra, SL\. KOKKOV, 1 Cor. xv. 37. Clem. Rom.
V. H. 2. 5. and so earlier yvp.va.owv, Ep. 1 ad Cor. 24 (TTrtpjuara tiriva
Xen. CEc. 10. 11. comp. Lob. ad Phryn. Tr'tTrraj^tv tg Trjv yrjv %rjpa /cat yvfivd.
617. In N. T. exercise, training.
p. d) metaph. uncovered, open, manifest,
1 Tim. 8 trw/mmcr) yvpvaaia, bodily
iv.
seq. rolg 6<j)$aXfj.o~ig,
Heb. iv. 13. So Sept.
exercise, in antith. with v. 7, i. e. ascetic forQriy
Job xxvi.6. Clem. Alex. Strom.
training, mortification of bodily appetites, 1. 5yvpvbv Xcyov. Jos. Ant. 6. 15. 4.
etc. as described in v. 3, coll. Col. ii. 23.
rVjUVoVrjc* T^roCj ^ (yv/ivof),
na-
Hesych. yvp.va<ria- doKijaiq, fieXfrrj.
kedness, i. e. in N. T.

Comp. Arr. Diss. Epict. 1. 7. 12.

Polyb. of one who is
a) spoken of the state
4. 7. 6.
poorly clad ; see in yv/ivog a. y. Rom.
(i),
f.
tva<a, (yvpviiTns, fr.
viii. 35. 2 Cor. xi. 27. So Sept. and
to be naked, or as in Eng. to be
, OTy Deut. xxviii. 48.
half-naked, to be poorly clad, 1 Cor. iv. by euphemism, for the parts of
b)
11. Nicet. Annal. 10. 6 yvpv. o-n-Xov, shame, trop. Rev. iii. 18. So Sept.
to beunarmed. So yvfivfiTijs, a light- yv/ivw(Tte for Heb. rrny Gen. ix. 22, 23.
armed soldier, Xen. An. 4. 1.6. of
TvvaiKapiov, ov, ro, (dim. yuvr/),

r), ov, naked, i. e.

a woman, muliercula, i. e. in con-
little

pp. in respect to the body, viz. tempt, a weak, silly woman, 2 Tim. iii. 6.
a)
Marc. Anton. 5. 11.
(a) wholly nude, without any clothing ;
perhaps Mark xiv.51,52. trop. Rev. xvi. da, ctov,
15. xvii. 16. Sept for Oiiy Gen. ii. 25. womanly, womanish, female. 1 JPet. iii.

Job. i. 21.
tfry Gen. Hi/ 7, 10, 11. 7 (TvvoiKOvvTeg u>
dffSrtve<Trtp(f) ffKevti rtfi
Xen. Ag. 1. 28" of one where
(/3) Spoken a-jrov'^ovrtQ Tifnr)V, rtf
 r 166

is dat. of the abstr. neut. r6 in the voc. w yvvai, in a direct ad-

c)
tlov, a woman, wife, i. q. yvvfj ; dress, expressive of kindness or respect ;
or else it qualifies OKIVU in a similar Matt. xv. 28 & yvvai, comp. ix. 22 where
sense ; see Sictvoi;. Sept. for gen. m$fc* it is Suyartp. Luke xiii. 12. John ii. 4.

Lev. xviii. 22. Deut. xxii. 5. Xen. iv. 21. xx. 13, 15. 1 Cor. vii. 16. Jos.
Mein. 2. 7. 5. Ant. 1. 16. 3. Horn. II. 3. 204. Xen.
Cyr. 5. 1.6. AL.
aticoc,
*'
7^vai, a
/> voc -

Twy,
indec. Gog, Heb. aia. This
woman, one of the female sex, viz.
name is
Matt. xiv. 21. xv. 38. Acts applied in the O. T. Ez. c. 38,
a) genr.
39, to the king of a people called Magog,
xxii. 4. 1 Cor. xi. 12. al. seep. Sept. for
Gen. ii. 23 __ Xen. Mem. 2. 1. inhabiting regions far remote from Pa-
rnJp'N 22,
30. Spoken of a young woman, maiden,
lestine. By Magog, the ancients would
seem to have intended the northern na-
damsel, Luke xxii. 57, coll. ver. 56. (Gal.
tions generally,which they also called
iv. So Sept. for rnjJJ Esth. ii. 4.
4.) Sjcvdot. In N. T. the name Gog is also
Of an adult woman, Matt. v. 28. ix. 20,
22. xi. 11. Rev. xii. 1, 4. al. soep. apparently spoken of a similar remote
people, who are to war against the Mes-
b)
with a gen. or Zxuv, or the adj
siah. Rev. xx. 8.
tiiravtpoe Rom. vii. 2, it implies relation
to some man,viz. one betrothed, a Twviia, *i> an angle, a corner,
(a)
bride, but not yet married, Matt. i. 20, i. e.

24. (comp. ver.

18.)
Luke ii. 5. So a)
an exterior projecting corner, Matt.
Sept. and rnEN
T
Lev. xix. 20. Deut. xxii. vi. 5 Iv TCUQ ywvia TUIV irXctTtiwv, at the
24, coir. ver. 23. Xen. H. G. 4. 1. 7. corners of the streets, i. e. where several
Trop. of the church as the bride of streets meet, in the most public places.
Christ, Rev. xix. 7. xxi. 9. Comp. Ez. xvi. For T/ Kt<j>a\T) ytt)via.Q, see under
8 sq.
(/3)
a married woman, wife, Matt. 'AKpoywvtaloG, Matt. xxi. 42. Mark xii.
v. 31, 32. xiv. 3. xviii. 25. Mark vi. 18. 10. Luke xx. 17. Acts iv. 11. 1 Pet. ii.
Luke i. 18, 24. viii. 3. Rom. vii. 2. 1 Cor. 7. Rev. vii. 1 and xx. 8 al rkaaaptQ
vii. 2. al. saep. So Sept. and rna'sGen. yuwai TTJG yjjjc, the four comers ^quarters)
xxiv. 3 sq. al. saep. Xen. An. 1. 2. 12. of the earth. Sept. for n|3 Ex. xxvii.
(y)
1 Cor. v. 1 wart yvvalica nva rov 2. Ez. xliii. 20. Xen. Laced. 12. 1.
a stepmother. So Sept. and
frarpbg t\ (lv > b) an interior angle, and by iiapl.
a
UK niBN Lev. xviii. 8. (fl)
a widow, dark corner. Acts xxvi. 26 iv ymviq., in
with \rjpa, Luke iv.26. absol. Matt. xxii. a corner, \. e. secretly. Hist. Sus. 38.
24. Mark xii. 19. Luke xx. 29. Arr. Diss. Epict. 2. 12. 17.

)
indec. written also the son of David, i. e. descended
AafiiS,
or AaviS as in Sept. and Josephus, from him spoken of Joseph the hus-
;

David, Heb. Ill (beloved), later Til, band of Mary, Matt. i. 20 often ap- ;

Gesen. Lehrg. p. 51,) the celebratec1 plied to Jesus as a title of the expected
king of the Israelites and founder of the Messiah, Matt. ix. 27. xii. 23. xv. 22.
Jewish dynasty, reigned A. C. 10551015. xx. 30, 31. Mark x. 47, 48. al. saep.
For his life see 1 Sam. c. 16 2 Sam. but not in John's writings. So 77 pi'Z/i
fin. 1 Chr. c. 12 30. In N. T. pp. AapiS, in the same sense, Rev. v. 5.
Matt, i, 6, 17. xii. 3. xxii. 43, 45. al. Heb. xxii. 16. coll. Is. xi. 1, 10. Hence t.be

iv. 7 iv Aa/3?, i. e. in the book of David, kingdom or reign of the Messiah is

the Psalms ; comp. Ps. xcv. 7. 'O v'tbg, designated by the appellations :
7
 167

/8a<rtXtta rov Aafiid, Mark xi. 10. 6 Gels. 8. 29 sq.

Athenag. Apol. p. 29.
Spovoc A. Luke i. 32. 77 cr^vr) A. comp. Eph. ii. 2.
Acts xv. 16, coll. They -vere thought
Amosix. 11. / K Xt~if to have the power of
rov Aafiid, Rev. working miracles,
iii.
7, coll. Is. xii. 22 and but not for good, Rev. xvi.
14, coll. John
Matt. xvi. 19. AL. x. 21 to be hostile to mankind, John
;

viii. 44 to utter the heathen

f.
;
oracles, Acts
, iffOfiai, (aipa>v,\ xvi. 17 and to lurk in the idols of the
i.
q. Saiftoviov tx&, to demon, i. e. Aaw a ;

to be afflicted, vexed, heathen, which are hence called a/i6-

possessed, with an
evil spirit, to be a demoniac Matt. iv. 24. via, devils, 1 Cor. x. 20 bis, 21 bis.
;
viii. 16, 28, 33.
Rev. ix. 20. comp. Sept. Deut. xxxii. 17.
ix. 32. xii. 22. xv. 22.
Ps. xci. 6. cvi. 37. Baruch iv. 7.
Mark i.32. v. 15, 16, 18. Luke viii. 36. They
John are spoken of as the authors of evil to
x. 21, coll. ver. 20. It is much
disputed, whether the writers of the mankind, both moral, 1 Tirn. iv. 1. James
N. T. used this word to denote the actual ii.19. comp. Eph. vi. 12 and also phy- ;

sical, viz. by entering into a person, thiw

presence of evil spirits in the persons
affected, or whether they employed it rendering him a demoniac and afflicting
him with various diseases, etc. see in
only in compliance with popular usage
and belief; just as we now use the AaipoviZonai. comp. Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 2.
word lunatic without
ib. 6. 11. 3. Fabr. Cod. Pseudep. V. T.
assenting to the
old opinion of the I. p. 538. So in the phrases da- :
influence of the (a)
moon. A serious difficulty in the 7/Acfi/ TO.
catfiovia I'IQ riva, demons had
way entered into him, Luke viii. 30, coll.
of this latter ver.
supposition is, that the 33 --Jos.
demoniacs every where at once ad- Ant. 6. 2 T&V ai/*oj/W
11.

dress Jesus as the Messiah ifKaSeZonivuv. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V". T.

;
e. Matt. g.
JO. Mark I. p. 673 6 dia(3oXo oiKttovrai avrov o>
viii. i. 24. v. 7. Luke iv. 34.
idiov aicfvog. iv > to
viii. 28. See Josh. Ant.
and 8. 2. 5. 6. 8. 2, (/3) oaifioviov x
Jahu * 192 sq. Storr Opusc. Acad. I. have a devil, i. be a demoniac,
e. to i.
q.
p. 53 sq. Kuinoel on Matt. iv. 28. Ols- ainovii<r5ai, Luke iv. 33. viii. 27.
hausen on Matt. viii. 28. Spoken by the Jews of Jesus, John vii.
Appleton's 20.
Lect. 25 27. The form Sai^ovi^ofiai
viii. 48, 49, 52. x. 20, of John the
Baptist, Matt. xi. 18. Luke vii. 33 __ (y)
belongs to the later Greek, instead of
the earlier Blomfield ad iipx<r&ai IK or CLTTO TIVOQ, to come out of,
cat/toi/iaw,
Matt. xvii. 18. Mark vii. 29. 30. Luke iv.
JEschyl. Choeph. 558. Sept. c. Theb
1UU3. Stob. Eel. p. 1U6. Plut. de Fluv. 35, 41. viii. 2, 33, 35, 38. xi. 14 __
()
16. de Nilo 2. T. X.
p. 722. Reisk. tK/BaXXiiv Saijiovta, to cast out devils,
TO.

Antjuoviov, ou, ro, (neut. of adj. Matt. vii. 22. ix. 34. x. 8. xii. 24, 27, 28.

cai/zoviog,) demon, i. e. Mark i.34, 39. iii. 15, 22. vi. 13. vii. 26.
a) renr. a god, deity, spoken of the
ix. 38. xvi. 9, 17. Luke ix. 49. xi. 14, 15.
heathen gods, Acts xvii. 18. Jos. B. J. 18, 19, 20. xiii. 32. Pass. Matt. ix. 33.
1. 2. 8. Diod. Sic. 20. 20. Xen. Mem. This was done by Christ in his own
1. 1. 1. divine authority, and by the apostles in
his name.
b) spoken of a genius or tutelary de- (Luke xi. 15. ix. 1. x. 17.
mon, e. g. that of
Socrates, Xen. Mem. comp. Acts xix. 13 sq.) but the Jews
i. 8. 1, 5. Apol. Soc. 4. Comp. Dem. charged him with doing it by authority
415 ult. ib. 124. 46. In N. T. in the of Satan, who is called apx wv v ^ at"
Jewish sense, a demon, i. e. an evil Hoviuv, Matt. ix. 34. xii. 24. Mark iii. 22.
spirit, devil, subject to Satan, Matt. ix. Luke xi. 15. See the Jewish form of
34. al. a fallen angel, see in 'AyyeXoc; exorcism in the name of Solomon, Jos.
4ml i.
q. irvtvpa uKoSaprov, Luke viii. 29,
Ant. 8 2. 5. (t)
Where the acts, etc.
coll. ver. 30. al. These were sup-
spirits
of demons thus dwelling in persons are
posed to wander in desert and desolate spoken of, Mark i. 34. Luke ix. 1, 42.

places, see the Sept. transl. of Is. xiii. 21 .

x. 17. John x. 21.
xxxiv. 14. Baruch iv. 35. comp. Matt.xii.
43 and also to dwell in the
;
atmosphere, , ?), adj.
Origen Exhort, ad Mart. 45 ?q. id. c. (Satfioviov), pp. godlike, divine ; in N.
 168

T. demon-like, devilish, James iii. 15. Dalmatia, a

AaXjuar/a, ac 9 *h
Symm. for 1YO); Ps. xci. 6 where Sept. province of Europe on the east of the
Adriatic sea, forming part of Illyricum,
and contiguous to Macedonia. Hither
j ovoe, o, /, demon, i.
q. Titus was sent by Paul to spread the
a god, Horn. II. 1. 222;
i. e.
knowledge of Christianity. 2 Tim. iv.
,

in N. T. a demon, an evil spirit, devil,

10.
Matt. viii. 31. Mark
Lukeviii. v. 12.
29. Rev. xviii. 2. also xvi. 14 in text. i-
q. 8ap.da>, f. a<ra>, to
rec. See Aat/tovtov. Act. Thorn. 12, subdue, to tame, trans. James iii. 7 bis.

20, 40. Mark v. 4. trop. rr\v yXwo-o-av, James iii.

8, coll. Ecclus. xxviii. 18 sq. Sept. for

to bite, to sting,
^?'n and yyn Dan. ii. 40.
f. SriKofjiai, Chald.
trans. ^Elian. V. H. 14. 4. Xen. Anab. Xen. Mem. 4. 1. 3. trbp. Jos. Ant. 3. 5.
3. 2. 18. In N. T. metaph. to thwart, 3 ovna. Horn. II. 9.
vex, irritate. Gal. v. 15. ti 8k dXXrjXove
. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 2. 22 dd- aw,) a heifer,
d\\r]\ovQ teal
\otioptiff3at, Xen. Heb. ix. 13, coll. Num. xix. 2 sq. where

Cyr. 1. 4. 13. Sept. for rnD as also Hos. iv. 16. for

n^ay Is. vii. 21. xv. 5. Lucian. Dial.

Aaic/ou, woe, TO, and Saicpuov, vov, Deor. 3. 1. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 6.
Comp.
TO, a tear, Rev. vii. 17. xxi. 4. rotf Saicpvaiv
Luke vii. ra
38, 44.
a*cpua, tears, Adjxaof c? <Soc, r/> Damaris, a woman
of Athens who was led by Paul's
weeping, 2 Tim. i. 4. Sid TTO\. daicpvwv
2 Cor. ii. 4. /ttra Scucpvuv, Mark ix. 24. preaching to embrace Christianity, Acts
Act* xx. 19, 31. Heb. v. 7. xii. 17. xvii. 34.

Sept. iv Sdicpvvi for 11^7373 Ps. vi. 7. ocj ?'/, ov, belonging to
Lam. ii. 11. rd tdicpva 2 K. xx. 5.
Damascus, a Damascene, 2 Cor. xi. 33.
Lam. i. 3. ^El. V. H. 14. 22. Xen.
GEc. 10. 8. Aajuaoncoc, ov, 17, Damascus, Heb.
piSEH a celebrated city of Syria, first
W, f. vffb), (&icpv,)
to shed mentioned Gen. xiv. 15, and now pro-
tears, to weep, intrans. John xi. 35 id-
bably the oldest city on the globe. It
vpv<Ttv 6 '\IIOOVQ. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 4. Xen. stands on the river Chrysorrhoas, or
3. 1. 7.
Cyr. Barradi, in a beautiful plain on the E.
and S. E. of Anti-Libanus, open to the
ov, o, (aK7-wXoc,) a S. and E. and bounded on the other
finger-ring, Luke xv. 22 ; given as a
sidesby the mountains. The region
mark of honour, etc. comp. Gen. xli. 43.
around it, including probably the valley
and Esth. viii. 2, where Sept. for n^Sta.
between the ridges of Libanus and
1 Mace. vi. 15. Xen. An. 4. 7. 27.
Anti-Libanus, is called in the Scrip-
tures Syria of Damascus, 0~IN ptopi
ou, o, a finger, Matt.
xxiii.4. Mark vii. 33. Luke xi. 46. xvi.24.
2 Sam. viii. 5 ; and by Strabo Ccelesyria,
John xx. 25, 27. 16. p. 1095. In the days of Paul, the
viii. 6.
Sept. for ya^N
Lev. iv. 6. Cant. v. 6. Xen. Eq. 6. 8'. city was so much thronged by Jews,
meton. that according to*Josephus 10,000 of
By 6 SdKTv\og TOV Stov, for
them were put to death at once ; and
the power of God, Luke xi. 20, coll.
Matt. xii. 28 where it is Trvtvpa rot S. most of the females of the city were
So Sept. and D-Tih* yaSN Ex. viii. 15. converts to Judaism Jos. B. J. 2. 20. 2.
j

Ps. viii. 4.
At this period the city was properly
under the Roman dominion but was ;

AaAjuavouSa, name v, pr. of a city held for a time by Aretas see in ;

or village near Magdala, Mark viii. 10, It is still called by the Arabs
'Aprng.
coll. Matt. xv. 39
probably on the ; Demesk, or also El Sham. See Calmet.
western shore of the lake of Gennesareth, Rosenm Bibl. Geog. I. ii.
p. 284. Acts
a little north of Tiberias. ix. 2, 3, 8, 10, 19, 22, 27. xxii. 5, 6, 10,
 Aav 169 A*'

11. xxvi. 12, 20. 2 Cor. xi. 32. Gal. i.

At, a particle standing after one or
17. two words in a clause,
strictly adversa-
Aav, indec. Dan, 'Heb. tive, but more frequently
o, "ji (a denoting tran-
sition or
judge), pr. name of the fifth son o Ja- conversion, and serving to
cob, born of Bilhah, and head of one of introduce something else, whether oppo-
the tribes. In the list of the tribes, Rev. site to what precedes, or simply con-
vii. 5, 6, that of Dan is found only in a tinuative or explanatory see Buttm. ;

few MSS. 149. p. 425. Winer 57. 4, and 6. n.

Viger. p. 542 sq. and Herm. ib. p. 845.
Aavi'b>, f-
(avov,) to lend
i'<rw,
Hence, in general, but, and, also, namely,
money, to loan, in N.T. without interest, etc.
intrans. I. Adversative,
but, on the contrary,
a)
a genr. Luke vi. 34 bis, 35 ; see in on the other hand, etc.
'A7rt\7riw Sept. for rn^ Deut. xxviii.
a) simply, Matt. vi. 6 ai> $k, orav
44. Prov. xix. 17. Ecclus. xxix. 1, 2.
irpovevxy, dfffXSe K. r. X. ver. 15 coll. ver.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 34. So tiri rocy, Dem. 14. ver. 17 coll. ver. 16. Luke xii. 9, 10.
13. 19. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 25. John i. 12. xv. 24. Acts xii. 9. Rom. vi.
b) Mid. SavtiZofiai, to cause to lend 22. 2 Cor. vi. 10. 2 Tim. ii. 16. Heb. iv.
money to one's self, i. e. to borrow money, 15. al. saep. So before answers implying
Matt. v. 42.So Sept. and rnj Neh. contradiction, etc, Luke xii. 14. xiii. 8.
v. 4. Theophr. Char. 16 or 9. 3. Xen. Acts xii. 15. xix. 2, 3, 4.
Mem. 2. 7. 2. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. in the formula fiev Se, indeed
b) but,
468.
though often not to be rendered at all
in English; see Buttm. 1. c.
p. 426.
Aavctov, ov t TO, (neut. of SOLVIIOQ fr. Actsix.
a debt, i. e. for money lent, Matt.
7. xxiii. 8. Rom.ii. 7, 8. 1 Cor.
,) i. 12. xv. 39. 2 Cor. x. 1. al. Comp.
xviii. 27. Sept. for nib Deut. xxiv. 11.
in Msv.
Diod. Sic. 1. 79.
II. Continuative, but, now, and, also,
/jc, ou, o, (avei'w,) a cre- and the like.

ditor, Luke vii. 41. Sept. for TTOJlD 2 K. a) genr.

and after introducing a new
iv. 1. Ps. cix. 11. Herodian. 7. 7. 7. paragraph or sentence Matt. i. 18 row ;

Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 468. dt 'I. Xp. 17 ykvtaiQ OVTWQ fjv. ii. 9. iii. 1.
Mark xvi. 9. Luke xii. 1 1, 16 xiii. 6, 10.
., o, indec. Daniel, Heb. xv. 11, 17. Acts vi. 1, 2, 8, 9. ix. 7, 8.
v. ^S3l (a judge from
7 God), pr. name 1 Cor. xiv. 1. xvi. 1. xv. 17. al. saep.-^-
of the celebrated Jewish prophet who In this way it is sometimes emphatic,
lived and wrote at Babylon in the time
espec. in interrogative clauses, as 2 Cor.
of the captivity. Matt. xxiv. 15. Mark vi. 14, 15, 16. Gal. iv. 20 ffieXov 1
Si,
xiii. 14.
could wish indeed.

>,
f. ^<ro>, (5airavn,\ to b) where it takes up and carries on a
spend, to be at expense, trans. Mark v. thought which had been interrupted,
26. absol. 2 Cor. xii. 15. Bel and Drag. then, therefore, etc. Matt. vi. 7 icpoat v\6-
3. Xen. An. 1. 1. 8. ib. 1. 3. 3. Acts fievot $e. John xv. 26. Rom.v. 8. 2 Cor.

xxi. 24 SciTrdvrjffov ITT' avroif, i. e. be at

x. 2. James ii. 15. So in an apodosis
the expense of their sacrifices, sc. on the
after d for iirti, Acts xi. 17 ty<i e rig

Comp. Matth. 616. 3. Herm.

completion of a vow see Jos. B. J. 2.
ijurjv.
;
ad Vig. p. 785.
15. 1. comp. Ant. 19. 6. 1 __ In a bad
sense, to waste, to consume, trans. Luke c)
as marking something added by
way of explanation, example, etc. but,
xv. 14. absol. James iv. 3 1 Mace. xiv.
32. Time. 7. 47. and, namely, for example, to wit, etc.
Mark iv. 37 TO. Si Kv^ara S7re(3a\sv, and
AttTravrj, TJC, *l> (SairTw to devour,) the waves, i. e. so that the waves, xvi.

expense, cost, Luke xiv. 28. Sept. for 8 !% avrag rpfificc, trembling also
Ninppa Ezra vi. 4, 8 __
1 Mace. iii. 30. seized them, etc. where some translate
Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 6. for, i. q. yp, but without necessity.
 170 At/K'l'UjUt

John vi. 10 ?iv 1

xP r C ToXvg kv r< must, it
ought, it should, etc. Luke xiii.
TO Try, now Mere was, or fAere being, much 14, 16. Mark xiii. 14. John iv. 20.
grass, etc. Acts xxiii. 13. Rom. iii. 22. Acts v. 29. 2 Tim. ii. 6. Matt, xviii. 33.
1 Cor. x. 11. xv. 56. Comp. Winer xxv. 27.- Sept. Job xv. 3. Jos. Ant. 6.
I.e. 11.1. Herodian.1.17.27. Polyb. 7. 5.
K-ai where rat always has the 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 9 So of what pru-
d) 1,

sense of also, i. e. we? a&0, Mark iv. 36 dence would dictate, Acts xxvii. 21
KO.I dXXa k TrXoTa fjv p,tr' aiirov. John See in Alov. AL.
xv. 27. Acts v. 32. See Buttm. 1. c.

AL.
, arof, TO, (StiKvvfju,) pp.
p. 425. what is shown, a sample, specimen, Jos.
Ant. 6. 7. 4. Polyb. 3. 69. 3. In N. T.
^schin. Dial. Soc. 2. 39, 40 ;
in N. T. an example, warning, Jude 7. comp. 2
prayer, viz. Pet. ii. 6. Theoph. ad Autol. lib. 2. p.
as the expression of need, desire, Lucian. Scyth. 7.
a) pp. 95, i.
q. TVTTOS.
etc. supplication, petition, sc. for one's
f. i<, to
self, Luke i. 13. Phil. iv. 6. Heb. v. 7. , (foly/ia,)
Pet. So Job make an example of,expose, sc. to
to
1 iii. 12. Sept. for n^S
xxvii. 19. Ps. xxxix. 18. xl. 2. shame, i.
q. 7rapafliy/iarto>, absol. Col.
iTptf
1 K.
28, 30. Baruch iv. 13.
viif.
11. 15. supply iavrov and
Others
n$nn show forth one's self,\. e. set
In behalf of others, Phil. i. 19. James translate, to
an example. Not found in classic au-
v. 16. seq. vTrlp Rom. x. 1. 2 Cor. i. 11.
thors.
ix. 14. Phil. i. 4. 1 Tim. ii. 1. seq. Trepi

Eph. vi. 18.

and etaicvvw, f- $ti< the
AcTicvu/it ;

b) genr. spoken of any prayer, Luke former the purer Attic form, Buttm.
is
ii. 27. v. 33. vi. 18.
14.] Eph.
i.
[Acts 106. n. 5 ; the latter occurs Matt. xvi.
Phil. i. Trm. v. 5.
4. 2 Tim. i. 3.
1 21. John ii. 18. Rev. xxii. 8. also
Sept. for n^pn 1 K. viii. 45. 2 Chr. vi. Hesiod. "Eyp. 421, 472. Ceb. Tab. 4.
40. 1 Mace. vii. 37. Herodiau. 8. 4. 25.
to show, trans, viz.
Dem. 53. 2. to point out, to cause to see, to pre-
a)
Ac7j imperf. ten, infin. Silv, imper- sent to the sight ; Matt. iv. 8 and Luke
sonal, pp. itneeds, there is need of, sc. iv. 5 Traaag TUQ fiaaiXtiag TOV <co<r/iov.

something that is absent or wanting; John v. 20 bis. xiv. 8, 9. So duZov

seq. gen. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 10. ib. 7.5. 9. ffsavTov T< UpeT, show thyself to the priest,
In N. T. only with an infin. pros, or aor. i. e. present thyself for inspection, Matt.
expr. or impl. and with or without an viii. 4. Mark i. 44. Luke v. 14. So
accus. it needs, it is necessary, viz. Sept. for nN"TT Deut. xxxiv. 1, 4.Judg.
a) pp.
from the nature of the case, iv. 22. rnln
T
Ex. xv. 25. Ceb. Tab.
from a sense of duty, etc. one must. 4. Xen. M em. 1. 2. 33. So of what is
Matt. xvi. 21 on till avrbv aTrcXS-eiv tc'f shown in vision, Rev. i. 1. iv. 1. xvii. 1.
*Iipo<roXi;/ta. xxvi. 35. Mark xiv. 31. xxi. 9, 10. xxii. 1, 6, 8.
Luke ii. 49. iv. 43. John iii. 7, 30. 1 Cor. b) to offer to view, to exhibit, to display;
xi. 19. Heb. ix. 26. Polyb. 1. 54. 4. John xx. 20 tStt%tv avrolg rag ^ti^ag.
Thuc. 2. 47. So spoken of what is made Heb. viii. 5. Sept. for
nxyr Ex. xxv. 9.
necessary by divine appointment ; John 40. So of deeds, etc. John ii. 18. x. 32.
iii. 14. xx. 9 on Si~i avrbv IK 1 Tim. vi. 15. Sept. for nion Mic. vii.
avaffrnvai. Acts iv. 2 iv $ Stl 15. Spoken of inward things, to mani-
iifiag. xiv. 22. al. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 5. Ep. fest, to prove, etc. James ii. 18 bis. iii. 13.
Barnab. 5, ttt 'iva iirl %v\ov TraSy. So comp. Sept. for rttfin Ps. Ix. 5. Ixxi. 20.
of things unavoidable, must needs, Matt. Wisd. x. 14. Xen. 'Mem. 1.2. 17.
xxiv. 6. Mark xiii. 7. Actsi. 16. ix. 16. c) to show, to assign, sc. for use, e. g.
Rom. i. 27. 2 Cor. xi. 30. avayawv p.iya, Mark xiv. 15. Luke xxii.
b) spoken of what is right and proper 12. Sept. for rrn; Ex. xiii. 21.
in itself, or prescribed to
by law, duty, d) metaph. to sJiow, sc. by words,
.'ustom, etc. it is right or proper, one teach, tu direct; Matt. xvi. 21. Acts vii. 3.
 171

x. 28. 1 Cor. xii. 31. So Sept. for Potter's Gr. Ant. II. p. 352
sq. 381
] Sam. xii. 23. TE& Deut. iv. 5. Is. Comp. in'Apiorov. As figurative of the
xlviii. 17. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 17, 18. Messiah's kingdom, Rev. xix. 9, 17. See
in rd/tog a.
AttXt'a, ac, >?> (^X6c,) timidity, 2
Tim. i. 7 irvtv^a SeiXias, a spirit of b) spoken of the paschal supper, John
xiii. 2, 4. xxi. 20. of the Lord's supper,
timidity, i.
q. TTV. det\6v. Sept. for nTTN
1 Cor. xi. 20 ; comp. in 'AydTr?? 2.
Ps. Iv. 4. nnrra Ps. Ixxxix. 41. 1 Mace.
c) metou.food, sc. taken at supper, 1
iv. ,32. Herodian. 2. 1. 22.
Cor. xi. 21. So Sept. for 33ng) Dan. i.

, w, f. a<ru, to ie 16.
(fot'Xoe,)
timid, to be afraid, absol. John xiv. 27.
nn3 fr. nOH n', ovoe, 6, 17, adj.
Sept. for Is. xiii. 7.
Dp??
Deut. i. 21. "josh. x. 25. 2 Mace, xv' ) fearing the gods, i. e. in
a good sense, religiously disposed, Xen.
8. Classic writers prefer
see Passow. Cyr. 3.3. 58. Ag. 11.8. in a bad sense,
superstitious,Diod. Sic. 1. 62. Theophr.
Char. 22 or 16. In n N. T. in the first
AXdc, rj, ov, (SiiSu,} timid, fearful,
Matt. viii. 26. Mark iv. 40. Rev. xxi. sense, religiously disposed, spoken of the
8. Sept. for TinT Judg. vii. 3. 7p Deut. Athenians, Acts xvii. 22 flei<nai/jwvEOTs-
xx. 8. Ecclus. xxxvii. 11. Jos. Ant. pot/f sc. 77 dXXowf, more than others ;
6. 11. 4. Dem. 405. 18. see Winer 36. 3, and n. 3. Matth.
457. Comp. Pausan. Attic, c. 24 'AS?j-
, o, /, ro, gen. Siivoc, dat. folvi,
VdiOlQ TTtptOffOTtpOV Tl T) TOIQ CL\\Oig tff
ace. tit some one, such an one ; spoken
~tva, rd Seld lort ffirovdrjg. Hesych.
of a person or thing, whom one does not
/'twv 6 fvff(3rjg icai daXoff
know, or does not wish to name, Matt.
xxvi. 18. Buttm. 73. Herm. ad Vig.
p. 21, 704.
e.
pp. fear of the gods,
i. religiousness,
Aetvwc, ad y (vof), -
greatly, vehe- Diod. Sic. 1.Polyb. 6. 56. 7. su-
70.
mently, Matt. viii. 6. Luke xi. 53. Wisd. Char. 22 or 16 In
perstition, Theophr.
xvii. 3. Jos.Ant. 3. 1. 1. Xen.H.G.6. N. T. in the first sense, religiousness, i.e.
2.25. "Acts xxv. 19. Jos. Ant. 10. 3.
religion,
u 2.
f- to
e'u, w, *l >
(Seiirvov,)
sup, intrans. Luke xvii. 8. Sept. for on? Alfca, ot, ten, Matt. xx. 24.
al, TCI,

Prov. xxiii. 1. Tob. viii. 1. Xen. Mem. Mark x. 41. al.Often put for any spe-
2. 7. 12. Spoken of the paschal supper, cific number, Matt. xxv. 1, 28. Luke
Luke xxii. 20.Cor. xi. 25. Jos. Ant.
1 xv. 8. xix. 13, 17, al. So Sept. and
2. 14. 6 __ In the sense of to eat, to ban- Am. v. 3. Rev. ii. 10 SXtyij;
rntyy
for a short
quet, as figurative of the
Messiah's king- n^v Mica, of tenanddays, i. e.

dom, Rev.
Act. Thorn. 5.
iii. 20. See in Ta/ioc a. time.
1
So Sept.
Sam. xxv. 38. AL.
n^ Dan. i. 12.

Acts xix. 7. xxiv.

AcicaSuo, twelve,
ov, TO, in Homer, break-
,

311 ; in Attic wri- 11. So Sept. for nitoV tPnirf Ex. xxviii.
fast, II. 8. 53. Od. 9. ChV'xv. 10. The more
21. -itoy tr:U5 1
ters and in N. T. dinner or supper, viz.
the Jews, and usual form IB SAfaa, Buttm. 70.
a) pp. the chief meal of
also of the Greeks and Romans, taken xi. 18. Acts
teKairivrt, fifteen, John
at or towards evening, and often pro- xxvii. 28. Gal. i. 18. Sept. for in
an
longed into the night hence genr. ;
mfty Gen. vii. 20. The more usual
evening banquet, or a feast
in general 70.
;
fornTis TrevrticaiStKa, Buttm.
Matt, xxiii. 6. Mark vi. 21 . xii. 39. Luke
xiv. 12, 16, 17, 24. xx. 46. John xii. 2.
the ten cities, a region so
So Sept. for Chald. onfe Dan. v. 1. Decapolis, i. e.
Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 6. Horn. Od. 17. 176. called embracing ten cities, all except-
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 6. ib. 3. 14. 1. See ing Scythopolis lying in the country
 east of the Jordan. Pliny and Ptolemy bait, to entrap, pp. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 4

agree as to eight, viz. Scythopolis, Hip- In N.T. metaph. to entice, to beguile, trans.
pos, Gadara, Dion, Pella, Gerasa, Phila- James i. 14. 2 Pet. ii. 14, 18. Philo
delphia, Canatha; to these Pliny adds de Agric. p. 202, 8 fiff irpbc rjdovfjf StXta-
Damascus and Raphana but Ptolemy ;
ffSiv e'iXicvffTai. Jos. Ant. 8. 8. 4. Hero-
with more probability Capitolias ; and dian. 1. 12. 11.

Josephus also excludes Damascus when

he calls Scythopolis the largest city of AtvSpov, ou, Matt. iii.TO, a tree,
10 bis. vii. 17 bis, 18, bis,19.
33 ter. xii.
the Decapolis. Plin. H. N. 6. 19. Ptol.
xxi. 8. Mark xi. 8. Luke iii. 9 bis.
Geogr. 5. 17. Jos. B. J. 3. 9. 7 __ In vi. 43 bis, 44. xxi. 29. Jude 12. Rev. vii.
N. T. Matt iv. 25. Mark v. 20. vii. 31.
1, 3. viii. 7. ix. 4. Matt. xiii. 32 and
See Rosenm. Bibl. Geog. II. ii. p. 11.
Reland. Falsest, p. 203.
Luke xiii. 19 yivtrai Sevdpov v. elf devSpov,
i.e. d>e SevSpov, sc. in
size, comp. Markiv.
, wv, ol, at, fourteen,
32. Mark viii. 24 /3\7ru> rovf dvbp. w ff

Matt. i. 17 ter. 2 Cor. xii. 2. Gal. ii. 1. divSpa, Ias trees, i.

see men e. not dis-
Comp. Buttm. 70. tinctly, larger than natural. Sept. for
yy Gen. xviii. 4, 8 Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 7.
JC, "hi (e*:aroe,) sc.
a tenth part, tithe, sc. of spoils, Heb. vii. , OV, o, (8t%i6g,
2, 4 ; comp. Gjen. xiv. 20, where Sept.
lit. one who takes the right hand ;
for Diod. Sic. 4. 21. Xen. hence, prob. a guard, a body-guard;
"ngjjE.
Anab. Suidas Trapa^vXa^. The word was un-
3. 4, 13.
.
Spoken of the tithes
which by the Jewish law were to be known to and was prob.
classic writers,
the name of some kind of light-armed
paid both from the produce of the earth
and from the increase of the flocks, etc. soldiers ; Vulg. lancearii ; Engl. spear-
Heb. vii. 8, 9. See Lev. xxvii. 30, 31, 32, men. Acts xxiii. 23. Theophyl. Simoc,
where Sept. for "TOpytt. Jahn 390. 4. 1. Constant. Porph. Them. 1. 1.
Ecclus. xxxii. 9. JOP, Ant. 1. 19. 3. Comp. Wetstein N. T. in loc.

, TJ, ov, ordin. the tenth, cj a, OV) right, as opp. to left,

John i. 40. Rev. xi. 13. Hence rb viz.

SSKOTOV, the tenth part, tithe, Rev. xxi. a)

with a subst. expressed, e. g. xif>,
20. So Sept. for *ltoy?p Lev. xxvii. 32. Matt. v. 30. Luke vi. 6. Acts iii. 7. Rev.
Lev v - - H Ez. xlv. 11. i.
16, 17. xiii. 16. TTOVQ Rev. x. 2.
otySaXftof Matt. v. 29 owf Luke xxii. 50.
w, f. to tithe,
;,) John xviii. 10. aiayajy Matt. v. 39. TCI
trans, e. to receive tithes
i.
from, Heb. StZia fieprj John xxi. 6. OTrXa rd dtid icai
vii. 6, i. q. Sticdrag
Xappdvtiv, in ver. 9. arms for the right and
Pass, to be tithed, dpiarepd, left, i. e.
e. to
i.
pay tithes, Heb. of every kind, offensive and
vii. 9. Neh. x. 38 __ Un- defensive, 2
Sept. fontey Cor. vi. 7. So Sept. for
known to the classic writers, who used fty Gen. xlviii.
14. Ex. xxix. 22. 1 Sam. x'i. 2.
SeKctTtvu, as Xen. An. 5. 3. 9. See H. "p?Ex,
xxix. 20. Lev. xiv. 14, 16, 17. ken.
Planck in Bibl. Repos. I.
p. 677. Anab. 1. 7. 1.
Ag. 2. 9.

77, ov, (ex A t t

>) accepted, b) without a subst. expressed, viz.
i. e.
metaph. acceptable, approved; Luke (a) 77 dtid, sc. x*~l P> the right hand,
iv. 24 ovdfis 7rpo0//r; fojcrof lort. Acts Matt. vi.3. xxvii. 29. Rev. i. 20. ii. 1. v.
x. 35. Phil. iv. 18. Sept. for
p\n
1, 7. Sept. for yn* Gen. xlviii. 18. Ex.
Pro. xi. xiv. 37. Is. Ivi. 7. xv. 12. al. Xen. Eq. 7. 3. ib. 12. 6.
1 .
Ecclusl
ii. 5. xxxii. 7. - Gal. ii. 9 fouie tduicav icai B.
Hesych. SSKTOQ aptoroc. tpol
By impl.favourable, propitious, spoken Koivuviaq, they gave us the right hand of
of a time, i. e. a time of fellowship, in confirmation of a
favour, Luke iv. promise,
19. 2 Cor. vi. 2. Comp. Is. xlix. 8, agreement, etc 1 Mace. vi. 58. xi. 62.
where Sept. for
p^-j.
comp. Ezra x. 19. Ez. xvii. 18. Jos.
Ant. 18. 9. 3. Xen. An. 1. 6. 6 /cat dtidv
f.
, daw, (diXtap bait,) to Put for the right
 tand or fide in
general, the right, Heb.
.3. viii.l. xii. 2.
* *>*, Boff2fc/cr*
**# etc. Acts ii. 33. %. 3 i.
Aom. viii. 34. Eph. i. 20. Col -
P C
iii 1 Y
Heb. x. 12. lPet.iii.22. Ps
Forthesigl
nificationof the
expressions, see below fn
0. Sept. and P 8 xv i. TO
__ Xen . u
An. 5. 2. 24. Atov, ovroe,
^ (0)
rd &&*, sc. ^ PV ,/A ngrA* .parts, ? rt*?' * -
^ '
rd,
necessarV>
particip.
Proper ;
i

1. e. Me
rfe4*, in
general, e. g. 1 K teb&v, f
lm
%' ** mws * **&, e. g. from the
on the right, Matt, xxvii. 38. Mark Clrcumstan ces or nature of the
xv. case, 1
27. Lukexxiii.33. et { 6 -- Herodian. 1.
' '
Matt. xxv. 33, 34! 5. 22. Or 'in
Luke 11. \v accordan ce with what is
i.
rote fc&oTc Mark xvi. 5. right and pro-
Sept. for -pa? Gen. xlviii. 13. Ex. xiv. per> *ff*** Acts xix 36. T & diovra 1 Tim. -

22, 29. Diod. Sic. 1. 47. Xen. An. 1 8*

r
' 13 Hesych. Trpsirovra. Xen*
Mow
4. So K a3fj<r$ ai v. 2 22 ' '
ivmtkvai Jc ttSt& v rov
iJ, Matt, xx.21,23. Mark x 37 40

42. xxii. 69. Acts 34. vii. 55, 56.

ii.
Heb.
i. 13 to sit or stand on the
;
right of the ou, 6, belonging to Derbe,
Messiah or of God, i. e. to be next in Acts xx. 4.
rank and power, to have the
highest
seat of honour and distinction AtpjSrj, r/c, r}, a city of Lycaonia in
comp. ; Asia Minor, situated within the confines
Ps. ii. 7. cii. 1. 1 K. xxii. 19. Jos. Ant.
of Isauria. Acts xiv. 6, 20. xvi. 1.
8. 1.2. So l/c Seiu>v
ib. 6. 11. 9.
rivog
rivai, tobe at one's right hand, i. e. to be i, aroe, rd,
, ,
(dtpu),)askin,sc.of
one's helper, protector, Acts ii. an animal, Heb. xi. 37.
25, coll. Sept. for nty
Ps. xvi. 8, where
Sept. for ;
r> also Lev. xiii. 48 Polyb. 7. 1. 3. Xen.
Ps. cix. 31. Anab. 1. 2. 8.

r) 9 ov, made of skin,

f. aor. 1
leathern, Matt. iii. 4. Mark
Stfjffofiat,
i. 6. Sept.
with Mid. signif. Buttm. 136. 2 im- for ity 2 K. i. 8 where
see, and also
;

perf. 3 pers. Ion. ISiero, Luke viii. 38. Zech. 4 Jos. Ant.
xiii. 9. 2. 1. Strabo
so Job Xen. H. G. 6. 1.6;
xix. 16.
16. p. 1124. C.
comp. Buttm. 114 sub Siu. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 220. to need, to want, Jos. A tow, f.
fopw, aor. 1
tdeipa, aor. 2
Ant. 5. 8. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 1. In N. pass, pass, ^ap^o-o/^at, to
iddprjv, f. 2
T. to make known one's need* i. e. to to flay,
ask, skin, Sept. for irp'Drr 2 Chr.
to beseech, to xxix. 34. Horn. II. 1. 459. in N. T. to
pray, etc.
a) genr. absol. Rom. i. 10 foofitvoc, beat, to scourge, pp. so as to take off the
making request. 2 Cor. v. 20. Herodot. skin ; seq. accus. Matt. xxi. 35. Mark
5. 30
Seq. gen. of pers. pp. teopai xii. 3, 5. Luke xx. 10, 11. Acts xvi. 37.
TIVOS Kara n, see Buttm. 132. 5. 2. xxii. 19. John xviii. 23 ri fit depeiz ; i. q.
Matt. 38 et Luke x. 2.
ix. Lukev. 12. trance pdirifffia in ver. 22. 2 Cor. xi. 20
viii. 28, 38. ix. 38,40. Acts viii. 34
ieopai eif Trpoffwirov Stpti, i. e. treats with con-
<rov, I pray thee, xxi. 39.
xxvi. 3. Gal. iv. tumely. With accus. impl. Luke xxii.
12. Sept. for pnnrr Dent. Hi. 23. 2 K. i. 63. Acts v. 40. Aquila for eab Prov.
13. Prov. xxvi. 25. Jos. Ant. 2. 13. 5. x. 8. Aristoph. Ran. 619. [632.] Diog.
Xen. Cyr. 1.5. Seq. accus. of thing,
4. Laert. 7. 23. Pass. SaprjcrecrSe, Mark
or infin. for accus. 2 Cor. viii. 4. x. 2. xiii. 9. c. c. accus. of manner, TroXXag v.
Act. Thorn. 50 TOVTO tfeo/ueS-a (rov. oXiyag, sc. TrXjjyaQ, Luke xii. 47, 48;
b) spoken of prayer to God in gen- comp. Buttm. 131. 4. 134. 7, and

eral, eo/i. TOV Stov, Acts viii. 22. x. 2. n. 2 so Xen. Anab. 5. 8. 12 TOVTO \t\v
;

rt>v Kvpiov, Acts viii. 24. absol. Luke av'cKpayov iravrtQ o>c 6\t'ya
 Aecr/utuw
m Atupo

Dem. 403. 4. Arrian. Exp. Alex. 0. 11. xxxix. 5. Ps. ii. 3. Jer. xxvii. 1.
13. For depa dipiiv, 1 Cor. ix. 26,
see Plato Grit. 6 -- (/3) rd e<r/id in Luke's
in 'Arjp. writings, Luke viii. 29. Acts xvi. 26. xx.
23. xxii. 30. xxiii. 29. xxvi.29,31. 3
f. tixno, to bind,
Aco-jUEUCU, (titapoc,") Mace. vi. 27. Lucian. D. Deor. 15. 3.
trans.
Plato Euthyphr. 10 --
Mceris p. 127,
as a prisoner, with cords, chains,
a) d, ovStrkpuc, 'Arrtjcwc- foer/zot, apatvi-
etc. Acts xxii. 4. Sept. for 1D.N Judg.
wc. Thorn. Mag. p. 204.
xvi. 11. Xen. Hiero 6. 14.

b')bind together, as a sale or bun-

to
a prison-keeper, Acts xvi.
^opna, Matt, xxiii. 4, metaph.
dle e. g. fr.
; 0vXd<r<rw,)
for the burdensome precepts of the 23, 27, 36 __Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 1 Sept.
Pharisees. So of sheaves, Sept. for d?N ipXifo(r/io0i>Xa for "inbn ITS *1^? Gen.
Gen. xxx vii. 7. Judith viii. 3. xxxix. 21, 22, 23.

Af<TjLlW, W, f- i, (fo*/iOf,)
tO A(TjUfe)TT7/tMOV, tOU, TO,

bind, sc. with chains, etc. i.

q. deetyievw,
a prison. Matt, xi. 2. Acts v. 21, 23.
Luke viii. 29 __ Anthol. Gr. II. p. 207. xvi. 26. Sept. for -inb ITS Gen. xl. 3.
Plut. de Ed. pueror. 14. Herodot. 3.
Comp. H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p.

676. 23.

ov, o, a
a bundle, sheaf, <r/*w,)
A(TJUTJ, TJC, n, (^,) prisoner, Acts xxvii. 1, 42. i. q. Stafiioc in
Matt. xiii. 30. Sept. for rn!!X Ex. xii.
22. Dion. Hal. Ant. 3. 61 J"
xxviii. 16. Sept. for TDK Gen. xxxix.
20. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 1. Herodot. 3. 143.

j iov, o, (foffjuw,) one bound, Dem. 764. 20.

a prisoner, captive, Matt, xxvii. 15, 16.
AEO-TTOTTJC, ov, b, a master, viz.
Mark xv. 6. Acts xvi. 25, 27. xxiii. 18. as opposed to a servant, the head of
o,)
xxv. 14, 27. xxviii. 16, 17. Heb. xiii. 3.
a family, paterfamilias, 1 Tim. vi. 1, 2.
So TOV XpiffTOV, Kvpiov, iv Kvpiy,
Seffftioe 2 Tim. ii. 21. Tit. ii. 9. 1 Pet. ii. 18.
spoken of Paul, a prisoner, in confine- Wisd. xviii. 11. Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 4. Xen.
ment for the sake of Jesus, i. e. because 1. 1.1.
Cyr.
of his profession of the religion of Jesus. as denoting supreme au-
b) by impl.
Eph. iii. 1. iv. 1. 2 Tim. i. 8. Philem. 1, thority, Lord; spoken of God, Luke ii.
9. [Heb. x. 34.] Sept. for TDK Zech. ix. 29. Acts iv. 24. Rev. vi. 10. of Christ,
11, 12. TiDn Ecc. iv. 14. Wisd. xvii. 2. 2 Pet. ii. Jude 4. Sept. for p-jht Is.
1.
2 Mace. xiv. 27, 33. Anth. Gr. I. p. 20.
ed Jac.
i. 24. ^TTN Gen. xv. 2, 8. trri^N/Job
v. 8. rnn? Prov. xxix. 26. Jos."Ant.
1. 3. 1. of kings and emperors, Hero-
AEO-/IOCJ ou, o, (eo>,) band, bond,
dian. 1. 6. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 18.
ligament, viz.
of a ligament by
a) Sing, spoken Afu/oo, adv. here, hither, i. e. to this
which some member of the body ia place or time, viz.
impeded e. g. the tongue, Mark vii. 35.
;
of place, here, hither, pp. Jos. Ant.
a)
the limbs, Luke xiii. 16, coll. ver. 11. 2. 6. 3 ;/itf dtvoo ^X^o/itv. Xen. An.
Sept. pp. for TDK, Judg. xv. 13. Chald. 7. 6. 9. .In N. T as an exclamation or
TDK Dan. iv. 12. pp. Herodian. 8. 4. sort of imperative, here ! i. e. come !
11. 'Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.24. come hither ! and having a plur. Sivre,
b) Plur. ot Stffpoi, and Attic TO.
fooyid, which see in its place; Buttm. 115. n. 8.
(Buttm. 56.
6,) bonds,
imprisonment, So John xi. 43 dfvpo e|w, come forth !
viz. ot Ssfffioi, Phil. i. 13, and prob. Acts vii. 3 dtvpo els y^v.
(a) Sept. for 7jj?
elsewhere in the writings of Paul, etc. 1 K. i. 53. 2 K. ix. 1. Aristoph. Pac.
Phil. i. 7, 14, 16. Col. iv. 18. 2 Tim. 1329 -- With an imper. Sevpo, aKoXovStt
Philem. 10, 13 iv r. foo^oTc TOV /io/jMatt. xix.21. Mark x. 21. Luke xviii.
ii. 9.

evayytXiov, in bonds for the gospel's sake. 22. So Sept. and \O3 2 Sam. xiii. 11.
Heb. xi. 36. [x.
34.]
Jude 6. Sept.
for TrDN. Judg. xv. 14. npifc Job
^
a
Judg.
fut. indie.
ix. 10, 12.
Acts vii.
2 K. v. 5 __ With
34 teal vvv
 AfcDr 175

Aico(TTf\u> at tig A'>. Rev. xvii. 1. xxi. 9. ihe first of the seven, but the second in
So Sept. and "$ I Sam. xvi. 1. Judg. respect to the first day or sabbath of
xix. 11, 13 __ Horn. II. 23. 485. Luc. unleavened bread. So Scaliger and
Vitar. Auct. 15. most interpreters __ Others translate, the
b) of time, apx 1 T v Stvpo, sc. \povov f of two sabbaths, and refer it to a time
first
unto this time, Rom. i. 13 So pixp 1 when two sabbatical days woiild imme-
fevpo Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 5. Plut. Vit. Pomp. diately succeed each other ; e. g. when
24. the first or last day of unleavened bread
Buttm. (Lev. xxiii. 7, 8) fell on the day before
Aturc, adv. pp. Sevp' Ire,
the weekly sabbath, the former would
115. n. 8, used as plur. of tievpo q. v.
here! i. e come! come hither! spoken
then be a aafifiarov fourtpoTrpwrov. So
to several e. g. Zivrt els, come Matt. Olshausen in loc.
; to,
xxii. 4. Mark vi. 31. Stvre irpoQ, come , n, ov 9 ord. adj. second,
to.
Matt. xi. 28. StvTt 6viota pov, come e.
g. in number, Matt. xxii. 26. John iv.
after, follow me, Matt. iv. 19.
Mark i. 54. Tit. iii. 10. in order, Matt. xxii. 39.
17. So Sept. for >nnK 13*> 2 K. vi. 19. Acts xiii. 33. 1 Cor. xv. 47, comp. in

With an imper. e. g. Stvre, inroKTti- 'ASap. Rev. iv. 7. in place Acts xii. 10.
vufjiev avrov, Matt. xxi. 38. Mark xii. 7. Heb. ix. 3. in time, Acts vii. 13 iv r<
Luke xx. 14. So Sept. and 1D*> Gen. Sevriptf) sc. XP^ V V- Neut. adverbially
xxxvii. 19. So SIVTI tfore Matt, xxviii. 6. ro StiiTtpov, the second time, again,
John iv. 29. Sept. and ia*> 2 K. vii. 14. 2 Cor. Jude 5. Sept. for rnti
xiii. 2.
Pg. Ixvi. 5. Also Matt. xx'v. 34. John Gen. Lev. xiii. 5.
xii. 5. JEsop. Fab. 5.
xxi. 12. Rev. xix. 17 __ Wisd. ii. 6. So without the art. devrtpov, either
the second time, again, John iii. 4. Rev.
cua, atov, (Sfvre-
an adj. marking succession of xix. 3. and with TrdXiv, John xxi. 16. or
1 Cor. xii. 28. Sept. for rrJltf
days, and used only in an adverbial secondly,
Gen. xxii. 15. Jer. xxxiii. 1. Xen. An.
sense, on the second day Acts xxviii. 13
;

See Buttm. 123. 1.8. 16. Cyr. 4. 6. 11. So K devrepov,

Sevripaiot ?jXo/iev.
n. 3. Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 1. Xen. Cyr. 5. the second time, again, Mark xiv. 72.

2.2. John ix. 24. Acts xi. 9. Heb. ix. 28.

with -n-aXiv Matt. xxvi. 42. Acts x. 15.
uj , rj, adj. pp. Jer. 13.
Sept. for rni Josh. v. 2. i.
the second-first, found only in Luke vi.
AL.
1, <7a/3/3ctrov TO fovre/ooTrpwrov, i. e. prob.
the second-first sabbath, as a sort of t
> depon. Mid.
proper name for the first sabbath after Buttm. 113. 3; perf. dtSeypat, Acts
the festival of unleavened bread con- viii.14 with Mid. signif. Buttm. 136.
nected with the passover. The paschal 3; to take, sc. to one's self what is pre-

lamb was to be killed and eaten on the sented or brought by another, to receive,
eve of (preceding) the 14th day of trans.
Nisan, Lev. xxiii. 5 on the 15th was a ) PP- f things, etc. to take, to
; (a)
the first day of the festival of unleav- receive, sc. into one's hands, etc. Luke
ened bread, a day of rest or sabbath, ii. 28 idiZaro avrb eig rag ayKaXag avrov,
Lev. xxiii. 6, 7, and, when coinciding i. e. from his parents, xvi. 6, 7, i$ai

with the weekly sabbath, called ^tydX?/ (TOVTO ypa/i/ia, take thy note, sc. back
i7/pa TOV (ra/3/3arov, a great sabbath or from me. xxii. 17 dtZapivoe irorijpiov,
vi. 17.
high festival, John xix. 31 on the mor- ;
sc. from an attendant. Eph.
row of this sabbath, or the 16th of Ni- xxix. 16, 22 Horn.
Sept. for^ij? 2 Chr.
san, the sheaf of the first-fruits was to II. 5. 227 paaTiya ical nvia. (/3) genr.
be presented, Lev. xxiii. 10, 11 and from ;
to receive, to accept, e. g. 7rt<7ro\ae Acts
this day, the 16th, were to be counted xxii. 5. xxviii. 21. \apiv, i. e. the col-
TTJV
seven full weeks to the day of Pente- 2 Cor. viii. 4. TCL Trap vpuiv
lection,
Sept, for np^ Gea.
xxxiii.
cost, Lev. xxiii. 15, 16. The sabbath of Phil. iv. 18.
10. Ex. xxix. 25. xxxii. 4.--1 Mace.
the first of these weeks was probably xv.
the <raj3/3arov SevTepoirpwrov, being 20,27. Plut. Them. 28. Xen. Cvr. 1. 4
 Alw 176

10. ib. 1. 5. 5. (y) Metaph. rfjv /3a<ri- diutvov where

iv rolf ovpavoiQ, K. T. X.
Xtiai/ rou Stov, Mark x. 15. Luke xviii. the kingdom church of Christ is
or
17. Xoyta uij/ra Acts vii. 38. \aoiv 2 Cor -
compared to an edifice of which the
vi. I. Sept. for np^ Jer. ix. 20. xvii.23. apostles have the keys Matt. xvi. 19, ;

So of what is received by the ear, to hear coll. Is. xxii. 22. Rev. iii. 7 and ;

of, to learn, as TO tvayylXiov 2 Cor. xi.4. according as they shut or open the door
Herodian. 1.4. 20 ayyeXi'av. to any one on earth, so shall it be also
of persons, etc. to receive, to admit,
b)
in heaven, i. e. whomsoever they ex-
viz. of persons, to receive kindly, to clude or admit on earth, he shall as a
(a)
welcome, as a teacher, friend, guest, etc. general rule be excluded or admitted in
e. g. e rbv OIKOV Luke xvi. 4, 9. heaven. The allusion here is to the
Arrian. Diss. Ep. 3. 26 slg oiidav. Xen. ancient manner of binding together the
An. 5. 5. 20. So genr. Matt. x. 14, 40 doors of houses with a chain, etc. to
quater, 41 bis. xviii. 6 bis. Markvi. 11. which a padlock was sometimes sus-
ix. 37 quater. Luke ix. 5, 48 quater, 53. pended comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p.
;

x. 8, 10. John iv. 45. Acts xxi.17 a<r- 521. Others here translate, to interdict,
p,ev(i>e lSt%avTO i;/iag. 2 Cor. vii. 15. Gal. to prohibit, i. e. to exclude, like Chald.
iv. 14. Col. iv. 10. Heb. xi. 31. Hero- Dan. vi. 8, 9, 14, 16.
dian. 7. 4. 5. Xen. Cyr. 4. 8. 23. ib. 5.
b) of persons, to bind, sc. the hands,
6. 2. So of being received into heaven, feet, etc. to put in bonds, i.e. to deprive,
Acts vii. 59. So Acts iii. 21 ov Sti ou- of liberty ;
e. g. dXtxreo-t, Mark v. 3, 4.

pavbv deatT$ai. In the sense of to admit, Acts xii. 6. xxi. 33 Wisd. xvii. 18.
sc. to one's presence, to the house where comp. Sept. 2 Chr. xxxvi. 6. c. c. tv nvi
one is, etc. TOVQ ox\ovg, Luke ix. 11. Sept. Judg. xvi. 7, 8. Xen. An. 4. 3. 8.
Hence by impl. to bear with, 2 Cor. xi. So genr. fllw nvd, Matt. xii. 29. xiv.
16 as atypova ci^acS'i pe __ (j3) Metaph. 3. xxii. 13 SrjvavTeg avrov irodag. xxvii.
of things, to receive, to admit, sc. with 2. Mark iii. 27. vi. 17 tdrjaev avrbv Iv
the mind and heart, i. e. by impl. to ap- 0uXacy, i. e. had cast him bound into
prove, to embrace, to follow, absol. Matt. prison, xv. 1. John xviii. 12. Acts ix.
xi. 14, TOV Xoyov, Luke viii. 13. Acts 14. xxi. 11 bis. xxii. 29. Rev. xx. 2.
viii. 14. xi. 1. xvii. 11. 1 Thess. i. Pass. Ssofiai, to be bound, to be in bonds, in
6. ii. 13. James i. 21. TO. TOV TrvtvfiaTOQ. prison, etc. Mark xv. 7. John xviii. 24.
1 Cor. ii. 14. irapaK\r]env 2 Cor. viii. Acts ix. 2, 21. xxi. 13. xxii. 5. xxiv. 27.
17. dydirnv rrjs aXj/Sa'ag, 2 Thess.
TI}V Col. iv. 3. Rev. ix. 14. Sept. for -i&>j
ii. 10. So Sept. for nj?^ Prov. x. 9. Gen. xlii.2 Sam. iii. 34. 2 K. xviii
25.

Zeph. iii. 7. Jos. Ant. i. 13. 14. Plut. 4. Pass, for TC)K Is. xlii. 7 Xen. Cyr.
Them. 12. Thuc. 4. 16. 1. 4. 13. Mem. 1. 2. 49 Trop. Luke
xiii. 16 rjv tdrjaav 6 ffaravag, whom Satan
I. Atw, to want, see AI and hath bound, i. e. deprived of the use of
II. AEQJ, f. enow, aor. 1 tSrjffa, perf. her limbs, etc. see ver. 11 Satan being ;

StSeica, perf. pass. Stctfjiai, comp. Buttm. here represented as the author of physi-
95. n. 4
;
to bind, trans. cal evil, see in Aaipoviov. 2 Tim. ii.
a) of things, etc. to bind together or to 9, aXX' o Xoyo TOV f.ov ov SidtTai, i. e.

any thing, to bind around, to fasten. the preaching of the word is not
Matt. xiii. 30 crjffaTS avra tig ctcrpac. hindered, restrained, because I am in
Acts x. 11. Matt. xxi. 2 ovov dtdtfitvtjv. bonds.
Mark xi. 2, 4. Luke xix. 30. Sept. for e) perf. pass. i$ep,ai, to be bound,
Tig'p Josh. ii. xxi. trton Judg. xv. 4. metaph. (a) spoken
of the conjugal
Xen. An. 3. 5. 10.' ib. 5. 8. 24. bond, seq. dat. to be bound to any one,
Spoken of dead bodies which are bound Rom. vii. 2. 1 Cor. vii. 27, 39. Jam-
or wound around with grave-clothes ;
blich. Vit. Pythag. 11. 56 KaXtvat TJV
John xi. 44 diStfj-ivoQ 'TOVQ TroSctQ KeioLaig. fj.lv dya/iov, Kopqv. rr\v e
Trpog dvdna
xix. 40 tSrjaav aurb iv bSrovioic. Here SedtntvTjv, vvpfpnv (/3)Acts xx. 22 fc-
belong also Matt. xvi. 19 bis, and xviii. Sffifvog T(fi Trvti'/xari,
bound in spirit, i. e.
18 bis, b lav offffyQ tiri TiJQ y/7j tercet f- impelled in mind, compelled ; comp
 A7/ 177 A)J7TOT

ii. 5. Comp. Xen. 5. 1. 12 dtSefievovs afterwards deserted him at Rome.

Col.
TIVI Pind. iv. 14.
dvdyicy. Pyth. Philem. 24. 2 Tim. iv. 10
3. 96.

i '> ^j ^' ^ ffw j \~'/A*uy

i i

AT/, a participle which gives to a sen-

dyopw,) to address a public assembly, to
tence an expression of
certainty or reality, harangue, seq. TTOOQ cum accus. Acts xii.
in opposition to mere opinion or conjec- 21. Sept. for -Q-^ Neh. viii. 4. Jos'
ture, and thus serves to increase the Ant. 8. 8. 4. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 1.
vivacity of discourse indeed, then, now, ;

etc. See Buttm. 149. 2. p. 431. Viger. , ov, 6, Demetrius.

1. a silversmith at
p. 495, 501, et ibi Herm. Ephesus, Acts xix
p. 829.
i. e.
24, 38.
a) indeed, truly, really, quippe, 2. a Christian mentioned with
Matt. xiii. 23 3 Srj
com-
icapTro^opa. Sept.
Job XV. 17 & mendation, 3 John 12.
Stj ewpajfct, di/ayyfXai aoi.
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 21. 07rp $?} ai irXei- , , *, ov, 6, (poet. Srjfjii-
arotf tTTiStiicvvTai In the sense of doubt- ,)yof, fr.
who
drjfiog and one
Ipyov,)
less, 2 Cor. xii. 1
KavxavSai Srj ov ffup- works or acts for the public, Horn. Od.
0ep HOI. Lucian. D. Deor. 4. 5. Xen. 17. 383. Hence genr. and in N. T. an
CEc. 1. 14. artist or artificer, maker, Heb. xi. author,
an incentive or hortative sense,
in 10. 2 Mace. iv. 1. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 11.
b)
now, then, come now, etc. Luke ii. 15 Xen. Men. 1. 4. 7. 9.

$u\$wpiv Srj fc'mc BtjSXetfi, let us go now

ov, o, the people, populus,
to Bethlehem. Acts xiii. 2. xv. 36. 1 Cor. ,

Acts xii. 22. xix. 33. So TOV drjpov,

vi.20 toZdffctTe crj TOV Seov, glorify then fc
to the people sc.assembled in the forum,
God. Sept. Gen. xviii. 4 Xrj^rjTu Sij
Acts xvii. 5. xix. 30. Jos. Ant. 3. 9. 1.
Wwp for Heb. NJ. Judith xiii. 11. He- Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 2.
rodian. 1. 4. 8. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 10
For tirjTTOTf and STITTOV, see in their adv. (pp. dat. fern, of
,

order. ,publicly, in public, i. e. iv //-

pp, Actsxvi. 37. xviii. 28. xx. 20.

AijAoc, rj, ov, plain, evident, mani- Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 4. Xen. Men. 3. 12. 5.
fest, Matt. xxvi. 73. So SfjXov sc. sari,
it is evident, 1 Cor. xv. 27. Gal. iii. 11. ocrfocj ia, ov, (<%to,) public,
1 Tim. vi. 7. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 30. ib. 8. belonging to the public, for public uset
i. e.

1.37. Acts v. 18. Jos. Ant. 3. 9. 4. Xen.

Mem. 3. 11. 16.
Aj/Aow, ui, f.
(j/Xoc),
(tiara), to make
manifest, to make known, trans, and , tou, TO, a word adopted
spoken into the Greek from the Lat. denarius,
a)
of things past, to tell, to relate, a Roman coin equal at first (as its name
1 Cor. i. 11. Col. i. 8. Sept. for ^lln imports) to ten asses, and afterwards,
Esth. ii. 22. 2 Mace. ii. 24. Xen. to twelve and even sixteen. It was
Anab.2. 1. 1. reckoned of the same value as the Greek
SoaxfJ-ri, and equivalent to
b) of things future or hidden, to re-
about 14 cents,
veal, to show, to bring to light, 1 Cor. iii. according to the usual estimate ;
see in
13. Heb. ix. 8. I Pet. i. 11. 2 Pet. i. 'Apyvptov c, and Adam's Rom. Ant. p.
14. Sept. for run: 1 Sam. iii. 21. y-nn 493, 495. Matt, xviii. 28. xx. 2, 9, 10,
Ex. vi. 3. Dan/iv. 15 __Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 13. xxii. 19. Mark vi. 37. xii. 15. xiv,
12. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 26. 5. Lukevii. 41. x. 35. xx.24. John vi.

of words, to imply, to signify, Heb. 7. xii. 5. Rev. vi. 6 bis.

c)
xii. 27 TO f, en u-rraZ, ^TjXoI. Jos. Ant.
3. 7. 1 TOV Mavaxafftjv AT/TTOTf , adv. (Sn and Trors), in fine,
\ty6fitvov /3ovXert
$1 in short, subjoined to relative words to
trvvaicTijpa fitv ci]\ovv.
strengthen the idea of generality and
, a, 6, Demas, a man who comprehensiveness. John v. 4 ^ li'ivori
was for a time associated with Paul, but See Buttm. 80. n. 1.
N
 A/'/7TOt'
178 Am
116. 9. Viger. p. 600. Xen. Cyr. 3. time of the night, by night ; Acts v. 19
2. 26. Sid Trj V. fjVOlZt TO.Q Svpaf TIJG $V\a.K7).

and TTOW), indeed,

xvi. 9. xvii. 10. Paloeph. 1 xara/3ai-
A/JTTOU, adv. (Sn vovrtQ Sid VVKTOQ et rd irkSia.
truly, verily, Heb. ii. 16. Buttm. 149. p.
time elapsed, after, e. g. Acts
432. Viger. p. 499. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 12. b) of
xxiv. 17 Si ir&v ir\iiovuv, after many
Am, prep, with the primary signif. years, i. e. many years being through,
the gen. elapsed. Gal. 1 flid StKaTtaaapuv irwv.
through, throughout, governing ii.

and accus. See Passow's Lex. Winer Markii. 1 Si' ^tpwv sc. nvuv. See Winer
Gr. 51. i. 53. c. Tittmann in Bibl. 51. p. 326.
i. So Sept. for y>p
Repos. 1. p. 170 sq. Deut. ix. 11. xv. 1. Diod. Sic. 5. 28.
I. With the genitive, through, etc. Herodot. 1. 62. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 28 Sid

spoken
1. Of place, implying motion through 3 Of the instrument or intermediate
a place, and put after verbs of motion, cause ; that which intervenes between
e. g. of going, coming, etc. as dvaxu- the act of the will and the effect, and
ptiv, Matt. ii. 12
Si aXXr/c bSov dvi^-
through which the effect proceeds ;
pvaav. So with Siafiaivtiv, Heb. xi. through, by, by means of, etc. see Winer
29. SicnroptvtaSai, Luke vi. 1. Sup- 61, i.
Spoken,
X<r3at, Matt. xii. 43. xix.24. eiVepx- vii. a)
of things, through, by, by means of,
13 bis. John x. 1.9. iKiroptveoSai Matt. etc. Mark xvi. 20r6vXoyov/3/3atouvroe^td
iv. 4. tpxwSai Mark x. 1. vapa- ffimiiwv. John xi. 4. xvii. 20. Acts iii. 18,21,
Mark ii. 23. ix. 30. TTCC- a TrpoKarj/yyEtXt #ia arofiaTOf rSiv Trpo^rj-
Matt. viii. 28. vTroarpifuv Acts T&V. V. 12 Sid TU>V X fl f>& V T & V aTTOOTO-
xx. 3. Diod. Sic. 20. 111. Xen. Hiero Xwv kyivtro ffijp.tla. viii.
18. x. 43 Sid TOV
2. 8. So Si Vfi&v a7rjO%6o 3'ai
i

or Sit\- ovofiarog avrov, i. e. through a profes-

SrtTv, i. e. through your city, Rom. xv. sion of faith in his name, etc. xi. 30.
28. 2 Cor. i. 16. Xen. An. 4. 8. 1. xv. 32. xix.26. xx. 28 Sid TOV aV/taroc,
With many other verbs implying through the intervention of his blood.
motion, 2 Cor. viii. 18 ov 6 tiraivog Sid Rom. iii. 20 id vopov. iii. 27. v. 10. viii. 3.
iraa&v TWV lKK\r)atCJv 8C. 1 Cor. iii. 5. iv. 15. 2 Cor. i. 4. x. 9.
So after /3\67Ttv 1 Cor. xiii. 12. Gal. ii. 16. 3 John 13. al. saepiss.
ptiv Mark xi. 16. Acts xiii. 49. Diod. Sic. 1. 31. Xen. Hicro 1. 14. ib.
Luke v. 19. xaka&iv 2 Cor. xi. 33. Mag. Eq. 4. 9. In the sense by virtue
of, in consequence of, Rom. xii.
we Sid Trvpog sc. ffuSrjvai, saved as if 3 Xeyw
through fire, i. e. as if passing through Sid TIIQ ^apirof TTJS SoSreiarjg ftoi. Gal.
the ordeal of fire, 1 Cor. iii. 15. Pa- i.15. Philem. 22. Xen. An. 3. 2. 8.
Iseph. Fab. 13. KaSipfv Jos. Ant. 5. 1. In obtestations and exhortations, through,
2 dytiv Xen. An. 4. 5. 36. IXavvtiv ib. Rom. xii. 1 7rapa*caX<3 vp,ag Sid rSiv oi-
7. 3. 43. Trpodyav Polyb. 3. 77. 1. KTlpptoV TOV &OV. XV. 30. 1 Cor. 1. 10.

2. Of time, viz. a)
continued time, 2 Cor. x. 1.
time how long, through, throughout, b)
of persons through whose hands
during ; Acts i. 3 Si ijfifoStv Ttaaaod- any thing as it were passes, through or
KOVTU, during forty days. Heb. ii. 15 Sid. by whose agency,ministry, etc. an effect
travTog TOV yr, during their whole life. takes place or is produced, the efficient
So Sid iravToe or SiairavTbQ adverbially, cause ; Matt. i. 22 TO prjStv VTTO TOV Kvpiov
see in AictTrayroe. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 61 Sid TOV irpofriTov. ii. 5, 15, 23. Luke xviii.
Sid iravToq TOV jSiov. Cyr. 2. 1. 19. 31. John i. 17. Acts ii. 22 ornitia 9. iiroi-
Luke v. 5 Si oXns Trjg VVKTOG, during the t)<T 6 Sibe Si' avTov. ii. 43. iv. 16. xii. 9.
whole night, i. e. all night. Acts xxiii. Rom. ii. 16. v. 5. 1 Cor. ii. 10. viii. 6.
31 Charit. 1. 5. Xen. An. 4. 6. 22. Heb. i,
2, 3. So Rom.1 Cor. i. 5. v. 1.

Polyb. 37. 3. 3 ha r/julpae. Spoken of xi. 12 6 dv)p Sid Tfje yvvaiKog. Gal. i.
time when, i. e. of an indefinite time, 1. 2 Tim. ii. 2. Heb. ii. 2. vii. 9. So
during a longer interval, viz. Sid rfc through the fault of, etc. Matt, xviii. 7.
during the night, i. e. at some xxvi. 24. Rom. v. 12, 16, 19. 1 Cor. xv
 179 At*

21. Sept. fori:^ 2 Chr. xxix. 5. Esth.

al. Cor. v. 7 Sid <>w
,
i. 15. Is. xxxvii.' 24. JEschyl. Sept. Sid dSove, we walk by faith, not by
sight,
c. Theb. 219. Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 2. i. e. we are Christians
["233.] through and
CEc. 21. 11. Eq. 2.3. In this construc- in a state of faith in
Christ, not of sight
tion did may also refer to the author or or of personal intercourse with him.
first cause, when
the author does any I John v. 6 OVTOQ kffnv 6 i\5&v Si
thing through himself instead of another ; vSarog Kal aY/iaroe, he came by, through,
e. g. so of God, Rom. xi. 36 on t O.VTOV, water and blood, i. e. who received
Kal Si avTov, Kal tig avrbv TO. TrdvTa. Heb. baptism and suffered death, whose
ii. 10. 1 Cor. i. 9 o Sfbg, it ov itcXfj^re. baptism and death were testimonials
also of Christ, CoL i. 16 on iv avrtji of his mission. Heb. ix. 12 Sid TOV
tKTiffSri rd Travra, rd Trdvra Si avrov ISiov a'ifiaros tlcrrjXSev,
through his own
xal tig avTov tKTiffrai. John i. 3. Xen. blood, i. e. offering himself as sacrifice.
Mem. 14 rw avSpt j3ovXo/vw re
1. 2. -
Eurip. Phoen. 20, 1554. Androm.
Travra eavr&v Trpdrrttr.&ai.
Si
Cyr. 1. 174. Rom. ii.27 ae, TOV Sid ypd/ijuaroc
I. 4. Hiero 9. 3. In obtestations and Kal irspiTOfJiffG 7rapa/3ar?yv [ytv6nvov~\. iv.
exhortations, Rom. xv. 30 TrapaicaXui II Tdv TTiaTtvovTwv Si dfcpo/BvoTiag Vov-

vfiaf Std TOV Kvpiov K. r. X. 1 Thess. iv. 2. i. e. believers \vho are not circum-
rwi/],
2 Thess. iii. 12. cised. 1 Cor. xiv. 19 Xoyoue did vo6e
of the mode, manner, state, cir-
4. /zov Fovragl \a\ijffai. 2 Cor. ii. 4 Sid
cumstances, through which any thing TroXXwv SaKpvwv ypai//a, i. e. weeping.
as it were passes, i. e. takes place, is iii. 11 Sid TTJQ S6%r)g i.
q. Stdo,a-
[tori],
produced, etc. fffievov. v. 10. vi. 7 bis. Phil. i. 20 tire
a)
of manner, where Sid with its gen. ia
ZWTJG fire Sid SavaTov, i. e. whether
forms a periphrase for the correspond- 1 live or die. 2 Thess. ii. 2 iTriaroXr) wg
ing adverb. Luke viii. 4 dire Sid ?rapa- Si -iijiSiv [ou<ra],
i. e. w v/ierlpa. 2 Pet.
Po\rjg, through a parable, i. e. by
lit. i. 3 TOV
KaKiaavTOQ ;/zag Sid S6%1] Kal
means with a parable, irapa(BoXiKwg.
of, aptrrig,through glory and virtue, i. e. the
Acts xv. 27 lid Xoyov, by word, i. e. highest S6%t] and dperr] of God being
orally. Rom. viii. 25 et Heb. xii. 1. Si' thus conspicuously exhibited Symn;.
vTro/idvTjc, through or with patience, i. e. Ps. Iv. 12 6 Sid [jiiaovg pot, where Sept.
patiently. Rom. xiv. 20 Sid Trpoo-Ko/i/za- 6 Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 2 Si evvoiag
{juaGiv.

rof, i. e. so as to give offence. 2 Cor. tlvai ry ^y. ib. 6. 7. 4. JEschyl.

x. 11. Gal. v. 13. Eph. vi. 18. So Prom. 120 Si d7rx3-tac IXSeiv, invisum
John xix. 23 Si oXov, throughout. Acts esse. Eurip. Phoen. 395 Sid iroSrov eX-
xv. 32 Sid Xoyow TToXXoi;, i. e. with many Siiv, desiderare. -3E1. V. H. 13. 2 extr.

words. .Elian. V. H. 1. 8. Diod. Sic. Sid Tifirjg IXSiiv, honorari. Lucian.

II. 44. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 18. Mem. 2. 1. Macrob. 22 cvyypatytvg Sid TroXX&v fiaSri]-
20 So Sid /3pax*wv and Si 6Xiywi/, p.aTit)v yevofievog.
Xen. Anab. 2. 5. 9 Sid
briefly, Heb. xiii. 22.
1 Pet. v. 12. Sid (TKOTOvg ilvai, i. q. OKOTUVOV.
TToXXJiv 2 Cor. i. 11. Lucian. Toxar. II. With the accusative, through, by,
on account
56 Sid /3paxf>i>. Thuc. iv. 95. by means of; more generally
the state, circumstances, emo- See Passow, Tittmann 1. c.
b) of of, etc.
tions, etc. through, in, with which or on Winer Gr. 53. c. Buttm. 147. n. 2
occasion of which any thing exists, is Spoken
produced or done etc. the verbs elvai, 1 Of the instrument, the intermediate
.

yivtffSai, tpxeffSai, and the like being or efficient cause, as in I. 3, above ;

Rom. through, by, by means of,
xv. etc.
usually expressed or implied.
32 'iva X3-w i>ndg Sid SreXrjfiarog a) spoken of things,
John xv. 3 vptig
irpbg
K. T. X. Heb.
Seov. 1 Cor. i. 1. 2 Cor. viii. 5. Gal. i. KaSapoi l<rre Sid TOV Xoyov
15 KaXtaag Sid TIJQ xapiTog <*VTOV.
icat v. 14 Sid TTIV '&v, through use. Rev. xii.
2 Cor. viii. 8 Sid rtjQ ercpwv a-n-ovSijg, i. e. 11. xiii. 14 TrXavq, Sid rd arjfieia, d

on occasion of, because of. Rom. xiv. ceives through, by means of, those miracles.
14 oi'Sfv KOIVOV Qtoriv] Si avrov, through _Diod. Sic. 1. 4. ib. 3. 8. Xen. Mem.
So Heb. 12 Sid TOV
itself, i. e. in and of its own nature. 2 7 1. also v.
N2
 180

xpovov, through the time spent, i. e. the in the sense of for the sake of, in
b)
time spent should have made you behalf of, etc. as marking the purpose or
already teachers. 2 Pet. iii. 12 TOW Siov object of an action, etc. Matt. xiv. 3. et
rin^a Si r\v K. r. X. the day of God, Mark vi. 17 &a 'HpuSidSa TTJV yvvaiKa
through, in consequence of which the ^iXiTTTTOw. xxiv. 22 ia rovf tK\eKTovQt

heavens, etc. Ml. V. H. 3. 37 vTroXrj- for the elects

1
sake. Mark ii. 27. John
povfft) -ffori TI auToie Kcti r/yc yvcfytiff did xi. 15. Acts xvi. 3. Rom. xi. 28. al.
TOV xpovov, i. e. through age. saep. Xen. Ag. 2. 21. So ia TOVTO,
of persons, coinp. I. 3. b, above. for the sake of this, for this purpose.
b)
John vi. 57 bis, /cayw w Sid TOV Trarepa- John xii. 27 ia TOVTO }Xov, for this
KO.KIIVOQ Zrjatrai Si e/il. Rom. viii. 11 Sid purpose I came, sc. to suffer death.
TO ivotKovv Trvtv/xa. viii. 20. Heb. vi. 7 Si 1 Cor. iv. 17. With "iva, in order that,
owe. So Sept. Si lfj.e for S T?3 Is. 1. 11. John i. 31. 1 Tim. i. 16. OTTWQ Heb.
Plut. Mor. II. p. 25. ed. Tauchn. Xen. ix. 15.
Mem. 3. 2. 3. ib. 3. 3. 15 Sid a!.
c)
as marking the occasion of any
c)
of emotions, etc. through which, thing, the occasional cause, that on oc-
from which, one is led to do any thing, casion of, on account of, because of which
etc. Matt, xxvii. 18 et Mark xv. 10 did any thing takes place. Matt, xxvii. 19
$$6vov. Luke i. 78. Eph. ii. 4. Sid r. TT. TroXXa tTraSov KUT' ovap Si avTov. John

dyd7T7;v. Phil. i. 15 Diod. Sic. 1. 8. vii. 43. x. 19. Rom. ii. 4 TO ovo/ta TOV

Sid <j>6(3ov. Xen. Lac. 4. 6 did ri\v tpiv. Sreov Si v/iaf /3Xa(T07/uIrai iv roTg tSr-

2. Of
the ground or motive, the vfffi. xv. 15 Sid TYJV %dpiv TYJV So3rtl<rav
moving or impelling cause of any thing, p,oi, i. e. because of, by virtue of. 2 Pet.
on account of, because of, propter, etc. ii. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 10 Si kpk.

a) genr.
Matt. x. 22 niaovfitv 01 Sia 3. Of the manner or state through, or
TO ovofid fjiov. xiii. 21 SXTi//< f; Siwy^bg during which any thing takes place ;
Siu rbv Xdyov. xiii. 58. Mark ii. 4 Sid comp. I. 4, above. Gal. iv. 13 oiSaTc
TOV oxXov. Luke viii. 47. John iv. 39, 41. Sk, OTI Si aaSkvtiav Tije (rap/cos; tvrjy-
xii. 11. Acts xxii. 24. xxviii. 2. al. sse- ycXio-d/iTjv through infirmity, i. e.
vuiv,
piss Sept.Deut. xv. 10. Gen. xliii. 18 during bodily weakness. This sense of
Diod. Sic. 1. 7. Xen. An. 1. 9. 22 Sid Sid is rare with the accus. and comes

TroXXd, i. e. on many accounts. So be- from the general idea of duration ; so

fore an infin. with the article TO, Luke Aristot. Mirab. Auscult. 68 i TOV x < ~

xi. 8. xxiii. 8 Sid TO O.KOVHV TroXXd. Acts fji&va. See Winer Comm. in Gal. 1. c.
xviii. 3 Sid TO 6/i6r%vov tlvai. Mark v. 4. NOTE. In composition Sid mostly
Sid TO avrbv TToXXdKie StdeaSai. Acts iv. retains its signification, and refers: 1. to
2. al. saep. Sept. Deut. i. 36. Diod. space and time, through, throughout,
Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 34. Hiero 1.
Sic. 2. 16. implying transition, continuance, etc.
37 Also in phrases, e. g. Sid TI ; on as SiafSaivw, SicnrXtw, Siayivo/Jiai, Sidyoj j
what account ? wherefore ? why ? Matt, also trop. through, to the end, marking
ix. 11. Luke v. 30, 33. John xiii. 37. completeness, and thus becoming in-
written also Siari, Matt. xiii. 10. xv. 2. tensive, as SiafiXeTTti), SiayivuMTKO). 2. to
Mark ii. 18. vii. 5. Luke xix.23. Johnvii. distribution, diffusion, etc. throughout,
45. Acts v. 3. al. Sept. for jnip
" Ex. among, every where, as foayyiXXw. 3. to
ii. 18. m T
Num. xi. 11. mutual or alternate effects or endea-
Deut. xxix. 23. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 17 vours, through, between, among, sc. one
So oicc TOVTO, on this account, for another, to and fro, as StaKpivopai,
thi* cause or reason, therefore ; Matt. vi. ciapaxonai. 4. to separation, i. q. Lat.
25. Mark vi. 14. Acts ii. 26. Rom. i. dis, in two, in pieces, apart, etc. Buttm.
26. 2 Cor. iv. 1. Rev. xviii. 8. al. saep. 147. n. 9 as Siaipew, SiaXvu, Siapprf
;

Sept. for -pN Is. xlix. 4. p^ Mic. iii. 12. yrvfii. Comp. Tittm. in Bibl. Repos
Paljeph! 33. Xen. An! 1. 7. 3. So III. p. 50. AL.
ta TOVTO seq. on, on this account
John v. 16. viii. 47. inverted to pass
because,
John xv. 19. through or over, seq. ace. of thing, e. g.
 181

Ti}v SaXatrtrav Heb. xi. 29. So Sept. 5,8,11. xiii. 39. xxv. 41. Luke iv. 2, 3,
and "in^Gen. xxxi. 21. I Sam. xiii. 7. 5, 6, 13. viii. 12. John xiii. Acts x. 38.
2.
Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 7 rov 'lopSdvijv. Xen. An. Eph. i4. 27. vi. 11.1 Tim. iii. 6, 7. 2 Tim!
1. 2. 6 __ Seq. tig, Acts xvi. 9 __ Xen. An. ii. 26. Heb. ii. 14. James iv. 7. 1 Pet.
7. 2. 9. Seq. Trpog c. ace. Luc. 16. 26. v. 8. Jude 9. Rev. ii. 10. xii. xx. 9, 12.

thrust 2, 10. Sept. for -jDton 1 Chr. xxi. 1*.

/3aXw,
Laert. 1. 118 diafiuXovra
Job i. 6 sq. ii. 1 sq. Zech. 'iii. 1, 2 __
, Diog.
Wisd. ii. 23. Test. XII Patr. p. 672,
SvpaG rbv duKTvXov. to transport,
r//c
691. Act. Thorn. 32. Hence IK TOV
cany over, Thuc. 6. 30. Hence metaph.
and in N. T. to carry or deliver over to taj36Xov v. vio TOV diafloXov dvai, to be
the child of Satan, i. e. to be like
any one in words, i. e. to report or in- Satan,
to
John viii. 44. Acts xiii. 10. 1 John iii. 8
form against , traduce, to accuse;
10 In the same sense, John 70
Pass. seq. dat. Luke xvi. 1 ?.-tf3\i'i5r)
ter, vi.

&/3oXof, a devil, i. q. vibe TOV dia(36Xov,

avT$. Sept. forChald. K^pp >3N Dan. coll. Acts xiii. 10, i. e. an
Hi. 8. vi. 25. Seq. dat Herodot. 5. enemy of God
35. Trpof TIVCI Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 3. Xen.
andman comp. ; aaravde Matt. xvi. 23.
An. 1. 1. 3.
Mark viii. 33.
f. to f. ytXw, (dia, ayylXXw,)
Ataj3f]3atow, w, w<rw,
strengthen throughout, to make very firm ; to announce throughout, i. e.
in N. T. Mid. ftaptf3ai6o^tai, ovfiai, me- a) every where, generally, to publish,
sc. far and near, to proclaim, trans. Luke
taph. to affirm strongly, to asseverate, to
urge, seq. rrtpt c. gen. 1 Tim. i. 7. Tit. ix. 60. Pass. Rom. ix. 17. Sept. for
iii. 8. Philo de Decal. p. 263. 24. Polyb. ^DD Ex. ix. 16. Ps. ii. 7.

12. 12. 6. t>) implying completeness, to announce

fully, i.e. to give exact and certain infor-
^w, f.look through,
to
,
mation of, trans. Acts xxi. 26. Sept.
e. to view attentively, Plato Phado. 37.
i.

In N. T. to see clearly, i. e. fully, Matt.

for iK Josh. vi. 10. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 2.
Xen. "An. 1. 6. 2.
vii. 5. Luke vi. 42.

subst.
Atayc, Luke xi. 8, see in rl I. a.
, ou, o, >}, (ota-
a calumniator, slanderer, Amytvojucu, aor. 2 Sitytvofjujv, to be
/3aXXa> q. v.)
throughout, i. e. to be always, 2 Mace.
accuser, viz.
1 Tim. iii. 11. 2 Tim. 3.
xi. 26. Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 5. In N. T.
a) genr. iii.

So Sept. of Haman, of time, to be through, i. e. to be past, to

Tit. ii. 3. for Heb.
have elapsed, Mark xvi. 1. Acts xxv. 13.
13 Esth. vii. 4. Tiisib. viii. 1. 1 Mace.
i. 36. Xen. Ag. 11. 5.
xxvii.9. Herodian. 1. 10. 1. ^El.V. H.
3. 19 rpi&v [ujviov
b)
with the art. 6 ia/3oXof, the devil,
i. e. the accuser, by way of eminence, f. yvwo-o^at, to know
i.
q. 'jCtyrr, o ffaravag, Satan, the prince throughout, i. e. accurately, to distin-
of the fallen angels, 6 apx*>v T>V Sat-
guish, Sept. Deut. ii. 7. Xen. Mem. 3.
fiovitavMatt. ix. 34. According to the 1.9. In N. T. to inquire fully into, to
later Hebrews, he acts as the accuser
examine, to investigate, in a judicial sense,
and calumniator of men before God, trans. Acts xxiii. 15. xxiv. 22. Philo
Job i. 7, 12. Zech. iii. 1, 2, coll. Rev. xii. de Agric. p. 204. C, rcai SiKaaraQ TOVQ
9, 10 ; seduces them to sin, 1 Chr. xxi. tKaffTwv SiayvbMTOiJievovG a7TKXj}pw<ra>.
TTfpt
1 and is the author of evil, both physical
; Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 14.
and moral, by which the human race is
f. la<a,to make known
afflicted see in Aatfioviov b.
;
In N. T. ,

throughout, i. e. every where, to tell

6 ia/3o/\o appears as the constant ene-
abroad, to publish, seq. -nfpi TIVOQ, Luke
my of God, of Christ, of the divine
ii. 17.
kingdom, of the followers of Christ,
and of all truth full of falsehood and;

malice, and exciting and seducing to pp. exact knowledge; in N. T. in a ju--

evil in every possible way. Matt. iv. 1, dicial sense, examination, trial, hearing,
 182

Acts xxv. 21. Wisd. iii. 18. Jos. Ant. trans, or absol. Luke xi. 22. xviii. 22.
15. 3. 8. Diod. Sic. 1. 60. John vi. 11. Acts iv. 35. Xen. Cyr. 1
3. 6 bis. 1. 4. 10 bis, 11.
f. vou, (Sta, yoyyvw
which see,) to murmur throughout, i. e. oi>
to keep sc. with the idea of a
murmuring, successor, sc. in office, Acts xxiv. 27.
complaint, to express sullen discontent, Ecclus. xlvi. 1. Jos. Ant. 1. 13. 3.
absol. Luke xv. 2. xix. 7. Sept. yi!? ^ Xen. An. 7. 2. 5.
Ex. xv. 24. xvi. 2, 8. Ecclus. xxxiv.
24. Heliodor. 7. 27. or &awvvwa>, flit.

w<rw, to gird quite around, i. e. firmly,

w, .
trans. John xiii. 4. Mid. to gird any
which to wahe through,
Tjyopsw see,) thing around one's self, John xxi. 7.
sc. the night, etc. to keep awake, Hero- Aor. 1. Pass, with Mid. signif. John xiii.
dian. 3. 4. 8. In N. T. to be fully awake, Lucian.
5. Sept. for n^n Ez. xxiii. 15.
Luke ix. 32.
Quomod. Hist. Conscrib. 3. Used in
reference to the flowing robes of orien-
Ato'yw, f.
w, ($J, aywj) to feflc? or '
tals see in
bring through or over, sc. any place, etc.
j

e. g. a river, Xen. An. 2. 4. 28. fire,

7, (StaT&ripi,)
a dispo-
etc. Sept. for TOyn 2 Sam. xii. 31.
sition, arrangement, viz.
water, Wisd. x. 18.' ""'In N. T. spoken of a testamentary disposi-
of time, to bring through, i. e. to pass, a) spoken
tion, a testament, a will, Heb. ix. 16, 17.
e. g. rjavxwv (3iov, to lead a quiet life, to Jos. Ant. 17. 9. 7. Demosth. 1136. 12.
live, etc. 1 Tim. ii. 2. 2 Mace. xii. 38
Jos. Ant. 3. 14. 3 b) a covenant, i. e. a mutual agree-
<rd/3/3arov. rr\v VVKTO.. ment or mutual promises on mutual
Xen. Hiero 7. 10. ^Elian. H. An. 16.
conditions ; Gal. iii. 15. So Sept. and
23 TOV /3tov. So with TVV piov
absol.
Sam.
1 xviii. 3. xxiii. 18. al. saep.
implied,Tit. iii. 3 __ Plut. Timol. 3. Xen.
Aristoph. Av. [434]
439. Suidas,
Mem. 1. 3. 5.
In N. T. spoken of
dia&fiKT)' ffwSrjKn.
,
f.
^?ojuat, to receive God's covenants with men, i. e. the
through, sc. others, i. e. as transmitted divine promises conditioned on obedi-
from one to another through a series, to ence, viz.
receive in succession, to succeed to, trans.
(a)
of the Abrahamic covenant, con-
Acts vii. 45 >}v etV^yayov Siae$afitvoi firmed also to the other patriarchs, of
[atr7)v]
01 Trarcptg. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 2 which circumcision was the sign ; see
rr)v jSaertXti'av. Herodian. 4. 2. 20. Sui- Gen. xv. 1 18. xvii. 1 19. So Luke i.
das, $ia$k-oiia.i* r ^ " l
72, coll. ver. 73. Acts iii. 25. Gal. iii. 17.
a<f>' erlpov eig trepov lir' Called also rj Smb. Trfpiro/ifjf, Acts vii. 8.
Sept. and m^
Gen. xv. 18. xvii. 2, 4. al.
2 Mace. viii. 15.
Acai7jua, aroc, , (&alw to bind of the Mosaic covenant, entered
quite around,) a diadem, the symbol of (/3)
into at Mount Sinai, with sacrifice and
royal dignity, Rev. xii. 3. xiii. 1. xix.
the blood of victims ;
see Ex. xxiv. 3
12. Sept. for in? Esth. i. 11. ii. 17.

fpS Is. Ixii. 3 '!' Mace. i. 9. Jos. B. J.

12. Deut. v. 2 sq. where Sept. for mg.~
Heb. viii. 9 bis. ix. 20. Called also 77
1.3. 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 13.
Trpwrj; SiaSi'iKrj, the first covenant, i. e.
f. Swaw. 1. to deliver
ii,
the Old or Jewish dispensation, in refer-
through, various hands, from one to
sc. ence to the gospel, Heb. ix. 15. So
another in succession, to deliver over in Heb. ix. 4 bis, rr\v Kipurbv rijg diaSriicrjc

succession, trans. Rev. xvii. 13 in text. teal al TrXdicf e rijs 8. i. e. the ark which

Tec. rf]V iZovaiav avrutv r< Srrjpiy SiaSdj- was the symbol of God's presence un-
aovffiv. Others Sidoamv __Tnuc. 1. 76 der the Mosaic covenant, and the tables
i
apx*} v Tf -

^t^^o/tvjv iStZaniSa.' Comp. of the law which the people had cove-
in Ata^l\;ojuai. nanted to obey. Rev. xi. 19, comp.
2. to deal
out, to divide out, to distribute, Heb. viii. 5. So Sept. and rr"i2J Num.
 188

x. 33. Deut. ix. 9, 11. The Mosaic to confute in

disputation,
covenant was renewal or
strictly the i.
&a\y6/i/og KareXeyxw,
q. dat.
seq.
confirmation of the Abrahamic hence ;
Acts xviii. 28. So &a7uv
Paul uses the plural SiaSijicai, Rom. ix. to vie in drinking, in
archery, etc.
4. Eph. ii. 12 By meton. since the
ancient covenant is contained in the AtaKOv&i>, w, aor. 1
Mosaic books, dmS'jjicf/ is put for the book comp. Buttm. 86. n. 6, (i<Wo C to
,)
of the covenant, the Mosaic writings, i. e. serve, to attend upon, to minister unto, in-
the law, Heb. rnin 2 Cor. iii. 14 ava- trans. spoken.
;

yvw<rtg TTJQ TraXaiag d. So Sept. and rP"12

of persons, seq. dat.
a) expr. or impl.
Deut. iv. 13 Ecclus. xxiv. 23 /3/ (a) genr. as a master or guest, Matt. viii.
SiaSfjKijc For Gal. iv. 24 see in y, 15 icat dirjKovu avroig. xxvii. 55. Mark i.
of the new covenant promised of 31. xv. 41. Luke iv. 39. xxii. 26. Phi-
(y)
old and sanctioned by the blood of Christ, lem. 13. So Matt. xx. 28 bis. Mark x.
the gospel dispensation ; comp. Jer. xxxi. 45 bis. John xii. 26 bis. Jos. Ant. 19.
31 al. where Sept. for rvn^. Heb. 1. 6. Lucian. D. Deor. 4. 4. Demosth.
scj.
viii. 10 et x. 16 et Rom. xi. 27, quoted 362 ult. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 8.
Especially
from Jer. xxxi. 33, 34, coll. Is. xxvii. spoken of those who serve at table,
9. Heb. x. 29. Called also via d. Heb. to wait upon, Luke x. 40. xii. 37. xvii.
xii. 24. Kaiv} d. Matt. xxvi. 28. Mark 8. xxii. 27 bis. John xii. 2. Athen. 4.
xiv. 24. Luke xxii. 20. 1 Cor. xi. 25. 10. Diod. Sic. 5. 40. Xen. An. 4. 5. 33.
2 Cor. iii. 6. Heb. viii. 8. ix. 15. Kpeirruv (/3) By
impl. to minister to the wants of
5. Heb. vii. 22. viii. 6. d. ae'wvtog xiii. 20. any one, i. e. to supply one's wants, e. g.
.
ZtvTtpa (implied) viii. 7 Hence, Gal. food, clothing, etc. Matt. iv. 11. xxv.44.
iv. 24 vo ta>ijitat, the two covenants, i.e. Mark i. 13. Luke viii. 3 SUJKOVOW avry
the old and the new. airo Tatv VTrapxovTOJv CLVTOIQ. So of the
alms collected by the churches, the dis-
0>e, (fleaipew,) division,
act of dividing, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 55.
tribution of alms, etc. Rom. xv. 25.
In
Heb. vi. 10 bis. 1 Pet. iv. 11 __
N. T. distinction, difference, etc. 1 Cor. (y) In
the sense of to be the attendant or assist-
xii. 4, 5, 6,
iaip(mg, i. e. diversities, ant of any one ;
as Timothy and Era-
differences, classes of gifts, etc. Sept. tosthenes are said to be dtatcovovvrtg
of the classes or sections of the prests, T$
JlavXy, Acts xix. 22. So Heb. nn^'73
etc. for
np'^np 2 Chr. viii. 14. Ezra vi. Josh. i. 1. Ex. xxiv. 13 j where Sept'
18. Diod. Sic. 2. 31 diaipttrts rStv
i>7rot;pyo and TraptorrqKWf. (8\ In the
primitive church, to Jill the office of a
W, aor. 2 TXov, (Sid of SIO.KOVOQ, to fulfil tJie duties of a deacon,
i. e. to have
sep. aiptaj,) to take apart, i. e. to sepa- charge of the poor and the
rate, to divide, sc. into parts, Sept. for sick, etc. 1 Tim. iii. 10, 13.
Gen. xv. 10. al. Lucian. D. Mort.
*tf?n b)
of things, seq. accus. of manner,
16/3. In N. T. to divide out, to distri- and dat. expr. or impl. (Buttm. 131.
bute, trans. Luke xv. 12. 1 Cor. xii. 11. 6, 7,) also in the passive construction ;
Sept. for p*>n Josh, xviii. 5. 1 Chr. xxiii.
to minister , sc. any thing to any one, to
6. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 23. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. administer, to provide, etc. 2 Tim. i. 18
51. ova iv 'Eatery dirjicovqtre. So 2 Cor. iii.
3 tTTioroXj} Xpiorov SiaKovrjStiffa v<j>'
f. tw, Buttm. 95.
r/juwv, ministered by us, i. e. written by
9. n. 14 ;
to cleanse
throughout, i. e. our aid or ministry, by us. Anacr. 9.
thoroughly, trans. Matt. iii. 12 et Luke
iii. 17 ri}v
14, 'Avaicptovri SIO.KOV& ro<ravra. The-
aXuva, sc. by ventilation with
a fan, TO irrvov hence optr. Char. 2. 4. By
impl. to minister
;
i.
q. XIK^V rrjv
any thing to one's wants, etc. 1 Pet. iv.
a'Xwva, Ruth iii. 2. Comp. Calmet, art.
10 tig kavrovQ [i. q. / aXX?)Xot;"l G.VTO
Thrashing. Jahn 65.
SiaicovovvTtg, coll. ver. 11. So of alms,
TTJV aXw, Alciphron. 3. 26.
Xpte, collected by the churches, etc.
f. to administer, to distribute, Pass. 2 Cor.
 184 AlUKOlVIO

20 __ Comp. Lucian. Asin. 53.

viii. 19, Rom. xiii. 4 bis, Stou hdicovoc, i. e. the
Spoken of prophets, etc. who minister servant, minister, vicegerent, of God.
i. announce, deliver, sc. the divine
e. Sept. for nysf'Q Esth. i. 10. ii. 2. vi. 3.
will, etc. 1 Pet. i. 12. Origen. Comm. Spoken of an attendant, a disciple, etc.
in Ps. xlviii. 4, ol StaKovovvrtf rbvXoyov. John xii. 26.
Jos. Ant. 6. 13. G. Seq. dat. alone, b) spoken of ministers, teachers, sc. of
Acts vi. 2 StaKovflv TpcnrtZaie, to Serve divine things, who act for God, Christ,
money-tables, i. e. to have charge of the etc.with a gen. as before, e. g. TOV Stov
alms and other pecuniary matters. 1 Cor. iii. 5. 2 Cor. iii. 6. vi. 4. 1
Heliodor. 5. p. 218. So ministrare veils Thess. iii. 2. seq. TOV XOKTTOV, etc. 2
Virg. Mn. 10. 218, comp. Heyne's Cor. xi. 23. Eph. vi.21. Col. i. 7. iv.
note. 7. seq. Tijg iKicXqviac Col. i. 25. So seq.
TOV aarava 2 Cor. xi. 15, coll. ver. 14.
ae, -h> (^OLK^VOQ,} service,
with a gen. of the thing to be done
c)
attendance, ministry, viz.
or promoted by one's service and minis-
a) genr. Heb. i. 14. Jos. Ant. 4.6.3.
Towards a master or guest, at table or try, e. g. Rom. xv. 8 SIOLKOVOG Trepiro/o/r,
in hospitality, Luke x. 40.
a minister of circumcision, i. e. of Juda-
1 Cor. xvi.
15. Xen. (Ec. 7. 41. ism, or to the Jews. 2 Cor. xi. 15 State.
SucaioffvvTiG. Gal. ii. 17. Eph. iii. 7
i. e. the of-
b) ministry, ministration, Col. i. 23.
fice of ministering in divine things,
as an officer in the primitive
spoken chiefly of apostles and teachers ; d)
Acts i. 17, 25. vi. 4 SIO.K. TOV \6yov. xx. church, one who has charge of the alms

24. xxi. 19. Rom. xi. 13. 1 Cor. xii. 5.

and money of the church, an overseer of
the poor and the sick, an almoner, Phil. i.
2 Cor. iii. 7, 8, 9 bis. iv. 1. v. 18. vi. 3.
1. 1 Tim.8, 12. iv. 6.
iii. See Actsvi.
Eph. iv. 12. Col. iv. 17. 1 /Tim. i. 12.
2 Tim. iv. 5, 11. Once of the office of a 1 6. Of
a female rj Stdicovoe, who
Rom. xii. 7, where others take had charge of the female poor and sick,
SiatcovoQ,
it in the wider sense as above. Rom. xvi. 1. Hence the English word
in the sense of aid, relief, deacon, but in a different sense.
c) spoken of
AmKO<not, two
alms, contributions, etc. Acts xi. 29 elf at, a, (t'e, IKCLTOV,}
Siaicoviav 7T/ii//ai. Rom. xv. 31, coll. ver. hundred, Mark vi. 37. John vi. 7. xxi.
20. 2 Cor. viii. 4. ix. 1, 13. xi.8. Rev.ii. 8. Acts xxiii. 23 bis. xxvii. 37. Rev.
19. Act. Thorn. 56, iKo^itaav xi. 3. xii. 6.
xp^ara
7roX\d tig dtctKoviav TWV ^jfpwv. Spoken
of the distribution, ministration, of alms ,
f.
oixrofiai, (#id, &KOVdt,\ to
hear through or out, Xen. Hiero 7. 11.
thus collected, etc. Acts vi. 1. xii. 25
In N. T. to hear fully, in a judicial sense,
coll. xi. 30. 2 Cor. ix. 12.
seq. gen. Acts xxiii. 35. So Sept. and
Ataicovoc, ou, 6, rj, (either fr. id Deut. i. 16.
and KOVIQ, pp. a dusty, i. e. hasty mes-
senger ;
or better from absol. SiaKw, ,
f. via, to separate through-
dirjKu), to run, to hasten, Buttm. Lexil. 1. out, i. e. wholly, completely, trans. Mid.
p. 21 sq.) a servant, attendant, minister, to separate one's
self, etc.
viz. Jude 22 ovz [iiv tXcelrc SiaKpi-
a) pp.
a)
a
genr. and with a
gen. of the mas- vofitvoi, on some (i. e. thoso not Chris-
ter or person served, Matt, xx.26. xxiii.
tians)
have compassion, separating your-
1-1. Mark ix. 35. x. 43. Xen. Cyr. 8. selves from them. Hesych.
3. 8. Spoken of those who wait at
table, etc. John ii. 5, 9 __Jos. Ant. 6.4.1. Herodian. 3. 1. 96 Taupog diaicpivti TO.
Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 2. the Greeks,Among
the SICLKOVOI were a higher class of ser-
b) by impl. to distinguish, to make a
vants than the ^ovXot, Athen. X. p. 192. distinction, to cause to differ ; Acts xv. 9
B. comp. Xen. 1. c. Buttm. Lexil. I. ovc'tv Sieicptve peTav rjfiuiv. 1 Cor. xi.

p. 220. Spoken of the servants or at- 29 (J.TI diaicpivuv TO ff&fjia TOV Kvpiov, 66.
tendants of a king, Matt. xxii. 13. So from common food. Mid, James ii. 4
 185

xai ov diaicpiSjjTe iv tavrolq e. spoken in the

i.
interrog. ,
imperf. of a
and as apodosis, do ye not then make a continued action, or de conatu see ;
distinction in yourselves ? i. e. are not ye Winer Gr. 41. 3. c. Matth. 504.' 3 __
partial ? Others under d below. Mid. Judith xii. 7. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 28.
Herodian. 4. 6. 12. With the idea of
w, f.
rjea), to speak to and
preference, prerogative, 1 Cor. iv. 7 TIQ i. e.
fro,
yap at diaicpivsi. Trop. to distinguish,
to talk with to converse
to discern clearly, to note
a) any one,
accurately, Matt. with ; Luke vi. 1 1 SiiXdXovv
xvi. 3 TO irpoffUTTov rov oupavov. 1 Cor. -rrpbg dXXrj-
Xovs, they communed, consulted __
i. e.
xi. 31 ti
yap iavrovs ditKpivoptv, i. e. if
Polyb. 23. 9. 6. Eurip. Cycl. 175.
we took a proper view, formed a just to speak of
b) every where, i. e. to tell
estimate of ourselves. 1 Cor. xiv. 29,
abroad, to divulge, trans. So in pass.
i. q. dflKifiaZu in 1 John iv. 1. So Sept. constr. Luke i. 65
__ Symm. for -iri Ps
for
-pia Job xii. 11 Xen. Mem. 1. 9. 9. li. 16.
Hence,
c)
in the sense of to consider accu- AtaXlycu, f.
?w, to gather out apartt
rately, to judge, to decide, e. g. Siaicplvai
i. e. to select, Xen. CEc. 8. 9. Mem. 4.5.
dvd piaov TIVOQ, 1 Cor. vi. 5. So Sept. 11. In N. T. only as depon. Mid.
for Ex. xviii. 16. 1 K. iii. 9. tfiaXeyo^ai, aor.
pass. StaXsxSrjv with 1
t39lp' ypn mid. signif. Buttm. 136. 2 ; to
Ps. 1. 4. Prov. xxxi. 9. speak to
and fro,
d) Mid. Siaicpivoftai, aor.
e.
1 pass.
i.
alternately, to converse with,
viz.
tiitKpiSnv with mid. signif. Buttm. 136.
2 to separate one's selffrom, i. e. to con-
; a) spoken of a dispute, etc. to dispute,
tend with, pp. in battle Polyb. 2. 22. 11. to discuss, intrans. Jude 9
seq. dat. ver.
Xen. Ag. 1. 33. In N. T. metaph. ryia/3oXy diaKpivofitvog ^ttXsyero. So seq.

(a)
to contend or strive with, to
dispute Trpos d\Xr)\ov, Mark ix. 34, coll. ver. 33.

with, seq. dat. Jude 9. seq. Trpog c. ace. Sept. for roi: Is. i. 18. seq. Trpog for
Acts xi. 2. Sept. seq. dat. for -p-pa
3-n Judg. viii. 1.
Seq. dat. Xen. Mem.
Jer. xv. 10. seq. Trpof for Ez. xx". 1. 6. 11. seq. Trpdf ib. 1. 6. 1.
135^'
35. Luc. Pseudosoph. 5. Polyb. 22. 27. b) of
public teaching, etc. to discuss,
to discourse, to reason, to
1. to be in strife with one's
(/3) self, i. e. argue, intrans.
to doubt, to hesitate, to waver, Matt. xxi. and absol. Acts xviii. 4. xix. 8, 9. xx. 9.
21. Mark xi. 23. Rom. iv. 20. xiv. 23. xxiv. 25. seq. dat. Acts xvii. 2, 17. xviii.
James i. 6. ii. 4 /cat ov tiiaicpi&nTe iv 19. xx. 7. seq. irpog c. ace. Acts xxiv. 12.

eavrolg, without interrog. and if ye do Sept. for nai Is. Ixiii. 1. seq. irpos
this icithout hesitation; Ex. vi. 27. Ecclus. xiv. 20. Xen. H.
comp. inb. above.
So G. 2. 2. 11. Mem. 3. 3. 7. seq. dat. ib.
p.rjtv SiaKpivofitvoe, without hesita-
Anab. 2. 5. 41. Trop. of an exhorta-
tion, confidently, Acts x. 20. xi. 12.
James i. 6. Hesych. tion, etc. to address, to speak to, seq. dat.
Heb. xii. 5. Herodian. 1.5.2. Xen.
Mem. 4. 4. 4.
r
)j
(StaKpivu),)
a
distinguishing, a discerning clearly, i. e. ,
f.
^w, pp. to leave between,
spoken of the act or power, Heb. v. i. e. to leave an interval, sc. of space or
14 icaXov Kai KctKOL'. 1 Cor. xii. 10 r&v time ;
hence in N. T. to intermit, to de-

irvevfidruiv, comp. in Aia/cjcxVw b. sist, tocease ; seq. particip. Luke vii. 45

Apoll.
Rhod. 4. 1169. By impl. Rom. xiv. 1 ov StsXurt KaraQiXovffa, she has not ceased
kissing my feet, etc. see Buttm.
144. n.
UTJ tig tfiaXoyioyiwv, lit. not for
ftuucjpfafifi

scrutinizingsof thoughts, i. e. not with
searching out and pronouncing judgment
on their opinions comp. ver. 5, 13.
Others, doubts, scruples.
w, f- i, to hinder through-
i'
out, i. e. to impede or forbid utterly,
trans. Matt. iii. 146 ct '\wavvr]Q
3. Sept. 'for Jnn Jer. xliv. 18 tiTTOn
Jer. xvii. 8. Jos/Ant. 8. 12. 3. Xen.
; Apol. Soc. 16.
, ov, n, &o\!yopa* q. v.)
speech, language, as articulated through
or by the tongue, Aristot. H. An. 4. 9.
In N. T. language, sc. as spoken by a
 186

people or province, a dialect, peculiar .

Sept. for rOl^rnp Ps. xciv.
idiom, Acts i. 19. ii. 6, 8. xxi. 40. xxii. 11. So for mind, purpose, intention, Luke
2. xxvi. 14 --Jos. Ant. 3. 1.6. Polyb. vi. 8 and especially evil thoughts, pur-
;

1. 67.9. poses, etc. Matt. xv. 19. Mark vii. 21.

or
Sept. for rQ1$q?2 Prov. xxi. 18. evil, Ps.
AmAAa<7<7ft> arruj, f. <>, (Sid, Ivi. 6. Is. lix. 7 In the sense of doubt,
to change between, i. e. to per-
aXXacro-w,) Luke xxiv. 38 Sta\oyi<rp.ol avafiaivovat,
mute, to change for another, to exchange, i. e. doubtful
thoughts, suspense.
2 Mace. vi. 27. Xen. H.G. 1.6. 4. Trop.
in the sense of dispute, debate, con-
b)
to change in feeling towards any one, to tention, Luke ix. 46, coll. Mark ix. 33, 34.
reconcile, trans. Xen.H. G.
1. 6.7. Vect.
Phil. ii. 14 x w P' KCII dia-
yoyyv<r/jJiv
6. 8. In N. T. only Mid. iaXXa<r<ro/m, XoyHTfjLuiv. Tim. ii. 8.
1 Ecclus. ix. 15.
aor. 1. pass. Sirj\\dx$nv with Mid. signif.
xxvii. 4. Plut. Mor. II. p.23. ed.Tauchn.
Buttm. 136. 2, to change one's own
feelings towards, i. e. to reconcile one's ,
f. vffu, to dissolve ; in N. T.
self, tobecome reconciled, c. dat. Matt. v. spoken of a collection of people, to dis-
24 Sia\\dyi]$i T<$ aStXQv <rov. So Sept. perse, to break up, Pass. Acts v. 36 __
for nS~inrT 1 Sam. xxix. 4 Esdr. iv. Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 1 TOV auXXoyov. Xen.
31. Jos". Ant. 16. 4. 4. Thuc. 8. 70. Cyr. 5. 5. 43 TJJV ffTpariav.

,
f. rechon,
iVo/zai, to tjf. ovfiai, depon. Mid.

through, i. e. to complete or settle an ac- throughout to witness, viz. gods and

to call

count, Dem. 1236. 17. In N. T. trop. men, all beings, i. e. to affirm with solemn
to consider, to
reflect, to reason, to ponder, obtestations, Sept. Deut. iv. 26. Xen.
viz. H. G. 3. 2. 13. In N. T. to testify

a) genr.
e. g. iv TOIQ Kapdiaig, Mark ii. through and through, i. e. to bear full and
6, 8, where for ravrasee Buttm. 131. 7. complete witness, viz.
Luke iii. 15. v. 22. iv iavr<$ Luke xii. to admonish solemnly, to fharge ear-
a)
17. iv kavToiQ Mark ii. 8. Trap' tavrolg nestly, to urge upon, seq. dat. Luke xvi.
Matt. xxi. 25. seq. on John xi. 50. seq. 28. absol. Acts ii. 40. 1 Thess. iv. 6.

iroTcnroc Luke i. 29. absol. Luke v. 21 . Strengthened by the adjunct ivwTriov TOV
Stow K. T. X. 1 Tim. v. 21. 2 Tim. ii.
Sept. c. accus. for niJIjn Ps. Ixxvii. 6.
cxix. 59. Xen. H. G.'is'. 4. 20. 14. iv. 1. Sept. for.T>J>rr Ex. xix. 21-
Ps. Ixxxi. 9. Fabr. Cod.' Pseudep. V.T.
b) in a mutual or reciprocal sense,
I. p. 632 TroXXa
to .consider together, to deliberate, to de- SiafiapTvpdnr]V avrolg TOV
bate ; seq. iv eavTo~i, Matt. xvi. 7, 8. /*>) TToiijoat. Polyb. 1. 37.4. Xen. Cyr.
ITOOQ d\\r}\ovQ Mark viii. 16. Trpbe iav-
7. 1. 17.

TOVQ Luke xx. 14. absol. Mark viii. 17. b)

to testify fully, i.e. to declare
fully,
In the sense of to dispute, etc. Mark ix. to teach earnestly, to
enforce, trans. Acts
33. ^lian. V. H. 14. 43. Xen. Mem. viii. 25. xviii. 5. xx.21,24. xxiii. 11.
3. 5. 1. xxviii. 23. Seq. dat. etort, Actsx.42. xx.
23. absol. spoken of a sacred writer, Heb.
OC, ou, o, (iaXoy/o/*ai,) ii. 6. Sept. for T^il Deut. xxxii. 45.
computation, adjustment of accounts, Trnn Ex. xviii. 20. UTlIrr Ez. xvi. 2.
Dem. 951. 20. In N. T. reflection, co- xx. 4. Jos. Ant. 9. 8. 3.
gitation, thought, viz.
a) genr.
Luke ii. 35. T. 22. vi. 8. ix.47. A/ajua^Ojua/5 f.
^<ro/*ai, depon. Mid.
James ii. 4 Kpiral Sia\oyi<Tfj.u>v Trovrjpuiv,
to fight together, Xen. Anab. 7. 4. 10 ;
see in Aid note. In N. T. metaph. to
i. e. judges having evil thoughts,
unjust,
partial; for the gen. of quality, see contend, sc. in words, to dispute warmly,
Buttm. 132. 4. 4. Sept. for
Acts xxiii. 9. Ecclus. viii. 1. Thuc. 3.42.
nn^'np1
Ps.
-j^yn Dan. ii. 29,
xcii. 6. 7. Is. lix.
,
f. vd>, to remain through,
30. Arrian. Diss. Ep. 1/9. 10. Polyb. i. e. to continue, sc. in the
permanently,
3. 17. 8 --
So in different shades of same place, Xen. An. 7. 1. 6. In N. T.
sense, e. g. for reasoning, opinion, Rom. spoken of state, circum-
condition,
i. 21 1 Cor. iii. 20. Rom. xiv. 1 see in
stances, etc. to remain the same, to con-
.
tinue, to endure, i. e. not to change ;
aroe, >
,
Heb. i. 11 ia^vacj quoted from Ps. cii. cogitation, thought, Luke xi. 17. Sept. for
27, where Sept. for itoy, coll. ver. 28. nnip'nto Is. Iv. 9. Ecclus. xxii. 16. Xen
So 2 Pet. iii. 4?ravra oi5rw Siapivtt, comp. H. G. 7. 5. 19.
Ps. cxix. 90 where Sept. for
ip^.
Polyb. 1. 18. 6. Xen. Mem. 4. 7~ 7 __ Atavota, ac, */> (&avolo/iai,) pp. a
With adjuncts, e. g. KU^OQ, Luke i. 22. thinking through, mature thought ; in N.
T. and genr. thought,
Trpof Tiva, to remain to, i. e. to be pre- mind, i. e. the
served to any one, Gal. ii. 5. So yutra power of thought, viz.
meton. the mind, thoughts,
TIVOQ , spoken of persons, to remain ivith, a) intellect,
i. e. to remain constant towards
i. e. the thinking and sentient
any one, faculty,
Luke xxii. 28. Seq. dat. Diod. Sic. 14. Matt. xxii. 37. Mark xii. 30. Luke x. 27.
48. Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 44. Eph. [i. 18.]
iv. 18. Heb. viii. 10. 1 Pet.
1. 13. 2 Pet. iii. 1. So Heb. x. 16
f. i<rw, to
dispart, to sepa- quoted from Jer. xxxi. 33 for aj, where
rate into parts, to divide up, trans. Sept. for nip. So Sept. fornl? Gen. xvii.
a) pp.
Mark xv. 24 #ia/ipiov rd tftd- 17. xxiv. 45. 2 Mace. ii.2. Herodian.
na. Pass. Acts ii. 3 diap,fpi6p.tvai 2. 9. 15. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 6.

y\oi<r(rat, disparted flames, i. e. divided in the sense of intelligence,

b) insight,
out to each person from one common 1 John v. 20. So
Sept. for 3*> Ex. xxxv.
source. Mid. in a recipr. sense, to di- 25. xxxvi. 1.
vide up for one's self, or among one an- c\ mind, i. e. mode of thinking and
other, Matt, xxvii. 35 bis. Luke xxiii. 34. feeling, the feelings, affections, disposition
John xix. 24 Sept.forp^n Ps. xxii. 19. of mind, Col. i. 21 ^P*
r 'Q faavoiy. Eph.
D^D Gen. x. 25. 1 Chr. I. 19. comp. ii. 3 2 Mace. v. 17. Xen. CEc. 10. 1.
Deut. xxxii. 8. In the sense of to divide So Luke i. 51 vTrspj^avot Siavoig, *cap-
out, to distribute, Luke xxii. 17. Actsii. tiiae. Comp. Sept. 1 Chr. xxix. 18.
45. Sept. for p*>n Judg. v. 30. 2 Sam. Bar. i. 22.
vi. 19. Xen. An/7. 1. 4, where others

which to open through, sc. what

b) trop. spoken of discord, dissension ; see,)
before was closed, to open fully, trans.
Pass, to be divided, sc. into parties, absol.
the womb,
Luke xii. 52. seq. iiri c. ace. to be di- e. g. rriv firjTpav, to open

vided against, to be at discord with, etc. spoken of the first-born, Luke ii. 23.
Luke xi. 17, 18. xii. 53. Sept. and tDTTl la? Ex. xiii. 2. xxxiv. 19.
So Siav. TCLQ CLKOO.Q, to open the ears, i.e.

to cause to hear, to restore hearing, Mark

Aiajuepicrjuoc, ou, o, (fta/tepigcu,)
vii. 34, 35. So Heb. Q^TS TTD? Is. xxxv.
dirision, apportionment, portion, Diod.
Sic. 11. 47. Sept. for Ex. xlviii. 5, Sept. Metaph. hav. TOVS
avoiyw.
tV^Trn
29. In N. T. metaph. dissension, Luke xii. 6^a\fiove, to open the eyes of any one,
61. The grammarians condemn this i. e. to cause to see what was not
seen before, Luke xxiv. 31. Sept. and
word, Pollux VIII. 136. Lob. ad Phryn.
0*r3> 2 K. vi. 17. So Siav. TOV
p. 511. ttpS
the mind, the
vovv, rriv Kaptiiav, to open
able and willing
heart, etc. i. e. to make
f. A*, to distribute

throughout, Jos. Ant. 9. 13. 9. Xen. Mem. to understand, receive, etc. Luke xxiv.
3. 4. 1. In N. T. trop. to divulge, to 45. Acts xvi. 14. 2 Mace. i. 4, comp.
spread abroad, sc. els TOV \aov, Pass. Themist. II. p. 29.
Sept. Hos. ii. 15.
Acts iv. 17. _ Hence, Siav. rag to open the
yp0c,
scriptures, i. e. to lay open the sense, to
Atavcuw, f. tixrio, to nod or wink re- Luke xxiv. 32. Acts
explain, to expound,
peatedly, i. e. to make signs with the xvii. 3. So TO? Ps. cxix. 130, Sept. ^
head, eyes, etc. Luke i. 22. Sept. for \6ywv.
V.J? "Hi?
Ps. xxxv. 19. Ecclus. xxvii.
22 liavtvdiv So ry % f 'P* An- f. *w<ra>, (Sia, VVK-
6(j>5a\[i<i>. vKTC/OEVW,
Gr. III. fr. to bring the night through,
thol. p. 47. ed. Jac. , i/v,)
 188

to pass the whole night, intrans. Lukevi. absol. Luke xviii. 36. Rom. xv.24. Sept.
12 __ Sept. addit. Job ii. 9.
*
Jos. B. J. for ana Gen. xxiv. 62. iny Zeph. ii. 15.
2. 14. 7. Diod. Sic. 13. 62. BlEi Jb " 2 __ Seq. ace. &en. An. 2. 5.
18. absol. ib. 2. 2. 11.
f to bring
Amvuw, vff<jj, (Sid, dvv<i>,)
through to an end, i. e. to complete, to AfOTTOp to, to,
f. ^
finish, Acts xxi. 7 TOV 7r\oi>v. 2 Mace. q. v.) ^o Z>e throughout in perplexity, to be
xii. 7. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 8 TOV fiiov. Xen. in much doubt, to hesitate greatly, intrans.

Cyr. 1. 4. 28 b86v.
Luke ix. 7. Acts ii. 12. x. 17. seq. 7Tp*
c. gen. Luke xxiv. 4. Acts v. 24.
AmTravroe, a^v. (i." q. Sid TTUVTOQ Jos. Ant. pro2m. 4. Diod. Sic. 2. 18.
the whole time, i. e. con-
Xioorou,) through V. H.
virip TIVOS Lilian. 4. 17.
tinually, always $ corap. in Aid I. 2. a.
Mark v. 5. Acts ii. 25. xxiv. 16. Rom. f.
evvouai,
xi. 10. 2 Thess. iii. -16. Heb. xiii. 15.
depon. to work through or out, to go
Spoken of what is done at all stated or through with, to examine closely, Plato
proper times, Luke xxiv. 53. Acts x. 2. Phaedon. 24. In N. T. to do or effect
Heb. ix. 6. Sept. for "paip Deut. xi. 12. in business, to accomplish by traffic, to
Ps. xxxiv. 2. cxix. 44. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. gain by trade, intrans. Luke xix. 15.
3,4. So TrpaynaTtvTrjq, a business-man, mer-
^> 7ra " chant, Plut. de cupidit. Div. 4. de non
Am7ra/oarp*|3//, fjc> (^"*
fcener. 2. Hence Rabb. DIBIBttnD,
parpif3rjrubbing, contention,) vehement
dispute, wrangling, 1 Tim. vi. 5, in MSS. merchant, Buxtorf. Lex. Ch. Rab. Tal.
and later edit, less well for 7rapadiaTpi(3ri 1799.

q. v. See Tittm. in Bibl. Repos. III. p. f. to saw through or

A/a7rp/w, iffo),
61.
asunder, Sept. for -nfo) 1 Chr. xx. 3.
Apollodor. Bibl. 3. 15. 9. ia7r. rove
AmTre/oaw, w, f. dffu, to pass
odovrag, to saw or grate the teeth, sc. in
through or over, absol. e. g. a lake, Matt.
ix. 1. xiv. 34. Mark
v. 21. vi. 53. a gulf, rage, Lucian. Calumn. 24. In N. T.
seq. irpog, c. ace. Luke xvi. 26. the sea, only Mid. dicnrpionai, metaph. to be
seq. tig Acts xxi. 12. Sept. SIUTT. TOV enraged, to be moved with anger, sc. rale

'lopSdvrjv for 2 Sam. xix. 15. TTJV KapdiaiQ Acts vii. 54. absol. v. 33.
iny
SaXaaaav Is. xxiii. 2 -- Polyb. 11. 18. 4. Hesych. dieirpiovTO' iSvfJiovvTO, trpi^ov
Xen. Yen. 9. 18. rovg odovrag.

, to, f. two-w, to sail through f. d<ru> or dw

or over, ro TreXayog Acts xxvii. 5.
e. g. to snatch asunder, i. e. to pil-
Herodian. 8. 6. 11. absol. Xen. An. 7. lage, to plunder, to spoil, trans. Matt. xii.
8.1. 29 bis. Mark iii. 37. Sept. for nn Gen.
xxxiv. 27, 29. Nah. ii. 9. ^2 'Deut.
AmTTOvlto, w, f. ifaw, to labour
through, to produce or effect with labour,
xxviii. 29. nSlri 1 Sam. xxiii. l.'ls. xiii.
trans. 2 Mace. ii. 28. Aristot. Poet. 25. 22 Diod. Sic". 4. 66. Xen. An. 1.2. 26.
5. to exercise with labour, Diod. Sic. 1.
Aiappnyvvfj.1 or
Siappficrffb),
53. TO. <ru>/iara Xen. Ven. 4. 10. Pass, to
f. w, (Sid, prjyvvfii,") to tear through, to
be pained, burdened, Sept. for 2SJ7D Ecc.
rend asunder, trans, e. g. t/tdrta, Matt.
X. 9. In N. T. Mid. Sia-jrovko^ai, oiyiae,
xxvi. 65. Acts xiv. 14. x IT & va Mark xiv.
aor. 1 pass. SUTTOVTJ^IJV, with mid. signif.
63. dtKTvov Luke v. 6. Secrpd Luke viii.
Buttm. 136. 2 metaph. to pain or 29. Sept. foryip Gen. xxxvii. 29, 34.
;

grieve one's self, to be indignant, Acts iv.

2. xvi. 18.
al.
ypa 2 Sam. xxiii. 16. pn$ Ps. ii. 3.
Hesych. ^El'/V. H. 9. 35. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 21.
The Jews were accustomed to rend
f. tveopai, depon. their garments from the bosom to the
to go or pass through, sc.a place; seq. girdle in token of grief, indignation, etc.
accus. Acts xvi. 4. seq. did c. gen. see Gen. xxxvii. 29, 34. xliv. 13. Num.
Luke vi. 1.
seq. nardc. ace. Luke xiii. 22. xiv. 6. Josh. vii. 6. 2 Sam. iii. 31. 1 Mace.
 189

xL 71. Jos. B. J. 2. 15. 4. Philo de rr)v o/Kovjuevfjv 7rap<r7rctpreu roif ITTI-

Joseph, p. 528, 557. Comp. Jahn | 211. Xwpioie* TrXeTo-rov de ry

Supi'^t ava/ze/u-
y/tsj/ov In N. T. meton. the
dispersion,
for the dispersed Jews, i. e. the Jews
clear, manifest,) to ?nae fully manifest,
living in dispersion, James i. 1. 1 Pet.
i. e. wzaAe known, to inform of, to tell,
i. 1. In John vii. 35 diffir. r&v 'EXX^i/wv,
trans. Matt, xviii. 31. Sept. for -ij$3 the Jews dwelling either
i. e.
among the
Deut. 1. 5. 2 Mace. i. 18, 20. Jos'.
Gentiles generally, or among nations
Ant. 2. 2.2. Polyb. 1. 46. 4.
that use the Greek language, e. g. in
Ataau'w, ei<T<a, to
f. shake throughout, Egypt and Asia Minor, the Hellenists.
trans, i. e. to cause to shake vehemently, So Sept. Ps. cxlvii. 2 for Heb. particip.
Diod. Sic. 20. 87. trop. to inspire 2 Mace. i. 27.
terror, as /leyaXwf p.ov TO. OOTCL diiffture
f. to put asunder,
b iv 14 --In N T AmorcAAo), Xd),
for TTOH J -
metaph.
- - -
e. g. TTJV (TKtjvrjv Pint. Mor. II. p. 29. ed.
to harass, to oppress, to extort from,
Tauchn. to set apart, e. g. <f>v\rjv, rpaf
trans. Luke iii. 14. 3 Mace. vii. 21.
TroXctf, Sept. for ^inn Deut. x. 8.
Alciphr. 3. 20. xix. 2, 7. to distinguish, e. g. Tag Sta-

Ata<ricop7na>, f. i, to scatter 0opa? Philo Vit. Mos. lib. 3. Hence

throughout, i. e. abroad, to disperse, trans. Mid. to state distinctly, to explain clearly,
Lukei.51. Pass. Matt. xxvi. 31. Markxiv. Polyb. 3. 23. 5. In N. T. only Mid. by
27. John xi. 52. Acts. v. 37. Sept. for rpirr impl. to command expressly, to charge,
Deut. xxx. 1. Ez. iv. 13. ypn Dent. to enjoin upon, seq. dat. Acts xv. 24.
xxx. 3. Neh. i. 8 __Jos. Ant. '&. 15. 4. absol. Heb. xii. 20. Followed by a
JE1. V. H. 13. 45 __ Spoken of grain, to negative clause, it may be rendered to

scatter, sc. to the wind

in the threshing- forbid, to prohibit, etc. Matt. xvi. 20.
floor, to winnow, Matt. xxv. 24, 26. So Markv 36 bis. viii. 15.ix.9. Sept.
43. vii.
Heb. Ruth iii. 2 et Is. xxx. 24, where for TniTT Ez. iii. 18 21. nya Mai.
JT}|
Sept. Xijcpau*. Metaph. to dissipate, to iii. 11. Judith xi. 12. Philo de Somn.
squander, Luke xv. 13. xvi. 1. This p. 1127. D. Polyb. 16. 28. 5.
word belongs only to the later Greek,
r ^> dis-
Lob. ad Phryn. AmoTij^a, aroe, (W*t"f/>)
p. 218.
tance, interval, sc. of time, Acts v. 7 .

AfCKTTrao), w, f. aw, to pull asunder, Polyb. 9. 1. 1. of place, 2 Mace. xiv.

to tear in pieces, trans, in N. T. only 44. Xen. Ven. 2. 5.

Pass. Mark v. 4. Acts

xxiii. 10. Sept. for
AmaroXij, fie, 17, (ta<rrXXw q. v.)
yp2 Hos. xiii. 8.
yn} Job xix. 10. pji$ distinction, difference, Rom. iii. 22. x. 12.
Judg. xvi. 9, 12. Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 4. 1 Cor. xiv. 7. Pol. 16. 28. 4. Hesych.
Xen. Eq. 5. 4.
f.
cpw, to sow hither
f. i/w, perf. pass. &!-
and thither, to scatter as seed, i. e. to
,

<rrpa/i/iai, Buttm. 98. n. 3; to turn or

scatter abroad, to disperse, spoken of turn
twist throughout, i. e. to distort, to
persons ; Pass. Acts viii. 1, 4. xi. 19. So Ven. 7. 4. In
away, Xen. Conv. 7. 3
Sept. and rn]
T
Lev. xxvi. 33. Ez. xii. 15.
N. T. metaph. toperven, trans, spoken
ppn Gen. xi. 19. Ex. v. 12 Jos. of persons, to turn away, to seduce,
Ant. 7. 10. 3. Ml. V. H. 3. 1. Xen. An. a)
to mislead, Luke xxiii. 2. Acts xiii. 8.
1, 8. 25.
Sept. for ynpn Ex. v. 4. -py 1 K.
AtaoTropa, ae, "h> (iuunr^fti^ dis- xviii. 17, 18. Fabr. Cod. Pseud'. V. T.
persion, spoken of the state of disper- I. p. 604. Polyb. 5. 41. 1.
sion in which many of the Jews lived of things, etc. to pervert, to wrest,
b)
after the captivity, in Chaldea, Persia, to corrupt, Acts. xiii. 10 rag bSovg Kvpi'ov,
and chiefly in Egypt, Syria, and Asia i. e. to wrest divine truth, to turn it
Minor Sept. Jer. xxxiv. 17. Judith
; aside. So Sept. for tfjjy Prov. x. 9.
v. 19. Comp. Jos. B. J. 7. 3, rb jap Mic. iii. 9. Polyb. 8. 24. 3. Diod. Sic.

ysvoc TroXv fj.ev

Kara 12. 12. Pass. perf. part. fli(rrpa/tjwe~
 190

VOQ, perverted, i. e. perverse, corrupt, ordinance, mandate, Heb. xi. 23. Sept:
vicious, Matt. xvii. 17. Luke ix. 41. Acts Ezra vii. 11. Wisd. xi.7. Plut. Marcell.
xx. 30. Phil. ii. 15. Comp. Buttm. ^ 113. 24 fin.
6. So Sept. for bn*?OD Deut. xxxii. 5.
or arrw, f. ?w, to stir
<Lw, f. Wai, to save through, up throughout, spoken of the mind, etc.
to disturb, to
i.e. to bring safely
through, sc. danger, agitate ; Pass. Luke i. 29.
sickness, etc. to preserve, trans, comp. Pol. 8. 16. 8. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 40.
Tittm. in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 50. So
Amru(T(TOL> or aTTti), f. w, to ar-
1 Pet. iii. 20 cuawSnaav Si' vSarog,
range throughout, to dispose in order, as
were brought safely through the waters.
trees,Xen. CEc. 4. 21, 22 j or troops, 2
Acts xxvii. 43. xxviii. 1,4. Sept. for t^a
Mace. xii. 20. Xen. An. 1. 7. 1. In
Job xxix. 12. Dan. xi. 41. ytfhn Num. N. T. trop. to set fully in order, to ar-
x. 9. Deut. xx. 4. Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 2.
ib.6. 12. 13. Xen. Mem. 2. 10.2. H. G. range, to appoint, to ordain, trans, viz.
7. 2. 20 __ With the idea of motion, to a) genr. Gal. iii. 19 6 vofiog diara-^elg
i
dyylXwv, comp. in Aiarayrj a. Polyb.
bring safely through to any place or per- 2. 13. 3 ^opoi diarax$tvrt.
son Pass, to come to or reach safely ; Hesiod.
;
*Ep r 252..

8eq. Trpog, ITTI, etc. Acts xxiii. 24 TlavXov

SiacrtjffiiHn Trpoc Pass. Acts xxvii. b) in the sense of to direct, to pre-
$rjXiKa.
44 liri TT}V y/>. scribe, to order, Matt. xi. 1. Luke viii. 55.
Sept. C. iff for 13^703 Acts Cor. ix. 14. xvi.
xviii. 2. 1 1. So ro
Gen. xix. 19. Is. xxxvii. 38 __ c. c/ Jos.
SiaTtTayn'tvov, what appointed or pre-
is
Ant. 14. 14. 3. Xen. An. 5. 4. 5. c. irpoQ
scribed, Luke iii. 13. Acts xxiii. 31. also
Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 2. Diod. Sic. 11. 44.
rd diax$kvTa, Luke xvii. 9, 10.
So of the to bring safely through, Sept.
sick,
for trtorr Ez. xxi. 19, 20. Dan. i.
i. e. to heal, Matt. xiv. 36. Luke vii. 3. rr|7D
5. Herodian. 1. 9. 6. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 5.
Sept. for I357p3 Jer. viii. 20, coll. ver. 22. Hence. Mid. fliard<r<ro^at in the same
?], }e, 17, (tunr&ffvu q. v.) a sense, Acts vii. 44. xxiv. 23. 1 Cor. vii. 17.
a xi. 34. Tit. 1. 5. Acts xx. 13 ovrw
disposing in order, disposition, arrange- yap ryv
ment, i. e. dia.TTayp,evoc Hav\og, so Paul had ap-

a) pp.
Acts vii. 53 tXdptTt- rbv vofiov ei pointed, where the perf. pass, has the mid.
^tarayde dyysXwv, i. e. into or conform- signif. Comp. Buttm. 136. 3. Matth.
ably to the dispositions or arrangements 493. Winer 40. 3.
of angels comp. Gal. iii. 19 6 v6pos
;
, <5,
f. <rw, to bring
tfearayeig Si dyyeXwv, also Heb. ii. 2.
through to a full end, to finish fully, to
The plural form may refer to the fact of
complete, Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 4. spoken of
the giving of the law in portions and at
time, with rbv xpovov or the like, to
various times. For this use of tig,
bring through the whole time, to pass the
comp. Matt. xii. 41. Luke xi. 32. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 6. Hence
time, etc.
See E< 3. e The O. T. makes no in N. T. absol. to continue throughout, to
mention of angels at the giving of the remain Acts xxvii. 33 dcnroi ^mrfXtT-f.
;
law, Ex. xx. 1, xix. 22 but the above ;
Comp. in Aidyw and Atarp//3w. Ml. V.
passages of the N. T. assume their in- H. 10. 6 ditTtXeae fitvroi O.VOGOQ. Xen.
strumentality, in accordance also with Mem. 1. 6. 2.
Jewish tradition so Sept. Deut. xxxiii. 2
;

tjc Sttwv avTOV dyytXoi p-tr' avrov for Amrrjpcw, w, f. n ,

, v , M ,,
Jos. Ant. 15. 5. 3 to have one's eye upon throughout, to
Itt^ JVT tt>K irfc-l?.
TO. iv rote; vo/totg Si dyykXtav
watch carefully, to keep with care, trans.
Soynara Trapa
row Stou /mSlvra. Com. Winer Gr. Polyb. 1.7. 7. ib. 7. 8. 4. Aristot. H.
53. a, ult. Olshauseu's Comm. in Acts An. 9. 7. In N. T. trop.
1. Also Winer 32. 4. b, ult.
c. to guard with care, to lay up, to re-
a)
tain, sc. iv ry Luke ii. 51. So
b) in the sense of ordinance, institute, icapdiq,
Rom. xiii. 2 Sept. Ezra iv. 11. Sept. and "i?2ilj Gen. xxxvii. 1 1 . Ecclus.
xxviii. 5
arov, b) with taviov etc. to guard or keep
 Atari 191

one's self wholly sc. from any thing, to to shine through, i. e. spoken of day-
abstain wholly, seq. IK, Acts xv. 29. light, to break forth, to dawn, intrans.
Comp. Sept. seq. /iij c. infin. for
}p 17212' 2 Pet. i. 19. Polyb. 3. 104. 5 /m r<
Is. Ivi. 2. Siavyd&iv.

Atart or ta rt', wherefore? see in Atauyj^e, eoc, ove, > >7? adj. (did,
Aid II. 2. a. and ayyr/,)
lit.
shining through, i. e. pel-

i.
Aian^/ii,
e. to
,.

*
f.
. .

**,,*, to place apart,

01^ en order, to arrange, to
foczW, translucent, transparent, Rev. xxi.
21 in kter edit for
_A quila for Heb. ^
,
Prov. xvi. 5
in ^ Jcs
dispose m a certain order etc Sept. Ant 3 ^ 7 ^ w Aris l
for D^rr 1 Sam. xi. 11. Xen. Mem. 2.
tenet ^ j,
1. 27 In N. T. only Mid. #iarc'3f/tiat, f.
dia^fjffofiai, to arrange in one's own be- EOC, ouc> > /> adj.
half, to make a disposition of, trans. diaphanous, pellucid, trans-
,

a) gonr.
to appoint, to make over, to parent, Rev. xxi. 21 in text. rec. Others
commit to, etc. e. g. TTJV fiaviXfiav, seq. diavyrjG. Sept. for 7 Ex. xxx. 34.
dat. Luke xxii. 29 bis Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. Diod. Sic. X. p. 175. ed. Bip.
7 TTJV Suyarspa. So of a testamentary
A(^tow, f.
Sioiffb), aor. 2
disposition, to devise, to bequeath, sc. by
see Buttm. 114. p. 305.
will hence 6
; ta3l/voc, o. testator, Heb.
1. to bear or carry sc. a place
ix. 16, 17. Jos. Ant. 13. 6. 1. Pol. 20. through
6. 5. Dem. 1029. 27.
etc. Mark. xi. 16 tW rig ditveyicy trictvos
Sia TOV Upou. Comp. Esdr. v. 55
b) spoken of a covenant, to make an '
[76]
arrangement with another party and ;
2. to bear asunder, to
SutTiStftai tiiaSfjKrjv, to institute or carry different
make a covenant with, ways, Lat. differo, viz.
seq. dat. Heb. viii.
trans, but in N. T. only in the pass.
10, coll. ver. 9. seq. Trpoc c. accus. Acts iii. a)
construction. Spoken metaph. of doc-
25. Heb. x. 16. So Sept. for rns, rp^ trine, Pass, to be divulged, to be published
seq. dat. Deut. v. 3. Josh. ix. 6, 7. seq.
Ex. xxiv. abroad, Acts xiii. 49 diefeptro b Xoyof
irpog Deut. v. 8. 2. 2 Sam. iii.
TOV KVOIOV Si oXrjs TIIQ ^wpaf Wisd. xviii.
.
13. Aristoph. Av. 439 ijv /u)
10. Plut. ed.R. VI. p. 622. pp. Xen. CEc.
y' olSe
9. 8 --
Spoken of a ship. Pass, to be
Amr/o/'jSw, rub in pieces,
f. ^o>, to borne hither and thither, to be driven
om. II. 11. 846 or 847. to rub continu- about, Acts xxvii. 27. Lucian. Hermot.
ally e. g. the eyes, Tob. xi. 8, 12. to 28 d\X' avdyKt) Iv ry TrtXaytt BiatyepsaSrai.
wear away or consume, sc. by rubbing, Plut. de Orac. dcf. VII. p. 650. ed. R.
etc. Theogn. 921. Herodot. 7. 120. rr\v vavv
In N. T. spoken only of time, to spend, b) intrans. or pp. reflex, with IO.VTOV
to pass, trans, e. g. \o6vov, Acts xiv. 3, impl. to bear one's self apart, to separate
28. Vtpac, Actsxvi. 12. xx. 6. xxv. 6, one's sc. from others, comp.
self,
in
14. So Sept. Star, rifitpac for
nip; Lev. *Ayo> 3 hence genr. to differ, as also
;

xiv. 8 --
xp vov Polyb. 4. 57. 3. Xen. Lat. differo ; genr. Sept. Dan. vii. 3, 7.
Mem. 2. 1. 15. So absol. or with xpo- Xen. Hiero 1. 2. In N. T. (a) ra Sta-
vov etc. implied, to remain sc. in a place, QepovTa, things different, discrepant.
to sojourn, to abide, with an adv. or Rom. 18 et Phil. i. 10 doKifj.auv TO,
ii.

other adjunct of place, John iii. 22. xi. diaftpovTa, to distinguish things
that
64. Acts xii. 19. xv. 35. Sept. for Tin are different ; so Theodoret in loc. TO.
Jer, xxxv. 7 Jos. Ant. 5. 4. 2. Hero- tvavria d\\7]\o1g, diKaiovvvqv KCII adiKiav,
dian. 8. 8. 3, 14. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 12. and Theophyl. ri Set 7rpa%ai Kai TI [irj
Set

irpaZai. Andocid. Or. 4. p. 300. Xen.

Amrpo^rj, i/e, *)> (fcarpfyw,) aliment, Hiero 1. 3. Mem. 4. 3. 11. Others,
food, 1 Tim. vi. 8 __ 1 Mace. vi. 49. Jos. better things, as in y below Im-
(/3)
Ant. 2. 5. 6. Xen. Vect. 4. 49.
pers. 8ia<t>pei,
it differs, it makes a dif-
, (Sta, ference, c, c. dat. Gal. ii. 6 ovdev juot
 192

epti. On this later use of the dat. in a moral sense, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 8
see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 394 __ Ml. V. H. In N. T. as arising from putrescence ;
1. 25 I/tot yap ovSlv Siafepet. Arrian. hence Ifttiv ciafySopdv, to see corruption,
Diss. Ep. 2. 19. 14 (y) Seq. gen.
to i. e. to
die, Acts ii. 27, 31. xiii. 35, 36, 37.

differfrom, to be other than,

Buttm. 132. So Sept. and nni> TINT Ps. xvi. 10.
4. 1 j rarely in a less degree, to be infe- Acts xiii. 34 [irjiceTi vTrotrrptyeiv tig tiia-

rior, Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 3 6Xiyy Siatyiptiv $5opdv, i. e. to die no more ; comp. Job
TOV /3aeri\ewf. Pol. 18. 11. 1. In N. T. xxxiii. 28. Sept. for nnitf Ps. xxx. 10.
and usually in a greater degree, to be Is. Ii. 14. Soph. Aj." 1276. Suid.
superior, to be better than, to surpass ; SdvaTO, SidXvvtc TOV
Matt. vi. 26. x. 31. Luke xii. 7. seq.
dat. Troery Matt. xii. 12. Luke xii. 24.
seq. lv TIVL 1 Cor. xv. 41. seq. ovc'tv , ov, o, /, adj. (
i. e.
Gal. iv. 1. Seq. dat. 2 Mace. xv. 13. different,
Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 3. Xen. H. G. 3. 1. 10. a) diverse, various, Rom. xii. 6. Heb.
seq. tv Diod. Sic. 5. 57. Xen. Hiero 1. 8. ix. 10. Sept. for G^S Deut. xxii. 9.
Jos. Ant. 1. 8. 2. Xen. 'Mem. 1. 3. 2.
seq. ovcev Xen. Vect. 4. 25. iroXv Diod.
in the sense of superior, better, etc.
Sic. 2. 34. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 7. b)
Heb. i. 4. viii. 6. See in Ara^epw 2. b. y.
f. to flee
, through,
<*>>
Sept. Ezra viii. 26. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 15.
i. e. to escape by flight, absol. Acts, xxvii.
42. Sept. for t^D Josh. viii. 22. 13^723 or arrw, f. w, to

Prov. xix. 5. Seq. accus. 2 Mace. vii. guard through i. e. ever, to protect ; Luke
31. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 4. iv. ae, where for TOV
10 TOV Sia<f>v\d%cu
see Buttm. 140. n. 1. Sept. for -iptjj
Am
0rjjU /o),
f. t<ro>, to rumor
Gen. xxviii. 15. Ps. xci. 11. 3 Mace.
abroad, to divulge, to spread abroad, iii. 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 2.
trans, TOV \6yov, Matt, xxviii. 15. Mark
i. 45. Dion. Hal. 11. 46. Diod. Sic. f. tffw, to have pass
T. X. p. 151. ed. Bip. Spoken of a through one's hands, to administer, Xen.
person, nvd, to spread one'sfame abroad,
H. G. 7. 4. 34. Anab. 1 9. 17 __ In N. T. .

Matt. ix. 31. Mid. diaxipiofjiai, to lay hands upon,,

i. e. to kill, to slay, trans. Acts v. 30. xxvi.
w, f.
cpw, aor. 1 pass.
21. Diod. Sic. 18. 46. Pol. 8. 23. 8.
QSrdpijv, perf. part. pass. ditty
Herodian. 3. 12. 2.
to corrupt throughout, to trans.
destroy,
Pass, to decay wholly, to perish. dff<i), (ia intens). f.

a) genr.
Luke xii. 33. 2 Cor. iv. 16. to deride greatly, to scoff, absol. Acts ii.
Rev. viii. 9. xi. 18 Sia^tlpai rove 8. 13 in later edit, for x\tvaw in text. rec.
Sept. for. ^nn Ecc. v. 5. Dan. iv. 20. Pol. 17. 4. 4. Dem. 1221. 16.
JVrnrin Judg. vi. 4. xx.21.25. 2 Sam.
f. to separate
xi. 1.--Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 1. ib. 7. 4. 1. Xen. Aia^WjO/w, i'<,
Conv. 4. 54. throughout, i. e. wholly, Sept. for ^""^Qn
Gen. i. 4, 6, 7. Xen. (Ec. 8. 11. ib. 9.
b) metaph. and in a moral sense, to In N. T.
7. Mid. iaxwpj'o^t, to
corrupt wholly, to pervert ; 1 Tim. vi. 5
TOV vovv, separate one's self wholly from, i. e. to
$it<f>$ap[ji'evoi corrupted in
depart, to go away, seq. d-rro TIVOQ Luke
mind, i. e. men of perverse minds for ;

the accus. see Buttm. 131. 6. 134. n.

ix. 33. Sept. for Tlpn Gen. xiii. 9, 11.

2 Dion. Hal. 5. 21. Comp. Kypke in Susann. 13, 51. Diod. Sic. 4.53.
loc. Rev. xi. 18 TOVQ diaQStipovTag TT\V Afacriicoc ov, di-
rj, (cicdoKtt},
those corrupting the earth, i. e. se- Tim.
yijjv, dactic, i.
teaching, apt to teach,
e. 1

ducing the nations to idolatry. So iii. 2. 2 Tim. ii. 24.

Sept. and nTfirn Judg. ii. 19. Hdian.
6. 7. 11. Xen! Mem. 1. 1. 1. ib. 1. 2. 8. 77, ov, (ZicdffKw,} taught,
,

seq. gen. of the agent 5 see "\Vincr Gr.

aq, y, ta^f/pw,)
cor- 30. 4. Matth. 315.
rtption, destruction, Xen. Ven. 6. 3 a) of persons, tauglit, instructed, John
 193

ri. 45 icavriQ ZiSaKrol Stov.

Sept. and struction, 2 Thess. ii. 15 & g
Hirp "Trab Is. liv. 13. tit8d,
comp. Buttm. 134. 6. So Sept. for
b) of things, etc. taught, imparted, jHin Prov. xxii. 21. rrrin Prov. iv.
suggested, 1 Cor. ii. 13 bis
Soph. __ 11. m?
Deut. xi. 9. Judg. iii. 2.
pass.
Electr. 336.
[344.] Comp. Xen. (Ec. 12. 1 Chr. v, 18. Cant. iii. 8. Plut. dePuer.
10. Mem. 3. 9. 1. Ed. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 8. Mem. 3. 1.
5 bis. Instead of the accus. of
AtSao-KdXta, ac> '/> teach- thing is
(tftdacricw,) sometimes found the infin. as Matt, xxviii.
ing, instruction, spoken 20. Luke
of the art or
xi. 1. Rev. ii. 14 in text. rec.
a) manner of teaching, So Sept. for y-Hln Job x. 2. irab Deut.
Rom. xii. 7. 1 Tim. iv. 13, 16. v. 17.
iv. 1. xx. 18. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2!' 8 bis __
Tit. ii. 7
Plut. de Ed. Puer. 4. Xen.
Or also seq. on, Mark viii. 31. Ml. V.
Cyr. 8. 7. 24. In the sense of monition,
H. 3. 16. Xen. Hi. 1. 10 Or __ Trtpi c.
warning, 2 Tim. iii. 16. Rom. xv. 4, coll.
1 Cor. x. 11 Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 24.
gen. of thing, 1 John ii. 27. Comp. Jos.
Ant. 2. 11. 1. Once in Griesbach with
b) of the thing taught, instruction, a dat. of person, (accus. in text,
precept, doctrine ; as coming from men, Rev.
rec.)
ii. 14 tftiaaKi r$ Ba\dic, like the
perverse, etc. Matt. xv. 9. Mark vii. 7.
Heb. *> 173*> Job xxi. 22. rnin Deut.
Eph. iv. 14. Col. ii. 22. 1 Tim. iv. 1. \
xxxiii. 10. Hos. x. 12.
So Sept. and Hlp^Tp
T
Is. xxix. 13. or as
b) in the sense of to tutor, to direct, to
coming from Go d, divine, etc. 1 Tim. i.
advise, to put in mind, Matt, xxviii. 15.
10. iv.6. vi. 1, 3. 2 Tim. iii. 10. iv. 3.
John ix. 34. Acts xxi. 21. Heb. viii. 11.
Tit. i. 9. ii. 1, 10. Sept. genr. for C]^H Rev. ii. 20 Ecclus. ix. 1. Jos. Ant. 2.
Prov. ii. 17. Xen. CEc. 14.3. Eq. 11.5.
11.1. Xen. Apol. Soc. 24. AL.
, ou, 6, (SiSdoKw,) a
}c, r),
(SiddaKu,^ teaching,
teacher, instructor, master ; genr. Rom.
instruction, q. didavKaXia.
i. So Suid.
ii. 20. Heb. v. 12. So of Jewish doctors
Sida^ij dvTi TOV diSa.0Ka\ia. Spoken
or lawyers, Matt. x.24,25. Luke
ix. 11.
of the art of teaching, Mark iv. 2.
a)
ii. 46. vi. 40. John
10; hence i. q. iii.
xii. 38. 1 Cor. xiv. 6, 26. Tit. i. 9.
pa/3/3t, John i. 39. xx. 16. of John the
b) of the manner or character of one s
Baptist, Luke iii. 12. of Jesus, Matt. viii.
teaching, Matt. vii. 28. xxii. 23. Mark
19. xii. 38. xvii.24. Markv. 35. xiv. 14.
i. 22, 27. Luke iv. 32.
John xi. 28. xiii. 13, 14. al. of the
of the things taught, precept, doc-
c)
apostle Paul, 1 Tim. ii. 7. of other
trine, etc. Matt. xvi. 12. John vii. 16, 17.
Christian teachers, 1 Cor. xii. 28, 29. al.
Acts xvii. 19. Rom. vi. 17. Heb. vi. 2.
2 Mace. i. 10. Diod. Sic. 1. 8. Xen. xiii. 9. al. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 282. ed.
Mem. 4. 2. 2. AL.
Jac. AL.
AiSa<TKW, f. w, (obsol. caw,) to teach,
ou, TO, (He,
t instruct, viz.
didrachm, a double drachma, a silver coin
a) genr. andabsol. Matt. iv. 23. ix. 35.
Mark i. 21. Luke iv. 15. 1 Cor. iv. 17. equal to two Attic drachmae and also
to the Jewish half shekel ; see Jos. Ant.
xi. 14. Eph. iv.21. al. seep. Construed
with an accus. of person or of thing, or 3. 8. 2. This makes it equivalent to
about 28 cents. Matt. xvii. 24 bis, spoken
both; see Buttm. ^ 131. 4, 5. Thus spq.
of the yearly tribute to the temple paid
ace. of person, Matt. v. 2. Mark ix. 31.
Luke iv. 31. John vii. 35. al. ssep. So by every Jew, Ex. xxx. 13 sq. So Aquil.
for yp|i and Ex. xxxviii. 26.
Job xiii. 23. xxxvii. 19. *>j?U5n JTSnp
Sept. for yyrirr
rnin Prov. iv. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 8. Sept. every where for Heb.
^j?U!>,
Gen.
xxiii. 15, 16. Neh. x. 32. al. whence
Xen. Hiero 8. 1 -- Seq. accus. of thing,
Matt. xv. 9. 1 Tim. iv. 11. Tit. i. 11. probably the drachma of Alexandria was
So Sept. for rnln Is. ix. 15. IT*& Ecc. equal to two Attic drachmae. See par-
xii. 9. Esdr. ix. 48. Xen. Cyr. 1.6. 20. ticularly in 'Apyvpiov c. Comp. Gesen.
Lex. art. ^itf.
Seq. ace. of both pers. and thing,
John xiv. 26. Heb. v. 12. In pass, con- ou , , 17, adj. twain, twin,
O
 194

double, Sept. for Dkfl Cant. iv. 5. Horn. Deor. 2. 23. Ep. Fam. 11. 1. So witb
Od. 19. 227. a twin, plur. twins, Sept. an accus. where the idea may often also
for QNn Gen. xxv. 24. Lucian. D. Mort. be expressed by the verb cognate with
16. 4. In N. T. as a surname of the the noun e. g. didovai alvov
; T$ &t<$, i.
q.
apostle Thomas, Didymus, i. e. the Twin, to praise, Luke xviii. 43.
(Palaeph. 43.)
John xi. 16. xx.24. xxi. 2. Act. Thorn. dtd. d-TTOKpimv, to
give an answer, i. q. to
1. Comp. Thilo ib. p. 92. answer, John i. 22. did. aQopfirjv, to

give occasion, 2 Cor. v. 12. 1 Tim. v. 14.

f. diuffa), aor. 1 tdwxa, aor. 2 did. doav r< Sty, i.
q. to glorify, to
tJuv, perf. dtduKa, pluperf. Idtdwiceiv ; praise, to honour, Luke xvii. 18. Johnix.
see Buttm. 107. Less usual forms are: 24. Acts xii. 23. So Sept. for T)tl3
p
pres. 3 plur. Attic dtdoaai Rev. xvii. 13 Josh. vii. 19. Jer. xiii. 16. did.
in later edit. Buttm. 107. n. I, 1. Wi- i.
q. to hinder, 1 Cor. ix. 12. d
lier 14. 1. b. Aor. 1 Subj. 3 pers. dua-g i.
q. to command, John xi. 57. xii. 49.
John xvii. 2. Rev. viii. 3, from an absol. (Dem. 250.
13.)
did. TrpoaK07ri]v, i.
q. to
aor. 1tdtttora, only in late writers see ; offend, 2 Cor. vi. 3. did. pax-iapa, i.
q.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 721. Winer 14. 1. to strike, John xviii. 22, i.
q. pairi&iv
note Aor. 2 Opt. 3 pers. dyrj later for Dem. 787. 23. did. xapay/*a, i.
q. x'npac--
COH'I, Rom. xv. 5. Eph. i. 17. al. see fftiv, Rev. xiii. 16.
\6yov,So did. evai^iov
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 346. Winer 14. 1. g. i.
q. tvffripue Xeyeij/, speak distinctly, to
Buttm. 107. n. I, 3. Pluperf. dtduKetv 1 Cor. xiv. 9. of God or of
(2) Spoken
without augui. Mark xiv. 14. John xi. Christ as the author or source of what
57; see Buttm. 83. n. 6. Winer 12. one has, receives, etc. to give, to grant,
12. The primary signif. is every where to bestow, to impart; Matt. vi. 11 rov
to give, sc. of one's own accord- and with dprov rbv tTTiovtriov dog <rri~
r'jfjitjjv rjfiiv

good will; trans, with accus. and dat. fiepov. ix. 8 Stbv rov dovra iovaiav
expressed or implied. ToiavTtjv Tolg avSpuirciQ. xii. 39. Mark
a)
to give, to bestow upon,
(a) genr.
xiii. 11. Luke xii. 32. John iii. 27. xvii.
Matt. iv. 9 ravra irdvTa trot tfwcrw. xiii. 12. 22, 24. Acts vii. 5. ^i. 17. 2 Cor. ix. 9.
xxv. 8. Mark ii. 26. x. 21. Luke vi. 4. Gal. iii. 22. Eph. iv. 8. 2 Tim. ii. 7.
xii. 33. John
comp. Gen. xlviii. 22.
iv. 5, Rev. ii. 28. al. So dovvai x"9 iv or "Q

al. ssep. Sept.

every where for p$, Gen. Xpf doStlva, to give or confer grace
17

xxiv. 53. xxv. 5, 6. 1 Sam. xxx. 11, 12. or favour, the grace given, benefit con-
al. saep. Palceph. 7. Xen. Hi. 7. 8. ferred, James iv. 6. Rom. xii. 3, 6. 1
(/3) spoken of sacrifice, homage, etc. Cor. iii. 10. Eph. iii. 8. al __ JSschyl.
to offer, to present ; Luke ii. 24 dovvai Prom. 827. comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 18.
Suaiav. Rev. iv. 9. Horn. II. 12. 6. Passow Lex. in xi'C 3- a Rev. ii. 21 -

spoken of a person who does any

(y)
tdb)K avry xpovov, I gave her, granted
thing to or for another, from whom one her, time, etc. Pol. 6. 17. 5. Dem. 399.
receives any thing, the source, author, 19. So of rulers, Acts xiii. 20, 21.
or cause of a favour, benefit, etc. to any Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 4 In various construc-
one; to give, to grant, to permit, to pre- tions, viz. seq. gen. of part, dw(ru> O.VT$
sent, to cause, etc. (1) genr.
Matt. xxi. rov n&vva Rev. ii. 17, (Buttm. 132. 4.
23 TIQ trot tddJKf rr]v i%ovaiav ravTr\v. 2.
c,)
and seq. IK Tivogm the same sense,
Acts viii. 19. John iv. 12 of tdwKtv ijp.1v 1 John iv. 13. Seq. dg, as dtdovg
(avrotg)
TO 0psap. 1 Cor. vii. 25. 2 Cor. viii. 10. al. vofiovQ fj,ov tig rijv didvoiav or tTrt rdf
Judith ix. 9. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 2. Dem. Kapdiag Heb. viii. 10. x. 16. Rev. xvii,
704. 5. Thuc. 3. 43. Xen. Ag. 2. 3. 17. comp. Passow Lex.
in r/S^/u A. 1.
Hence didovai TOTTOV, to
give place, Construed often with the dat. and an
i. e. to make way, to give way, to yield, infin. as a neut. subst. instead of an
etc. Luke xiv. 9. Rom. xii. 19. Eph. iv. accus. comp. Buttm. 140. 5. Matt.
27. 2 Thess. Arrian. Diss. Ep.
iii. 9. Xlil. 11 vp.lv dedoTai yv<t>vai TO.
nvffTrjpia f
3. 26 ? X.&, dbs dXXotf TGTTOV. Plut. C. to you it is
given, granted, to know, etc.
Gracch. 13 Sort TOTTOV dyaSoTf, Kaicol Jjuke i. 74 rov dovvai rj/tiv d<pv(3ojQ
. So Lat. dare locum, Cic. de Nat, Xarptveiv avrip. John V. 26 t^a'iee r<p
 195

tp. Actsii. 4. Rom. xiv. 16. Luke viii. 55. xv. 16.
John iv.
xv. 5. 2 Tim. i. 18. Rev. vi. 4 Jos. 7. vi. 31. Rev. xvi. 6 Comp. Lucian.
Ant. 3. 12. 2. JS1. V. H. 13. 36. Plut. D. Deor. 7. 4. ML V. H. 9. 15. So
C. Gracch. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 11. ib. 5. flifl. TOIQ Kv<ri, Matt. vii. 6. comp. Horn
1. 29 This infin. is sometimes implied ; 11.23.21. Xen. Ven. 7. 4,12.
AS Matt. xix. 11 olc dedorai, sc. \<aptlv. in the sense of to to en-
(/3) commit,
John xix. 11. Rev. xi. 3. With Iva trust, sc. to the charge or care of any
instead of the infin. Mark x. 37 So one ; spoken of things, Matt. xvi. 19
with an accus. and infin. to permit, to $w(ra> <rot TU.Q K\tiQ TIJQ /3a(7iXe/a rSiv ova.

suffer, to grant, Acts ii. 27 et xiii. 35 xxv. 15. Mark xii. 9. Luke xii. 48. xvi.
ovSf 8w<Tfig TOV oatov oov iStiv dicuft&opdv. 12. xx. 16. John iii. 35. v. 22. xiii. 3. al.
x. 40. xiv. 3 Horn. 11. 3. 322. Lucian. Sept. and p} Cant. viii. 11. Xen. An.
D. Mort. 9. 2. So Rev. iii. 8 citiwica 1. 1. 8.
Cyr. 8.7.11. So of works, etc.
ivwiriov ffov Svpav dvtt^^p,svrjv, SC. to be done, John v. 36. xvii. 4,8,
elvai, 11, 14.
I have granted, caused, an open door to Acts vii. 38. Xen. CEc. 7. 6. Spoken
be before thee ; others under d below. of persons delivered over, committed to
Spoken of evil or punishment divinely one's charge, teaching, etc. John x. 29.
inflicted, to give, to inflict, etc. 2 Thess. xvii. 6, 9, 22, 24. Heb. ii. 13 pp. Xen.
i. 8 Rev. xviii. 7 /3a<ravi(r/u6i/
tK^tKTjffiv. Cyr. 5. 1.28 __ Hence
cat 2 Cor. xii. 7 iSoSij poi
irivSoe. (y) SiSovat tavrov,
to give one's self, to

oKoXoij/ ry oapxi, where comp. Buttm. deliver one's self, viz.

(1)
to consecrate or
133. 3. 2. Matth. 389. h. Horn. II. devote one's self, 2 Cor. viii. 5. Hero-
19. 270. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 7. dot. 3. 19. Dem. 301. 20.
(2) Seq.
() metaph. of things which are the vTrip v. irfpi TIVOQ, i. e. to give or devote
cause, source, occasion, of any thing, one's self, sc. to death for any one, Gal.
etc. to give, to impart, to cause, etc. Acts i.4. Tit. ii. 14. seq. avTiXurpov, 1 Tiin.
iii. 16 rat / TrtVrte tdwicev avrtp ri\v O\OK- ii. 6. So TO v&fjia CIVTOV, Luke xxii. 19.
Xijpiav. Eurip. Suppl. 420. [422.] Iph. T))V ffdpKa O.VTOV, John vi. 61. So also
Taur. 722.
[728.]
So with an accus. i'. Trjv i^v^riv avrov Xvrpov avri, Matt.
where the idea may also be expressed by xx. 28. Mark x. 45. 1 Mace. ii. 50.
the cognate verb ; James v. 18 VITOV Sid. vi. 44. Jos. B. J. 2. 10. 5. Erip. He-
i.
q. foev. Matt. xxiv. 29 rb ^eyyoc SiS. rac. 551. Phoen. 1012. ed. Person.
(3)
i.
q. 0syyv. 1 Cor. xiv. 7, 8 0o>j/r}v Si$. Coristr. with eig c. accus. of place, to be-
i.
q. 0ovetv. Comp. in y. take one's self' to any place, to go, etc.
to deliver Acts xix. 31 jw?) Sovvat eavrov eig TO SrectTpov.
b) to give, sc. to give up,
over, to present, to commit to, i. e.to put Jos. Ant. 15. 7. 7 et Diod. Sic. 5. 59
into the hands, power, possession, of any UVTOV TO.Q

one, etc. to give, i. e. to give forth, to render

c)
e. g. a person, Luke vii. 15. up, to yield, etc. especially in return for
(a) genr.
as a gift, labour,
things, Matt. v. 31 6ru> awry aTroora- any thing bestowed,
<rtov. xix. 7. xiv. 8 Sag /zot wcc n}v ice- attention, etc. hence often found where
$a\ijv 'ludwov. ver. 9. xxiv. 25. Mark a7ro&'<%u might have stood, (a) genr.
vi. 41. Luke xi. 7, 8. John vi. 51. xviii. e. g. of persons, Rev. xx. 13 IcWtv 77 Sd-
11. Rev. xv. 7. Acts ix. 41 Sovg fit avry \aaaa TOVQ r. \. bis.
veicpove avTy K.

X("ipa. al. saep Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 10, 11. Soph. Phil. 664. Of things, Luke vi. 38
ib. 4. 6. 10 rf)v SeKiav Actsi. 26tdwjcav vp'iv /urpov
doSrrjfftTai us Swffovatv

K\ijpovc avTwv, they gave in their lots ;

TOV KO\TTOV vfi&v. Metaph. Xoyov Swffei
others under d below, like Heb. ^"ria ]n3 T$ 3re$, shall render an account to God,
Lev. xvi. 8, where Sept. rtdq/tc. Luke Rom.' xiv. 12 __ Plut. de Puer. educ. 15.
XV. 22 SOTS SaKTvXiov TTJV %7pa avrov, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 3. (0) Spoken of what
for
give or bring a ring for his hand; others is given as a reward, recompence,
under d below, like Heb. >y p} Gen. labour, etc. to give, to reward, to pay,
xli. 42, where Sept. TreptrtB'j/^i. Xen. etc. Matt. xx. 4, 14. Mark xiv. 11. Rev.
An. 1. 2.27 Seq. dat. of pers. and infin. xi. 18. Or of the price of any thing,
e. $/. avroic Qayeiv et Matt. tribute, tithes, etc.
Matt. xvi. 26 et Mark
g. TrtVetv,
O2
 196

viii. 37. Matt. xxii. 17. xxvii. 10. Luke The classic form is
jut.
'xx. 22. xxiii. 2. Heb. vii. 4. Sept. for pov,whence vo/io3^r^ff a lawgiver, etc.
inn Zech. xi. 12. Xen. Conv. 1.5 ap-yv- comp. Passow Lex. art. ri3*/u A. 3. c.
ptov. Palaeph. 38 i$. $6pov. (y) Spoken AL.
of the earth, to give forth, to yield, sc.
Matt. xiii. 8. Mark iv. 7, 8. So AtrycfpWj f. pw, (Std, lyeipw,) to wake
icapTrov,
up fully, to route, trans, pp. persons from
Sept. and p} Zech. viii. 12. So airotii-
sleep, Matt. i. 24. Mark iv. 38, 39.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 38.
Luke viii. 24. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 5. He-
d) from the Heb. used
in the sense of
rodian. 2.1. 13 __ Trop. of
and twto, comp. Gesen. things, e. g.
t, like ]rg of a sea, to agitate, pass. John vi. 18.
Lex. art. "jrjg 2, 3 to put, to place, etc
Comp. Heb.n^D and Sept. {geytipw Jon.
;

(a) PP- an d seq. ttrl c. ace. to place or put i. 13. Of the mind, to excite, incite, stir
upon any thing g. TO dpyyptov ETTI TTJV
e.
2 Mace. vii. 21.
up, 2 Pet.
;
i.13. iii. 1.
TpdTrtZav, to place money upon the table, xv. 10. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I.
*c. of the broker, Luke xix. 23, comp.
p.
650. Clem. Alex. Protr. 9.
Matt. xxv. 27, i. e. to place at interest ;
comp. Sept. and pj Lev. xxv. 37.
So Sid. TO. Supa/iara iirl TO SvoiaoTrjpiov, to revolve in mind throughout,
Rev. viii. 3, i. e. to offer in sacrifice i. e. to consider carefully, seq. Trepi c. gen.
etc. comp. Ec- Acts x. 19 in later edit, for sv3u/io/iai in
[tt^ia] Taig TrpoffEu^aTg,
xxxv. 16, 17. text rec.
clus.
[xxxii.] Sept. and
Ez. vii. 3, 4. al. comp. p} Gen.i.7.
p3 Atf^oSoc, ou, *], (Sia, too,) passage
ix. 13, where Sept. T'I^TJUI iv. So seq. out through, a pass, Herodian. 8. 1. 11.
tig Luke xv. 22. Metaph. to apply, in
comp. Sept. for N^itt 2 K. ii. 21. In
the Latinism Sovvai tpyaaiav, dare N. T. a thoroughfare, i. e, prob. a place
opcram, to give labour, i. e. to apply in a city where several streets meet, and
effort, to endeavour, seq. infin. Luke xii. where many people usually collect or
58 Hermog. de Invent. 3. 5, 7, s/oya- Matt. xxii. 9. Others, high-ways,
pass ;

aiav 7ri^tp77juart SiSovg. See dare

rip sc. leading out of a city.
operam in Ernesti Clav. Cic. Opera. art.

Comp. ffirovS^v r&tvai Find. Pyth. 4. Atf/o/zrjvcurrje, ou, b,

an interpreter, 1 Cor. xiv. 28.
492. ponere operam, Cic. pro Mur. 22.
pro Cluent. 57. (/3) Spoken
of miracles,
f. intens.
to do, to perform, to exhibit, Matt. xxiv.
ww, tvffu, (cia,
vw,) to interpret fully to explain, to ,
24. Acts ii. 19 quoted from Joel iii. 3, [ii.
expound, trans. Luke xxiv. 27. absol.
where Sept. for
ps, as also Ex.
30,] Acts ix. 36. 1 Cor. xii. 30. xiv. 5, 13, 27.
vii. 9. Deut. xiii. 1. Comp. Sept. riS-jj/u
2 Mec. i. 36. Polyb. 3. 22. 3.
for tttto Deut. vi. 22.
(y)
With a doub.
ace. of person, to appoint, to constitute, ,
f. e\tvffouai, (Sid, c

sc. as any thing, where the last ace. is comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 37, 38. Buttm.
by apposition ; Eph. i. 22 avrbv tSwice 108. V. 5. 114. p. 282 to come or go ;

KttyaXrfv v-n-tp TTOLVTU. So Sept.

iv. 11. through, to pass through, viz.
and -pD Ex. vii. 1. and p} Gen. xvii. a) pp. seq.
ia c. gen. of place, Matt.
So Sept. xii. 43 et Luke xi. 24
5, Sept. ri3?j/ii. Sidovai els for ^tlp^frat Si avv-
ntyy Ez. xxxvii. 22. Comp. Gesen. Spw. Luke iv. 30. xvii. 11. John iv. 4.

Lehrgeb. p. 813. Matth. 420.

(5) [viii. 59.]
Acts ix. 32. 1 Cor. x. 1. Si

Spoken of a law, ordinance, etc. to give, eKtivrjg, sc. 6Sov, Luke xix. 4. $t'
v^iUJv,
i. e. to ordain, to institute, to prescribe ; 2 Cor. i. 16. (a Tpvirrj^aTOQ pa<j)ido
e. g. v6/*oj>, John vii. 19. Gal. iii. 21. Matt. xix. 24. Mark x. 25. Comp.
$.a<yr)Ki)v 7rpiro/Z7}g Acts vii. 8 :
Trtpt- Buttm. 147. n. 12. So Sept. for Kin 2
rofju'iv John vii. 22.
for }H} So Sept. Chr. xxiii. 15. Ez. xliv. 2.
iny 1 Sam.ix.
Lev. xxvi. 46. for Q^ton Josh. xxiv. 25. 3,4. Ez. xxix. 11. Seq. accus. of place.
rns Ezra ix. 11. did. Sict$iiKir)v, Sept. Luke xix. 1 dirjpxtro TTJV 'lepi^w. Acts
and pj Num. xxv. 12. and Heb. p^ xii. 10. xiii. 6. xiv. 24. xv. 3, 41. xvi.
Gen. xvii. 2. Lev. xxvi. 1, where Sept. 6. xviii. 23, xix. 1, 21. xx. 2. 1 Cor.
 Aicpwraw 197

xvi. 5 bis. Heb. iv. 14 SifXrjXvSora rovf Others supply X p6vov, comp. 2 Mace.
ovpavovf, who has passed through the x. 3. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 4. Herodot. 2. 2.
heavens, i, e. all the heavens, quite up
to the throne of God, comp. 2 Cor. xii. ac? /> (^ter^c,) space of two
2, 4. iv. 10. Heb. vii. 26. So Sept. years, biennium, Acts xxiv. 27. xxviii. 30.
Eph.
for Tjbrr Josh, xviii. 4. 1 Sam. xxx. 31. f.
fjarofiai, depon.
, ovjjiai,
"Oy Gren. xii. 47. Ez. ix. 4. Herodian. Mid. (^ia, pp. to lead or con-
r/yeo/iai),
8."l. 7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 5. An. 3. 5, 17. duct through, to the end ; hence trop.
Absol. but with an accus. implied, as to through with, to recount,
go to
rrjv yijv, TY\V iroXiv,x&pav, etc. i. e.
TT/V tell,to declare, sc. the whole of
any
through the intervening country, the thing 5 trans, or seq. rrwg, oaov, irepi, etc.
region round about, etc. Acts viii. 4, Mark v. 16. ix. 9. Luke viii. 39. ix. 10.
40 SifpxofJievof EuayytXt&ro rag iroXttf Acts ix. 27. xii. 17. Heb. xi. 32. Acts
icdaaf. x. 38. xvii. 23. xx. 25. seq. Kara viii. 33 rr/v Sk ytvfav avrov rig dirjyriatTat,
Kupaf Luke ix. 6. So seq. suf c. gen.
quoted from Is. Ixiii. 8, where Sept. for
of place, to go or travel through sc. the nnito see in Atpw 4. a. Bibl. Repos. II.
;

country as far as. Acts xi. 19, 22 and ;

p. 358 sq. Sept. for 1SD Gen. xxiv. 66.
hence simply, to go or pass to a place, Josh. ii. 23. al 1 Mace. viii. 2. Xen.
seq. wf, Luke ii. 15. Acts ix. 38. Trop. Cyr. 1. 2. 6. (Ec. 7. 9.
elf irdvTaf dvSpunrovf b Sdvarof SirjXSiv,
Rom. v. 12. Sept. pp. seq. elf for sia wc? nar-
Atrfyijdte, *i, (^yeo/xai,)
2 Sam. xvii. 24. c. iiri for *oy Jon. ration, history, Luke i. 1. Sept. for

4. Xen. An. 6. 3. 16. 1. lp73 Judg. vii. 15. 2 Mace. ii. 32.
ii.
(U 16.]
Pol. 3. 36. 4.
things, e. g. a sword, to
Spoken of
pierce through, seq. accus. Luke ii. 35.
AtrjvK?7C loc, oue o, fi, adj. (^ta,
of a weapon, seq. gen. Horn. II. 20. or fr. dirjvtyica aor. 1 of dia<p'epb)\
rivfKrjf,
100. Trop. of a rumor, Xoyoc, to go out pp. carried through, i. e. extended, pro-
through sc. the country, to be spread tracted, Horn. II. 12.134. Luc. Ver. Hist.
abroad, absol. Luke v. 15. Plut. Galba 1. 19 VVKTI SirjveKti iraaa Karti^tTO. In
7. Xen. An. 7 SinXSe X6yof.
1. 4.
N. T. spoken only of time, continuous,
b) spoken of those who pass over a perpetual, viz. ds TO Sirjveiceg, adverbi-
river, lake, sea, etc. Mark iv. 35 et Luke Heb. x. 1.
ally, continually, perpetually,
viii.22 SuXSutfitv elf TO irkpav. Acts xiii.
forever, Heb. vii. 3. x. 12. 14. Symm.
14 SifXSovref dirb rfjc Iltpyrjf, i. e. pass- for -nn tj^ty Ps. xlviii. 15. Heliodor.
ing over by water from Perga to Antioch, I. p. 25.
comp. ver. 13. xviii. 27. So Sept. for
Nia Deut. iv. 21. *ny Jer. ii. 10. xlviii. ow, o, V) adj. (Sic,
32. Xen. An. 4. 1. 3. Hesych. SikX- between two seas, bimaris ; so
3a\a<ro-a),
of Corinth, Hor. Od. 1. 7. 2. In N. T.
spoken, prob. of a shoal or sand bank at
f.
aw, w, fjffu), (Sid, epwrdw), the confluence of two opposite currents,
to inquire through, sc. to the end, till
Acts, xxvii. 41. Dio Chrysost. V. p. 83.
the inquiry e. to
Comp. Wet-
is successful, i.
inquire
D, rpax *ai S&aXarTa.
out, e. g. TI}V olKiav, Acts x. 17 Polyb. stein N. T. in loc.
6. 50. 12. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 15 ft /irjrjjp
f. fatSopcu, (Sid,
ii7puira TOV Kvpov irorepa K. T. \. juat,
e.
),
to go or pass through, i.

AlET/jC, *"C OVC? > V, adj. (dig,

to pierce through, seq. d x pi c. gen. Heb.
trog), of two years, two years old; Matt, Ex. xxvi. 28. ma
iv. 12. Sept. pp. for
ii.16 airb Strove [Trainee] icat jcarwrlpw,
xxxvi. 33 __ Hesych c
i. e. from the child of two years old
and under. So Sept. dirb rpurovf ical
lirdvai for intf Ull^ ")5?3, from the
aor. 1 $d-

child of three years old and upward, 2 Ta, trans, to place asunder, to sepa-

Chr. xxxi. 16. airb eiKOffairovf 1 Chr. rate ; aor. 2 hkarriv, jatrans. to separate

xxvii. 23. Ezraiii. 8. Pollux On. 2. 2. 8. sc. one's self, to go a-vay ; see m*
 198

and Buttm. In N. T. spoken Vlz in

107. II. 4. 4. 25. Spoken of persons, -
(<*)

"ofplace, intrans. to depart, seq. cnro, the usage of common life, M a ^. v. 45

Luke xxiv. 51. Acts xxvii. 28 Ppctx*> ^ /Spinet tiri SiKaiove teal aSiicovG.
Mark ii.

departing a little,
diaffrrjffavTfG sc. eavrovc, 17. Luke v. 32. xviii. 9. xx.20. Acts x.
i. e.
going a little further Ecclus. -- 22. Rom. v. 7. 1 Tim. i. 9. Heb. *i. 4.
xxviii. 14. Pol. x. 3. C. Spoken of time, 2 Pet. ii. 7, 8. al. So Sept. and pvj$
to pass away, to elapse, Luke xxii. 59. Gen. xviii. 23 sq. Ecc. iii. 17. ix. 1, 2 --
Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 4. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 40.
j\iio"Yvpt%ou.ai, f. iffopat, depon. Mid. Mem. 4. 8. 11. Including the idea of
(did, IffxvpiZoum to affirm), to affirm innocent, Matt, xxvii. 19, 24. So Sept. for
through and through, i. e. to affirm
N"j?3 Job ix. 23. Prov. vi. 17. In-
strongly, absol. Luke xxii. 59. Acts xii.
cluding the idea of mild, clement, kind,
16. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 4. Luc. Hermotim.
Matt. i. 19. 1 John i. 9. comp. Tittmann
31. Dem. 447. 25. I.e.
(/3^ Especially of those whose
hearts are light with God, righteous,
, etc, )> (ii*uot and
just judgment, Rom. ii. 5. comp. pious, godly, Matt. xiii. 43 rort ol S'IK.
,)
2 Thess. i. 5. Gr. Anon, for 135^72 UXd^ovaiv t>g o ijXioe. ver. 49. xxiii. 29.
Hos. vi. 5. Test. XII Patr. in Fabric. Y. xxv. 46. Mark vi. 20. Luke xiv. 14.
p. 547. 581. Just. Matt, de Resurrect. xxiii. 47. Rom. ii. 13. iii. 10. v. 19. al.
p. 213.
Rom. i. 17. Biiccuoc IK iri<jTnaQ,just through

faith, i.
q. ducaitttSfilg $. IT. Sept. and p^lS
, ta, ov, (prob. fr. /x a )> Gen. vi. 9. Ps. i. 5. cxviii. 15, 19. al.
right,just, i. e. physically, like, even, equal, Act. Thorn. 20. Test. XII Patr. Fabr.
e. g. numbers, Herodot. 2. 149. ap/iaXen. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 571,609. (r)

Cyr. 2. 2. 26. just as it shouty be, i. e. Spoken in the highest and most perfect
fit, proper, goody e. g. yrj Pollux On. I. sense of God, John xvii. 25. Rom. iii.
227. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 38. justis-
-yrjdiov 26. 1 John ii. 29. of Christ, Acts iii. 14.
sima tellus, Virg. Georg. 2. 460. Hence vii. 52. xxii. 14. 1 John ii. 1. iii. 7. Sept.
usually ana in N. T. in a moral sense, for p-'-rs Ex. ix. 27. Deut. xxxii. 4.

right, just', spoken Ezraix. 15. AL.

of one who acts alike to all, who
a)
practises even-handed justice, just, equi- TJC, n> atof,) pp.
table, impartial ; spoken of a judge, e. g. the doing or being what is
just and right,
God, 2 Tim. iv. 8 6 Sinaios K^IT^Q. Rev. viz.
xvi. 5. of a judgment, decision, etc. the doing alike to all, i. e. justice,
a)
John V. 30 KQiaig iprj Siicaia Iffri. vii.
TI rj equity, impartiality ; spoken of a judge
24. Luke xii. 57. 2 Thess. i. 5. 6. Rev. etc. Acts xvii. 31 icpivtiv TIJV olicovf^evtjv
xvi. 7. xix. 2. So Sept. for tv diKaioffvvy. Rev. xix. Heb. 33
npN. Jer.
11. xi.
xlii. 5. Ez. xviii. 8.
p^TS Ps! vii. 12. tlpydffavTo Siicatoavvijv, exercised justice,
cxix. 137. Jos. Ant. 7.' 14. 11. Xen. i. e.
dispensed justice to the nations, etc.
Cyr. 1. 3. 17. Mem. 4. 8. 9. Rom. ix. 28, quoted from Is. x. 22, where
b)
of character, conduct, etc. just as Sept. for njrnj, as also Is. v. 16. ix. 7.
it should be, i. e. upright, righteous, vir- for
p-}3 Ps/ ix. 9. xxxv. 24 Ecclus. __
tuous; also good in a general sense ; xlv. 26. Jos. 3. 4. 1.
but 6 S'lKaioQ is strictly one who does b)
of character, conduct, etc. the be-
right, while 6 ayaSos is one who does ing just as one should be, i- e. rectitude,
good, a benefactor; comp. Tittm. de Syn. uprightness, righteousness, virtue, like
N. T. p. 20, 21. Sept. usually for the Heb. comp. in At-
p-j^, il]?!^ ;

p^S, see Gesen. Lex. sub. v. no. 3. KO.IOQ b. So of actions, duties, etc. i. q.
Spoken of things, Ipya 1 John iii. 12. TO diicatov, what is right, proper, fit,
lvTo\r] Rom. vii. 12. and hence TO SiKat- Matt. iii. 15 irXrjpuHrat -naaav SiKaiotrvvrjv.
ov, what is
right, proper, etc. as wages, Of disposition, conduct, viz. (a) in the
Matt. xx. 4, 7. Col. iv. 1. (Xen. An. 7. 7. language of common life, Eph. v. 9.
i. 7. 2 Pet. 1 Tim. vi. 11. 2 Tim. ii. 22. Heb. i. 9.
14.) genr. Eph. vi. 1. Phil.
13. Jos. Ant. 2. 11. 2. Xen. Mem vii. 2. Rev. xxii. 11 in later edit. Sept.
 199

for
p-p Ps. xv. 2. Job xxix. 14. r) faoKovia TrJQ ducaioavvtjQ.
opp. to 17 fltafc;
iSam.'xxvi. 23. Prov.viii. 18, 20 Xen.' rije Ka.TaKpiaiu>Q. Gal. ii. 21. iii. 21. v
Mem. 1. 2. 24. Conv. 3. 4.
Including 5. Put for the mode or way of
justifica-
the idea of kindness, benignity, liberality, tion, Rom. x. 3 ter. AL.
1 Cor. ix. 9, 10. 2 Pet. i. 1. Comp. in
AiKaiog b. Also in later edit, put for f. to
oi,
iXnjfioffvvT), alms, Matt. vi. 1, coll. ver. 2. justify, i. e. to regard as just, to declare
So Sept. for ipT} Gen. xx. 13. xxi. 23. one to be just, trans.
Is. Ixiii. 7.
njTJs'
1 Sam. xii. 7. Ps. xxiv. a)
as a matter of right, justice, etc. to
6. Mic. vi. V. Tob. ii. 14. Bar. v. 9. absolve, to acquit, to clear, sc. from any
Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 82. charge or imputation. Matt. xii. 37 IK
(/3)
Spoken of that righteousness which has T&V Xoywi/ (TOV diKauo&rjffy, Kai SK r. X.
regard to God and
the divine law, viz. ffov
KaTadiKaffSrriff'g. 1 Cor. iv. 4.
seq.
either
(1) merely
external and consist- OTTO c. gen. of thing, Acts xiii. 39 bis.

ing in the observance of external pre- Rom. vi. 7 CLTTO

djuapn'af, coll. ver. 18
cepts, as diKctioffuvij TI iv vofKp v. tK vo- where it is IXcv&pou. Sept. for p-|^
pov, Phil. iii. 6, 9, where it is contrasted Ex. xxiii. 7. Deut. xxv. 1. 1 K. viii. 32*
with % Sue. fact TrtVrewf ; or
(2) internal,
So SiKaiovv eavrov, to justify one's self,
where the heart is right with God, piety to excuse one's self, Luke x. 29. So
towards God, and thence righteousness, Sept. for p^QXn Gen. xliv. 16 Ecclus.
godliness, i. e. vital religion genr. Matt. ;
x. 29. Test. 'XII Patr. p. 541. In
v. 6, 10, 20. vi. 33. xxi. 32. Luke i. 75. classic writers in the wider sense to do
Acts x. 35. xxiv. 25. Rom. vi. 16, 18 sq. i. e. both to
justice to, defend the right
Heb. i. 9. v. 13. James iii. 18. al. ssep. of any one, Polyb. 3. 31. 9. and also
So Sept. and p"j Ps. xvii. 15. xlv. 8. to condemn, etc. Thuc. 3. 40. Herodot.
njTTO Gen. xviii.' 19. 1 K. iii. 6. Ez. xiv. 3. 29.
Jos. Ant.
b) spoken of character, etc. to
14* 1. 2. 1. ib. 8. 4. 4. comp. declare
Plut. Timol. 29 ult. Xoy^tcr^at ei'c So to be just as it should be, i. e. to pro-

SiKaioffvvrjv, to count or impute as righte- nounce right, of things, to regard

etc.

ousness, i. e. to regard as evidence of as right and proper, i. q. aiow, Herodot.

piety, Rom. iv. 3, 5, 6, 9, 22. Gal. iii. 6. 1.89. Jos. Ant. 9. 9. 1. In N. T. only
James ii. 23 ;
all quoted from Gen. xv. 6. of persons, to acknowledge and declare
where Sept. for
njrjS.
Hence } $i- any one to be righteous, virtuous, good,
Kcttoavvrj } IK v. did Ttiareoig, the righte- comp. in A/Kaioe b. Hence, by (a)
ousness ichich is of or through faith sc. impl. to vindicate, to approve, to honour,
in Christ, i. e. where faith is counted, to glorify ; Pass, to receive honour, etc.

imputed, as righteousness or as evidence e. g. rbv Scoi/Luke vii. 29. So Matt. xi.

of piety, Rom. ix. 30. x. 6. Phil. iii. 9. 19 et Luke vii. 35 idLKaiwSr] r] oofyia a;ro
Kara iriariv, Heb. xi. 7. al. and by me- TU>V TtKvuv avrijQ, \. e. true wisdom is
ton. Christ as the source or author of acknowledged and honoured by her
Hence too real 1 Tim. iii. 16, comp.
righteousness, 1 Cor. i. 20. followers.
FiKaioovvij TOV Seov, objectively, i. e. Bibl. Repos. II. p. 49. Rom. iii. 4 quoted
the righteousness ivhich God approves, from Ps. Ii. 6, where Sept. for pl^.
requires, bestows, Rom. i. 17. iii. 21, 22. so Ez. xvi. 52 __ Psalt. Salom. in Fabr.
Cod. Pseud. V. T. Ps. 16. 5. al.
25, 20. and by meton. rj Sue. Stov is i. q. ii. iii.

ZIKCUOI irapu f<, 2 Cor. v. 21. Sept. Comp. Kypke 1. p. 240.

In relation
(/3)
and nirr njrnj Ps. v. 9. (3) Spoken to God and the divine law, to declare
e. g. Luke
in the highest and most perfect sense, righteous, to regard as pious,
of God subjectively, i. e. as an attribute xvi. 15 oi ditcaiovvTiG tavrovg tv&iriov
of his character, Rom. iii. 5. perhaps of rStv avSpuTTtv, i. e. those who profess
John xvi. 8, 10. themselves righteous, pious, before men,
Christ,
c) by meton. in the sense of being _ Spoken espec. of the justification
be-

regarded as just, i. e. imputation of stowed by God on men through Christ,

righteousness, justification, i.
q. Sucaiwffie, in which he is said to regard and treat
Rom. v. 17, 21. x. 4, 5. 2 Cor. iii. 9 them as righteous, to approve and reward
 200 A/Aoyoc
c rwfy pious, i. e. to absolve from the 1 Pet. ii. 23. Sept. for pi$ Deut. i. 16.
consequences of sin and admit to the Prov. xxxi. 9 Xen. Mem. 3. 1.2. ib. 3.
enjoyment of the divine favour Rom.
%
;
v.20.
ji. 26 Sue. TOV tK iritTTtios 'Irjcrov. ver. 30. iv.
b) as is right and proper, as one ought,
6. viii. 30 bis, 33. Gal. iii. 8. So Pass, of 2 Cor. xv. 34. Sept. for trg* Prov. '

to be justified, e. g. Trj'ora or IK
tien, xxviii. 18. Xen. Hiero 4. 10.
TTtoTewf Rom. iii. 28. v. 1. Gal. ii. 16. c) righteously, piously,
1 Thess. ii. 10.
iii. 24. tpywv or OVK l tpywv, Rom.
i$ Tit. ii. 12. Ignat. Ep. ad Eph. 14. Clem.
iii. 20. iv. 2. Gal. ii. 16 bis. James ii. Alex. Strom. 3. 6 Su
21, 24, 25. OVK iv vo/ay Gal. iii. 11. v.
4. genr. Rom. ii. 13. iii. 24. v. 9. 1 Cor. ffe>c, 17,
(ducaiou),} jus-
vi. 11. Gal. ii. 17. Tit. iii. 7. So Luke tification, sc. which God bestows on men
xviii.14. Comp. Protevang. Jac. in through Christ ; see in Aiicaiow b. /8. Rom.
Fabr. Cod. Apoc. N. T. p. 77. iv. 25. v. 18 pp. Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 3
in the sense of to make or cause to diKcttdJaeis
[eivai^j olf dptTrjs tTriTi'iStvffiQ
c)
be upright, etc. Mid. to make one's self ylyovc.

upright, i. be upright, virtuous, etc.

e. to
AfKaorrJc* ov, o, (t/caw jus dico,)
aor. 1
pass, in Mid. sense, (Buttm. 136.
a judge, Luke xii. 14. Acts vii. 27.
2,)
Rev. xxii. 116 SiKaiog tftjcaiwSrjjrw tri,
he that is upright, let him be upright still ;
35. Sept. for toptff Ex. ii. 14. 1 Sam.
viii. 1. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1.
so in text. rec. but later editions read
3. 17.
StKaioffvvijv Trotjjtrarw.- So Sept.
Ps. Ixxiii. 13. Ancrj, TJC> t> PP- right justice, espec.
a judicial process, cause, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.
j TO, (Siicaiou),} any 16. Apol. 24. Lac. 13. 11. Hence in
thingjustly or rightly done ; hence right, N. T. punitive justice, viz.
justice, equity, etc. a)
as the name of the heathen goddess
a) spoken of
a doing right or justice to of justice, r) Aiicn, Nemesis, vengeance,
any one, a judicial sentence, etc. (a) Acts xxviii. 4. Comp. 2 Mace. viii. 11,
favourable, i. e. justification,
acquittal, 13. Dem. 422. 11. Soph. Antig. 538.
Rom. v. 16, opp. to Kara/cpi/m.
(/3)
un- Arr. Exp. Al. M. 4. 9. 9.
[544.]
favourable, i.e. condemnation, judgment, in the sense of judgment,
b) sentence,
implying punishment, Rev. xv. 4. So implying punishment, Acts xxv. 15 /car'
IDEiriTD Ps. cxix. 75, 137, where Sept. avTov diKrjv. Comp. Xen. An. 5. 8. 1.
Kpi'/ia. Comp. in AtKaiow a, ult. Hence genr. punishment, vengeance, 2
Hence Thess. i. 9. Jude 7.
-
Sept. for uj?j Ex.
b) genr. a decree, as defining and xxi. 20. Up3 Deut. xxxii. 41. Ez. xxv.
establishing what is right and just, i. e. 12 Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.
a law, ordinance, precept, e. g. TOV Kvpiov 45. Mem. 2. 2. 13.
Luke i. 6. Rom. i. 32. TOV vofiov
Rom. ii. 26. viii. 4. r>)e Xarpdas, i. e. A/KTUQV, OV) ,
a net, fish-net ,
respecting worship, Heb. ix. 1. TTJC
Matt. iv. 20, 21. Mark i.
18, 19. Luke
oaoKOQ, i. e. carnal, ix. 10. So Sept. v. 2, 4, 5, 6. John xxi. 6, 8, 11 bis.
for pn Ex. xv. 25, 26. nj5n Lev. xxv. Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 6. Horn. Od. 22. 386.
18. t3Eri7p Ex. xxi, 1. Num. xxxvi. 13. a hunter's net, Xen. Ven. 6. 9. ib.
8. 7.
rnSTp Deut. xxx. 16. Jos. B. J. 7. 5. 2.
Thuc. 1.41.
ov, b, 77, adj. (dig and
c) spoken of character, etc. righteous-

ness, virtue, piety towards God, e. g. of

Xyo>), uttering the same thing twice,
saints Rev. xix. 8, of Christ, as mani- repeating ; so ^iXoyeTv and tfiXoy/a Xen.
fested in his obedience, Rom. \ i.
Eq. 8. 2. Diod. Sic. 20. 37. In N. T.
18, q.
fi ver. 19. Bar. ii. 19. double-tongued, deceitful, i. e. speaking
one thing and meaning another, 1 Tim.
iw^, adv.
(ucatof), justly, iii. 8. So Theophylact. in loc. a\X
rightly, i. e.
Qpov&v teal aXXa Xeywv. Comp. Ps. xii.
a) with strict justice, Luke xxiii. 41. 3 n-r nn s.
 Afo UQl

A<o, conj. (i. q. b,)

M
on which ac- by Leda, and the patrons of sailors
Act*
count, wherefore, therefore, Matt, xxvii. xxviii. 11. Theocr. Id. 22. 1. 'xen
8. Luke i. 35. vii. 7. Heb. iii. 7. Conv. 8. 29.
ssep Comp. Hor. Carm 1 '3 2*
Herodian. 1. 8. 2. ib. 2. 8. 5. AL. ib. 4. 8. 31.

,
f. V(ttt>, (td conj. (M 8rt,)
i.
q. &
through, to traverse, seq. ace. of place ort, on account of this that, for this rea-
Acts xvii. 1. seq. *card c. ace. Luke viii. son that, e.
i.
Luke
simply, because, for,
1. Sept. for Jer. 1. 13. ii. 7. xxi. 28. Acts xvii. 31. Rom.
*ny 7|j?nnn i. 19.
Gen. xiii. 17. Wisd. v. 7. 1 Mace. xii. Gal. ii. 16. al. Sept. for \p Zeph. ii. 10.
32. Pol. 2. 15. 5. by Job xxxii. 2. Xen. Conv. 8. 19. Mem.
1. 2. 54. Comp. Buttm. 149. p. 423.
ov, Oj Dionysius, an
AL.
Areopagite of Athens, converted under
Paul's preaching, Acts xvii. 34.
Atorp0rje, >?, owe, 6, (Aof gen.
of Zewg and
rptyw,) Diotrephes, pr. name,
A(07Tp, conj. (16 strengthened by 3 John 9.
Trtp),
on
which very account, wherefore,
I Cor. viii. 13. x. 14. xiv. 13. Comp. A(7rXooc 5 ouc ; 017, fj , oov, ovv ;
Buttm. 75. 3. 149. p. 432. Judith (Buttm. 71. 3. 60. 5. b ;) two-fold,
viii. 17. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 13. double; pp. Sept. for n^'TD Gen. xliii.
15. Ex. xvi. 15. Xen. An.
In 7. 6. 7.
N. T. trop. for any greater relative
gen. of Zevf, and Trtrwi.q. iriirTu,}fallen
amount, as of honour, 1 Tim. v. 17 of
from Jove, heaven-descended ; Acts xix.
35 TOV SiorriTovg, sc. ayX/iarof, viz. the punishment, Rev. xviii. 6 bis. So Sept.
and rq\p'p Jer. xvi. 18. Herodian. 6. 7.
image worshipped in the temple of Diana 7. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 23. Comparative
at Ephesus; see Plin. H. N. 16. 40.
Calmet arts. Diana, Ephesus __ Hero- iir\oT(pov as adv. two-fold more, Matt.
xxiii. 15. Comp. Buttm. 115.5.
dian. 1. 11. 2 dyaX/m

AtTrXow, w, f. w<Tw,(i7r\ooc;,) to double,

, aroe, T (StopSow, to
trans. Rev. xviii. 6 SnrXwffare avrySnrXd
rectify through,) an emendation, reform,
lit. double to her double, i. e. render back
improvement, in MSS. Acts xxiv. 3,
to her two-fold punishment. pp. Xen.
where text. rec. KaropSw/ia Pol. 3.
H. G. 6. 5. 19.
118. 2.

A*c> num. adv. twice, Mark xiv. 30,

72. Luke xviii. 12. Jude 12 dig curo-
dation, reformation; Heb. ix. 10
twice dead, i. e. utterly. So
&op3u(rwi;, i. e. the time of a new and
,

Kai Sic, once and again,

better dispensation under the Messiah ; often, Phil.
iv. 16. 1 Thess. ii. 18.
COmp. in 'A7ro*card(rra(Tte. Jos. B. J. 1.
20. 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 75. ,
f. do-w,
(/e,)
to doubt, to be

uncertain, intrans. Matt. xiv. 31. xxviii.

AtO/OV(T(T'jL>
Or VTTb), f.
w, (ia, opvff- 17 __ Diod. Sic. 4. 62.
to dig through, sc. TOV olicov, rrjv
<rw,)
the walls of houses, which in
oliciav, i. e. ov, , i, te

the East are built of clay, earth, etc. double-mouthed, e. g. 7rora/*oe Pol. 34. 10.
Matt. vi. 19, 20. xxiv. 43. Luke xii. 39. 5. In N. T. spoken of a sword, two-edged,
See Calmet p. 511. So Sept. and IDH Heb. iv. 12. Rev. ii. 12. [xix. 15 in
Job Gesen. on Is.
xxiv. 16. so Ez. xii. 7 TOV rolxov. I MSS.] Rev. i. 16, comp.
Xen. Conv. 4. 30. Thuc. 2. 3. xlix. 2. So Sept. for ni s D nnrj Ps. cxlix.
6. Prov. v. 4. Ecclus. xxi. 3. Eurip.
(Aiog gen. of KOVQ,
(*)v, oi, Orest. 1296.
and Kovpog [1303.]
i. a youth ; written
q. 6po
also Ai6(TKopot, Lob. ad Phryn. Afo-^Ato*, at, a, ord. adj. two thou-
p. 235,)
the Dioscuri, i. e. Castor and Pollux, in sand, Mark v. 13.

heathen mythology the sons of Jupiter

v\/w,) to Jitter
f. tVw, (3m,
 202

or strain through, sc. a sieve, strainer, etc.

*
AJI//OC, foe, OVQ, ,
(^aw,) thirst,
i.
by impl. to strain out, trans. Matt.
e. 2 Cor. xi. 27. Sept. for NttS Ex. xvii. 3.
xxiii. 24, where comp. Buxt. Lex. Ch. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 13.
Rab. 1516. Artemid. 4. 48.
ou, o, /, adj. (&'
A*x w >
f - 0>w > (% a >) to divide
double-minded, i. e.
inconstant, wavering,
in two, pp. Artemid. 2. 24. In N. T. James i. 8. iv. 8. Clem. Rom. 1. 23.
trop. to set at variance, trans. 3ixaeiv Constitut. Apost. 7. 11.
riva Kara TIVOQ, i. e. to excite one against
another, Matt. x. 35. coll. Luke xii. 52, ov, o, (&WKO;,) pursuit,
53. sc. of enemies, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 21. In
N. T. persecution, Matt, xiii.21. Markiv.
17. x. 30. Acts viii. 1. xiii. 50. Roin.
dissension, discord, Rom. xvi. 17. 1 Cor. viii. 35. 2 Cor. xii. 10. 2 Thess. i. 4. .2
iii.3. Gal. v. 20. 1 Mace. iii. 29. Dion.
Tim. iii. 11 bis. Sept. Prov. xi. 19. 2
Hal. Ant. 8. 72.
Mace. xii. 23.
if c5j f. T/<TO>, (&'% and
ou, o, (&WKW,) a persecutor,
r\
T^VW,) to cut in two, Jos. Ant.
fr.
Tim. 13
8.2.2. Polyb.6. 28. 2. to cut in pieces,
1 i.
Symm. Hos. vi. 8.

Pol. 10. 15. 5, which was a cruel kind toi'o> f. dtwZw Luke
flee,)
of punishment practised among the He- xxi. 12. John xv. 20. Xen. An. I. 4. 8 ;

brews and other ancient nations see ;

better two/iai, Winer 15. Passow sub
1 Sam. xv. 33. 2 Sam. xii. 31. voc. pp. to cause to
Dan. flee; hence genr. to
ii. 5. iii. 29. coll. Heb. xi.. 37. Herodot. pursue after, sc. flying enemies, Sept. for
2. 139. ib. 3. 13. ib. 7. 39. Diod. Sic. f)Ti Lev. xxvi. 7. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 10.
17. 83. Sueton. Calig. 27. In N. T. Hence in N. T.
genr. and trop. to inflict severe punish- a)
to pursue with malignity, to perse-

ment, Matt. xxiv. 51 Luke xii. 46. Comp. . cute, seq. accus. expr. or impl. Matt. x.
Hist, of Sus. 55, 59. 23. xxiii. 34 icai di^tre cnrb iro-
[airoiie]
\io)Q tiQ TroXtv. Acts xxvi. 11. Rev. xii.
Ar/>w, to, f.
57<ra>, the contraction
13 1 Mace. v. 21. Herodian.l. 13. 16.
being properly always into t] instead of a,
ib. 7. 11. 10. So genr. to
Thuc. 1. 37.
like aw, Buttm. 105. n. 5 ; the form
persecute, to harass, to maltreat, seq. ac-
h^q. instead of Si-fyy belongs to the later
cus. Matt. v. iO, 11, 12, 44. Luke xxi.
Greek, John vii. 37. Rom. xii. 20. Athen.
III. 474. jEsch. Dial. Soc. 3.
12. John v. 16. Acts vii. 52. Rom. xii.
5; comp. 14. Gal.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 61. Winer 13, 23. vi. 12.
i.
Sept. for t]T1
13. 3.
to thirst, to be at hirst, viz.
Ps. vii. 1. Jer. xvii. 18 __Wisd. xvi. 16^
2 Mace. v. 8.
intrans. Matt. xxv. 35, 37, 42,
a) pp.
44. John iv. 13, 15. xix. 28. Rom. xii. b) genr. to pursue, to follow, sc. in
20. 1 Cor. iv. 11. company or in order to find, overtake,
Sept. fortfp^Judg.
etc. spoken of persons, absol. Luke xvii.
xv. 18. Prov. xxv. 22. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.
23 Ecclus. xxvii. 20. Xen. H. G. 1.1.
11. Mem. 1.3. 6.
13. de Mag. Eq. 4. 5 __ Metaph. of
b) metaph. to thirst after, to long for,
to desire vehemently, things, to follow earnestly, to pursue after,
seq. accus. as rfjv
God and
in order to
acquire or attain to Rom. ix.
e. piety towards
;
ciKctiovvvriv, i.

its attendant privileges, Matt. v. 6 ; 30,31. ICor. xiv.l. ITim.vi. 11. Heb.
xii. 14. absol. to
comp. Winer Gr. 30. 7. So Sept. for follow on, topressforward,
k
Wisd. xi. 14. Jos. B.
Phil. iii. 12, 14. So Sept. and Deut.
is pS Ps. Ixiii. 2 t]-n
xvi. 20. Prov. xv. 9. Diod. Sic. 2. 59.
J. 1. 32. 2 ult Hence absol. to thirst,
Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 39. AL.
the disposition and privileges of
sc. after
the children of God, of the Messiah's a
fl i, arocj T >
(flow,J decree,
kingdom, John iv. 14. vi. 35. vii. 37. edict, ordinance, e. g. of a prince, Luke
Hev. vii. 16. xxi. 6. xxii. 17. So Sept. ii. 1. Acts xvii. 17. of the apostles,
and Nps Ps. xlii. 3 Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 1. Acts xvi. 4. of the Mosaic law, i. e. ex-
ourwf ty w vftiv ternal precepts, Eph. ii. 15. Col. ii. 14,
 203

coll. ver. 16, 20 sq. Sept. of a prince, for iv. 5. Absol. Luke xvii. 9 oi ^o^ct5.
(fl)
Chald. Ml Dan. ii. 13. vi. 8, 15. tJ3?p seq. y wpa Matt. xxiv. 44. Luke xii. 40.
Dan. iii. 10. vi. 13.
Ignat. ad Magn.' seq. iroffy Heb. x. 29.~Xen. Cyr, 5.3.30 wg
13 lv Soyfiaffiv TOV icvpiov Kai T&V iyw SOK&. 7. 2. 19. Anacr. 40. 15 TTOO-OV.
Xuv. Xen. An. 3. 3. 5. in
reference to others, to
b) seem, to
f. iffw, to make appear, etc. seq. dat. and infin. Luke x.
(ooy^trt,)
36 rig ovv SoKtl croi ir\r)<riov ysyovsj/ai.
a decree, to prescribe an ordinance, in-
Without dat. but seq. infin. of the same
trans. i. q, 6y/m r&kvai, 2 Mace. x. 8.
xv. 36. In N. T. subject, which then takes the adjuncts
Diog. Laert. 3. 51
in the nominative, Buttm. 142. 2. 1.
Mid. doy/ian'o/*ai, to suffer a law to be
1 Acts xvii. 18 %iv(av iaqioviw doKtl Karay-
prescribed to one s self, to be subject to
ordinances, Col. ii. 20. Comp. Buttm.
y\vg elvai. 1 Cor. xii. 22. 2 Cor. x.
135. 8.
9. Heb. xii. 11. Jos. Ant. 5. 7. 5.
Lucian. D. Deor. 2 Spoken also in
1.

Aofcfw, (5j f 6%<i), aor. 1. to%a } the and urbanity of the

moderation
Buttm. 114, to seem, to appear, neut. Greek manner, of what is real and cer-
and intrans. viz. tain comp. Buttm. 1. n. 1. Mark x.
;

.a)
v.'ith a reflex, pron. expr. or im- 42 01 doKOVVTfQ dp%lV, i. q. Ol ap%OVTtQ.
plied, tWw
tfiavrf, SoKiiv iavr<fi, etc. to Luke xxii. 24. 1 Cor. xi. 16. Gal. ii. 9.
seem to one's self, i. e. to be of opinion, Heb. iv. 1. Susann. 6. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 12.
to think, to suppose, to believe, etc. seq. Herodian. 2. 5. 10. Xen. Anab. 1. 9. 1.
infin. Acts xxvi. 9 tyw piv ovv
prces. Hi. 2. 1. Gal. ii. 6 ol SOKOVVTEC; tlrai n,
tdo%a ctiv woXXd ?rpaai K. T. X.
iftavr<ft who seem to be something, i. e. who are
Xen. Hiero 1. 6 SOK& p.ot aiaStavtaSai. persons of note, distinguished, comp. ver.
1. 33. Hence genr. as an act. intrans. 9 ; and so ol SIKOVVTC g, chiefs, leaders, etc.
verb in the above sense, the reflex, dat. Gal. ii. 2, 6 Jos. Ant. 19. 6. 3. Hero-
being suppressed, viz, to be of opinion, dian. 6. 1.3.
to think, etc. infin. with the Soicel pot, etc. it seems to me,
(a) Seq. c) impers.
same subject, Buttm. 140. 1. Winer i.e.
(a)
to think, to suppose, etc. interrog.
45. 2 ;
with infin. present, express-
e. g. ri oKi ffoi v. vfilv, etc. what thinkest thou?
ing a continued action, etc. Buttm. Matt. xvii. 25. xviii. 12. xxi. 28. xxii.
137. 5. Winer 45. 8 med. Matt. iii. 17, 42. xxvi. 66. John xi. 56. Without
9 /*>) djjre Xtytiv iv iavTotg, think not, interrog. Acts xxv. 27 aXoyov yap /toi

presume not, to say, etc. Luke viii. 18. to/cil. Lucian. D. Deor. 6. 4. Xen. H.
xxiv. 37. John v. 39.
xvi. 2 86%y G. 2. 4. 18 b)Q y' tfjioi SoKti (/3)
it seems
\arpiiav TrpoaQeptiv T<^ .&<. Acts xii. 9. 1 good to me, it is my
pleasure, etc. i. q.
Cor. iii. 18. vii. 40. xiv. 37. Gal. vi. 3. pers. to determine, to resolve, seq. infin.
James i. 26 2 Mace. ix. 8, 10. Xen. Luke i. 3. Acts xv. 22, 25, 28, 34.
An. 2. 2. 14. With infin. perfect, im- Esdr. Jos. Ant, 7. 9. 7. Xen.
viii. 11.

plying an action completed, in reference An. Soparticip. neut. ro SOKOVV

2. 1. 2.
to the present time; Buttm. 137.2. pot, what seems good to me, i. e. one's
Winer 45. 8 ult. Acts xxvii. 13 S6av- pleasure, will, etc. Heb. xii. 10 Kara ro
SOKOVV avTolg, i. e. as they thought best.

viii. 2. Phil. iii. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 6. Thuc. 1. 84?rapa ro SOKOVV vu~tv. Xen.
(/3) Seq.
infin. with a different subj. in H. G. 6. 3. 5.
the accus. Winer 45. 2. Mark vi. 49
t8oav ^avTaapa ilvai. 1 Cor. xii. 23. 2 Ao/cfjua^w, f. aw, (96tipot>)
to prove,
Cor. xi. 16. So Sept. for n^'n Gen. to try, trans.
to put to the
xxxviii. 15. Pakeph. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. a) pp. to make trial of,
6. 10 instead of the accus. etc. by
(y) Seq. on, proof, to examine; e. g. metals,
and Buttm. 149. p. 423. Winer
infin. fire, 1 Pet. i. 7. 1 Cor. iii. 13. Sept.
57. 5. Matt. vi. 7 SOKOVGI yap on K. r. X. and Zech. xiii. 9. tp^p Prov. xvii.
-jrQ
xxvi. 53. Luke xii. 51. xiii. 2, 4. xix. 11. 3. Ecclus. ii. 5. Isocr. ad Dem. p.
John v. 45. xi. 13. xiii. 29. xx. 15. 1 7. B. So of other things by use,
Cor. iv. 9. x. 12. 2 Cor. xii. 19. James Luke xiv. 19 j and genr. in any way,
 AoKtjuaorfa 204 Aoa
Horn. xii. 2. 1 Cor. xi. 28. 2 Cor. viii. 1 Cor. xi. 19. 2 Cor. x. 18. xiii. 7.
8, 22. xiii. 5. Gal. vi. 4. Eph. v. 10. 1 2 Tim. ii. 15. James i. 12. Xen. Ag.
Thess. ii. 4 TUQ jcapdi'ac. v. 21. 1 Tim. iii. 1. 23. Hesych. SoKtpov xp^ffi/iov, rcXctov.
10. 1 John iv. 1. So Sept. and ]na Ps. By impl. acceptable, well reported of,
xvii. 3. Jer. xi. 20. npn Ps. cxxxix. 1, Rom. xiv. 18. Herodot. 7. 117. Anth.
23. Wisd. xi. 10. Jos. Ant. 1. 13. 4. Gr. III. p. 25. ed. Jac.
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 1. Spoken in respect
Aoicoe, ou, v, a beam, joist, Matt.
to God, to to the proof,
put i. e. to tempt, vii. 3, 4, 5. Luke vi. 41, 42 bis. Sept.
i.
q. Trsipafrii/, Heb. iii. 9. So 'pill Mai.
iii. Hence by impl.
for rnp Gen. xix. 8. Cant. i. 17.
15, Sept. avSitrrmu.
Diod. Sie. 2. 10.
to examine, and judge of, i. e. to estimate,
to distinguish, Luke xii. 56 bis, coll. AoA(Oc (a, toy,
(WXoc,) guileful,
Matt. xvi. 3. Rom. ii. 18 et Phil. i. 10. deceitful, 2 Cor. xi. 13.Sept. for rra"llp
see in Aia^spw 2. a. a. Sept. forij^ Zech. Prov. xi. 1. n;73"l Ps. cxx. 2, 3. Xen.
xi. 13. An. 1. 4.7.
in the sense of to have proved, i. e.
b)
AoA/ow, (6Xoc,) to use
f. wo),
t~>,
to hold as tried, to regard as proved, and
guile, to deceive, intrans. Rom. iii. 13 raTj
genr. to approve, to judge fit and proper,
yXoKTcroif aiiTwv idoXtovvav, for iSoXiovv,
e. g. persons, 1 Cor. xvi. 3. 1 Thess. ii.

4 StSotiuaan&a. Jos. Ant. 3. 4. 1. Diod. quoted from Ps. v. 10, where Sept. for
Sic. 4. 7. Of things, Rom. xiv. 22. P^TTrj. So for fe? Num. xxv. 18. For
this Alexandrine form of the 3d plur. of
seq. infin. Rom. i. 28. Jos. Ant. 1. 7.
the historical tenses, see Buttm. 103. V.
1. ib. 2. 7. 4.
1. H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 664.
(<to/idw,) trial,
c> /> Lob. ad Phryn. p. 349.
probation, pp. Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 4. Xen.
Mem. 2. 2. 13. In the sense of temp- AoAoc, ov, 6, (&Xw, tfeXtap,) bait,
Horn. Od. 12. 252. Heuce genr. fraud,
tation, act of tempting, Heb. iii. 9 in
MSS. guile, deceit, Matt. xxvi. 4. Mark vii. 22.
xiv. 1. John i. 48. Acts xiii. 10. Rom.
i?C> 17, (oKt/tof,) proof] trial, i. 29. 2 Cor. xii. 16. 1 Thcss. ii. 3. 1
. e.
Pet. ii. 1, 22. iii. 10. [Rom. xiv.
5.]
the state of being tried, a trying,
a) Sept. fornEnT? Gen. xxvii. 35. Is. liii.
2 Cor. viii. 2 i v TroXXy doicifiy dXt^cuc, i. e. 9. rTTp"! Job xiii. 7. Ps. xxxii. 2. Xen.
affliction.
through An. 5.' 6. 29. H. G. 7. 1. 46.
b) the state of having been tried, tried
probity, approved integrity, Rom. v. 4 bis. AoXdw, w, f.
wtro), (6Xo,) to deceive,
2 Cor. ii. 9. ix. 13 SOK. r//c Siaicoviag,
trans. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 28. In N. T. to
tried probity exhibited in this ministry. falsify, i. e. to adulterate, to corrupt, e.g.
Phil. ii. 22. TOV \6yov TOV Seov, by Jewish traditions,
etc. 2 Cor. iv. 2 __ JE1. H. An. 16. 1.
c) proof, in the sense of evidence, sign,
Lucian. Hermot. 59. Hesych.
token, 2 Cor. xiii. 3, coll. xii. 12.
KctKovpyeZ.
AoKf/itov, tou, TO, (oici/ioc,) proof,
test,Herodian. 2. 10. 12. Sept. for cps?3 Ao/ua, aroC) > (&/,) a gift,
a Prov. xxvii. 21.
crucible, In N. .
Matt. vii. 11. Luke xi. 13. Phil. iv. 17.
proof, trial, i. q. SoKifirj, viz. Act. a try- Eph. iv. 8, cell. Ps. Ixviii. 19 where Sept.
ing, James i. 3. Pass, tried probity, for rrcnTO, as also Gen. xxv. 6. Dan. ii.
sincerity, etc. 1 Pet. i. 7. 48.
"jnpProv. xviii. 16 __ 1 Mace. x.28.
Plut/Mor. II. p. 29. ed. Tauchn.
AoKf/io^) ou, o, T], adj. (Sfxofiat,^
receivable, current, spoken of money, etc. Aoa, TJC, >?, (floww,)
a seeming,
as having been tried and refined ; Sept. an appearance, Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 2 o! 8t
for -Qi> Gen. xxiii. 16. pftja
T
1 Chr. co^av avrqi 7rapia\ov laSiovnav. opin-
xxix. 4. Tina 2 Chr. ix. 17. Hence in ion, sc.which one has of any thing, He-
N. T. metaph. tried, proved, approved, rodot. 1. 79. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 10. or
and therefore genuine, Rom. xvi. 10. in which one is held by others, estima-
 205

tion, reputation, Diod.Sic.2.29. Xen 27. So Sept. for

Cyr. rq^f) Ex. xx\ Hi. 2, 40.
8. 8. 3. Hence in N. T. honour, glory, viz. INS Is. Ixi. 3.
comp. Sept. Esth. v. 1.
a) spoken of honour due or rendered, 1 JVIacc. xiv. 9. Of wealth, treasures.
i.
praise, applause, etc. Luke xiv. 10
e. etc. Matt. Lukeiv. 6. Rev. xxi. 24,
iv. 8.
Tort lorai aot S6a ivwiriov K. T. X. John 26. So Sept. and Tn3 Gen. xxxi. 1.
viii. 54. 2 Cor. vi.8. John v.41, 44, Xa/x- Is. x. 3. Meton. spoken in plur. of
fidvttv S6%av irapd avSpunruv, and 1 Thess. persons in high honour, e. g. c6%ai, dig-
11.6 /jrai/ S6av av$p. applause from
i
nities, i. e. kings, princes, magistrates,
men. John xii. 43 S6av avSrpdJirtuv the etc. 2 Pet. 10. Jude viii.
ii.
Comp. Tins
applause of men, etc. So ZrjTilv rr\v 6- Is. v. 13. Others, angels ; comp. Philo
%av TIVOQ, i. e. to seek that one may re- do Monarch, II. p. 218.
John vii.
ceive honour, 18. viii. 50. al.
(/3)
of an external appearance, lustre
,
Spoken of God, e. g. els $6av TOV Seov, brightness, dazzling light, viz. (1) pp.
to the honour, glory, of God, i. e. that ActS XXli. 11 OVK Iv'epXtTTOV CLTTO TTJQ So^TJQ
God may be honoured, glorified, etc. 1 Pet. v. 4. So of the sun,
Rom. iii. 7. xv. 7. Phil. i. 11. and so stars, etc. 1Cor. xv. 40, 41 quater also ;

Trpog c6av T. Seov, 2 Cor. i. 20. virlp of Moses' face, 2 Cor. iii. 7, coll. Ex.
T?IQ 86r]G T. 3-. John xi. 4. So XafBelv xxxiv. 29, 30, 35. or of the celestial light
ri\v doKav, to receive praise, glory, i.e. to which surrounds angels, Rev. xviii. 1 ;
be extolled in praises, etc. Rev. iv. 11. or glorified saints, Luke ix. 31, 32. 1
For the phrase Sovvat oav ry $((. Cor. xv. 43. Col. iii. 4. Phil. iii. 21 __
see in A<u>/ a. y. So in ascriptions, Ecclus. xliii. 9. 1. 7. Bar. iv. 24 __
(2)
Luke ii. 14 86%a iv V^'IOTOIQ $. Rom. Spoken espec. of the celestial splendour
xi.36. Gal.i. 5. 1 Pet. iv. 11. Sept. al. in which God sits enthroned the divine ;

for -n;i3 Chr. xvi. 28, 29. Ps. xxix. 9.

1
effulgence, dazzling majesty, radiant glory,
H?T tibri
' Ps. civ. 35. cvi. 48.
:
Wisd. (Rabb. nj^ir Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. Tal.
x. 14. Diod. Sic. 1 62. Xen. Mem. 3. .
2394,) genr. 2 Thess. i. 9. 2 Pet. i. 17.
12. 4. By meton. spoken of the ground, Rev. xv 8. xxi. 11, 23, coll. xxii. 5. as
occasion, source, of honour or glory, visible to mortals, Luke ii. 9. John xii.
1 Cor. xi. 15. 2 Cor. viii. 23. Eph. iii. 13. 41, coll. Is. vi. 1. Acts vii. 35. also as
1 Thess. ii. 20. Comp. decus, Hor. Od. manifested in the Messiah's second
1. 1. 2. coming, Matt. xvi. 27. Mark viii. 38. So
b) in N. T. spoken also of that which Sept. forrnrr Tins Ex. xvi. 10. xxiv. 17
excites admiration, to which honour, etc. where see. 1 K. viii. 11. Comp. Ps. civ.
Ez. i. 26, 27, 28. 1 Tim. vi. 16.
is ascribed, viz. 1 sq.

(a)
of external condition, dignity, Bar. v. 9 T<$ (JHDTI rijt; doZrjs avrov. So
splendour, glory; 1 Pet. i. 24 Traoa Xepovfiip oje, cherubs of glory, i. e. the
$6*a Tijg aapKog wf avSof. Heb. ii. 7, representatives of the divine presence,
quoted from Ps. viii. 6 where Sept. for Heb. ix.5. Comp. Ex. xxv.22. Num. vii.
113,3. So by meton. that which re- 89. 2 Sam. vi. 2. Song of 3 Child. 31.

flects, expresses, exhibits, this dignity, of internal character, i. e. glori-

(y)
etc. 1 Cor. xi. 7 bis, ywi/) St o6%a av- ous moral attributes, excellence, perfec-
tipoe ian. Ecclus. i. 19. 2 Mace. xiv. tion ; viz.
(1) spoken
of God, infinite
9. Jos. Ant. 4.2.2. Spoken of kings, perfection, divine majesty and holiness,
etc. regal majesty, splendour, pomp, mag- Acts vii. 2. Rom.
23 yXXaZav TY\V
i.

nificence ; e. g. of the expected temporal lo^av TOV atySapTov Secv. Eph. i. 17

reign of the Messiah, Mark x.37, comp. 6 iraTfjp TTJS S6^g, i. e. possessing infi-
Matt. xx. 21 where it is fiaffiXeia; and nite perfections. Heb. i. 3. So of the
so also of the glory of his second coming, divine perfections as manifested in the
Matt. xix. 28. xxiv..30. Mark xiii. 26. power of God, John xi. 40. Rom. vi. 4.
Luke ix. 26. xxi. 27. Tit. ii. 13. Sept. Col. i. 11. 2 Pet. i. 3 see in 'Apcrij a.
and Tins 1 Sam. ii. 8. Is. viii. 7. lin or in his benevolence and beneficence,
1 Chr. xxix. 25. Also of Dan. xi. 21. Rom. ix. 23. Eph. i. 12, 14, 18. iii. 16.
the accompaniments of royalty, e. g. of So of Jesus, as the drravyaffp,a (Heb. 1.

splendid apparel, Matt. vi. 29. Luke xii. ci the divine perfections, John i. 14.
3)
 206

ii. 11. of the Spirit, 1 Pet. iv. 14. Just. 3 1 Chr. xix. 3. Prov. 18.
xiii.
ip?
Mart, de Resurr. p. 284 __ Spoken also Esth. vi. 6, 8, 9, 11. Ecclus. xlviii. i'
of things, in place of an adjective, 1 Mace. ii. 64. Diod Sic. 12. 36 __ In
excellent, splendid, glorious, 2 Cor. iii. the sense of to render excellent, splendid,
7 t $k fj StctKoi'ia tyevf)3fij iv $6%y. ver. etc. Pass, to be excellent, splendid, glo-

8, 9. Eph. i. 6. tie liraivov dofye Tije rious -,

2 Cor. iii. 10 bis, 1 Pet. i. 8. Sept.
\aptToe. pp. for p Ex. xxxiv. 29, 30, 35.
() of that exalted state of blissful
(/3) spoken of God and Christ, to
perfection which is the portion of those
glorify, i. e. to render conspicuous and
who dwell with God in heaven e. g. ; glorious the divine character and attri-
spoken of Christ, and including also the butes e. g. of God as glorified by the
;

idea of his regal majesty as Messiah, Son, John xii. 28 ter, TO uvo\ia $tov.
Luke xxiv. 26. John xvii. 5, 22, 24. 2 xiii. 31, 32. xiv. 13. xv. 8. xvii. 1. xvii.
Thess. ii. 14. 1 Tim. iii. 16. 1 Pet. i. 11. 4. or by Christians, John xxi. 19. Of
Spoken of glorified saints, i.
q. salva- Christ as glorified by the Father, John
tion, eternal life, etc. Rom. ii. 7, 10. viii. viii. 54. xiii. 32 bis. xvii. 1, 5. Acts iii.

18. 1 Cor. ii. 7. 2 Cor. iv. 17. 1 Thess. 13. or by the Spirit, John xvi. 14. or by
ii. 12. 2 Tim. ii. 10. Heb. ii. 10. 1 Pet. Christians, John xvii. 10. or genr. John
v. 1. .
doa TOV Seov, the glory which xi. 4. xiii. 31. So Sept. and 133 Lev. x.
God toill bestow, Rom. v. 2. 1 Pet. v. 3.
irh]?
Is. v. 16. pass, for nijo Ex.
10. Meton. the author or procurer of xv. 6, ii.
this glory to any one, i. e. the author of of Christ and his followers,
(y) spoken
salvation, etc. Luke ii. 32, i.
q. icvotoe to glorify, i. e. to advance to that state
rfje 6%r]G 1 Cor. ii. 8, coll. v. 7. AL. of bliss and glory which is the portion
of those who dwell with God in heaven ;
w, f. to be of e. g. of Christ as the Messiah, John vii.
affu, (oa,)
opinion, to think, etc. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 13. 39. xii. 16, 23. comp. Is. Iii. 13, where
to consider, to estimate, to
judge, Sept. Sept. pass, for Nfopi. Of Christians Rom.
Dan. iv. 31. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 46. In viii. 30. Barnab. Ep. 21 6 TTOI&V raura
N. T. to glorify, trans, i. e. iv Ty TOV Scow doZao'SrjatTa.i.
(3a<r.
to ascribe glory or honour to
a) any
one, to praise, to celebrate, to magnify ; Ao/oicac? aSoc, }, Dorcas, pr.
Matt. vi. 2 OTTwg doZaaSwffiv VTTO rSiv name of a female, Acts ix. 36, 39 ; pp.
av$pu>TT(t)v. Luke iv. 15. John viii. 54 i.
q. Heb. ^nx, Syr. N$"3B Tabitha,
IfiavTov. Rom. xi. 13. Acts xiii. 48. i.e. gazelle, Cant. ii. 7, 9. Acts ix.
Heb. v. 5. Rev. xviii. 7. So Sept. for 36, 4C .

123 Lam. i. 8. 2 Sam. vi. 22. Pol. 6.

a gvng,
53. 10. Diod. Sic. 1. 82. So Sot-a&iv
i. a gift, James i. 17 __ Ecclus. xi. 17.
e.
TOV Stov, to glorify God, i. e. to
etc.
Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 2. Artemid. 1. 42 __
render glory to him, to celebrate with
In the sense of giving out, expenditure,
praises, to worship, to adore, Matt. v. 16. Phil. iv. 15
ix. 8. xv. 31. Mark ii. 12. Luke ii. 20.
tig Xdyov dofftug Kai Xj^fwg,
in an account of expenditure and receipt,
v. 25, 26. vii. 16. xiii. 13. xvii. 15. xviii.
or, of debt and credit the gift of money ;
43. xxiii. 47. Actsiv. 21. xi. 18. xxi. 20.
from the church being reckoned in an
Rom. i. 21. xv. 6, 9. 1 Cor. vi. 20. 2
account against the spiritual gifts im-
Cor.ix. 13. Gal. i. 24. 1 Pet.ii. 12. iv. 11,
16. ro ovofia Stov Rev. xv. 4. parted to them by Paul Ecclus. xii. 19.
Trvtvpa xiii. 7 d6fft Kai TTUVTI iv ypa$y
\ii\l/i<;
TOV Seov, 1 Pet. iv. 14. So Sept. and
Artemid. 1. 44. Arrian. Diss. Ep. 2. 9.
T23 Ps. xxii. 24. Ixxxvi. 9, 12. nnn 12. Cic. de Amicit. 16, " ratio
Is', xiii. 10 --
Ecclus. xliii. 28, 30. Comp.
acceptorum et datorum."
b) to
honour, to bestow honour i. e.

upon, to exalt in dignity, to render glo- Aorrjc? ou, o, (iw/*i,) a giver, 2

rious, viz. Cor. ix. 7. Sept. for py ain Prov. xxii.
(a) gem*. 1 Cor. xii. 26 tire oatrai 9. 6 Tr}
p J os Ant. 1.18. 6. Xen. Cyr.
.

Aoc. 2 Thess. iii. I. So Sept. and 8. 1. 9.

 207

f.
AouXaywytw, w, ^<rw, (SovXos, AovXtj, Tjc? fl, (SovXos,) femaU a
aya), to lead as a slave, to make a slave slave or servant, a
handmaid, Acts ii. 18.
of, Diod. Sic. 12. 24. In N. T. trop. to Sept. for n?2i$ Lev. xxv. 44. nrTDU)'
bring into subjection, to subdue, absol. 1 Sam. viii. 16. 1 Mace. ii. 11. 3Cen.
1 Cor. ix. 27.
Cyr. 5. 1. 4 Used in the oriental style
by a female in addressing a superior,
AouXa'a, a?, n, (fovXevw,) slavery,
instead of the pers. pron. 7, Luke i. 38.
bondage, Sept. for mi^y Ex. vi. 6.
T 48. So Sept. and n7DN 1 Sam. xxv. 41.
Xen. An. 7. 7. 32.T. trop. ln'N. 1 K. i.
13, 17. nnDif 2 Sam. xiv. 6.
spoken of the condition of those under 2 K. iv. 2, 16.
the Mosaic law, Gal. iv. 24. v. 1. and so Comp. Gesen, Lehrg. p.
739 sq. Stuart 475.
Rom. viii. 15 irvtvf.ta dovXtiag, a slavish
opp. to Tfv. vloSsoriag.
spirit, Also of the I. AouAoc, ouXrj, SouXov, (i<t>,\
condition of those who are subject to sewing, bound to serve, in bondage, seq.
dat. Rom. vi. 19 bis. Wisd. xv. 7 TO.
death, Rom. viii. 21, or to the fear of
Heb. ii. 15 SCLVUTOV tvoxoi TWV jcoo'ttpwf epywj/ SovXa OKtvij. Eurip.
death, 0o/3<p
Hec. 134.
[137.]

AouAtuw, f. svffu), (dovXoQ,} to be a II. AouXo, ov y b, as subst. a slave,

slave or servant, to serve, c. c. dat. expr. servant.
or impl. a of involuntary service,
) PP- spoken
spoken of involuntary service e. g. a slave, as
a) pp. ; opp. to iXevStpog, 1 Cor.
Matt. 24 et Luke xvi. 13 dval Kvpioig.
vi. vii. 21. Gal. iii. 28. Col. iii. 11. Rev. vi.

Eph. vi. 7. 1 Tim. vi. 2. Sept. for -ny 15. So genr. servant, Matt. xiii. 27. 28.
Lev. xxv. 39. Deut. xv. 12 Lucian. I). John Eph. vi. 5. 1 Tim. vi. 1.
iv. 51.
Deor. 13. 2. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 33 ter. Acts ii. 18 ol SovXoi fiov, i. e. the ser-
Spoken of a people, to be subject to, etc. vants among my people. Sept. for
John viii. 33. Acts vii. 7. Rom. ix. 12, coll. Lev. xxv. 44. Josh. ix. 23. Judg.
"75^
Gen. xxv. 23 et xxvii. 40 where Sept. for vi'.27 Xen. CEc. 5. 16. Ath. 1. 10.
sq.
"T2y ; also Gen. xiv. 4. Judg. iii. 8, 14. Phil. ii. 7 fiop<f>r)v SovXov Xa(3u>v, i. e.
Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 4. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 13
appearing in a humble and despised
Metaph. of those subject to the Mosaic condition.
law, Gal. iv. 25. b) trop. spoken of voluntary service,
b) trop. spoken of voluntary service, a servant, implying obedience, devoted-
to obey, to be devoted to ; Luke xv. 29. ness, etc. John xv. 15. Rom. vi. 16.
Phil. ii. 22. Gal. v. 13. Rom. xii. 11 1 Cor. vii. 23. Gal. iv. 7. So in mo-
T<fi Katp<t> SovXtvovTtg, i. e. doing what desty, 2 Cor. iv. 5 ; or in praise of
the occasion demands but others read
; modesty, Matt. xx. 27. Mark x. 44 ,

ry Haply. So Sept. and ~\3,y Gen. xxix. 2E1. V. H. 9. 19 ol gropes SovXoi TOV
15, 18, 20, 25, 29. In a moral sense, irXr'jSovg eiffi. Spoken of the true fol-
spoken as to God or Christ, etc. d. r< lowers and worshippers of God, e. g.
$e< Matt. vi. 24. Luke xvi. 13. Actsxx. SovXog TOV Seov, either of agents sent
19. Rom. vii. 6. 1 Thess. i. 9. T$ from God, as Moses, Rev. xv. 3. and so
Xptory, Rom. xiv. 18. xvi. 18. Col. iii. 24. Sept. and 153? Josh. i. 1. (Jos. Ant. 5. 1.
T($ v6/*< Stov, Rom. vii. 25. Sept. and 13.) or prophets, Rev. x. 7. xi. 18. and so
iny Deut. xiii. 4. Judg. ii. 7. Mai. iii. 18. Sept. and 155? Josh. xxiv. 29. Jer. vii. 25.
'

Ecclus. ii. 1. Spoken of false gods, or simply oi' the worshippers of God,
Gal. iv. 8. So Sept. and "jny Ex. xxiii. Rev. ii. 20. vii. 3. xix. 5. al. So Sept.
33. So of
things, to obey, to follow, to and iriv Ps. xxxiv. 23. cxxxiv. 1. al.
indulge in, e. g. uafnovy. Matt. vi. 24. Used in the oriental style of addressing
Luke xvi. 13. auapTiy Rom. vi. 6. r a superior, instead of the pers. pron. J,
vofitp Trjg aftapTiag Rom. vii. 25. Ty KOiXiq, Luke ii. 29. Acts iv. 29. So Sept. and
Rom. xvi. 18 rolf ffroixfiolg Gal. iv. 9.
15^ 1 Sam. iii. 9, 10. Ps.
xix. 12. al.
Tit. iii. 3. Jos. Ant. 15. 4. 1 Cbmp. in AovXn. Spoken of the fol-
Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 5. TO.IQ lowers and ministers of Christ, SovXoc
1. 6. 8. TOV XpivTov, Eph. vi. 6. 2 Tim. ii. 24.
 AouXou) 208

espec. of the apostles, etc. Rom. i. 1. So Heb. 15^ Job v. 13 where Sept-
Gal. i. 10. Col. iv. 12. James i. 1. icaraXa/ijSdvw. Sept. pp. for y?D|? Num.
2 Pet. i. 1. Jude 1. Rev. xxii. 3. v. 26 2 Mace. iv. 41. Jos. B. J.'a. 8. 6.
Spoken also in respect to things, of one SpaffffofjitvoQ Tijv SeZidv. Herodot. 3. 13.
who indulges in, is addicted to,any thing j Seq. gen. Judith xiii. 7. Diod. Sic. 18. 17.
seq. gen. e. g. SovXoc TTJQ dfiaprias John
viii.34. Rom
vi. 16, 17. 2 Pet. ii. 19. A/oa^jUT], ijc, *7> (Spdffau,} drachma, a
V. H. 41 pen. rov an Attic silver coin worth nearest
JE1. 2. irivtiv dovXof. 16^
Xen. CEc. 1. 22. cents, or one-sixth of a dollar, according
in the sense of minister, attendant, to Boeckh, (Staatshaush. I. p. but
c) 16,)
current among the Romans as equal
spoken of the officers of an oriental
to the denarius, which was worth about
court; Matt, x viii. 23, 26, 27, 28, 32. xxii.
3, 4, 6, 8, 10. al -- So a satrap, Xen.
14 cents ; see particularly under 'Apyvptov

An. 1. 9. 29. ib. 2. 6. 38. AL. c, and also under AiSpaxpov. Luke xv.
8 bis, 9.
dd), (5, f- Mfftt), ($ovXoG\ to w see
make a slave of, to bring into bondage,
trans. Pass. perf. StdovXuipai, etc. with to
A/otTravov, ovj TO, (Spew pluck
present signif. to be a slave, to serve, i. q. off,)
a a crooked knife
sickle, scythe, i. e.
SovXtvw. Comp. Buttm. 113. 6. for gathering the harvest and
vintage,
a) pp.
Acts vii. 6. 2 Pet. ii. 19. Mark iv. 29 see in 'ATroerraXw b. Rev.
Sept. Gen. xv. 13. 1 Mace. viii. 11. Xen. xiv. 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 bis, 19. Sept.
Cyr. 3. 1. 11. Metaph. dttiovXunai, to for ^273 Joel iii. 13. Artemid. 2. 24.
be in bondage, be bound, to be held
i. e. to Pol. 22. 10. 5.

subject, 1 Cor. vii. 15. Gal. iv. 3.

b) trop. of voluntary service, to make
i.
, oi, o, (p/x<> q.
devoted to any one ; Pass, to be or be- a running, a race, Sept. for n^HTa 2
come devoted, etc. Sam. xviii. 27. yrn? Ecc. ix. 11. Xen.
Spoken of persons,
1 Cor. vii. 15 iraftiv ifiavrbv e^oyXaxra, An. 1.2. 17. ib. 4. 8. 25, 26. place of
i.e. I have conformed, accommodated running, stadium, Xen. Mag. Eq. 3. 6.
Rom. vi. 22 ry 3t<. In N. T. trop. course, career, sc. of
myself to all.
Pass, spoken of things, ry SiKaioavvy one's life, ministry, etc. Acts xiii. 25. xx.
Rom. vi. 18. 24. 2 Tim. iv. 7. Comp. Sept. and
oivy TroXXy Tit. ii. 3.
Jer. xxiii. 10.
Porphyr. de Abstin. 1. 42 ISovXwSrjiJiiv
T<j>
TOV 06j3ov <J>povf)fj,ari. So SovXtvtiv
A/oovo-t'XXa, TJC, /, Drusilla,
y Liban.. Ep. 319.
youngest daughter of Herod Agrippa I,
sister of the younger Agrippa and of
Aox>7, fjc, -h,
(Mxwh) PP- reception
sc. of guests ;
hence a banquet, feast, Bernice, celebrated for her beauty.
Luke v. 29. xiv. 13. She was first betrothed to Epiphanes,
Sept. for nniTTD
Gen. xxvi. 30. Esth. 1. 3. v. 4 sq. - prince of Comagena but was after- ;

Athen. VIII. p. 348. F. wards married to Azizus,king of Emessa,

whom Felix persuaded her to abandon
aKWT, ovroc? (prob. fr. tiep- } in order to become his wife. Acts
a dragon, a huge serpent, Sept. for xxiv. 24. See Jos. Ant. 19. 9. 1. ib. 20.
Job xxvi. 13. Y3Q J er ix. 11. Jos. '
7. 1, 2.
Ant. 2. 12. 3. ^El. V~ H. 13. 46. In
N. T. symbolically, for 6 aarav, Rev. xii. t see

3, 4, 7, 9, 13, 16, 17. xiii. 2, 4, 11. xvi. f.

, Svvrjffoftat,
13. xx. 2. Comp. Gen. iii. 1 sq. Act.
Imperf. idvvdfiijv, Matt. xxii. 46. al. and
Thorn. 30. Psalt. Salom. ii. 29.
with doub. augm. ^Swdfirjv, Matt. xxvi.
Aporrcrw or OjoaTTW, more comm. 9. Lukei. 22. al. as also Aor. 1 r)$wr)$r]v.
Mid. Spdaaofiai, f. o/xat, to grasp, sc. Matt. xvii. 16, 19. al. coinp. Buttm. 83.
with the hand, to seize, to take, in N. T. n. 5. Winer 12. 1. b. For the 2 pers.
and later writers seq. accus. Trop. sing. pres. Svvy for Svvaffcu, Rev. ii. 2,
1 Cor. iii. 19 fy>a<r(rojuvoc rove <ro*orc.
as also Anacr. 7. 11. ^El. V. H. 13. 32,
 209

see Buttm 107. p. 223, marg. 114. p. Mark ix. 22 ei n Svvaaai. 2 Cor. xiii. 8
276. Winer 13. 2. b. Lob. ad'Phryn. ov dvvdfjitSd TI. So ti ri Svvaivro Xen.
p. 359. to be able, I can, and ov Svva- H. G. 7. 5. 15. Zi> dvvaTai ti-navTa,
to be unable, I cannot, both in a Horn. Od. 4. 237.
fiai, comp. Xen. Cyr. 8.
physical and moral sense, and as depend- 7. 22. AL.
ing either on the disposition or faculties
of mind, the degree of strength or skill,
pp. the
the nature and external circumstances of being able, i. e.
ability, power, strength,
the case, etc. It is always followed by efficacy, force, viz.
an infin. expr. or impl. belonging to the Spoken of intrinsic power, either
a)
same subject, viz. physical or moral, etc. comp. in Avvafiai
a) seq.
infin. expressed, e. g.
(a)
of init.
the present, as expressing continued ac- (a) of the body, Heb. xi. 11 Sdppa
tion, etc. Buttm. 137. 5. Winer 45. duvafiiv E( Krtra/3oX/)v (nrspfiaTog tXafit.
8 ined. Matt. vi. 24 ov ?vva<r$t SovXiv- 1 Cor. XV. 43 TO ffa>p,a tyf/perai iv
nv $t$ K. T. X. vii. 18. Mark ii. 7, 19. Svvdfiit, i. e. for dvvarov, opp. to iv
Luke vi. 39. John v. 19, 30. vi. 60. ia so Heb. form HIS?, and Sept.
;

Acts xxvii. 15. Rom. xv. 14. 1 Cor. x. Ps. xxix.4. comp. Gesen. Lehrg.
vi
21. 1

Gen. xxxvii.
Thess. ii.

3.
7. al.
xliii.
So Sept.for
32. al. Xen. An!
^ p. 646. 4. Stuart 442. Sept. for yitf
Job xl. 11. nro? Job xxxix. 19 __ '"

3. 1. 11. more commonly of the

(/3)
Horn. II. 13. 787\
aorist, implying transient or momentary genr. Matt. xxv. 15 twcry Kara
(/3)
action, either past or present, Buttm. rr\v IciavCvvapiv. Actsvi. 8. 1 Cor. XV.

137. 5. Winer $ 45. 8. b. Mark i. 45 &art 56. 2 Tim. i. 17 Trvtv^a Swdfieujg, i. e.

p.rjKtri avTov tivvaaSai <f>avipu> (Is iroXiv a spirit of strength, manly vigour, opp.
Luke viii. 19 OI>K^Svvavro to TTV. StiXiag. Heb. i. 3 TO pfjfia rijg

avT$. Matt. iii. 9 Svvarai 6 ^vvdpews avTov, powerful word i. e. his ;

Sfbg IK rSiv Xi$<t)v tytTpat T'IKVCL K. T. X. Buttm. 123. n. 4. (comp. Trvtvfia dvva-
x, 28. Mark vi. 5. Lukev. 12. John vii. /iwf, a strong wind, Wisd. v. 23.) Heb.
34,36. x.35. Acts iv. 16. xvii. 19. vii. 16. xi. 34. Rev. i. 16 ug 6 r/Xtof
1 Cor. ii. 14. James iv.Rev. iii. 8.
2. (paivu iv ry dvvap.fi avrnv. So Sept.
xiii. 4. al.

xix. 19
So Sept. for ^
Gen. xv. 5.
Diod. Sic. 2. 26. Xen. An. 1.9.
and rTPQa 2 K.
TTD 1 Chr. xxix. 2.
xviii. 20.
Ezra ii. 69. x. 13.
Job xii. 13

27. So where the action in itself t~y 1 Chr. xiii. 8. Diod. S. 4. 45. Xen.
might be expressed either as continued Mem. 3. 5. 16. So in various construc-
or transient, but the writer chooses to tions e. g. Kara ^vva^iv, according to
;

express it as transient ; see Winer 45. one's power, i. e. as far as one can,

p. 276. Buttm. 137. 5 ult. Matt. v. 14 2 Cor. viii. 3. Diod. S. 14.81 ult. Xen.
ov fivvciTai rroXif KpvfSijvai. Luke i. 20, Mem. 1. 7. 4. vTrip Svvafiiv, beyond
22. John iii. 3. Acts xiii. 39. Rom. viii. one's strength, power, 1 Cor. i. 8. viii. 3.
7. Heb. ix. 9.
(y) the Rev. ii. 2. of Dem. 292. 25. iv cWa/ui, with

perfect, to express completed action in power, i. e. adv. powerfully, mightily,

reference to the present time, Buttm. Col. i. 29. 2 Thess. i. 11. and so dat.
137. 2. Winer 45. 8 ult. Acts xxvi. Swdfiei, Acts iv. 33 ; comp.
Buttm.
32 airoXtXvaSai iCvvaro 6 avSpaiTroQ ei 133. 3. So also 8vvdfj,u and iv dvvd-
K. T. X. this man could have been nowfreed, /m as intensive with a synon. verb,
etc. Eph. iii. 16. Col. i. 11. comp. Buttm.
with an infin. implied, which is 1. c.
b)
eadily suggested by the context e. ; g. spoken of God, the Messiah, etc.
(y)
the power of
Matt. xvi. 3 ov SvvaffSe, SC. diaicpiveiv. viz. dvvctfiig rov Sttov,
r)

Mark vi. 19. Luke ix. 40. Actsxxvii. 39. God, his almighty energy, etc. genr.
1 Cor.
xxii. 22.
iii. 2. al. So Sept. for
Constr. with accus.
^
de- ri,
1 K. Matt. xxii. 29. Mark xii. 24. Lukei. 35.
v. 17. Rom. i. 20. ix. 17. 1 Cor. vi. 14.

pending on the infin. iroitiv implied, or 2 Cor. iv. 7. xiii. 4 bis. Eph. i. 19. iii. 7,

as accus. of manner, Buttm. 131. 6. 7. 20. 2 Tirn. i. B 1 Pet. i. 5. 2 Pet.

^
 210

i. 3.
Sept. for xs. lix. 12. ^n
7y Ps. concrete, put for a worker of miracles, '

xxi. 14. Ixxiv. 12.1-Joined with 36Sa it Cor. xii. 28, 29 Svvd^ (C ,
i.
q. O l s SiSurai
implies the greatness, omnipotence, ivfpyfjjj.aTa SvvdfjiHDv V. 10.
majesty, of God, Rev. xv. 8 ; and hence (E) spoken of the essential power, true
as abstr. for concr. omnipotence for the nature and efficacy, reality, of any
thing ;
Omnipotent, the Almighty, Matt. xxvi. 64 Phil. iii. 10 yv&vai TTJV dvvafiiv rije dva-
et Mark xiv. 62 et Luke xxii. 69 IK faZtwv avTov. 2 Tim. iii. 5 t^ovrtf
TTJ uva/uf, coll. Heb. i. 3 iv 8ti$ Trjv de Svvap.iv ai-
ivffffieiae,
TfjQ ptya\(i)avt>T} Rabb.
K. r. \. like the So
also as opp. to Xoyof,
i.

iTTQa. as a name of God, Buxt. Lex. speech merely, 1 Cor. iv. 19, 20. 1 Thess.
Rab. 'Ch. Tal. 385. So Sept. and ty 1. 5 Plato Phileb. 96. Xen. (Ec. 9. 2.
Ps. Ixiii. 3. Ixviii. 35. cl. 1. Meton. So of medical virtue, Diod. Sic. 1. 97.
spoken of a person or thing in whom ib. 4. 51. Metaph. of language, the
the power of God is manifested, i. e. power, sc. of a word, i. e. meaning, sig-
the manifestation of the power of God, nification ; 1 Cor. xiv. 11 Tjv Svvafjiiv
Acts viii. 10 OVTOQ iffTiv ij Svvafiig TOV TTIQQwvrjs Dion. Hal. 1. 68. Dio
Seov. Rom. i. 16. 1 Cor. i. 18, 24. Cass. 55. 3. So Mvapat JRl. V. H. 9.
Where the gen. TOV $tov expresses the 16.

source, etc. power imparted from b) Spoken of power as resulting from

i. e.

God, 1 2 Cor. vi. 7. comp.

Cor. ii. 5. external sources and circumstances,
in 'AyaTrT} b. Spoken of Jesus, as ex- viz.

ercising a power to heal, Mark v. 30. (a) power, authority, might, Luke iv. 36.
Luke vi. 19. viii. 46, comp. Olshausen ix. 1. Acts iii. 12. 2 Pet. Rev. xiii.
ii. 11.
on Matt. ix. 20. or as the Messiah, ij 2. xvii. 13 Ecclus. xliv.3. Xen. Mem.
Svvamg XpiffTov, genr. 2 Cor. xii. 9 bis. 1. 2. Spoken of omnipotent sove-
24.
So iv $ivdp.ti for the gen. TOV Svvarov reignty as due to God, etc. e. g. in as-
Rom. i 4, comp. above in a. In the criptions, Matt.vi. 13. Rev. iv. 11. v.
sense of power, omnipotent majesty, Matt, 12. vii. 12. xi. 17. xii. 10. xix. 1. So
xxiv. 30 et Luke xxi. 27 fitrd dvvdpewg Sept. and JTTQa Chr. xxix. 11. Joined
1
Kai Sofyg. Mark ix, 1. xiii. 26. 2 Thess. with ovofia Acts iv. 7. 1 Cor. v. 4. i. e.

i. 7 fier' ayyeAwv Trjg Svv. avrov,i. e. the warrant. Meton. abstr. for concr. put
angels who are the attendants of his for 6 Iv Svvdufi hiv, one in authority, and
majesty. 2 Pet. i. 16. Spoken also of plur. dwdfieig, like Engl. authorities, i.e.
the Spirit, 17 Svvamg TOV Trvevfiarog, the persons in authority, the mighty, the
power of the Spirit, i. e. imparted by the powerful, of either world, etc. Rom.
sc.

Spirit, Luke iv. 14. Rom. xv. 13, 19. viii. 38. Cor. xv. 24. Eph. i. 21. 2 Pet.
1

Comp. in 'AyaTrij 1. b Spoken of pro- iii. 22

Sept. Esth. ii. 18.
phets and apostles as inspired by the (/3)
in the sense of number, quantity,
Holy Spirit, Luke i. 17. xxiv. 49. Acts abundance, wealth. Rev. iii. 8 p.iKpdv
i. 8. comp. Actsii. 4. tx*i Svvafiiv, thou /last a small number,
(#) spoken of mirac. power, Svvaftig sc. of members, or perhaps of true be-
0T]fjitt<Dv Kai TipaTwv, i. e. the power of lievers, xviii. 3 K rrJG Svvdfjitwg TOV ffrpi'i-

working miracles, Rom. xv. 19, explained avrrJG. Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 4 TT\OVTOV
by Svv. T. irvivnctTOQ in the next clause.
97 vafjiiv irpo<rf.\af3ov. Xen. Cyr.
Act* x. 38. 1 Cor. ii. 4, coll. 2 Cor. xii. 8. 4. 34. (Ec. 9. 15.
Metaph. for en-
12. so 2 Thess. ii. 9. By meton. of ef- joyment, happiness, Heb. vi. 5.
fect for cause, plur. Swa^uc is often put
(y)
of warlike power, like the Engl.
for mighty deeds, miracles, Matt. vii. 22. force, forces, i. e. host, army. Luke x.
xi. 20, 21,23. xiii. 54, 58. xiv. 2. Mark 19 ITTI Trdffav TTJV fivvafiiv avrov, i.e. over
vi. 2,5, 1 4. ix. 39. Luke x. 13. xix. 37. Acts the whole host of Satan, coll. ver. 20.
ICor. xii. 10. 2Cor.
ii.22. viii. 13. xix. 11. Sept. for ^n Ex. xiv. 28. xv. 4. al.
xii. 12. Heb.ii. 4. So Sept. for
Gal. iii.5. Kns 2 Sam. x. 7. xvii. 25. xx. 23. al.

JTIN^D2 Job xxxvii. 14. Heb. nlTQa Ps. 1 Mace. iv. 3, 4. Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 2. Diod.
cvi.2where Sept. $waartiat.~Tyut. IVtat. Sic. 14. 81 med. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 9
de Resurr. p. 225. Hence, as abstr. for By Hebr. $Wa/*ftf r&v ovpaviav, the
 211 Auo
hosts of heaven, i. e. the sun, moon, and ci'ju without an infin. to be
strong, 2 Cor.
stars, Matt. xxiv. 29. Mark xiii. 25. x-ii. 10. xiii. 9.
Luke xxi. 26. comp. Rev. vi. 13. So b) Svvarbs Iv TIVI, powerful in any
Sept. and Heb. Dtaip'nNns Is. xxxiv. 4. thing, i. e. able, skilful, eminent, Luke
Dan. viii. 10. al. See Gesen. Lex. and xxiv. 19 Svv. iv fpyy KOI X6yy. Acts vii.
on Is. 1. c. 22. xviii. 24 iv TCUQ ypa.<f>aig, i. e. eminent
in scripture learning. Sept. pass, for
f.
AiM'/foa>, co, w<ru>,
2 Chr. xxxv. 3
"pnri Ecclus. xxi. 7
strengthen. Pass. Col. i. 11 tv Traay dvvd-
Svv. iv yXuxjvy. Diod. Sic. 13. 101 tivv.
fiti Ivvapovfiivoi, see in Auj/a/uc a. 3-
X6 7V Thuc. 1. 37.
.

Sept. for Tjy Ps. Ixviii. 29. 123 Ecc. x.

10. Dan. ix. 27. Synes. de Prov. p. c) ot SvvaToi, the powerful, the
100. B. See H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. mighty, spoken of persons in authority,
etc. 1 Cor. i. 26. [Rev. vi. of mem-
I. p. 683. 15.]
bers of the Jewish council or sanhe-
one in
ovj o, (Svvafiat,) drim, Acts xxv. 5. Sept. for "pnznrr
power, . e. Dan. iii. 27. Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 9 oi *apA
a)
a potentate, prince, Luke i. 52. 1
TI}V avXrjv Svvaroi. B. J. 1. 1. 1. Iv ry
Tim. vi. 15. Sept. for |fi Prov. viii. 16. Xen. Mem.
iroXet 1. 1. 8. Comp. Krebs
jivn
Prov. xiv. 28. *n>Q Prov. xxiii. 1. Obs. p 260.
2 Mace. iii. 24. Pol. 9. 1.4. Xen.
d) neut. Svvarov, able to be done, i. e.
Cyr. 4. 5. 40. So ei tivvarov, absol. or with
possible.
one in authority, sc. under a prince,
b) kffri, if possible, if it be possible, Matt.
a minister of court, Acts viii. 27. Sept. xxix. 24. xxvi. 39. Mark xiii. 22. xiv.
ol tivvaoTai
*apaw, Gen. 1. 4. for
D""!!? 35. Rom. xii. 18. Gal. iv. 15. Jos. Ant.
Jer. xxxiv. 19. Lev. xix. 15. Xen. Mem. 3. 7. 9 ___ Seq. dat.
Ml| 4. 8. 45.
Xen. An. 1.2. 20. of pers. possible for or with any one,

w, f. rjffut, to be Mark ix. 23. xiv. 36. Acts xx. 16 Jos.

(tfvvarof,)
Rom. xiv. 4 in some MSS. Ant. 3. 8.1. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 13. Seq.
able, intrans.
Hence, to shew one's self able, mighty, irapa c. dat. possible with any one, Matt.
etc.2 Cor. xiii. 3. xix. 26. Mark x. 27. Luke xviii. 27.

Seq. accus. c. infin. Acts ii. 24. Hence

Auvardc, ablef
>), oi>, (Svvapai,) ri dvvarov as subst. i. q. rj Svvafiig,
strong, powerful, viz. Rom.
power, ix. 22. Comp. Buttm.
a) genr. e. g. of things, 2 Cor. x. 4
123. 3.
87rXa Sward T<ji Scy irpoc K. T. X. i. e.

etc. or also ex- aor. 2 tSvv, (Svu, Svfii, to go

mighty through God, ,

ceedingly mighty, like aariiog T<$ Sty in, toimmerse, Buttm. ^114 dvw,^to sink,
Acts vii. 20; see in '\oTiiog __ Xen. GEc. to go down, intrans. of the sun, Mark i.

7. 23 <TtD/ia tivvarbv Of persons, 32. Luke iv. 40. So Sept. and Nia Gen.
irpoQ n.
xxviii. 11. 2 Chr. xviii. 34. Jos. Ant.
6 Svvarof, the mighty, and spoken of
5. 1. 2. Xen. An. '2. 2. 3.
God, the Almighty, Luke i. 49. So
Sept. and -na? Ps. xxiv. 8 Of men, Avo, ot, at, rd, two, indec. by the
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3.' 6. Mem. 2. 1. 19. Attics and in N. T. the comm. gen.
Hence, Swarog t/ii, i. q. tivvapai, to be and dat. Svolv not being found in N. T.
able, I can, c. c. infin. (see in Avva/ia. The irreg. and later dat.
Svai Matt. vi.

a.)
viz. infin. present, Tit. i. 9. Heb. 24. xxii. 40. Luke xii. 5. al. occurs also
xi. 19. (Xen. An. 7. 4. 24.) with an in Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 7. Plut. Marcell. 29.
infin. aor. Luke xiv. 31. Rom. iv. 21. Pol. 4. 32. 3. Aristot. H.An. 4. 1.131.al.
xi. 23. xiv. 4. 2 Cor. ix. 8. 2 Tim. i. 12. See Buttm. 70. 2 Winer 9. 2. b.
James iii. 2. Acts xi. 17 tyw de rig ijfirjv Lob. ad Phryn. p. 210 In N. T. Norn.
tivvarbq jcwXverai, or comp. Buttm. 140. Matt. ix. 27 Svo rv^Xoi. xx. 21 oi dvo viol
3. Sept. for bi; Num. xxii. 38. Chald. I*. Luke vii. 41. Johni. 37. al Genit.
^-p^ Dan. iii. 17. Metaph. Swaro^, Matt, xviii. 16 vo fiaprvpuv. xx. 24. Luke
strong, i.
e.Jirm,Jhvd, established, Rom. xii. 6. John i. 40. al. Xen. Mem. 2.
XV. 1 oi Svvarol, SC. iv TT'HJTII. SoSvvarog 5. 2. Dat. see above. Accus. Matt. iv.
P2
18 rt$t cvo aSeXfovc. Luke iii. 11. al. xxi. 13. So Sept. for rnytt Ps. Ixxv. 6.
ssep. So in phrases, viz. Svo fj rpelg, Is. xliii. 4. lix.19. NlnttPs. 1.2. cxiii.3.
two or i. e. some, a
three, few, Matt, xviii. Mai. i. 11.
20. Cor. xiv. 29. (Xen. An. 4. 7. 5.)
1
avd dvo and Kara tivo, by two's, two and ) ou, o, 17, adj.
voi)Tog fr. j/olo>),
hard to be understood, 2
two, Luke ix. 3. x. 1. 1 Cor. xiv. 27.
Pet. iii. 16 Diog. Laert. 9. 13
elf dvo, in two, taxivSri tig Svo, SC. fi'^prj,
TQV re /cat
Matt, xxvii. 51. Mark xv. 38. Lu-
cian. D. Deor. 8. 1 SitXs /xou
r^v KtyaXjv
w, a, vg, 0??/t?,) o
.

If dvo. Pol. 2. 16. 11 <rxirat etf flfo

speak evil, i. e. to utter ill-omened lan-
/up?;. From the Heb. Svo Svo. two and guage, maledictions, etc. In N. T. tc
two, Mark vi. 7. So Sept. and Heb.
defame, to revile, 1 Cor. iv. 13 in some
013115 E^ti) Gen. vii. 9, 15. D>5iB Gen. MSS. for 1 Mace. vii.
(BXcKHjiijpovfjifvoi.
vi. 19, 20.' Gesen. Lehrg. p. 669, 703. 41. Soph. Electr. 1182.
Stuart 466. AL.
ac, *7> (Svefiju'ew,) evil-
an insep. part, implying diffi-
,
speaking, i. e. pp. ill-omened language,
culty, adversity, the contrary, etc. like malediction, Soph. Phil. 10. Plut. VIII.
the Eng. un, in, mis, etc. Buttm. 120. In N. T. reproach,
p. 323. ed. Reiske.
5.
contumely, ill-report, 2 Cor. vi. 8. 1

ou, o, >7, adj. (Svg, Mace. vii. 38. Dion. Hal. 6. 48. He-
/3a<rraa>,)
hard to be borne, oppressive, sych.
e. g. 0opr/a, Matt, xxiii. 4. Luke xi. 46.
Plut. IX. Au(i>, see Av
Sept. for 53 Prov. xxvii. 3.
p. 625. ed. Reiske. AwStica, o!, al, rd, indec. twelve,
Matt. ix. 20. xiv. 20. al. ssep. So ol
Sv in-
Avo-fvrc/0/a, ac, >?> ( c> tvrepov
Acts xxviii. 8. SatBfKa, twelve, sc. apostles, cor-
the
testine,) dysentery, flux,
Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 1. Pol. 32. 15. 14. responding to the twelve tribes, Matt.
xxvi. 14, 20, 47. Mark xiv. 10, 20. al.
u, Comp. Matt. xix. 28. Rev. vii. 5 sq. xxi.
o, rj, adj.
12 sq. xxii. 2. also Ex. xxviii. 17. Num.
u),) of explanation, and
difficult
xvii. 2. Josh. iv. 5. 1 K. vii. 25. AL.
by impl. hard to be understood, Heb. v.
11 __ Philo de Somn. II. p. 649. Arte-
inid. 3. 67. , 17, ov, the twelfth, Rev.
xxi. 20.
, ou, o, 17, adj. (5vf, KO\OV
j OU 5 TO,
pp.
<
difficult about one's food ;'
food), collect, the twelve tribes, sc. of Israel, the
genr. hard to please, morose, peevish, Xen.
Mem. 2. 2. 2. ra SvaicoXa, unpleasant people of Israel, Acts xxvi. 7.

things, difficulties, calamities, Sept. for aroc, r

Aw/m, (^/ >) a budd- >
t<t>

TN Jer. xlix. 8. In N. T. difficult,

ing, a house, Horn. II. 1. 222, 533. and
spoken of things, hard to accom-
i. e.
by synecd. a hall, chambei', Horn. II. 1.
plish, Mark x. 24 Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 6. 600. In N. T. only in the phrase i-n-i
Xen. CEc. 15. 10. TOV SujjiaToc, upon the house, i. e. the

a dv. with dif- house-top, roof, Matt. xxiv. 17. Markxiii.

Au<TKoXwc (SvffKoXog), 15. Luke v. 19. xvii. 31. Acts x. 9
ficulty, hardly, Matt. xix. 23. Mark x.
tiri TO 8&[ia. So Matt. x. 27 and
23. Luke xviii. 24. Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 2.
Luke xii. 3, ITTI rS>v dwpaTuv, by impl.
AIKTJUJJ, 7, (Svvw q. v.) usually
fjc> publicly, comp. 2 Sam. xvi. 22. Sept.
only plur. dvepai, the going down,
at for 33 Deut. xxii. 8. Josh. ii. 6,8. Is. xv,
T
the setting, sc. of the sun, as 5v<r/iai TOV 3._ Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 1. The roofs of
j/Xtov, Sept. for Nia Gen. xv. 12. al. oriental houses are flat, covered with a
Kinp Deut. xi. 30. al. Xen. An. 6. 4. composition of gravel, etc. The in-
2G.--In N. T. by impl. the west, Matt. viii. habitants spend much time upon them,
11. xxiv. 27. Lukexii.54. xiii.29. Rev. to enjoy the open air; and often sleep
 213 'Eav
there. See Calmet p. 506, 510. Jahn more comm.
eoj, f.
34.
wpo/*a,
t, depon. Mid. (flupta,)
to make a
i,) a gift, John gift of, to give, to present, trans. Mark
iv. 10. Acts viii. 20. xi. 17. Rom. v.
xv. 45. 2 Pet. i. 3, 4. Sept. for -QT
15. 2 Cor. ix. 15. Heb. vi. 4. Gen. xxx. 20. Esth. viii. 1. Prov.
Eph. iv. -jQ}
7 Kara TO fitTpov rijg tfwptag TOV Xpitrrou, iv. 2. Herodian. 1. 5. 2. Xen. Cyr. 5.
2. 8. An. 7. 3. 26, 27.
i. e. in
proportion to the gift bestowed
on us by Christ ;
others here by impl.
aroe, a
beneficence. Seq. gen. of that in which
the gift consists ; Acts ii. 38 and x. 45
Rom. v. 16. James i.
,

17. _
(flwpsw,) gift,
Jos. Ant. 4.
8. 47. Xen. Hiero 8. 4.
3. TOV ay. TrvivfidTOQ. Rom. v. 17 r/j

Eph. iii. x 7 S. TIJQ *P lTO G

(

Awpov, ov, TO, a gift,

TOV 3oJ. Sept. for Chald. nai33 Dan. (flt'flwjtu,)
present, Matt. ii. 11. Eph. ii. 8. Rev. xi.
ii. 6. 2 Mace. iv. 30. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 6.
10. Sept. for "in.) Gen. xxx. 20. into'
Xen. Hiero 11. 12.
Ex. xxiii. 8. it. xv. 19. nrtttt IK.
A;>pcav, adv. (accus. of Swped,} gratis, iv. 21. 1 Chr. xviii. 2 __ Plut. Mor. X.
gratuitously. See Buttm. 115. 4. p. 25. ed. Tauchn. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 26.
a) pp.
i. e.
freely, without requital, Spoken of gifts dedicated to God,
Matt. x. 8 bis. Rom. iii. 24. 2 Cor. xi. an offering, sacrifice, etc. Matt. v. 23, 24
7. 2 Thess. iii. 8. Rev. xxi. 6. xxii. 17. bis. viii. 4. xxiii. 18, 19 his. Heb. v. 1.
So Sept. and Qjn Gen. xxix. 15. Num. viii. 3, 4. ix. 9. xi. 4. So Matt. xv. 5
xi. 5. Pol. 18. 17. 7. and Mark vii. 11, Stipov, sc. !<m, i. e. it

b)
in the sense of groundlessly, without is consecrated to God. So of money
cause, John XV. 25 ifii(Tr](rdv fit Supedv. contributed in the temple, comp. in At-
Gal. 21 dpa Xptorof Swptdv cnrkSavt,
ii.
Spaxp-ov ; Luke xxi. 1, and ver. 4 tfiaXov
i. e. then there was no cause els rd d&pa TOV Ssov, they cast in, unto,
why Christ
should suffer ; see Winer's Comm. in among, the offerings made to God. Sept.
loc. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 161. for nna.p Gen. iv. 4. 1 Chr. xvi. 29.

Sept. and 0}n Ps. xxxv. 7. 1 Sam. l^ft "lev. i. 2, 3. ii. 4, 5, 7, 12. Is.
xix. 5. Ixvil 20. Horn. II. 8. 203.

interj. (prob. for tae, imperat.

*Ea, Vig. p. 834. Winer 42. p. 242. (Comp.
of ti and idv in 1 Cor. vii. 36. Rev. ii. 5.)
taw,) ah, alas, oh, expressing wonder,
complaint, indignation, etc. Mark i. 24. 'Eav is usually construed with the Sub-
Luke iv. 34. Comp. Heb. nnx Judg. junctive in later writers also with the
;

vi. 22, where Sept. a, a. coll. Josh. vii. Indicative; and very rarely in classic
7. Joel i. 15. Arrian. Diss. Ep. 2. 24. writers with the Optative; see Buttm.
Aristoph. Plut. 824. [825.] 139. 8. n. 3. Herm. 1. c. p. 822. Matth.
523.
'Eav, conjunct, (for ct aV,) if, I. Used alone, i. e. without other
contracted also into dv, see *Av II. It particles.
differs from el, in that ti expresses a 1. With the Subjunctive, and imply-
of
condition which is merely hypothetical, ing uncertainty with the prospect
i. e. a
subjective possibility ; while kdv decision, Buttm. 139. 9. 2.

implies a condition which experience a) with

the Subjunct. present and in
must determine, i. e. an objective possi- the apodosis (a) seq. indie, fut. Matt. vi.
bility, and refers therefore always to 22, 23, idv ovv 6 o^SaXjuoe <rov dirXovc
ing future; see espec. Herm. ad aov (pdtreivbv
o\ov TO ffwfid
eorat-
g,
 214
v
idv Sf K. T. \. Luke x. 6. John vii. 17. Buttm. 148. 3 Epict. En. 7. (y) seq.
Acts v. 38. Rom. ii. 26. al. seep. After indie, present, Matt, xviii. 13. Mark iii.
on referring to a previous clause, 1 John 24. viii. 36. John viii. 31. Rom. vii. 3.
v. 14. Sept. Job ix. 15, 20. V. H. Ml 2 Cor. v. 1 . al. Ceb. Tab. 3. Xen. Hi. 1.

4. 16. Xen. An. 5. 8. 24 The fut. of 28. So seq. indie, perf. in pres. sense,
the apodosis, or the whole apodosis, is John xx. 23. Rom. vii. 2. xiv. 23. comp.
sometimes to be supplied John vi. 62 ;
above in a. y.
() seq. aorist subjunct.
lav ovv Sewprjre K. T. \. i. e. how much 1 Cor. vii. 28 bis, el di ical yjij/tyc, OVK
more will this offend you, vfiag fficavSa- rjfiapTeg, K. T. X. James iv. 15. So after
Xivtt. Acts xxvi. 5. 1 Cor. iv. 15. Fut. "iva depending on a previous clause,
for imperat. Luke xix. 31 KO.I iav TIG Mark xii. 19 et Luke xx. 28. John ix. 22.
v/tag pwrp ovTwg tpfTrc avrtf. comp. xi. 57. So with OTT^Q Acts ix. 2.
in 'AyaTraw b. Instead of the fut. in- c)
sometimes with both Subjunctive
dic. is put the aor. subjunct. after ov prj, present and aorist in the same clause,
see Buttm. 139. 4. Acts xiii. 41 e. g. seq. indie, fut. in apodosis, 1 Cor.
y ou fiirj TrtartvaijTe, edv TIQ xiv. 23. seq. imperat. Matt. v. 23. (Xen
ov pfi in An. 7. 1. 25.) seq. indie, present, 1 Cor
y/iTv. Comp. Mrj. (J3) seq.
imperat. e. g. present, John vii. 37 iav xiv. 24. James ii. 15. 1 John i. 6.
rtf tfup, tp%ka5t Trpof /if.
Horn. xii. 20. 2. With the Indicative, but only in
aorist, Matt. x. 13 iav fikv y 77 onct'a a4t'a, later Greek writers in N. T. only ;

iXStTw K. T. \. Mark ix. 43 pres. Epict. once and with indie, perf. as present in
Ench. 43. perf. ib. 33. 6. (y) seq.
indie, the apodosis, 1 John v. 15 idv olSafiev
present, John viii. 10 icai lav Kpivat ds oldautv ori K. r. X. comp. in a. y, above.
tyw, ) tcpiaiQ r} ifttj dXrjSrjG iarj.. xiii. 17. Sept. Job xxii. 3. ix. 14. Theodoret.
xxi. 22. Rom. ii. 25. 1 Cor. vi. 4. xii. III. p. 267. .Elian. V. H. 4. 24. See
15, 16. .2 Tim. ii. 5. Matt. viii. 2. al. Herm. ad Vig. p. 822. Winer 42. p.
After on, as in a, Gal. v. 2 Plato 243, 244. Matth. 525. d.
Apol. Soc. 21. So seq. indie, perfect 3.Used in respect to things certain as
in pres. sense, John xx. 23 dv [idv~\ if they were uncertain, and hence equiv-
Tivwv tcparijTB, KticpdnivTai. Buttrn. alent to a particle of time, when, i. q.
113. 6. orav, with the Subjunctive; John xii.
b)
with the Subjunct. aorist, comp. 32 idv v^wS-w tK Trie yijg, irdvTag iXicvam
Buttm. 139. 12. Matth. 501. 521 ; Tcpbg i/jiavTov. xiv. 3. 1 John iii. 2. So
and in the apodosis, (a) seq. indie, fut. Sept. and ON Prov. iii. 24. Is. xxiv. 13.
Matt. iv. 9 Tavra irdvra ooi ^OKTW, iav Amos So ON Gen. xxxviii. 9,
xvii. 2.
TTfffuv irpofficvvrjvyg /tot. v. 13. xxviii. 14. where Sept. orav. Comp. Gesen. Lex.
Mark John viii. 36. Rom. x. 9. al.
viii. 3. OK C. 4. So Lat. si., Hor. Ep. 1. 7. 10.
step Sept. Job viii. 18. ix. 12. xi. 10. 4. Instead of dv, in N. T. and later
^El. V. H. 2. 36 iav oTroSavw. Lucian. Greek writers, used in relative clauses
D. Deor. 5. 3. With the apodosis or and with relative words; see in'Av I. 2.
the fut. implied, Mark xi. 32 dXV iav Winer 43 ult. Vig. p. 516, and Herm.
fjTrw/isv, i
dvSpwiriiJv, sc. ye know p. 835. Such words are thus rendered
what will happen. Rom xi. 22. Comp. more general, imply mere possibility,
1EL V. H. 1. 34 ult. Fut. for imperat. and take only the Subjunctive, Buttm.
Matt. xxi. 3. 1 John v. 16. comp. above 139. 8 ; ever, soever, Lat. cunque. Thus
in a. a. Instead of the indie, fut. whatso-
is
(a) OQ idv, whoever, whosoever,
put the aor. subjunct, after ou /t?/, John ever, Matt. v. 19. vii. 9. x. 14, 42. xii.
viii.51, 52. comp. in a. a, above. Xen. 36. xiv. 7. xvi. 19. al. saep. Sept. Gen.
Hi. 11. 15. imperat. e. g. pres- xv. 14. xxi. 22. al.
(|3) OOTIQ idv, wJi*>-
(/3) <?eq.
Gal. Col. 23.
ent. Matt, xviii. 17. 1 Cor. x. 28. (y) bVog
iii.
ever, whatsoever,
vi. 1. al. aorist, Matt, xviii. 15, 17. 1 Cor. idv, whosoever, as many as, etc. Matt,
vii. 11. Col. iv. 10. Ench. xviii. 18 bis. Rev. iii. 19. Sept. Gen. xliv.
pres. Epict.
. S ~> in prohibitions expressed by \ir\ 1. (d) OTTOV idv, wheresoever,
Matt. viii.
seq. aor. subjunct. instead of the im- 19. xxiv. 28. Mark
vi. 10. xiv. 14. al.

Matt. xxiv. 23. Heb. iii. 7. see () ou idv, wheresoever, 1 Cor. xvi. 6.
perat.
 Eavrov 2J5 'Eavrow

Sept. Gen. xx. 13. () J> idv, as if, in ff , Buttm. 127. n. 5. Matth. 489. II.
whatsoever manner, as when, Mark iv. 26, Thus for 1 pers. plur. rj^L&v avr&v, etc.
coll. Luke xi. 36. whensoever, Rom. xv. ourselves, Rom. viii. 23 -tifielg avrol iv
24. Sept. Job xxxvii. 10. Dan. i. 13 iavTolg (TTvdofiv. 1 Cor. xi. 31. 2
KaSuc idv Isocr. Panath. 32. p. 419 ed. Cor. i. 9. x. 12, 14. 1 John i. 8.

Lange. (r\)Ka$b idv, according to what- Thuc. 1. 82 avrwv. Plato Phsedop. 78.
soever, 2 Cor. viii. 12. (3) bodxig idv,
B. So for 2 pers. sing, atavrov, ijg, ov,
so often as, Rev. xi. 6. thyself, Rom. xiii. 9 ayaTHjtme TOV TrXrj-
In connexion with other particles,
II. <riov ffov O)Q eavTov JE1. V. H. 1. 21.
where however for the most part each ^Eschyl. Agam. 1308. Also for 2 pers.
retains its own power. The folio wing only plur. vp&v avTwv, etc. yourselves, 1 Cor.
require to be noted ; all with the Sub- vi. 19 OVK i<TT eavTuiv. Heb. x. 34. al.

junctive, as above in I. 1. Pol. 18. 6. 4. Dem. Olynth. 9. 13.

iuv ck ical, and if also, but if also, plur. in a reciprocal sense for
(a) c)
Matt, xviii. 17. 1 Cor. vii. 1 1, 28. 2 Tim. dXXt]Xwv, 6.
XsyovTfg Trpbg iavrovQ,
g.
ii. 5. Comp. in Ac II. d. Sept. Jobxxxi. i. e.
Trpof dXXrjXovg, to one another, one to
14. non al. another, etc. Mark x. 26. John xii. 19.
(/3) idv fiij, if not, i. e. unless, except, genr. Rom. i. 24. Col. iii. 13, 16. Jude
Matt. V. 20 idv fifi irfpi<T<Ttvffy rj diicat- 20 Xen. Mern. 3. 5. 2, 16. Comp.
oavvrj vptiv irXilov K. T. \. vi. 15. Mark, Matth. 489. III.
iii. 27. vii. 4. John Hi. 2, 5. xv. 6. Gal. d)
with prepositions, viz.
(a) a^'
ii. 16. al. Sept. for ^T Ex. iii. 19. iv. 1. iavTov, see in 'ATTO III. 2. c.
(/3)
tit

>6 DN Ex. iv. 8, 9 Pol, 3. 38. 2. Xen. iavTov, through or by itself, in its own
An. 5. 7. 30 In the sense of except nature, Rom. xiv. 14. (y)
iv iavry,

that, but that ; Mark iv. 22 ov yapscrrt n in himself, etc. in mind, genr. Matt,i. e.

KpvTTTOv, o idv fit) 0avpwSy, i. e. but xiii. 21. Mark v. 30. ix.50. John xi. 38.

that it shall be' revealed, i.

q. aXX' 'iva Acts x. 17. 1 John v. 10. SoXlyetvv.
in the other clause. Matt. xxvi. 42 idv /*} tiirtiv iviavT$, to say within one's self,
avro Trtw, i. e. so but that I drink. Mark i. e. to think, Matt. iii. 9. ix. 3, 21. al.
x. 30 idv pfi Xd(3y, but that he shall re- So Sept. for 3^5 ipK Esth. vi. 6. Ps.
ceive, i. e. who shall not receive. Comp. xxxvi. 1. elsewhere iv Kapdiy, Ps. x. 6,
Matth. 617. d. Winer 59 ult. 11. xiv. 1. See Gesen. Lex. art. "ips 2.
Aristoph. Eq. 2. 2. Eurip. Med. 30 T\V So in one's own self, person, nature,
prj. etc. John v. 26.
Eph. ii. 15. vi. 53.

idv irip, if indeed, if now, Heb. iii. In the phrase yivtadai v. fyx^Sat iv
(y)
6, 14. vi. 3. non. al. 2 Mace. iii. 38. eavT<fi, to come to one's self, i. e. to re-
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 8. cover one's recollection, senses, Acts
lav rt, if it be, be it that, 2 Cor. x. xii. 11. Luke xv. 17. Xen. An. 1.5. 17.
(fl)
8. Also as repeated idv re idv re, Jos. Ant. 6. 8. QiavTov yivsaSai. Diod.
whether or, Rom. xiv. 8 quater. non al. S. 13. 95 tiQ iavrovg lp%6/j,tvoi. (o) i%
So Sept. for DN Ex. xix. 13. Lev. iii. 1. iavTov, of or by one's self, 2 Cor. iii. 5.
Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 6. Comp. Viger. p. (e)
Ka& iavTov, by himself, etc. i. e.
517. Matth. $617.5. AL. alone, Acts xxviii. 16, coll. ver. 30. (Xen.
Mem. 3. 5. James ii. 17 rj TT'KJTIQ
4.)
'

'Eaurou, rfj, rov, accus. iavrov, KaS eavrrjv, in itself.

1

(?) fit&' iavTov,

TIJV, TO, reflex, pron. 3d pers. of oneself, with one's self, along with, Matt. xii. 45.
of itself, accus. himself, herself, itself; Mark viii. 14. (?/) Trap' iavr<i>, by
him-
see Buttm. 74. 3. The contracted self,
i. e. at home, Fr. chez soi, 1 Cor.
form is avrov, TTJS, TOV, etc. which see in xvi. 2 Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 3.^) irpbs
its order. iavTov, to one's house, home, Luke xxiv.

a) pp. of the 3d pers. sing, and plur. 12. Sept. Num. xxiv. 25.
John xx. 10.
Matt. viii. 22. xxvii. 42. Luke ix. 25. Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 5. Pol. 5. 93. 1 In the
John v. 18. al. srepiss. sense with or in himself, i, e. in mind,
a general reflexive, standing in thought, Luke xviii. ll.Aristsen. Ep.
b) as
also for the first and second persons, 1.6. AL.
 216

'JEawj w, f. laaw, aor. 1 7a<ra, impf. 'E/3pa7ot are the Jews of Palestine, who
iu>v, (augm. Buttm. 84.
2,)
to let, to use the Hebrew (Aramaean) language,
let be, etc. to whom the language and country of
their fathers peculiarly belong, the true
a) pp. topennit, to suffer, not to hinder,
seq. accus. and infm. Matt. xxiv. 43. seed of Abraham ; in opp. to ol 'EXXTjvif-
Luke iv. 41. Acts xiv. 16. xxvii. 32. rai, i. e. Jews born out of Palestine and
xxviii. 4. Cor. x. 13. Rev. ii. 20 in text.
1 using chiefly the Greek language;
reeept. So with the infin. implied, Acts comp. Hug. in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 547
xvi.7. xix. 30. Sept. for imper. nan sq. So 2 Cor. xi. 22. Phil. iii. 5 'Eppaioc
Gen. xxxviii. 16. Job ix. 18.
Mace. xv. 14. Lucian. D. Mort. 13.
^ 1

6.
e

a.
emphat. comp. in Bct(n\{t>c
'E/3paTo*v,
In Acts vi. 1 spoken of Hebrew
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 9. Chiistians, in distinction from Hellenistic
to let alone, to leave, seq. accus. of Christians.
b)
person, Acts v. 38. Sept. for. nD*in sc.
'Ej3pai'c '/'&>, 17,
Judg. xi. 37 __ 2 Mace. vi. 13. Horn. the Hebrew language, i. e. the Hebrew-
II. 24. 684. Dem. 933. 7. Spoken of
AramEean, Syro-Chaldaic, which
or
things, to let alone, absol. to desist, Luke was the vernacular language of the
xxii. 51 fart twg TOVTOV, desist ! thus far,
Palestine Jews in the time of Christ
sc. is enough Xen. H. G. 4. 6. 2.
and the apostles. Acts xxi. 40. xxii. 2.
to leave to, to commit to, spoken of
c) xxvi. 14. See Bibl. Repos. I. p. 309 sq.
persons, to leave in charge, Acts xxiii. 32. 317 sq.
Of things Acts xxvii. 40 t"iuv (rrjv vavv)
tig rrfv SaXaaaav, they committed the 'Ej3paV(rrt,
adv. Hebraice, in He-
ship to the sea, i. e. let her drive Jos. brew, i. e. later Hebrew, John v. 2. xix.

Ant. 2. 9. 4 itaaav iiri r< 13, 17, 20. Rev. ix. 11. xvi. 16. For
Siqi rrjv (TwTrjpiav
avrov. the force of adverbs in -tort see Buttm.
119. 15. c.
ot, at, ra, indec.
'E|3ojm'/KOvra,
seventy, Actsvii. 14. xxiii. 23. xxvii. 37. f. /<ro, (yyve,) Att. fut.

Luke x. 1, 17 oief3do[ii)KovTa, the seventy w James iv. 8. Buttm. 95. 7. 9 sq. to

disciples sent out by Christ as teachers, bring near, cause to approach, trans.
equal in number to the Sanhedrim. Sept. for iTPSn Gen. xlviii. 10. IT"}prr-
Is. V. 8. Pol. 8. 6. 7 iyyivavree Ty yy
a^ v seventy -

rag vavg. More comm. and in N. T.

times Matt, xviii. 22 /3. tTrra, seventy
;
intrans. to draw near, to approach ; and
times seven, a frequent general expres-
perf. 7/yytKa, to have drawn near, i. e. to
sion for any large number comp. Gen.
;
be near, to be at hand, comp. Buitm.
iv. 24.
113. 6. Spoken of persons, absol. Matt.
, T?,ov, ord. adj. seventh, xxvi. 46 et Mark xiv. 42 fiyyiKtv 6
John iv. 52. Heb. iv. 4 bis. Jude 14. TrapaSidovc /if. Luke xii. 33. xviii. 40.
Rev. viii. 1. x. 7. xi. 15. xvi. 17. xix. 37, 41. xxiv. 15. Acts xxi. 33. xxiii.
xxi. 20. 15. Seq. dat. Lukevii. 12. xv. 1,25. xxii.
Eber or Heber, Heb.
indec. 47. Acts ix. 3. x. 9. xxii. 6. So Sept.
'EjSt'p, o,
^y (over, beyond,) one of Abraham's foririMGen. xxvii. 21, 26. niftEx. xxxii.
19 __-"Pol. 17. 4. 1. Ceb. Tab. 35 7rp6 e
aricestors, Luke iii. 35, comp. Gen. x.
21, 24, 25.
nva. Seq. ti'c c. ace. Matt. xxi. 1 ical
f
ore fjyYiaav fcg 'itpoffoXvfia. Mark xi. 1.
E|3pmco'c, //, ov,adj. Hebrew, Luke Luke xviii. 35. xix. 29. xxiv. 28. So
xxiii. 38. Jos. Ant. proem. 3. c. -rrpog for yjy) Gen.
Sept. for y:3 li. 9.

'EjSpcuoe, eucr, atov, or 'E(3paToc, xiv. 4. a^p Gen. xxvii. 17. Spoken
of things, time, etc. Matt. 2 n
ov, o, a Hebrew, from Heb. ^pV (passer
iii. 7/yyiKe

over, ) applied to Abraham Gen. xiv. 13, pamXtia T&V ovpavtiv. iv. 17. x 7. Mark
and to his descendants, the Israelites i. 15. Matt. xxi. 34. xxvi. 45. Luke xxi.

generally, Gen. xxxix. 14. Ex. i. 15. 8,20,28. xxii. 1. Actsvii. 17. Rom.xiii.
Deut. xv. 12. al. step. In N. T. o 12. Heb. x. 25. James v. 8. 1 Pet. iv. 7.
 217

Seq. ITTI Luke x. 9, 11 __Trop.

c. ace. the true God, opp. to ol
/laicpdv, Gen-
Phil 30 p-t\P Savarov T/yyi(re, he
ii. l
tiles, Eph. ii. 17. Sept. arid nll^ Is.
was nigh unto death. So Sept. and Ivii. 19. So eyyvg -yiviaSai, to become
nnp Job xxxiii. 22. yyn Ps. Ixxxviii. 4. near sc. to God by embracing the gospel,
cvii. IB. Arrian. Diss. Ep. 3. 10. 14. Eph. ii. 13. Comp. Wisd. vi. 19.
Also iyyi&iv r<p t<, to draw near to God, b) qf time,
absol. lyyvg TO Sepoe Matt.
:. e. in Sept. to offer sacrifice in the xxiv. 32. Mark xiii. 28. Luke xxi. 30.
temple, for ^33 Ex. xix. 22. Ez. xliv. 13 ; so seq. sTTi Svpai Matt. xxiv. 33. Mark
in N. T. to do him reverence and homage, xiii. 29. 6 Kaipog Matt. xxvi. 18. Rev. i.

to worship him with pious heart, Heb. vii. 3. xxii. 10. TO 7raerx John ii. 13. vi. 4.

19, coll. iv. 16. James iv. 8. Matt. xv. 8 xi. 55. } eoprrj John vii. 2. rj (BcunXeia

quoted from Is. xxix. 13, where Sept. for TOV Sreov Luke xxi. 31. Perhaps Phil.
2*1|p.
So God is said lyyi&iv TOIQ iv. 5, comp. Heb. x. 37. So Sept.
dvSpatiroic, to draw near to Christians, tyywc / 77/ifpa for nllj? Ez. xxx. 3. Joel
sc. by the aids of his Spirit, grace, etc. i. 15. ii. 1. al. Horn." II. 22. 453. seq.
James iv. 8. So Sept. and Deut. dat. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 2 6 p.kv dywv t)/uv
2")|}
iv. 2. comp. Ps. cxlv. 18.

f.
^w, to adv. compar. of fyyve,
'Eyypa0w, (Iv, r/o<tya>,)
,

engrave, to inscidp, Herodot. 4. 19. to (Buttm. ^ 115. 5, 7,) nearer, spoken of

write in any thing, e. g. in a letter, Xen. time, Rom. xiii. 11 __ Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 19.
Cyr. 8. 2. 17. to inscribe, i. e. to enrol,
'Eyft'pw, f. *yfpw, aor.
1 }ypa, to
I Mace. xiii. 40. In N. T. metaph. to
wahe, to arouse, to cause to rise up, trans.
inscribe, to infix, sc. in the heart, etc. 2 Mid. to to rouse up, to
gyt/pojtttti, awake,
Cor. iii. 2, 3. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 12 lyyp.
arise, intrans. Buttm. 135. 3 aor. 1 ;

TOVQ vopovc ralf and perf. pass, ey^yep^ai,

pass. riykpSnv,
with mid. signif. to rise, to have risen,
, ou, 6, >}, adj. (iyyvjj bail,
Buttm. 136. 2, 3.
pledge, fr. iv, yvloi/,) yielding a pledge,
2 Mace. x. 28. In N. T. masc. 6 tyyvog, a) pp.
from sleep; implying also the
a idea of rising up from the posture of
surety, bondsman, metaph. Heb. vii. 22.
sleep. Matt. viii. 25 avrbg iicaSrsvdf
pp. Ecclus. xxix. 15, 16. Pol. 5. 27. 1.
Xen. Vect. 4. 20.
Kal ol ficiSriTai ?/yeipav OVTOV. Acts xii.
7. Mark iv. 27 KaSevSy Kal tya'pj/rai,
adv. near, spoken of place Matt. xxv. Prov.
, 7. Sept. for ypn vi.
and time in later writers more fre-
; 22. yp" Gen. xli. 4, 7.
tnp Prov. vi.

quently of the latter, Passow sub. v. 9. Pliit. Pomp. 36. Xen. CEc. 5. 4 __
a) of place, absol. John xix. 42. Seq. Trop. from sluggishness, torpor, Rom.
gen. John iii. 23. vi. 19, 23. xi. 18, 54. xiii. 11. comp. Eph. v. 14 below in d.
xix. 20. prob. Luke xix. 11. Acts i. 12. So trop. from death, of which sleep is
comp. Buttm. 146. 2. Sept. for arip the emblem among all nations ; comp.
Gen. xlv. 10. Ez. xxiii. 12. 1 Mace. iv. Horn. 11. 14. 231. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 21.
18. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 1 Seq. dat. Acts Virg. ^En. 6. 278. Job. xiii. 13. Ps. xiii.
ix. 38 tyyi> Sk ovarjg AvSSrjs
ry 'loinry. 4. Dan. xii. 2. Matt, xxvii. 52. Thus
xxvii. 8 __ So Sept. metaph. Ps. xxxiv. to raise the dead',
iytipeiv vticpovg,
19. Diod. Sic. 1. 41 tyyiora ry d\rj$ei<p. Matt. x. 8 vticpovG lyciptrt. John v. 21.
Comp. Matth. 386. 6. Trop. near, Acts xxvi. 8. 1 Cor. xv. 15, 16. 2 Cor.

nigh, absol. Phil. iv. 5 6 Kvpiog tyyvg, sc. i. 9.Also iyeipeiv etc vfKp&v, to raise
as a helper etc. comp. ver. 6. So Ps. the dead, and Mid. seq. cnro or IK,
from
xxxiv. 19. cxlv. 18. Seq. gen. Heb. vi. 8. to rise from the dead; John xii. 1 ov
viii. 13. iyyvQ aov, near thee, i. e. close at ver. 9. 17. Gal. 1.
fjyeipev ex vtKp&v.
i.

hand, near by, Rom. x. 8 quoted from 1 Thess. i. 10. al. Mid. seq. a. Matt.
Deut. xxx. 14 where Sept. for 3Vlj?. So xiv. 2. xxvii. 64. xxviii. 7. al. seq. IK
oltyy v as adj. (Buttm. 125. 0,) the near, Mark vi. 14, 16. Luke ix. 7. John ii. 22.
those who are near, sc. the Jews, as al. Absol. Matt. xvi. 21. xvii. 23. xxvii.
having the knowledge and worship of 63. Mark xvi. 14. Acts v. 30. Rom. iv
 25. '2 Cor. iv. 14. So Sept. ind we, /, a wak-
(iyf/pw,)
K. iv. 31. Is. xxvi. 19. ing up, sc. from sleep, Pol. 9. 15. 4 in
the idea of sleep being dropped, some edit, a rising up, Sept. for
b) tHp
to cause to rise tip, to raise up, to set up- Ps. cxxxix. 2. erection, building, Esdr.
right, and Mid. to rise up, to arise, viz. v. 62 In N. T. resurrection, sc. from
(a) Spoken of persons, e. g. sitting, Acts the dead, Matt, xxvii. 53,
iii.7. reclining at table, John xiii. 4.

prostrate or lying down, Acts x. 26. j OW, 6, 77, adj. (eyica-

Matt. xvii. 7. Luke xi. 8. Acts ix. 8. al. to sit in
ambush), pp. sitting in
(Sept. and y[?n 2 Sam. xii. 17.) and so ambush, lying in wait, Sept. for nny Job
of sick persons, Matt. viii. 15. Mark i. 31. xxxi. 9. In N. T. metaph. insidious,
i. e. a suborned
ii. 12.
Including the idea of conva- emissary, spy, Luke xx.
lescence, to set 20 Jos. B. J. 6. 5. 2. Dem. 1483. 1.
up again, i. e. to heal,
James by an oriental pleo-
v. 15.
(/3)
tbiV, ra,
nasm, prefixed to verbs of going, of un- , (iv,
pp. initiation or dedication of something
dertaking or doing any thing, etc. see
in 'Aviffrrjm II. d. Matt. ii.
new, Sept. for rrajJTT Ezra vi. 16. Neh.
13, 14,
xii. 27. Dan. iii.* 2.'' In N. T. a festival
tyf/o^f/C 7rapaXaj3e TO iraiSiov. ii. 20, 21.
at the consecration of something new or
ix. 19. John xi. 29. al. So Sept. and
1 Chr. xxii. 19. comp. in 'Avicrrq/u renewed; and genr. thefestival of dedi-
tnp
I. c. of persons, Mid. to rise cation, John x. 22. This festival was
(y) Trop. instituted by Judas Maccabaeus to com-
up sc. as an adversary, seq.
against,
liri Matt. xxiv. 7. Mark xiii. 8. Luke
memorate the purification of the temple
riva,
and the renewal of the temple worship,
xxi. 10. Sept. Act. for T^n Is. x. 26.
after the three years' profanation by
Jer. 1. 9. Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 6 So eyti-
Antiochus Epiphanes. It was held fo?
ptffSai iv ry jcpurct perd TIVOQ, Matt. xii.
42. Luke xi. 31. of things, eight days,commencing on the 25th
(d) spoken
to raise up, e. g. out of a pit, Matt. xii. day of themonth Kislev, Heb. l^pl),
which began with the new moon of r

II, comp. Luke xiv. 5. So genr. in

later usage, to erect, to build, e. g. vaov
December. Josephus calls it $<ara, i. e.

John ii. 19, 20. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. the festival of lights or lanterns. See
1 Mace. iv. 52 59. 3 Mace. x. 5 8.
Jlerodian. 8. 1. 12
Jos. Ant. 12. 7. 6, 7. Jahn 3(U Not
found in the classics. Suid.
to raise up, to cause to
c) metaph. n,
arise or exist ; Mid. to arise, to appear, eopr?) KCI& rjv iyicaivovpyrjSij

etc. Luke i. 69 tytipiv Kpac (rwr^piaf, f. V<u, (iv, jcan/i'sto,) pp.

i. e. a saviour. Acts xiii. 22, 23. Mid. to renew, Lat. innovare, Sept. for lEnn 2
spoken of prophets, Matt. xi. 11. xxiv. 11. Chr. xv. 8. Ecclus. xxxiii. 6. In N. T.
24. Mark xiii. 22. Luke vii. 16. John vii.
to initiate, i. e. to consecrate, to sanction,
52. So Sept. and T}>n Is. xii. 25. Heb. ix. 18. x. 20. Sept. for rprr Deut.
xlv. 13. "ppn Judg. iii. 9, 15. Ecclus. xx. 5. 1 K. viii. 64. Comp. Se'pt. and
x. In the sense of to cause to
4. 1 Sam. xi. 14.
be born, to create, Matt. iii. 9. Luke
iii. 8. , w, f. ^w, (iv, *aXa>,)
intrans. or with iavrov etc. implied,
d)
to call in, i. e. to demand, Xen. An. 7. 7.
to awake, to arise ; Buttm. ^ 113. n. 2. 33. In N. T. to call in question, i. e.
130. n. 2. Thus to awake sc. from to accuse, to arraign, to bring a charge

sleep, trop. sluggishness, Eph. v. 14 tyi- against ; seq. dat. of pers. Acts xix. 38.
KaStvSw. Also, to rise up, to arise, and^ac.acc. xxiii.28. Ecclus. xlvi.19.
p<u 6
sc. from a sitting or recumbent posture. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 3. Xen. Hi. 5. 3. Seq.
Mark ii. 9, 11. iii. 3. v.41. x. 49. Luke accus. of person, or in Pass, with gen.
v. 23, 24. vi. 8. John v. 8. In classic of thing, Acts xxvi. 2. or with irtpi
writers only poetic in this sense, Aris- c. gen. of thing, Acts xix. 40. xxiii. 29.

toph. Han. 340. Eurip. Iph. in Aul. xxvi. 7. Matth. 369. ^ 370. n. I
Comp. .

626. A r. Buttm. 132. 5. 3. liiod. Sic. 11. *:).

 seq. i-rri c. dat. 4. 55. Seq. Kara c. gen.
'EyKOTT/J, r)c, r}, (eyicoTrra* q. v.) an
of pers. Rom. viii. 33, coll. v. 31. impediment, hindrance, 1 Cor. ix. 12. _
Diod. Sic. 1. 32*.
'EyicaraXctTrw,
f.
^, (iv,
to leave behind in any place or state ; j,
f.
i//w, (Iv, KOTrrw), to
hence genr. to leave, trans. strike in, to cut in ;
metaph. to impede,
to hinder, trans. Rom. xv. 22. Gal. v. 7.
a) PP' as T 'J V $ V X*1 V tlov '
$^ v > Acts
1 Thess. ii. 18. In the sense of to delay,
a. 27, quoted from Ps. xvi. 10 where
Sept. for 37V __ Psalt. Salom. ii. 7. Act.
Acts xxiv. 4. also to render
fruitless,
Thorn. 51 oi>K iyKariXnirs /ze 7rapap,e1vai 1 Pet. iii. 7 in later edit, for iK/coTrrco-^ai

TOV x^pov rbv Stivov. Dem. in text, recept.

(if IKIIVOV
13-20. 25. In the sense of to leave re-
'Eyjc/oarcmj ac, ),
(iyKparrjQ,^
con-
maining, Rom.
29 quoted from Is. i.
ix.
tinence, temperance, self-control, Acts
9 where Sept. for Tnin. Hes. Op. v. xxiv. 25. Gal. v. 23. 2 Pet. i. 6. Ec-
347. Herodian. 1. 4.' 18. clus. xviii. 29 sq. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 1 sq.
to leave in the lurch, i. e. to
b) by impl. ib. 4. 5. 1 sq.
forsake, to desert, to abandon, seq. accus.
Matt, xxvii. 46. Mark xv. 34. (Sept. for 'EyjcpareiJojuaf, f. euo-o/iat, depon.
2 Cor. 2 Tim. Mid. to be lycpar^c, i. e. to be continent,
37^ Ps. xxii.
1.)
iv. 9. iv.
Heb. x. 25. xiii. 5. Sept. for temperate, abstinent, to have self-control,
10, 16. my 1 Cor. vii. 9. ix. 25.
Deut. xxxi. 6, 8. Is. i. 8 Wisd. x. __ 13*. Sept. for pSNnn
Plut. Galb. 14. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 4.
Gen. xliii. 31. Not found in classic
writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 442.
'EyicarotKtoj, w, f. 17*, (iv, Ka-
to dwellfixedly in or among, seq.
tw,) powerful, Xen. Eq. 7. 8.
icparoc), strong,
iv c. dat. 2 Pet. ii. 8. Seq. dat. comp. Yen. having power over, master
10. 10.
Valckn. diatr. ad Eurip. Hipp. 31. p. 68
of, seq. gen. 2 Mace. x. 15, 17. Xen.
or p. 127 ed. Lips.
Hi. 5. 2. H. G. 7. 3. 3. In N. T.
f- i, metaph. having self-control, continent,
pf%(jL> 9 (iv, *vrptw), Xen.
to prick in, to stick in, e. g. temperate, abstinent, Tit. i. 8.
spurs, to
Mem. 1. 2. 1. (Ec. 9. 11.
spur on, Wisd. xvi. 1 1 . In N. T. to in-
sert, to ingraft, metaph. Rom. xi. 17, 19,
f. to
, ivw, (iv, /cptW),
23 bis, 24 bis. pp. Theophr. H. PI. 2. 3. i. admit after trial, to
e. to
judge in,
Marc. Ant. 11.8. reckon among, seq. dat. 2 Cor. x. 12
Seq. e/f Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 7. Plut. Lye.
25. .Xen. H. G. 4. 1. 40. Comp. Lob.
charge, accusation, Acts xxiii. 29. xxv. 16. ad Phryn. p. 385 sq.
Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 6.
to
'EyKpUTrrw, f. i^w, (iv, KpviTTut),
ou/zcu, hide in any thing, trans, sc. by covering,
Mid. a strip, string, loop,
(iv, Kofi(3oQ
mixing, etc. as Sept. seq. iv rg yy for
etc. set on
order to tie or fasten
in Josh. vii. 21. Hence in N. T. by
)?3D
a garment ; hence ty/co/x/Sw/ia, a kind knead leaven
impl. to mix in, to in, sc.
of long white apron or outer garment with Matt. xiii. 33. Luke xiii. 21.
flour,
with strings, etc. worn by slaves ; So Sept. for yiy Ez. iv. 12.
Pollux IV. 119 ry te TOJV SovXuv iKw-
fr. iv,
icai TI "Eyicvoc, ov, *1, (iyKvu, KWW,)
fjiidi ifiaridiov TrpoffKtirai \evicbv,
with child, pregnant, Luke ii. 5 Ec-
o eyc6/x/3w/m Xeytrai. Hesych.
clus. xiii. 10. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 33. Diod.
/3j7- eyic6/3w/ia Kai 7rtpi(i>pa Al
Sic. 4. 2.
Hence the verb in N.
T.)
to tie, or bind
one's self into, sc. an !yK6yu/3u>;m, i. e.
'Eyx/>/w,
f- i, (iv, xp*' w )
to b
to put on, to clothe one's self in, seq. in, e. g. rfjv xo\riv tig TOVQ
6^a\fiovc
ace. of thing, mefciph. 1 Pet. v. 5. Tob. xi. 8. In N. T. to rub in with any
thing, to anoint ; Rev.
Nicet. III. 8. p. 288, TU>V iii. 18 Ko\\ovpiov,
iyKonfiw<ru
rove o^a/Xftovg. Tob. vi. 8.
 220

'E-yw, gen. i^ov, pov, I, pron.

of the aid, alov, (pa fr
The &>,) seated, sedentary, Xen. Lac.
1. 3
first person see Buttm.
;
72. 3.

monosyllabic forms pov, pot, pi, are In N. T. metaph. fixed, firm, steadfast,
sc. in mind and purpose, 1 Cor. vii. 37.
usually enclitic, but are orthotone after
prepositions, except in TTOOQ fie ;
Buttm. xv. 58. Col. i. 23. Symm. for prg
ib. n. 2. 3. Prov. iv. 18. Ignat. ad Eph. 10 iSpalov
Nom. yu, plur. r//zTf,Matt. viii. 7. Ty TTt'orti. So idpaiHjQ Herodian. 3,
a)
Acts Matt, xxviii. 14. Mark xiv.
xvii. 3. 14. 10.
58. al. scepiss. So with a certain em-
r<>>
aroc,
phasis, Matt. iii. 11,14. v. 22, 28, 32, 34. fr. 1 Tim.
John iv. 26. al. Matt. vi. 12. xvii. 19. basis, foundation,
iii. 15.
xix. 27. al. saep Used sometimes by
Paul KoivuviKwe, i. e. where the speaker ov f o, Hezekiah, Heb.
puts himself as the representative of all, 7 or n *l?yT? (strength from Je-
or vice versa ; e. g. lyw for ?//m, Rom. Matt. i. 9, 10.
hovan), king'of Judah,
vii. 9, 10, 14, 17, 20 bis, 24, 25. 1 Cor. See 2 K. c. 18 20. 2 Chr. c. 29 31.
x. 30. riptlg for tyw, 1 Cor. i. 2, 3. Is. c. 36 38.
ii. 10, 12, coll. ver. 4. ib. iv. 8, 10. In
the phrase lyw, icvpu, Acts ix. 10,
idoii ac, >7>

and lyw Kvpu, Matt. xxi. 30, put by voluntary worship, will-wor-^
Hebraism instead of an affirmative ad- ship. i. e. beyond what God requires,
verb. So Sept. and "3}n 1 Sam. iii. 8. supererogatory ;
Col. ii. 23 iv i$t\o-
Gen. xxii. 1, 11. "pbN Gen. xxvii. 24. $pi]0Kti<f. Kal Tairtivotypoavvg, prob. re-
2 Sam. xx. 17. See Gesen. Lehrg. p. ferring to the phrase SsXwv iv ran. Kal
829. 6. 5rpi]GKtiq. TU>V ayykXwv, in ver. 18. Comp.

b) Gen. pov (not l^ou) and rjn&v,

are for the worship of angels, Test. XII
often used instead of the corresponding Patr. p. 657, yyierc r< Sty KCU ry
possessive Ipoe, etc. Buttm. 127. 7. ayytXy ry Trap air ovfjtivy vfiag* on
Luke vii. John OVTOQ IOTI Stov Kai
e. g. pov Matt. ii. 6. 46. fitffirrjQ av$rpw7r<>iv.

vi. 54. saep. rip&v Matt. vi. 12. Luke i. This was forbidden by the council of
55. Rom. vi. 6. saep. So pov as passive Laodicea see Wetstein in loc.
;
So
or objective, John xv. 10 kv ry ayairy prob. the Essenes, Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 7.
pov, i. e. love of or towards me. Comp. Rev. xix. 10. xxii. 9. Suid.
Dat. in the phrase T'I spot /ecu voi ; eSeXoS-p^o-Ktl* Idly &f\r}p,aTi oi^ti TO
c)
what is to me and thee sc. in common ? SOKOVV. Comp. &e\odov\tla Lucian.
what have I with thee ? Matt. viii. 29. Nigrin. 23.
Mark v. 7. Luke viii. 28. John ii. 4. So see
Sept. and Tj^ "^Tr?? Judg. xi. 12. 2
Sam. xvi. lo! xix. 23. Comp. Matth. to accustom;
*389.i. a. Arr. Epict. 2. 19. 16. ib. 1. 1. Pass, to be accustomed, and of things, to
16. AL. be customary, Xen. Eq. 7. 7. Mem. 3.
'Ea0to>, f. ,
(t0oe)> to level 14. 6. 2 Mace. xiv. 30 __ In N. T. Pass.
with the ground, to raze, to destroy, trans. particip. perf. neut. TO il^iafikvov, what
Luke xix. 44. Sept. for IB'EH Hos. xiv. 1. is customary, and as a subst. custom, rite,
Nah. iii. 10. CM' Niph. Amos ix. 24. Luke ii. 27. Buttm. 128. 2. Comp.
Pol. 6. 33 6." Xen. Hiero 9. 7.

j O,
OVQ, TO, (<>,) pp. 'E-vi/QjOvrj^j ov, o, (tSvog and aj

base, bottom, e, g. of a ship, Horn. Od. an ethnarch, i. e. ruler of a people, a

o. 249. of a room. etc. floor, Sept. for prefect, ruler, chief, 2 Cor. xi. 32.

yp"lp Num. v. 17. 1 K. vi. 15. of a Spoken of Simon Maccabaeus, 1 Mace,

river, Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 18. In N. T. the xiv. 47. xv. 1, 2. Jos. Ant. 13. 6. 6.
ground, Acts xxii. 7. So Sept. for ynj* of Archelaus, Jos. B. J. 2 6. 3. of the
Ez. xli. 16, 20. Ecclus. xi. 5. Pol. 4'. head of the Jews in Egypt, Jos. Ant.
65. 4. ib. 5. 0. 3. 14. 7. 2. Lucian. in Macrob. 17.
 221

ov, (ZS-voc,) national,

>'?
Luke iv. 16. Acts xvii. 2. Sept. Num.
popular, Pol. 30. 10. 6. In N. T. in the xxiv. 1. comp. Xen. Mem. 4. 1. 1.

Jewish sense, gentile, heathen, spoken of

Ei, a conditional conjunction, if,
all who are not Israelites, Matt. vi. 7.
expressing a condition which is merely
xviii. 17. Comp. in ESvog. hypothetical arid separate from all ex-
adv -
(&VIKOS,) in the perience, i. e. a mere subjective possibi-
manner of and differing therefore from lav;
Gentiles, Gal. ii. 14. lity,
see in 'Edv init. Herm. ad Vig. p. 834.
j coc ouc, TO, a multitude, Winer 240 sq.
42. p. Passow in Ei.
people, race, belonging and living to- Comp. and lav as used together
also ti

gether. in 1 Cor. vii. 36. Rev. ii. 5. Et is con-

a) genr.
Acts viii. 9 TO tSrvog rf/f 2a/to- strued with the Optative more usually ;

peiac, the people, inhabitants, of Samaria, with the Indicative and rarely with the ;

coll. ver. 5. Acts xvii. 26 irav tSvog Subjunctive; Passow 1. c. Herm. ad

dvSpwTrwv. 1 Pet. ii. 9. al. Sept. for Vig. p. 831. Winer 42. p. 243.
"jinn 2 Chr.
xxxii. 7. Is. xiii. 4 Horn. 1. As a conditional particle ; used
II. 7. 115 tSvog t'raipwv. Spoken of a alone, i. e. without other particles.
flock, swarm, etc. II. 2. 87, 459, 469. 1. With the Optative, implying that

b) in the sense of nation, people, as the thing in question is possible, but

distinct from all others, Matt. xx. 25 uncertain and problematical, though
apgoirec rtiv ZSvwv. Mark x. 42. Luke assumed as probable ;
Buttm. 139.
vii. 5 dyaTro" TO tSvoc t'lfiujv. John xi. 9. 3. Winer 42. p. 242. Herm. ad Vig.
48, 50 sq. Acts vii. 7. x. 22. al. So p. 813, 830. In N. T. followed only
Sept. and ^3 Gen. xii. 2. Ex. xxxiii. 13.
by the indie, in the apodosis, affirming

Ey Ex. i. 9. Deut. i. 28 Herodian. 2. something definite ; e. g. seq. pres.

7. 13. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 1. 1 Pet. iii. 14 ti Kai 7rd<r%oire Sid ducat-
in the Jewish sense, TO. tSrvrj, the oavvijv, naKctoioi sc. tart, but even if ye
c)
gentile nations, the gentiles suffer (as is most probable)
nations, i. e. ; etc. comp.

spoken of all who are not Israelites, ei Kai, in III below. So seq. praet.
and implying ignorance of the true God Acts xxiv. 19 OVQ tdti ITTI aov
and idolatry, the heathen, pagan nations ; ica Karriyoptiv, t n
Matt. iv. 15. x. 5.*Mark x. 33. Luke Horn. II. ix. 389. ti Kai Lucian. Tox. 1.
ii. 32. Actsiv. 27. xxvi. 17. Rom. ii. 14. Xen. Hiero 9. 10. comp. Matth. 524. 3.
iii.29. al. soep. So Sept. and tna Neh. Buttm. 139. 10, 11. Elsewhere in
v. 8, 9. Is. ix. 1. Ez. iv. 13. G^ay Jer. parenthetic clauses, Acts xxvii. 39 ov <'

x. 3 coll. ver. 2. Ez. xxvii. 33, 36. xxxiv. tjSouXcueravro, ti SvvaivTo, i^uxrai TO
13. AL. TrXolov. 1 Pet. iii. 17 ei 3-tXoi, others
ei SriXei. So ti ru%ot, should it SO
oc> ouc T > a custom, usage, is may be, i. e. it
happen (as probable)
manner, whether established by law or Here
perhaps, 1 Cor. xiv. 10. xv. 37.
otherwise, Luke i. 9. ii. 42. xxii. 39.
the apodosis in each case lies in the
John Acts vi. 14. xv. 1. xvi.
xix. 40.
In Greek writers, the use
affirmation.
21. xli.21. xxv. 16. xxvi. 3. xxviii. 17.
of ti with the Opt. is much more ex-
Heb. x. 25 Wisd. xiv. 16. 2 Mace. xi.
tensive.
25. xiii. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1.6. 10. Mem. 3.
2. With
the Indicative, implying pos-
9.1.
sibilitywithout the expression of uncer-
as to
"ESfcj, only in perf. 2 tttoS-a, with tainty, a condition or contingency
pres. signif. to be accustomed, to be wont ; which there is no doubt Buttm. 139. ;

see Buttm. 97. 9. 2. 114 ?3w. comp. 9. 1. Passow Ji ^' A. 2. Winer 42. p.
^ 113. 6. Hence pluperf. tiwSav as im- 240 sq.
perf. Matt, xxvii. 15. Markx.l Ecclus.
a)
With the Indie, present, and in the
xxxvii. 14. Herodian. 1. 17.7. Xen. An. 7. Matt. xix. 10 ti
apodosis, (a) seq. pres.
8. 4. Particip. ward TO tiSof avrti, ovrwc kffTiv rj atria TOV dv3-p. ov (ru/i^eptt
Acts v. 39. Rom. viii. 25.
according to his custom, as he was wont, ya/ij<ra<.
 222 EJ

1 Cor. ix. 17.

(/?) seq. imperat. Matt. iv. dv, if he were a prophet, he
3 si v'tbf el TOV Seov, I'TTE K. T. \. xix. 17. would know, etc. John v. 46. ix. 41.
xxvii. 42. John vii. 4. 1 Cor. vii. 9.Xen. xv. 19. Cor. xi. 31. after aor. c. ',
1

Hiero 9. 11.
(y) seq.
fut. Mark xi. 26 Heb. iv. 8 Gal. iii. 21
(/3) seq.
aor. in
ft t
vfjie?
OVK dtyitTe, ov$e 6 7rar)p d^vet the sense would have been, would have
K. T. X. Acts xix. 39. Rom. viii. 11. done, etc. after imperf. c. ', John xiv.
Heb. ix. 13. Xen. An. 7. 2. 14. In- 28 ti
riycnraTt sxapl v, if ye had
fit,

stead of the fut. indie, is put the aor. loved me ye would have rejoiced, etc. xviii.
subjunct. after ov (irj,
1 Cor. viii. 13. 30. Acts xviii. 14. after aor. c. ti, Matt,
see in Buttm. 139. 4. So also seq. xi. 21kysvovro i
fterivoijoav dv, if
aor. subjunct. in exhortations, 1 Cor. these had been done, they would have re-
xv. 32. Gal. v. 25. Buttm. 139. n. pented, etc. 1 Cor. ii. 8. after a pluperf.
7 seq. aor. Matt. xii. 26, 28. c. ft, Matt. xii. 7 el tyv&Kurt OVK dv
(fl)
Gal. ii. 21
(e) seq. perf.
1 Cor. xv. KartdiKaaaTf
(y) sep. pluperf. in the
13, 16, ti vtKOOt OVK lyeipovrat, ovoe sense would have been, etc. after im-
Xpicrrof lyqycprac, i. e.
admitting, sup- perf. c. el, John xi. 21 ct rjs tide, 6 ddt\-

posing, that the dead are not raised, 06c fjiov OVK dv IreSvrjKei. 1 John ii. 19.
Rom. iv. 14. 1 Cor. ix. 17. Dem. Ep. after a pluperf. c. el, John xiv. 7. Comp.
3. p. 114. B. Herm. ad Vig. p. 902. Diog. Laert. 3.
b) with the Indie, future, and in the 26. Lucian. Fugit. 1. JEsop. 31.1
apodosis, (a) seq. pres. 1 Pet. ii. 20. So (d)
In such constructions dv is some-
seq. perf. as pres. James ii. 11 ci ov pot- times omitted in the apodosis, e. g.
\evfftig, QovevffetG Se ysyovag irapafBdnis John [viii. ix. 33. Rorn. vii. 7. John
39.]
vopov. Buttm. 113. 6.
(/3) seq. fut. xv. 22. xix. 11. Acts xxvi. 32. So too
Matt. xxvi. 33 el irdvree Matt. xxvi. 24 Sept. Judg. viii. 19.
ffovrat iv ffol, yu ovdtTTOTS Diog. Lsert. 2. 5. 6, 9. Comp. Matth.
<rofiai. Others read el icai.
(y) seq.
508. n. 2. Winer 1. c.

imperat. after el pf], 1 Cor. vii. 17. f)

With the Indie, sometimes where

c)
with the Indie, perfect, and in the the Optative would
naturally be ex-
apodosis, (a) seq. pres. 1 Cor. xv. 19. el pected, viz. where a thing is uncertain,
iv ry fay Tctvry ^XTTIKOTSQ iapev iv X. though assumed as probable ; see in
povov, iXeeivorepot -jrdvTCJV dv$p. tapiv. no. 1. above. Acts xx. 16 tvirevSe ydp,
xv. 14, 17. 2 Cor. v. 16. Acts xxv. 11. el dvvaTov fjv avry* yevsffSai K. T. \.
Dem.Pantaen. p. 639. A.
c.
(/3) seq.
Horn. II. 12. 59. Ml. V. H. 12. 40.

imperat. Actsxvi. 15. fut. John Comp. Winer 42. p. 243. Herm. ad
(y) seq.
xi. 12. Rom. vi. 5 (<J) seq. perf. 2 Vig. p. 904. Passow in Et A. 2. c. So
Cor. ii. 5. where there is no
probability nor even
d) with the Indie, aorist, and in the assumed possibility ;
Mark 35 tl
xiv.
apodosis, (a) seq. pres. Rom. iv. 2 ci SVVCITOV kori, TrapeXSp / Matt,
wpa.
'Afipadp i ipyuv idiKat(!)$ti, t\ti Kav^i]pa. xxiv. 24. Mark xiii. 22. Comp. Horn.
xv. 27. 1 John iv. 11. seq. imperat. II. 5.350.
(/3)
John xviii. 23. Rom. xi. 17. sq. Col.
g) In the urbanity and delicacy of
iii. 1. Philem. 18.
(y) seq. fut. John Attic discourse, ci with the Indie, is
xiii. 32. xv. 20 bis. Rom. v. 10, 17 spoken of things not merely probable,
() seq. aor. Rom. v. 15. but certain, and dependent on no con-
e) with the Indie, of the historic tenses, dition ;
Buttm. 149. p. 423. Passow
and in the apodosis a similar tense in Ei A. Viger. p. 504.
2. c. Matth.
with dv, expressing a previous condi- 617. f. penult. Thus
tion on which depended a certain result, (a) after 5avudu, and other verbs
but implying that neither has taken signifying an emotion of mind, where
place Passow in Et A. 2. d. Buttm.
;
it is
equivalent to ore ; Mark xv. 44
139. 9. 4. Winer 43. 2. See in "Av tSavpacrev, el ijStj T&vijKt, he wondered
I. 3. seq. imperf. in the sense IF he were already dead, i. e. that he was
(a)
would would do, etc. so soon dead. 1 John iii. 13.
(Jos. Ant.
be, after iinperf.
c. ei, Luke vii. 39 OVTOS el i}v 14. 7. 2. Herodot. 1. 155. Xen. Mern. 1.
 Ei 223 El

1
13.)
Luke xii. 49
1.
/cat ri
$!\w, el

Acts xxvi. 8
^ its Trjv KaTcnravaiv pov, i. e.
not enter, iv. 3, 5. Mark viii.
they shall
avri<j>$n. (Herodot. 24.)
ri diriOTOv KpiveTai, ti 6 Srto vtKpovq tyci- vlv el
,
i. e. there shall not
pei ; ver. 22, 23, paprvpovfievog a TraSrj- be given. Heb. iii. 11 is quoted from
Sept.
rof 6 X. ci irp<3roc *c.
15 ov ftsya ovv, el K.
r.

r. X.
X. 2 Cor. xi.
Gen.
Ps. xcv. 1 1 where Heb. t!N
"Shp :
Wam
(Sept. comp. Ps. Ixxxix. 36. Gen. xiv. 23. &um.
xiv.
28.)
So perhaps Mark ix. 42. Luke xiv. 30 coll. ver. 28. 1 Sam. iii. 14. The
full form is, ON
xvii. 2.
tril^ ^ nto^^-ns,
elsewhere also as equivalent to
(/3) Sept. rade. Trot^trai pot 6 Stbc el jc.'r! X. 2
iirei. i.e. since, as, inasmuch as; Matth. K. vi. 31. comp. 1 Sarn. iii. 17. 2 Sam. iii.
617, f, ult. So with Indie, present, Matt. 35. See Gesen. Lex. Q>? C. c.
Lehrgeb.
vi. 30 d Si TOV xP TOV K T X- IF then the - '
p. 844. Winer | 59. p. 417 sq.
grass, since, vii. 11. John vii. 23. xiii. 17. 3. With the Subjunctive, rarely, both
Heb. vii. 15. Actsiv. 9. Herodot. 5. in N. T. and early Greek writers, and
78. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 21. With Indie. only where an action, etc. depends on
aorist, John xiii. Acts xi. 17.
14, 32. something future, if, if so be, supposing
2 Cor. v. 14. Lucian. D. Mort. xxviii. that, and with a negative, unless, except,
1. Xen. An. 7. 1. 29. comp. el fit'i below see Winer 42. ;

(y)
in n, if any one, etc.
fl rif, tl p. 243. Passow in Ei A. 3. Matth.
used with a sort of emphasis for o(rrf, 525. b. Herm. ad Vig. p. 831, 902.
whosoever, whatsoever, every one who, etc. So Luke ix. 13 el firjTt irop. jy/itTt; ayopa-
Buttm. 149. p. 423. Matth. 617. e. where others read ayopdvofitv. 1
(Ta>fiev,
So with Indie, present, Luke xiv. 26 el Cor. xiv. 5 ijcrdf el pr) Siepprivevy, others
rif tpxerai irpof fie. Mark ix. 35. 1 Cor. SiepfiTjvevet. Phil. iii. 12 SIWKU SI, el ical

iii. 12. viii. 2, 3. 2 Cor. v. 17. Gal. i. 9. below. Rev.

KaTa\af3w, comp. in ct icai

1 Tim. v. S. vi. 3. With Indie, future, xi. 5 bis, a TIQ $i\y, others $k\n. More
1 Cor. iii. 14, 15.(Xen. An.
Rev. xiii. 10. frequent in later prose writers.
7. 2.
13.)
With Indie, perfect, 2 Cor. II. As an interrogative particle, whe-
vii. 14. x. 7. With Indie, aorist, Rev. ther, Lat. an, viz.
xx. 15. a) pp. in an indirect question, after
Indie, before an aposio- verbs implying question, doubt,. uncer-
h) with the
pesis, i. e. where the apodosis is not ex- tainty, and the like, with the Opt. and
pressed, but left to be inferred ; the Indie, as in classic writers, Buttm. 149.

protasis being thus rendered more em- p. 423. Passow in Ei B. Matth. 526.

phatic, viz. 617. 5. With the Optative, see above

(a) genr.
Luke xix. 42
?yvwc icai <rd ti in 1. 1. Acts xvii. 11avaicpivovTtg rag
TO. 7rpo elpr]vr]v aov, if
thou hadst ypa<j>ag, el t^ 01 ravTO. OVTUQ. xxv. 20.
knmvn, even thou, the things belonging So also
ei
apayf, if perhaps, whether
unto thy peace ! where the natural apo- perhaps, Acts xvii. 27 Pint. Cses. 14. __
dosis would be,
< How much better had Xen. An. 1. 8. 15 With the Indicative,
it been for thee !' Luke xxii. 42. Acts see above in I. So with Indie.
2.

xxiii. the apodosis /*} deofiax^pev in

9, present, after Ve7i/Matt. xxvi. 63. after
text, recept. being prob. a gloss. Rom. i7rtpb>T$v Mark x. 2. ttwpev Matt, xxvii.

ix. 22
'
Si SsXaiv 6 $dc IvStiZaaSat 49. Mark xv. 36. tyriQifav Luke xiv. 28.
Luke 31. ota
if then God, etc. where
xiv. o3*c
rr\v opyrjvie. T. X. Pov\tvea$ai
the apodosis might perhaps be, < What John ix. 25. KpiveivActs iv. 19.
irvv-

then ?' or we might repeat from ver. 20, $ave<r$ai Acts x. 18. anove^at Acts
rig el 6 avrairoicpivofjievog ry Stqi.
oi) See xix. 2. 2 Cor. xiii. 5. yv&vat
Trttpd&iv
Winer 66. 6. comp. Buttm. 151. IV. SoKirfv 2 Cor. ii. 9. etc.
Lucian. D.
Mort. 20. 3. Xen. Hi. 1. 7. With Indie.
4. Viger p. 509.
2 irapeT^ovv avrbv ei
(j3) by Hebraism,
like tJN, in oaths future, Mark iii.
I Cor. vii. 16 ri oldac, d
and asseverations, the apodosis or im-
precation being omitted, el comes
to im- K. T. \. _
Sepairevffei.
Xen. An. 1. 3. 5 With Indie.
aorist, Maik XV.
Heb. iii. 11 we 44 iirrjpuTrjafv avrbv, el
ply a negative, not ; e. g.
ira\ai airs'yave. Acts V. 8. 1 Cor. i.
fl elfftXtvffovTai
iv ry opyy pov
 Ei 224 E;

16. So also i apa, if perhaps, whether 617. b. Passow in Et /*/ Herodoi. 0.

perhaps, with indie, future, Mark xi. 13 56. Thuc. 2. 5. Xen. An. 7. 1. 8.
r/\j/ ti apa evprjatt n. Acts viii. 22. Et Si pri ye, see in rl II. S.

c. ind. pres. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 2.

(d)
i
/eat, where KCU either refers to

b)
in a direct question, Lat. num, ne, the subsequent clause and then each
where implies some doubt, uncertainty,
it retains itsown separate power, if also;
in the mind of the interrogator, which or Kai refers to the condition expressed
cannot be expressed in English. Luke by d, if even, i. e. though, although.
xiii. 23 dire TIQ avnj)' icvptf, el 6Xtyoi ot Herm. ad Vig. p. 832. (1) genr. if
also.

<ru;o/ivoi ; Luke xxii. 49 drrtv aur<- KV- with the Indie. 1 Cor. vii. 21. 2 Cor. xi.
pt, ft 7rarao/av iV /iax''p j Acts i. 6. 15. non al. and so el Si Kai, see in y
So Matt. xii. 10. xfx. 3. Luke xiv. 3. Acts above. With the Opt. 1 Pet. iii. 14, see
vii. 1. xxi. 37. xxii. 25. So Sept. and UN above in I. 1. With the Subjunct.
1 K. i. 27. Gen. xvii. 17. Jobvi.5, 6.' Phil. iii. above in I. 3.
12, see (2) if
for n Gen. xvii. 17. 1 K. xiii. 14. Ruth even, though, although, implying the
i. e.
s

i. 19. Job vi. G. Dan. ii. 26. iii. 14. reality and actual existence of that
Tob. v. 5 It is doubtful whether d is which is assumed thus differing from ;

thus used by any classic Greek writer ;

the above use of d Kai, and also from
but it would seem to have become cur- Kai d, which leave it uncertain ;

rent in this sense in the later language Herm. ad Vig. p. 832. Buttm. 149.
of common life; comp. Winer 61. 2. p. 423. Only with the Indie, e. g.
III. In connexion with other parti- present, Luke xviii. 4 d icai rbv 3-eov ov
cles ;
where however for the most part <j>opovnai. 2 Cor. iv. 16. xii. 11, 15. Phil,
each retains its own power. Only the ii. 17. Col. ii. 5. Heb. vi. 9. imperf. 2
following require to be here noted, in Cor. vii. 8. future, [Matt.xxvi.33.] Luke
which d precedes other particles ;
xi. 8. 2 Cor. vii. 8
aorist. non al.
bis, .12
its usual place
being at the beginning Lucian. D. Mort. 9. 1. Xen. An. 6.
of a clause. For Kai ei see in d Kai 6. 27. So very rarely *ai d, even if,
below. though, i.
q. ei Kai, Mark xiv. 29. 1 Pet.
(a) d apa, and above Kai yap t 2 Cor. xiii. 4.
see in 'Apa I. c j
iii. 1. Kat yap
inrfa. t7Tp 1 Cor. viii. 5. non al.

(/3) iy, see in rl II. y. (f)

el
fir), if not, i. e. unless, except,

(y)
i
de, where Sk has
usual ad- its expressing a negative condition, suppo-
versative or continuative power, but if, sition, etc. in which ju?) refers to the
and if, etc. Matt. xii. 7. Luke xi. 19. whole clause thus differing from el ov,
;

John x. 38. al. ssep. So in d $1 Kai, where ov refers only to some particular
and if also, etc. Luke xi. 18. 1 Cor. word with which it expresses one idea ;

iv. 7. 2 Cor. iv. 3. v. 16. xi. 6. non al. Winer 59. 5. Buttm. 148. 2. b, and

comp. in Ae II. d. Ei Si fir],

but if not, marg. Herrn. ad Vig. p. 833, 890.
etc. always standing elliptically, (Winer (1)
before finite verbs, e. g. with the
66. 6. after an Indie. Matt. xxiv. 22 el /i>) tKoXopwSrjaav
note,) properly only
affirmative clause, of which it then ex- al ?7/ipai. Mark. xiii. 20. John ix. 33 ei

presses the contrary or negative ; e. g. /*/} OVTOQ irapa Stov. xv. 22. xix. 11.
fjv
John xiv. 2 iv ry oiKig. TOV Trarpoe fiov Acts xxvi. 32. al. So also seq. "iva, John
fioval TroXXai elaiv d Si firj,
dirov av x. 10. on 2 Cor. xii. 13. Eph. iv. 9.
Vfliv. Ver. 11 -TTlffTtllfftTB flOf
d Si fir) K.T.X. With the Subjunct. see above in I. 3
Rev. ii. 5, 16. non al. So Gen. xxiv. 49. (2) genr.
and without a following finite
xxx. Xen. H. G. 1. 4. 4. CEc. 15.
1. al verb, Matt. XI. 27, d firf 6 7rarr/p, i IIYI
2. Sometimes also after a negative b vloQ. xii. 4, 24, 39. vi. 8. ix. 9. Mark
Acts xi. 19. al. ssep. 1 Cor. vii. 17 a /i?)
clause, of which it then necessarily
expresses the contrary and therefore sc. otdac. Gal. i. 7 where ci \ii\ refers
affirms, if otherwise, else ;
Mark ii. 21 back to SavnaZw OTI. Xen. An. 2. 1.

o-vleig tVijSXq/ta tTrippoVrfi iirl i/iarty 12. Seq. infin. Matt. v. 13 el j3\rj^n- ^
TraAaty- d Si /x?}, atpti K. r. \. ver. 22. non vai ?u>. Acts xxi. 25. Xen. H. G. 2.
al. Comp. Buttm. 148. n. 10. Matth. 2. 10.
(3) tKTOQ
d fif h unless, except,
 225

1 Cor. xiv. 5. xv.2.

pleonastic for dp.ii, EiSoj, to see, obsol. in the present
1 Tim. non. al.
v. 19.See Winer 67. Act. for which bpdu is used. The
p. 487. Lob, ad Phryn. p. 459. Comp. tenses derived from the theme cidu form
in 'Ejcroc b. (4)
d prjn, unless perhaps, two families, one of which has exclu-
Luke ix. 13. 1 Cor. vii. 5. 2 Cor. xiii. 5. sively the signification to see, the other
non. al. (5)
d t prj, see above in ct tie, that of to know ; see Buttm. 114 dSia.
under y. \ 113. n. 10. 109. III. Passow sub
() a
TTfp, if indeed, if so be, assuming voc.
the supposition as true whether justly I. To see, viz. aor. 2 ttfov, opt. i?oi/a,
or not Hem. ad Vig. p. 833 sq. With
; subjunct. Ww, infin. idtiv, part. iStav;
the Indie. Rom. viii. 9. eiTrep irvtvpa for the imperat. Att. is Rom. xi. 22.
Seov oiI iv vfjCiv.
1 Cor. xv. 15. 1 Pet. Gal. vi. 2, later form ISe Matt. xxv. 20.
ii. 3. Xen. An. 1. 7. 9. By impl. Mark iii. 34. John i.
29, see Buttrn.
since, i.
q. tiye, see in Tk II. y. 2 Thess. 103. 1.4. c. Winer6. 1. a. These
i. 6 tiTTtp diitaiov Trapd St<. Rom. viii. 17. forms are used as the aorist of 6pdw,
all

*at aTrfp, though, although, 1 Cor. viii. (Buttm. 114 iw, 6pdw,) in the sense
5 see above in d xai.
; Comp. Horn. of / saw, trans, implying not the mere
Od. 1. 167. nori. al. act of seeing, but the actual perception
it TTWC,
if by any means, if'possibly ; of some object, and thus differing from
(>;)
with the Opt. Acts xxvii. 15. Comp. in /3\7mv; comp. Tittm. Lex. Syn. N. T.
I. 1, above. So Sept. for -^N 2 Sain. p. 114, 116.
xvi. 12. Xen. An. 2. 5. 2. With the a) pp. seq.
accus. of person or thing,
Indie, fut. Rom. i. 10. xi. 14. Phil. Matt. ii. 2 tldoptv yap avrop TOV aartpa.
iii. 11. non al, So Sept. for "iw 2 K. v. 1 iSijjv dk TOVQ OX\OVG. xxi. 19. Mark
xix. 4. 1 Mace. iv. 10. ix. 9. xi. 13, 20. John i. 48. iv. 48.

tire t'tTf, whether or; Viger. p. Acts viii. 39. Heb. iii. 9. Rev. i. 2. al.
($)
515, Matth. 617. 5 ult. as in- srep. Sept. for n>n Gen. ix. 23. Ex.
(1)
followed xxxix. 44. 1 Sam. xvii. 24, 42. Hero-
cluding several particulars ;

dian. 1.15.7. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 47. An. 2.

by a verb, e. g. in Indie. 1 Cor. xii. 26.
2 Cor. i.
(Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 28.) or
6. 3. 15. So seq. accus. with particip. Matt,
Thess. v. 10, comp. above
1 iii. 7 iSuv de TTO\\OVQ p%ojugj'ov. viii. 14.
Subjunct.
in I. 3. Or without a verb, Rom. xii. xxiv. 15. Mark vi. 33. Luke v. 2 Kai eWt
6 8. 1 Cor. iii. 22. viii. 5. xiii. 8. xv. dvo TrXota eortUra. So with an adj.
II. 1 Pet. ii. 13, 14. al. as express- 6vra being implied, Matt. xxv. 38, 39. al.
(2)
ing doubt, 2 Cor. xii. 2, 3. Herm. ad Comp. Buttm. 144. 4. b.Hdian. 4. 9.7.
Hebr. with
Vig. p. 834 __ Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 13.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 3.' 42, 43. By
particip. of the same verb by way of
(t)
i
rig, see above in I. g. y. AL.
emphasis, i'wv tldov, Acts vii. 34,
'

oe, ovg, TO, (obsol. sfow,) quoted from Ex. iii. 7 where Sept. for
thing seen, external appearance, i. e. TPiO Hfen see in ;
BXfTrw I. a Seq.
a) pp.fonn, shape, appearance; Luke on with indie. Mark ix. 25. John vi. 22,
iii. 22 au)fj.aTiK<$ tldei. ix. 29. John v. 37. Rev. xii. 13. Absol. Matt. ix. Luke 8.

Sept. for rrjOp Gen. xii. 2 sq. Ex. ii. 17. Acts iii. 12. al. Hence oi idovreg,
xxiv. 17. Num. ix. 16. -itfh 1 Sum. xxv. the spectators, Mark v. 15. Luke viii. 36.
3. Esth. ii. 7. Act. Thorn. 8. Xen. Before an indirect question, Matt,
Cyr. 1. 2. 1. 2 Cor. v. 7 ov dm Move xxvii. 49. Mark v. 14. Gal. vi. 11. al.
TftpiTrarou/zfv, i. e. our future bliss has Xen. Conv. 2. 15..-- Also in various modi-
yet no visible appearance, form. fied senses, viz. (a) to behold, to look upont

b) trop. manner, kind, species, 1 Thess. to contemplate, Matt. ix. 36. xxviii. 6.
V. 22 enrb iravroQ (ISovQ -Trovtjpov. So Mark viii. 33. Luke xxiv. 39, John xx.
Sept. for nnDllJTS Jer. xv. 3 Ecclus. 27. al. seep. For imper. Us, behold, as a
xxv. 2. Jos. Ant. 10. 3. 1 TTO.V elSos no- particle, see "Ide. Sept. for tS^an Num.
vrjpias. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 6. Others here, xii. 8 Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 2. 32.
every evil appearance ; comp. Tittm. Syn. Xen. An. 2. 1. 9 (/3) to sec, sc.
in order
N.T. p. 117. See in '0, 77, ro, p. 553, col. A, to know, to look at or into, to examine^
Q
 226

Mark v. 14. vi. 38. xii. 15. Luke viii. 35. signif. toknow, and the pluperf. becomes
xiv. 18. John i. 40, 47 Wisd. ii. 17, an imperfect Buttrn. 1. c. and 1 13. n.10.
;

where q. 7raoaw.
i.
(y)
#0 see, sc. face
a) pp.
and genr. i. e. to be acquainted
to face, to see and talk with, to visit, i. e. with, etc. seq. accus. e. g. spoken of
to have personal acquaintance and in- things, Matt. xxv. 13 OVK oiSart ri]v 17^!-
tercourse with ;
Luke viii. 20. ix. 9. John pav. Mark x. 19. Luke xviii. 20. Johniv.
xii. 21. Acts xvi. 40. Rom. i. 11. ICor. 22. Rom. vii. 7. xiii. 11. Jude 5, 10. al.
xvi. 7. Gal. i. 19. Phil. i. 27. ii. 28. al. saep. Sept. and yi;; Ex. "* 8 *^^ v *"- &
-

**o of a city, 'Pvfirjv, Acts xix. 21. Lu- Herodian. 8. 4.~6. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 17.
cian. D. Deor. 9. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 28. So in attract. 1 Cor. xvi. 15 oUart rr\v
An. 2. 4. 15.
(3)
to see out, i. wait
e. to oiKiav ^Tujtava on K. r. X. 1 Thess. ii.

to see, to watch, to observe ; Matt. xxvi. 1. See Buttm. 151.1.6. Spoken

68. xxvii. 49. Mark xv. 36. Xen. An. of persons, Matt. xxv. 12. Marki. 34.
1. 2. 18 (e ) to see
take place, to witness, John vi. 42. Acts vii. 18. Heb. x. 30. al.
to live to see ; Matt. xiii. 17. xxiv. 33. 1 Pet. i. 8 ov OVK eidoTtg, sc. by sight,

Mark ii. 12. So iStlv rf\v rjfi'spav TIVOQ, personally. So Heb. yi^ Gen. xxix. 5,
to see one's day, i. e. to witness the events Sept. yivw<TKtu. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 26.
of his life and times, etc. Luke xvii. 22. Conv. 4. 35. So seq. accus. with an
John viii. 56 where comp. Olshausen's adj. the particip. ovra being implied,
Comm. Pol. 10. 4. 7. Mark vi. 20 ti'dwg avrov dvdpa c'tKaiov.
spoken of the mind, to per- Buttm. 144. 4. 6. (Xen. An. 1. 10.
b) trop. 16.)
ceive, sc. by the senses, etc. to be aware In attract. Mark i. 24 oUa as TIQ d.
of, to remark', Matt. ix. 2 i$<av rrjv TTIOTIV Luke xiii. 25. John vii. 27. see Buttm.
avr&v ver. 4 iSwv rag iv^vfjtfjfftig avriUJv. 151. I. 6. So Sept. and yi; 2 Sam.
Luke xvii. 15. John vii. 52. Rom. xi. xvii. 8 Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 36 ult. Seq.
22. Seq. on Matt ii. 16. xxvii. 24. Mark accus. and infin. Lukeiv. 41. 1 Pet. v.
xii. 34. Acts xii. 3. xvi. 19. Gal. ii. 7, 14. 9. Seq. with the indie, instead of
ort
al. So Sept. and run Ecc. ii. 12, ] 3. Job accus. and Matt. xv. 12. Mark xii.
infin.
xxxii. 5. yi^ Josh. viii. 14. Is. vi. 9. coll. 14. Luke viii. 53. Acts iii. 17. al. ssep.
Matt. xiii. 14. Seq. TrtpirivoG, Matt. xxiv. 36. Mark xiii.
Hebr. to see, i. e. to experience, 32. Absol. Luke xi. 44. 2 Cor. xi. 11.
c) by
viz. either good, to enjoy, or evil, to suf- Before an indirect question with the
fer, seq. accus. e. g. Srdvarov Luke ii. indie. Matt. xxiv. 43. Mark xiii. 35.
26. Heb. xi. 5. Heb. HNH, Sept. Luke xii. 39. 1 Thess. iv. 2. 2 Thess. iii. 7.
OTCTOfiai, Ps. Ixxxix. 49. Col. iv. 6. al. With the subjunct. Mark
ii.27, 31. xiii. 35 sq. Sept. and ix. 6 OVK ydti ri XaXrjcry.
Ps. xvi. 10. irkvSoQ Rev. xviii. 7. ?/ie- b)
in the sense of to perceive, to be

pag ay. 1 Pet. Sept. and nhn

iii. 10. aware of, to understand ; seq. accus. of
Ps. xxxiv. 12. rrfv fiaotXeiav rov Stov, thing, e.g. rag ivSvfjir]0i. Matt. xii. 25.
i. e. to see and enjoy the privileges of viroicpiffiv avTwv Mark xii. 15. diavoi]-
the divine kingdom, John iii. 3. Comp. para Luke xi. 17. rf)v irapafieXrjv Mark
Sept. and n>n Ps. xxvii. 13. Ecc. vi. 6. iv. 13. Seq. ort c. indie. Mark ii. 10.
Fabr. CodVPs. V. T. I. p. 607 etypo- Luke v. 24. John vi. 61. 1 John v. 13.
<JVVT]V OVK tlSoV. Seq. ir&g c. indie. 1 Tim. iii. 15. Be-
II. To know, viz. perf. 2 old a, sub- fore an indirect question, Eph. i. 18.
junct. iw, infin. eidivai, particip. eidwg,
c) by impl. to know how, i. e. to be

pluperf. ydeiv, fut. el$rjff<o Heb. viii. 11 ; able, etc. seq. infin. Matt. vii. 11. Luke
see Buttm. 109. III. The plur. forms, xii. 56. Phil. iv. 12. 1 Thess. iv. 4.

olSaptv John ix. 20 sq. olSars 1 Cor. ix. 1 Tim. iii. 5. James iv. 17. 2 Pet. ii. 9.
13, olSaffi Luke xi. 44, belong to the With infin. impl. Matt, xxvii. 65 Xen.
later Greek, instead of the better ones Cyr. 1. 6. 46.
tcr^ev, fore Heb. xii. 17, i<ra<ri Acts xxvi. d) from
Heb. with the idea of
the
4; see Winer 15 ettfw. Matth. 231. know and approve or love ;
volition, to
OZa is
strictly, to have seen, perceived, hence spoken of men, to care for, to take
apprehended; hence it takes the present an interest in, 1 Thess. v, 12 eiCivai rove
 EicwXetov 227

Iv So Sept. and yi^

vulv. 9. 1 John v. 21. Spec, things offered
Gen. xxxix. Prov. xxvii. 23. Comp.
6. to idols, ra eiSitiXo^vra q. v. Acts xv. 20
in Tivufficu) 2. c __ Of God, to know God, coll. ver. 29.

i. e. to acknowledge and adore God, Gal.

EtKij, adv. (aKatoff), without purpose,
iv. 8. 1 Thess.iv. 5. 2 Thess. i. 8.
i. e.
Tit. i. 16. Heb. viii. 11. So Sept. and
Job a) inconsiderately, groundlessly, with-
yi; Jer. xxxi. 34. 1 Sam. ii. 12.
out cause, Matt. v. 22. Col. ii. 18 Pol.
xviii. 21. AL. 1. 52. 2. Xen. Ag. 2. 7.
an to no purpose, in vain, Rom. xiii. 4.
EiSwXeTov, ov, TO, (atfwXov,) b)
idol-temple, fane, 1 Cor. viii. 10. 1 1 Cor. xv. 2. Gal. iii. 4. iv. 11 Xen.
Mace. i. 47. x. 83. Cyr. 5. 1. 12.

Ei3iuXo3'urov, ou, TO, (t'SdiXov, t, ol, at, ra, indec. twenty, Luke
xiv. 31. Acts xxvii. 28. AL.
Svw,) idol-sacrifice, any thing sacrificed
to idols, i. e. in N. T. the flesh of victims
E'/KW, f. w, to give place, to give
I.
offered to idols, which remained over
way, to yield, seq. dat. Gal. ii. 5. Wisd.
and was eaten or sold see in 'AXiayt^a. ;
xviii. 25. Jos. Ant. 1. 4. 3. Xen. Cyr. 3.
Acts xv. 29. xxi. 25. 1 Cor. viii. 1, 4, 7,
3.8.
10. x. 19, 28. Rev. ii. 14, 20. Clem.
Rom. Homil. 7. 8. Origen. c. Cels. lib. II. E'/KOJJ obsol. whence perf. 2
8. 29, 30. lotKa, with pres. signif. to be like, seq.
dat. James i.
6, 23. See Buttm. 84. n.
ac> 'h ewov, 6. 109. III. 5. marg. Sept. Job vi.
Xarpn'a,) idolatry, idol-worship, pp. and 25. Jos. Ant 3. 7. 7. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 7
genr. Gal. v. 20. Spoken of partaking bis. ib. 1. 6. 10.
of things offered to idols, rd ii$u>\6$vra
q. v. 1 Cor. x. 14. Of the vices usually n} (tiKOj, like-
eoiKrt,)
connected with idolatry, 1 Pet. iv. 3. ness, i. e.
Test. XII. Patr. p. 615 aotXytlat, yon-
a) image, effigy, figure, Matt. xxii. 20.
rttac rat cidtoXoXarpelat. Origen. de Orat. Mark xii. 16. Luke xx. 24. Rom. i. 23.
28 tiduXarpeiag, ftotxtiag, iropvelae Trop. . Of an idol-image, statue, etc. Rev. xiii.
of covetousness, Col. iii. 5. 14, 15ter. xiv. 9, 11. xv. 2. xvi. 2. xix.
20. xx. 4. Sept. for Dent. iv. 16. ^pp
an bp? K. xi. 19. Ez.
Is. xl. 18, 20. ts 2
servant,) idolater, idol-wor- xxiii. 14 __ Wisd. xiv. 15, 17. Pol. 6. 53.
shipper, genr. 1 Cor. v. 10. vi. 9. Rev.
4. Xen. Ag. 11. 7. In the sense of copy,
xxi. 8. xxii. 15. Spoken of one who
representation, 1 Cor. xi. 7. 2 Cor. iv. 4.
partakes of things offered to idols, ra Col. 15. So Heb.
i. x. 1 77 avrfj EIKWV
tiduXoSvTo. q. v. 1 Cor. v. 11. x. 7.
TU>V TrpayfjiaTuv, the real and perfect
i. e.
Trop. of a covetous person, Eph. v. 5,
representation, opp. to 77 OKIO., a shadowy
coll. Col. iii. 5.
and imperfect one __ Wisd. ii. 23. vii.
26. Lucian. Imag. 28.
ouj TO, (eto,) an image,
spectre, shade, Horn. II. 5. 449. of the b) abstr. likeness, sc. to any one, resem-
dead, Od. 11. 476 dpor&v dduXa Kapov- blance, similitude, Rom. viii. 29. 1 Cor.
TWV. any image, figure, Xen. Mem. 1. 4. xv. 49 2 Cor. iii.
bis. 18. Col. iii. 10. So
4. In N. T. an idol, i. e. Sept. for inai Gen. v. 1. 0^ Gen. i.

a)
an idol-image, Acts vii. 41. 1 Cor. 26, 27. ix. 6.--Ecclus. xvii. 3.'
xii.2. Rev.ix.20. Sept. for^DB 2 Chr.
clear"
xxxiii. 22. Is. xxx. 22. Pol. 31. 3. 13.
~El\iKpivta, ac? /> ("AiKpivrk,)
ness, metaph. pureness, sincerity, 1 Cor.
b) meton. an idol god, a heathen deity, v. 8. 2 Cor. i. 12. ii. 17.
1 Cor. viii. 4, 7. x. 19. Sept. pi. foi trn^<
Num. xxv. 2. 2K.xvii. 33. tr!^!-?32 K!
xvii. 12. xxi. 11, 20. By iinpl. plur. ra in sun-shine;
j, piVw,) pp. judged of
flSuXa, idols, for idol-worship, idolatry, by impl. clear as light, manifest, Xen.
Rom. ii. 22. 2 Cor. vi. 16. 1 Thess. i. Mem. 2. 2. 3 tiXiKpivfa TIQ av elrj a
 228

ia; In N. T. metaph.pMn?, sin- So laTi, tiVi, etc. there is, there are t
cere, Phil. i. 10. 2 Pet. iii. 1. Fabr. Rom. iii. 23. 1 Cor. xii. 4 6. Acts
Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 734 d\. icai icaSa- xxvii. 22. John vii. 12. Rev. x. 6. xxi.

pa SiaSevis. Pol. 4. 84. 7. 4. al. seep. John vii. 39 ovTrwyap ijv trvtv^a
a'yiov, the giving of the Holy Spirit
i. e.
EtAt<T<ra>, tw, (Ion. and poet, for
f.
had not yet occurred. Hence by impl.
eXi<r<rw, from e'Xi, ti'Xlw, Buttm. 114,) to be present, i.
q. Trapei/a, but this sense
to r0Z/ Mjt?,
or together, as a scroll, Pass.
Rev. vi. 14. Horn. II. 22. 95. Anth. Gr.
lies only in the adjuncts, Matt. xii. 10.
xxiv. 6. Mark viii. 1. Comp. Jos. Ant. 7.
III. p. 79. ed. Jac.
11. 6 Tf\v ovffav ovvap.iv. Xen. An. 4.
Efyu,
f.
tffonai, (tw,) imperf. rjv, im- 2. 3.
(y) Spoken
also of time, genr.
perat. laSi Matt. ii. 13. al. 3 pers. lorta Luke xxiii. 44 fjv dk w<m wpa sicri]. John
Matt. v. 37. al. Buttm. 108. IV. i. 40. Acts ii. 15. 2 Tim. iv. 3. Mark
Less usual forms are Imperf. 2 pers. : xi. 13 Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 18 -i]8t] #pa rjv.
ijs Matt. xxv. 21, 23. al. instead of the H. G. 4. 5. 1 >6 firjv. Of festivals, etc.
more usual 7/crS-a Matt. xxvi. 69. Mark Mark xv. 42. Acts xii. 3. Xen. Conv.
xiv. 67. see Buttm. 108. IV. 1, and 1.2.
marg. Winer Lob. ad Phryn.
14. 2. c.
b) by impl.
and by force of the ad-
p. 149. Imperf. fj^v Matt, xxiii. 30. juncts, to come to be, to come into exist-
Gal. i. 10, 22. al. Lucian. D. Deor. ence, i.
q. ytvojuat, i. e. to come to
(a)
Mar. 2. 2. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 9. see Buttm. pass, to tahe place, to occur, to be done,
108. IV. 2. Winer 14. 2. b. Sturz de etc. so in the fut. larai, etc. Matt, xxvii.
Dial. Alex. p. 170. Lob. ad Phr.p. 152. 7, 21. Luke xii. 55. xxi. 11, 25. Acts
Imperat. ijrui 1 Cor. xvi. 22. James xi.28. xxvii. 25. Acts xxiii. 30. al. Luke
v. 12. Plat. Rep. p. 361. C. see Buttm. xxii. 49 TO ivofitvov, i. e. what was about
108. IV. 1. marg. Winer 14. 2. a. to happen. Matt. xxiv. 3. Luke i. 34. al.
So 2 pers. plur. J/TE for tart 1 Cor. vii. 5, Seq. dat. of pers. Mark xvi. 22. Luke
where text. rec. vvv'tpxtaSt.. For the xiv. 10 Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 1 TOVTO

persons of the present as enclitic, see Cyr. 2. So impers. nal

3. 3.
Buttm. 108. IV. 3. E//u is the usual like Heb. rrrp, and it shall be, shallcome
verb of existence, to be; and also the to pass, followed by a future, Acts ii.
usual logical copula, connecting subject 17, 21, quoted from Joel iii. 1 5, [ii.
and predicate Buttm. 129 init. 28 where Sept. for rrrn. Acts iii.
;
32,]
I. As verb of existence, to be, to 23. (comp. Deut. xviii. 19.) Rom. IX.
exist, to have existence. 26, quoted from Hos. ii. 1, [i. 10,] where
a) pp.
and genr. (a) in the meta- Sept. for rrrn. (/3)
from the Heb.
physical sense, John i. 1 Iv apxy )*> o clvat tig TI, like Pleb. *h TTrr, to be for

Xoyof. viii. 50, 58. Mark xii. 32. Acts any thing, i. e. to become any thing ;

xix. 2. Heb. xi. 6. al. Of things, John Matt. xix. 5 et Eph. v. 31 KOI laovTai
xvii. 5.2 Pet. iii. 5. Rev. iv. 11. Forwr, ol Svo tig (rdpica p.iav, quoted from Gen.
ra uv-a, etc. see below in d Philo de ii. 24 where Sept. and Heb. Luke iii.
Charit. p. 709 ykwriaig di TIQ TO fu} ov 6 coll. Is. xl. 4. Acts xiii. 47 coll. Is.
ayiTai tig TO tlvai. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 14. xlix. 6. Eph. i. 12. Col. ii. 22. al.
ib. 2. 2. 3 OVQ [^raT^ag] ol yovtig IK [j.kv Gesen. Lehrgeb. p. 816.2. Stuart 507.
OVK QVTWV tiroirjaav tlvai. Spoken of b, note. Seq. dat. of pers. 1 Cor. xiv.
life, to exist, to live, Matt. ii. 18. xxiii. 30. 22. 2 Cor. vi. 18. Heb. i. 5. viii. 10.
not to die, Acts xvii. 28. Jos. Ant. 7. 10. James v. 3. al.
5. Xen. Ven. 11.
genr. to be,
1.
(/3) c)
terrt seq. infin. it is proper, is in
to exist, to be found, as of persons, Luke one's power or convenience, etc. licet ;
iv.2o7roXXotx>)pai^(Tav.ver.27.Matt. xii. Heb. ix. 5 Trepla>v OVK lun vvv Xsystv,
11. John iii. 1. Rom. iii. 10, 11. Lucian. of which we cannot now speak. So also
D. Mort. 22. 1. Xen. H. G. 5. 4. 25. some 1 Cor. xi. 20, but less well.
60 of things, to be, to exist, to have place, Ecclus. xxxix. 21. Ml. V. H. 13. 33.
Matt, vi.30. xxii. 23. Mark vii. 15. Luke Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 11. Comp. Passowaub
vi.43. Acts ii. 29. Rom. xiii, 1. al. sacpiss. voc. 2.
 229

d) particip. o5v, .u<ra, 6V, being, viz. of two or more, i. e. to be one in mind
(a) joined
with a noun or pronoun, it is and purpose, John x. 30.
xvii. 11, 22.
used in short parenthetic clauses, by or to be one in rank, right, etc. 1 Cor.
way of emphasis, to indicate an exist- iii. 8. xii. 12. Gal. iii. 28. In this con-
ing state, condition, character, etc. and struction, dpi with an adject, sometimes
may be rendered by the case absol. or by forms a periphrasis for the cognate
being, as being, as, etc. Matt. vii. 11 ei verb ;
e. g. Swaroe dpi i.
q. cvvapai,
ovv vptfq, TrovTjpoi ovrt, o'idarf K. r. X. Luke xiv. 31. Acts xi. 17. Rom. iv. 21.
John iii. 4. iv. 9. ix. 25. Acts xvi. 21 fKdij\<'g dpi i. q. kKGrjXovpai, 2 Tim. iii.

& oi-K t&anv rjptv iroiiiv, 'Pwpaiotg ovvt. 9. Herodian. 8. 1. 2 K^V^IOQ dpi i. q.
Rom. v. 10. xi. 17. Gal. vi. 4. Eph. ii. KrpuTrro^at. For the particip. as predic.
4. Tit. iii. 11. James iii. 4. al. See Pas- see below in f.

sow Elpi 6. Buttm. 144. n. 4 Xen. b) with

a substantive as predicate,
Cyr. 1. 4. 3. Mem. 2. 3. 1.
(/3)
With in the same case with the subject,
the art. TO. ovra, etc. it implies Matt. iii. 4 r; rpo0>) avrov r\v
6, <Zv, (a) pp.
real and true existence ; thus in the OJCpl'fcf. iii. 17 OVTOQ tffTIV 6 Vl6g
flOV.
phrase o wv xal 6 ijv KOI b ipxopevoe, xv. 14. Mark ii. 28. x. 47. Acts ii. 32.
which is used as a compound indec. iii. 25. xxviii. 6. Rom. viii. 24. Heb. xi.

proper name of God and governed by 1. al. ssepiss. Matt. vii. 12 owroelcmv 6
CITTO Rev i.in allusion probably to
4, vo/iof, i. e. is contained in the law

the Heb. rnrp. ver. 8. xi. 17. xvi. 5. Herodian. 3. 10. 10. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27.
Comp. Winer 10 ult. Wisd. xiii. 1 (Ec. 14. 7 c. dat. Sometimes the noun
OVK ia\voav iifiivai TOV ovra, i. e. God. (or pronoun) of the predicate is not di-
So Tit ovra and TO. prj ovra, things exist- rectly expressed, but only implied; Matt,
ing and things non-existing, pp. Rom. iv. xiv. 27 yo> up, I am, sc. the man, i. e.
17. metaph. 1 Cor. i. 28. 2 Mace. vii. it is I. John xiii. 13 tlfii yap, sc. 6 Sidaa-
28. Philo de Great, princip. p. 728 TO, *caXoc. xviii. 5 iyui tlfjn, sc. 'IrjvovQ. So
yap pij ovra tJcaXttrtv ilg rb ilvai. Xen. OVTOQ ionv, Mark vi. 16. Luke vii. 27.
Mem. 4. 6. 1 bis, 7. John vii. 25. ix. 9. al. Seq. dat. of pers.
As logical copula, connecting the
II. or thingybr or in respect to whom the pre-
subject and predicate, to be, where the dicate is asserted ;
Acts i. 8 KO.I tarevSre fioi

predicate specifies who or what a person ndprvpeg. ix. 15. Rom. i. 14. 1 Cor. ix.
or thing is in respect to nature, origin, 2 si aXXoig OVK ei'jut aTroVroXog, dXXaye
office, condition, circumstances, state, v-/iv dpi. i. 18. ii. 14. Trop. and
(/3)
place, habits, disposition of mind, etc. meton. the subst. of the predicate often
etc. But all this lies in the predicate, expresses, not what the subject actually
is, but what it is like, or
and -not in the copula, which merely is accounted to

connects the predicate with the subject. be, or signifies, viz. by comparison,
The predicate may be made by various substitution, etc. or as cause or effect ;
parts of speech, etc. Thus so that ei'/u may be rendered to be ac"

a)
with an adjective as predicate; counted, to be like or in place of, to sig-
which is strictly the more logical con- nify, etc. Matt. v. 13, 14, vpels *<" rb
struction. Matt. ii. 6 <rv, Bq-dAtc/i, ov- aXac TIJQ yrjs, TO <f>a>Q TOV KOffpov. xii.

tiapwg t\a\'(.<rrrj fl iv TOIQ rjy. K. r. X. 50 avTog pov ade\<j>be /cat adeXtyrj rai
xviii. 8. Mark i. 7. John iv. 12. v. 32. pr]TTjp iffTiv. xiii. 37
39. xix. 6. Luke
Acts 11 6 IGTIV b
Xoyo. xii. 1.
r) paoTvoia OVK IOTIV a\r]&-fi. vii. 6. viii. o*7ropo
Rom. viii. 29. 1 John i. 9. al. saepiss. John i. 4 77 wr) 1]v 0wf TWV avSpw-
TO
Herodian. 3. 7. 7. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 1. TTWV. ver. 8. iv. 34. vi. 33, 35 lyai eipt 6
So with a neg. adj. ovdiv, it is aproc TIIQ fafJG- ver. 41, 48, 50, 51, 55.
Cor. xii. 50. xv. 1, 5. Acts iv. 11.
nothing, Matt, xxiii. 16. 1 vii. 19. xi. 25.

xiii. 2.pnSiv Gal. vi. 3, comp. above in 1 Cor. iii. 10. iv. 17. x. 4. Eph. v. 8.
I. d. a. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 24. Pint, de James iv. 1 4. Rev. iv. 5. xxi. 22. al.ssepiss.
Exil. 6. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 8 With nu- So in the words of Christ, rouro ian
merals Mark v. 13 ijaav Se we iWxiXoi. TO pov, TOVTO tort ru alpd pov,
; trutpa
So in the phrase tlf or ev t1vat } spoken Matt, xxvi.26, 28. Alark xiv. 22,24. Luke
 230

xx ii. 19. 1 Cor. xi. 24. The Romish property, etc. pp. Matt. v. 3, 10, avrtiv
.church takes these words literally. iffTiv TI (BaaiXeia T&V ovpav&v. Mark xii.
Xen. An. 3. 1. 13. H. G. 1. 4. 3 (y) 7, 23. Luke iv. 7. John x. 12 xix. 24.
Here too ei'/ii with the subst. of the pre- Acts xxi. 11. al. saep. Matth. 315. 1
dicate, sometimes forms a periphrasis for Isocr. ad Nicocl. p. 19. B. Xen. Cyr.
the corresponding verb ; comp. in a, ult. 7. 5. 73. Metaph. of persons or things
e. g. tTri^vprjTTjg tifit for tir&vfiew, 1 Cor. to whom the subject belongs, apper-
x. 6. ZiiXwTTiQ tlfii for 77X00;, 1 Cor. xiv. tains, or on whom it isin any way de-
12. etc. pendent ;
e. g. of God, 2 Cor. iv. 7.
with a pronoun as predicate, in the 1 Cor. iii. a master, teacher,
23. of
c)
same case with the subject, viz. OVTOQ, guide, etc. Acts xxvii. 23. Rom. xiv. 8.
this, the following, Matt. x. 2 TO. 6i/6/tara 1 Cor. i. 12. iii. 4. vi. 12. 2 Cor. x. 7.
ictTi TO.VTO.. John i. 19 O.VTI) iariv rj juap- al. Of things which one follows after,
Tvpia. xv. 12. xvii. 3. Acts viii. 32. 1 Thess. v. 5,8. Xen. An. 2. 1. 11
al. avTdg, Luke xxiv. 39. Heb. i. 12. So as implying fitness, propriety, etc.
riff, indef. some one, any thing, 1 Cor.
TI, Acts i. 7 ov% vfi&v IOTI yvujvai %p6vov
x. 19. metaph. of moment, important, ic. T. X. Heb. v. 14 TtXtiiav Se IOTIV rj ore-
Acts v. 36. 1 Cor. iii. 7. Gal. vi. 15. pea Tpofrj. Matt. 316. Xen. An. 2.
al. riff, ri, interrog. who, what, John v. 1.4.
13. Rom. xiv. 4. 1 Cor. ix. 18. Heb.
e)
with the dative of a noun or pro-
xii. 7. James iv. 12. Act* xxi. 22 TI noun as predicate, to be TO any one,
ovv iffTi, what is then? sc. to be done. implying possession, property, etc. John
1 Cor. xiv. 15, 26. TroToff Mark xii. 28. xvii. 9 on voi tivi, for they are thine.
TToeroff Mark ix. 21. iroTcnroe Luke i. Luke xii. 20. Acts ii. 39. 1 Cor. ix. 16,
29. oTroIoff Acts xxvi. 29. bVriff Gal. 18. 1 Pet. iv. 11. al Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 4.
v. 10, 19. etc. etc. So the ^possessive By inverting the construction it
may
pronouns ;
as tfioff,aog, John xvii. 10. be rendered to have, as Luke vii. 41 Svo
vpi-epoc Luke vi. 20. etc. Xen. Mem. Xptw^tiXerai r/erctv SavtiaTy Tivt, a cer-
3. 3. 3. Trop. as with nouns (b. /3, tain creditor had two debtors, vi. 32, 33,

above) the predicate often expresses, not 34. John xviii. 39. Acts viii. 21. xxi.
what the subject actually is, but what it 23. Eph. vi. 12 OVK IGTIV r\\iiv irdXij 17

is accounted to be or signifies; e. g. TI Trpoe, we have not a struggle against, i. e.

iffTiv, TO K. T. X. what that means, etc. we wrestle not against, etc Herodian.
Matt. ix. 13. Mark ix. 10. Luke xx. 17. 1. 13. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 3. Or to re-

Eph. iv. 9. Mark i. 27 ecm TOVTO ;

ri ceive, Matt. xix. 37 TI apa eerrai rjfiiv,
John xviii. 38 ri ivTiv aXrfitia So Luke
;
what shall we receive! Xen. An. 1. 7. 8.

xv. 26 ri e<T7 TCIVTO.. Acts ii. 12. x. 17. ib. 7. 6. 1.

xvii. 20. Luke viii. 10 riff tii] 77 TrapajSoXrj f)
with a participle of another verb as
avTrj. Also TOVT ioTi, that is, that signi- predicate, viz. (a) without the article,
fies, etc. Matt, xxvii. 46. Acts xix. 4. and then /u often forms with the par-
Rom. i. 12. al. b IOTI, which is, etc. ticiple a periphrasis for a finite tense of
Mark vii. 11. Heb. vii. 2. al. the same verb, expressing however a
d)
with a gen. of a noun or pronoun continuance or duration of the action or
as predicate, spoken (a) of quality, state, like the corresponding construc-
character, etc. Luke ix. 55 OVK oldare tion in English ; Luke v. 1 *at awrof r\v
o'iov TrvtvfjiaTog 0r vfitig. Acts IX. 2. ivT&Q, and he was standing, instead of
Heb xii. 11. Buttm. 132. 4. 4 Xen. imperf. tcrr?/, he stood. Matt. xxiv. 9 /cai
H. G. 2. 4. 36.
(/3)
of age, Mark v. 42 t<Tta$t fiiaovfjitvoi virb irdvruv. Mark ii.

iiv ydp tTaiv SwCtKa. Acts iv. 22. al. 6 ijaav de TivtQ KaSriptvot. ver. 18. xiii.

Buttm. 1. c. Xen. An. 2. 6. 20. Mem. 25 oi aorlpee toovrai tK-jri-iTTOVTeg. ix. 4.

1. 2. 40.
(y)
of a
whole, of which the xv. 43. Luke iii. 23. v. 17. xxiv. 32.
subject is a part, Acts xxiii. 6 TO 'iv ptpog Acts i. 1 0. So with the
ii. 2, 42. al. saep.
itrri ZaSSovKaiuv K. T. X. 1 Tim. i.20. which how-
particip. of the perf. pass,
2 Tim. i. 15. Buttm. 132. 4. 2. c ever assumes nearly the nature of an
Xen. An. 1. 2. 3.
(5)
of possession, adjective ;
Matt. ix. 36 r\<iav
 231 Elm'

rat Ippiu'evoi K. r. X. Mark vi. 52 i]v ydp place whence, origin, etc. irobiv Matt,
i) Kapfiia O.VT&V TrcTrwpw/uv*;. 1 John i. xxi. 25. John vii. 27. ii. 9. tvTtvStvJohn
4. Also in impersonate, as Seov tan for xviii. 36. Xen. An. 5. 6. 24. ib. 6. 4.
till,Acts xix. 36. Trpkirov ttrri for Trps- 14 Of
time, kyyvg Matt. xxvi. 18.
TT, 1 Cor. xi. 13. al. See Winer 46. h) with a preposition and its case as
8. Matth. 559. Viger. p. 343. comp. predicate, viz. John i. 45.
(a) cnro,
Gesen. Lehrg. p. 792. 2. Stuart 530. comp. 'ATTO III. 1. tig, c. ace. viz. (|3)
So Eurip. Here. fur. 312 sq. Hero- as marking that which any thing be-
dian. 1. 3. 5. Diod. S. 2. 5. Xen. An. comes ; comp. above in I. b. /3. As
2. 2. 13. In some cases the particip. is denoting direction, object, end, tig rt,
not the predicate, and then EI'/U is not Luke V. 17 Kal Svvap,ig icvpiov fjv tig TO
thus an auxiliary, e. g. Mark x. 32 iavSat avrovg. Of a person, tig TWO.
$<rav iv ry bdqi avafiaivovTtg tig 'lepoff. 1 Pet. i. 21 &<TT TtJV TTlffTlV VfJL&V KCti
where iv ry b$$ is the predicate, and i\7rL5a tlvat tig Stov, i. e. be or rest in

avafiaivovTtg is an adjunct. Luke vii. 8. God. Adverbially, 1 Cor. iv. 3 ljuol Sk

al. Comp. Winer 1. c.
(j3)
With the tig iXdxHTTov ivriv, "iva K. T. \. Comp.
article, where the may then participle Buttm. ^ 115. n. 5. Spoken of place,
be regarded as equivalent to a noun, whither or where, Mark ii. 1 on tig
or as an emphatic shorter construction OIKOV tan. xiii. 16. Luke xi. 7. John i.

instead of a personal tense of the verb 18. al. tic c.gen. always implying
; (y)
Matt. iii. 3 ourog yap !<rrt 6 prjStig vtrb origin ; e. g. spoken of place, John i.
'Hffaiov, the person spoken of, the
i. e. 47 ic Naaper Svvarai n ayaSw tlvai j
predicted, instead of og tppifii). xiii. 19. Acts xxiii.34. John iv. 22. So of family,
Mark vii. 15 kKtivd e<rrt rd KOIVOVVTO. rbv race, etc. Luke ii. 4. Acts iv. 6 Of
av&puirov. John iv. 10. Acts ii. 16. persons or things as the source, author,
Rom. iii. 11. 1 John v. 5. Jude 19. cause, etc. Mark xi. 30 t% ovpavov ijv fj
Rev. ii. 23. Rev. xiv. 4 OVTO'L ti<riv ol i% a^pwTrw . John viii. 23 vptlg IK rStv

&Ko\ov$ovvreg, where comp. the pre- icdruttart, eya IK rS>v avu> tifii. XV. 19.
ceding construction, OVTOI tlaiv, oi OVK xvii. 14 bis, KK TOV Korrftov tlvai. Acts
IpoXvvSqffav. al. saep. Comp. Buttm. xix. 25. Gal. iii. 21. Matt. i. 20 !K irvtv-
125. 3, and n. 2. Winer 19. 1. c. 46. fiarog effriv ayi'ou. V. 37. John vii. 17 TJ

4. Matth. 270. Viger. p. 342 sq. He- diScix*! tK TOV Srtov Acts V. 38.
IffTiv. 1
rodot. 9. 70. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 43. John ii. 16. Hence metaph. of a per-
g) with an adverb as predicate e. g. ;
son on whom one is dependent, to whom
of quality or character, as ovrug, John he is devoted as a follower, etc. e. g.
iii. 8 ovTbig tori TTO.QK. T. X. Matt. xix. 10. John viii. 47 EK TOV Srtov OVK ye are tori,
So ovrtag tvrat, Rom. iv. 18. Matt. xxiv. not of God, i. e. not his followers, ad-
27. Luke xvii.24, 26. al. Seq. dat. Matt, herents. 1 John iii. 10. iv. 6. vi. 19.

xii. 45. Luke xi. 30. al. ravra as adv. So John viii. 44 vfntlg IK TOV Siaj36\ov
i.
q. oi5rwc,Luke xvii. 30. 1 Cor. vi. 11. tvTt. So of things, as EK Trjg

Comp. Buttm. 115. 4. 128. n. 4. ug, John xviii. 37. 1 John iii. 19.

according as, Rev. xxii. 12. Of likeness, TOV vopov Gal. iii. 10. Also Gal. iii. 12
as wg, Matt. xxii. 30. xxviii. 3. Luke vi. 6 vopog OVK IGTIV IK 7rt(rrfwg, i. e. the law
40. al. tiffTTtp, Matt. vi. 5. Luke xviii. 11. depends not on faith, has no connexion
Sf q. dat. Matt, xv'ii. 17.
; Of plenty or with it Of a whole in relation to a
want TrepurffuTtpwg 2 Cor. vii. 15. x w ~ 1 Cor. xii. 15, 16, OVK tipi IK TOV
; part ;

pig Heb. xii. 8. Of place, viz. place o-w/xarof. Of persons, Luke xxii. 3
e. g. Rom. x. 8. John xi. OVTO. IK TOV dpiSpov T&V SwdtKct. Matt,
where, eyyuc
18. al. iKtl Matt, xviii. 20. Mark iii. xxvi. 73 ai> l avT&v tl. John i. 24. x. 16.
Col. iv. 9. 2 Tim. iii. 6.
I. (Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 14.) paw&v
al. xviii. 17, 25.
Mark xii. 34. John xxi. 8. OTTOV Mark Plut. Galb. 27. Herodot. 2. 46. Of the
v. 40. John xviii. 1. vii. 34. al. (Xen. material, Rev. xxi. 21 f)v tt tvbg /iapyapi-
Matt. 374. b, note. See in 'EK.
Cyr. 2. 4. 31.) irov Matt. ii. 2. John vii. TOV.
kv c. dat. implying a being in a
II. (Luc. D. Mort. 13. 1 or 3.) <5fo ()
Matt. xii. 6, 41. Rev. xiii. 9. ect. etc. Of place, thing, person, etc. Spoken of
 U/ui

place, part, etc. Mark i. 3 iv ry Ipii iii. Acts vii. 9. xviii. 10. Phil. iv. 9.
2.
John ii. 23 iv roTf 'Iepo<ro\. Acts v. 12. Jos. Ant. 15. 5. 9 -- So to be imparted to
Rev. ix. 10. al Herodian. 8. 8. 10. anyone, etc. 2 John 2, 3 __ irapd, seq. (3)
Xen. An. 5. 6. 13, 15 Of things ;
iv gen. tlvat Trapa nvog, to befrom any one,
TOVTV, in this, i. e. herein, John ix. 30. i. e. sent
by any one, John vi. 46. vii.
1John iv. 10. or hereby, 1 John ii. 3. 29. or received from any one, John xvii.
So iv TOVTOIQ i<r3i, be wholly in these 7. Seq. accus. of place, to be by, on, at,
things, occupied with them, 1 Tim. iv. Mark v. 21. (i) irpo, seq. gen. of place,
15. (Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 4. Xen. Cyr. 5. to be before, Acts xiv. 13. metaph. of
2. iv actoKi tlvai, to be in the flesh, dignity, Col. i. 17. ac-
5.) (K) Trpoc, seq.
i. e. followers of the world, aliens from cus. of place, etc. tlvai Trpoe n, to be near
God, Rom. vii. 5. 'iva ?} iriariQ vpuv fir) to, by, etc. Luke xxiv. 29. Mark iv. 1.
y iv avSrp&Truv, a\X' iv dt/va/m
crotyiq.
Achill. Tat. V. 343. Of persons, to
Seov, i. e. consist in, depend on, 1 Cor. be near, with, among, Matt. xiii. 56. Mark
ii. 5. Of a state, condition, etc. iv pvvei ix. 19. (\\ avv seq. dat. tlvai avv nvt,
aifjiaroe ovva, Mark v. 25. So Luke to be with any one, i. e. present with, in
xxiii. 40. Phil. iv. 11. 1 John ii. 9. company with, Luke xxiv. 44. Phil. i.

Jos. Ant. 7. 2. 1. Of
persons, to be in 23. Col. ii. 5. 1 Thess. iv. 17. or as a
any one, viz. where the subject is a thing, follower, disciple, Luke viii. 38. Actsiv.
Acts xxv. 5 el TI iartv iv ry avtipi TOVT<, 13. or as a partisan, Acts xiv. 4. Xen.
in or on this man, i. e. in his conduct, H. G. 3. 1. 18.
(/*) {/Trip seq. gen. dvai
etc. John xi. 10 ro 0u> OVK tariv iv av- vTrlp rivog, to be for any one, on his side,

r<, i e. in his path, around him. So of Mark ix. 40. Seq. accus. of pers. virip
faculties, virtues, vices, which are in Tiva, to be above any one, trop. Luke
any one, John i. 4, 48. Acts iv. 12. xx. vi. 40.
(v)
VTTO seq. accus. to be under,
10. Where
the subject is a person, i. e. spoken of place, John i. 49. 1 Cor. x. 1.
to be near and in intimate union with, to of person or thing, to be subject to, Rom,
be one with, sc. in mind, purpose, feeling, iii.9. Gal. iii. 10. 1 Tim. vi. 1.
etc. So God and Christ, John xiv. 10, NOTE. As copula, the forms of dpi
11. Christ and his followers, John xv. are very frequently omitted ; e. g. Matt
4. Christ in his followers, 2 Cor. xiii. 5. ix. 37. xiii. 54. Mark ix. 23. 1 Cor. x,
the Spirit in Christians, John xiv. 17. 26. xi. 12. al. ssepiss. See Buttm. 12-9,

Christians in Christ, Rom. viii. 1. xvi. 11. 12. Matth. 306. Winer 66. 2. AL,
1 Cor. i. 30. 1 John v. 20. Seq. dat.
,
plural, to be among, Matt, xxvii. 56. to
34, 35. See Buttm. | 108. V.
be in the midst of, 1 Cor. xiv. 25. ()
iiri, seq. gen. of place, upon, Luke xvii.
Etveica, see "Evena.'
31. John xx. 7. metaph. of dignity, sta-
see in Ei III. f.
tion, over, Acts viii. 27. Rom. ix. 5.
Seq. dat. of place, upon, in, at, Mark iv. Enrov, aor. 2; imper. t'nr't, opt.
inf. li-xtiv, par-
34. Matt.xxiv.33 Seq. accus. of place, {(7roijui, subjunct. ITTW,

as elvai iiri TO avro, spoken of conjugal ticip. t.Vwj/.

Also Ion. aor. 1 elira,

intercourse, 1 Cor. vii. 5. of person, tlvat Matt. xxvi. 25. Mark xi. 3. al. imperat,
irri nva, to be or rest upon, metaph. Acts eiTrov Acts xxviii. 26. dirarwaav xxiv. 20.

iv. 33. Kara seq. gen. elvai Kara used likewise by the Attics, Xen. Mem.
()
TIVOQ, to be against any one, Matt. xii. 30. 2. 2. 8. al. Comp. Buttm. 96. n. 1 and
9. 114 sub tlirov. Winer 15 sub
Gal. v. 23 Seq. accus. of thing, elvai
KOTO, n, to be according to, in accordance dTTov. With these aorists from an ob-
with, 2 Cor. xi. 15. Rom. ii. 2. Luke sol. theme en-w or eliru), the Greeks
Buttm.
xvii. 30 (^ fttra seq. gen.
elvai fiera employed 07?/u as a present,
with any one, e. 1. c. and 109. 1.2; and likewise, as
rivog, to be i. present
also in N. T. the fut. ipti from po> (only
with, in company with, Matt. xvii. 17.
Mark ii. 19. Luke xxiii. 43. al. to be for the perf. eipj*ca from obsol.
poetic) ;
or on the side of any one, as an ad- pta>, pluperf. elpfiKtiv, perf. pass, etpi^at,
xii. 30. John aor. 1 or less usual ippi-
herent, helper, etc. Matt. pass. Ippifirjv
 Enrox 233 E/TTOV

Lob. ad Phr. p. 447, fut. 1 pass. Buttm. 181. 4. Matth. 416

^ So tl-
t, fut. 3 pass. ttprjffofiai, Buttm. TTtiv iv 7rapa(3o\a~iQ, Matt. xxii. 1. ,

I. c. Winer 1. c To say, to speak, i. e. TTapapoXrje Luke vili. 4. Also cbrctv -rrpbg

to utter definite words, and hence im- tavrovg or Trpbg aXX^Xove, to say
among
plying more than \a\t1v ; see Tittm. de themselves or to one another, Mark xii. 7.
Syn. N. T. p. 79, 80. John vii. 35. Luke ii. 15. John xvi. 17.
to say, to speak, with an ac- xix. 24. Iv tavroiQ,
a) genr. al.
among themselves,
cus. of the thing said Matt. xxvi. 44 Matt.
; xxi. 38. Metaph. from the Heb.
rbv avrbv Xoyov elmav. Lukexii. 3. John tiTrt'iv iv ry Kapdiy avrov, to say in one's
ii. 22. Acts i. 9. 2 Cor. xii. 6 aXfi&uav heart, i. e. to think, Matt. xxiv. 48.
yap sow. Rom. iii. 5 et vi. 1 ri ovv ipov- Luke xii. 45. Rom. x. 6. So iaba "ipN
fitv Heb. vii, 9 o/g tirog tiiriiv, so to
,*
and Sept. Ps. x. 6, 11. xiv. 1. Is/xlixl
speak, Buttm. 150. p. 438. Matth. 21. Comp. Gesen. Lex. "i?2X 2. In the
545. See Raphel. Annot. in N. T. II. same sense also, eiVeTv iv eavr$, Matt.
p. 671 sq. Xen. Ap. Socr. 15. The ix. 3. Luke vii. 39. xvi. 3. xviii. 4. Sept.
accus. is often supplied by the words or for l2*?n Esth. vi. 6.
(q) seq. in-
-iE>

clause spoken, as Matt. ii. 8. iv. 3, fin. with accus. Rom. iv. 1. with accus.
Luke v. 13. John iv. 27. vi. 59. al. implied Matt. xvi. 12. Xen. H. G. 1.
Hence ilirt is inserted like l$i\ in the 6. 6. So with ilvai implied, where dirslv
middle of a clause, Luke vii. 42. With may be rendered to call, to name, etc.
an accus. of person, once, John i. 15 John X. 35 eyo> eiTra, 3-tot etrrf ci tKtivovQ
3v iltrov, as in Engl. whom I said, i. e. tiiTf. Srfovs K. T. \. xv. 15. 1 Cor. xii. 3.
of whom spoke, i. q. iripi ov in ver. 30.
I Comp. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 7 diruv a$\iw-
Along with the accus. expr. or im- TO.TOVQ tlvat Tovg"E\\r]va^. Apol. Socr.
plied, are also further constructions of 15. Herodian. 6. 1. 15 () seq. on,
the person to whom, the manner, etc. Matt. v. 31. John viii. 55. 1 Cor. i. 15.

(a) seq.
dat. of pers. John xvi. 4 ravra with dat. Mark xvi. 7. John vi. 65.
$1 vp.1v t
apxiis OVK iltrov. Matt. xvi. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25.
Mark ii. 9. Luke iv. 3. John xiv. 26. b)
as modified by the context, where
Rev. xvii. 7. Luke vii. 40 t^w ooi n the sense often lies not so much in
litrtiv, comp. Luc. Tim. 20. Aristaen. 2. t'nriiv as in the adjuncts e. g. spoken ;

1. seq. ei'cc. accus. of pers. to speak

(/3) (a)
before interrogations, for to ask, to
against, Luke xii. 10. (y) seq.
Kara c. inquire ; Acts viii. 30 Kal direv dpaye
gen. of pers. to speak against, Matt. v. yivucTKfiG K. T. X. Matt. ix. 4. xi. 3. xiii.

II. xii. 32. c. gen. of 10. John viii. 10. Acts xix. 2, 3. Xen.
(?) seq. irepl
pers. or thing, to speak ofoT concerning, Cyr. 1. 3. 16. before replies, for to
(/3)
etc. John vii. 39. x. 41. xi. 13. c. dat. answer, to reply, etc. viz. to a direct
of pers. Matt. xvii. 13. John xviii. 34. question, Matt. xv. 34. Mark viii. 5.
(e) seq. trpog
c. accus. of pers. to speak Luke viii. 10. al. and so preceded by cnro-
or say to any one, etc. Luke xi. 1. xii. or cnrtKpiSt] ccti, Matt. XI. 4. XV.
KpiSrtig
16. John vi. 28. Acts ii. 37. Heb. i. 13. 13. John vii. 20. Acts v. 29. Without a
al. (Luc. D. Mort. 1. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. preceding question, Matt. xiv. 18. Acts
13.) In the sense offor, with reference 2. 9. xi. 8. with cnroKptStic, Matt. iv.
to, Mark xii. 12 c. ace. of thing, to 4. xii. 39. Mark vi. 37. al. (y)
of nar-

say in respect to, Rom. viii. 31. ration, teaching, etc. for, to tell, to make
() seq.
adverb, or a prep, with its noun, imply- known, to declare, etc. Matt. viii. 4. xvi.
ing manner; e. g. fyoi'we Matt. xxvi. 35. 20. xviii. 17. Mark xi. 29. xvi. 7, 8. John
bioavrwQ xxi. 30. KaSug xxviii. 6. So iii. 12. xii. 49. Rev.xvii.7.al.ssep. Sept.

Ka\u>c elirag, thou hast well said, i. e. for -pan 2 K. xxii. 10. Is. xii. 22.
of
right, correctly, Luke xx. 39 ; and ab- rnin Job xii. 7. predictions,
(?)
s^l. with icaXoif implied, Matt. xxvi. 25, to foretell, to predict, etc. Matt, xxviii. 6.
6 {, ov tiirag. Hence with an accus. of Mark xiv. 16. Luke xxii. 13. John ii. 22.
pers. KaXtie tiiriiv riva, to speak well of al. Here used especially in the passive
Rom. ix. 12, 26.
any one, Luke vi. 26 ;
and KCIK&S tiiriiv forms, e. g. typifi*
Acts xxiii. 5j see Rev. vi. 11. Luke iv. 12. Heb
Tira, to speak evil of, tlptjrat
 234 Ei,

iv. 7. r6 clpTju'tvov Luke ii. 24. Acts ii. Matt. x. 13. Luke x. 6. John xiv. 27.
16. al. 6 pi^et'c, lit. the foretold, Matt. Hence /ur' with good wishes,
tiprjvrjs,
iii.3. TO prjtev, thatforetold, etc. Matt. benediction, kindness, Acts xv. 33. Heb.
i. 22. ii. 15, 17. xxii. 31. al. ssep. of xi. 31. lv tipnvg, 1 Cor. xvi. 11. So
(e)
what is said with authority, for to direct, Sept. and Heb. toibip'^ Gen. xxvi. 29.
to bid, to command, etc. Matt. viii. 8. Ex. xviii. 23 Hence also in the for-
Mark v. 43. x.49. Lukevii.7. xvii. 7,8. mulas of salutation, either at meeting
xix. 15. 2 Cor. iv. 6. James ii. 11. al. or parting see in 'A<r7rao/mi.
; Jahn
Seq. Matt. iv. 3. Mark Hi. 9. Rev.
"iva, 175. Gesen. Lex. Oi^tf, B. 1. Thus
ix. 4. Sept. forms Ex. xxxv. 1. Lev. ix. on meeting, e!pr)vij vp.1v, peace unto you,
6. AL. i.
every good, Luke xxiv. 36.
e. John
see in El III. n- xx. 19, 21, 26. Also in letters, etc.
Rom. i. 7. ii. 10. 1 Cor. i. 3. 2 Cor.
ojj f. evffbt,
wzafo
(clpqvq,) Gal. i. 3. al.
i. 2.
(Act. Thorn. 27.)
peace, to be at peace, Sept. for tJ^ttin 1 Luke x. 5 elprfVT] T<fi O"IK<{) Tovrq). So
K. xxii. 44. Polyb. 5. 8. 7 x^pa e/c
Sept. and Heb.tJ?V,?p Judg. xix.20. Oi^
TraXaiou e!pr]Vvofikvtj. Diog. Laert. 2. 5.
1 Chr. xii. 18. I)an. x. 19. At parting,
In N. T. metaph. to live in peace, har-
v-n-aye fig tiprjvrjv, go away info peace.
mony, concord, etc. absol. 2 Cor. xiii. 11.
Mark v. 34. vir. ive!privy,goinpeace,Jsimes
iv eavrols 1 Thess. V. 13.
iv aXXfjXoie
ii. 16. Troptvov ej'f tiprjvrjv Luke vii. 50.
Mark ix. 50. pera irdvrwv Rom. xii. 18. viii. 48. iv tlpfivy Acts xvi. 36.
Trop.
Ecclus. vi. 6. xxviii. 9, 13.
Comp. in Etc no. 4. Sept. for Heb.
pfdce, vz.
TJC, i?
trib#3 *$ Judg. xviii. 6. 1 Sam. i. 17.
in a civil sense, the opposite of xx. 42. AL.
a) pp.
war and dissension, Luke xiv. 32. Acts
xii. 20. Rev. vi. 4. al __ Xen. Ag. 1. 7. Ktprjviicoc, 7, ov, (elprjvT],} peaceful,
pp. relating to peace, Xen. (Ec. 1. 17
Amongindividuals, peace, concord,
In N. T.
Matt. x. 34. Luke xii. 51. Acts vii. 26. elprjviKal tTnaTripai.

Rom. xiv. 19. al. 2 paoiXtvs Heb. vii. a) pacific, disposed to peace, James iii.
eiprjvrjG, i. e.
pacific king. Trop. peace
17. Sept. for tD'telp' 1TTK Ps. xxxvii. 37.
of mind, tranquillity, arising from recon- comp. Deut. ii. 26.
ciliation with God and a sense of the b)
from the Heb. healthful, wholesome,
divine favour, Rom. v. 1. xv. 13. Phil.
Heb. xii. 11 Kapirbs tlpr}viKOQ. Comp.
iv. 7.
in Eiprjvij c.
Comp. Is. liii. 5.

b) by impl. state of peace, tranquillity, f- e.

tprjvoTTOttw, to, T}<*uj (i-
Luke xi. 21 iv e/pr/vy iffTt TCI
security ;
tipfjvriv TTOISW,)
to make peace, to make
inrdpxovTa aurov. 11. 29. John XVI. 33.
reconciliation, Col. i. 20. Sept. Prov.
Acts ix. 31. ICor. xiv. 33. 1 Thess. v. 3. x. 10.
So Sept. for
Oi^' Judg. vi. 23. rm Is.
xiv. 30. Ez. xxx viii. 8, 11. j ou, 6,
a peacc-malicr,
c) like Heb.
Ci^1$, peace,
i. e.
health, pp. of an ambassador to treat of peace,
Xen. H. G. 6. 3. 4. In N. T. trop. one
welfare, prosperity, every kind of good.
Luke i. 79 bibs tlpfjvrjg, way of happi- disposed to peace, Matt. v. 9.
ness, ii. 14. x. 6 vlbg tipi]vi]Q, son ofhap-
Et'pw, f.
epw, see in Elirov.
piness, i.
q. one worthy of it. xix. 42.
Rom. viii. 6. Eph. vi. 15 tvayy'f\iov TTJQ Ei, a prep, governing the accusa-
(Ipr)vrig, e. which leads
gospel ofbliss, i. tive, with the primary idea of motion
to bliss. So 6 Stbs tipvvnc,
2 Thess. iii. 16. into any place or thing, and then also of
i. e. God the author and giver of bliss, motion or direction to, towards, upon,
Horn. xv. 33. xvi. 20. Phil. iv. 9. 1 any place, thing, etc. The antithesis is

Thess. v. 23. 2 Thess. iii. 16. Heb. xiii. expressed by Iff,

out of. Sept. every-
20. Comp. tDlblp~"lto, Sept. dpx^v tipri- where for 3, *>, ?N, etc. See Winer
vrjq, Is. ix. 6. So tlpfjvr] vfi&v, i. e. the 53. a. Matth. '578. Passow Lex.
good or blessing which you have invoked Et'c. Schweighauser Lex. Herodot. art
by way of salutation, your benediction, 'EC.
 235

1, Of place, which is the primary and 1. Matt. xxii. 3 K a\k<rat ttf row f
most frequent use, into, to, viz. ver. 4. Mark v. 14 dTr^yyaXav tif
rr\v
after verbs implying motion of any TroXiv. xi. 8 larpaxrav
a) tif TJJV oflov. xiii.
kind into, or also
towards, upon, anyto, 10 tie iravTO. TO. eSrvtj dtl
place or object e. g. verbs of
going,
;
Luke xxiv. 47. John viii. 26 ravra
coming, leading, following, sending, tif TOV KOfffjiov. Acts vii. 39 <rrj
throwing, placing, delivering over, and Talf KctpSiaif CLVT&V tif AiyuTrrov. xxvii.
the like, etc. etc. Matt. ii. 12 avt^upvaav 6. 1 Cor. xiv. 9 tif 2
d'epa XaXovvrtf.
fig ri\v -^wpav aiiTuiv. iv. 8. V. 1 dve/3); Cor. viii. 24 tie avTovf kv$dZ,a.at. xi. 6.
tig TO opof. vi. 6 tlatXSt tig TO ra/itlo al. ssep. Xen. Anab. 5. 6. 28, 37.
aoi/. viii. 18 diriXStlv tlf ro
ir'tpav. xii. Especially after verbs of looking, etc.
44 tTTtorpt^/a) <f rov olicov fiov. XV. 11, Acts i. 10 a.Ttvi%ovTtf tif TOV ovpavov.
17 irav TO ti(T7roptv6fitvov (if TO oro/za, jcai iii. 4. Matt. xxii. 16 ov pXtTrttf tif
irpoo-
e/C d^etfpwva tK/SdXXtrai. xx. 17 dva- a)7rov dvpo7rwv. John xiii. 22. xix. 37.

Paivuv 'itpoaoXvpa. xxi. 18. Mark i.

fig Acts i. 11. Heb. xi. 26. al. So Matt. v.
38. v. 21. vi. 45. ix. 31 irapaSitiorat fig 35 opoaai tif 'itpoffoXvpa, towards Jeru-
Xetpag dvSrpuTruv. xiii. 14 \fytvytiv tif TO. salem, turning or looking towards
i. e.
as in Engl. toflee into the mountains.
opt/, it. Horn.
II. 9. 373 tif w-n-a iow&ai
Luke viii. 23, 26. John i. 9. vii. 14. So after nouns, e. g. Acts ix. 2 7riorroXdf
Acts xvi. 16. xxvL 14. Rom. v. 12. x. tif AafjiaoKov, i. e. directed to Damascus.
18. Rev. ii. 22 see in BdXXw b. viii. 5. Rom. XV. 31 17 cictKovia [tov rj tif 'lepou-
al. scepiss. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 1. An. 1. ffaXrjfj,. al.
3. 17. ib. 3. 1.5 So in constr. praeg-
c) metaph.
of a state or condition into
nans,' John xvi. 21 tyevv^Sij tie TOV icoa- which one comes, after verbs of motion,
pov. 1 Pet. iii. 20 tif ijv iXiyai direction, etc. Matt. xxv. 46 ainXtvffov-
[ict/3wre>v]
tyv\ai SitauStjffav Si vSarof. Xen. An. 2. TO.I tif KoXaaiv aiwviov, tif ZWTJV aiwviov.
3. 18. So tif c. accus. of thing, imply- Mark v. 26 TO %ttpov iX&ovaa. ix. 43.
ti<r

ing place ; as John xviii. 6 d.rrrjX^ov tif Luke xxii. 33. xxiv. 20. John iv. 38.
rd oirivu. vii. 8, 10, tif rr\v iopTrjv, SC. at v. 24. xvi. 13. Acts xxvi. 18. 2 Cor.
Jerusalem. Mark xiii. 16. iv. 22 tie x. 5. Gal. i. 6. Phil. i. 12. iii. 11.

Qavtpbv IXSy. John i. 11 tif rd ISia ijXSrt. 1 Tim. ii. 4. iii. 6, 9. Hcb. ii. 10. al.
Acts xv. 38 tif TO ipyov. xxi. 6. John ssep. For virayt v. rroptvov tlf tiprjvijv,
xvi. 32. With an accus. of person, but go into peace, see no. 4 below. Xen.
referring always to the place where the Ath. 1. 9. Mem. 1. 2. 22. So in
person dwells or is, and implying to, constr. praegn.' TWO. v.
'
/BaTrn'&iv tlf

among, etc. Luke x. 36 i^irta^v tif Tovf tif ovofj.0. to baptize into the
nvof, i. e.

iif. xxi. 24. Acts xviii. 6 tie rd tSvy obligations incumbent on a disciple of
XX. 29 tiotXtvoovrai XVKOI any one, etc. Matt, xxviii. 19. Acts viii.
tif vpaf. xxii. 21. Rom. v. 12. 16. Rom. vi. 3, 4. al. See in Ba7rri'w 2.
xvi. 19. 2 Cor. ix. 5. x. 14. 1 Thess. i. *.&
5. Rev. xvi. 2. al. See Buttm. 147. 2. Of time, viz. a) time when, im-
n. 5. Winer 53. a. Matth. 578 plying a term, limit, to, up to, until ;
Horn. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 6.
II. 15. 402. Acts iv. 3 tif TIJV avpiov, till the morrow.
Mem. Spoken also of persons
1. 1. 14. Matt, x, 22 tif rtXof. Phil. i. 10 tif rifitpav
into whom demons have entered, Mark Xpiorov, i. e. against the day
of Christ.
ix. 25. Luke viii. 30. comp. Matt. viii. ii. 16. 2 Pet. iii. 7. Acts xiii. 42. 1

31. Luke viii. 32. al. Also Lukexv. 17 Thess. iv. 15. 2 Thess. ii. 6. 2 Pet. ii. 4.

tie iavTot> iXSwr, having come to himself, al Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 26. (Ec. 17. 10.
i. e. to his right mind. Diod. Sic. 13. So with accus. of person, as marking the
95 time when one lives, appears, etc.
Gal.
tie tctvrotie tpxofitvoi.
verbs implying direction
after iii.17, 24, tif XptffTov.
Herodian. 2. 9.
b)
upon or towards any place or object; 8. Herodot. 3. 97.
e. g. verbs of hearing, calling, announc-
b)
time how long, marking duration,
Matt. x. 27 et Matt. xxi. 19 TOV ai&va, for
ing, showing, etc. etc. for, etc. tif

Acts xi. 22 dicovfiv t!f TO. tin a. Luke vii. ever. Mark iii. 29. John viii. 35. 2 Pet.
 286

iii. 18. Luke i. 50 tig ytvtag ytvttiv. xii. perhaps Matt. v. 25tVoxoc tig TJV yhvvav,
19 tig tTTj TroXXa. 1 Tim. vi. 19. Heb. vii. i. e.
guilty even to Gehenna but see in ;

3. Rev. ix. 15. al. Xen. Lac. 11.2. ib. "Evoxog. Chiefly by way of periphrasis
9. 2. for an adverb ; Winer 53. c. a. 55.
3. Tropically, as marking the object 1. b. Matth. 578. d. Luke xiii. 11 tig
or point to or towards which any thing TO TravTiXtg, i. e. entirely, and Heb. vii.

tends, aims, etc. Spoken 25 with the idea of perpetuity. (Ml. V.

a) of a result, effect, consequence,
H. 7. 2. ib. 12. 20.) 2 Cor. iv. 17 tig
marking that which any person or thing vTrtp(3oXrjv, exceedingly. (Luc. D. Mort.
tends to or becomes. Matt. xiii. 30 /)- 27. 9 or 14.) 2 Cor. x. 13 tig TO. aptTpa,
(rare avrovg tig Setrpac. xxvii. 51 iffxiffSfij immoderately. 2 Cor. xiii. 2 tig TO irciXiv,
tig Svo sc. pepr). (Sept. Ez. xxxvii. 22. again. So tig ictvov, in vain, 2 Cor. vi.
Polyb.2. 16.11. Xen. Cyr. 1.2.4.) John 1. Gal.ii.2. Phil. ii. 16. (Diod. Sic. 19.
xvii. 23 TtTtXti(*)p,tvoi tig tv. Acts ii. 20 9.) Comp. Herodot. 8. 144 ig TO. /uyterra.
utTaffTpa^fjfftTai tig aicoTog, elg alp,
a. Rev. Polyb. 1. 20. 7 tig TtXog. Xen. Mem. 3.
xi. 6. Rom. X. 10 Kaoftiq. Tnarf.vf.Tai tig 3. 4 tig TO fivvciTov.

SiKCLiovvvriv. xv. 2. 1 Cor. xi. 17 OVK tig c) of

a direction of mind, i. e. as
TO icptiTTOv a/\X' tig TO fjTTOv avvkp\ta$t. marking an object of desire, good will,
xv. 54. Acts x. 4 al irpootvxai <rov avt- also aversion, etc.
(a)
In a good sense,
(3r)<rav tig \i.vr\\if><jvvov K. r. X. Eph. ii. 21, towards, for, in behalf of; Rom. x. 1 TI

22. Heb. vi. 6, 8. 1 Pet. i. 22 al. ssep. tvSoicia Trjg lf*ijg Kapdiag vTrip avriav
Horn. II. 9. 102. Diod. Sic. 19. 33. tffTiv tig (rwTiipiav. Jude 21 TO t\tog TOV
So with an infin. as subst. Rom. vii. Kvp. 'I. X. tig ioi}v aidjviov. Rom. i. 27
4 tig TO yfviaSai vpag K. r. X. ver. 5. xii. iv Ty 6piti avT&v tig aXXrjXovg. xiv. 19.
3. 1 Cor. ix. 18. Gal. iii. 17. Heb. xi. Phil. i. 23
tTT&vnia tig TO avaXvaai.
3. al. seep. Xen. An. 7. -8. 20. So Matt. XXVI. 10 tpyov KaXbv tlpjaaciTO tig
from the Heb. Avhere tig corresponds to t/iE. Rom. xii. 16. 2 Cor. x. 1. 1 Thess.
the Heb. *> see Gesen. Lehrgeb. p.
;
iv. 10. v. 15. 2 Pet. iii. 9. al Judith
816. Stuart 507. b. Thus Xoyio/*at vi. 17. Thuc. 1. 38. So after nouns,
tig TI, to reckon or count FOR, e. g. aya-n rj tig Tiva, Rom. v. 8. 2 Cor.
[rtva, TI,~\

AS, any thing, Acts xix. 27. Rom. ii. 26. ii. 4, 8. Eph. i. 15. al. x^fntf/m tig Tiva,,
ix. 8. So Sept. for *? mtfn 1 Sam. i. 2 Cor. i. 11. So Acts xx. 21. 2 Cor.
13. Is. xxix. 17. Wisd. ix. 6. c. ix. 13 2 Mace. ix. 26 After adjec-
double accus. Wisd. v. 4. xv. 15. Also tives, xpjjorot tig aXXrjXovg Eph. iv. 32.

Xoyi(r3-oi Tim reckon or impute

tig TI, to <j>iX6tvoi tig aXXrjXovg, 1 Pet. iv. 9. Po-
to any one FOR, AS, etc. Rom. iv. 3 tig lyb. 1. 16. 10. Here belongs the con-
ditcaioavvtiv. ver. 5, 9, 22. Gal. iii. 6 al. struction of tXTTt^w and iriaTtvw with
quoted from Gen. xv. 6 where Sept. for tig,(usually c. dat.) these verbs implying
^ mS?TT, as also Ps. cvi. 31. 1 Mace. ii. an affection or direction of mind towards
52. So after verbs of constituting, a person or thing, i. e. to place hope or
making, becoming, and the like Acts ; confidence IN or UPON ; e. g. John v. 45
xiii. 22 7/yipv avrolg TOV Aa/3<o tig /3ao"t- et 2 Cor. i. 10 tig ov ^\7riKafitv, comp.
\a. ver. 47 TtStiKa. at tig Q&g. (Comp. Acts xxiv. 15 tXirida l^v tig TOV Stov.
Sept. and ntoy Ez. xxxvii. 22.) With
*>
(Herodian. 7. 10. 1 tig ov ^XTriKtaar.
tlvaiy as t<rovTai tig aapxa piav, instead Plut. Galb.
19.)
Matt, xviii. 6 TV iria-
of to-.
o-dp pia, Matt. xix. 5. Mark x. TtvovTtav tig jwe, John ii. 11. al. ssep.
8. al. comp. Gen. ii. 24 where Sept. for So iXirig KO.I iriffTig tig Tiva, 1 Pet. i. 21.
*> TTrr. Luke v. 3, comp. Is. xl. 4. So Acts xx. 21. xxiv. 24. al. 7T7rot-
1 Cor. xiv. 22. 2 Cor. vi. 18. Heb. i. 5. 2 Cor. viii. 22. (j8)
In an un-
al. ssep. With yivtffSai, as Luke xiii. friendly sense, against ; e. g. Matt, xviii.
19 kykvtTO tig
Ssvdpov peya. Acts v. 36. 15 et 1 Cor. vi. 18 ajiapTaveiv tig. Luke
Rom. xi. 9,quoted from Ps. Ixix. 23. xii. 10 og ipti Xoyov it; TOV v'ibv TOV
So 1 Cor. xv. 45. John xvi. 20. Rev. av$p. tig TO ay. Trvtvpa. Mark iii. 29 off
viii. 11. al. S' dv TO Trvtr/.ia TO iiyiov.
step. flXafftyijf.iijffy tig

b)
of measure, degree, extent, etc. Lukexxii.65. Actsix.l. Col. iii. 9. al.
 El, 23T FI?

m. V. H. 11. 10.
Thuc. 1. 130. ib. 3. xvi. 6. 2 Cor. viii. 6. Gal. iv. 11.
Eph. i.
85. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 2 So after nouns, 5 elg avTov. 2 xl l iii.
o3-l<ra /uoi eif
Heb. xii. 3 dvr/Xoyta / avrov. Acts xxiii. vjjiag. 1 Pet. i. 4
K\rjpovofiiav Tfrrjpi]-
30 cTri/SouX*} t7g rtva. Rom. viii. 7 p.ivjjv elg vpag. al. saep Xen. An. 1.
eiff Stov. Xen. H. G. 7. 4. 34 2.27. ib. 3. 3. 19. H. G. 4. 2. 9. So
if roue Stovf. Luke vii. 30 TTJV (3ov\r]V TOV Stov r/&!rj-
d)
of an intention, purpose, aim, end, <rav elg iavTovg, i. e. to their own detri-
i. e. ttf final, In the sense of unto, in ment.
(a)
order to or for, i. e. for the purpose of, for e) genr.
as marking the object of
any
the sake of, on account of, etc. Matt. viii. reference, relation, allusion, into, unto,
4 TO iSfov tig [jiapTvpiov avTolg. ver. 34 towards, i. e. with reference to, etc. Pas-
T) rr6\ig tf/X3'El' / ffWaVDjfflV T(fi 'llJffOV. sow in Elg no. 5 (a) pp.
in accordance
xxvii. 7 f/yopao-ay rbv aycbv tig ra^i\v. with, conformably to ; Matt. x. 41, 42,
ver. 10. Mark i. 4. /3a7rri<r/m fitTavoiag 6 Sex,ofJ.tvog irpotyrjTrjv tig ovofia irpo<pi}-
ei'f atytaiv afj.apriwv. Luke V. 4 ^aXatrare TOV K. T. X. i. e. in accordance with the
r diKTva tig dypav. xxii. 19 rouro irottirs character of a prophet, or AS a prophet.
elf TI}V iftfjv avd^vr]Giv. xxiv. 20. John i. Matt. xii. 41 et Luke xi. 32 ptTtvorivav
7. ix. 39. Acts iv. 30. xi. 29. xiv. 26. elg TO jc/7pvy/za 'Iwva, into, i. e. con-
Rom. i. 16, 17. v. 21. vi. 19. ix. 21. x.
formably to or AT the preaching of Jonah.
4. xv. 18. 1 Cor. ii. 7. 2 Cor. ii. 12. Acts vii. 53 IXdfltTe TOV vofiov elg diara-
Eph. iv. 12 bis. 1 Tim. i. 16. al. seep. yag dyysXwv, into, i. e. conformably to
So Matt. iii. 11 Pairri^siv tig peTavoiav, or in consequence of the arrangements
unto repentance. 1 Cor. xii. 13 elf Iv of angels, etc. in the sense
(/3) genr.
ffwfia iftaTTTi(r3njfiev, elg 'iv Trvev^ia iiro- of as to, in respect to, as, concerning,
Tia$T]fiev, i. e. in order that we may be etc. Acts ii. 25 AaftlS yap Xlyft elg
one in body and spirit. Matt, xviii. 20 avTog, concerning him ;
so Eph. v. 32
ffWTjyfitvoi ovopa, I. e. on
elf TO ifibv
et Heb. vii. 14. (Comp. Kypke Obs.
my account, for my sake, in order to II. p. 15.)
Acts xxv. 20 airopovpevog
promote my cause, etc. So before an lyu elg TIJV ZrjTrjfftv. Luke xii. 21 pq
infin. c. art. in order to, in order that, etc. elg TOV Sebv TT\OVT&V. Rorn. iv. 20 elg
Matt. xx. 19 tig TO i/iiraigac. Mark xiv. Trjv 7rayyfXiav ov SitpKpiSrr). Rom. xiii.

55 elf TO SavaTwoai avrov. Luke xx. 20. 14 Trpovoia elg eTriSrv^iag. XVI. 5 cnrapxri
Rom. i. 11. xi. 11. James i. 18. al. Trjg 'Affictg tig Xptorov. xvi. 19 aotyovg
saep. Herodian. 1.6. 20. Herodot. 2. p,ev elg TO ayaSrov, aKtpaiovg fie elg TO
103. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.5. An. 6. 5. 14. KCIKOV. 2 Cor. ii. 9 el elg iravTa VTT^KOO'I
Xen. Men. 3. 6. 2. Ag. 9. 3.
c. infin. (ere. ix. 8. Gal. vi. 4. Eph. iii. 16.
Hence elg ri, to what end? wherefore? 1 Thess. v. 18. 2 Tim. ii. 14. 1 Pet.

why? Matt. xiv. 31. Mark xv. 34. al. iii. 21. al. ssep. Diod. Sic. 2. 57. Luc.
elg TOVTO, to this end, for this purpose, pro Imag. 23. Xen. An. 2. 6. 30. ib. 4.

therefore, Mark i. 38. Acts ix. 21. Rorn. 1. 28

ix. 17. p.l. elf o, to ichich end, ivhereunto, 4. Sometimes elg c. accus. is found
etc. 2 Thess. i. 11. 1 Pet. ii. 8.
(/3)
where the natural construction would
In the sense of to or for, implying use, seem to require iv c. dat. as after verbs
advantage, etc. and equivalent to the which imply neither motion nor direc-
< dat commodi et
incommodi,' but more tion,but simply rest in a place or state.
emphatic Winer 53 c. S. Matt. x. 10
;
In such cases the idea of a previous
state is either
fir) KTrjff-qaSe irfjpav elg
bcov. XX. 1. IZrjXSrtv coming into that place or
is implied in the
piffSuffaaSai, tpydrag tig TOV ap,7rt\CJva actually expressed, or
avTov. Mark viii. 19, 20, ore roiig doTovg context. See Passow, Elg no. 6. Winer
ticXacra tig Tovg iriVTa.Kiaxi\i6vg K. T. X. 54. 4. b. Matth. 596. Comp. Buttm.
Luke ix. 13. xiv. 35 ovrt tig yrjv, OVTS 151. I. 8. So Matt. ii. 23 eXSwv
Matt. V. 13. Ti'oXij.'. Mark i. 39 ical
KOTrpiav evSeTov
elg I art. KciTyicrjcrev elg

John vi. 9. Acts ii. 22. Rom. xi. 36 et f]v Kijpvavwv tig rAg ffvvayuyag, comp.
1 Cor. viii. 6, avrov, for him, i. e.
elg ver. 38 where is dyw/iv etg rag
for his honour and glory. Rom. xv. 26. Mark ii. 1. xrat
 Efc 238

ttf KaTTEpvaoty, <eai Luke vii. 50. al. James ii. 16. Acts xvi.
olfcov tori, i. e. that he was came into 36. Coznp. in Elprjvij ult.
the house, xiii. 9, 16. Luke xi. 7 NOTE. In composition tig implies 1

rd iratdia fiov p.tr ifjiov tig TTJV KO/TTJV motion into, as tiock\opai, t'atifju, tlv'tp-
as in colloquial my children xo/tat, EiV^fpw, etc. 2. motion or direc-
ei'at'v, Engl.
are to bed. xxi. 37. John ix. 7 v tion to, towards, as aVaKovw, etc. AL.
vtyai tig TJ)V KoXvp.[3r)$pav TOV
Acts vii. 4. viii. 39, 40, Trvtvpa Kvpiov jut'a, ?v, gen. ivoc, fiiag, ivog,
7/p7ra<T TOV ^t'XtTTTTOV, CVpeSjJ # E/C *Aw- one, the first cardinal numeral ; see
rov. xviii. 21. xxi. 13, coll. dva/3ao/ivin Buttm. 70.
ver. 12. xxiii. 11. al. Horn. II. 15. 275 and genr. e. g. without subst.
a) pp.
l^dj/7/ Xig tig b<$6v. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 4 v6- Luke 19 ovStlg dyaSbg, ti p,ij tlg t
xviii.

[Kp tig rag taurwv %wpa eVaarot TOVTUIV Stog. 1 Cor. ix. 24. Gal. iii. 20. al.
irdpttaiv. 2. 1. 5.
An. 1. 2. 24. JE1. V. Matt. xxv. 15 ^WKE TaXavra, ^E vo, <

H. 7. 8 on 'H^aiortajv f 'E/c/3drava $ ^E tv. al. With a subst. Matt. vi. 27

dTT^avf. Diod. Sic. 5. 84 Here be- irijxvv eva. John xi. 50. al. Mark x. 8
longs also in N. T. the apparent con- dvo tig ffdpica fiiav. 1 Cor. x. 8. al.
struction of fig with a genitive through Matt. v. 41 fiiXiov tv. Acts xvii. 26. al.
the omission of its noun as tig o'tfov, ;
Xen. An. 6. 6. 14. al __ With a
Acts ii. 27, 31, i. e. for tig olKov $dov, negative, equivalent to not one, none ;
Buttm. 132. n. 9. Matth. | 578. g. Matt. V. 18 i'wra 'iv ?) pia Ktpaia. ov p.rj
Passow 1. c. no. 7. The phrase in Acts irapiX&y. Rom. iii. 12 OVK tffTiv stag
is, yjear\i7rtv tig $dov, quoted from ivog, not so much as one, not even one,
Ps. xvi. 10 where Sept. for *? njy, i. e. quoted from Ps. xiv. 3 et liii. 4, where
to leave or abandon TO the grave or Sept. for -rrw-t)3 So Sept.
"pS*.
Sheol ; not strictly to leave IN it. Comp. and "TTTX
T *ry h& Judg. iv. 16. comp.
Gen.xliv. 31. In other instances E/cand Ex. ix. 7. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 840. So
iv are used alternately, according to the ovdi tig, ovdt tv, not one, not even one,
different shape of the thought e. g. ;
more emphatic than ovStig, Buttm. 70
John XX. 19, 26, ijXSrtv o 'Irjaovg Kal tarrj 1. Matt, xxvii. 14 npig ovdk 'iv pfjfia.
eig TO fjitffov avTwv, but Luke xxiv. 36 John i. 3. Acts iv. 32 Kal ovSt tig tXtytv.
TCLVTO. dk avTwv XaXovvTh)v avTog o 'Iij- Rom. iii. 10 OVK tan diKaiog ovSt tig.
ffovg tGTT] iv Here the
/zlery avr&v. 1 Cor. vi. 5. al. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 10.
attention of more on Jesus'
John is fixed Mem. 1. 6. 2. With the art. 6 tig, TO tv,

coming and standing that of Luke on ;

the one; Matt. xxv. 18, 24, TO ev TaXavrov.
his actual presence. John xxi. 4, comp. 1 Cor. x. 17 *c TOV ivog aprov. Xen.
viii. 3, 9. Acts iv. 7. (Xen. Cyr. 4. An 5. 4. 11. Seq. genit. partitively,
1. 1 GTag tig TO
[itaov.^
So KaSijoSai tig Buttm. Matth.
132. 4. 2. 318 sq.
Mark xiii. 3, coll. Matt. xiii. 2 ;
and Matt. v. 19 T&V ivToXwv TOVTOJV.
fiiav
Matt. xxvi. 69. al. Comp.
KaSrjoStcu tv, Mark vi. 15 tig T&V Trpo^jjrwv. Luke v.
Schweighaus. Lex. Herodot. 'Eg no. 1. 3. John xii. 2. al. So with EK soq. gen.
Also, Mark i. 9 ij\3tv 'Ir}<rovg ical s(3air- Matt, xviii. 12 IvQ UVTUV. Markix. 17
rioSt) VTTO 'lojdvvov tigTOV 'lopdavrjv j tig IK TOV oxXov. Acts xi. 28. Rev. v. 5.
but Matt. iii. 6 icai iraaa r\ irtpix<pag TOV
b) used distributively,
viz.
(a) tig
.

'lopodvov ifiaTTTiZovTO iv Tijj 'lopfidvqt tig, one one, i. e. one the other, Matt.
VTT'avTov, i. e. the attention in the latter xx. 21. xxiv.41/a'a fiia, xxvii. 38. John
case being fixed upon the act of baptism ;
xx. 12. al. Also 6 tig one
o tig, the the
in the former, also on the coming of other, Matt. xxiv. 40. tig TOV tva 1 Thess.
Jesus to the Jordan. So too in the V. 11. tig vTTtp TOV ivog 1 Cor. iv. 6.
phrases inrayt. V. Tropfuou tig ttprjvrjv So tig tig ?c, Matt. xvii. 4. Luke ix
or iv tlprjvy, go away INTO peace 33. Mark iv. 8. al. Sept. for TTW1. "1HN
or IN peace, i. e. INTO or IN the enjoy- Lev. 2Chr. iii. 17. for "PIN"! ins
xii. 8.
ment of peace, good, etc. the idea being ITINI 1 Sam. x. 3. xiii. 17, 18. fecclus.
at bottom the same, but expressed xxxi'. 23. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 4 In like
under different aspects; Mark v. 34. manner, tig 6 trtpog, one the other,
 239

Matt. vi. 24. 3 6 tig 6 srepog, ike one the 13. ix. 13. al. So Sept. and -|rw Ezra
other, Matt, vi.24. Luke vii. 41. Acts xxiii. iv. 8. Dan. ii.31. viii. 3. CompI'Gesen.
6. 6 tig 6 aXXof, Rev. xvii. 10. (/3) elf Lehrg. p. 655. Stuart 412. n. 3.
'e-KaoTog, each one, every one, Acts ii. 6. xx. from the Heb. as an ordinal, the
e)
31. Col. iv. 6. al. (Xen. An. 6. 6.
12.) Seq. first, mostly spoken of the first day of
gen. partitively, Luke iv. 40. Acts ii. 3. the week, Matt, xxviii. 1 tig fiiav
0//ispav)
Eph. iv. 7. al. For avd tig eicaoTog Rev. T&V o-a/3/Sarwv. Mark xvi. 2. Luke xxiv.
xxi. 21, see in 'Avd 2. jca3' eva, icaS' 1. Acts xx. 7. 1 Cor. xvi. 2. al. So
(y) Sept.
ev, one by one, singly, pp. for tig Ka$' eva, and irw of the first of the month, Gen.
etc. John xxi. 25. 1 Cor. xiv. 31. oi i. 5. viii. 13. Ex. xl. 2, 17. al. See
icaS' tva Eph. v. 33. *ca$' tv eitacrTov, Gesen. Lehrg. p. 701 sq. Stuart 465.
each one singly, Ka' 'iv here qualifying Jos. Ant. 1. 1. 1 avrrj (lev av tlrj q
eicaoTov, Acts xxi. 19. Xen. Ven. 6. 14. irpwrrj rififpa- Mwvffijg d' avrrjv fiiav
K. e.tKaaTov Cyr. 1. 6. 22. Apol. 15. dirt. Joined with dtvTtpog, rpiroc, etc.
So ev Ka5' ev, one by one, one after ano- Rev. ix. 12 77 oval >/ pia, comp. xi. 14.
ther, singly, Rev. iv. 8. From the Herodot. 4. 161. Eurip. Bacch. 680
analogy of this correct form has sprung Comp. Gesen. Thesaur. Heb. p. 62.
in N. T. the anomalous tig KU&' tig, one AL.
by one, etc. instead of tig Ka$' eva, Mark
xiv. 19. John Also 6 Si KaS' tig,
viii. 9.
f. &fa, (ayco), to
Rom. Lucian. Pseudosoph. 9.
xii. 5.
c. accus. of place. Thus of person,
c. emphatic, one, i. e. even one,
(a) Luke 54 etVr/yayov avrbv tig TOV
xxii.
one single, only one, Matt. v. 36 ov Sv-
OIKOV TOV ap^teplwc. ii. 27. Acts ix. 8.
vaaai fiiav Toi^a Xtvicrjv / psXaivav Troiij-
xxi. 28, 29, 37. So tig TTJV av\r}v John
vai. xxi. 24. Mark viii. 14. x. 21. xii. 6.
xviii. 16, coll. ver. 15. Also tladytiv tig
John vii. 21. 1 Cor. x. 17. 2 Pet. iii.
Tt}v oiKovfievrjv, i. e. to produce, to intro-
8. al. For dirb fiidg Luke xiv. 18, see
duce, into the world,
'ATTO III. 3. (Xen. An. 4. 7.
9.)
In the
Luke xiv. 21. Sept.
eense of only, alone, Mark ii. 7 ct
fttj tig
6 Stag. James iv. 12. eva TOTTOV
9. xxiv. 67. 2K.ix.2. Palseph. Fab. 19.
tig
Xen. An. 1. 6. 11. Of things, Acts vii.
John xx. 7. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 17 (/3)for
45. Act. Thorn. 13. Xen. Athen. 2. 3.
one and the same, Rom. iii. 30 tig 6 $tbg,
og SiKcuwou K. T. \. 1 Cor. iii. 8. Gal. iii. hear
Ei<racovw, f. ovffopai, (a/eouw,) to
28. Phil ii. 2. Heb. ii. 11. Rev. xvii. 13.
to, to listen to, i. e.
50 Sept. and irw Gen. xii. 25, 36
a) to give heed to, to obey, seq. gen.
Wisd. vii. 6. xvii'. '17. Plut. Alex. 22 1 Cor. xiv. 21 ouo' OVTWQ tlaaKovtrovTai
Fully written, tv icai TO avTo, 1 Cor. xi. 5. ftov. So Sept. and y&tfT
Deut. i. 43. iv.
xii. 11. Diod.Sic.ll.47.Polyb.2.62.4. 30. al. Ecclus. iii. 6. absol. Thuc. 5.

d) indef. one, some one, any one,

a 45. Xen. H. G. 5. 2. 12.
certain, i. q. rig, Matt. xix. 16 tig TrpotX- Heb. spoken of God's
b) from the
$uv. With subst. Matt. viii. 19 tig ypa/i-
hearing prayer, to hear, i. e. to hear fa-
Mark xii.
vourably, to grant, in N. T. only
fjLartvg, i.
q. ypa/i/iartvc Tig. in Pass.
42 }iia xnpa, i.
q. ^pa Tig. John vi. 9. Matt. vi. 7. Luke i. 13. Acts x. 31.
Rom. ix. Seq. gen. partit. Luke
10. al. Heb. v. 7. So Sept. and yplT) Ps. iv.
v. 3. xx. 1. Sept. for irw Gen. xxii. 2. Ps. iv. 2. xiii.4.
2, 4. vi.9. n$y
xlii. 16. SolfTK Sept. Tig, Gen. xxvi. 10.
xxvii. 44. Luc. Demonax 15. Herodian. ^ iat > d eP n< Mid.
EtcrScx /* '? /

2. 12. 11. Thuc. 1. 85. Comp. Kypke 1. to receive into, sc. one's house, city,

p. 45 So tig Tig, a certain, Mark xiv. country, or to one's self,

in hospitality,
51 elg Tig vtavifficog. seq. gen. ver. 47. etc. Wisd. xix. 16. Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 21
Luke xxii. 50. John xi. 49. tlaeSeZavTO eg TO aarv TO
seq. K, HtpivSioi
Diod. Sic. 11. 47. In this use elg ffTparoirtSov. Sept. everywhere for
sometimes has the force of our indef. Heb. YO]?> where God is said to gather,
article a or an ; as Matt. xxi. 19 <TVK?JV to colled, the exiles of Israel into their
>. James iv. 13. iviavrbv eva. Rev. viii. own land, Jer. xxiii. 3. Ez. xi. 17. xx.
 2 tO

81, 41. al. Hence in N. T. 2 Cor. vi. of state, condition, etc. Matt, xviii. 8, 9,

17, Kuyu> tlaCfZofiat vnag, and I will tig TT}V o>r/v. Mark ix. 43, 45. tig rfjv

gather from
you, etc. quoted apparently (3a<riXtiav TOV Stov, Matt. v. 20. xviii. 3.

Jer. xxxii.37,38, where Sept. vvvayto for xix. 24. Mark ix. 47. John iii. 5. al. tig

ynj?, and t7rr-p60w

for Heb. TTJV x a P av T v Kvpiov, Matt. xxv. 21, 23.
comp. Zeph. iii. 19, 20, where Heb. Heb. iii. 11. iv. 1, 3.
fig rrfv KctTcnravoiv,

Sept. eitrSs^oftat. Witheig implied, Matt. vii. 13. xxiii. 14.

Luke xi. 52. xiii. 24 So Matt. xxvi. 41
E(<r(jU(, imperf. cfoyciv, (i'c, el/it flcrepXf<T&ai tig Trfiprtcr/iov,
to come into }
to go, Buttm. 108. V,) #0/70 into,
i. to fall into temptation.
e. Johniv. 38
seq. /c c. ace. of place, Acts iii. 3. xxi.
26. Heb. ix. 0. seq. itooq c. ace. of pers. iyT cig TOV KOTTOV CIVT&V tiatXijXvSciTf,
ye have entered into their labours, i. e. ye
Acts xxi. 18. Sept. for NIS Ex. xxviii.
succeed them and reap the fruits of their
29, 35 __Jos. Ant. 3. 11. 4. Xen. Apol. labours.
15. c. 7rpo Mem. 3. 11. 1.
c)
of things, to enter in or into, equi-
E{<TOYOJUfH! 5 f. tiffsXtVffOftai, (see valent to i<r0Epo/tai, < to be brought or
Buttm. 108. V. 5. 114 cp^o/iai ult.) put into ;'
e. g. food, tig TO <rro/ia, Matt.

aor. 2 dffijXSov, to go or come into, to xv. 11. Acts xi. 8. Comp. Xen. Cyr. 1.
enter, spoken. 6. 17 TO. tiaiovTa. Metaph. Luke ix. 46
of persons etc. seq. tig c. ace. of i(r/lX^ Iv avToit; i. e. there
a) $itt\oyi<rj^o
place, Matt. vi. 6 ftereXS-e fie, TO r^r/mov. arose a dispute among them. (Jos. Ant.
xxiv. 38. Mark iii. 27. Lukeix. 34. John 14. 14. 4 'AVTWVIOV olKTOQ fio-spxfrai. Plat.
xviii. 28. Actsxi. 20. Rev. xxii. 14. al. Phaedo. 2. Herrn. ad Vig. p. 759.) James
saep. With c/e c. ace. implied, Matt. ix. V. 4 at (Boat / TO, WTO. KVO'IOV fiatXijXvSaoiv.
25. Mark xiii. 15. Luke xiv. 23. xvii. 7. Of hope, Heb. vi. 19 a<Tpxo/ivov fig T&
xxiv. 3 coll. ver. 1 . xxiv. 29. f Cor. xiv. 23, ecrwrfpov K. T. X. entering in, i. e. extend-

24. al. Sept. for Kin Gen. vi. 18. xix. 3. ing even unto, etc.
al. ssep. Palaeph. Fab. 14. Xen. Cyr. 7.
57 turep^frat tig TO. /Satri'Xfia.
d) from the Heb. ficepx ^ 1 Kai
5. 1. 4.
ttpxojucu, to go in and out, i. e. to per-
13. ssep. Seq. tig c. ace. of pers. form one's daily duties, spoken of one's
Acts xvi. 40 dg TTJV AvSiav, i. e. into dailywalk and life e. g. of Jesus, Acts ;

her house so text, recept. but later

j
i. 21 t^' 7juacj among us, in our
i' 6.

edit. Trpoe. Acts xix. 30 tig TO dijfiov, i. e.

company. Trop. John x. 9. Comp.
unto the people, into the assembly. Et'crTr. Kai iKTrojOfvo^ai, Acts ix. 28. So
(Pol. 3. 44. Acts xx. 29 tig V^UQ,
10.) Sept. and Heb. NS^I. N2, 2 Chr. i. 10.
among you. Spoken of demons enter- for which Sept. ti<nr. Kai iK-rropevofiat,
ing into persons Mark ix. 25. Luke viii. Deut. xxxi. 2. 1 Sam. xviii. 13, 16.
30. xxii. 3. al. into swine Mark v. 12. flaodog Kai tZodog, 1 Sam. xxix. 6. Is.
13. Luke viii. 32, 33. With tig implied, xxxvii. 28. AL.
Matt. xii. 45. Luke xi. 26 Seq. iv, --
c. dat. of pers. Rev. xi. 11 irvtv^a w// Eio-icaAfw, <7j, f. erw, to call, or
iv avrolg, (text. rec. STT'
invite into, sc. a house, etc. Xen. CEc.
elfffjXSrtv avrovg,\
4. 15. In N. T. Mid. eioKaXbopaij ovfiai,
i. e. life entered and remained in them ;
see in 'Ev 4, and comp. Winer 54. 4.
to invite into sc. one's own house, Acts
Matth. 577 __ Seq. -jraoa c. dat. of
x. 23.

pers. to enter in by or with any one, to ou, >?,. (e, od6 s ,\ pp. way
lodge with, Luke xix. 7. Seq. iroog c. into any place, entrance, Horn. Od. 10. 90.
accus. of pers, to enter to any one, i. e. Sept. for Ni3?3 Judg. i. 24, 25. Hence
into his house, etc. Mark xv. 43. Acts in N. T. entrance, i. e. the act or power
x. 3. xvii. 2. Rev. iii. 20. Ceb. Tab. of entering, seq. dg c. ace. of place 2
29. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 1. Seq. viro, Pet. i. 11. seq. gen. Heb. x. 19. Seq.
ace. of place, Trpof c. ace. of person, a coming to any
c. e. g. VTTO Ttjv CTtytjv,
Matt. viii. 8.
Seq. t<rw Matt. xxvi. 58. one, access, 1 Thess. i. 9. ii. 1. abso]
oirov Mark xiv. 14. we Matt. xxii. 12. Acts xiii. 24. Sept. and sis 1 Sam.
b) metaph. of persons, seq. tig c. ace. xvi. 4. Mai. iii. 2.
 'K,

f. to leap into,
Eto'TTTjoatu, ai, rj<ru>,
Etra, adv. then; spoken
to spring in, e. g. tig rbv of time,
o^Xov, a) i. e.
afterwards, after that,
among the people, Acts xiv. 14. absol. Mark viii. 25 tlra TrdXiv
ITT^KE. Luke
Acts xvi. 29. Sept. for ^3 Am. 5. 19. viii. 12. John xiii. 5. xix. 27. xx. 27.
Herodian. 7. 5. 6. Xen. An. 1. 5. James i.Plut. Mor. II. p. 19* ed!
15.
8. Tauchn. Xen. 4. 2. 13 __
Mem. By a sort
of redundance, before a
f.
tixrofiat, depon. participle, Mark
IV. 17 tlra
to go into, to enter ytvofievrjg SXtyfwg K. T \. The .
; spoken
Greeks place it after the
a) of persons, seq. tig c. accus. of particip. Buttm.
Mark i. 21. 114. n. 6. 149. p. 429. Herm
place, vi.56. xi. 2. Acts iii. 2. Cornp.
With Luke ad Vig. Xen. An. 1. 2. 25.
p. 772.
tig implied, viii. 16. xi. 33.
xix. 30. coll. Mark xi. 2. b) of order and succession, as ?rpw-
Sept. for ^i3
Gen. rov lira, 1 Tim. ii. 13. iii. 10. Mark iv.
xxiii. 10. xl. 29. al Xen. Cyr. 2.
28 bis, Trp&Tov, Stvrtpov,
3. 21. Seq. OTTOV, Mark v. 40. ov rpirov, eira, 1

Luke xxii.
Cor. xii. 28. eTreira elra 1 Cor. xv.
10. seq. Kara, rovg olicovg, 7,
from house to house, Acts viii. 3.
24. inverted, ver. 5 -- So Trpwroa/ dra
Seq.
accus. of pers. to enter to any one,
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 1. An. 1. 3. 2.
wpoff c.
as a particle of
i. e. into his house, Acts xxviii. 30. So c) continuation, then,
so then, consequently, etc. Heb. xii. 9.
Sept. for Kis Gen. xliv. 30. Esth.ii. 14.
Ceb. Tab. 29.
See Buttm. 149. p. 429. Plut. de esu
Anim. Or. II. 2. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 13, 14.
b) of things, to enter in, comp. iii

EiVspxo/icu c. So
seq. tig, Matt. xv. 17. Etre, see in Ei III. Sr.

Mark vii. 15, 18, 19 Metaph. for to

'Eic, before a vowel |^, (Buttm.
arise, to spring up, sc. in the mind, Mark 26.
6,)
a prep, governing the genitive,
iv. 19.
with the primary signif. out of, from,
c)
from the Heb. tlfftroptvonai Kai !<e-
of; spoken of such objects as before were
iroptvofiai, to go in and out, i. e. to per- in another, (comp. in 'ATTO but are
form one's daily duties ; spoken of one's init.)
now separated from it, either in re-
daily life and walk, Acts ix. 28. See the
spect of place, time, source or origin,
Heb. in El<Ttpxop.at d.
etc. It is the direct antithesis of eig.
Sept. chiefly for -jK).
See Winer 51.
to run into a house, etc. In N. T. absol. p. 313, 314 sq. Matth. 569. Passow
to run in, Acts xii. 14 2 Mace. v. 26 art. 'EK.

fig Ttjv iroXiv. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 6. Xen. 1. Of place, which is the primary and
An. 5. 2. 16. most frequent use, out of, from, viz.
a) after verbs implying motion of any
>,
aor. 2 eiotivtyicov, aor. 1 kind out of or from any place or object,
to bear into, to bring e. g. verbs of going, coming, sending,
(0epw,)
into, trans, and seq. tig c. ace. of place, throwing, falling, gathering, separating,
1 Tim. vi. 7 ovdtv tlaqvtyicafitv tig rbv removing, and the like, etc. etc. Matt.
Kofffiov. Heb. xiii. 11. With tig impl. ii. 6 nal ov BjjS'Xtt/i, IK ffov yap l&Xetxrerai

Lukev. 18, 19. Sept. for^nn Ex. xl. riyovp-evog. Mark v. 2. Matt. yii. 5
19. Num. xxxi. 54. al. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 2. tKf3a\e TTJV SOKOV IK rov oip^aXfiov oov.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 10. Conv. 2. 11. Spoken xiii. 52. John ii. 15. Luke ii. 4 avk^rj
of persons, and seq. tig c. ace. of state, 'luiffrjift
IK TroXfwc Naapr eig rrjv 'lov-

condition, i.
q. to lead into, e. g. fig Saiav. Mark i. 11 0wv;} lyBvtro iie rStv

7Tfipa(r//6v, Matt. vi. 13. Luke xi. 4 -- ovpavtiv. ix. 7. Matt. xvii. 5. Luke
X. 18 rov ovpavov irtffovra. xvii. 24.
Trop. <'<T0epiv TI tig rag aicoag rivog, to
xxiii. 55. John i. 19 airkaTiCkav e% 'lepo-
kring to (into) the ears o/*any one, i. e.
to announce, Acts xvii. 20 Eurip. -- <ro\. xiii. 1. Heb. iii. 16. Matt. ii. 15 1$
xiii. 49
AiyuTrrov eicaXeffa rov
Dan. 55 tig wra ^epai>. id. Bacch. 649. vlov pov.
IK JWE<TOV T. Sue.
rove Xoyouc yap ilfftytpug KO.IVOVQ act. a<f>opiov<Tt roisg irovqpovg

Soph. Aj. Flagell. 149. Comp. Wetstein Mark xi. 8 IKOTTTOV IK T&V kv$$uv. Rom.xi.
in loc. 24. Mark xiii. 27 kiriavva$ti r
R
 'Eic 242

rwv naff, avifjioiv. 2 Thess. ii. 7 IK or over the beast, etc. As implying the
vjjrai, i. e. be taken away. Rev. direction in which one
is placed
from
ii. 5. Mark 15 apai TI IK rrjg oliciag.
xiii. or in respect to a person, etc. as Ka&o-at,
Matt. xxiv. 17. (Xen. Cyr. 7. 2.
5.)
Mark iffTuvai, elvcu, IK foiaf, IK t%tu>v, !

X vi. 3 Tig &7TOKV\icrei TOV \i$ov IK rijg Srvpag. evwvvn<i>v, where in Engl. we use at
Acts xxiii. 10. xxvii. 29, 30 tyvyiiviK TOV or on; Matt. xx. 21, 23. xxii. 44. xxv.
irXoiov. al. saepiss. Comp. ^73
Gesen. 33. xxvi. 64. Mark x. 37. Luke i. 11.
Lex. 2. Herodian. 1. 15. 2. Xen. H. G. Acts 25, 34. Heb. i. 13. So Sept. and
ii.

1. 1. 32 0vy7v IK An. 2. 3. 24 Xa/*/3a- 173

Ex. xiv. 22, 29. 1 Sam. xxiii. 19, 24.
vtjy IK:. With
a gen. of person, 0w of Ps. xvi. 8. Comp. Gesen. Lex. 5. c.
"jp
or /row whose presence, number, etc. Polyb. 5. 7. 12. Xen. Cyr. 8/5. 1
any person or thing proceeds, etc. John IK 8tta ?) apuTTepae. An. 4. 8. 2. Eq.
via. 42 lyw yap IK rou Seov ifj\Sov. Acts 7. 3. Comp. also Lat. a dextra, a fronte j

22, 23. xix. 34. xx. 30. 1 Cor. v. 13.

iii. Fr. dessus, <fessous, etc. Winer 51. p.
Heb. v. 1. 1 John ii. 19. al. Mark vii. 315.
20 TO IK TOV avSrp. iropevofievov. Xen. metaph. of a state or condition,
c)
Ven. 12. 9. Mem. 3. 6. 17 Spoken etc.out of which one comes, is brought,
also of persons out of whom demons are or tends ; after verbs of motion, direc-
cast, or depart; Mark vii. 26, 29. ix. 25. tion, etc. John x. 39 iZijXStv IK TTJQ
Luke iv. 35. Here it is interchanged xetpo? OVT&V, i. e. out of their power,
with a?, as Luke iv. 41. viii. 3, 33. al. ver. 28. Rom. xiii. 11 !| uTryot; lyepSi/vat.
see in 'A-n-6 I. 4. So by Hebraism, Rom. vi. 4 T/ylpS-r; Xpurrbs IK vexpuiv. ver.
iipXta3rai IK Ttjg oatyvog Tivog, to come 9. Acts xvii. 3 avaaTijvai IK
vii. 4. al.

forth out of the loins of any one, i. e. to vfKp&r. ver. 31. iv. 2. Rom. vi. 13 Zwvrag
be born to him, Heb. vii. 5, coll. ver. 10. IK vKpwv t xi. 15. Col. i. 18 TFDMTOTOKOQ
So Sept. and f^rra NS; Gen. xxxv. 11. IK veicp&v. Rom. vii. 24 Tig [it pv0Tai IK
2 Chr. vi. 9. K. T. \. Luke i. 74. 2 Cor. i. 10. v. 8.
b) after verbs implying direction Gal. iii. 13 Xp. i?^ac i&jyopafftv IK TJJS
out of or from any place, etc. thus mark- Kardpag. John xii. 27 ff&ffov p,e IK rfjg

ing the terminus de quo, the point from wpaf TavTijQ. Heb. v. 7. Luke i. 71.
which the direction sets off or tends. (Xen. An. 3. 2. 11.) John xvii. 15 "iva

Luke v. 3 tSiSaaKtv IK TOV irXoiov. John Tijpjjffyc avTOvg IK TOV irovnpov. (trop.
xix. 23 IK T&V avwSev vfavTog. Mark Acts xv. 29.) Rev. iii. 10. ii. 21 jit-
xi. 20 <rvKrjv t^rjpafjLfievrjv IK piwv. (Sept. TaroTjaat IK T?\q iropveiag. ver. 22. ix. 20,
Kareorpe^f. IK ptwv opt] for li^ti-fo Job 21. Acts i. 25 aTTooroA/} 1$ rjg iraptfiif
xxviii.
9.)
Acts xxviii. 4 Kptfiaptvov TO 'lovSag. Also John v. 24. 2 Tim. ii.
Srjpiov IK rijg xfpc> avTov, (Horn. Od. 8. 26. James v. Pet. i. 18 et 1 Cor.
20. 1
67. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. ver. 17. Rev. ix. 19. 2 Pet. ii. 21. Rev.
lPet.ii.9.
13.)
ix. 13. Comp. Matth. 574. p. 1133. Xiv. 13 avaTravffiovTai IK rwv KOTrwvayrcDf.
Jos. Ant. 14. 7. 1. Herodot.4.10. Xen. al. ssep. Horn. II. 10. 107. Herodian.
An. 1. 8. WdxovTa SptTravatK TWV a%6vwv 7. 12. 13.

TrXayiov aTcoTtTa\Lf.va.
tic; So by Hebra- 2. Of time, viz. of the beginning of

ism, in constr. prsegnans ;

Rev. xviii. 20 a period of time, a 'point from which on-
tKoivtv o Srtbg TO Kpifia v/io>i> l avTrjg, and ward any thing takes place, etc. So IK
xix. 2 ttdiicr)<r TO alp.a T&V fiovXwv av- KotXiag fitjTpog, Matt. xix. 12. Luke i. 15.
TOV IK rrjQ xetjoog avrfjg, i. e. God has al. (Sept. for ^x
1^573 Ps. xxii. 11.
avenged or taken vengeance of or ^TSK "3JT373 Ps. xlix. IK vtoTiirog Matt,
1.)'
from her, etc. So Sept. licSiKeu) IK for xix. 20. IK xporwv iicavwv, Luke viii. 27
1 tn Sp? 2 K. ix. 7. Sept. IK^T-EW IK !
apx? John vi. 64. IK yeveTijg ix. 1.
for
pp Qi \-fi Gen. ix. 5. Sept. diicd- IK TOV al&voQ ix. 32. So Acts ix. 33.

^w v. Kpivbi IK for "j?3 UD12 1 Sam. xxiv. xv. 21. xxiv. 10. al. JE1. V. H. 3. 4.
16. 2 Sam. xviii. 19. So in constr. Herodot. 3. 33. Herodian. 6. 2. 7. Xen.
praegn. of a different sense, Acts xv. 2 CEc. 3. 10. Cyr. 8. 5. 12. Hence it

rovf vtK&vrag IK TOV Sqpiov K. T. \. 1. 6. may sometimes be rendered after, as

those \vlio come off conquerors from Rom. i. 4 IK avaffrderewv veicpwv. Rev.
 243

xvii. 11 IK TUH> ITTTO. fort,

after the seven, ii. 8.
(So Sept. for JTflrr |tt
Ruth iv. 12.
i. e. their successor. So Hebraism, by 1 K. xi.
Seq. gen. of the mother,
14.)
2 Pet. ii. 8 day out
iip'cpav l
r;/teptt, lit. yivvaaSai IK yvvaiKOQ, Matt. i. 3, 5, 6,
of day, or as in Engl.
day after day ; so 16. Gal. iv. 4, 22, 23 Horn. II. 5. 896.
Sept. for tri- tTT Gen. xxxix. 10. comp. Arr. Exped. A. M. 2. 16. 2. Herodian.
Lev. xxv. 50. Deut. xv. 20. With an 5. 7. 1.
(y)
oi condition, state, etc. John
adject, or pron. it forms sometimes an viii. 41 T/^tfTg
SK -rropveiag ov
yEyswr/jue^a.
adverb of time, e. g. l avrfjg, sc. wpac, So ol K irepiTOfirjg TTIOTOI, i. e. believers
lit. from this time, i. e. immediately, out of the circumcision, Jewish Chris-
Mark vi. 25. l Ixavov, sc. \povov, of a tians, Acts x. 45. Rom. iv. 12. Gal.
long time, of old, long, Luke xxiii. 8. IK ii. 12.

TOVTOV, sc. xpovov, from this time, i. e. b) of the source, i. e. the person,
afterwards, John vi. GO. tic hvTipov, i. e. thing, etc. out of or from which any
a second time, again, Acts x. 15. IK rpi- thing proceeds, is derived, to which it

TOV, Matt. xxvi. 44. al. Winer 55. 1. c. pertains, etc. (o) genr. Mark xi. 30, 31,
Diod. Sic. 15. 43 l avr^g. Xen. Cyr. TO Paimfffjia 'icjdvvov t oupavou ijv, ?)
1.2. 8 IK TOVTOV. Mem. 2. 9.8. I? avSpwirwv. Matt. xxi. 19 /IJJKET-I IK
3. Of the origin or source of any thing, oov KaoTrbQ yevtjTai. Luke i. 78 avaroXij
i. e. the primary, direct, immediate t
v-fyovQ. John iv. 22 rj ffwTijpia i% TU>V
source, in distinction from dn-o; see 'ATTO 'lovdaiwv ivriv, i. e. is first revealed to
III. init. Winer 61. p. 313. This is the Jews and proceeds from them to
strictly theprimary sense of the genitive Others. John x. 16 & OVK ZGTIV IK rrjg
case which is also so used both in
itself, avXrjs ravrrje. ver. 32. Luke x. 11. Joliu
N. T. and in Greek writers e. g. 2 Cor. ;
i. 13. iii. 31. 1 Cor. xv. 47. 2Cor.v.
iv. 7. 1 Thess. v. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 1 2 Tb t| ovpavov, i. e. heavenly. John iii.
ter. Spoken 25 %r)TT]ffi IK TUJV na$ri]TSiv, i. e. pro-
a)
of persons, viz. of the place, stock, ceeding from the disciples of John,
family, condition, etc. out of which one ver. 27. vii. 22. Acts v. 38. xix.25. Rom.
is derived, or to which he 29. x. 17. 18 TO 1% vptiv, so
belongs, e. g. ii. xii. i. e.

(a)
of the place whence one is, where one far as it is of or from you, depends on
resides, etc. Luke viii. 27 avrjp TIQ IK you, etc. (Horn. II. 1. 525.) Heb. ii.
TIIQ TroXewf. xxiii. 7 on IK Tijg tZovaiag 11. vii. 6. 1 John iv. 7. Rev. xv. 8. al.

'HpwcW tori. John i. 47. Acts xxiii. s?ep. So 1 Cor. ii. 12 TO irvtv^a TO IK
34. al. So 6 vpCJv, of you,
l i. e. of your Sfov, i. e. divine. 2 Cor. viii. 7. ix. 2.

city, etc. Col. iv. 9, 12 Theocr. 1. Spoken of an affection or state of mind

65. Herodian. 6. 7. 7. Lucian. D. out of which an emotion flows, 1 Tim.
Mort. 27. 9 or 7. Diod. Sic. 16. 61 ult. i. 5 dyaTrt; IK Ka^aoag KapSiat; 1 Pet. i.
So Luke xi. 13 6 7rar}p o l
ovpavov, 22. 2 Cor. ii. 4 IK TroXX^Q SAti//w Kal
heavenly father; elsewhere usually iv ffvvoxijs KapSiag tpya^/a v/j,lv
cud K. T. X.

oypavy Matt. v. 45. vi. 9. vii. 21. al. Spoken likewise of any source of
Comp. Xen. An. 1.2. 18 ol in r//g dyopae, knowledge, Matt. xii. 33 IK ydp TOV Kap-
i. e. market-people. Epict. Fragm. 161 Troy TO SevSpov yiv&aKiTai. Luke vi. 44.
ol IK TraXaiffTpae, i. e. athletoe. Viger. p. John xii. 34 r'l^^g t/Kouo-a/^v
IK TOV vo-
43
601. (/3)
offamily, race, ancestors, etc. pov. Rom. ii. 18. (Xen. An. 7. 7.

Luke i. 5 lepevs TIQ l^j/^eptag 'A/3ed. ver.

l
bis.)
Or of proof, James ii. 18 SfiZw <roi
27 et ii. 4 eg OJKOU AaJ3i. Acts iv. 6. IK T&V ipyaiv ftov Tr\v TrivTiv pov. iii, 13.

xiii. 21. Rom. ix. 5, 24. Heb. vii. 14. Or of the source from which any judg-
Acts xv. 23 aStXfoi oi l i5vu>t>, i. e. Gen- ment is drawn, from, out of, where in
tile Christians. Rom.
ix. 6 ol l 'laoarjX, Engl. by, according to ; Matt. xii. 37 IK

i. e. Acts xvii. 26 l ivog

Israelites. ydp Taiv Xoyiov ffov diKaidJ^rfjffy K. T. X.

aipaTOQ. John iii. 6 yeyev. IK TTJG OCLOKOQ. Luke xix. 22 IK TOV <rro/jaro <rov K
Matt. iii. 9 IK TOIV XiB-wv lytTpai T'IKVO. T<$ (re. Rev. xx. 12 Sept. is TOV
'Afipadft. So IK airtpnaTOG TIVOQ, of or fj.epieiQ TJJV K\ijnovojiiav Num xxvi. 56.
from the seed, i. e. family, race, of any where IK for -!jr^. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2,

one, John vii. 4-2. "Rom. i. 3. 2 Tim. 21 IK T&V tpywv Kal avroi
 244 'E,

ib. 2. 3. 6.
(j3)
As marking not only the d) of the efficient cause, agent, etc,
source and origin, but also the character that from which any action or thing
of any person or thing as derived from proceeds, is
produced, effected,/r0m, by,
that source, etc. implying connexion, etc. Rom. 12 et Gal. v. 8 IK rov
ix.

dependence, adherence, devotedness, KoXovvrog. 1 Cor. viii. 6. ! ov rd irdvra.

likeness, etc. John vii. 17 yviixjtrai Trepi 2 Cor. i. 11 IK -7ro\\a>v TO eig J7/za "

rfjs tiitiaxiis, TroTepov IK rov Stov itrriv. pioyta. So

I? l/iavrov, of myself, John
viii. 47 6 uv tic TOV 3eov rd p^/tara rov xii. 49. Likewise Matt. i. 18 Iv ya<rrpi
Sreov aKovti, K. T. \. 1 John ii. 29. iii. 9, Xv<ra IK TTV. ay. ver. 20 TO iv avry yev.
10. iv. 1 4, 6. al. John viii. 44 IK TOV IK TrvEv/iarof tanv dy/oy. Rom. ix. 10 !

SiapoXov. 1 John iii. 8.John iii. 6, 8, IK IVOQ KOITI\V txovaa, comp. in Koirr], So
TiiQ ffapKoQ. Johniii. 31 tKTrjc yrjt;,
bis. viii. especially for VTTO or Trapd after passive
23 IK T&v KCLTio, IK TU>V dvat. John xvii. 14, verbs, where in the active construction
16, IK rov KOfffjiov. 1 John ii. 16. iv. 5. al. the gen. after IK would become the no-
Trop. of the source of character, qual- minative ;
Buttm. 134. 3. Matth.
ity, etc. implying adherence to, con- 574. p. 1135. John vi. 65 lav firj y SeSo-
nexion with, etc. John xviii. 37 TTCLQ 6 fisvov avTtfi IK rov iraTpog fiov. 2 Cor. ii.

&v IK TIJQ aXr)$eia. 1 John ii. 21. iii. 19. 2 6 XvTTovfievos i% l/tov. vii. 9. Eph. iv.
Gal. iii. 10 0001 yap l
epywj/ vopov tiffiv. 16. Phil. i. 23. Rev. ii. 11. ix. 2, 18.
ver. 12 6 6k vofiog OVK tariv tic Trtorewf . Horn. Od. 7. 70. Herodot. 2. 151 TO
Hence with its gen. preceded by the
IK TrotrjSrev ?K TIVOQ. ib. 7. 175. Xen. H. G.
article, forms a periphrasis for an adj. or 3. 1. 6. Hiero 7. 6.

particip. e. g. 6 IK TTI'OTEWC, lit. a person e)

of the manner or mode in which
of faith, a believer, i. q. 6 Trtorevwv, Rom. any thing is done, etc. out
of, from, in
iii. 26. Gal. iii. 7, 9. Rom. iv. 16 6 IK Engl. in, with, etc. Mark xii. 30, 33,

TriffTeus 'Afipadfj,, i. e. a pers6h of Abra- qycurqiv oX?;e Trig KapSiag Kal I? bX/f Trjc
!

ham's faith, who believes as he did, etc. ^VX?IG K. T. X. Luke x. 27. Acts viii. 37.
So 6 IK vopov, one of the law, i. e. one Rom. vi. 17 IK KapSiag, i. e. heartily.
under the law, an adherent of it, etc. Rom. Eph. vi. 6 IK ^vxvs. (Xen. CEc. 10. 4.)
iv. 14, 16. Also Rom. ii. 8 o! & ip&eias, Rom. xiv. 23 bis, OVK IK Triorewg, not out
i.
q. lpiovrf. ver. 27 IK 0vo-<>
) Kpo- of faith, i. e. not in or with faith. 1

/3v0ria, i.
q. <^v<nKrj. Tit. ii. 8 6 l ivav- Thess. ii. 3 OVK IK irXdvrjG, ov&e !
aKaS-ap-
ia, i.
q. 6 kvavrioQ. ffiag, ovre cv o^oXy. So where in Engl.
of the motive, ground, occasion, of, according 2 Cor. viii. 11 IK
to, etc.
c)
whence any thing proceeds, the inci- rov fx lv t i
according to your ability,
e -

dental cause, from, out of, i. e. by rea- ver. 13, ! iaorijTog. (Herodot. 7.
[14,]
son of, because of, in consequence of, 135 I? i<rov.)
Matt. xii. 34. John iii. 31
etc. John iv. 6 KK07riaKu> IK rrJQ oSonro- IK Tije yriQ XaXel. viii. 44. 1 John iv. 5.

ptae. James iv. 1 OVK svTfv&ev IK T&V 1 Pet. iv. 11 I? ia\voQ rjg K. T. X. Air.
htiovuv K. T. \. Rev. viii. 11, 13 ovai IK Diss. Ep. 1. 22. 1. ib. 2. 17. 22. Hero-
T&V XOITTWV tydiv&v K. T. X. xvi. 10, 11,21. dian. 1.4.21. ML V.H.I. 21. Xen. An.
So 2 Cor. xiii. 4 loravpwS^
I? aaStvtiag, 4. 2. 23. ib. 6. 4. 9. So in an adverbial
dXXd y IK SvvafieujQ S'tov, K. r. X. 1 Tim. sense, e. g. IK abundantly, exceed-
Trtpio-o-ov,
vi. 4. Heb.vii.l2!dt>ayK?7c. (Herodian. ingly, Mark vi. 51. xiv. 31. tKfispovs,ex
1. 4.
12.)
Phil. i. 16, 17, i filv I? dya- parte, i. e. in part, partly, 1 Cor. xii. 27.
irrJG) oi ^f ! IptS-ttaf. al. Herodian. 1. xiii. 9, 10, 12. IK fierpov, measurably, mo-
14. 4. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 31. An. 2. 5. 5. derately, John iii. 34. IK vvfjupuvov, i. e.
Conv. 8. 22. So fltKaiovv, SiKaiwSrjvai by mutual consent, 1 Cor. vii. 5. Comp.
IK Trierrfwg, from faith, i. e. on account of, Winer 55. 1. c Herodot. 6. 85. Po-
by, through, etc. Rom. iii. 30. v. 1. lyb. 2. 46. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 11.8. H. G.
Gal. ii. 16. iii. 24. al. (elsewhere c. dat. 6.5.16. Thuc.3.43,B7.
irlffret, Rom. iii.
28.)
SLK. I? Ipywv, Rom. f
)
of the means, instrument, instru-
iii. 20. iv. 2, Gal. ii. 16 bis. al. diKatoQ mental co.use,from, i. e. by means of, by,
IK trioTttag Rom. i. 17. 8iKaio<rvvr) tK through, with, etc. Luke xvi. 9 Troujcrare
Rom. ix. 30. x. 6. tavrolf (ftiXovc tK TOV /tn/uwva, i. e. by
 245 "EjCdOTOC

means of. John iii. 5 Idv prj nc ytwrjby 132. 4. 2. c Spoken of a class or num-
i vSarof. I Cor. ix. 14 IK TOV evayyeXiov ber out of which one is separated,
of
yv, coll. ver. 13. John ix. 6. Heb. xi. 35. which he forms part, etc. John i. 24 O i
Rev. iii. 18 \pvaiov Trtirvpovfitvov iKTrupoj. airfffTaXfifvoi r)Gav IK TWV 3>api<raiwv. ]

xvii. 2, 6. xviii. 3, 19. So with verbs Tim. iii. 6. Mark

xiv. 69 OVTOQ l CLVT&V
of filling, being full, etc. Matt, xxiii. 25 svnv. Luke xxii. 3. Acts xxi. 8 __
tawStv -ytfiovoiv l
dpTrayrJc Kai ddiiciag. Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 10. ib. 3. 6. 17. Comp.
John xii. 3. Rev. viii. 5. Comp. Matth. in Ei'/it II. h. y. So Phil. iv. 22 oi IK
396. n. 2. 574. p. 1133. Judith ix. Ti]Q KaiffapOQ oiKiag. Acts vi. 9. Rom.
10. Ecclus. xiii. 11. Eur. Hec. 573. xvi. 10 oi IK TU>V 'Api0To/3ovXou. Time.
Soph. El. 398. Aj. 537. Xen. CEc. 13. 6. 8. 92 rouAOTfwc. Pint. Cic. 3. Xen.
oi IK

Apol. 4. Hence also of the price, as a Cyr. 8. 3. 5. H. G. 2. 3. 18. After a

means of acquiring any thing, etc. Matt. numeral or pronoun e. g. elf, etc. Matt.
;

XX. 2 avfKfxtivfjaaf /itrd rStv Ipydrwv IK x. 29 Iv II avTcJv. Mark ix. 17. Luke
tiqvapiov, coll. ver. 13. xxvii. 7 jjyopao-av xv. 4. al. Svo Mark xvi. 12. John i.
i avT&v (dpyvpiW) TOV dypoV. Actsi. 18. 35. irtvTi I? avTtav Matt. xxv. 2. Trpwrof
Here tie c. gen. is equivalent to the simple I? Acts xxvi. 23. SeicdTi]v IK Heb. vii. 4.

gen. which is the usual construction ; (Xen. H. G. 1. 2.

9.)
After rig indef.
Buttm. 132. n. 1, and 6. 2. Matth. Heb. iv. 1 Soicy TIQ ! vft&v. James ii.
364. Winer 51. p. 316. Ep. Jer. 25. 16. Ttvlf Luke xi. 15. Acts xi. 20. Rom.
Pal&ph. 46. 3,4. xi. 14.
(Herodian. 3. 2. 18. Dem. 1265.

g)
of the material, viz. of, out of, from,
28.)
After rfc interrog. Matt. xxi. 31 rig
Matt, xxvii. 29 ark^avov 1% cucavS&v. IK T&V Luke xi. 5. John
tivo. viii. 46. al.
John ii. 15 <ppayi\\iov tKo\oivi(i)v. Rom. After oiiiele John vii. 19. etc. So with
ix. 21. 1 Cor. xi. 8. Eph. v. 30. Heb. rif, Tivls, implied, Matt, xxiii. 34. Luke
xi. 3. Rev. xviii. 12. xxi. 21. Comp. John ix. 40. xvi.
xxi. 16. 17. Rev. iii. 9.

Matth. 374. b. n. Winer 1. c. p. 314. Comp. Winer 51. p. 314.

Herodot. 2. 71, 96. Herodian. 8. 4. 27. NOTE. In composition IK implies 1.

Diod. Sic. 1 20. Xen. Conv. 8. 32.

.
removal, out, from, off", away, as !K/3atVw,
a whole in relation to a part, 2. as
h) of lK/3d\Xa>, iK^epw. continuance,
a whole from which a part is spoken of, iKTtivu, iKrpl^w. 3. completion, in full,

i. e. 1 Cor. xii. 15, 16, OVK as iK^aTravdw. 4. Hence genr. inten-

partitively.
flfil V. OVK tffTi TOV aw/mrof. Acts x. 1. sive, as tic8ri\os, Ia7rardw, !Krapa<r<rw.
So after lo-Si'w, ^dyo/tai, TrtVw, to eat or AL.
drink o/"any thing, i. e. part of it, e. g.
l<rStw IK 1 Cor. ix. 7. xi. 28. ov, (superl. fr. Kd c
^dyo/mi r?,
'K Luke xxii. 16. John vi. 26. Rev. separate, Buttm. 78. 3,) each, everyone,
11. 7. Trt'vw IK Matt. xxvi. 27, 29. John iv. sc. of any number separately.
12 14. Rev. xiv. 10. xviii. 3. al. The a) genr.
Matt. xvi. 27 airoduffu tKoVry
classic writers employ here the simple Kara TTJV 7rpatv aurou. Luke vi. 44 etcae
genitive, Buttm. 132. 4. 2. d. Sept. TOV Stvtipov. John vii. 53. Rom. ii. 6.
loSiiiv IK for 'h>N 2 Sam. xii. 3. 2 al. Seq. gen. plur.
Matt. xxvi. 22
IP
K. iv. 40. ^dyo/iat IK Ecclus. xi. 19 eWroe avTdtv. John vi. 7. Rom. xiv. 12.

7Ttvv IK for 2 Sam. xii. 3. Gen. al __ Xen. 3. 3. 6. This idea of

^73 niTip' Cyr.
ix. 21. Comp. the like use of euro in separation or singling out
is expressed still
'ATTO Also after other verbs,
III. 7 more strongly by tie eKa<rrog, each one,
where an accus. would imply the whole, Acts XX. 31 vovStTtiv sva eicaffTOV. Eph.
and where classic writers put the sim- iv. 16.Rev. xxi. 21. al. Seq. gen. plur.
ple genitive e. g. Matt. x*v. 8 6re jJ/zTv
;
Luke iv. 40. Acts ii. 3. al. (Xen. An. 6.
IK TOV IXatov u/iwv. John vi. 11. (1 Chr. 6. So in KaS' eicdffTrjv ^fiepav, where
12.)
distributive force of
xxix. 14.) John i. 16 IK TOV TrXjjpw/mroe it strengthens the
Heb. 13. Rev. xxii. 2. Xen.
avTov rjptis irdvTtQ eXafBofiev. Rev. xviii. Kara, iii.

4. 1 Cor. 10. 17 irdvreg IK TOV evbg dprov H. G. .2. 1.27.

in construction with
ftiTtxop.iv. Matt. xiii. 47 <ray^vq
IK TTCLVTOQ b) distributively,
it is in apposition
avrayayoiKTa. Comp. Buttm. plural verbs, where
 "Eicj3<ric

with a plnr. noun implied ;

Matt, xviii. impuise ; ueq. tig c. ace. of place, Matt.
25 tav JLIJ) d^jjrt ejcaerroc r^J di\<}>(p K. r. X. XV. 17 (Ig dftdpwva t/e/SdXXtrai. Acts
John xvi. 32. Heb. viii. 11. al. Seq. xxvii. 38. Matt. viii. 12. xxv.30. Sept.
gen. plur. Acts xi. 29.
(Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. for
-jp^q Lev. xiv. 40. Ceb. Tab. 14.
3.)
So ftf tKavTog, Acts ii. 6. Xen. absol. Xen. Vect. 4. 2. Seq. twc.gen.
An. 6. 6. 12. In apposition with a of place, Matt. xxi. 39 !$e/3. t?u> row djt-
plural noun or pron. expressed ;
Luke jrtXwvog. So iw c. gen. impl. Luke xx.
ii.3 iTTOptvovTO Travrtg, iKctffrog tig rr/v 12. John ix. 34, 35. xii. 31. Comp. Sept.
r. Acts ii. 8. Eph. v. 33. c. tig 1
r. X. Lev. xiv. 40. In the sense of to force
Cor. xii. 18. Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 22. AL. out, to thrust out, to urge or drive out t
etc. Mark ix. 47 TOV o^a\fi6v. Mark i.
,
adv. (ca<rroc), each time,
12 TO Trvtv/jta avTov t/3dXXi tig ri]V tprjfiov.
every always, i. e. assiduously, 1 Pet. i. 15.
John x. 4 7rp6/3ara !jc/3dXy, comp. l^dyt*
Xen. Conv. 1. 14.
in ver. 3. Seq. IK c. gen. of place, John
'Eicarov, ol, at, rd, a hundred, Matt. ii. 15 iravTctQ i%s(3. IK TOV lepov. 3 John
xviii. 12, 28. John xix. 39. al. Ad- 10. Seq. lw c. gen. Luke iv. 29 tw
verbially, an hundred-fold, centuple, Trig TroXfwf. Acts vii. 58. !w c. gen.
Matt. xiii. 8. Mark iv. 8. al. comp. impl. Luke viii. 64. John vi. 37, sc.
Luke viii. 8. AL. rijg (3aoi\tiac. xii. 31.
Seq. cnro c. gen.
or IKO.TOV- of place, Acts xiii. 50 t/3. airb TUV op/wv.
Ecarovranj, ou, o, 17,
Absol. lout from a place impl. Matt. ix.
Tatrrjg, tog, ovg, 6, adj. (eKctrov, tro?),
r/,

a hundred years old, Rom. iv. 19. Sept. 25. Luke xix. 45. Acts xvi. 37. Gal,
for r^itf rwjp Gen. xvii. 17.
15 On iv. 30. Spoken of demons, to cast or
the form and flexion comp. Buttm. 56. drive out, to expel, sc. from the body of
n. 4. 70. n. 2. Ausf. SpracHl. any one, e. g. airo TIVOQ, Mark xvi. 9.
56, n.
7.* Lob. ad tK Tivog Mark vii. 26. genr. Matt, vii,
Phryn. p. 407.
22. Mark i. 34, 39. Luke ix. 40 lu
ovoc, > */>
ac '
the sense of to send out, sc. ipydrag t/
(Buttm. 71. 3), a hundred-fold, cen- TOV Stpianov Matt. ix. 38. Luke x. 2.
tuple, Luke viii. 8 jcapirov ticar. *Matt. xix. So to send away, to send off, James ii,
29. Mark x. 30. Sept. for tTTpys n*jp 25. Metaph. in the sense of to cast out,
'

2 Sam. xxiv. 3, Xen. (Ec. 2. sc. to scorn and reproach, to reject, Luko
vi. 22 OTUV K/3dXaxn TO 6vo/ia vfi&v kg
jroyrjpbv IVIKO. K. r. X. i. e. when they
ou, o, (t/carov, apx w >) <* centurion, see shall slander you, i.
falsely q.
Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 370. In -ng,
TTUV irovripov prjfia KO.& vftuiv
Acts x. 1, 22. xxiv. 23. xxvii. 1, 31.
'ivtKiv K. T. X. Matt. v. 11 ^El. V. H.
Jos. Ant. 9. 7. 2. Herodian. 5. 4. 12.
13. 16 of a rejected actor. Dem. 449.
In -og, Matt, viii 5, 8, 13. xxvii. 54.
19.
Luke vii. 2, 6. xxiii. 47. Acts xxi. 32.
the idea of force being dropped,
xxii. 25, 26. xxiii. 17, 23. xxvii. 6, 11, b)
to take out, to extract, to remove, etc.
43. xxviii. 16. Sept. for MINT? ity Ex. Matt. vii. 4 tc/3dXa> TO icdpQog ctTrb TOV
xviii. 25, Deut. i. 15. Herodian, 2. 13.
6(j)Sr.
ver. 5 IK TOV 6f&. Luke vi. 42. So
3. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 41 bis.
Luke
to bring out or forth, etc. x. 35,

2 i&Pnv,
to go out ;
aor. Matt. xii. 35 bis. ver. 20 wc av iupdXy
'Efc/3atvw,
so Griesb. Heb.
15 dfi fjg l&prjffav,
xi. tigviKog Tt]v Kpiffiv, quoted from Is. xiii.
for i^iXSov in text. rec. 3, where Sept. tig dXrj&tiav tZoieti Kpiffiv
Sept. lor n^y
for Heb. n Also ? *
N*^
Josh. iv. 16sq. Jos. Ant. 15. 1, 3, Xen. tastijto P^^-
H. G. 7. 1. 29.
throw out, i. ." not to include, to leave out,
Rev. xi. 2 T-ffv avXrjv T^V tw$tv tic/3aXs

so the writer explains it by add-

'Ec/3aXXw, aor. 2 i&f3a\or, plupf. ??w ;

without augm. e/c/3/3Xr/icv Mark xvi. 9, ing the neg. Kat /ii) avT^
corn}). Buttm. $ 83. n. 6 to throw out, ;
AL.
to cast out, trans. Comp. in BdXXw.
n enr. and \vith the idea of force. going out. rgress, Pol. 4. 04. 5. In N. T.
 'E,c/3oXr, 247

spoken of egress from life, exit, end, Heb.

W, I. T)fftt), (j^K^riiJtog \ t >

xiii. 7 iKftaaig rrjg avavTootyiig. Wisd. ii. go out from one's people, to be absent
17. comp. Pol. 3. 7. 2. Trop. of the from one's country, Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 6 IK-
exit of any thing, i. e. result, event, end, crjfirjo'a.vTog de tig Aap,aaKov 'EXtatratou rev
1 Cor. x. 13. Wisd. viii. 9. Phavor. Trpo^rov. Arr. Diss. Ep. 1. 4. 22.
(Kpaffiv TI)V Tr\rjp(i)(Jiv, TTJV Comp. tKdrjfiog Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 26 In
a cast- N. T. genr. to be absent from
'EicjSoAT/, fie, /, (k/3aXXo;,) any place,
of the lading of a ship
sc. person, etc. 2 Cor. v. 6, 8, 9. Comp.
ing out,
order to lighten her, l^a.t.jactura. Acts
xxvii. 18 iicpoXqv ITTOIOVVTO. So Sept. f.
tK^wcrw, to give out, i. e.
for ^rtprr Jon. i. 5. Aristot. Eth. 3. 1. to publish, e. g. a etc. Esdr.
book, decree,
Dem. 926. 17. viii. 4. Pol. 2. 37. 6. to deliver out or
to up, e. g. a person, Pol, 3. 8. 8, 10. Xen.
'.liiic'yciJUitjOLfj
* out,
t<T<t>, marry
trans, i. e. to give in marriage, absol. 1
An. 6. 6. 10, 18. to place out, sc. in
Cor. vii. 38 bis, comp. ra/u'o). Pass. marriage, to give in marriage, Sept. Ex.
ii. 22. Herodian. 1. 8. to give out
Matt. xxii. 30. xxiv. 38. Luke xvii. 27. 6, 7.
on hire, to let out, 2E1. V. H. 14. 15. Pol.
'Ek-ya/u/o-iow,
i.
q. tKya/i/a>, Pass. 6. 17. 2. In N. T. Mid. k&fyuat, to let
Luke xx. 34, 35. own benefit,
out, to hire out, sc. for one's
OUj 6, >}, adj. (tKjivofiai,
e. g. a/tTTtXaij/a,Matt. xxi. 33,41. Mark
perf. 2 lit.
sprung from, born xii. 1. Luke xx. 9.
tjcyayova),
of, Jos. Ant. 2. 12. 1 ayaSov icat /tfyaXwv
avdpwv tKyovov. Hence a descendant of to tell out, to relate in full,
i,)
any kind,as son, daughter, grandchild, trans. Acts xiii. 41. xv. 3. Sept. for
etc. Ammonius p. 47. Horn. II. 5. 813.
"ijpp Ez. xii. 16. Heb. i. 5. Ecclus.
ib. 20.206. al. In N. T. neut. rd tK-yova, xxxiii. 8. xiii. 17.
descendants, spec, grandchildren, 1 Tim.
v. 4 TtKva fi tK-yova. Sept. genr. for
Is. xlix. 15. Deut. xxix. 10. execute right andjustice, viz.
1^2")^ p]D
to do justice to, to maintain one's
xxxi. '12. "ns Deut. vii. 13. Is. xiv. a)
25). rl/cva T'IKVWV. right, to defend one's cause, Luke xviii. 5.
Hesych. tKyova- genr.
Xen. Lac. 1. 4. So in constr. praegn. Luke xviii. 3 JK-
diKijffov fie CLTTO TOV avTiSiicov [iov, comp.
w, f. to spend
I?<TW, in 'EK 1. b. Sept. Ps. xxxvii. 28. 1

out, i. e. entirely, to consume ; Pass, to Mace. vi. 22. xiii. 6.

be consumed, to be entirely spent, spoken to make penal satis-
b) to avenge, i. e.
of one's life, powers, etc. v?rp Tivog 2 faction ;
Rom. xii. 19 /u?) tavrovg licSi-
Cor. xii. 15 Pol. 17. 11. 10. Comp. So to take
Kouvreg, coll. ver. 17, 20.
Kypke ad loc.
vengeance of, to punish, e. g. in the
ai > to receive constr. prsegn. TO atpa an-6 Tivog or IK
'E/cSt^Ojuat,
f-
/* from
trans. Ecclus. xviii. 14. Tivog, blood from or at the
Imnd of any
any quarter,
Herodot. 2. 166 ult. or in succession, one, Rev. vi. 10. xix. 2. Comp. in 'EK
in turn, Horn. II. 13. 710. Herodot. 4. 1. b. So Sepf. for tl| p
2 K. ix. 7.
comp. also for -jtt tiTH Deut. xviii.
19.
39 In N. T. inchoatively, to be about
to receive from any quarter, i. e. to wait Hos. i. 4. Herodian. 2. 6. 13.
-IP*)

for, to look for, to expect, trans. John v. Dem. 801. 24. In the sense to punish,
Sc
3 IK^IX- frfv TOV vdctTog Kivtjffiv. Acts xvii. simply, 2 Cor. x. 6 iraaav irapaicoriv.
20. toDti Ob.
16. 1 Cor. xi. 33. xvi. 11. Heb. xi. 10. Sept. and top? Ex. xxi.
James v. 7. absol. Heb. x. 13. 1 Pet. 21. Ecclus. v. 3. xxiii. 21.
iii. 20 Pol. 3. 45. 6. ib.20. 4. 5.

,O5 ovj b, rj, adj. (IK intens. tion of right and justice, viz.
i.
q. but stronger, quite
ij\og maintenance of right, support, pro-
a)
n'/i,' conspicuous,
2 Tim. iii 9. 3 Mace, tection; hence TTOIZIV iKCiKriaiv, i. q.
tK?iKtir, to maintain one's right, to de~
vi. 5. Pol. 3. 12. 4.
 249

fend one's cause, seq. gen. of pers. for Mutt. ii. 13 teal ta$i iictl wc K. r. \. V.
whom, Luke xviii. 7, 8. seq. dat. of pers. 24. vi. 21. xii. 45. James ii. 3. al.

against whom, Acts vii. 24. Comp. Sept. So by impl. Luke xiii. 28 iicti larai 6
xi. 36. 2 K. xxii. 48. KXavSpoe as in the corresponding
K. T. \.
Judg.
b) avengement, vengeance, i. e. penal passages, Matt. viii. 12. xiii. 42, 50.

retribution, Rom. xii. 19. Heb. x. 30. xxiv. 51. xxv. 30. Also ot tee!, those
Sept. for rrttftD. 2 Sam. iv. 8. Ps. Ixxix. there, i. e. those who were there, Matt.
10. Jer. xi. 20.'
Tn$& Hos. ix. 7. In xxvi. 71. Sept. for D^j Gen. ii. 8, 12.

the sense of vindictiveJustice, punishment, Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 14. ot ^T ib. 1. 6.

Luke xxi. 22 ry/upat lKucjj<rw. 2 Thess. 4. By Heb. joined with OTTOV, as OTTOV
i. 8. 1 Pet. ii. 14. So 2 Cor. vii. 11, tKfi, where, Mark vi. 65. Rev. xii. 6, 14.

referring to the evil doer ; comp. ver. 12.

So Sept. for tJl$"lU5N 1 Sam. ix. 10. Gen.
Comp. Sept. for tip} Mic. v. 15 Ec- -- xiii. 4. Comp. Gresen. Lehrg. p. 743.
clus. vii. 17. xlvii.25. Stuart 478. b.

b) by attraction, spoken of place

OU, o, 17, (SK, Site*,) pp.
and justice ; hence, a re-
whither, thither, to that place, after verbs
executing right of motion, instead of lictTere, see Buttrn.
t?'ibuter, avenger, punisher, Rom. xiii. 4. 151. I. 8. Winer Gr. Herm.
58. 7.
1 Thess. iv. 6. Wisd. xii. 12. Ecclus.
ad Vig. p. 790, 893. Matt. ii. 22 i<f>oprj-
xxx. 6. Aristsenet. 1.27. Herodian. 2.
Srj EKfi airtXSrtiv, i. e. for the sake of
14. 6.
remaining there. Mark vi. 33. Luke
;,
f. w, to pursue out, to xii. 18. xvii. 37. Johnxi. 8. xviii. 3. al.
drive out of orfrom a place, etc. Sept. So Matt. xvii. 20, coll. xxi. 21. So
for
sprr Deut.
vi. 19.
pTTirT Joel ii. Sept. and Qitf Deut. i.37. Judg. xviii. 3.
20. Chald. -pip JDan. iv. 22'. Hence 2 Sam. xvii/18. forrTTp^' Deut. iv. 42.
in N. T. to persecute, trans, i. q. IWKW, Herodian. 4.8.9. Xen". H G . . 1 . 2. 9.
but stronger, Luke xi. 49. 1 Thess. ii. ib. 7. 1. 27. AL.
15.
Sept. for tjTl Ps. cxix. 157.
'EicaSEv, adv. (eicel, Buttm. 116.
Ecclus. xxx. 19.
6,) thence, from that place, Matt. iv. 21
, ov, o, ?, adj. 7rpo/3de lKt3-ev. v. 26. ix. 9, 27. Acts
delivered out or up, Acts ii. 23. Bel and xiii. 4. xx. 13. al. So ol e/ceTSev, those
Drag. 26. Jos. Ant. 6. 13. 9. Herodot. from thence, i. e. those who belong there,
6.85. Luke xvi. 26. Sept. for 01273 Gen. xxviii.
a wait- 2, 6. Xen. X. G. 1. 6. 40.* An. 5. 6. 24.
'?)
ol iictfSsv Eur. Hec. 719. ed. Person.
ing for, expectation, Heb. x. 27.
AL.
ua), f- vaii), as intrans. to go or
come out pron. demonstr.
of, licSvc fieyapoio Horn Od. , rj, o,
22. 334 (tKtT,) that,
that one there, plur. those;
hence in the trans, relation, to
;

equiv. to an emphatic he, she, it, or to

put off, sc. clothes comp. Buttm. 114 ;

Mu. In N. T. to put off", to strip

he there, she there, it there. When in an
antithesis or opposition,
one of his clothes, to unclothe; with it
usually refers
two accus. Matt, xxvii. 31 l&dvffav avrbv to the person or
thing more remote or
rfjv xXaiivSa, Mark xv. 20. c. ace. of absent; elsewhere to the next preced-
ing, which it thus often renders more
pers. Matt, xxvii. 28. Luke x. 30. See
Buttm. 131. 5.
and emphatic.
definite Matth. 471.
Sept. for tottfD Gen.
xxxvii. 22. Num. xx. 28 Xen. Cyr.
Passow Lex.
in antithesis, etc.
1. 3. 17. c. ace. of a) referring to the
garm. ib. 1. 4. 26. more remote subject, e. g. with ovrog,
absol. An. 4. 3. 12 Mid. to lay offone's
Luke xviii. 14 Kartpr} OVTOQ 6eSiKaih)jj.svoe
clothes, to unclothe one's self, trop. of the
mortal body, 2 Cor. v. 4, see in Tv^vos n yap iKiivog. James iv. 15. So genr.
b.
Matt. xiii. 1 1 fym/ Sfdorat tKeivotg St o
SCOTCH. Mark xvi. 20. John v. 35, 47
'EiccT, adv. of place, there, i. e. viii. 42. Heb. xii. 25. al. ssep. So Luk
a) of place where, there, in that place, xiii. 4 coll. ver. 2. xix. 27 coll. ver. 14,2fi
 249
Luc. D. Mort. 14. 6 or Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 9.
iKeivnc. Comp.Buttm.115.n.3. Matth.
19 OVTOI tKtivoi. An.
1.21, 29. 3. 377. 1. 486.
b) without antith. referring to the per-
son or thing immediately adv. (kei Buttm. 116.
preceding or 'EfceTo-e,
6),
just mentioned, thither, to that place, Xen. H. G. 1.
(a) genr. Matt. xvii. 6. 10.
27 evprjtrets ffTarrjpa- iicelvov Xaj3wv Sog ib. 2. 2. 2. In N. T. by attraction, in-
K. T. X. Acts iii. 13 IliXarov, Kplvavroq stead of !, there, in that place, comp.
iKtivov. Mark iii. 24. xvi. 10, 11, 13. John in 'Eicel b. Buttm 151. I. 8. Hermad
iv.25. v. 19, 43. vii. 45. xiii. 6, 27. Rom. Vig. p. 790, 893. Acts xxi. 3. xxii. 5.
eKtiae OVTCLQ
Sept. Job xxxix.
2 Cor. icai roiiQ
xiv. 14. viii. 9. James i. 7 6 av-
2 Pet. 16. 1 John v. 16. 29. Act. Thorn. 8. Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 1 ra
$pw7roc UiivoQ . i.

al. Comp. Winer 23. 1. Matth. 1. c. iicelffeeSvn. Herodian. 2. 9. 15.

Only in
Passow sub voc. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3. later writers, cf. Passow.
ib. 1. 3. 13. Conv. 2. 25. So with a
Iw, w, f. ri<rw, to seek out, to
subst. of time, and referring to a time
search out, sc. any thing lost, Sept. for
more or less definite, e. g. iv TCUQ
jj/upaif urn Ez. xxxiv. 11. i]5a Ez. xxxiv. 12.
ixeivaiQ Matt. iii. 1. Luke ii. 1. iv. 2. al.
In fr. T. metaph. viz.
iv iiceivaiQ Talcrjp. Matt. xxiv. 19. Mark
to inquire diligently, to
9. ii. 20. al. iv Ty >///. a) scrutinize, c.
iicrtvy Matt. vii.
i.
c. Trepinvog\ Pet. i. 10, where itisparall.
22. xiii. 1. al. iv ticeivy Ty r'lfi. Matt,
with iKepevvdw. Sept. for ipn Ps. xliv.
xxii. 23. Mark iv. 35. al. d*' iiceivfje 22. Ecclus. xxxix. 3.
rijt rip.Matt. xxii. 46. (Xen. An. 1. 7.
So Matt. viii. 13. x. 19. ix. 22. b) to seek after, i. e. to endeavour to
18.) Heb.
gain, to solicit, trans. xii. 17 ptTa
xi. 25. xii. 1. Acts xii. 1. xix. 23.
Saicpvwv iK%r]Tr]ffa avrrjv. Sept. for ti5']221
(3) Emphatic, like the Engl. that, he, etc. Ps. cxxii. 9. tEhl 1 K. xiv. 5. Mic. vi. 8.
where however the emphasis lies in the
By Hebraism/in the sense of to require,
construction, and not in the word itself. to demand, e. g. iK^retv TO alfid TIVOQ
Thus where it is put instead of repeating diro TIVOQ, i. e. to avenge, to punish, Luke
the subject, etc. (comp. in Avrog I.
3.) xi. 50, 51. So Sept. and itfjja Ez. iii. 18,
Mark vii. 15 TU iinropivo^eva air avrov, 20. 2 Sam. iv. 11. trrpT GenYix.5. xiii.
iKtlva iffn K. T. X. ver. 20. John i. 18 6 22.
fiovoyevfiQ VIOQ inelvoQ i^rjyrjffaro. V. 11 from the Heb. e/c^rcTv rbv
c) Seov, to
o irotrjaaQ fie vytij, iicelvog ix.
fioi el-rev. seek out God, e. to turn to him,
i.
humbly
37. x. 1. xii. 48. xiv. 26. Rom. xiv. and sincerely to follow and obey him,
14. 2 Cor. x. 18. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1.
al.
Acts xv. 17. Rom. iii. 11. Heb. xi. 6.
17. ib. 6. 2. 33. Or where it introduces So Sept. and tO'^a Deut. iv. 29. Jer.
a following clause, e. g. before a relative, xxix. 13. irhl Deut. iv. 29. 2 Chr. xv.
John xiii. 26 tKttvoc ian, y K. T. X. Rom. Ecclus. xxiv. 34.
2, 13.
xiv. 15. John x. 35. Heb. vi. 7. xi.
15. So neut. ixtivo before on, Matt.
xxiv. 43 ijcctvo yivwffKere, on K. r. \ to astonish outright, to amaze, Aquil. for
Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 3, 21 xxxiii. 7. Ecclus. xxx. 9. In
Especially for nys Job
persons well known and celebrated j
N. T. Pass. iK3rap,/3iop,ai ovfiat, to be

comp. in Avrog I. 2. b. Matt, xxvii. 63 greatly amazed, astonished, sc. from ad-
kxtivoQ 6 irXdvos. So of Jesus, John vii. miration, Markix. 15. from terror, Mark
1 1 TTOV iffTiv iicelvog 2Tim. ii. 13. 1 John
;
xvi ,5, 6. from distress of mind, Mark
iii. 3, 5, 7. Luc. D. Deor. 11. 1. Ml. xiv. 33,where it is paral. with XuTrtTtrSrat
V. H. 2. 14. Dem. 308. 18 In like Matt. xxvi. 37. Comp. Tittm. de Synon.
manner r) ripkpa iiceivij refers to the time N. T. p. 184.
of Christ's second coming, Matt. vii. 22.
ou, o, n, *dj. (tK, 3-a/i-
xxvi.29. Acts ii. 18. 2Thess. i. 10. Rev. ,

/3oc),quite astonished, greatly amazed,

xvi. 14.
Acts iii. 11. Pol. 20. 10. 9.
an adv. for iicelvrjs
c) genit. tKtivrjs, as
oSoti, that way ; Luke xix. 4 on iicetvije j ov, b, 77, adj. (ei

t)fte\Xt diepxHrScti, where text. rec. has Si' exposed, e. g. as an infant ;

hence Acts
 250

vii. 19 iroulv iK^tira rd fiptyn, i.

q. Rom. xi. 17, 19, 20.
Sept. for J,<DU) Lev
vat rd /3pl$7, to expose. Comp. Ex.
i. e. i. 17.
c. 2. So Philo de Vit. Mos. I. p. 604
f.
tiffu), aor/ 1 pass. *-
TOV TraiSa iKT&eafft. ib. aeX<f>r) TOV IKTS-
\iiaSi} Buttm. 98. n. 6. 100. 3 to
. Jl. V. H. 2. 7.
shut out, to exclude, trans,
;

pp. Pol. 25.

jj
f. ap<3, to 1. 10. In N. T. trop. to exclude, sc.
(jcaSai'pw,)
purge out, i. e. to cleanse thoroughly ;pp. from the intercourse and instruction of
rdf affiridag iKKtKa$apfiivac, i. e. bur- any one, seq. accus. Gal. iv. 17. (So
nished, Xen. An. 1. 2. 16. In N. T. me- aTroKXe/w Plut. Alcib.
4.) Pass, to be
taph. c. ace. of pers. tavrbv airo TIVOQ 2 excluded, i. e. to have no place, Rom. iii.
Tim. ii. 21. Sept. for Judg. vii. 4. 27.
tpsT
.
Xen. Conv. Seq. ace. of thing,
1. 4
ag, rj, (tKicXtjros called
to cleanse out, to put away, etc. 1 Cor. v.
out, summoned, from
k/caXew,) convo- a
7. Dinarch. contra Aristogit. p. 67
cation, assembly, congregation, viz.
(Kica$. TTJV duipodoiciav. pp. Sept. Deut. a) pp. of persons legally called out ot
xxvi. 13.
summoned; Acts xix. 39 iv ry IK- two^
icXT)<ri$, sc. of the people and hence also
'Ejcicaltu, aor. 1 pass. l^Kav^v, to ;

of a tumultuous
cause to burn orflame out, i. e. to kindle, assembly not legal, Acts
trans. Herodot. 4. 134. xix. 32, 40. Judith vi. 16. xiv. 6. JEl.
Sept. for lya
Ex. xxii. 6. Judg. xv. 5. metaph. TOV V. H. 5. 12. Xen. Mem. 3. 7. 6. An.
1. 3. 2. In the Jewish sense,
TroXepov Plut. Agesi. 31 med __ In N.T. congrega-
Pass, or Mid. to burn out, to tion, assembly,of the people for
flame up, worship,
e. g. in a
intrans. i. e. to be inflamed, to burn vehe- synagogue, Matt, xviii. 17. or
mently ; metaph. iv ry opitt, with lust, genr. Acts vii. 8. Heb. ii. 12 quoted
Rom. i. 27. Of anger, Sept. for nys from Ps. xxii. 22, where
Sept. for $>np
T ;

Ps. ii. 13. Jer. iv. 4. also Deut. xviii. 16. 2 Chr. i. 3, 5. al.
yig'y
Deut. xxiY.
20. So Diod. Sic. 14. 108. Pol. ix. 10. 1 Mace. ii. 56. iv. 59. Ecclus. xiii.
]0. pp. Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 14. 20.

b) in the Christian sense, an assembly,

(5, f.
sc. of Christians, genr. 1 Cor. xi. 18 o-y-
fjffk), (tar, Kaic6g,\ pp.
to turn out a coward, i. e. to lose one's vepxofievoi iv (K K Xrjffi<f. Hence, a church,
courage N. T. genr. to be faint-
in the Christian church, viz. a
;
(a) particular
hearted, to faint, to despond, sc. in view church, e. g. in Jerusalem, Acts viii. 1 .
of trial, difficulty, etc. intrans. xi. 22. al. in
Antioch, Acts xi. 26. xiii.
Eph. iii.
13 alrovpai pq tKKaicelv iv TCUQ 1. al. in Corinth,
1 Cor. i. 2. 2 Cor. i.
SXiif/effi pov
vTTtp vfiuJv. 2 Cor. iv. 1, 16. In the 1. of Asia Minor, 1 Cor. xvi. 19. of
sense of to be remiss, Galatia, Gal. i. 2. at Thessalonica, 1
slothful, sc. in duty,
Luke xviii. 1. Gal. vi. 9. 2 Thess. iii. Thess. i. 1. 2 Thess. i. 1. at Cenchrea,
13. Hesych. iKKaKovptv dfitXovfttv,
Rom. xvi. 1. etc. etc. So al IKK\. TWV
. Pol. 14. 19. 10, where others i$vu>v, churches of Gentile Chris-
i. e.

tians, Rom. xvi. 4. Also rj /car' olicov TIVOQ

tKKXrjffia, i. e. the church which meets at
, w, f.
rjffo), to prick out, to the house of
any one, Rom. xvi. 5. 1
pierce out, trans, TOVQ 6<j>$aXfiov, e.
g. Cor. xvi. 19. Philem. 2.
JEl. H. A. 17. 20.
So 1 KK \. TOV
comp. Valckn. Diatr. XpiffTov, Rom. xvi. 16. t/c/cX. TOV Seov,
p. 203.. In N. T. to pierce
through, to 1 Cor. i. 2. x. 32. al The church
transfix, trans. John xix. 37. Rev. i. 7. (/3)
universal, Matt. xvi. 18. 28. 1 Cor. xii.
Comp. Zed. xii. 10, where Sept. for Gal. i. 13. Eph. i. 22. iii. 10. Heb. xii.
as also ix. 54. for :nrr Num.
"IjTl, Judg. 23. al. So 6/c/cX. TOV $eov, 1 Cor. xi. 22.
xxii. 9 2 Mace. xii. 6. Pol/ 5. 56 xv. 9. 1 Tim. iii. 15. al.
12. Comp. Sept.
*McX. Kvpiov for rnrr ^np Deut. xxiii.2,
JiiKjcAao), w, f. aor. 1
4. AL.
dffaj, pass.
l{fcX4*&ip Buttm. 98. n. 6. 100. 3
to break out or
;
to, f. vw, to bend out, to
off, trans, e. g. a branch, turn aside or
away, intrans. e. g. IK r/~/c
 251
701

t<'of', Sept. for ntt} Num. xxii. 23. in

^w, to shine out, to be
f.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 23.
flight , Pol. 1. 19. 2. resplendent, Matt. xiii. 43, in allusion to
In N. T. metaph. of those who turn Dan. xii. 3 where Sept. for
THTn, comp.
away or swerve from piety and virtue, Wisd. iii. 7 Ecclus. xliii. 5. Pol
:

15
Rom. iii. 12, quoted from Ps. xiv. 3. liii. 4, 29.3. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.2.
where Sept. for 1 -- Seq. airo c. gen. to
turn away from, to avoid, Rom. xvi. 17. ), f.
tK\r]ffh>, (IK intens.)
1 Pet. iii. 11. So Sept. for -jtt -| Ps. to make forget entirely, Horn. II. 2. 600.

xxxvii. 28. Prov. iii. 7. In N. T. Mid.

IjcXavS-ai/o/iat, perf. pass.
in mid. signif. i K \i\r,^ai, to en- forget
'EjcKoXu^jSaw, w, f. /<rw, to swim tirely, seq. gen. Heb. xii. 5. See Buttm.
out, sc. to land, Acts xxvii. 42. Diod. 114 XavSavw. 136. 3. Jos. Ant 4
Sic. 20. 86, 88. 3.3. Pol. 5. 48. 6. -fflschin. Dial. Soc.
3. 16.
f. i'<rw, to bear out, to
, carry
out, sc. a dead body for burial, Luke vii. 'E/cXf 70), f. ?w, pp. to lay out together,
12 Herodian.2. 1.5. Passow Lex. Xlyw no. 2, i. e. to choose
out, to select, trans. Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 6.
^w, to sfriAe out or 0#*,
,
f.

/0 c# off'oT out, trans, e. g. a branch or

Xen. H.G.I. 6. 19. Mem. 3. 5. 2. _ In
N. T. Mid. tK\eyofjiai, f. to choose
o/iai,
scion, IK TIVOQ Rom. xi. 24. absol. ver. out for one's e.
self, i.
genr. to choose, to
22, paral. with kfcXaw in ver. 17, 19,20.
select, trans.
Sivdpov, i e. to cut down, Matt. iii. 10.

vii. 19. Luke 9. xiii. 7, 9. a) genr. of things, Luke x. 42 TTJV

iii. rrjv eiav,
aya37}v fieplSa t^Xsgaro. xiv. 7. So seq.
Matt. v. 30. xviii. 8 __ JEl. V. H. 5. 17.
'iva of
Xen. An. CEc. 17. 14. purpose, 1 Cor. i. 27 bis, 28. Sept.
1. 4. 10. Sept. for -inn Gen. xiii. 11. Jos. B. J. 2. 8.
for JT13 Jer. vi. G, xxii. 7. Metaph. 9. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 14. Of persons, seq.
Tt]V d00p/i//V iKKOTTTtlV, tO Cut off OCCtt- ace. simply, John vi. 70. xv. 16 bis
sion, i. e. to remove it, 2 Cor. xi. 12. Acts'i. 2, 24. vi. 5. Acts xv. 22, 25, 'idoKf.
Sept. UK. TTJV IXiriSa for ^55 Hiph. Job Tolg aTTOoroXoig iK\e%a/j,fvovG avdpag
xix. 10 __ Hierocl. Carm. aur. Pyth. f/c-
e. either, to send men
irfH\l/at, i. who let
Koirrtirag d$>op/iaf. Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 1.
themselves be chosen, Winer 39. 5.
Pol. 5. 104. 10. So in text. rec. 1 Pet.
Buttm. 135. 8 ; or else iKXe^evcvs is
iii. 7 tig TO fir}
iKKOTrreaSai Tag Trpovevxag
in the accus.by anacoluthon instead of
i'fiav, that your prayers
be not cut off,
the dat. as also thenom. ypfyavres in
rendered fruitless j in later edit.
ver. 23; Winer ^64. 2. Buttm. 151. II.
5. Sept. for irra 1 Sam.viii. 18. x.24.

t,
Mid. form intrans. of Xen. CEc. 7. 11. Cyr. 8. 6. 7 __ Seq.
fc c. gen. John xv. 19 tic TOV KO<T{IOV.
i, (Buttm. 114 Kpfftdvvvfii,^
(Ecclus. xiv. 4.) seq. OTTO c. gen. Luke
to hang from ; trop. of those who listen
as in Engl. vi. 13. (Ecclus. xiv. With an infin.
closely to a person speaking, 16.)
implied, James ii. 5 Sibg l&XeZaro TOVS
to hang on the lips of any one ; seq. gen.
of person, Luke xix. 48 6 Xabg ?Kf>/iaro TTTW^OVQ (tlvai\ 7T\ovcriov K. T. X. Seq.
kv, among, Acts xv. 7 o SSOG lv r^iiv i&-
avTov AKOVUV. Comp. Sept. Gen. xliv.
Xcaro diet TOV aTOfiarog fiov aKovaai rd
SO.Philo deAbr.p.373.E, 6 dt TroSy aXtKTy
ZSvri K. T. X. i. e. God chose among us
TOV Traicbg tKKptfidfievog. Id. de Viet. off.
p. 856. C.
Plut. VII. p. 851. 14. ed.
that through my mouth, etc. Comp.
Winer 32. 3. a.
Reiske.
to choose out, with the
b) by implic.
'EicXaXlw, w, f- r/<, to speak out, i.e. accessory idea of kindness, favour, love,
to to disclose, trans, c. dat. of pers. etc. Mark xiii. 20. John xiii. 18. Acts xiii.
tell,
Actsxxiii. 22 prjdtvi kXaXr/aai, where for 17. Eph.i.4. So Sept. and -ina Deut.
the infin. instead of the imperat. see iv. 37. Ps. Ixv. 5. Zech. iii. 2. So
Buttm. U42.n.5. Winer45.7.--Judith. in MSS. Luke ix. 35 ^icXcXey^oj; for
xi. 0. Item. 8*4. 08.
 252

f.
$<*>, to leave out or off, b) election, i. e. the benevolent purpose
),
trans, i. e. to
relinguish, to desert, Xen. of God by which any are chosen unto
An. 4. 1. 8. H. G. 1. 1. 19 __ In N. T. salvation, so that they are led to embrace
intrans. to leave off, i. e. to fail, to cease; and persevere in the religion of Christ
e. g. } TTiVrif Luke xxii. 32. So Sept. and the enjoyment of its privileges and
for ins Jer. vii. 27. So TO. lrr\Heb. i. blessings here and hereafter. Rom. xi. 5
12, quoted from Ps. cxxii. 28, where icar iicXoyvv xap'i-o,. xi. 28. 1 Thess. i. 4.
Sept. for QTp^i Niph. Sept. also for n^3 2 Pet. i. 10. meton. of abstr. for
By
Gen. xxi. 15. n*]33 Josh. iii. 13. Xen'. concr. i.
q. ol licXticToi, Rom. xi. 7.

An. 4. 5. 15. Vec't. 5. 12. By impl. c) by impl. free choice, free will, libera
to cease to live, i. e. to die, Luke xvi. 9. voluntas; Rom. ix. 11 77 tear !/cXoy/)i/ Trpo-

Sept. for jna Gen. xlix.32. Lam. i. 20. Seffig, the purpose according tofree choice,
nitt Jer. xlif. 17, 22. Jos. B. J. 4. 1. 9. i.e. the free, spontaneous purpose of God,

Apollodor. Bibl. 3. 4. 3. Comp. Pol. 2. uninfluenced by external motives. Jos.

60. 7 kXiTrtTv rb tyv. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 26 B. J. 2. 8. 14 ITT' dvS'pwTrwv licXoyy TO re
fjSt] K\i7re!v /iot Qaivtrat rj
icaXov *cai TO KO.KOV TrpoKCirat. Psalt. Salom.
9. 7. rd *pya jy/twv iv e/cXoyy KO.I i^ovaiq.
>)> ov5 (licXeyw,) chosen, rrjQ ^VXHQ TIH&V. Comp. Raphel. Ann. e.
elect, i. e.
Polyb. in loc.
a) select, choice, excellent, e. g. XiS-oc
1 Pet. ii 4, 6, quoted from Is. xxviii. 16 'EicAuw, f. vffw, to loose out of, to set
where Sept. for -pin, coll. Ezra. v. 8. free from, Ceb. Tab. 24 KCIK&V wv ov
Lib. Henoch. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. SvvavTcu eicXvffai kavrovg. Pol. 16. 6. 12.
184, XiSoi eicXtKToi, gems. Of persons, to loosen out, to relax, to
weary, Sept. for
chosen, distinguished, e. g. ykvos IK\IKTOV m$n Jer. xii. 5. Diod. Sic. 13. 77. Xen.
1 Pet. ii. 9.
Sept. forTnn Is. xliii. 20. Ven. 5. 5. In N. T. Pass, or Mid. IK-
So of Angels, 1 Tim. v. 91. Comp. Jos. \vofiai, to be weary, to be exhausted, to
B.J.2. 16.4. faint ; Gal. vi. 9 ^
ItcXvofievoi, i. e. in

b) by impl. chosen, with the accessory well-doing, paral. with IKKCLKUHIV.

idea of kindness, favour, love, i.
q. Spoken of the body, Matt. xv. 32. Mark
cherished, beloved, etc. Luke xxiii. 35 6 viii. 3. also Matt. ix. 36 in text. rec.
Xpi0TO 6 TOV S'eou t/cXefcrof. Rom. xvi. where later edit. i<ricvXfj,evoi. Sept. for
13, coll. ver. 12. So Sept. and TTT3 I g - 5)^ Sam. xiv.
1 28. 2 Sam. xxi. 16.
5py
2 Sam. xvi. 14.
xlii. 1. Ps. cv. 6.
Chr. xvi. 13. 1 xvii. 29.
tpy Lam. if.

Fabric. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I.

p. 747,- 11, 19 Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 7. Pol 20.4. 7
(Messiah) ^Xcjcrog Scow. Hence oi ticXeic- rotg ffwfiafft. Spoken of the mind, to
roi, those chosen of God
the elect, i. e. faint, to despond, Heb. xii. 3 ^VXCUQ vpwv
unto salvation or as members of the licXvopevoi. absol. ver. 5. Sept. for 7p^
kingdom of heaven, and who therefore Deut. xx. 3. Judith xiv. 6. 1 Mace. ix.
enjoy his favour, and lead a holy life 8. Pol. 20. 4. 7 rats ^vxale. 29. 6. 14.
in communion with him, i. q. saints, Diod. Sic. 20. 1.

Christians ; comp. aytot in".Ayiog 1. b. /3.

'EKjua(T<r<t>
or arrajj f- <> to wipe
Seq. TovSfov, Matt, xxiv.31. Lukexviii.
17. Markxiii.27. Rom.viii.33. Col. iii.
off, i. e. to
wipe dry, trans. Luke vii. 38,
44. John xi. 2. xii. 3. xiii. 5. Ecclus.
12. Tit. i. 1. absol. Matt. xx. 16. xxii.
14. xxiv. 22, 24. Mark xiii. 20, 22.
xii. 11.
Ep. of Jer. 13, 24. Aristot.
2 H. An. 9. 40. Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 10.
Tim. ii. 10.
Sogenr. with a subst. 1 Pet. A word of later use in this sense, for
i. 2 John 1, 13. Rev. xvii. 14.
1. Clem. which the Attics said aTro^opyvu/u and
Alex. Strom. 7. 2.
?o/iopyvu/it, Thorn. Mag. p. 649. Mreris
p. 249. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 163.
elec-
je, n, (sKXsyw,) choice,
tion, selection, viz. f. t<rw,intens.
'Eic/zi>icrrjp(eu, (tic

a) genr. Acts ix. 15 aictvoQ tK\oyr)Q, a and fjivKTijpiZa), to turn the nose at,
up
chosen vessel ;
comp. Buttm. 123. n. 4. to scorn, fr. /juicrr/p, the nose,
scorn,)
to
Pol. 5. 03. 11. Diod. Sic. 12. 80. deride out and out, to scoff at, trans.
 253

Luke xvi. 14. xxiii. 35. Sept. for 17. 365. Appian. Maced. 9. 4. 517.
Ps. 4. xxii. 8. Esdr. 51.
ii. i.
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 45 sq. where
the word is shown to
f. (ixrcj, to nod out, i. e. belong only to the
later Greek.
spoken of a horse, to throw out the head,
intrans. Xen. Eq. 10. 12. also trans. f.
a<rw, (IK intens.) to
to shake off, by throwing out the head, try out, i. e. to put to the test, to tempt,
ib. 5. 4. Then genr. to incline out, sc. trans. Matt. iv. 7. Lukeiv. 12. x. 25.
with the head, intrans. Xen. Ven. 10. 1 Cor. x. 9.
Sept. for rrEO Deut. vi. 16
12. also trans, to avoid by inclining the where see. viii. 16. Ps. Ixxviii. 18.
head or body, Diod. Sic. p. 675. C. ed.
Rhod. 6 Si ertpof jSpa^v irapfyK\ivag, 'EicTrtjUTrw, f. ^w, to send out, to
TTJV iiri^tpop.f:vrjv TrXqyT/v i&vwae. ib. 15. send forth, Acts xiii. 4. xvii. 10.
Sept.
87 fltXwv TO. fitv i&vtve. for r&Ti Gen. xxiv. 54, Bar. iv.
Comp. Sept. 56, 59.
Mic. vi. 14. Hence in N. T. intrans. to 16. Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 32.
turn aside, to turn away, absol. John v.
13 6 ydp 'lijffovc i^kvtvatv, o^Xov OVTOQ abun-
iv r< rorry, i. e. he turned away, went dantly, exceedingly, vehemently, Mark
aside, withdrew. So for "no
xiv. 31 in MS
S. for IK irepivaov.
Sept.
Judg. iv. 18. n$D Judg. xviii. 26. comp. f.
atrw,
2 K. ii. 24. xxiii. 16. Philo Vit. Mos. Buttm. 114,) to spread out, to expand,
p. 690. E, rroT rtf rpaTrj/rai, irol ri ic- to stretch forth, e.
g. the hands in sup-
vtvvy Plut. VIII. p. 280. 5. ed. Reisk.
;
Rom.
x. 21, from Is. Ixv. 2
plication,
iKvivffac piKpbv rj/c oSov. Pind. Ol. 13. where Sept. for tolD, as also Ex. ix. 30,
163. Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 26 Aavi^c IKVW- 34. Ecclus. xlviii. 20. 1 Mace. iii. 48
<raf tig ri
xwpiov. trop. 3 Mace. iii. 22. ro/3i/3Xu>v. Pol. 1.44. 3.
Trans. Jos. Ant. 9. 6. 3 ro appa (if ere-
pav 6S6v i&vfvae. Others derive the aw, }
f. w
77 <rw, to leap out,
form tivtvfft from iKviw, f. to to rush forth, intrans. Acts xiv. 14t?7rr/-
cvero;,
swim out, i. e. to escape by swimming, tirjaav tt'c rov o^Xov in later edit, for /<r-

Thuc. ii. 90; and hence genr. to escape, tirrjfaffav in text. rec. Judith xiv. 17
to withdraw privately, etc. See Kuinoel IZeirrjSrjfftv tig rbv Xaov. Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 5.
in loc. Krebs Obs. e Jos. Kypke Obs. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 8.

etc.
f.
tKirtaovnai, perf. IK-

intrans. to sober aor. 2 t&Treffov. aor. 1 tZkirtva

'EicvT/^cuj
f. V/w > ,

out, i. e. to become sober out of drunk- Gal. v. 4, comp. Buttm. 97. n. 9. 114.

enness, Sept. for 1^ NS^ 1 Sam. xxv. p. 298. "Winer 13. 1. a. Lob. ad Phryn.
Gen. ix/24. p. 724 ; to fall out of, to fall from or off,
37. -p.'Tp yp; -ppn Joel
i. 5.Aretseus 4. 3 __ In N. T. metaph. intrans.

to rouse up, to awake, sc. from a state of a) pp. spoken

of things which fall
out of or from their places, etc. e. g.
torpor, ignorance, delusion, etc. 1 Cor.
xv. 34. stars from heaven, Mark xiii, 25, coll.
Comp. Sept. Ps. Ixxviii. 65.
Matt. xxiv. 29, and Is. xiv. 12 where Sept,
j ov, 6, 17, adj. (KWV,) TrtSg t%Trfffv IK rov ovpavov 6 ewo^opof,

willing, voluntary ; Philem. 14 Kara for ^55. So of flowers, James i. 11.

tKovaiov, i. e. willingly, spontaneously. and 1 Pet. i. 24 dvSog avrov t&Trtae,
for nnisn Neh. xv. 3.
Sept. icaS' IK.
T T comp. Sept. for ^35 Is. xxviii. 1, 4. So
Xea. Mem. 2. 1. 18. of chains from the hands, Acts xii. 7.
a boat from a ship, Acts xxvii. 32. He-
-twc, adv ((Kovffi^, willingly,
-

Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 8
rodian. 3. 7. 8.
voluntarily, Heb. x. 26. 1 Pet. v. 2.
to fall out or to be
Jos. Ant. 5. Spoken of a ship,
Sept. for ilzn^S Ps. liv.8. driven out of its
course, usually seq.
2. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 18.
tig c. ace. of place, to be driven upon ;

"Ec7raXa(, adv. (TraXai), of old, long Acts xxvii. 17 $o(3. nn eig ri\v 2/;pnv *.--
since, 2 Pet. ii. 3. iii. 5. Plut. Aristid. Trlo-wo-t. ver. 26, 29 -- Diod. Sic. 2. 60 ro
 254

TrXotapiov iKTrtfftiv tiQ a/ijuovi. Pol. 1. 1

. 25. Mark x. 26. Sept. for DEfl$ Ecc.
51, 11. Xen. An. 7. 5. 12. Comp. IKTT. vii. 16 Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 67. Especially
*K TIJQ 6ou Xen. An. 5. 2. 31. Trop. of admiration, comp. Tittm. de Syn.
to fall from any state or condition, i. e. N. T. p. 134. absol. Matt. xiii. 54. Mark
to lose one's part or interest in that state ; vi. 2. vii. 37. Luke ii. 48. Seq. iiri c. dat.

seq. gen. rryg x"P ir f Gal. v. 4. TOV iSiov Matt. vii. 28 ITTI ry iiSaxy. xxii.33. Mark
oTijpt-ynov 2 Pet. iii. 17. irtetv IKTT. Rev. i. 22. xi. 18. Luke iv. 32. ix. 43. Acts
ii.5 in text. rec. where others ir'nrTWKae. xiii. 12. Hesych. t&TrXayTj' tSavnavEv,
Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 2. Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2 l&ffTTj. Seq. ITTI c. dat. JE1. V. H. 12.
or 4. Thuc. 8. 81. 41. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27. seq. dat. ib. 6.
to fall away, i. c. to fail, 3. 15. seq. accus. 2 Mace. vii. 12. Jos.
b) metaph.
to be without effect, to be in vain, 7} dydirij Ant. 8. 7. 5. Herodian. 1. 15. 10.
1 Cor. xiii. 8. 6 \6yoc Seov Rom. ix. 6.
So Josh, xxiii. 14. 2K.
Tri-rrra)
, w, f. tv<ra>, to breathe out
>D$. Sept. or forth, trans. Pint. ed. Reisk. VIII.
x. 10. Josh. xxi. 45.
diairi7rT<a Plut.
238. 6. Plato Phjedo. 16. In N. T.
de Audit. VI. p. 140. 1. ed. Reisk. X6yo<r
intrans. to expire, to die, Mark xv. 37,
39. Luke xxiii. 46. Soph. Aj. Fl. 1045.
au, f. tvaopat, to sail out of, Plut. de gen. Socr. 32 The accus. n}v
to sail from,a port or harbour, seq. fig, here implied so in
^vx^'iv is strictly ; full,
Acts xv. 39. xviii. 18. seq. diro xx. 6. Eurip. Orest. 1163 ejcTrj/ewv Trjv
c. ei'c Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 32. seq. airo Phoeniss. 1475.
An. 5. 6. 23.
,
f. tvffofjiat, to go out
of, to go or come forth, spoken
to complete in full, trans, e. g. in measure of persons, seq. IK c. gen. of place
a)
or number, 2 Mace. viii. 10. Xen. Cyr. whence, Mark xiii. 1 iKiropevofisvov av-
5. 4. 32. In N. T. metaph. to /z^/, TOV IK TOV iepov. Seq. cnro, Matt. xx.
e.g. a promise, Acts xiii. 32. Pol. 1. 29 tKTTopfvofitvwv avT&v cnro 'Ifpi^w.
f)7. 1 i Mark x. 46. tw c. gen. Mark xi. 19.
iKtlStv Mark vi. 11. iraad c. gen. of
person from whom, John xv. 26. absol.
a filling
out, completion, 2 Mace. vi. 14. Luke iii. 7. Acts xxv. 4. Spoken of
In N. T. of time, fulfilment ; Acts xxi.
demons, absol. Matt. xvii. 21. Sept.
26 foayylXwv r>)v fKirXrjpwffiv T&V ij^nnuiv
TOV dyv. announcing the fulfilment [full
c. EC for
}p K^; Ps. xix. 6. c.'diro Ex.
v. 20. c. l&lStv Dent. xi. 10. c. k-
observance] 0/" Me c??/s, i. e. that he Pol. 6. 58. 4. absol. Xen. Ag. 2. 25.
was about to keep in full the proper
Seq. 'c c. ace. of place whither, Mark
number of days, etc. comp. Num. vi. 9. X. 17 (.KTroof.vop.kvov avTOii fig ooov.
So BKirXrjpow, Diod. Sic. 2. 57 vopipov
'
Johnv. 29. iiri c. ace. of pers. Rev. xvi.
avTolg iffTt %yv irStv itpurfttvuv, Kal TOV
14. Trpogc. ace. of pers. Matt. iii. 5. Mark
Xpovov TOVTOV tKirXrjpdJffavTtg, iKovai&Q i.5. Sept. c. fiQ for
N^ Ex. xxxiii. 7.
fifTa\\d.TTfiv. Comp. TrXrjpow 1 Mace.
c. 7ri Ex. vii. 15. c. TTpos Judg. ix. 33.
iii. 49. .

c. etc Xen. An. 5. 6. 33. iiri ib. 5. 1. 8.

.
rrto, f. w, aor. 2 b) of things, to go forth from,
to pro-

pass. IZfirXdyrjv (a instead of 77) in such ceed out of; seq. tic c. gen. IK TOV av-
compounds as signify < to terrify,' etc. SpbiTcov, Mark vii. 20. IK rijg KapSiac
Buttm. 114 ir\r](Tff(D ; pp. to strike out, VH. 21. TU IKTTOO. tK TOV (TTOflClTOG, Matt.
to force out by a blow ; but found only xv. 11, 18. Luke iv. 22. Eph. iv. 29.
trop. to strike one out of his senses, Also symb. of a sword, Rev. i. 16. xix.
his self-possession, i. e. to strike with 15, 21. (comp. ii. 16. Is. xlix. 2. Hos. vi.

astonishment, terror, .admiration, etc.

5.)
of lightning, Rev. iv. 5. fire, ix. 17, 18.
Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 6. Mag. Eq. 8. 19. xi. 5. a river, xxii. 1. Seq. diro Mark
In N. T. only Pass, to be struck with vii. 15. Sid c. gen. Matt. iv. 4. tvuStv

astonishment, admiration, etc. i. e. to be Mark vii. 23. Sept. c. IK for N*j; Num.
astonished, to be amazed, gnnr. Matt, xix, x xxii. 24. Ez.i.l3.for^DKtfaI>eut.viii.
3. xxiii. 24 -- Seq. etc c. ace. of place f. to turn out
i//w, of
whither ; spoken of rumour, Luke iv. 37 a place, trans, e. g. a tree or post IK rfc
tc7rop. iiXS iff
pi O.VTOV tig iravTO. TOTTOV. yije, Arr. Exped. Al. M. 3. 29. to turn
In the sense of to be ejected, ttV TOV a^e- inside out, as a garment, Schol. in Aris-
cp&va, Mark vii. 19. toph. Nub. 89 __ In N. T. metaph. to

c)
from the Heb. in the phrase eiV- change, sc. for the worse, i. e. to
subvert,
iropfvofiai Kcii iKiropfvopat, to go in and to pervert, perf. pass. Tit. iii. 11. So
out, i. e. to perform one's daily duties, Sept. for rjpn Am. vi. 12. Pass, for
Acts ix. 28 see in EiWo/otuo/xeu c, and
; ro>n.E Deut. xxxii. 20. genr. Aristoph.
NUD. 89 tK(TTp\^OV Wf Ta^KJTa TOVQ 0O.VTOV

j, f. w<rw, to whore it out,

V. TTM, f. w, to stir
i.
practise fornication, to be given to
e. to
up wholly, to disturb greatly, to agitate
lewdness, intrans. Jude 7. Sept. for nj]
Gen. xxxviii. 24. Ex. xxxiv. 16. Fabr. greatly, trans, e. g. trop. ri\v -n-oXiv, Acts
xvi. 20. Sept. for n^S Ps. xviii. 4. n?2S
Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 653.
Ps. Ixxxviii. 17. Wisd. xvii. 3. xviii. 7.

'EicTrruco, f.vo<, to spit out, Horn. Andocid. de Myster. 6 Si rr\v iro\iv O\TJV
Od. 5. 322. In N. T. metaph. to loathe,
to reject, trans. Gal. iv. 14. comp. Rev.
iii. 16. So airoTTTvti) Eurip. Androm. ,
f- rtv&, perf. TiraKa, to
stretch out, to extend, e. g. TOV TpdxrjXov
607. Hesiod. Op. et D. 724.
Xen. Eq. 1.8. or the body for sleep,
out ratf Xen. Conv. In N. T. spoken
'Eif/oiow, <T>, f. w<, to 4. 31.

or trans. Matt. xiii. 29. xv. 13. Luke

M;>, of the hand. TY\V x^P a tKreivtiv, to
a)
xvii. 6. Jude 12 SivSpa iKptfoSiVTa, i. e. stretchforth the hand, genr. Matt. xii. 13
the same as rooted up. Sept. for itfr^ bis.xxvi. 51, Mark iii. 5 bis. Lukevi. 10.
Jer. i. 10.
ipv Zeph. ii. 4. Wisd. Acts xxi. 1. Sept. forf^ nta} Josh, viii.19.
iv. 4. Ex. xv. 12. -r; nil Gen. xix. 10. xxii. 10.
Ceb. Tab. 30. Xen.Eq.7.2 So for the
"ElCOTCHne, WC> /> (Ujknm) PP- purpose of healing,Matt.viii.3. Mark i. 41.
a putting away, removal, sc. of any thing Luke v. 13. Acts iv. 30. of assisting,
outf of a place, etc. Plut. ed. Reisk. IX. Matt. xiv. 31. of entreaty, John xxi. 18.
p. 727. 8 iKffTaffiG SfpporrjToe. ib. 728. 9. Seq. ITTC c. ace. of pers. to stretch out
In N. T. and commonly, metaph. ecstasy, one's hand upon, i. e. genr. towards,
e. the state of being out of one's usual Matt. q. to lay hands upon
49 or
i. xii. i.
;

mind Hesych. Qpsvbe ticvTaaie, 6 elg

; in a hostile manner, Luke xxii. 53 ; so
eavTov Thus
Sept. for i; TTO} Ex.
fii)
<Zv. vii. 5. Jer. vi.
as arising from any strong 12. Ez. vi. 14. Macc.xii. 39, 42.
1
a) genr.
emotion, astonishment, amazement, e. g. of an anchor, i. e. to let go an an-
b)
from admiration, Mark v. 42. Luke v. chor, with its cable, to cast anchor, Acts
26. Acts iii. 10. from terror, Mark xvi. xxvii. 30.
8. Sept. for Jer. v. 30.
np^'
T -pi-nan
Gen. xxvii. 33. to finish out or
Deut. xxviii. 28. iTTTT
T
'EicrfAlw, w, f. >,

1TTD 2 Chr. xiv. 14. ijhtf Ez. xxvii. 35. to complete fully, absol. Luke xiv. 29,
off,
xxxii. 45.
Test. XII Patr. p. 538. n^3 Deut.
.

Plut ed. 30. Sept. for

Reisk. VI. 136. 8 iKaTaatiq icat rapax Pol. 10. 26. 1. Xen. Lac. 10. 7.

jcai TTTOiaQ iirity'tptiv. extension,

, > ,)
i. e. a state in which the
b) a trance, Herodian. 7. 2. 8.In N. T. trop. in-
soul is unconscious of present objects,
tentness, assiduity ;
Acts xxvi. 7 iv !-
being rapt into visions of distant or fu- veitf,
i. e. intently, assiduously. 2 Mace.
ture things, Acts x. 10. xi. 5. xxii. 17.
Ep. 68. A word
xiv. 38. Phalar.
of the
comp. 2 Cor. xii. 2 sq. Ez. i. 1. Arte- later Greek, Lob. ad Phryn.p. 311.
mid. 2. 37. Comp. Sept. for rrttTilD
owe, adj. (ie-
Gen. Hesych. tKaraaiv
, ),
ii. 21. vtrvov,
. extended; trop. intent, earnest,
 256

fervent, Acts. xii. 5 irpoaiv\i) ' Kr -

\kyuv &VK. r. X. 1 Cor. xv. 27. Sept
iv. 8 ayaTrj/ __ 3 Mace. v. 29. Pol. 22. for in*? 1 K. iv. 23. Judg. viii. 26. "Qi>73
5. 4. Chiefly in later writers, Lob. ad 1 K. xJ 13. Dan. xi. 4. Xen. H~ 6'.
Phryn. p. 311. Neut. compar. krtvl- 1. 2, 3. ib. 1.6. 35. By pleonasm pre-
orepov as adv. more earnestly, Luke xxii. fixed to /*>/, as IKTOC il p,r], without
44. See Buttm. 115. 5. perhaps, unless, except, 1 Cor. xiv. 5 IK-
r6f EI /i) duppivtvy. xv. 2. 1 Tim. v.
*
adv -
0fvfa), intently, 19. See Winer 67. p. 487. Lob. ad
1 Pet. i. 22. Sept. for nftira
earnestly,
Phryn. p. 459. Luc. D. Mort. 16. 4.
Jon. iii. 8. 3 Mace. v. 9. Diod. Sic'.V.
quom. Hist, conscr. 13, 21, 38. pro Imag.
24. Pol. 8. 21. 1. A later word, Lob. 23, 28.
ad Phryn. p. 311.
'EicrpcTTw, f. ^w, to turn out, or
f. tK^crw, to place out, to away, trans, sc. from a place, course,
expose, trans, viz. etc. e. g. TO Witap l&TpeTre Thuc. 5. 65.
a)
an infant that it may perish, Acts Mid. and aor. tZtTpdirqv as Mid. (Buttm.
vii. 21 iKTtStvTa dk avrov, in particip.
136. to turn one's self away from a
2,)
aor. 1 pass. comp. Buttm. 107. n. I, 16. or course, e. to turn aside from, to
way i.
Wisd. xviii. 5. ^El.V.H.2.7. Diod. V. H.
deflect, intrans. e. g. rife b$ov JE1.
Sic. 3. 58. ib. 4. 64. comp. in 'EK^eroj;. M.
14. 49. !o> TW
bdov Arr. Exp. A. 3.
b) Mid. iKTiStpai, to set forth, to ex- 21. 7. Xen. An. 4.5. 15. Hence
absol.
pound, to declare, Acts xi. 4. xviii. 26. in N. T. Mid. metaph. to turn away
xx viii. 23. Sept. for n^3 Job xxxvi. 13.
from, intrans. viz.
Jos. Ant. 1. 12. 2. Athen. VII. p. 278. from the true course, spoken of
a)
those who abandon the truth and em-
'EicTivaffffCj V. rrw, au, to shake
out or off", e. g. rov Kovtoprbv T&V iroSwv, brace error, 1 Tim. i. 6 iZtTpdirrjaav
Matt. x. 14. Acts xiii. 61. rbv xovv tig fictTaioXoyiav. seq. iiri 2 Tim. iv. 4.
absol. Heb.
VTTOK. T. Trod. Mark vi. 11. ra Acts seq. oTnVw 1 Tim. v. 15.
t/iaria.
These were symbolical actions, xii. 13 "iva TO %<t)\6v eicrpaTry, viz.
xviii. 6. /ij)
<
make straight and level paths, that
signifying the total breaking off of all
further intercourse. the lame may not be driven to turn
Comp. Lightfoot,
aside into other paths, but may be
Hor. Heb. ad Matt. x. 14 __ Plut. Cato
healed,' i. e. that those who are waver-
Maj. 14.
ing in faith may not be led to turn quite
"Eicroc, T), ov, ordin. num. (,) the away, but rather be brought back and
sixth, ast/crj? wpa, the sixth hour, i. e. in established. Others here render exTpairy,
the Jewish reckoning, noon, Matt. xx. be wrenched, dislocated, but without suffi-
6. xxvii. 45. Mark xv. 33. Luke xxiii. cient authority. Polyb. 6. 10. 2. 7,
44. John iv. 6.. xix. 14. Acts x. 9. Also tig Kaicias. Jos. Ant. 8. 10. 2. Plut. ed.
Luke i. 26, 36~ Rev. vi. 12. ix. 13, 14. Reisk. VI. 428. 7.
xvi. 12. xxi. 20. Sept. for "itfiEi Gen. i. accus. of person or thing, to
b) seq.
31. xxx. 19. Horn. Od. 3. 415. turn away from, to avoid 1 Tim. vi. 20

ocj adv. (!K), out of, without, i.e.

KrjO7TO/iJ/Og TO.Q (3tj3r]\OV KtVOQdJVlCtG.
;

-
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 10. Epict. Ench. 31. 3.
a) pp. of place, with the art. TO IKTOG,
Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. 282. 1.
the outside, Matt, xxiii. 26 TO IKTOC avr&v.
Buttm. 125. 6, 7. So rci IKTOQ, Arr. ^w, f. k3p^o>, to nourish
Diss. Ep. 3. 7. 2. Pol. 3. 46. 2. As a out sc. in full, to nourish up, to bring

prep, with a gen. out of, 2 Cor. xii. 2, 3, up to maturity, e. g. children. Sept.
eir tKTog TOV erw^arof. 1 Cor. vi. 18 irav for na Kal and K. Piel, 1 xii. 8, 10.
i. e. does
afidpTrjfia BKTOQ rov <rw/iar6c ecri, Is. xxiii. 4. xlix.21. Xen. An. 7. 2. 32 __
not pertain to the body, is not physical. In N. T. genr. to nourish up, to cherish,
Horn. Od. 12. 219. Xen. Mag. Eq. e. g. Triv iavTov adpica, Eph. v. 29.
7.4. Sept. for ??3^3 Gen. xlv. 11. ^El. V. H.
'

2. 14. Xen. CEc. 17. 10. In the sense

b) trop. without, i. e. except, besides,
as prep. c. gen. Acts xxvi. 22 ovStv IKTOQ of to train up, to educate, trans. Eph. vi.
 E 257

4 tKTpeQerf avTa iv -rraiStiy r. r. X. Sept. greatly terrified, Mark ix. 6. Heb. xii.
Prov. xxiii. 24. Pol. 1. 65. 7 21. Sept. tK<j>. ti/ni for n;p Deut. 9. 19.
teal v6[j.oi K. r. X.
f. v<, aor. 2 Utyw, to
aroc, >
generate out, to produce, to put forth,
to wound out, i. e. <
to cause or suffer trans. Matt. xxiv. 32 and Mark xiii. 28
abortion/ Diod. Sic. 3. 64. ib. 4. 2. OTO.V 6 K\ado TO. $v\\a IK^VTJ, in sub-
Herodot. 3. 32,) an abortion, one born junct. pres. for N^Jin Ps. civ.
Symm.
prematurely, trop. 1 Cor. xv. 8, coll. ver. 14. Sept. ayayiv. Plut. ed. Reisk. VIII.
9. Sept. for
^D} Job iti. 16. Ecc. vi. 3. 732. 10. Others in these passages read
_ Aristot. H. An. 10. 27. PhiloLeg. Al- tK<t>vy, which is the subjunct. of l^vt]v,

leg. p. 54. C. Found only in Ionic a later form of the aor. 2 for i&fyvv,
and later writers ;
the Attics said dp.- (intrans. as also the perf.) to egerminate,
/SXw^ta, Phryn. p. 208 et ibi Lob. Thoin. to shoot oat, to put forth, i. e. the leaves

Mag. p. 318 sq. Sturz de Dial. Alex. put forth. See Buttm. 114 ^vw. Pas-
p. 164. sow sub $v<i).
Winer ^ 15. p. 81. Jos.
Ant. 2. 5. 5 ffTaxvcis tK^vivTae. .
Pa-
*Eicd>/0(t), eoi'<rw, aor. 1 t^lreyKa,
f.
laeph. 6. 1. Hesych. ijc^vvac tic/3\a-
aor. 2 i&vtyicov, to bear out, to cany out,
aTijffat, ytvvitii]vai. perf. Horn. II. 11.
to bringforth, trans.
40.
a) pp.
out of a place, Luke xv. 22
r>)v oTo\ijVy sc. from its place. Acts v. also
EK^VVW a later form
15 rovff aaStviic, sc. out of the houses. disapproved by the grammarians, Lob.
1 Tim. vi. 7. Sept. for K^2n 1 Sam. v. ad Phryn. p. 726 fut. iK\tG>, instead of
;

1. N'Sin Gen. xiv. 18. Judg. vi. 19. the Att. K%EW for iKxtvau, Buttm. 95.
Herodian.2. 1.3,4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 7. n. 9. 114. xw. Ausf. Sprachl. II. p.
So of a dead body for burial. Acts v. 436. Matth. 182. n. 1. Winer 13. 3.

6, 9, 10. Pol. 1. 80. 10. Xen. An. 6. Aor. 1. Buttm.

l%a, 96. n. 1.
1. 6. Mem. 1. 2. 53. Matth. 185. n. For the 3 pers. aor. 1
b) spoken of the earth,
to bring forth, e#X John ii. 15. al. see Buttm. 105.
to yield, trans. Heb. vi. 8 TUQ aKavSaq. n. 2.* Perf. Pass. tKK^v^ai, Buttm.
n. 4 __ Aor. 1 Pass. i&xvSriv, fut. 1
Sept. for N^ln Gen. i. 12.
Hag. i. 11 __ 98.
Diod. Sic. 2. 47. Xen. (Ec. 17. 10. Pass. tKxvSrjaoiJiai ; comp. Buttm. 114
xiw. To pour out, trans.
yoj,
f. evKouai, to flee out of pp. Matt. ix. 17 and Mars ii. 22, 6
a)
a place, intrans. Acts xix. 16 lnQvytiv olvos inxflrai, the wine is i. e.
poured out,
ix TOV OIKOV. absol. xvi. 27 -- Ecclus. Luke v. 37. John 15 k&xic.
ii.
spilled.
xxvii. 20. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 40. An 4. 7. 6. he poured out the
(aor. 1) TO Ktpua, i. e.
Trans, to flee from, to escape, seq. ace.
money, scattered it upon the ground,
e. g. calamities, Luke xxi. 36.
rag -^ti- etc. Acts i. 18 KavTa ri iK^x^n
pag TIVOQ, i. e. out of the power of any bowels gushed
<rir\ayx va avTov, i. e. his
one, 2 Cor. xi. 33. (Susann. 22. 2 Mace. out. Sept. for Ex. iv. 9. Judg. vi.
^p^>
vi. TO Kplfjia TOV Scoi), Rom. ii. 3. 20. of ashes and dust, Lev. iv. 12.
26.)
(2 Mace. vii.SoicpiViv.) also c. ace. impl. xiv. 41. x a ^ KOV Ex. xvi. 35. i^x^n n
1 Thess. v. 3. Heb. ii. 3. coll. Ecclus. KoiXia avrov 2 Sam. xx. 10. Horn. II.
xvi. 13. Sept. for TID Job xv. 30. Hn 3. 296. olvov. Arr. Diss. Ep. 4. 10. 26.
Prov. x. 19. Diod. Sic. 1. 31. Hero- Herodian. 4. 4. 18 iravTa. Xen. H. G.
dian. 1. 9. 16. 6. 5. 50 iTTiTt^eta. In the phrase alpa
IKXSO>, to pour out blood, to shed blood,
f.
cw, w, nao>, (E/C intens.)
to kill, Acts xxii. 20. Rom. iii. 15. Rev.
to frighten outright, to terrify greatly,
xvi. 6. So particip. al/ta eicxwopevov.
trans. 2 Cor. x. 9. Sept. for Lev Tin? -

Matt, xxiii. 35. Luke xi. 50. Spoken of

xxvi. 6. Zeph. iii. 14. nnn Job vii.
the blood of Christ shed or poured out as
14. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 5. Pol. 14. 10. 3.
a sacrifice for sin, 7rpt v. virtp TroXXwv,
Matt. xxvi. 28. Mark xiv. 24. Luke
"Ek-0o/3oe, ov, o, rt, adj.
frightened outright or out of one's senses, xxii. 20. Sept. for Dl ^5^' Gen. ix. 6.
S
 EKYU 258

1 Sam. xxv. 31. 2 K. xxi. 10. coll. Deut. ley of the Cedron ; it was formerly-
xix. 10. Ps. Ixxxi. 10. By melon, of the planted with olive-trees, of which few
container for the contents, lux. rj/v^iaXtjv, remain ; see Calmet, art. Jerusalem p.
Rev. xvi. 1, 2, 3, 4,8, 10, 12, 17. 564, and art. Olives, Mount of. Matt.
to pour out, to shed abroad, xxi. 1. xxiv. 3. xx vi. 30. Markxi. 1. xiii.
b) metaph.
to give largely, seq. Iv, Rom. v.
5 r\ 3. xiv. 26. Luke xix. 29, 37. xxi.37.xxii.
TOV Stov tKKexvrat iv TOIQ KapSiaiQ 39. John viii. 1. Sept. forONTtn irj Zeph.
.
seq. liri c. ace. of pers. e. g. rb xiv. 4. comp. 2 Sam. xv. 30. Jos. Ant.
Acts ii. 17, 18, 33. x. 45. Tit. 20. 8. 6. B. J. 5. 2. 3. On the value
iii. 6. So Sept. and Ps. Ixxix. 6. and culture of the olive, see Jahn 71.
rjrj^j
Jer. xiv. 16. Joel ii. 28, 29. iv. Rees' Cycl. art. Olea.
Trvtvfia
19. Zech. xii. 10. Ecclus. xviii. 11. the fruit, an olive, James iii. 12.
b)
xxiv. 35. Xen. An. 7. 1. 37. CEc. 19. 13.
Pass, or Mid. to be poured out,
c) trop. i. e.
"EAcuov, OV) TO, (IXat'a,) oil,
spoken of persons, i. e. as in Engl. of various qualities and uses
olive-oil, ;
intrans. to pour forth, to rush tumultu-
e. g. for lamps, Matt. xxv. 3, 4, 8. for
ously, Horn. Od. 8. 515. Plut. ed. Reisk. wounds and anointing the sick, Mark
III. 761. 2, els ri\v bSov. Comp. Sept. vi. 13. Luke x. 34. James v. 14. as
Judg. ix. 44. xx. 37. In N. T. and later
mixed with spices for anointing the
writers spoken metaph. of a passion or
head and body in token of honour, etc.
direction of the mind, to rush into, to
Luke vii. 46. Heb. i. 9, see in 'AXa'^w.
give one's self up to, e. g. ry TrXdvy TOV Jahn 148. Oil was also an article of
Ba\dap Jude 11 Ecclus. xxxvii. 32.
traffic, Luke xvi. 6. Rev. xviii. 13. Sept.
Test. XII Patr. p. 520 iropveia iv y i^x*'
for
]pilj
Gen. xxviii. 18. 1 Sam. xvi. 1,
Srqv iya>. Plut. Vit. Marc. Anton. 21 dg
13. ah Xen. An. 4. 4. 13. Conv. 2. 4.
TOV rjdwrraSrj xal a.KO\aarov fiiov l/nct^v-
Pol. 32. 11.4. Lat. 'effun- By meton. and genr. oil is put for the
p.evos. Comp. fruit or the tree, Rev. vi. 6. comp. Is. xl.
dantur adluxuriam/ Liv. 34. 6. < in amo-
10. Hag. i. 11.
rem effusus,' Q. Curt. 8. 5.
'EAcHwv, wvocj b, (eXat'a,) an olive-
see in
yard, pp. Sept. for fTT Ex. xxiii. 11. 2
w, f. 7<rw, to depart out K. v. 26. In N. T. as a name of the
of a pla^e, to go away, to flee out, Luke Mount of Olives, Acts i. 13 ; see in
xxi. 21. Sept. for ms Am. vii. 12. 'EXafa a. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 2.
1 Mace. ix. 62. Ml. V. H. 3. 21.
b, an Elamite, an
*EAajur)C? ov,
f. to breathe out, to
w, inhabitant of Elam
or Elymais, a region
expire, to die, intrans. Acts v. 5, 10. of Persia near the extremity of the
xii. 23. Sept. Ez. xxi. 7 [12]. coll. Persian gulf, between Media and Baby-
Judg. iv. 21. lonia, and forming part of the district
of Susiana or the modern Khusistan, of
EKWV, owora, ov, willing, voluntary, which Susa was the capital Acts ii. ;

usually in an adverbial sense, Rom. viii.

20. 1 Cor. ix. 17. See Buttm. 123.
9. Comp. Is. xxi. 2. Jer. xlix. 34 sq.
Dan. viii. 2. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
n. 3. Sept. Ex. xxi. 13. Herodian. 2.
I. i. 300
p. sq.
4. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 4.
J
EAa<T(TO)V V. TTOJV, OVO, b, }, adj.
'EAm'a, ae, r,, an olive, viz. pp. compar. of tXax^c an old epic word,
the tree, an olive-tree, symbolically, but used as compar. of /iucpor, Buttm.
a)
Rom. xi. 17, 24. Rev. xi. 4. Sept. for 68. 4, i. e. less, minor, e. g. in quality,
rPT Gen. viii. 11. Judg. ix. 8, 9. symb. inferior, as wine, John ii. 10. in age,
Zach. iv. 3, 11, 12. Xeiu An. 6. 4. 6. younger, Rom. ix. 12. (Sept. for Ty^
Elsewhere, TO opoc T&V iXaitiv, the Gen. xxv. 23.) indignity, Heb. vii. 7.
Mount of Olives, the high ridge i. e. Herodian. 5. 1. 14. Neut. adverbially,
lying east of Jerusalem parallel to the less than, 1 Tim. v. 9. comp. Buttm.
city, and separated from it by the val- 115. 5. Diod. Sic. 1. 32.
 'EAarrovcco 259 'EX

'L-AarroWw, w, f.
7<rw, ^Xdrrwv,) precepts, requirements, are light ___
tfo make less, i. e. trans, to diminish, Horn. II. 12. 450. Xen. Yen. 6. 11. ib.
Sept. Prov. xiv. 36. for O yan Lev. xxv.
s 4. 1. Metaph. 2 Cor. iv. 17 TO
tXafpbv
16. -ir>n Gen. viii. 3, 5. In N. T. in- Trig SXnJ/eue, i.
q. IXa^pd
77 J&Xtyif, comp.
trans. to be in respect to
less, quantity, Buttm. 123. 3, and n. 4.
i. e. to lack, to
fall short, absol. 2 Cor.
viii. 15 6 TO oXtyov, OVK
eXarrovT/tre, quoted , ?? ov, pp. superl. of
from Ex. the old epic iXaxvs, but used as
xvi. 18, where Sept. for ipn. superl.
of juijcpo^, comp. in 'EXdaowv, Buttm.
also for tr}>7arr Ex. xxx. 15. Eccius.
68. 4, i. e. the least, minimus, e. g. in
xix. 5, 7. 'A later word instead of
ow, Passow sub voc. magnitude, James iii. 4. in number
and quantity, Luke xvi. 10 bis. xix. 17.

'EAarrow, w 9 f. waw, (tXdrrwv,) to in rank or dignity, Matt. ii. 6. v. 19

ma/te less, trans, e. g. in dignity, 'Inaovv IXdx. xxv. 40, 45.
KXrjS-jyo-erai, 1 Cor.

irapd TOVC dyylXovf, to make lower than, xv. 9. in weight or importance, Matt. v.
Heb. ii. 7, 9, quoted from Ps. viii. 6 19 tvToXai iXax. Luke xii. 26. 1 Cor.
where Sept. for -|gn. Sept. also for vi. 2. iv. 3 see in E'tpi II. h. /?. So
Sept.
tt"y72n Num. xxvi. 54. Eccius. xviii. of dignity for
TJ$ 1 Sam. ix. 21. Job
5. "xlii. 29. Philode Opif. p. 20. A. Xen. xxx. 1. -jap 2 K. xviii. 24. of impor-
H. G. 1. 4. 16. Pass, or Mid. intrans. tance, for iaj? Prov. xxx. 24 __ Of dig-
to become less, to decrease, John iii. 30. nity Wisd. vi[ 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 6. H.
Sept. for iprj Jer. xliv. 18. Eccius. G. 7. 1. 4.
xviii. 19, 20. *xli. 2. Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 1.
Philo de Gig. p. 287. C. Plut. Vit. , rj, ov, (compar.
from the less, far
superl, iXaxivTog,) far
Pyrrh. 26 init.
inferior, Eph. iii. 8. Such double com-
'EAauvo;, f. l\dff<t>, perf. tXjjXaica, parisons, though used by the poets, are
to drive, to impel, to urge on, trans. In elsewhere found only in the prose of a
N. T. later age, Buttm. 69. n. 3. Winer
a)
of ships and clouds driven about 11. 2. b. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 136.

by winds, James iii. 4. 2 Pet. ii. 17 __ 'EXavvw.

'EAaw, f-
iXdaa), see
Jos. Ant. 5. 5. 3 rbv VCTOV ijXavvs
dvefiog.
Spoken of oxen, Eccius. xxxviii. 28. 'EAcaajO, b, indec. Eleazar. Heb.
horses, Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 29. al. Metaph. (God his helper), pr. name of a
of a person, Luke viii. 29 rjXavvtro virb man,' Matt. i. 15 bis.
TOV Sainovog K. T.X. Wisd. xvi. 18. xvii.
15. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 5.
17, (eXeyx w ?) convic-
tion, reproof-, 2 Pet. ii. 16 !Xtyiv %eiv,
b) by iinpl. to impel sc. a vessel with i.
q. eXsyxeo-S-ai, to have conviction, i. e.
uars, i. e. to row, absol. Mark -vi. 48.
to be convicted, reproved __ Sept. Job
Johnvi. 19. So Sept. forta^' Is. xxxiii.
xxi. 4.
21. Horn. Od. 13. 22. Thuc. 3. 49.
Xen. H. G. 6. 2. 29. Fully written c. ov, o, (Xeyx,) con-
rqv vavv, Horn. Od. 15. 502. Xen. Ath. vincing argument, proof, JE1. V. H. 7.
1.2. 19. Arr. Diss. Ep. 3. 10. 11. In N. T.
conviction, i. e.
by meton.
certain per-
af, ?, (tXa^pog,) light suasion, Heb. Also in the sense
xi. 1.
ness, pp. in weight, Hesych. eXa^pta- of refutation, sc. of adversaries, 2 Tim.
KovQoTijc. In N. T. metaph. spoken of iii. 16. Sept. for nrpin Job. xiii. 6.
mind, lightness, inconstancy, 2 Cor. i. nnpifi Hos. v. 9.
xxiii. 4. Long, de
17. Hesych. IXatypia- /xwpt'a. A word Sublim. Fragm. 3. 11.
of the later age, Lob. ad Phryn. p.
343. 'EAlyx^' ^ ^ w> to sname > to dis-

grace, only in Homer, as Od. 21. 424.

a, oi>, light, not heavy, II. 9. 518 or 522. Usually and in N. T.
easy to bear; Matt. xi. 30 QopTiov to convict, to prove one in the wrong, and
pov iXcufipov iffTiv, i. e.
trop. my thus to shame him, trans.
S2
 2SO

a) pp. to convict, to show to be wrong, 2 K. xiii. 22. Ps. vi. 2. urn Deut. xiii.

etc. John viii. 9 virb TIJQ avvtiShatiag, 17. Is. xiii. 18. Ml. V. H.' 14. 40. Xen.
eXeyxo^fvoi. seq. Trtpi John viii. 46. xvi. Mem. 2. 6. 1. Spoken perhaps of those
8. Also 1 Cor. xiv. 24. James ii. 9. Sept. who had charge of the poor, etc. Rom.
for Train Ps. 1. 21. Prov. xxx. 6 xii. 8. Comp. Sept. and 'pn Prov. xiv.
Jos. "Ant. 4. 8. 15. Ml. V. H. 12. 51. 21, 33. xxviii. 8 Of those who are freed
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 12 __ Hence, to convince from deserved punishment, in the Pass.

of error, to refute, to confute, Tit. i. 9 to obtain mercy, to be spared, 1 Tim. i.

TOVG avTiXiyovrae iXi-y^eiv. ver. 13. il. 15. 13, 16. Comp. Sept. and pi Deut. vii.

So Sept. for TTpin Job. xxxii. 12. ipn 2. *>?prT Is. ix. 19. Ez. yii/4, 9. By
Prov. xviii. 1?". Arr. Diss. Ep. 2. 1. 32' impl. and from the Heb. to be propitious
Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 1. towards, to bestow kindness on, Rom. ix.
b) by impl.
to reprove, to rebuke, to 15, 16, 18, quoted from Ex. xxxiii. 19
admonish; Luke iii. 19 l\tyxn^.tvoQ vie' where Sept. for pn. comp. Gen. xliii.29.
avrov Matt, xviii. 15. in N. T. of the mercy of
'Hpw^ia^Of.
irtpi b) spoken
1 Tim. v. 20. 2 Tim. iv. 2. Sept. for God through Christ, or salvation in
TTDin Gen. xxi. 25. Prov. ix. 8. Christ, i.
q. to bestow salvation on ;
Ecclus. xix. 12, 13, 14, 16. JE1. V. H. Pass, to obtain salvation ;
Rom. xi. 30.
13. 24. Xen. Mem. 1. 2.47 __ Hencefrom 31, 32. 1 Cor. vii. 25. 2 Cor. iv. 1.
the Heb. in the sense of to reprove by 1 Pet. ii. 10.

chastisement, to correct, to chastise, in

a moral sense, Rev. iii. 19 tXsyxw /cat
mercy, compassion, Sept. for Iprj Prov.
iraiSevw. Heb. xii. 5 quoted from Prov.
iii. 11, 12, where
xxi. 21.
np.S Is. xxxviii. 18. Callim.
Sept. for nrpin. Sept. in Del? 162 __ In N.T.by meton.
Hymn,
also for
rrpin Job v. 17. Ps. vi. 2.
of effect for cause, alms, charity, money
xxxviii. 2.
given to the poor, etc. Matt. vi. 1 in text.
c) by impl. spoken
of hidden things,
rec. where others SiKaioavvij q. v. Matt.
to detect, to demonstrate, to make manifest;
vi. 2, 3, 4. Luke xi. 41. xii. 33. Acts
John iii. 20 where tXeyxS-y ^ s parallel with xxiv. 17.
iii. 2, 3, 10. ix. 36. x. 2, 4, 31.
favtpu&y in ver. 21. So Eph. v. 11, 13.
Sept. forChald. n]?T$ Dan. iv. 24 [27].
Pol. 9. 22. 9. Herodian. 3. 12. 11.
Ecclus. iii. 14. xii'. 3. Diog. Laert. 5.
Ml. V. H. 12. 5. Xen. Conv. 8. 43.
17

dc, fa 6v, inclined

(tXeoe,)
to pity, merciful, Herodian. 1. 4. 3. In
merciful, compassionate, i. e. actively so,
N. T. deserving pity, pitiable; by impl. Matt. v. 7. Heb. ii. 17. Sept. for -pan
wretched, miserable, 1 Cor. xv. 19. Rev. Ex. xxii. 27. Ps. ciii. 8. TDTT Jer. iii.
iii. 17. Suid. eXe sivof 6 iXeovQ a/o. Jos.
12. tnrn Ps. cxlv. 8. Horn. Od. 5.
Ant. 4.6. 7. Diod. Sic. 13. 28. The Attic
191. Lysias 168. 40.
form is tXeivoe, Lob. ad Phr. p. 87.
I. "EXtoc, ou, o, mercy, compas-
'EXttw, w, f. J?<, (Xoe,) to pity,
sion, active pity, see Tittm. de Syn.
i. e.
to have compassion on, to have mercy
N. T. p. 69 sq. Comp. in 'EAeew above.
on, sc. a person in unhappy circum-
Matt, xxiii. 23. Tit. iii. 5. Heb. iv. 16.
stances, trans. Pass, to be pitied, to
Sept. for -pST Is. Ix. 10 __ Horn. II. 24.
obtain mercy; implying not merely a 44. Jos. Ant/4. 8. 26. Luc. D. Deor. 13.
feeling of the evils of others, (sympathy, 1. From the Heb. goodness in general,
oucnp/iO,)
but also an active desire of
and espec. piety, Matt. ix. 13 and xii. 7,
removing them ; see Tittm. de Synon.
N. T. p. 69 sq. quoted from Hosea vi. 6 where Sept. rb
for IpH, parallel to iTwyvaxric Stov
a) genr. Matt. V. 7
avrol iXerjSrjffovrai
ix. 27 tXkrjaov rjfJtciQ, vif Aa/3i. XV. 22.
xvii. 15. xviii. 33 bis. xx. 30, 31. Markv.
"EXfOc, aouc, TO, found only
II.
19. x. 47, 48. Luke xvi. 24. xvii. 13. in the N. T. and ecclesiastical
Sept.
xviii. 38, 39. Phil. ii. 27. Jude 22 see in
writers, i. q. 6 tXtog which alone is
iVw a.
Sept. for pn 2 Sam. xii. 22. used by classic writers ; comp. H.
 261

Planck de Indole, etc. in Bibl. Repos.

Eph. vi. 8. Col. iii. 11. Rev. vi. 15. xiii.
I. p. 668
mercy, compassion, i. e. active 16. xix. 18. Trop. of the
;
heavenly Jeru-
pity see in'EXtoc I, and comp. in'EXtlw
; salem, nobler, Gal. iv. 26. Sept. for t/nti
above. Neh. xiii. 17. Ecc. x. 17. Esdr. iii. 19.
a) genr.
Luke i. 50, 78. Rom. ix. 23. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 3, 4, 6.
(|3) freed,
xv. 9. Epb. ii. 4. 1 Pet. i. 3. James made free, John viii. 33. 1 Cor. vii.
21,
iii. 1 7. Sept. for ipn Neh. xiii. 22. Ps. 22. Sept. for ntiDn Ex. xxi. 2, 26, 27.
li. 1. al. saep. orn beut. xiii. 7. Is.
(r)/ree ? exempt, sc. from an
obligation,
Ixiii. 7. So iroitiv iXiog fisra TIVOQ, to do law, etc. Matt. xvii. 26. Rom. vii. 3 et
mercy with any one, i. e. to show mercy 1 Cor. vii. 39,
comp. Sept. for ttfgQ!)
to, it q. i\ttiv, e. g. Luke i. 72. x. 37. Deut. xxi. 14. Herodian. 1. 10. 4i-Li
James ii. 13. Sept. for Qi> IpTJ rripy
T
Also free, from external obligations in
Gen. xxiv. 12. 1 Sam. xv. 6. al.
saep . general, so as to act as one pleases, 1
Also fifyaXvvtiv tXeoc fjitrd TIVOQ, Luke Cor. ix. 1, 19, coll. ver. 4. (Xen. Hi. 1.
i. 58. In the phrase (ivrjvSrivai iXsovg,
16.)
Or in respect to the exercise of
to remember mercy, Luke i. 54, i. e. to
piety, 1 Pet. ii. 16.
give a new proof of mercy and favour
to Israel, in allusion to God's ancient b) metaph. free from the slavery of
sin, John viii. 36. Rom. vi. 20 l\tv$epoi
mercies to that people comp. Ps. xxv. ;

Ixxxix. 29, 50. Ty StKaiovvvy, free AS TO righteousness,

6. Sept. for iptT *gj
2 Chr. vi. 42. Jer. ii. 2 __ Spoken of comp. ver. 18. For the dat. see Winer
31. 3. Matth. 400. 6. Buttm.
mercy as exhibited in the remission of 133. 3.
deserved punishment, James ii. 13.
Comp. Sept. for Ujpi-r
'
Num. xiv. 19.
f. wo-
also Ecclus. xvi. 13. 'Song of 3 Childr. 7),

14.
to free, to set at liberty, trans, pp. Xen.
of the mercy of God through Mem. 2. 1. 28. In N. T. metaph. to
b) spoken make free, sc. from the power and pun-
Christ, i. e. salvation, sc. from sin and
ishment of John viii. 32, 36.
misery, in the Christian sense. Jude21
sin, seq.
ri> tXeof 'Irjffov, i. e. the salvation of or
OTTO c. gen. 18,22. From the
Rom. vi.

through Christ. Rom. xi. 31. So in yoke of the Mosaic law, Gal. v. 1, or of
its condemnation, seq. airo Rom. viii. 2.
benedictions, including the idea of mer-
cies and blessings of every kind e. g.
From a state of calamity and death, Rom.
wy tXeoc 6 icvpiog, 2 Tim. i.16, 18. also
;

viii. 21. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 21 77 ^V M

Gal. vi. 16. pdXiGTa iXtv&spovTat. pp. seq. airo II. G.
joined with eipijvrj, etc.
1
5. 2. 12.
Tim. i. 2. 2 Tim. i. 2. Tit. i. 4. 2 John
3. Jude2.
n, (obsol.
ac, '/> (e\v3fpoc,)/ra?- i.
q. p%o/tat,)
a coming, Acts vii. 52.
,

dom, liberty, sc. to do as one pleases, 1 Act. Thorn. 28. Hesych.

Cor. x. 29. 2 Pet. ii. 19. (Diog. Laert.
7.
121.)
From the yoke of the Mosaic
, ov, (?Xe0ae,) ivory,
law, Gal. ii. 4. v. 1, 13 bis. 2 Cor. iii.
adj. i. e. made of ivory, Rev. xviii. 12.
17, coll. ver. 6, 7. so from the yoke of
Sept. for )$ 1 K. x. 18. Am. iii. 15
external observances in general, 1 Pet. ii.
Herodian. 4. 2. 3, 13.
16. From the dominion of sinful appetites
and passions, James i. 25. ii. 12.
(Xen. ,
indec. JEliakim, Heb.
Mem. 4. 5. From a state of calamity God name of a
2.) ( appointed), pr.
and death, Rom. viii. 21. man, 'Matt. i. 13 bis. Luke iii. 30.

cpa, ov, pp.

one who <
indec. Heb.
6, Eliezer,
can go where he will/ from obsol. IXeu-
Sw, i.
q. tpxofiaij heuce,free, at liberty,
^ (God
Liike'iii. 29.
his
help), pr.
name of a man,

viz.

a)
in a civil sense,
(a^free-born,
1 Cor. 3, 6, indec. Eliud, pr. name
Jtii. 13. Gal. iii. 28. iv. 22, 23, 30, 31. of a man, Matt. i. 14, 15 j prob. comp.
 262 "EXXi

from Heb. *>x God, lin praise, but not by the Myrmidons ;
afterwards of the
found in O. T. whole central part of continental Greece,
r;, indec. Elizabeth, Heb. as far north as to Thesprotia, excluding
'EXtaaj&r,
ynir!?K (God her is Etislieba Ex. the Peloponnesus and islands, Hes. Op.
oath)
vi. 23, the wife of Zacharias and mother 655. Herodot. 8. 44, 47. Plin. H. N. 4.
of John the Baptist, Luke i. 6, 7, 13, 24, 11. In this sense it seems to be used
36, 40, 41 lis, 37. Comp. prob. from in Acts xx. 2, where it is distinguished
Heb. ^K God, and y^f to swear, or from Macedonia. Comp. Arr. Exp. Al,
yzty
to satiate ; not found in O. T. M. 2. 10. 11. ib. 4. 11. 14. See in
'EXto-aatoe, ou, o, Elisha, Heb. 'AXI Elsewhere in the classics it is
yip"^X (God his deliverance), the cele- likewise spoken of the whole extent 9f
brated' prophet of the O. T. Luke iv. 27. the
Greece, including Peloponnesus,
See 1 K. xix. 16 sq. 2 K. c. 2. c. 4 sq. c. the islands, Macedonia, etc. Xen. Vect.
xiii. 14 sq. I. 6.and so as opposed to Asia Minor,
V. TTO), f. Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 5. but sometimes also
w,
#o roZ/ zip, to fold up, as a garment to be including Ionia, Herodot. 1. 92, where
laid away ; trop. of the heavens, Heb. i. Ephesus said to be Iv ry 'EXXafo.
is

The Heb. name for Greece is

quoted from Ps. 27 where Sept. i.
12, cii. y\* q.
for Heb. fpbnrr. Comp. Is. xxxiv. 4, 'Iwvia, Sept. 'luvav Gen. x. 2, but the
where Sept. for b>2 Horn. II. 22. 95. Sept. translate it also by "EXXctf, Is. Ixvi.
Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 206. .
19, Ez. xxvii. 13.

"EXicoc, oue, TO, (E'/\KW,) a wound,

0, 'EXXrjv, TJVOC, o, Hellen, pr. name
Horn. II. In N. T. and later
11. 812. of the son of Deucalion, Hes. Fr. 28 j
writers, an ulcer, a sore, LukeT xvi. 21. then of his descendants, "EXX^vtc, the
Rev. xvi. 2, 11. Sept. for yrpri Ex. ix. early inhabitants of the Thessalian Hel-
9. Job ii. 7. Pol. 1. 81. 5. 'Xen. Eq. las, Horn. II. 2. 684 j
afterwards a gen-
5.1. eral name
for all the Greeks, Herodian.
3. 2. 14. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 11 Hence in
ow, w,f. w<rw, (e'\KO,)7'0 ulcerate,
trans. Pass, to befull of ulcers, Luke xvi.
N. T. "EXXjjv a Greek, ol "EXXnves the
20. Xen. Eq. 1. 4. ib. 5. 1. Greeks, viz.
a) pp.
as opp. to ot /3ap/3crpoi, under
'EXicuw, a later form, i.
q. t\Kw, q. v. which term are comprised all who are
Passow in voc. not Greeks, Rom.
where the i.
14,
f. i\KV(ra) from Buttm. polished Greeks are the ot oofoi. So
"EXicw, i\Kvu),
Acts xviii. 17, spoken of the Greek in-
114, aor. 1 f'iXKvffa, to draw, to drag,
trans, e. g. a net, John xxi. 6, 1 1 a habitants of Corinth in distinction from
.
sword,
John xviii. 10.
the Jews but the reading is uncertain.
Sept. for TT^Q Ps. x. 9. ;

Philo de Conf. Ling. p. 347. E. Xen.

Jer. xxxviii. 13. miJ'732 Sam. xxii. 17.
IkKvaavTig Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 19. f'X/co>
Vect. 1. 4. Comp. Loesner Obs. e Phil,

Herodian. 4. 9. 14. Xen. An. 5. 2. 15. p. 243.

Of persons, as opp. to ot 'lou^atoi it means a
to drag, to force away, e. g. b)
before magistrates Acts xvi. 19 ii\KV(rav. Greek, the Greeks, in the broadest sense,
i. e. all those who use the Greek lan-
James ii. 6 eXicovaiv. or out of a place
Acts xxi. 30 tl\Kov. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 1. guage and customs, whether in Greece,
Asia Minor, or other countries and as
Cyr. 8. 1. 32 Metaph. to draw, i. e. to ;

this was then the prevailing language,

induce to come, John vi. 44. xii. So
32.
the name Greek was often used to de-
Sept. and -iptfa Cant. i. 4. Comp. Xen.
Conv. 1. 9. signate all those who were not Jews,
i.
q. Gentiles comp. Hug in Bibl. Re-
;

, a&oc, */? Hellas, Greece. pos. I. p. 547 sq. Acts xvi. 1, 3. xix.
At first this was the name of a city in 10,17. xx. 21. xxi. 28. Rom. i. 16. ii.

Thessaly founded by Hellen the son of 9, 10. in. 9. x. 12. 2 Cor. i. 22 24.
Deucalion, Horn. II. 2. 683 ; then of the x. 32. xii. 13. Gal. ii. 3. iii. 28. Col. iii.

adjacent portion of Thessaly inhabited II. So Acts xi. 20 in later ed. for
 'EXX 263 'EX7T/C

'E\\T)vioTdg in text. rec. John vii. 35 bis, Sep. ttn instead of an infin. Luke xxiv.
where &aer7ropd TUIV 'EXXrjvwv is the dis-
rj 21. Acts xxiv.26. 2 Cor. i. 13. xiii. 6.
persed among the Gentiles. Comp. Sept. Philem. 22. Comp. Winer 45. 2 ult,
for Qnra&B Is. ix. 11. 1 Mace. viii. 18. Seq. accus. of thing, tohopefor, Rom.
:

2 Mace. iv. 30. Jos. Ant. 12. 5. 1. viii. 24, 25. 1 Cor. xiii. 7. Hence Pass.

c) spoken
of a Gentile convert to Ju- ra tXTTt^o/zeva, Heb. xi. 1. Xen. Mem,
daism, a Greek proselyte, John xii. 20. 4. 3. 17.
Acts xiv. 1. xvii. 4. xviii. 4. b)
in the constr. to hope in or on
any
i. e. to trust in, to
one, confide in; so
'EXXrjvficoc, ', ov, Greek, Grecian,
Luke Rev. ix. 11. genr. seq. dat. Matt. xii. 21 r< ovo/iart
xxiii. 38. Sept. Jer.
avTov tSvrj iXTriovvi, in later edit, but
xlvi.16. 1.16. Jos. Ant. 12.5. 1,5. Xen.
text. rec. lv r< 6v. see below. Seq. tig
Cyr. 22. 28. c. accus. John v. 45 tig ov eXTriKare. So
'EXXrjvt'o t'Soe, (fern, of adj. r/>
Sept. for brv Is. li. 5. into Ps. cxlv.
pp. Greek, in fern. 2 Mace. vi. 8.
**3X\iji>,) 15.
(Herodian. 7. 10. 1.) Seq. tiri nvi,
Xen. An. 5. 1. 1. In N. T. a female Rom. xv. 12 sir' avr^ t$vr) tXTriovvi. 1
Greek, i. q. a Gentile, Mark vii. 26 yyy?) Tim. vi. 17. Sept. for ntt^ Judg. ix.
EXX. Acts xvii. 12. Comp. in"EXXj7vb. 26. Ps. xliv. 7. Comp. Matth. 399.
Palseph. 35. n. 1. Seq. kiri nva, 1 Pet. i. 13. So
'EXXrjv/OTT/e, ou, o, (iXXrjvitu, to Sept. for ruga Judg. xx. 36. Ps. Ixii. 9,
Hellenize, i. e. to speak Greek, Thuc. 2.
11. Spoken of those who put their
68. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 25. Lob. ad Phryn. trust in God ; geq. tig c. ace. 2 Cor. i.

379 sq.) a Hellenist, i. e. a Jew by 10. Seq. CTTI c. dat. 1 Tim. iv. 10. So
p.
birth or religion who speaks Greek ; Sept. for nBS Ps. xxvi. 1. al. eomp. Is.
used chiefly of foreign Jews and prose- xi. 10. Seq. eiri c. accus. 1 Tim. v. 5.
whether converted to Christianity 1 Pet. iii. 5. So Sept. for noa Ps. xxxvii.
lytes,
or not, Acts vi. 1. ix. 29. So text. 3, 5. irhl Is. xi. 10
Spoken of trusting
rec. Acts xi. 20, where later edit. "EX- in Christ, seq. iv c. dat. 1 Cor. xv. 19.

Xrjvag. See Hug. in Bib. Repos. I. 547 Sept. c. kv for g nB3 2 K. xviii. 5. Ps.
Winer 3. p. 28. n.* Wetstein on xxxiii. 21. Comp. iXirida l\tiv lv rivi,
eq.
Actsvi. 1. Xen. Mem. 4.2. 28. coll. Pol. 1. 59. 2.
r

EXX7Vt<Trf,adv. (t\\nviZa>,yn Greek, , ri, hope, confident ex-

i,.e.in the Greek language, John xix. pectation, sc. of good,

20. Acts xxi. 37 __ Xen. An. 7. 6. 8. a) genr.
Rom. viii. 24 ry k\iri^i tcru)-

Comp. Buttm. 119. 15. c. Srjuev, in hope are we saved, as yet

only in expectation, not actually. 2 Cor.
w, f. n<Ta), x. 15. Thil. i. 20. With a gen. of the
to reckon in, i. e. to put to one's account,
thing hoped for, Acts xxvii. 20 iracra
Philein. 18. Metaph. of sin, to impute, xvi. 19. xxvi. 6, 7.
i\7rlg TOV <rw^c(T^ai.
Rom. v. 13 -- Hesych. IXXoyel- raraXo- xxiii. 6 Kal dvaffTdaewg, in-
rrcpi iXiridog
y i<r at. stead of 7Tpi eXiridog rijg avaaTaatug.
or of the person hoping, Acts xxviii. 20.
a/u, 6, indec. Elmodam, pr.
name of a man, Luke iii. 28.
2 Cor. i, 7. Sert. for rnpn Job xiv. 7.
xvii. 15. Ez. xxxvii. 11. rrn$ Is. xxxi.2. :

'EX7rio>, t<ro>, f. Att. fut. Herodian. 2. 7. 9. ib. 6. 2. 8. Xen.Cyr.

(X7n'f,)
fATriw Buttm.
95. 7, to hope, to hopefor, 1. 6. 19. H. G. 4. 8. 38. So Trap' i\-
to expect, trans, and absol. irida, against hope, without ground
i. e.

of hope, Rom. iv. 18. Also i-rr e\7ridi,

a) pp. absol. 2 Cor. viii. 5. seq. infin.
Luke in i. e. with
aor. vi. 34 Trap' wv !X7nerc cnro- lit. on hope, Engl. hope,
Acts
Xa/3m>. xxiii. 8. Acts xxvi. 7. Rom. xv. hope, full of hope and confidence,
24. iCor. xvi.7. Phil. ii. 19,23. iTim. ii. 26. Rom. iv. 18. viii. 20. 1 Cor.
ix. 10

2 John 12. 3 John 14. Ps. iv. 9. xvi. 9.

iii. 14. seq. bis. Sept. for ITO^
mfin. perf. 2 Cor. v. 11. Herodian. 1. By meton. spoken' of the object of hope,
12. 9. Thuc. 7. 21. Xen. Ag. 7. 6 Rom. viii. 24 bis, IXnlg ik p\nron'tvri OVK
 264 7TW

comp. in BX7r<o 1. b. 1 Cor. part. ipfiac, to intans.

iXnic, go in, to enter,
ix. 10 TTJC iXiridoc /irxv in text. rec. John v. TO Jos.
4, supply 'c v$tp.
So Sept. and rnpn Job vi. 8 __ Callim. Ant. 5. 1. 3. Xen. An. 4. 3. 20 __ Else-
Ep. 20. where only as followed by tig TO irXo"ov
spoken espec. of the Christian's
b) go on board, to embark, Matt. viii.
etc. to

hope, i. e. the hope of salvation through 23. ix. 1. xiii. 2. xiv. 22, 32. xv. 39.
Christ, of eternal life and happiness, Markiv. 1. v. 18. vi. 45. viii. 10, 13.
Rom. v. 2 i\7T. rf/f 6i]Q row Stov. v. 4, Luke v. 3. viii. 22, 37. John vi. 17, 22,
5. xii. 12 ry \7ri'^i xatpovrtf. XV. 4, 13 24. 1 Mace. xv. 36. Pol. 1. 25. 2. Xen.

bis, 6 Sibf TTJC lXir. i. e. God the author An. 1.3. 17.
and source of hope. 1 Cor. xiii. 13. 2
Cor. 12. Thess. 'Eju|3aXXw, fiaXw, (iv, /3aXXw,) to
f.
iii.
Eph. ii. 12. iv. 4. 1
cast in, Luke xii. 5
iv. 13. v. 8. 2 Thess. ii. 16. Tit. i. 2. ifi(3aXtiv tic TTJV yeev-

iii. 7. Heb. iii. 6. vi. 11. x. 23. 1 Pet.

vav. Sept. for b"lpn Jonah i. 12, 15.
TpblTTT Gen. xxxvii'. 21. al ^El. V. H. __
i. 3. iii. 15. Seq. gen. of the thing or 2. 4." Xen. H.G.I. 7. 21.
person on which this hope rests, Eph.
i. 18. Col. i. 23. 1 Thess. i. 3 -- By
,
f. ^w, (tv, /3a7rrw,) to dip
meton. spoken of the object of this
hope, in, sc. into any thing, trans. Matt. xxvi.
i.
q. salvation, Col. 5. Gal. v. 5 cc 23 rrjv x7pa iv r< rpw/3Xty. Mark
i.
6 /i/3.
iriartdiQ iXTriSa tiiKaioGvvrjg, i. e. the
hope xiv. 20 6 iju/3a7rro/ttvo tic rb rpv-
or salvation resulting from justification
(Mid.)
/3Xtov. John xiii. 26 e/i/3.TO ipwju'ov, sc.
by faith. Tit. ii. 13. Heb. vi. 18. vii. ti c TO rp Test. XII Patr. p. 637. Aris-
19. Meton. also of the source, ground, Nub. ds TQV Ki)pbv ra> irotie.
toph. <Jvl/3ai|/
author of hope, Christ, Col. i. 27.
e. g. Athen. IX. B.
p. 367.
1 Tim. i. 1. genr. 1 Thess. ii. 19.

c)
of a hope in or upon any one, i. e. ar* vw, f.
evffu, (iv, paTevu i.
q.
trusty confidence, etc. seq. tfc,
Acts xxiv. /3atvw,) pp.
to go in, to enter, e. g. t/c ri
15 iXirida x wv t'? Tov ^rt " v 1 -P 6 *- * 21. opof Jos. Ant. 2. 12. 1. Jilsch. Pers. 449.
seq. ivi TIVI, 1 John iii. 3. Comp. in Dion. Hal. Ant. I. p. 196. in a hostile
'EXirifa b. sense, \wpav, i. e. to invade, 1
tig TIJV
Mace. xii.xv. 40 __ In N. T. ine-
25.
a, 6, Elymas, i.
q. 6 /ua
,
taph. to go into a matter, to investigate,
a magician, as explained by Luke, Acts and with the idea of impertinence, to
xiii. 8. It appears to come from the
pry into, to intrude into, seq. accus. i.
q.
Arabic E^,
wise, learned. with 18
j'f implied, Col. ii. 8.
fir) i^otttv
ifipaTtvuv. 2 Mace. ii. 30.- Philo de
Eloi, interj. Aram. TT^t,
'EX<u/',
Plant. Noe, p. 225. de Opif. p. 16. Xen.
my God, Mark xv. 34, quoted from Ps. Conv. 4. 27 in some editions.
xxii. 2 where Sept. 6 Stog ftov for Heb.

^N, which Matthew writes iJX/, Matt.

xxvii. 46. 'Eju|3//3aw, f. a, (iv, /3i/3aa>,)
to
cause to go usually spoken of a ship,
in,
to embark, to put on ship-board, trans.
*Ejuaurov, rjc? ouj reflex, pron. of Acts xxvii. 6 ivefliflafftv rjfias tiq avro, SC.
1 pers. found only in gen. dat. ace. sing.
TO TrXoTov. Comp. in'E/i/3atvw. Pol. 1.
of myself, to myself, myself, etc. Luke
49.5. Xen. An. 5. 3.1.
vii. 7. John v. 31. viii. 14, 18, 54. 1
Cor. iv. 3. 2 Cor. ii. l.al. For air' ifiav-
TOV and t s/zayrov, see in 'Airo III. 2. c.
f. *, (Iv, /3X7ra,,) to look
'EK 3. d Sometimes used merely as in,pp. into a place, Bel. and Drag. 40.
Hence in N. T.
the simple l>ov, Matt. viii. 9. Luke
vii. 8. John xii. 32. Philem. 13. al. a) to look in the face, to fix the eyes

See Matth. 148. n. 2. Buttm. 75. 3. upon, to regard fixedly, seq. dat. Mark
X. 21 'Irjffovs ififiXtyac ai/ry. ver. 27.
n. 3. AL.
xiv. 67. Luke xx. 17. xxii. 61. John i.

(iv, flaivu,)
in N. T. 36, 43. Matt. xix. 26. Pol. 15. 28. 3.
only in aor. 1 ve/3jv, inf. if Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 2. Se-j. / c. ace.
 265

Acts i. rov ovpavov, comp. ver. 10

11 tie Luke xxiv. 13. The supposed site
where it is
artvi^ovrtq. So in the is still pointed out, with ruins of some
sense of to look at or upon, i. e. to con- extent see Rosenm. Bibl.
;
Geogr. II. ii.
template, to consider, Matt. vi. 26 tec rd 198. Jos. B. J. 7. 6. 6,
x^ov o jcaXeTro/
irenivd, coll. Luke xii. 24. So Sept. ru>v
and t^an Is. Ii. 1, 2, 6 Ecclus. Another Emmaus
ii. 10. lay in the plain of Judah, towards Joppa,
by impl. to look at distinctly, i. e. and was called by the Romans Nicopolis j
b)
see clearly, to discern, trans. Mark viii. it is not mentioned in N. T. but often

25, coll. ver. 24. absol. Acts xxii. 11. elsewhere, as 1 Mace. iii. 40. Jos. Ant.
14. 11.2. B. J.2.20.4.

depon. Mid. (iv, ftptfia.op.at v. 6op.ai to ,

f. evw, (iv, pkvio,} to re-
be enraged, indignant, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 9,) main in a place, seq. Iv c. dat. Xen.
to express indignation sc. against any one, An. 4. 7. 18. In N. T. metaph. to re-
seq. dat.
main in, to continue in, to persevere in,
a)
in the sense of to murmur against, seq. tv c. dat. Gal. iii. 10 TTCLQ OQ OVK tp,-
to blame, Mark xiv. 5. Suid. lv/3pi/u/- pivii iv irdffi rolq yeyp. Heb. viii. 9.
ffaro-HIT 6py/}f i\a\ijvtv. Sept. Is. xxx. 18. Pol. 3. 70. 4 iv ry TrtVrtt.
b) by impl.
to admonish sternly, to Plut. Artaxerx. 23 init Seq. dat. __
charge strictly, i. e. to threaten with simply, Acts xiv. 22 ry iriffni. So Sept.
one's indignation for disobedience ; for trpn Deut. xxvii. 26. Pol. 1. 43.
Matt. ix. 30 ivtfipifjiJiaaTo ovrolf. Mark 3 ry iriffrei. Xen. Ag. 1. 11.
i. 43. Symm. for 3 -^ Is. xvii. 13.
o, indec, Emmor, Heb.
'Ejujuop,
Hesych. KtXiv-
iftflpififjffai' iiriTtfiijffai, *li?2n
(ass) Hamor, Acts vii. 16. Comp.
aai. Id. Ijtflftj&fWOf* /ter' airtiXijc IvreX- Gen.xxxiii. 19. Josh. xxiv. 32. On the
difficulty inActs 1. c. see Kuinoel and
c)
like Heb. tpn, usually
<
indignatus Olshausen in loc.
st,' but also spoken of any great per-
TJ, ov, possess, adj.
of the
turbation of mind, e. g. grief, to be j

first pers. sing, my, mine, viz.

greatly moved, to be agitated, seq. dat. of
manner, John xi. 33 ivi(3p. ry Trvtu/tart, a) pp. marking possession, property,
where it is parall. with Irapa&v iavrov. etc. Matt, xviii. 20 rd tybv ovofia. John
ver. 38 tv lavry. So tTD)n Gen. xl. 7. iii. 29. iv. 34. Rom. x. 1.
(Xen. al. saep.

Conv. 5.5.) TO e/t6v, rd e/id, my own,

Sept. rrapay/ii>oi, Cod. Alex. ffKvSptniroi.
Dan. i. 10.
i. e.
my property, etc. Matt. xxv. 27. xx.
15. Luke xv. 31. Emphat. ry ifty %pi',
'E/if'w, w, f. taut, to spue out, to with my own hand, 1 Cor. xvi. 21. Gal.
vomit forth, seq. ace. trop, in contempt, vi. 11. Col. iv. 18. Implying power,
Rev. iii. 16. Sept. for ^|? Is. xix. 14. office, etc. OVK tanv tyov sc. dovvai, it is
JEl. V. H. 9. 26. Xen. An. 4. 8. 20. not mine to give, Lat. meum non estt
f.
Matt. xx. 23. Mark x. 40 Comp. Jos.
of'/tai, (ev, pal-
mad in or against Ant. 2. 16. 1 oov tori tKTrooi&iv.
0<? any per-
son or thing, be furious against, seq. b) spoken of things which proceed
dat. Acts xx vi. 11. So t/i/iuvfc, furious, from any one as the source, author, agent,
etc. Mark viii. 38ro~ti ifiovs Xoyoue.
Luke
raging, Wisd. xiv. 23. Plut. ed. Reisk.
ix. 26. John vi. 38. vii. 16. viii. 16. xiv.
11. p. 798.
27. Rom. iii. 7. al. saep. So TO kpov, i. e.
6, indec. Emmanuel, John xvi. 14, 15.
Heb.
'EjUjuavom'jX,
God with my doctrine,
!?M3T*)3> Immanuel, i. e.
or passively, Winer
c) objectively
us, a name of the Saviour, Matt. i. 23.
22. 7. n. 3. Matth. 466. 2. Spoken
See Is. vii. 14. 10.
appointed, destined, for
viii.
of that which is

a person, as 6 John vii. 6, 8.

KCLIOOQ o e/ioc
TI, village 60Emmaus, a
John viii. 56. Kctipbc rrjg
furlongs or about 1\ miles from Jeru- 17 rifiipa i) ipri
tws 2 Tim. iv. 6. or of that
salem, probably in a northern direction,
 266

which is done to or in respect to a per-

'EjUTTnrAlJjUt, f.
ifnrXqaw, (Iv, Trip."

son, as tig TTJV ifiijv avafivijaiv, in my i, the fibeing dropped after */z,
memory i. in memory of me, Luke
e. Buttm. 114. Lob. ad Phr. p. aor. 1
,
95,)
xxii. 19. Cor. xi. 24, 25.
1 dyarrjj ?/ aor. 1 pass. iveTr\rjv$niv, par-
kviirXtjcra,

ifji-fj,
i. e. love of me, John xv. 9. Jos. ticip.pres. ifnrnrXtiv Acts xiv. 17, from
Ant. 1.3.8 IgvjSpcgov tig rrjv ifuqv tvffi- a form tfitmrXattt less usual in this tense
fitiav, i. e. tig 4/u, towards me. Xen. and not Attic, Buttm. ^ 114 Tri'^TrX^t.
Cyr. 3. 1. 28 0iXiV ry l/ty 8. 3. 32 rrjq 106. n. 5. 107. n. 1/2 __ To fill in,

cuptag. i. e. the gift to me. AL. Lat. implere, i. e. to fill up, to make full,
trans. Sept. for^73 Gen.xlii. 25. Prov.
xxiv. 4. Herodian/1. 12. 5. Xen. Mem.
scoffing ; only in later edit.
2 Pet.
,
1. 4. 6. In N.T. spoken only of food,
3 iv t/i7raiy^ovy ifj,TralKrai, i. e. intens.
iii.
to fill,with food, to satisfy, to satiate,
for shameless scoffers. Gesen. Lehrg. r>.
absol. John
vi. 12 we e ivf.ir\r]a$i]aav.
671. 3. Stuart 456. Not found in
Sept. for yili> Lev. xxvi. 6. Ps. Ixxviii.
Sept. or Greek writers.
29 Xen.Cyr. 1.3.4. Mem. 1.3. 6.
So trop. to fill, to satiate, sc. one's desire
ov, o, (t/t7rai^w,) deri-
with good, absol. Luke vi. 25.
sion, mocking, Heb. xi. 36.
scoffing, Seq.
Wisd. xii. ace. and gen. Luke i. 53. Acts xiv. 17.
Sept. for np|j? Ez. xxii. 4
25. Ecclus. xxvii. 28. A form of the comp. Buttm. 132. 5. 2. Sept. for
Alexandrine age, Lob. ad Phryn. N^?3 Is. xxvii. 6. Ps. cvii. 9. ynty Jer.
p.
241. n. xxxi. 14. Ecclus. xvi. 30 -- Metaph.
Pass, to befilledv/iih any person or thing,
w, f. cu'w, (iv, 7rai'a>,) aor.
i. e. as in Engl. to enjoy the society,
a later form instead of the
a, intercourse of any one, Rom. xv. 24 lav
earlier ivkiraiaa, Buttin. 114 naifa. u. Comp. Hist, of Su-
Phryn. et Lob. p. 240 ; pp. to sport in,
sann. 32.
with, against any one, Lat. illudere, Engl.
.
to illude, to mock, i. e. 7T<TOV^ai,
aor. 2 ivk-nicov, to fall in, seq. tig c. ace.
to deride, to scoff at, seq. dat. Matt.
a)
of place, to fall into; Matt. xii. 11 fie
xxvii. 29 iveiraiZov auT$. \tyovTtg. ver.31.
Mark x. 34. xv. 20. Luke xiv. 29. xxii. floSvvov. Luke xiv. 5 ei'e 0plap. So Sept.
63. xxiii. 36. absol. Matt. xx. 19. xxvii.
and !?p3 Ex. xxi. 33. Prov. xxvi. 27.
41 . Mark xv. 31 Luke xviii. . 32. xxiii. 11 .
JEsop. F. 117 nvla !/i7re(Toi5<ra tiq %VTpav.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. rafypovQ. An. 5.
64 tig
Sept. forprre Gen. xxxix. 14, 17. M^nn
Ex. x. 2. ~L Mace. ix. 26. AnthoL ~Gr. 7. 25. Of persons, to fall in with, to fall
among, to meet with, Luke x. 36 fig roiig
III. p. 58, 115.
in the sense of to delude, to deceive, Xyardg. 2 Mace. v. 12. Arr. Epict. 3.
b) 13. 3 OTO.V Xen.
Pass. Matt. ii. 16. fi'c Xyarag IfiTrkvufiiv.
Sept. Jer. x. 14.
Cyr. 3. 1. 4. Metaph. to
ib. 8. 5. 14.

'EjUTTCUKTrjC, OU, o, (fyl7Tlw,)

a fall into any state or condition, to come
mocker, scoffer, spoken of impostors, into, to incur, seq. etc, 1 Tim. iii. 6 els
false prophets, etc. 2 Pet. iii. 3. Jude vi. 9.
Kplfia. ver. 7. /
ovtidtfffjLov. Sept.
18. See Matt. xxiv. 24 sq A word of and $>p} Prov. xvii. 21. xxviii. 10.
the Alexandrine age, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 1 Mace. vi. 8. JEl. V. H. 5. 2. Xen. H. G.
241. n. 7. 5. 6. So ifjnreatlv fig xTpa $tov, to
j, w, f. ri<ro>, (iv, fall into the hands of God, i. e. into his
pp. to walk about in a power, for punishment, Heb. x. 31. So
place, e. g. TTJV yijv, Sept. for Tjlbnnn Sept. and ^D} 2 Sam. xxiv. 14. 1 Chr.

Job i. 7. ii. 2. Wisd. xix. 21. in

also xxi. 13. Ecclus. ii. 18. xxxviii. 15.
N. T. metaph. to walk in, or among a f-
w, (iv, TrXtKW,) tO
fKO),
people, to live among, i. e. to be habitu- braid in, to interweave, pp. JEl. V. H
ally conversant with, absol. 2 Cor. vi. 16. 13. 1 ivtirXiKOVTO ol KITTOI fiaXaKolg fiev-
So Sept. and T&rrnn Lev. xxvi. 12. Deut. dpoig __
In N. T. metaph. to involve in,
xxiii. 14. to entangle; Mid. to entangle one's self
 267

in, 2 Tim. ii. 4. Pass. 2 Pet. ii. 20 __ In N. T. trade, traffic, commerce, Matt.
Isocr. 181. E. Pol. 1. 17.3. ib. 25. 9. 3. xxii. 5. Sept. for rnfrp Ex. xxvii. 15.
Comp. Sept. Prov. xxviii. 18. n?DT Ez. xxviii. 5. Pol. 3. 23. 4. Thuc.
see
6. 44. Xen. Hi. 9. 9.

a , ou, TO, f/tTTopof,)

em-
?}, r)c "hi
(*/i7r\*ca>,)
porium, mart. John. ii. 16 ot/cov ifiiropiov,
braiding, intertwining, plaiting, sc. of the
a mart-house. Sept. Is. xxiii. 17. Ez
hair in ornament, 1 Pet. iii. 3. Comp. xxvii. 3. Thuc. 1. 13. Xen. Vect. 3. 3.
1 Tim. ii. 9. Judith x. 3. Jahn 125.

a>,
f. tv<T<i), (Iv, to ou, o, (kv, ir6poG, pas-
TTVJW,)
blow in or upon, to breathe in, intrans. sage, transit, fr. ireipw, Trtpdw, Trope w,)
e. g. alXoig ipirvfiv, Anth. Gr. II. p. 103. lit. a passenger from one place to
Horn. II. 17. 502. genr. to draw breath, another, 6, iv nopy &v, one on a journey,

to breathe, i. e. to live, Plut. Eumen. Suit. a traveller, etc. Soph. (Ed. C. 456.
CEd. T. 25, 303. Espec. a passenger by
Aristoph. Thesm. 926 or 933. Eurip.
Phoen. 1440. Sept. Ifnrviov for ^'D3 ship who pays fare; and this indeed
Josh. x. 28 sq. seems to have been the earliest use of
Trop. trans, to breathe
Wisd. xv. the word, (for which later
in, to inspire, c. c. ace. et dat. eTrijSarjjg,)
1 1 u><rav.
Horn. Od. 2. 319. ib. 24. 300. et ibi
luTrvtvaavra aur^ ^/y^)v
Horn. Od. 9. 381 Sapaoc. II. 15. 262
Schol In N. T. and usually, a mer-
In N. T. trop. and intrans. to chant, trader, i. e. one who trades to
p'tvos
foreign countries by sea or land on a
breathe, to respire, and seq. gen. to
breathe of any thing, i. e. to be full of, large scale, a wholesale dealer distin- 5

to be ready to burst with j Acts ix. 1 guished from the Kairr}\OQ or ayopaiog,
i^Trv'niiv a7rti\rJG *ai fyovov. See Matth. who purchased his wares of the t/iTropoc
376. Buttm. 132. f>. 2 __ So and dealt them out at retail Bceckh
j
see

Anacr. 9. pvpuv 3 roaovrwv Staatshaush. I. p. 366. comp. Passow

t/i7ropoc et KaTnri\oQ. Xen. Vect. 3. 12,
Aristajnet. I. Ep. 5 TTVIWV Svpov. Achill.
Tat. 2. p. 65 tpwroe irvti. Aristoph. Eq. 13. Mem. 3. 7. 6. Cyr. 5. 4. 42. Plat.
435 KaifiaQ TTVCI. See Kypke and Eisner Rep. 2. 12. p. 371. D. So Rev. xviii.

3, 11, 15, 23. Matt. xiii. 45 avSpuiroQ

in loc. Comp. Heb. np^ Ps. xxvii. 12.
see in 'AV^PWTTOC 2. b. Sept. for
t/iTTTpoc,
f.
'EjUTTOpeuojueu, tvaofjiai, depoii. nrrD Gen. xxxvii. 27. 1 K. x.28. Ez.
Mid. (Iv, iropevofiat, or /*7ropoe q. v.) xxvii. 12. 0*1 Ez. xxvii. 15, 20 sq.
to go in, to enter in, seq. ace. Sept. Gen.
Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 3. Herodian. 4. 10. 9.
xxxiv. 24. seq. irpog, i. e. to any one, to
Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 38. Mag. Eq. 4. 7.
have intercourse with, Plut. ed. Reisk.
VI. 119. to travel about in, to journey, f. ?<rw, (i

Soph. Elect. 405. CEd. T. 456 or 464. Lat. incendo, to inflame, to set on fire, i. e.
Pol. 28. 10. 6. In N. T. and usually, to destroy by fire, rr\v TTO\IV Matt, xxii*
to travel about, sc. as a merchant or 7. Sept. for ]-mp
Deut. xiii. 16. Judg.
trader on a large scale, i. e. to trade, to xviii. 27. Henxlian. 3. 7. 16. Xen. H.
traffic, viz. G. 1.2. 4.

a) genr. and absol. James iv. 13. Sept. adv. and prep. (Iv,
-inp Gen. xxxiv. 10. xlii. 34. 2 Chr.
for
, before, viz.
ix. 14~ Diod. Sic. 5. 39. Xen. Lac. 7. 1. 1. As adv. of place, after verbs of
b) seq. accus. to traffic in, to make gain motion, forwards, Luke xix. 28 ipTropev-
of, 2 Pet. ii. 3 V^ICLQ ifjnroptixrovTai, i. e. cro ifATrp. or before a person implied,
they will deceive you for their own xix. 4 __Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 5. Xen. Cyr.
gain. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 8 OVK 4. 2. 23. So
(virgins) TO. tfiirpoaSev, things before,
rov (rwfiaroz.
ifiiroptwopivai rtjv wprjv Phil. iii. 14. Comp. Buitm. 125. 6, 7.
Athen. XIII. p. 569. F. See Winer _ Xen. An. 6. 3. 14. Mem. 2. 3. 19.
p. 503 sq. Of the body, before, in front, Rev. iv.

ae, n, nopoc, a 6. So Sept. and tnD Ez. ii. 10 __ Test.

journey for traffic, Arr. Epict. 3. 24. 80. XII. Patr. p. 591. Xen. An. 5. 4. 32.
 'E/iTTTVW

In Sept. and Greek writers spoken also Athen. 0. 11. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn.
of time, Kuth iv. 7. Judg. i. 11. al. p. 17. Thorn. Mag. p. 507.
Ml. V. H. 2. 41. Xen. Vect. 4. 28.
2. As prep. seq. gen. Buttm. 146. 2.
,
Pass, to appear in e. g. a
Spoken
mirror, Xeri. Conv. 7. 4), pp. appearing
a)
of place, before c. gen. of person, hence genr. apparent,
in any thing
after verbs of motion, etc. John iii. 28. ;

and t/i0av/}e yiVo/tai, to become apparent,

x. 4 tfjiTTp.
avT&v TroptviTai. Matt. -

vi. 2.

xi. 10. Mark 2. Luke vii. 27.

i.
q. ln$aviop.ai, hence to appear, to
i. Sept.
be seen openly, Acts x. 40. JE1.
for "job Gen. xxiv. 7. xxxii. 3, 16. 1 Chr.
V. H. 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 23.
21.
xv. 24! Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 7. ib. 3. 2. 5.
Metaph. become manifest, known, etc.
to
Genr. before, in the presence of, Matt,
Rom. x. 20, quoted from Is. Ixv. 1
v. 16. vi. 1. x. 32 bis, 33 bis. xvii.2. xxv.
32. xxvi. 70. xxvii. 11, 29. Markix.2.
where Sept. for irrm Sept. for yp
Ex. ii. 14. Plut. Ro'mul. 23 init. Pol.
Luke v. 19. xii. 8 bis. xiv. 2. xix. 27.
22. 15. 7.
xxi. 36. John xii. 37. Gal.ii. 14. 1 Thess.
ii. 19. So Matt. vii. 6 /3d\Xv f/tTrp. \. t'w, f. t<ra>, (^ovj)?,) to
xxiii. 13 or 14 K\s.itTt ri]v /3cr<r. T&V
ovp. make apparent, cause to be seen, to to

tj.i7rp.
to shut up
TWV dvSp. before, so as to shew, trans. Pass, to appear, to be seen
prevent from entering ; comp. Sept. openly.
Is. xlv. 53
avoi(ti t/iTTjj.
ai'Tov 3vpag. for "p.p*? a) pp. Matt, xxvii.
1. Act. Thorn. 7 oi tfnrp. avT^g VTrrj- TToXXotf. Heb. ix. 24
Hence and from the Heb. 7Tp00(iJ7r<{) TOV &OV WTTCp TjflUIV, 1. C. In OUF
TOV Stov, before in the
God, behalf; for the construction ipf. T$ Trp.
of God, i. e. God b<?ing
night witness, comp. Sept. and Heb. Ps. xlii. 3, coll.
God knowing and approving ;
1 Thess. xcv. 2.
3. 9, 13. 1 John 19. Comp. to make known, to
b) trop. to manifest,
i. iii. iii.
"
Heb. ^pb
1

p" ^?, Sept.

Siicaiov ivav-
declare, to shew, seq. dat. Acts xxiii. 15
TIOV, Gen. vii. l."SoMatt. xi. 26 et f/.ut>avi(TaTe T$ xi\iapx<{> OTrwg r. T. X.
Luke x. 21 OVTMQ lylvtro ivdon'ia tp.- seq. ace. et Trpog, xxiii. 22 ravra irpog fit.

seq. on Heb. xi. 14.

TrpovSrev ffov, see in Ftvojuai II. b. /3. Sept. TIV'I TI for
Matt, xviii. 143iXr/jua ifnrp. <rov. So Heb. ~lN Esth. ii. 22 -- nvi TI Jos. Ant. 8
">
"*3P<
PS"1> Sept. tvSoKia ivuiTTtov 4. 2\ Diod. Sic. 14. 11. Xen. Mem. 4.
Seov Ps. xix. 15. dtKTuv tvavrt Kvpiov 3. 4. rovro ort Xen. Cyr. 1. 26. IQ
Ex. xxviii. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art.
38. Jos. Ant. 14. 10. 8. In a judicial
rqD D. 1. Lehrg. p. 820. 9 ult
b. sense, seq. dat. et ard TIVOQ, to inform
Seq. gen. of thing, before, at, Matt. v. against, to accuse, Acts xxiv. 1. xxv. 2.
24 tfiirp. TOV SvaiciffTrjpiov. Acts xviii. 17. so Trtpi Ttvog, xxv. 15. Jos. Ant. 10. 9. 3
2Cor. v. 10. Rev. xix. 10. xxii.8. Comp. Kara 14. 10. 12 irepi. Of a person
Sept. and ^p*> Neh. viii. 3. 2 Chr. v. t[ji<f>aviZtiv
(avTov TIVI, to manifest one-
5. Ceb. TabVl. self, L e. to let oneself be intimately
of time, before, seq. gen. of pers.
b) known and apprehended, John xiv. 21.
John i. 15, 27, 30. So Sept. and 22. So Sept. for }TTin Ex. xxxiii. 13.

*ydb. 2 K. xvii. 2. xxiii. 25. al. Herodot. Wisd. i. 2.

:

7. 144.
oc, ou, o, >!, adj. (iv, 0o/3oc,)
to pp. in fear, i.e. terrified, affrighted, Luke
'E/iTTTUW, f. vffu, (iv, TTTUW,) spit
in or on, seq. ti'g, as tie TO -Trpown-ov, xxiv. 5,37. Actsx. 4. xxii. 9. xxiv. 25.
to spit in one's face, Matt. xxvi. 67. genr.
Rev. xi. 13. 1 Mace. xiii. 2. Theophr.
xxvii. 30. Sept. tig r6 Ttp. for Num. Char. 24 or 25. 1.
pT
xii. 14. Kara TO irp. Deut. xxv. 9. See ,
f. I']<TOJ, (iv, <f>v<rctM,}
Jahn 180 ult. Plut. ed. Reisk VI. to blow in or on, to breathe on, absol.
715. 14, (.{lTTTVf.IV TlVl t(Q TO TTpOffWITOV. John xx. 22. Sept. for riD? of wrath
Seq. dat. Mark x. 34. xiv. 65. xv. 19. Ez. xxii. 21. of a wind xxxvii. 9
Pass. Luke xviii. 32. JE1. V. H. 1. 15. Ez. xxi. 31. Dioscor. 5. 99
 269

vfftfiiv. Comp. Horn. II. 19. al. comp. xviii. 35. i v Ty

159. Matt. v. 19. viii. 11. al. v
ofy. Traery ry
ou, o, rj, adj.
, yy, Rom. ix. 17. Matt. xxv. 18,25. iv

inborn, implanted, sc. by nature, Wisd. T$ KofffKf), John xiii. 1. Col. i. 6. al. l v
xii. 10. Pol. 9. 11. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 7. ry SaXdffvy Mark v. 13. iv pcay T i)Q $ a \.
5. In N. T. trop. implanted, engrafted, vi. 47. 2 Cor. xi. 25. Of a book,
sc. from another source, rov l/t^vrov writing, etc. Mark xii. 26 iv ry /3i/3\ v
>iyov James i. 21, the gospel being here Mwtrlwf. Luke ii. 23. xx. 42. al. Acts
represented under the figure of a seed or xiii. 33 iv ry ^/aX/uy T$ Stvr. Heb. iv. 5.
shoot implanted or engrafted, as else- v. 6. So Heb. 7 iv Aa/3i', i. e. in the
iv.
where by seed sown ; comp. Mark vi. 14 book of David, the Psalms. John vi. 45
sc[.
Barnab. Ep. c. 9, r/ t/*0. Smptd rijs iv TOIQ TTpo^raig. Rom. xi. 2 iv 'HX/p,
rii: T. Stov. Herodot. 9. 94 i. e. in the section
respecting Elijah.
Of the body and its parts, Rom. vi. 12
iv Ty SvijTtji (Tiofian. 2 Cor. xii. 2. Matt,
'Ev, prep, governing the dative, iii. 12 iv
Ty \tipi avrov. Rev. vi. 5. xi.
with the primary idea of rest in any 9. al. (Xen. An. 6. 1. Matt. vii. 3, 4,
9.)
place or thing, as also on, at, by. As iv T< 6f9-aXju<. Matt. i. 18,23, iv ya<rrpl
compared with ilg and tr, it stands be- X ilv > * e to be pregnant, see in Taorr^p
-

tween the two, ti'c implying motion into, b. Luke i. 44 iv ry /eoiXfy. Trop. iv Tolg
iv the being or remaining in, and iic mo- Rom. vii. 5. James iv. 1. ev ry
tion out of. See Passow in 'Ev. Winer ,
iv ra7f Kapdiaig, Matt. v. 28.
52. a. Matth. 577. Luke ii. 51. Matt. ix. 4. Mark ii. 6/8.
1. Of place, which is the primary and iv <rr6fiaTi 1 Pet. ii. 22 Spoken of per-
most frequent use, and spoken of every sons, pp. in one's body ;
Matt. i. 20 TO iv
thing which is conceived as being, re- avT-g ytvvnSiv. vi. 23. Acts xx. 10. of a
maining, taking place, within some de- demoniac Acts xix. 16. Trop. Rom. vii.
finite space or limits, in, on, at, by, etc. 17, 18, 20. al.
Sept. usually for Heb. 3. b) spoken
of elevated objects, a sur-
within ; Luke xi. 1 iv TO-KV etc. in, i. e. on, upon, as a fig-
a) pp. in, face,
Tivi. Matt. viii. 6 iv ry ouc/p. Acts ii. 46 tree, iv avry Mark xi. 13. a moun-
iv TV iipv> Luke xxii. 65 iv piay Ttjg tain, iv rtf opfi, Luke viii. 32. John iv.
ayX//f . Matt. iv. 23 iv TOIQ ervvayuiyaTf . 20. Heb. viii. 5. (Sept. and in^ Ex.
iv. 21 iv TV TrXoi'y. xi. 2. Mark v. 3. xxxi. 18. Luc. D. Deor. 4.3. Xen. An.
John v. 28. xi. 17. xix. 41. Phil. i. 13, 4. 3. Matt. viii. 24
31.) (racr/iog Iv ry 3-ct-

Luke 57 et xix. 36 iv ry bdy. Matt.

ix. Xdffvy, on the lake. Luke xii. 51. John
V. 2. 5, iv Tals pvpatg. xi. 16 iv dyopaTg. xx. 25. Acts vii. 33. 2 Cor. iii. 7 !vr*-
Luke vii. 32. Matt. xx. 23 iv ry 7r6X. ruTrw/ilvj; iv Xi5oi. Rev. iii. 21 iv r<
xiii. 24, 27, iv TV ay/oy. al. ssep. Hero- $p6v v (Horn. Od. 8.422.) Rev. xiii. 12.
.

dian. 1. 9. 7. ib. 1. 12. 12. Xen. Cyr. 1. xviii. 19. Trop. Jude 12 iv raig aydiraif
4. 5. An. 1. 2. 8, 26. With the names
of cities, countries, places, etc. Luke ii. in a somewhat wider sense, im-
c)
43 iv 'ltpovaa\r)i*. Matt. ii. 1, 5, iv Br]$- plying simply contact, close proximity,
Xel/i. Rom. i. 7 ir 'Putfiy. Matt. ii. 19 iv etc. in, i. e. at, on, by, near, with, equiv-

Alyvirry. Acts vii. 36 iv yy Ai'y. Matt. alent to Trapa e. g. iv ti Tivog, Heb.

;

ix. 31. iii. 1, 3, iv ry iprjpv rjjf 'lovSaiag. i. 3. viii.l. x.12. Rom. viii. 34. al. (Xen.
iv. 13. Acts ix. 36. x. 1. 1 Thess.
vi. 4. 2. 4. 5 iv TCUQ' yw-
So Matt. vi.
Cyr. 2.)
viag TUV TrXarauiv. xxiv. 36 et Acts
Herodian. 1. 3. 1. ib. ii. 19
i. 7, 8. al.
seep.
3. 2. 7. Thuc. 7. 21. So iv TV 7y iv TV ovpavv, in or on the sky. (Horn.
Luke xvi. 23. comp. Matt. x. 28. Rev. II.22. 318.) Luke xiii. 4 6 Trvpyog iv TV
xxi. 8. iv iv TOIQ ovpavoig, at or near the fountain, comp.
ovpavv, jXwo/i,
Matt. vi. 10, 20. Luke xv. 7. Matt. v. Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 1. Luke xvi. 23 et John
12. xvi. 19. al. also of 6 7rar)p 6 xiii. 23, see in 'Ava/c/iat 2. Matt. vii. 6
God,
iv roif ovp. as adj. i. 6 i-n-ovpavioQ, KaTaTraTr)ff<i>ffiv iv rolg TTOfflv
q. firjiroTf.
avrwv. at or under their feet. John
Jieavenly Father, Matt. v. 12, 45. vii. 11. i. e.
 'Ev 271 'Ev

5. 6. Hence metaph. in the sight of 6/\i'yy /roXXo ".TTtcrov. Plato Apol. 7.

any one, be being judge; Luke xvi. 15 comp. in full, Xen. Cyr. 2.
4.2.)
With
TO iv dv$rpio7roiv\l/TiX6v, i. e. in the sight, a pron. absol. e. xpovy Mark
g. iv $, sc.
judgment, of men. 1 Cor. xiv. 11 6 ii. 19. John (Thuc. 7. 29. Xen. An.
v. 7.

XaXwv, tv ijjiol /3ap/3apof. Col. iii. 20. 1. 10.

10.)
So with art. and adv. Luke
Demosth. 764. 15. ib. 813. 10. Eurip. vii. 11 iv Ty eZric. viii. 1. John iv.31 iv

Hipp. 1335. So by Hebraism, tv <tySaX- TV fifTa^v Xen.Conv. 1. 14. Spoken

fioTf v/i<Sv, in,
i. e.
before your eyes, in of an action or event which serves to
your judgment, Matt. xxi. 42. Mark mark a definite time ; Matt. xxii. 28 iv
xii. 11. So Sept. and "p Luke xi. 31,
"3"^ Ps. cxviii. Ty avaoTOLfffi. 32, ivTyicpi<rti.
23. Comp. Gesen. Le'hrg". p. 820. 1 John xxi. 20 iv r$ deiTrvy. 1 Cor. xv.
Mace. i. 12. 52 iv Ty iffx- <raX7riyyi. 2 Thess. i. 7.*1

f) spoken
of that by which one is John ii. So iv olc, sc. irpdy-
28. al. seep.
surrounded, in which one is enveloped, fjiaai, i. e. during which things, mean-
etc. in, with. Matt. xvi. 27 tpxtaSai *v while, Luke xii. 1. Luc. Alex. 36 iv
ry S6%y. xxv. 31. al. Mark xiii. 26 iv T<$ Xot/i^. Diod. Sic. 14. 68. Xen. Mem

vt$'t\aiQ. Luke xxi. 27. al. Acts vii. 30 2. 1. 32. Herodian. 5. 1. 4 iv OIQ.
^v^XoyiTrvpog. Horn. II. 15. 192 ovpavbg Espec. c. dat. of art. and infin. in, i. e. on
iv ai3epi KO.I vc^sXytri. Of clothing, or at an action or event, while it is taking
Matt. xi. 8 lv fj.a\aico7s i/iarioig 7/*0i- place ; Luke ix. 36 iv T<$ ytviaSai TTJV
ffffjiivov. vi. 29. vii. 15. Mark xii. 38. ijxiivrjv. i. 8. ii. 6. v.l. xxiv. 51. Acts
Heb. xi. 37. James ii. 2. al. of orna- viii. 6. al. saep Sept. 1 Sam. i. 7. Diod.
ments, 1 Tim. ii. 9. of bonds, Eph. vi. Sic. i. 21. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.5.
20. So tv (rapKi, in the flesh, i. e. clothed of time how long, i. e. a space or
b)
in flesh, in the body, 1 John iv. 2. 2 period within which any thing takes place,
John 7. Zy iv vapid, Gal. ii. 20. Phil. in, within, iv Tpivlv rtpepais, in three days,
i. 22.
Sept. and ^ Deut. xxii. 12. Ps. Matt, xxvii. 40. Mark xv. 29. al. So
cxlvii. 8. Jos. Ant. 18. G. 7 6 iv ry Trop- Sept. and 5 Is. xvi. 14. ^El. V. H. 1.

Qvpidt. Pind. Isth.6. 53. Herodian.2. 6. Diod. Sic. 20. 83 ult. Xen. Ag. 1. 34
13. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 4. Hence of iv Svolv tTolv.
that with which one furnished, which
is 3. Trop. of the state, condition, man-
he carries with him, etc. 1 Cor. iv. 21 ner, in which one is, moves, acts ; of the
iv pd(3S v tXSai. Heb. ix. 25. Metaph. ground, occasion, means, on, in, by,
Luke 1. 17 iv irvivpaTi KO.I dvvapei 'HXiou. through which one is affected, moved,
Rom. xv. 29. Eph. vi. 2. Sept. and 3 acted upon, etc.
Gen. xxxii. 11 iv pa/3^. Josh. xxii. 8.
a)
Of the state, condition, or circum-
1 Sam. i. 24. Ps. Ixvi. 13 Jos. Ant. stances in which a person or thing is,
6. 9. 4 av fikv iirepxy pot iv pop.^>aiy. K. T. X. viz.
Diod. Sic. 18. I6ult. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 14. either external or internal ;
(a) genr.
Mem. 3. 9. 2. comp. Passow 'Ev 2. Winer 52. p.
2. Of time, of time when, i. e. a 330. Matth. 577. 3. E. g. of an ex-
a)
definite point or period, in, during, on, at, ternal state ;
Luke35 iv rpvQy vTrap-
vii.
which any thing takes place, etc. Matt, "X.ov~(.Q, viii. 43 yvvfj ovaaiv pvffti aV/zarof.
ii. 29 et xi. 21 iv
tipfivy, comp. James ii.
ii. 1 iv rifispats 'Hpo^ow. iii. 1. viii. 13.

xii. 1, 2 iv aappaTy. Acts xx. 7. 1 Cor. 16 viraytTf. iv tiprjvy for which see in Eij
xi. 23. al. saepiss. John xi. 9, 10 iv Ty 4. Luke xvi. 23 iv f3aadvoi^. xxiii. 1
j)/i6p2, iv ry VVKTI, i. e. by day, by night. iv IX^P$- ver 40. Rom. i. 4 vibe Stov tt
-

Palseph. 52. Herodian. 1. 5. 1.

1. tfwva/m. viii. 37. 1 Cor. vii. 18, 20, 24.
Xen. An. 1. 5. 16. With a neut. adj. xv. 42, 43. 2 Cor. vi. 4, 5. Gal. i. 14
Acts vii. 13 iv T$ dsvrepy. 2 Cor. xi. 6 iv T$ 'lovda'iany. Phil. ii. 7. 2 Thess.
iv iravTi, SC. XP V V Phil. IV. 6. So Acts iii. 16 iv iravTi rpoTry, i. e. in every state,
xxvi. 28 iv oXiyy, sc. xp v v> shortly, and at every turn. 1 Tim. ii. 2. al. ssep
ver.29 iv Xiyy Kal iv TroXXy, in short Herodian. 1. 3. 3. Pol. 8. 10.4. Thuc.
or in long, comp. Kuinoel. (Luc. D. 6. 35. Xen. Mem. 3. 3. 9 U loay. An.
Deor. 9. 1. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 12 iv 2. 5. 38. Of an internal state, sc. of the
 'Ev 270 'Ev

XV. 4 lav (ro KXfJ^a) piivy iv Of those in or with

/ZT) rtfi ^t- (7) whom, i. e. in
i.remains on, attached to, the
e. whose mind,
TrlXw, heart, soul, any thing ex-
vine. xix. 41. Rev. ix. 10. John xi. 10 istsor takes place, e . g. virtues,
(?rapa,)
8rt TO $>Q OVK lanv iv avry, i. e. by vices, faculties, etc. John i. 48 iv $ 6-
him, around him, in his path. So trop. Xog OVK Ian. iv. 14 iv avrqt, i. e. in his
1 John i. 5 Herod ot. 1. 76. Pol. 2. soul. xvii. 13. Rom. vii. 8. 1 Cor. ii. 11.
66. 10. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 45. H. G. 7. 5. viii. 7. 2 Cor. xi. 10. Eph. iv. 18. Phil.
18. An. 4. 8. 22. Trop. c. dat. of per- 6. al. So KpviTTfaSai iv Sty, i. e. in
son, i. e.
(a) spoken of those with the mind and counsels of God, Col. iii.

whom any one is in near connexion, 8. Eph. iii. 9. So iv iavry, iv iavrolg,

intimate union, oneness of heart, mind, in or with oneself, themselves, i.e. in one's

purpose especially of the union by

; heart, Matt. iii. 9. Luke vii. 39, 49. John
faith of Christians with Christ, who are v. 41. Rom. viii. 23. Eph. i. 9. James
then in Christ, as a branch in or on a vine, ii. 4. al.
John xv. 2, 4, 6. So John v-i. 56. xiv. 20.
d)
of a number or multitude, as indi-
Rom. xvi. 7, 11. 1 Cor. i. 30. ix. 1,2. cating place, in, among, with, equivalent
2 Cor. v. 17. Eph. ii. 13. al. ssep. to iv /i<ry, in the midst ; Matt. ii. 6 Xa-
1 Thess. iv. 16 ot veicpoi iv Xptory, i. e. XiffTr] iv rolg rjytfioffiv 'lovSa. xi. 11
who died in union by with Christ,
faith OVK iyrjytQTai iv yfwjjrotg yvvaiK&v. ver.
as Christians. 1 Cor. xv. 18. Rev. xiv. 21 ol ytvofjievoi iv vfuv. xx. 27. Mark
13. Hence ot XOKTT^ as adj. Chris-
iv x. 43. Luke i. 1. John i. 14. xi. 54.

tians, i.
q. ot Xpierrtarni, viii. 1. 2 Cor. Acts ii. 29. xx. 32. Rom. i. 5, 6. 1 Cor.
xii.2. Gal. i. 22. 1 Pet. v. 14. al. So xi. 18. Eph. v. 3. 1 Pet. v. 1, 2. 2 Pet.
genr. i. e. in connection with Christ, in ii.8. al. ssepiss. So iv iavrolg, among
the Christian faith, Rom. xii. 5. Gal. iii. themselves, Matt. ix. 3. xxi. 38. Acts
28 rravrff v/ietf tlf Ion iv Xp. V. 6. vi. xxviii. 29. (Thuc. 7.
67.)
iv aXXf/Xoif,
15. Phil. iv. 1,7. 1 Thess. iii. 8. 1 John with one another, Mark ix. 50. John xiii.
ii. 24. al. Vice versa of the union of 35. Rom. xv. 5. (Luc. Asin. 19.) So
Christ with Christians in consequence with a dat. sing of a collective noun,
of their faith in him John vi. 56. xiv. ;
Luke iv. 25, 27, iv r$ 'Icrpar/X. i. 61 ii. .

20. xv. 4, 5. xvii. 23, 26. Rom. viii. 9. 44. John vii. 43. Acts x. 35. Eph. iii. 21.
Gal. ii. 20. al. Of a like union with God, 2 Pet. ii. 1 al. Sept. for 3. 2 K. xviii. 5.
.

and vice versa, John

1 Thess. i. 1. 1
^ro Gen. xxiii. 6. Lev. xvi. 29. Tob.
:

ii. 24. iii. 6, 24. iv. 13, 15, 16. al. Of the iii.4 Horn. II. 13. 689. J31.V. H.1.31.
.

mutual union of God and Christ, John Luc. D. Deor. 23. 1. ib. Alex. 2. Xen.
x. 38. xiv. 10, 11, 20. al. Of the Holy An. 2. 3. 15. Cyr. 1. 3. 2. Hence with
Spirit in Christians, John xiv, 17. Rom dat. plur. of persons by whom one is
viii. 9, 11 bis. 1 Cor. iii. 16. vi. 19. 1 Pet. accompanied, escorted, etc. Luke xiv. 31 .

i. 11. al
(/3)
Of those in, with, on Jude 14 TjX&e Kvptog iv pvpidviv ayiaig
whom, i. e. in whose person or charac- avTov. So Sept. and g Num.xx.20.
ter any thing exists, is done, (comp. 1 Mace. i. 17. vii. 2 With a dat.
irapo,) e. g. in external life and conduct, plur. of thing, 1 Cor.
xv. 3 iv TTQWTOIQ,
John xviii. 38 et xix. 4, 6 oix f-voiaKd) iv the i. e. adv. first of all.
among first,
avr(ji airiav. Acts xxiv. 20. xxv. 5. 1 Xen. (Ec. 4. 4. Cyr. 1.6.24.
John ii. 10. 1 Cor. iv. 2. So genr. of of persons, by implic. before, in the
e)
presence of; Mark viii.
38 oc iiraiaxvvS'g
any power, influence, efficiency, e.g.from
God, the Spirit, etc. Matt. xiv. 2 Sid /if
iv Ty yevtq ravry. Luke i. 25. Acts vi.
TOVTO al Svvantig ivtpyovaiv iv avry. 8. xxiv. 21 COTWC iv avro~iQ, sc. as judges.
Johni. 4. xiv. 13. ver. 30 iv l/iot OVK t^" 1 Cor. ii. 6. 2 Cor. x. 1. Col. i. 23.
ovdtv. xvii. 26. 1 Cor. xii. 6. 2 Cor. iv. Trop. and from the Heb. Luke iv. 21 iv
4, 12. vi. 12. Gal. iv. 19. Phil. ii. 5, 13. TO~IQ baiv vfi&v, comp. Sept. and ^
Col. Heb. 21. 1 John iii. Deut. v. 1. Judith, xvi. 1. Plut. Leg".
i. 19. xiii. 9,
15. al. So iv lavry, in, with or of 10. p. 886. E, ica-rjjyopav iv aatfikaiv av-

oneself, etc. Matt. xiii. 21. John v. 26. SpAirois. Arr. Diss. Ep. 3. 22. 8. Pol.
vi. 63. 1 Cor. xi. 13. 2 Cor. i. 9. al. 17. 6. 1. Horn. II. 1. 587. Xen. Cyr. 1.
 272 'E,

mind, feelings, etc. Acts xi. 5 iv iii. 35. Acts iv. 12 OVK lanv iv
Rom. xv. 32 iv x a P$' 1 Cor. i. 10 iv T<$ ovSevl % ffb>Ti)pta. So iv Trvevfjia.Ti, i. e.
avT<i> vol K. r. \. ii. 3 iv aoStviiif Kai iv in the power or under the influence of
06/3</>. xiv. 6 lv ctTTOKaXinpfi K. T. X. the Spirit, in a state of inspiration, in-
i. e. in

the state or condition of one who re- spired, Matt. xxii. 43. Mark xii. 36.
ceives and utters a revelation. 2 Cor. Luke ii. 27. iv. 1. ix. 1. 1 Cor. xii. 3.
xi. 17,21. iv Afpoffvvy. Eph. iii. 12. v. also Matt. xii. 28. 1 Pet. iii. 19. Rev.
21. 1 Thess. ii. 17. 1 Tim. i. 13. ii. i. 10. iv. 2. xvii. 3. al: Of demoniacs,
11. Heb. iii. 11. James i. 21. ii. 1. iv TTvevfiaTi aica$apT<i>, i. e. in the power
Jude 24. al. saep. Horn. II. 7. 302. of, possessed, 2 Mark
Jos. i. 23. v.
Thuc. Xen. An. 7. 6. 38. Cyr.
3. 22. Ant. 3. 1. 5. Aristoph. Av. 1677 iv T$
5. 2. 5. In this usage iv with its dative Tpc/3aXXy irav TO Trpdyfia. Herodot. 6.
is often equivalent to an
adjective Rom. ;
109. Xen. CEc. 6. 14 iv aol iravTa. iariv.
iv. 10 tav iv avpofivcFTiq., iv TrepiTOfiy, i. e. Hence, yevopevoc iv iavT(f, having
as uncircumcised or circumcised. 2 come to himself, Acts xii. 11. Comp.
Cor. iii. 7, 8, et Phil. iv. 19 iv 6Zy i. q. Herm. ad Vig. p. 749, 856. Matth.
ivSoZog. I Tim. ii. 7, 12, 14. Tit. i. 6 677. 6 ult.

b) Of manner or mode, i. e. the state

iv Ka.Tijyopi<f, i. e. accused, iii. 5
tpya
TO. iv diKdioavvy, i. q. TO. Sinaia. Luc. or circumstances, external or internal,
Amor. 50. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 15. H. G. by which any action is accompanied, in,
7. 5. 8 __
So also adverbially, Acts v. with, in reference to which it is performed,
23 iv iravy afffaXda. Rom. ii. 28, 29, viz.
iv T(p Qavfpy, iv T<$ KpvTTTy. (Xen. of manner, etc. comp. "RK
(a) genr.
Cyr. 8. 1.
31.) Eph. vi. 24. 2 Tim. iv. 3. e. Matt. xxii. 37 ayairqv iv oXy Ty
2. Plato Gorg. p. 612. C. Xen. Cyr. Kapdiy. K. T. X. quoted from Deut. vi. 5

4. 5. 54. where Heb. 3, Sept. !*, as also Mark

(/3)
of the business, employment, ac- xii. 30, 33. So Mark iv. 2 SidavKnv iv
tions, in which one is
engaged ;
Passow 7rapa(3oXaiG. Luke
36 iv iZovoiy, KCIIii.

iv 2. a. Winer 52. p. 330. Thus dwafiti 25 avvo\r) i$vu>v

iiriTciffffti. Xxi.
Matt. xxi. 22 iv Trpofftvxy* Mark iv. 2 iv cnropi<p. John xvi. 25 iv Trapoi/ztatf
iv Ty Stdaxy avTov, i. e. as he taught. XaXelv. xxiii. 24 irpooKwiiv iv irvtvpaTi
viii. 27 et Luke xxiv. 35 iv Ty 6#<, i. e. /ecu
aXij$ei<t, i. e. to render sincere and
in the walk or journey. Luke xvi. 10. spiritual worship. Acts ii. 46. x. 48
John viii. 3 iv fioixdy KaTti\rjfj,fvr]v. Acts (3airTi(r3frjvai iv rtf 6v6p,a.Ti TOV Kvpiov,
vi. 1. xxiv. 16. Rom. i. 9 iv r< evay- comp. in Ba7rn'w 2. a. /3. Rom. i. 9 iv
yXty, labouring in the gospel, xiv.
i. e. T(fi irvtvfJiaTi p.ov. ix. 22. xv. 6. 1 Cor.
18. xv. 58. 1 Cor. xv. 1. 2 Cor. vii. 11. 4 TO KTjpvyfid fiov OVK iv irtiSole Xoyoig.
11 Iv Travrt. Col. i. 10 iv iravri tpytp. ver. 7. xiv. 21 . 2 Cor. iii. 7 iv ypap-
iv. 2. 1 Tim. iv. 15 iv TOVTOIQ Iff&t. v. fiaviv. Col. iii. 22. 1 Pet. ii. 24. 2
17. Heb. vi. 18 iv olg. xi. 34. James i. Pet. iii. 3. 1 John v. 6 IX.9-av iv T$
8. iv. 3. al. ssep. So Matt. xx. 15 TTOI- VOCLTI icai Tt^a'ifiaTi. Eurip. Bacch. 1167.
rjffai8 3tXw iv TOIQ t/iotg, i. e. in my own Herodian. 2. 13. 8. Palph. 32. 2
affairs, xxii. 15. xxiii. 30 KOIVWVOI iv i\3rhjv oiriffu CIVT&V iv ^pf^taiy fiadifffian.
T$ at nan, i. e. in slaying the prophets. Thuc. 6. 16. ib. 7. 67 OVK iv r< avruiv
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 1 6 Kvpog iv TOVTOIQ TpoTrqi Kivovfisvoi. So in an adverbial
tjv. ib. 1. 6. 15. Herodot. 2. 82 ol iv sense ;
Matt. xxii. 16 iv aXijSi
irotrjffu. Plat. Prob. p. 317. C, tlfil iv i. e. truly, in reality. Markix. 1

ry rk-xy-g. So c. dat. of person, i. e. <in Acts xii. 7 et xxii. 18 iv Ta\ti. (Thuc.

the work, business, cause of any one ;' 6. 92 Acts xvii. 31 et Rev. xix. 1 1
init.)
Rom. xvi. 12 rjrig iKoiriaaiv iv Kpivttv iv SiKciioavvy, i. e. righteously,
Eph. vi. 21. al. Rom. vi. 3 ro xxvi. 7 iv iKTivdq., continually. Col. iv.
fiov iv XpiffTifi. I Cor. iv. 17. al. 5. Eph. vi. 9 iv Trappticrip, boldly. Rev.
(y) implying in the power of any one ; xviii. 2
tKpat,tv iv Iff xvi. Judith, i. 1 J .

Passow iv 1. f. Matth. 577. 6. Acts VVisd. xviii. 9. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 11 lv T$

v. 4 iv ry try iov<Tia, comp, i. 7 et John Xiv vicissim.
 'Ev 273

of a rule, law, standard, in, by, iv riiuv /LtaSjjrE. 2 Cor. iv. 3. Eph. i.
(/3)
according to, conformably to ; comp. 20. Phil. i. SO.^Plato Meno. 82. p.
Passow Winer
iv 1. h.52. a. 3. b. A, iTnSeiicvvoSai tv TLVI. Xen. Cyr. 1.
Matth. 577. 3 ult. So Matt. vii. 2 iv 6. 29 So after verbs implying, < to do
$ rpt/zan Kpivtre, Kpi$T)<Tea$f. Luke i. 8 anything in one's case,' i. e. to or
for
Iv ry rati, corap. 1 Cor. xv. 23. Phil. one, where the ace. or dat. might stand ;

i. 8. Thess. iv. 15 iv Xoyy icvpiov.

1 1 Matt. xvil. 12 iTroirjffav iv ai)T< ova
Tim. i. 18 iv avralg sc. 7rpo0??riai. Heb. i$e\r)(rav. Luke xxiii.
31. 1 Cor. ix.15,
iv. 11. So of a rule of life, etc. Luke 1 Thess. v. 12 TOVQ KoiriSivraQ iv vfjlv,
1.6 Troptvofitvoi iv TraaaiQ TOIQ ivTO\aiQ i. e. for your benefit. So too 6/ioXoyav
Pind. Pyth. 4. 105 iv TOVT V X6y V . I v TIVI, to confess in one's case or
cause,
Thuc i. 77 iv rolg dfioioiQ VOJJLOIQ rag 1. to acknowledge, Matt. x. 32. Luke
e.

icpiatig TroieTv. Xen. Conv. 2. 8. Cyr, 1. xii. 8. Comp. Winer 32. 3. b. Also
2. 2. Mem. 3. 9. 1 So c. dat. of person
.
; ffKavdaXiZeaSai tv TIVI, to take offence
2 Cor. x. 12 iv iavroiQ iavrovg ftETpovvrtg. in any one, i. e. in his case or cause,
Also < in conformity with the will, law, Matt. xi. 6. xiii. 37. xxvi. 31, 33. al .

precept of any one John iii. 21 iv 3-t^> ;

Luc. Philopatr. 18 irtpolov TL iroirjeyg
ytt?}

iffnv tipyafffiiva. 1 Cor. vii. 39 iv Kvpitp. iv ipoi. Spoken also of that in which
Eph. vi. 1. any thing consists, is comprised, ful-

(y)
in the sense of in respect to, as to ; filled, manifested, etc. John ix. 30 iv yap
Luke i.
7, 18, irpo[3t(3T]Kevai iv r/yutpatf. Tovrif) Savfiaaruv kariv. Rom. xiii. 9 iv
Gal. iv. 20 ort an-opou/iai iv vftfv, comp. Toi>T<ft r< Xoy^j avcuctQaXatovTai. Gal. V.
Winer Comm. in loc. Eph. ii. 11 &vt) 14 6 Trag vofiog iv ivl Xoy^> irXrjpovTat.
iv (rapid. Tit. i. 13 Vva vyiaivuffiv Iv ry Eph. ii. 7. v. 9. Heb. iii. 12. 1 Pet. iii.

iriffTct. James ii. 10 et iii. 2 irrauiv iv 4. 1 John iii. 10 et iv. 9 iv TOVTQ i<J>a-

evi, iv Xoyy. So iv iravTi, in every res- vtptiiS/rj. iv. 10. 17. al. So from laxness of
pect, 2 Cor. viii. 7. ix. 8, 11. iv ^tvi, expression, Matt. xxii. 40 Iv ravraiQ rale,
in no respect, 2 Cor. vii. 9. James i. 4. Svalv ivroXalg oXog 6 vop,og K. ol irp
Iv ovtitvi Phil. i. 20. Also after words Kpfpavrai. Also Acts vii. 14 iv i//u%a7f
signifying plenty or want, Rom. xv. 13 f/3. Trivre, consisting in 75 souls ; comp.
irspHTfftvtiv iv ry iXiritii. 2 Cor. iii. 9. viii.
Deut. x. 22 where Sept. for 3, and
7. Col. ii. 7 et Eph. ii. 4 TrXovaiog iv see Winer 52. p. 334. e. Herbdian.
IXsct. 1 Cor. i. 5. 1 Tim. vi. 18. al. 2. 3. 17 ov yap iv ry KCtSecipiq. rj irpo-
1 Cor. 7 vanpiiaSai iv fi^Sevl xa.piapa.Ti.
i. tSpia, dXX' iv TOIQ tpyoif. Here too we
Soph. (Ed. Tyr. 1112 iv paupy yr?pp may refer the use of Iv by Hebraism
vv<f8u Tyds TavSpi, high old age he
< in after verbs of swearing, to mark the
accords, etc.' Palaeph. 28. 2 inrtpftpuv ground, basis, object, on which the oath
Iv. Diod. Sic. 5. 57 StaQspu) iv, and so rests, in Engl. by, sometimes upon;
Matt,
Xen. Hi. 1. 8. ib. 2. 2. v. 34, 35, 36, /i?) 6p,6ffai iv r< ovpavy, iv
Of the ground, basis, occasion, in, Ty yy, iv ry Ki<j>aXy oov. xxiii. 16, 18,
20
c)
on, upon which any thing rests, exists, sq. Rev. x. 6. al. Sept. for g yairb 1 Sam.
takes place, etc. Thus xxiv. 22. 2 Sam. xix. 8. 1 K. 'ii. 8.
^

(a) of a person or thing in or on (/3)

of the ground, motive, exciting
ac-
which as a substratum any thing rests, cause, in consequence of which any
exists, is done, etc. Matth. 577. 1. tion is performed, in, on, at, by, i. e.
Winer dat. of thing,
52. a. 3. a. So c. because of, on account of, propter ;

I Cor. ii. 5 'iva r/ iriariQ vp&v pi] r/ iv Winer 52. p. 331. Matt. vi. 7 on iv ry

avr&v tiffaKovSrrjffovTai. Act

aofia. av$p. K. r. X. 2 Cor. iv. 10 et Gal. TroXvXoyig.
29 fyvyev iv T<$ Xoyy roury. 1
vi. 17 iv T$ awpctTi. Gal. iv. 14. Eph. ii. vii.
Cor. xi. 2. iv rovrif OVK iiraivw. 2
II TTtptTopi) iv ffapKt. Seq. dat. of pers.
i. e. in the person or case of any one, Cor. vi. 12 iv rjfiv.
1 Pet. iv. 16. ver.
'

in or by his example, etc. Luke xxii. 37 14 6vidi%t<r$e iv bvo^ari Xpt<rrov,

TOVTO del TtXeffSijvai iv ifioi. John ix. 3. comp. Mark ix. 41 iv bvopaTi ort Xpi<r-
Acts iv. 2 jcarayyfXXeiv iv T$ 'Itjffov rrjv TOV iart. So Sept. and 3 2 Chr. xvi. 7.
avdaraaiv. Rom. ix. 17. 1 Cor. iv. 6 Vva Ecclus. xi. 2 bis. Xen. Eq. 9. 11.
T
 'E, 274 'Ev

Cyr. 1. 6. 19 lv TrtV. An 3. 1. 1 et TIVI OVTOQ fftffuffTai. xvH. 28, 31 iv avdpi.

Thuc. 5. 3 iv ra7g a-jrovtiaiQ. So iv 1 Cor. xv. 22. Gal. iii. 8 evXoyrjSrrjffovrat
TovTtft, herein, hereby, i. e. on this ac- iv ffol iravTa ra iSvrj, IN and
through thee,
count, therefore, John xv. 8. xvi. 30. comp.Actsiii.25. Heb.i. 1. 1 Johnv.ll.al.
Acts xxiv. 16. 1 Cor. iv. 4. (Xen. Cyr, 1. Hdot.8. 100. Thuc. 7. Siv T$ ayyX V .

3. iv Tovrtft yiv&GKtiv, to know Soph. Aj. 1136. Dem. 31. 10. ib. 710. 18.
17.)
herein, hereby, i. e. by this, etc. John xiii. (/3)
c. dat. of thing, but used
strictly
1 John ii. 3, 5. al.
35. iv $, equiva- only of such means as imply that the
lent to iv TovTy OTI, herein that, e. in
i.
object affectedis actually in,
among, sur-
that, because, Rom. viii. 3. Heb. ii. 18. rounded by them, pp. in and through;
1 Pet. ii. 12.
(Thuc. 8. 86.) wherefore, Passow 'Ev 4. Winer 52. p. 332. Matth.
Heb. vi. In this sense of propter,
17. 577. 7 Matt. viii. 32 airkSavov iv ro7c
iv does not occur with a dat. of person, vSaai, i. e. in and by the waters. 1 Cor.
Winer 52. p. 332 Spoken also of the iii. 13 Iv Trupi airoKaXvTTTiTai. Rev. xiv.
authority in consequence of which any 10. xvi. 8. al. So Sept. and 2 Lev. viii.

thing is done, in, by, under, i. e. by 32 1 Mace. v. 44 et vi. 31 iv irvpi.

virtue of, etc. Matt. xxi. 23 et Luke xx. Horn. II. 24. 38 Kaitiv iv Trupf. Hence
2 iv TToiy, i%ov<ri<f.
TO.VTO. Troiat;. Acts genr. where the object is conceived
IV. 7 iv Tfoiq, dvvap.fi, f/ iv iroitp bvofjiari. as being in, or in contact or connexion
John v. 43 et x. 25 iv rtf 6v. TOV tra- with the means, etc. Matt. iii. 11 /3a?r-
Tp6g. Matt. xxi. 9. John xii. 13. xiv. 26. ri'a iv vdari. V. 13 iv TIVI a\i<T$i'i<rtTat.
1 Cor. v. 4. 2 Thess. iii. 6. al. So ai- xvii. 21 iv irpoffevxy xxv. 16. Luke xxi.
riu iv Tt$ 6v6fj,an 'Irjaov, to ask in the 34 iv Kpanra\y K. T. X. Acts xi. 14.
name of Jesus, i. e. nnder his authority xx. 19. Rom. x. 5, 9 idv o/toXoy^oryt'
and sanction, John xiv. 13, 14. xv. 16. iv T$ (TTOfiaTt <rov. xii. 21. 1 Cor. vi.
xvi. 23, 24, 26. 20. Heb. x. 29. xiii. 20. Rev. i. 5. al.
(y) of the ground or occasion
of an ssep. So iv xipi TIVOQ, in or by the
emotion of mind, after words express- hand of any one, Acts vii. 35. Gal. iii.
ing joy, wonder, hope, confidence, etc. 19. Sept. and 2 Judg. xvi. 7. Num.
and the reverse so c. dat. of thing,
;
xxxvi. 2. Job xviii. 8. Esdr. i. 40.
Luke i. 21
i&av[ta%ov iv T<$ xpoviZuv Soph. Ajac. 488. Thuc. 7. 11 lore iv
avrov. Rom. ii. 23 og iv vofiq) Kav^aaai. d\\aig iTTtoroXalf. Xen. An. 4. 3. 8 tdotv
(Sept. and 2 Jer.ix. 22, 23.) Acts vii. 41 iv TridaiQ SeSsffSai. id. Ath. 1. 2, 4.

w0paii/ro iv TOIQ tpyoiQ. Luke x. 20 Hence in N. T. and later writers simply

iv TOVT<P p,rj ^aipfrE. Eph. iii. 13 fuj iic- of the instrument, where classic writers
KaKtlv iv Taig 3Xu//(ri fiov. So Matt. xii. usually employ the dative alone, Winer
21 iv rip 6v. avrov tSvij iXiriovai. (Sept. 1. c. Matth. 5, 577. 9. 396. n. 2. Luke
for 2 rrt32 Ps. xxxiii.
21.)
Mark i. 14 xxii. 49 fi 7rarao/uv iv fiaxaipy; Rom.
TTtoreuere iv T<$ tvayytXiq). Phil. iii. 3, 4, xvi. 16. James iii. 9 iv avry (ry
irtiro&ivai iv oapici, and so Sept. for Rev. VI, 8 a-jroKTfl-
yXw<ro-y) vXoyou/iV.
2 na^ Epict. Ench. 40.
Jer. xlviii. 7. vat iv ponfaiq. K. T. \. xii. 55. xiii. 10. al.
Pol. i. 59. 2. Seq. dat. of person, Rom. So Sept. and 5 Gen. xlviii. 22. Deut.xv.
ii. 7 et v. 11 Kavxaaai iv Sfy. 1 Cor. 19. Jer. xiv. 12. Hos. i. 7. Judith ii.
xv. 19 7/X.7riJcorf iofikv iv
Xpiory p.6vov. 19. Ecclus. xlvi. 6. Plato Tim. 1081. B,

Eph. i. 12. 1 Tim. vi. 2 Cor.vii.16 Sappw

17. T&pannivriG iv yaXaicTi. Aristot. Probl.
iv vfiiv. Sept. iXiri&iv iv for 3, np2 Hos. 30.5. p. 218 Sylb. Hippocr. Aphor. 2. 36.
x. 13. 2K. xviii. 5. Xen. Mem. L 2. 28. (y)
from the Heb. spoken of price or
Of the means
by the aid or inter- exchange, of that by means of which,
<
d)
vention of which any thing takes place, with which, any thing is purchased or
is done in, i. e. by means of.
; exchanged, etc. Rev. v. 9 rjyoprioaQ rtf
whose aid or So Sept.
(a) c. dat. of person, by Srf(jt rjfjieig
iv T<fi
(row.
a'tfiari

intervention, in, by, with, through whom and 2 Lam. v. 4. 1Sam. xxiv. 24. Ecc.
any thing is done, etc. Winer 52. iv. 9. Rom. i. 23 r/XXaav rr\v S6av
p. 332 ult. Matt. ix. 34 ippaXXti TO. Sat- Stov iv bfioiwpaTi, for an image, etc.
fiovia iv T(p ap%6vTi rStv 5. Actsiv. 9 t.v ver. 25. So Sept. for ^ T1?n Ps. cvi
 'Ev 275

20. Comp. the dat. of price or ex- ,

f.
icropat,
change, Lys. c. Epicr. 178. 16. Horn. II. fr.
ayicdXr),) to take in one's arms,
7. 472. Herodot. 7. 152. also iv c. dat. Matt. ix. 36. x. 16. for Sept. p^f]
Soph. Ant. 945 fy&Q aXXaai iv xaXKoderoig Prov. vi. 10. xxiv. 33 Plut. de frat.
auXalf. Matth. 364. n. 365. n. 2. Amor. ult. Diod. Sic. 3. 58.
4. Sometimes iv c. dat. is found
where the natural construction would 'EvaX/oc, ov> o, 17, adj. (iv, \e),
seem to require tt'c c. accus. as after belonging in the sea, marine, James iii.7.

verbs which imply not rest in a place Horn. Od. 5. 67.

Aristoph. Thesmoph
325.
or state, but motion or direction into or [333.]
towards an object. In such cases, the adv.
"Evav-n, (avrt), pp. over
idea of arrival and subsequent rest in
against; hence, in presence before,
of,
that place or state is either actually ex-
seq. gen. Luke i. 8. Sept. for ^p
pressed or is implied in the context. Ex. xxviii. 26, 29. al. saep.
See the converse of this in Etc 4. Pas- -^a Gen!
xxxviii. 7.
sow Iv 6. Winer 54. 4. Matth. 577.
p. 1141. So after verbs of motion, 'Evavrtov, adv. (neut. of ivavriog,)
Matt. X. 16 aTrooreXXw vfiag iv /tetry pp. over against ; hence, before, in the
XVKUV, in the midst of wolves, by whom presence of, seq. gen. Mark ii. 12 iK^X^ev
ye are already surrounded. Luke v. ivavriov TTOLVTOIV. Luke XX. 26. Acts
16 ifv vTroxwp&v iv raiq icirjfiotg, i. e. he viii. 32. Sept. for ^d? Gen. xx. 15.
withdrew and abode in deserts, vii. 17 xli. 46.
'jpya Ex. vii. '20.
^yj> Num.
iZijXSev o Xoyof iv oXy ry 'lovdaiq., i. e.
xx. 8 Xen.'Mem. 2. 5. 1. From the
went out, spread abroad, in the whole Heb. in the sight
of, seq. gen. Acts vii.
land. John 10 tdwKtv x^P tv ivavriov
V. A^Karipaiviv iv ry KO- avrtf) <frapaw, i. e.

Xvfj.fiT)3p<f. Kal irdpafffff. Rev. xi. 11. al.

with him, q. d. 'he won his favour,'
So Matt. xiv. 3 I&ITO iv QvXaicy, as in comp. Ex. xi. 3. xii. 36. al. where
Sept.
Engl.
<
to put in prison/ for into. Mark for ^g. Luke xxiv. 19 dwaroc
xv. 46 et Luke 53 KaT&tjKfv avrbv
xxiii. ivavriov TOV 3sov K. T. X. in the sight of
iv ftvTjfjtfi(f>, as in Eng. < they placed him God, i. e. God being judge ; comp. Sept.
in the tomb.' Mark i. 16 j3aXXovrae for *m% Gen. xxi. 11, 12. al. ^D!?
a/i^t'/SXijorpov iv
SaXXdaoy, comp.
r-g
Gen. x. 9. See Gesen. Lehrg. p. 693
Matt. iv. 18 i rriv St. Johniii. 35 travra. d. p. 820. 9. Stuart 456.
SsSwKtv iv ry x lP* ft^fov, has given, i. e.
has put, placed, all things in his hand. ? a, ov, (avriog fr.
over against, opposite.
Trop. Luke 17. i.So Sept. and ^
Horn. II. 9. 190 ; In N. T. of a
a) pp.
Judg. vi. 35. Ezra vii. 10. JE1. V. H. 4.
wind, contrary, adverse, Matt. xiv. 24.
18 ore K<tTT)Xde IlXdrwv iv St/esXtp. Dion.
Actsxxvii. 4. seq. dat. Mark vi. 48. Luc.
Hal. Ant. 1. 73 irplv Aivtiav iX&rtv iv
D. Deor. 25. 1. Xen. An. 4. 5. 3 So
iToXi?. Arr. Diss. Ep. 1. 11. 32. ib. 2.
k ivavriae or i&vavTias, as adv. seq.
20. 23. Act. Thorn. 32 titreXSciv iv r<

So Horn. II. 1. 441 iv \tpai gen. over against, Mark xv. 39. comp.
irapadiiffy. Buttm. 123. 3. 115. n. 5. Sept. for
ri$et. ib. 1. 593. Metaph. after words
TJ3 Josh. viii. 11. 15373 Neh. iii. 27.
expressing an affection of mind towards Time. 4. 33.
any one ; e. g. aydvrj iv -nfjuv 2 Cor. viii. hostilet
John b) metaph. contrary, adverse,
7. 1 iv. 9, 16. 6py?) iv r< Xa<
seq. dat. 1 Thess. ii. 15. Acts xxviii. 17.
Luke xxi. 23 in text. rec. Comp. Sept. So ivavTta irpdff<reiv seq. irpoq c. ace.
and 3 2 Sam. xxiv. 17. Lib. Henoch. Thuc.
xxvi. 9. comp.Sept. Ez.xviii.18.
in Fabr. V. T. Pseudep. p. 161.
7. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 22. So 6 *4
NOTE. In composition iv implies :
an adversary,
ivavriag, i. q. 6 ivavriof,
1. a being or resting in, as Ivci/u, !/*/*!vw. an enemy, Tit. ii. 8. See Buttm. 125. 6.
2. into, when compounded with verbs of
Xen. Eq. 11. 3.
motion, as ipfiaivo). 3. conformity, etc.
as ivtiiKoq, twofjLos. 4. participation, as
.

AL. to make beginning in % i. e. to begin, to

T 2
 276

commence, absol. Gal. iii. 3. seq. accus. f.

Zofiat, to take or re-
Phil. i. 6. comp. Matth. 336. Sept. ceive in, to admit, Luc. Eun. 9. Thuc.
for nn Deut. ii. 24, 25, 31. Seq. gen. 3. 31. In N. T. only impers. ivdex tTat '
1 Mace. ix. 54. Luc. Somn. 3. Pol. it is
admissible, possible; Luke xiii. 33
5. 1. 3. OVK lvSix Tal >it is Herodian.
impossible.
4.8.8. Xen. Mem. 1.2.23.
"Evaro, see "Evvarog.

co), w, f. now,
'Ev^tTjCj ovg, 6, }, adj. (ivSea),^ in
pp. to be among one's people, to be at
want, needy, destitute, Acts iv. 34. Sept.
for Deut. xv. 4, 7. Is. xli. 17. home, Jos. Ant. 3. 11. 3. In N. T. trop.
p\^N to be present in
any place, or with
:

Ml. V. H. 1. 31. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 10.

any person, 2 Cor. v. 9. seq. Iv ib.
ver. 6. seq. TTQOQ ib. ver. 8. comp. PhD,
dication, token, proof, 2 Thess. i. 5. i.23.
Dem. 423. 13.
j
i-
q Ivdvu) or t
,
f. aw, to point out q. v.(by redupl. and change of ending,
in shew in any thing, trans.
to Buttm. 112. to clothe in a gar-
any thing, 10,)
Sept. Josh. vii. 14 sq. Thuc. 4. 126 ult.
ment ; Mid. to clothe one's self in, to
In N. T. only Mid. ivdeiicvvftat, to wear, seq. accus. Luke viii. 27. xvi. 19.
shew forth, to manifest, sc. any thing re- Sept. for tfn^ 2 Sam. i. 24. xiii. 18.

on one's Judith ix. 1.

lating to or depending self,
seq. accus. Rom. ii. 15 ivStlie. TO tpyov
rov vofiov ypctTTTov iv TCUQ KapdiaiG avr&v. s ov, 6, vj, adj. (6 Iv
ix. 17 Tiijv dvva/jiiv [tov. ver, 22. 2 Cor. conformable to right, i.e. right,just, Rom.
iii. 8. Heb. ii. 2. Anth. Gr. I. 216 ra
viii. 24. Eph. ii. 7. 1 Tim. i. 16. Tit. ii.
IV. p. 53.
.
10. iii. 2. Heb. vi. 10, 11. Sept. for
mnn Ex. ix. 17. Wisd. xii. 17. Jos. V,
Ant. 7. 9. 5. Xen. An. 6. 1. 19Hence pp. something built in, as a mole in a
by impl. to manifest towards any one, harbour, Jos. Ant. 15. 9. 6. In N. T.
i. e. to do to any one, seq. accus. et dat. genr. a structure, building, Rev. xxi.
2 Tim. iv. 14 TroXXa /.ioi
KUKO. ivedei%a.TO. 18.
So Sept. for ^7?a Gen. 15, 17
1.
Song __
f
of 3 Childr. 19. Diod. Sic. II. p. 631. a), a<ra>, (Woo,) to
ed. Wess. or X. cause to be kv UKy, i. e. to glorify, i. q.
p. 171. ed. Bip. jweydX^v
SoZ&fa q. v. Pass, or Mid. 2 Thess. i. 10,
Uj3pivry 7rp(r/3a Iv^ti^aro. pp. to point
12. So Sept. for 1553 Ex. xiv. 4. Ez.
out, to shew, Pol. 3. 54. 3.
xxviii. 22 Ecclus. xxxviii. 6.

> ov, o, 17, adj. (iv,

pointing out, pp. with the finger, Pol. 3.
pp. in honour, in glory, i. e.
38. 5. In N. T. trop.
a) of persons, honoured, respected,
a) manifestation, declaration, Rom. iii. noble, 1 Cor. iv. 10. for T2p3
Sept.
25, 26 Philo de Op. Mund. 1, p. 9. 50. 1 Sam. ix/6. Is. xxiii. 8. Herodian" 1.
p. 20. A. 6. 18. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 56 Of deeds, ra
b) indication, tonen, proof, q. i. Iv
tvdo^a, glorious, memorable, Luke xiii. 17.
2 Cor. viii. 24. Phil. i. 28 __ So
,
Sept. for nlN^D3 Ex. xxxiv. 10. Job v.
Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 3.
9.
n^^ Is. xii. 4.
of 'external
ol, a!, TO., card. num. eleven ;
b) appearance, splendid,
,

in N. T. only of the eleven glorious, of raiment, Luke vii. 25. Sept.

disciples, after
the apostasy of Judas. Matt, xxviii. 16.
for ^s Is. xxiii. 9.
np32J Is. xxii. 18.
Mark xvi. 14. Luke xxiv.9,33. Acts i. N^Dn 2 Chr. ii. 9. Hero'dian. 1. 16. 7.

26. ii. 14. I'rop. ivdoZoc, i. e. the church

itcicXtjaia
adorned in pure and splendid raiment,
, t?> ov, ordin. eleventh, as a bride, Eph. v. 27, coll. ver. 25 et
Matt. xx. 6, 9. Rev. xxi. 20. Rev. xix. 7, 8. xxi. 9 sq.
 277

a, aroCj , (ivSvvw, Ecclus. vi. 31. 2E1. V. H. 4. 22. Xen,

clothing, raiment, a garment, Matt. vi. Cyr. 1. 3. 3. Mid. ib. 8. 1. 4 __ Spoken
25, 28. xxviii. 3. Luke xii. 23. Sept. for of armour, TO. oirXa etc. Rom. xiii. 12.
1.32 2 Sam. i. 24. Prov. xxxi. 22. Eph. vi. 11, 14. 1 Thess. v. 8. Sept!
iifta^ip
Zeph. i. 8. Act. Thorn. 7. Anth. Gfr. and itfn*p 1 Sam. xvii. 5. Jer. xlvi. 4 __
IV. p. 141. Spoken of the outer gar- 1 Mace. iii. 3. Herodot. 7. 229. Xen.

ment, Matt. iii. 4 tvSvfta airb rpix&v Cyr. 6. 4. 2.

KafiijXov, the usual garment of the an- b) metaph. (a) of the soul as clothed
cient prophets, comp. 2 K. i. 8. Zech. with the body, 2 Cor. v. 3 ecyc at Iv-
xiii. 4. Jahn 122. (Sept. for 155 2 Sam. comp. in Fe II. y.
Svffafjievoi, Fvftvos b.
xx. 8. so Wisd. xviii.
24.)
Also tvSvfia Sept. and irb^ Job x. 11. (/3) of a
yd/zov, a wedding garment, Matt. xxii. 11, person as clothed, i. e. endued, furnished,
12, presented to guests in token of with any power, quality, etc. Svvap.iv
honour, according to oriental custom ;
Luke xxiv. 49. afdapaiav, dSavaaiav,
1 Cor. xv. 53 bis, 54 bis.
comp. Gen. xlv. 22. Judg. xiv. 12 sq. (TTrXdyxva OIK-
2 K. v. 5, 22 sq. Jahn 178. Act. Thorn. i. e.
rtp/ioi), compassion, Col. iii. 12.
7. Metaph. Matt. vii. 15 Iv ivSvpaffi Sept. for Tin^, c. dvvafjiiv Ps. xciii. 1.
7rpo/3drwv, i. e. externally with the meek- comp. Ez. vii. 27. 2 Chr. vi. 41. Job
ness and gentleness of lambs, in contrast xxix. 14. al __ Ecclus. xvii. 3. Test. XII
to the spirit of wolves. Patr. p. 587 svd. tvQpoavvriv. of one
(y)
who puts on, i. e. assumes, a new cha-
w, f. waw, to
to render strong, to
i. e.
racter, etc. rbv KCLIVOV av$p. Eph iv. 24.
strengthen in,
Col. 10.
iii. ivS. TOV Xptarov, i. e. to be
impart strength to, trans. Pass, or Mid.
to acquire strength, to be strong, spoken filled,imbued, with Christ's spirit, to
be like him, Rom. xiii. 14. Gal. iii. 27.
of the body, as made strong out of
Dion. Hal. Ant. 11. 5, TOV TapKi-
weakness, Heb. xi. 34 Trop. of the viov tKtivnv ivdvojAtvoi. Comp. O.TTO-
mind, etc. Actsix. 22. Rom. iv. 20. Eph. rbv Luc. Gall.
vi. 10. Phil. iv. 13. 1 Tim. i. 12. 2 Tim. dvffdfj,evo(; Ily^ayopav
19.
ii. 1. Sept. for 77^ Ps.
iv. 17. Iii. 9.
Aquila for "aa Gen. vii. 20, 24. Not
"hi
the put"
(tvfivd),}
found in the classics.
ting on sc. of clothes, wearing, 1 Pet.
or cvSuoj, f. taw, (uw to iii. 3.

go in, to envelope, Buttm. 114

vw,)
BOr. 1 ivedvffa, aor. 1 pass. ivtdvSrtjv,
Aor. 2 Ividw is
perf. pass, ivSidvfiai.
not found in N. T.
, ac? V, (>> a lying%,)
in wait, pp. in war, an ambuscade, Sept.
1. to go in, to enter in, seq. 'c rag for n*1i<?0 Josh. viii. 9. Thuc. 3. 90. Xen.
2 Tim. iii. 6. Herodot. 2. 121. 2, In N. T. in order to kill
o/Ki'ac,
Cyr. I/ 4. 23.
IvSvvTOf sc. !<; TO olicrjua.. Hesych. Iv- any one, Acts xxv. 3. also xxiii. 16 in
tivvat- ttffSvvai, tiatXSiiv. .
later ed. where text. rec. has tvedpov.
put on sc. a garment, (pp. to
<
2. to 1 Mace. i. 36.
cause to go into a garment/ Buttm. 1. c.)
to clothe, to dress, trans, and c. c.
i. e.
'EvfSpEVWj f. evffb), (evefya,) to lie
dupl. accus. i. e. of pers, and thing, in wait for, trans, pp. in war, to lie in
Buttm. 131. 5. Pass, to be cloihed. and ambush against, Sept. for :n Lam. iv.
Mid. to clothe oneself, c. c. accus. of 19. Diod. Sic. 12. 47. ib. 19. 69 ;
in

thing in or with which, Buttm. 134. 6. N. T. in order to kill any one, Acts xxiii.

135. 4. 21. Sept. for rnK Deut. xix. 11. Dem.

a) pp.
Matt. vi. 25 ri IvSvcnffSe xxii. ;
1011. 3 __
By impl. to lie in wait for
11. xxvii.31 ev&Svaav O.VTOV TOL i^ana av- as prey, in order to ensnare or seize, to
TOV. Mark i. 6. vi. 9. xv. 17, 20. Luke watch narrowly, Luke xi. 54. So Sept.
xii. 22. xv. 22. Acts xii. 21. Rev. i. 13. and 2"iN Lam. iii. 10. Ecclus. xxvii.
"
xv. 6. xix. 14. Sept. for flfcj
Gen. xii. 10, 29. Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 12. Xen. Mem.
'12. Ex.xxix.5,8. Mid. Lev. vi. 10, 11 2. 1. 4.
 278

, on, TO, in text. rec. Acts

5. Mark x. 7. Acts xxvi. 21. 01 'ivtKtv,

xxiii. 16, i.
q. evtfya, which is for which cause, wherefore, Luke iv. 18.
substi-
tuted for it in later editions. Sept. for rivog 'ivtKa, for
what cause, wherefore, Acts
:i"li<7p Judg. ix. 35. xix. 32. So iivtKtv TOV seq. infin. 2 Cor.
vii. 12 tivtKtv TOV tyavtatiifyrivai, in order
'EvaAau, w, f. j<rto, (a'Xew, Buttm. that, etc. In such constructions 'ivtKa
to roll up in, to wrap up in, trans, is often omitted ; comp. Buttm. 140.
114,)
and seq. dat. of thing, Mark xv. 46. n. 1. 130. n. 1.
Sept. for t3^ 1 Sam. xxi. 9. Artemid. "
see
1. 13 or 14.
aa, ac, "h, O^pyfcj) energy,
i,
to be in any place, <
the being in work,' i. e. operation,
pp.
Xen. An. 2. 4. 21, 27.
trop to be in or
efficiency, active power, etc. Eph. i. 19
with any person, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 28. Kara ivkoytiav TOV Kpdrov avrov,
TT}V
In N. T. impers. ZvtvTi, but only in the
according to the efficiency, active exhibi-
form Ivij e. the Ion. form of the
(i.
tion, ofhis might, sc. in raising up Jesus.
prep, the verb being dropped, Buttm.
iv, 7. iv. 16. Col.
iii. i. 29. Especially as
117. 3. 2. Winer 14. 2. there is exhibited in
n,) mighty works, miracles,
in, tvith, among, e. g. Ivi sc. iv vfuv, e. g.of God, Phil. iii. 21. Col. ii. 12. of
Gal. iii. 28 ter ; others iv Xpierry, comp.
Satan, 2 Thess. ii. 9. By meton. put
'Ev 1. C. a. Col. iii. 11 OTTOV OVK tvi.
for the works or miracles themselves,
James i. 17 Trap' < OVK tvi. Test. XII 2 Thess. ii. 11 kvipytiav TrXdi/jjg, i. e.
Patr. 733. Palseph. 14. 1. Aristoph. false miracles, delusive signs, viz. those
Plut. 348. pp. Xen. An. 5. 3. 11. So mentioned in ver. 9, 10. Wisd. vii. 26.
rd ivovTa, things within, that which is
xviii. 22. 3 Mace. iv. 21. Pol. 1. 4. 7. ib.
within, pp. 1 Mace. v. 5. Xen. Ag. 2.
8. 9. 2.
19. H. G. 2. 3. 7. In N. T. Luke xi. 41
f.
TO. ivovTa Sort i. e. in the w, pp.
iXtrjfioffvvrjv,
to be in work/ i. e. to work, to be effec-
figurative discourse of Jesus, give that
tive, operative, etc.
within the cup and platter as alms, comp.
neut. to work, to be active, to pro-
ver. 39, here a)
spoken of the inner man, duce spoken of things ; Matt. xiv.
effect,
the heart, viz. give alms from the heart,
<

and not
2 et Mark vi. 14 at Svvdfj.tis kvtoyovoiv
merely externally ;' for the
doub. accus. comp. Buttm. 131. n. 5.
Iv ai)T<$, power of miracles
i. e. the

Others here prefer the sense rd works, miracles are wrought by him.
[icard]
Eph. i. 20 j)j/ [tvkpyuav] lvkpyrj<rtv, see
ivovra, pro facultatibus, according to Buttm. 131. 3. Eph. ii. 2. Phil. ii. 13
what you have, (Hesych. ivov Swarbv
r6 IvepycTv. With a dat. of pers. Gal.
f) ivvTrdpxov,) but the more usual con-
ii. 8 bis, 6 tvtpyrjffac ITerpy ei'c K. T. X.
struction would then be IK T&V ivovTwv,
kvrjpyrfat leal ifiol etc TO. eSrvrj, i. e. he who
as Epict. Frag. 108.
effected in the case of Peter that he
"Evcica, Luke vi. 22. Acts xxvi. 21. should be the apostle of the Jews, ef-
Rom. viii. 36 more frequently 'ivtKtv
; ;
fected also in my case that I should go
also poet, and Att. tivtKtv, [Luke iv. 18.] to the Gentiles comp. ver. 7. So Sept
;

2 Cor. vii. 12 comp. Buttm. $ 117. 2.

j seq. dat. yt/vi) avdptia Ivtpyf? T< avSpi
Winer 5. p. 43. n prep, governing tigdyadd. for ??p2, Prov. xxxi. 12 --
the genitive, on account of, because of, Wisd. xvi. 17. Artemid. 1. 1 or 2. Pol.
for the sake of; Matt. v. 11. x. 18, 10, 4.40.4. Diod. Sic. 4. 38.
39. xvi.25. xix. 29. Mark viii. 35. x.29. to work, to effect, to produce,
b) trans,
xiii.9. Luke vi. 22. ix.24. xviii.29. xxi. seq. accus. spoken of persons ; 1 Cor.
12. Actsxxviii. 20. Rom. viii. 36. xiv.20. xii. 6 6 evepywv rd Trdvra. ver. 11. Gal.
2 Cor. 10 'ivtKtv Trig VTT. doii, because
iii. iii. 5.
Eph. i. 11. Phil. ii. 13 6 Ivepy&v iv
of, by reason of. vii. 12. bis. Sept. for -Ql rip.lv TO StXtiv K. T. X. Sept. for Jyrj Is.

y Gen. xx. 11, 18. ^35 Deut. xviii.' xli. 4. ^D

Prov. xxi. 6. Jos. B. J.
12. Xen.Cyr. 1. 4. 13. al Also 'ivtKtv 4. 6. 1. Diod. Sic. 13, 95 ult.
TOV TOV, for this cause t therefore, Matt, xix to shew oneself active, i. e
c) Mid.
 'Evcp-yrjjua 279

neut. to work, to be active, to operate, ,

adv. strengthened form for
spoken only of things, Winer 39. 6.
p. 212. Rom. vii. 5 evipytiro tv rote ft- a)
of place where, Buttm. 116. 7.
\c<riv jj/iwv. 2 Cor. i.6. iv. 12. Gal. v. comp. 79. 5, here, in this place, Luke
6. Eph. iii. 20. Col. i. 29. 1 Thess. ii. xxir.41. Acts x. 18. xvi. 28. xvii. 6. xxv.
13. 2 Thess. ii. 7. Pol. 1. 13. 5. ib. 9. 24. Xen. Mem. 1. 4.9. Cyr. 1. 3. 15.
13. 9. Particip. evepyou/ievog as adj. b) of place whither, Buttm. ^ 116. 2,
working, effective, as James v. 16 d hither, to this place, Johniv. 15, 16. Acts
xxv. 17. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 8. Horn. II. 1.
365. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 16.
aroc,
'Evep-yij/ia, ,
(Ivcpysu),) pp.
'what wrought,' i. e. effect produced,
is j
adv. demonstr. Buttm.
operation ; 1 Cor. xii. 6. ver. 10 Ivepyrj- 116. 6, hence, from this place, Luke xvi.
pa.Ta SvvapttDV, operations of miracles, 26, for IvTivSev in text, recept. Horn.
i. e.
put for miraculous effects, the gift Od. 6. 7. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 48. Xen.
of working miracles. Pol. 2. 42. 7. Cyr. 1. 2. 2.

Diod. Sic. 4. 51 penult.

f. ?<ro/mt,
ovfJLat,
depon. Mid. (iv, 3-u/tog), aor. 1 pass.
< in work/ i. e. with mid. signif. Buttm. 136. 2 to
(iv, tpyov), energic, pp. ;

working, operative, active, effective, Heb. have in mind, to revolve in mind, to think
iv. 12. 1 Cor. xvi. 9 Svpa pot avk^ye upon, trans. Matt. i. 20. ix. 4. seq. Trtpt
peyaXri Kai Ivtpyfa, i. e.
effective,pre- c. gen. Acts x. 19 in text. rec. where

senting opportunity for

great effects. later edit. fluvSi^uo^ai. seq. ace. Wisd.
Philem. 6. Isocr. p. 282. C. Pol. 2. iii. 14. Thuc. 5. 32. Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 2

65. 12. ib. 11. 23. 2. seq. Trcpt Wisd. vi. 15.

to Wsa tn thought, cogitation, Matt. ix. 4. xii. 25.

w, f. ^<ro>,
Heb. iv. 12. Thuc. 1. 132. In the
or through any one j in N. T. only
sense of excogitation, invention, Acts
Pass. Acts iii. 25 Iv T<$ oirkppari aov
xvii. 29.
ivtuXoy. Traerai at Trarptat. [Gal. iii. 8.]
See in 'Ev 3. d. a. Comp. Gen. xii. 3. "Evt for extort, see "Evfipt.
xviii. 18. xxvi. 4. xxviii. 14. al. where
Sept. for Tpn. 'Evmvroc, ou, 6, a year, John xi.
49, 51. xviii. 13. Acts xi. 26. xviii. 11.
'Ej'lvw, f. KM, pp. have in any Gal. iv. 10. Heb. ix. 7, 25. x. 1, 3. James
thing, viz. iv. 13. v. 17. Rev. ix. 15. Sept. for n;i$
have in oneself, seq. dat. imply-
to Gen. xvii. 21. Ex. xii. 2. al Jos. Ant.
a)
ing a disposition of mind towards a 3. 12. 2. Xen. Ath. 3. 4. Mem. 3. 6. 13.
person or thing, e. g. favourable, Jambl. By Hebr. put for any definite time,
Vit. Pyth. 6 Ivfi^wv Trpog rd Luke iv. 19 iviavrbv icvpiov deicTov,
[vovv] era,
N. T. unfavourable, Mark
in where Sept. for
pavSrdvtiv ',
quoted from Is. Ixi. 2,
vi. 19 *Hpu$tdg lvtlx tv [x^ 01/ n a ^ r V-
ntf.
Luke xi. 53 davwg Ivkytiv. So Sept.
for fcuto Gen. xlix. 23 __ Test. XII Patr. *EvrrjjUi, 0'<rriH,)
in N. T. only

p. 682 tv?xov Ttfi 'luHTTjty. Hesych. iveix ov

'
fut. Mid. IvffTrjffopai, and perf. act. iv-
Heb. ix. 9, contr.
XXovv, wpyfoiro. In full, Herodot. 1. f-ffrr)Ka,Tpa.Tt tvtffTrjKwg,
118 KpVTTTUV TOV 01 tVl'l^tf. \6\OV. 6. 119 ivearuG, Buttm. 110. 10; intrans, to

ivi?x* <*$< dtwbv \6\ov. stand in or upon, Buttm. 107. 11. 1 sq.

Ivk-^opai, to be held in or by In N. T. trop. to stand near, i. e. to be at

b) Pass.
hand, to impend, 2 Thess. ii. 2.
2 Tim.
any thing, trop. to be entangled in, sub-
seq. dat. Gal. v. 1 iraXiv vy< iii. 1. 2 Mace. iv. 43. Pol. 2. 28. 9. ib.
ject to,
SovXfiag ivk^o^ai. Plut. ed. R. VIII. 3. 6. i. Part. perf. j/<rr&>, instant,

p.518 lvx- Soyfiaatv. Lucian. Disp. c. i. e. present, Rom. viii. 38 ovrc ivtaTura,
Hes. 2. Herodot. 1. 90. ib. 2. 121. 2. ovTf peXXovra. 1 Cor.iii. 22. vii. 26. Gal.
 VI*) 280

i. 4. Heb. ix. 9. Esdr. ix. 6. Jos. Ant. Diog Laert. 3. 79 tvvoia KO\OV. Pol. 1.

xvi. 6.2. Xen.H.G.2. 1,6. xv. 13. In N. T. thought, intent, Heb.

iv. 12. Sept. for nplTD Prov. iii. 21.
'Ev/o-^uo), f. vau, (iVxyw,) pp. to
comp. xxiii. 19 Susann. 28. Wisd. ii.
be strong in any thing ;
iu N. T. to IN-
14. Xen. Cyr. 1.1. 1. In the sense of
strengthen, i. e.
intrans. to be invigorated, to become mind, disposition, mode of thinking and
a) 1 Pet. iv. 1 rr\v
feeling, avrrjv evvoiav,
strong, Acts ix. 19. Sept. for pJTTlT
Gen. xlviii. 2. 2 Sam. xvi. 21. Dan.
sc. with Christ Isocr.p. 112. D.
ptn
x. 19 __Trop. Diod. Sic. 5. 28 lvr X vei
*Evi>0/IOCj OV, b, rj, (iv, VOfjioe,) pp.
Trap' avrdiQ 6 ITv.^ayopou \6yo. ib. < within the law/ or < conformable to
1. 18.
law/ i. e.

b) trans, but only in Sept. and N. T. a) legal, legitimate,

Acts xix. 39 iv ry
to invigorate, to strengthen, i. e. to cause Lucian. Cone. Deor.
twop.^ tKK\naiq..
to be strong, seq. ace. Luke xxii. 43. 14 KK\naiae ivvofiov dyo/uv/. Pol. 2.
Sept. for Dan. x. 18. Judg. iii. 12.
p7n 47.3.
TIN 2 Sam. "xxii. 40. y?3N Is. xli. 10. b)
under law, subject to law, 1 Cor. ix.
Comp. on the causative signif. Buttm. 21
113. 2. and n. 1.
j ou, o, 77, adj. (iv, vu),
ov, ord. adj.
j TJ,
nocturnal ; neut. Ivvv-^ov as adv. in the
efte ninth, Rev. xxi.20. Elsewhere only night, by night, Buttm. 115. 4. Mark i.

in the phrase ?/ wpa 17 swan/, Me m'nlA 35 Trpon tvwxov \iav, very early, yet in
hour. sc. in the Jewish mode of reckon- the night,i. q. opSpov (3aSeog Luke xxiv.

ing, corresponding to our 3 o'clock p. M. I. adv. 3 Mace. v. 5. fern. Horn. II.

Jie hour of evening sacrifice and prayer, II. 716.

^see Acts iii. 1,) Matt. xx. 5. xxvii. 45,

46. Mark xv. 33, 34. Luke xxiii. 44. Acts w, f. rjffw, (O/KEW,) to
&ft
dwell to inhabit, c. c. iv, Sept. for
in,
iii. 1. x. 3, 30. Some MSS. read tvaroq
nip'? Jer. xlix. 1. Xen. CEc. 4. 13. In
in Matt. xx. 5. Acts x. 30. See Winer
N. T. metaph. to dwell in or with any
5. p. 44.
one, to be in or with, seq. iv, spoken of
'Evvf'a, oi, ai, TO., card. num. nine, the indwelling of the Holy Spirit in
Luke xvii. 17. Christians. Rom. viii. 11. 2 Tim. i. 14.
of the divine presence and blessing,
ol, at, ra,
2 Cor. vi. 16, comp. 1 Cor. iii. 16. Lev.
ninety-nine, Matt, xviii. 12, 13. Luke
xxvi. 12. Ex. xxix. 45. Ez. xxxvii. 27. So
xv. 4, 7. Some MSS. write ivtvrjKovr.
which Winer of r/ TTiorif 2 Tim. i. 5. 6 Xoyog TOV Xp.
is better; 5. p. 44. Buttm.
Col. iii. 16. Test. XII Patr. p. 539.
Ausf. Sprachl. I. p. 283.
Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 6.
'Evvco'c, a, ov, better iveog,
Passow sub voc. Winer 5. p. 44, 'Evovra, ra, see'Evtifit.
(prob.
i.
q. dvewg fr. aw, auw, speechless, dumb, 'Evorrjc? r]roc, /> ( ? f>) oneness,
with amazement, Acts ix. 7. coll. xxii. unity, Eph. iv. 3, 13. Test. XII Patr.
9. pp. dumb by nature, also a deaf- p. 642. Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 13 iv. TJJC
mute, Sept. for E>N Is. Ivi.10. Ep.
Jer. 41. Jos. Ant. 4.' 8. 32. Xen. An. 4.
w, f. rjffb), (ox\fc> fr.
5. 33.
to excite tumult in ; hence genr.
,)
uw, f. ewtrw, to nod or wink to disturb, to trouble, to annoy, sc. a com-
towards any one, Lat. innuo, i. e. to munity, person, etc. absol. Heb. xii. 15.
make signs with the head, eyes, etc. absol. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 9. seq. dat.
Luke i. 62. Sept. ivvevei 603-a\p for Xen. An. 3. 4. 21. seq. accus. Xen.
i Prov. vi. 13. x. 10. Mem. 3. 8. 2. Esdr. ii. 22, 29.

. C r h (w, voi'Ct) PP. *EvO\OQ, OU, o, J?, adj. (tvlxo/iat,)

< what is in the mind,' e. g. idea, notion, i.
q. Ivt^o^ivoQ, pp. held in, contained in.
 "EyraAiua 281

fastened in or on any thing, Anth. Gr. I.

p. 179 i-rr' dyKvprjg tvo X ov (3dpog.
out, embalming, etc. Mark xiv. 8. John
In N. Xll* /
T. metaph.
subject to, liable to, obnoxious
to, viz. "' T&ovpat, depon.
'
TM-'J /
and usually c. c. dat. Matth. Mid. (rsXXw to cause to
a) pp. exist, etc.) per f
370. n. 4; so seq. dat. of tribunal, pass. kvrkraXpai, with mid. or act
sis'-
for the punishment inflicted nif. Acts xiii. 47. Herodian.
by that 1 9 23
tribunal, Matt. v. 21, 22 bis, ry K p t'T,
Buttm. 136. 3; to
enjoin upon, to
T$ (TWfSpiy. ver. 22 ivo x og dg TIJV charge with, to command, c. c. ace of
ysfvva
1.
q. tvo X oQ (3d\\<T$ai ds thing and dat. of person, one or both
yktvva. Comp. of which are often
Num. xxxv. 31 tvo X os dvatp&rjvai. Tho- implied; Matt, xxviii.
luck Bergpred. p. 182. 20 ova ivfTfiXdfiTjv
Winer 31. 2. vplv. xv. 4. xvii 9
173. Mark x. 3. xi. 6. John viii. 5. xiv 31*
p. Comp. in E/e 3. b. So Sept.
xv. 14, 17. Acts i. 2. xiii. 47.
I
vox. TV Sdvar V fornitt Gen. xxvi.nV c. gen. of
seq. pj
11. ^Esch. 2. 36 T< v6p v Luc. bis ac- . thing, Matt. iv. 6. Luke iv. 10.
cus. 39. Pol. 12. 14. 1. Heb. xi. 22. va Mark
Xen, Mem. 1. seq.
34! 'i
xiii.
2. 64 ry -ypa<f>y. Construed also c.
seq. infin. Matt. xix. 7. Sept. for rn2J
gen. Gen. ii. 16. xxi. 4. Ex. vii. 2. al.
Matth. 1. c. Heb. ii. 15 lvo X oi ssep.ll
SovXdag, Jos. Ant. 8. 14. 2
as in Erigl. So of 'iva. Herodian. 3 11
subjects of bondage.
19, 20. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 12.
punishment, evoxog Savdrov, lit. a sub- By Hebra-
ject of death, i. e. guilty of death, Matt. ism, Heb. ix. 20 foa^/e^ m [yvl everd-
xxvi. 66. Mark xiv. 64. Iv. aiwv. Xaro Trpof vuag 6 3-fOf, which God en-
rpiw ff

Mark Hi. 29 Dem. 1229. 11 IVO X OQ joined upon or towards you, quoted from
Ex. xxiv. 8 where Sept. dia$. fa dt&fro
7rp6 s vpaQ for Heb.
b) in the sense of chargeable with, t35pi> rn| ; but
elsewhere Sept. often $ta$r}Kijv ivirti-
guilty of, seq. gen. of that in or in re-
Xaro vfuv for Heb. dpriN n^n
spect to which crime is committed; 1 PT12J,
T
e. g. '

Cor. xi. 27 tv. TOV a&p. K. TOV Deut. iv. 13. Josh.' xxiii. 16. Judg-
TOV dip.
ii. 20.
Kvpiov. James ii. 10 irdvTuv evo x og
Sept. Is. liv. 17. 2 Mace. xiii. 6. Philo ,
adv. strengthened form
de Joseph, p. 558 TTJS KXOTTTJS Zvo X o. from f v$v, Buttm. 1 16. 7, hence,
thence,
Lys. in Alcib. 5. p. 140. init. tv. XUTTO- from this or that place, Matt. xvii. 20.
raZiov. c. dat. Sept. Deut. xix. 10. Diod. Luke iv. 9. xiii. 31. xvi. 26 in text. rec.
Sic. 1. 77 penult. John ii. 16. vii. 3. xiv. 31. xviii. 36
Jos. Ant. 1. 21. 3. Xen. An. 1. 2. 7, 10,
EvruA/ia, roc* r >
(tvreXXofiai,} i.q. 11. al. So IvTtvStv ical evTevSev, hence
ivToXr), mandate, precept, ordinance, Matt. and hence, on this side and that side, on
xv. 9. Mark vii. 7. Col. ii. 22. Sept. each side, John xix. 18. Bev. xxii. 2.
for mSTp Job xxiii. 12. Is. xxix. 13.
Sept. for rrpyi njtt Num. xxii. 24. n|rp
'(IfplClLfOJ,
I.
CtffU), (kvTadilOQ, fr. n$n Dan. x'ii.
5.-l-Trop. of the cause^r
iv, ra^.oc, pi. TO.
evrd^ta grave-clothes source, hence, James iv. 1. Jos. Ant. 4.
and ornaments, Eurip. Hel. 1404 or 8. 18. Herodian. 2. 10. 13.
1424. JE1. V. H. 1. to prepare
16,) for
burial, i. e. to
lay out in the lvTa<j>ia, to pp. afalling in with, meeting with, coming
decorate, to
embalm, in the Jewish together, Ml. V. H. 4. 20. access,
manner, see Jahn 204, 205. trans. audience, Pol. 16. 21. 8. ib. 25. 6. 6.
Matt. xxvi. 1.2. John xix. 40.
Sept. for petition, Jos. Ant. 15. 3. 8. Diod. Sic.
Ojrr Gen. 1. 2, 3 Test. XII Patr. 16. 55. In N. T. supplication, prayer,
p.
sc. to God, 1 Tim. ii. 1. iv. 5 Plut.
K. T. X Plut. ed. Beisk. X. 138. 14 Numa 14 penult. TroicTaS-at rag 7rpo TO
weTTrep vKpov tvTa<f>id%ovTt. Anth.Gr. IV. &tiov tvTv%f.iQ. Clem. Alex. Strom. 7.
p. 137. 7.

ov, o,
tvrafidfa,) "Evr^oc, ou, 6, h
r'
adj. (Iv, pp,
preparation for burial, i. e. a laying in honour, i. e.
 EvroXfj 282

a) honoured, estimable, dear, Luke vii. 5 TO IVTO. Herodian. 2. 15. 15. Hero
2. xiv. 8. Phil. ii. 29. Sept. for tD^tl dot. 7. 47.
Neh.ii. 16. iv. 14. "!3^3
Num. xxii. 15.
f. i//o>, Lat. inverto,
Herodian. 2. 1. 10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. , Eng.
to invert, i. e. to turn about, 'trans, e. g.
4.
rd V&TO. Herodot, 7. 211. to turn back,
b) precious, costly, spoken of a stone,
1 Pet. ii. 4,6, comp. Is. xxviii. 16 Diog. Laert. Socr. 11. 29. Trop. to turn
trop.
one in upon himself, to bring to reflection,
where Sept. for
lft\ Dem. 1285. 18.
i.
q. to affect, to move, Ml. V. H. 3.

instruc-
17 pen. Horn. II. 15. 554. Hence in
'EvroXrj, T?C, >7> (ivrsXXo/iat,)
e.
N. T.
tion, charge, command, i.

a) pp. charge, commission, direction ; a) to shame, to put to shame, trans. 1

John x. 18 IVTO\YIV t\a(3ov napci rov
Cor. iv. 14 ovKlvrpeTTW vfiag ypa^w ravra.
Pass. 2 Thess. iii. 14. Tit. ii. 8. Sept.
Trarpof. xii. 49, 50. Acts xvii. 15. Col. iv.
10. Heb. vii. 5. al. Sept. forrnsp2 K. fonpn Ps. xxxv. 26. xl. 15. Ixxxiii. 18.
2 Chr. tArp Is', xii. 11. Ez. xxxvi. 32. Esdr.
xviii. 36. viii. 15. HeroAian. 3.
viii'. 74. Ecclus. iv. 25. Plato Crit. 14.
5. 8. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 30 __ In the sense of
a public charge, from magistrates, b) Mid. ivrpBTTOfiat, to shame oneself
edict,
before any one, to feel respect or
i. e.
John xi. 57. Sept. for rnXfc 2 Chr.
xxxv. 16. deference towards, to respect, to reverence,
in N. T. and in late writers seq. accus.
b) in the sense of precept, command- Mark xii. 6 tvrpcnrrjaov-
Matt. xxi. 37 et
ment, law, spoken (a) of the traditions
Tai TOV vlov fiov, i. e. Pass, as Mid. coinp.
of the Rabbins, Tit. i. 14. of the
(0) Buttm. 136. 2. Luke xviii. 2, 4. xx.
precepts and teaching of Jesus, John
xiii. 34. xv. 12. 1 Cor. xiv. 37. 1 John
13. Heb.xii.9.-Wisd.ii. 10. Diod. Sic.
19. 7. Pol. 30. 9. 2. Plut. ed. Reisk.
11. 8. al
(y)
of the precepts and com-
mandments of God, in general, 1 Cor. VI. p. 882. 15. In earlier writers seq.
vii. 19. 1 John iii. 22, 23. al. Sept. and gen. Soph. Ajac. 90. Xen. H. G. 2.3.
33.
rn^TO Deut. iv. 2, 40. al. ssep. (5)
of
the' precepts of the Mosaic law, in whole
f. IvSptyo), to nourish up
),
or in part, Matt. v. 19. xix. 17. xxii. 36, in to bring up or train tip in ;
any thing,
38, 40. Mark x. 5, 19. Rom. vii. 8 sq. al. hence Pass. trop. to be skilled in, imbued
-() genr.
and collect, n tvro\fj, or j with. seq. dat. of thing, 1 Tim. iv. 6
put either for the law, i. e.
ivroXri Seov,
IvTpfQopevoG rolg Xoyotg. Comp. for the
the Mosaic law, Matt. xv. 3, 6. Mark particip. pres. Winer 46. 5. p. 289,
vii. 8, 9. Luke xxiii. 56.
Sept. for n^ifi 291. Philo de Viet. off. p. 855 kvrp.
2 K. xxi. 8. 2 Chr. xii. 1 __ or, for the
VOUOIG. de Alleg. p. 59. Herodian. 5. 3.
precepts given to Christians, Christian 5. ib. 5. 6. 4. pp. Eurip. Phoen. 379.
doctrines and duties,! Tim. vi. 14. 2 Pet. Max. Tyr. 18, or Diss. 3.
[381.] 9,
ii. 21. iii. 2. AL. C.

ou, 6, >}, adj. (iv, TOTTOQ}, * ou, o, 77, adj. (Iv,

pp. in the place, spoken of one who be- in trembling, i. e. trembling with fear,
longs in any place, a resident, an inha- terrified ; hence tvrpofjtos yivopai v. ilpi,
bitant, Acts xxi. 12 __ Porphyr. de Abst. to tremble, Acts vii. 32. xvi. 29. Heb.
1. 14. Plato Phaedr.-p. 1232. D. xii. 21. Sept. for Tjntt Dan. x. 11.
1 Mace. xiii. 2. Pliit." Fab. Max. 3.

'Evroc, adv. (>), within; also

in, genr. Anth. Gr. I. p. 23. p. 211.
as prep. c. gen. Luke xvii. 21 rj /3a<riXtia
TOV Seov ivroQ vfji&v iariv, the 'EvrpOTT/j, i?Cj n> (IvTpeTro) q. v.)
kingdom
shame, a putting to shame, 1 Cor. vi. 5
of God is within you, i. e. its seat is in
7rp6f ivrp. v/uv Xeyw. xv. 34. Sept. for
your heart and affections, not external.
Ps. xxxv. 26. Ixix. 8, 20.
So TO tvTos, the inside, Matt, xxiii. 26.
Buttm. ^ 125. 6, 7. Sept. for
3^3 Ps. w, f. rjvii), to live deli-
xxxix. 4. cix. 22. Lucian. D. Deor. 14. cately or luxuriously in, to revel in, e. g.
 283

iv Talg a-fa.ira.ig, 2 Pet. ii. 13 in some , OV TO, (Iv, virvog, pp

MSS. but the comm. reading is iv Talg twhat comes in sleep/ a dream, spoken
dTrdTaig, i. e. trop. to revel in theirfrauds, in N. T. of visions in dreams, Acts ii.
17,
or by means of them. Sept. for D3^nn comp. in 'EvvTrvidfa. Sept. for Ei^>n
Is. Iv. 2. dat. Philo de Jos. II. p." 70*
c. Joel ii. 28. 1 K. iii. 15 __pp. Herodotl
15. Herodian. 2. 3. 22. Diod. Sic. 19. 7.16.2. Xen. Conv. 4. 48.
71.
(pp. neut. of
,
f. TivZopa.i, to fall in fr. Iv,
prep, governing the gen. in
dty,)
with, to light upon, seq. dat. genr. Xen. the presence of, before, found
only in
An. 4. 5. 19. to meet and talk with, Xen. the later Greek, Buttm. 146. 2.
Sept.
Mem. 3. 2. 1. ib. 3. 6. 2 __ In N. T. to
every where for
come
^^,
^D? ; in N. T.
to, to address, to apply to, seq. dat. used chiefly by Luke', Paul, and in the
Acts XXV. 24 irtpl ov irdv TO TrXrjSrog Ivk- Apocalypse.
Ttv X 6v fioi. 2 Mace. iv. 36. Pol. 4.76.9. of persons, but also of
a) pp. mostly
Plut. Theseus 26 med. In the sense of things, as IVWTTCOV TOV Spovov, before, in
to intercede, to make intercession for or front of, Rev. i. 4. iv. 5, 6, 10. vii. 9,
11,
dat. expr. or So Sept. and "3E& Josh. vi. 4.
against any one, viz. seq. 15. al.

impl. et u7Tp v. Kara c. gen. Rom. xi. 2 1 Sam. v. 3. rOb!> Gen. xxx. 39 __
wf iTvy\dvf.i r<p> &($ Kara. TOV 'laparjX. viii. Elsewhere of persons, before, in the
27, 34 virkp dyiwv, virkp //juuh'. Heb. vii. presence the sight of; Luke i. 17
of, in
25. 1 Mace. x. 61, 63 Kara. Jos. Ant. TrpotXevffETai ivwTTiov avrov, as a herald,
14. 10. 13 iiTrep. i.
q. Trpo Trpoo-wTTou avrov in Mark i. 2.
Luke i. 19 rappirjX, 6 hw-
'EvrvXtaau) v. rrw, ?w, to roll up
f. napfffrrjicue
dat. of thing,
TTIOV TOV Siov, comp. in 'ApxdyyfXog. So
in, to inwrap, trans, c.

Matt, xxvii. 69. Luke xxiii. 53. Also to TTpOCFKVVtiv V. TTtTTTflV kvitiTTlOV TIVOQ, to

He- prostrate one's self before any one, Luke

fold or wrap together, John xx. 7.
iv. 7. Rev. iii. 9. iv. 10. v. 8. xv. 4.
sych. iveTvXi&v iveiXiavtv.
(Sept. for vj Ps. xxii. Acts ix. 15
f W(TW, (tVTVTTOg fr. iv, 30.)
j to, Ivdjjriov iSrv&v K. T. X. Luke xiii. 26
to instamp, to impress, to engrave,
tydyonev Ivwiriov aov, see in 'Eo'S'iw. Luke
Pass. 2 Cor. iii. 7. Aristot. de Mund. v. 18, 25. Acts vi. 6. x. 4, 31. al. Sept.
6. Plut.ed. Reisk. VIII. p. 672. Hesych. for Ez. xv. 26. Jer. vii. 10. *yr
'j^
ivTvirovptvov lyypa^o/icvov. Lev. iv.'4. Num. xvii. 10.
as marking the manner, and espec.
Evu/3pw, f. <, (*v, *j3pi?,)
^ to b)
the sincerity in which any thing is
contumacious in or towards any one, to
done ; Ivwriov TOV 3-eou, in the sight of
fraz* toifA despite, to contemn, seq. ace.
Heb. x. 29 rd Trvtu/xa rj x"P' kvv(3piffag. God, i. e. God being present and witness,
So seq. ace. Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 12. ib. 1.
Rom. xiv. 22. 2 Cor. iv. 2. vii. 12. Comp.
8. 1. seq. dat. Herodian. 8. 5. 3. Pol. 10. Sept. and "pp?? 1 Sam. xii. 7. xxiii. 18.
So in obtestations, before God, God
26.3.
being witness, Gal. i. 20. 1 Tim. v. 21.
),
also ivvirvid^ofiat vi. 13. 2 Tim. ii. 14. iv. 1.

depon. dream, intrans.

(SVWTTVIOV,)
to
c)metaph. in the sight of, i. e. in the
spoken of visions in dreams, Acts ii. 17 mind, will, purpose, judgment, of any
ivvTTvia svvTTviaff$r)ffovTai 9 where for the one ; Luke i. 6 Siicaioi tvuiriov TOV &eov.
accus. of the cognate noun, see Buttm. ver. 15 fiiyag ivwiriov icvpiov. ver. 75.
131. 3. Comp. Joel ii. 28 where Sept. xv. 18, 21 ij[j,apTov IVUTTIOV
aov. (Sept.
for O^n. Gen. xxviii. 11. pp. Plut. and *yzb 1 Sam. xx. xvi. 15 IK<U-
1.)
Brut? 24 med. id. Cato. Maj. 23 ult. In OVVTSQ ICLVTOVQ tv&TTiov avSpdiiruv. Acts
the act. Aristot. H. An. 4. 10. Trop. viii. 21. Rom. xii. 17. 2 Cor. viii. 21. al.

ivwjrviaZoptvoi, dreamers, i. e. holding So Sept. and ^^

Deut. iv. 25. 1 K.

vain and empty opinions, deceivers, xi. 33, 38. al. '*}& Neh. ix. 28. Ps. v.
Jude 8. Comp. Lat. somnio, Cicero de 9. xix. 15. --From the Heb. evwTriov TLVOQ,
Divin. 2. 71. where in Greek a dat. is usual, Luke
 'Ev< 28-1

XV. 10 Xpd tvanriov rwv ayyl-

yivtrai to do good. Comp. Marc. Antonin. 4.

\a)v, i. them, they rejoice, xxiv.

e. joy to 28 Ktpdavreov TO irapov.
1 1
t(pdvr]crav IVWTTIOV avr&v axrtt \rjpog, to lead
'E^cryto,
f. aw, (lie, ayw,)
i. e. seemed to them. Acts vi. 5 ijpsffev
out, to conduct out, sc. out of any place,
6 Xoyoc ivuiriov iravTog K. r. \. i. e. was accus. of pers.
c. e. g. out of prison,
pleasing to all.
Num.
So Sept. and
xiii. 34. Deut. i. 23. 2 Sam.
^^ Acts v. 19. xvi. 37, 39. seq. IK xii. 17.
Sept. for K^Jirr Ps. cxlii. 8. Is. xlii. 7.
iii. 36. Also in the phrase cup/raw x"~ Also out of Egypt, Acts vii. 36. seq. IK
(HI/ IV&TTIOV TIVOQ,
to find favour in the
ver. 40. xiii. 17. Heb. viii. 9. Sept. for
sight of any one, Acts vii. 46, elsewhere N"Sin Ex. vi. 7. Lev. xxv. 38. Genr.
7Tpa TIVI, Luke i. 30. So Sept. for
Mark xv. 20. Acts xxi. 38. seq. tw Mark
";pyg Ex. xxxiii. 13, 17.
''
Num. xi. 11.
viii. 33. Luke xxiv. 50. So Sept. seq.
AL". tw Gen. xv. 9. xix. 16. As a shepherd
indec. Heb. his flock, John x. 3. Dem. 1090. 10.
, JEnos,
name of a man, Luke iii. 38 Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 37. seq. IK Dem. 845.
(man), pr.
17. ib. 865. 6. Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 18. seq.
comp. Gen. iv. 26.
tw Dem. 1278. 3.
iVo/mi, depon. Mid.
f.

(Iv, OVQ wroc), to receive in the ear, i. e. 'EJmpc'w, w, f. rjff^j (*, atjotw,) aor.
2 itl\ov, aor. 2 mid. irreg. IZdXaro Acts
to give ear to, to listen to, seq. ace. Acts
vii. 10 et xii. 11 in some edit, see in
ii. 14.
Sept. for Gen. iv. 22. -p^ii
Job
xxxvii. 14. Wisd. 'Avcupfw, to take out, trans, i. e.
^lE'pn Jer. viii. 6.

vi. 2. Test. XII Patr. p. 520. Alex. a) to pluck out, to tear out, e. g. an

Comm. eye Matt. v. 29 TOV 6^a\fi6v. xviii. 9.

3. 9. Hesych. tvuriZov iv TOIQ Hehodor. 2. p. 84 TOV 6$$. Plut. ed.
Reisk. VII. p. 471. 7 TOV etyS. Xen. 2.
indec. Enoch, Heb. 3.16.
'Ei/wx, o, "rprr,
(dedicated),
the patriarch who walked b) to take out from a number, to select,
with God, Luke iii. 37. Heb. xi. 5. Jude Mid. to select for oneself, to choose, c. c.
ace. Acts xxvi. 17. Sept. for ins Deut.
14. Comp. Gen. v. 8 sq.
xxxi. 11. Job xxxvi. 11. Jos. Ant. 4.
'E?, see 'EK. 8. 6. Xen. An. 2. 5. 20. act. Horn. H.
Matt. xvii. 1. Mark 16. 56. Xen. An. 5. 3. 4.
ix. 2. AL. c)
Mid. trop. to take out, sc. of the
power of any one to one's self, i. e. to
f. X<3, (l< rescue, to deliver, seq. ace. and c. c. /e,
to give out intelligence, e. g. from one Acts xii. 11 l%ei\tTO fit IK -^fipbg
'Hpw^ov.
camp another, Demosth. p. 45. 3.
to vii. 10. Gal. i.
impl. Acts vii.
4. c. tK
Xen. An. 2. 4. 24. In N. T. to an- 34. xxiii. 27. Sept. for ^srr Gen. xxxii.
nounce abroad, i. e. by Hebraism, to make 11. xxxvii. 20. al. saep __ Dem. 256. 2.
widely known, to celebrate, e. g. TCLQ apt rag Pol. 1.11.11.
TOV Stov 1 Pet. ii. 9. Sept. for ISD Ps. f.
apw, (k, alpw^to take up
Ixxix. 13 __ Ecclus. xliv. 15.
,
ix. 15.
out of&ny place, to lift up from, Plut.
Marcell. 15 med. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 19.
f. ciffd), (tic,
In N. T. to take away out of or from, to
to purchase out, to buy up, sc. from the
remove, trans, and seq. IK c. gen. 1 Cor.
possession or power of any one, trans.
v. 13 TOV Trovrjpov I? vfj,wv, i. to expel,
e.
Plut. M. Crass. 2. Pol.3.42.2 __ InN.T.
to excommunicate. So ver. 2 in text.
to redeem, to set free, sc. out of service
or bondage ;
Gal. iii. 13 IK rijg Ka.Ta.pctQ
recept. Sept. for 1^4 Deut. xix. 19.

TOV vojjiov, iv. 5. Comp. in 'Ayopaa> b. Judg. xx. 13. al. Tpn Josh. vii. 13.

Mid. pp. to redeem for one's use, trop.

j-ro Ez. xiv. 8 __ Ml. 2'. 24. Anthol. Gr.
III. p. 96.
Eph, v. 16 et Col. iv. 5 ISayopaSo/uroi,
TOV Kcapov, redeeming the time, i. e. res- 'EcUTHi>, <5,
f. 7<, (EK, cuYtw,) to
cuing and improving every opportunity ask out and out, to desire to have, to de-
mand ; Mid. to demand for oneself, seq. shoot forth, to sprout up, intrans. Matt,
accus. Luke xxii. 31. Comp. Job i. 6 sq. xiii. 5. Mark iv. 5. Sept. of light, for
ii. 11
sq. Test. XII Patr. p. 729. Dem. mi Ps. cxii. 4 Trans, f plants, Sept.
546. 21 Act. Diod. Sic. 11. 33. fo/TT'ESn Gen. ii. 9. Ps. civ. 14.

,
adv. (lie, atyuijc i.
q. t,
f- or^o-w, (l/c,
dvi
u<pvoj. q. suddenly, unex- trans, to cause to rise up out of, to raise
v.)
pectedly, at once, Mark xiii. 36. Luke ii. up out of; intrans. to rise up out of.
13. ix. 39. Acts ix. 3. xxii. 6. Sept. for Buttm. 107. II.
QkDD Prov. xxiv. 2. Jer. vi. 26. yri Is. a) trans, pp. of soldiers out of am-
xlvii. 9. Paus. 3. 5. 9. Xen. Mem.'i. 2. bush, Thuc. 7. 77. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 37.
6. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn.p. 18. n. Buttm. of beasts out of their lairs, Xen. Cyr. 2.
115. n. 5. 4. 20. In N. T. in aor. 1 Act. from the
Heb. to raise up sc. seed, offspring ; Mark
'E&lKoXouSfW, W, f- /> (!:, xii. 19 et Luke xx. 28 QavaaT
to follow out, i. e. trop. to O.VTOV SC. IK
oucoXouSsw,) Ttft dSe\<p(^ rrjg
copy after, to conform to, seq. dat. JJLV^OIQ Sept. for n*n Gen. xix. 32, 34. rpip'
2 Pet. i. 16. a<TXyiaiff ii. 2. ry 6fy7 Gen. iv. 25.
rn/of ii. 15. Sept. for n}D Is. Ivi. 11. intrans. in aor. 2. Act. to rise
up out
b)
Jos. Ant. procem. 4. Pol. 17. 10. 7. number
ofsc. a place, a or body of per-
# hundred, Rev. sons, etc. to stand forth, Acts xv. 5.
'EZaKoarioi, at, a,
xiii. 18. xiv. 20. Buttm. 70. 4. Sept. for Dip Gen. xviii. 16. xix. 1. Judg.
20.
iii. Pol. 15. 31. 2. Dem. 284. 23.
f. >K (i*, <&Xe.>w,) pp.
f.
to smear out, i. e. to blot out, to expunge, 5, 7<rw, ( intens.)
trans.
i. aTrardwbut stronger, to deceive wholly,
q.
as rb ovopa IK TTJC /3i/3Xov riJQ to beguile, to seduce, i. e. to lead out of
a) pp.
fane Rev. iii. 6. So Sept. for nna Ps.
the right way into error, trans. Rom.
lxix.29. Ex. xxxii. 31, 32. Lucian. pro vii. 11. xvi. 18. 1 Cor. iii. 18. 2 Cor. xi.
3. 2Thess. ii. 3. Susann. 56. Jos. Ant.
Iinag. 26. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 51 In the
sense of to abrogate a law, TO x"P- 10. 7. 3. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 19.

ypa^oi/ Col. ii. 14. Dem. 468. adv. later form for t-
1 vofiov.
'Ea7nva,
Lys. 96. 10. Trop. for to pardon, rac airivijG Ion. for e^ai^vrjs q. v. suddenly,
dfiapriac Acts iii. 19. So Sept.
and HTO unexpectedly, Markix. 8. Sept. for QkHS
Ps. Ii. 11. Is. xliii.25. Jer. xviii. 23. Josh. xi. 7. Ps. Ixiv. 5. Num. vi.9.
Lys. 106. 32. Zonar. 7. 25. ib. 10. 37. See H. Planck
to wipe off or away, &s in Bibl. Repos. 678.
b) by impl. I. p.
irav rb Sdxpvov inrb rStv o<p$. Rev. vii.
17. xxi. 4. , oujueu, (e intens.)
.
q. aTTopo/iai but stronger, to be wholly
* aXovuat, (fc, &\- without resource, to despair utterly, seq.
from a house,
to leap out, e. g.
i,) gen. TOV Zyv 2 Cor. i. 8. comp. Buttm.
Plut. Agesi. 34 pen. from a chariot, 132. 6. 1. absol. 2 Cor. iv. 8. Sept.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 25 In N. T. to leap up
or forth, sc. from the place where one
for
ps Ps. Ixxxviii. 16. Plut. Alcib. 5
pen. Pol. 3. 48. 4.
sat or was, Acts iii. 8. Sept. for Tpn
Joel ii. 5 __ Plut. Pelop. 32 med. Pomp. ,
f. trrtXai, O, aTro-

58 pen. send away out of the place

to
<rr!XXw,)
where one is, to send forth, trans,
'E^avaoratne, fwc? (laj>rrifj,) ^ as an agent, messenger, etc.
a Pol. 3. 55. 4. In N. T. a) genr.
rising up, Acts vii. 12. xi. 22. xii. 11. Gal. iv. 4,
resurrection from the dead, Phil. iii.
etc of place whither, etc. Acts
ix.
seq.
11.
30. xxii. 21. Gal. iv. 6. Sept. for n>t
Ex. 12. Jer. xxvi. 22.
Xw, (er, avar&Xw f. Gen. xxiv. 40. iii.

q. v.) spring up out of any place,

_ Dem. 251. 5. c. a' e Pol. 21. 14. 9.
the ground, etc. spoken of plants, to C. Trpoe 3. 11. 1.
 286

b) simply, to send away, to dismiss, to yrjv, i. e. out of the water c. IK, Lu-
letdepart, Acts xvii. 14. Sept. for rfayf cian. Bun. 6. Ant. 7. 9. 4.
seq. gen. Jos.
Gen. xlv. 24. 1 Sam. ix. 19, 26 Pol. absol. Herodian. 7. 9. 8. In the sense
10. 35. 2 __ In a stronger sense, to send of to go away, to depart out of a place,
away, sc. peremptorily, c. c. accus. et absol. Acts xvii. 15. xx. 7 Jos. --
adj. Luke
53 TrXovrovvraq i^air. Ktvovg.
i. Ant. 5. 2. 8. seq. gen. Herodian. 3.
xx. 10, 11 OVTOV xevov. So Sept. and 15. 12.
Gen. xxxi. 42. Deut. xv. 13. Job
f&ip'
'EeAi(7X w >
f< 5w > C
1* intn8 -) i-
q-
xxii. 9. Pol. 15. 2. 4 roi>g irptffptig ava-
e\eyx w ^ ut stronger, #0 convict fully, to
iroicpirovg Irt7r.-- shew to be wholly wrong, Dem. xcii. 9.
'EKapTtZw, f. tow, (l, Apr fr. Xen. (Ec. 2. 9. In N. T. to rebuke
aprtof q. complete fully, trans.
v.) sternly, to condemn, to punish, Jude 15.
spoken of time, to finish, to bring to an So Sept. and TTDin Is - Ji - 4 - Mic 4 - 3 --

end, Acts xxi. 5 rag rifiepag. Spoken of

a religious teacher, to make thoroughly 'E!Xicw, f. Kv, (, \KW q. v.)
#0 rfraw out, to drag out, trans, pp. from
perfect, to furnish out, 2 Tim. iii. 17.
a place, house, etc. Sept. for ^Tp Gen.
Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 2 TroXc/ieiv irpbg dvSp. rotg
xxxvii. 28. Herodian. 8. 8. 14. In N. T.
liiraai KaXwg i^rjpTifffJiivovs. Luc. Ver.
trop. to draw out sc. from the right way,
Hist. 1. 33, of a house.
i. e. to draw away, to hurry away, James
i. 14 virb Trjg ISiag iiriSvfJ.iag I?\ic6/fvog.
toflash out, as lightning, Sept. Ez. i. 4. Test. XII Patr. p. 702 eig iropviiav fte
In N. T. of raiment, sAine out, to k%t\KvaaTo. comp. 2E1. H. An. 6. 31 virb

glitter, intrans. Lukeix. 29. comp. Matt.

xvii. 2. Sept. of armour, for pna Nah. see
iii. 3. Ez. i. 7.

arocj r > (itpa<a to

^v. lit. from
(**> *%), vomit out, Dioscor. 8. 9,) vomit,
eject,
this sc. time, i. e. forthwith, presently, that which is thrown up, 2 Pet. ii. 22
immediately, Mark vi. 25. Acts x. 33. 7ri rb ISiov
c^cpa/ia. Comp. Prov. xxvi.
xi. 11. xxi. 32. xxiii. 30. Phil. ii. 23. See
11, where Heb. iNp-^y, Sept. CTTI rbv
in 'EK 2 b. Pol. 2. 7. 7. Diod. S. 15. iavrov tfjitTov. Dioscor. 6. 19.
43. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 47. n.
Schafer ad Bos Ell. Gr. p. 443. 'Ei;puvaa>5 a>,
f. n<ru, (IK, iptv-
to search out, to trace out, to ex-
f. to vato,)
to, *p<5, (IK, lya'pw,)
plore, trans, i. e. assiduously, diligently,
0/ sleep, #0 arouse out of sleep ;

[rd] Trepf nvog, 1 Pet. i. 10. Sept. for

pp. implying also the rising up from the
topn Prov. ii. 4. Zeph. i. 13. ipn
posture of sleep, trans. Ecclus. xxii. 7.
Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 36. Cyr. 8. 7. 2. Hence
1 Cnr. xix. 3. 1 Mace. iii. 49. Pol. U.
1.13.
in N. T. trop.
to raise up out of sc. death, i.
a) q. i, (comp.
lycipui IK TUV vtKpwv, comp. in 'Eyeiput a. Buttm. 188. V. 5. 114 epxo/*at
ult.)
1 Cor. vi. 14. Sept. and y^ Dan. aor. 2 t^^XS'ov, to go or c0we 0w# of any
xii. 2.
place, etc. Sept. every where for K^;.
raise wp, i. e. to cause to arise or Spoken
b)
exist,spoken of Pharaoh, Rom. ix. 17, a)
of persons, to go or come forth,
quoted from Ex. ix. 16 where Heb. (a)
with adjuncts implying the place
Tttyil, Sept. SitTtjprjSiiv. Jos. Ant. 8. out of which, etc. seq. gen. Matt. x.
1 1 . 1 fiaffiXevg yap l&ydpe rat VTT EJJIOV. 14 E^fjoxo/itvot rijg oiKiag. Acts xvi. 39.

I. to see comp. Matth. 354. 5. Seq. IK c. gen.

"Ec<jUf, (!K, dpi be,) of place, Matt. viii. 28 IK T&V fivrjfieiiov
'Efera.
i&pX- John iv. 30. Acts xvi. 40. 1 Cor.
II. *E/il, (IK, tflt
tO
gO,)
*0 ^0 v. 10. al. (Sept. for N Gen. viii. 16, 19.
0w# of a place, intrans. seq. tic, Acts al. Xen. H. G. 6. 5*. 16.) Seq. tw,
Xlii. 42 IK rrjs vvvayuyiiq. xxvii. 43 ITTI rf\v Matt. xxvi. 75. John xix. 4. Rev. iii. 12.
 287

seq. a> c. gen. Matt. xxi. 17 tw r//e TTO- lit.< he

departed out of their hand/ es-
Xswff. Heb. (Eurip. Phoen. 476
xiii. 13.
caped from their power. (y) 1 John iv.
or Seq. airo c. gen. of place, to 1 TroXXoi ^ivSoTrpo^rjTai i^tXrjXvSraaiv
486.) tiQ
depart from, Matt. xiii. 1 IgcXdhty OTTO r7t Q TOV Koapov, i. e. have gone forth,
gone
oiKias. xxiv. 1. Mark xi. 12. al. Seq. abroad, into the world.
adv. Matt. v. 20 iKiiSrtv. xii. 44 oStv.
c) of things, to go or come to forth,
comp. JEsop. Fab. 129. (j3) With an proceed from, viz.
(a) of a voice, doc-
adjunct of person out of or from whom, trine, rumour, etc. Rev. xvi. 17 IZrjXSs
etc. as of those out of whose bodies Qtovfi ttTro TOV vaov. xix. 5. Of doc-
demons depart seq. IK c. gen. Mark i.
; trine, rumour, etc. to
go forth, to spread
25, 26.Luke iv. 35. al. seq. airo, Matt, abroad, 1 Cor. xiv. 36 a<}> vp&v 6 Aoyog
xii. 43.Luke iv. 35. absol. Acts xvi. 18. TOV Seov t%ijX3rtv. With place whither or
Of those from whom, from whose pre- where, seq. 'c c. acc. Matt. ix.
sence one goes forth with authority, etc. >] 077/iJj avrri tiQ oXrjv rr\v yijv
i.
q. 'to be sent out' by any one, seq. Rom. x. 18. John xxi. 23. seq. iv c.
airo c. gen. John xiii. 3 airb Ssov igj?$c. dat. Luke vii. 17. 1 Thess. i. 8.
seq.
xvi. 30. (So Sept. for ^oba Gen. iv. rara c. gen. Luke iv. 14. of
(/3)
xvi. Diflo W
Ex. viii. 8'.) seq. Trapa thoughts, words, etc. TTJQ jcaptfi'ag
c. gen. John xvi. 27 Trapa row Seov l- Matt. xv. 18. IK TOV oro^tarog, James

i/XSov. xvii. 8. comp. Sept. Num. xvi. iii. 10. of healing power or virtue, to
35. So genr. to depart from any one, i. e. emanate, l eavrov Mark v. 30. Trap'
from his presence, intimacy, etc. Luke avTov Luke vi. 19. of an edict, to be
v. 8 fe\$ air' Ipov. 2 Cor. vi. 17 IIX- published, promulgated, Trapd Kaivapog,
Strc IK /icffot; avT&v. (y) The place Luke ii. 1. So of lightning, to come out
whence being not expressed but im- of, toappear from, air' avaToX&v, Matt.
go out, i. e. to go away, to de-
plied, to xxiv. 27. Sept. and N^; Zech. ix. 14
part, etc. Matt. ix. 31 ol i IZtXSovree of liquids, for to flow out, John xix.
(y)
dit<f>jlpi<rav K. r. X.
Mark ii. 12. Luke 34 QrjXSev alpa Kal vdup. Rev. xiv. 20
iv. 42. Acts vii. 7. Rev. vi. 2. al. So of IK Trjs Xr)vov.
(5)
of a hope, to depart,
demons departing from the body, Matt, i. e. to be at an end, to vanish, Acts xvi.

viii.32. Acts viii. 7.

(5)
Withan adjunct 19. So of time, Sept. e^XSc TO ZTOQ, for
of the place whither any one departs, etc. &70J;)
Gen. xlvii. 18. Xen. An. 7. 5. 4.
seq. tt'f, Matt. xi. 7 ri lr/ASr tfe rffv d)
from the Heb. eiffepxopat Kai t-
iptipov K. r. X. Mark viii. 27. Luke x. 10. Acts i. 21. John x. 9; see in
John i. 44. Acts xi. 25. al. saep. (Pa- d. AL.
Iseph. 38. 5. Xen. Mem.
2. 1. 21.) so
c. fi'c final, Mark i. 38 e/c TOVTO. Matt. impers. verb, particip. l6v,
not otherwise in use,) it, is
viii. 34 tig dirdvrrjffiv.Seq. tiri c. ace. (fr. tSftpi
to moral
Luke viii. 27 igtX&ovrt ITTI n}v y/jv, sc. possible, one can, referring
possibility or propriety,
i. e. it is lawful,
from a Acts i. 21.
vessel, Seq. Trapa
c. ace. Mark
13 ^XStv Trapa TY\V
ii.
it is right, it is permitted, one may,
Buttm. 150. p. 438 ; constr. of c. dat.
SdXaaaav. Acts xvi. 13. Seq. irpoe
or implied. E. g.
c. acc. of pers. John xviii. 29. 2 Cor. pers. et infin. expr.
viii. 17. c. infin. pers. marking prolonged or
4 OVK l&ari
of persons, (a) to go forth customary action, Matt. xiv.
b) metaph.
ffoi ixeiv avTrjv. Mark vi. 18. Acts
xvi.
from, to proceed from, Matt. ii. 6 CK aov
21. xxii. 25. With the dat. impl. Matt.
yap iZeXevfftrai rjyovpevo. Acts
XV. 24.
xii. 12. Luke vi. 2. Xen. Mem. 1
Also from the Heb. ISlpxeerSai IK Tfje 2, 10,
to come forth out of the 4. 9. Hi. 1. 26. Seq. infin. aor. marking
6ff<f>vog T'IVOQ,
transient action, Matt. xx. 15 OVK ecrrt
loinsof any one, i. e. to descend from
Heb. o &Xo> K. T. X. xix. 3. Mark
any one, Heb. vii. 5. So Sept. and pot iroirjaai
22. John v. 10.
xxxv. 11. 1 K. viii. ii. 26. x. 2. Luke xx.
t3"X^rm N^: Gen.
31. Acts xxi. 37. So part. 6v
19. comp. Gen. xv. 4. Lib. Henoch. in xviii.
Matt. xii. 4. U-ov sc. !<m, i. q. i&ffTi
Fabr. Cod. pseud. V. T. I. 196. (/3)
f,v
2 Cor. xii. 4. With the dat. impl.
John x. 39 iKijXStv IK TOV %apoc avr&v.
 288

Matt. xxii. 17. xxvii. 6. Mark iii. 4.

w, f. ?<rw, (IK, nx^)} to
xii. 14. Luke vi. 4. xiv. 3. and so with sound sound abroad, Sept. for
out, to

part. !6> sc. torw Acts ii. 29. ^El.

lin Joel iv. 14. Pol. 30. 4. 7. In N. T.
V. H. 2. 7. Xen. An. 4. 3. 10. (Ec. 7. Pass, to be sounded abroad, trop. of the
41 bis. "With the infin. implied, Mark gospel, etc. to be proclaimed, 1 Thess.
ii. 24 8 OVK tZierri sc. avTolq iroitiv. i. 8. Hesych. tgqxclrac l%rj\5tv, KJJ-
Luke vi. 9. Acts viii. 37. 1 Cor. vi. 12
bis. x. 23 bis.
w,) habitude,
'Egcrda>, f. <, (lie
miens. trda> sc. of body Xen. OEc. 7. 2. of life,
fr. ro, Irtog, true, real,) pp. to verify out, habit, Mem. 1. 2. 4. In N. T. habitude,
i. e. examine, to explore, sc. whether is the result of long exercise, practice,

any thing is true or not, i. q. lrao* but Heb. v. 14. Ecclus. prol. Arr. Diss.
stronger and more used by the Attics ; Ep. 1. 4.22. Pol. 10. 47. 7.
Passow in voc. Hence
,
also t^to-raw Acts viii. 9,
to inquire out, i. e. to seek
a) genr. (comp. in 'ATroKaSiarrim,} aor. 1. t-
out the truth by inquiry, etc. seq. irtpi
eoTrjaa, aor. 2 i&GTtjv, trans, to put out
c. gen. Matt. ii. 8. seq. rig interpog. x.
of place, Sept. for Eton Ex. xxiii. 27.
11. Sept. for 1DTT Deut. xix. 18. Josh. x. 10. intrans. to be put out, to be
Ecclus. xi. 7. Herodian. 4. 5. 5. Dem.
out of place, etc. spoken of the joints,
23.29. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 36.
Test. XII Patr. p. 653. to recede from,
to ask, seq.
b) by impl. to question, to yield, Thuc. 2. 63. to depart, Xen.
ace. of pers. John xxi. 12. Act. Thorn.
An. 1. 5. 14. See Buttm. 107. 11. 1.
3. Phavor. igerdgw epwrw.
In N. T. only trop. comp. Tittm. de
*Ei)'yOjuaf, ov/maif
f.
j?ax>/tac, depon. Syn. N. T. p. 134, 136.
Mid. (SK,
to lead out, i. e. to trans, in pres. aor. 1, and later
ryylojuat), a^
take the lead, be leader, Xen. An. 6. 6. pert. f&aTaica Buttm. 107. II. 5, to put
34. c. dat. H. G. 1. 6. 9. In N. T. to out of oneself, i.
q. TOVQ av&p. rov Qpovtiv
lead or bring out, i. e. to make known, to et<rr77/u, Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 12; hence

declare, trans. genr. to astonish, to fill with wonder, Luke

to to narrate, to recount, xxiv. 22 iZearrjeav ripag. Acts viii. 9, 11.
a) genr. tell,
Luke xxiv. 35 sZrjyovvro TCL tv ry bd<$. Athen. 1. p. 19. F. Luc.de Domo 19.
Acts x. xv. 12, 14. xxi, 19.
8. Sept. 19. Dem. 537, ult. ravra &,\.GTI]<H avSptu-
for nsp Judg. vii. 13. Pol. 4. 22. 7. TTOVQ avrSiv.
Thuc! 5. 26. Xen. Lac. 4. 2. b) intrans. in perf. and aor. 2
Act. and
a teacher, to make known, to in Mid. to be beside oneself, to be out of
b) of
unfold, e. g. rbv t6v, to reveal, John i. one's mind ; Mark iii. 21 eXeyov yap, on
18. comp. Matt. xi. 27. So Sept. for IZeffTr). 2 Cor. V. 13 tin yap l%effTi]uev,
rnin Lev. vii. 57. Diod. Sic. 4. 49. sc. as is said of us. So Sept. trans, for
Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 6. y^n Job xii. 17. Jos. Ant. 10. 7. 3
r a TUIV <j>pev<JL>v.
Pol. xv. 29. 7
E/jKOvra, ol, at, TO., sixty, Matt. WV typtvwv. Diod. Sic. 14. 71.
xiii.8,23. Markiv.8, 20. Luke xxiv. 13. Hence genr. to be astonished, amazed,
1 Tim. v. 9. Rev. xi. 3. xii. 6. xiii. 18.
filled with wonder, Matt. xii. 23 t^iaravro
& dv. (PP- g en - of obsol. Itf ol oXot. Mark ii. 12. v. 42
in
fr. fxw, cw, Buttm. 115. n. 3,) in order, comp.
successively, Sept. Deut. ii. 34. Xen. 'AyaXXtaw b. (Sept. Gen. xxvii. 33.
Athen. 1. 6. In N. T. only c. art. as Ez. xxvi. 16.) Mark vi. 51 iv tavroiQ.
adj. tj i7/pa, the following day,
l%rjg sc. Luke ii. 47 QiaravTo tiri ry avviati K. T. \.
the next day, comp. Buttm. 125. 6, 7. Matth. 399. n. (Sept. Ex. xviii. 9.)
in full Luke ix. 37. with 7//upa impl. Luke 56. Acts ii. 7, 12. viii. 13. ix.
viii.

vii. 11. Acts xxi. .1. xxv. 27. xxvii. 18. 21. x. 45. xii. 16. Sept. for TTT Ex. xix.
Test. XII Patr. p. 595. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 18. Ruth iii. 8. npn Gen. xliii. 33. Job
6. in full Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44. '3o genr. xxvi. 11. Arr. D~iss. Ep. 2. 22, 6. Xen.
2 Mace. vii. 8. Pol. 1.52.4. Mem. 2. 1. 4.
 f.
(ic, ^intens.) i. q.
vtrw, adjure, trans. Matt. xxvi. G3.
Sept. tor
but stronger,
to be in full strength, y3ir>n Gen. xxiv. 3 __ Diod. Sic. 1. ]
to be fully able, seq. inf. Eph. iii. 18. me'd.' Dem. 1265. 16.
Ecclus. vii. 6. JE1. V. H. 6. 13.

"ESoSocs ou, /, (if, odoc,) pp.

exorcist, pp. one who binds by an oath,
ot^, Herodian. 7. 12. 14.
ca*if, Plut. genr. one who by adjuration and incan-
Flamin. 20 med. In N. T. exodus, tation professes to expel
demons, Acts
xix. 13. Anth. Gr. III. p. 23 ult __
journey out, departure, Heb. xi. 22. Sept.
nNS of Ex. xix. Num. Com, for the process of exorcism, Jos.
for inf.
N^ 1.
Ant. 8. 2. 5.
xxxiii. 38. al. Jos. Ant. 5. Xen. 1. 20. Suicer. Thes. in v.
An. 6. 4. 9 Trop. of departure from 'Eopuer<Tw v. TTGD, f.
w, (,
life, exit, decease, Luke 2 Pet. i.
ix. 31. to dig out, trans. Mark ii. 4
6pv<7<Tu>,)
15. Wisd. vii. 6. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 2 I*'
topuavr, sc. TTJV aTeyrjv,
digging out
or removing the tiles, earth, etc. But
comp. in 'ATrooreya^w. Xen. CEc. 19.
pcvw, v<, (Ir intens.) f.
4. Trop. Gal. iv. 15 60Sa\ju,otc yii&v
i. 6\o$piv<> but stronger, to destroy
q.
i%opv$avTg, denoting entire devotedness.
utterly, Pass. seq. IK TOV Xaov Acts iii.
l^K Deut. Sept. pp. for -ip} Judg. xvi. 22. 1 Sam.
23. Sept. for vii. 10. c. IK
xi. 2 --Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 1. Herodot. 8.
forrns Ex. xxx. 33. xxxi. 13. al.
116.
Test/XII Patr. p. 541. Jos. Ant. 8. 11.
1. ib. 11. 6. 7. Oorap. Sturz de Dial. dw, w, f. w<rw, (tK, intens.)
Alex. p. 166 sq. i.
q. ovSevoa) but stronger, to set out at

in- nought, i. e. to despise, to contemn, to

w, f. ri<r<, (
tu),
treat with scorn, and by impl. to reject
tens.) i.
q. 6/zoXoyta> but stronger, pp. to
with contempt, trans. Mark ix. 12. So
speak out the same things, sc. as another ;
hence in N. T. Sept. for DK73 1 Sam. xv. 23, 26. xvi. 1.
Ps. liii. 6. fl|^ Ecc.
ix. 16. 2 K. xix,
1. Act. and Mid. to concede, to acknow-
21. 1 Mace. iii. 14. Lib. Hen. inFabr.
ledge, to confess fully, trans, e. g. rdf
Test. XII Patr. p. 564. Eu-
Mark Acts p. 162.
afiapTiag, Matt. iii. 6. i. 5.
strat. in 1. Nicom. p. 9. B. Basil. Ep. 61.
xix. 8. James v. 16. Sept. and rnin H.
Dan. ix. 24. Jos. Ant. 8. 4. 6 rue
91. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 182.
Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 678.
a/iapn'af. B. J. 5. 10. 6. Plut. M.
Anton. 59 pen. rr\v a\rj$tiav. In the f. fa", (>, intens.
, w,
sense of to acknowledge openly, to pro- and ovSfvsu) fr. ovStkv later form for
fess, e. g. TO ovofia TIVOQ
Rev. iii. 5 in ovSfv, Buttm. 70. 1. Lob. ad Phr. p,
'text. rec. So seq.on Phil. ii. 11. comp. 181 sq.) i.
q. ovSrivko) but stronger, to set
Tob. xi. 17. Hence Mid. to make ac- out at nought, i. e. to
despise, to contemn,
knowledgement, for benefits, i. e. to
sc. to treat with despite, trans. Luke xviii.

give thanks, to praise, seq. dat. of pers. 9 k%ov$revovvTa<; TOVQ \OITTOVQ. xxiii. 11.
Matt. xi. 25. Luke x.21. Rom. xiv. 11. Rom. xiv. 3, 10. 1 Cor. vi. 4. xvi. 11.
xv. 9, quoted from Ps. xviii. 50 where Gal. iv. 14. 1 Thess. v. 20. 1 Cor. i.
Sept. for rrrin. also Ps. Ivii. 10. 1 Chr. 28 et 2 Cor. x. 10 eSovSevj/juei/of, con-
xvi. 4. 2 Chr. xxx. 22. al. ssep -- Act.
Philo de Alleg. p. 1105. c.
temptible, abject. Sept. for Prov. i.
2 Chr. xxxvi. 16.
m
Thorn. 25. 7. Ez. xxii. 8.
n]2
ace. Tob. xii. 22. EusVb. H. E. 5. 1. 209. Comp. Lob.
2. Act. to assent fully, to agree, to pro- ad Phr. p. 182. impl. to reject with
By
mise, absol. Luke xxii. 6 IZufioXoyrjae. scorn, Acts iv. 11, comp.
Matt. xxi. 42.
So Ant. 6. 3. 5. ib. 8. 4. 1 Sam. viii. 7 Psalt. Sal.
6/ioXoyso*, Jos. Sept. for DK73
3. Xen. An. 7. 4. 13, 22. ii. 5. Act. Thorn. 14.

'Eov, see* 'E^outna, ac, >/, (TTi,) power,

efact an oath. i. e. to put to an oath, to

a)
the power of doing any thing,
 \ovaia. 290

ability ', faculty ; Matt. ix. 8 tfo

belongs, Luke xx. 20 a. TOV
fft'av roiavrrjv rolf avSpwTrotc. John xix. Rev. xii. 10 1$. TOV Xp. Acts xxvi. 18 i.
11. Acts viii. 19. llev. xiii. 12. Seq. TOV OO.TO.VUQ. Luke xxii. 53 t. TOV <neo-
gen. of thing to be done, Luke x. 19 e. Tov' Col. i. 13. Seq. gen. of the object
rov TraruV K. r. X. Seq. infin. of thing subjected to the power, Mark vi. 7
to be done, e. g. infin. pres. Matt. ix. 6 iovvia T&V Trvevfi. TWV ciKaS. 1. e. power
iovffiav tx t " v *^' a^isvat K. r. X. i. 6. 19 over unclean spirits. Matt. x. 1. John
able to forgive. Mark ii. 10. Luke v. 24. xvii. 2. Seq. STT* c. gen. Rev. ii. 26
John v. 27. seq. infin. aor. Luke xii. 6. i%. iirl TWV
iSvuiv, i. e. power over. xi. 6.
i$ovcriav txovTa */i/3aXfTv K. r. X. John x. xiv. 18. xx. 6. Seq. i-rri c. ace. in the
18 bis. xix. 10 bis. Rev. ix. 10. Time. same sense, Luke ix. 1. Rev. vi. 8. xiii.
4. 39. seq. gen. Ecclus. ix. 13. seq. 7. xvi. 9. Seq. infin. c. wors impl. Rev.
infin. Thuc. 7. 12. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 24, xi. (?, comp. Matt. x. 1. Seq. tirdvu c.

35. In the sense of strength, force, gen. Luke xix. 17.

efficiency, Rev. ix. 3 bis. ix. 19. So (/3)
meton. put for (1) what is sub-
Matt. vii. 29. Mark i. 22. iv iZovaig, ject to one's
rule, dominions, domain,
as adj. powerful, Luke iv. 32. nar jurisdiction, Luke iv. 6. xxiii. 7 in r>/c

tZovffiav, Iv l$oval$, as adv. i. e. with t. 'Hpwov. So Sept. and 2 K.

n^p'ap
intrinsic strength, with point and effect, xx. 13. Ps. cxiv. 2 Herodian. '3. 8.4.
Mark i. 27. Luke iv. 36. Dem. 111. Plut. Reip. ger. prsec. 19. Mor. V. p. 91.
12 7roXXot' dv TIQ oiKSTaQ Idol Trap' rj^lv ed. Tauchn. in plur. or collect.
(2)
TrXtioj/oj; i^ovaiaQ o,n flovXovrai those invested with power, as in Engl.
raj: fy K. r. X. the powers, viz. for rulers, magistrates,

b) power,
sc. of doing or not doing, Luke xii. 11. Rom. xiii. 1, ter, 2, 3. Tit.

i.e. license, liberty, free choice, Acts i. 7 iii.

(Ecclus. x. 4. Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 7.)
1.

Iv ry t'% tZovv'iy. v. 4. ix. 21. 1 Rom. So for the celestial and infernal powers,
Cor. vii. 37 tZovaiav !%i Trtpi TOV ISicv princes, potentates, e. g. angels, arch-
his own
deXrifiaroct i. e. if it stands in angels, Eph. i. 21. iii. 10. Col. i. 16.
free will. viii. 9. ix. 12 bis, 18. 246, 11. 10. 1 Pet. iii. 22. Comp. Test. XII
Thess. iii. 9. Rev. xxii. 14. --Ecclus. xxv. Patr. p. 597, 598. Or demons, Eph. vi.
23. JE1.V. H.3.35. Herodian. 1. 10. 12. 12. Col. ii. 15. Eph. ii. 2, see in 'Arjn.
Xen. Hi. 5.2. Comp. Test. XII Patr. p. 546. So
power, sc. as entrusted, i. c. com- genr. of the powerful adversaries of the
c)
mission, authority, right, full-power; gospel, 1 Cor. xv. 24. Comp. in 'Apx?;
Matt. xxi. 23 bis, iv iroig. iovffi$ TO.VTO. d.
(3)
1 Cor. xi. 10 o^etXtT ^ yvvri iov-
Troths ; ver. 24, 27. Mark iii. 15. xi. 28 ffiav t%av tirl Trjg KttyaXijs Sia roi'c

bis, 29, 33. Luke xx. 2 bis, 8. John i. dyylXovf, prob. emblem of power,' i.e.
12. Acts ix. 14. xxvi. 10, 12. 2 Cor. x. a veil or covering, (comp. ver. 13, 16,)
3. xiii. 10. Heb. xiii. 10. Rev. xiii. 5. as an emblem of subjection to the power
1 Mace. x. 6. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 5. Por- of a husband, a token of modest ad-
phyr. Vit. Pythag. 8. Diod. Sic. 17. 54 herence to duties and usages estab-
pen. Pol. 32. 15. 5. lished by law or custom lest spies or ;

sc. over persons and things, evil minded persons should take ad-
d) power,
dominion, authority, rule, viz. vantage of any impropriety in the meet-
18 Ifld3-if
(a) pp. and genr. Matt, xxviii. ings of the Christians. Comp. Sept. TT,V
uoi Traaa iZovvia Iv ovpaviji teal ITTI y^ff. Ttprjv TOV Trpoo-wTTCV for E^!J? mD5
Matt. yiii. 9 et Luke vii. 8 VTTO eov<riav Gen. xx. 16. Gesen. Lex. Heb. art.'

<ivai, i. e. subject to authority, rule.

Mark xiii. 34 r?)v fov<riav, sc. avrov.
Jude 25. Rev. xiii. 2, 4. xvii. 12, 13. ,
f- a, (ISovcria,)
to

Ps. cxxxvi. have power, to exercise power, seq. gen.

xviii. 1. Sept. for n^Tpp
8. 9.Chald. -jq^ Dan. iii. 24. iv. 21. Buttm.132.5. 3.

Ecclus. xvii. 2V Diod. Sic. 1. 58. ib. 18. in the sense of to have leave, to be
a)
50. Herodian. 3. 10. 12. ib. 7. 10. 4. So permitted. 1 Cor. vii. 4 bis, rov Idiov <rw-

to whom the power /uarof OVK tov<nai, i. e. one has no

seq. gen. of pers.
 291

power or liberty over hia own (Xen. GEc. 10. So

leparate
as he will.
8.) 6 tfa i^ v z v.
body, to use it Sept. for tD^lE) Spoiiroc,our outward man, the
body, 2
Ecc. v. 18. vi. 2 Dion. Hal. 9. 44 Cor. iv. 16. As a prep. seq. gen. out
of,
Qovaiatuv, i. e. licentius agens. outside of, Luke xiii. 33 tw
'lepovaaXmi.
to exercise authority, to rule, to reign, Heb. xiii. 11 13. JE1. V. H. 2. 10.
b)
Luke xxii. 25 01 ou<riaovr avr&v, Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 14.
their rulers, princes. Sept. for *>IQ Neh. of place whither, out,
b) forth, out of
ix. 37. Ecc. x. 4. t^> Neh. V. 15. doors, foras, sc.from a place, after verbs
viii. 9. Pass. seq. viro TIVOQ, to be ruled implying motion or direction, John xix.
by, i. e. to be under the power of, to be in 4 ayw vp~iv avrbv e w. Matt. V. 13 d /if)

bondage to, trop. 1 Cor. vi. 12. (3\nSnvat ?w. xiii. 48. Luke xiv. 35.
1 John iv. 18. John
43 Stvpo fw. xi.
r?e, V, (e#xu to be promi- Acts 34 v. xvi. 30 irpo-
TToiijffai ta).
nent, ) prominence, projection, e.g. a point, ayaywv !w. So after verbs of motion
corner, etc. Sept. for Job xxxix. 28.
yyj compounded with IK, as egayu Luke
Herodian. 4. 15. 6. In'N. T. metaph. xxiv. 50. t&pxopai Matt. xxvi. 75. John
eminence, distinction, Acts xxv. 23 dv- xix. 4, 5. al. K/3aAXw, Luke viii. 54.
t /car' i$oxnv Siref, i.
q. ot Acts ix. 40. Pol. 1. 50. 2. Xen. H. G.
4. 4. 16. An. 5. 5. 19. As prep. seq.
j, tVw, (ty7rvo,)f wake
gen. Matt. xxi. 17 IXijvStv H,o> rj~/ iroXtwg.
out of sleep, trans, trop. of the dead,
ver. 39. Mark v. 10. viii. 23. Acts iv.
John xi. 11. Sept. pp. for yp^ 1 K. iii.
15. xiv. 19. Herodian. 4. 2. 11. Xen.
15. -ny Job xiv. 12 __ pp. Test. XII
An. 5. 7. 15. AL.
Patr. p. 568, 060. Pint. M. Anton. 30.
also Vol. X. q. 75, 70, ed. Reisk. A adv. of place,
(t'?w,) from
word of the later Greek instead of the without, i. e. outwardly, externally, viz.
earlier afvirvifa, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 224. a) pp. Matt, xxiii. 27, 28. Lukexi. 39.
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 676. 2 Cor. vii. 5. Sept. for "pm? Gen. vi.
14. Ex. xxv. 11. al. Herodian. 2. 8. 10.
*Eu7rvoe, ou, > v> adj. (I*, {57rt>oe,) Thiic. 2. 49. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 14. So 6
pp. out of sleep, i. e. wakened, awake, u>3-j/ as adj. outward, external, 1 Pet.
Acts xvi. 27 iZvirvoQ ?t ytvo/itroc, i. e. iii. 3. Rev. xi. 2. TO ZZwSev the outside
awaking. Esdr. iii. 3.
Matt, xxiii. 25. Luke xi. 40. that from

adv. of place, also without, Mark vii. 18. Trop. ol tZu&sv,

"Efe>, (tic, ,)
those from without, i. e. not Christians, 1
prep. c. gen. Buttm. 146. 2, out, with-
out, viz.
Tim. iii. 7. Comp. Buttm. 125. 6, 7.

of place where, without, out of doors,

Xen. H.G. 5. 1.22.
a)
b) i.
q. tw, out of, ivithcut, as
prep.
foris, after verbs not implying motion,
as itrrdvat, etc. John xviii. 16 ITlrpof seq. gen. Mark vii. 15 ?. TOV avSp&irov.
Rev. xiv. 20 eioStv r?jc TroXswf, in some
iiffrrfk-ei irpog ry $vp$ i'a). Matt. xii. 46,
edit. Sept. for -prrTO Ex. xl. 20. Lev.
47. xxvi. 69. Mark iii. 31, 32. So
xxiv. 3. JTteirr Jer. xi. 6. xliv. 17, 21
genr. without a place or city, abroad,
Mark i. 45 w \v tprjfiotG TOTTOIQ. Luke Soph. Elect. 1449. Xen. An. 5. 7. 21.

i. 10. Rev. xxii. 15. Sept. for yina 'E^wSai), w> f- 7< and w<rw, (IK,
Gen. xxiv. 31. Ezra x. 13. Herodian. &>$&> Buttm, 114,) to thrust out, to drive
4.2.11. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 31. An. 7. 6. out, sc. from a place, viz.
So ol to> as adj. external, those trans, and
24. a) pp. of a nation, to expel,
without, Buttm. 125. 6, 7. Acts xxvi. seq. OTTO, Acts vii. 45. Sept. for TT^n
11 ei'c rag w 7r6Xe> even to foreign Deut. xiii. 5. Jer. viii. 3. p^rnrr Joel iv.
cities. 2 K. xvi. 18. Xen. H. G. 6. Psalt. Sal. xvii.6. Ml. V. II. 3. 17
(Sept.
6. 1. 5.) Trop. of those not belonging med. Pol. 2. 69. 9.
to thrust forward
to one's society, church, etc. not Chris- b) as a naval term,
tians, 1 Cor. v. 12, 13. Col. iv. 5. 1 Thess. a ship from the sea towards the
drive out on shore,
iv. 12. of those not belonging to the shore, to propel, to
number of the apostles, Mark iv. 11. trans. Acts xxvii. 39 afymXov, tig 81
U2
 292

ifiovXevffavTO i'waai TO TrXotov. Time. 7. iai TOV 3-foD. Eph. vi. 2

52 TCLQ irdaaQ vavg f]di) T&V '.A^qva/wv Iv iTrayyeXt^t. Eph. i. 13 Ttp
i&w$ovv is Tffv yijv. 8. 105. Xen. H.G. Trjc sTrayysXi'ac, the spirit
4. 3. 12 bis. promised, Buttm. 123. n. 4. 1 Tim.
iv. 8. 2 Pet. iii. 4. ver. 9, see in Bpa-
'Eciwrcpocj Oj oi/j compar. from
dvvw. Sept. for m^hp Esth. iv. 7 -- 1
tw, outer, uttermost, Matt. viii. 12 TO
Mace. x. 15. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 1. Diod.
OKOTOQ TO i%u)Tpov uttermost darkness,
remote from the light
Sic. 1. 5 ult. Pol. 1. 72. 6. So of
i. e. far and
special promises, e. g. made to Abraham,
splendour of the feast within (ver. 11),
Acts vii. 17 coll. ver. 6. Rom. iv. 20 coll.
and put for the infernal regions or Tar-
ver. 18. Heb. vi. 15 coll. ver. 14. Heb.
tarus, xxii. 13. xxv. 30. Sept. for
vii. 6. xi. 9 bis yrj tTrayycXi'ag i. e. pro-
}iXTT in the sense of outer, exterior, Ez. mised land, Buttm.
x. 5.' xl. 20.
123. n. 4. So in
f
respect of Isaac, Rom. ix. 9. Gal. iv.23.
Eopra'w, f. daw, (iopTrj,) to keep a of a spiritual seed Rom. ix. 8. Gal. iv.
festival, to keep holiday, intrans. 1 Cor. 28. Or as made to Abraham and the
v. 8. Sept. v. 1. Ps. xiii. 5. Jewish patriarchs and prophets in
^ foosrjEx.
T gene-
Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 4. Hdian.5.6. 12. Xen. ral, e. g. of a future Saviour, Acts xiii.
Ath. 3. 2.
23, 32. xxvi. 6. of future blessings and
f the enjoyment of God's favour, Acts ii.
Eopr), ije, v, a feast, festival, holi-
39. Rom. iv. 13, 14, 16. ix. 4. xv. 8.
day, Col. ii. 16 fjirj TIQ vfiag Kpiv'tTO) iv
2 Cor. vii. 1. Gal. iii. 16 18 bis, 21,
fiepti iopTrjg ij vovfirjvias. Acts xviii. 21
et John v. 1, where it is uncertain what 22, 29. Eph. ii. 12. iii. 6. Heb. vi. 12,
17. xi. 17. of the salvation in Christ, 2
festival is meant comp. Olshausen in
;
Tim. i. 1 KUT' tTrayyeXtav wf"j, sc. an
loc. Sept. for an Ex. x. 9. Hos. ii. 11.
Am. viii. 10. -jyitt Lev. xxiii. 2. Num. apostle in respect to the promise of eter-
nal life in Christ, i. e. appointed to
x. 10. Herodian. 3. 10. 3. Xen. Cyr.
announce it, Heb. iv. 1. viii. 6. ix. 15.
1. 5. 1. Spoken of the passover and the 1 John ii. 25.
festival of unleavened bread connected
with it, the paschalfestival, see in*Av/tc b) meton. put for the thing promised,
and AfurepoTrpwrof. Heb. xi. 13, 33, 39. of the salvation in
So rj iopTrj TOV
Christ x. 36. of the Holy Spirit, TTJV
Ti-dtrxa, Luke John xiii. 1. iv
ii. 41.
7rayy. TOV Trarpog, Luke xxiv. 49. Acts
Ttp Trdtrxa TJJ topry John ii. 23.
iv 7}

T&V dZvn<jjv Luke xxii. 1.

i. 4. So Tt]v tTrayy. TOV Trvtvfiaroc
top. rj ioprfj
.

Mark \a(3<ov, i.
q. TO TO t7rayyt\\6[j.tvov t
7TJ>.
simply Matt. xxvi. 5. xxvii. 15.
i. e. having received the promised effu-
xiv. 2. xv. 6. Luke ii. 42. xxiii. 17.
sions of the Spirit, Acts ii. 33. Gal.
John iv. 45 bis. vi. 4. xi. 56. xii. 12, 20.
xiii. 29. Sept. fornnEx. xii. 14. xxxiv.
iii. 14. Comp. Buttm. 123. n. 4.

25. and e. T&V d^vfiwv Ex. xxiii. 15.

Test. XII Pair. p. 725. Psalt. Sal. xii.
8 offtoi
KVpiov K\npovonr)aaitv
xxxiv. 17. Also of the feast of taber-
nacles, y} iopTi} t'i (TKtjvoTrrjyia, John vii. 2,
8 bis, 10, 11, 14, 37. Sept. foon Deut.
f. eXui,
xvi. 16. xxxi. 10. , (iiri, ayytXXa;,)
to bring word to or up to, i. e. to announce,

'E?rayyAta, O, /, (tTrayyeXXw,) e. g. events, etc. Horn. Od. 4. 775.

annunciation, announcement, viz. Herodian. 1. 6. 23. or by way of ap-
1 John i. 5 in text. rec. where
a) pp. pointment, command, Dem. 1041. 5.
later edit. dyytXia. Sept. for rr^lTDiri Ez. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 10. In N.T. asdepon.
vii. 26 Arr. Exp. Alex. 1. 19. Pol. 24. Mid. fcTrayyeXXo/ucu, to announce oneself,
10. 8 in some edit. sc. as doing or about to do any thing, to

b) by impl. order, mandate, Acts xxiii. promise; with perf. pass. tTrrjyytXftai in
21. Pol. 9. 38. 2 TO. Kara TTJV tTrayye- mid. signif. Rom. iv. 21. Buttm. 136.
3. but also as Pass. Gal. iii. 9. 2 IVIacc.
c) by impl. promise, viz.
(a) pp. iv. 27. Buttm. 113. n. 6.
promise given. 2 Cor i. 2J) oo-at yup a) g-enr.
to promise, e. c. ace. et dat.
 298

expr. or impl. James i. 12 a Luke xvi. 8. Rom. xv. 11. 1 Cor. xi. 2
ov i?rjyyetXaro 6 icvpiog 22 bis.
u/j rolg aya- 17, Sept. for rrniiS Ecc. viii. 15!
ii. 5. 2 Pet. ii. 19. 1 John
TTUKTIV O.VTOV.
^|>n Gen. xii. 15. Ps. x. 3 Jos. Ant.
ii. Rom.iv.21. Tit. i.2. Heb.vi.13.
25. 4. 3. 1. Ceb. Tab. 31. Xen. Mem. 3. 2,

seq. dat. etinfin. Markxiv. 11. Actsvii. 2.

5. absol. Heb. x. 23. xi. 11. xii. 26.
Pass, impersonal iii. 19 y c. dat. Gal.
OV, 6, (ITT/, alvOQ,\ lit.

the promise
i. e. to whom praise upon, i. e.
applause, commenda-
tW/yyeXrac,
tion, praise. Epll. i. 6 t'iQ tTTdlVOV T1IQ
was made. So Sept. and 173K Esth. iv.
cofys K . T. X. ver. 12, 14. 2 Cor. viii. 18.
6. Jos. Ant. 3. 1 5 Pol. 5. 89. 6.
Phil. i. 11. 1 Pet.i. 7. Meton. object
Xen. An. 5. 6. 26.
ofpraise, something praiseworthy, Phil.
b) in the sense of to profess, to make Tin
iv. 8. Sept. for 1Chr. xvi. 27.
profession of, seq. accus. Stoakfiuav 1 xxii. 4 Ecc.'xliv. 8, 15. Pol. 1.
Tim. ii. 10. Wisd. n|nn
yvStoiv vi. 21.
:
ii.
1. ll Thuc. 1. 76 ult. Xen. Hi. 1. 14.
13. Xen. Mem. 1.2.7. ib. 3. 1. 1.
In the sense of approbation, commenda-
'ETTayycXjUa, roe, ro, (tTrayytXXo/tat,) tion, Rom. ii. 29 ov 6 tV. OVK i% ch/p.
apromi.se, 2 Pet. i. 4. iii. 13. Dem. 397. xiii. 3. Meton. reward, 1 Cor. iv. 5. 1
3. Pet. ii. 14 Wisd. xv. 19.
aor. 1 particip. ind^as 2 f.
aou>, (fcTTt, a?pw,) to take
'ETray'iJ,
Pet. ii.
(on which form see in *Ayo;,)
5, up, to raise up, trans.
to lead up to, to bring upon, to introduce, as a sail, to hoist up, Acts xxvii.
a) pp.
pp. to a place, Sept. Ez. xiv. 15. Thuc. 40. (Luc. V. H. 2. 38. Plut. Theseus
2. 2. ib. 5. 5. In N. T. upon persons, 17, 22.) Pass, to be taken up, to be borne
c. c. ace. et dat. 2 Pet. ii. 1 cnruXtiav. upward, Acts i. 9. comp. Mark xvi. 19
ver. 5. Sept. seq. liri for N'On Gen. vi. et Luke xxiv. 51 .
Spoken of the hands,
17. Ex. xi. 1. Lev.xxvi.25. Philo to lift up, sc. in prayer and benediction,
Leg. ad Cai. p. 1018 icivSvvov ITT. Pa- Luke xxiv. 50. 1 Tim. ii. 8. So Sept.
laeph. 6. 7. Hesiod. *Epy. 242 Seq. fortrnn Ex. xvii. 11. Nto} Ps.cxxxiv.
7ri, Acts v. 28 lirayaytiv i<f> iy/iaf TO 2 __ Xen. Eq. 12. 6. Trop. to lift up,
alfia, to bring upon us, i. e. to impute to e. g. TOVQ 6(f>$a\fj.ovt;, i. e. to look upon,

us, make
us answerable for. Sept. for Matt. xvii. 8. Luke vi. 20. xvi. 23.
N"2n Gen. xx. 9. "Jps Ex. xxxiv. 7. xviii. 13. John iv. 35. vi. 5. xvii. 1.
Dem. 275. 4. (Sept. for Kip^ Gen. xiii. 10. Ez. 6.)
xviii.

77} v $ti)vi'ivi. e. to cry out with a loud voice,

TT, ayw- Luke xi. 27. Acts ii. 14. xiv. 11. xxii. 22.
vio/uai,)
to contend upon i. e. for or about,
ii. 4. ix. 7. Philostr.
(Sept. forKto^ Judg.
seq. dat. of thing for which, Jude 3.
Vit. Apollon. 5. 33. Dem. 449.
13.) T^V
Plut. Num. 8. c. dat. of pers. with or
Ki$a\r]v ITT. i. e. to take courage, Luke
against whom, Plut. Fab. Max. 23. xxi. 28. rf)v KTSpvav ITT'I nva, to lift up
f- the heel against, sc. in order to attack
oi<ra>, (e-iri,

trans, to collect together to or and injure, John xiii. 18, quoted from
collect,)
Ps. xii. 15 where is different.
upon any place, etc. Mid. intrans. Sept.
TO dopv liri for b^tpn 1 Sam.
t7ra3poi'o^ai, to collect together to or upon, Sept. cTTT/pc

to crowd together upon, Luke xi. 29. xx. 32

Plut. M. Anton. 44. b)
Mid. iTraipofiai, to lift up oneself,
to rise up, sc. against any thing, seq.
'Eirai vcroc, ov, b, Epenetus, a Chris- Kara, 2 Cor. X. 5 TTCLV ttywjua 7ratpo/i-
tian, Rom. xvi. 5.
vov Kara TIJS "Y v T v $ to V' Sept. for
>

w, (""<> Att. f.
N^nn Ezra iv. 19. Dan. xi. 14. Me-
aevsw,)
Rom. Xen. H. G. to become elated,
t, xv. 11. 3. taph.' to be lifted up,
2.6. Buttm. 113.6.n. 7. butalsofut. 2 Cor. xi. 20. Sept. for nns Jer. xiii.
tou, 1 Cor. xi. 22. Xen. An. 5. 5. 8. 15. Nto? Prov. xix. 18. Philo de For-
T
Dem. 414. 8. lit. to praise upon, i. e. tid. p. 7 36. JE1. V. H. 8. 15. Xen. Cyr.
to applaud, to laud, to commend, trans. 8. 5. 21.
 294

'&7raKT\vro/utu, only
Mid. (atV^u-
3.
2 K.
1 Sam.
xiii. 4.
vii. 9.
Hdian.
Wy Gen. Luc. 20.
4. 5. 9. Ti-
xvii.

vu>),
aor. pass. tTryaxi'vS/jv an(^ ^ut *
1 -

pass. tTraio-xufSTyo-o/ittf, both in mid. mon 34.

Buttm. s/mwe oneself
130. 2 to Mid.
signif. ;
'ETraicpoaojLicu, w^at, depon.
upon, in, at any thing, to fe ashamed of, (tTrt, aKjooao/iai,) to hear to, to hearken
seq. accus. Mark viii. 38 bis, og ydp dv upon or to, i. q. liraKovw q. v. seq. gen.
tirattrxvvSry p* K. r. \. Luke ix. 26 bis. Acts xvi. 25. Test. XII Patr. p. 710.
Rom! i. 16. 2 Tim. i. 8, 16. Heb. xi. So Sept. iTraicpoaffig for yilJpn 1 Sam. xv.
16 see below. absol.2Tim. i. 12. Comp. 22.
Matth. 414. 12. Sept. Job xxxiv. 19.
c. dat. Plut. ed. Reisk. IX. p. 408.
'ETrav, conj. for lirti dv, whenever,
so soon as, c. c. subjunct. comp. in "Ay
Hdot. 9. 85. Seq. STTI c. dat. Rom. vi.
I. 2. b. Matt. ii. 8 i-rrav Sk tuptrt. Luke
21 ty ols vvv iiraiax- So Sept. for -)pn
xi. 22, 34. Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 3. Xen.
Is. i. 29. Comp. Matth. 399. n. 1.
Cyr. 3. 2. 1. Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p.
Seq. infin. pres. Heb. ii. 11. So Heb.
786. Matth. 521.
xi. 16 OVK iiraiaxvviTai aurovg o Stog, &tbg
t7riKa\i?vSrai avrCJv, where the latter con- adv. (pp. neut.ofobsol.

epexegetical, comp. Matth.

struction is fr. liri, necessarily,
dvayicj/),
532. d. |
472. 2. b. For the attraction and ro 7ravayK necessary Acts xv. 28.
Diod. Sic. Buttm. 115. 4. 125. 6. Jos. Ant. 16.
comp. Buttm. 151. 1. 6. 1.

83. 11.2. Ar. Diss.Ep.2. 20. 1. Dem. 706.

21. Hdot. 1.82.
W, f. q<TJ, (ITTI, airlw,) pp.
to ask thereto or for more ; hence to beg,
'Eiravayw, f. <*>, (^i, dvdyw,)

to ask alms, absol. Luke xvi. 3. Sept. lead up upon, in N. T. as a nau-

1. to

for Ps. cix. 10. Ecclus. xl. 28. tical term, to lead [a or out upon
b%$ ship] up
Hom.'ll. 23. 593 ed Wolf. the sea, to put out to sea, fig TO /3d.9-oc,
Luke v. 4. absol. ver. 3. See in 'Avdyw
w, f. n<ro>, (^h b. 2 Mace. xii. 4. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 40.
to accompany, to attend upon,
ib. 2. 1.24.
tofollow upon. Mark xvi. 20 did T>V
2. to lead back upon or to a place, to
iTraKoXovSovvTwv ffTjp.ti(t)v,
the
accompa- cause to return, Herod ian. 6. 6. 4. ib. 7.
nying signs, seq. dat. 1 Tim. v. 24 rial
6. 7. In N. T. intrans. to return to, e. g.
e KOI f.7ra.KO\ov$iovaiv, sc. ai afiaoriat,
tig rrjv TTO\IV, Matt. xxi. 18. See'Ayw 3.
and some they follow after, i. e. are mani-
2 Mace. ix. 21. Diod. Sic. 16.26ult.
fest only subsequently. Sept. fonnN Tpn Pol. 33. 5. 5.
Job xxxi. Prov. vii. 22
7. Diod. Sic.
16. 61. Plut. Timol. 3 med __ Metaph. -KW, f.
fivjj<rw, (tTrt,
1 Pet. ii. 21 'iva tTrajc. TOIQ "ixveaiv avrov, pp. to call up the mind
to follow upon his footsteps, i. e. to follow
upon, \. e. to remind of, to put in mind
his example. Sept. for -nrrN Deut. xii. upon or of, seq. accus. of pers. Rom. xv.
30 __ Philo de Humanit. p. 385. 44. 15 Dem. 74. 7.
-
1 Tim. v. 10 TravTi spyy ayaS^p tTraKoXci
1

f. CtVGti),
'EtTTCLVCLTTClVlt), (tTTt, ava.7CClV<i),\
has followed close upon every good
Srjjfff,
to cause to rest upon, Eustath. prcef.
work, i. e. been studious of, devoted to. Mid. to rest oneself
Iliad, p. 1. 20.
Sept. for ^nnx N^?2 Josh. xiv. 8, 9.
Luc. Parasit! 3. Dem. 805. 24 ro7g upon, to lean upon, Sept. for ^ffi'a 2 K.
vii. 2, 17. Hdian. 2. 1. 3. In N. 'T. only
Mid. tTravaTravofjLai, to rest upon, rnetaph.
f. viz.
(Tt, a/couw,)
see in 'AKOVU, to hear to, to hearken up- a) to abide upon, to remain with, Luke
on, i. e. to hear any thing at which one X. 6 iTravcnravaiTai ITT' avrbv 77 eipijv)]
is present, Xen. An. 7. 1. 14. In N. T. V/YWV. So Sept. and rPI3 Num. xi. 25, 26.
to hear to, to hearken to, i. e. to hear and 2K.ii. 15.
answer prayer, seq. gen. 2 Cor. vi. 2 b)
to confide in, to rely upon, seq. dat.
<rov.
Sept. for H2^ Gen. xxxv. Rom. ii. 17 i-na.va.7ra.cTj rtfi voi). Matth.
 295

399. c. c. kiri TWO. for

Sept. ^irto Mic. , w, f.
f<ra>,
:
(6?ri, (ipKew,)
iii. 11 c. dat. 1 Mace. viii. 12. Arr. as in comm. Engl. to hold
up or in, i. e.
Diss. Ep. 1. 9. 9. to hold bach, sc. from going further, to
aor. 2 restrain, to ward off, c. c. ace. et dat.
to come back upon or to Horn. II. 2. 873. In N. T. by impl. to
t,^
a place, to return hither, thither, etc. aid, to relieve, seq. dat. 1 Tim. v. 10,
absol. Luke x. 35. xix. 15. 16 bis. Pol. 1. 51. 10. Xen. Mem. 2. 7.
Sept. for
1.
812 Gen. xxxiii. 18. mu)' Gen. 1. 5.
2 Mace. iv. 36. Hdian. 6. 6.2. Xen. An.
ac, n, "rapxoc pre-
6. 5. 32.
fect, fr. 7n,
apx^,) province, prefecture,
sc. of the Roman
f, (ini, in empire, Acts xxiii. 34.
aviarijpi,)
N. T. only Mid. eiraviffTapai, f. <rr?;- xxv. 1. Arr. Diss. Ep. 3. 3. 12. Pol.
1. 15. 10. So Festus is called tKapxoc
<rouai, to rise up upon, i. e. against any
Jos. Ant. 20. 8. 11. comp.Krebs Obs.
one, seq. liri nva Matt. x. 21. Mark p.
257.
xiii. 12. Sept. for dip 1 Sam. xvii. 35.
Mic. vii. 6. 170V
~
Dan. xi. 14. seq. dat. a fold,
,}
Pol. 2. 53. 2. Pldot. 3. 61, 62. absol. stall, Sept. for rniZi Num. xxxii. 16, 24.
Thuc. 5. 23. Pol. 5. 35. 13. country -dwelling,
cottage,
tent, etc. Sept. for i^n Josh. xv. 44, 47.
Diod. Sic. 12. 45. iVN. T. genr. house,
to right up again, to set to rights again,
to restore, Plato Rep. X. 302. Thuc. 7. dwelling, abode, Acts i. 20, quoted from
77. comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 250,) a
Ps. Ixix. 26 where Sept.
fornTZp __ Ju-
dith iii. 3.
setting to rights, reparation, restitution,
e. g. of a city 1 Mace. xiv. 34. of
laws, 'E7raup<ov,adv. of time, (STTI, avpiov,)
etc. Jos. Ant. 11. 5. 5. Dem. 707. 7. of upon the morrow, to-morrow; hence in
a loss Pol. 1.11. 2. In N. T. trop. cor- N. T. 7) tTravptov, sc. vfttpa, the morrow,
of heart and life,
rection, reformation, sc. the next day, comp. Buttm. 125. 6, 7.
2 Tim. iii. 16 __ sir. TOV
fiiov Philo Qu. So Matt, xxvii. 62. Mark xi. 12. John
Deus sit imm. p. 319. B. Arr. Diss. Ep. i.
29, 35, 44. vi. 22. xii. 12. Actsx. 9,
3.21.15. Pol. 1.35. 1. 23,24. xiv. 20. xx. 7. xxi. 8. xxii. 30,

adv. (tiri, aj/w), also prep.

32. xxv. 6, 23. Sept. for rnnpZD Gen.
xix. 34. Lev. xxiii. 11, 16.
c. gen. Buttm. 146. 2. pp. up above,
i. e. above, over, upon, etc. in
as an adv. of place, above, over,
a)
Luke Matt. ii. 9.
xi. 44. Of number, Epophras, a Chris- j >

tian, Col. i.Philem. 23. This

7. iv. 12.
above, more than, 1 Cor. xv. 6. Mark xiv.
name is not improbably contracted from
5 where the gen. of price depends on the
verb. So Sept. for H^Tp Ex. xxx. 14. 'E7ra<j>p6iTOG q. v. both designating the
same person.
Lev. xxvii. 7 comp. J5em. 1390. 26.
Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 172. f. tVw, to
'ETra^p^/u, (tTri, o0pt'a>,)
as prep. c. gen. of place, above,
b) foam upon, to foam out, trop. to pour out
over, Matt, xxvii. 37 iiravw rfjg Kf-tyaXrjc like foam, trans. Jude 13. Comp. Is. Ivii.
(ivrov. Luke iv. 39. Rev. xx. 3. Sept. 20 __ pp. Mosch. Id. 5. 5.
for ^ Is. xiv. 14. ^E Is. xiv. 13.
'E7ra0po&roc, ou, b, Epaphrod-
Gen. xxii. 9. So upon, Matt. v. 14 CTT-
av<a opovc Ktipwrj. xxi. 7 bis. xxiii. 18, itus, Christian, the companion and
a
helper of Paul, Phil. ii. 25. iv. 18. Comp.
20, 22. xxviii. 2. Luke x. 19. Rev. vi.
in 'ETra<l>pa
.
8. Sept. for ^7? Gen. xl. 17. \JQ by
Gen. i. 29. vii. 18. 1 Mace. vi. 46.
sc. out of sleep,
Spoken of dignity, over, Luke xix. 17, wake up, to rouse up,
19 y< vov lira TT'IVTS. TroXswv. John iii. 31 . trans. Xen. An. 4. 3. 10. trop. Plut.
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 14. Arr. Diss. Ep. 1. 12. g ru t. i. In N. T. trop. to rouse up upon
excite against,
34. i. e. against any one, to
 296

trans, and seq. i-rri riva Acts xiii. 15. 20. jEschin. Dial. Socr. 2. 12. Time. 8.
<ara TIVOQ xiv. 2. Sept. forTi>7T 2 Chr. 68. Comp. Viger. p. 404.
xxi. 16. D"j?rTl Sam.xxii. 8. Am. vi. 14.
aor. 2 to pres. tyopaw,
,

conjunct, (tiri), as, spoken of

'ETTft', see in Eltfw ;
to look upon, to behold,
time and motive, viz. Sept. for n*O Jon. iv. 6. Plut. Pomp.
a) of time, as, when, after that, seq.
18 ult. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 7. In N. T.
indie, aor. Luke vii. 1 iirti ck tTrXrjpuHre from the Heb. to look upon, to regard,
-rravTa K. r. X. Sept. for 'nnN Gen. xlvi. to attend to, e. g. for good, with
30. -IU2N ''nnN Josh. vii. 8 __ Luc. D. kindness, Luke i. 25 Iv q/ilpmg ale
:

Deor.6.'2 Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 21.

. tTrtidev atyeXtlv i. q. lirilciv ue dtytXtli/

b) of ground or motive, as, since,

be- K. r. X. So Sept. and n. -n :
Ex. ii. 25.
cause, in as much as, always in the apo- Ps. xxxi. 8. Also for evil, with disfavour,
dosis, which however may stand first; seq. fTri c. accus. Acts iv. 29 tV/fo TUQ
seq. indie. Matt. xviii.327ri TraptKoXtaaQ aTTfiXdc avTuiv. So Sept. and n*O Ex.
/*. xxvii. 6. Mark xv. 42. Lukei. 34. v. 21.
John xiii. 29. xix. 31. 1 Cor. xiv. 12.
2 Cor. tTTt, dpi to go,) to go upon,
xi. 18. xiii. 3. Heb. ii. 14. v. 2,
to come on, to approach, Hdian. 7. 5. 2.
II. vi. 13. xi, 11. iirei pfiTTOTE, since
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 61. of time, Xen. H. G.
never, Heb. ix. 17, comp. Winer 59. 5.
1. 2. 14. In N. T. part. ITTIWV, i-xiovaa,
p. 407. 7ra ovv, since
therefore, Heb.
iv. 6. 7Ti ana, since then, since in that ITTIOV, Buttm. 108. V, spoken only of
the succeeding day or night, the coming,
case, 1 Cor. v. 10. vii, 14. 3 Mace. ii. 16.
the following, the next, Acts vii. 26 ry SI
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 14. Cyr. 2. 2. 14.
CTrtortry rjfieptf. So without ry/utpa Acts
Hence, questions implying a
before
negative, arid before similar hypotheti-
xvi. 11. xx. 15. xxi. 18.
(Comp. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 464.) Acts xxiii. 11 ry &
cal clauses, it stands in the sense of for,
7T. VVKTI. Sept. for EV Prov. xxvii. 1.
i.
by impl.ybr then, for else, for other-
e.
Jos. Ant. 3. 1.6. Hdian. 2. 14.5. Xen.
wise, etc.comp. Buttm. 149. p. 423.
An. 1.7.2.
Passow /rt no. 2. Matth. 618. Rom.
III.6 klTli TT&Q KplVfl 6 $tO TOV KOVflOV j
conj. (7T/, 7rp cnclit.),
1 Cor. xiv. 16. xv. 29. Heb. x. 2. So since indeed, since now, i. q. ?ri but
Rom. xi. 6 bis, iirtl fj %api OVKBTI yivt- stronger, Rom. iii. 30. See Herm. ad
Vig. p. 403, 786 __ Plat, de Rep. V. p.
rai %pi K. T. \. e.for then, for other-
i.

wise, etc. ver. 22. Heb. ix. 26 __ Sept. 452.

Job xxxv. 7. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 2. Xen.
2. 2. 31. ijc> 17, (i-jrl, tlaa^
Cyr.
7(0777,)
lit. a leading in upon, i. e. the
conj. (ixd, 5^), as indeed,
/, bringing in, introduction, sc. of some
as now, spoken in N. T. only of a ground
thing additional, trop. Heb. vii. 19 lirtur.
or motive, i. e. since indeed, since now, l\irl$o. pp. Jos. Ant. 11. 6.
because now, in as much as, and always
in the apodosis, which however may
stand Matt. xxi. 46 adv. (liri, tlra,) marking
first ; seq. indie.
succession in time, thereupon, then, af-
firtiSrj o avTov tl\ov.
irpotyi'iTTjv Luke
xi. 6. Acts xiii. 46. xiv. 12. xv. 24. 1 terwards, next, comp. Buttm. 149.
p. 429. Matth. ^ 603 ult. Luke xvi. 7
Cor. i. 21, 22. xiv. 16. xv. 21. 2 Cor.
7Ttra irkpif) tiTrtv. Gal. i. 21. James
v. 4. Phil. ii. 26. Sept. Jer. xlviii. 7,
Jobix.29, Hdian. 4. 4.4. Xen. Mem. 4. iv. 14. Sept. for nrw Prov. xx. 17.
Horn. II. 1. 121. Xen. An. 4. 8. 11 __
Comp. Viger. p. 404. Spoken
3. 4, 6, 9.
of time, Xen. Cyr. 2. 1 1 H. G. 3. 2. 3, . .
For the sake of emphasis, placed be~
in
tween a verb and preceding participle,
Comp. 'E-jrti a.
Mark vii. 5, coll. ver. 2. Buttm. 144. n.
conj. (Inner}, Trl/oenclit.) 6. Herm. ad Vig. p. 772. (Xen. Cyr. 1.2.
since now, in as much as now, i.
q. tTrudrj 2. ib. 1. 6.
11,) So along with a more
but stronger, Luke i. 1. Jos. Ant. 5. 1, definite notation of time, John xi. 7
 297 'E7T

[itTa TOVTO, Gal. i. 18 tir. Kin Judg. xviii. 17. Pol. 2. 7. 3. Thuc.
tri] rpia. ii. 1. Also in
enumerations, 7.42. Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 13.
when the preced. clause contains like- of person, to come upon, e.
b) g. in a
wise a notation of time genr. I Cor. xii. hostile sense, to invade, to
;
attack, Luke
28. xv. G, 7, 23. Heb. vii. 27. So Trpwrov xi. 22. Sept. and Nis 2 Sam. xxx. 23.

7rura, first then, next, etc. 1 Cor. 2 Chr. xxii. 1. absol. Hdian. 8. 4. 8.
xv. 46. lThess.iv.17. Heb. vii. 2. James seq. dat. Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 1. Hdian. 4. 5.
Hi. 17. Hdot. 2. 29. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 24. 10. Xen. H. G. 7. 4. 24 __ So of evils,
Trpwrov V. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 14. ib. 7. calamities, etc. to come upon, to befall,
3. 1. seq. 7ric.acc. Luke
xxi. 35. Actsviii. 24.
xiii. 40. Sept. and Kin Judg. ix. 57.
adv. (iir' iKiiva, Buttm. 2 Chr.' xx. Mic.
,
8. iii. 11. Luc. Amor.
115. n. Acts vii. 43
5,) beyond, seq. gen. 23. Hdot. 1. 30. ib. 6. 107. Spoken of
iif'iKtiva Eaf3v\u>tfO(,\ Sept. for nN*?iT the Holy Spirit as resting upon and ope-
Am. v. 7. Gen. xxxv. 21. Diod.Sic.
Luke
rating in a person, seq. ITT'I c. ace.
3. 50. Hdot. 3. 115. Xen. H. G. 5.
35. Acts 8.
i. i.
Comp. Sept. for ^53 1
1. 10.
Sam. xi. 7.

'ETTCKTaVW, f TJ/<3, (Itri, tKTt'lVO),)

spoken of time,
c) part, iirfpxvptvoe,
to stretch out upon, to extend towards ; season, destiny, etc. coming on, impend-
Mid. to reach forth towards, seq. dat. ing, future ; Eph. ii. 7 lv TOIQ aiuxri rolf
Suid. a James v. 1. Luke xxi. 26.
trop. Phil. iii. 14. tTTtpxontvois.

tTTtKTtlVOflfVOf Sept. for nitta Is. xli. 22. ni'lnfc Is. xliv.
7. xlv. 11. Fabr. Cod. pseud. V. T. p.
, ov, >, irtvvw, upper 191 r\o iTTBpxonevov. Comp. Hdot. 6. 2.

garment, tunic, i. e. the usual tunic, Att. ib.8. 11. Pol. 6. 19.6.
\ITUV, in distinction from the inner gar-
ment next the skin, which was called
virotivTijG, Att. xiTwviffKOG, Lat. indusium. to ask at or of any one, to inquire
John xxi. 7. Comp. Jahn 120. Adam's of, viz.
Rom. Ant. p. 418. Sept. for ^p a) genr.
and c. c. dupl. accus. Mark
1 Sam. xviii. 4. 2 Sam. xiii. 18. Suid.' xi. 29 lirepUTriffu vp.ag jcdyw tva \6yov.
VIToSvTtJV TO tO&TfpOV IfJlOLTlOV, iTTtvdvTIJV Luke xx. 40. See Buttm. 131. 4, 5.
$k TO iiravu. Moeris, x/rwj>t'<r*:oe ical Matth. Sept. for ^$1$ 2 Sam.
417. c.

XITWV 'ATTIKOL. vTrodvTrje Kcti xiv. 18 __ Hdot. 9. 93 Seq. Wus. et

7Tpt c. gen. of thing, Mark vii. 17 ITTJJ-
pwrwv UVTOV irtpi rJ/ -jrapa^oXiJQ. Comp.
or f.
J
vvw, iaoj, (CTTI, Matth. 1. c __ Hdot. 1. 32. Diod. Sic. 3.
or vvta q. v.) to put on over, Jos.
59 pen. Dem. 1072. 12. Seq. accus. of
Ant. 5. 1. 12. In N. T. only Mid. to
person and Xlywv or the question itself,
put on over sc. one's other garments, etc. Matt. xii. 10 cat 7rr/pwr?7<Tav avrbv, XI-
to clothe upon, trop. of the new spiritual Luke
yovrcf. Mark v. 9. iii. 10, 14.
body, 2 Cor. v. 2, 4. Comp. in Acts i. 6. 1 Cor. xiv. 35. al. Absol.
b. pp. Plut. Pelop. 11 iirevS.
Matt. xxii. 35. Acts xxiii. 34. Sept. for
*?KtiJ Gen. xxxviii. 21. xliii. 7. 2 Mace.
Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 2. (Ec. 6. 6
TE/oYO/zat,
f. 67T\u(To/iai Buttm. iii". 37.
In the sense of to require, to demand,
108. V. 5. ^114 tpxofiat ult. aor. 2 ITT-
seq. ace. of pers.
and infin. Matt. xvi. 1.
rjXSov, to go or come upon or over any
place, etc. seq. ace. aypov
27.
Horn. Od. 16.
AtXra Hdot. 2.
6 Na'Xof tirlpx. TO
So Sept. and
b)
^ Ps. cxxxvii. 3.
in a judicial sense, to question, to
In accus. John xviii.
19. Sept. and JOB Ez. xlvii.
9. interrogate, c. c. dupl.
et Xlywv, Matt.
N. T. to come on, upon, to, any place or 21. seq. ace. of pers.
xxvii. 11. Acts v. 27. absol. Luke
person, viz.
to come to, i. e. to come xxiii. 6.
a) of place,
Acts ^v. 19 ITT- from the Heb. 7rpa>raw TOV SEOV,
thither, to arrive, absol. c)
ij\5ov e OTTO 'Avnoxm. Sept. for to ask or inquire after God, i. e. to seek
 298

God, comp. in 'Ejc^rtw c. Rom. x. 20,

'E7T6ptaw, f. a<ru>, (iirrjpeia threat,
quoted from Is. Ixv. 1 where Sept. for
insult, fr. liri and Horn, aptui,) to misuse,
AL. to treat despitefully, to insult, trans. Matt.
v. 44. Luke vi. '28. c. dat. Philo in
aroc, 1*,
a Flacc. p. 972. D. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 16.
question, inquiry, Hdot. 6. 67. Thuc.
3. 53. In N. T. spoken of a question absol. Hdian. 7. 7. 7. In the sense of
to traduce, to accuse falsely, seq. accus.
put to a convert at baptism, or rather
of the whole process of question and 1 Pet. iii. 16 __ Herodian. 2. 4. 16. ib. 7.
e. 3.4,
answer, i.
by impl. examination, pro-
fession; 1 Pet. iii. 21 jSaTrrioyta, <rvv-
'ETTI, prep, governing the genitive,
fiSrjaews ay. iTrcpwrjjjua fi'f Sriov, SC. as
dative, and accusative, with the primary
marking the spiritual character of the
signif. on, upon, viz.
baptismal rite in contrast to a mere exter- I. With the genitive. E. g.
nal purification. Comp.Neander 'Gesch.
I. Of place, in a great variety of re-
der Pflanz. u. Leit. der chr. Kirche,' I.
lations, which may however be compre-
p. 203 sq. in Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 272 sq. hended under the two leading ideas of
Others render tir. tie Srtov, inquiry,
rest upon, on, in, and of motion upon, to,
longing, after God, comp. tTrtpwrdw f
towards; comp. Passow 'Eiri I. A. Buttm.
2 Sam. xi. 7. So Bretschneider in Lex.
147. n. 4. Matth. 584.
Winer 30. 2. p. 159. Others still, de-
a)
of place where, after words imply-
sire, petition to God, sc. for salvation ;
ing rest upon, on, in, etc. (a) genr.
comp. Heb. 3 ^J*l$, Sept. eVtpwraw iv, and seq. gen. of place ; Matt. iv. 6 iiri
Judg. i. 1. xviii. 5. See Steiger Comm. ix. 2. ITTI icXivrjs /3((3\r}-
Xttpwv apovai <7 .

in loc.
fiivov. ix.6. xvi.!9bis, ITTC rijs yrjQ. xviii.
,>?w, aor. 2
f. 19. xxiv. 30 ^0%0/ifvov iiri rStv

(tiri, *xw,) have or hold upon, e. g.

to xxvii. 19 KaSi)ntvov avrov ITTI rov (Srj
$pi)vvi Trodae iTrtix* Horn. Od. 17. 410. (Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 12.) Mark viii. 4 ITT' ipnp.iaQ,
to hold out towards, to direct upon, e. i. e. on or in the desert, ver. 6. xiv. 61.
g.
TO%OV GKoiry iirfxtiv Find. Ol. 2. 160. Luke iv. 29 opovg t<}>'
ov 7} TroXif <^Yo.
Hence in N. T. (Diod. Sic. 3. 47.) Luke v. 18. xii. 3.
a) trop. spoken of the mind, to fix the Johnvi. 19 TrtpnrctTovvTa. ITTI Trjg SaXdff-
mind upon, to give heed to, to mark, seq. ffrjs, walking on the lake, xix. 31 "iva fitj

dat. and with vovv implied. Acts iii. 5 fit-ivg tTrt TOV ffravpov. xx.
7. Acts viii. 28.
o dt iirtlx er avTolQ. 1 Tim. iv. 16. xx. 9 7ri TTJG Svpidog, upon or in the
seq.
wwf, Luke xiv. 7 Aristoph Lysist. 490. window, xxi. 40. James v. 5. Rev. i. 20
Hdot. 6. 96. Pol. 10. 41. 8. in full Luc. cTrt rrjs s%ia<; uov, i. e. on or in the hol-
Alex. 4 ult. aet rolg yutytcroiff iirsx lv low of my hand, coll. ver. 16. iv. 9 Ka$.
rbv vovv. iiri TOV Spovov. V. 10, 13 i-jri TT/C Sa-

b) comm. Engl. to hold up or on,

as in XavcnQ Ii eeri, i. e. on the bottom of the
i. hold back or in, viz.
q. to (a) in the sea, in the deep. vii. 3. x. 1. xix. 19
sense of to retain, not to lose, trop. Phil. Ka^i]/.i. ITTI rov YTTTTOU.
XX. 11. al. saep.
'

ii. 16
Xoyov %<*>rje tTrkxovTtQ, i. e. perse- So Luke xxii. 21 r) x ( ip f* T ^tov t^i TTJC
vering in the acknowledgment and Tpa.7rer]g upon the table and so ver. 30
;

practice of the Christian doctrine. 'iva iaSrirjTe Kai TrivrjTt tVi TIJS Tpa-jrki^rjg

Hesych. e7T%oi>rc- KparovvTQ. (/3)

more Uov, i. e. of the things upon my table, in
usually to keep back, to detain a person, Engl. at my corap. Winer
table ;
51.
Hdian. 6. 5. 18. Thuc. 1. 9; in N. T. g. p. 322. Also Matt. xxi. 19 itiuv avicijv
intrans. or with eavrov impl. (comp. \iiav tiri T?IG bdov upon the way, i. e. by
"Ayo* 3,) to hold one's self back, i. e. to the way-side, John xxi. 1 tiri ri/c S-aXao--

remain, to stay, Acts xix.22 avToc eVl^x* <r7f, i.on the shore of the lake. So
e.

Xpovov els rrjv 'Aviav. Sept. for 5JT) Sept. and ^

2 K. ii. 7. Dan. viii. 2.
Gen. viii. 10. Vifr 2 Chr. xviii. 5, 14. Pol. 1. 44. 4 iiri TI)Q SaX. t<rTii<rar. Xen.
2 Mace. v. 25. Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1029. An. 4. 3.8. Trop. Matt. viii. 16 !-
Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 38. r cvo /Ltapri'pwv ff rptoiv
 irav p///ta.Mark xii. 26 et Luke xx. 37 by cotemporary persons, events, etc.
PUTOV, i. e. on or zn the passage,
iiri TIIQ Buttm. 147. n. 4. Matt. i. 11 i^ T{
section, of the bush, etc. eomp. Rom. xi. Ba/3. i. e. at the time of.
2 in 'Ev 1. a. Seq. gen. of pers. Acts Acts xi. 28 iTrt KXavSiov, in the
days of
xxi. 23 dvdpeg tvxnv tx VTt S iavrtiv, *tf>' under. Markii. 26. Luke iii. 2. iv.27 __
having a vow upon them. Sept. Zech. i. 1. Diod. Sic. 17. 14.
in the sense of before, in presence
(/3)
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 31. ib. 8. 8. 15, 22 __
of, chiefly of judges, witnesses, etc. as So of actions as specifying time, e.
g.
is said in
Engl. to be led or brought ITTI T&V
<
-jraoatvx&v pov, in my prayers,
up before, to stand before a court,' etc. i. e. when I pray, Rom. i. 10. Eph. i.

Matt, xxviii. 14 lav aKovvSy TOVTO iiri 16. Philem. 4 -- Diod. Sic. 4. 3 STTI TWV
TOV Tjyt/iofof. Mark xiii. 9. Acts xxiii.
30. xxiv. 10, 20 ffrdvTOQ pov iiri rov 3. Tropically, spoken of dignity,
a)
avvtcpiov. XXV. 9. icpiveffSrai ITT' Ifiov. authority, etc. upon, over, Matt. ii. 22
ver. 10, 26. xxvi. 2. 1 Cor. vi. 1, 6. 1 Tim. fiaaikivii iTri r//e 'lovdaictQ, over Judea.
vi. 13. So
genr. 2 Cor. vii. 14 17 Kavxnvi-S Rom. ix. 5 et Eph. iv. 6 6 &v TTI TTUVTUV
rj ITTI TITOV, i. e. our boasting before Titus, 3-<5f. Acts viii. 27 off fjv ini TTCHJTIQ TO.Q
comp. el TI avr(fi K(.Kav\i]fjia.i ibid. Comp. ydZrjc ai}Ti)Q. xii. 20 TOV tiri TOV KOIT&VO^.
Matth. 584. n. Winer 51. g. p. 322.
(Arr. Diss. Ep. 3. 22. 15 ol eiri
Koirdivog.)
Dem. 1367. 17 tTri TOV iKa<TTT]piov. So Ka2fiffTtjiJ.i tiri, Matt. xxiv. 45. Luke
Diod. Sic. 11. 65 1-n-i TOV KOIVOV vvvtSpiov xii. 14. Acts vi. 3. (So Sept. for
r&v 'EXXijvwv. Luc. Philops. 22. Xen. 3 VpDn Gen. xxxix. 5.) Rev. ii. 26 w<
II. G. 6. 5. 41 oi>K iir' oX/ywv papTvpuiv. iZovaiav s-jri T&V iSv&v. ix. 11. xvii. 18.
Vect. 3. 14. xx. 6. Comp. in 'Eov<ria d. a. So genr.

b) of place whither,
after words im- Sept. and ^ Gen. xliv. 1, 4. Dan. vi.

plying motion or direction upon, to, to- 7. Athen. 13. 7 ini TIIQ'E^OV. Diod.
wards, etc. with subsequent rest upon, Sic. 13. 47 ol 7rt TWV tpyuv. Dem. 309.
Matt. xxvi. 12 fiaXovaa TO pvpov iiri TOV 9. Xen. An. 3. 2. 36. Comp. Lob. ad
oc /*ou. Mark iv. 26 (3dXy TOV OTTO- Phryn. p. 164, 474.
yijfc. ix. 20. xiv. 35. Luke viii. b) of a subject of discourse, on, of,
16. xxii. 40 yvo/*i>o k eVt TOV TOTTOV.
concerning, only after verbs of speech,
John 2 trtj^ela a iiroin STTI T&V dar&t-
vi. writing, etc. comp. Passow ITT'I I. C. ult.
VOVVTUV, which he did upon, to, the sick. Gal. iii. 16 ov Xlyti u>g kirl TroXXwv aXX'
in the case of, JE1. V. H. 30. Luc.
(Act. Thorn. 16. Others, on, wg tf hog. 1.

the sick; comp. Matth. 584. So .

Philopat. 15. Diod. S. 1. 12 7ri TOV
Isocr. ad Nic. p. 25. A. Plat. Rep. 5. Srtov
XeyovTa. Dem. 1392. 23. Plat.

p. 475. A, fy' ipov, in my case, by my Charmid. p. 155. D.

example.) John vi. 21 TO TT\. lyevfro CTTI
rnc r^?j at tne land, i. e. on the shore.
xix. 19 tSrjKtv iiri TOV ffravpov. xxi. 11.
Acts v. 30 KpepdaavTes iiri ZvXov. (Sept.
for??j? Gen. xl. 19.) Acts
x. 11. Heb.
vi. 7. James v. 17. Rev. x. 2. xiii. 16
'iva SUHTIV avTolg ^apay/za
of manner, where ITTI c. gen. forms
c)
a periphrase for an adverb, e. g. iir'
X)/^iac, lit. upon the truth, i. e. of a
truth, truly, i. q. aXj/Sw?, Mark xii. 14,
32. Luke iv. 25. Acts iv. 27. x. 34. So
Sept. for D;7p Job ix.2. xix. 4. afcfp-ja
ETTI rijs X^OQ Dan. ii.Esdr. vi. 10 tirl airovSfjs.
47.-^

K. T. \. Trop. 7rt Kapdias Heh. viii. 10. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 2 CTT' ctdciaf i. q. ddttie-
x. 16 __ Sept. Job Ant. 4,
xvii. 16. Jos. Diod. Sic. 13. 12 ty' rj<rvx ia S- Dern - 484 -

5. 1.Hdian. 6. 3. 4 CTTI Q^^UTOQ dvfXSrwv. 20 67TI KCtlpOV.

Thuc. 1. 116 ir\f~iv Eirl ^dfiov. Xen. Cyr. II. With the
Dative. E. g.
7. 2. 1 iirl Sa^wv t^fvys. ib. 3. 3. 27 1. in the same sense ani
Of place,
circumstances as ETTI c. gen. so that the
2. Of time ivhen, as in Engl. upon a Greek poets often use the gen. and dat.
time, i. e. on, at, in, during, etc. Heb. i. interchangeably, while in prose the dat.
2 et 2 Pet. iii. 3 ITT' e^xarov TWV ry/zepw^ is more usual ; see Passow in 'ETTI II. A.

Luc. D. Mort. 11. 2 tiri p.iag ripeoaG. Buttm. 142. n. 4. Winer 52. c. p.

Hdot. 5. 117. Of time as marked 335.

 300

f)
of place where, after words im- t. Jos. Ant. 2. 9.
Ecclus. vii. 12.

plying rest upon, on, in, etc. comp. 7. Dem. V. H. 4. 5 ^rd

701. 14. JE1.
above in I. 1. a. (a\ pp. Matt. xiv. 8, Tri er)/3aiQ.
Comp. Matth. 586. tf.
11, ^?ri irivaKi. Mark ii. 4 i$' $ /carKiro. 2. of time when, chiefly as marking
iv. 38. vi. 39 l-n-i
T<$ xP T V avaicXlvai. a definite period of time, upon, at, in,
ver. 55 tTri TOIQ jcpa/3/3drotf. xi. 7. Luke viz.
xi. 44 XiSov iiri XiSy. xxi. 6. John xi. a) genr. Heb. ix. 26 tTri
ffwreXeiq. TWV
38. Acts xxvii. 44. Rev. xix. 14 ty' ITTTTOIC atdJviov. As designated by cotemporary
Xtvicolg.al. saep. Hdian. 8. 1. 8 ITTI institutes, actions, etc. 2 Cor. iii. 14 tTri

irtdiy Hdot. 5. 12 dyyoc tTri Ty iceQaXy ry avayvwfftt TTJQ iraX. diaSrjKtjg, i. e.

txovaav. Xen. Gyr. 5. 2. 1 Kvpoc i<}>' during the reading, whenever it is read.
tWy. (/3)
As implying close proxi- Phil. i. 3 liri irctay ry~ fivdy, vptiv, at
mity, contact, upon, at, close by, Matt, every mention, as often as I think of
xxiv. 33 tyyvc ivn iiri $vpai. John iv. 6 you. Heb. ix. 15 tTri ry irpdJry SiaSqicy,
tKaSe&TO iiri Ty irrj-yy, by the fountain, during the first covenant, while it was
1. e. on the side of the well. v. 2. in force. So as implying merely co-
Acts iii. 10 tTri ry irvXy. ver. 11. v. 9 tTri existence in time, 2 Cor. vii. 4 tTri iraay
ry Svpy. Rev. xxi. 12. Comp. Matth. ry SXtyu i)/j,wv, i. e. in, during, under all
586. y. Winer 1. c. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 1. our afflictions. Eph. iv. 26 6 tfXiog /u)
Hdian. 8. 2. 6 TrdXig (TTI SaXdrry irpoictt- iiri$vsT<D tTri rCJ Trapopyi0-/i< v/iwv, during,
fiivi]. Xen. An. 5. 3. 2. ib. 1. 2. 8 tTri i. while your wrath continues ; comp.
e.

ratf TnjyaZf. Cyr. 1. 3.2. (y) Seq.

Deut. xxiv. 15, where Sept. for
Judith i. 16 ty' ?7/itpaif ticardv.
^
dat. plur. of persons, i. q. with, among, Pol. 3.
Acts xxviii. 14 tV CLVTOIQ tTri/ittvat. 2 51. 12. Hdian. 2. 6. 19 iiri ry
Cor. vii. 7 ty' v/uv sc. &v Eur. Iph. in duiing. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 12 tTri ry Sd
Aul. 656.
[660.]
Diod. Sic. 14. 113 Mem. 1. 5. 2.

Svvarbs &V ini Toig TrX^Stotv. Xen. Mem. b) in the sense of after, immediately
2. 1. 27. following upon, Acts xi. 9 SXtytwe TIJQ
b) of place whither, after words
im- ytvofikvriQ iiri 2rt0dvy, i. e. immediately
plying motion or direction upon, to, to- after Stephen. John iv. 27 tTri Tovry,
wards, etc. and including the idea of upon thereupon.
this, Xen. H. G. 4. 4.
subsequent rest upon, (a) genr.
Matt. 9 TTJV iiri ry VVKTI jj/itpav. Dem. 927. 3.
ix. 16 et Mark ii. 21 ovdsig iiripaXXn Xen. An. 6. 1. 11, 12, tTri rovry.
iiri(3Xrjp.a iiri i/iari<p TraXaiy. John viii. 7 3. Tropically, spoken
a)
of power,
XiSov ITT' avTy /3aXtrw. Acts viii. 16. Matt, authority, care over, etc. Matt. xxiv. 47
xvi. 18. Eph. ii. 10. So Mark v. 33 et Luke xii. 44 ITTI iraoi rolg virap-^ovaiv
o ytyovcv ITT'
avry. Acts V. 35 tTri roig avTov Karaa'Trjaei avrov. Comp. Matth.
dv3p. TOVTOIQ T'I
/itXXtrc irpavativ. Trop. 586. Lob. ad Phr. 164, 474
. Dem.
Heb. X. 16 SiSovg vopovg TOIQ Kapdi- liri 21. 19. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 28. An. 4. 1. 13.

aif. Sept. daKTvXov lir&kvTtg tTri ord- b) as marking accession or addition

/iari, Heb. , Job xxix. 9. Hdian. 2. 9. upon or to something already mentioned
7 apdp.evov ITTI Tolg vwroif. Xen. An. 5. or implied, upon, unto, besides. Matt.
2. 12. Horn. II. 1. 55 iiri 0pe<ri Sflvai. xxv. 20, 22, aXXa rdXavra tjcsp^ira tTr'
Luc. Toxar. 23 tirpa%ev iir avroiQ. Eur. auroTg. Luke iii. 20. xvi. 26 iTri iraai

Iph. in Aul. 1103. [1111.] Hdot. 3. 14. rovroig, besides all this. Eph. vi. 16.
Comp. Matth. 415. n. 2.
(/3) Trop.
Col. iii. 14. 1 Cor. xiv. 16 TTW tptl TO
of a direction of mind towards any one, afirjv iiri Ty cry ivxapiaTiq. Phil. ii. 27
e. g. in a friendly sense, 2 Cor. ix. 14 XVTTT] iiri Xviry in text. rec. Heb. viii. 1 .

\aptv TOV Scov 10' vfiiv. Luke xviii. 7 Comp. Buttm. 1. c. Passow 'ETTI II. C.
/najcpo^w/ioiv sir' avr )"ig.
(Sept.
and ^ Matth. XII Patr.
586. y, ult. Test.
2 Sam. xiv. 1. Xen Cyr. 8. 7.
27.)
Also p.523 tTri Philo de Opif.
iraai TOVTOIQ.
in a hostile sense, against, Luke xii. 52, Mund. p. 16. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 38 iv*
63, dianffiepiffptroi rpeTg iiri v<ri Kai rewrote, prseterea. Mem. 1. 2. 25. Eur.
Siio iiri
rpiert- iranjo 0' vty icai vio Iph. Taur. 197 Qoros iiri <f>vi>y Luc. D.
iiri irarpi. Rev. xii. 17 wpytVSi; ^TTJ ry Mort. 1. 3.
 'Eirt 801

of that upon which any thing rests or in

c) wrought upon respect to the
as a basis, foundation, support j loaves Hdot. 14 rwi)r6
comp. 3.
TTOV TO
Winer 52. c. c. In various specifica- KCU iwl Ty Srvyarpi. Of discourse, etc.
tions, viz. on, of, concerning; John xii. 16 on
(a) genr.
Matt. iv. 4. et Luke iv. 4 yv Tavra kit avrqi ytypamitva. Luke xxiii.
OVK ETT' dpTy \ibvi$, dXX' ivl Ttavrl prjjuari 38. Rev. X. 11 tTri
irpoQrjTtvffat XaoTt;
K. r. X. to /u-e t^on, i. e. to sustain or K. T. X. xxii. 16 napTvpijacu ITTI raTg k-
support life upon, quoted from Dent, K\T]<riatq. Heb. xi. 4. Comp. Winer 52.
viii. 3. where Sept. for fcj> n;rj.
Athen. c. y. Matth. 586. c Barnab. Ep. 5
10. 43. Max. Tyr. 27. 6 filonvu* lirl 6 irpoQrirevwv iir ctuTy. Hdot. 1. 66.
T$ o'tvy. Plut. Alcib. 1. init. tirl TOV- Luc. D. Deor. 10. 12 Xoyovg 7rt nvi.
Tots HOVOIQ yv. Comp. Kypke on Matt. Thuc. 2. 34.
1. So
c. words implying hope,
after
(y)
of a condition, law, sanction,
trust, confidence upon or in any person upon or under which alone any thing
or thing. Rom. xv. 12 iir' avrtji tSvrj takes place. 1 Cor. ix. 10 ITT' l\iri$i
iXiriovaiv. (2 Mace. ii.
1 Tim. vi. 17. . r. X. Heb. vii. 11. viii. 6 flta-

18.)
Mark x. 21 Trtiro&orac iiri roTc I]TIQ ITTI Kpeirroffiv iTrayytXiaig vtvo-
Xprjpamv. Luke xi. 22. al. Lukexxiv. 25 /io^r;;rai i. e. under the sanction
of, etc.
triVTtueiv tiri irdaiv oi K. r. X. 1 Pet. ii. ix. 17 dtaSrjKi) yap tiri vtKpolg ftt(3aia
(5. Acts xiv. 3 TrappijffiaZofifvoi t/rt r< 1. e. a testament is only valid the testator
Kvpitp. Also in the phrase iir' iXirict, being dead. x. 28 ITTI Svvlv % rpio-i
upon or in hope, i. e. resting upon hope, Haprvaiv cnroSvtiffKft, i. e. was put to
Acts ii. 26. Rom. iv. 18. viii. 20. Tit. i.2. death under two or three witnesses,
al. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 18 iir' dySy eX- comp. Deut. xvii. 6 where Sept. for
iriSt Here belongs the phrase
TTOVWI/. "ET^V) coll. Deut. xix. 15 where Sept.
r</> ovopari TIVOQ, upon the name of for ^Q ^y. See Matth.
TTI tTrt <rro/iaro

any one, i. e. to do any thing upon or in 585. (3. Passow irri II. F. Jos. Ant.
the name of a person, on the ground of, 2. 10. 2 pen. ib. 5. 2. 6. Luc. D. Deor.
under colour of his name, etc. comp. 1. 2 ult. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 2. 23 iirl TOVTOIQ
Winer 1. c. marg. Acts iv. 17, 18 SiSa- tdovav Kcti \af3ov TTCLVTIQ rd Tnard. H.
ffKfiv eTTi r<
ovofiari 'lijcrov, to teach upon G. 3. 2. 19.
thename of Jesus, i. e. resting upon his (d) of the ground, motive, exciting
name, upon him as the ultimate teacher cause of any action, upon, at, i. e. on
and author, v. 28, 40. Luke xxiv. 47. So account of, because of, Matt. xix. 9 prj
Luke ix. 49 iirl rip bv. <rov iicftdXXovTa tiri
Tropvfly.. Luke ii. 20 alvovvrtg TOV
rd Satfi6via f casting out demons upon Srebv STTI Tracriv K. T. X. V. 3 ITTI ry pr}-

thy name, i. e. resting the efficacy of /mrt aov ^aXdau) TO ZIKTVOV. Acts iii. 16
their exorcism upon thy name. Also ?ri
ry 7ri<rr. iv. 21. xxvi. 6. 1 Cor. i. 4.
Matt. xxiv. 5. Acts ii. 38 pavTiff&firu iiri viii. 11. 2 Cor. ix. 15. al. Seq. dat. of
ry bv. I. Xp. be baptized upon the name person, LIT' avToiq Acts xxi. 24, see in
of Christy i. e. the baptism being Aatravdu. Comp. Matth. 585 ult.
grounded upon the profession of his Passow ITTI II. E. Winer 52. c. (3.

name, etc. Matt, xviii. 5 bg idv StfyTai Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 2 ticafivov iirl Stytt.
iraidiov 'iv iirl r<p 6v6p.ari p.ov, i. e. as Hdot. 1. 137. Luc. Hermot. 80. Xen.
resting upon or professing my name, Mem. 3. 14. 2. Conv. 3. 10. Hence
as a Christian. Matt. ix. 37. Luke ix. 48. t(p' $, for 7ri TovTy OTI, on this account
So Sept. for
Qip^
Deut. xviii. 20 Luc. that, because, Rom. v. 12. 2 Cor. v. 4.
Pise. 15 yo)ra<; titl T<$ fffUTtfHp bvb\iari Phil. iv. 10. Comp. Buttm. 150. p.
TroXXa teal papa irpaTTOvraq. Dem. 495. 435 Diog. Laert. 2. 12. 5. Thorn. Mag.
7 TO.VT tirl Tt$ TUV Srfwv ovofiart irotslv. 0' <, dvTi TOV SIOTI, ou %dpiv.
917. 28. (t)
of the occasion upon or at which,
of the subject of an action or
(/3)
in connexion with which, any thing
of discourse, upon, in reference to. takes place, upon, at, over, after words
Mark vi. 52 ov avvt]Kav [Vo ai]^it1ov TO signifying an emotion of mind,
as joy,

irinroiijfi'ivov]
7rt ro7g aprotf, l. e. sorrow, compassion, astonishment, etc.
 'Eiri 302

Comp. Matth. $399n. 1. PQSSOV/ liri

'
rarely, rest upon. Comp. Winer S)
53. 1.
II. E. Matt, xviii. 13 x ai P l ^ 7r avr$ Matth. 586. c.

paXXovK. T. X. Luke i. 14, 47 ;yaXXia<re a) as implying rest and motion com-

iirl
ry 3ty. xv. 7. Rev. xi. 10. al. Mark bined, where it marks an extension or
iii.5 0vXXwov|fMro{ STTI ry irwpwffti TTJ K. spreading out upon or over any thing, a
x. 22, 24. Luke xix.41 inXavotv lir av- stretching or spreading out in various
ry. Acts viii. 2. James v. 1. Rom. xviii. directions, distribution upon, over,
9, 11. al. Matt. xiv. 14 i<rirXayx v i ff Sii iir' among; hence pp. along upon, along
auroTf. Mark vi. 34. al. Matt. vii. 28 over, throughout, etc. or else simply,
i%tirXr]<TffovTo iiri ry~ SiSaxy avrov. xxii. upon, over, at, among, the direction of
33. Luke i. 29 SitTapdx^rj iiri ry Xoyy. the implied motion being determined by
v. 9. ix. 43. Acts iii. 12. Jos. Ant. 6. 6. the adjuncts. E. g.
3 >} tTri
ry viicy \apd. Xen. Mem. 2. 0.
(a) genr.
Matt, xxvii. 45 OKOTOQ iy'vtro
35 x ai ?" v 7". Test. XII Patr. p. 521 tTri Trctaav Ti}v yr]v. X. 34 fiaXtiv
ttprji'^r,
irivSCJv iiri
ry a/zaprtp. Luc. D. Deor. pdxaipav, STTI rrjv yJ]V. xiv. 19 rot'f QX~
xii. 25. 3 iir' avry Satcpvovtra
1. ib. Xovg avaKXiSfivai ITTI TOVQ x^P TOV S- ver. 36
ib. Toxar. 24. JE1. V. H. 12. 41 i K - 7rt TIJV SdXaffcrav TTipncaTovvTa. ver. 28,
irXaytle iiri. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27. So 29. xv. 35. xviii. 12 STTI rd
oprj 7rtp?v3ei'c
of the occasion of penitence and shame, about upon the mountains, xxii. 9. xxiv.
2 Cor. xii. 21 /z) fieravoTjcravrMV iiri ry 16. Mark IV. 38 7ri TO Trpocr/cf^rrXaicv
i. Rom. vi. 21 *0' oif vvv iir- Ka^fu^wv i. e. stretched upon. Luke v.
E. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 8 10' y 36 i.7ri(3Xn[na t7rt/3aXXft iirl ifidnov. John
ix. 6. Acts vii. 11. xxi. 3. Rev. ii. 17.
of the object, purpose, end of any vii. 1. xi. 8. xx. 4 OVK ZXapov TO xpy/
() f

action, etc. upon, unto, for ; comp. Wi- tirl TO P'ITWTTOV. ver. 9. al. So Matt. xiii.
ner 52. c. o. Matth. 585. (3. Gal. v. 2 6 OX\OQ iirl TOV alyiaXbv ti<TTT]Ki, Stood
13 v/mf yp tTr' iXcv$tpi<f iKXr)3rijTe. or had stationed themselves along upon
1 Thess. iv. 7. Eph. ii. 1. 2Tim.ii. 14. the shore, Rev. xv. 2. Matt. xix. 28
Phil. iii. 12 t^' y, ^a^ ybr which. So Kct$i(T(T$e t'/i7f tTri d&dsKa Srpovovs, i. e.
Acts xv. 14 67ri ry ovopctTi O.VTOV in text. along upon the row or circle of thrones,
rec. where later edit, omit Itri. AVisd. as in Rev. iv. 4. xx. 4. Horn. Od. 11.
ii. 23. Hdian. 2. 1. 18 i* 6X^py ,
liri 577 ITT' ivvka ictiro TreXtSpa. xiv. 120 iirl
aioTTipltf.. Thuc. 1. 73. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. TroXXd dXriSrjv. Palaeph. Fab. 1. 10 TT-

19. An. 5. 7. 34 aytc-B'at e/ri 3-avary. I TO.

opn. Diod. Sic. 1. 27 6
Hence <,./br what, wherefore, Matt.
f^>' iirl iraaav ^;wpav. Hdian. 4.
xxvi. 50 in text. rec. for which others 11. 12. Xen. II. G. 6. 5. 21. So with
ty o. accus. plur. of persons upon, over, to-

(/)
of the norm
or model upon or to wards all of whom, Matt. 45 bis tTrt
v.
which any thing is adjusted or con- Kcti ayaSo^c K. T. X. 49 tK-
xii.

formed, upon, after, according to. Luke rr\v X ^P a ^ 7r ' rods p.a$rjTa.. Acts
i. 59 sKaXovv avro ITTI rijj OVO\JLO.TI TOV xix. 12. Rev. xiv. 6 in some edit. Horn ,

Trarpof avTov. So Sept. and yj Ezra II. 10. 213 tcXtog irdvTctQ iir' dv2rpwircv.
ii. 61. Neh. vii. 63. Esdr. iv. 63. Pint. where the motion is directed to a
(/3)
Rom. 19 ult. KaXi~iff$at n'tv 'PdJurjv ITTI higher place, implying elevation or
'Pw/zvXy TIJV TroXiv. Plato Parm.p.l47.D. placing upon, i. e.
up upon, up over,
Also Rom. V. 14 oi>
a^apr^cravrag up to, out upon, etc. or simply upon,
tTrt
6/iotw/zart rijg K. r. X.
ry 2 Cor. ix. over. Matt. iv. 5 'iffTrjvtv UVTOV iiri
6 bis, 6 (TTmpo'v ITT tvXoyiae, i. e. adv. TTrepvyiov TOV iepov. v. 23. ix. 18. xiii. 48
bountifully. ^schyl. Supp. 628, [636,] dvaf3i(3d<ravTf lirl TOV alyiaXov. xxi. 5
iirifitpriKwe iirl ovov i. e. mounted upon.
III. With the Accusative. E. g. xxii. 16 tyivykTuaav iiri TU. oprj. xxvii. 29.
1. Of place, and generally combining Mark viii. 25. x. 16 TtSrtig TO.Q x 'P fl c tjr ^ '

the ideas of rest and motion upon; ai)To.. xi. xv. 22 KOI 0fpou<ri avrov
2.
where sometimes however the idea of iiri ToXyoS'a TOITOV. Luke V. 11, 19 ara-
motion upon is more prominent, and TO ?wm. viii. 27. Acts xvii. 19.
 ETTI' 803

xx. 13. xxvii. 43, 44 see in Aia<rww. Rom. Acts X. 25 trcffwv iiri TOVQ TrJoac, UVOn
f

xii. 20. Palaeph. Fab. 1. 9 avafiipd- i. at his feet.

e. Also Luke ix. 62 ETTI-
vavree iiri rove; 'iirirovg, and so Xen. QaXuv rffv x ^ oa ^' aparpor. Phn. iii. 14

Conv. Cyr. 3. 1. 4 ITTI Ao0o*> Kara-

9. 7. Kara OKOTTOV ^laucai iiri TO fipaftsiov.

^evycc. Thuc. 7. 37 CTTI rd rei'xij. So of Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 8. ciKovTia /3a\<iv t:ri TOV
a yoke, burden, taken up and placed ov. Diod. Sic. 2. 19 iir' avrijv
upon any one, Matt. xi. 29 apart TOV . Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 29 iiri CTKOTTCIV
uyov /iov ^' vfifrc. Acts xv. 10. Matt. fia\\siv. So after verbs of going, com-
xxiii. 4 Qopria. 7rtn3'a<Tiv trrt rovt; ing, conducting, collecting, etc. equiv. to
uljuovf ru)i> avcrp. trop. of a covenant, off c. accus. Matt. iii. 13 rorc Trapayi'-
Heb. viii. 8. Metaph. spoken of fear, b 'Irjffovt; dirb r//f F. iiri TOV 'lop-
evils, punishment, which come
guilt, upon the Jordan, i. e. to the region
upon any one as a burden, as some- of Jordan, xii. 28 t<j>$a<rev 1^' vfias /
thing laid upon one so after ytveajai, ; ftaffiXfia. r. ^. V. 21 <rvvi']x$>1 "X^ ? 7ro ~
iirepxtoSai, tpx<r3a, iiriiriTTTfiv, and XiVtV avrov. xxvii. 27. Mark xi. 13.
the like Matt, xxiii. 35 oiruif tA.3y i<f>'
;
Luke xxiv. 24. John vi. 16. Actsi. 21.
vpag irdv alpa Sicatov. ver. 36. Luke i. xxi. 32, 35. 2 Thess. ii. 1. 2 Tim. iv. 4.

12, Go Kttl iyivtro iiri iruvTag $6j3o{. Heb. vi. 1. Rev. vii. 17. xviii. 7. al. So
xxi. 34, 35 u> Trayif tTTiXtvffiTai iiri irdv avvax$nvcti V. ovvtpxeySai iiri TO avTo
rag. John iii. 36. xviii. 4. Acts v. 28. viii.l . i. e.
upon or /o the same place, together,
xiii. 11 xtfpKvpiov iiri <rs. xviii. 6.Rom. i. Mutt. xxii. 34. Acts iv. 26. 1 Cor. xi. 20.
18. xv. 3. 1 Pet. v. 7. In like man- also 1 Cor. vii. 5, see in
Ei'/ii II. h. c.
ner of good, prosperity, etc. Matt. x. Pnlaeph. 2. 10. Luc. D. Dcor. 4. 1 ult.
13 eX&rw tipi'ivti vftuv
t'i
iir' auri'iv SC. Hiluin. 8. 5. 13 Iiri rijv 'Pwfttjv x'-'p'/^ct'-
T>}V oiKiav. Luke x. 6. Gal. vi. 16. Acts Xen. An. 1. 4. 11 ivTitStv i^\avvu iiri

iv. 33 xP*C nv iffi irdvTag. Rom. iii. 22. Tfjv Of tribunals,

Et'QpdTip'. judges,
So of a lot i. e. any thing imposed upon, unto, i. e. up lefore. Matt. x.
by lot, Acts i. 20 irr^iv b K\I)<>O iiri 18 KCU iiri tfytftovaQ Kai /3a(rt\7f dx&f]~
Mar&av. Sept. for b$ ^"113 b^ Jon. ffiffSe. Luke xii. 11, 58. Acts xvi. 19.
i. 7. for
*?y "3 rT^y Lev. xvi. 9. Comp. (Hdot. 3. 156. Xen. Lac. 4. 6 oya avrbv
Diod. Sic. 4. 42. iiravtXStiv [rov K\ijpov~\ iiri TOVQ 'EQopovc. Coap. An. 6. 6.
6 ayftv
Trpof.)
Of an oracle, miracle,
(y)
where the motion is directed to a testimony, etc. upon, unto. Luke iii. 2
lower place, Matt. x. 29 iv * avr&v iykvsTO pi"ifj.a
Stov iiri 'Iwdvvijv. Acts IV.
ou iriatiTcti iiri n}v yliv. xiii. 5, 7. xxi. 44. 22 i$' ov iyiyovti TO aijptfov. 2 Thess.
xxvi. 7 Karkxttv kiri. Luke xxii. 44. Acts i. 10 ro fiaprinnov }juwv [ytvo/itvovn i<f>'

ii. 3. Rev. viii. 10. xvi. 2. xxii. 5 o 3-tof

Diod.
VC- (So ^ -in-T "n^ 1 Chr. xxii. 8,
QntTiii lir' avToi'c, sc. like the sun. Sept. dat. Usually Heb. btf, Sept.
/iot.
Sic. 2. 19 ol piv iirl TI}V yi/r iirurTOV. irpof, Jer. Also as imply-
i. 4, 11. al.)
Xen. (Ec. 18. 7. Trop. of the divine ing accession, addition, Matt. vi. 27
Spirit or power descending and abiding 7rpo<7^tlvai Iiri Ttjv rjXtKiav avTOv irijx 1 1'
'

upon any one. Matt. 16 ro 7rv*v/m iii. iva. Rev. xxii. 18.
Karafialvov icai ep^o/xEvov iir' avrov. xii. (j3)
where the motion or direction
18. Luke i. 35. ii. 25. xxiv. 49. al. 2 Cor.
upon implies also an affection of the
xii. 9. Rev. vii. 15. mind for or against. E. g. favourable,
b) of place whither, implying motion kindly, Luke i. 48. ix. 38 iiripXe^ai iiri
upon, to, towards, any place or object as TOV viov pov. 1 Pet. iii. 12 ot 6$$. KV-
a limit, aim, end, with subsequent rest iiri rovg StKaiovg, i. e. are directed
piov
thereupon. upon, quoted from Ps. xxxiv. 16 where
(a) pp.
and genr. e. g. after wiVrw, Sept. for >x, comp. Ps. xxxi. 8. So
ilT ITT ITT
TO}, aS irilTTilV 7Tt
TTOUaWTTOV, 1. .- of disfavour, upon, against, Acts iv. 29
forwards, Matt. xxvi. 39. Luke v. 12. comp. in 'EirtHcir. 1 Pet. iii. 12 irpo-
Rev. vii. 11. al. (Xen. Yen. 10. 13 TTI- awirov Kvpiov iiri irotovvTag KctKa, i. e. is
iirl
ffTopa.) Matt. xv. 20 t/rfTrfo-sv directed against, quoted from Ps. xxxiv.
i TOV rpx>j\or avrov. John xxi. 20. 17 where Sept. for 3. In a hostile
 'Eirf 304 'E7T*

sense, Matt. X. 21 iTravaorr/o-ovrat retcva Diss. Ep. 4. 10.

16.) t>' 'iKctvov so.
7rt
yovtiQ, Luke xiv. 31 Ipxo/ttVy ITT' \povov, a long while, long. Acts xx. 11.
aj'rov.xxii. 52, 53. John xiii. 18. Acts So adverbially, inl TrcXi', tTrnrcXv, long,
57 tipurjaav err' aiirov.
vii. Acts xiii. 50, Acts xxviii. 6. liri irXtlov,
longer, fur-
61. xix. 16. 2 Cor. x. 2. 2 Thess. ii. ther, Acts xx. 9. xxiv. 4 iimroXv Luc.
4. So Sept. and g Gen. xvi. 12. Toxar.20. Thuc 2. 64. ITT. TrXlov Hdian.
Diod.Sic.2. 19. ib. J5. 41. Hdian. 7.1. 8. 6. 7.
Xen. Cyr. 4 __ Trop. of
13, 16. b) implying a term or limit of time,
1. 5. 3,

conduct or testimony against any one, upon the coming of which any thing is
Mark x. 11 /loixarai ITT' avrrjv. Luke done or assigned, upon, at, about. Mark
ix. 5 tig papTvpiov tir O.VTOVQ. So in an XV. 1 iv5iu) ITTI TO Trpwi. Luke X. 35
imprecation, 2 Cor. i. 23 /xaprupa roi> Stov tTTt ri]V avpiov. Acts iii. 1 ITTI Tr}v
wpav
TTJG Trpoffevxvc Arr. Alex. M. 3. 18. 11

(y) trop.
of measure, extent, upon, cTrt TT}V tta. Horn. Od. 7. 288. Pol. x.
unto, i. e. wp to, about, Rev. xxi. 16 8. 7 Joined with an adverb in the
ffikrpnffa rr}> TroXiv ITT* (rraSiovg dwStica. later usage, e. g. liri
rp/g, up to thrice,

XiXidduv .
Comp. Matth. 586. c. p. 1169. i. e. thrice, Acts x. 16. xi. 10. See
Winer 53. p. 345 __ &l. V. H. 3. 1 init. Winer 54 ult. n. 1. p. 356. Lob. ad
ro fifJKOQ tTTi
Teffffapdicovra Eu'jKtt araSiovf. Phryn. p. 46, 48. Comp. e/t rp/c Jos.
Xen. An. 1. 7. 15 So e^' offov, in so Ant. 5. 10. Xen. Cyr.
4. 7. 1. 4.

far as, in as much as, Matt. xxv. 40. 3. Tropically spoken

a)
of power,
Rom. xi. 13. i-jrl
TrXeTov, further on, authority, care over, upon, over ; Luke
further, the more, Acts iv. 17. 2 Tim. ii. i. 33 (BaffiXevau lirl rbv olxov 'IcrKw/3.
16. iii. 9. Comp. Vig. p. 628 ty' oaov ix. 1 Svvafiiv Kai t%ovaiav ETTI tai^iovia.
Biod. Sic. 1. 93. Luc. Amor. 13. lirl x. 19. Acts vii. 10. Rom. v. 14.
xXelov m. V.H.I. 30 ult. Plato Phsedr. Heb. ii. 7. iii. 6 Xp. we vlof iirl rbv
p. 261. OIKOV avTov. Rev. xii. 7. al. So Luke ii.
c) rarely
of place where, after words 8 QvXdffffovTeg QvXaicdc; ITTI ri]v Troifivrjv
signifying rest upon, on, in, at, where avT&v. Sept. and Gen. xxxix. 5. ^
however the idea of previous motion Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 474. Xen.
upon is
implied. Rev. v. 1 iiri TIJV Cyr. 4. 5. 58 STTI TOVQ TTI^OVQ icaSiaTavat.
feKtdv, upon, i. e. in his right hand. xx. H.G.3. 4. 20.
1 Comp. Horn. 238. Xen. An. 6.
II. 7. as marking accession or addition,
b)
4. 1 -- After verbs of upon, over, Phil. ii. 27
sitting or standing, XvTrrj ITTI Xv-rrnv

upon, at, by, etc. Matt. ix. 9 where text. rec. has t-n-i c. dat. see above
ITTI TO TtXwviov. Acts X. 17 i-rrs in II. 3. b.
iiri TOV irvX&va. xi. 11. Rev. iii. 20. viii. of an object or substratum upon,
c)
3. Comp. above in 1. 1. a. II. 1. a. /3. over, in respect to which any thing is
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 12 -jrapCivat ETTI r done, felt, directed, etc. Comp. above
ib. 3. 3. 68. So arrival inl rot'f in II. 3. c. Winer 53 p. 345. E. g.
to stand up upon the feet, Acts xiv. 10. (a) of the subject of an action or
xxvi. 16. Rev. xi. 11. AlsotVi TO avro, of discourse, upon, over, in respect to.
lit.upon the same place, as adv. together, Mark xv. 24 pdXXovrtc KXfjpov IV avrd.
Lukexvii.35. Acts i. 15. Comp. in Auroc (Plut. Rep. 10. p. 617. E, p '
III. a. (3. fTri 1 Cor. vii. 36 see in
rira.)
2. Of time, viz. a)
time how long, fiovkti) b. James v. 14
during, for, Luke iv. 25 iKXeivSr} o ov- IV auTov, let them pray OVER him, i. e.
pavbz 7ri ZTIJ rpi'a. xiii. 31. xviii. 20. xix. in his behalf, in allusion also perhaps to
8, 10. Heb. xi. 30. Comp. Winer 53. the posture. Winer 1. c. p. 345 marg.
p. 345. Matth. 586. c. p. 1169. Palaeph. So of a subject of discourse, writing,
28. 2. Thuc. 2." 35. Xen. An. 6. 6. 36. etc. upon, of, concerning. Mark ix. 12
So ITTI
xpovov, for a time, Luke xviii. 4. ytypaTrrat iiri TOV v'ibv TOV ai'S'p. ver. 13.
(Hdot. 9. cxrov xpovov so long Rom. Tim. i.
iv. 9. 1 18. Heb. vii. 13.
22.) ^>'

as, Rom. vii. 1. Gal. iv. 1. i$' oo-ov sc. Sept. for by Jer. xxv. 13. Palseph. 49.

\obvov, so long as, Matt. ix. 15. (Arr. 3 t<*>' OV

 305

(/3)
of that on which the mind, heart, sion, addition, as im0vyayw, tTratrtw. 4.

feelings, are directed, either in kind- succession, as tirtt/j.i, tTriTaaaw. 5. re-

ness or hostility, upon, over, towards. petition or renewal, as iiravouSwaic.
E. g. in kindness, Matt. xiv. \4iair\ayx- Very often it cannot be expressed m
vivSrij in avTovq. xv. 32. Luke vi. 35 English, and is then to us simply inten-
XptJUTUQ ((TTIV 771 TOt'f tt^. K. T. X. Rom. sive. Comp. Vig. p. 628. Passow iiri
ix. 23. xi. 22. Sept. for Q}>
Eph. ii. 7. no. V, ult. AL.
Gen. xlvii. 29. Theophil. ad Autol. I.'
'ETnjStuvw, f.
yvofiat, to go upon, to
p. 71 xP1 ff ivriv (6
SfO) iiri rovg tread upon, intrans. Sept. yJv t0' ^
dvairutvTaG O.VTOV. Not used in this sense
in earlier classic writers. So in hostility,
iirsfir) for
rpl Deut.
Hdian. 1. 12. i. 36.
18. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 61. Hence in N. T.
against, Matt. xii. 26 iij>' iavrijv i[iipi<T$t].
a) to set foot upon, to come upon or
Mark iii. 26. Luke xi. 17. Acts vii. 54
into, to arrive in a country, province, etc.
tjBpvxov rove OCOVTOQ iir' CIVTOV. Dem.
'Aaiav Acts XX. 18 ry eVapx/pxxv.
73. 27. ib. 537. 5 t\n rrjv dpffjv iiri M- t*C

1.
Ttjv
Diod. Sic. 14.84 init. t/f Boiwn'aj'.
fiav. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 10. Hence also
16. 66 pen. ry 2iX/ ? . Thuc. 1. 103 c.
of the object of trust, confidence, hope,
gen.
Matt. XX vii. 43 iriiro&tv iiri TOV Sriov.
Acts ix. 42 TToXXoi iirioTevaav iiri TOV KV- b)
to go up upon, to mount, intrans.
e. g. iiri orov Matt. xxi. 5. So of a ship,
piov. xi. 17. Rom. iv. 5. 2 Cor. ii. 3.
to embark, sc. tic TO TrXotov Acts xxi. 6.
Heb. vi. 1 iriffTis iiri Stov. 1 Tim. v. 5
T<$ irXoiy xxvii. 2. absol. xxi. 2. Sept.
fj\irtKv iiri TOV Stov. 1 Pet. i. 13. iii. 5.
for
n^ Jer. xlvi. 9. 231 1 Sam. xxv.
Also of the occasion or object upon or
20. Gen. xxiv. 61. Horn. II. 5. 255
over which joy or sorrow is felt, Rev.
VTTTTWV tm/?. Thuc. I. Ill et Xen. H. G.
xviii. 20 ivfpaivov iir' avrrjv in text. rec.
3. 4. 1 iiri TOV TrXcTov. Thuc. 7. 70 raif
Others iir' avry. Luke xxiii. 28/*>) icXaifre
vavffiv.
iir'
tfik.
Rev. i. 7. So Sept. of joy, for
a Is. Ixi. 10. Ps. xxxii. 11. of sorrow, 'E7T</3tiXXw, f. /3aXw, to cast upon or
for by Zech. xii. 10. over, to lay upon, trans.
(y) of that on which the will or in- a) pp.
and seq. dat. Mark xi. 7
tention is directed, the end, purpose, avT($ TO. l^dna. 1 Cor. vii. 35
aim of an action, etc. upon, for, for the vp.1v iiri8d\b>. Sept. seq. iiri c. ace. for
sake of, after. Matt. iii. 7 ipxopivovc iiri ton^)
Num. Hos. vii. 12. n^TT
iv. 6, 7.

TO (SdirTiffpa. CIVTOV, i. e. in order to be Num.xix.2. Hdian. 6. 8. 11. Xen. An.

baptized, xxvi. 55 wf iiri Xy<rr//v. Luke 3. 5. 10. Ven. 10. 7. In the sense of
vii. 44 vdwp iiri TOVQ irocaf pov, water FOR to put upon, i. e. to sew on, sc. a
patch,
myfeet. \v. 4. xxiii. 48. Comp. Buttm. Matt. ix. 16. Luke v. 36.
Hesych. iiri-
147. n. 4 ult. Matth. 586. c Pa- /3aXeI' iirippr]\l/it S6U In the iirtppdij/ii.

laeph. 19. 1. ib. 40. 4. Hdot. 3. llisvai phrase iiri(3d\\uv TTJV x f *P a v r<*C X"P a C> *

iiri
vdu>p. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 12. So of a seq. iiri Ttva or dat. to lay hands upon,
result, 2 Tim. iii. 13 iiri TO xpov. Heb. i. e.
(a) to seize, to do violence to a
xii. 10. person, seq. liri nva Matt. xxvi. 50.
(5)
from the Heb. spoken of persons Mark xiv. 46. Luke xx. 19. xxi. 12.
upon or over whom a name is called, who John vii. 30, 44. Acts v. 18. xxi. 27.
are called by that name, implying pro- seq. dat. Acts iv. 3. and by
attraction,
perty, relation, etc. James ii. 7. Acts Acts xii. 1 7r/3aXv TUQ x e 'P a C KctK&aai
XV. 17 10* oDf iiriKeicXijTai TO ovop.d jj.ov f Ttvac, for iiri Tivaq XxJTt. KaK&aat avTovf,
quoted from Amos ix. 12 where Sept. comp. Buttm. 151. 1. 4. So Sept. for
for *?y O^p N7i??> as a ^ so 2 Sam. xii. 28. "T n^', seq. iiri nva Gen. xxii. 12. seq.
Jer. xiv. 9. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. in"? dat. Esth. vi. 2. Seq. dat. Pol. 3. 5. 5.
Niph. /3. Bar. ii. 15. Diod. Sic. lib. 38 init. ed Tauchn. or X.
NOTE. In composition iiri implies p. 205. ed. Bip (/3)
in the sense of to
1. motion, upon, towards, against, as lay hold of, to undertake, Luke ix. 62
sirdyw, iirip\opat, etc. 2. rest upon, over, 7ri/3. T. x- in' dporpov. So Sept.
at, as iirixw, iiravairavu, etc, 3. acces- Deut. xii. 7, IS.
X
 306 ;
IVLOGKW

b)
intrans. or pp. with idvr&v implied, M. 6. 29. 8 rdVijrtt 7rt/3X;/idrwr Ba/3vXw-
to cast oneself upon, i. e. to rush upon, to
fall upon; comp. Buttm. 113. n. 2.
f.
*130. n. 2.Matth. 496. 1. Winer 39. 'E7n|3ouw, w, /<no, (tTri intens.)
to cry out upon, to exclaim vehemently,
1. So seq. els c. ace. Mark iv. 37 rd
absol. Acts xxv. 24. nvi Pol. 10. 12. 5.
Kvfiara t7TE/3a\V erf TO irXoiov. Also
Time. 5. 65. c. ace. to invoke, Wisd. xiv. 1 .
absol. xiv. 72 Kal l7rr/3aXwi/ tsXaie, i. e.

rushing forward, sc. out of the hall, 'Arj, iff, 17,

(/3otAr/,) pp. coun-
comp. Matt. xxvi. 75 et Luke xxii. 62. sel upon or against ; hence pfo, conspi-
(1 Mace. iv. 2. Horn. Od. 15. 297. Diod. racy, insidice, Acts ix. 24. xx. 3, 19.
Sic. 18. 14 sc. xxiii. 30 Sept. Esth. 2. 22. Jos. Ant. 2.
med.) Others, 7ri/3aXwv,
11.1. Xen. H.G.3.3.4,5.
IUUTIOV, covering his face or head,
i. e.

comp. 2 Sam. xv. 30. xix. 4. Jer. xiv. 3, uto, tvaw, f-

4. Others, by impl. beginning, as in 2 fr. to contract affinity with, to

ya/i/3po,)
Mace. xii. 38. Hence irnpers. to fall intermar)*y with, Sept. for "jPinrin Gen.
upon, to fall to, i. e. to pertain or belong xxxiv. 9. 1 Mace. x. 54, 56. of a son-
to any one, Luke xv. 12 TO
7ri/3dXXoj/(/ioi) in-law 1 Sam. xvih. 21, 22. In N. T. to
pspoQ the portion which falls to me.
i. e. Matt.
,
marry by right of affinity, trans.
1 Mace. x. 30. Hdot.4. 115. Dem. xxii. 24, (comp. Mark xii. 19. Lukexx.
312. 2,
28,) spoken of the marriage of a brother's
f. fa**, lit. to burden widow according to the Jewish law,
,
Deut. xxv. 5 sq. comp. Ruth. c. 4. Gen.
upon, in N. T. only metaph. to be bur-
densome upon, e. g. in a pecuniary sense, xxxviii. 8, 12. See Jahn 157. Sept.
Thess. 2 Thess. for ton". Gen. xxxviii. 8. Test. XII Pat.
seq. accus. 1 ii. 9. iii.

8. In 2 Cor. ii. 5 'iva /j/) i-mpaoSt irav- p. 599.

TO. vfiag, that I may not burden you all,
'ETT/yCtOC? OU, o, 17, adj. (i-rri, yj},)
i. bear too hard upon you
e. all in my upon earth, i. e. earthly, terrestrial, viz.
censure. Others take "iva p.rj t7rt/3apw as belonging on earth or to the earth, as rd
parenthetic, that I may not be too severe,
o-w/iara 1 Cor. xv. 40 bis. 2 Cor. v. 1.
and then TT. vfidg depends on \f\v7rrjictif.
persons, Phil. ii. 10. (Lucian. Icar. 2.
Seq. dat. Appian. Syr. p. 180. B. C. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 13 init.) rd t/nyem,
p. 978. earthly things, i. e. relating to earth and
to cause to mount, to this life, John iii. 12. Phil. iii. 19.
'E7n|3r:j3aw,f. aau,
trans, e. g. an animal for riding, seq. STTI (7o0ta t7riyto, earthly wisdom, i. e. im-
c. ace. Luke x. 34 tTrt/3. ai)Tov iiriTO id. perfectand perverse, James iii. 15. M.
KTfivog. With tTTi impl. Luke xix. 35. Antonin. 6. 23 or 30 tig Kapirbq r// ITTI-

Acts xxiii. 24. Sept. for rririn 1 K. i. yeiov

33. 2 K. ix.28. Hdian. 3. 7. 12. c. gen. to arise upon, to come
Diod. Sic. 2. 11 c. Trpog ri.
on, intrans. e. g. of a wind, to spring up,
'ETT/fJ Ac/no,
f.
$*>, to look upon, to Acts xxviii. 13. Thuc. 3. 74 ti avipoGtTr-
fix the eyes upon, Sept. seq. iiri c. ace. for tyevtro. Pol. 1. 54.6.
I2^21i~r Num. xxi. 9. seq. ace. Hdian. 5. 3.
f. to
'ETTtytvwo-fcw, yrw<rojuar, pp.
15. In N. T. trop. to look upon, to have
know thereupon, by looking on as a
i. e.
respect to, seq. ^Tn'c.acc. sc. in kindness, Henre
spectator, Horn. Od. 18. 30.
favour, Luke i. 48. ix. 38. in partiality,
genr. with ETTI intens. to know fully, both
James ii. 3. Sept. fornxn 1 Sam. i. 11. in an inchoative and completed sense ;
ix. 16.
n^B Lev. xxvi. 9/ 1 K. viii. 28.
see in TIVWO-KW init.
Ps. xxv. 16. Judith xiii. 4. So s^opdoj
1. to know fully, inchoative, i. e. to
Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 4.
come know, to gain or receive full
to

knowledge of, to become fully acquainted

lit.
any thing put on, an addition, hence with, etc.
apatch, Matt. ix. 16. Mark ii. 21. Luke a) genr. seq.
ace. of thing expr. or
v. 36 bis Sept. Is. iii 20. Arr. Alex. impl. Luke i. 4 'iva tTrtyvyc TTJV
 307

Xav. Acts xxii. 24. 2 Pet. ii. 21 bis. 1 from the Heb. with the idea of good
c)
Cor. xiv. 37 where for the attraction with will, toknow and approve, to acknow-
b>i, see Buttm. 151. I. 6, 7 ult. Seq. ledge and care for, to cherish, seq. ace. 1
mot c. gen. Acts xxiv. 8. absol. 1 Cor. Cor. xvi. 18 iiriyivtiHTKfre ovv rove roiou-
xiii. 12. Sept. for yr; Jer. v. 5. Jon. i. rovf. So Sept. and yi* Num. xvi. 5.
7 Plut. Lysand. 31 pen. Pol. 2. 11.3. T3n Ps. cxlii. 5. Ruth ii. 10, 19. See
Xen. CEc. 9. 12. Plato Apol. Soc. 7 in TivuffKu 2. c.

Seq. ace. of pers. TOV vlov, TOV Trarepa,

Matt. xi. 27 bis. So with aico TIVOC, to
pp. full knowledge, i. e.
know from or by any thing, Matt. vii. 16,
a) the act of coming to a full knowledge
20 Pol. 1. 65. 6 IK TIVOZ.
of any thing, cognition, acknowledgment,
b) in the sense of to know well, sc. from
e. g. iTriy. Ttig dXnStiac, 1 Tim. ii. 4.
others, to ascertain, to find out, to learn, 2 Tim. ii. 25. iii. 7. Tit. i. 1. tTriy.
seq. on, Luke rii. 37 kiriyvoiiaa. on ava-
dyo^oi) Philem. 6. tTrcy. TOV Kvpiov. 2
KtiraiK.T.X. xxiii. 7. Acts xix.34. xxii.
Pet. i. 3. ii. 20. So 7riy. d/taprtaf
29. xxviii. 1. absol. Acts ix. 30. 1
Rom. iii. 20. Pol. 3. 7. 6. Hdian. 7. 6.
Mace. vi. 17. absol. Time. 1. 132.
15.
in the sense of to perceive, to be
c)
b) objectively, full knowledge, spoken
fully aware of, seq. ace. Luke v. 22 tViy. of what is known, in N. T. of God,
TOVS StaXoyifffiovQ. Mark v. 30, where for Rom. i. 28
Christ, divine things, etc.
the particip. see Buttm. 144. 4. b.
Tbv Sedv ixttv iv kiriyvuffei, to retain God
(Xen. Cyr. 8. 1.
33.) Seq. on Mark ii.
in knowledge, i. e. to retain a knowledge
8. Luke i. -2~2.
of him. x. 2. Eph. i. 17. iv. 13. Phil.
sense of to recognise, to
in the
d) 1. 9. Col. i. 9, 10. 11. 2. iii. 10. 2 Pet. i.

know, sight or person, seq. ace. of

sc. by Heb. x. T& Xa/Stlv r^v iir.
2, 8. 26/urd
person, Matt. xiv. 35. Mark vi. 33, 54.
Tiic aXijStiac. Sept. for fijn Prov. ii. 5.
Luke xxiv. 16,81. Actsiii. 10. et iv. 13, Hos. iv. 1. vi. 6.
where for the attraction with on, see
Buttm. $ 151. I. 6, 7 ult. So of things, 'E7nypa</>?7, r?C ^> (tTrtypa^w,) an
ActSXU. 147Tty. Tt}v QWVTIV TkVOQ. XXVU. inscription, superscription, e. g. on coin,
39 rfjv yrjv OVK iirtyivotaKov, i. e. did not Matt. xxii. 20. Mark xii. 16. Luke xx.
know it. from any other. Sept. for T3H 24. on the breast or over the head of
Gen. xlii. 7, 8. Judg. xviii. 3. 1 Sam. one crucified, stating his name and

xxvi. 17. Test. XII Patr. p. 543. Plut. crime, Mark xv. 26. Luke xxiii. 38. For
Arr. Diss. Ep. 42. this Roman custom, see Sueton. Dom.
Agesi. 21 pen. 1. 6.

Xen. H. G.5.4.12. 1. Calig. 32 or 38. Adam's Rom. Ant. p.

2. to know fully, in a completed sense, 274 __
Pol. 3. 56. 4. Thuc. 2. 43.
to have a full knowledge of, etc. f. ^w, to make a mark
a) genr.
and seq. ace. of thing, Rom.
upon, to graze upon, sc. as a weapon,
i. 32 TO SiKaitttfia TOV 3ov fTrtyvovrtf. Horn. II. 4. 139. In N. T. to inscribe,
Col. i. 6. 1 Tim. iv. 3. Seq. ace. of sc. with a stylus, etc. pp. of a public
pers. in attraction with ore, 2 Cor. xiii. 5,
inscription, only in Pass. Mark xv. 26.
comp. above in 1. d. Absol. Acts xxv. Acts xvii. 23. Rev. xxi. 12. Sept. for
10. Pass. 1 Cor. xiii. 12
3 -- 11. V. H. 2. 33.
<cai l/reyvwo-Sjjv.
HE3 Num. xvii. 2,
SQ Sept. for b"3^>n Job xxxiv. 27. jn^ -- Trop.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 17 to impress
Ez. vi. 7.
deeply upon, e. g. vopovq ktri KapSiac av-
b) in the sense of to acknowledge, sc. T&V Heb. viii. 10, and vo^iovq iiri T&V
as being what one is or professes to be,
havoiwv x 1 6, both quoted from Jer. xxxi.
.

a prophet, apostle, teacher, etc. Matt, So

33, where Heb. 2I?3 Sept. ypa^w.
xvii. 12 'HXi'ae qSi} ?i\5t, /cat OVK eTrlyvw-
Sept. enypd^w for 2H3 Prov. vii. 3.
oav OVTOV. 2 Cor. i. 14. vi. 9. So of
doctrines, an epistle, etc. 2 Cor. i. 13 bis. 'ETTiSftKVuju/,
f. '>, to shew up,
Sept. and yr
of a prophet, Jer. xxviii. toshew before any one, i. e. genr. to
9. Ecclus. xliv. 23 of an heir. xii. 12. shew, to exhibit, trans, the idea of motion
Hdian.2. 1.24. up to, towards, any one being implied.
X2
 808

a) pp.
Matt. xxii. 19 imfcigarc /ioi
r6 XII Patr. p. 702t7ri. r}v tiatrav. Diod,
v6j.itfffia.Luke xx. 24. xxiv. 40. Mid. Sic. 14. 47 7ri<rroXdf. Hdian. 7. 6. 19.
39 b) trop. to give over, to commit to,
Acts ix. lifiltiKvvittvai \iru>v<i, i. e. as a

showing their tunics, etc. So Luke xvii. ship to the wind, Acts xxvii. 15 i-n-iSovrff
14 tiriS. iavrovQ rotf \tpo1q, show yourselves, [SC. TO TT\01OV V. TO. ICTTia T(fi a.Vffl(f)~\ I0f-
i. e.
present yourselves before the priests. poneSa. Plut. de Fort. Rom. 319. D. or
Hdot. ii. 42. Xen. An. 1.2. 14. Mid. VII. p. 267. ed. R. l-n-iSidov ry rt/xy TO.
Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 1. Diod. Sic. 13.27ult. loria, KO.I fiix ov T^ irviv\ia., rtf irvkovn
So of deeds, miracles, to show forth, iriffTivuiv. Luc. Hermotin. 28. comp.
to exhibit,Matt. xvi. 1. Luc. Somn. 10. Achill. Tat. 1. p. 45tfovf e lavrbv
T$TOV
jEschin. 60. 8 __ In the sense of to point Spofiov Trvtvpa-i. See Wctstein and
out before or to any one, e. g. vr< TUS Eisner in loc.
oiKoSofias, Matt. xxiv. 1. Hdot. 3. 105.
Xen. GEc. 9. 4. ,
f. w<>, pp. to make
straight upon, i. e. to putfurther to rights,
to show, sc. by arguments, to
b) trop. In N. T. only
demonstrate, to prove, c. ace. Heb. vi. 17.
to arrangefurther, trans.
c. ace. et infin. Acts xviii. 28 JEl. V. Mid. Tit. i. 5 TU \iiirovra Itri^io^way.
H. 3. 7. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 11 bis. Comp. Matth. 496. 7. Philo in Flacc.
II. p. 535 Trtpt Ttjs rS)v \iirovr(i>v tTri-
'ETnSf'xojua/,
f. &o/iat, depon. Mid.
to receive upon or up to oneself, i. e.

genr. to receive, to admit, in N. T. in TTtuw, f. Ivffd), (Situ or 8vvu> q. v.)

kindness, hospitality, trans. 3 John 10. to go down upon, spoken of the sun, to
Acts xxviii. 30 in some edit. 1 Mace. set upon or during any thing, seq. eVf nvi,
xii. 8. Pol. 22. 1. 3. Trop. to admit, to Eph. iv. 26, comp. in 'Eiri II. 2. a. So
assent to, 3 John 9 __ Ecclus. li. 26. Pol. Sept. and xi3 Deut. xxiv. 15.
6. 24. 7.
ac> r/>
wwwfff pro-
priety, probity, moderation, Dem. 919. 4.
to be among one's people, to be at home,
In N. T. gentleness, clemency, Acts xxiv.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 7 eirc iiri$Tjfiu>v tire cat
4. 2 Cor. x. 1. 2 Mace. ii. 22. Jos. Ant.
aTTodr]fj.CJv. In N. T. to come among a
6.7.4. Hdian. 5. 1.12.
people, sc. as a stranger, to reside as a
stranger, intrans. Acts ii. 10 ot liridejiovv-
re 'Pw/mtoi, i. e. Roman residents at fr.
<Hica), pp. fitting upon, i. e.Jit, suit-
Jerusalem, xvii. 21 ol liriSrjfiovvrtQ &voi, able, proper, hence neut. TO tiritiKfs, i. q.
i. e. resident foreigners. Jos. Ant. 5. 7T(EtKeia, propriety, probity, moderation,
7. 3. Hdian. 8. 2. 9. Xen. Mem. 1 . 2. Phil. iv. 5 __
Act. Thorn. 20 TO airXovv
61. avrov teal TO liritiKeg. Thuc. 1.76 __ By
1 Tim. iii. 3.
V. f. impl. mild, gentle, clement,
arro^m, Tit. iii. 2. James iii. 17. 1 Pet. ii. 18.
ao/zat, (|TTI and Mid. SiaTaaaofjtai,)
to
to superadd unto, sc. of Sept. for n^5 Ps. Ixxxvi. 5 __ 2E1. V.
arrange upon,
H. 13. 2 init. irpqoQ jcat iiriencrje. Hdian.
oneself, e. g. other and further conditions, '
1.2.5.
trop. Gal. iii. 15. Comp. iTriSia^Kn,
Jos. B. J.2.2.3, 6.
w, f. fau, to seek for, to
'ETTtS/ScujU*,
f. w<rw, to give upon, inquire after, trans.
i. e. in addition to, Horn. II. 23. 559. Acts xii. 19 eVi^r^o-ac avrbv
a) genr.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 19 __ In N. T. to give KCU nrj tvpiov. Luke iv. 42 in later edit.

forth, sc. from oneself upon or to another, Sept. for ^']52 Ecc. vii. 28 Jos. Ant. --
to give over, to deliver over, i. e. to put 4.8.29. Dem. 271. 16. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4.
into one's hands, trans. 25. In the sense of to seek at the hands
a) genr. Matt. vii. 9 ^7} \idov iiricu>ffti of any one, to require, to demand, Matt.
avT$. ver. 10. Lukexi. 11 bis, 12. Luke xii. 39 <rr)p,t~iov e7ri/rtt. xvi. 4. Mark viii.
iv. 17 7rs36$Ti avTtf fiipXiov'Ha. xxiv. 30, 12. Luke xi. 29. So Phil. iv. 17 TO
42. John xiii. 26. Acts xv. 30. Test. copa. Acts xix. 39 TI Trepi trlowv.
 309

1 Mace. vii. 13. Jos. Ant. 6. 7. 4. Pol. a) genr.

Luke xxii. 15 see in '

1. 5. 3. piu a. Phil. i. 23 rqv iiriSrvfiiav

to seek to acquire, to strive after, to TO avaXvaat. 1 Thess. ii. 17. Rev. xviii.
D)
32 TO.VTO. TO. 14. Sept. for nj Hos. x. 10.
rnNQ
long for, trans. Matt. vi.
ISvri e-mZrjTiI. Luke xii. 30. Rom. xi. Prov. x. 24. xi. 23. TWn Dan. ix.23.
7. Phil. iv. 17 TOV KaoTTov. Heb. xi. 14. x. 3, 11. Pol. 3. 63. 6. "Xen. Cyr. 1.
xiii. Ecclus. xl. 26. comp. Diod.
14. 1. 5.

Sic. 17. 101. Se^. infi*1 to desire ear- -

b)
more frequently in a bad sense,
Acts xiii. 7 iirt^rjrrjffev aicovoai TOV irregular and inordinate desire, cupidity,
nestly,
T. Stov. Pol. 3. 57. 7. appetite, lust, viz. (a) genr. Col. iii. 5
\6yov
i-jr&vniav xaK^v. Mark iv. 19. Rom. vi.
, ou, , /, 12. vii. 7, 8. xiii. 14 ct'c iirtSvpias for its
appointed to death, condemned, 1 Cor. iv.
i. e. to satisfy the carnal appetites.
lusts,
9. Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 35. 1 Tim. vi. 9. 2 Tim. iii. 6. iv. 3. Tit. iii.
3. James 14, 15. 1 Pet. i. 14. iv. 2, 3.
i.

2 Pet. i. 4. iii. 3. Jude 16, 18. So ITTI-

placing upon, laying upon, imposition,
i. e. carnal desires,
sc. of hands, the emblem through which ^vftiat <rapcof, appe-
the Holy Ghost was imparted, Acts viii. tites, Gal. v. 16, 24. Eph. ii. 3. 2 Pet.
18. 1 Tim. iv. 14. 2 Tim. i. 6. Heb. ii. 18. 1 John ii. 16. tir&. vapKiKai,
1 Pet. 11. KoouiKal, worldly de-
Comp. Num.
ii. ITT.
vi. 2. xxvii. 18, 23. Deut.
xxxiv. 9. Gen. xlviii. 14. Matt. xix. 13. sires, Tit. ii. 12. JTT. TUV 6(j>5a\uwv,
1 John ii. 16. ^TT. i. e, pol-
genr. Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. p. 387.3.
/jia<r^ov,
luted desires, 2 Pet. ii. 10, comp. Buttm.
W, f. rjffta, to 123. n. 4. All the above refer to
($u/iof,)
fix the desire upon, to desire earnestly, to those desires which are fixed on sensual
long for, viz. objects, as pleasures, profits, honours,
a) genr. seq. gen.
Acts xx. 33 <Jpyu- etc. Further, lir&vpiai ri/g airaTrjg,
ovStvbf kirtSvp.T)<Ta. 1 Tim. iii. 1. deceitful iv.
piov lusts, Eph. 22, comp.
See Buttm. 132. 5.3. 1 Mace. xi. 11. Buttm. 1. c. ITT. vcwrepucai, youthful
Pol. 4. 33. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 5. Seq. lusts, 2 Tim. ii. 22. So Sept. for nWD
infin. aor. Matt. xiiiM7 tirtS. iStlv. Luke Prov. xxi. 25, 26. 11. V. H. 3/18.
xv. 10. xvi. 21. xvii. 22. 1 Pet. i. 12. Plat. Phstdon. p. 82. C. ol 6p$u>c 0i\6-
Rev. ix. 6. Luke xxii. 15 iTn^f/jto; ITT*- <ro0(n iTTt^ovrai T&v Kara TO awpa iifi-
Svpnaa rovro rd ira.o\a ^ayetv, comp. Svui&v airaauv. Xen. Men. 1. 2. 24, 64,
in'AyaXXmw b. Seq. infin. pres. Heb. Spoken of impure desire, lewd-
(/3)
vi. 11. Susann. 15, aor. Xen. Cyr. 1. ness, Rom. i. 24. 1 Thess. iv. 5. Jos,
4. 0, pres. ib. 1. 4. 25, aor. Seq. xard Ant. 4. 6. 6, 7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 34 __
TIVOC Gal. v. 17. absol. 1 Cor. x. 6. Meton. lust, i. e. object of impure
(y)
James iv. 2 __ Sept. for rns Deut. xiv. desire, that which is lusted after, John
26. 2 Sam. iii. 21. Prov. xxi. 10. viii. 44. 1 John ii. 17. So Sept. and
of unlawful desire, to covet, Dan.
b) spoken xi. 37.
Rom. vii. 7 et xiii. 9 OVK e7riSv/tir/<mf , comp.
Ex. xx. 17 where Sept. for ITpn, also ,
f. iff**, (*;,) to

In regard to a cause to sit upon, to seat upon, trans.

Deut. v. 18 for rTN.
Matt. v.
to lust offer, seq. gen.
Matt. xxi. 7 iiriKa^Loav [aurov] iiravu
woman,
avruJv, in text. rec. they set him upon
28 __ Plut. ed. Reisk. VIII. p. 347. Xen.
them. So Sept. for 3^3-irr 1 K. i. 38,
An. 4. 1. 14.
44. Comp. in Ka2tw. Intrans. to sit

upon, as others here read, ticeicaSrtffev

e. g.

desirer, one eager for any thing, 1 Cor. iirdvu) O.VT&V, i. e. to sat upon them. So
X. 6 7riv/iyra icaicwv. Sept. for Sept. for n^
Gen. xxxi.34. Lev. 15. 20,
mnp Num. xi. 34 __Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 8. Comp. Pol. 4. 61. 6. Buttm. 113. 2.
1/iod. Sic. 16. 55. Xen. Ap. Soc. 28.
, w, f. <TW, to call upon,
, ac, ,) earnest viz.
desire, longing, viz. 1. to call upon, sc. for aid, in N. T.
 310

only Mid. to call upon for aid in one's from Amos ix. 12 where Sept. for E\p' ^
own behalf, to invoke, trans. >np}, as also 2 Sam. xii. 28. Jer. xiv.

a) pp.
of invocation addressed to 9. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. 1-np Niph.
Christ for aid, Acts vii. 59 Srtyavov, /3. Baruch. ii. 15.

tTriKaXovfiivov fYov ici/piovl icat Xtyojra. T

aroc, > (ITTIKO.-
So Sept. for hnp 1 Sam. xii. 17, 18. a covering, Sept. for HppTp Ex.
j,}
2 Sam. xxii. 7. Test. XII Patr. p. 562. xxvi. 14. 2 Sam. xvii. 19. In
Diod. Sic. 5. 73 Sov. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. rppp
N. T. trop. a cloak, pretext, 1 Pet. ii. 16.
35 rov Stove. Hence, genr. to invoke, Menand. Frag. p. 30 TrXovrof 1 TTO\-
to pray to, spoken of God,
to loorship,
Xutv iTTiKaXvfJip.' iaTiv KCIKWV. Comp.
TOV Kvpiov, Rom. x. 12, 14. 2 Tim.
Kypke II. p. 431.
ii. 22.
seq. r6 vvopa icvpiov, Acts ii.
21. ix. 14. Rom. x. 13. '^TTtKaXvTTTw, f. 4/w > t cover over,
Sept. genr.
for Deut. xxxiii. 19. for Dtp']}
pp. Sept. for np2 Num. iv. 11. Xen.
l-op
Jo'el iii. 5. xxvi. 25
Gen. iv. 25. Ven. 8. 1. In N. T. trop, to cover over
vnft
al. Also of Christ, seq. r6 ovo^a TOV sins, i. e. to forgive, to pardon, Rom. iv.

Acts xxii. 7 quoted from Ps. xxxii. where Sept.

Kvpiov Ii/<rov Xp. 1 Cor. i. 2. 1,

16. so Acts ix. 21. and n3.

b) in adjurations, imprecations, etc. ov, o, 77, adj.
to call upon, to invoke, sc. as a witness ; < one upon whom a
pp.
2 Cor. i. 23 /xaprrpa TOV Sebv tTriicaXovfiai curse rests,' i. e. accursed, devoted to
iirl Pol. p. 874 pen.
Tf)v iprjv ^v^riv. curses, doomed to punishment, John
(ed. Gronov. 1670,) vfttie $* TTI TOVQ vii. 49. Gal. iii. 10. Sept. for nriN Gen
Seoi'f iTriKaXffftaSt /xaprvpaf. Heliodor. ix. 25. Deut. xxvii. 15 sq. Wi-d. iii. 13.
1. p. 46.
comp. Hdot. 3. 65. Xen. H. G. xiv. 8. So Gal.
13 ^Trucaraparof Traj
iii.
2. 3. 55. 6 Kpefj.ap.tvoG quoted froin
ITTI %{>Xov,
in a judicial sense, to call upon, to Deut. xxi. 23, where Heb. n^p, Sept.
c.)
invoke a higher tribunal or judge, i. e. to
appeal to, e. g. Ka<<rapa, Acts xxv. 11, 12,
f. cro/xat, (xtt/tat,) to lie
25. xxvi. 32. xxviii. 19. seq. infin. Acts
xxv. 21 IlavXov iiriKaXt<rap,tvov TijpqSrjvai upon, to be laid upon,, intrans.
kirl TIVI, John xi. 38 Xi^oc
avTov eig K.T.X. i. e. demanding by appeal a) pp. seq.
tTreictiTo ITT awry, absol. John xxi. 9.
that, etc Plut. Marcell. 2 pen. TOVS dn-
2 Mace. i. 21. Xen. (Ec. 19. 13 Tivi __
/idp^ovf tTrucaXov/itrof. ib. Cses. 4 init.
Metaph. to be laid upon, imposed, e. g.
2. to call a name upon, i. e. to name
1 Cor. ix. 16. by law Heb. ix.
in addition, to surname, c. dupl. ace. necessity
10. Thuc. 8. 15 of a fine.
Matt. x. 25 eTreicdXtffav in later edit. Sept.
and N*1p Num. xxi. 3. Judg. vi. 82. So b) by impl. to lie heavy upon, to press
Mid. 1 Pet. 17 upon, c. dat. Luke v. 1 iv T$ TOV oxXov
varepa tiriKoXelaSt
i. i

TOV KpivovTo. e. if ye call him

i-jriKtiaSai avTtji. So of a tempest, absol.
K. T. X. i.
Acts xxvii. 20. Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 2 TOVS
your Father, comp. Jer. iii. 19 where
iroXtfiiovg tiriKtiaSai fiapiig
awry. Xen.
Sept. Mid. for hnp. Elsewhere only
Cyr. 7. 1. 28.
Trop. to press upon, to
Pass, to be surnamed, viz.
be urgent, sc. with entreaties, absol.
a) pp. Matt. x. 3
6 eirticXnStle QaS-
Luke xxii. 3. Acts i. 23. iv. 36. Luke xxiii. 23. Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 6. ib.
Saios.
20. 5. 3.
x. 5, 18, 32. xi. 13. xii. 12, 25. xv. 22.
Also Heb. xi. 16. So Sept. for i-op} j ON, b, an Epicurean,
Dan. x. 1. impers. Mai. i. 4
iOp a follower of Epicurus the Athenian phi-
Hdian. 1. 7. 6. Luc. Macrob. 15. Xen. losopher, Acts xvii. 18.
Mem. 1. 4. 2.
'ETTtKOupt'a, ac, (liriKovpos helping,
b) from the Heb. James ii. 7 et Acts fr. Acts xxvi. 22 __
XV. 17 10* ovg iTriKtK\r)Tai TO ovoftd fiov, t-n-i, Kowpoe,) kelp,
Wisd. xiii. 18. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 53.
upon whom my name is called, i. e. who
are called or surnamed my name,
by 'ETTtKptvw, f. vw, to judge upon,
implying property, relation, etc. quoted i.
confirm by a like judgment. Plut,
e. to
 311

Lycurg. 6 pen. Hdian. 6. 1. 4. IiiN.T.

avw, f. iiri\r)<r<i), to cause
to give judgment upon, to adjudge, seq. to forget upon, i. e. over or in conse-
infin. Luke xxiii. 24. 3 Mace. iv. 2. quence of something else, Horn. Od. 20.
Diod. Sic. 5. 71. Dem. 238. 12. 85 -- Hence Mid. s-mXavSavopai, f. X?/-
oop.ai, a or. 2 i-m\a^6^.i]v, to forget upon
J
f.
Xrj^of^at, to take
E7TtXa^u/3avw,
hold upon, to seize upon, to surprise, seq. or over something else, Horn. Od. 1. 67.
accus. Hdot. 8. 116. Ml. V. H. 7. 8. In N. T. and genr. Mid. to forget.
Thuc. 4. 27. In N. T. only Mid. i-n-i- a pp. and seq. infin. aor. Matt. xvi. 5
Xa/i/3avojtai, to take
hold upon, to lay et Mark viii. 14 tirtXaSovro aprovg Xapslv,
hold of, sc. in order to hold or detain ssq. oTroTof James i. 24. Sept. c. gen.
to or for oneself ; construed usually for
rD^Gen. xl. 23. al __ Ml. V. H. 3.
c. gen. of the part, but also of person, 31. gen. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 21 __
c.

where however only a part is implied ; in the sense of to

b) neglect, not to
see Buttra. 132. 6, 3. Matth. 330, 331. mind, not to care for, seq. gen. Heb. vi.
Winer 30. 5. 2. c. Sometimes appa- 10 *7TiX. TOV tpyov vp&v. xiii. 2, 16. seq.
rently c. accus. which however depends accus. Phil. iii. 14 rd piv OTTI' tTriX. See
more on the of the subsequent
force Buttm. 132. 5. 3. Matth. 357. b, and
verb, Acts ix. 27. xvi. 19. xviii. 17. See n. -J.
Sept. for roiy, c. gen. Deut. iv.
Matth. 632. 7. 23. vi. 12. c. ace. 2 K. xvii. 38. Ps. cxix.
to take hold of, e. g. rqe x, '<';, 83 c. gen. Luc. Nigr. 4. Xen. Ag. 2.
a) genr.
to take the hand, i. e. to take by the 13. H. G. 4. 2. 3. c. ace. Xen. Cyr. 1.

hand, Mark viii. 23. Acts xxiii. 19. trop. 4.28. So Pass. perf. particip. Luke
Heb. Sept. forp^irrrr Jer. xxxi.
viii. 9. Xll. 6 iv l avrStv OVK tOTiv lirt\t\r)ffp.ivov
32. Zech. xiv. 13. Diod. 'Sic. 17. 30. IvuTTtov TOV Seov,- is not forgotten, ne-
Xen. Ath. 1. 18. An. 4. 7.2 Seq. gen. glected, before God. So Sept. particip.
of person expr. or impl. denoting that for
ro\( Is. xxiii. 16.
some part is laid hold of, e. g. in order
f- <>, to speak or say upon
to lead, to conduct, etc. Luke ix. 47. 'ETTi\tyw,
Acts xvii. 19. apparently c. accus. Acts
i. e. besides, in addition to, Thuc. 6. 28.
Xen. An. 1.9.26. In N. T.
ix. 27 Bapva/3ag Sk lTrt\afi6p.tvo avrbv
1.to say or utter upon, i. e. by impl.
7/yaye K. T. \. i.avrov, see above.
e. ?}yay
to name, to call, John v. 2 rj tTrtXtyo/m'i;
(Xen. An. 4. 7. 13.) So in order to
t/3paV(rri BrjStada.
succour, to heal, etc. Matt. xiv. 31. Luke
2. to choose upon, i. e. in addition or
xiv. 4. trop. Heb. ii. 16 bis. Sept. for
succession to another, Mid. to choose for
pMrjn Judg. xix. 25. Is. iv. 1. Arr. 40 t7rtXfa^6voc
DIM. Bp. 3. 24. 75. Dem. 533 ult. Plat. oneself, c. accus. Acts xv.
SiXav. So Sept. for nra, Act. Ex. xvii,
Gorg. p. 527. A. With the idea of
9. xviii. 25. Mid. 2 Sam. x. 9. Act.
violence, to lay hold of, to seize, sc. by
Hdot. 3. 44. Mid. Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 4.
force, as a prisoner, etc. Luke xxiii. 26.
Hdian. 4. 7. 3. Hdot. 3. 157.
Acts xxi. 30, 33. seq. accus. apparently,
see above, Acts xvi. 19. xviii. 17. So 'ETH/WTTW, f. f> PP- to leave or
Sept. for ins Judg. vi. 12. xvi. 21. Pol. forsake upon i. e. in or during any-
8. 20. 8. ib~ 8. 22. 5. Xen. thing ; hence, by impl. to fail, not to
Cyr. 7. 1. 31. Heb. xi. 32
suffice, seq. ace. of pers.
Trop. spoken of language, to lay hold
*7rtXt'i//i yap Sirjy. o xpovof. Comp.
of one's words, i. e. to cavil at, to fif
Matth. 412. 7 -- Isocr. p. 4. A, tTn\'nro
censure, Luke xx. 20 Vva erriXa/Swi/rat
8' dv
rifiag 6 -nag xpoi/off.
Dem. 324. 17
CIVTOV Xoyov. ver. 26. Isocr. 223. B,
67riXnpj qp-ipa Xeyovra.
Xen. An.
tTriX. T&V ilpTipevtDv. Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. (it rj

Xen. 1.5.6.
p. 467. 3. Plato Gorg. p. 469. C.
H.G.2. 1.32. r?e, ",

b) trop. to lay hold of, in order to ,) forgetfulness, i. 25

dicpo- James
obtain and possess, 1 Tim. vi. 12 i-n-t- a forgetful hearer,
iXnanovrie, i. e.

Xa/3ov r>"/ aiwviov wjjjc. ver. 19. Test. for ajcp. 67riXjff/jwv, Buttm. 123. n. 4.
XII Patr. p. 595 TWV v^ijXaiv fc7reXa/3o- Ecclus. xi. 27. tTTiXrjfffjiwv Xen. Mem.
H&a. .El. V. H.14.27. 4.8.8.
 'Evr/X 312

j OU, o, /, adj. (^rri, fj

136. 2. to have care upon or over, to take

remaining over, care of orfor, seq. gen. e. g. of the sick,

Xo7rof,) remaining,
spoken of time, 1 Pet. iv. 2. So Sept. Luke x. 34, 35. of the church, 1 Tim.
for 1J-T Is. xxxviii. 10. ijrii Lev. xxvii. iii. 5. Comp. Buttm. 132. 5. 3. Sept.
18. Isocr. 39. A, TOV ITT. ^o*'' Pol. for Q^y tPto! Gen. xliv. 21. Jos. Ant.
15. 10. 3. Luc. Tirn. 42. 1.2. i. Xen.'Mem. 1.1. 19. ib. 1.3.11.

adv. carefully,
(e7rt/itXi7c),
fwc, 7> (sTrtXvw q. v.)
Luke xv.
i. e. in N. T. trop. sedulously, 8. Sept. for Ch.
solution, exposition,
2 Pet. i. 20 iraaa. N$"?Spi$ Ezra vi - 8 > 12 > 13 2 Mace. viii.
interpretation, ?rpo-
31. 'Xen. Mem. 2.4. 2.
QTjreia ypa0i/c <&'af iTrtXvtrfwf 06 ytvtrai,
1.e. <no prophecy is of, comes from, f. v&, aor. 1. iirsfieiva, to
'
any private exposition sc. of the will remain upon, i. e.in addition, longer,
and purposes of God by the prophets whence genr. to remain, to continue,

themselves, i. e. it is not &eXq/mrt av- intrans.

but VTTO Trvevfjiaros dyiov, as in in a place, seq. avrov there,
SpuJTrou, a) pp.
ver. 21. Comp.in Tivopai, I. c. a. Others 4cts xv. 34. xxi. 4. seq. Iv c. dat. of
less well no prophecy is
:
[[capable] place, 1 Cor. xvi. 8. Phil. i. 24. seq.
of private interpretation ' sc. by the 7rt c. dat. of
pers. Acts xxviii. 14. seq.
prophets themselves, i. e. the prophets arpoc c. ace. of pers. 1 Cor. xvi. 7. Gal.
cannot explain their own predictions. i. 18. with an accus. of time how long,
Aquila for plHD Gen. xl. 8 where Acts x. 48. xxi. 10. xxviii. 12, 14. Sept.

Sept. iao-a0j(Ttf. Philo de Vita cont. for irorponrr E

X xii. 39. c. iv Hdian.
-

p. 901. A. Heliodor. 1. 18 4. 5^ 1. ''Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 52. JTTI ry Mj

*7ri'Xv<rt. 4. 9 TWV xpTjaSrsvratv liri Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 52.
See Bibl. Repos. II. p. 241 sq. Loesner b) trop. to continue in any state,
Obs. e. Philon. p. 488. Knapp. Script. course, etc. to be constant in, to perse-
var. Arg. init. Steiger Com. in 1 Pet. vere in, c. c. dat. as ry iriarti Col. i. 23.
p. 114 sq. Ty ^apirt Acts xiii. 43. ry a/iapn'p Rom.
vi. 1. So Rom. xi. 22, 23. 1 Tim. iv.
uw, f. vat), to let loose upon,
16 iTrifievt avroiQ, i. e. in one's duties,
as dogs upon a hare, Xen. Ven. 7. 8.
Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 5. Xen. CEc. 14. 7.
ib. 9. 18. of letters, to break open there-
In N. T. trop. Seq. particip. Acts xii. 16e7r6/tveicpoiW,
upon, Hdian. 4. 12. 14.
as in Eng. he continued knocking. John
to solve, trans, the idea of further being
viii. 7. Philo de Agric. p. 197. D. idv
implied, viz. S' cnrt&uv 7ri/ievy. Comp. Buttm. 144.
a) in the sense of to explain, to inter-
and n. 3.
pret, Mark Sept. for "irjD Gen.
iv. 34. 4,

xli. 12 in Cod. Alex. Jos. Ant. 8. 6. 5. 'ETTiviOaj, f. tvffu, to nod or wink

Athenams X. p. 449. F. upon, i. e. to assent to
by a nod or wink,
b) in the sense of to determine upon, Luc. D. Deor. 20. 2. ib. 25. 2. InN. T.
sc, a doubtful question, Acts xix. 39. genr. to assent, to consent, intrans. Acts
x viii. 20 2 Mace, xiv, 20. Pol. 21 3. 3. .

Hi),to testify
o5, f. '/ffa>,
Dem. 360. 7.
upon, to attest, c. c. accus. et infin. 1 Pet.
y. 12 __
Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 4, Plut. Lysand. acj n> (> VOV
G>) PP-
22 med. thought upon, i. e. cogitation, purpose,
Acts viii. 22. Wisd. xv. 4. Jos. Ant. 5.
care 5. 2. Thuc. 3. 46.
for, attention. Acts xxvii. 3
Tvxtlv, i. e. to enjoy the kind attentions
of his friends 2 Mace. xi. 23. Xen. q. v.) comm. fut. iTrtopKj^o/iai, Buttm.
1, 6. 16. Mem. 4. 8. 10.
113. 4, and n. 7. to forswear oneself
Cyr.
e. to swear
1.
falsely, not to fulfil one's
j or to/iat, oath, absol. Matt. v. 33. Esdr. i. 48.
f. T/ao/iai, (piXu, see Passovv s. voc. ,
Wisd. xiv. 28. Hdian. 3, 6. 16. Xen. An.
depon. Passive, see Buttm. 113. 3. 2. 5.
38, 41.
 313

, ov, o, */, adj. (tTrt, d\\vs xiii. 11.

6vi5ifffjLoi Rom. xv. 3,
forswearing, false-swearing, perjured, pp. comp. Ps. Ixix. 10 where Sept. and rjv
<
taking oath upon oath,' lightly, and Hdian. 1. 4. 15. Thuc. 3. 87 voaog
therefore breaking all, Aristoph. Ran. kirkir. TO~IQ 'ASrrjvaioigSo of the Spirit,
150 tTriopKov opKov wfioffE. In N. T. of rb TTveu/za, to descend upon, seq. tiri riva.

persons, as subst. aforsicearer, apeijurer,

Acts x. 44. xi. 15. ?rt TIVI viii. 16.

1 Tim. i. 10. Hesych. iiriopicov opKov/z/} So ^D} Ez. xi. 5, Sept. tirias. ITT'
Ipf. TTV.

QpovTtZorra. Hdian. 8. 3. 10. Xen. Ag. KVplOV.

1. 12.
or rrw, f. ?w, to strike
fern. part, see in upon, to give blows upon, to beat, Horn.
,

II. 10. 500. In N. T. trop. to chide, to

on, o, /, adj. a word
rebuke, seq. dat. 1 Tim. v. 1. Jos. Ant.
found only in N. T. Matt. vi. 11 et Luke
1. 16. 2. Pol. 5. 25. 5. Xen. CEc. 13.
xi. 3 dprov 7//iwv rbv iirtovffiov, and
12.
formed, according to Origen, by the
evangelists, de Orat. c. 27. One class f. KM, to choke upon, to
inyw,
of interpreters derive it from the parti- some MSS Luke
strangle, in viii. 7 for

cip. iiriovffa, sc. r/julpn, and then aprof ,

which see.
tTTtovatoc would be to-m&rrow's bread,
breadfor the coming day, i. q. daily bread. (noSea fr.
W, f. ,

Others, because this UOTOQ iirtovvioc is to desire over and upon, i. e.

asked not for to-morrow, but to-day, above, besides, Hdot. 5. 93. Plato Pro-
ffi'iftepov, derive i-movoioQ from liri and tag. p. 329. D. In N. T. by impl. to
ov<j(a being, existence, and translate, bread desire earnestly, to long fory seq. infin.
for sustaining life, i. e. by impl. suffi- Rom. i. 1 1 (Trnro3u> yap itiiiv vfiaf. 2 Cor.
cient, necessary. So Origen, TOV tit rijv
v. 2. 1 Thess. iii. 6. 2 Tim. i. 4. Seq.
ovffiav ffvfji(3a\\6fiivov aprov. Suidas, 6 ace. of thing, TO yd\a 1 Pet. ii. 2. So
^TTI ry oi>ai<f rfftwv appoZutv, f; 6 jea3- Sept. for n^ Mic. vii. 1. DW? Ps. cxix.
ijfiepivot. SeeTholuck Bergpred. p. 407 174. Seq. ace. of person, to long after,
to regard with longing, to love, 2 Cor. ix.
sq.
14. Phil. i. 8. ii. 26. Comp. Ecclus.
'IZirnrtTTTt*), trtaov^ai, aor. 2 iir- xxv. 21. Diod. Sic. 17. 101. Seq.
tjrcffov, perf. tTTtiriirrbtKa, to fall upon, to incline towards, to tend to,
Trpoc TI,
in N. T. only in respect to persons, James iv. 5 Trpog <j>56vov liwroStl TO
\iz.
i.
q. to throw oneself upon, seq.
Ha K. T. \. So Sept. Trpof Stov for ^
a) pp. Ps. xlii. 2.
dat. Acts xx. 10 iiriirtviv airy, i. e. upon
his body, comp. 1 K. xvii. 21. 2 K. iv.
34 iiri c. ace. Luke xv. 20 iirt- earnest desire, strong affection, 2 Cor. vii.
sq. Seq.
Trfffiv STTI TOV TpdxwXov avrovf i. e. em- 7, 11. Aquila for Ex. xxiii. 11.
n3J^
braced him. Acts xx. 37. So Sept. and
ou, o, 77, adj. (tTrt
Gen. xlvi. 30. 1.1. (Philo de Joseph.
>rg
ew,)
much desired, longed for, Phil. iv.
p. 563. c. dat.) Johnxiii. ZSiirnriouv 'nri
TO ffrijSoc avTov, i. e. throwing himself
back on Jesus' breast as he reclined at ac, n* tTrtTrow, .
q.
table ;
see in 'AvaKti^at 2 In the sense earnest desire, Rom. xv.
of to rush or press upon, seq. dat. Mark 23.
iii. 10 wore iTrnriirTfiv CLVT<JJ. In a hos- f. tvaofiai, to go or
tile sense, c. dat. Pol. 1. 24. 4. Xen. An. come upon, i. e. to a.
place or person, seq.
4.5.17. Luke
Trpoc avTov, viii. 4. Sept. for "iny
to fall upon, to come upon or 2 Mace. ii. 29.
b) trop. Ez. xxxix. 14. Dion.
over any one, seq. ini c. ace. of pers. Hal. 10. 43. seq. iiri riva. Pol. 4. 9. 2.
e. g. 06/3oc Luke i. 12. Acts xix. 17.
(Sept. and >D} Ex. xv. 16.) iKaramQ 'ETrippaTTTtJ,
f. i^w, to sew upon,
Acts x. 10. (Sept. and ^ Dan, x.
7.)
trans, and seq. iiri c. dat. Mark ii. 21
 314 'Err

lirippairTei kiri where Sept. for -rp*p,

as also Gen. 1. 24,
Comp. Sept. Job xvi. 15. 25. Ps. cvi. 4 __ Ecclus. xlvi. 14. Test.
XII Patr. p. 649 __ In Sept. often also
f.
v/'w,
to *Ar0M7 or cast
'"Eiiripptirrtt), to visit in order to punish, for
upon, trans, and seq. ITTI c. ace. Luke
ips Ps.
Ixxxix. 33. Jer. xiv. 10. Ecclus. ii. 14.
XIX. 35 tTripp. TO. ifj.aTia iirt rbv TruiXov,
comp. Matt. xxi. 7 et Mark xi. 7. Sept. w, f. a<rw, ((TKfwd^w,)
to

IJ^irn Num. xxxv. 20. Ez. xliii. 24. upon orfor any thing,
for put all in readiness
Jos! B. J. 4. 5. 3. Xen. An. 5. 2. 23. to furnish out upon, to equip, e. g. a ship,

Trop. of care, etc. to cas* off upon in filial Pol. 3. 24. 11. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 10.
confidence 1 Pet. v. 7, quoted from Ps. horses, Xen.
pack-horses, i..e. ib. 5. 3. 1.
Iv. 23 where Sept. a temple, Jos. Ant.
to load, ib. 7. 2. 18.
for^ETf.
9. 8. 2 --In N. T.
only Mid. to furnish
'ETntrrjjUOC, ov, 6, r], adj. (tiri, ffrjfAa,) out oneself upon, i. e. to make preparation
lit.
'having a mark upon/ e. g. of
for a journey, absol. Acts xxi. 15 in later
money, stamped, coined, Jos. Ant. 17. 8. edit. See in
1. Xen.Cyr.4.5.40. InN.T.trop. noted,
i. in a good sense, distinguished, emi-
e.
'E7Tt<Ticrjvoa>, w, f. waw, pp. to pitch
nent, Rom. xvi. 7 __ 3 Mace. vi. 1. Jos. tent upon, and genr. to come and dwell
B. J. 6. 1. 8. Hdot. 2. 20 __ In a bad upon or in, Pol. 4. 18. 8. ib. 4. 72. 1.
sense, notorious, Matt, xxvii. 16. Jos. In N. T. trop. of a divine influence, to
Ant. 5. 7. 1. Plut. Fab. M. 14. descend and abide upon, to rest upon, e.g.
iir' iik 2 Cor. xii. 9.
ov, 6, (tTrio-trt^w to
supply with food, fr. <nria>, air OQ,
\food, f. dffa), to cast
Luke ix. 12. a^OJ, (<naaa>,)
victuals, Sept. for rTTX a shadow upon, to c. accus.
overshadow,
Josh. i. 11. ix. 5, 11. Hdian. 6. 7*3.
Matt. xvii. 5. Luke ix. 34. c. dat.
Xen. An. 7. 1.9.
Mark ix. 7. Acts v. 15. Sept. c. dat. for
Ps. xci. 4. c. tTTi TI for Ex.
'Err* (TictTrrojuat, f.
i//o/iai, depon. Mid. ^3p pip'
of which the present xl. 32. Anth. Gr. I. p. 114 rfy/3of
is rarely found in
earlier Attic Buttm. Ausf. tireaKiaaev. JEl. V. H. 3. 1 med. Trop.
writers,
To look upon, to of a divine power and influence, to over-
Sprachl. II. p. 434.
look at, i. e.
genr. to view, to inspect, Xen. shadow, to rest upon, Luke i. 35 Svva-
6. 3. 21. In N. T. fiig vtyiarov 7ri<riua<rei <rt. Just. Mart.
Cyr.
a)
to look at, sc. in order to select, to Apol. 2. p. 75 r) yap dvvafiig infyiarov
look out, to seek out, e. g. persons for i-TreXSrovffa ry TrapSivip, kirtaKiaatv avrtjv
K. T. X.
office, trans. Acts vi. 3. Sept. for T^a
Lev. xiii. 36. Ezravi. 1. trhi Ez. xx. 40.
EW, W, f. /<TW, to
Diod. S. 12. llouroQ Se 7ri (ffKOTTliU,)
look upon, to behold, Xen. Ven. 12. 21 . to
inspect, Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 11. to visit, sc.
to look upon, i. e. to visit, to
b) go to the sick, etc. Xen. CEc. 15. 9. In N. T.
see, to look after, seq. accus. (a) pp. to look after, to see to, to take care
Acts vii. 23 tTrivKtyaaSai TOVQ adtX<J>oi>. of,
absol. 1 Pet. v. 2 k-jrioKOTrovvrtg taking
xv. 36. Sept. and Tp) Judg. xv. 1.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 10. So of those who
care of, sc. TO TTOI/HVIOV. Seq. neg. rig, ^
to take care lest, Heb. xii. 15. Sept. for
visit the sick or poor, Matt. xxv. 36, 43.
ttrn Deut. xi. 12. Lycurg. 159. 33.
James i. 27. Ecclus. yii. 35. Hdian. 4.
Xen. (Ec. 9. 14. Lac. 2. 2.
2. 7. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 10. (0) From
the Heb. spoken of God, who is said to
TIG, n,
visit men, to inquire as it were into visitation, spoken
their situation and afford them relief or a) of the act of visiting or being visited,
aid, seq. accus. expr. or irnpl. Luke i.
inspected, etc. in N. T. trop. of God,
68, 78. vii. 16 cVEo-K^aro 6 Srtbs TOV Xabv who is said to visit men for good, comp.
aVTOV. ActS XV. 14 6 StOQ ITTtaKtyaTO in 'E7ri<7K7rro/iai b. j3. Luke xix. 44 rbv
\_ra & vn ~\
Xafiilv K. T. X. Heb. ii.6 on Kcupbv tTTHTKOTriiQ vov, i. e. the time when
(ll'TOV, qilOted ft'OIIl Ps. viU. 5 God visited thee, was present to favour
 315

tliee. 1 Pet. ii. 12. So Sept. for Hesycll. /*) t7ri(T7ra(73'w fit)

Job x. 12. n^ Job xxxiv. 9. Esdi\

vi. 5. In Sept. also for evil, in order to
f.
<rr>?<ro/uai, strictly Mid.
punish, Ex. xiii. 19. Is. x. 3. Jer. x. 15
,

to I0i(rri7/u with Ionic form, and used to

Wisd.xiv. 11.
the duty of visiting, inspecting, express the particular sense of ty'iarrim
b) of rbv vovv, etc. Matth. 234. Buttm.
charge, office, genr. Acts i. 20 quoted
i. e.
114. p. 280. Passow in tycVrr/jut 1. d.
from Ps. cix. 8, where Sept. for 7Tlj?S, j
Hence pp. to fix one s mind upon, i. e. to
as also Num. iv. 16. Spoken of the of-
understand, to know how, seq. infin. Xen.
fice of an iTTiffKOTroc, i. e. the care and
Mem. 1.1. 9 bis. In N. T.
oversight of a Christian church, 1 Tim. to know well, to have knowledge of,
iii. 1. a)
seq. ace. of thing, Acts xviii. 25 kirirrTa-
, OU, o, (tiri<Tic7rro/tai,) fievoQ fiovov TO fiairTHTna 'Iw. James iv.
an inspector, overseer, guardian, e. g. of 14. of pers. Acts xix. 15 Hav\ov tTri-
treaties, etc. Horn. II. 22. 255. Hdian. 7. ora/iai. seq. 7rpi TOVTHIV Acts xxvi. 26.
10. 6. of laws, etc. Pint. Sol. 19. of aC Acts x. 28. on Acts xv. 7. xix. 25.
wares, Horn. Od. 8. 163. of public xxii. 19. TTU> xx. 18. TTOU Heb. xi. 8.

works, Sept. forljpDO 2 Clip, xxxiv. 12,

Sept. for yr Dent, xxviii. 86. Josh. ii. 5,
17. of cities, e. g. a prefect, Sept. for ^33 9. al. c. ace. Luc. D. Deor. 25. 2. Xen.
Is. lx. 17. Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 1. orapntron, An. 1.3. 12. w S Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 22. 8rc
as Minerva of Athens, Dem. 421. 27. Hdian.. 2. 5. 15. Xen. An. 1 4. 8. Seq.
.

Hence in Athens iirimroinu were magis- ace. and particip. Actsxxiv. 10ovra<r *pt-
trates sent out to tributary cities to ri)v 7Ti<rra/ivof. Comp. Buttm. 144. 4. b.
organize and govern them, see Schol. Luc. D. Mort. 9. 2. Xen. An. 6. 6. 17.
in Aristoph. Av. 1023. Boeckh Staats-
b) in the sense of to understand, to
haush. der Ath. 1. p. 168, 256. Nean- comprehend, c. accus. Mark xiv. 68 OVK
der Gesch. der Pflanz. u. Leit. der chp. olSa, ovSe liriffTapai ri oi) Xeytif. 1 Tim.

Kirche, I. p. 178, and in Bibl. Repos. vi. 4. Jude 10. Sept. for ystorr Is. xli.
JV. p. 254. In N. T. spoken of officers 29. Xen. Conv. 3. 6.
in the primitive churches, an overseer,
superintendent, Acts xx. 28. Phil. i. 1. 'ETT/oraTTjCj ou, o, (tyiVra^at to be
< one
set set one/ a prefect,
1 Tim. iii. 2. Tit. i. 7. Trop. of Jesus, over,) pp.
1 Pet. ii. 25. This name was originally master, spoken of a king, Xen. Cyr. 8. 1.
8. of a commander of a hip, Xen. QEc.
simply the Greek term equivalent to
21. 3. of a military officer, Sept. for
7rpf<r/3urpo, which latter was derived
from the Jewish polity see Neander TpS 2 K. xxv. 19. of a director in gym-
;

1. c. and comp. Acts xx. 17, 28. Tit. i. nastics, iraiSoTpifirje, Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 18.
and genr. of directors of public works,
5, 7. 1 Pet. v. 1, 2. Afterwards, a
Boeckh Staatshaush. der Ath. I. p. 218.
bishop.
In N. T. only in Luke and addressed
'ETntTTruw, w, f. a,
to draw upon,
in the voc. to Jesus, master, as having
todraw to, e. g. TY\ V Svpav, to shut, Xen. the authority of a teacher, pa(3fti, among
H. G. 6. 4. 36. In N. T. Mid. to draw
his disciples, comp. master and teacher
upon or over, sc. in respect to oneself, in English, Luke v. 5. viii. 24, 25. ix.
viz. to draw over the prepuce again, 1
33, 49. xvii. 13. So pappi Mark ix. 5,
Cor. 18 /*/} iTriaicaaSn), i. e. let him
vii. <
and Kuptof Matt. xvii. 4, coll. Luke ix. 33.
not become as if uncircumcised/ The
So SiSdfficaXoG Mark iv. 38, coll. Luke viii.
allusion is to a mode of removing the
24. Comp. Kypkel. p.227.
mark of circumcision, described by Cel-
sus 7. 25, and practised by Jews who f. Xw, to send upon, to
abandoned their religion and national send to, i. e. to send word to any one ver-
customs. 1 Mace. i. 15. Jos. Ant. 12. bally or by letter, e. g. verbally Xen.
5. 1. The Rabbins call such persons Cyr. 1.4.26. In N. T.
0"D 5 'l2)?D, see Buxtorf Lex. Rab. Ch. to send word by letter, to give direc-
a)
1274 sq. Schoettg. Hor. Heb. 1159. sq. tion by letter, absol. Acts xxi. 25. c. d9t.
 316

Acts XV. 20 ^TTtortlXai avTolq TOV air't- iTTi TOV icvpiov. ver. 17^7ri<rrp-

Xfr$a where
K. T. X. for the infin. with i^ai Kapfiictf; Trarepwv ITTI So Sept.
TtKva.
TOV see Buttm. 140. Matth. 540. n. 1. for 2pn Ezra vi. 22, comp. Mai. iv. 6.
n. 1. Winer 45. 4. p. 269 __Jos. Ant. Ecclus. xlviii. 10. In the sense of
8. 2. 7. Hdian. 4. 12. 7. Xen. H. G. 1. to turn back again upon, to cause to re-
5.2. turn, sc. from error, with iirl rr\v 0X17-
in later
usage, simply to send a Seiav or the like implied, James v. 19,
b)
letter, i. q. to write to, seq. dat. Heb. xiii.
20. Sept. pp. for S*qjn 1 K. xiii. 18
22 __ .El. V. H. 10.20. Plut. Agesi. 21 20. pp. Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 9.
ult. 2. intrans. i. e. in Act. with eavrov

implied, Buttm. 113. n. 2. 130. n. 2.

OVO, ,
Matth. 496. 1. and also in Mid. to turn
knowing, endued with knowledge, James oneself upon or towards, i. e. to turn to-
13.
iii.
Sept. for -p; Deut. i. 13. iv. wards or unto, etc.
6. Ecclus. x. 25. Xen. (Ec. 21. 5. a)
Act. intrans. (a) pp.
Acts ix. 40
J Trpof ro erw^ttt. Trop. e. g. tiriffTptyeiv iiri

E7rt<rrr)pi'o>,
f. <Vw, to place firmly TOV Seov v. KVOIOV, i. e. to turn to the
upon, Pass, or Mid. to rest or lean upon,
service and worship of the true God,
to be supported on, Sept. for i^UD'a 2 Sam.
Acts ix. 35. xi. 21. xiv. 15. xv. 19.
i. 6. "TOD3 Is. xxxvi. 6. Lucian. adv. 2 Cor.
xxvi. 18, 20. Trpof xvptov iii. 16.
Indoct. 6. In N. T. trop. to confirm, to 1 Thess. i. 9. iirl TOV 1 Pet. ii.
iroifji'tva
establish, trans. Acts xiv. 22 TUQ 25. Sept. for n;D Deut. xxxi. 18. pp.
wv. xv. 32, 41. xviii. 23.
Gen. xxiv. 49. Ibp} 1 Chr. xii. 19. 3TQ)'
Josh. xix. 34. Hos. v. 4. Am. v. 6,8.
fe, r/> tTTiorXXw, an
/,
Ecclus. xvii. 25. pp. Susann. 47. Pol.
epistle, letter, Acts xv. 30. xxiii. 25,33.
7. 11. 4. to turn about upon
Rom. xvi.22. 1 Cor. v. 9. xvi. 3. 2 Cor. (/3)by impl.
or towards. Rev. i. 12 bis, cat sTrlarpe-
iii. 1. vii. 8 bis. x.9 11. Col. iv. 16.
Thess. v. 27. 2 Thess. \f/afiXeiretv TTJV 0wvj)v fifT Ifiov K. T. X.
1 ii. 2, 15. iii.
14,
absol. Acts xvi. 18. Sept. for HJS Judg.
17. 2 Pet. iii.
Trop. 2 Cor. iii.
1, 16. T
xviii. 21. Xen. Eq. 8. 12. Ven. 10. 15."
2, 3. Sept. for NnziN Ezra iv. 8, 11.
Hence, (y) to turn back upon, to return
1T$ Neb. vi. 5, 17. Diod. Sic. 1. 95.
unto, pp. and seq. btriffw Matt. xxiv. 18.
Xen". An. 1. 6. 3. By impl. letter of
tig TO. o-rriffdj Mark xiii. 16. Luke xvii.
authority, despatch, Acts ix. 2. xxii. 5.
31. 1. V. H. seq. tig c. ace.
So Sept. for Neh. ii. 7, 8
n^K Xen. __ (JE1. 6.)
8. 3.
Matt. seq. ITTI c. ace. 2 Pet. ii.
xii. 44.
Ag. 22. [Luke xvii. 4.] absol. Luke ii.
f- 'O'w, 20 in text. rec. Acts xv. 36. So of the
(67TI, oro/ia,) pp.
to the mouth, i. e. to stop the
jw upon breath or spirit returning to a dead body,
mouth, sc. with a bit or curb, Philostr. Luke viii. 55. Sept. for yftfi Ruth i. 7,
Icon. 2. 18. to check, to curb, Philo de 10. 2 Sam. vi. 20. 1 K. ii. 30 Xen.
Agric. p. 201. B. In N. T. trop; to stop H. G. 4. 5. 16. Trop. spoken of a re-
the mouth, to put to silence, seq. ace. Tit. turn to good, to return, to be converted,
i. 11. Dem. 85. 4 absol. Luke xxii. 32. Acts iii. 19. So
87re(rrojueai/ roiig avnji
avTiXkyovTag. Plut. Cato Min. 38. Lu- Matt. xiii. 15. Markiv. 12. Acts xxviii.
cian. Icarom. 21. 27, all quoted from Is. vi. 10 where Sept.
for yrs$. Also to evil, to turn back
^w, aor. 2 pass, ,
f.
unto, Gal. iv. 9 TTW? ^Trtor-ptyerc iraXiv M
96. 3, 5.
(Buttm. 100. n. TO. TTTuxd oToi\tia. 2 Pet. ii. 21 iTrtorpt-
5.)
with mid. signif. Buttm. c 136, 2, to turn ipat IK TTJG tvTO\t]G, SC. lirl ri\v ^S'opdv,
upon, to turn towards, trans. Horn. II. 3. coll. ver. 19.
370. trop. ro vbi}\t.a ely n Theogn. 1079. b)
Mid. intrans. with aor. 2 pass, see
[1083.] TO.Q fytig tie iavrfjv Hdian. 5. 3. above, (a) by impl. to turn about upon
15. In N. T. trans, and intrans. or towards, Matt. ix. 22 6 St 'Ir)<rovc
1. trans, in a moral sense, to turn upon tTriffTpa^dt;. Mark viii. 33. Johnxxi. 20.
or to, to convert unto, Luke i. TT. }v T<I> o^Xy, Mark v. 30. Sept. for
 SIT

Num. 6 __ Wisd. xvi.7. Xen.

xxiii. stronger, to grow stronger, trop. to be
Cyr. 6. 4. 10. to turn back upon, to
(/3)
more grow more fierce, Luke
violent, to
return unto, Matt. x. 13 r) dnrjvij iro<jg xxiii. 5 iiria\vov \tyovrig. So of power
iy<a 7r<rrpcr0]7ro>. Sept. formu5 Ruth i. 1 Mace. vi. 6. Ecclus. xxix. 1,

11, 12, 15. Plut. de Lib. educ. 17 mid.

f. to heap up
T. VI. p. 43. 1. ed. R __Trap, to return
tiHTw,

John 40 upon, to accumulate, trans. TOVS vticpovc

sc. togood, to be converted. xii.
Plut. Pyrrh. 22 pen. In N. T. trop".
7rrrp0wTi, comp. Is. vi. 10 and in a. y,
SidaffKciXovs 2 Tim. iv. 3. Plut. de
above. Dem. 133. 24. vitant. aer. alien. 6. IX. p. 298 ult. ed.
R Artemid. 3. 66.

a turning about, conversion, Pol. 5. 72. 8.

T
In N. T. trop. conversion, sc. to good, to
fjc> />
(toww*,) charge,
injunction, command, e.
g. of Christ,
Christianity, Acts xv. 3. Ecclus. xviii. 1 Cor. vii. 6, 25. 2 Cor. viii. 8. of God,
21. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 1. Clem. Alex. for will, decree, Rom.
[14]
xvi. 26. 1 Tim.
Strom. 6. 6.
i. 1. Tit. i. 3. genr. Tit. ii. 15 /utra
f- to tVtrayOc, with all injunction, i. e.
-iraoijQ
'ETntTUVayOJ) (ffuvayw,) <>>
Esdr. i. 16. Wisd.
/earf or riw^ together upon a place, to strongly, severely.
xiv. 16. Pol. 13. 4. 3.
gather together, to assemble, trans. Matt.
xxiii. 37 bis. xxiv. 31. Mark i. 33. xiii.
or TTO>, f. w, (ra<r<rw,)
27. Luke xii. 1. xiii. 34. Sept. for
rpi$ toarrange upon, e. g. soldiers i. e. to ar-
Is. lii. 12. Zech. xiv. 2. ynj? 1 K. xviii.
range in ranks one upon another, seq.
20. *>nj?
2 Chr. xx. 26. 2 Mace. ii. 14, ace. and dat. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 29. to
18. Pol.' 5. 95. 7.
station sc. as a garrison, 1 Mace. iv. 61.
In N. T. by irnpl. to enjoin upon, to
fjf, 17, (rn(rvvayw,)
ac 0/* assembling, a gathering together, charge, to command, seq. dat. Mark i.

2 Thess. ii. 1. Heb. x. 25. 2 Mace. ii. 27 roTf irvtvfiafft ro7f dicaSr. iiriTaaou.
7 assembly. Luke iv. 36. viii. 25. Sept. for rn$ Gen.
xlix.32. Esth iii. 12. 2 Macc.ix.8. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 2. 33. Seq. ace. and dat. Philem.
'0 7*MH together upon or to the 8 liriraaaiiv ooi rb avfjicov.
rpY.u/,) C. ace. impl.
scene of any action, Mark ix. 25. Mark ix. 25 __Jos. Ant. 1. Xen. CEc. 9.
7. 23. Seq. dat. and infin. aor. Mark
vi. 39. Luke viii. 31. inf. pres. Acts xxiii.
pat to come together upon,) a concourse,
2. Xen. An. 7. 3. 13. An. 2. 3. 6.
crowd, whence irotnv iiriovoTaoiv to excite Seq.
a concourse, to raise a tumult, Acts xxiv. ace. and inf. Mark vi. 27 iir'tTa^tv tvtx-
12. Sept. for-ny Num. xvi. 40. Esdr. v. Stjvat TTJV Kt<f>a\T)v. Sept. Dan. vi. 9.
90. Jos. c. ApV'l. 20. Sext. Empir. Eth. Xen. Lac. 5. 8. Absol. Luke xiv. 22.
127. Spoken of a croicd, constant in- f.
, 7>, e<rw, (iiri intens.)
gress of persons coming to any one, 2 to bring through to an end, to finish, to
Cor. xi. 28 iiriavaTaaiQ KCI&'
>) pov r/
perform, trans.
rifiepav, i.
q. quotidiani hominum impetus, a) pp. spoken of any work, business,
Cic. pro Arch. 6. course, etc. Luke xiii. 32 iaatiQ. Rom.
xv. 28. 2 Cor. vii. 1 Iv. ayuDavvrjv, i. e.
Tje, EOC, oc o, >/, iri,
to practice, viii. 6, 11 bis. Phil. i. 6.
<r0dXXo/iat,)
lit. near upon falling,' i. e.
<

Heb. viii. 5 ITT. rr\v fficnvfjv, i. e. to make.

ready to fall, not firm, metaph. insecure,
dangerous, Acts xxvii. 9 iiriff^aXovs TOV Sept. for y^2 Zech. iv. 9. ^D Num.
Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 16. Diod. Sic. 2 Mace. iii. 23. Pol". 1. 37. 7.
xxiii. 23.
irXooq
13. 77. Dem. 22. 14.
Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 26 __ Heb. ix. 6 T&Q
Xarpa'ae performing the
iiriTtXovvTec,
'E7n(T^Vti>,
f. vfftt), (iiri, Ivxvw,)
to sacred rites. Philo de Somn. p. 653
strengthen upon i. e. in addition, to fTTiTtXtlv Xftrovpytaf. Hdot. 2. 63 ^vffia^.
make stronger, trans. n}v ir6\iv Xen. Diod. Sic. 1. 45.
CEc. 11. 13". In N. T. intrans. to be Mid. to come to an end, to finish,
b)
 ,318 'K7T,iTLU(Ht)

intrans. and seq. dat. of manner, Gal. c. ace. Acts viii. 17. seq. dat. Acts vi. 0.
iii. 3. vvv viii. 19. xiii. 3. xix. 6. 1 Tim. v. 22.
kvapZantvoi TrvtvficcTi, <rapjci
eirtreXt'iffSt ; having begun in the Spirit, Com. in 'E-n-iSeatc. So Rev. i. 17
do ye noiv end in the flesh 1 i. e. in attach- iTrsS-, rr\v tiav avrov ITT' ipi in text,
ment to carnal ordinances. So Sept. rec. Sept. c. tTri for
"TJ72D
Lev. i. 4.

apo[iai teal tTTiTtXtaia for

H^3 1 Sam. iii. 2, 13. (y) spoken of stripes, to lay
iii. 12. on, i. e. to inflict, TrXijyag lir&ivTtQ Luke
spoken of sufferings, etc. to x. 30. c. dat. Acts xvi. 23. c. liri nva
c) trop.
accomplish) i. e. to undergo, to endure, Rev. xxii. 18 Of punishments Diod.
Pass. 1 Pet. v. 9. Mid. kiriTiXiiaSm ra Sic. 11. 19. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2. So Cic.
TOV yr/pwc, Xcn. Mein. 4. 8. 8. id. Apol. pro Sext. 19 plagas impono. () Trop.
Socr. 33. of gifts, to lade with, to supply with, c.
dat. Acts xxviii. 10 iirtetvTO ra Trpog rr\v
a, ov, (tirirndsQ adv.
see in Wisd. iv. 5. Xpeiav. Comp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 4.
Passow,) apt, proper, Mid. to set oneself upon or against
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 17. In N. T. by impl. b)
any one, to set upon, to assail, seq. dat.
needful, necessary, James ii. 16 ra ITTI-
Acts xviii. 10 ovStlg fur&rjfferai erot. So
Trjdtia TOV <rw/mro , things needful for the
__ Sept. for ^S3nn Gen. xliii. 18. Titfp
body, i. e. the necessaries of life 1
2Chr. xxiv^2l,25 Jos. Ant. 1. 20. f.
Mace. xiv. 34. Jos. Ant. 2. 15. 4. Xen.
^El. V. H. 3. 19med. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.
Mem. 2. 2. 10.
15. in war, Xen. An. 2. 4. 3.
f. 3^<r, aor. to add upon, to supei'add,
(riS-ii/a,) c) by impl.
,
aor. 2 ITT&IJV. On 3 plur. seq. ?rpoe c. ace. Rev. xxii. 18 kav nq
pres. i7riTi$t.affi Matt, xxiti. 4, see Buttm. iiriSy TTpof ravra Horn. II. 7. 364
^ 107. n. I, 1. for the imper. pres. i-rn- Dem. 165. 2.
TiSti 1 Tim. v. 22, see Buttm. 1. c. n. I, 5.
and for the accent in imperat. aor. 2
'ETTtrtjLtaw, w> f. *7<rw, to
(rt/tdw,)
ITT&IS Matt. ix. 18, see Buttm. 1. c. n. I, put further honour upon, to honour e. g.
13 To place or put upon, to lay upon, the dead, Hdot. 6. 39. Plut. Artax. 14.
to impose, trans. of things, to set a further value upon, to
a) pp. and (a) genr. seq. liri c. accus. estimate higher, e. g.in price, Dem. 918.
Matt, 4 0opria tTriTiSkaaiv liri TOVQ
xxiii. 22. to adjudge, to confirm, by a judg-
wuovg rS)v av3-p. Luke xv. 5. Acts xv. ment, Hdot. 4. 43 In N. T. spoken of
10 kir&f~iva.i uyov ITTI TOV Tpa^rjXov an estimate or judgment put upon what
K. T. X. Mark iv. 21 Xv%vov kirl rqv \vx" is
wrong or contrary to one's will, and
viav. Matt, xxvii.29. John ix. 15. Acts hence, to admonish, to reprove, to rebuke,
xxviii. 3. So Sept. for trton Gen. xxi. 14. seq. dat
Josh. x. 24. pj Gen. xxv. 20, 30 __ a) genr.
c. dat. of pers. Matt. xvi. 22.

Palaeph. 32. 14." Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 14. xix. 13 oi $t

ua$i]Tal kirf.Tifiri<rav CLVTOIQ-
Seq. ace. and dat. Acts xv. 28 tTriri- Mark viii. 32, 33. x.13. Luke ix. 55. xvii.
SttrSat vulv /3apoc. Lukexxiii. 26. John 3. xviii. 15. xix. 39. xxiii. 40. absol. 2
xix. 2. Trop. of a name, Mark iii. 16, 17. Tim. iv. 2. Sept. for nys Gen. xxxvii. 10.
Sept. for trton Dan. i. 7. v. 13. Jos. Ruth ii. 16. Jos. Ant. 5. 1.26. Dem. 558.
Ant. 9. 7. 2 nit. Hdian. 4. 7. 12. Xen. 27. Xen. CEc. 11. 24. With the idea of
(Ec. 17. 9. Seq. tiri c. gen. Luke viii. punishment, Jude ix. i-mn^oon aot
16 Xv^vov tTTi Xv^viaq. Seq. tTravw C. gen. Kvptoe, quoted from Zech. iii. 2 where
Matt.xxi.7. xxvii. 37. In the phrase Sept. for "^2. comp. Jos. Ant. 18. 4. 6.
(/?)
Seq. dat. of thing, and implying a de-
the hand or hands upon, as the symbol sire of restraining, e. g. spoken of winds
of healing power, etc. seq. tiric. accus. and waves, Matt, viii, 26. Mark. iv. 39.
Matt. ix. 18. Mark viii. 25. xvi. 18. Luke viii. 24. So Sept. and 1^2 Ps. cvi
Acts ix. 17. seq. dat. Matt. xix. 13, 15. 9. and so 1^3T Nah. i. 4 where Sept.
Markv.23. vi.5. vii.32. viii.23. Lukeiv. cnriiXw. Of a fever, Luke iv. 39.
40. xiii. 13. Acts ix. 12. xxviii. 8. or for b) by impl. to admonish strongly,
benediction, inauguration, etc. seq. liri with urgency, authority, i. e. to enjoin
 'Ewmjizfa 319

upon, to charge strictly, the idea of re- a freedman, rtjs ova(a$ sTrirpoTroj/. Xen.
buke or censure being implied, e. g. (Ec. 12.2. ib. 21. 9.
demons, seq. dat. Matt. xvii. 18. Mark b) i.
q. 6 Trttidaywyof, which see, i. e.
i. 25. ix.25. Luke iv. 35, 41. ix. 42. Of a guardian, curator, usually a
tutor,
persons, c. dat. Luke ix. 21. So seq. slave or freedman, to whose care the
dat. and 'iva, Matt. xx. 31 6 Sk 5\\os boys of a family were committed, who
67rcrt'juj7<7v avroiQ, 'iva (fritoTr/'/ffuxTtv. Mark trained them up, instructed them at
x. 48. Luke xviii. 39. Matt. xvi. 20 in home, or accompanied them to the public
MSS. Seq. dat. and 'iva ufj, i. q. to schools, Gal. iv. 2. Plut. Cic. p. 880.
forbid strictly, Matt. xii. 16. Mark iii. B. Tl OVV OVK iTTtVpOTTOV CtVTOV TOLQ TtKVOtQ
12. viii. 30. <l>v\aa<Ttic ;
JE1. V. H. 13. 43 or 44. Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 40.
ac i?, (In-infiow,)
tlie

being in good repute, i. e. in full citizen- aor. 2

ship, Dem. 230. 10. Diod. Sic. 18. 18.
^vw,) to light upon, to chance to meet,
In N. T. spoken of the estimate fixed c. dat. Thuc. 8. 14.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 5.
upon a wrong by a judge, a judicial to hita mark, to attain one's aim, Arr.
infliction, i. e. penalty, punishment, 2 Diss. Ep. 4. 6. 28. In N. T. genr. to
Cor. ii. 6. Wisd. iii. 10. Philode Pram. attain unto, i. e. to obtain, to acquire,
et Poen. init. Classic writers prefer Heb. vi. 15 tTrtru^e
seq. gen. r/Jf tTray-
y\iof. xi. 33. c. ace. rof;ro Rom. xi. 7
f. aor. 1 in later edit, see Herm. ad Vig. p. 762.
, i^cu, (rp7rw,)
aor.2 pass. iTrirpairnv Acts Absol. Houi. xi. 7. James iv. 2. c.
rt, gen.
xxviii. 16. Buttm. { 96. 3, f>. UK). n. 5. Se;>t. Pn.v. xii. 27. Pol. 21. 3. 8. Xen.
to turn (Ec. 2. 3. absol. Thuc. 6. 38.
upon, to direct upon, trans, i. e.

by impl. to give over to, to commit to, f. 0av<3, aor. 1

Horn. Od. 2. 226. Xen. An. 6. 1.31.
aor. 2 pass, l-n-t^avijv, pp. to cause to ap-
Sept. for 2TV ('en. xxxix. 6. In N. T.
jyear upon or to, to shew before, to exhibit.
to permit, to allow, to suffer, c. c. dat. of
trans, and trop. 3 Mace. ii. 19.
Theogn.
pers. and infin. of object expr. or im- 359: Plut. Marcell. 1 __ In N. T. Act.
plied, see Winer * 4~t 2.
. Buttm. 140.
with iavrov implied, and also Mid. or
1. Matt. viii. 21 S7rtrp\//oi> uoi irp&rov Pass, to shew oneself upon or to, i. e. to
airi\5nv Kai Sd^at TOV iraripa uov.
appear upon or to, spjken of tight, to
ver. 31. xix. 8. Markv. 13. x. 4. Luke shine upon, intrans. Buttm. 113. n. 2.
\iii. 32 bis. ix. 59, 61. Acts xxi. 39.
130. n. 2. Matth. 496. 1."
xxvi. 1. xxvii. 3. xxviii. 16. 1 Cor. xiv.
in Act. pres. absol. Acts xxvii.
34. 1 Tim. ii. 12 __ Sept. Esth. ix. 14. a) pp.
20 finri dorptav tTrityaivbvTwv. aor. 1 seq.
Job xxxii. 14. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 21. Ml.
dat. Luke i. 79 avaroXfj i% V^OVQ ITTI-
V. H. 2. 5. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 29. An. 1. 2.
tyavai rolf iv oKom, where for the
19. Absol. John xix. 38. Acts xxi. 40.
form iirupavai instead of iiri^fjvat (Act.
1 Cor. xvi. 7 idv 6 rvptof 7rirpiry, if the Thorn. ^ 30 pen.) see Buttm. 101. n. 2.
Lord permit, Heb. vi. 3. Xen. Cyr. 5.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 24 sq. &1. V. H.
5. 22.
13. 1 pen. icai airpooTrrwQ t7r0?ji'f,
, ijc, >},
(sTrirpETrw,)
com- aorrjp. Pol. 5. 6 apn rijg
6.
mission, charge, full-poicer, Acts xxvi. Iiri(j>aivov0i>}. Pass. Ep. of Jer.
12. Arr. Diss. Ep.2.8.5. Pol. 3. 15.7. 61.
ib. 18. 22.5. b) trop. in aor. 2 pass, to be conspi-
cuous, to be known and manifest, Tit. ii.~
oi>, o, tTTirpTrw,) pp. 11. T) \apiQ. iii. 4.
<
one to whom a charge is
committed,'
Comp. Sept. for
i. e. a steward, manager, agent. n^M Gen. xxxv. 7.

a) pp. Matt. xx. 8. Luke viii. 3 Xov3

'ETrt^avem, ac, "hi (iTa^aiVw,)
lirtTpoTTov'Hp&dov, i. e. the manager an appearing, appearance, spoken of the
of his private affairs __ Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 6 advent of Jesus, 2 Tim. i. 10. of his
where king Agrippa makes Thaumastus, future advent, 2 Thes*. ii. 8. 1 Tim,
 320

\i. 14. 2 Tim. iv. 1, 8. Tit. ii. 13. Comp. Comp. Buttm. 133. n. 2. Matth. 389.
Luke 78, 79.
i. Of splendid celestial Plut. Timol. 36.
appearances in aid of Israel, 2 Mace, iii
to grow
24. v. 4. al. of the pillar of fire, Jos. 0u>e,)
light upon, to dawn upon, intrans. Matt.
Ant. 3. 14. 4. genr. Pol. 3. 94. 3. Diod. xxviii. 1 ry iirityucrKovaij sc. rifitpy. Luke
Sic. 1. 25.
xxiii. 54. Diod. Sic. 13. 1 8 in some edit.
f'oc our, 6, 17, adj. comp. Hdot. 3. 86.

appearing upon or 0,
Thuc.
visible, 7. 19. c/ear, manifest, *E7r/.^fp!w, w, f. TJ<TW, (x'p>) to
Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 10. In N. T. splendid, lay hands upon, e. g. Siiirvy, <rfry, Horn.
Od. 24. 386, 395. to attack, Jos. de
i. e. trop. illustrious, memorable. Acts
Vita sua 44. In N. T. trop, to take in
ii. 20 TTJV tjfifpav Kitpiov TT}V fieyaXtjv Kai
hand, to undertake, to attempt, c. c. infin.
tTTiQavfj,quoted from Joel ii. 31 where
Heb. i. 7.
Luke i. 1 TroXXot iTrtxtiprjaav avara^aa^fat
Sept. for NTO, as also ver. 1 1 .

Pol. 1. 36.3. ib. 1. 78. 11. of persons Striyrjfftv. Actsix. 29. xix. 13. 2 Mace.
Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 2. JFl. V. H. 3. 19. Xen.
ii. 29. Pol. 1. 47. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 1.
CEc. 10. 8.
Ag. 3. 2.

((}>av<>),
'}L7ri\w 9 f.
(xw,) to pour
tvffw,
to appear unto, to shine upon,
trop. to upon, trans, e.
g. upon wounds, Luke
ps; Gen. xxviii. 18.
x. 34. Sept. for
give light to, to enlighten, c. dat. Eph. v.
14. Act. Thom. 34 tirtyavat yap pot xxxv. 14 Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 3. Xen. CEc.
OTTO QpovTiSoe. Not found in the clas- 17.9.

sics, see H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I.

, w, f. rja<a,
p. 660. Also form 0avw exists
the
q. v.) to furnish upon, i. e. besides, in
only in the grammarians, see Passow in
addition, to supply further, to superadd,
trans. 2 Cor. ix. 10 6
irrixoprjyuiv ffirippa

>,
f. tTToiffb), aor. 2 lirri-
TV ffiriipovri. Gal. iii. 5. 2 Pet. i. 5, 11.
to bear or bring upon or to a per-
,
Comp. Is. Iv. 10 where Heb. "jrg Sept.
didupi. Ecclus. xxv. 22 of a wife who
son, viz.
pp. to bring to any one, seq. !* brings with her a large dowry. Mid.
a)
C. ace. Acts xix. 12 wore in a reciprocal sense, to supply one ano-
i-jrl TOVG a<T$t-
vovvrac UTTO TOV ai>Tov ther, to furnish aid mutually, Col. ii. 19
iri<f>eptff3rai xpwToe
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 22. Thuc. TO aiafia fTrixoprjyovftfvov Kai ffvp,f3ij3a^6-
<Tovdapia.
4.87. pivov, where TO (rw/ta is put collectively
for all the parts or members, comp.
b) in the sense of to add upon, to su-
peradd to, Phil. i. 17 ot'6/itvot SXtyiv Eph. iv. 16 TO 001/j.a ffvvapp.o\oyovf*fvov
iTriQspeiv Philo Leg.
TOIQ Stfffiolf fiov.
ad Cai. 1009 Trvp iirupeptiiv rrvpi. Aris-
p.
toph. Rhet. 3. 6. supply, aid, help, Phil. i. 19. Eph. iv. 16
to bring upon, i. e. against, in a
c) dta traariz a<prjg rijg iTrt^op^y/ag through
judicial sense, of accusation, etc. Acts all the joints of supply, i. e. which afford
xxv. 18 alriav. Jude 9 ttpioiv -- Jos. Ant. mutual
'

aid, comp. in
4. 8. 23 post init. Hdian. 3. 8. 13. Pol.
6. 41. 3. So of wrath or punishment, itJ, f. tVo>, to rub or
(xptw,)
Rom. iii. 5 i. e. in- smear upon, to anoint upon, seq. ace. and
lirify'tpuv TI}V bp-yrjv,
Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 2 cTTt c. ace. John ix. 6 k7rexP tff TOV irn^bv
flicting punishment.
aXXijv TOIQ AiyvTrrtoig kirifyipti TrXrjyrjv.
iirl TOVQ 6$$a\povG' Seq. ace. of the
thing anointed, ver. 11 lfl-xP t<r * A* 00 ro *C
'Eirt^tovtO), Wj
f. r\au, to cry out Lucian. Quom.
ofySaXfiovs sc. T(j> -TrrjXy.
upon, i. e. thereupon, Luke xxiii. 21. in Hist, conscr. 62 iinxpivac. M TITOLV^ sc.
acclamation, Acts xii. 22. JEsdr. ix. 47. TO ovo[ia.
Plut. de Herodot. malig. 34 Seq. dat.
of person upon i. e. for or against W, f- T], (fTTi,
wnom outcry is made, Acts xxii. 24 w, to build upon, sc. as a foun-
 321

dation, Pass. seq. liri c. dat. Xen. An.

3. 4. 11 __ In
N. T. only trop. to build pp. upon or above the heavens,' i. e.
<

upon, spoken of Christian faith and heavenly, celestial, viz.

Christian life, both in the whole church spoken of those who dwell in
a)
and in its individual members, as built heaven ;
Matt, xviii. 35 6 7rari)p 6
7ro?/pd-
upon the only foundation, Christ, and vtog. Phil. ii. 10 oi iirovpdvioi, i. e.

implying the constant internal and ex- angels. 2 Mace. iii. 39. Horn. Od. 17.
ternal developement of the kingdom of 484. II. 6. 129 __ Of those who come
God and the visible church, like a holy from heaven, 1 Cor. xv. 48 bis, 49, coll.
temple progressively and unceasingly ver. 47 et Phil. iii. 21. Of the heavenly
built up from the foundation comp. ; bodies, the sun, moon, etc. 1 Cor. xv. 40
1 Cor. iii. 9, 10. See Neander Gesch. bis, coll. ver. 41.
d. Pflanz. u. Leit. der chr. Kirche, I. neut. plur. rdt inovpavia, i. e. the
b)
p. 160, and in Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 245. heavens, heaven, Eph. i. 20 iv dei avrov
So Pass. seq. iiri c. dat. Eph. ii. 20t7ro- iv rolf iirovpavioig. ii. 6. iii. 10. So of
KodofllJ^tVTtS 67TI T($ StfltXitp TWV ttTTO- the lower heavens, the sky, the air, as the
<rroXwv K. T. X. Col. ii. 7. Act. seq. ace. seat of evil spirits, Eph. vi. 12, comp. in
et ITTI c. ace. 1 Cor. iii. 12. seq. ace. Oi-pavof and 'A/jp. Test. XII Patr. p.
ver. 14. absol. ver. 10 bis. Byimpl. 546 sq.
to build up further, sc. in the faith and c) spoken of the kingdom of heaven
upon Christ, seq. accus. of pers. expr. and whatever pertains to it, see in
or impl. Acts xx. 32 ry Svvaftiv^ i-jrot- BturiXcia c. E. g. of the kingdom itself,
KoSonijoai, SC. vpaf. Jude 20 ITTOIK. iav- 2 Tim. iv. 18 tig r)v /3a<r. rrjv iirov^aviov.

rovf. Coinp. Pint, de Monarch, et De- So Heb. iii. 1 xXijffif iirovpavios. vi. 4.

mocr. 1 init. viii. 5. ix. 23. xi. 16. xii. 22, coll,

i.
Rev. xxi. 2. Also rd itcovpavia, things
f. t\u>, (6rXXw q.
to drive or force upon, g. a ship
e. pertaining to the kingdom of God, Eph.
,)
i. 3. or genr. things spiritual, John iii.
upon a shoal, etc. to run aground, trans.
12.
Actsxxvii.41 l7rw<Xavr}v vawv.Hdot.
7. 182 rriv via. Pol. 4. 41. 2. Thuc. 4. 'ErrTa, ot, al, ra, indec. seven, Matt.
26. xv. 34, 36, 37. Acts xx. 6. al. The
number seven was often put by the Jews
foranindef. round number, Matt. xii. 45.
toname upon or after, i. e. in allusion to Luke
xxii. 25. xi. 26. al. comp. Gen.
some other name or circumstance, Sept. xviii. 41 sq. Ruthiv. 15. 1 Sam. ii. 5. Is.
In N.
for jnp Gen. iv. 17, 24, 25. al.
iv. 1. Prov. xxvi. 25. Likewise as a
T. Pass, to be named in addition, sc. to
sacred number, of good omen, as also
some other name, to be also called, Rom.
Pol. 29.
among the Egyptians, Arabians, Per-
ii. 17 oi) 'lovtiaioc iirovopaZy. 1.
sians, etc. Acts vi. 3. Rev. i.
4, 12, 16. ii.
2. Xen. CEc.6. 17.
Ex. xxxvii.
1. al. comp. Gen. xxi. 28.

f- to look 23. Lev. iv. 6, 17. al. See Gesen. Lex.

)) U<TU>, (6irTev<t),\
i. e. to oversee, to inspect, TO. Heb. art.
upon, epya
Horn. Od. 16. 140. Hes. Op. et. Di.765. num. adv. seven
(tTrra),
In N. T. genr. to behold, to con-
[712.] times,put for an indef. round number,
template, trans. 1 Pet. ii. 12. iii. 2 Pol. Matt, xviii. 21, 22. Luke xvii. 4 bis.
5.69.6. Dem. 168.13.
Sept. foryntt)V Ps. cxix. 164.
'ETTOTTTTJC, ou, o, (7rm//o^at fut. to 2K. v. 10,14 .

i^opdw,)
a looker-on, spectator, eye-wit-
ness, 2 Pet. i. 16. 2 Mace. vii. 35. 3 thousand, Rom. xi. 4, quoted from 1 K.
Mace. ii. 21. overseer Dem. 47. 4. xix. 18 where Sept. kirra xiXidfoc. Sept.
for E"D^N n^nil) Num. viii. 22. 1 Chr.
> *irov, STTW,) a
xxix. 4.
word, Heb. vii. 9 t!> tiros
f i^~v so to

spea/t, see in Elirov a. init. see EITTOV.

 "Epaorroc 322

A, Opaw,) Erastua, pr.

x. 35, but Heb. xi. 33 see in
"Epaorocj ov,
name of a Christian, Actsxix. 22. Rom. a. TYIV avofiiav Matt. vii. 23. afiapriav
xvi. 23. 2 Tim. iv. 20. James ii. 9. Sept. avopiav spy. for ^D
Ps. v. 6. vi. 9. Job xxxiv. 32 __ Jos.
Ant. 5. 1 18 <f>6vov. Plut. Agesi. 23 mid.
depon. Mid.
.
f. d<ro/iai,
t,

(cpyor,) imperf. e/pyao/ijv, aor.

1
eip-
i
pyov deivov. Thuc. 3. 66.
in the sense of to till, to cultivate,
ytt<rd/i7/j>, perf. pass. tpya<r/tai as depon. b)
2 John 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 6. comp. e. g. Tt}v yrjv, Sept. for T^V Gen. ii. 5,
Buttm. 136. 3. but also in pass, signif. 15. Xen. CEc. 1. 8. In N. T. trop.
John iii. 21. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 9. comp. spoken only of the sea, r/}v SaXaooav
Buttm. 113. n. 6. For the augm. see e'pydfcer.&nt, to cultivate the sea, i. e. as
Buttm. 84. 2 __ To work, intrans. and in Engl. to ply the sea, to follow the sea,
trans. sc. as an occupation, as seamen, mer-

1. intrans. to work, to labour, i. e. chants, etc. Rev. xviii. 17. Appian.

(a)
a/iTTtXaivi Matt. xxi. 28. at a Hist. R. 8. 2 vaval rt xpibfjifvot, Kai TTJV
pp. Iv ry
trade, Acts xviii. 3. 1 Cor. iv. 12. 1 StaXaaaav ota <boiviKf fpya(^uej'oi. Plut
Thess. ii. 9. 2 Thess. iii. 8. Luke de Solert. An. 23. X. p. 61. ed. R.
genr.
xiii. 14. John ix. 4 ult. 1 Cor. ix. 0. TOVQ /oyao/ivovc Trjv SaXctTTav. Aristot.
1 Thess. iv. 11. 2 Thess. iii. 1012. Probl. 38. 2. So 3-aXarrovpyetv Pol. 6-
Sept. for in^T Ex. v. 18. Deut. v. 13. 52. 1. SraXarTovpyoi of fishermen Xen.
Test. XII Patr. p. 626 (Ec. 16.7.
P y. Iv tpyoif
yi/f. Dem. 1048 pen. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. c) in the sense of to work for, to labour
67 bis. ib. 2. 7. 12 In the sense of for, to earn, e. g. TJV fipwaiv John vi. 27.
(/3)
to be active, i. e. to exert one's powers genr. 2 John 8. Sept. for nnD Prov.
and faculties, etc. John v. 17 bis, 6 xxxi. 18 __ Pakeph. 21. 2. Dem. 1358.
Trartjp *pyderai K. r. \. Rom. iv. 4, 5. 12. Pen. Mem. 1. 3. 5.

to do business, i. e. to trade, to
(y) Also, 'E/oyatrm, ac, *7>
(tpyao/iat,) work,
traffic, Matt. XXV. 16 /pyd<raro Iv avrolg. labour, Hdot. Vit. Horn. 3 airb Ipya^Tjc
Dem. 957. 27 nvi. Xpv. In N. T.
2. trans, to
work, toform by labour, i. e. i. e. trop. pains, effort , in
a) labour,
to do, to perform, to produce, etc. the Latinism epyaaiav didovai, operam
a) genr. of things wrought, done, per- dare, Luke xii. 58, see fully in Aiw/*i d.

formed, e. g. miracles, John vi. 30 ri a. Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 7 fir)

aw irovy fiijS'

l/oydy, sc. ffrjpt'iov. Acts xiii. 41 tpyov, tpyavio;. Pol. 5. 100. 4.

comp. Hab. i. 5 where Sept. for ^sj. b) a working, doing, i. e. practice, per-
Of sacred rites, TO. itpd fc\oya. 1 Cor. ix. formance, sc. of evil, with tig final, Eph.
13. So genr. Eph. iv. 28. Col. iii. 23. IV. 19 tig ipyaatav aicciS. Traatjg, i. e. SO as

Ipya TOV Stov pyae<r&at John vi. 28 to work all uncleanness. Comp. Sept.
ix. 4. Ipyov TOV Kupiov 1 Cor. xvi. 10. for rDNifc 1 Chr. vi. 49. xxviii. 20.
fpya iv Se$ elp-yafff.fva, wrought in God, ial. 2. 36 irpbg ipyaaiag ?rpay-
i. e. in conformity to his will, John iii.
21. Sept. for-py Num. iii. 7. viii. 12.
c) work,
i. e.
occupation, trade, craft,
^Q Job xxxiii. 29". Ps. vii. 16. Hdian. Acts xix. 25. Sept. for HDN^Tp
T
Jon. i.
8. 1. 14.Xen. An. 6. 3. 17. (Ec. 7. 20. 8. comp. Ps. cvii. 23. em. 503. 17. D
Antiphon. 14. 34 py. tpyov TOIOVTOV __ Xen. CEc. 6. 8, 9.
Also epydojuai tpyov ica\6v elg Tiva Matt. d) meton. earnings, gain, sc. from la-
xxvi. 10. [tv
rij/i]
Mark xiv. 6. 3 John bour, Acts xvi. 16, 19. xix. 24 __ Act.
5. TO ayaSbv Trpog Travraq Gal. vi. 10. Thorn. 16. Dem. 1283. 28. Xen. Mem.
ro KOKOV TIVI Rom. xiii. 10, comp. Prov. 3.10.1.
iii. 30 where Sept. for ^733. c. fig rivt a worker,
'Epyarrjc? ow, o, (tpyd^o/iat,)
Dem. 1252. 20. Palseph. .1. 8, 11. TIVO. labourer, viz.
TI Luc. D. Mort. 2. 1. Xen. Conv. 4. 30. sc. in the fields, Matt. ix. 37
a) genr.
Trop. to work, sc. good or evil, to do, 6
Sepicrnbg 7ro\vg, ol Si Jpydrai 6Xtyot.
fjiiv
to commit, to xx. 1, 2, 8. Luke x.
practise, c. ace. as TO dya- ver. 38. x. 10.
$6v Rom. ii. 10. rr\v dticaioavvi)v Acts 2 bis, 7. 1 Tim. v. 18. James v. 4.
 5
ilioyov

Ecclus. xix. 1. Plut. Cato M. 4. Xen. (/3)

where Xoyoe and tpyov, word and
Mem. 1. 6. 11 __Trop. by Paul of la- deed, stand in contrast. xxiv. 19 Luke
bourers in the church, i. e. teachers, etc. dvvaTog iv tpy^t Kai iv Xoyy. Col. iii. 17
2 Tim. ii. 15 ipyaTijv avtiraia-^WTov. So iv Xoyy fj iv tpyy. Acts vii. 22. Rom. xv.
with censure, 2 Cor. xi. 13. Phil. iii. 2. 18. 2 Cor. x. 11. Tit. i. 16. Ecclus. iii.
Test. XII Patr. p. 746 fpyarijg xvpiov. 8. Lux.Toxar.35. Xen. Hi. 7. 2. comp.
b) c. gen. a worker, doer, of any thing, Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 3. So by impl. James i.
i.
q. 6 ipya6/tsvoc, Luke xiii. 27 tpydrat 25 OVK d(cpoar?}f aXXa 7roirjr/}g tpyov, i. e.
riJQ aSiKiaq, workers of iniquity, evil-doers. not a hearer of the word only, btttadWr
1 Mace. iii. 0. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. ofthe deed.
27.
(y) of the works of men in reference

c)a workman, artisan, Acts xix. 25. to right and wrong, as judged by the
Luc. Sornn. 2. Xen. Hiero 6. 11. moral law, the precepts of the gospel,
etc.
(1) genr.
Matt, xxiii. 3, 5 iravra
j oij TO, (obsol. tpyw to do,) TO.
tpya avT&v TTOIOIXTI Trpog TO Sta^jyvrti
work, i. e. rorgav^p. John iii. 20, 21. Actsxxvi.20.
a) labour, business, employment, some-
Rom. iii. 27. Gal. vi. 4. So/cora ra tpya
thing to be done, viz. (a)genr. Mark xiii. airotitdovai, etc. to reward according to
34 /eat Soi'f trdory TO ipyov avrov. Kj>h. one's works, Rom. ii. 6. 2 Cor. xi. 15.
iv. 12 etc tpyov itaxoviac. 1 Tim. iii. 1. 1 Pet. i. 17. Rev. xx. 12. So Sept. and
Sept. for rT3N^7p Gen. ii. 2. xxxix. 11. !?^D Prov. xxiv. 12. Jer. 1. 29 (2)
of
Ex. xxxv. 2. Luc. D. Deor. 17. 1 iv good works, with epithets, e. g. tpyov
fpytt , fi<rav. Xen. CEc. 7. 6. ib. 20. 16, 19. ayaSnv, tpya ayaSa, a good deed,
Of work which Jesus was sent to
the good works, i. e. either benefit, h'uuhu'ss,
fulfil on earth, TO
Ipyov John xvii. 4. TO. Acts ix. 36. 1 Tim. vi. 18. or, well-
tpya John v. 20, 36. x. 38 TO ipyov TOV do'nuj, virtue, piety, Rom. ii. 7. xiii. 3.

Trarpof, SC. 5 ditiuici /uot 'iva rrottjow, John 2 Thess. ii. Heb.
1

, Eph. ii 10. 17. xiii.

iv. 34. ix. 4. comp. xvii. 4. So TO 21. (comp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 12. Meiu.
fpyov TOV Kvpiov, the work of the Lord, 2. 1.
20.) tpyov ica\6v, tpya icaXct, a
i. which he began and
e. be con- left to good deed, good works, i. e.a pious act,
tinued by his disciples, i.
q. the cause of well-doing, virtue, etc. Matt. v. 16.

Christ, the gospel-work, 1 Cor. xv. 58. Mark xiv. 6. Tit. ii. 7. Heb. x. 24.
xvi. 10. Phil. ii. 30. Also of this work 1 Pet. ii. 12. (comp. Xen. Mern. 2. 6.
as committed to apostles and teachers, 35.) TO. tpya iv SiKaioavvy, i. q. TO. Si-
2 Tim. iv. 5 tpyov Troiqaov tvayytXioTov, icaia, Tit. iii. 5. tpyov TtXnov, perfect
Acts xiii. 2. xiv. 26. xv. 38. Phil. i. work, i. e. full, complete in well doing,
22. Further, tpyov TOV Stou, work of James i. 4. Without epithet, John viii.
God, i. e. which God requires, duty to- 39 ra tpya rot; 'A/3paa/z. James iii. 13.
wards him, John vi. 28, 29. Rev. ii. 26. (3)
of evil works, with epithets, e. g.
(/3)
in the sense of undertaking, at- tpya irovrjpa, wicked works, evil deeds,
tempt, Acts v. 38. 2 Tim. iv. 18. Sept. John iii. 19. Col. i. 21. 1 John iii. 12.
for rrtgya Deut. xv. 10. Til Job xxxiv. tpya dead works, i. e. sinful, Heb.
vtjepd,
21. Wisd.ii. 12. vi. 1. tpya dvopa 2 Pet. ii. 8. tpya
b) work, i. e. deed, act, action, some- ao-tfitiag Jude 15. tpya rou aicorovc, i.e.
thing done, viz. (a) genr. as tpyov tpyd- of moral darkness, sin, Rom. xiii. 12.
ZioSai, to work a work, to do a deed, tpya rijff o-apico, carnal works, Gal. v. 19.
Acts xiii. 41 bis, quoted from Hab. i. 5 (Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 3 tpy. irovripbv Kai
where Sept. for ibyS by$, comp. Buttm. QtVxpov. An. 5. 7. 32 tpya ao-t/StTf.)
131.3. Hdian". 2. 3. 17. Xen. Conv. So without epithet, by impl. Rev. ii. 6
1.1. Mem. 3. 5. 3. So of the works ore iiiatigra tpya ra5vN<*coXaYrJiv. ver. 13,
of Jesus, miracles, mighty deeds, Matt. 22. xviii. 6. 1 Cor. v. 2. John viii.
iii. 1.

xi. 2. John vii. 3, 21. xiv. 10 12. 41, coll. ver. 44. --(4) of works of the law,
xv. 24. Of God, Heb. iii. 9 tUov TO. tpya tpya TOV vopov, i. e required by or
, from Ps. xcv. 9 where Sept. for conformable to the Mosaic moral law ;
so of a course required by this law,
Y2
Rom. ii. 15 TO Ipyov TOV vofiov. or con- sea, a volcano, Horn. Od. 5. 403. Pind.
formable to this law, Rom. iii. 20. Gal. Pith. 1.of a river emptying itself,
40.
ii.16. So with rou vopov implied, in Diod. Sic. 2. 11. App. B. Mithr. 103.
Paul's writings, Rom. iv. 2, 6. ix. 11. xi. of a cry of men or animals, to belch out,
6. Eph. ii. 9. 2 Tim. i. 9. al
.

(5)
of to bellow, Theocr. Id. 13. 58. Horn. II.
works of faith, pya 7n'<rra>c, i. e. spring- 20. 403 Hence in N. T. and in Alex-
ing from faith, combined with faith, e. g. andrine usage, to speak out, to utter,
epya irtarewc, 1 Thess. i. 3. 2 Thess. i. 11. trans. Matt. xiii. 35 tptvopai KtKpvfjtfitva.
So with rj/f TTicrrewf implied Heb. vi. 10, Sept. for jran Ps. xix. 2. cxix. 171.
and in the Ep. of James c. ii. 14, 17 cxlv. 1*. See Sturz. de Dial. Alex. p. 167
26. comp. esp. ver. 22, 26. See Bibl. sq. Lob. ad Phr. p. 63 sq.
Repos. IV. p. 696 sq. J

EpEUvatfj W, f. rjvti), to search into,

i. e.
c) work, thing wrought, something to investigate, to explore, trans. rag ypa-
maae, created, genr. of men, Acts vii. 0ag John v. 39. vii. 52. Tag icapdiag Rom.
41 iv TOIQ epyoif T&V xipwv, i. e. an idol. viii. 27. Rev. ii. 23. TO. (3d$rj TOV Sreov 1
1 Cor. iii. 13 15. ix. 1. Sept. for Cor. ii. 10. seq. 7roTo 1 Pet. i. 11.
nipi>p Deut. xxvii. 15. 2 K. xix. 18.
Sept. for tiprj Gen. xliv. 12. I K. xx.
Ps. ix. 17 __ Hdian. 8. 4. 4. Xen.
b$' 6.
-ipn 2 Sam. x. 3. Hdian. 7. 6. 12.
Mem. 3. 10. 7. (Ec. 6. 13. Of the Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 12.
works of God, genr. Acts xv. 18 y vwora
see in THirov.
T$ 3f y iravra ra t pya avrov. Rom. xiv. 'Epw,
20. Phil. i. 6. 2 Pet. iii. 10. Rev. xv.3.
'Eptyxia,etc, -h, (tpjj/uoc,) a solitude,
Heb. i. 10 tpya T&V %tipwv cov tiaiv oi desert, an uninhabited and unculti-
i. e.

ovpavoi, quoted from Ps. cii. 26 where vated tract of country, Matt. xv. 33.
Sept. for iTipytt, as also Ps. ciii. 22. Mark viii. 4. 2 Cor. xi. 26. Heb. xi. 38.
civ. 31. comp.' Is. Ixiv. 8. for b^D Is. Sept. for na-in Ez. xxxv. 4 Jos. Ant.
T
xlv. 11. Horn. II. 19.22 So of works 3. 10. 3. X enI H, G. 5. 4. 41. Comp.
implying power, and put for power, Calmet art. Desert. Jahn 17.
might, e. g. of God, John ix. 3 'iva <f>ave-
Of Satan, "EpTjjuoe? ov, o, jy, adj. solitary, desert,
pwSry rd ipyd TOV &eov iv avT(j>. viz.
1 John iii. 8 'iva \v<ry TO. tpya TOV dtaflo-
of
a place or region uninhab-
AL. a) pp.
\ov, i. e. destroy his power. ited and uncultivated, Matt. xiv. 13 ti s

(prjfiov TOITOV. ver. 15. Mark i. 35, 45.

'p&fd>, f. i, (spsSo*, t>C,)
to

excite, pp. to anger, i. e. to provoke, to

vi. 31, 32, 35. Luke iv. 42. ix. 10, 12.
irritate, trans. Col. iii. 21 ra riicva vptiv. Sept. for mn
Jer. xxxiii. 10, 12.
T

1 Mace. xv. 40. Test. XII Patr. p. 650

Hdian. 8. 4. 23 . Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 1 In
Horn. II. 4. 5. the sense of deserted, desolate, laid waste,
i.
q. irapoZvveiv. Xen.
Ven. 10. 14, 15. Also to action, i. e. to Matt, xxiii. 38 et Luke xiii. 35 o oZ/eoc
vfiwv and so Acts i. 20. comp. Ps.
incite, to stimulate, 2 Cor. ix. 2. Arr. tprjfiog,

Diss. Ep. 2. 23. 13. to enjoyment, Anacr.

Ixix. 26 where Niph.
rnp^'3,, Sept. fipn-
22.5. \ua\Ltvr\. Acts viii. 26 see in Taa II. So

Sept. and n*in Neh. ii. 17. nn*in Lev.

wj f. tloti), to fix firmly, trans. xxvi. 31, 33. TroXif Pol. 9. 8." 97 Xen.
Horn. II. 22. 112. Pol. 2. 33. 3. In N. T. An. 1. 5. 4. Spoken of a female, soli-
intrans. c. iavrov impl. to becomefixed, to tary, destitute, sc. of a husband, unmar-
stick fast, as a ship upon a sandbank ried, Gal. iv.
27 TroXXa TO. TEKVO. rjjg tp?/-
Acts xxvii. 41. Comp. Buttm. 130. n. fj-ov K. T.quoted from Is. liv. 1 where
X.

2 __ Horn. Od. 22. 450. Gr. Anth. II. 242 Sept. for nTapitf. Diod. Sic. 16. 37
fiaffTtfi ITTI fiaarbv ipiiaag. trans. Pol. 3. tprjfjioi (rvfifjidxwv. comp. Xen. Cyr. 7.
46. 1. See Buttm. Lexil. p. 112 sq.
3. 12.
as subst. p^of, sc.
b) 17
x&pa,
depon. Mid.
,
f. Kon<u, a solitude, desert, i.
q. Iprj^iia, i. e. an un-
pp. to eject through the mouth/ hence inhabited and uncultivated tract of
to vomit, Horn. Od. 9. 374. trop. of the country, Matt. iii.3 ^>wv/} /Sowvrof Iv ry
 3*5 'Epjurji/tia

and so Mark i. 3. Luke iii. 4.

, quoted from Is. xiii. 2 where Heb. >&
John i. 23, all quoted from Is. xl. 3
where Sept.for")B"|7?. Matt. xi. 7. xxiv. avfjffti, i. e. he shall not cry, neither lift
26. Luke v. 16 viro-^wpStv iv raig ipjj/zoif .
up, sc. his voice.

vii. 24. viii. 29. Rev. xii. 6, 14. xvii. 3.

or cpf^e
c, *!>
Of a desert as adapted to pasturage, i. e. to workfor hire, to be hireling, venal,
uninhabited, etc. Luke xv. 4, coll. Matt. sc. in striving for office, Aristot. Polit.
xviii.12 ra oprj. Jahn 17 Spoken of 5. a hireling, a labourer,
3, fr. ipi$o
the desert of Judea, i. e. the southeast- Horn. II. 18. 550. Dem. 1336.
Q,}party-
ern part of Judea, from the Jordan contention, rivalry, Phil. i. 17 ot
strife,
along the Dead sea, which was mostly fikv it, ipAtiae . ii. 3. James iii. 14, 16.
uninhabited, Matt. iii. 1. Lukei.80. iii. Rom. ii. 8. plur. 2 Cor. xii. 20. Gal. v.
2. Marki. 4, coll. ver. 5. comp. Judg. i. 20. Ambitus, venal strife for office,
16 where Sept. for 12172. Of the Aristot. Polit. 5. 2, 3. Hesych. tptfaa.
desert or mountainous region where Je- did.
17 Xoywv <pi\oveiKia.
sus was tempted, probably near Jericho,
Matt. iv. I. Mark i. 12, 13. Lukeiv. 1. "Eptov, ou, TO, (dim. fr. TO epog, elpof,
but only as to
Of a desert prob. between the Mount of form,) wool, Rev. i. 14.
Heb. ix. 19, where comp. Lev. xiv. 4sq.
Olives and Jericho, Acts xxi. 38, comp.
49 sq. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 6. Sept. for
Jos. Ant. 20. 8. 6. John xi. 54 see in ip^
Is. i. 18. Prov. xxxi. 13 Hdian. 5. 5.
'E^pat/x.Of the Arabian desert, between
Mount Sinai and Palestine, Acts vii. 30
6. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 12, 13.

iv ry ip. TOV opovf 2.

ver. 36, 38, 42,
*Eoc *oc, "hi
ace. tptv Phil. i.
16,
44. xiii. 18. John iii. 14. vi. 31, 49. see Buttm. 44.
plur. tpifec 1 Cor. i.
1 Cor. x. 5. Heb. iii. 8, 17. So Sept. 11, also ipuc 2 Cor. xii. 20, see Winer
and "I3~n? Ps. Ixxviii. 15, 19. cxxxvi. 16. 9. p. 61. Matth. 80. n. 8 Strife, con- __
See Bibl. Repos. II. p. 765 sq. Calmet tention, wrangling, Rom. xiii. 13 /IT) Ipifli

412 rai i/X<. 1 Cor. i. 11. iii. 3. 2 Cor.

p. sq.
xii. 20. Tim. vi. 4. Tit. iii.
Gal. v. 20.
'EpTJjUOW, W, f. w, (fpljpoff,)
tO
9 Ml. V. H. 2. 21.
Ecclus. xl. 5.
9.
1

desolate, to lay waste, trans. Sept. for

3nnn Is. xxxvii. 18. Thuc. 5.4. In N.T.
only pass, to be made desolate, to be laid
waste, e. g. (3a<ri\da Matt. xii. 25. Luke
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 15.~Meton. love of strife,
Rom. i. 29. Phil. i. 15 __ Hdian. 3. 2
13.

xi. 17. TroXif Rev. xviii. 19. TrXoSroc, , ou, TO, (dim. of tpi^of,) a
i. e. to be destroyed, to come to nought, young hid, kidling, Matt. xxv. 33, coll.
Rev. xviii. 16. So of a person, Rev. xvii. ver. 32.
16 rtprjpufiivqv iroiriffovffiv rr)V Tropvrjv, i. e. a a young
, ou, 6, T/, hid,
shall make her desolate, shall despoil
goat 9 pp. Luke xv. 29. Sept. for "Ha
her. So Sept. for 3inT Jer. xxvi. 9. Ez. Gen.xxvii. 9. xxxviii. 17. fy Ex. xii. 5.
xxvi.19. Niph. tn;Is .liv.3. Ez. xxxii. __
Ecclus. xxi. 5 TT\OVTOV. Xen. Ag.
Tjnp Gen. xxxvii. 31 Theocr. Id. 8.
15.
50.' Luc. Bacch. 1 In Matt. xxv. 32, --
1. 20 kids are put as the emblem of wicked
to*?, *i, prjpou,}
desola- men, because of their inferior value,
tion, a laying waste, Luke xxi. 20. Matt. lechery, etc. comp. Lev. xvi. 5 26.
xxiv. 15 et Mark xiii. 14 TO /3&Xuy/*a TTJC
'E^ytac, a, > Hermas, pr. n. of a
see in BdeXwy/ia b. Sept. for
iprjfjuafffue,
Christian, Rom. xvi. 14.
ninn Jer. vii. 34. n?2$ Jer. iv. 7. 2
Chr.xxxvi.2L Arr. Al. M. 1.9. 13. o n> tpMvtvw,) n-
terpretation, explanation, 1 Cor. xiv. 26.
to strive, to Meton. for faculty of interpreting, as a
wrangle, Horn. II. 1. 277. Luc. D. Deor. charisma, 1 Cor. xii. 10. Ecclus. xlvii.
13. 1. In N. T. by impl. to cry out, to 17. Luc. quom. Hist, conscr. 45, speech,
be vociferous, like wranglers, intrans. as the interpreter of thought Xen. Mem.
Matt. xii. 19 oi'Ktpiyti, ovCt 4. 3. 11.
 326

f.
tvffw, to interpret,
i. e. come, so that e g. yXSiv is rarely used of
to explain, to declare, Luc. Abdic. 18. one who goes from or aMvry (Luke ii. 44),
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 52. In N. T. to trans- while the forms from tpxf<r$ai are used
late, sc. from one language to another, indifferently of both' directions ;
see
John i. 39, 43, K"7;0c, o tp/t^vsverat Ile- Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 137 sq.
. ix.7. Jleb. vii. 2. Sept. for Ch. 1. to
go, with adjuncts implying mo-
Ezraiv. 7. Xen. An. 5. 4. 4. tion from a place or person to another.

a) present and imperf. seq. a<; c. ace.

ou, o, Hermes, pr. name, of place, John vi. 17 ijpxovro iripav rtjf
a) of
a Christian at Rome, Rom. xvi. 14.
$aXdff<Trj tig Kairtpvaovfji. Seq. ace. o6v,
b)
i.
q. Mercury in heathen my thology, to go one's way, Acts ix. 17. comp.
the son of Jupiter and Maia, the mes- Butm. 131. 2, 3.
(Xen. An. 2. 2. 10.)
senger of the gods, the patron of elo- Seq. avv nvi John xxi. 3. Present in a
quence, learning, and traffic. Acts xiv. praeter sense, in serm. obliq. Heb. xi. 8.
12. see Buttm. 137. n. 7.

<>e, owe, > Hermogenes, b) improperly aor. 2 ijXSov, absol.

man who Mark xi. 13. seq. 7rpo riva Luke xv. 20,
pr. n. of a deserted Paul, 2
Tim. i. 15. coll. ver. 18. seq. ace. of distance, b$ov
VHepas, Luke ii. 44. Buttm. 131. 8.

neut. of Xen. An. 3. 1. 6, 6. See above.

ou, TO, (pp.
creeping, fr. tpTrw,) a creeping 2. to come, with adjuncts implying
animal, reptile, Actsx. 12. xi. 6. Rom. i. motion to or toivards any person or
23. James iii. 7. Sept. for topn Gen. i. place, viz.
24. vi. 7. yTE Gen. i. 20. Lev. xi. 41 a) pp. spoken of persons, (a)
absol.
sq. Find. Pyth. 1. 25. Luc. Philops. 9. Matt. viii. 9 Xyw roury, iropevSnTt, Kai
comp. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 11.
iroptverai' Kai aXXy, tpxov, Kai tpxtrat.
Mark iv. 4. vi. 31. John i. 40. Acts v.

'EpvS-pde, ov, red, in N. T. only

,
15. al. saepiss. Xen. An. 1. 3. 10.
in i} epvSpa SdXaffva, the Red Sea, Acts Present in an Idstorical sense, i. e. in-
vii. 36. Heb. xi. 29. On the passage of stead of the Aorist, Buttm. 137. n. 7.
this sea by the Israelites, see in Bibl. Matth. 504. 1 Winer 41.2. c. Matt.
.

Repos. II. p. 753 sq. Sept. for tpD-Q? XXV. 11 vffTtpov fit tpxovrai Kai at Xonrai
Ex. x. 19. xiii. 8. al. 1 Mace. iv. 9~
TrapS-evot, coll. ver. 10. Matt. xxv. 19.
Hdot. 1. 1. Diod. S. 3.18. Mark ii. 18. John xx. 18. 3 John 3

Present apparently in a future sense, but

,
f.
iXtvaofiai, aor. 2 ijXSov, only of what is certainly to take place,
perf. tXr'jXvSa, pluperf. IXnXvSetv. In Winer 41. 2. Matth. 504. 3. Luke
the common Greek the forms of 7/u iii. 16
tpxsTai fit b iffxvporepog pov. John
were more used for the imperat, imperf. iv. 25. xiv. 3, 30. 1 Cor. iv. 5. Rev. i.
and future, but in N. T. imper. tpxov, 7. Especially in the phrase 6 px<5-
pi. tpxtaSt, Matt. viii. 9. John i. 40. al. /*fvo, the coming, i. e. the future one,
instead of JSt, In imperf. npXM v ; he who shall come, the Messiah, Matt,
Mark i. 45. al. Plato de Leg. 3. p. 685. Luke vii. 19, 20. John xii.
xi. 3. xxi. 9.

A, instead of yv or -go. ;
fut. tXtvvofjiai 13. John vi. 14. xi. 27. So in the
also
Matt. ix. 15. 1 Cor. iv. 19, instead of
periphrase of the name Jehovah, 6 &v
the more Attic efyii,
as also in Hdot. 1. Kai b f]v Kai b spx<5/uvoe Rev. i. 4, 8.
142. ib. 5. 125. See Buttm. 114. p. 282. iv. 8. See in Ei'/u I. d. By a species of
108. V. 4, 5. Matth. 234. Winer 15. pleonasm, the particip. IXSwv is pre-
p. 78. H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. fixed to other verbs in which the idea
685. To come, to go, to move or pass of coming is already presupposed, in
along, intrans. sc. in any direction, as order to render the idea more full and
marked by the adjuncts or often simply complete. Matt. ii. 23 Kai IXSwv icary-
by the context. The forms from iXStiv, Ktjaev tie TroXiv Xty. Naap!r, as in Engl.
however, more frequently signify to he came and dwelt, viii. 2. Mark v. 23.
 327

xh. 14. xvi. 1 . Luke vii. 3. Eph. ii. 17. al. Matt. xxiv. 30 iirl TWV vt<}>e\tiv c. ace.

Comp. in 'AviffTtjpi II. d. See Winer of place upon or to which one comes,
67. 2. Matth. 557. n. 1. Passow s. voc. Mark vi. 53 irrl rr\v yrjv Tew. Luke xix.
3 c. Horn. if. 16. 521. Xeii. Cyr. 2. 2. 5. xxiv.Acts xii. 10.
1. c. ace. of object
6. or purpose, Matt. iii. 7 CTTI ro ftdirrifffia
with adjuncts marking object or
(/3)
avrov. c. acc. of person, to come to or
purpose, e. g. seq. iufin. Matt. ii. 2 r/X- beforeany one, Acts xxiv. 8. to come
Sop.iv irpoffKvviiffat airy. Mark ii. 17. upon any one, e. g. TO irvevpa, Acts xix.
Luke iv. 34. al. Buttm. 140. 2. Winer 6. Matt. iii. 16. (Test. XII Patr. p. 545.)
45. 3. b Seq. particip. fut. Matt. also, tocome against, Luke xiv. 31.
xxvii. 49 et
tp%erat 'HXiag <rw<rwv avrov. Xen. An. 3. 1. 24. (6) e'wf ai)Tov, Luke
Acts viii. 27. Buttm. 144. 3 Plato iv. 42.
(7)
Kara c. acc. to move to, to-
Euthyphr. 1. Xen. An. 7. 1. 28. So c. ward, along by, Acts xvi. 7. Luke x. 33.
part. pres. imply ing purpose and manner, (8) /zerd c. acc. of pers. to come after sc.
Luke xiii. 7 rpia tTijtp\Ofjiai ZTJTWV Kapirov*
in time, to follow, to appear later, Acts

comp. Passow s. voc. 3. c. Plato Phaedo. xiii. 2-3. xix. 4.

(9)
6iri<r< c. gen. of

p. 100. B. Seq. 'iva, John x. 10. xii. 9, pers. to come after, i. e. to follow, trop.
46, 47. to become the follower, disciple, of any

(7)
c. dat. of pers. either pleonastic, Luke xix. 23. xiv. 27.
one, Matt. xvi. 24.
in respect to, for, Winer 31. 3. Buttm. Of time, to come after, to appear later,
133. n. 2. Matth. 389. or directly for Matt. iii. 11. John i. 27. (10) -jrapd
rpoc rivet, Winer 31. 2. p. 174. Matt, c. gen. of person, to come from any one,
xxi. 56 (3a<ri\tvc <rov ipxirai <roi. Rev. ii. i. e. as sent, Luke viii. 49. c. acc. of

5, 16. Comp. Fabr. Pseudep. V. T. I. place, at, near, along, w. r^v SaXaaaav
p. 594 of fiXSofjiiv ry TroXtt. Hdian. 3. Matt. xv. 29. c. acc. of per-
(11) Trpof
1. 6 'Arpjjvoi ( T/X3ov avry
<ri>ftp.a\oi.^ son to whom one comes, and this is the
So c. dat. of thing, as manner or in- more usual construction, Matt. vii. 15.
strum. John xxi. 8 ol Si aXXoi Mark ii. 13. Luke vii. 7. John iii. 2. xi.

TrXoiapt'y r/XSov. Buttm. 133. 3. 19. xiv. 6, 23. al. saep. c. acc. of thing.
(fl)
c. adv. of place, Matt. viii. Johniii. 20, 21.
wfo ic. r. X. Mark v. 27. Luke x. 1.
b)
in the sense of to come forth, sc.
John iv. 16. viii. 14. Soc. adv.et infiu. before the public, to appear, to make
of purpose, John iv. 15 fiTjdl tpx^ai one's appearance. Matt. xi. 14 O.VTOQ
ivSact avrXttv. Also tpx- <&# tig TOVTO, icrnv 'HXi'ag 6 peXXuv epx^^ai. ver. 19.
Acts ix. 21. Mark ix. iii. 19. 2 Pet. iii. 3.
11,12. Gal.
() construed with prepositions, viz. al. Pres. in fut. sense, Matt. xvii. 11. 1

(1)
dwo c. gen. of place Acts xviii. 2 Cor. xv. 35. Comp. above in a. a. Seq.
iXtiXvSoTa a-jrb TTJC 'lraXict. Mark i. 9. part. pres. 01 manner, comp. above in a. (3.
vii. 1. al.(Palaeph. 6.6.) c. gen. of pers. Matt. xi. 19. Luke vii. 33. John i. 31
from a person, Mark v. 35. John iij. 2. So iv come, appeared, in the
ffapici, i. e.
Gal. ii. 12 (2) 'c
c. ace. of place, to flesh,spoken of Christ, 1 John iv. 2.
come into, e. g. eg r)v olxiav, to enter, 2 John 7. (Ep. Barnab. c. 5.) iiri T<#
Matt. ii. 11. Luke xiv. 1. a country, ovoiiaTt TIVOQ Matt. xxiv. 5, see in 'Eirl
city, etc. to come to or into, v. 1. Mark II. 3. c.
viii. 10. John xi. 38. Acts viii. 40. Gal. in the sense of to come again or
c)
ii. 11. 1 Tim. i. 15. al. c. ace. of pur- back, to return, absol. Luke xv. 30 j/X-
pose, i. e. els final, John i. 7 OVTOQ ijX- $tv, of the prodigal son. Rom. ix. 9.
$fv fit; fjtapTvpiav. iv. 45 ei'g rr\v iopTrjv, Heb. xiii. 23. co> tpxo/mi, Luke xix. 13.
f. e. to attend the feast, xi. 56. With John xxi. 22. tXS-wv pleonastic, see
tig repeated, both of place and final, above in a. a. Matt. v. 24. Luke xviii.
John ix. 39. 2 Cor. ii. 12
(3)
e/c
gen. c. 8. al. So seq. infin. of purpose, 2 Thess.
of place whence, Luke v. 17. Johniii. i. 10. seq. particip. pres. of manner,
31. vii. 41. ec John iv. 54
(K et
(4)
iv John ix. 7 7/X3-6 /HXsTrwv, he came back
c. dat. of manner, Luke xxiii. 42
(5) seeing, comp. above in a. /?. seq. e/c
iui c. gen. of thing, implying rest upon, c. acc. of place, Matt. ii. 21. seq.
 328

c. accus. of person, John vii. 45. xiv.

w, f. 7j(rw, (kindred with
18, 28. to ask, c. c. ace. of person and
i,^

d) metaph.
of persons, e. g. seq. did, also ace. of thing or other adjunct.
as 6 IXSwv $i vdaTOG KCII ai^iaroQ, 1 John Buttm. 131. 4, 6.
v. 6. see in Aid I. 4. b. Seq. tig, as ti'c a)
to ask, i. e. to
interrogate, to inquire
favrov l\$wv, coming to himself) i. e. re- of, c. ace. of pers. Matt. xvi. 13 )pwr<r
covering his right mind, Luke xv. 17. rovf /mSrjrdf auroi; Xeywv. John i. 19.
~
f/e x* l
9v IXSovaa, growing worse, Mark xvi. 5. Sept. for ^^) Gen. xxiv. 47.
V. 20. t/'c airtXfyfiov Acts xix. 27. i'c xxxii. 17. Luc. D. ~Deor. 7. 1. Xen.
e. to be condemned, John v. 24.
jcptVn', i.
Cyr. 8. 5. 19. Seq. ace. of pers. and of
/e tTn'yvwcrij/ 1 Tim. ii. 4. (Cebet. Tab. 12 thing, Matt. xxi. 24 pwr?7<ru> vp,a.Q X<5yov
/
r>)v dXj/3'ivr}j' TraiStiav iXSeiv.} 2 Cor. eva. Mark iv. 10. Luke xx. 3. Sept. for
xii. 14. wpav ravr^v, John xii.
ti'c r?)j> ^NiTJ Jer. xxxviii. 14. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 48.
27. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2.29. Seq. IK, Rev. Seq. ace. of pers. et wtpt gen. of c.

vii. 14 IK rijc SXtyeu^, i. e. have escaped thing, Luke ix. 45. Sept. and bt$$ Jer.
from. xlv. 1 1 Hdot. 1. 32 tTrcpwrdw.
. Absol.
e) trop. spoken
of things, e. g. (a) of Luke xxii. 68. Sept. for ipn Deut. xiii.
time, as tXtixrovrai ripepai Matt. ix. 15. 14. 2 Mace. vii. 2. Xen. "An. 1. 6. 7.

7/XSfv v. i\ii\v$tv 77 bipa, John xvi. 4 ; 32.

b)
from the Heb. to ash, i. e. to re-
Acts ii. 20. iii. 20. al. Present in a fu- quest, to entreat, to beseech, c. ace. of
ture sense, of a time near and certain, pers. Matt. xv. 23 jypwrwj/ avrov, Xeyov-
to be coming, to be near, comp. above TH-. Luke xiv. 18, 19. John xii. 21. Phil.
in a. a. Luke xxiii. 29 iBoi> tpxovrai rj^.k- iv. 3. So Heb. btf$ Is. vii. 11, Sept. al-
pat. John iv. 35. ix. 4. Heb. viii. 8. So rku. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 14. Seq. ace. of
part. ipxofievog, coming, i. e. future, as thing, rd Trpof TTJV ilpr'ivTjv,
Luke xiv. 32.
ai'wv Mark x. 30. Luke xviii. 30. rd So Sept. and ^w$ Ps. cxxii. 6. Seq.
toxofJ.fva aTrayyfXtl
John xvi. 13. (Sept. ace. of person and prepositions, e. g.Trtpt
for Kin Is. xliv.
7.) eoprry
Acts xviii. 21. rivog Luke iv. 38. John xvi. 26. vTrsp
Jos. Ant. 6. 9.1. ib. 6. 11. 9. (/3)
of Tivog 2 Thess. ii. 1. Comp. Heb. *> ??NT 1
the kingdom of God, to come, i. e. to be K. ii. 22, Sept. airsw. Seq. ace. of pers.
established, Matt. vi. 10. Mark xi. 10. al. and 'iva or oirwg Mark vii. 26 r)pwra av-
.

f g od or evil e & of a ood - rov Wa K. T. X. Luke vii. 36. John iv. 47.
(r) >

result, Rom. iii. 8. seq. e"e ri Phil. i. 12. 1 Thess. iv. 1. OTTUQ Luke vii. 3. Acts

seq. 7Tiriva, to come upon, e. g. r/ c/pqi/q xxiii. 20. Seq. ace. of pers. and infin.
Matt. x. 13. S6 of evil, guilt, etc. aor. Luke v. 3. John iv. 40. Acts iii. 3.

seq. nva, to come upon, i. e. to hap-

eTri pres. 1 Thess. v. 12. AL.
pen to, to be laid upon, e. g. iravra John 17, (fvvvfii, a
e<T$nv,}
xviii. 4. 6pyrj Eph.
v. 6, and so Rev. xi.
garment, vestment, raiment, Luke xxiii.
18. xviii. 10. n 6py) n i^\op.kvi], the wrath 11. Acts i. 10. x. 30. xii. 21. James ii.
to come, 1 Thess. i. 10. of guilt, al/xo, 2 bis, 3. Esdr. viii. 73. Jos. Ant. 12.
Matt, xxiii. 35. So of offences, to come, 4. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 22.
to arise, Matt, xviii. 7. (tf) genr. of a
voice, c. EK, Mark ix. 7. of a star, Matt, ^j (<rS!o>, iff&Tjg,} a
ii. 9. of floods, Matt. vii. 25,27. of rain, garment, raiment, Luke xxiv. 4. Aquil.
Luke xii. 54. Heb. vi. 7. of wind, John for nZDTO Is. xxiii. 18.

iii. 8. of utensils, to be brought, Mark iv.

'Eo-3-tw, strengthened form from
21. So of a law, faith, etc. to come, i. e.
obsol. tdb), Att. fut. to[iai, aor. 2 t^ayov
to be announced, made known, Rom. vii.
from obsol. root ^dyw, see Buttm.
9. Gal. iii. 23. px- 'f TO tyavtpov, to come
114. p. 282. 95. n. 18. Matth. 234.
abroad, i. e. be manifested, Mark iv. 22. 183 Later fut. 0dyo/m ( Winer 15. ,
brav t\2rg TO rkXtiov,
when that which
p. 81. Lob. ad Phr. p. 327, 347. Sturz
is
perfect is come, is established, 1 Cor.
de Dial. Alex. p. 199. Buttm. Ausf.
xiii. 10. AL. 2 pers. fut. 0d_
Sprachl. 95. n. 21.
"Ew see in ytaat Luke xvii. 8, see Buttm. 103
 329

III. 1. To
ta*i food, spoken
cat, to Heb. apTov taSitiv v. tyayt'iv, to eat
both of men and
animals. bread, i. e. to take food, to take a
meal,
and absol. of persons, Matt. xv. 2. Mark vii. 5. 0ay.
e. g. ia$.
a) genr.
Matt. xii. 1 Ti\\tv ffTaxvciG Kai Matt. xv. 20. John vi. 23. al. So Sept.
xiv.21. xxvi.21,26. Mark vii. 3. Lukevi. for t3t-6 ^3NT !<rS. 1 K. xxi. 5.
0ay.
1. Actsxxvii. 35. 1 Cor. x.28.al. Qaytfv, Gen. xxxvii. 24. 2 K. iv. 8. Trop. of a
Matt. xv. 37 xxvi.26. Markvi.42. viii.8. banquet in the kingdom of God, Luke
Luke ix. 17. c. infin. final, htiovai Tivl xiv. 15, see in 'AvaicXiru b. For the
0aym>, Matt. xiv. 16. xxv. 35, 42. Mark phrases dprov 0ay7v irapa nvog 2 Thess.
v. 43. al. Buttm. 140.2. Sept for ^ON, iii. 8, and TOV eavT&v aprov icrSUiv 2
loSiuv 1 Sam. i. 7, 8. tyayiiv Gen. iii. Thess. iii. 12, see in "Apros b. (3) by
13. xviii. 8. iff*. ML V. H. 2. 17. Xen. impl. to eat sc. in order to support life,
Mem. 2. 7. 7. 0y. Luc. Parasit. 12. to use as food, to live upon, Mark i. 6
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 18. Seq. piTa c. gen. toSiiDv ciKpidac eat /u\i ayptov. John vi.
to cat with any one sc. at table, to take 31 rb pawn. Rom.
xiv. 2, 3, 6. 1 Cor.
a meal with, Luke vii. 36 jjpwra ck rig x. 3, 25, 27. al. Trop. John vi. 53. With

avTov, 'iva 0-y y fitr' avrov. Matt. IX. 11 a negat. Lukeiv. 2. 1 Cor. viii. 13. Xen.
ttr3Hv. So ivuTTwv nvoc, to eat before Ag. 9. 3. Cyr. in a parti-
8. 1. 44.
(4)
any one, in his sight, Luke xxiv. 43. tive sense to eat of, to partake of, for

Sept. 0nyTv for *>DN, c. ^ira 1 Sam. i. v. OTTO rcvoc as above, 1 Cor. viii. 7, 10.
18. c. tvwTrioj' 2 Sam. xi. 13. xi. 2(5, 27. Rev. ii. 14, 20.
b) with an adjunct of the object, or c)
from the Heb. in the phrase
thing eaten, viz. (a) Seq. gen. once,
ioSriuv v. 0aytlv Kai irivtiv to eat ana
Luke xv. 16 repartW wv tfaStov cl x?~ drlnh, absol. or c. accus. (a) simply
poi of which, partitively, Buttm.
i. e. for to take a meal, etc. Luke x. 17. xvii.
comp. Mntth. 327. But
132. 4. 2. d. 8 bis. Sept. for nrvi$h ^N 1 K. xix.
the gen. is here more prob. by attrac- 6, 8. 2 K. vi. 23. Bel and Drag. 6.
tion instead of the accus. as below. for to live sc. in the usual manner,
(/3)

(/3) Seq. IK c. gen. to eat of any thing, Matt. xi. 18 /o/rt iaSiwv prjTt TT/VWV,
i. e. a part of it, by Hebraism instead i. not living as other men, comp.
e.

of the Attic simple gen. comp. Buttm. Matt. iii. 4, etc. Matt. xi. 19 ?i\$tv o vlbc
1. c. Matth. 327. So ko$. IK TOV aprov TOV av3p. laSiaiv Kai irivwv, i. e. like
1 Cor. xi. 28. 0ayw Luke xxii. 16. John other men. Luke vii. 33, 34. 1 Cor.
vi. 28, 50. Rev. ii. 7. So Sept. for ix. 4. Hence in antith. with vrjcrTtvetv,

"P? i?3K> t<r3. 2 Sam. xii. 3. 2 K. iv. itsignifies not to fast, Luke v. 33. But
40. 0ay. Num. vi. 4. Ecclus. xi. 19. with a neg. ov tyayiiv ovSi iriiiv, not to
In the sense of to live from, 1 Cor. ix. 7. eat or drink, to abstain from food, to fast,
13. Heb. xiii. 10. comp. J.os. B. J. 5. 13. Actsix.9. xxiii. 12,21. So Sept. Ex.xxxiv.
6 t avrov TptQtaSai. (y) Seq. OTTO 28. 1 K. xiii. 8, 9.
(y) by impl. to feast,
c. gen. to eat from i. e. of any thing, a to banquet, Luke xii. 19 avairavov, $dyt,
part of it, as in (3, comp. Matth. 1. c. Trie, tvfpaivov. 1 Cor. X. 7. XV. 32.
so taSitiv, spoken of dogs, Matt. xv. 27. With the idea of luxury, revelling, etc.
Mark vii. 28. 0ay. Rev. ii. 17 in text, Matt. xxiv. 49. Luke xii. 45. xvii. 27, 28.
rec. Sept. 0ayeTv for "jTp *?3N Gen. iii. 1 Cor.
xi. 22, coll. ver. 21 So Sept. for .

1, 2, 5. Lev. vii. 8, 11. 1 Sam. xxx. 16. 1 K. i. 25.

() Seq. accus. niT^'l $>3K
of the thing eaten, viz. genr. as Job. i. 4, 18. al. tvwiriov TIVOQ.
(1) (5) seq.
Qayelv TO irdaxa Matt. xxvi. 17. Mark xiv. to eat and drink in the presence of any
12, 14. al. KapTrov Mark xi. 14. also one, i. e. to live in acquaintance and inter-
Mark ii. 26. Rev. x. 10. So of fowls, course with him, Luke xiii. 26. So trop.
etc. adpKcts ^ay. to devour, Rev. xix. 18. Luke xxii. 30 'iva ioSirjTt Kai irivrjTe ITTI

trop. Rev. xvii. 16. So Sept. for ijN TTJG TpaTrk^riQ [j.ov iv ry (3a<r. p.ov, i. e. that
Gen. iii. 14. Ex. xii. 8. m. V. H. 1. ye may feast at my table, live in familiar
1 irav OTIOVV <pay. ib. 2. 40. JEsop. intercourse with me, etc. comp in 'Ava-
Fab. 47 1 Cor. 20 KvpiaKov Sttirvov
xi. b.

(2) from
to celebrate. the
d) trop. to devour, to consume, trans
i. e.
 330

of Heb. x. 27. of rust, James v.

tire, fidorvpa
:J. So Sept. and *>r>N of fire, Is. x. 17. verbial sense, Mark xii. 6, 22
air'&avt KO.I comp.
tgx and Sept. /cara^ayelv Deut. xxxii. trdvrti)V rj yvv)i,
-;2. of fire, Horn. II. 23. 182. AL. Buttm. 123. n. 3. Of things, the last,
and in reference to two the later, latter,
'EtrXt', 6, indec. .EWi, pr.
n. of a man, e. g. TO. la^ara. rivof, the latter state or
.

Luke iii. 25. condition of one, Matt. xii. 45.

any
Luke xi. 26. 2 Pet. ii. 20. Sept. and
"E<ro7rrpov, ou, TO, (i. q. ilaoirrpov,
rpins Job viii. 7. xiii. 12. So ij tax-
fr. if, 5-^o/tat,) a looking-glass, mu-ror ;
ir\dvr] Matt, xxvii. 64. rd la\. tpya Rev,
James i. 23 toncev
ev ttroTrrpy. 1 Cor. xiii. 12 (3\eTroptv i*
ii. 19. ia\. TrXijyaf Rev. XV. 1. xxi. 9,
iv i. e. we DOW see Also, iv Ty lax- <raX7riyyt 1 Cor. XV. 52,
<ro7rrpou aiviy/tart,
i. e. the trumpet of the last day. Neut.
only a reflected image, obscurely, and "
not face to face as we shall hereafter. taxarov as adv. 1 Cor. xv. 8 <TX- 7r 1/
Anacr. 11. 3. Pint. rwj/ . With a noun of time, as 17
Ecclus. xii. 11. (^3)
ta\a.Tr] rip'tpa, the last day, e. g. of
a
ed. R. VI. p. 528. 8, 12. The mirrors
made of festival, John vii. 37. or of the world,
of the ancients were usually
Ex. xxxviii. 8. Job the day of judgment, John
vi. 39, 40,
polished metal, see
xxxvii. 18.Plut.Lc. 44, 54. xi. 24. xii. 48. Further, in the
comp.Gesen.Comm.
zu Jes. iii. 23. phrase kv iffx^aig jj/tspaig, in the last
or latter days, Acts ii. 17. 2 Tim. iii.
, a, 17, (pp. fern, of 1. James V. 3 ITT' i^xdrov T&V r;/pwv,

, evening,
Luke xxiv. 29. Acts iv. 3. Heb. i. 1. 2 Pet. iii. 3. Iv Kaipy
xxviii. 23. Sept. for sny Gen. i. 5, 8. al. ary, in the last time, 1 Pet. i. 5. iv
Hdian. 3. 12. 23. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 17. povy, in the last time, Jude 18.
ITT' !<rxarwv TWV xP OVh)V I Pet. i. 20.
o, indec. Esrom, Heb.
tcrxarry eort, it is the last hour,
wpa
n
(walled in) Hezron, pr. n. of the 1 John 18 bis, all which refer to the
ii.
grandson of Judah, Matt. i. 3 bis. Luke last times of 6 at'wv OVTOQ, the times
iii. 35. comp. 1 Chr. ii. 5.
since the coming of Christ, in which
, 07-77, rov, (prob. xw> the power of this world is in part
the last, the extreme, uttermost, broken, but will be wholly destroyed
t<rxov,)
spoken of place and time, viz. only at his second advent, i. q. rd rk\ij
of place, T&V alu)v(t)v 1 Cor. x. 11 comp. in
a) (a) pp. extreme, remotest, ;

and neut. as subst. TO tff^arov, the ex- Aiwv 2, and BaffiXeia c. These ex-
tremity. Acts i. 8 et xiii. 47 eo>f iax^ TOV pressions seem therefore strictly to
rnQ yj/c- Jer. xvi. 18.
Sept. for DpN
n^j? cover the whole interval between the
Deut. xxviii. 49. Is. xiviii. 20. ^El.V.H. first and final advent of Christ but ;

3. 18 med. Diod. Sic. 1.60. Xen. Vect. they sometimes refer more particularly
1 . 6 (/3) trop. implying
rank or dig- to the period in which the sacred writers
nity, the last, lowest, least. Luke xiv. 9, lived, adjacent to the first coming, as
10 tiQ rbv tax* roirov. So genr. Matt. Acts ii. 17. Heb. i. 1. 1 Pet. i. 20.
xix. 30 bis, TroXXot t aovrai Trpwrot t o^aroi, Jude 18. 1 John ii. 18 bis ; and else-
Kal tax^roi Trpwroi. So genr. Mark ix. where more to later times, before the
35. x. 31 bis. Luke xiii. 30 bis. John second coming, as 2 Tim. iii. 1. James
viii. 9. 1 Cor. iv. 9.
Comp. homines v. 3. 1 Pet. i. 5. 2 Pet. iii. 3. (y) In
postremi, Cic. pro Rose. Am. 47. (y) of the phrase 6 Trpwroc Kal o Zax aT G-> the
order or number, the last, utmost, Matt. first and the last, spoken of the Messiah
v. 26 TOV tax- KoSpdvTTjv. Luke xii. 59. in glory, Rev. i. 11, 17. ii. 8. xxii. 13,

b) of time, the last, the latest, only in prob. in the sense of eternal, the be-
the later Greek,
(a) genr.
of persons, ginning and the end comp. Heb. ;

Matt. xx. 8, 12, oi l<rxaroi, i. e. the la- *3N Is. xliv. 6 et

pin** *3i<5 pUJK'l
bourers latest hired, ver. 14, 16 bis. 1 xiviii. 12. coll. Is. xii. 4. See Gesen.
Cor. xv. 26, 45 6 tVxarog 'ASap, i. q. o Comm. ad Is. xii. 4. xiviii. 12. Others,
'm ver. 45.
(Phryn.ed.Lob.p. 135 the only one, the S'ipreme, i. e. the be-
 331

ginning and end, the source and sum > ov, (compar. fr.
of all things ; comp. Heb. and Sept. inner, interior, Acts xvi. 24. Heb.
Xoyot oi Trpwroi Kai 01 toward, first and vi. 19, comp. Lev. xvi. 15 where
Sept.
last, i. e. all, 2 Chr. ix. 29. xii. 15. al. for
Test. XII Patr. p. 617. See also Clem.
'EraTpoc, ou, o, a companion, com-
Alex. Strom. 4. 25, as quoted under art.
rade, friend, Matt. xi. 16. Sept. for
A, p. 1.
y-\ 2 Sam. xiii. 3. xvi. 17. Hdian. 2. 1.
,
adv. extremely, i. e. in ex- 10. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 1. Mem. 2. 6. 15.

tremity, as tffx<xT(uc t\nv, Lat. in extremis In a direct address, friend, as in tTa~ipt,

esse, to be at the last gasp, at the point Engl. my good friend, Matt. xx. 13. xxii.
of death, Mark v. 23 Artemidor. 3. xii. xxvi. 50 Suid. sub tratpe- 6 HXd-
61. Diod. Sic. Excerp. Vales, p. 242 Tiitv Kai ol aXXoi
^tXoero^ot rovf yvq<rtoi/c
TOV QijptKvStjv . . . . iv Ai?Xy TUIV Xdywv tratpovf ixaXovv.

i(j\a.T<>) e\nv. So
Diod. Sic. 18. 48 et ibi oc? ov, o, 17, adj.
,) other-tongued, of ano-
Wesseling. Pol. 1. 24. 2. Elsewhere, ther language, 1 Cor. xiv. 21 Iv trepo-
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 75. Sava-
yXw<r<rotc sc. Xoyotf, or perhaps neut. for
Arr. Epict. 3. 26. tTrtSnranwf
yXuWaig ^repaif, with allusion to Is.
. V. H. 13. 26 or 27. See Lob.
xxviii. 21. Aquil. for jj& Ps. cxiv. 1.
ad Phr. p. 389.
Pol. 41. 9. 5.

"E<TU>, adv. of place, (pp. turwfr. etc,)

di, f. i.
q.
opp. to tw.
into, in, within,
to teach otherwise, other
a) pp. implying
motion into a place
doctrine, etc. 1 Tim. i. 3. vi. 3. Ignat.
etc. Matt. xxvi. 58 Kai tlaiXSuv tVw.
ad Polyc. 3. Euseb. H. E. 3. 32. Not
Mark xiv. 54. c. gen. xv. 16 iota ri/g
found in classic writers.
avXrif. Sept. for HTS^
T
2 Chr. xxix. 16,
18. Hdot. 5. 20. ftira> Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.
20. gen. Xen. Hi. 2. 10.
c. pp. having a different yoke, Phocyl.
of place where, within, John xx.
b')
Sent. 13 ffraSfioQ irtpoZ. an unequal
26. Acts v. 23. Sept. for rr 213 Gen. balance, Sept. for ITK??3 of hetero-
xxxix. 11. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 128. geneous animals, Lev. xix. 19,) to bear
Hence o, /, TO t<rw, as adj. inner, in- a different yoke, to be yoked unequally,
terior, Buttm. 125. 6. metaph. 6 tVo> heterogeneously in N. T. only trop. of
;

av$p. the inner man, the mind, soul, Christians living in familiar intercourse
Rom. vii. 22. Eph. iii. 16. ot <rw, those with pagan idolaters, 2 Cor vi. 14. coll.
within sc. the church, Christians, 1 Cor. ver. 15 sq.
v. 12 pp. Xen. Ven. 10. 7. Luc. Navig.
correl. the
38 TO itcrw. "Ert/ooc, a, ov, pron.
other, other, Buttm. ^
78. 2, and n. 1.

,
adv. of place, 127. 5.
(*<rw,)
from within, pp. implying motion from a) pp.
and defin. 6 Ypo, with the
within. Mark vii. 21 !<rwSfv IK ri/c icp- article,the other sc. of two, where one
SiaQ K. T. X. ver. 23. Luke xi. 7. Epict. has been already mentioned, as Matt.
Ench. 16. Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 57. By vi. 24 TOV eva fiiarjan, Kai TOV ertpov

iinpl. like to-w, within, internally, of per- dyaTrjjtm. Luke v. 7. vii. 41. xxiii. 40. al.
sons Matt. vii. 15 ZauStv Si tioi XVKOI Luke iv. 43 iv ratf eTspaig iroXiaiv, in
r. T. X. Cor vii. 5.
xxiii. 25, 27, 28. 2 those other cities where tbe gospel has
Rev. iv. 8. v. 1. So Sept.
and Ira?? not yet been preached. In distinction
Gen. vi. 14. Ex. xxv. 11. HIT?. Ex.xxxix. from oneself, another person, i.
q. TOV
18. Arr. Epict. 2. 8. 14/' Xen. An. 1. TrXrjoiov, Rom. ii. Cor.
1. 1 iv. 6. xiv.
4. 4. Hence 6, 17, TO iauSriv as adj. the 17. Gal. vi. 4. James iv. 12 Hdian. 5.

inner, the inside, trop. for the mind, heart, 7. 1. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 17. So 17 iripa
etc. Luke xi. 39, 40. 2 Cor. iv. 16. sc. J7ftpct, the other, i. e. the next
day, the
Comp. Buttm. 125. 6. day after, Acts xx. 15. xxvii. 3. Xen. 4.
 332

0. 10 i]v cupiov cyf Trpwi, ry ertpa dv KoiXiae /uijrpiif. Heb. vii. 10.
(/3)
Of the
avXi^oio Trap" rffitv. future, yet still, still further, longer.
b) indef. and without the art. other, Luke xvi. 2 oit
yap Svvi'i<ry in oiKovofjitlv,
another, some other, i.
q. aXXoc, but with Mark v. 35. John iv.35. vii. 33. xiv. 19.
a stronger expression of difference ;
Rom. vi. 2. 2 Cor. i. 10. al __ Xen.
Buttra. 127. 5. Mem. 2. 6. 20. Apol. Soc. 33 TOV in
(a) pp. Matt. viii. 21 erepof 8t r&v %yv Espec. with a negative, not fur-
lia$i}r>v. Luke viii. 3. John xix. 37. ther, no more, no longer, Lat. non amplius.
Acts i. 20. al. Eph. iii. 5 lv ertpaie y- Matt. v. 13 its ovdlv Iff^vti in. Luke
vtaiq, i. e. former. Sept. for inx Gen. xx. 40. John xiv. 30. Gal. iv. 7. Heb.
iv.24. viii. 10. al. Hdian.5.7. 13. Xen. viii. 12. Rev. iii. 12. vii. 16. al. Comp.

Cyr. 6. 3. 5. Joined with rig indef. Buttm. 149. p. 430 __ Luc. D. Deor. 3.
trepot,' TIQ ,
some other one, any other, Acts 1. Hdian. 3. 11. 13. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 26
viii. 34. xxvii.l . Rom. viii. 39. I Tim.i.10. ovdt.va in. Comp. Oyiclrt.
So distributively, either repeated, as (b) implying accession, addition, etc.
1 Cor. XV. 40 fcYepa p.tv erepa de or ; yet, more, further, besides,
(a) genr.
with other pronouns, Matt. xvi. 14 oi Matt, xviii. 16 7rapaXa/3e /itra aov in 'iva
Htv aXXoi St sYepoi dt K. r. X. Luke xi. rj Svo. xxvi. 65. Heb. xi. 32, 36. al __
16. xiv. 19, 20. 1 Cor. xii. 9, 10. Sept. Hdian. 5. 2. 13. Xen. An 6. 6. 13. So
for tt>K Gen. xxxi. 49. Ex. xxvi. in dk KO.I, and further also, moreover
nip'N
3. Matth. 288. n. 6. also, Luke xiv. 26. Acts ii. 26. xxi. 28.

(/3)
of another kind, etc. another, dif- Hdian. 3. 5. 4. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 14 __
ferent, i.
q. dXXoToCj e. g. kv erep^t [j.op<f>y (/3)
With
a comparative, intens. yet,
Mark xvi. 12. VOUOQ Rom. vii. 23. euay- much, far. Phil. i. 9 in paXXov ai /*.
ysXiov Gal. i. 6. oS6f James ii. 25. Heb. vii. 15. Comp. Winer 36. 3. n. 1.

(Xen. Cyr. So of a priest out

1. 6. In fj.d\\ov Jos. Ant. 20. 4. 2. Xen.
2.)
of a different line or family, Heb. vii. 1 1, Cyr. 3. 2. 18. Hi. 2. 18. AL.
15. prob. also of a king from another
vii. 18, comp. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 1.
f.
aff(, (<?rot/toff,) to make
race, Acts
In the sense of foreign, strange, and ready, to prepare, trans.
a ) PP- e S" T *i v 3v, the way, sc. of a
-

by impl. wonderful, Jude 7. Sept. for

Ex. xxx. 9. For the phrase e>pat king, as was customary before oriental
-l]
monarchs in their journeys, pp. Rev.
yXaxTffaig V. iv xtiXeviv erlpoif XaXeiy Acts
xvi. 12. trop. of the Messiah, Matt. iii. 3.
ii. 4 et 1 Cor. xiv. 21, see in TX&aoa b.
Mark i. 3. Luke i. 76. iii. 4. all quoted
y. Comp. Is. xxviii. 11. AL.
from Is. xl. 3 where Sept. for H2D.
'Erfpwcj adv. otherwise, See Jos. B. J. 3. 6. 2. Arr. Al. M. 4. 30.
(fcYepof,)
Phil. iii. 15. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 5. Hom. Diod. Sic. 2. 13. Of a meal, banquet,
Od. 1. 234. etc. Matt. xxii. 4. Luke xvii. 8. TO Traerxa

"Erf, adv. yet, still, viz. Matt. xxvi. 17, 19. Mark xiv. 12, 15, 16.
a) implying duration, e. g. (a) spoken Luke xxii. 8, 9, 12, 13. So Sept. for
of the present time, yet, still, hitherto,
ppn Gen. xliii. 16 Hom. II. 19. 197.
Lat. adhuc, Matt. xii. 46 en avrov Of a place, domicile, etc. TOTTOV John
XaXouvrog. xxvii. 63 CLTTIV in wv. Luke xiv. 2, 3. Rev. xii. 6. -n-oXiv Heb. xi. 16.
ix. 42. xxiv. 6. Johnxx. Rom.v.6. al.
1. Keviav Philem. 22. Luke ix. 52. Sept.
Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 2. Luc. D. Deor. 2. 1. for 1 Chr. xv. 3. So IT.
yDn K-upiy
Plut. Mor. II. p. 39 ult. ed. Tauchn. Xaov Luke i. 17. Comp. Sept. 2 Chr.
Xen. An. 1. 6. 8. Cyr. 4. 2. 9. Of the xxvii. 6. Ecclus. ii. 18. Of persons, to
present in allusion to the past, yet, still, prepare, to put in readiness, e. g. soldiers,
even now, sc. as before. Mark viii. 17. Acts xxiii.23. a bride, laurel/Rev, xix. 7.
Luke xxiv. 41. Actsix.l. Rom. iii. 7. Gal. xxi. 2. a servant or minister, tavrov,
i. 10. al. So in vvv, yet now, even now, Rev. viii. 6. ix. 15. Luke xii. 47, Pass.
1 Cor. iii. 2 Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 6 vvv in. i. e.
particip. riToipaafikvoQ, prepared,
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 16 vvv S' in. In the trop. apt, ready, 2 Tim. ii. 21. pp. of
sense of even, already, Luke i. 15 iri >K horses, ;r. tlf woXefjiov, Rev. ix,, 7. genr.
 'En

1 Mace. xiii. 22. Pol. 1. 38. 3. Thuc. 6. for

n;^'
1 K. xv. 1. Jer. i. 2, 3. Hdian.
95 __ In the sense of to provide, e. g. 1. 16. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 12. Dat.
upw/mra Luke xxiii. 56. xxiv. 1. ayaSa plur. as marking a period in or during
Luke xii. 20, coll. 19. So Sept. for
-pro which, John ii. 20. Acts xiii. 20. Accus.
2 Chr. xxvi. 14. plur. of time how long, Matt. ix. 20,
of God, as having in his counsels
b)
Luke John v.5. al. Xen. Cyr. 1.
ii. 36.

prepared good or evil for men, i. e. to 2. 9.In the phrase tlvai v. yivo/mt
destine, to appoint. Matt. xx. 23. xxv. truv, to be of such and such an age, Matt.
34,41. Luke ii. 31. Mark x. 40. 1 Cor. v. 42 iiv yap trbiv dwdtKct, i. e. twelve
ii. 9. So Sept. for
-parr
Ex. xxiii. 20. years old, Luke ii 37, 42. Acts iv. 22.
Is. xli. 21.
rrpn Gen. xxiv. 14, 44. al. (Sept. Gen. v. 32. Xen. Mem. 1. 2.
Tob. vi. 17.
40.)
So John viii. 57 Trtvrr/Kovra irri OUTTW
tX l thou hast not yet 40 years, i. e. art
>
T
ac> /> prepa-e-rotfjioG,')
not 40 years old. Kar' ZTOQ, year by
ration, i. e. readiness, alacrity, Eph. vi.
15 virodriffdp.tvoi rovg Trodag iv iroipaffiy year, every year, Lukeii. 41. Jos. Ant.
7. 5. 1. AL.
row cvayytXi'ov, shod as to your feet with
readiness, alacrity, in behalf of the gos- EV, adv. (pp. neut. oftvc,) well, good,
pel, i.
your feet be ever ready to
e. let viz.
go forth to preach the gospel, comp. 2 a) pp.
with verbs, 'iva tv <rot ykvnrcu,
Tim. ii. 21. For the gen. see Winer that it may be well with thee, that thou
30. 1. Sept. for ^H
Ps. x. 17. Jos.
mayest be prosperous, Eph. vi. 3. Sept.
Ant. 10. 1. 2. Arteinid. 2. 57. for 313^" Gen. xii. 13. Deut. iv. 40.
V 9 a ^ 8 fTOifiog, o, 17, Arr. Epict. 2. 5. 30. Mark xiv. 7 u Trotr/-
"Erofjuoc? *?
Matt. xxv. 10, in the classics sometimes ffai nva, to do good
Sept. to any one.
for n^tjn Gen. xxxii. 9, 12. Deut. viii.
roT/iof, 17, ov, Winer 6. p. 49 ready,
prepared, viz. of things, e. g. a banquet,
16 __
Jos. Ant. 14. 14. 3. Xen. Mem. 2.
Matt. xxii. 4, 8. Luke xiv. 17. a 1. 19. Acts xv. 29 eu 7rpa(T<riv, to do well,
e. to do
right, to act well. So ^Ipn
chamber, Mark xiv. 15. a contribution,
i.

2 Cor. ix. 5. of time, John vii. 6. of 1 K. viii. 18. 2 K. x. 30. Jos. Ant. '4.
8. 38. Arr. Epict. 4. 6. Xen. Mem. 3. 9.
things done, TO. eroi/ia, 2 Cor. x. 16.
14. do well, i.
Others in Acts 1. c. to e.
(Thuc. 1. 70.) Seq. inf. ready, sc. to be
to be prospered, comp. Jos. Ant. 12. 4.
done, fftjJTrjpiav eroi'/ttqv a.TroKa\v<*>5i)vai,
1 Pet. i. 5. Wisd. xvi. 20. Hdian. 2. 1. Xen. Mem. 1.6. 8.

12. 1. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 10. ib. 7. 5. 34. b) commendations, i. q. euye, Lat.

in

Of persons, Matt. xxv. 10 al ero/xoi etV- euge, well! well done! Matt. xxv. 21 iv
$ov\e ayaSl. ver. 23. Luke xix. 17.
rj\$ov. seq. Trpoc n, ready for any thing,
Tit. iii. 1. 1 Pet. 15. Xen. Ven. 6. 20, coll. 19 cuye.
iii.
seq. infin.
sc. to do etc. Luke xxii. 33. Acts NOTE. In composition, tu is well,
ready,
xxiii. 15. c. inf. impl. ver. 21. erot/zog good, and hence is often intensive.
yivofiai, to become ready, be prepared, pr. n.
Eua, a? 5 17, Eve, nirr (life),
Matt. xxiv. 44. Luke xii. 40. So Sept. of the first woman, 2 Cor. xi. 3. 1 Tim.
for rrn Ex. xix. 15. xxxiv. 2. c.
-paj ii. 13.
Trpof Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 12. c. inf. Luc.
Asin. 23. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 1. So kv -v f. mes,-
, (tvayyiXog
iroifHp i\ttv, to be in readiness, seq. inf. 2 senger of good,) aor. 1 tuayysXto-a, for
Cor. x. 6. Pol. 2. 34. 2. the augm. see Buttm. 87. 2, to bring

glad tidings, to announce as glad tidings,

adv. ready, in
(e'roi/ioc,) to declare as matter ofjoy. Not found
readiness j hence Iroi/xwe *x tr > to be ready,
in Mark nor in the G ospel and Epistles
Acts xxi. 13. 2 Cor. xii. 14. 1 Pet. iv. 5.
of John, only once in Matthew, and
Sept. for -pny TJ^N Dan. iii. 15. Jos.
twice in Rev.
Ant. 12. 4. 2. ,EL V. H. 4. 13.
I. Act. c. c. ace. of pers. with an

"Eroe, toe, ovc, T a year > >

ace. of thing impl. Buttm. 131. 4, 5 ;
1. Acts vii. 30. Heb. i. 12. al. Sept. in N. T. twice, to announce unto, to pub-
 334 Ei/a-yycAtov

lish unto, sc. as glad tidings, Rev. xiv. \6yov, etc. impl. i. e. to preach the gospel,
ivayyeXioai rovj Ka$i)fjievov<; K. r. X. X c. dat. of pers. Rom. i. 15. Gal. iv. 13.
7 o>f euijyyeXtcre rot'f eaurov dovXovs rovy c. ace. of pers. (Winer ^ 32. 1. p. 182.)
rrpo^TJrac, where text. rec. has dat. rolf Acts xiv. 15. xvi. 10. Gal. i. 9. 1 Pet.

$ov\oi K. r. X. Sept. c. dat. for ntoz 1 1. 12. c. ace. of place for pers. Acts viii.
Sam. xxxi. 9. 2 Sam. xviii. 19, 20. 25, 40. xiv. 21. seq. etc c. ace. marking
iJio Cass. 61. 13. Polye&n. 6. 7. The extent, 2 Cor. x. 16. Absol. Acts xiv. 7.
Active form is not found in earlier Rom. xv. 20. 1 Cor. i. 17. ix. 16 bis,
writers, Lob. ad Phryn.p. 268. Passow 18.
s. voc. 2. III. Pass, to be announced, to be pub-

Mid. in earlier writers (Lob. 1.

II. lished, sc. as glad tidings, viz. (a) pp.
c.)
and in N. T. to announce, to publish, sc with a nominative of the thing an-
as glad tidings, etc. nounced, which in the Active construc-
and c. ace. of thing, Acts x. tion would be the accus. of thing,
a) genr.
36 euayyXto/ifvoc Rom. x. 15 Buttm. 134. 2, 5. So Luke xvi. 16 >/
eiprjvrjv.
7 where Sept. for fiaffiXtia T. Stov. Gal. i. 11 TO ivay-
bis, quoted fr. Is. lii.
1 Pet. i. 25. c. dat. of pers.
1U32, as also 1 K. i. 42. Seq. ace. oi yXio'.
1 Pet. iv. 6. with a nominative of
thing and dat. of pers. which was the (/3)
more usual construction, Lob. ad Phr. person, which in the Active construc-
Winer Lukei. 19 tion would be the dat. or accus. of per-
p. 268. 31. 1. a7T<r-
son, Buttm. 134. 5. So genr. Heb.
rdXrjv evayytXiaaffSai aoi ravra. ii. 10.
iv. 2 Kai yap Ivptv euJ/yytXioyievoi KaSu-rrtp
Eph. ii. 17. 1 Thess. iii. 6. So Sept.
for Ito3 1 Chr. x. 9. c. Iv run, 1 Sam. KUKilvoi, i. e. to us has good tidings been
i. 20. "'Ps. xl. 10 Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 5. proclaimed, as well as unto them. ver.
Luc. Icarom. 34. 6. So Sept. for lto?nn 2 Sam. xviii.
Aristoph. Eq. 643.
TIVI ictoi TIVOC Jos. Ant. 15. 7. 2. Plut. 81. So in respect to the gospel, etc. to

Quaest. Rom. 9. With an ace. of thing have the gospel preached, to hear the gos-

impl. Luke iv. 18, comp. Is. Ixi. 1. pel tidings, Matt. xi. 5 et Luke vii. 22
Dem. Seq. ace. both of thing
332. 9. Triw^oi fvayytXi%ovrai.
and of person in later Greek, pp. Al- TO,
EvayylXiOV, OV, (evayyeXoc,)
ciphr. 3. Ep. 12. Heliodor. II. 16. p. 64. teward for good news, Horn. Od. 14. 152.
Euseb. Vit. Const. 3. 26; in N. T. by Aristoph. Eq. 661. good news, glad
attraction before on Acts xiii. 32, comp. tidings, Sept. for JTTito^ 2 Sam. xviii.:

Buttm. Lob. 1. c.
151. I. 6. 20, 22. App. B. C. 4. 9 68. Cic. ad Att.
b) spoken of the annunciation of the 2. 3. In N. T. spoken only of the glad
jrospel of Christ, and all that pertains to tidings of Christ and his salvation, the
gospel. Not found in Matthew and Luke,
it,
to preach t to proclaim, the idea of
glad tidings being of course every- nor in the gospel and epistles of John,
where implied, viz.
(a) evayy. rr\v twice in Acts, once in Peter, once in
/3a0iXfiav TOV Stov v. TO. Trept TTJ Rev.
1

/Sao ,
r. S. to preach the in the sense of glad tidings
kingdom God, etc. of a) pp.
Luke viii. 1.Acts viii. 12. c. dat. of every where except in the writings of
pers. Luke iv. 43
So with ri)v /3ao-i- Paul, (a) TO evayy. Tijg {3a<riXtiae sc. TOV
Xeiav impl. absol. Luke ix. 6. xx. 1. c. Seov, Matt. iv. 23. ix. 35. xxiv. 14. Mark
ace. of pers. Luke iii. 18.
(/3) evayy.
i. 14. and so by impl. Mark i. 15. xiii.
'Irjffovv Xp. V.TovKvpiov 'Introvv, etc. Acts 10. xiv. 9. Matt. xxvi. 13. Rev. xiv.
v. 42. xi. 20. xvii. 18. c. dat. of pers. 6 evayy. alwviov, comp. Luke ii. 10.
Acts viii. 35. seq. iv rots tSvioi Gal. i. Meton. annunciation of the gospel, sc.
16. So Eph. iii. 8 TOV TrXovrov TOV
Xp. through Christ, Mark i. 1. Also *ayy.
iv tSvevi.
TO~I TO evay- TIJC xpirof T. Stov, sc. as manifested in
(y) genr. ivayy.
ytXiov, Tbv Xoyov, TJ)V IT'HTTIV, etc. Acts Christ, Acts xx. 24 (/3)
In respect to
viii. 4 Tbv Xoyov. xv. 35. Gal. i. 23 the coming and life of Jesus, as the
rriv irivTiv. seq. dat. of pers. 1 Cor. Messiah, gospel, glad tidings, Mark viii.
xv. 1, 2 euayysXtov vplv. 2 Cor. xi. 7. 35 et X. 29 svtKiv ifiov Kai TOV evay-
Gal. i. 8 bis. With rb tvayyiXiov, TUV ytXiov. xvi. 15. Acts xv. 7. 1 Pet. iv. 17.
 335

Hence later, gospel, in the sense of , w, f. i}o<t>,

< a history of Jesus' life,' etc. as in the perf. tvtjpiffTtjKa, the augm. see
for
titles of the first four books of the N* Buttm. 86. 2, to please well, c. c. dat.
T. Heb. xi. 5, 6. Comp. Matth. 393. 5.
b)
in the writings of Paul, the gospel, Sept. Gen. v. 22, 24. Ecclus. xliv. 16.
i.e.
(a) genr.
< the
gospel scheme,' its Diod. Sic. 14. 4 Mid. to take pleasure
doctrines, declarations, precepts, pro- in, to be pleasedwiih, c. c. dat. Heb. xiii.

mises, etc. Rom. ii. 16 Kara TO tyayyeXidv 16. Comp. Matth. 411.n. 2. Diod.
fiov, the gospel which I preach, xi.
i. e. S. 20. 79. Diod. Laert. 4. 6.
28. 1 Cor. ix. 14 roTg TO evay.
xvi. 25.
, or;, o, n, adj. (tv,
Karayyf \\oufftv. ver. 18. XV. 1. 2 Cor.
well-pleasing, acceptable, ap-
)(T*c<i>,j
iv. 3, 4. ix. 13. x. 14. Gal. i. 11 rd way.
proved, c. c. dat. expr. orimpl. Rom. xii.
TO tvayytXiaSlv VTT. ifiov. ii. 2, 5, 14. 1 evdpearov T$ Sey. ver. 2. xiv. 18. 2
Eph. i. 13. iii. 6. vi. 19. Phil. i. 5, 7,
Cor. v. 9. Eph. v. 10. Phil. iv. 18. Tit.
16, 27 bis. ii. 22. Col. i.
5, 23. 1 Thess.
ii.9 Wisd. iv. 10 Seq. ivuiriov TIVOQ
i. 5. ii. 4. 2 Tim. i. 10. ii. 8. So
instead of a dat. Heb. xiii. 21. comp. in
TO tuay. TOV Xpiorov, the gospel of Christ,
'EVWTTIOV c. Seq. iv c. dat. of pers. iv
made known by him as its founder and
Kvpiy Col. iii. 20, where text rec. has T$
chief corner stone, Rom. xv. 19, 29.
Kvpitf). Conmp. in 'Ev 1. e. Wisd. ix.
1 Cor. ix. 12, 18. Gal. i. 7. 1 Thess.
10 irapd ffot.
iii. 2. 2 Thess. i. 8. tvay. row 3ov,
i. e. of which God is the author
through Evapc'(TT(i>c> ^ v>
(fwdpeorof,) so as
Christ, Rom. xv. 16. 2 Cor. xi. 7. 1 toplease, acceptably, Heb. xii. 28 Arr.
Thess. ii. 2, 8, 9. 1 Tim. i. 11. By Epict. 1. 12. 21.
antithesis, trtpov ivayysXiov, a different
Ev|3ouXoc> ou, o, Eubulus, pr. n. of
gospel, including other precepts, etc. 2 a Christian, 2 Tim. iv. 21.
Cor. xi. 4. Gal. i. 6. genr. Barnab.
Ep. 5. Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 13. (/3)
Meton. the gospel-worh, i. e. the preach- well-born, noble, of high rank,
ing of the gospel, labour in the gospel, Luke xix. 12. 1 Cor. i. 26. Sept. for
etc. Rom. i. 1 d0o>pi<r/ivoc i'c tuayyJXiov *ni2T Job i. 3.-- Jos. Ant. 10. 10. 1. Hdian.
Stow. ver. 9, 16. 1 Cor. iv. 15. ix. 14 1. 8 . 10. Xen. 8. G. 4. 1. 7. Metaph.
tic TOV tuay. gv. ver. 23. 2 Cor. ii. 12. noble-minded, generous, Acts xvii. 11 __
viii. 18. Eph. vi. 15, see in 'Erot/uatrta. Jos. 12. 5. 4 rdf ^vxc ivytvtiQ Cic. ad .

Phil. i. 12. iv. 3, 15. 2 Thess. ii. 14. Att. 13. 21 penult.
2 Tim. i. 8. Philem. 13 iv rolg Stvpolc TOV

tuay. in bonds on account of labours in ac, *l, (wotof, fr. eu and

the gospel. Gal. ii. 7 rrcn-iaTivfjiai TO tvay. Ai6f gen. of Zevf,) serene sky, fair
was entrusted to weather, Matt. xvi. 2 tvcia, sc. <rrat
TI~IC djcpo/3t><rriac, i. e. I
Ecclus. iii. 15. Pol. 1. 60. 8. Xen. H. G.
preach the gospel to the Gentiles. So
2. 4. 14.
Rom. X. 16 ov iravTEf vir(]Kov<Tav Ttf
tvayyfXty, all have not obeyed the preach- f.
, oi, ri<r<a, (ev,
ing of the gospel, i. e. the gospel as aor. 1 tvdoKijffa, also i\vo6Ki]aa Luke v.
preached. Buttm. 86. 2 ; pp. to seem good,
22, see
ov, , rjC', by impl. to think good, see in Ao/clw a,

pp. <a messenger of good tidings;' in found only in the later Greek, Sturz de
N. T. an evangelist, a preacher of the Dial. Alex. p. 168. Hence genr. to be
gospel, not located in any place, but well-disposed, sc. towards any person or
travelling as a missionary to preach the thing, seq. dat. e. g. of pers. to favour,
gospel and found churches, Acts xxi. 8. Diod. S. 17. 47. ib. 14. 61. of thing,
Eph. iv. 11. 2 Tim. iv. 5. See Nean- to assent to, 1 Mace. i. 43. Diod. S. 4,
der Gesch. d. Pflanz. u. Leit. d. chr. 23. ib. 14. 110. In N. T. to think good,
Kirche, I. p. 185. in Bibl. Repos. IV. i. e. to please, to like, to take pleasure in
p. 259. Theodoret. ad Eph. iv. 11, tKti- viz.

ixrjpvTTOv. a) genr.
to view with approbation,
 336

seq. iv c. dat. of pers. Matt. iii. 17 o WOQ II. b. /?. *E/i7rpo(r^v II. a. So
uov, iv $ fvSoKTjtra. xvii. 5. Mark i. 11. Sept. ^iXrjfjia, Ps. xl. 9. ciii. 21.
Luke iii. 22. 1 Cor. x. 5. Heb. x. 38.

seq. Iv c. dat. of thing, 2 Cor. xii. 10. 2

deed, benefit, Acts iv. 9. 2 Mace. ix.
Thess. ii. 12. So Sept. for 3 ypn 2 Sam.
26. Jos. Ant. 2.10. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 11.
xxii. 20. Is. Ixii. 4. g nsh Psl xliv. 4. 11. Also genr. well-doing, duties, sc. as
1 Chr. xxix. 3. 1 Mace. viii. 1. Ecclus.
required by the gospel, 1 Tim. vi. 2, see
xxxi. 19. Polyb. 2. 12. 3 __ Seq. c c. in 'AvriXappdvu a. (Horn. Od. 22. 374.)
ace. of pers. imply ing direction of mind,
Others, beneficence, as in Clem. Alex.
Matt. xii. 18 / ov tvdoKijffa / tyv\rj p.ov,
Peed. 3. 7. Xen. An. 2. 5. 22.
2 Pet. i. 17. Seq. ace. of thing, by
Hebr. Heb. x. 6, 8, o\oKavp.ara K. ir. a. to 9 f- /<TO>, (vpyrj7f,) to
owe ivdoKTjffag. So Sept. for n^"1 Ps. li. do good, to confer benefits, absol. Acts x.
38. Sept. for bnn Ps. xiii. 6. Jos, Ant.
18.
ypn Ps. Ii. 21.
in the sense of to will, to desire, 4. 8. 13. ^El. V. H. 12. 59.
b)
seq. infin. expr. or impl. viz. (a) genr. v, 6, (v, obsol. *

to be willing, to be ready, 2 Cor. v. 8 a well-doer, benefactor, 2 Mace. iv. 2.

euFoKovnev fiaXXov i/e<fy/if/(7ai IK row ffai/i. Xen. Ag. 4. 4. In N. T. as a title of
1 Thess. ii. 8. Ecclus. xxv. 16. 1 Mace.
honour, Euergetes, Benefactor, corres-
vi. 23. Pol. 1. 8. 4 to de-
(fy by impl. ponding to the Lat. pater patriot, Luke
termine, to resolve, the idea of benevo- xxii. 25 ot i%ov<TidovTts eytpysrat icaXovv-
lence being implied, Rom. xv. 26 evdo- rai. Comp. Ptolemy Euergetes, king
KTjffav yap MctKftfovta rat 'A^ata K. T. X. of Egypt, Ecclus. Prol. Jos. B. J. 3. 9.
ver. 27. 1 Thess. iii. 1. Spoken of God, 8 awrr/pa Kal tfopyerqv
Luke xii. 32 tiSoietjaev 6 irarjjp vpwv Diod. Sic. 11.26 a
dovvcu vp.lv TJV POUT. 1 Cor. i. 21. Gal. . Xen. An. 7. 6. 38.
i.15. Col. i. 19. 1 Mace. xiv. 46,
47. ov, 6, 17, adj. (tv,
well-situated, convenient, Diod. Sic. 2. 57
irtiyas tf Xourpd fvSerovQ. In N. T.fit,
ac, *l>
(evoWfiw,)
a being meet, proper, Lukeix. 62 OVK tv5. tg ri)v
well pleased, pleasure, viz. xiv. 35.
(3a<r. r. owp. Sept. Ps. xxxii.
a) pp. delight in any person or thing, 6. Susann. 15. Diod. Sic. 5. 37 __ By
and hence good-will, favour. Luke ii. 14 impl. useful, Heb. vi. 7.
tv dvS-pwTroie evdoKia, sc. on the part of
God. Comp. in EI^OKSOJ a. So Sept. adv.
, (iru,) straightway,
and p^l Ps. v. 13. xix. 15. so immediately\forthwith, Matt. viii. 3. xiii.
"jisn
Prov. xi. 1, 20, Sept. StKroc, Trpoafc/cro^ 5. Mark i. 31. Acts xii. 10. al.
saep. Sept.
Ecclus. xi. 17. Of men, good-will, for ONnE) Job v. 3 __
Hdian. 1. 1. 7.
kind intention, Phil. i. 15 Si ivSoiciav rbv Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 18. By impl. shortly,
3 John 14. AL.
Xp. KTjpvaaovffiv. By impl. desire, long-
ing, Rom. x. 1. Comp. Ecclus. xviii.
31.
fr.
rpcxw,)
to run straight, e. g,
in the sense of good-pleasure, will,
b) of a ship, to sail a straight course, seq.
purpose, the idea of benevolence .being c c. ace. of place, Acts xvi. 11. xxi. 1.
included, spoken of God, Eph. i. 5 KUTU Philo 2 Alleg. p. 102. C. deAgric.p.
rf)v fvSoKiav TOV SiXriftarcs avrov. ver. 9.
213. A.
Phil. ii. 13. 2 Thess. i. 11 TrX^poxry
Trdffav iv^oiclav ayaSwavvijc, i. e. fulfil in w, f.
tjffdj, (u^u/iof,) to be

you the virtue which his good pleasure of good cheer, to be of cheerful mind,
hath purposed, i.
q. traaav ayaSoHTvvTjv Acts xxvii. 22, 25. James v. 13. Symm.
evdoKHTov, Buttm, 123. n. 4. Winer for^^ 3113 Prov. xv. 15, Sept. rjavxafa.
34. 2. a. So Matt. xi. 26 et Luke x. Plut. de tranquill. Anim. 2 et 9. VII.
21 otirwf eysvtro evdoicia tfnrpooSrtv eov, p. 822, 837. ed. R. Mid. Xen. Cyr. 2.
such was thy good pleasure, see in r/ 3. 19.
 337

, OD, o, '/, fulj. (?', good time, i.e. to have leisure, opportunity.
well-minded, i. e.
well-disposed, benign,
etc. genr. Mark vi. 31 ovSk 0ayH*/ ,;%.
Horn. Od. 63 In N. T. of good
14. Kctipow. 1 Cor. xvi. 12. Pol. 20. 9. 4.
cheerf cheerful, Acts xxvii. 36 __2 Mace. Plut. Mor. II. p. 138. Tauchn. or VI
xi. 26. Xen. Ag. 8. 2. Hence neut. of p. 835. ed. R. So
seq. tl^ final, to have
comparat. tySvpoTtpov as adv. the more leisure for, i. e. to spend one's time in

cheerfully, Acts xxiv. 10 in text, rec. any thing ;

Acts xvii. 21 'A^/p'aToi fit,

Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 27. ovdtv srtpov tfaaipovv, f/ \eytiv K. T. \.

So Phil, in Flacc. p. 969 TrXrjSoe V lariv

adv.
, (euSvfjtoQ,) cheerfully, ivsvKcttpovv ^ta/3oXaTc icai
/SXacr^j/jtttatf. .

Acts xxiv. 10 in Griesb. and MSS. See

The word belongs only to the later
Pol. 3. 34. 9.
Greek, Lob. ad Phr. p. 125.
;

acj '/>
(y*rtpoc,) fit time,
straight, trans.
opportunty, Matt. xxvi. 16. Luke xxii.
a) pp. of a way, to make straight and Mace.
6. 1 xi. 42. ;E1. V. H. 12. 10.
level, trans. rjv bS6v, John i. 23. Comp.
Plato Phoedr. p. 272. A. Comp. Lob.
Matt. iii.
3, and see in 'Erot/zaw a.
ad. Phr. p. 126.
trop. Ecclus. ii. 6. xxxvii. 19.

b) genr. to guide straight, i. e. to di- j ov, o, T), (f%

rect, to steer, sc. a ship, and hence d well-timed, opportune, Mark vi. 21 ytvo-
tvSvvuv, a steersman, pilot, James iii. 4. fievrjs t'lfitpar tvKctipoi', col. ver. 19. Heb.
Luc. D. Mort. 10. 10. Eurip. Hec. 39. iv. 16 2 Mace. xiv. 29. Hdian. 1. 4. 7
horses, Philo de Abr. p. 360. B. icaipog evicaipoc. Diod. S. 2. 48.

Ewju, aTa, i', straight, viz. adv. in good

* (tuicaipoc,)
a) pp. as adj. Matt. iii. 3 et Mark i. 3 time, oppor timely, Mark xiv. 11. 2 Tim.
ft Luke iii. 4, ei^emg Troulre rag rpifiovg iv. 2 see in 'Aicaioutf Ecclus. xviii. 22.
avTcv, i. e. make the ways straight and Xen. Ag. 8. 3.
level before the
king, quoted from Is. xl.
3 where Sept. for ltQs see in OU, o, ri, (iv,
; 'Eroi/ia-
fa a. So Luke iii.
'&, from Is. xl. 4 easy, facile, Ecclus. xxii. 15. Pol. 18. 1. 2.
where Sept. In N. T. only neut. of
for litf'E. Acts ix. 11 comparat. CVKO-
Luc. Zeux. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 4.
10. Trwrepov, easier, lighter, Matt. ix. 5. xix
Trop. of the heart and life, right, true;
24. Mark ii. 9. x. 25. Luke v. 23. xvi.
Acts 21 17. xviii. 25.
viii. r) icapSia. xiii. 10 6ov<; icvpiov
tv^tiag. 2 Pet. ii. 15. So Sept. and
1 Sam. xii. 23. Hos. xiv. 10.
, ac /, (evXapfa q. v.)
11^ 1 K.
xi. 33.
caution, circumspection, Dem. 1403. 1.
timidity, fear, Wisd. xvii. 8. Hdian. 5.2.
b) fvZvg, as adv. of time, straight, 5. In N. T.fcar of God,
reverence, piety.
immediately, forthwith, i. q. fu^lwf, Matt, Heb. v. 7. xii. 28 __ Philo de Cherub.
16. xiii. 20, 21. Mark i.
iii.
12, 28. (xi. 2.) 113 (v\. Seov. Plut. Camill. 21
John xiii. 32. xix. 34. xxi. 3. p. -n-pog rb
Comp. Stiov fi,\. Diod. Sic. 13. 12 ult. See
Buttm. 115. n. 4. 117. 1. Lob. ad Tittm. de Synon. N. T.
Phr. p. 144 sq Jos. Ant. 11. 6. 9. p. 146.
Hdian. 1. 7. 12. Xen. Cyr. 8.8. 2. f.
, ovfjiat, ,

depon. Pass. (ev\a(3rie q. v.) to act with

rrjroe,
-fj }
(ey^ve,) straight-
ness, trop. rectitude. Heb. i. 8 pa(3So S caution, to be circumspect, Xen. Mem c 3.
6. 8. In N. T. to fear, seq. Acts
fvSvrnToe, i.
q. pdptioe evSela, a just fir),

sceptre, quoted from Ps. xlv. 7, where

Xxiii. 19 tv\apr)Sti o
o HavXog.
x/X. ^ SiavTraoSy
Sept. for "lYtlHp. Buttm. Comp. 123 Sept. for N^; 1 Sam. xviii.
n. 4. 29 1 Mace. iii. 30. Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 1.
Diod. Sic. 16. 22 In reference to God,
w, W, f.
-new, , to fear, to
reverence, Heb. xi. 7. Sept.
imperf. fvicaipow and nvKatpow, for the 'for nDH Zech. ii. 13.
augm. see Buttm. 86. 2; pp.
npn Nah. i. 7.
to have See Tittm. de Synon. N. T.
p. 146.
Z
 338 EuXoyfa
foot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. xxvi. 26. Comp.
EuXaj3r)c> &>
Xa/t/3oj/u>, Xa/3etv,) taking well hold,'
pp.
< Jahn 354.
i. e.
carefully, circumspectly, comp. JEl. c)
of God towards men, to bless, i. e.
H. An. 3. 13; hence, cautious, circum- to distinguish with favour, to prosper, to

spect, Arr. Epict. 2. 1. 2. Hdian. 2. 8. 2. make happy, c. ace. Acts iii. 26

timid, fearful, Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 2. In N.T. Xev avrvv ['Ifjo'ovffj tvXoyovvra.
i. 3 6 o iv
spoken in reference to God, God-fear- Eph. -&0, tvXoyrjaav rifiaf

ing, pious, devout, Luke ii. 25. Acts ii. 5. irday e^Xoyt'^t Heb. vi. 14
7rj/f/Ltarticy.
viii. 2.
Sept. for Tpn Mic. vii. 2. cvXoywv tvXoyrjffu) <7f, quoted from Gen.
Clem. Alex. Strom. 4. 21. xxii. 17 where Sept. for Heb.
^5~aN ^21.?
of which this is an imitation Winer ;

Wj f. ijo-w, (#, Xoyog,) 46. 7. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 778. Stuart

imperf. rjvXoyovv, aor. 1 t>X6y/(Ta, for 514. Pass, to be blessed, sc. of God, Gal.
the difF. augm. see Buttm. 86. 2 ; pp. iii. 8,Sept. genr. for Tjna Gen. xxiv. 1,
9".

to speak well
of, to commend, Isocr. 191. 35. Ps. xiv. 3. Ixvii. 2, 7. Pass. Is. Ixi.
B, rov ayaSovQ avftpag tvXoyiiv. ib. 9. Hence Pass.particip. perf.tvXoy^l-
Archid. 43. Polyb. 1. 14. 4. i. q. ev Xlyo>, VOQ, blessed, favoured, sc. of God, happy ;
which is preferred by Thorn. Mag. p. so in joyful salutations, etc. e. g. of the
389. comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 200. In Messiah and his reign, tXoy. 6 spx6p,evoc
N. T. to bless, trans, spoken. Iv 6v6fiari Kvpiov, Matt. xxi. 9. xxiii.
of men towards God, to bless, i. e. 39. Mark xi. 9, 10. Luke xiii. 35.
a)
to praise, to celebrate, sc. with ascrip- xix. 38. John xii. 13. So Matt. xxv. 34
tions of praise and
thanksgivings ;
Luke 01
/;Xoyjy/ij/oi TOV Trarpdf. Luke i. 28
i. 64 firXoyuh* rbv Stov. ii. 28. xxiv. 53. av iv yuvaitV, i. e. blessed
evXoyrjfievrj
1 Cor. xiv. 16. James iii. 9. So Sept. above all women, ver. 42 bis. So Sept.
and rpa 1 Chr. xxix. 10, 20. Ps. xvi. and jpia Dent, xxviii. 3. Ruth. iii. 10.
7. al. seep 2 Mace. iii. 30. Jos. Ant. 1 Sam. xxvi. 25.
7. 14. 11.

b) of men towards men and things,

blessed, in N. T. only of God, i. e.
to bless, with praise and thanks-
pp.
f

worthy of praise, adorable, Lat. vene-

giving to invoke God's blessing upon/
viz. c. ace. of pers. expr. or impl.' randus, Mark xiv. 61. Luke i. 68. Rom.
(a) i. 25. ix. 5. 2 Cor. i. 3. xi. 31. Eph.
i.
q. to pray for one's welfare, eta. Matt.
i. 3. 2 Pet. i. 3. So Sept. and -rpna
V. 44 ewXoytlre rovg jcarapw/ilvoug vfias .

Gen. ix. 26. Ex. xviii. 10 al. Tob. viii".

Mark x. 16 riSeie ['Ijj<ro"e] rag x"PC
5, 15. In Sept. spoken of men, for Tpnn
ITT' avrd BC. TCL iraidia, jjuXoyei avrd.
Deut. xxxiii. 24. Ruth iii. 10.
Luke ii. 34. vi. 28. xxiv. 50, 51. Rom.
xii. 14 bis. 1 Cor. iv. 12. 1 Pet. iii. 9. So ac, n, eulogy,
, (evXoylw,
Melchisedec Abraham, Heb. vii. 1, 6, 7. commendation, Lycurg. 153. 35. Thuc.
Isaac and Jacob their descendants, xi. 2. 42. In N. T. in a bad sense, fair
20, 21. So Sept. for Tpn Gen. xiv. 19. speech, adulation, Rom. xvi. 18. Else-
xxvii. 23, 27. xlviii. 9, 15^20. Jos. B. J. where in N. T. blessing, viz.
6. 5. 3 penult __ (/3)
c. ace. of thing expr.
a)
from men towards God, blessing,
or impl. in N. T. only of food, a meal, praise, in ascriptions, implying also
etc. to bless, i. e. to ask God's blessing thanksgiving Rev. vii. 12 jj tvXoy/a ai
;

upon, genr. e. g. aprovg Luke ix. 16. TI $6a K. T. X. 7-y -9-e<

rjn&v. v. 12, 13.

impl. Matt. xiv. 19 tvXoyjjo-e, *ai K\d(ras Jos. Ant. 11.4. 2.

K. T. X. Mark vi. 41. viii. 7. So of the b) from men towards
men and things,
Lord's supper, where we may render blessing, i. e. benediction, invocation of
by impl. to consecrate, Matt. xxvi. 26. good from God upon persons, Heb.
sc. ;

Mark xiv. 22. Luke xxiv. 30. 1 Cor. x. 16 xii. 17.James iii. 10 tiXoyta icai jcarapa.
TO TrorTjpiov 6 tuXoyou/itv. So Sept. and So Sept. and ron^
T T
Gen. xxvii. 12, 35 sq. :

8 , 9 Jos. Ant. 4.8. 44, 48,

TpS of a sacrifice and feast, 1 Sam. ix. Ecclus. iii. .

13. For the Jewish formulas of bene- Also upon things, 1 Cor. x. 16 rb
diction at the paschal supper, see Light- tvXoyiae 8 tvXoyovfiiv, the Cup
 339

of blessing, i. e. of benediction, conse- chamber hence eunuch, one who hag

;

cration, in allusion to the nrnan D"i3 been emasculated, such persons

only
drunk at the paschal supper ; comp. being employed as the keepers of orien-
Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. xxvi. 27. tal harems. In N. T.
Jahn 354.
a) pp.
a eunuch, Matt. xix. 12 evvovxot
c. meton, blessing, i. e. favour con- o'L rivtQ tvv. virb r&v dvfy. Sept. for
ferred, gift, benefit, bounty, "viz. (a) from Dnp Is. Ivi. 3, 4. Esth. ii. xiv. 15 __
God to men, etc. Rom. xv. 29 kv TrXn- Luc. Eun. 6, 7. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 60 __
puifictTi ei)\oyia TOV ivay. T. Xp. i. e. in Trop. Matt. xix. 12 bis, of those impo-
the full, abundant, blessings of the gos- tent from birth, and also of those who
pel. Gal. iii. 14 rj evXoyia TOV 'AjSpadfi, live like eunuchs in voluntary absti-
the blessing promised of God to Abra- nence. Clem. Alex. Psed. 3. 4. Strom.
ham and his seed, Eph. i. 3. 1 Pet. iii. 3. 1.
9. Sept. and ron^ Gen. xlix. 25. Is.
b) by impl. a minister of court, Acts
Ixv. 8. Act. Thorn. 26. So Heb. vi. viii.27, 34, 36, 38, 39. Eunuchs often
7 $ yij ptTaXan(3dvei evXoyiae curb TOV rose to stations of great power and
Comp. nrcin ^p'ifi'a, Sept. force trust in eastern courts ;
so that the
iac, Ez. xxxiv.' 26. (/3)
from men term apparently came to be applied to
to men, gift, bounty, present ',
2 Cor. ix. any high officer of court, though not
5 evXoyiav vp&v, i. e. your gift,
TI)V irpoic. emasculated so prob. Gen. xxxvii. 6.
;

contribution. So Sept. and HDl^ Gen. xxxix. 1, (comp. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 1,) where
xxxiii. 11. 18am. xxv. 27. 2K/V. 15. the Targum renders Heb. D^p by joi
Hence by impl. for liberality, generosity, prince, Sept. ^vvov\oq. See Gesen. Lex.
2 Cor. 5 we tvXoycav, KOI /*}) we TrXfO-
ix. Heb. art. Dnp __ Comp. Hdot. 8. 105.
viiav. ver. 6 bis, lir evXoyias as adv. Test. XII Patr. p. 716 dpx ifm'vx TP
liberally, generously, comp. in 'Eiri II. 3.
c. *. TSKVa.

a, Euodia, pr. name

EvjueraSoroc, ov 9 b, }, adj. (iv, Euo&'a, TI,

to impart, i. e. liberal, of a female Christian, Phil. iv. 2.

fttraSidui^i,^ ready
bountiful, 1 Tim. vi. 18. M. Antonin.
,
fr. ev,
3. 14 Tb evfterddoTov /cat evirottjKTiicov.

66c,) to lead in a good way, to prosper

EUVIICIJ, rj, Eunice, pr. n. of the mo-
nfl} Gen.
one's journey, pp. Sept. for
ther of Timothy, 2 Tim. i. 5. xxiv. 27, 48. Theophr. de Cans'. Plant.
f. ^<rw, (IVVOOQ fr. ev,
5. 6. Trop. to make prosperous, to give
VOVQ,}
to be well-minded, to be well-disposed, c. c.
success to, Sept. for rr^Sn Gen. xxiv.
dat. Matt. v. 25 ZtrS't ivvo&v r< dvTiSiictft 21, 40. Neh. ii. 20. In N! T. only Pass.
to be led in a good way, i. e.
<TOV TCIXV i. e. be reconciled. Hdian.
Xen. Cyr. a PP- t nave a prosperous journey.
8. 8. 11. 8. 2. 1. )
Rom. i. 10 i7Tfac ffiri irort evoduSrjao-
Ewvom, et, (tvvoiu,} goodwill,
17,
pai IXStii irpbq V^OLQ. Others trop, as
willing mind; Eph. vi. 7 fj.fr tvvoiaQ below.
SovXevovreg. By euphemism, 1 Cor. vii. to be prospered. 1 Cor. xvi. 2
b) trop.
3 in text, rec __ 1 Mace. xi. 33, 53. SrijGavoi^wv, O,TI fvoSutrai. 3 John 2 bis.
Diod. Sic.
Perhaps Rom. i. 10, if I shall be pros-
1. 54.

pered, permitted, to come unto you. So

make a eunuch ; Pass, to be Sept. for n^Sn 1 Chr. xxii. 13. 2 Chr.
eunuch, to "

made a eunuch, pp. Matt. xix. 12 --Jos. xxxii. 30. Prov. xxviii. 13. Test. XII
Ant. 10. 2. 2. Patr. p. 684. Hdot. 6. 73.
Trop. evvovx%eiv iavrov,
to make oneself a eunuch, i. e. to live
j OU, o, i}, (ev, Trapt-
like a eunuch in voluntary abstinence,
assessor, Dem.
14,) pp.
1332.
sit- <

Matt. xix. 12.

ting diligently by,' i. e. assiduous, c. c.
dat. 1 Cor. vii. 35 Trpbg TO evirdptfpov rtfi
/v^' ov > > ( evv *l bed, tx^j
pp.
<
bed-keeper,' keeper of the bed- .
q. assiduity, devotedness. Text.
Z2
 340

rec. has ev-n-poaedpov q. v. Hesyeh. et Is. xlix. 8 where Pleb. Sept.

y,
Suid. evTrapeSpov icaXwe irapafitvov icai

ou, o, /, adj. (v,

,

pp. q. euiraptdpos, assidu-

i.

) easzVy persuaded compliant, ',

ous ; hence also ri> evTrpoatdpov, assi-
James iii. 17. Hdian. 3. 8. 10. Xen. duity, devotedness, c. dat. 1 Cor. vii. 35
Mem. 3. 5. 5. in text. rec. See in EvirdptSpos Comp, .

irpovtdpevu Jos. c. Apion. 1. 7. Diod.

ou, o, r/, (e Sic. 1. 63.
to stand around,) pp. standing
well around/ i. e. easily besetting, as
luTrep.apapria, Heb. xii. 1. So Chry- well-faced, beautiful, Sept. Gen. xii. 11.
SOSt. 7-}v tuKoXwg 7repiiffTafj.vt]V r'lpaf. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10. specious, Hdot. 7.
Comp. Eisner Obss. Sac. in loc Others, 168. Dem. 277. 4,) to make a fair show,
since Trfptard^ig sometimes signifies im- to strive to please, Gal. vi. 12 Not __
pediment, calamity, e. g. 2 Mace. iv. 16. found in the classics.
Max. Tyr. Diss. 20. p. 207, translate
f.
(vprjffu), aor. 1. unus.
tvTrepiVrarov apapriav by the sin so full
Rev. xviii. 14. ^Esop. Fab, 131.
of peril, which so easily subjects one to
calamity. See Kypke Obss. Sac. in loc.
comp. Winer 15. p. 79. Lob. ad Phr.

p. 721. perf. tvprjica,aor. 2 evpov, aor.

ac -n, well- 2 pass. fvpsSrjv, aor. 2 mid. later eupd-
(ewTroilw,)
doing, a doing good, beneficence, Heb.
i. e.
jjirjv
once Heb. ix. 12. Pausan. 7. 11. 1.
xiii. 16. Jos. Ant. 7. 15. 1. Arrian. Andocid. 9. 7. see Buttm. 96. n. 1.
Alex. M. 7. 28. 8. Luc. Abdic. 25. This
marg. Winer 13. 1. Lob. ad Phr. p. 139.
word is disapproved of by Pollux 5. 140, For the augm. not found in N. T. and
comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 353. rarely elsewhere, see Buttm. 84. n. 2.
86. 2. Winer 12. 3. Lob. ad. Phr.
j o>, f. rjffo), and as depon.
Pass. evTropkofiai, ovuai, imperf. TJVTTO- p. 140. To find, trans.
to find, sc. without seeking,
poiifjujv, (fwTropof well to live, prosperous,)
a) genr.
to be well to live, to be prosperous, absol.
to meet with, to light upon,
(a) pp.
and
Acts xi. 29 jca-S-wf TjvTTOpeTro rig. For the seq. ace. of pers. Matt, xviii. 28 evpev 'iva
TU>V (TvvdovXwv. John i. 42, 44, 46. ii.
augm. see Buttrn. 86. 2. Sept. for
14. Acts ix. 33. xxviii. 14. Heb. xi. 5. al.
rton Lev. xxv. 26, 49 Pol. 1. 66. 5.
Luc. bis Accus. 27. Seq. ace. of thing, Matt. xiii. 44. Luke
Active, Diod. Sic.
4. 98. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 4.
iv. 17. xviii. 8. John xii. 14. Acts xxi.
2. Sept. for KS of pers. Gen. iv. 13.

Ei;7ro/oa, ae, "hi (evTTOjOEw,) prospe- 1 Sam. x. 2, 3/ "of thing Gen. xliv. 8.
rity, genr. Xen. An. 7. 6. 37, coll. 38. Jon. i. 3. Hdian. 3. 2. 7. of thing, ib.
In N. T. abundance, wealth, Acts xix. 25. 3. 8. 12. Xen. An. 4. 4. 13.
(/3) Trop.
Diod. Sic. 1. 45, 55. Xen. Cyr. 3. to find, i. e. to perceive, to learn by ex-
3.7. perience, sc. that a person or thing is
or does so and so ; the accusative usually
, ae, /, (tvTrpeirfa well-
becoming fr. eu, 7rpE7r,) gracefulness, having with ita participle or adjective,
viz. c. c. accus. et particip. comp.
beauty, James i. 11. Sept. for *nn (1)
Lam. i. 7. ^5p Ps. 1. 2 Jos. Ant.
Buttm. 144. 4. b. Matt. xii. 44.
1. 11. 3. Thuc. 6. 31
Mark vii. 30 evpe rb Saip.6viov iZtXrjXvSoQ.
Luke viii. 35. xxiv. 2. John xi. 17. Acts
ou, 6, rj, adj. (ev, ix. 2. 2 John iv. al. So in the Pass.
i,^ well-received, i. e. accept- construction, Matt. i. 18 evp&rj i%

able, approved, c. dat. Rom. xv. 31. 1 yctffTpl l,uke xvii. 18. -Hdian.
x ovffa >

Pet. ii. 5. absol. Rom. xv. 16. 2 Cor. 8. 5. 2. Plut. Lucul. 13. Xen. Cyr. 2.
12 Plut. ed. R. IX. p. 196. ult. (2) c. c. accus. et adj. or other
viii. 2. 14.
By impl. favourable, as icaipbg evirp. adjunct, the ace. of wv being implied ;
2 Cor. vi. 2, i. e. a time of favour, from Acts V. 10 ol vtaviaxoi tvpov aiTrjv
 311

xxiv.5. Rom. vii. 18. 2 Cor. ix. to acquire, to obtain, to get, for oneself
4. Rev. ii. 2. So in Pass, construction, or another ;
Matt. x. 39 6 eupwv r/)v
Luke ix. 36 evp&rj fiovog. Acts v. 39. K. T. X. Luke ix. 12 Kai evpuffiv
Horn. vii. 10. 1 Cor. iv. 2. 2 Cor. v. 3. . John xxi. 6. Rom. iv. 1.
1 Pet. i. 7. Rev. v. 4. al. Hdian. 2. 1. Heb. xii. 17. Rev. ix. 6. xviii. 14. c.
8 oiiS'tva ovT(i)f imrr)C(tov tvpiGKov. Xen. dat. Matt. xi. 29 evprjcrtTe avcnravaiv TOIQ
H.G.7.4. 2. Mem. 4.3. 14. fyw%aiQ itfiiav.
Acts vii. 46 titptiv ffKfjv<i)fia
b) to find, sc. search, inquiry, etc.
by T$ $<, comp. Sept. and ^ KSp Ps.
to find out, to discover, trans, (a) pp. cxxxii. 5. So Prov. iii. 13. Ecclus.
and absol. Matt. vii. 7 ^rjrtlre icat i^prj- vi. 16. Luc. Asin. 35. Hdian. 4. 13. 6.

(TtTf. ver. 8. (Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 51 r/ri By Hebr. in the phrase evpivictiv xpiv

n''.>//TH.) Seq. ace. of pers. expr. or

K(tt Trapd T$ $e<jt,
to find grace, to obtain fa-

impl. Mark i. 37 Kareci^nv avrbv, KCII vour with God, Luke i. 30. ivuiriov TOV
e'vpovTiQ avrbv. Luke ii. 45. John vii. 34, Seov, Acts vii. 46. absol. Heb. iv. 16.
33. Actsv. 22. viii. 40. 2Tim. i. 17. al. So ivpilv tXfof Trapa Kvpiov, 2 Tim. i. 18.
Seq. accus. of thing expr. or impl. Matt. Sept. and "pi K^73
T T
Gen. vi. 8. xxxii. 5.
vii. 14 bXiyot flfflv oi tvpiffKovTeg avn'iv SC. xlvii. 25. AL.
rrjv trv\nv. xii. 43. xiii. 40. Mark xi. 13.
Luke xv. 4. John x. 9. Acts vii. 11. al. , wvoc, ^> Euroclydon,

So of a judge, after examination, John a tempestuous wind, Acts xxvii. 14,

xviii. 38 iyw ovdffiiav iiiriav ti'pioKW Iv
from Evpof, Eurus, east-wind, and K\V-
avT$. xix. 4, 6. Acts xiii.28. xxiii. 9. al.
$<av a wave. Comp. Heb. 0"Hp, Sept.
So Sept. and 8373 of pers. Josh. ii. 22. irvivpa piatov, Ps. xlviii. 8. Gesen. Lex.
1 Sam. ix.13. x.21. of things, 1 Sam. art. D' 1

!]?
Other MSS. read Evpy/cXv-
ix. 4. 2 K. xii. 10, 18. comp. 1 Sam. Stav,Euryclydon, from tvpvg broad, and
xxix. 3, C, 8. Luc. Asin. 4-3. Xen. Cyr. K\V$UV. Cod. Alex, and the Vulg. have
4. 2. 21. of things, Xen. H. G. 6. 3. 23. EvpaicvXwv, Euroaquilo.
Vect. 4. 4 --
(/S) Trop.
in different
, ou, o, 17, (evpvc, xw
senses, viz. i6v, to find
(1) ivpioKtiv broad spaced/ i. e. broad,
<
pp.
God, i. be accepted of him on
e. to
spacious, as T/ itiog, Matt. vii. 13. Sept.
humbly and sincerely turning to him, for^rnD Is. xxx. 23 __ Esdr. ix, 41. Jos.
comp. in 'E*cijr6w c. Acts xvii. 27 jjreTv Ant. 1. 18. 2. evpvx^pia Xen. Cyr. 4.
TUV 3ftv i
apay ai)Tov Kal tipoitv, 1. 18.
Pass. Rom. x. 20, quoted from Is. Ixv. 1

where Sept. and NXP}, as also 1 Chr.

Euo-/3cm, ac, *l, (v<rj3^c,) piety,
xxviii. 9. of computation, reverence, in N. T. only as directed to-
(2) spoken
measurement, etc. to find, to make out, wards God, and denoting the spontane-
Acts xix.19 tvpov dpyvptov fivptdSaf; ous feeling of the heart, thus differing
irivrc. xxvii. 28 bis, ivpov 6pyiuuf tiKoai from iXd/3ia, see Tittm. de Synon.
K. r. X. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 18. H. G 3. 2. . N. T. p. 146 hence, godliness, religious-
;

10.
(3)
to find out mentally, i. e. to ness, Acts iii. 12. 1 Tim. ii. 2. iv. 7, 8.
invent, to contrive, before an indirect vi. 3, 5, 6, 1 1 2 Tim. iii. 5. Tit. i. 1 2 Pet.
. .

clause with TO expr. or impl. Luke xix. i.3, 6, 7. iii.

Sept. for nirr nKT>.
11.
48 OVK evptffKov TO, T'I iroirjffujaiv. Acts Prov. i. 7. Is. xi. 2. Jos. AnL 3. 2. 3\
iv. 21. Luke v. 19 /t) tvpovreg Troiag t<r- Diod. S. 19. 7. Xen. Ag. 3. 5. Meton,
evfyKwaiv avrov. Test. XII Patr. p. for religion, the gospel scheme, 1 Tim.
G37 tvgov, ri aTrw/ztv. c. ace. Palajph. 16. iii. 16. Comp. J os. c. Apion. 1. 12 j) ward
ovf vofJLOvg TrapaSedofjiivri svasfleia.
c) Mid. to find for oneself,
i. e. to ac-

quire, to obtain, once c. ace. Heb. ix. 12 ki/crt/Bew, w, f. T]<T<D, (tvatfifa,) to

nioiviav \VTpiDfftv ivpaptvog Jos. Ant -- be pious towards any one, c. c. accus.
1. 19. 1 coctv aptTiJQ tvpantvoQ. Arr. Matth. 413. 11 ; e. g. towards God, to
Alex. M. 1. 7. 16. Xen. An. 2. 1. 8. reverence, to worship, Acts xvii. 23. to-
So also the Act. in N. T. but less often wards parents, etc. Uiov olicov, to respect,
in classic writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 140 to honour, 1 Tim. v. 4. Jos. Ant. 10.
 342

2 rot .&6v. Isocr. 26. B, TO, irtpi r. well-

3. Eur/oaTreXta, ac, /? (eirpairiXoc
Stove. genr. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 26. turned, courteous, sportive, fr. iv, Tpkiru, )
pp. urbanity, Jos. Ant. 12.
4. 3. Cic. Ep.

in N. T. towards God,
ad Div. 7. 32. humour, wit, Plut. M.
t,) /nous, Anton. 43. Diod. Sic. 15. 6. In N. T.
religious, devout,
Acts x. 2, 7. xxii. 12.
in a bad sense, levity, jesting, frivolous
2 Pet. ii. 9. Sept. for p-<13 Is. xxiv. 16. and indecent discourse, Eph. v. 4
xxvi. 7. Ecclus. xi. 17, 22. Xen.
Aristot. Ethic. 1.31. Diod. Sic. 20. 63
Mem. 4. 6. 2, 4.
T)}V iv roif Troroiff siirpaTrtXiav.
adv -
Piously, religiously,
2 Tim.
Eu<TE/3a>c,
iii. 12. Tit. ii. 12. Jos. Ant. 8.
EVTUYOC, ov, o, Eutychus, pr. n. of
a youth, Acts xx. 9.
12.3. Xen. Mem. 2.2. 13.
Ev^ijjufa, ac, n, (tttyrj/toc,)
words of
ou, , 7>
good import or omen, Plut. ed. R. VI.
well-marked/ trop. of good omen, Plut. 126. 8. Jos. 10. 11. 7. acclamation,
J. Cses. 43. In N. T. distinguishable, Hdian. In N. T. good report,
1. 23. 13.
sc. by certain marks ; trop. of speech, good fame, 2 Co.. vi. 8 --
Diod. S. 1. 2.
easy to be understood, distinct, 1 Cor. xiv. ^1. V. H. 3. 47.
0. Pol. 10. 44. 3. Porpbyr.de Abstin.
, OV, 6, 17, (iv,
3. 4. Hesych. tvatipov evdnXovj Qavt- well-spoken, well-worded
<
pp. ;' hence,
pov. Dion.
of good import, IV^{JLOIQ oluvtole

JLvcnr\ayx vo > ov > ^ ( 6 "> intens Hal. Ant. 1. 16. laudatory, e. g. Xoyovc
-
>

<r7rXayx vov <! V tender-hearted, full of Pol. 31. 14. 1. In N. T. of good report,
pity, compassionate, Eph. iv. 32. 1
Pet. praiseworthy, laudable, Phil. iv. 8.
iii. 8 __
Prayer of Manass. 6. Test. XII Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 183, ajVxpv in iv-
Patr. p. 537.

comingly, decorously, in a proper man- to bear well, to yield abundantly,

ner, Rom. xiii. 13. 1 Cor. xiv. 40. 1 intrans. spoken of the earth, Luke xii.
Thess. iv. 12. Xen, Cyr. 1. 3. 8, 9. ]6. Jos. B. J. 2. 21. 2 ovorje de rrjc
Mem. 3. 12. 4. TaXiXaiaQ i\aio<j>6pov f fiaXiara Kal rare
iv<t>opr}Kvict. So tfyopos fertile, Hdian.
EiVx?jUCKruvrj, r/c, "h, (*(TX^*WV,) 1.6.3.
becomingness, decorum, e. g. of dress etc.
1 Cor. xii. 23. Diod. Sic. 5. 32. Xen.
Cyr. 5. 1.5. glad-minded,) to make glad-minded, to
make glad, to cause to rejoice, trans. Mid.
and aor. 1 pass, in mid. signif. Buttm.
fr. well-fashioned, well-formed,
%<>,) 136. 2, to be glad, to rejoice, to exult,
comely. intrans.
1 Cor. xii. 24 rd tvaxvpova
a) pp. in Act. once, 2 Cor. ii. 2 jeat
Xen. Eq. 1. 17. Me- a) genr.
rjuStv, sc. pkXr].
TIC ivTiv 6evQpaivwv /u ; Sept. for TTTirip
taph. TO tva\r\^ov, decorum, propriety , 1 Ps. xix. 9. Ecclus. iv. 21. Xen. Cyr.
Cor. vii. 35.
8. 7. 12. Mid. Luke xv. 32 ti<j>pavSijvai
in the later Greek, of high
b) trop. 8e Kalx a piiv at Acts ii. 26. Rom.
standing, honourable, noble; Mark xv. 43 xv. 10. Rev. xi. 10. xii. 12. Gal. iv.
(vaxripuv (3ov\evTt]Q. Acts xv. 30. xvii. Is. liv. 1. c. c. Iv TIVI Acts
Jos. de Vita s. 9. Plut. Parall.
27, comp.
12.
vii. 41. I? nva v. TIVI, to
rejoice over,
15. or VII. p. 230. ed. R. Comp. Phryn.
Rev. xviii. 20.
pn Deut. xxxii.
Sept. for
et Lob. p. 333. H. Planck in Bibl. Re-
43. Is. xii. 6, 1 Chr. xvi.
TTOty 10,31.
pos. I. p. 645. c. Iv 1 Sam. ii. l.~-JEL V. H. 2. 21.

Eurouwc, adv. (tvrovog, fr. tv,

rei'vw,)
Xen. CEc. 9. 12. c. Iv ib. Hi. 1. 16. c.
intensely, i. e. powerfully, vehemently, iiri ib. Conv. 7. 5.
Luke xxiii. 10. Acts xviii.28. Sept. Josh. as connected with
b) feasting, Mid.
v .8. Diod. Sic. 11.65. Xen. Hi.
;
9. 6. to rejoice, to be merry; Luke xii. ID
 343

$ayt, nit, tvppaivov. XV. 23, 24. Sept.

fornttty Deut. xiv.26. xxvii. 7. Horn. gratitude, thankfulness, Acts xxiv. 3.
Oa. 2. 3il. ML V. H. 10. 9. Xen. Conv. Philo de Plant. Noe p. 2-31. Dem. 256.
1. 15 __ Hence by impl. simply, for to 19. In Paul's writings and Rev. thanks-

feast,
to banquet, Luke xv. 29. xvi. 19. giving, thanks, i. e. the expression of gra-
titude to God ;
so seq. dat. r< $e<, etc.
Ei;0parrje, ou, o, Euphrates,
Heb. comp. in Evxpt0Tu>, and Matth. 390.
rns Gen. ii. 14, a large and celebrated 2 Cor. ix. 11, 12. Rev. iv. 9. vii. 12.
river of western Asia, rising in the genr. Cor. xiv. 16. 2 Cor. iv. 15. Phil.
1

mountains of Armenia, and flowing iv. 6. ii. 7. iv. 2. 1 Thess. iii. 9.

Col. 1

through Syria and Mesopotamia into Tim. ii. 1. iv. 3, 4. So in the Pauline
the Persian gulf. Rev. ix. 14. xvi. 12. usage Eph. v. 4, where others grateful
See Calmet art. Babylonia. discourse. Aquil. for rnlfl Am. iv. 5.
Wisd. xvi. 28. genr. Jos' Ant. 4. 8. 25.
rjc V> (%>wv,) glad- Pol. 8. 14. 8.
ness, joy, Acts ii. 28. xiv. 7. Sept. for
nn?pto Esth. ix. 18, 19. Ps. iv. 8. Ec- o, n, (e
Eyvap/<m>C, OU,
clus! iv. 13. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 7.
grateful, pleasing, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 1.
i. e.

Sept. yvvfi ivx- for ^n mrJH Prov. xi. 16.

In N. T. grateful', i. ^thankful, full
aor. 1 tvxctpiaTri<Ta and rivxapiortjoa Rom. of gratitude to God, Col. iii. 15. Jos.
1. 21 in later edit. Buttm. 86. 2 ; pp. Ant. 16. 6. 2. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 49
1
< to show one's
selfgrateful, i.e. to requite Others, by impl. well-pleasing, accept-
a favour, i. q. ctfovai \apiv, Dem. 257. able, sc. to God. Others liberal, as in
2. In later Greek and iu N. T. to give Diod. Sic. 18. 28.
thanks, to thank, i.
q. iltiivat \apiv, to
express one's gratitude, Lob. ad Phryn. ^C ^ ( 5 X/*>) ] Player, -

p. 18 c. c. dat. of person, Luke xvii.

;
sc. God, James v. 15, coll. ver. 1(3.
to
16 iv\apiaT(!Jv avrtfi, sc. 'lijffov. Rom. Sept. for npn Job xvi. 17. Prov. xv.
xvi. 4. Jos. Ant. 14. 10. 7. Plut. de 9. ^Eschin. iial. 3. 10. Xen. Conv.
Garrul. c. 7 pen. Elsewhere in N. T. 8. 15.
used only in reference to God, to give a vow, spoken of the vow of the
2.
thanks to God, usually seq. ry 3-ey etc. Nazarite, Acts xxi. 23. So Sept. fBr
and also other adjuncts, as with wept, 115 Num. vi. 2, 21. See Num. c. 6.
iiirep f on, 'iva, etc. Luke xviii. 1 1 6 ^a- Jann 395. In the case of indigent
Nazarites, it was customary among the
ra> (rot K. T. X. John xi. 41. Acts xxviii. Jews for others to be at the expense of
15. Rom. i. 8. vii. 25. 1 Cor. i. 4, 14. the sacrifice by which their vow was
xiv. 18. Eph. v. 20. Phil. i. 3. Col. terminated, who thus became partners
i. 3, 12. iii. 17. 1 Thess. i. 2. ii. 13. in their vow see the passages from
;

Philem. 4. Rev. xi. 17. absol. Eph. i. the Rabbins cited by Wetstein in loc.
16. 1 Thess. v. 18. Pass. c. ace. 2 Cor. and Jos. Ant. 19. 6. 1. Acts xviii. 18
~
ta e>
3e<] TO xapiapa, 0aXj}v iv Ktyxp
i
i. 11 'iva tvxapuTTnSy [r< Kttpautvoc TTJV
134. 6, and n. 2. Ju- rob a votum
comp. Buttm. Zx yap (i>xnv, P civile,
-

dith viii. 22. Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 5. Arr. usual among the Jews as well as the
in distress
Epict. 1.4. 32. Diod. Sic. 16. 11. absol. Gentiles, by which persons
Philo de Sonm. p. 1145. A. Spoken of or danger or any necessity vowed in
giving thanks before meals, etc. seq. case of deliverance to cut off their hair
T$ Sey, Acts xxvii. 35. Rom. xiv. 6 bis. and offer sacrifices in honour of God ;
absol. Matt. xv. 36. xxvi. 27. Mark viii. see espec. Jos. B. J. 2. 15. 1. Luc.de
6. xiv. 23. Lukexxii. 17, 19. John vi. 11, Merc, cond 1. Luc. Hermotim. 86.
23. iCor. x.30. xi.24. Diod. Sic. 118. comp. Wetstein in loc.
By impl. for to .

praise, to bless, to worship, Rom.

i. 21. 1 Some, supposing such a vow to be in-
Cor. xiv. 17 *aXw tv\apioTti, corres- consistent with Paul's views, refer Ktipd-
to tuXoyr/^pr in ver. 16. pevog to AicrXctf. Others suppose the
vonding
 E 344

vow of a Nazarite to be meant. Diod. I. p. 323. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 301.

Sic. 1.83. en. Mem.2 2.10. Viger. p. 92. In N. T. the left, spoken

- Mid im -
-
chiefly of the left hand, in opp. to the
right, Matt. xx. 21, 23. xxv. 33, 41.
perf. evxoprjv et r)vxP Jl v ) Buttm. 86. 2, xxvii. 38. Mark x. 37, 40. xv. 27. of
pp. to speak out, to utter aloud ;' hence
<
the left foot, Rev. x. 2. So adverbially,
to pray, sc. to God, Xen. An. 4. 3. 13. to
Acts xxi. 3 KaraKitrovTiQ avrriv evwvi'^ov,
row, Xen. An. 4. 8. 25. to boast, Pol. 5. i. e. on the left hand.
In N. T. oply in the first signif. Sept. for bsTOffi
43. 1.
Josh, xxiii. 6. Neh. viii. 6. Hdot. 7\
to pray, viz.
109. Pol. 5. 7. 11. Xen. Ven. 10. 12.
to God, c. dat. r< St<, Acts
a) pp.
xxvi. 29, see in 'Av I. 1. a. irpbg TOV Siov ,
f. aXov/iai, (STTI, a'X-
2 Cor. xiii. 7. absol. et seq. virep riva to leap or spring upon, i. e. to as-
i,)
James v. 16. Sept. for ^snn Num. xi. sault, seq. t?rt c. ace. Acts xix. 16. Sept.

2. xxi. 8. Ex. viii. 29, 30 c. dat. for of TO Trvtvfia rushing upon Saul,
-iBV nb^
Demosth. 226. 1. Xen. An 4. 3. 13. c. 1 Sanu x. 6. xi. 6. xvi. 13 Horn. II.
Trpog 2 Mace. ix. 13. Xen. Mem. 1.
3. 2. 11. 421. of mounting a c. dat.
horse,
virep Act. Thorn. 9. Plut. edR. VI. p. 526.
to pray for, i. e. to wish
b) by impl.
'EQairaZ, adv. (ITT/, a7ra), lit. upon
<

for, to desire earnestly, c. accus. et infin.

Acts xxvii. 29 rjvxovTO r]p,spav ycvkff&af. once/ i. e. once, once for all, Rom. vi.
10. Heb. vii. 27. ix. 12. x. 10. So 1
Rom. ix. 3. 3 John 2. c. ace. TOVTO,
Cor. xv. 6 once, i. e. not several times.
2 Cor. xiii. 9. Sept. for ypn Jer. xlii.

Xen. An. Luc. Demosth. Enc. 21.

2-2. .ZEschin. Dial. 3. 6. 1. 4.

7, 17. Conv. 4. 33.

'E^ftrtvocj T], ovyEphesian, ofEphe-
in- Rev. ii. 1 in text. rec.
EvxpTjoroe, ov, 0? >7> adj. (ev sus,
tens. xpao/iai) } very useful, / 2 Tim. ii.
'E^ftnoc, to, ov, Ephesian,
an
21. iv. 11. Philem. 11. Sept. Prov.xi.
16. Diod. Sic. 5. 40. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. Ephcsian, Acts xix. 28, 34, 35 bis. xxi.
29.

, ov, 17, Ephesus, a cele-

^vx 1
??)
be animated, to be in good
to brated city, the capital of Ionia, on the
spirits, Phil. ii. 19.. Anth. Gr. IV. p. western coast of Asia Minor, between
275. So ityvxia good spirits, courage, Smyrna and Miletus. It contained a
Dem. 1408. 15. Plut. ed R. VIII. 318. temple of Diana so splendid as to be
reckoned one of the seven wonders of
the world. When this was burnt by
EvwS/a, ae, "hj (einaSriQ, fr. ow,
the fool Herostratus in A. C. 356, in or-
pf. o<5wa,) good odour, sweet savour,
Xen. der to immortalize his name, it was
fragrance, pp. Ecclus. xxiv. 15.
Conv. 2. 3. In N. T. only trop. of per- rebuilt at the common expense of all

sons or things well-pleasing to God, 2 Greece. See Pausan. 7.2. Pliny 5. 37.
Cor. 15. v. 2. Phil. 4. 18. Strabo 14. 948. Here was also gathered
ii. Eph.
one of the chief Christian churches of the
Comp. Sept. and TTirr? IT"} Lev. i. 9, 13,
17. Num. xx viii." 13. "also Test. XII apostolic age. Acts xviii. 19, 21, 24.
Patr. p. 547. xix. 1, 17, 26. xx. 16, 17. 1 Cor. xv.
32. xvi. 8. Eph. i. 1. 1 Tim. i. 3. 2
ElKOVVjUOC, OU, 6, 77, (tv, ovofia,) pp. Tim. i. 18. iv. 12. Rev. i. 11. See
of good name, honoured, Hes. Theog. art.
Calmet, Ephesus.
409. Pind. Ol. 2. 13. Hence, ofgood
omen, used by way of euphemism in- ov, o, (iQtvpiffKw to find
stead of api<7rpoe, the left, which was a upon, any one, Horn. Od. 24. 145.
sc.
word of ill omen, since all omens on to invent, Pind. Pyth. 12. 13,) an in-
the left were regarded as
sinister or ventor, deviser, Rom. i. 300rprdc jcaKwv.
unfortunate by the Greeks, and in part Comp. KCIKWV evptrai, Philo in Flacc.
by the Romans; see Potter's Gr. Ant. p. 968.
 345

In a nostile sense, to come

upon, to
found in the classics in Sept. pp. c?az/y
; assail, genr. Acts vi. 12. xxiii. 27. c. dat.
service of the priests in the temple, for Acts iv. 1. xvii. 5. Sept. for Qn^ Jer.
fDN^a 2 Chr. xiii. 10, comp. ver. 11. xxi. 2. Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 1.
JEsdr. 'i. 16. Suid. 77 ri/e /A*p X- c) trop. (a)
of persons, to stand fast
rovpyia. Hence N. T. meton. a
in by, i.e. to be instant, pressing, earnest ;

course, class, into which the priests were 2 Tim. iv. 2 iTrt'err^^t u/catpwg dxaipw^ sc.
divided for the daily temple-service, Kripvaawv TOV Xoyov. Dem. 70. 16. _
each class continuing for a week at a (/3)
of things, e. g. evil, to come upon, to
time, Luke i. 5, 8. See in 'A/3id, and fall upon, to befall, seq. tiri c. ace. Luke
comp. 1 Chr. c. 24. 2 Chr. viii. 14. Jos. xxi. 34. c. dat. 1 Thess. v. 3. So of a
Ant. 7. 14. 7. So Sept. for nj&rtQ 1 tempest, Acts xxviii. 2. Wisd. vi. 5, 8.
Chr. xxiii.6. xxviii. 13. I73ti)7p Neh'. xii. xix. 1. ZoQog Pol. 18. 3. 7 __ In the
sense of to impend, to be at hand, 2 Tim.
rnptitt 2 Chr. xxv. 8. 'Neh. xii. 9.
24.
Esdrl i. 2'. iv. 6 6 Kaipbc tytartjice. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 3.
Dem. 287. 6.
'Ed>r)/iEpoc, ou, o, TI, adj. (lirl, //xpa,)
pp.
<
for the day,' 6 ty* tfjiipav &v, i. e. u/i, 6, indec. Ephraim, Heb.
ephemeral, .Thuc. ii. 52. In N. T. oV/y, TIDN, in N. T. pr. n. of a town or city,
James ii. lorijs tQrjftepov rpo^/g. Diod. John xi. 54. Eusebius says it was i-ht c

Sic. 3. 32 rdf Roman miles north of Jerusalem, while

Jerome, with more probability, makes
ou/xat, aor. 2 tyucufujv the distance twenty Roman miles, Ono-
(iiri, tKvtofiai,) tocome upon or to one, wy niast. in voc. Joseplms mentions
/o arrive af,
seq. a x pt c. gen. 2 Cor. x.
13. 2 Cor. Ephraim and Bethel as being small
seq. ti'c c. ace. x. 14. Pol.
3. 81. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 5.
towns, apparently near each other, B. J.
4. 9. 9.
Comp. 2 Sam. xiii. 23. 2
f t| (,
f.
tTTlOT/JffW, (7Tt, Yffrityil,) Chr. xiii. 19. Reland Palaest. p. 765.
trans, to placeupon or over, Hdian. 5. 6. Rosenm. B. Geogr. II. ii. p. 148.
15. Xen. H. G. 3. 1. 7. to se* over,
Xen. Lac. 2. 1 In N. T. only in the 'E^aSd, Ephphatha, an Aramean
intransitive forms, Act. aor. 2 imperative, i.
q. Stavoix$rjTi, be opened,
lirkornv, Mark It comes from the verb
vii. 34.
perf. particip. tytordig, and Mid. tyt-
nriD to open, and is either for imper.
to place
tTTafiai, oneself upon or near,
to stand upon, by, near, etc. See Buttm. Niphal. nrjsn, or imper. Ithpael nnsN.
107. II. 1 and 3. "E^S-pa, ac, v, (pp. fern, of i
x-
a) pp. of persons, to stand by, near, $p6f,) enmity, hatred, Luke xxiii. 1-2.
etc. genr. Luke ii. 38 KOI auri)
avry ry
Rom. viii. 7. Gal. v. 20. James iv. 4.
tip? sTrurracra K. T. \. Acts xxii. 13, 20. Sept. for n^to Num. xxxv. 20. Prov.
c. dat. of pers. Acts xxiii. 11. xxvi. 26. Hdian. 3. 6. 10. Xen. Mem.
seq. STTI
Acts x. 17. xi. 11. i-jravw nvoq, to 1.2. 10. Meton. cause of enmity, Eph.
stand by and over, Luke iv. 39. ii. 15, 16.
Sept. for
1 Sam. xvii. 51. Zech. i.
173^ 10, 11. c.
a, oy, (tx^oe,) 1. pass.
tTrdvw 2 Sam. i. 9. for 333 Gen. xxiv. 43.
T hated, odious, object of enmity ; Rom.
Amos ix. 1 Dem. 346 . 2. Xen. Conv. xi. 28 x^Pt &' v/zac, in antith. with
2. 7. c. dat. Luc. D. Deor. 17. 2. c. ITTI
aycurrjToi. Wisd. XV. 18. TOIQ IO~IQ
Pol. 4. 40. 1.
i-X$?6g Ml. V. H. 2. 23. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4.
b) implying also approach, to come and 35.'
stand by, to come to or
upon any person 2. Act. inimical, hostile,
or place ; Luke xx. 1 a) pp. as
lirk<jTi\aav o\ dp- Matt. xiii. 28 IX$POQ
adj. dVS-pwTroc, i. e.
XpTc T. \. x. 40 Dem. 66. 23.
K.
an enemy. '
Rom. 10 Ix^pot ovrez.
v.
Hdian. 3. 12. 18 So with the idea of Col. i. 21 -- Sept. Esth. vii. 6. Xen.
sudden appearance, Acts xii. 7
dyycXof Mem. 4. 2. 15. ib. 4. 4. 17.
Kvpiov ITTSOTI/. c. dat. Lukeii.9. xxiv.
4 b) as subst. 6 sx$po, an enemy, adver-
Plut. Amat. Narr. 3. Hdot. 5. 5e!
sary, Buttm. 123. 3. (a) genr. and
 i' a 346

scq. gen. of pers. Matt. v. 43, 44. x. 36. Deor. 4. 2 ult.) of produce, estates, etc.
xiii. 25. Luke i. 71, 74. vi. 27, 35. xix. Luke xii. 19. xiii. 6. K\iipovop.iav trop.
27, 43. Rom. xii. 20. Gal. iv. 16. 2 Eph. v. 5,and /ispoc \IITCL rivog John
Thess. iii. 15. Rev. xi. 5, 12. c. gen. of xiii. 8, comp. Gen.xxxi. 14. Num. xviii.
thing, Acts xiii. 10. So Sept. for D>* Gen. 20. Deut. xii. 12. Of arms, utensils,
xlix. 8. Lev. xxvi. 7. al. ssep Dem. -- etc. Luke xxii. 36 bis. Rev. xviii. 19.
1121. 12. Thuc. vi. 18. (/3)
of the ad- (Luc. D.Mort. 11. 1.) garments, Luke
versaries of the Messiah, seq. gen. Matt. iii. 11. ix. 3. provisions, Matt. xiv. 17.
xxii. 44 ew av Sy rc ^'C tX^povs aov viro- Mark viii. 1, 2, 5, 7. John ii. 3. 1 Tim.
irodiov K. T. \. so Mark xii. 36. Luke xx. vi.8. (Hdian.3. 9. 17. Xen. An. 2. 3.
43. Acts ii. 35. 1 Cor. xv.25. Heb.i.13. 27.) a home, place, etc. Matt. viii. 20.
x. 13. also 1 Cor. xv. 26. Phil. iii. 18 Mark v. 3. Luke xii. 17. members or
TOV aravpov. So i\. TOV Sreov James iv. 4. parts of the body, wra Matt. xi. 15.
(y) spec. 6 IX$PG> the adversary, Satan ; ofSaXpovG Mark viii. 18. (Palseph. 32.
Luke x. 19 irri irdffav rv]V lvvay.iv TOV 1.) Lukexxiv. 39. Rev. ix. 10. Actsxi.
^X&pov, comp. ver. 18. So Matt. xiii. 39. 3 a.Kpo(3vffTiav Z\ovTig, uncircumcised,
Test. XII Patr. p. 657, 658. Act. Gentiles. KapSiav heart, trop. Mark viii.
Thorn. 29, 30. 17. 2 Pet. ii. 14. power, faculty, dig-
nity, etc. John iv. 44. vi. 68. xvii. 5.
"E^tSva, Tjc? n> (*X l >)
a Acts
vipe?)
Heb. ii. 14. vii. 24. Rev. ix. 11. xvi.9.
xxviii. 3. Diod. Sic. 2. 43. Luc. Alex.
xvii. 18. Palseph. 29. 3. Plut. Cat.
10. Trop. of wicked men, ytvvfjfiara
Min. Xen. Cyr. 1.6.11.
16. So of any
ixrfv&v, progeny of vipers, Matt. iii. 7.
xii. 34. xxiii. 33. Luke Hi. 7 __ Eurip. good, Advantage, benefit, etc. m<r$ov
Matt. v. 46. xfyi-v irpog TOV \aov, i. e.
Ion. 1262.
[1276.] favour with, Acts ii. 47. (Sept. for NSO
"E^oj, f. *<>, also <TX^<TW, imperf. Ex. xxxiii. 12.) Actsxxiv. 16. Rom. iv.
tlxov, aor. 2 ?<TXOV, perf. ttrxrjKa, see 2. v. 2. ix. 10. iriffTiv faith, as a gift,
Buttm. 114. sub voc. to have, to hold, etc. xiv. 22. 1 Cor. xiii. 2. James ii. 1,
i. e.have and hold, implying continued
to 14, 18. o>j)j> alcJviov John iii. 36. vi. 40,

having or possession, trans. 47, 53, 54. al. Of a law, etc. John xix.
a) pp.
and primarily, to have in one's 7. 1 Cor. vii. 25. 1 John iv. 21. So of
hands, to hold in the hand ; Rev. i. 16 age, years, John viii. 57. ix. 21. Jos.
t
\(av Iv Ty cgtp avrov %a/oi aorcpac e TTTU. Ant. 1. 13. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 34. Of
vi. 5. x. 2. xvii. 4. Horn. II. 1. 14 iv a ground of complaint, etc. seq. KUTO.
Luc. D. Deor. 11. 2
\tcxflv Z\n0v. al. sa?p. TIVOQ OT-rrpos Tiva, Matt. v. 23. Acts xix.
ry Xaiq. COmp. Hdot. 7. 16.
fjitv Ixcuv. - 38. xxiv. 19. xxv. 19. 1 Cor. vi. 1. Rev.
So by impl. Matt. xxvi. 7. Heb. viii. 3. ii. 4, 14, 20. or a
ground of reply, 2 Cor.
Rev. iii. 1. v. 8. vi.2. viii. 3,6. ix. 14. al. v. 12. Of a definite beginning and end,
b) genr. and most frequently, to have, Heb. vii. 3
apx^v r/juspu/v prjTt <*>ijf
(irjTt
to possess, sc. externally,
(a)
c. accus. TtXos xw>. (2)
With an adjunct quali-
of things in one's possession, power, fying the accusative, e. g. an adj. or par-
charge, control, etc.
(1) genr. and ticip. in the accus. Acts ii. 44 tixov
simply, g. property, Matt. xiii. 12.
e. uiravTa Koivd. Acts xx. 24 ovfik tx w T v 'n

xix. 21, 22. Mark x. 22, 23. Luke xviii. ^i<Xrjv fiov Tifiiav nor do I hold my life
24. xxi. 4. al. ftrjdtv ex etv ) to have nothing, dear. Luke xix. 20. So with a noun in
to be poor, 2 Cor. vi. 10. (Horn. II. 2. apposit. 1 Pet. ii. 16 ;*}}
o>
7rucaXvju/ia
282. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4.
9.)
Hence in later tXOVTtQ TrJQ KctKias T)}V iXtvSepiciv. Luc.
usage, txtiv simply, with TO. x9W ara D. Deor. 9. 1 roica^a yap
KeQaXqv TITJV
or the like impl. to have, sc. much, to be X- (3) By impl. with the notion of
rich, etc. and ov v. /*?} x lv > t have not, charge, trust, etc. Rev. i. 18 x w T "
to be poor, Matt. xiii. 12. xxv. 29. 1 Cor. jcXftff TOV SavaTov. xii. 12. xv. 1, 6,
xi. 22. 2 Cor. viii. 11, 12. James iv. 2. tXOVTCt 7T\;ydff tTTTO.K.T.\. Dem. 1153.
Paleeph. 49. 1. Dem. 1123.25. Xen. 4.
(4)
In the sense of to have at hand,
Cyr. 8. 3. 44, coll. 45 So of flocks, -- to have ready, 1 Cor. xiv. 26
flrpo/3arov i^ur Matt. xii. 11. (LllC. D,
 347

c. accus. of person, implying some 0' lavTwv. xviii. 18. Rom. xii. 4 7rpotv.
(/3)
special relation or connexion, viz. (1) 2 Cor. iv. 1 Siaicoviav. Phil. i. 30 et Col.
genr. and simply, e. g. of a husband or ii. 1 aySiva. (Plut. Cat. Min.
24.) Luke
wife, Matt. xiv. 4 ov ie<Tri ooi ex etv a ^~ xii. 50 /3a7rrt<r/ta e Ix^ flcnrria&iivat, see
rrfv, sc. as a wife. xxii. 28. Markxii. 23. in Ba7rri'a> 2. b. Of sin, guilt, etc.
al. John IV. 17 r) yvvi) d-rrev OVK t-^ta a/iaprtav ZX ILV John ix. 41. xv. 22.
y-
avSpa. ver. 18. Comp. Schajf. ad Greg. K\ijfia Acts xxiii. 29. icpT/za 1 Tim. v. 12.
Cor. p. 931. Schol. Ven. ad II. 6. 398 But icpt/iara tx tv> t have lawsuits, 1
TIyap yvvfi t^ero, 6 tie dvijp ?x et> Odyss. Cor. vi. 7. (Lat. lites habeo, Hor. Sat. 1.
4. 569. Luc. D. Mort. 16. 1. So ae\- 7.5.) ver. 4. Acts xxviii. 29. So rtXof
0otc x tv Luke xvi. 28. apxpa Heb. ?X eiv > t have an end, i. e. pp. to come to
iv. 14.
(yirarov
Plut. Cat. Min. an end, be destroyed, as 6 Saravaf, Mark
21.)
dtffTTorac 1 Tim. vi. 2. oueovo/xov Luke iii. 26. or trop. to have an accomplish-
xvi. 1. TtKva Tit. i. 6. vlovq Gal. iv. ment, be fulfilled, as prophecy, Luke
22. ^t'Xov Luke xi. 5. x*7P a 1 Tim. xxii. 37. pp. Diod. Sic. 16. 91. trop.
v. 16. etc. etc. Matt. ix. 36. xxvii. 16, Horn. II. 18. 378. Of effects or results
35. Luke iv. 40. John v. 7. Rev. ii. 14, depending on the subject as a cause or
15. al. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 11. An. 3. 4. antecedent; Heb. x. 35 *x" M l(T ^ a -
ijrtc
13.
(2)
With an adjunct qualifying irodoaiav fiiydXijv, i. e. which has or
the accus. e. g. a noun in apposit. Matt. brings with it great reward. 1 John iv.
iii. 9 iraripa e\ofitv TOV 'A/3paa/z. John 18 6 0o/3oc KoXaaiv x t '

viii. 41. Acts xiii. 5 ilxov Si xal 'Iw- of any condition or affection of
(/3)
dvvr]vvTrr]pkTi]v. Phil. iii. 17. Philein. 17. body or mind, where one is said to have
Heb. xii. 9. (Diod. Sic. 4. With an 61.)
such and such an affection, etc.
(1)
Of
adj. or particip. in the accus. Luke xvii. the body, as ftaariyaf v. cur&tveiac
7 SovXov l-d)v aporpiwi/ra. xiv. 18, 19 t\ e fX ( iv> to have disease, infirmity, etc.
uf Trapyrrjpivov. 1 Cor. vii. 12, 13. Phil. Mark iii. 10. Acts xxviii. 9. Heb. vii. 28.
ii.20,29. (Hdian. 1. 16.9.) So with a wounds, Rev. xiii. 14. 8aift6vtov v.
prep, and its case, Acts xxv. 16 irpiv j) TrveT'/ia aicdSapTov l\nv, to have a devil,
Kara irpofftitirov *X ot Toi' KctTijyopovf. etc. to be possessed, Matt. xi. 18. Mark
Matt. XX vi. 11 Trrwxoi'C *X fTe /"^' tavr&v. iii. 22, 30. ix. 17. Luke xiii. 11. Acts
John xii. 8. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 17.) So xvi. 16. xix. 13. (2)
Of the mind, as
i\uv v0' tavrov Matt. viii. 9. Luke vii. ayairrjv *x iy> John v. 42. xiii. 35.
8. ty' iavTov Rev. ix. 11. avdyKTjv Luke xiv. 18. xxiii. 17. (Jos.
(y)
where the subject is a thing, to Ant. 16. 9. 3. Plut. Cat. Min. 24 fin.)
have, implying the existence of some avdiravaiv Rev. iv. 8. ei'p/>r/v John xvi.
thing in or in close connexion with the 33. Acts ix. 31. (comp. Dem. 13. 12.)
subject c. ace. of thing, Matt. xiii. 5
;
Acts xxiv. 15. (Hdian. 2. 3. 4.)
TroXX^v did TO /XT) i\tiv /3a3og 'av Phil. i. 23. 3\u//iv 1 Cor. vii.
yOe. ver. 6, 27. Luke xi. 36. xx. 24. 28. Svpov Rev. xii. 12. vovv Xptorov 1
Acts xxvii. 39. So Acts i. 12 opoc <ra/3- Cor. ii. 16. irapprjaiav Eph. iii. 12.
/Sarou tx ov b$6v, having a sabbath day's irioTtv, as an affection of mind, Matt,
journey, i. e. being thus far from the xvii. 20. irvivpa. XpiffTov Rom. viii. 9.
city. 1 Cor. xii. 23. 1 Tim. iv. 8. 2 Tfv. aytov 1 Cor. vi. 19. irvtvp.a Jude 19.
Tim. ii. 17 voprjv 'ei, i. e. shall eat TTQVOV Col. iv. 13. <}>6pov 1 Tim. v. 20.
around, spread. Heb. ix. 8 k-^ovariQ ara- Xapdv 3 John 4. \apiv TIVI, to have
(Tiv, having yet a standing. James i. 4. favour towards any one, Lat. aratias
Rev. iv. 7, 8. Plut. Cat. Min. 5. Diod. habeo, i. q. to thank, Luke xvii. 9. -

Sic. 5. 13. Tim. i. 12. (Dem. 12. 11. Xen. Cyr. 5.

of what one is said to have xP tiav *X ttv > t have need, to be in
c) spoken 1.1.)
in or on, by or with himself, of any i. e. want, seq. gen. Matt. vi. 8 o>j>xP * av *X (Tt -

condition, circumstances, state, external Luke v. 31. 1 Cor. xii. 21. Heb. v. 12.
or internal, in which one is, etc. genr. Mark ii. 25. Acts ii. 45. iv. 35.
of any obligation, duty, seq. infin. Matt. iii. 14 1 Thess. i. 8.
(a) genr.
course, etc. Acts xxi. 23 ivx^v x VTf c seq. 'iva, John ii. 25. xvi. 30. 1 John ii.
 348

27._Arr. Epict.1.29.27. Pol. 9. 12. 1. xi. 32, where for the attraction, see
an inversion of the subject and
By Buttm. 151. I. 6. Isocr. p. 239. A,
predicate such an affection or emotion Tivag ovv t\u TreiratStvp.tvovs K- T. X.
is in Greek writers often said to have, Theogn. Sent. 487.
possess a person ; in N. infin. strictly with an accus.
to T. only
e) seq
Mark xvi. 8 tl^t d' avraq rpo/toj; cat IK- ri, ovSev, etc. viz. %<> Tl [wore] tiirtiv
trrao-tc. Horn. II. 18. 247 iravraq yap v. TToiijaai, or the like, as in Engl. to
t 3423a^/3oe. 1. 82 %6-
3. have something to say or do, i. e. by
X e rpfyoe.
Xo<r. 115 06)3oc. Xen. H. G. 7.
Hdot. 4. impl. to be able to say or do something,
2. 9 /cXavffiyfXwc. See Passow in *EXW I can, implying only an objective or
1. b. external ability, and thus differing from

(r) PP-
f things which one has in, ovvap.ai q. v. Usually c. infin. aor.
,
or about himself, including the idea Luke vii. 40 lx w OOL Tl tiiriiv. xii. 4 /ir)

of to bear, to carry ; e. g. in oneself, as iyovTbiv Trtp. TI Trotfjffai. Acts iv. 14 ov-

Iv yaorpi x av > t be pregnant, Matt. i. iv tl%ov avTUTTilv. Acts xxiii. 17, 18.
18 et Rev. xii. 2 ; see in ra<rrrjp. Trop. xxv. 26. xxviii. 19. c. infin. pres. 2 John
2 Cor. i. 9. iv. 7. Phil. i. 7. So on 12. Ml. V. H. 2. 23 ilwv TI eiiriiv.
oneself, of garments, arms, ornaments, Hdian. 6. 1. 24. Palaeph. 32. 10. Xen.
etc. i. q. to bear, to wear', Matt. iii. 4. Cyr. 7. 5. 42 ovSlv civ Ixotfttv /iE/i^aff^at.
fiX TO tvdvua. Johnxii. Q TO yXwovro- c. infin.
pres. Xen. An. 2. 2. 11. More
Kopov ix - xviii. 10 paxaipav. Rev. ix. direct is the meaning to be able, I can
173-wpaKrte. So seq. ITTI expr. or impl. when the accus. suppressed, e. g. is

1 Cor. xi. 10. Rev. ix.4. xiii. 17. xiv. 1, seq. infin. aor. 25 /*?} l^ovToq
Matt, xviii.
14. xvi. 2. xix.16. Luc. D. Deor. 2.2. St avTov drrodovvat, lit. he not having to

Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 26. ib. 7. 5. 29. c. ITT*'

pay, i. e. not being able to pay. Heb. vi.
Luc. D. Deor. 26 1 med. 1 Cor. xi. 4. 13. c. infin. pres. John viii. 6 "iva l^vai

t%etv icara Kt^aXijg, to have upon the head, xarrjy opf.lv avrov. 2 Pet. i. 15. C. inf.

pp. so as to hang down from it, like a aor. Jos. Ant. 3. 1.1. Luc. D. Deor.
veil, toga, etc. Comp. Plut. Qusest. 26. 1 t^tic p l t'nrtiv Trortpog K. r, X. Xen.
Rom. xiv. Idwv Kara KtQaXijg TO l/iariov. Mem. 2. 7. 1 1 01;% s'u> airodovvai. c. inf.

Trop. of persons wearing an appear- pres. Sept. Prov. iii. 27. Luc. D. Deor.
ance, etc. Col. ii. 23. 2 Tim. iii. 5. Rev. 17. 1 wg icai ?xa> ^uyyeX^v. Xen. Cyr. 3.
iii. 1. (Hdot. 7.
138.)
Of a tree having 3. 7 a0' S)v Tipqiv e'op,v OVQ K. T. X. So
leaves, Mark xi. 13. where the infin. is suppressed ;
Mark
xiv. 8 o tax fv
() in the sense of to contain, i. e. to <xvTt) [71-0177 <rat"J, tTroirjfft,

have within oneself, Heb. ix. 4 bis. Rev. Acts iii. 6 o t tj^at [Si$6vai~\,
TOVTO ooi
1

xxi. 11. Trop. piav iv iavTtf, Matt, . 425. 10 ovd O,TI xp^ troulv
xiii. 21. Mark iv. 17.

d) trop. and intens. to have firmly, sc. f ) intrans. or with tavrov, etc. impl.
in mind, to hold to, to holdfast, viz. Buttm. 130. n. 2. Matth. 496 always ;

(a) genr. e. g. of things, John xiv. 21 with an adverb or adverbial phrase, to

rag ivTo\ag JJLOV Kcti Trjpwv awrag.
t%(i)v have oneself' so and so, to be circum-
ICor.xi. 16. Phil. iii. 9. 1 Tim. iii. 9. stanced, to be, etc. e. g. tToifnoQ t\w, to
2 Tim. i. 13. Heb. vi. 19. 1 Pet. ii. 12. be ready, Acts xxi. 13. 2 Cor. xii. 14.
1 John v. 10. Rev. ii. 24, 25 So t
xv comp. in 'Erot'/iwg. (Ml. V. 13.)
H. 4.

TOV Trarepa, TOV vlov, to have God

SEOJ/, to-xarwc *X t > * ?> e at extremity, Mark v.
and Christ, to holdfast to them, i. e. to 23, see in 'E(rxrw. So KUKUIQ t%uv, to
acknowledge with love and devoted ness, be sick, Matt. iv. 24. Luke vii. 2. (Xen.
1 John ii. 23 bis. v. 12 bis. 2 John 9 (Ec. 3. 11.) KaXwc *X flv > t oe we H> * e-
bis. to recover from sickness, Mark xvi. 18.

(3) by impl.
to hold for or as, to re- also John iv. 52. (genr. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.
gard, to count, c. ace. of pers. with a OVTUQ *x ttv > to be so, Acts vii. 1.
47.)
noun in apposit. Matt. xiv. 5 wg TrpoQrj- xii. 15. al. irS>Q xv. 36. Tim.
aXXwg 1

Tr\v CIVTOV ['Iwovviyvl tl^ov, they counted v. 25. Xen. An. 3. 1. 32 OVTUQ. Ml.
} Im as a
i
prophet, xxi. 26, 46. So Mark V. H. 2. 367rwe __ Acts xxiv. 25 TO vvv
 349

TToptvov, as it now is, as the matter and in Engl. either the first or second
now stands, i. e. adverbially,/br the pre- future; Matt. 1. c. p. 1010. Winer I.e.
sent. Comp. Viger. p. 9. Tob. vii. 11. p. 245. Matt. ii. 13 tug dv CITTW ooi. \.
Plut. Amator. 1. Luc. Anachar. 40 ult. 18, 26. x. 11. xii. 20. Mark ix. 1. xii.
Seq. iv adverbially John v. 5,
c. dat. ;
36. Luke ix. 27. xiii. 35. xxi. 32. 1

6, iv aoStvtig. i\uv. 2 Cor. x. 6. So Cor. iv. 5. James v. 7. al. ssep

Sept.
of place, tx^iv iv, to be in a place, John Job xx vii. 5. Xen. An. 5.1.11. Cyr. 3. 3.
xi. 17 txovTo. iv TV p.vT)fifl(i). Jos. Ant. 46. With av suppressed, see Matth.
7. 1. 1. comp. Arr. Al. M. 6. 17. 9. 522. note. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 14. Mark
vi. 45 ewg avrog cnroXvay TOV o^Xov. xiv.
g) Mid. txofiai, to hold one's self upon
or to, to adhere to, Horn. 11. 7. 248. seq. 32. Luke xv. 4. xvii. 8. 2 Thess. ii. 7.

gen. of person, Sept. forpm Deut. xxx. Heb. x. 13. Rev. vi. 11. xx. 5.
20. Theogn. Sent. 32. to be near to, b)by impl. so long as, while, i. e. during
adjacent, contiguous, seq. gen. Diod. Sic. the continuance of another action, until
2.49init. Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 20 __ InN.T. it ends, etc. John ix. 4 ewf //ifjoa tortV.

only particip. ixoptvog, rj, ov, near, next, xii.35, 36, ewg TO ^wg x erc Ecclus.
e. g. of place, Mark i. 38 t/g rat i\^~ xxx. 20. Dem. xv. 5. Plato Phsedo. 38
vac Kw/iOTToXecf, i. e. next, adjacent. ult. cue tri 0u>c t<m. Xen. An. 2. 6. 2.
Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 10. Comp. Buttm. 1. c. etc.
Of time, rj/ t^o/itvy, sc. t'lftipy, the next II. As prep, governing the genitive
day, in full Acts xxi. 20. absol. Luke in later writers, until, unto,
marking a
xiii. 33. Acts xx. 15. r< $k ix- <ra/3-
terminus ad quern, and spoken both of
/3arw Acts xiii. 44. Sept. 1 Chr. x. 8. time and place comp. Passow sub voc.
;

2 Mace. xii. 39. Jos. Ant. 5. 9. 2. Pol. 1. b. Winer 58. 6.

3. 112. 1. Trop. Heb. vi. 9 rd i
x 6fi(va 1. Of time, viz. a) seq. gen. of a
ffwrifptac, things pertaining to salvation, noun of time; Matt. xxvi. 29 e'wg rdc //*-
conjoined with it. Luc. Hermot. 69 pctf iictivrjQ. Mark xv. 33. Luke i. 80.
ravr' t\7ri#of oir fiiKodg i\6fieva Xiytif. Acts xxviii. 23. 1 Cor. xvi. 8. al. (Sept.
Plat. Euthyd. p. 213. A. for iy 2 Sam. vi. 23. Ezra ix.
comp. Xen. 4.) Seq.
An. 6. 3. 17. AL. gen. of person or event, Matt. i. 17 ter,
c'wf Aa(3id, tiag Trjg fitroiiceaiag Bcr/3. fc'wf
ft dv. and later also as prep. c. TOV Xpiarov. Luke xvi. 16. Matt, xxviii.
gen. 20. Luke xi. 51. al. Diod. S. 1. 4 eV r/s
I. As adv. a) until,
i. e. as long as 'AXf^avdpov TtXtvTijg. Dion. Hal. de De-
until, marking the continuance of an mosth. 24. T. II. p. 178. 26. ed. Sylburg.
action up to the time of another action,
b) seq. gen. of a pronoun, e. g.
and followed by the Indicative, Sub-
(a) ewg oy, sc. xpovou, until what time,
junct. or Opt. according as the latter until when, i. e. simply, until, c. c. Indie,
action is certain or uncertain ; Buttin. or Subjunct. like w t above in I. a. -
So
146. 3. Matth. 522. 1. Winer 42. 3. seq. Indie. Matt. i. 25 wf ou treKs TOV
(a) Seq.
Indie, of a past action ;
Matt. viov K. T. X. xiii. 33. Acts xxi. 26. Pa-
ii. 9 tug iXSwv xxiv. 39 __ Xen
tart], loeph. 4. 2. Seq. Subjunct. aor. with-
Cyr. 1. 3.7. Of a future action, wher out dv, see above Matt. xiv. 22 i'wg ov
;

the earlier Greeks prefer the Subjunc-

airoXvffy TOVQ oyXovg, comp. Mark vi. 45.
tive, but later writers employ the fu- So Matt. xxvi. 36, coll. Mark xiv. 32.
ture ; comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 927. So also Matt. xvii. 9. xviii. 30. Luke xii.
with t pxopai in a fut. sense, see 'Ep^o/mi 50,59. xxiv. 49. John xiii. 38. Actsxxiii.
2. a. Luke xix. 13 ewe tpxo/xat. John 12, 14, 21. al Sept. Ecc. xii. 2. Act.
xxi. 22, 23. Tim. iv. 1 13, coll. iii. 14. Thorn. 16. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 3.
(/3)
Plut. Lycurg. 29 St7v iictivovg ipfjieveiv swQ OTOV, sc. x9 vov > until ichen, until, c.
K. T. X. ew lirdvtiaiv IK AiX<f>&v avTog, Indie, as above, John ix. 18 t'wg OTOV
for the fut. signif. see Buttm. 108. V. i^aivrjffav K. T. X. Matt. v. 25. c. Sub-
5
(/3) Subjunct. aor. with dv,
Seq. junct. without dv, see above ;
Luke xiii.
where the later action is only probable ;
8 wc OTOV <7Ka\//w TTtol avTi'iv. xv. 8. coll.
here in Lat. we find the fut. exactum. ver. 4. xxii. 16, 18.
 'Ewe 350

c) seq.
adv. of time, with or without and not to eutg. So c. gen. of pers. us
row, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 45 sq. So c'wg marking a place, Luke iv. 42. Diod.
TOV vvv, until now, Matt. xxiv. 21. Mark Sic. 1. 27 Kwt- r!>/cfavov. ^El. V. H. 3. 18
xiii. 19. ( Sept. for nijy 1^ Gen. xlvi. 34.) med. (/3) seq. adv. of place, e. g. e'wg
wc Tijg (rqpcpov Matt, xxvii. 8. Rom. xi. avw, to the brim, John ii. 7. e'wf aro>,
8 but ewg ffijfiepov 2 Cor. hi. 15.
;
So tofAe bottom, Matt, xxvii. 51. ewe <rw

genr. without rot), more usually in later Mark xiv. 64. Jfwf aide Luke xxiii. 6.

writers, but sometimes thus found in (y) seq. prep,

and its case, e. g. ewe ei'e
earlier ones, Lob. 58. 6. p.
1. c. Winer B7/$aviav, as far as into Betliany, i. e.
395. e'wg aoTt, until now, see in "Apri, quite thither, Luke xxiv. 50. Diod.
Matt. xi. 12. John ii. 10. al. eo>e Trore, Sic. 1. 27 ewe tig Tovg dotKrjTOvg TOTrovg.
until when 1 i. e. how long? Matt. xvii. Ml. V. H. 12. 22. So ewf la> rije TTO-
17. Markix. 19. John x.24. al. Sept. Xtwe, 5 y<zr as to without the city, i. e.
for n^ fy Ps. xiii. 2. 'Ji73 Ty 2 Sam. quite out of the city, Acts xxi. 5.
ii. 26. Comp. ewe ore, Zosim. Hist. 1. b) trop. seq. gen. of a term or limit
5. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 25. .
.
marking extent; Matt. xxvi. 38 ewg
2. Of place, as far as
unto, etc. to, (Sept. for -jy Jon. iv. 9. Test.
SCLVCLTOV.

a) pp. in various constructions, (a)

XII Patr. p. 520. Jos.de Mace. 14ult.)
seq. gen. of place, Matt. xi. 23 tug TOV Mark vi. 23. Luke xxii. 51 tare WQ TOV-
ovpavov, to, up to, heaven, xxiv. 31. xxvi. TOV. Seq. gen. of pers. in a like sense ;
58 ewe TTJS avXijg TOV ap%. Luke ii. 15. Matt. xx. 8 e'o> TU>V TTpwTbiv. John viii. 9.
eug BrjSXetfi. iv. 29. Acts i. 8. xi. 22. Acts viii. 10. Rom. iii. 12 OVK ZOTIV eo>c
xxiii. 23. xxvi. 11 e'wf ai dg Tag tw ivog, not so much as one. Dion. Hal
TroXf tc, to and even
into foreign cities, the Ant. 6. 37 e'wg ticyovwv. AL.
construction being here adapted to tig

ZajSouXwv, 6, Zabulon, Heb. 2. A person killed in the temple, Matt.

35 et Luke 51 Zaxapiov vlov
(dwelling), pr. n. of the tenth son o
xxiii. xi.

Jacob, born of Leah, Gen. xxx. 20. In Bapaxtou. The allusion is probably to
N. T. meton. the tribe of Zabulon, Matt. Zechariah the son of Jehoida (prob. also
iv. 13, 15. Rev. vii. 8. called
Barachias),
who was stoned by
order of Joash, 2 Chr. xxiv. 20 sq.
c, ov, o, Zaccheus, Heb.
Others refer it to the prophet Zechariah
prob. -3T (pure), pr. name of a chief
son of Barachiah, Zech. i. 1 ; but history
publican, Luke xix. 2, 5, 8. Comp. Jahn
242. gives no account of his death. Others
again make the reference to Zacharias
Zapa, o, indec. Zara, Heb. rnj the son of Baruch, who was slain by the
(dawn, rising), pr. n. of a son of Judah Zelotae in the temple just before the
by Thamar, Matt. i. 3. Comp. Gen. destruction of Jerusalem, Jos. B. J. 4.
xxxviii. 30. 5. 4 ; but the aor. i^ovtvaare. is
against
this supposition. See Olshausen on
) tou, o, Zacharias, Heb.
Matt. 1. c.
(God-remembered), Zechariah,
pr.'n." of two men in N. T. y, infin. Buttm.
f yf, %yv,
1. The father of John the
Baptist, a 105. n. 5 j
fut. Zrjffu Rom. vi. 2. Heb.
priest of the class of Abia see 'Apia. j xii.9. Aristoph.Plut.2G3. Plat. Rep. V.
Luke i.
5, 12, 13, 18 21, 40, 59, 67. iii.
p. 465. D. X. p. 591. C. also later fut.
2.
Matt. iv. 4. al. Dem. 794. 19.
 351 Zau>

aor. 1 tZrjffa Rev. ii. 8. JEl. V. H. 3. 23. also transient ;

e. g. 1 Pet. i. 3 IX
Hdian. 3. 12. 26. The Attics rarely lively enduring hope. Rom. xii. 1

employed this verb except in pres. and living and constant sacrifice, opp. to
.

imperf. supplying the other tenses from the interrupted sacrifice of slaughtered
|3idw, Buttm. 114. Matth. 236. Wi- victims. Heb. iv. 12 6 \6yog T. Sttov, the
ner 15. p. 79. to live, intrans. divinethreatenings are living, sure, never
to live, to have life, spoken of in vain ; also 1 Pet. i. 23 6 Xoyoc S. .
a)
physical life and existence, as opp. to the living, efficient, enduring word. 1
death or non-existence, and implying Pet. ii. 4 \&og <Zv, of Christ as the cor-
always some duration. (a) genr.
of ner-stone of the church, not inactive a; 1
human life, etc. Acts xvii. 28 iv avT$ dead, but living and efficient ; so '

yap Z&ptv. xxii. 22. Rom. vii. 1 3. Christians in ver. 5. So vwp <Jv, living
1 Cor. xv. 45. Heb. ix. 17. In wv Matt, water, i. e. the water of running streams
xxvii. 63. wvrf icai vexpoi Acts x. 42. and fountains, opp. to that of stagnant
Rom. xiv. 9. 1 Pet. iv. 5. TO Zyv, subst. cisterns, pools, marshes, John iv. 10, 1 1 .
life, Phil. i. 21, 22. 2 Cor. i. 8. Sept. vii. 38. Rev. vii. 17. So Sept. and a-fc
for s
n Gen. ii. 7, 9. xliii. 7.
n;n Gen. Dx n Gen. xxvi. 19. Lev. xiv. 5, 50.
xlii. 2. Ex. xix. 13 Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 3. Zech. xiv. 8. By impl. and also by
ib. 8. 7. 8. TO Zyv Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 1. Hebr. part. wj>, life-giving, like Pi. nn,
Diod. Sic. 1. 21. Of persons raised e. g. John
51 6 dproc o wv, living,
vi.
from the dead Matt. ix. 18 ij $vy. /iov
;
i. e. life-giving bread, which imparts

dpri iTtXivrrjaev dXAd i\$utv cat /- eternal life, comp. the foil, clause. Acts
airai. Mark xvi. 11. Luke xxiv. 23. vii. 38 Xdyio wvra. Heb. x. 2066f w(ra.
John v. 25. Acts i. 3. ix. 41. Rev. xx.4, Comp. below in d. So Sept. trans.
5. al. So Sept. and n;rT 2 K. xiii. 21. tiioov fie K. T. X. for nn
Ps. xix. 25, 37,
'

Spoken also of those restored from sick- 40, 50. al. Ez. xiii. 22/
ness, not to die, to to be
by impl. mend, b) to live, i. e. to sustain life, to live
well ; John iv. 50 6 vloc oov y. vers. 51, on or by any thing. Matt. iv. 4 OVK i-n-'
53, comp. 52. So Sept. and rrn 2 K. dprq) novy ZrjfffTat b dv$p. 1 Cor. ix. 14
viii. 8, In the sense of to* exist,
9 (/3)
IK TOV evay-ytXiov yv. Dem. 1309. 26.
absolutely and without end, now and c. Sid Xen. Mem.
3. 3. 11.

hereafter, to live for ever ; so of human c)

to live in any way, to pass one's

beings, Matt. xxii. 32 OVK IOTIV b Stbe life in any manner; Luke xv. 13 Jj>

viicputv, dXXd uvrwv. Mark xii. 27. dawTOQ. Acts xxvi. 5 trjffa ^apitraTof.
Luke xx.38. (Jos.de Mace. 16ult.) John Gal. ii. 14 &VIKUS yV. 2 Tim. iii. 12
xi. 25. xiv. 19. 1 Thess. v. 10. 1 Pet. tvai&uQ %yv. Tit. ii. 12 .
outypovtdQ
iv. 6. by impl. Heb. vii. 8. Of Jesus, K. T. \. Luke ii. 36 ^oaaa ITTJ ftfrd
John xiv. 19.
vi. 57. Rom. vi. 10. 2 dvSpog . Rom. vii. 9 t ^uv x^piG v6p.ov.
Cor. Heb. vii. 25. Rev. i. 18. ii.
xiii. 4. Wisd. Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 7. Xen.
xi. 28.
8. Of God John vi. 57 6 <3v Trar/j/o, i. q. Ag. Cyr. 8. 1. 33.
11. 8. Hence yV
6 l\<i)v Zdjijv iv iavrt^. v. 26. also in an TIVI, iv TIVI, Kara Tiva, to live to, in,
oth by Hebr. Rom. xiv. 11 <5 tyw, Xlyti according to any one, i. e. to be devoted
Kvpios, as I live; so Sept. and 2N' s n
s
to, to live conformably to the will, pur-
Num. xiv. 21, 28. comp. Judg. viii. 19. pose, precepts, example, of any person
1 Sam. xvii. 56. Part. Ztiv, ever living, or thing; e. g. r< Sey Luke xx. 38.
etemal, b Srtbs b <Jv, Matt. xvi. 16. Rom. Rom. vi. 10, 11. Gal. ii. 19. r$ Kvpiy,
ix. 26. 1 Tim. vi. 17. Heb. iii. 12. xii. 22. Christ, Rom. xiv. 8. 2 Cor. v. 15. r$
Rev. iv. 9, 10. x. 6. and as opp. to KvtvucLTi Gal. v. 25. eavTtp Rom. xiv. 7.
idols, which are dead, non-existing, 2 Cor. v. 15. Ty SiKaioavvy 1 Pet. ii.
Acts xiv. 15. 2 Cor. vi. 16. 1 Thess. i. 24 Alciphr. 1. 37. Dem. 80. 26 fciXtV-
9. So Sept. and TT Deut. v. 26. 2 K. iryZuvTte Kal ov ry ICIVTWV Trarpidi
xix. 16. Bel and Drag. v. (y) Trop. of So v dfiapTiy, under the power of sin,
f

things, only in particip. wv, oi><ra, Jj/, Rom. vi. 2. iv iriarti, full of faith, un-
living, lively, active, also enduring, opp. der the power of faith, Gal. ii. 20. iv
to what is dead, torpid, inactive, and in conformity to the world, Col
 352

li. 20. iv avToiQ iii. 7. JE1. V. H. 3. Gr. III. p. 169. v. 2*18, 219 The
13 vivo in forms of this verb are not usually con-
. iv olvy. Comp. littcris,
Cic. ad Div. 9. 26. Kara <rapca %yv, to tracted, Buttm. 105. n. 2. Lob. ad Phr.
live after, according to, theflesJi, Rom. p. 220 sq.
viii. 12, 13. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44 /i*) Kara Rev.
f. tv<Tu), i. q. rjX6w q. v.
rot'f vofjiovf. iii. 19 in some MSS. Simpl. in Epict.
to live and prosper, to be
d) by impl. c. 26. p. 131 ed. Salmas.
blessed, genr. Rom. x. 5 et Gal. iii. 12 6
TToirjaag aura ZrjfftTai iv auroTf, comp. ZfjAoc, ou, o, (#<>, for #fXoc,) zeal,
Lev. xv iii. 5 where Sept. for s n. 1 Thess. fervour, viz.
iii. 8 on vuv w/jv, we live, feel our- genr. and in a good sense, ardour,
selves happy. So Sept. andrrrjDeut.viii. for any person or cause, e. g. seq. gen.
1. 1 Sam. x. 24. Ps. xxii. 27.--Dem. 434. of thatjfor which, John ii. 17 o >}Xoe rov
6. Comp. vivo Catull. 5. 1. In the sense O'IKOV (TOV. Rom. x. 2 i/Xov Sreov t%ovffiv.
of to have eternal life, to be admitted to the se(^ TTEp c.gen. 2 Cor. vii. 7. Col. i\.
bliss and privileges of the Redeemer's 13. absol. 2 Cor. vii. 11. ix. 2. Kara
kingdom Luke x. 28 TOVTO -rroisi, Kai
; zealously, ardently, Phil. iii. 6.
tj\ov,
7/0-9.
John vi. 51, 58. Rom. i. 17. Gal. Sept. formwpPs. Ixix. 10. cxix. 138
iii. 11. Heb. xii. 9. 1 John iv. 9 watf- 1 Mace. ii. 58. Test. XII Patr. p. 639.
cY avTov sc. TOV vtov. AL. Plut. Lycurg. 4 med. 2 Cor. xi. 2rjXw
TT ,
/ am
zealous for yoi
ow, o, eae, P[cb. a zeal from God, inspired of God,
i.
q. n^l (Jehovah's gift) see in ZrjXoa* a. Others by Hebr.
pr. name
of the husband of Salome, and
zeal intense affecti com
>

in AffTtlos
father of James and John, Matt. iv. 21
b) in a bad sense, viz. (a)
heart-
bis. x. 2. xx. 20. xxvi. 37. xxvii. 56.
burning, envy, jealousy, Acts xiii. 45.
Mark i. 19, 20. iii. 17. x. 35. Luke v.
Rom. xiii. 13. 1 Cor. iii. 3. James iii. 14,
10. John xxi. 2.
16. Plur. '*jXo, 2 Cor. xii. 20. Gal. v.
20. Etym. M. 6 <j>$6voQ. 1 Maec. viii.

16. Hdian. 3. 2. 16. Plut. Thes. 6 lilt.

.

anger, indignation. Acts v. 17.

fervid, fervent, Rev. iii. 15 bis, 16. (/3)
Heb. x. 27 KCU TTV^OQ >/Xoe fiery wrath.
) eoc, ouc, T-O, (yyrw/u,) a Buttm. 123. n. 4. So Sept. and
yoke, i. e. two or more animals yoked or Zeph. i. 19. iii. 9.

working together, Luke xiv. 19 &vyrj

/3owv r) r 6pa<ra Trei/re. Sept. for TO3 1 w, C, ai,
K. xix. 19. Is. v. 10 __ ML V. H. 9. 25.
zealous towards, i. e.for or against, any
Xen. Mem. 5.-Hence genr. apair,
2. 4. P erson or thin g> trans -

a person or thing, and

c0up&, of doves, Luke ii. 24.
e. g. So a) genr. for
Sept. for trnui Lev. v. 11 __ Pol. 31. 3. usually in a good sense, e. g. of things,
i. q. to desire
5. Xen. CEc. 7. 18. ardently, to be eager for ;
1 Cor. xii. 31 ZnXovre Sk TO. ^apier/tara

ac, ?> (&VKTT)P, ta, TO. Kpiirrova. xiv. 1. 39. So Sept. for
a band, fastening, Acts xxvii. 40 -- Prov. iii. 31. Ecclus. li. 2
18,
Comp. Eurip. Hel. 1536 or 1556. M acc . i v> Diod. Sic. 1. 95 med.
,
dpr)v. Of persons, in
Zrfc, Atoc, 6, Jupiter, the supreme a Z d sense ' .
q. to have ardent ajfec~
god of the heathen mythology. Acts xiv. ^ OW /or 2 Cor. xi. 2 see in Zr/-
12, 13 Ac6c ro5 for* Vp! ^C^C, i. e. '
f?
GaL
'.,

whose temple was in front of the city.

^
Sam.
a
xxi. 2. Prov. xxiv. 1. (Soph.
Zl f. hot, of Ajax. 552. Electr. 1027.) In a bad sense,
water, Horn. II. 21. 365. Od. 10. 360. to make a show of zeal, to profess affec
In N. T. trop. to be fervid, fervent, T< tionfur any one, in order to gain him as
xviii. 25. Rom. xii. 11 a follower, Gal. iv. 17 bis. Absol. Rev.
Act. Thorn. 34 tkovaa aydirn. Anth. iii. 19 in text. rec.
 353

a person, to be jealous of, to EW, w, f. riau, to seek, trans,

b) against
envy ;
Acts vii. 9 j/\w<ravre TOV 'Iw<r/0. a) pp. to seek after, to look for, to
nbsol. xvii. 5. 1 Cor. xiii. 4. James iv. strive to find ;
(a) genr.
e. g. absol. in

2 Qovfvtrt teal /jXotT, lit. ye Az7/ and envy, the proverbial phrase, Matt. vii. 7, 8 ^rdre
i. e.
ye have heart-burnings even so as (cat evprjvere. seq. ace. of pers. Matt. ii. 13

to kill one another. Z,i}Tiiv TO iraiciov. Mark iii. 32. Luke ii.

45. John vii. 11. Acts ix. 11. 2 Tim. i.

ZTjXwr/jc, S > > (?f x w ) 1. a zealot, 17. al. Sept. for itf^n Gen. xxxvii. 15.
\. e. owe zealous for any thing, eagerly So ^rtiv TOV Seoi,
(Xen. An. 2. 3. 2.)
desirous of, genr. 1 Cor. xiv. 12 gifXwrac to seek after God, i. e. to turn to him, to
2<rr irvtvpaTuv. Tit. ii. 14. Hdian. 6.
strive humbly and sincerely to follow
8. 5. Pol. 10. 25. 2. So of zealots in and obey him, Acts xvii. 27. Rom. x. 20,
behalf of the ancient Jewish law and in-
comp. Is. Ixv. 1 where Sept. for ^Nflfi.
stitutions, Acts xxi. 20 ?;Xwrai TOV vofiov. Sept. for ET?2 Ex. xxxiii. 7. Ps. xxiv. 6.
(2 Mace. iv. Acts xxii. 3. Gal. i. 14.
2.) See in 'Eic^reai c.--Seq. ace. of thing, pp.
Comp. Num. xxv. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 13.
something lost, Matt, xviii. 12 TO TrXa- .

22. In the age of Christ the name Zrj- Luke xix. 10. Luke
vunevov. c.acc.impl.
\wTai, Zelotce, was applied to an exten- xv. 8. So Sept. and 1 Sam. x.
Efjja
sive association of private persons, who
2, 14. (comp. Xen. Vect. 4. 4.) genr.
professed great attachment to the Jewish Matt. xii. 43 avairavaiv. xxvi. 59 i//ev-
.

and undertook to punish

institutions, do/mprvpi'av. Mark xiv. 55. Luke xiii. 6,
without those guilty of violating
trial 7 Kapirbv iv awry. xxii. 6. Rev. ix. 6 TOV
them under which pretext they com-
; SavaTov. So of what one seeks to buy,
mitted the greatest excesses and crimes.
napyapiTctQ Matt. xiii. 45. (Theophr.
c. g.
See Jos. B. J. 4. 3. 9. ib. 4. 5. 1 sq. ib.
Char. 6 or 23. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 26.)
4. 6. 3. ib. 7. 8. 1. Hence from the Heb. r;re7v T^V ^vxvv
2. Zelotes, Simon one of
a surname of
nvof, to seek the life o/*any one, i. e. to
the probably so called from
apostles, seek to kill him, Matt. ii. 20. Rom. xi.
his having been one of the Zelotce. 1K. xix. 10, 14. So Sept. for
3, comp.
Luke vi. 15. Acts i. 13. See more in Ex. iv. 19. 2 Sam. xvi. 11.
U)'p3 ID'fta
Kavavinjc. Jer. xliv. 30. In the constr. ^rjTtiv TTWC,
to seek how, i. e. to seek opportunity,
damage, detri-
Zwia, ac, *l, loss,
Mark xi. 18. xiv. 1, 11 to seek, in
ment, Acts xxvii. 10, 21. Phil. in. 7, 8, (/3)
the sense of to endeavour, to try, e. g.
t/yc7(r9ai ij/zi'av,
to count as loss. Test.
XII Patr. p. 651. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 29. seq. ace. of tiling, to try to gain, to strive
with the idea of earnestness and
Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 6. after,
anxiety ; Matt. vi. 33 ^jjrtlre Si Trpw-
f. w<rw, (i7jut'a,) to
TOV TTjV flcKTlXtiaV TOV $OV K. T. X.
Zijjuidw, w, bring
loss upon any one, V. H.3. 23. Xen.
JE\. Luke xii. 29 /i)} ^r/rare rt ^ayqre K. T. X.

Cyr. 3. 1. 30. pp. with two accus. John v. 44. vii. 18. viii. 50. 1 Cor.

Matth. 411. 4. Buttm. 131. 4, 5 x.24,33. Phil. ii. 21. Col. iii. 1. Sept.
In N. T. only Pass, or Mid. to suffer and mjjaPs. iv. 3. xxxiv. 15. 1 Mace,
'

29. Luc. Phalar. prior 5. Plut,

loss, to receive detriment, 1 Cor. iii. 15.
ii.

iv fjLvctvi 2 Cor. vii. 9. Phil. iii. 8 TO. Mor. II. p. 40. ed. Tauchn. So genr.
iravTo. i^ijfiiM^i]v, I have suffered the loss to endeavour, to strive, seq. 'iva 1 Cor.

of all things, where for the ace. retained xiv. 12. g. aor. Matt. xxi.
seq.infin. e.

in the pass, constr. see Buttm. 134. 6. 46 ZrjTovvTfe avTov jcpor/yo-at. Luke v.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 16. Aor. 1 Pass, *?- 18. xvii. 33. John x. 39. xix. 12. Acts

piM$T)v in Mid. signif. to bring loss upon

xiii. 8. xvi. 10. Rom. x. 3. c. inf. pres.

one's self, i. e. to lose, e. g. TI}V ^V\TIV Luke vi. 19. Gal. i. 10. c. inf. impl.
Matt. xvi. 26. Mark viii. 36. iavrov, John V. 30 ou ZTJTUI TO ^e\rjfj.a TO tfiov

Luke ix. 25. See Buttm. 136. 2. sc. Troietj/. Sept. foriE'^3 Deut. xiii. 10.

1 Sam. xix. 10. Plut. Thes. 35 mecl

Zrjvac, > > Zenas, prob. a Christian Xen. An. 5. 4. 33. (y) by impl. 1o f?e<
teacher, Tit. iii. 13. sire, to wish, seq. infin. aor. Matt. xii.

2 A
 354

46, 47, ZrjTovvTec avr< \a\ij<rai. (comp. 13. Luke iii. 27. Comp. Ezra ii. 2. ui.
Luke 19.) Luke ix. 9 l^rei idelvav-
viii.
2, 8. 1 Chr. iii. 19.
T&V. xi. 54. John vii. 4. Acts xxvii. 30.
John i. 38 et iv. 27 ' j ou, o, (kindr. with
seq. accus. SjjreTrc j
darkness, murkiness, thick gloom,
(Sept. andtD'$3 Gen. xxxvii. 14.)
2 Cor.
Heb. xii. 18 60 V in MSS. for OKOT
Xll.14 ov %r]T(a TCL vfiUJv, dXX' vfiaQ. 1
V in
text. rec. Elsewhere of the darkness of
Cor. vii. 27 /i?) ^rei Xvertv /ij) J^rci
. . .
Tartarus or Gehenna, see in"At^c; e.g.
ywatica. Soph. (Ed. R. 658 sq. Xen. 2 Pet. ii. 4 atipalg %6<}>ov raprapwtrag
Mem. 4. 2. 6. Trap-
K. T. X.
tflwicfj/
thrusting them down to
b) to seek, for to require, to demand, to Tartarus into chains of darkness, i. e.
expect, c. ace. of thing, 1 Cor. i. 22 ol where darkness lies like chains upon
"EXXjyvec (To^iav ^rjTovatv. 2 Cor. xiii. 3.
them. Jude 6. Intens. <tyog TOV GKOTOVQ,
Heb. viii. 7. seq. Trapd ru/oj; Mark viii. thickest darkness, 2 Pet. ii. 17. Jude 13.
11 ZrjTovvTtg Trap' airoi; ajjp.f.lov. Luke xi.
See Gesen. Lehrg. p. 671. Stuart 456.
16. xii. 48. seq. tv nvi 1 Cor. iv. 2 tn-
Horn. II. 15. 191. Pol. 18.3.7. Luc.
Ttirai Iv TOIQ oiKovofioiQ 'iva K. T. X. C. ace.
Contempl. 1.
of pers. John iv. 23. Sept. for $$3
Neh. v. 12, 18. Aristot. de gen. et cor- ou, o, (Ztvywfii,) a yoke,
rupt. 2. 5. c. Trapd Dem. 374. 16. serving to couple any two things together,
e. g. cattle, J31. V. H. 5. 14.
c) by impl. to inquire, to ask, c. c. irtpi, Sept. for
John xvi. 19 Trtpi TOVTOV 9 rare jter' dXXjj- *ny 1 Sam. vi. 7. Hence in N. T.
Xwv ^1. V. H. 2. 13 pen. Xen. a) trop.
a yoke, (a) as an emblem of
; Cyr.
8. 5. 13. AL. servitude, Tim. vi. 1 virb tvybv SovXoi.
1

So Sept. and *rty Lev. xxvi. 13 __ Dem.

7ji]rrjfj.a, aroc, (^ J? r * w >) PP some- 322. 12 vyo dov\oovvr]e~(l3\ as denoting
thing sought or inquired about, question, severe precepts, moral bondage, e. g. of
i. e. topic of Acts
inquiry or dispute. the Mosaic law, Acts xv. 10. Gal. v. 1.
XV. 2 Tftpi TOV %t]Tr)[ia.TO(; TOVTOV. xviii.
Hence by antith. the precepts of Christ,
15. xxiii. 29. xxv. 19. xxvi. 3. Cic.
Matt. xi. 29, 30. Sept. for ^y
Jer. v.
ad Div. 9. 26. ad Att. 7. 3.
5.

? o>e, y, (j?rlw,) act of seek- beam of a balance, which unites the

b)
ing, search, Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 1. Thuc. 1. 20. two hence by synecd. a balance,
scales,
In N. T. inquiry, discussion, dispute ; pair of scales, Rev. vi. 5 ?x wv Zvybv iv ry
John iii. 25 tylvt TO %r)Tnari. 1 Tim. i. 4. X. Sept. fortD'Sttto Lev. xix. 36. Hos.
Hdot. 2. 54. ib. 5. 21 Meton. i. q. xii. 7 __ Ecclus.' xxi. 25. Ml. V. H. 10.6.
ZfiTijfjia, question, i. e. topic of inquiry
ZV/J.TI, TJC> /, (prob. tw,) leaven,
sour
or dispute, Acts xxv. 20. 1 Tim. vi. 4.
dough. Matt. 33 et Luke xiii. 21
xiii.
2 Tim. ii. 23. Tit. iii. 9.
ofjioia kaTiv TI (3aff. T>V ovp. v/uy, ic. T. X.
Ziaviov, ov, r<5, zizanium, Suid. Matt. xvi. 12. Sept. forlkto Ex. xii. 15.
17 kv ry <ri'ry atpa, Lat. lolium, a general xiii. 7. Jos. Ant. 3. 10.6. Plut. Quaest.
name weeds in grain, like our cockle,
for Rom. 109. Mor. ed. Tauchn. II. p. 299.
darnel, In N. T. spoken of a
etc. ed. ReiskeVII.p. 164.~Hence, as leaven
plant common in Palestine, which in- causes to ferment and turn sour, spoken
fests fields of grain and resembles wheat proverbially, 1 Cor. v. 6 et Gal. v. 9,
in appearance, but is worthless, bastard fiiKoa v/ij o\ov TO Qvpafia Zvjiol, a little
wheat, triticum adulterinum, Matt. xiii. leaven leavens the whole mass, i. q. a
25, 26, 27, 29, 30, 36, 38, 40. The Rab- few bad men corrupt a multitude/
bins call it l^bf bastard, comp. Buxt. Trop. for corruptness, perverseness of life,
Lex. Rab. 680 sq. Wetstein on Matt. doctrine, heart, etc. Matt. xvi. 6, 11.
xiii. 25. Mark viii. 15 bis. Luke xii. 1. 1 Cor.
v. 7, 8 bis.
indec. Zorobabel,
Zo/oo/SajSsX, 6,
Heb. ^aiT Zerubbabel, pr. n. of the Zvjuow, w, f. to leaven,
:
w<rw, (V7,)
leader 01* the first body of Jewish exiles tomake ferment, trans. Matt. xiii. 33 et
from Babylon to Jerusalem, Matt. i. 12, Luke xiii. 21. Proverbially 1 Cor. v 6
 355
%
et Gal. v. ,
see in Zvuij. Sept. for for t3 In the Christian sense of
*n (/3)
Ex. xii. 34, 39. Hos. vii. 4. eternal that life of bliss and
life, i. e.

glory in the kingdom of God, which

awaits the true disciples of Christ after
a/we, Horn. II. 6. 46. Xen. AD.
the resurrection so w) al&vioQ Matt.
4. 7. 22. In N. T. trap, to take, to cap- ;

win Luke xix. 16, 17. John iii. 15, 16. v. 24. al.
ture, for to over, trans. v. 10.
ver. rj w>) t'i peXXovaa 1 Tim. iv. 8. r; ovrug
dv^pwTroi/e toy Zutfpuv, comp. 11,
and see in Et/it II. f. Pass. part. perf. Zwfi vi. 19. absol. r/ WT/, Matt. vii.
2 Tim. 20 taken
14. xviii. 8, 9. John v. 40. vi. 33, 53.
ii. wypj;/ij/oi VTT avrov,
Acts V. 20 TO. pi'jfiara T^Q w?;jc
captive by him, Satan, in a moral sense, ravrtjs,
the words, doctrine, of eternal life, Rom.
i.
q. ensnared, seduced.
v. 17 iv wy fiaaiXivaovai. ver. 18. vii. 10.

Z<*i> 7?c, 7
/> (" w >) life, * e. viii. 2, 6, 10. Phil. ii. 16. 2 Tim. i. 1.

a) genr. physical life and existence, 1 John v. 12, 13, 16. iii. 14. al. For
as opp. to death and non-existence. /3i'/3Xoc v. /3i/3Xiov ZUTJQ, see in Bi/3Xoe.

(a) pp.
and genr. of human life, etc. So 6 <TTt<f>avoc ri}e WTJC, crown of life,
Luke xvi. 25. Acts xvii. 25 titiove ira<n reward of eternal life, James i. 12.
u>r)v. 1 COT. ii'i. 22. xv. 19. Heb. vii. 3. Rev. ii. 10. xdptf ri/f o>j}g, gift of
James iv. 14. Rev. xi. 11. xvi. 3 in later eternal life, 1 Pet. iii. 7 __ Meton. for the
edit, ^X') w ^ic> i
<! ^X 1
) ^ (Ta in author and giver of eternal life, John xi.
text. rec. every living soul. Sept. for 25. xiv. 6. Col. iii. 4. John i. 2. v.
1
tTn Gen. ii. 7. xxv. 7. Luc. Tox. 38. 20. For the cause, source, means of
Plat. Phaedo 16 __ Of life or existence eternal life, John v. 39. xii. 50. xvii. 3.
after rising from the dead, only of Christ AL.
Rom v. 10. 2 Cor. iv. 10, 11, 12. trop.
of the Jewish people, Rom. xi. 15. jCj
T/>
(ZUVMUI,')
a zone, belt,

(/3) In the sense of existence, life, abso- girdle, Matt. iii. 4. x. 9. Mark i. 6.
vi. 8. Acts xxi. 11 bis. Rev. i. 13. xv.
lutely and without end, Heb. vii. 16
card Svvapiv wjjc dicaraXvrov. So %u- 6. Sept. for 1TX 2 K. i. 8. rnbn
\ov wj)c, tree of life, which preserves 1 K. ii. 5. Hdian!' 1. 11. 13. Xen. An!
from death, Rev. ii. 7. xxii. 2, 14. (Sept. 1. 4. 9 The girdle was worn by both
Gen. ii. 9. iii. 22.) vdwp wifa, water of sexes among the Jews, because of their

life, Rev. xxi. 6. xxii. 1, 17. But twi ZWTJS long flowing dress it was often hollow, ;

and served as a pocket or purse for

irqydf vSdrutv Rev. vii. 17 in later edit.
is equivalent to kni &aaf Trijydg v$d- money, Matt. x. 9. Mark vi. 8. In
rutv in text. rec. to living this sense the Rabbins call it KIS^IE) and
fountains of
e. see in Zdo> a. y. N13/IDX, see Buxtorf. Lex. Rao. 1753.
water, i.
perennial ; T :

dprof w} John vi. 35. Comp. below Ja h n 121 __ Plut. Symp. IV. qu.2. 3,
in c. ]8 Meton. of God and Christ or ZMVTJV xaXicovf t^ovoav. Liv.33. 29 argen-
the Logos, tuni in zonis habentes.
life, absolutely, for the source
of all life, John i. 4. v. 26. 1 John i.
),
f. w<rw, to gird,
1,2. to put on a girdle, John. xxi. 18 bis. Sept.
b) life, i. e. manner of life, conduct, for "U Job xxxviii. 3. xl. 2. *i5n Ex.
T
in a moral respect, Rom. vi. 4 iv KCHVO- xxix.~9 . 2 K. iv. 28. Horn. Od.'lS. 76.
rrjTi wijf 7rept7rari7<Tta/ij/. Eph. iv. 18 Theocr. Id. 16. 81. Pausan. 9. 17.
rrjg wtjs rov Stou, i. e. which God re-
quires, a godly life, 2 Pet. i. 3. (,
c) life, i. e. happy life, welfare, happi- fr. w6e and absol. yevw,) to brina forth
ness.
(a) genr.
Luke xii. 15. John vi. alive, and Pass, to be born alive, Diod.
51 i7T6p riiq TOV KOfffiov Ztiifjs. 2 Cor. ii. Sic. 1. 7, 10. In N. T. to preserve alive,
16 6(r/*r) wj/e savour of life, i. e. salu- Acts vii. 19. Luke xvii. 33. So Sept.
tary. Acts ii. 28 oSovs
wfj, the ways and rrn Pi. Hiph. Ex. i. 17. Judg.
of life and happiness, from Ps. xvi. 1 1 viii. lV. 1 K. xx. 31. Theoph. ad
where Sept. for tFn. 1 Pet - *" 10 6 Autol. I. p. 74, TI irvoTj T. Seov
TO irav.
2 A 2
 Zwov 356 H
ov, TO, (wo fr. a living 10 O Sebf TOV KOfffiOV ^WOTTOIWV.
.
aw,)
thing, animal,beast, Heb. 2 Pet.
xiii. 11. Of the dead, to recall to life, to quicken,
ii. 12. Jude 10. Symbolically, Rev. to reanimate, John v. 21 bis. Rom. iv. 17.
iv. 6, 7 quater, 8, 9. v. 6, 8, 11, 14. xvi. viii. 11. 1 Cor. xv. 22. 1 Pet. iii. 18.
1, 3, 5, 6, 7. vii. 11. xiv. 3. xv. 7. xix. 4. Test. XII
Patr. p. 679 TOVQ vticpovg wo-
Comp. Dan. vii. 3 sq. Ez. i. 5 sq. Sept. Of seeds, to quicken, Pass, to
iroiijffat.
for rrn Ez. 1. c. Ps. Ixviii. 11. Xen. germinate, 1 Cor. xv. 36.
Mem" 4. 3. 10.
b) by impl. to give eternal make life, to
alive sc. for ever in the bliss and privi-
fO), Wj f. rfffUtf (w07TOtdf, ff. leges of the Redeemer's kingdom, comp.
,
#0 waAe a/zve, to endue with in Zwr; c. John vi. 63. 1 Cor. xv. 45.
life, to quicken, trans. 2 Cor. iii. 6. Gal. iii. 21. Comp. Sept.
a) pp. 1 Tim. vi. 13 TOV Seov TOV and n*rj E CC. vii. 12. Clem. Alex.
%W07TOIOVVTO TO. TTOLVTU. Sept. for JTTT Strom. 5. 11.
Pi. Hiph. 2 K. v. 7. Neh. ix. 6. Act

"H, a particle disjunctive, interro- tion of something preceding. Matt. vii.

gative, comparative ; see Passow in voc. 9 T) rig iffnv t% vfiStv avSpuirog ; XX. 15.
Buttm. 149. p. 424. Matth. 619. Rom. iii. 29. 1 Cor. i. 13. ix. 6, 8, 10.
Winer 57. 3. p. 370. 2 Cor. i. 17. al.
1. Disjunctive, aut. 3. Comparative, than, e aftei
or, a) genr. g. a)
Matt. V. 17 rbv vofjiovTOVQ Trpo^rfTag.
77 comparatives and words implying com-
ver. 36. Mark iv. 30. Luke ix. 25. John parison. Matt. x. 15 avtKTOTtpov 7}

vi. 19. Acts iii. 12. Heb. ii. 6. al. saepiss. ry TToXei tKtivy. Mark x. 25. Luke
Hdian. 3. 15. 18. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. xvi. 17. Johniv. 1. Rom. xiii. 11. /*o\-
18. H. G. 3. 3. 9. \ov ij, more than, rather than, Matt, xviii.
b) 7; ij, repeated, or, aut either 13. John iii. 19. Acts iv. 19. irpiv -fj.

aut j Matt. vi. 24 7; yap TOV 'iva. fiurrjcrei sooner than, before, Matt. i. 18. Mark
r) tvbg &v$ierai. Luke xvi. 13. 1 Cor. xiv. 30. Luke ii. 26. Acts ii. 20. comp.
xiv. 6. 2 Cor. i. 13. Luc. D. Deor. 18. Buttm. 149. 1. p. 430. So after 3!Aw.
1 or 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 16. 1 Cor. xiv. 19 SeXw TTEJTC Xdyowf dia ro

2. Interrogative, where however VOOQ fiov XaXijaai ... 7} fivpiovg Xoy. K.r.X.
the primary force or is strictly re- Luc. D. Deor. 18. 1. Xen. GEc. 10.
tained, or whether? or if perhaps? an 6. Conv. 2. 3. c. 3-Xw Arr. Epict. 3. 1.
forte? comp. Buttm. 1. c. Winer 61. Comp. Buttm. 149. 1. p. 424. Matth.
1. b. 691. 3.

a) pp. indirect,
in the latter clause of
b)
after aXXog, e'rcpof, and the like;
a double interrogation after Trdrepov, Acts xvii. 21 'A$r]vaioi ovdev trtpov fig
whether or, e. g. John vii. 17 yvwo-trat evKaipovv, T) Xeyf iv K r. X. Comp. Matth.
,

irorepov IK T. Sreov <TTIV, ij ya> K. r. \. 1. c Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 17. CEc. 3. 3.

Winer Matth. 619. 2.
1. c. Luc. D. So with aXXoe etc. implied, John xiii. 10
Deor. 20. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 2, 15.
3. 6 XeXovfisvog ov xptiav [aXXj/vl t^ft 7}

So genr. where irortoov or something roif irodag K. T. X. Acts xxiv. 21 ri

equivalent is implied, Matt. ix. 5. xxii. K. T.X.

adiKtjfjta [aXXoj/] T) Trepi fttag
17. Luke vii. 19, 20. Acts viii, 34. Rom. after the positive, where it may be
c)
ii. 4 Xen. Conv. 4. 52. rendered rather than, more than, i. q.

b) genr. and in a direct question, fjiaXXov %, so that the positive with ij

is

where the interrogation Implies a nega- equivalent to the comparative. The

 f
H 357

grammarians supply paXXov, but the con- man province, c. gen. either as a legatus
struction found also in classic writers,
is
Caesaris, Luke ii. 2 TIJS Supiag, or as a
perhaps from negligence, and in N. T. procurator, Luke iii. 1 TTJQ
'lovSaia^. See
would seem to come rather through the in 'Hciwv 2.
Sept. from the Heb. mode of comparison
with see Winer 36. 1. Matth.
Hyt/uovm, ac? n }
()y/iwv,) lead-
)?? ;
ership, dominion, reign, Luke iii. 1 ,} r) y .
457. n. 1. Herm. ad Vig. 884. Matt,
KatVapof --Jos. Ant. 18.
p.
povia Tt/3fjt)tou
xviii. 8 KaXov <TOI iariv tiveXSiiv tig TT]V
2. 2. Hdian. 1. 5. 26. ib. 2. 9. 12. Xen.
i/ f; KvXXbv, T) Svo \^? a S l\ovra H. G. 7. 1.33.
tig TO irva TO atwviov. ver. 9.
Mark ix. 43, 45, 47. Luke xvii. 2. 'Hyt/uuv, ovoc, o,
(nyeofiat,)
a leader,
xviii. 14. So Sept. and -J72
Gen. xxxviii. guide, Horn. Od. 10. 505. Xen. An. 4.
26. xlix. 12. Ps. cxviii. 8. Jon. iv.S.al. 2. 1. Zonar. Suid. Phavor.
r/yt/twy 6
Tob. iii. 6. Ecclus. xxii. 15. Menand. TTJS oSov riyovpivos. commander leader,
KctXbv TO yv aSXiug. %yv, of an army, i. q. arparijyoe, Xen. Mem.
firj Phocyl. 7)

77. Soph. Ajax 945 or 966. Diod. Sic. 3. 2. 4. Sept. for nip Jer. xlii. 1, 8. _
11.11. Thuc.6. 21. Hdot.9. 26. Comp. In N. T.
Plaut. Rud. 4. 4. 70, <tacita mulier est 1 a leader, chief, head, Matt. ii. 6 iv
.

bona semper, quam loquens.' See also rotf riytpoffiv 'lovSa, quoted from Mic.

Kypke ad Matt, xviii. 9. v. 1 where Heb. rmrr ^D^K^, Sept.

4. With other particles, viz. iv \i\iaoiv 'lovda. $ut D^D^K in Mic.
(a)
aXX' i], unless, except, see in 'AXXd 4. I. c. is
pp. the families into wnich each
f/ Kcti, or also, or even; Luke xviii. tribe was divided, the heads of which
(/3)
1 1 OTI OVK flfil
tiairip ol XoiTrot . . .
7) eat were called D'pjbx Zech. xii. 5, 6 and
;

c OVTOQ K. T. X. 1 Cor. xvi. 6. 2 Cor. i. Matthew by meton. puts riytfiovts heads

13.
Interrogatively, Luke xi. 11,12. xii. of families, for the families
themselves,
41. Rom. iv. 9. xiv. 10. non. al. and so for the cities in which
(y) they dwelt.
than perhaps, than indeed, So Sept. tjytfiwv for
7/7rfp, after ppi$ Gen. xxxvi.
pciXXov, John xii. 43. non. al. 2 Mace, 15, 16 sq. Jos. Ant. 11. 4. 4 ol T&V
xiv. 42. Luc. D. Mort. 6. 3. TraTpi&v tivepovfc T&V 'iffpaijXiTuJv. Of
(c) 777-01,
i.
q. i], or, but stronger in N. T. only ;
Lacedemon as the leading state in Greece,
TJTOI whether indeed or, Rom. vi. Xen. An. 6. 1. 27. Conv. 8. 39.
/, genr. Ag.
16. non. al. See Herm. ad Vig. p. 787, 1. 3 wore ov dtvTtpwv
TrpwTtvovaiv, dXX'
410 Menand. XIII, in Poet. Gnom.p.
155. ed. Tauchn. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 2. ib. 2. a governor, president, prefect, of a
4.6.13. AL. Roman province, whether proconsul,
T legate, or procurator. Augustus made
H, a of affirmation, truly,
particle
a new
partition of the provinces of the
assuredly, certainly, in N. T. only in the
connexion 7} /n/j/, the usual intensive
Roman empire, into provincice senato-
ricB and provincia
form of oaths, most certainly, most imperitorice vel Cce-
surely.
Heb. vi. 14 sarum, tTrap%iai TOV S'fjuov v. Kattrapof
ftt}v ivXoy&v tvXoyfjaat oe,
7}
the former being left under the nominal
quoted from Gen. xxii. 17 where Sept.
care of the senate, while the latter were
for -3, as also Gen. xlii. 16. for ON Num.
under the direct control of the emperor.
xiv. 23. tJN S 3 Judg. xv. 7. See Buttm.
Of the latter kind was Syria, includ-
149. p. 424, 432. Passow in T) no. 1.
Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 2 ofjioaavres fi /xr)i/ awativ ing Phenicia and Judea. To the for-
mer the senate sent officers for one
avTyv. Xen. An. 2. 3. 26. Cyr. 6. 1.3.
year, called proconsuls,
In the classics used also as an inter- avSvirctToi,

Buttm. 1. c. p. 424. though sometimes only of praetorian

rogative,
rank they had only a civil power, and
;

, ,-- -
-j $ evffb), (TJyf/awv,)
to go no military command nor authority over
before, to go first, c. dat. Horn. Od. 3. the taxes, both these latter being under
386. ib. 8. 4. to be a leader, chief, c. the care of persons appointed
by the
gen. JE1. V. H. 12. 17. Xen. Ag. 1. 3. emperor. Those sent to command in
In N. T. to be governor, sc. of a Ro- the provindcB Casarum were called
 358

legati Ccesaris pro consule, proprcetores, a navy, Xen. An. 1. 4. 2. Hence in

legati consulares, etc. They were usu- N. T.
L

ally, but not always, chosen from among

1. to be a leader, chief, genr. only in
the senators, during the pleasure of the part, iiyovfiivoc, 6, a leader, chief,
emperor, and had much greater powers i.
q. jjy/iwv. So Acts xiv. 12 6 ;you-
than the proconsuls. Such were Cyre- fifvoc TOV Xoyov, chief-speaker. Comp.
nius, Lat. Quirinus, Luke ii. 2, and Vi- Jamblic. de Myster. init. $t&c 6 T&V X6-

tellius, Jos. Ant. 18. 4. 2. For a list of ya>v r/ye/iwv 6 'Ep/ijjf. Luc. Pseudolog.
allthe presidents of Syria in that age, 24. Spoken genr. of those who have
see Bibl. Repos. II. p. 381. In all influence and authority, Luke xxii. 26.
these provinces, of both kinds, there was, Acts xv. 22. of officers and teachers
besides the president, an officer called in the churches, Heb. xiii. 7, 17, 24.
procurator Ccesaris, who had charge of of a chief magistrate, as Joseph in
the revenue, and also had a judicial Egypt, Acts vii. 10. of the Messiah,
power in matters pertaining to the re- a ruler, prince, Matt. ii. 6, quoted from
venue they were chosen usually from
;
Mic. v. 1 where Heb. ^1>73, Sept. apx^v.
the equites, but occasionally were freed- Sept. riyovfjuvoc for ?Tp72 2 Chr. vii. 18.
men. Sometimes
a procurator dis- ix. 26.
Tf^p
Ez. xliii. 7, 9. 1DK1 Deut.
charged the of a governor or pre-
office i. 13. vl 23. -ity 2 Sam. iii. 38. Jer.
sident, especially in a small province, or Ii. 57. Ecclus. xxxii. 1. Diod.
[xxxv.]
in a portion of a large province where Sic. i. 4 Ka$' ov r}yovp,tvoQ Td'ioe 'lovXiof
the president could not reside; as did KaTffap. Pol. 1.15. 4. comp. Xen. Lac.
Pilate, who was procurator of Judea 14.5.
which was annexed to the province of 2. 'Hyov/mi and also perf. T/yjj/mt Acts

Syria, Suet. Vesp. 4. Tacit. Ann. 12. xxvi. 2. Phil. iii. 7, with pres. signif.
23. Hence he had the power of punish- Buttm. 113. 6, like Lat. ducere, trop. to
ing capitally, which the procurators did lead out before the mind, i. e. to view, to
not usually possess, ib. 15. 4. ib. 4. 15. regard as being so and so, to esteem, to
So also Felix, Festus, and the other county to reckon, spoken, e. g. of things,
procurators of Judea, for a list of whom C. ace. 2 Pet. iii. 9 wg TIVIQ /Spadvrryrct
see Bibl. Repos. II. p. 382. See Adam's nyovvrai. c. ace. et infin. Phil. iii. 8
Rom. Ant. p. 165 sq. Jahn 241. bis, riyovfjiat iravTa ^rj^iiav tlvai . . . /cat
Krebs. Obss. e Jos. p. 61 sq. Hence iiyovfiai <TKv(3aXa elvat. (Hdian. 3. 12. 7.
spoken Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 8.) c. ace. et elvai impl.
a) genr.
of a proconsul, legate, presi- 2 Cor. ix. 5 dvayicdiov ovv riyTjffdfiTjv
dent, Matt. x. 18. Mark xiii. 9. Luke TTopa/caXlo-ai ic. r. X. Phil. ii. 25. 2- Pet.
xxi. 12. 1 Pet. ii. 14. Hdian. 2. 9. 12. i. 13. James i. 2 iraaav \apav rj-yr}-
ib. 6. 2. 2. ffaaSe, orav K. T. X. C. dupl. ace. et
of the procurator of Judea, viz. elvat impl. riytlaSai r'i n, to think to be
b)
Pilate, Matt, xxvii. 2, 11 bis, 14, 15, 21, such and such, to esteem as any thing,
23,27. xxviii. 14. Luke xx. 20. Felix, Phil. ii. 6. iii. 7 raiira tfyrjuai Zijfiiav.
Acts xxiii. 24, 26, 33, 34. xxiv. 1, 10. Heb. x. 29. xi. 26. 2 Pet. ii. 13. iii.

Festus, Acts xxvi. 30. Jos. Ant. 18. 3. 1, 15. Sept. for n$n Job xli. 19 Wisd.
ITiXdrof 6 TT] 'lovSaiag tjyifnttv. The xv. 9. Jos. Ant. 7. 2. 1. Xen. Cyr. 8.
usual Greek word
for procurator is liri- 1. 47. So of persons, to hold or esteem
rpoTrog, so of Pilate, Jos. B. J. 2. 9. 2. one as such and such, c. dupl. ace. et
Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1033. E. genr. tlvai impl. Acts xxvi. 2 ijyrjfiai e/tcturov
Hdian. 7. 4. 5, 11. ib. 4. 6 8 rjyffiovag TI Haicdpiov. Phil. ii. 3. 1 Tim. i. 12. vi.
Kttl
tTTirpOTTOVf. 1. Heb. xi. 11. pfi us ix$P v 2Thess.
f de- iii. 15. Sept. for ni&'n Job xix. 11.
'Hycojueu, ouizcuj r]ffop.ai,

pon. Mid. (ayw,) to lead, i. e. to go be- xxxiii. 10 Wisd. i. 16." Xen. Cyr. 3.
fore, to go first, to lead the way, Horn. 1. 20. With an accus. and adverb, 1
Od. 10. 263. Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 2. Xen. Thess. v. 13 r/yatrS'at avrovg i7rfpK7rcpi<r-
Cyr. to be leader, chief, in
4. 5. 13. war, ffov to regard
iv ay airy, i. e. them as very
i.
q. <rrpar/yw, Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 4 of highly deserving of love.
 359

,
adv (4 We), sweetly, i. e.-
'HSoejoc, ovc, r > (Ion. for
with relish, of eating, Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 5. fr. accustomed seat, haunt, dwell-
'o/*at,)
In N. T. trop. with pleasure, gladly, ing, of animals and men, Horn. II. 6.
Mark vi. 20. xii. 37. 2 Cor. xi. 19. 511. Hes. Op. 169. Hdot. 1. 16. In
2 Mace. vi. 30. Jos. Ant. iii. 8. 1. Xen. N. T. wont, custom, usage, Plur. TO. ifir],
Cyr. 1. 4. 10. manners, morals, charactei', 1 Cor. xv.
33, quoted from Menander in Sentent.
j,
adv. now, even now, already, Comicor. Gr. p. 248 ed. Steph. p. 78 ed.
spoken Cler __ Sing. Ecclus. xx.26. Luc. Phalar.
a) in reference to time past and pre- pr. 7 xpn<*Tv jJSoj . Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 3.
sent, marking an action as completed ; Plur. Hdian. 2. 6. 1.
Matt. iii. 10 77^17 tie rai rj aivr) Ktirai K.T.X.
v. 28 fify l}i.oi\f.vatv avTTjv. xxiv. 32.
f. ift", later aor. 1
Mark xv. 42, 44. Luke vii. 6. John iii. "Hictu, fca Rev.
25. iii. 9, see Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 743
ii.
18. iv. 35. al. saep. 1 John iv. 3 vvv
sq. Winer 15. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl.
now even
t'lSrj already. Phil. iv. 10 ?;;
114. p. 146 ; to come, i. e. to have
Trore, now at Tob. iii. 6. Jos. come,
length.
to be here, in the sense of a
Ant. 5. 1. 13. Hdian. 1. 9. 10. Xen. preterite,
Buttm. 1. c. p. 155. Gram. 137. n. 8.
Cyr. 4. 1. 4. i/flij Trore Dion. Hal. Ant.
Matth. 504. Gehr. of persons,
I. 2.
7.51.
of the immediate future, seq. OTTO c. gen. of place whence, Matt.
b) by impl. viii. 11 et Luke xiii. 29 curb avaraXuv Kal
now, presently, soon. Rom. i. 10 t'nruc
Trori <c. T. X.
cufffiuv i'jZovoi. Mark viii. 3. seq. tic c.
ijtir] if perhaps
tvo$<jj5i]0onai
I may gen. John iv. 47, and in the sense of to
shortly or at length be prospered to
come forth, to arise, Rom. xi. 26.
come etc. See Viger. p. 413 sq. Jos. seq.
Ant. T n v $1 Trpocc. ace. of pers. Acts xxviii. 23 fjicov
3. 14. 1 TI}V plv ijdij *x er >
irpi> avrbv (If TT)V iviav. (Sept. for 8121
{fir) Xr/i//f<rSe. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 2 bis.
Ex.xx.24.^El.V.H.3. 19
Thuc. 8. 69. AL. pen.) trop. John
vi. 37. seq. ITT* nva, to come upon one,
adv. pp. ace. plur. neut. in a hostile sense, Rev. iii. 3 bis.
, (Sept.
of i'lSioroQ superl. of rjSvs, Buttm. 115. for Jrta 2 Sam. xvii. 12. Dem. 319.
7.)
5, lit. most sweetly, i. e. with high relish, absol. Matt. xxiv. 50 # 6 KvpioQ TOV
of eating and drinking, Xen. Mem. 1. SovXov iKtivov. Luke xii. 46. xv. 27.
6. 5. In N. T. trop. most gladly, 2 Cor. John viii. 42 IK TOV $eov i^rjXSrov Kal IJKW,
xii. 9, 15 __ Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 10. Comp. 1.
q. l&XSuv rJKu. Heb. x. 7, 9. (Sept.
in WEWC. for Nia Ps. xl. 8.) ver. 37. 1 John v.

'HSovrj, rjf, ij, (*}$og, ijSofiat, av-

20. Rev. iii. 9. xv. 4. Sept. for ^a
1 K. viii. 42. Zech. viii. 20, 22 __ Hdian.
flavw,) pleasure, gratification, enjoyment, 2. 1. 20. Xen. An.
in N. T. only of the pleasures of sense,
2. 1. 3. Trop. of
Luke viii. 14 VTTO ijdov&v TOV /3tou. Tit. things, e. g. of time, John ii. 4 wpa f/ie.
Luke xiii. 35. 2 Pet. iii. 10.
(Sept. and
iii. 3. James iv. 3. 2 Pet. ii. 13. Test.
XII Nin Ps. cii. 14. Dem. 11. 26.) of the
Patr. p. 605. Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 1.
end or consummation of any thing,
Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 4. Meton. desire, appe-
Matt. xxiv. 14. of evils, calamities, Rev.
tite, lust, James iv. 1. Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 2.
xviii. 8. So seq. liri nva, to come upon
Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 6.
any one, i. e.
spoken of evil times, Luke
'H&Wjuov, ou, TO, (neut. of adj. xix. 43. of guilt and its punishment,
t'lSvofffiog sweet-scented, fr. rjSvg, oer/t^,) to be laid upon, Matt, xxiii. 36. Dem.
mint, mentha viridis Linn, garden or 624. 19.
spear mint, i.
q. niv$r], Matt, xxiii. 23.
Luke xi. 42. The Rabbins call it
'HAi' or <H\ei, o, indec. Heli, Heb.
Nrj!P73 ;
it was strewed by the Jews on ^y Eli, pr. n. of the father of Joseph,
the floors of their houses and syna- Luke iii. 23.
gogues, Buxt. Lex. Rab. 1228. Dioscor.
3. 41, r'ivo(Tp,ov, ol $k f,
indec. Heb. ty eli, i. e. my
God ! Matt, xxvii. 46, from Ps. xxii. 2.
 'HA/e 360

'HAmc, ov, b, Elias, Heb. rp|?N ,

as for ihe day of slaugh-
and irP*?N (my God is
ter. So seq. gen. of a festival, etc. 77
Jehovah) Elijah,
'the celebrated prophet of the O. T. and r}p.spa T&V 0a(3j3aT<ji)v
"*
r
. TOV aafifiarov,

the expected forerunner of the Messiah,

the sabbath-day, Luke iv. 16. John xix.

Matt. xvii. 12. Mark ix. 13. Lukei. 17. 31. Sept. for nnitfn OV Jer. xvii. 24, 27.

iv. 25, 26. al. See 1 K. c. 17 sq. Mai. r//i.

T>V a^vfjiStv,' day or days of unlea-
23. [iv. AL. vened bread, the passover, Acts xii. 3.
iii.
5.] Luke xxii. 7, see in*Av/*oea.
xx. 6.
}/iepa rifc irtvTsicoarrJG, day of Pentecost,
aged,) adultness, maturity, of life, mind, Acts ii. 1. xx. 16. Often in specifica-
person, i. e.. tions of time, viz, in the Genitive, of
John ix. 21 time when, i. e. indefinite and continued,
a) age, fall-age, vigour;
avrog rjXticiav tx fi - ver 23< Heb. xi. 11. - e. g. rrtQ rintpag, in a day, every day,
Luke ii. 52. 2 Mace. iv. 40. Jos. Ant. Luke xvii. 4. comp. Buttm. 132. 6. 4.
Diod. Sic. 2. 5 init. Xen. An.
7. 8. 4. (Xen. An. 1. 7. 18.) In the Dative, of
3. 1. 14. time when i. e. definite Matt. xvi. 21 ry ;

b) stature,
size. Luke xix. 3 ry 17X1x1? Toiry rjfitpq lytoSrrjvai. Mark IX. 31.
Matt. vi. 27. Luke xii. 25. trop. Luke ix. 22. xiii. 14. Johnii. 1. Actsvii.
Eph. iv. 13. Sept. for nttip Ez. xiii. 8. al. Buttm. 133. 3. 4. (Xen. An. 4.
18 __ Plut. Philop. 11. Hdot. 3. 16. 7. By Hebr. 2 Cor. iv. 16 v/ulp
21.)
icat >7jwspa, day by day, every day, daily j
ov, correl. pron.
rj,
,
so Heb. El"} QTS Sept.
Ka$' iicdaTtjv
how great, quantus, Col. ii. 1. James
iii.

5. Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 7 fin. Diod. Sic. 1. rm'tpav, Esth. iii. 4. QV tDV, Sept. r^kpav
KaSr' rifiipav, Ps. Ixviii. 20. See Gesen.
55. See Buttm. 79. 6.
Lehrg. p. 669. Stuart 438. c. In the
"HAtoc, ov, o, (S'XT;,)
the sun, Matt. Accusative, of time how long, implying
xiii. 43. Mark i. 32. al. Sept. for irfpllj duration. Matt. xx. 6 b\j;v TTJV finepav
Gen. xv. 12, 17 __ Dem. 197. 7. Xen! apyoi. xxviii. 20 Traaaq rag rjjjiepag i. e.
Mem. 3. 8. 9. Meton. for light, day- always. Mark i. 13. John i. 40. Acts
light, Acts xiii. 11. Comp.Ps. lviii.9. AL. ix. 9. Gal. i. 18. Rev. xi. 9. So Matt.
XX. 2 ffvuQwrjaae IK dtjvapiov TYJV. . .

*HAoe, OV) b, a nail, John xx. 25

biS, TOV TVTTOV TUIV 1J\(H)V. - Sept. 1 CllF. r'lfiepav, for a denarius
;
a day s work.
the day, i. e. for
Acts v. 42 -rravdv re rjfAK-
xxii. 3. Ml. V. H. 9. 3 init. Xen. Ven.
9. 12. pav, every day, i. e. the whole time.
2 Pet. ii. 8 r//tlpav t rjn'tpaQ, see in
tpa, oc, /> 1. day, i.e. 'E 2. See Buttm. 131. 8. Matth.
the time from one sunrise or 425. 2. (Xen. An. 6. 4. In these
a) pp. 1.)
sunset to another, i. q. w-xSijiitpw. and similar specifications of time, rj^kpa
(a) genr.
Matt. vi. 34 CLOKITOV ry -iin'tpq, r/ is very often construed with a preposi-
KctKia avTTJs. Mark vi. 21. John xi. 9 tion, viz. in the gen. after OTTO, a%pt,
<Jpai rrje Tipepag. Acts ii. 15. xxi. 26. Sia, {fug, TTpo
; in the dat. after iv ;
Rom. xiv. 5, 6. al. Luke ix. 28 Mail r)/*l- in the ace. after etc, ITTI, Kara, pera,
patdie, as a parenthetic clause, see
Trpoe ;
for which constructions see
Winer 64. 1. p. 436. So Matt. xv. 32. these prepositions respectively. (/3)
Markviii. 2.
(Comp. batjptpai, Arr. A.M. Emphatically, a certain day, set day,
3. 26. 3. also Luc. D. Meretr. 10. 1, ov Acts xvii. 31 dioTt tarijGEV rjuepav iv y
yap cuipajca, froXvg fidr] xpbvog, avrov /uXXfi Kpivtiv K. r. \. Heb. iv. 7. 1 Cor.

Trap' J7/m>.) Luke xxiv. 21 rpirjjv TUVTIJV iv. 3 see in 'AvS-pwTrivog b. Dem.
77/iepav ayt, see in *Ay w 2. a. 2 Pet. 1072. 27. (y) Spec, rjfiipa TOV Kvpiov,
ii. 13 Ttjv iv rjfjispq, Tpvfyijv, daily riot , day of the Lord, when the Saviour will
others under b below. Rev. ii. 10 return to judge the world and fully
3XIi//ic -hfii^v dtica, affliction of or for establish his kingdom, 1 Cor. i. 8 coll.
ten days, Buttm. 132. 4. 4. Luke i. 23 ver. 7. v. 5. 2 Cor. i. 14. 1 Thess. v. 2, 4,
at fjpipai Tr)c Xtirovpyiag avrov, the days coll. iv. 13 sq. 2 Pet. iii. 10. al. Luke
of his official duty. James v. 5 wg Iv xvii. 24 6 i/'tof TOV av$p. iv I'lftepy, avrov,
 361

comp. ver. 30 y I'lu'tpq. o vibe TOV av$p. Seq. gen. of pers. Luke- xix. 42 iv ry
i. absol. 1 Cor. iii. 13. So <rov ravry, in this thy time, whilst
i}[iep<p

ripepa, that day, the great day of thou yet livest, etc. So John viii. 56
judgment, Matt. vii. 22. Mark xiii. 32. 'iva ISy ri]v ryiepav eu//v, my time, the time
2 Thess. i. 10. "With a gen. of what is of my manifestation. Seq. gen. of thing,
then to take place, e. g. //ilpa Kpivtwg e. g. sag wpspae dvadeiZtug Luke i. 80.
Matt. x. 15. xi. 22, 24, 36. al. comp. rjfj.. ffWTtjpiag 2 Cor. vi. 2. i}fi.
TOV TTCI-

Rom. ii. 16 ivi'ipepapre KpivelbStog K.T.\, pafffiov Heb. iii. 8. ;/i, 7ri<T/ca>7r//^ 1 Pet.
and Jude 6 tig Kplaiv ntyaXijg I'lftepag. ii. 12, see in 'ETnvicoirr]. 2 Pet. iii. 18
Also rip. 6py/]e Rom. ii. 5. Rev. vi. 17. ?}/i. aiiuvog, i.
q. r)/i. a/wvtog, time eternal,
tip,. aTroXvrpwcrewe Eph. iv. 30. Further, for ever Buttm. 123. n. 4.
;

John So in the Heb. plur. iipepai, days,

t'l iffxdrr) y'lptpa, vi. 39, 40.
b) from,
the constr. r//*pa row Stou, the day of i. e. time, Matt. ix. 15 iXsv-
17
(a) genr.
God, by whose authority Christ sits as ffovrat Si iiptpat. Mark ii. 20. xiii. 20.

judge, 2 Pet. iii. 12 Once / //iepa Luke xvii. 22. c. adj. Acts xv. 7 atf
icvpiov, of Jehovah, Acts ii. 20, quoted ilfttpHJv dpxaiatv. Acts ii. 17 et James v.
from Joel iii. 4, [ii. 31, where Sept. for Slvraig iffxaTatg iipipaig, see in'JZffxctTog.
J
nirP Q-V, the day of God's retribution Acts iii. 24 /earayy. rug iipspag ravrag.
in general comp. Joel i. 15.
;
Is. ii. 12. xi. 27. al. Matt. iii. 1 iv rdig r}^. *ci-
xiii. 6. Ez. xiii. 5. xxx. 3. Zeph. i. 7, vatg. Mark xiii. 24. Rev. ix. 6. al. also
14. Also ; r//i. T/ fitydXij TOV $toii Rev. Heb. x. 32. xii. 10. Seq. gen. of pers.
xvi. 14. prob. Heb. x. 25, comp. ver. Matt. 12.xi.Luke iv. 25 iv ralg r^t.
27, 31. 'HXiov. Acts vii. 45 eotg T&V //i. Aafiid.
b) day, day-light, from sunrise to sun- Seq. gen. of an event, e. g. Luke ii. 6
set, e. g. in antith. with vv, as in Gen. al t'ip. TOV TIKUV avTTjv. Acts v. 37 iv
of time when, iipipag xat vvKTog or VVK- Talg tip. Trjg airoyoafyiig. Heb. V. 7.
Tog Krai t'ip.ipag, by day and by night, Luke Matt. xxiv. 38. So Heb. irp; and Sept.
xviii. 7. Acts ix. 24. Mark v. 5. 1 Ex. ii. 11. Judg. xviii. 1. 2 Sam. xxi. 1.
Thess. ii. 9. comp. above in a. (Xen. Cyr. 1 K. x. 21 . Jer. i. 2. Gen. xxv. 24.
2. 3. or in Accus. of time how long, spec, the time of one's life, i. e. one's
23.) (/3)
Matt. iv. 2 vnortvoag i'ip.pag retro Kai VVK- days, years, age, life, e. g. fully, Luke i.
1

Tag Tt<rar. and so VVKTO. KOI iipipav, night 75 irdffag rag t'lptpag Trjg o>fjg, comp. Gen.
and day, i. e. continually, incessantly, xlvii. 8, 9. Absol. Luke i. 7 TrpofBtprjKOTtg
Mark iv. 27. Luke ii. 37. Acts xx. 31. iv Talg iifAipatg avrutv, advanced in years,
xxvi. 7. comp. above ina. (Xen. An. 6.1. in age, and so ver. 18. ii. 36.
genr.
14.) genr. Rev. viii. 12 r) rip. /**} <f>aivy . . . Heb. vii. 3. So Sept. and Heb. trp^
cat } Simply, e. g. rag r/pepag,
vi)bpoi(iig. Gen. vi. 3. Job xxxii. 7 D^P'S Nn GenI
the days, i. e. during the day time, every xxiv. 1. Josh. xiii. 1. AL.
day, Luke xxi. 37. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 12.)
So iipepag peaeg, at mid-day, Acts xxvi. a, ov, (>?/')) possess.
13. iipepag yei/ojUEvi/e, day being come,
pron. of first pers. plur. our, our own,
when it was day, Luke iv. 42. Acts xii. Acts ii. 11. xxiv. 6. xxvi. 5. Rom.xv.4
18. xvi. 35. al. (Xen. An. 7. 2. 34.)
1 Cor. xv. 31. 2 Tim. iv. 15. Tit. iii.
the Luke iv. 14. 1 John i. 3. ii. 2. Xen. Cyr. 2.1 .
t'l t'lfiepa icXivei, day declines,
42. JE1. Alex. M. 3. 4. John 4. Comp. Buttm. 72. 4.
(comp. 4.)
ix. 4 Hug 1/p.ipa iori, so long as it is day.
j oucj o, r), adj.
xi. 9 irtpnraTtiv iv ry 7//zsp. Trop. for for Luke x
, half-dead,
the light of true and higher knowledge,
30. Diod. Sic. 12. 62.
moral light, Rom. xiii. 12. 1 Thess. v.
5, 8.2 Pet. i. 19.
2. time, in general, nearly,i.
q. \p6vog. plur. ta, half, dimidius, a, um, Xen.
a) sing,
of a point or period of time ; H. G. 5. 3. 21. In N. T. only neut. TO
Matt. xiii. 1 iv fit ry I'/u'ecuf. iiceivy *?\3wv as subst. a half, gen. rjuiaovg
i'miffv,
6 'I. John xiv. 20. Eph. vi. 13 iv ry Matt. vi. 23, plur. TO. Jipiai] Luke xix. 8,
?/<. ry Trovripj. (Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 17.) both being forms of the later Greek,
 'Hjuto'iptov
362

Buttm. 51. n. 5. Winer ^9. 1. a, and dea he now collected an army, recov-
;

2. d. Lob. ad Phr. p. 246 sq. Mark ered Jerusalem, and extirpated the
vi. 23 ewe; jyjui'troug riije /3a<nXeiac. Luke Maccabean family, B. C. 37. After the
xix. 8. Rev. xi. 9 t}/iepct rpetc icai rjfiiav. battle of Actium he joined the party of
ver. 11. xii. 14. Sept. for Ex. xxiv. ^n Octavius, who confirmed him in his
6. Zech. xiv. 2. Tob. viii. 21\ Jos. Ant. possessions. He now rebuilt and deco-
7. 6. 1 rd t'lfjiiffT]
T&V yVtW. Xen. H. G. rated the temple of Jerusalem, built
2. 4. 10. and enlarged many cities, especially
Cesarea, and erected theatres and gym-
, OU, ro, (r//ii
for nasia in both these places. He was no-
ttpa,)
a half-hour, half an hour, Rev. viii.
torious for his jealousy and cruelty,
having put to death his own wife Mari-
correl. adv. Wten, ivhenever, amne and her two sons Alexander and
,

Buttm. 116. 4. constr. c. indie. 2 Aristobulus. He died A. D. 2, aged 70

Cor. iii. 15. c. subj. et dv ver. 16. c. years, after a reign of about 40 years as
indie. Sept. Gen. xxxi. 10. Xen. Cyr. 1. king. See Jos. Ant. 14. c. 9 sq. 15. c.

4- 27. c. subj. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 2.

6 sq. 16. c. 5 sq. etal. Jos. B. J. lib. 1
passim. It was near the close of his
see in "H no. 4. y.
life that Jesus was born, and the mas-
mild, gentle, sacre of infants took place in Bethle-
? ou, o, 17, adj.
kind, 1 Thess. ii. 7. 2 Tim. ii. 24. hem, Matt. ii. 16, comp. Macrob. Saturn.
Hdian. 2. 6. 3. Hdot. 3. 89. 2. 4 At Herod's death, half his king-
,

dom, viz. Idumea, Judea, and Samaria,

"Hp, o, Heb. iy (awake),
indec. Er, was given by Augustus to his son Ar-
pr. n. of a man, Luke iii. 28. chelaus with the title of ethnarch, see
in 'ApxXaog, the remaining half being
"HpE/uoc, ov, o, 77, adj. placid, quiet,
divided between two of his other sons,
tranquil, 1 Tim. ii. 2 }p^oj> KCU rjcrv
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 63
Herod Antipas and Philip, with the title
(3iov.
of tetrarchs, Jos. Ant. 18. 5. 1, the for-
jlyvovTai, SC. ol ajA&pu>7roi. Comp. Pas-
sow in rip'tiia. Tittm. de mer having Galilee and Perea, and the
Synon. N. T.
latter Batanea, Trachonitis, and Aura-
p. 65.
nitis(nowHaouran). Luke iii. 1. Jos.
, ov, of 6, Herod, pr. n. Ant. 17. 11. 4.
four persons in N. T. Idumeans by de- 2. Herod Antipas, 'AvriTrag, often
scent, who were successively invested called Herod the tetrarch, Matt. xiv. 1, 3,
by the Romans with authority over the 6 bis. Mark vi. 14, 16, 17, 18, 20 22.
Jewish nation in whole or in part. viii. 15. Luke iii. 1, 19 bis. viii. 3. ix.
Their history is related chiefly by Jo- 7, 9. xiii. 31. xxiii. 7 bis, 8, 11, 12, 15.
sephus, as cited below comp. also Nol- ;
Actsiv. 27. xiii. 1. He was the son of
dius de vita et gestis Herodum appended Herod the Great by Malthace, and own
to Joseph. Opp. Tom. II. ed. Haverc. brother to Archelaus, Jos. Ant. 17. 1.3.
Relandi Paloest. p. 174 sq. Schlosser After his father's death, Augustus gave
Gesch. der Familie Herodes Leipz. him Galilee and Perea with the title of
1818. tetrarch, Luke iii. 1, comp. above ;

1. Herod, surnamed the Great, Matt. whence also he is called by the very
ii. 1, 3, 7, 12, 13, 15, 16, 19, 22. Luke general title (3aai\tve Matt. xiv. Mark
9.
i. 5. He was the son of Antipater'an vi. 14. comp. in Ba<n\vc b. He first
Idumean in high favour with Julius married a daughter of Aretas, whom he
Caesar, and at the age of fifteen was dismissed on becoming enamoured of
made procurator of Galilee, in which Herodias see in 'A/olrag.
;
This latter,
he was confirmed by Antony with the his own niece and the wife of his brother
of tetrarch, about B. C. 41.
title Being Philip Herod, he induced to leave her
driven out by the opposite faction, he husband and live with him and it was ;

fled to Rome, where by the influence for his bold remonstrance on this occa-
of Aiitony he was declared king of J \\- sion that John the Baptist was put to
 363

death, through the arts of Herodias. granddaughter of Herod the Great and
(Mark vi. 17 sq. al.) Herod went to sister of Herod Agrippa the elder. She
Rome at the instigation of Herodias, to was first married to her uncle Philip
ask for the title and rank of king; but was left him to live with Herod
(Herod), but
there accused before Caligula at the in- Antipas see in 'Hpwflijg no.
;
2. Matt. xiv.
stance of Herod Agrippa her own brother, 3, 6. Mark vi. 17, 19, 22. Luke iii. 19.
and banished with her to Lugdunum
wvoc, Herodion, a >
in Gaul, about A. D. 41. His
(Lyons) Christian whom Paul calls his kinsman,
territories were given to Herod Agrippa.
Rom. XVI. 11.
Jos. Ant. 18. c. 5. c. 7. In Mark viii.
15 'Hpwfo/c is put collectively for 'Hpw- ou,6, Esaias, Heb.
fiiavoi q. v. (Jehovah's deliverance) Isaiah, the cele-
3. Herod Agrippa, the elder, called brated Hebrew prophet, Matt. iii. 3. iv.
by
Acts xii. 1, 6, 14. Mark vii. 6. al. Meton. for the book
Josephus only 'Aypiir-jraQ,
11, 19 _
21. xxiii. 35. He was grand- of Isaiah, Acts viii. 28, 30. AL.
son of Herod the Great and Mariamne, 'H<rau, &, Esau,indec. Heb.
itoy
and son of Aristobulus. On the accession n. of the elder son of Isaac
(hairy), pr.
of Caligula he received with the title of and brother of Jacob, the ancestor of the
king the provinces which had belonged Edomites, Rom. ix. 13. Heb. xi. 20. xii.
to his uncle Philip and to Lysanias, see 16. See Gen. xxv. 25 sq. xxvii. 6 sq.
above in no. 1, and in 'A/3iX/v//. To
these were added those of Herod Antipas, 'Hcru^a&Ojf. a<rw, (}<ruxoc,) tobe quiet,
see in no. 2 and Claudius afterwards tranquil, still, intrans. spoken of life, 1
;
Thess. iv. 11. Sept. for tspip Judg. iii.
gave him in A. D. 43 all those parts of
Judea and Samaria which had belonged 11, 30. Thuc. 1. 12. ib.~6. 38 __ By
to Herod the Great. He died suddenly impl. to rest, sc. from labour, Luke xxiii.
and miserably at Cesarea, A. D. 44. 56. (Herodian. 7. 5. 6.) from further
Acts xii. 21. Jos. Ant. 18. c. 5 sq. 19. cavil, discussion, etc. to hold one's peace,
c. 4 sq.
to be silent, Luke xiv. 4. Actsxi. 18. xxi.

4. Herod Agrippa, the younger, called 14. Sept. for iTHnTT Neh. v. 8. Jos.
in N. T. and by Josephus only Agrippa, Ant. 1. 21. 1. Hdian! '8. 3. 7.

'Ay/otTTTrae, Acts xxv. 13, 22 24, 26.

acj *l) (*/<">x<>e,) quiet,
tran-
xx vi. 19, 27, 28, 32.
1, 2, 7, He was the
quillity, stillness, e. g. quiet life, 2 Thess.
son of the elder Herod Agrippa, and at iii. 12 1 Mace. ix. 58. .El. V. H. 3.
his father's death received from Clau-
17. Dem. 145. 20. In the sense of still-
dius the of Chalcis, which had
kingdom ness, silence, Acts xxii. 2. 1 Tim. ii. 11,
belonged to his uncle Herod, he being 12. Sept. Job xxxiv. 29. Jos. Ant. 3.
then 17 years old. In A. D. 53 he was
4.1. Hdian. 3. 12. 13.
transferred with the title of king to the
provinces which his father at first pos- ou, o, TJ, adj. i.
q. rj

sessed, viz. Batanea, Trachonitis, Aura- quiet, tranquil, undisturbed from

,

and Abilene, to which other cities

nitis, without, 1 Tim. ii. 2. 1 Pet. iii. 4 Sept. __
were afterwards added. It was before Is. Ixvi. 2. Rom. II. 21.698. Dem. 150.
him that Paul was brought by Festus. 11.
Jos. Ant. 19. c. 9. ib. 20. 5. 2. ib. 20. c.
0. c. 7.
"Hrot, see in "H no. 4. 8.

'Hrrao/ucu, ujjuat, f. rjffo^at, de-

f) wv, oi, Herodians, Matt. pon. Pass. (jiTT<t>v,\ to be inferior, genr.
xxii. 16. Mark in. 6. xii. 13. Prob.jrar- 2 Cor. xii. 13 rt ... 8 ^rrri^rjTe virio TUQ
tizans of Herod (Antipas) and therefore
\. IKKX. &. V. H. 2. 30. Xen. An. 2.
supporters of the Roman domination, 2. 23. Hence, to be overcome, to be
which the Pharisees were not. Hence
vanquished by any one, c. dat. 2 Pet. ii.
prob. in general, i. q. Sadducees ; comp. 19 Buttm.
-yap rig r\rrr\Tai K. T. X.
<

Mark viii. 15 with Matt. xvi. 6. 134. 4. absol. 2 Pet. ii.20. Jos. Ant.
Soe, n> Herodias, 1. 19. 4 tpwTi !]TTTi$tis. In war, Hdian
 'Hrr/jjua 364-

ft. 4. 10. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 24. An Act. Cor. xi. 17 tig TO terror for the worse.-
>}rraw, to subdue, is found in a few late Luc. Somn. 18 i rig irpbg TO. I'JTTW ctTro-
writers, Sept. Is. liv. 17. Pol. 1. 75. 3. jcXivci. Adv. 2 Cor. xii, 15r)rrov dyaTrui-
ib. 3. 18. 5. Passow B. voc. Buttm. /iai, Me Zm am I loved. Dem. 104. 13.
Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 146. Thuc. 1. 8.

aroc, ro, (/rrao/iat,)

"Hrrtyua, a
*0 sound,
a worse state, sc. as com-
foin<7 inferior,
()xc)
to resound, intrans. 1 Cor. xiii. 1 %aX/co
pared with any other or former state,
r/xwv. Sept. Ex. xix. 16. Hes. Theog.
duty, etc. Rom. xi. 12 ;rr?;/ta avruv,
42. Of the sea, to roar, Luke xxi. 25.
i. e. their being brought into a worse 50 __ Horn.
Sept. for rran
T
Jer. 1. 42. li.
state, i.
q. diminution, degradation. 11.1.157.
Hence, failure, fault, 1 Cor.vi. 7. Sept.
Is. xxxi. 8 defeat. T
H}(oc, ou, 6, (i. q. 77x77,) sound, noise,
Acts ii. 2. Heb. xii. 19.
"Ilrrwv .,..-. Sept. for ypn
as an irreg. comparative to Kaicog, viz. Ps. cl. 3. Jos. Ant. 11. 4. 2. Hdian. "4".
ivorse, inferior, weaker, see Buttm. 68. 8. 19 Metaph. fame, rumour, Luke iv.
2. In N. T. only neut. tjaffov, e. g. 1 37, comp. Mark i. 28 CIKOJ?.

brazen sea or laver, to?, 1 K. vii. 23. 2

ov, 6, Thaddeus, a sur-
name of the apostle Jude, also called K. xxv. 13.
Lebbeus, the brother of James the less. b) of particular seas and lakes, viz.
Matt. x. 3. Mark iii. 18. Comp. Luke (a) by impl. the Mediterranean, Acts x.
vi. 16. vi. 32. xvii. 14. al. So Sept. and to?
Gen.
xiii. 14. Jon. i. 4.
(/3)
the Red sea, i\
Att. rra, TJC, (prob.
, ti>
epvSpa SdXctffGa, fully Acts vii. 36. ab-
a\,) a the sea, sea, viz. sol. 1 Cor. x. 1, 2. Sept. and to? Ex.
a) genr. and as implying the vicinity
See in 'EpvSroog.
xiii. 18. xiv. 2. al.
of land, Matt. xiii. 47 aayi'ivy fiXnSelay
(y)
the sea of Galilee or Tiberias, r) SaX.
tig Tt]v SaXaavav. xviii. 6 TrtXayof ri]g
rijg TaXiXaiag 77 rr/e Tifiepiadog, fully
^aX. depth of the sea. Mark ix. 42. Luke Matt. iv. 28. Marki. 16.John xxi. 1. al.
xxi. 25. Rom. ix. 27. 2 Cor. xi. 26. Rev.
absol. Matt. iv. 15. John vi. 16 19.
xviii. 17 see in 'Epyao/zai 2. b.
Sept. and Q? Num. xxxiv. 11. See
Sept. al.
for to"T Gen. xxii. 17. Is. v. 30. ^El. V. the description of this lake under rr-
H. 9. 16. Xen. An. 1. 5. 1. ib. 5. 1. 2.
Aristot. Meteor. 1. 13, VTTO
vtjvapeT.
Also for the ocean, Rev. xx. 13. xxi. 1.
rbv Kavicaffov Xifivrj, ij KaXovaiv ol t/ctl
7} yij KOI 77 SaXao-o-a, land and sea, for AL.
the whole earth, Rev. vii. 1 3. xii. 12.

(Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 1.) 6 ovpavbg, rj yrj, KO.I

), f. i/'w, to warm, to make warm,
by Horn. Od. 21. 179, 246. by
r) SaXawa, heaven,earth, and sea, for fire,

the universe, Acts iv. 24. xiv. 15. Rev. warmth imparted, Sept. 1 K. i. 2, 4. Jos.
v. 13. So Sept. and to? Ex. xx. 11. Ant. 7. 14. 3. of a fowl brooding, Deut.
ii. 7. Jos. Ant. 4/3.2. Poet, of xxii. 6. In N. T. trop. to cherish, to
Hag.
the waters above the firmament, on nourish, trans. 1 Thess. ii. 7 u>g av rpofbg
which the throne of God is said to be SaX-Try rd tavriig r'iKva. Eph. v. 29. Jos.
A. J. 4. 3. 14. Anth. Gr. II. p. 239. III.
founded, SraXaffaa vaXivrj, crystal sea,
Rev. iv. 6, xv. 2. Comp. Gen. i. 7. Ps. p. 167.
xxix. 10. cxlviii. 4. Others compare the indec. TJiamar, Heb
, }>
 365 Oavaroc

n (palm-tree), the widow of Er, Matt. b) spoken of a violent death, e. g. as

See Gen c. 38. apunishment, tvo^og Savarov, Matt. xxvi.
66. Mark xiv. 64. u^iog 3-av. Luke xxiiu,
w, f- fa", to
, (Sdfipog,) 15. Acts xxiii. 29. al. KaraKpiveiv nva
be astonished, to be amazed, Acts ix. 6 Matt. xx. 18. Mark x. 33.
Savdry
rpl/uwv re icat $afi(3it>v. Sept. 1 Sain.
Sdvaroc erravpou Phil. ii. 8. genr. Matt.
xiv. 15. Horn. II. 8. 77. Od. 1. 323.
Mark 12. Luke xxiii. 22.
x. 21. xiii.
Later also trans. Sept. 2 Sam. xxii. 5 ;
xxiv. 20. Acts xxii. 4. 2 Cor. i. 9, 10.
and hence Pass. Sappsopat, to be asto- Rev. ii. 10. al. So of the death of Jesus,
nished, to be amazed, Mark i. 27. x. 24, 1 Cor. xi. 26. Phil. ii. 8. Heb. ii. 9.
32. Wisd. xvii. 3. 1 Mace. vi. 8. Plut. v. 7. as piacular, Rom. v. 10. Col. i.
Caes. 45.
22. Heb. ii. 14. ix. 15. Also by Hebra-
ism, Matt. xv. 4 et Mark vii. 10 Savdry
astonishment, amazement, from admira- TeXtvTaTU), quoted from Ex. xxi. 17 where
tion, Luke iv. 36. v. 9. Acts iii. 10. Sept. for rWV n1?3, comp. ver. 17. Rev.
Horn. II. 4. 79. Thuc. 6. 31. ii. 23 TO, rficva CIVTIJZ aTroKTtvCj ivSavdrty,
and so Sept. for nV
rritt Ex. xxii. 18.

0ava(r*juoe, ou, o, T/, adj. ( Hdian. 2. 2. 14. "Xen. An. 2. 6. 29 bis.

deadly, e. g. poisonous, Mark xvi. 18 c)
Heb. nV3 and Sept. Sdvaroe often
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 34. Diod. S. 1. 87. Comp. have the sens'e of destruction, perdition,
Lob. ad Phr. p. 651.
misery,implying both physical death
and exclusion from the presence and
> ou, *, V, adj.
favour of God, in consequence of sin
,
0pw,) death-bringing, deadly, and disobedience, opp. D^n to Sept.
James iii. 8 /4or;} lov Sav. Sept. for
wij life and happiness so Deut. xxx.
ma^ Num. xviii. 22 __ Diod.
;
Sic. 3. 50.
19. Prov. xi. 19. xii. 28. Is. xxv. 8. Ps.
Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 32. Comp. Lob. ad xvi. 11 coll. Acts ii. 28. In N. T. this
Phr. p. 651.
notion is applied with more defmiteness
Gavaroc, ov, o, (Si/^o-cw, 3avTi/,) to the gospel scheme ; and as wri is

death, the extinction of life, naturally or used to denote the bliss and glory of
by violence. the kingdom of God, including the idea
a) genr.
and of natural death, John of a joyful resurrection, (see Zw?} c. /3,)
xi. 4 ai>TTi 17 aoSkviia OVK fort irpbg so Gavaroc is put for the opposite, viz.
Sdvarov. ver. 13. Rom. viii. 38. Phil. rejection from the kingdom of God, in-
i. 20. Heb. vii. 23. al. So ycvecr&u v. cluding the idea of physical death as
ttit'iv TOV Sdvarov, see in Tcuw b. Eitfo; aggravated by eternal condemnation ;

I. c. Also Matt. xxvi. 38 et Mark xiv. the idea of physical death being some
34 Trept'XvTrof 'iwg Savdrov sorrowful even times more prominent, and sometimes
unto death, comp. Engl. < to grieve one- that of subsequent perdition. John viii.
self to death.' Rev. xiii. 3 tig Sdvarov. 51 Sdvarov ov f^rj SewpTjtry tiQ TUV aiuva.
ib. irXrjyrj Savdrov, deadly wound ;
Rom. vi. 16 tfouXoi a/zaprt tig Sdvarov.
Buttm. 123. n. 4. John xii. 33 iroiy Ver. 21 rb yap rlXog kKtivuv, 3-avarof.
Savdrif) fjpeXXtv diroSvrjfficsiv, by what ver. 23. vii. 5, 10. viii. 2, 6. 2 Cor. ii. 16.
death he should die. xviii. 32. xxi. 19. iii. 7. 2 Tim. i. 10 KaTapyrjaavTog \iiv

comp. Buttm. 133. 3. 2. Epict. Ench. TOV Sdvarov, <}><t)Trj<ravTO

de ZUTJV . . . Sid
5. Xen. Ag. 10. 3. 3-avary Savtiv Horn. TOV evayytXiov. Heb. ii. 15. James v.
Od. 11. 412. TTOJ'V Savary Act. Thorn. 20. 1 John iii. 14. v. 16, 17. al. Called
21. Plur. Savaroi, deaths, i. e. ex- also 6 dtvrtpog SdvaTOQ, the second death,
posures to death, 2 Cor. xi. 23. Plut. Rev. ii. 11. xx. 6, 14. xxi. 8. Comp.
Romul. 24, Xoifibg Savdrovg fitv atyvt- in 'AiroSrvriffKb) e. In this sense 6 3-ava-
SiovQ dv^pwTrotg dvev voawv iTritjiSpiov. TOQ is used in a species of half-personifi-
Hence meton. for plague, pestilence,Rev. cation, the idea of physical death being
vi. 8. xviii. 8. So Sept. and n.]p Ex. prominent, Rom. v. 12, 14, 17, 21. 1
x. 17. Jer. xviii. 21. Sept. for Wf 1 Cor. xv. 26, 54, 55, 56, coll. Is. xxv. 8.
K. viii. 37. Jer. xxi. 7. al. Hos. xiii. 14.
 Gavaro'w 360

6 Savarog personified, death,

d) poet. g),
i.
q
as the king of Hades, Rev. vi. 8. xx. 13, In N. T. only imperat,
p'lw q. v.
14. xxi. 4. also i. 18. Acts ii. 24. So i, 3ap<mre, be of good cheer, have
Sept. and Dltt Ps. xlix. 15. comp.. Job good courage, spoken by way of encou-
xviii. 13. Meton. for $8ns itself, Matt.iv. ragement, Matt. ix. 2, 22. xiv. 27. Mark
16 et Luke i. 79 iv x^Pf Kai ffKl V ^^vd- vi. 60. x. 49. Luke viii. 48. John xvi.
TOV death-shade, the shades of Orcus, 33. Acts xxiii. 11. Sept. for NTrrb$
i.
darkness, quoted from Is. ix.
e. thickest Gen. xxxv. 17. Joelii. 21,22. ficclus.
1 where Sept. for JTp^S. Comp. Prov. xix. 10. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 18.
vii. 27. AL.
Goocroe, foe? ouc> T i cheer, i. e.
cheerful mind, courage, e.
Gavarow, w, f. w<ra>, (Savarof,) to spirit, g.

put to death, in N. T. by the intervention Xapfldvtiv ap<roc, to take courage, i. e.

of others, q. to cause to be put to death,

i. to be encouraged, to be full of hope and
to deliver over to death, trans. confidence, i.
q. Safipiu, Acts xxviii. 15.

a) pp. Matt. x. 21 SavaT&aovaiv aii-

1 Mace. iv. 35. Jos. Ant. 5. 5. 4.
TOVQ. xxvi. 59. xxvii. 1. Mark xiii. 12. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 5.

xiv. 55. Luke xxi. 16. 2 Cor. vi. 9. 1 Pet.

vjLta, aroe, > (prob. ^ao/itn,) a
iii. 18. Also hyperbol. 36, Rom. viii.
wonder, Xen. An. 6. 3. 23. In N. T.
quoted from Pa. xliv. 23 where Sept. for
wonder, admiration, Rev.xvii, 6 t^av^aaa
ann. Sept. for rrttn i K. xi. 40.
Savpa /isya, comp. Buttm. ^ 131. 3 --
Jer. xxxviii. 15. PoL 24. 4. 5. Xen.
Job xvii. 8. Hdian. 1. 1.8. Xen.
Sept.
An. 2. 6. 4.
Ag. 2. 27.
to mortify, to subdue evil de-
b) trop.
sires, etc. Rom. xiii. 13. Pass, to become Gavjuaw, f.
atro/iat Rev. xvii. 8,
dead to any thing, to be freed from its comp. Buttm. 113. n. 7, aor. 1 i$av-
power, c. dat. Rom. vii. 4. ftaaa, (^av^a,\ to wo'nder, viz.
intrans, to be astonished, to be
a)
GaTrrw, f. ^w, aor. 2 Irdfrjv, to per- amazed, absol. Matt. viii. 10 6 'Irj. &av-
form funeral rites, pp. including burn- /ia<re Kai etTre. ver. 27. ix. 8, 33. xv. 31.
ing and burial, Horn. Od. 12. 12. II. 21. xxi. 20. xxii.22. xxvii. 14. Mark v. 20.
323. In N. T. genr. to bury, to inter, vi. 61. xv. 5. Luke i. 63. viii. 25. xi. 14.
trans. Matt. viii. 21, 22. xiv. 12. Luke xxiv. 41. John v. 20. vii. 15. Actsii. 7.
ix. 59. 60. xvi. 22.- Acts ii. 29. v. 6, 9, iv. 13. Rev. xvii. 7, 8. Sept. for
xiii. 41.
10. 1 Cor. xv. 4. Sept. for Gen. "Oft
nyiTiTin
23 -- 2 Mace. i. 22
Is. xli.
4 sq --Jos. Ant. 4. 8.
!

xxiii. 6. Hdian. 4. Luc. D. Deor, 23. 1. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 6.

3. 19. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 23. With adjuncts, to wonder at any
indec. Thara, Heb. thing, e. g. seq. ace. of pron. as remote
Gapa, 6,
John v. 28 /*?} Savp. rovro.
Terah, pr. n. of the father of Abraham, object,
Luke iii. 34. See Gen. xi. 24 sq. Josh. Luke xxiv. 12. See Buttm. 131. 7.

xxiv. 2.
For Rev. xvii. 6 see in Qavfia. Seq.
did n Mark vi. 6. John viii. 21. Iv TIVI

ppio), w, f. ?<TW, (Sappoc later Luke i. 21, comp. 'Ev 3. c. y. liri TIVI
Att. for
Sap<roc,)
to be
of good cheer, to Mark xii. 17. Luke ii. 33. iv. 22. ix. 43.
have good courage, to be full of hope xx. 26. Actsiii. 12. comp. 'ETTI II. 3. c. e .
and confidence, intrans. 2 Cor. v. 6. nvog Luke ii. 18.
TTfpf Seq. on, to
Sappovvreg ovv irdvroTC, ver. viii. Heb. wonder that, because, etc. Luke xi. 38.
xiii. 6. Sept. Prov. i. 21. Ceb.Tab. 30. John iii. 7. iv. 27. Gal. i. 6. (Xen. Ven.
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 32. Seq. Iv TIVI, to 1. Seq. et, to wonder if, whether,
3.)
have hope and confidence in any one, Mark 1 John iii. 13.
xv. 44. Comp.
2 Cor. vii. 16. comp. 'Ev no. 3. c. y. So El I. 2. g. a. Xen. An. 3. 2. 35.
d) by impl. trans, to wonder at,
i. e. to
Sept. Sappel ETT' avry for g TTO31 Prov.
xxxi. 11. (Pol. 5. 29. 4 iiri run.) Seq. admire, c. ace. comp. Matth. 317. n, 5)

f'iQ riva, to be bold towards any one, 2 Luke vii. 9 6 '!>; t^ow/mov aurov.
Cor. x. 1.2. Acts vii. 31. Pass. 2 Thess. i. 10. Diod.
 367

Sic. 4. 31 TIJV apTrjt>. Luc. D. Deor. b) simply

to see, to perceive with the
16. 2. Xen. Lac. 1. 2. From the Heb. eyes, i. q. lSt.lv, c. accus. John viii. 10
Jude 16 SravpdZovTfQ Trpowira, admirers fiijdeva StaaantvoQ. Acts xxi. 27. xxii. 9.

of persons, i. e.
having respect to per- 1 John iv. 12. Pass. i$td$r] v-rr'
avTijQ
X
sons, partial ; so Sept. for & 2D ^3 Is. Mark xvi. 11 Jos. Ant. 1.11.2. Xen.
ix. 15. Job xiii. 10. xxii. 8. Sin Lev. CEc. 8. 11. Seq. ace. and particip.
xix. 15. In constr. prsegnans, Rev. xiii. Mark Luke v. 27 iStaaaro re-
xvi. 14.
3 $av[id%fiv oiriodi TOV Srjpiov, to wonder Xwvqv KaStjpivov K. T. \.
. . John i. 32,
after the beast, i. e. to admire and follow 38. Acts i. 11. (Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 17.)
him, to become his worshipper, comp. Seq. on John vi. 5. Acts viii. 18.
ver. 4.
Ocarpt^o), f. iffu),
(Starpov,')
to be an
actor in the theatre, Suid. sub v. ^o-
Gaujuafftof, oi, o, 17, adj. ($av-
paa)), wonderful, admirable, Luc.
D. Xoyof . Also to bring upon
the, theatre,

Mort. 20. Xen. An. 2. 3. 15. InN.T.

5. to present as a
spectacle, trans. Hence
neut. rb ^av/za<rtov, a wonder, miracle, in N. T. genr. to make a public spectacle
Matt. xxi. 15. Sept. for tfJ>D
Ps. Ixxvii. of, to expose to public scorn, Pass. Heb.
12, 15. nijD3 Josh. iii- o- Ps. ix. 2. x. 33. Criminals were sometimes ex-
Ecclus. xlviii/4. posed and punished in the theatre, see
Philo in Flacc. p. 977.
oe, T), ov,
wonderful, admirable, wondrous. 1 Pet. Gcarpov, ou, TO, (-&tao/iai,) theatre,
ii. 9 ec rd
Savfiaorbv UVTOV 0u)f. Rev. i.
place where dramatic and other
e.

XV. 1, 3, ffijfinov, tpya, Savp. Matt. xxi. public spectacles were exhibited, ^El.
42 et Mark xii. 11 avrrj [for i<rri
V. H. 3. 8. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 3. Here
rovro]
too the people were accustomed to con-
SavfiaoTi} iv 6<t>5. >//*. quoted from Ps.
cxviii. 23 where Sept. for vene on other occasions, to hear ha-
nk^p: hrrr,
oomp. Gesen. Lehrg. p 661. Stuart rangues, to hold public consultations,
see Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 7. Diod. Sic.
Sept. for TIN Ps. viii. 1.
436. etc.
1012
Ex. xv. 11. xxxiv. 10. Luc. Somn/9, 16.84. Pol. 29. 10.2. Jos. Ant. 17.6.
10. Hdian. 2. 4. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 7. 3. B. J. 7. 3. 3. Cic. pro Flacc. 7.
In the sense of strange, unusual, 2 comp. Kypke II. p. 100. Wetstein II.
Cor. xi. 14 cat oil SavpaffTov, no wondei', p. 585. So Acts xix. 29, 31. Meton.a
John ix. 30. Xen. Mem. 1.1. 17. Cyr. spectacle, public show, trop. 1 Cor. iv.9.
4. 6. 4. comp. Heb. x. 33. JSsch. Dial. Socr.
3. 20 Sriarpa iroitjT&v.
Gea, ac> fem. of a
')>
Stog,)
( god-
Ottov, ou, TO, (prob. neut. of Saof,
dess, e. g. Diana, Acts xix. 27, 35, 37 in
see Passow sub
text. rec. Xen. Ven. 1. 6. v.) sulphur, brimstone,
Rev. xix. 20 T$V Katofitvrjv iv r< $iy.
f. aero/zat, depon. Mid. So 7ri)p jcai tlov,fire and brimstone, i. e.
aor. 1 pass. iStdSrjv in sulphurous flames, Luke xvii. 29. Rev.
pass, sense, Buttm. 113. n. 6; to see, xiv. 10. XX. 10. xxi. 8. irvp KCU tcair VOQ
to look at, to behold, trans. cai Stiov, sulphurous flames and smoke,

a) pp. including the notion of desire,

Rev. ix. 17, 18. So Sept. and rMEDa
pleasure, etc. Tittm. de Syn. N. T. Gen. xix. 24. Ez. xxxviii. 22. Ac
p. Ill, 120. So Matt. xi. 7 et Luke vii. Thorn. 53. Hdian. 8. 4. 26.
24 TI iZfjXSeTt 9-a<ra<rSai
;
Matt. xxii. 11.
Luke xxiii. 55. John i. 14. iv. 35. xi. 45. a, ov, (Sof,) divine, per-
1 John i. 1. iv. 14. So TO 3a- taining to God, 2 Pet. i. 3, 4. Sept.
irpbg
irvtvpa 3r. for Ex. xxxi. 3. xxxv.
DV}^
Siivai avTo'iQ in order to be seen BY them, 29. Hdian. 1. llTlO. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.
Matt. vi. 1. xxiii. 5. comp. Buttm. 134.
32. Neut. TO Stiov, the divine nature,
4. 2 Mace. ii. 4. Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 4 pen.
Hdian. 3. 4. 11. Xen. An. 3. 5. 13 __ In divinity, Acts xvii. 29. Diod. Sic. 16.
60. Xen. Mem. 1.4. 18.
visit, Rom. xv. 24.
the sense of to So
Sept. andnhn 2Chr. xxii. 6 __ Jos. Ant. Gftorrjc, TJTOC, n, (& ,} deity
'6. 1.2. the divine nature anc
Godhead, i. e.
 3G8

perfections, Rom. i. 20. Wisd. xviii. 9. God and Christ, seq. inf. aor. Rom. ix.
Clem. Alex. Strom. 5. 10. 22 tl dt 6 Seog ivddaa5ai K. T. X.
SiXwv
Col. i. 27. (Horn. II. 13. 743. Hdot. 2.
inf. et ace. 1 Tim. ii. 4. (Xen.
13.) seq.
sulphurous, i. e. made of sulphur, Rev.
Mag. Eq. 9. 9.) absol. c. inf. irnpl.
ix. 17. Philostr. Imag. I. 27. p. 802.
John v. 21. Acts xviiii. 21 TOV Seov SiX-
A form only of the later Greek, Lob. ad OVTOQ. 1 Cor. iv. 19. James iv. 15.
Phryn. p. 228. Horn. II. 20. 243. Xen. Cyr. 2.
4. 19 ult.

aroc, TO, (3sXa>,) a form

eiXrjjua,
of men, seq. infin. e. g. aor. Matt,
(/3)
not Attic, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 7, will, i. e. v. 40. Mark vi. 19 KO.I ffieXfv avrbv
active volition. cnroKTiivai. John i. 44. Acts vii. 28. al.

a) pp. will,
the act of willing, wish, c. inf. pres. Matt. xix. 21 tl SeXeig riXtiog
good pleasure ; Matt. xxvi. 42 ytvrjSr) ilvai. John vi. 67. Actsxiv. 13. x. 10.
TO SeXtjfid <TOV. Acts xxi. 14. 1 Cor. xvi. xviv. 6. al. seq. inf. et ace. Luke i. 62.
12 OVK i\v SsXrjua. Eph. v. 17. 1 Pet. ii. absol. c. inf. impl. Matt. viii. 2 tavStXyc.
15. iv. 2, 3, 19. 1 John v. 14. So&Xq/m Mark iii. 13. 1 Cor. vii. 36. Rev. xi. 6. al.
aapKog, carnal desire, John i. 13. Sept. (Palteph. 24. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 10.)
for
ypnPs. i. 2. psi Dan. viii.4. xi. So c. neg. ov $eXw, not to will, not to
3. Ecclus. viii. 15. have in mind, and by impl. to will not,
meton. will, thing willed, what one to determine not to do this or that, to
b)
wills to do or to have done, Matt. vii. 21 refuse, etc. seq. inf. aor. Matt. ii. 18
dXV 6 Troidiv ro SriXijfia TOV Trarpof. xii. OVK ijStXt TraoaK\riT)vai. Mark vi. 26.
50. xxi. 31. Mark iii.35. John v. 30. Luke xv. 28. al. c. inf. pres. John vii. 1.
vi. 38. Acts xiii. 22. Rom. xii. 2. Eph. 2 Thess. iii. 10. absol. c. inf. impl.
vi. 6. Heb. xiii. 21. al. Eph. ii. 3 rd Matt, xviii. 30. xxi. 29. Rom. vii. 15sq.
StXripctTa TIJC ffapKog. Sept. and ypH 1 Pateph. 2. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 10. In
K. v. 8, 9. Ps. ciii. 21.
cxliii'. 10. antith. of to will and to do, Rorn. vii. 18.
ps-l
Hence by impl. will, i. e. purpose, 2 Cor. viii. 10, 11. Phil. ii. 13. Comp.
counsel, decree, law. Matt, xviii. 14 Winer 65. 6. Further, with a nega-
ourwg OIJK IGTIV SriXrj[j,a l/*7rp.
TOV irarpoc. tive the idea of SrkXm sometimes ap-
John vi. 39, 40. Acts xxii. 14. Heb. x. proaches that of Siivafjiai, to be able, I
7, 9, 10, 36. So
TO SiXrjpa TOV
collect. can, e. g. Matt. SeXwv av-r)v
i. 19 /i/}

Stov, the counsels, the eternal purposes jrapadttyiiaTiaai, being unwilling, una-
of God, Matt vi. 10. Luke xi. 2. ble, i. e. not being able to bring himself

d) meton. will,
the faculty of willing, to do so and so. Luke xviii 13 OVK ffit-
free-will. 1 Cor. vii. 37 Qovaiav *x sl '"I * Xsv ovSi rove 6<j>3r. tTrapat, would not,
TOV Idiov SeXrifiaTog. Luke xxiii. 25. could not, dared not. Comp. Passow
2 Pet. i. 21. of God, Eph. i. 5, 11. in i&Xw. Schaef. in Greg. Cor. p. 135.
1 Pet. iii. 17 ei SsXti TO SeXjj/m TOV Stov. Horn. II. 13. 106. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 16.
AL. H. G. 5. 4. 61.
(y) trop.
of the wind,
John iii. 8 oirov StXti, Trvti, i. e. pro
W, *l> ($&,) good-
will,
lubitu. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 19 6,n^Xv, of
pleasure of God, Heb. ii. 4 Sept. Ez.
an eagle.
xviii. 23. 2 Mace. xii. 16. A form of the
to wish, to desire, to choose,
later Greek, Lob. ad Phr. p. 7.
b) genr.
seq. infin. e. g. aor. Luke viii. 20 iStlv <re
and 'ES&w, f. aXifcrw, both SeXovrtG. xxiii. 8. c. inf. pres. John xvi.
forms being used alike by the Atticists, 19. Gal iv. 20. seq. infin. et accus.
though not indiscriminately j for the Mark vii. 24. 1 Cor. vii. 7. xi. 3. xiv. 5.
distinction see Passow in SeXu> and t^Xw. (Hdian. 1. 2. 3.) absol. c. inf. impl.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 7. To will, to wish, Matt. XV. 28 yevqSfjrtii act wg SiXttg.
to desire,pp. implying active volition Mark ix. 13. John xv. 7. 1 Cor. iv. 21.
and purpose, and thus differing from (Palaeph. 28. 3.) So
neg. ov S-tXw, c.

fiovXofjiai, see in BovXofjiai init. to will not, to be unwilling, to choose not,

seq. infin. aor. Luke xix. 14 ob Srk-

a
PP- * will) i- e. to have in mind, to
)
1 Cor.
purpose, to intend, to please, viz. () of Xofjifv TOVTOV jSaoiXtvffai t^' }/mf .
 339

x. 20. (Palseph. 39. 3.) c. inf. pres. escapes them who affirm this, who are
Rom. i. 13. 1 Cor. x. 1. 2 Cor. i. 8. thus minded, comp. ver. 4. Hdian. 5.3.
(Luc. D. Mort. 2. 1
ult.)
absol. c. inf. 11 eiKovn re. ijXiov drepyaorov tlvai ^1-

impl. John xxi. 18. Seq. ti, Luke xii. XOV<TIV. ib. 5. 6. 10. So volo Cic. Acad.
49 TI StXu), ti ^j<fy avfj^rj sometimes ',
4. 14.
with an accus. simply, where however SiXtt) seq. infin. is sometimes
e) nearly,
an infin. is strictly implied, e. g. Luke 1.
q. /uXXw, to be about to, i. e. it serves
V. 39 ovdeig TTIO/V TroXaioi/, ivSeui merely as an auxiliary and gives to the
vfov, sc. Trivfiv. 2 Cor. xi. 12 TUIV infin. a future sense, but only of inani-
TWV atyopprjv, SC. euptiv. Seq. 'iva C. mate things, e. g. Acts ii. 12 et xvii. 20

subjunct. Matt. vii. 12 oaa av SiXrjTe 'iva rt av SiXot TOVTO tlvat ',
what then will
K-oiGJaiv vfiiv ot di/Sp. Mark vi. 25. this be ? or as in comm. Eng. what is
<

John xvii. 24. So in interrogations, this Hdot. 1. 78, 109. ib.

going to be?'
seq. fut. indie, or more properly aor. 2. 11, 14. See Schweigh. Lex. Herod, in

subjunct. pp. with Vva implied ; e. g. t&Xw. Passow in i&Xw. Viger. p. 263
Matt. xx. 32 rt StXtrt [Vva] Trot^erw v/xTv; sq. AL.
as in Engl. what will ye
[that]
/ should
do unto you? xxvi. 17. Mark xiv. 12. 0e/i!AfO, ,7,adj. ($!pa, ri^/K), pp.
placed or laid as a foundation, funda-
xv. 9, 12. Lukeix.54.al. But see Winer
mental ; hence in N. T. as subst. foun-
42. 4. p. 235. Herm. ad Vig. p. 742.
dation. Mceris, StptXia icai
(Anacr. 12. 1. Soph. (Ed. R. 651. c. fut. Kai
ovdtTipuic, aTTneuf SefieXiot
Luc. Navig. 4 et 26.) Once with fj, i. e. to
KOIVUQ.
choose rather, to prefer, I Cor. xiv. 19, see
a)
masc. 6 SipiXioc, sc. Xtdog, pp.
in *H 3. a. Sometimes iSeXtiv (but not
foundation-stone. Heb. xi. 10 rr)v TOVS
SfXt/) when followed by an infin. is to be $fp. t\ovffav iroXiv. xxi. 14, 19 bis. Rev.
rendered as an adverb before a finite verb,
Sept. for 10? 1 K. v. 17. ib: Job xxii.
willingly, gladly, as John vi. 21 ry^tXov 16. NUJX Ezra iv. 12. v. 16. Esdr.
T
ovv Xafitivavrvv tic ro TrXoIov, they gladly
vi. 20. Pol. 1. 40. 9. Thuc, 1. 93.
received him into the vessel. See Buttm.
Trop. of elementary doctrine and in-
150. p. 440. Winer 58. 4. Xen. Hi.
struction, the foundation, 1 Cor. iii. 10
7.9. Cyr. 1. 1. 3. ib. 5. 1. 20.
Rom. xv.
f/tXiov T&tiKa. Eph. ii. 20.
by impl. to be disposed, inclined to
c) 20. Heb. vi. 1 . of a fundamental doc-
any thing, to delight in, to love, i. q. trine or principle, e. g. Christ 1 Cor. iii.
0jXu> ;
so seq. infin. Luke xx. 43 r&v Also Tim. 19 Sf^Xiov icaXov,
11, 12. 1 vi.
TTfptTrareTv iv oroXaiff eat
a good foundation, on which hope and sc.
a<nra<Tfiov^, comp. Mark xii.
salvation Meton. 2 Tim. ii.
38 rCJv SeXovriov iv <TT. eat
may rest.
irtpuraTtlv 19 SffisXtoe TOV Stov, that which God
ay-jraffftovf, where
seems to take the
it
hath founded, God's building, the gospel
accus. as being synonymous with 0iXew.
scheme.
But this is better referred to Hebraism,
b) neut. TO Se/zfXiov, foundation, in
comp. Winer 58. 4. So by Hebraism
Luke's writings, Acts xvi. 26 TO. StfteXta.
c. accus. Matt, xxvii. 43 ti 3iX avrov, Luke vi. 48, 49. xiv. 29. Sept. for t3"7pitt
quoted from Ps. xxii. 9 where Sept. for Prov. viii. 29. Is. Iviii. 12. ID? Lam.
13 ypn. Sept. and ypl c. ace. Ez. Diod.
iv. 11. Mic. i. 6. Sic.' 5. 66.
xviii. 23. Also Matt. ix.'lS IXeov SXw,
Xen.H. G.5.2.5.
Kai ov Svaiav, quoted from Hos. vi. 6
where Sept. for ypn c. ace. Heb. x. w, f. w<, (Sf/iXio?,) to lay
5, 8, quoted from PsI xl. 7 where Sept. the foundation of any thing, to found,
for
ypn c. ace Seq. Iv TIVI, to delight trans. Matt. vii. 25 et Luke vi. 48 r$-
in any thing, Col. ii. 18 SiXuv iv T pfXiuTO yap iiri rr\v iriTpav, where for
vo(fpoovvy K. T. X. So Sept. and ^ the omission of the augm. in plupf. see
1 Chr. xxviii. 4. Buttm. 83. n. 6. Heb. i. 10 quoted
to be so and so minded, to from Ps. cii. 26 where Sept. for -r\
d) by impl.
be of opinion, to affirm. 2 Pet. iii. 5 Xav- also Josh. vi. 26. al Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 11.
Sdvtt yap avTobt; TOVTO SsXovTctg, for it Metaph. to ground, to establish, to con-
2B
 370

iii. 17. Col. i. 23 ry iii. 15. Rev.iv. 8. xi. 17. So Acts ii.
firm, Eph.
1 Pet. v. 10. Diod. 39 Kvptog b Srtbg vn&v. vii. 37. So Sept.
rtSe/itXiw/ilvov.
Sic. 11. 68. ib. 15. 1. for
tTT^Nj rprr?
Gen. ii. 15, 16, 18 sq. i;i.
14. more freq. c. gen. for "D ''H^N ""^^
, ov, , /, adj. 13. Ez. xliv.3.al. See
Is. xliii. 3. Jer. iii.
o/ GW, 1 Thess.
iy.
9.
Gesen. Heb. Lex. rnn? a. In con-
comp. SidaKTol TOV Ssov John vi. 45.
struction : before a genitive, e. g. of
87. (a)
Theophil. ad Autol. II. p.
person, 6 3t6g Tivog, the God of any one,
0^0X070?, ov, 6, ($e<Jc, Xsyw,) i. e. his
protector, benefactor, the object
theologue, one who treats of God and of his worship. Matt. xxii. 32 6 Stbg
divine things, as Epimenides Diod. Sic. 'Afipaap K. T. \. Mark xii. 26. Luke i.
5. 80. Pherecydes Plut. Sylla 36. In 68. Acts v. 30. vii. 32, 46. al. So voc.
N. T. spoken of John, the divine, the Matt, xxvii. 46 dee fj.ov,
3tl /tov, and Mark
of the
theologian, in the inscription xv. 34 6 3<5f fiov, b 3f6c fiov, quoted
Apocalypse, as maintaining the divine from Ps. xxii. 2 where Heb. ^N "<!pK,
nature and attributes of the Logos, Sept. 6 Srebg b Stog fiov. Seq. gen. of
comp. Rev. i. 2. thing, i. e. God as the author and giver,
the source of any thing, e. g. Srebg TJJQ
vTTOfiovfjg Kai Trjg 7rapaicX7(rfc>c
Rom. XV.
or contend against God, Acts xxiii.
Xen. 5. S-. Trjg IXiriSog ver. 13. 3. Tt
9 in text. rec. 2 Mace. vii. 19.
xvi. 20. Phil.iv.9. Heb. xiii.20.
(Ec. 16. 3.
aKa.Ta0Ta.aiag 1 Cor, xiv. 33. 3.

0OjLtaYOC, OU, o, 17, adj. (Scog, jia- xdpiroe 1 Pet. v. 10. Genit.
(]3)
xo/iai), fighting against God, contending after other nouns, e. g. as active or sub-
with God, Acts v. 39. Symm. jective, denoting what comes forth, is
Prov. ix. 18. xxi. 16. God, Matt,
sent, given, appointed from
iii. 16
Trvev/ia TOV 3. Luke xi. 49 17 o-otyia
0E07TVEU0TOC, OU, O, ff, TOV 3. iii. 38 row Seov. ix. 20 6
God-inspired, given from God, 2 Tim. (vlog)
iii. 16 Tracra ypa0) .&07rvV<rro. Plut, Xpiorof rov 3. Acts xxiii. 4 rov dp^ifpea
TOV $. Matt. vi. 33 77 j3a<rt\eia row 3-..
ed. R. IX. p. 583. 9, rove 6v'potc v
2 Tim. iii. 17 6 avSp. TOV Seov the
SeoTrvfuerrovc. Phocylid. 121 rifa tft 3-o-
man of God, taught, furnished of God.
irvtvffTOv aofyitiQ Xoyog e<mv apiorog.
1Thess. iv. 16 17 <rdX7rty Seov trump of
Comp. Jos. C. Ap. 1. 7 [al
ypa^ai}
rwv
Kara r)v liriirvoiav rr\v airb God, which sounds by command of God.
7rpo(f>T)Tu>v
i. aaXrc iy%, 1 Cor. xv. 52.
TOV Siov p,a$6vTuv. Cic. pro Arch. 8, q. ; ia"xa.Ti\
See Winer 37. 3. Also in a passive
poetam . . .
quasi divino quodam spiritu
Luke
or objective sense, Winer 30. 1 .

inflari.
xi. 42 r/ aycnri] TOV $tov love TO God,
060C5 ou, o, God, the aivinity ; for see more in 'Ayd-n-T] b. Luke vi. 12
the derivation see note below. On the TOV Stov prayer to God. Mark
Trpovf.v\ri
voc. .& Matt, xxvii. 46. Act. Thorn. 44, xi. 22 iriaTig TOV 3. faith in God. So
45, instead of the Attic voc. Seof, see olicog TOV 3. i. e. consecrated to God,
Buttm. 35. n. 2. Winer 8. 2. c. Luke vi. 4. 1 Cor.iii. 9. Rev. xv. 2 '-

a) genr. God, the supreme Lord and 3apat r. Sreov harps for the praise of
Father of all, Jehovah ; so 6 Scoc, Matt. God, comp. 1 Chr. xvi. 42. Winer 37. 3.
i. 23. iii. 9. v. 8. vi. 30. John iv. 24. Further, TO. TOV Stov, the things of God,
ix. 24. Rom. xvi. 26. James ii. 19. al. e. g.his counsels, purposes 1 Cor. ii. 11,

saepiss. Without the art. Stag Matt. vi. or things pleasing to him Matt. xvi. 23.
24. xix. 26. Luke ii. 14, 52. iii. 2. John Mark viii. 33, or things belonging, per-
i. 6, 18. iii. 2. Acts v. 29. Rom. i. 7, taining, to him, Matt. xxii. 21. Mark xii.
18. 1 Cor. iv. 1. al. saep. Comp. Winer 17. Luke xx. 25. (Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 20.)
^ 18. p. 108. Sept. everywhere for In this last sense also we find rd npbg
2 Also TOV 3fov, things pertaining to God, his
D'Tj^ Gen. i. 1, sq. saepiss.
Kvpiog o Seoc, Matt. iv. 7, 10. xxii. 37. service and worship, Rom. xv. 17. Heb.
Mark xii. 29, 30. Luke i. 16, 32. 1 Pet. ii. 17. r. 1.
(y)
Dat. 3 <p, e. g. after
 371

adjectives, as avTtlocT$ <p Acts vii. 20, Strom. I, Sebg ( irapa ri]v &<rti/ e"p?;rat
and Swara T<$ Setji 2 Cor. x. 4, as an in- <cat Ta^tv, rrfv diaKoafiriaiv.- Plato de-
tensive from the Heb. exceedingly, see in rives it from ^lo> to run, regarding the
'Aorttoe and Avvaroq. 'Winer 37. 3. deity as having been first recognized in
K No where after verbs, etc. TO OR FOR the sun, and moon, and earth, and stars,
God, e. g. Rom. vi. 10 et Gal. ii. 19 Zyv and heavens, are -yovv avra opwvreg iravra
r<
$e<ji, i. e. to his honour and praise, in ael iovra Spofiqi KO.I Stovra, &TTO TOVTTIQ
accordance with his will, 2 Cor. v. 13. ix. Ttjg <pvffewg rrjg TOV 2fuvt STSOVQ avTovg
11. al. l7rovo}iaaai, Plato Crat. 16. p. 397. D.
the Logos, who This idea is paraphrased by Theophil, ad
b) spoken of Christ,
is declared to be 6 Stog, e. g. John i. Autol.I. p. 71, i. q. Tpk^tiv, Kivtiv,
1. xx. 28. Rom.ix.5. Phil. ii. 6. 1 Tim. Tpe<ptiv irpovoEiv KO.I Kvfiepvqiv, K
iii. 16. Heb. i. 8. 1 John v. 20. Rev. TO.irdvTa. But more prob.Sfoe is of the
xix. 17 coll. ver. 7. xxii. 6. So the same family with Ztvf, Aiof, JEol. Aeuc,
Saviour is called 6 Stoc in Test. XII Patr. Lat. deus. AL.
Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. Vol. I. p. 542,
6 Sebe ffUJfia Xafiuv tffaxrev aurouf ava- , ac, n, o<tc, rever-
ence towards God, godliness, 1 Tim. ii. 10.
yap KvpioQ [roi> <ra>r//pa~| Sfbv Kai
p. 044, 645, fytaSt Sibv iv
. Sept. for tPT^K nNT) Gen. xx. 11
Baruch. v. 3. Xen. An. 2. 6. 26.
avSpwtrov. p. 672 6$5rjfferai
)
KOTOIKUV Iv &v$p<t)iroiQ tTri rijc y/K*.
p. 696 Sebc tif avopa W7roicpiv6/*cvoc.
reverencing God, godly, a wor-
<r/3o/iat),
Comp. also Justin. Dial. c. Tryph. p.
284.
shipper of God, John ix. 31. Sept. for
Origen c. Cels. 5. 39. ib. 6. 60.
tTTi^N KT: Ex. xviii. 21. Job i. 1, 8
Comm. in Joann. Tom. I. 42. II. 2 6.
Judith xi/17. Xen. Cyr.8. 1. 25.
VI. 23.
from the Heb. spoken of kings as
c)
God in the Jewish
the representatives of pass, hated of the gods, Eurip. Troad.
theocracy. John x. 34, 35 tydi tlira t 1243 or 1221. In N. T. act. hating
Sfoi tare; ei Itctivovg dire $toi> K. T. \. God, impious, Rom. i. 30. Eurip. Cycl.
quoted from and in allusion to Ps.lxxxii. 395 or 396. Suidas, SfoaruyeTe- 3-fo/ui'-
1, 6, where Sept. and Heb. tJTi^N, i,
oi vfcb S'eov niaovfitvoi Kai 01 Stbv
comp. ver. 7.

d)
in the Greek sense, 6 Seoc, a god,
the deity, oi the gods, i. e. the rrjroc, ?) (^ of,) deity, God-
Seoi,
heathen gods. Acts vii. 43 6 $ei>e v/iwv head, the divine nature and perfections,
'PtfiQav. xii. 22. xiv. 11 oibeoi. xix. 26.
i.
q. Seioreg, Col. ii. 9 Luc. Icarom. --
9.
xxviii. 6. 1 Cor. viii. 4, 5. Gal. iv. 8. So
Satan is called 6 Seoc TOV aluvoQ TOVTOV,
, ou, o, Theophilus, pr. n.
the god of thisworld, its leader, etc. of a person of distinction, K^CLTIGTOQ, to
2 Cor.iv. 4. Indeed the Jews regarded whom Luke inscribed his Gospel and
all the heathen gods as evil spirits, see
the book of Acts, Luke i. 3. Acts i. 1.
in Aai/ioviov b. Diod. Sic. 1. 9. Xen. Elsewhere unknown.
Mem. 2. 3. 18, 19. ib. 4. 7. 6 Once,
fern. 17 -&6g, a goddess, Diana, Acts xix. 0pa7rcta, ac> >?> (-StpaTrci/w,) volun-
37 in some edit. So Xen. An. 3. 2. 12 ry tary service, attendance, ministry, genr.
ApTefudi ry ^y. ib. 5. 3. 6, 7, 9
. . . Diod. Sic. 1. 21. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 29. In
Meton. an image, idol, Acts vii. 40. Sept. N. T.
for bp
21.
^
Is. xliv. 17. tras; 2 Sam. v. a)
care of the sick, and by impl. relief,
Luke ix. 11 xpetav xoirae Stpa-
healing,
NOTE. The earliest derivation of Stag Trci'ac tare. Rev. xxii. 2. Jos. Ant. 19.
is from rtj//u, e. g. Hdot. 2. 52 $toi>c 1. 16. Palseph. 2. 4. Xen. Hi. 8. 4.
Sf Trpocrcuvo^iatrav ofytaq cnro TOV TOIOVTOV, b)
meton. and
collect, attendants, do-

art KOfTjuy SkvTf TO. iravTO. TrprjyfiaTa KO.I mestics, retinue, Matt. xxiv. 45. Luke xii.
TraaaQ vo/tr/c i1\or. So Clem. Alex. 42. Sept. for trill Gen. xlv. 16 --
2 B2
Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 4 vvv Stpairtiq. /3a<nXcy. 2 Cor. ix. 6 bis. Comp. Sept. an
Hdian. 7. 1. 10. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. Jer. xii. 13. See in 27r/pw a, fin.
4. to reap the fruits of one's la-
b) trop.
bours, to receive in recompence, c. accus.
f.
vw, v<rw, 1 Cor. ix. 11 rd ffapKiicd. Gal. vi. 8 bis,
upon, to minister unto, i. e. to render 9. So Sept. and Prov. xxii. 8
"i^f?
voluntary service and attendance ; see Test. XIIPatr. p. 676. Fig. also of a
Passow sub v.
Christian teacher gathering in converts
a) pp. Pass. Acts xvii. 25 ovSk (6 Srebg') into the kingdom of God, John iv. 36
virb xttpwv dvSpW7ra>vSpa7Tt/trai. Diod.
bis, 38 eyw dTrtVmXa vpac Sipi&iv S ovx
Sic. 2. 20. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 7. ib. 5. 5.
comp. Matt. ix. 37 et
vpiis KEKoiriaKciTe,
29.
Luke x. 2.
b) to take care of the sick,
to tend,
by impl. to cut down, to destroy,
In c)
genr. Xen. An. 7. 2. 6. Hi. 8. 4.
Rev. xiv. 14 16 icai ; yij eStpiV^,
bis,
N. T. by impl. to relieve, to heal, to cure, i. e. the
iniquity of men is fully ripe and
absol. Matt. xii. 10 et Luke vi. 7 iv ry
is cut off. Comp. Joel iv. 13. Is.
[iii.]
ffappdry Sepairtvi iv. c. ace. ofpers. Matt.
xvii. 5.
iv. 24 TrapaXvTiKovQ' KOI kSrepair evtrev
avTovg. Mark i. 34. Luke x. 9. Acts 0pt<rjuoe, ov, o, ($epi?w,) harvest,
John iv. 35 bis, 6
iv. 14. al. Seq. ace. et airo, Luke vii. harvesting.
21 ISepdirtvas iroXXove airb voawv. viii. 2. tpxtrat, . . . XsvKai fiffi
7rp6

Tob. xii. 3. Palaeph. 2. 4. of a phy- Matt. 30 bis, 39. Mark

xiii. 29. Sept. iv.

Thuc. 2. 47. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 12. forTSj? Gen. viii. 22. Jer. 1. 16. Pol.
sician,
23 Sepa- 5. 95/5. Xen. CEc. 18. 3 __ Meton. the
Seq. ace. of disease, Matt. iv.
iraffav voffov. Rev. xiii. 3 harvest to be gathered, produce of the
AL. harvest, pp. Sept. for T>Sj? Jer. v. 17 ; in
N. T. trop. for the convertVto be gathered
0/oa7rwv, ovroc, > prob. (Sepu to into Christ's kingdom, Matt, ix.37,38 bis.
cherish),
an attendant, minister, imply- Luke x. 2 ter. Also of those whose
ing always voluntary service and attend- iniquity isfully ripe for punishment Rev.
ance, and therefore different from dovXof ; xiv. 15, comp. in Gtpi^w c.
once of Moses, Heb. iii. 5. Sept. for
ov, o, a harvest-
T^V also of Moses Ex. xiv. 31. Num. xii. (3-cpiw,)
Bel and
Hdian. 3. 10. man, reaper, Matt. xiii. 30, 39.
7/8. of Job, c. i. 8. ii. 3.
7. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 16. Comp. Passow sub Drag. 40. Xen. Hi. 6. 10.
v. 0E0/iavo), f. av>, (3ep/4oc warm, fr.

In
$pw,) to warm, Horn. II. 14.
7.
0Epw, w, (Slpoc summer, har-
f.
N. T. only Mid. Sep/mtvo/tai, to warm
vest-time,) to summer intrans. Xen. An. Mark xiv. 54
oneself, e. g. by a fire icai
3. 5. 15. In N. T. to harvest, to reap, TO 0wf. ver. 67.
rjv SrepfiaivofisvoQ 7rp6f
viz. John xviiii. 18 bis, 25. with clothing
a) genr.
and absol. Matt. vi. 26 ov James ii. 16. Sept. for tjprr Is. xliv. 15, T
v-rrtipovffiv, ovtik SspiZovviv. Luke xii.
16. iK.i. 1,2 __ Hdian." 8 . 4. 27. Xen.
24. James v. 4 S-tpiVavrec the reapers.
ot
Mem. 4. 3. 8.
Sept/for 13]?r Ruth ii. 3 sq. Plut. ed.
R. VI. p. 42 2. 4. Xen. OEc. 18. 1 __ 0/ojui?, )C ? *l> (Swof, Sepw,) warmth,
Hence in proverbial expressions, e. g. heat, Acts xxiii. 3. Sept. for Qfi Job vi.
17. rratfT Ps. xix. 7. Ecclus. xxxii.
SepiZwv STTOV OVK effirupag, i. e. turning
the labours of others to one's own pro- 28. Thuc!" 2. 49.

Matt. xxv. 24, 26.

fit, Luke xix. 21, 22.
In a like sense John iv. 37 dXXoc l<mv 6 mer, i. e. the warm season, in Palestine
arreipuv, dXXof 6 Sepifav.
icai Comp. corresponding to the whole of our
Job xxxi. 8. Mic. vi. 15. Further, 6 iuv spring and summer months, see Jahn
TOVTO Kd 1. 6. 21. So Matt. xxiv. 32. Mark xiii. 28.
he will be rewarded according to his Luke xxi. 30. So Sept. and "p.p Prov.
works, Gal. vi. 7 ; and in a similar sense vi. 8. xxx. 25 Diod. Sic. 5. 30. Xen.
 373

Veil. 6. 13. Mem. 1. 6. 2 Elsewhere view with attention, Matt. 28. 1 3-. TOV
also harvest, Sept. for T3]? Prov. xxvi. ratyov. (Ceb. Tab. 1.) Trop. to consider,
1. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 21. Dem. 1253. 15. Heb. vii. 4 S'twpelrc Sk, TrrjXiicos OVTOQ.
Diod. Sic. 12. 15. Dem. 19. 23.
(y)
to
G<r<TuAovCvc,la>e "> fl Thessalonian,
Thess. i. 1. 2
look at, comprehend, to re-
by impl. to
Acts xx. 4. xxvii. 2. 1
cognize, to acknowledge, c. ace. of pers.
Thess. i. 1.
John vi. 40 iraq 6 5eu>pwv TOV viov. xii. 45
viKri, TIC, V, Thessalonica, bis. xiv. 17. Wisd. xiii. 5. Diod. Sic.
now Saloniki, a city of Macedonia at the 19. 52 TOVQ Xoyovf.
head of the Sinus Thermaicus. It was
simply to see, to perceive with the
b)
anciently called Therma, but was
named eyes, to behold, nearly, i. q. ISdv. (a)
by Cassander Thessalonica after his wife, genr. seq. ace. pers. Markiii. 11. Luke
the daughter of Philip. Under the xxiv. 37. John ix. 8. xiv. 19. xvi. 10,
Romans it one of the
was the capital of 16, 17, 19. Acts iii. 16. ix. 7. xxv. 24.
four divisions of Macedonia, and the c. part, added Luke x. 18 iStupovv TOV
usual station of a Roman praetor and 2aravav ireoovTa. xxiv. 39. Mark v. 15.
quaestor. The Jews had here a syna- John vi. 19, 62. xx. 12, 14. Seq. ace.
gogue and it was to the church gathered
;
of thing Luke xxi. 6. John vii. 3. Acts
here that Paul wrote his earliest epistles. xx. 38. c. part. add. John x. 12 6. TOV

Acts xvii. 1, 11, 13. Phil. iv. 16. 2Tim. \VKOV ipxofiivov. xx. 6. Acts vii. 56.
iv. 10. Comp. Diod. Sic. 19. 52. Strabo x. 11. Sept. for mn
Ps. xxii. 8. xxxi.
VII. p. 509. Liv. 45. 29. Rosenm. Bibl. 12. 1 Mace. xiii. 29. Diod. Sic. 13.
Geog. III. p. 395 sq. 57. (/3) to perceive, to mark, to note.

seq. on Mark xvi. 4. John iv. 19. xii.

GtuSae, <j Theudas, an impostor
>
19. Acts xxvii. 10. seq. Troeroj Acts xxi.
who tumult among the Jews,
excited
Acts v. 36. He is probably to be placed
20. Seq. ace. of thing Mark v. 38 icai

SewptI Sopvfiov. Acts iv. 13. c. part,

during the interregnum after the death
add. Acts xvii. 16. xxviii. 6. Seq. ace.
of Herod the Great, when Judea was
of pers. c. part. 1 John iii. 17. c. part,
disturbed by frequent seditions, see Jos.
impl. Acts xvii. 22 2 Mace. ix. 23.
Ant. 17. c. 10 sq. Judas too, who came
Diod. S. 13. 28. (y) from the Heb.fo see,
after him, (Acts v. 37,) appeared under
for to experience, e. g. TOV Sdvarov John
Cyrenius and Coponius, A. D. 6 9 ;
ib. 20. 5. 2 __
viii. 51. See in EUov I. c.
see Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 1.
Josephus mentions another Theudas, an Gewpt'a, ac> ($cwpew,)
a be-
v>
impostor, under Claudius, while Cuspius holding, viewing, Diod. Sic. 1. 94. Thuc.
Fadus was procurator of Judea, about 6. 16. In N. T. a sight, spectacle, Luke
A. D. 45. xxiii. 48 3 Mace. v. 24. Arr. Epict. 1.

2. 12.
f. ^o-w,
Gsw/olw, w, (Stwpoc spectator,
la ce to
(T&W
>) PP- P
I
fr. to be a spectator of, i. e. GTJIO?, ?C, n,
Sedo/icu,) pp.
to look on or att to behold, trans, put or set any thing, repository, re-
nearly,
a sheath, John
ceptacle, e. g. for a sword,
i.
q. Sedopai q. v. comp. Tittm. de Syn.
N. T. x viii. 1 1 Jos. Ant. 7.11.7. cell, cham-
p. 120.
the notion of atten- ber, Xen. (Ec. 8. 17. sepulchre, Cyr. 7.
a) pp. including
. 5.
tion, wonder, etc. (a) genr. c. ace. of
thing, Luke xxiii. 48 Stwpoyyrec rd ytvo- G)Aaw, f. d<rw, ($r]\ri breast.)
Ittva. John ii. 23. xrii. 24. Acts viii. 13. pp. causat. to suckle, to give suck,
1.
c. ace. pers. Rev. xi. 11, 12. seq. -rrStg, absol. Matt. xxiv. 19 oval TOIQ &r)\a%ov-
Trov, Mark xii. 41. xv. 47. absol. Matt. <raiQ. Mark xiii. 17. Luke xxi. 23. xxiii.
xxvii. 55. Mark xv. 40. Luke xiv. 29. 29. Sept. for p-yrr Gen. xxi. 7. Ex.
xxiii. 35.Acts xix. 26. Sept. for n]H Ps. ii. 7.JEL 13. 1 init.
xxvii. 4. Chald. rnn Dan. v. 5. vi 21. 2. immed. to suck at the breast, for
Theophr. Char. 13 or 6. Xen. Cyr. 4 which more usually 3-j/Xd^o/xai, Lob.
3. 3. of public
spectacles Luc. Tim. 50. ad Phr. p. 468. Seq. ace. Luke xi.27
Arr. Epict. 1. 25. 27. to look at, to o'iig iSrjXaffae. Part.
(/3)
 374 Qryyavw

suckling, Matt. xxi. 10, quoted from Ps. beast, a

Qriptov, ou, TO, (i. q. ^^p,)
viii.3 where Sept. for pjr. So Sept. wild-beast, Mark i. 13. Acts
x. 12. xi.

naarovc iSrjXaoa forp^ Job. iii. 12. Cant. 6. xxviii. 4, 5. Heb. xii. 20. James iii.
viii. 1. Theocr. 3. 15 7. Rev. vi. 8. Sept. for TTOH^ eut. D
Plut. Romul. 6. xxviii. C. Jer. vii. 31. n* TT Geri. i. 24. T

Deut. vii. 22. Hdian. 1. 13. 17. Xen.

as subst. a female, a woman, Cyr. 1. 4. 5, 7 Trop. of brutal, savage

a)7 $i/X, 12. Aristot. Moral. 2. 5.
men, Tit. i.
Horn. i. 26, 27. So Sept. for nnp} Lev.
xxvii. 4 sq. Hdian. 1. 14. 16^ 'Xen.
Jos. Ant. 17. 5. 5 ult. comp. Xen. Mem.
3. 11. 11. Elsewhere symbolically in
Lac. 1.4.
the Apocalypse, e. g. Rev. xi. 7. xiii. 1
in the phrase ap<rev
b) TO 3rj\v, only AL.
Kal SijXv, male and female, Matt. xix. 4. sq. xiv. 9, 11. al. seep.

Mark x. 6. Gal. iii. 28. So Sept. for f. i, to

e?<raupi'a>, (0?<Tawp6<;,)
n2p3 Gen. i. 27. vi. 19. Luc. de Salt. treasure up, to lay in store, seq. ace.
T up
12 . Sdot. 2. 85 TO $;}Xv ykvog. et dat. expr. or impl. Matt. vi. 19, 20,
Qriaavpi&Te vp.lv 6r]aavpovg.
Luke xii. 21 .

a?, hunting, the

Gripa, ;> (Sfy>,)
Xen. Cyr. 1 4. 5.
1 Cor. xvi. 2. 2 Cor. xii. 14. Sept. for
chase, Horn. II. 5. 49. .

Xen. Ven. 6. 13. 1SN2K.XX. 17. Am. iii. 10. in^Zech.

prey, #awe, Od. 9. 158. V. H. 6. 12.
ix. 3 Baruch. iii. 10. 2E1.
In N. T. meton. destruction, i. e.

cause of destruction, Rom. xi. 9 yevn- Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 24. Trop. of evil, pun-
ishment, Rom. ii. 5 6pyt)v. James v. 3,
r) Tpairta CIVTWV ei'f Trayitfa icai c/f
Prov. 18.
quoted laxly from Ps. Ixix.
. T. X.
coll. ver. 5. Sept. for p^ i.

23 where there is no corresponding word By impl. to keep in store, to reserve,

Pass. 2 Pet. iii. 7.
c. dat.
in theHeb. text. But Sept. for rvh net
Ps. xxxv. 8. 1. trea-
Or)<rau/ooC5 ou, 6, (ri0;/u,)
any thing laid up in store, wealth,
uu), tvow, (Sjjpa,) to hunt, to
f. sure,
take in hunting, Xen. An. 1. 2. 7. ib. 5. e. g. temporal, Matt. vi. 19, 21. xiii.

3. 9. In N. T. trop. to catch at one's 44. Luke xii. 32. Heb. xi. 26. Sept. for
words, to lay hold of, c. ace. Luke xi. -ISIN 1 K. xiv. 26. Prov. xv. 17.
^aqo
54 Z,nTovvTtQ Srepevffai TI IK row oro/iarof Gen. xliii. 23. Prov. ii. 4. Mace,1
24. Hdian. 3. 9. 20. Xen. Cyr. 3.
Sept. for H"1K to lie in
avTov. i.
Comp.
wait Ps. lix. 4. Pol. 23. 8. 11 TTJV evvoiav. 1. 33. Trop. of spiritual treasures, per-
Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 2 TTJV 0iXt'av. taining to the mind or to eternal life,
Matt. vi. 20. xix. 21. Mark x. 21.
w, f. ?';<rw, Luke xii. 33. 2 Cor. iv. 7.
xviii. 22.
to Jight with wild beasts, like
Col. ii. 3. Ecclus. xx. 30. Xen. Mem.
condemned persons in the public spec-
1. 6. 14.
tacles; see Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 344.
2. treasury, place where treasures,
Absol. 1 Cor. xv. 32 d jcara dvSpwTrov
stores, are laid up, store-house, Matt. xiii.
ISripioiJidxiivaiv'EQtov, prob. figuratively 52 TOV
OlKoStffTTOTTjQ 0<TTl tKjSdXXtl tJC OtJCT.
in allusion to Acts xix. 29 sq. if to human
I fought
avTov Kaiva K. T. X. Trop. of the store-
view, as men would count it,
house of the mind, where the thoughts,
with wild beasts. So Theophyl. S^pio-
feelings, counsels are laid up,
Matt. xii.
fiaxtlv KctXei Tr\v trpoQ 'lovdaiovg KOI Aj- 35 Luke 45
bis. vi. bis. Sept. pp. for
/iTjrptovTOV apyvpoKOTrov fiaxqv -- trop.
l^lK Neh. xiii. 12. K. vii. 51
1 pp.
Ignat. Ep. in Rom. c. 5 CLTTO Svpfag /*%pt Diod. Sic. 17. 71. Xen. An. 5. 4. 27
'PwprjQ Sjjpio/mxw. Others, lit. if so far Hence of a chest, boa:, casket, in whicli
as depended on man's will, I fought, etc.
precious things are kept, Matt. ii. 11
supposing that the infuriated multitude avoiZavTte Tovg Otjffavpovs airr&v Jos.
(Acts 1. c.) may have demanded that
Ant. 9. 8. 2 ZvXivov Onffavpov, comp. 2 K.
Paul should be thus punished. So
xii. 10.
Chrysost. oaov (IQ
avSrpwTrovQ IJKOV, i$ij-
pp. Artemid. II. 59, Diod. aor. 2 iOiyov,
piofidxn^a. Qiyyuvt*)) f- Oi$ofjiat,
Sic. 3. 43 ult. a lengthened form of the pres. instead
 375

of0iy<>, Buttm. 112. 13. 114. Matth. to die, in N. T. only perf. T^VIJKU, to have
237 to touch, c. c. gen. Heb. xii. 20
; died, i. e. to be dead, in a present sense,
Kav Orjpiov Qiy-g TOV opovf, comp. Ex. xix. Buttm. 113. 6. Matt. ii. 20. Mark xv.
12 where Sept. for V33- absol. Col. ii. 44 tl -ijSr} Ti9vr]Kf. Luke vii. 12. vii-

21 Diod. Sic. 3. 5?" Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 49. John xi. 21, 39, 41, 44. xii. 1. xix.
6. Intens. to touch forcibly, i. q. to 33. Acts xiv. 19. xxv. 19. 1 Tim. v. 6

smite, to harm, Heb. xi. 28 'iva fin b Zuxra TtOvijKe, though living is dead, i. e.

6\o9pev(t>v 9iyy avruiv. So Heb. ^3} Gen. as good as dead. Sept. for JTlti 2 Sam.
xxxii. 26, 33, al. Sept. aVropai. Act. xii. 18. 1 K. xxi. 15 Hdian. 8. 8. 19.
Thom. 12 wv ai /3Xa/3ai aurai ou 9iyyd- Xen. An. 2. 1.3.

Gvrjroc, rj, ov, (OvrjaKw,) mortal,

f. 4"*>, to press, to press upon, e. g. ff&fia Rom. vi. 12. viii. 11. o-ap
2 Cor. iv. 11. Neut. TO mortal
trans, e. g. the lips by a kiss Theocr. 20. Qvrjrov,
4. In N. T. nature, mortality, 1 Cor. xv. 63, 54. 2
a in a crowd, Mark iii. 9 Cor. v. 4 Sept. Is. Ii. 12. 3 Mace. iii.
a) pp. person
'iva fitj 9\i(3<*t<riv avTov.
Ecelus. xvi. 28. 29. Luc. D. Deor. 16. 4. Xen. Cyr, 8. 7.

Artemidor. 2. 37. In the sense of to 19 bis.

press together, to compress, Pass. part. w, f. ^<rw, to

(06pvj3oc,)
TtOXififtevoc, pressed togetJier, made nar- make a noise, uproar, clamour, spoken of
row, whence Matt. vii. 14 reflXi/z/isvij } a multitude, genr. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 8.
bS6f narrow is the way. comp. Wisd. xv. as applauding or dissenting, Diod. Sic.
7 KtpanevccnraXiivyiiv 9\i(3uv. Arr. Epict. 1. 72. Dem. 60. 27. Isocr. 233. B. P\
1.25. N.T.
b) trop. to oppress with evils, to afflict, Mid. spoken of loud lamentation,
a)
to distress, 2 Thess. i. 6 roTf (t\i(3ovoiv
wailing, to make a noise together, among
vpng. Pass. 2 Cor. i. 6. iv. 8. vii. 5. 1
themselves, to wail together, Matt. ix. 23
Thess. iii. 4. 2 Thess. i. 7. 1 Tim. v. 10.
idtiiv avXrjTUf Kai o\\ov 9opv(3ov[Jitvov.
Heb.xi. 37. Sept. for p^n Dent, xxviii. Mark v. 39. Acts xx. 10. See Jahn
53, 55. yr$ Ex. xxii. 21. T$n I K. 211. Calmet art. Mourning, also art.
viii. 37. -ns Ps. xxiii. 5. Diod. Sic. Shechem.
12. 66. ib. 13. 109. to set in an uproar, to excite
b) trans,
tumult in, e. g. a city, TY\V TroXiv Acts xvii.
0Ati//tc> W,
(0Xt|3w,) pressure,
17,
5. Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 68 Kai
compression, straitness, Artemid. 1. 79.
In N.T. only rr\v TroXev.
Hesych. 0Xii//tf arlvwatf.
trop. pressure from evils, affliction, dis- 0o0uj3oe) ou, o, (kindr. with Spooc,)
tress, 2 Cor. ii. 4 IK TroXX^f OXtytuc K ai noise, uproar, clamour, of a multitude,
ovvoxiJG Kapdiag ypa\J/a. Phil. i. 16. Of viz.
a woman in travail John xvi. 21. Sept. Matt, xxvii. 24/w5XXov QopvfioQ
a) genr.
for 13 Deut. iv. 30. rn* Neh. ix. 37. yivtrat.Acts xxi. 34. xxiv. 18. Sept. for
1 Mace. 2 Maccli.
v. 16. 7. Oftener nynn Jer. xlix. 2 :Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 2.
by meton. evils by which one is pressed, Luc. i). Deor. 12. 1. Xen. An. 1. 8. 16.
affliction, distress, calamity, Matt. xiii. of applause or disapproval Diod. Sic.
21 ytvoptvrjG Si 0Xi^fa>. Acts vii. 10, 11. 17. 15. Dem. 242. 26 Of loud lamen-
Rom. v. 3. 2 Cor. i. 4. Heb. x. 33. al. tation, wailing, Mark v. 38, comp. in
In apposit. Mark 19 ivovrai
xiii.
Gopu/Bsw 2.
tKtlvai 0XnJ/i . So with synon. as 0Xn Matt.
b) popular commotion, tumult,
Kal <rrvox<>piaRom. ii. 9. Q\. Kai xxvi. 5 'iva {if) S6pv(3oe yevqrat iv T{J> Xay.
2 Cor. vi. 4. 1 Thess. iii. 7. Sept. for Mark xiv. 2. Acts xx. 1, coll. ordtng in
13 Ps. cxix. 143. rns 1 Sam. x. 19. xix. 40. Hdian. 5. 8. 15 roitg alriovq
Is. viii. 22. Ecelus. Ii. 6. 1 Mace. xii. Kai 9opv(3ov.
13. AL.
f <tw, perf. pass. rlOpav-
0VT/<rica>j f.
Oavovfiat, aor.2 tOavov, 0p.ai, to break in pieces, to crush, e. g.
perf. TtQvijKa, inf. rtOvdvai, Buttm. U14, roi>Q \i9ovf Pol. 16. 1. 15. Hdot. 1.174.
 376

In N. T. trop. to break, to crush, sc. a triumph, Plut. Marcell. 4. Hdian. 1.6.

the strength of any one hence TtOpav- ;
16. In N. T.
aiikvoQ, crushed, bruised, oppressed, Luke a)
to lead in triumph, to triumph over,
iv. 18 aTToerrelXat TtOpavvpsvovg iv d^evei, c. accus. Col. ii. 15. Plut. ed. R. I. p.
quoted generally from Is. Ixi. 1, 2, but 153. 1, /SacriXelf lOpiaftfitvfft cat r/yt/uo-
with this clause inserted from Is. Iviii. 6 vac.
where Sept. for y^n. tr P- of n Pe b) causat. to cause to triumph, c. ace.
Hdian. 3. 2. 4. 2 Cor. ii. 14.

, roc? ri, 0pi', Tpi\6g t 17, plur. rptxeC) dat.

bred, and hence pi. Opi$i, a hair, plur. the hair, sc. of the
thing breed, cattle,
flocks, herds, John iv. 12. Jos. Ant. 7. head, sing. Matt. v. 36. Luke xxi. 18 et
7. 3. Xen. (Ec. 20. 23. Acts xxvii. 34, comp. 1 Sam. xiv. 45 et
1 K. i. 62. Plur. Matt. x. 30. Luke vii.

(0p)vo,) to weep John

f.
9 r)<ru),
38, 44. xii. 7. xi. 2. xii. 3. 1 Pet.
aloud, to wail, to mourn, viz. Rev.
iii. 3. i. 14. ix. 8. Sept. for -iyi
intrans. John xvi. 20 icXatxrere icai Num.
a) vi. 5, 18. Judg. xvi. 23. Ezraix.
9pj)vri<TtT vfiftg. Sept. for Ez. vii. ^K 3 __ Hdian. 8 13. Thuc.
4. 1. 6. Of
12. ^rr Joel i. 5. Zeph. i." 12. ^El. the hair of animals, Matt. iii. 4. Mark i.
V. H. 3.18. Hdian.4. 13. 14. Of hired 6. Rev. ix. 8. Sept. for tDMi? Ex. xxv.
mourners wailing for the dead, Matt. xi. 4. xxxv. 6, 24.--Xen, Ven. 4. 6. ib. 5. 10.
17. Luke vii. 32. Sept. for nn$ Mic.
0pOW, f.
(QpooQ, 0plw,) tV
comp. 2Sam. i.
<7), r}<ru),
ii. 4.
pip Jer. ix. 16.
17. 33 __ Horn.
make a clamour, tumult, ^Eschyl. Pro-
iii. II. 24. 722.
meth. 608 or 612. Jos. Ant. 19. 1. 16.
b) trans, in later usage, to bewail, In N. T. and late usage trans, to disturb,
Luke xxiii. 27 icai i9prjvovv avrov. Sept.
to trouble, to terrify, Pass. Matt. xxiv. 6
for^TT Jer. li. 8. pip Ez. xxxii. 16. Mark xiii. 7. 2 Thess. ii. 2.
firj OposlaOe.
Hdian. 3. 4. 13.
Sept. for nan TT Cant. v.
4. Test. XII

0pfjvO, ov, o, (9pib>, Qptouai,} Patr. p. 651.

loud weeping, wailing, Matt. ii. 18. Sept.
for 2 Sam. i, 17. Am. viii. 0poju/3oe, ov, o, a large drop, clot,
nrp 10. TR : Luke xxii. 44 iSpwe w<m Op6fi(3oi a'i^aroQ,
Jer. ix/17. Diod. S. 1. 72. Xen. Ag. his sweat was as it were clots of blood.
10. 3.
Dioscor. 1. 44, 102. Hdot. 1. 179.

0povoc 5 ov, 6, (obsol. Qpa<a to seat,

a worshipping, worship, often with a
,) comp. Qpavog, 9prjvo,") seat, pp. a high
the idea of superstition, e. g. Op. rwv
seat with a footstool, Horn. Od. 1. 145.
ayygXwv Col. ii. 18, comp. for this wor- ib. 3. 389. ib. 16. 408. Xen. Conv. 9.
ship Tob. xii. 12, 15. Test. XII. Patr. p. 2, 3. Comp. Horn. Od.
10. 414 sq.
547. p. 657 tyyt^erc r Otqt KCII T<$ ayys-
466 sq. Later and in N. T.
ib. 8. 422.
\(f) Ty irapaiTovfj.tv<i> vpdg. So of a severe a throne, as the emblem of regal autho-
mode or form of worship, Acts xxvi. 5.
rity.
Wisd. xiv. 27. Luc. Sacrif. 10. Hdian. as attributed to kings, Luke
a) pp. i.
Genr. of the worship of
5. 3. 12, 17.
52. Acts ii. 30. Sept. for N3 1 K.
God, and hence religion, piety, James i. x. 18. Job xxxvi. 7. al. Hdian. 1.8.8.
26,27 __ Jos. Ant. 1. 13. 1. Xen. An. 4 __ Also to God, as the
2. 1.

, ov, o, T), adj. (0plw,

sovereign of the universe, Matt. v. 34.
xxiii. 22. Acts vii. 49. (comp. Is. Ixvi.
see
Passow), fearing God, pi- Heb. iv. 16. xii. 2. al. Sept. andtfgia
ous, religious, James i. 26. Hesych. 1.)
V.
Ps. xlvii. 9. ciii. 19. al. To Jesus as the
6p~l<TKO' evartfirjs v\a(3rjQ,
Messiah, Matt, xix.28. xxv. 31. Rev. iii.
21. xx. 11. al. To the apostles in the
f. <rw, (QplanpoQ hymn kingdom of God, see in BatnXeww b.
in honour of Bacchus, also triumph, Matt. xix. 28. Luke xxii. 30. Rev. xx.
Diod. Sic. 4. 5 bh,) to triumph, to hold 4. also
symbolically to the elders around
 Qvartipa 377

God's throne, Rev. iv. 4. xi. 16. Fur- iii. 5.

"jv^ nl32 Is. iii. 16, 17. iv. 4 __
Satan Rev. 13. xiii. 2. Hence in Sing. Svyarr)p 2wv
ther, to ii.
(Act. daughter of
Thorn. 9 32.) Symbolically to the beast Sion, pp. collect, for the inhabitants of
Rev. xvi. 10. Sion, and in poet, personification put for
raeton. for dominion, Luke i. 32 Sion itself, i. e. Jerusalem, Matt. xxi. 5
5)
/cat $<i>ffet avT( TOV Spovov Aa/3i'#. Heb. et John xii. 15, quoted from Zech. ix. 9.
i.8 quoted from Ps. xlv. 7 where Sept. See Gesen. Comm. on Heb. Lex.Is. i. 8.

forNDD, as also 2 Sam. iii. 10. vii. 13, 16. D2 no. 5. So Sept. and Heb. "ji*^ na
Wisd. vii. 8 Also for a potentate, Zech. 1. c. Is. i. 8. x. 32.

higher power, Col. i. 16 tire Spovot, K. T. \.

where Spovot is spoken generally of Girvarptov, ou, TO, (dimin. of $v-
yar;p,)
a little daughter, female child,
earthly or of celestial potentates, i. e. Mark v. 23. vii. 25 Athenaeus 13. p.
archangels. So too Test. XII Patr. 581. C.
p. 548, where the seven heavens and
classes of angels are described, in the GucAAa, TJCJ 7> ($vw,) a tempest,
seventh are said to be 3povoi, lov<riat, iv whirlwind, Heb. xii. 18. Sept. for 5DHJ?
Deut. iv. 11. v. 22 __ Horn. Od. 5. 317.'
<
(ovpavy) aei v/tvot T<$ 3*y irpoffffpovTctt.
AL. Aristot. de Mund. 4. Luc. Contempl. 7.

w,
TO, Thyatira, a city Gut voc, ov, (Swa,) thyine, Rev.
Qvartipa, ?

of Asia Minor, anciently called Pelopia xviii. 12 KvXov Svivov, thyine

wood. See
and Euhippia (Plin. 5. 29), now Ak- Wetstein ad loc The Svia or Sva was
hisar, situated on the confines of Lydia an evergreen African tree with aromatic
and Mysia, near the river Lycus, be- wood, from which statues according to
tween Sardis and Pergamus. Acts xvi. Theophrastus and costly vessels were
14. Rev. i. 11. ii. 18, 24. It was made, Lat. citrus; but it is not agreed
famous for the art of dying purple; whether it was a species of cedar, savin,
comp. the inscription found there, in or lignum vitae, which latter constitutes
Kuinoel on Actsl. c. See Rosenm. Bibl. the modern genus thuja or thyia.
Geogr. I. ii. p. 179, 221 sq. Miss. Herald Many suppose it to be the Juniperus
1821. p. 251. oxycedrus Linn, while others refer it to
the Thuja articulata Linn. See Rees*
'0uyarr)p, TEpoe, Tpo'e> *7> (see Buttm.
a daughter. Cyclop, art. Thuja init. and art. Juni-
47,)
and genr. Matt. ix. 18. x. 35,
perus.
a) pp.
37. xiv.6. xv. 22, 28. Mark v. 35. vi. aroc> , (Sv/aaw,) incense,

22. vii. 26, 29, 30. Luke ii. 36. viii.

42, burnt in religious worship, Rev.v. 8. viii.
49. xii. 53 bis. Acts ii. 17. vii. 21. xxi. 3, 4. xviii. 13. Sept forrnbp Ex. xxx.
9. Heb. xi. 24. Sept. for nn Gen. v. 4, 7, 8. al. Jos. Ant. 3. 6. l! Died. Sic.
7. Ex. ii. 5. al. saepiss. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 1. 62. Meton. Luke i. 10 &pa TOV $vp.
3. Trop. as expressing a relation of and ver. 11 ^vataorr/ptov TOV dv/i. hour
kindness and tenderness. 2 Cor. vi. 18 and altar of incense, i. e. for burning
tlf vlovQ Kai Srvyartpae, sc. Seov, comp. incense. Sept. SvataffTrjpiov TOV Svp.
Jer. xxxi. 1, 9. Also voc. in a direct and rribp Ex. xxx. 1, 27.
address, Matt. ix. 22 3ap<r 3yyarcp.
Mark v. 34. Luke viii. 48. tov, TO, ($v/uao>,) a
So Sept. ,

and na Ruth ii. 8. iii. 10, 11. censer, for burning incense, Heb. ix. 4.
the Heb. daughter, i. e. afemale
from Sept. for rnapTp 2Chr. xxvi. 19. Ez. viii.
b) 11. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 3. Diod. Sic. 13. 3.
descendant. Luke xiii. 16 Svy. 'Appaau.
Thuc. 6. 46. Others altar of incense, as
i.5 IK TUV 3wy. 'Aapwi/. So Sept. and nil
in Jos. Ant. 3. 6.8.
Gen. xxxvi. 2. Ex. ii. 1. al.
c) from the Heb. put before names CKt), w, f.
daw, (Srvfia,
of places, e. g. Luke xxiii. 28 Svyarsptf to burn incense, absol. Luke i. 9
daughters of Jerusalem, i. e.
'Iepov<ra\rin TOV Srvfiidffai. Sept. for*vtppnEx. xxx.
born and living there, female inhabi- 7, 8. al. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 3. Diod Sic.
tants. So Sept. and ">
nl23 Cant. ii. 7. 1.84.
 378

w, f. i7<ra>, (Sv/*6c, /) door, plur. a! Sv

ac,
i,)
to fight fiercely, Diod. Sic. 17. doors, perhaps double-doors.
i. e.

33. In N. T. to be greatly offended, to be a PP an d genr. Matt. vi. 6. xxv. 10.

i
)

enraged against, seq. dat. Acts xii. 20. Mark i. 33. Luke xi. 7. xiii. 25 bis.
Pol. 9. 40. 4. John xviii. 16. xx. 19, 26. Acts v. 9.
xii. 13 Ttjv Svpav TOV irvXutvog, i. e. a small
Oujuo'c, ou, o, (3-uw, see Plato door or wicket within a larger. So
Cratyl. p. 419. E,) pp. mind, soul, e. g. door of a prison Acts v. 19, 23. xii. 6.
as the principle of life Horn. II. 4. 470, xvi. 26, 27. of the temple Acts iii. 2.
624. ib. 16. 743. as the seat of the xxi. 30. of a fold or enclosure John x.
will, desire, II. 6. Hdot. 1.1.
439, 444. 1, 2. Mark xi. 4. Symbolically Rev.
or of the emotions, passions, II. 1. 196. iii. 20 bis. iv. 1. Sept. for n>l Gen. xix.
Od. 4.366. ib. 14. 361. Theocr. 2. 61 __ 6, 9, 10. tTD? Gen. xviii. 1, 2, 10, al.
Hence genr. and in N. T. passion, i. e. Diod. S. 18. 71. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 22. Ag,
violent commotion of mind, indignation, 8. 7. Hence TO. Trpbq rrjv 3-upav, i.
q.
anger, wrath, differing from opy/j in the TO TrpoSvpov, vestibule, porch, Mark ii.

mode of conception rather than in the 2. (TO. irpoSvpa Xen. Cyr.

7. 5. So
22.)
thing signified, see Tittm. de Syn. N. T. 7riSupatg ilvat to be at the door, i. e.

p. 131 sq. Luke iv. 28 iirXTjaSnaav TTOLV- near at hand, Matt. xxiv. 33. Mark xiii.
Acts xix. 28. Eph. iv. 31 29. also James v. 9 irpb.Svp&v eari]-
Col. iii. 8. Heb. xi. 27. KtV.
Rev. xii. 12. Sept. for cpj Gen. xlix. 6,7. of a cave or
b) by impl. entrance, e.g.
Deut. vi. 15. nttn 1 K. xi. 20. 2 Chr. sepulchre, mouth, Matt, xxvii. 60. xxviii.
xxxiv. 21. Hdian. 3. 11. 17. Xen. Eq. 2. Mark xv. 46. xvi. 3. Jos. Ant. 10.
9. 2. Plur. 3-w/iot, bursts of anger, 11.6. Horn. Od. 9. 243. Metaph. ac-
2 Cor. xii. 20. Gal. v. 20. Jos. B. J. 4. cess, opportunity, as avoiyiiv TTJV Svpav,
5.2. Aristot. Probl. 30. Plut. Corio- to set open a door, i. e. to give access, to
lan. 1. Spoken of God, and including present opportunity, Acts xiv. 27. 1

the idea of punishment, punitive judg- Cor. xvi. 9. 2 Cor. ii. 12. Col. iv. 3.
ments, Rev. xv. 1. Rom. ii. 8 v/i6g So Rev. iii. 8 Svpa aj/cyy/tEVTj, free access
KCU opyrj, the direst judgments, comp. to oneself. See in 'Avoiyw a. Meton.
Sept. and Heb. f]N Jer. xxxvi. 7. Ez. v. one who is the medium of access to any
13. nttn Gen. xxvii. 44. Further, by thing, John x. 7, 9, yw cj'/u rj Svpa TWV
the Heb. prophets Jehovah is repre- Ignat. ad Philad.
7rpo/3arwv.
sented as giving to the nations in his rj Svpa TOV iraTpbg, Si' TJG
Tbg~]
wrath an intoxicating cup, so that they 'A(3padft KO.I 01
reel and stagger to destruction hence ;

also in N. T. OIVOQ TOV Svfiov TOV &eov, , ou,o, (3-vpa,)pp.

a door, i. e.
wine of the wrath of God, Rev. xiv. 10. a stone for closing the entrance of a cave,
xvi. 19. also xiv. 8. xviii. 3. and with Horn. Od. 9. 240, 340. In later Greek
olvoQ impl. Rev. xv. 7. xvi. 1. Cornp. and in N. T. a shield, sc. large and of an
Sept. and Heb. Jer. xxv. 15. Is. li. 17. oblong shape like a door, trop. Eph. vi.
Job xxi. 20. Ez. xxiii. 31 33. See 16 TOV Svptbv rijs TriaTtwQ. Sept. for p?2
Gesen. Lex. Heb. art. Dls. By a similar 2 Sam. i. 21. H22 1 Sam. xvii. 42. 2
figure, T/ \?jvof TOV Srvfiov TOV Stav, Rev. Chr. ix. 15 __ Jos.' Ant. 8. 7. 2. Pol. 6.
xiv. 19 et xix. 15, the wine-press of the 23. 2. Diod. S. 5. 30. See Lob. ad. Phr.
wrath of God, in allusion to Is. Ixiii. 3, p. 366.
comp. Joel iv. 18. See Gesen. Comm.
on Isa. 1. c. Gvpfe, $oe,*1, (dimin. Supa,)
of a
door, aperture, Pol. 12. 25. 3.
little In
oa), tu, f. w<7o), ($vp.oG,\ to provoke N. T. a window, Acts xx. 9 KaS-^tvoe
to anger, Pass, to be angry, to be wroth, ETTI Trig Svpidoe, where in Engl. IN a win-
Matt. ii. 16. Sept. for rnn Judg. xiv. dow. 2 Cor. Sept. for lii?n Josh.
xi. 33.
19. 1 Sam. xx. 29. for rpinx^TD; Esth. '
'
ii. 15, 18, 21.
Judg. v.28. Diod.'S. 20
iii. 5. v. 9. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 1 1 . 85. Plut. Cato Min. 2.
 379

TOV $va. and Heb. xiii. 10 tya-

OV, o, /, (Srupa, ovpof,)
a door-keeper, porter, male or female, yelv tK TOV Sva. i. e. of the victims laid
Mark xiii. 34 6 $vp. John viii. 16, 17 17 upon the altar. Symbolically in heaven,
Of a shepherd keeping watch at Rev. vi. 9. xi. 1. xiv. 18. xvi. 7 r}/eov<m
Svp.
rov 3v<T. Xlyovroei. e. a voice from the
the door of a fold, John x. 3. Sept.
2 Sam. iv. 6. Luc. Navig. 22. Xen. Cyr. altar. Sept. and n5\73 Ex. xxx. 27.
8. 8. 20. xxxv. 15. Of the altar of incense in the
i. e. temple, made of gold, comp. 1 Chr.
Qvaia, ac, ?> (5,) sacrifice,
xxviii. 18. 1 Mace. i. 21. pp. Luke
the act and rite of sacrificing,
a) pp. i. 11. symbolically in heaven, Rev. viii.
mactation, Matt. ix. 13 etxii. 7 IXeov $i- 3 bis, 5. ix. 13. Sept. and ns\73 Ex.
\ui teal ov Svaiav. (comp. Sept. and rD]
xxx. 27. xxxv. 14.
Hos. vi. Heb. ix. 26 did ri}c Srvviac
6.)
avTov. So x. 5, 8, quoted from
xi. 4. *
voo), perf. pass, rl&u/xctt, aor.
Ps. xl. 7 where Sept. for Hdian. 1 pass. iTvSnv, (Buttm. 18. n. 2. 95.
raj.
5. 6. 21. Luc. de Sacrif. 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. n. to sacrifice, to kill and offer in sa-
4,)
3. 34. Of an expiatory sacrifice for sin, crifice, to immolate,
absol. Acts xiv. 13

Eph. v. 2. Heb. V. 1 &. virip apapTttiv. //3Xe 3uiv. c. dat. ver. 18. c. ace. et

vii. 27. viii. 3. ix. 9, 23. x. 1, 11, 12, 26. dat. 1 Cor. x. 20 bis. Sept. for rn] Gen.
Heb. nstsn, comp. Lev. c. 4. c. 9. xlvi. 1. Ex. iii. 18. viii. 26. al. step.

b)
meton. the thing sacrificed, victim, Hdian. 2. 13.4. Luc.D. Deor.4. 1. Xen.
the flesh of victims, part of which was Mem. 1. 3. 3. ib. 2. 2. 13. So TO iraa\a
burned on the altar, and part given to Svnv, to kill the paschal lamb, sc. as a
the priests, see Lev. c. 2. c. 3. Mark ix. species of sacrifice, Mark xiv. 12. Luke
49 iraoa Svaia dXi dXt<rSj<rrai. (comp. xxii. 7. 1 Cor. v. 7. So Sept. and Heb.
Lev. ii. 13 where Sept. for nrop.) no?n fa] Deut. xvi. 2,4, 5, 6. also Sept.
Mark xii. 33. Luke xiii. 1. Acts vii. for'nopn tarrtp
Ex. xii. 21 Hence, as
41, 42. 1 Cor. x. 18 ot JaSiovrec rag sacrifices were connected with feasting,
who eat of the victims, as was done and comp. Gen. xxxi. 54.
SvirictQ (see in Qvala b,
the 22 sq.) Sveiv is also
by the priests and persons offering 1 Sam. ix. 12, 13,

sacrifice, see Lev. viii. 31. Deut. simply to kill, to slaughter, sc. animals
xii. 6, for

7,18,27. 1 Sam. ii. 13 sq. So Sept. and a feast, Matt. xxii. 4. Luke xv. 2*3 TOV
Ex. xxxiv. 15. So of SrvvaTf. ver. 27, 30.
rnj Deut. xii. 27. fioa^ov Tbv ffiTtvTov
biro's as a sin-offering, Luke ii. 24. Acts x. 13. xi. 7. genr. John x. 10. So
comp. Lev. xii. 6. Hdian. 8. 6. 14. Luc. and 1 Sam. xxviii. 24. 1 K. xix.
Sept. rQ]
de Sacrif. 12. Xen. Mem. 1.1.3. 21. Deut. xii. 15.
Metaph. 1 Pet. ii. 5 irvevfiaTiieal Svaicu,
comp. Ps. Ii. 19. Rom. xii. 1 7rapa<rr^- , a, o, Thomas, (Heb.
<rai TO. Svaiav see in Zaa> twin,)
one of the twelve apostles, also
<Tui/zara ZUHTO.V,
a. called bitivpog, q. v. Matt. x. 3. Mark
y.
of service, obedience, praise, iii. 18. Luke vi. 15. John xi. 16. xiv. 5.
c) trop. Acts 13.
offered to God, offering, oblation, Phil, xx. 24,26, 27, 28, 29. xxi. 2. i.

ii. 17 Svvia TI\Q Trterrtwj;. iv. 18. So Svvia a breast-plate,

aiveatwQ offering of praise, Heb. xiii. 15,
0wpa, aicoc? >

cuirass, Lat. lorica, armour covering i. e.

16. Sept. for min
rn} Ps. cvii. 22. the body from the neck to the thighs,
cxvi. 17. comp. I. 23. one covering
consisting of two parts,
OV, TO, the front and the other the back, Potter
(Su<naa>,)
an Matt. v. 23, 24. xxiii. 18, Gr. Ant. II. p. 29. Calmetp. 101. So
altar, genr.
19, 20. Rom. xi. 3. Heb. vii. 13.
James pp. Rev. ix. 9 bis, 17. Sept. for -p-nD
21. Sept. for n21. Gen. viii. 20. xii. Jer. xlvi. 4. 1 Sam. xvii. 5. Neh".
ii.

7. al. step. Jos. Ant. 8. 4. 1. Philo de iv. 16. _ yHtT)

^1. V. H. 3.24. Xen. Mem. 3.
Vit. Mos. III. p. 151. 13, TOV V iv vir- 10. 9. Trop. Eph. vi. 14 Tov'Swp. r^c
1 Thess. v. 8 3-wp. 7rt<rrW.
aiSpy jSw/iov tldiSre KaXilv $rvaiaaTi}Qiov . SiKaioffvvrjQ.

Spec, of the altar for burnt offer- Comp. Sept. Is. lix. 17. Wisd. v. 19.
35. Luke In late writers 3wpa is also the breast,
ings in the temple, Mutt, xxiii.
xi. 51. So 1 Cor. ix. 13 bis, et x. 18 chest, thorax, see Passow.
 380

, ou, o, Jairus, Heb. TN? "la/ua, aroc,

T t
(tao^ai,) healing*
gives light) Jair,
an officer of a cure, as x a pt'Atara iaparuv 1 Cor. xii-
(he
synagogue, Mark v.22. Luke viii. 41. 9, 28, 30. Sept. for ns^D"! Jer. xlvi. 11.
Jer. xxxiii. 6.' Pol. 7. 14. 2.
Heb.
indec. Jacob, NS^T?
TaKwjS, o, S^: Thuc. 2. 51.
i. e. heel-catcher, supplanter, Gen. xxv.

26. xxvii. 36, pr. name of two persons in Jambres, see

'IajLij30i)c> ou, 6,
N. T. the patriarch of the Jewish
a)
nation, Matt. i. 2.Luke xiii. 28. Acts vii.
indec. Janna, pr. n. of a
8, 12, 14. al. Trop. for the posterity of 'lavva, o,

Jacob, the Jewish people, Rom. xi. 26. man, Luke iii. 23.
the husband
b) the father of Joseph 'lavvije, ov, o, Jannes, and 'lap-
of Mary, Matt. i. 15, 16. Josephus
pprjs Jambres, names of two of the
writes the name 'lajcw/Soc, Ant. 1. 18.
1 AL. Egyptian magicians who withstood Mo-
sq.
ses, 2 Tim. iii. 8, comp. Ex. vii. 11 sq.

, ou, o, pp. i.
q. 'IaKw/3 q. v.
Not found in O. T. but derived by Paul
Ja?nes, pr. n. of two of the apostles : from which is also preserved
tradition,
1 James the son of Zebedee, the elder,
. in the Targums, Talmud, and Rabbins.
own brother of John, Matt. iv. 21. x. 2. See Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Talm. 945.
Mark iii. 17. Acts i. 13. al. He was put Fabric. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 816.
to death by the elder Herod Agrippa Plin. H. N. 31. 1.
about A. D. 44, Acts xii. 2.
'laojuat, w/nai, f. a<ropat, depon.
2. James the less, 6 /it/cpog Mark xv. Mid. to heal, to cure, trans. The present,

40, the brother of Jude, ('Iouac 6 imperf. iwpriv, and aor. 1 mid. ia<rapi]v,
ade\<p6e TOV 'Ia*cw/3ow Jude i. Acts i. have the active signification ;
while perf.
13. Luke vi.
16,)
and like him the son pass, lauai, aor. 1 pass. idSijv, and f. 1
of Mary, sister to our Lord's mother, pass. iaS^<ro/mi, retain the passive sense,
and wife of Clopas or Alpheus Matt. xiii. Buttm. 113. n. 6. So c. ace. Luke
55. xxvii. 56. Lukexxiv. 10, comp.John v. 17 c TO iaaSai CLVTOVQ. vi. 19. ix. 2,
xix. 26 ; hence called the son of Alpheus 11, 42. xiv. 4. xxii. 51. Jobn iv. 47. Acts
Matt. x. 3. Mark iii. 18. Acts 13; and
i. x. 38. xxviii. 8. Pass. Matt. viii. 8 *ai
also the brother i. e. kinsman of our laSrjfftTat o Tratf fiov. ver. 13. XV. 28.
Lord, 6 ae\0o TOV icvpiov Gal. i. 19. Luke vii. 7. viii. 47. xvii. 15. John v. 13.
Matt. xiii. 55. So also Acts xii. 17. xv. Acts iii. 11. ix. 34. Pass. seq. euro, to
13. xxi. 18. 12 ; and accord-
Gal. ii. 9, be healed from or of any thing, Mark v.
ing to Cor. xv. 7. James
all tradition 1 29. Luke vi. Sept. for NDl Gen.
17.
i. 1. According to Josephus, Ant. 20. xx. 17. Lev. xiv. 3. 2 K. xx. 8. Pol.
9.1, James 6 ade\(f>6e 'Irjaov TOV \eyojj.tvov 5. 11. 1. Xen. Ven. 1. 6. Mem. 3. 1. 4.
Xptarov, was put to death by Ananius Metaph. of moral diseases, to heal, to
the high priest after the death of Festus save, sc. from the consequences of one's
and before the arrival of his successor sins, Matt. 15 /t^Trorc
xiii. iirinTotywai. . .

Albanus, about A. D. 62 Others un- __ Kai avTovQ, and so John xii. 40

Idffojfiai

necessarily suppose James the apostle, et Acts xxviii. 27, quoted from Is. vi. 10
James the brother of Jude, and James where Sept. for NDI. So Luke iv. 18,
the brother of our Lord, to be three dif- comp. Is. Ixi. 1. Heb. xii. 13. James v.
ferent persons. AL. 16. 1 Pet. ii. 24, comp. Is. liii. 5.
 381

Sept. for sp } Is.

1
liii. 5. Ixi. 1. and parall. Hence in N. T. adverbially (a) i$i<p 9
with ffw&tv Jer. xvii. 14. individually, severally, (opp. to drujioviy,
Xen. Hi. 11. 9, to icoivy Mem. 2. 6. 38,)
, b, indec. Jared, Heb. TV 1 Cor. xii. 11 Siaipovv ISig. e/cdtrry KaSwg
(descent), pr.
n. of a man Luke iii. 37.
povXtrai. See Buttm. 115. 4. Luc.
"Ia<r<e, ewe, V, (iao/*ai,) healing, cure, Tox. 49. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 34. ib. 8. 1.
Luke xiii. 32. Acts iv. 22, 30. Sept. for 2 (/3)
/ear' Itiiav, privately, by oneself,

JTINP"1Prov. iii. 8. KDntt Prov. iv. 22. apart from others, e. g. of an individual,
Mai! iv. 2. Antiphon. 140. 34. Plut. ed alone, Matt. xiv. 13, 23 avsptj elf r6
R. VIII. p. 712. opof KUT iSiav. xvii. 1. Mark vi. 31. al.
Of several as apart from all others Matt,
oe, 17, asper, a precous
xvii. 19. Mark iv. 34. ix. 2, 28. Acts
stone of various colours, as purple, ce-
xxiii. 19. Gal. ii. 2. al. Jos. B. J.4.5.
rulean, green, etc. Rev. iv. 3. xxi. 11, 18,
Ez. xxviii. 13. See 5. Pol. 4. 84. 8. opp. to Koivy 2 Mace,
19. Sept. for rTBlT^ iv. 5.
Rees' Cyclop, art. Jasper, common.
Others in Rev. 1. c. adamant, because b) as belonging to oneself and not to
Ex xx vi". 18 > another, own, proper, peculiar, viz. (a)
Sept. incorrectly for o^rp- -

see Gesen. Lex. art. denoting ownership, that of which one

is himself the owner, possessor, pro-
, ovoe, o, Jason, a kinsman of ducer, my own, thy own, his own, etc.
Paul Rom. xvi. 21, and hishostatBerea Of things, Matt. xxii. 5 elf rov Idiov aypov.
Acts xvii. 5 7, 9. xxv. 15 iKaortp Kara rffv Idiav Svvapiv.
Mark xv. 20 tvkftvoav avrov rd i/iaria
o, (iao/zai,) a physi-
, oil,
Mark 26 woXXd TraSovaa virit
v.
T(!L iflta. Luke vi. 41, 44. John v. 43 iv
cian,
6v6pan T$ vii. 18. x. 3, 4. Acts
iroXXwv larpwv. Matt. ix. 12. Mark ii. 17. iSiy.

Luke iv. 23. v. 31. viii. 43. Col. iv. 14.

xx. 28. xxviii. 30. Rom, x. 3 Tt}v idiav

tiiKatoffvvrjv. xiv. 6. 1 Tim. iii. 4, 5.

Sept. for HD*1 2 Chr. xvi. 12. Jer. viii.
2 Pet. i. 20 iSiac see in
22. Hdian. 3. 15. 4. Xen. Mem. 1. iiriXvffewc,
'EiriXvffif. iii. 17. al. So elf rr)v itiiav
2. 51.
TroXtv, one's own city, where one resides
"I Sc, once i?s Gal. v. 2, being the
"tie
Matt. ix. 1, or the seat of one's family
later form for ISk imper. aor. 2 of etfov Luke ii. 3. Iv ry ifiiq. TrctTpidi John iv.
to see, comp. Buttm. 103. I. 4. c. 44. Pleonast. with a genit. of person
Winer 6. 1. a. Comp. in Eldu I. In in addition, John x. 12 ov OVK ?<ri rd
N. T. often as a particle of exclamation, 2 Pet. iii. 3, 16
7rp6/3ara I&a. Sept.
see, lo, behold! e. g. as calling attention Job ii. 11. Ez. xxi. 30. Hdian. 4. 11. 8.

to something present, Matt. xxv. 20, 22, Xen. Cyr. 1.1. 1.c. gen. add. Dem.
25. Mark xi. 21. John i. 48. xix. 5 1244. Plato Menex. p. 247. B.
24.
id* 6 ver. 14. Addressed See Lob. ad Phryn.
dvSpuTrof. Georg. p. 502. E.
apparently to several, but directed to p. 44i. Hence rd "idia, genr. posses-
one, Mark iii. 34. John i. 29. vii. 26.
sions, property, Luke xviii. 28 in MSS.
xi. 36. xix. 4 In the sense of behold,
(Xen. Hi. 10. 5.) spec, own house, home,
observe, consider ! Mark xv. 4. John v. John xix. 27 tXafitv 6 pa$r]Tr] avrr\v tig
14. Gal.v.2. AL. rd t&. xvi. 32. Acts xxi. 6. (Sept. for
iJT21 Esth. v. 10. vi. 12. Jambl. Vit.
'I Sea, ac, v,
(eWw,) aspect, appear- Jos. Ant. 8. 15. 4, 6. Pol.
ance, Matt, xxviii. 3. Pyt'hag. 19.
Sept. for ITJOtt
2. 57. own nation, people, John i.
:

Dan. i. 13, 15. Test. XII Patr. p. 742~. 5.)

11 fj\$iv elf TO, lia. Also Trpaaotiv ra
Diod. Sic. 1.12. Thuc. 6. 4.
Itita to do one's own business, duties,
"I&oe, own, one's own, i. e.
ia, ov, 1 Thess. iv. 11. (comp. Phryn. et Lob.
as pertaining to a private person XaXtTv IK TWV idiwv to speak
a) p. 441.)
and not to the public, private, particular, out of one's own heart, disposition, char-
individual, opp. to drifiiog Horn. Od. 3. acter, John viii. 44 Spoken of persons,
82, to Sqfioffiof Xen. Vect. 4. 21, to icoi- e. g. idtof dfoX^of John i. 42. dvfip
voc Jos. B. J. 4. 4. 1. Xen. Hi. 11. 1. husband 1 Cor. vii. 2. foo-Trorjyc 1 Tim.
 382

vi. 1. SovXoQ Matt. xxv. 14. Kvptog 'Iov, a demonstrative particle, lo!
Rom. xiv. 4. irarfjp John v. 18. v'tog behold! (pp. for ISov imp. of aor. mid.
Rom. viii. 32. ov^vKkrat. countrymen 1 ei^o/ijjv,) serving
to call attention to
Thess. ii.U. Trpo^rai their ownpro-
14. something external, exterior to oneself;
phets i. e. of their own country 1 Thess. usually put at the beginning of a clause
ii. 15, and with a
genit. added iSiog avrtiv or only with icai before it, but sometimes
irpoQrjTtje Tit. i. 12, comp. Lob. ad Phr. in the middle before words which
p. 441. Winer $22. 7. (Palaeph. 31. 5. are to be particularly noted, e. g. Matt.
Hdian. 2. 6.
19.)
Hence ol IStoi, i. e. xxiii.34. Luke xiii. 16. Actsii. 7. Con-
own household) family, 1 Tim. v. 8 own ;
strued
friends, companions, John xiii. 1. Acts
a)
with a nom. and finite verb, Matt.
iv. 23. xxiv. 23 own people, countrymen,
;
i. 20 idov ayyeXog icvpiov KO.T' uvap etydvt)
John i. 11. Collect, rb Idtov John xv. avT(fi. ii. 1, 13. Mark iii. 32. Luke ii. 10.
19. 2 Mace. xii. 22. Jos. B. J. 4. 4. 6. John iv. 35. Acts ix. 11. al. saep. So
Diod. Sic. 13. 92. in quotations from O. T. Matt. i. 23.
(/8)
in the sense of peculiar, particular. xxi. 6. Mark i. 2. Rom. ix. 33 ; comp.
as distinguishing one person from others, vii. 14. Zech. ix. 9. Mai.
respectively Is.
e. g. idia SiaXtKTog Acts i. 19. ii. 6, 8. iii. 1. Is. xxviii. 16, in all which Sept. and
dtiaiSaifjiovia xxv. 19. ^apio/ia 1 Cor. vii.
n^n. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 10. Timon 11.
7. Jos. c. Apion. 1.22 init. Diod. S.
b)
from the Heb. with a nom. simply,
11. 26. where the verb of existence is implied,
as denoting that which in its na- Matt. iii. 17 ISov 0o>j) IK T&V ovpav&v.
(y)
ture or by appointment pertains in any Luke v. 12. John xix. 26, 27. Acts viii.
way to a person or thing, e. g. Acts xiii. vwp. 2 Cor. vi. 2. Rev. vi. 2.
27, 36 tfow
38 Aa3l8 piv yap iSiy yevf^t VTrrjpfrfjffctQ So Sept. and nsn Josh. ix. 25, and so
his own generation, in which he lived. Ton Num. xxiii. 17. Gen. xlvii. 1. al.
1 Cor. iii. 8 rbv Uiov fj,i<r$6v where Sept. inserts ilvcu.
KOTTOV. . . .
Seq. tyw or
xv. 23. Jude 6. Acts i. 25 fig rbv Idiov an equivalent word, expressing resigna-
TOTTOV to his own place, i. e. proper and tion, obedience,Luke i. 38. Heb. ii. 13
appointed for him. (Clem. Rom. Ep. I. quoted from Is. viii. 18 where Sept. for
ad Cor. Ignat. ad Magnes 5, eKa<rrog ^Dbh* nan. So in answers, Acts ix. 10
tig TOV Idiov TOTTOV ^eXXti
x^pclv.)
So ((JotTeyw. Sept. for ^n Gen. xxii. 11. 1

Kaipbg Ifitog, Kciiooi ISioi, own time, i. e. Sam. iii. 8. Is. vi. 8. AL.
due, proper time, as determined of God.
Gal. vi. 9. 1 Tim. ii. 6. vi. 15. Tit. , ac, n, Idumca, only
i.3.
Mark iii. 8. Heb. Q 4!^ and *rj% . ,

the land of Edom or Mount Seir, the

() sometimes put instead of a
ISiog is
name Idumea being the softened Greek
possessive pronoun, without any empha-
sis, e. g. Matt. xxii. 5. xxv. 14. 1 Pet.
pronunciation for Q*TN, Jos. Ant. 2.1.1.
This country lay to the S. E. of Pales-
iii. 1, 5. Also i. q. eavrov, 1 Cor. vii. 2
tine along the great valley, El Ghor,
eavrov yvvaitca, cat iKCHTTrj TOV
TTJV
John i. 42. See Lob. ad which extends from the Dead Sea to
avSpa.
the gulf of Akaba, and chiefly on its
Phryn.p. 441. Winer 22. 7. AL.
eastern side, which is rough and moun-
ov> *> (W>c,) a private tainous. Here dwelt the descendants of
citizen, opp. to one in a public station, Esau, who were always hostile to the
-2E1. V. H. 4. 5. Xen. Ag. 11. 6. an Jews they were conquered by David,
;

individual, opp. to the many Jos. Ant. 3. 2 Sam. viii. 14 but were first completely
;

9. 1. a private sc. soldier Xen. An. 1. subdued by John Hyrcanus about 125
3. 11 --InN. T. plebeian, i. e. unlettered, B. C. Jos. Ant. 13. 9. 1. During the
unlearned. Acts iv. 13 dvSp. aypapfia- Jewish exile they had taken possession
TOI Kai idt&Tai. 1 Cor. xiv. 16, 23, 24 of the southern parts of Palestine as far
2 Cor. xi. 6 __ JE1. V. H. 4. 15. Xen. as Hebron, so that the later name Idu-
Mem. 3. 7. 7. See Wetstein N. T. II. mea includes also this region ; cornp.
p. 161,206. 1 Mace. v. 65 with Ez. xxxvi. 5. Fora
 383

full description of the people and coun- TOV Ai6f Acts xiv. 13. Sept. I. TOV BaaX
try, see Bibl. Repos. III. p. 247 sq. forinS 2 K. xi. 18. 2 Chr. xxiii. 17
Hdian. 1. 9. 6. Xen. Conv. viii. 40 Of
'ISpo>C> oiroe,(Zo,) sweat, Luke o,
the Jewish priests, the descendants of
xxii. 44 see in ep6/u/3oe. Sept. for n^]
Aaron, genr. Matt. viii. 4 aeavTov dtl%ov
Gen.iii. 19 __ 2 Mace. ii. 26. Xen. Mem.
T$ hpt~i. xii. 4, 15. Mark i. 44. ii. 26.
1.4.6.
Luke i. 5. v. 14. vi. 4. x. 31. xvii. 14.
indec. Jezebel, Heb. John i. 19. Acts vi. 7. Heb. ix. 6. They
'IeSaj3jX, ii,

^5.rt< (prob. chaste), comp. the modern

were divided into 24 classes for the
Isabella, pr. n. of the impious and service of the temple, 1 Chr. c. 24, and
idolatrous queen of Ahab, put in N. T. the heads of these classes were some-
as the emblem of false and idolatrous times called apxpi, see in *Apxifpv

teachers, Rev. ii. 20. Comp. 1 K. xvi. b. These seem to be meant Acts iv. 1.
31. xviii. 4. xix. 2. xxi. 5 sq. 2 K. ix. Sept. everywhere for
^ns, as Lev. i.

30 sq.
5 S q. Spoken of the high-priest, e

ifptvf, or Ifptvg /yae (Heb. x. Acts

21),
*7> Hierapolis, v. 24. Heb. vii. 21, 23. viii. 4 bis. x. 11.
a city of Phrygia celebrat< \ for its
So Sept. and -jns Ex. xxxv. 18. xxxviii.
warm baths, now called Bambuk Ku- 21. o 6 /ilyac for b*T3
i.
"(113
Lev. xxi. 10.
lasi, was situated near
Col. iv. 13. It T
Num. xxxv. 25, 28. o of Melchisedec
the junction of the rivers Clydus and
as a high priest of God, Heb. vii. 1, 3.
Meander, not far from Colosse and Lao- Of Jesus as a spiritual high-priest, Heb.
dicea. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii.
v. 6 coll. ver. 5. vii. 11, 15, 17, 21. x. 21.
p. 207, 229.
Trop. Christians also are called upetf
ac, */>
(Upareww,) priest- rtf $t<p, priests unto God, as yielding
7/<W, i. e. priest's
office, Luke i. 9. Heb. him spiritual sacrifices, Rev. i. 6. v. 10.
vii. 5.
Sept. forn^ng Ex. xxix. 9. Num. xx. 6. Comp. 1 Pet. ii. 5, and see in
iii. 10. Aristot. Polit. 7. 8. 'itpciTivpa.

'ItpiXw, ri, indec. Jericho, Heb.

a, aroc, ,
TPT, pr- n. of a city in the tribe of
priesthood, meton. and collect, for priests,
Benjamin, about 20 miles east of Jeru-
i. e. Christians, who are said avvty/cai
salem and 5 from the Jordan, situated
irvtvpariicdc Svffiac 1 Pet. ii. 5, and are
at the foot of the mountains which bor-
called also payiXttov liparevfjia ver. 9, see
der the valley of the Jordan and Dead
in Baat'Xcioc a. Sept. Ex. xix. 6. comp. Sea. was destroyed by Joshua,
It
Is. Ixi. 6. Rev. i. 6. v. 10. xx.6. Comp.
Josh. but was afterwards rebuilt
vi. 26,
also Test. XII Patr. p. 613.
1 K. xvi. 34, and become the seat of

f. ivatjf (Uptvc,) to be a schools of the prophets 2 K. ii. 5, 15.

priest, to officiate as priest, Luke i. 8. The land around Jericho was exceed-
Sept. for "jn? Ex. xxviii. 1, 3, 4. Jos. ingly fertile, abounding in palm-trees
Ant. 3. 8. 1.' Hdian. 5. 6. 6. and roses, (Q^pn TV, TroXtg <j>oiviicwv,
city of palm-trees, Deut. xxxiv. 3. d^
'Ifpf/utaCj tow, o, Jeremiah, Heb.
QVTO. potiov iv 'Iptx< Ecclus. xxiv.
iT73T. or in;7p-T (appointed of Jehovah), 14,)
a celebrated prophet of the O. T. Matt. and yielding quantities of the
large
opobalsam, or balsam of Gilead, so
ii. 17. xvi. 14. In Matt, xxvii. 9 text.
rec. a quotation highly prized in the East. Jos. Ant. 4.
is referred to Jeremiah,
6. 1, 'itpt^oi TroXif evdaip.u)v avrrj,
'Icpc/uov row 7rpo0r/rov, which is not
itt <f>oiviicaQ
Tf.
(pepeiv dya^rj, Kai (3d\(rafiov vevofisvii,
found in his writings but in Zech. xi. 12,
13. Some MSS. here read Zaxapiov, comp. Calmet art. Balsam. Its site is

others simply Sid TOV See

now occupied by an inconsiderable vil-
irpofrjrov.
Olshausen in lage called Richa. See Reland Falsest.
loc.
p. 829. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii.
tpevg, eo>e, o, (tfpoc,)
a priest, p. 153 sq. Calmet art. Jericho. Matt.
one who performs the sacred rites, ra xx. 29. Mark x. 46 bis. Luke x. 30
. E. g. of heathen priests, 6 $e xviii 35. xix. 1. Heb. xi. 30.
 384-

ov, b, }, adj.
and highest enclosure, irtpipoXoe, was
,

in sacrifice , sacrificed, spoken the temple itself, vaoc, TO itpov TpiTov

'vw,) offered
of the flesh of victims, 1 Cor. x. 19, 28, Jos. Ant. 15. 11. 5, into which only the
in MSS. for the common eidwXoSvrov priestsmight enter, Comp. Luke i. 9, 10,
Aristot. CEc. 2. 20. Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. and which was divided into two parts,
909. 14. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 159. the sanctuary, TO ayiov, and the holy of
holies, TO tiytov ay'nav. The whole
neut. of temple therefore consisted of
'Ie/odv, ou, TO, (pp. poc,) strictly
a temple, i. e. a consecrated place, in- two parts, 6 vaog, and TO irpovaov or
cluding the proper temple or fane, vaof, the courts and appurtenances. Hence
and all courts and appurtenances,
its TO Itpov is put for the whole, and also

comp. Diod. Sic. 1. 15. Tittm. de Syn. for the irpovaov, but not for the vaoc.
N. T. p 178 sq. Spoken of a heathen E.g.
temple, Acts xix. 27 'Apre/u&> Itpov. a) genr. and for the whole, Matt. xxiv.
1 Mace. x. 84. Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 32. 1 bis, TCLQ oiKoSofidi; TOV itpov. Matt. xiii.
Xen. Ag. 11. 1 Elsewhere only of the 1. 3. Lukexxi.5. xxii. 52.

temple' in Jerusalem, Heb. rnn? rPijl b) of the courts, irpovaov, Matt. xii. 5
K. vi. 1, 37. vfi. 12. Is.
Sept. oucoc icvpiov 1 iv TI$ icpy TO <ra/3/3arov
ot ieptie (3t(3rj\ovffi.
ixvi. i. D-r&Kn rra Sept. oixos TOV Markxi. 11. Luke ii, 27, 37. xviii. 10.
Stov Ezra iii. 8/ In N. T. always in Acts ii. 46. iii. 1 sq. xxi. 26 sq. al.

reference to the temple as rebuilt by of the outer court, where things

c)
Herod the Great, and minutely de- were bought and sold, Matt. xxi. 12
scribed by Josephus, Ant. 15. 11. 3 sq. roitc irwXovVTas Kai ayopaovraf tv
T$
B. J. 5. 5. 1 sq. According to him ths Upy. Markxi. 15, 16. al.
ver. 14, 15.
whole circuit of the temple, TO lepov, Here too Jesus disputed and taught.
consisted of three parts or enclosures, Matt. xxi. 23. xxvi. 55. Mark xi. 27 iv
TTtpifioXoi, viz. the proper temple or T<$ itpy iripiiraTovvToe avrov. Luke ii. 46.
vaoQ (B. J. 5. 5. 1,the midst, and
4)
in John v. 14. vii. 14, 28. al. So the apos-
two circular courts or areas around it, tles Acts v. 20, 21, 25, 42.
one exterior to the other. The first or
d)
Matt. iv. 5 et Luke iv. 9 TO TTTIDV-
outer court or enclosure, irtpi(3o\os, yiov TOV itpov, the pinnacle of the temple,
which was also the lowest and sur- i.e. prob. the apex or summit of Solo-
rounded the whole temple, was open for mon's porch, which Josephus describes
all, and contained the porches, piazzas, (Ant. 20. 9. 7) as being exterior to the
where the people collected, and where vaog on the east side, and built up to the
things and animals pertaining to the giddy height of 400 cubits (?) from the
sacrifices were bought and sold, and foundation in the valley of the Cedron
also money exchanged, ni"Dn Buxt. below; comp. Ant. 15. 11. 3. AL.
Lex. Chald. 793 it is often called by
;

'JcpoTrpETTTJe, a>c> owe, o, r/, adj.

Christian writers the <
court of the Gen-
(upo, TrplTrw), pp. becoming to a sacred
tiles,' Lightfoot Opp. I. p. 415, 590. ed.
place or person, hence becoming to reli-
Ultraj. From this to the second or inner
gion. Tit. ii. 3 iv KaraffTryiaTi ttpoirptirttg
court or enclosure, TO titvrtpov itpov
i. e. in their conduct adorning the Chris-
Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 2, was an ascent of four-
tian profession, comp. 1 Tim. ii. 2 Jos.
teen steps, and then of five more this ;
Ant. 11 . 8. 5. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 37. 12.
was divided into the court (or separate
Xen. Conv. 8. 40.
place) of the women and
the court of
Israel or of the priests it is called by ; 'Itpoc, a, ov, sacred, consecrated to
Josephus 1. c. liyiov, and none but such God, Hdian. 5. 5. 5. Xen. An. 4. 7. 21.
as were clean were permitted to enter in ;
In N. T.
here too the sacrifices were prepared
a)
2 Tirn. iii. 15 TO. itpd ypa/i//ara, the
and offered, for here stood the altar sacred writings, holy scriptures, i. e. the
of burnt-offerings before the entrance O. Test. comp. ver. 16. 2 Mace. viii.
of the va6 s , Jos. Ant. b. 4. 1. ib. 15. 23. Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 5 tv TOIQ italf
14. 5. comp. Matt, xxiii. 35. The third
 385

TO. Upd, sacred things, sacred rites, mountains, nearly 40 miles distant from
b)
\ Cor. ix. 13 oi TO. Upd tpyas^tevot, those the Mediterranean, and some 25 from
the Jordan and Dead Sea. It lay on
performing the sacred rites, ministering
in holy things. Luc. Pseudol. 12. Xen. the confines of Judah and Benjamin,
Cyr.7. 1.1. mostly within the limits of the latter,
but was reckoned to the former. Its
i, Jerusalem, see in 'J

most ancient name was Salem, Heb.

QJPU), Gen. xiv. 18. Ps. Ixxvi. 3 then ;
a Jerusak-
ov, Jebus, D13?, as belonging to the Jebu-
0?

mite, one from Jerusalem, Marki. 5. John David first

sites, Judg. xix. 10, 11.
vii. 25. Jos. de Vita sua Co.
reduced it, 2 Sam. v. 6, 9, and made it
the capital of his kingdom, whence it is
r06 temples, to commit sacrilege, trop. to also called the city of David, Tn VJ>
rob God of due honour, worship, obedi- It was destroyed by the Chaldeans^2 K.
Rom. c. 24, 25, but rebuilt by the Jews on
ence, ii. 22. pp. Pol. 31. 4. 10.
their return from exile and at a later ;

'If/00(TuXoe, OU, o, T/, (hpov, period Herod the Great expended large
robbing temples, sacrilegious, as subst. sums in its embellishment. Jerusalem
temple-robber, Acts xix. 37. 2 Mace, iv as it existed in the age of Christ, is des-
42. Xen. Mem. 1.2.62. cribed by Josephus, B. J. 5. 4. 1 sq.
The city was built chiefly on three hills :

w, f. ^<TW, (upovpyof fr.

Sion on the south, which was the highest,
ttpov and obsol. tpyw,) i. q. TO, upd ^pydu>,
to perform sacred rites, espec. sacrifice,
and contained the citadel, the palace,
to officiate as priest, Jos. Ant. 6. 6. 2.
and the upper city, called by Josephus
Hdian. 5. 3. 16. ti avw dyopd ; Moriah, on which stood
In N. T. trop. in the
the temple, a lower hill on the north-east
Christian sense, Rom.
xv. 16 lepovpyouvra
quarter of Sion, and separated from it
ri>
iva-yyiXtov ministering as a priest [in
respect to] the gospel. Buttm. 131. 6. by a ravine Acra, lying north of Sion
;

4 Mace. vii. 8 rove lepovpyovvraQ ri>

and covered by r) *dro> irnXig, the most
considerable portion of the whole city.
iditp a!part.
After the destruction of Jerusalem by
V, indec. Jerusalem, the Romans about A. D. 70, they en-
fff)
Chald.
tjtfrij,
Heb. tp^VP (for deavoured to root out its very name
&!h$1T dwelling of peace) in ttie ear- and nature as a sacred place, from the
lier books so once in Matt, xxiii. 37
; hearts and memory of the Jewish nation.
and Mark xi. 1, often in the writings of In A. D. 136 the emperor Adrian caused
Luke and Paul, and usually in Sept. all the remaining buildings to be de-
Also 'lpo<roXv/ua, ti>v, TO., Heb. dual. molished, and erected a new city which
tT^hl? i Q tne later books, perhaps in he called JElia Capitolina ; and it was
allusion to the two parts of the city, */ only in the beginning of the fourth cen-
aw dyopd icat 17 jcdrw TroXig so in all the ; tury, after Constantine had embraced
Gospels, in Acts, and thrice in Gala- Christianity, that the name
Jerusalem
tians ; also in Josephus. Further 'It- was again restored. See Josephus 1. c.
po<r6\vp.a, r/, indec. only Matt. ii. 3. iii. Reland Falsest, p. 832 sq. Rosenm.
5, meton. for the inhabitants. This Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 202 sq. 235 sq.
celebrated city, the capital of Palestine, Miss. Herald 1824. p. 40 In N. T.
was the seat of true religion under the pp. the city itself, as r) 'Icpovtr.
a)
Jewish theocracy, and also the chief Mark xi. 1. Luke ii. 25, 38. Rom.
scene of our Saviour's ministry and the xv. 19,25. al. rd Matt. ii. 1.
'lep. iv.
central point from which his gospel was 25. Mark iii. 8. Gal. i. 17, 18. ii. 1.

promulgated. Hence it is often called al.

the Holy City, and among the Arabs of b)
meton. for the inhabitants of Jeru-
the present day its current name is El salem, only in fern. 17 'Ispoo-oXu/ta. Matt,
Rods, the Holy. It is situated near ii. 3 iraaa 'lep. iii. 5. ?} 'lpov<T. Matt,
the middle of Palestine, among the xxiii. 37. Luke xiii. 34.
20
 386

Jerusalem for fAe Jewish Buttm. 129. 0. Luke xxii. 38

c) metaph.
state, churchy dispensation, spoken iffn it is enough, desist. Sept. for ^1 Is.
(a)
of the former or Mosaic dispensation, xl. 16. Ex. xxxvi. 5. 13^73 Gen. xxx.
Gal. iv. 25 j vvv 'ItpovffaXrjp. of the 15. Diod. Sic. 1. 60 ult. x!en. Mem. 4.
(/3)
latter or Christian dispensation, the Re- 2. 38. Hence TO licavov satisfaction, e. g.
deemer's kingdom, of which the spiritual TO IK. Trotf Iv TIVI, to make satisfaction, to
Jerusalem is the seat. Gal. iv. 26 / avw satisfy, Mark xv. 15. (Pol. 32. 7. 13.
'lef,ovffa\r)fji. Heb. xii. 22 'Icp. kirovpa- App. de Reb. Punic. 74.)
TO IK. \a(3tlv,
vioq. Rev. iii. 12 t) KCUVIJ 'lp. xxi. 2, to take satisfaction, i. e. security, Acts
10. AL. xvii. 9. (/3)
Of persons, adequate, com-
petent, seq. 7rp6f TI, 2 Cor. ii. 16 Trpot
if
TJC, >)> ( ie>) priesthood,
Heb. vii. 11, 12, 14, 24.
TOVTO. rig IKCIVOQ ; (Pol. 23. 17. 4.) Seq.
priest's office,
infin. aor. 2 Cor. iii. 5. 2 Tim. ii. 2.
1 Mace. ii. 54. Jos. Ant. 6. 10. 4. Plato
de Leg. 6. p. 759. B. (Jos. Ant. 1. 1. 1. Xen.Cyr. 1.2. 10, 15.)
So in the sense of competent, worthy, seq.
o, indec. Jesse, Heb.
n. of the father of David Matt.
^ infin. aor. Matt. iii. 11 ov OVK ei/ti IKUVOQ
TO. VTT. Mark i. 7. Luke iii. 16.
(rich), pr. pacrTdffai.
i. 6, 6. Luke iii. 32. Acts xiii. 22. Rom.
pres. 1 Cor. xv. 9. (Hdot. 8. 36. -Dio
xv. 12. Chrys. VII. p. 117. D.) seq. VW, Matt.
viii. 8. Luke vii. 6.
'af, o, indec. Jephthah, Heb.
of number or magnitude,
(he delivered), a leader tDETO)', of
-JSF b) spoken
Israel, whose rash vow fell upon his
abundant, great, much, plur. many. Matt.
xxviii. 12 apyvpta iKava. So OX^OQ iKavof
daughter, Heb. xi. 32. See Judg. c. 11,
12.
a great multitude Mark x. 46. Luke vii.
12. Acts xi. 24, 26. xix. 26. Xaoc IK.
ac* ou, o, Jechonias, Heb. Acts v. 37. also Luke vii. 11. viii. 32.
pp. "P^rr (Jehovah appointed)
Jeho- xxiii. 9. Acts xii. 12. xiv. 21. xix. 19.
iachin, written rr!O? and in^.D^
also xx. 8, 37. xxii. 6. 1 Cor. xi. 30. Sept.
Jechoniah, a king of Judah about 600 for 31 Ez. i. 24. 1 Mace. xiii. 49. Jos.
B. C. son of Jehoiakim and grandson of Ant. 5. 7. 4. Xen. An. 4. 8. 25. So of
Josiah, Matt. i. 11, 12. Comp. 1 Chr. iii. time, iKaval ^/zepai, many days, Acts ix.
15, 16. 2 K. xxiv. 8 sq. 2 Chr. xxxvi. xxvii. 7. iKavbs xP~
23, 43. xviii. 18.
8 2 K. xxv. 27. In Matt. 1. c. he is a long time, genit. Acts xxvii. 9. dat.
sq.
vog,
said to be the son of Josiah ; the name
Acts viii. 11. ace. xiv. 3. ace. xpovouc
of Jehoiakim, 'IwaKtifi, being omitted in
tKavove Luke xx. 9. So IK xpov^v la-
the genealogy in text, recept. though vS>v of a long time Luke viii. 27. 1$
found in MSS. IKO.VOV id. Luke xxiii. 8. l<f>'
iKavov a
long while Acts xx. 11. Palaeph. 28. 2.
o, gen. and dat. 'Inoov, ace.
Heb. yitthrp (Jehovah
vv, Jesus,
Aristoph. Plut. 1093.

help), contr. jpu Neh. viii. 17, pr. n.

*is
/, 0av<5c,) suffici-
of three persons in N. T.
ency, competency, ability, 2 Cor. iii. 5.
1. Jesus, the Christ, the Saviour of Lysias Frag. 27. 35. Hesych. i
men, Matt. i. 1, 16. al. saepiss. AL.
Joshua, the successor of Moses
2. for
and leader of Israel, Acts vii. 45. Heb. I
f w(ro>, (tKavof,) to make
iv.8. nonal. sufficient, torender competent or worthy,
3. Jesus, surnamed Justus, a fellow- c. ace. 2 Cor. iii. 6. Col. i. 12 Pass, to
labourer with Paul, only Col. iv. 11. be satisfied Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 74.

pp. fcm. of iKtrfi-

, "n, ov, (IK&>> ijcavw,) 'iKETTipia, ac, ni
coming to, reaching to, and hence suf- ptog fr. ucsrjjf,) pp. the suppliant -branch
i. e. i. e. the olive-branch which
ficing, suppliants
a) sufficient, (a)
of things, enough. held in the hand, i\aia or papSog being
2 Cor. ii. 6 iKavbv rtfi Toiovrtp rj STTI- impl. Hdot. 5. 51. Diod. S. 17. 22, 102.
where for the neut. see In N. T. supplication, Heb. v. 7 Scfj'
 387

af Ka . 2 Mace. ix. 18. Pol. a) niasc. 6 iXaorijpio^, a propitiator,

3. 112.8. one who makes propitiation, Rom. iii.
25.
*licjuac> aSoe, ;, moisture, damp- neut. TO
b) tXaor^pioj/, mercy-seat,
ness, Luke viii. 6. Sept. for ^nr Jer. Heb. ix. 5, pp. the lid or cover of the
xvii. 8 __Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 3. Plut. ed. R.
ark of the covenant, Heb. rnS3 i. e.
VIII. p. 738. 9.
simply cover, but rendered fey Sept.
, ou, TO, Iconium, & large lAa<T7v/piov in allusion to Pi. 133 to make
and populous city of Asia Minor, now expiation, and because the high priest
Konieh. It lay near the confines of was accustomed once a year to sprinkle
Phrygia, Lycaonia, and Pisidia, and is upon the lid of the ark the blood of an
assigned to Phrygia Xen. An. 1. 2. 1, expiatory victim, see Lev. xvi. 11 sq.
to Lycaonia Strabo 12. p. 385. Plin. H. Sept. for H1S3 Ex. xxv. 17 22. Lev.
N. 5. 27, to Pisidia Amm. Marc. 14. 6 ;
xvi. 13 15.'

probably on account of the shifting

boundaries of these provinces. Acts "lAfwc? tu, 6, 17, adj. (Attic for
of the gods, appeased, propitious,
xiii. 51. xiv. 1, 19, 21. xvi. 2. 2 Tiin. VXaof,)
iii. 11.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 1. of men cJieerful,
JEl. V. H. 2. 10. In N. T. of God,
'lAapoc? a, ov, (VXaof,) Lat. hilaris, propitious, merciful, c. dat. Heb. viii. 12
1. e.
cheerful, joyous, e. g. iX. lori\q 't'Xewf tffouai rale d$iKiai, i. e. I will
2 Cor. ix. 7. Sept. for -py ^iu Prov. pardon thee. So Sept. i'Xtwe tiui for
xxii. 8. Luc. D. Deor. 18. 2. Xen. Mem. 2 Chr. vi. 25, 27. Jer. xxxi. 34, 36.

Cyr. 1.6. 3. Mem. 1.

2. 7. 12. . dat. pers. Xen.
1. 9 -- From the Heb. VXewg aoi sc. tarot
'lAaporrje, FOC> /, (IXapof,) cheer- o Ssoc, God be
fulness, alacrity, Rom. xii. 8 iv t merciful to thee, God
forgive thee, i. q. God forbid, uij yivoiro,
i.
q. IXapwc, cheerfulness. Sept. for pun far be it from thee as an exclamation
!
Prov. xviii. 22 Act. Thorn. 14. Diodl
of aversion, Matt. xvi. 22. So Sept.
Sic. 16. 11 init.
for >
n^n
2 Sam. xx. 20. xxiii. 17.
'JAatTKO/zeu, f.
aaouai, (YXaof,)
a xxiii. 17. 1 Chr. xi. 19. 1 Mace. ii. 21.
Middle verb without an active form in Tivouat I. c.
Comp.
except in a later age, see Passow s. voc.
Buttm. 114. 113. 3 --to reconcile to ov, ou, TO, Illyricum, now
Illyria, a country of Europe on the
oneself, sc. expiation, to propitiate,
by
rbv Stov Jos. Ant. 6. 6. 5. eastern shore of the Adriatic gulf, north
rove Stove
Xen. Oec. 6. 20. In N. T. c. ace. TUQ of Epirus and west of Macedonia.
AS TO sins, to Dalmatia formed a part of it, Rom.
auapriag to propitiate
make propitiation for sins, Heb. ii. 17. xv. 19.
So Sept. c. dat. for 133 Ps. lxv.4. Ixxix.
'IjUtic? avro, o, a thong, strap, of
9 -- Aor. 1iXa^jjrt in the
imperat. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 32. In
leather, genr.
pass, sense, be propitious, be merciful, N. T. spec.
c. dat. Luke xviii. 13. comp. Buttm. a) plur. thongs with which the hands
&
113. n. 6. Sept. for Ps. xxv. 11. of captives or criminals were bound and
r&p
Dan. ix. 19. Phavorin. iXdoStjTi- 'i\tu s then drawn up into the position for
uoi yivoio. Acts xxii. 25
scourging, Trpoereivev
O.VTOV TOIQ iuciffi. Ecclus. xxx. 26. 4
ov, o, (\\afficouat,) propiti-
e,
Mace. ix. 11. Luc. Asin. 23 __ Others,
ation, expiation, for concr. propitiator,
1 John 2. iv. 10.
a scourge.
ii.
pp. Sept. for nml?p
Ps. cxxx. 4. tP")]D3 Num. v. 8. b) a shoe-latchet, the thong by which
Ez. xliv. 27. 2 Mace.
a shoe or sandal was fastened to the
iii. 33.
foot, Mark i. 7. Luke iii. 16. John i.
a, ov, (tXa<r*fo/iat,) pro- 27. Sept. for "rpnto Is. 1. 27. Plut.
pitiatory, expiatory, e. g. IX. uvijua Jos. Symp. IV. QU. 2. ^ 3. Xen. An. 4.
Ant. 16. 7. 1. In N. T. 5, 14.
2C2
 388

f.
i, (i/tariov,)
to also
ifjittpofiat depon.
clothe, in N. T. only Pass. perf. part. a defective verb, see Passow
,

i/iari(r/uj/oc, clothed, Mark v. 15. Luke in voc. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 156.
viii. 35. Suid. Ifutrtoptvoe* iv- to long for, and hence to have a
tytaria strong
affection for, c. c. gen. 1 Thess. ii. 8 in
text. rec. Ip,fip6fitvoi vptiv. Others o/m-
ou, TO, (I/ta, tl/ia,) a gar- po/ifvot q. v. Sept. for nsrj Job iii. 21.
ment, e. g. Pol. 1. 66. 8. Dem. 422. 6.
a) genr. any garment, Matt. ix. 16
ITTI Iftaritf) iraXaiy. xi. 8. Mark ii. 21. "Iva, conjunct. that, construed
Luke v. 36. vii. 25. Heb. i. 11. al. saep. usually with the Subjunctive, seldom
Plur. TO. ifiaria, garments, clothing, rai- with the Optative, often with the Indi-
ment, including the outer and inner gar- cative, pp. rfXiKwcor final, asmarking the
ment, mantle and tunic, Matt. xvii. 2 ra end, purpose, cause for or on account of
fle
\HctTia avTov lyivero \evica. xxiv. 18. which any thing is done, TO THE END
xxvii. 31, 35. Mark xv. 24. Johnxiii.4, THAT, IN ORDER THAT it might or may
12. James v. 2.Rev. iv. 4. al. saep. So in be so and so ; but also K/3ariK<3e, ecbatic,
the phrase to rend the clothes, Matt. xxvi. as marking simply the event, result,
65. Acts xiv. 14. xvi. 22. xxii. 23. Sept. upshot of any action, that in which the
sing, for 155 Ps. cii. 27. Is. 1. 9. Plur. action terminates, so THAT it was, is,
Gen. xxvii.'27. xxxviii. 19. also2Sam. will be, so and so. Some late writers
i. 2. iii. 31. 2 K. v. 8. Luc. Dial. have denied this ecbatic use of 'iva, e. g.
Meretr. 8. 1. jEschin. 26. 14. Xen. Fritzsche Comm. in Matt. p. 836. Beyer
An. 7. 6. 5. in Winer'sNeue krit. Journ. IV. 418.
b) the outer garment, mantle, pallium, Lehmann ad Lucian. T. I. p. 71. On
different from the tunic or \IT&V and the other hand it has been amply esta-
worn over it, comp. Acts. ix. 39. ML blished by Steudel in BengePs Neue
V. H. 4. 22. Diod. Sic. 4. 38. It seems Archiv IV. p. 504 sq. and especially by
to have been a large piece of woollen J. A. H. Tittmann De usu Particularum
cloth nearly square, which was wrapped in N. T. subjoined to his work De Synon,
around the body or fastened about the in N. T. Lib. II. Lips. 1832. p. 32 sq.

shoulders, and served also to wrap one- translated in Bibl. Repos. for Jan. 1835.
self in at night, Ex. xxii. 26, 27 hence ;
See genr. Matth. 620. Herm. ad Vig.
it
[might not be taken by a creditor, p. 850 sq. p. 556 sq. Winer 42. p. 237.

though the tunic could be, comp. Ex. 57. p. 382 sq. Still, these two signi-
1. c. Matt. v. 40. Luke vi. 29. See Jahn fications are often so nearly related, that
122. So Matt. ix. 20, 21. xiv. 36. John the distinction then consists rather in a
xix. 2. Acts xii. 8. al. saep. Plur. TO.iparia, different mode of conception than in any
outer garments, which were often laid thing essential
.. pp. rtXiKwQ, as marking the final
aside, Acts vii. 58. xxii. 20. Matt. xxi.
7, 8. al. Sept. for n^ttto and n^to Ex. end, purpose, cause, to the end that, in
xxii. 26, 27. 1 Sam. xxi. 10. Is.'iif. 6, 7. order that, and 'iva pi}, in order that not,
Luc. D. Mort. 10. 8. Palseph. 52. 6. lest.

Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 5. AL. A) Witht the Subjunctive, a) pre-

ceded by the present or an aorist of any
OU, o, mood except the Indicative, or by the
clothing, raiment, i. e. genr. clothes, perfect in a present sense, John vi. 38.
garments, Luke vii. 25 ol iv fyar7/iy Iv- Here the Subjunct. marks what it is sup-

Sofy uTrapxovrcc. ix. 29 coll. Mark ix. 3. posed will take place, comp.
really
Acts xx. 33. 1 Tim. ii. 9. So Matt. Winer 42. b. p. 237. Matth. 518.
xxvii. 35 et John xix. 24 quoted from Ps. Herm. ad Vig. p. 791, 850. Matt. ix. 6
xxii. 19 where Sept. for Sept. 'iva Sk tidrJTC TOTI \tyei, to the end
Ehn^. . . .

also for
t3"7^
T
1 K. xxii. 30. 2 K. that ye may know, comp. Mark ii. 10 et
vii. 8 Poi. vi. 15. 4. Plut. Alex. M. Luke v. 24. Matt, xviii. 16. xix. 16. Luke
39 pen. viii. 10. xii. 36. John i. 7 ovrof q
 'Iva 389 "Iva

fig fiapTVpiav, 'iva papTvprjffy irepi K. r. \. junct. Winer 1. c. Matth. 618. p.

V. 34 raura Xtyw, iva vptlg awSriJTe. VI. 996. Matt, xxvii. 26 'Irjtrovv irapi-SwKtv,
38 jcara/3s/3/Ka tic TOV ovpavov, ov\ 'Iva 'iva <rravpw3y. Mark vi. 41 Kai iSidov
TTotw r6 $i\Tjpa TO tftov. xi. 4. xvii. 21 Totg p.a$i]Ta~ig, 'iva irapaS&aiv avrolg. ix.
'iva 6 Kofffiog Acts xvi. 30.
TriffTtvcry. 18, 22. x. 13. Luke xix. 4 dvtprj irri
Rom. i. 11. iCor.ix. 12. 2Cor.iv. 7, (TVKOfiopfav, 'iva "idy avrov. ver. 15. John
10, 11. Gal. vi. 13. James iv. 3. al. i. 19. al. ssep. 'iva firj John xviii. 28.
saepiss. 'iva pf] Luke viii. 12. John vii. xix. 31. ^El. H. 12. 3, 30. Hdot. 1.
23. Rom. xi. 25. al Horn. Od. 2. 111. 29.

Xen.Cyr. 1.3.9. B) With the Optative, preceded by

the present, where the Opt. marks what
b) preceded by the imperative, the
Subjunctive as above in a. E. g. after may possibly take place ; in N. T.
imper. pres. Luke xxi. 36 aypvirvtiTc . . . twice, Eph. i. 17 oi iravofiat tu^apiordiv
'iva icaraCiwSqre K. T. X. John vii. 3. 1 .... 'iva 6 Sibf StyTj vfiiv irvevfia K. T. X.
Cor. Eph.iv.28. vi.3. ITim.
vii. 5. bis. iii. 16. See Winer 42. b. p. 237. Herm.
v. 7. al. 'iva ftrj Matt. vii. 1. John. v. 14. ad Vig. p. 851 . Passow 'iva no. 2.
1 Cor. xi. 34. al. After an imper. aor. C) With the Indicative, but in N. T.
Matt. xiv. 15 d-jroXvffov rovg o\Xovg, 'iva only the Indie, future and present, and
airiXSovTtg dyopdffuffiv K. r. X. Mark xv. not with a past tense as often in classic
32. Luke xvi. 9. 1 Cor. iii. 18.
Eph. vi. writers see Matth. 519. Herm. ad Vig.
;

13. al. 'iva pi Matt. xvii. 27. John iv. p. 851. Passow in 'iva no. 3.
15. Heb. xii. 13. al. So after an ex- a) c. Indie, future, in the same sense
hortation, e. g. dywpfv Mark i. 38. also as trie Subjunctive in A. a. above, and
Luke xx. 14. Rom. iii. 8. After an im- preceded only by the present. 1 Cor.

perat. implied Matt. xxvi. 5. John i. 22. Xlll. 3 iuv TrctodCw TO aiofia pov 'iva KavSrj-
1 Pet. iv. 11.
Sept. for }yp*> Josh. iv. ffopat or KavSi'iffupai, where Kav5r)<T(up,ai
6. Horn. Od. 1.302. ib.5. 9i.' and also 1 iva .... KipSifif]-
Pet. iii. 1

c) preceded by
the future, the Sub- ffuiVTat are corrupt forms of the later

junct. as above in a. Luke xvi. 4 tyvwv Greek, as if of a future Subjunctive,

r't
Trotfjtrw, "iva $iu>VTai pi K. r. X. 1 Cor. Winer 13. 1. e. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 751.
xvi. 6. 2 Cor. xii. 9. Eph. vi. 21. 2 Thess. So fut. and Subj. together, Rev. xxii.
11. 12. al. interrog. Matt. xix. 16. John 14 'iva tffTat
TJ iZovaia avT&v .... icat
vi. 5. 'iva ////
Luke xviii. 5. Horn. Od. 2. eiaiXSojoiv fig Ttjv iro\iv. Eph. vi. 3 'iva
307. 'iva pit Luc. de Dom. 21. iv ffoi yevrjTai, Kai ivy fiaKpoxpoviog, where

d) preceded by A past tense ; here the however Iffy may be taken indepen-
Subjunct. strictly stands instead of the dently of 'iva, i. e. and thou shalt live
Opt. and marks an action which in itself long, etc. Act. Thorn. ^ 7, 37, 39, 45,
or its consequences is still continued, or comp. Philo ad p. 61. Epiphan. II. p.
which the speaker regards as certain, 332. B. Classic writers here use OTZ-WJ,
comp. Winer 42. b. p. 237 sq. Matth. Winer 42. p. 239.
518. 1. Herm. ad Vig. p. 850. (a) b) c. Indie, present,
in the same sense,
genr. Mark iii. 14 tiroinfft SuStKa, 'iva preceded by the present etc. twice, Gal.
U<TI fjitT avTov leal 'iva K. T. X. Luke i. 4 iv. 17 r)\ovffiv vpag .... "iva avTOvg ;-
tdoe . . . ffoi
ypdi//at, 'iva iiriyvyg K. r. X. Xovre. 1 Cor. iv. 6 'iva pfi QvaiovoSt.
Matt. xii. 10. John i. 31. iii. 16, 17. This is a corruption of the later age,
viii. 6. Acts xxvii. 42. Rom. i. 13. 1 not found in classic Greek, Winer 1. c.
Cor. i. 27, 28. 2 Cor. ii. 4. Gal. i. 16. Herm. ad Vig. p. 851 ult. Geopon. 10.
ii. 4, 5. Heb. ii. 14, 17. al. saep. 'iva pv 48. 3 'iva fit) tig TOVTO aa\o\ovvTai.
1 Cor. xii. 25. Eph. ii. 9. Heb. xi. 28. Himer. 15. 3. comp. Act. Ignat. p. 358.
So elliptically, John i. 8 aXX' ed. Ittig.
[j/XStj/j
'iva K. T. X. ix. 3 aXX' [rovro iylvtro"! 'iva 2. tK(3aTiicu>g, ecbatic, as marking
favepuSy K. r. X. al. saep. Horn. II. 1. simply the event, result, upshot of an
203. Od. 3. 77. Hdian. 8. 5. 11. action, so that, so as that, in N. T. on'y
(/3)
In simple narrations, where Thucydides with the Subjunctive implying some-
and later writers employ also the Sub- thing which really takes place in ;
 "Iva 390 "Iva

classic writers oftener with the Indica- Here belongs the frequent phrase 'iva
tive of a past tense, see Tittmann. 1. c. p. r6 pijSsv, etc. used as a
ir\T]pto$y rj ypa<j>7j,
37. formula of quotation, and
implying that
the present, etc. Luke something took place not in order that
a) preceded by
xxii. 30 KOI diaT&ipai vfuv .... 'Iva a prophecy might be fulfilled, but so that
i<T$ii]T Kai Trivtjrt i-nl TTJC
TpaTTiZijQ p.ov iv it was fulfilled not in order TO MAKE
;

Ty (3a<r. /iot. John vi. 7 aprot OVK dp- the event correspond to the
prophecy,
Kovffiv avroiQ, 'iva cicaarof avrSiv /Spa^v TI but so that the event DID correspond to
Xd/3y. Rom.
iii. 19 6 vofiog TO~I iv r< it.
Comp. Tittm. 1. c. p.' 43, 44. Matt,
vo/iy \i\7, 'iva TTCLV crrofia ^payy. vi. 1. i. 22 TOVTO dk '6\ov
yevovtv, 'iva TrXjjpwSy
vii. 13. xv. 6, 16, 31, 32. Rev. xiv. TO pqSev. ii. 15. xxi. 4. xxvi. 66.
13 Kai, Xsyft 7-6
irvtvpa, [a7ro3'>^<7Kou<r] John xv. 25. al. With a past tense im-
'iva dvaTravfftovrai K. r. X. comp. Winer plied, Mark xiv. 49. John xiii. 18. al.
57. p. 386. 'iva pi'i Acts ii. 25. Gal. See in HXrjpou.
v 17. Sept. for ^3 Josh, iv. 6. Horn. 3. In the later Greek, 'iva in various
Od. 13. 157. Jos. B. J. 4. 3. 10 (p. 276 constructions lost the power of marking
ult. ed. irpbg TOOOVTOV ijKop,tv either purpose or event, and became
Haverc.)
<n>/i0opu>i>, 'iva 77/i5g tXejjo'wo't /cat TroXg/noi. simply a demonstrative conjunction, like
Marc. Antonin. 11. 3. Sext. Empir. our that,i. e.
merely pointing out that
Pyrrh. III. 50 7ri/ziyvurat ro KUVEIOV to which the preceding words refer, or
TravTi /ilpsi rov utfarof, Kai TrapeKTtivtTai
introducing something already implied
avTifi oX<p, ti/a ourwf j) Kpdaig ylvijrai. in the preceding words. In this way 'iva
Just. Mart. p. 508. See Tittm. 1. c. p. c. Subjunct. came often to be
employed
39. where earlier writers used the infinitive
the imperative) Acts or other particles, e. g.
b) preceded by
viii. 19 $or Kdfiol TTJV IZovaiav TUVTTJV, 'iva used instead of the construction
a)
. ..
Xajifldvy K. r. X. James i. 4. 1 Pet. with the infinitive, originally perhaps
iv. 13. v. 6. 1 John ii. 28. 'iva ^ Tit. because the infinitive also often implies
iii. 14. Aristoph. Nub.
Rev. iii. 11. purpose ; comp. Buttm. 140. 1, 2.
58 Sevp tXS' K\dy. Comp. Tittm. 1. c. p. Matth. 531. 1. Thus after words
(a)
37. and phrases implying command and the
the future, John v. 20 like, as in Engl. I command that you
c) preceded by
TOVTU)V Sei&i avTijj tpya, 'iva vfielg do it/ for, 1 command you to do it ;'
1

ijTe. Luke xi. 50 e avr&v CLTTOK-

comp. Matth. 1. c. Winer 45. 2. a.
rtvovai Kai tK^uli^ovaiv, 'iva tK%i)Tj]$ry TO 45. 9. a. comp. 44. 4. Tittm. 1. c.
alfjta
TravTuv r&v 7rpo0. John xvi. 24. p. 46 sq. E. g. IvTfXXopat Mark xiii. 34
2 Cor. i. 11 pixrtrat . . . 'ivaic. r. X. Phil, r</> 3vpojpy Vri'Xaro, 'iva yp?yopy. John
i. 26. al. Marc. Antonin. 7. 25 irdvra xi. 57 titduKtiffav ivToXrjv, 'iva K. r. X.
ooa opaf /ierajSaXtl rj TO. o\a Sioiicovoa xiii. 34. Acts xvii. 15 \a(36vTfg ivToXrjv,

Qvvig .... 'iva del veapof y b Koap.oq. Just. 'iva K. T. X. So 'iva after dyyapuw Matt,
Mart. p. 504. xxvii. 32. oTrayysXXw Matt, xxviii. 10.
d) preceded by
a past tense, comp. aTroorlXXw Acts xvi. 36. ypd^w Mark
above in 1. A. d. Luke ix. 45 ol Sk xii. 19. ia<rrXXo/tai Mark xiii. 34.
rjyvoovv TO prjfJia TOVTO .... 'iva jj,iij
ai- fiTrov Matt. iv. 3. Mark iii. 9. Rev. vi.
aSr&vTai avTo. John ix. 2 T'IQ ijp.apTtv 11. eopici'w Matt. xxvi. 63. iTrtn/idw
.... 'iva ru0Xo ytvvrjOy |
Rom. v. 20. Matt. xii. 16. Mark iii. 12. Xlyw Acts
vi. 4, 6. xi. 11 |t) 7rrai<Tv, 'iva irkadiai 5
xix. 4. John xiii. 29. 1 John v. 16.
ver. 31. Aristoph. Vesp. 311, 312. TrapayysXXw Mark vi. 8. (c. inf. Mark viii.
Marc. Antonin. 2. 11 17 TWV oXwv <f>vois
6.) ffvvTiStpat
John ix. 22. So also idoSij
OVT& -jraptlSev ovre ijpapTtv . . . 'iva TO, dya- avTolg 'iva Rev. ix. 5. OVK -f^uv 'iva
3d Kai TO. icaicd iiriffte roig re dyaSolg Mark xi. 16. With some word of com-
Kai roTg KaKoTf TctfyvpiikvdtQ ffvp,(3aivy. mand implied Eph. v. 33 Test. XII

Agath. Ep. 74 (Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 31) Patr. p. 543, 671 vreXXo/xai 'iva. p. 529
ov rig dXou/rjjprtf iSf.1v TkT\r)Ktv oSovraQ TrpoaTaami "iva. Anthol. Gr. I. p. 3 Z-
e, 'iva <ro7f iv /ifydpotf irt\day. ?T 'iva. Arr. Epict. 4. 11. 29
 "Iva 391 "Ivot

xai x oiPV faaXsyov, 'iv iv d-iroXtjrat ev K. r. X. ver. 30. xviii. 6. John

KvXitjrai. after verbs of entreating, xi. 50. xvi. 7. c. infin. see in Syji0gpa>.
(/3)
persuading, and the like, comp. "Winer, After XvaiTtXel Luke xvii. 2. c. infin.

Matth. Tittm. 1. c. E. g. Sfofiat, Luke Tob. iii. 6. Comp. Matth. 532. d

ix. 40 Kai idtr)$r)V TUIV p,a$r]Tu>v aov "iva () After a word or phrase followed by
iKfiaXuaivavTo. xxii. 32. (c. inf. 2 Cor. a defining or explanatory clause, this
viii. 4. x. 2.) So after ^ta/iaprvpo/zai latter is sometimes introduced by 'iva,
1 Tim. v. 21. spwrdw Mark vii. 26. where the classic construction would
Luke vii. 36. John xvii. 15 bis. al. -jraoa- be with the infin. see Matth. 532. d.
KaXew Matt, xiv.36. Mark v. 10. Luke comp. 280. E. g. John iv. 34 iubv
viii . 31, 32. al. irpoatvxouai Matt. xxiv. 20. i,
"iva TrottS TO SsXrjua TOV

(iv\. c. inf. 2 Cor. xiii. So titouat it. John xviii. 39 tan de avvij-
7.)
seq. 'iva Esdr. iv. 46. Jos. Ant. 12. 3. 2. tva vfilv Cor.
Seia vp.1v, 'iva diroXvait). 1

Dion. Hal. II. p. 666. seq. infin. 3 Mace, iv. 3 iuoi tie tig iXdxiarov iariv, 'iva v<j>'

i. 16. Jos. Ant. 9. 14. 3. Dion. Hal. vuwv dvaKpiSti. So especially after
Ant. 8. 46. seq. OTTWC Thuc. 5. 36. OVTOQ, a'vrn, TOVTO, used emphatically or
Hdot. 9. 1 17. irapaicaXui 'iva Chariton. 3. 1 . SeiKTiKUQ in reference to a following
Also after irt&w Matt, xxvii. 20, where clause, comp. Winer 45 penult, p. 282.
Greek writers usually put we or the infin. Luke i. 43 iroStv uoi TOVTO, 'iva t\.$rj rj
see Matth. 531. n. 1. 533. 3. (y) ui'irrjp T. K. irpoQ fie ;
more usual in John
After verbs of desire, and the like, e. g. vi. 29 TOVTO ian
TO epyov TOV Seou,

comp. as above, and Winer 45. 9. b. 'iva iriarevarjTe. ver. 39 TOVTO dt iart TO

E. g. $iX<ti, Matt. vii. 12 irdvra ova av SiXijua . . . 'iva TTOV K. T. X. xvii. 3.

&k\ijrt 'iva iroiuaiv vp.lv K. T. X. vi. Mark 1 John iii. 11, 23. iv. 21. 2 John 6.
25. Lukevi. 31. xviii. 41. Johnxvii.24. (Test. XII Patr. p. 606.) So iv TOVT V
al. sap. SfXi7/*d ian 'iva, Matt, xviii. 14. "iva, 1 John iv. 17. John xv. 8 iv TOVT^
John vi. 39, 40. 1 Cor. xvi. 12. ^rjrtl- i3ndaSij 6
7rar)p, 'iva Kapirbv Qeprjre,
Tai "iva 1 Cor. iv. 2. With SeXai, etc. i.
q. classic iv T<$ vu. Kapirbv Qtptiv. Also
impl. Gal. ii. 10. &Xw 'iva Test. XII John xv. 13 ueiova ravTtjQ dydirijv ovSeiQ
Patr. p. 704. Air. Epict. 1. 18. 14. So X, 'iva TIQ 3 John 4.
Sy So
K. T. X,

/SoiAerai 'iva Dion. Hal. de Comp. Verb, with OVTOQ or iv TOVT^ implied, 1 Cor. ix.
p. 296 sq. tTnSvpiiv 'iva Teles ap. Stob. 18 T'IQ ovv uoi iariv b fiiaboQ ; [OVTOQ V. iv
95. p. 524. Comp. Schaefer Melet. p. roury] 'iva K. T. X. Comp. Wisd. xiii.

121. After Troitu in the sense of 9 tt ydp ToaovTov laxvaav eifievai, 'iva K.T.X.
(8)
to cause, to effect, etc. where in earlier Arr. Epict. 2. 1. 1 ei dXrjStQ ian Tode, 'iva
Greek the infin. is used, Matth. 531. 1. y K. T. X.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 761, or also OTTWQ b) instead of 'OTTUQ, after verbs of
Hdot. 209. ib. 5. 109. comp. Passow
1. taking care, endeavouring, and the like,
in TTOKW no. 1. c. John xi. 37 OVK iv- Matth. 531. n. 1, 2. 623. 2. comp.
VITO ovToq Troiijaai, 'iva icai OVTOQ UTJ 519. E. g. /3Xl7rv, 1 Cor. xvi. 10
diroSdvy ; Col. iv. 16. and so in an /3Xe7r7-, 'iva d<f>6f3<i)Q yevi)Tat. Col. iv. 17.
attraction Rev. iii. 9. xiii. 12, 15, 16. 2 John 8. gXoo> 1 Cor. xiv. 1.
^JTEW
comp. Buttm. In Rev. iii.
151. I. 6. 1 Cor. xiv. 12.ueoiuvdu 1 Cor. vii. 34.
9 the future also is joined with the Subj. 'iva prj 2 Pet. iii. 17. So
with a verb of this kind implied, 2 Cor.
after 'iva.
() After words implying
Jitness, sufficiency, need, and the like, viii. 7. Comp. aTrovSrjv t%w seq. OITWQ et
e. g. di6f, John i.27 tyw OVK aioe tipt 'ivaDion. Hal. de Comp. Verb. p. 398.
'iva Xvaw K. T. X. After IKUVOQ Matt. viii. ^rjTelvoirwQ Luc. de Merc. Conduct. 41.
Luke after ypd^w,
dpicerog Matt. x. 25. instead of on,
8. vii. 6. e. g.
c)
Xpfiav t
X tiv 'iva John ii. 25. xvi. 30. Mark ix. 12 jcai TTU>Q ysypaTrrai . . . 'iva

1 John Rev. xxi. 23. For the

ii. 27. TroXXd irddy K. T. X. c. on Rom. iv. 23.

construction of all these with an infin. 1 Cor. ix. 10. Xen. An. 2. 3. 1. Comp.
see Matth. 533. 3, and in 'Atof, Winer 57. p. 386 For Rev. xiv. 13
xw c. j3. Also after impers. see above in 2 a. Prob. to be so taken
pti, Matt. v. 29 avf.i<f>. yap aoi, 'iva after dyaXXtdw, John viii.
 392

'iva ISy rffv rjn'tpav rffv iftrjv. Comp. the lake of Tiberias or sea of Galilee.

frequent construction x a< P w Tl ^ n N.T. Leaving this flows through a

lake, it

Luke x. 20. John xi. 15. al. Sept. fertile valley of considerable width into
Ex. iv. 31. the Dead Sea, receiving in its course
d) of time, but only in John, after some minor streams. The great valley
wpa instead of the more usual ore or iv y. of the Jordan has been ascertained by
John xii. 23 I\r)\v5ev 77 wpa, 'iva SoZavSy Burckhardt to be continued from the
6 viog TOV avSpdjirov. xiii. 1. xvi. 2, 32. Dead Sea to the eastern branch of the
So Engl. the hour is come THAT the son A rabian Gulf or Red Sea so that it is ;

of man should be glorified, for, when or highly probable that the Jordan origi-
in which __ c. ore John iv. 21, 23. v. 25. nally pursued its course to that gulf,
c. Iv y v. 28. Or we may take 'iva here until the convulsions which destroyed
as ecbatic, so that he shall be glorified. Sodom and Gomorrah, and the subse-
Comp. Winer 45. p. 282 Others -- quent filling up of the bottom of the
regard 'iva here as an adverb of place, valley by the drifting sand, caused the
used trop. of time, like Engl. wherein. stoppage of its waters. Between the
Comp. Aristoph. Nub. 1235. Horn. Od. two large lakes, the average breadth of
6. 27. Tittm. 1. c. p. 49. Passow 'iva the Jordan is from 60 to 80 feet, and
B. c. AL. itsdepth about 10 or 12. It has
double banks, i. e. those of its usual
or 'iva as an interrog.
channel, and others at the distance of
ri,

particle, elliptically for 'iva ri ykvrjrat, 40 or 50 rods on each side. The low
in order that what sc. may take place ?
ground within the higher banks is over-
i. to what end 7 why? wherefore?
q.
grown with reeds and trees, affording a
Buttm. 149. 1. p. 423. Winer 25. 1
covert for numerous wild beasts. The
lilt. Herm. ad Vig. p. 849. Matt. ix. 4 stream of the Jordan is rapid, and its
ivari vfitlg ivSvpeiffSt Trovrjpa; xxvii. 46.
waters turbid. It is subject to floods,
Luke xiii. 7. Acts iv. 25. vii. 26. 1 Cor. which sometimes, though not often,
x. 29. Sept. for
rnpi?
Ps. ii. 1. n-^ rise above its usual channel and over-
Num. xxii. 32 Aristoph. Eccles.714 or flow the space within its higher banks
719. Plato Apol. Soc. 14.
Matt. iii. 5, 6, 13. iv. 15, 25. xix. 1. Mark
i. 5, 9. iii. 8. x. 1. Luke iii. 3. iv. 1.
'loTTTrjj, rjc, *?> Joppa, so in N. T.
and Josephus, in classic writers 'IdJTnrrj, John i. 28. iii. 26. x. 40. See Reland
Heb. NiD; or ^
Japho, now Jaffa, a
celebrated and very ancient city and
Palrcst. p. 270 sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
II. i. 196. sq. Calmet p. 232, 414, 577.
Bibl. Repos. II. p. 775 sq.
port of Palestine on the Mediterranean,
about W. N. W. of Jerusalem. Acts ix.
'loc, ou, o, (tq/ii,) pp. something
36, 38, 42, 43. x. 5, 8, 23, 32. xi. 5, sent out, emitted, hence a
weapon, missile
13. Sept. Josh. xix. 46. Jos. B. J. 1. arrow, Horn. II. 15. 451. Sept. Lam.
20. 3. Strabo 16. 2. 28. See Reland iii. 13. In N. T.
Falsest, p. 864. Rosenm. Bibl, Geogr.
a) rust, as being emitted on metals ;
II. ii.
p. 339, James v. 3. Sept. for nK^il Ez. xxiv.
Heb. 6. Ep. Jer. 12, 24. Theogn.'443. or 451.
* ou, b, Jordan,
Pol. 6. 10. 3.
TE, now El Sheriat, i. e. the Ford,
as emitted by ser-
the largest and most celebrated river of b) poison, venom,
Palestine. It takes its rise not far from pents, etc. James iii. 8. Rom. iii. 13 /of
the village Paneas or Banias, near Ce- aaTridwv, quoted from Ps. cxl. 4 where
sarea Philippi, and joined by anotheris Sept. for nn Ml. H. A. 5. 31. Luc.
stream which rises in the Fugit. 19.
higher parts
of the adjacent Antilibanus. After a (PP- fern, ot 'lov-
, ac, i7>

course of about 15 miles, it passes COIOQ, supp. Judea, Heb. rniJV.

yij,)
through the lake or marsh of Merom Judah, pr. n. strictly of the territory ot'

or Samochon, and after

flowing about the tribe of Judah, but usually employed
the same distance further falls into the in a broader sense. Under David it
 393

denoted the territories of Judah and xvi. 6, but in later usage applied to all
Benjamin, Josh. xi. 21. coll. ver. 16. 2 the inhabitants of Judea and Palestine
Sam. v. 5. 1 Chr. xxi. 5. So after the and their descendants, Esth. iii. 6, 10.
secession of the ten tribes, it was applied Dan. iii. 2 Mace. *x. 17.
8. So in N. T.
to the dominions of the kingdom of John iv. Acts xviii. 2, 24. al. Usually
9.

Judah, in distinction from that of Israel, plur. ot 'lovdaioi the Jews, Matt. ii. 2.
and of course included the whole south- xxviii. 15. John xix. 21. Acts x. 22.
ern part of Palestine. After the capti- xx. 19. al. ssep. 'lov&uot ical "EXXrjvfQ
vity, asmost of the exiles who returned Acts xiv. 1. xviii. 4. xix. 10. 1 Cor. i.
were of the kingdom of Judah, the name 23, 24. See in "EXXijv b. By synecd.
Judea (Judah) was given generally to ot 'lovSdlot is put in John for the
chief
the whole of Palestine west of the Jor- men, leaders of the Jews, John i. 19. v.
dan, Hag. i. 1, 14. ii. 2. Under the 15, 16 sq. vii. 1, 11, 13. ix. 22. xviii. 12,
Romans, in the time of Christ, Pales- 14. Acts xxiii. 20, comp. ver. 14 sq.
tine was divided into Galilee, Samaria, Once including Jewish proselytes Acts ii.
and Judea, (John iv. 4, 5,) which last 5 coll. ver. 10. As adj. joined with a
included the whole southern part west noun, e. g. avjp 'lovtidioc Acts x. 28
of the Jordan, and constituted a portion plur. ii. 14. xxii. 3. ^vSoirpo^TiiQ Acts
of the kingdom of Herod the Great. It xiii. 6. apxpvc Acts xix. 14. Esth. ii.
then belonged to Archelaus (q. v.) but 3. Jos.B.J.3.7.31. AL.
was afterwards made a Roman pro-
'Iowai<rjuoe> ov, o, Judaism, the
vince dependant on Syria and governed Jewish religion and institutes, e. g. a
by procurators, see in 'Hy/*wv. For a opposed to heathenism 2 Mace. ii. 21.
time also portions of it belonged to xiv. 38. In N. T. as opp. to Christianity,
Herod Agrippa the elder, comp. in Gal. i. 13, 14.
'HpuSrjf no. 3. See Jos. B. J. 3. 3. 5.
Relandi Falsest, p. 31, 174, 178. Jahn , a, o, Judas, Heb.
25. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 149. (renowned), Sept. 'lovtia, Judah, pr* n!
of eight persons in N. T.
Matt. ii. 1,5,22. Hi. 1. iv. 25. xix. 1.
1. Judah, the fourth son of Jacob and
Luke i. 65. al. Meton. people of Judea
head of the tribe of Judah, Matt. i. 2, 3.
Matt. iii. 5. AL.
Luke iii. 33 Meton. for the tribe or
w, f. r, to Ju-
('lovdaiof,) posterity of Judah, Matt.ii. 6 bis. Luke
daize, to live like the Jews, to follow their i. 39. Heb. vii. 14. Rev. v. 5. vii. 5. So

manners, customs, rites, Gal. ii. 14, oZ/cof 'lovda, the house, i. e. kingdom of
to 'lovSaiKwc yv. Ignat. ad
parall. Judah, opp. to that of Israel Heb. viii. 8.
Magnes. 10. Comp. Esth. viii. 17. For 2. Judas or Judah, two of the ances-
such verbs see Buttra. 1 19. 3. d. tors of Jesus, elsewhere unknown, Luke
iii. 26, 30.
'louScu'kocj TJ, ov, Jewish, current
3. Jude, an apostle, called also Lei-
among the Jews, e. g. pvSoi Tit. i. 14.
Jos. Ant. 20. 11. 1, 4. beus and Thaddeus, brother of James the
Less and cousin of our Lord, see in
'louSeuicwc, adv. Jewishly, in the He also wrote the Epistle
'IdKtaf3og 2.
Jewish manner, Gal. ii.14. Jos. B. J.
of Jude. Matt. xiii. 55. Markvi. 3. Luke
6. 1. 3.
John xiv. 22. Acts
vi. 16. i. 13. Jude i.

ov, ('lottos, Sept.

c, cuctj Comp. Matt. x. 3.
Judah,) pp. adj. Jewish ; in N. T. 4. Judas surnamed Iscariot, i. e. man
fern. pp. 17 'lovSaia x *i (>a v y*iij the ( - of Kerioth, an apostle, and the traitor
a)
land of Judea, Mark i. 5. John iii. 22. who betrayed our Lord. He seems
17 'lovSaia yvvt'i, B.
Jewess, Acts xvi. 1. previously to have been dishonest,
xxiv. 24. non. Sept. 1 Chr. iv. 19.
al.
though he enjoyed the confidence of
Jos. 11. l.l. the other apostles, comp. John xii. 6.
b) masc. 6 'lov^aiog, as adj. see below; On the manner of his death, see in
mostly as subst. a Jew, pp. one of the 'ATrayxw. Matt. x. 4. xxvi. 14, 25, 47.
tribe or country of Judah Sept. 2 K. xxvii. 3. Mark iii. 19. xiv. 10, 43. Luke
 394

xxii. 3,47,48. John vi. 71. xii.4. xiii. 2, ace. "ipida and ipiv comp. Buttm. 44,
26, 29. xviii. 2, 3, 5. Acts i. 16, 25. a rainbow, iris, Rev. iv. 3. x. 1. Ml.
5. Judas surnamed jBarsabas, a Chris- V. H. 4. 17. Hesych. iptg' iv ovpavy 77

tian teacher sent ^*om Jerusalem to

Antioch with Paul and Barnabas, Acts indec. Isaac, Heb.
'Icraa/c, o,
xv. 22, 27, 32. n. of the son of Abraham
(derider), pr.
6. Judas, a Jew living in Damascus, by Sarah, Matt.i. 2. viii. 11. xxii. 32. al
with whom Paul lodged at his conver-
Comp. Gen. c. 21 sq. AL.
sion, Acts ix. 11.
7. Judas surnamed the Galilean, 6 , ov, b, rj, adj. (i<roc

FaXtXaToc, Acts v. 37. So called also ,

like to angels,
angel-like, Luke
xx. 36. Clem. Al. Strom. 7. 12. Comp.
by Josephus, Ant. 18. 1. 6. ib. 20. 5. 2.
B. J. 2. 8. 1, but likewise 6 ravXovirrie
the Homeric lao&tos II. 2. 565.

Ant. 18. 1. 1. In company with one or ", indec.

'Itra^ap 'Itraorvap,
Sadoc or Sadducus, he attempted to Issachar, Heb.
Keri "O^ (pur-
"Dtofo?"!,
raise a sedition among the Jews, but chased), pr. n. of the ninth son of Jacob
was destroyed by Cyrenius (Quirinus) by Leah, Gen. xxx. 18. Meton. for the
then proconsul of Syria and Judea. See tribe of Issachar Rev. vii. 7.

Josephus 11. cc. a false root to which the forms

Julia, pr. n. of a ,
were formerly referred
"laaffi,
'lovAta, a?, r}, ;

female Christian, Rom. xvi. 15. see in olda under Eldw II.

vj o, Julius, pr. n. of the

wrrjc, ov, o, Iscariot, sur-
centurion who conducted Paul to
name of Judas the traitor, Heb. ITTN
Rome,
Acts xxvii. 1, 3. ni"~lp
i. e. man of Kerioth, a town in the

territory of Judah Josh. xv. 25. Matt.

, a, o, Junias, pr. n. of a x. 4. xxvi. 14. Mark iii. 19. xiv. 10.
Jewish Christian, a kinsman and fellow- Luke vi. 16. xxii. 3. John vi. 71. xii.
prisoner of Paul, Rom. xvi. 7, 4. xiii. 2, 26. xiv. 22.
T
'lovoroe, ov, 6, Justus, 1. pr. n. of I(7Oc, torrj, Torovj like, alike, equal,
a Christian at Corinth, with whom Paul spoken of measure, quantity, condition,
lodged, Acts xviii. 7. Some read TiVov and the like. Matt. xx. 12 IVOVQ rip.lv
OV, 'loiHTTOV. avrove t-jroiriaaQ. Luke vi. 34 'iva cnro-
2. as surname a) of Joseph called Xaflwfft ra laa. Acts xi. 17. Rev. xxi. 16.
also Barsabas, nominated as an apostle, Sept. for -JTTN Ez. xl. 5, 6 __ Diod. S. 1.

Acts i. 23. 20. Xen. Cyf. 5. 2. 1. So of nature and

b) of Jesus a friend and
fellow-labourer of Paul, Col. iv. 11. condition, John v. 18 Ivov kavrbv iroi&v
T(f Se^J. Phil. ii. 6 ov\ apTrayfibv . . . TO
6, (ITTTTOC,) a horseman^ tlvai Iva Sty, where for neut. pi. loa see
Plur. iWctg horsemen, cavalry, Acts xxiii.
Matth. 443. 1. 446. 7. comp. Buttm.
23, 32. Sept. for Gen. 1. 9. Ex.
tt'-jD 129. 6. 115. 4 ult. Greg. Cor. ed.
xiv. 9 Xen. Mem/S. 4. 1.
Schsefer. p. 130, 1055. See in 'ApTray^og.

OC? */> ov, (iTTTrog,) equestrian, Comp.i<ra^oTf Horn. Od. 11. 303. Diod.
opp. to KitiKOQ Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 18. skilled Sic. 1. 89. Hence alike, consistent, e. g.
in riding, a horseman, Xen.
Mag. Eq. 1. /ttaprwpt'at Mark xiv. 56, 59.
6, 12. In N. T. neut. TO l-mriKov collect.
the horsemen, cavalry, as in Engl. the ?c> ;, (to-of,) likeness,

Rev. equality, equal state or proportion,

i. e.
horse, ix. 16. Pol. 2. 66. 7. Xen.
2 Cor. viii. 13 I? IOOTIJTOS. ver. 14. (Luc.
Ag. 1. 15,23. Zeux. 5. Pol. 6. 8. In the sense of
4.)
, ov, o, a horse, James iii. 3. equity, what is equitable, Col. iv. 1.
Rev. vi. 2, 4, 5, 8. ix. 7, 9, 17 bis. xiv. 20. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 367. 2 ovSe Si
xviii. 13. xix. 11,14, 18,19,21. Sept.for ovd' itrorne. Clem. Al. Strom. 6. 6.
DID Gen. xlvii. 17. al. Xen. Cyr.5.2.1.
OV, b, 17, adj. (teroc, ri-
T
"Ipte, iSocj n, ( lpi a goddess,) alike honoured, alike prized, i. e. o!
 395

honour or standing, Jos. Ant. 8. tie avTovg. So K StKi&v Matt. xxv. 33.
8. 1. Xen. Hi. 8. 10. In N. T. alike Iv p'effy, comp. in 'Ev no. 2. Matt, xviii.

like value or estimation, i.e. 2. John viii. 3. Acts iv. 7. also iv r<y
precious, of
Acts v. 27. (Dem. 1370. 25.)
genr. like, equal, c. dat. 2 Pet. i. 1 rote o-uvt^ptV
irianv. Buttm. IJ/WTTIOVTivog Acts vi. 6. Jude 24.
iffoTifJiov rjp.lv \axovaiv
133. 2 __ Hdian. 3. 6. 10. (comp. Lev. xxvii. 11.) ITTI c. ace. Matt,
iv. 5 'i&TtjaLV avTov iiri TO irrepvytov.
'I<roi//v\ocj ou, o, n-> adj. Luke iv 9. (7rt TIVI Palaeph. 9.) ?rapa
like-minded, Phil. ii. 20. Sept.
x^O c. dat. Luke ix. 47. Genr. to cause to
for -3-)y Ps. liv. 14. 23 Ho.
stand forth. Acts i. icai tffTtjffav

indec. Israel, Heb. vi. 13. Opp. to falling Rom. xiv. 4.

/A, 6,
Sept. for Tpyn Gen. xlvii. Lev. xiv.
(wrestler with God), a name
7.
sntiT
given to Jacob after wrestling with the
11. 1 K. vi. l
trpH Ex xl - - 2. 16. Josh.
iv. 9 Hdian. 1. 14. 18. Xen. Cyr. 2.
angel, Gen. xxxii. 24 sq. In N. T. spoken
2. 6. *
only in reference to his posterity, as 6
oZ/eoc 'I. Matt. x. 6. Acts vii. 42. 6 \ab s b) to establish,
to confirm, Rom. iii. 31
'I. Acts iv. 10. xiii. 17. vlot 'I. Acts vo/tov. x. 3. Heb. x. 9. Sept. for
So genr. Israel trpn Ex. vi. 4. 1 K. vi. 12. So of time,
vii.23, 37. ix. 15. al.
for the Israelites, the children of Israel, to fix, to appoint, ;/xpav Acts xvii. 31.
to place sc. in a balance, i. q. to
spoken in O. T. of the kingdom of Israel c)
in opp. to that of Judah ; but in N. T. weigh, c. ace. et dat. Matt. xxvi. 15
applied to all the descendants of Israel tarrjaav avrtfi rptaicovra apyvpia they
then remaining, and synonymous after weighed out to him, etc. Sept. for bjTil?'
the exile with o! 'lovSdlot, see in 'lov- Ezra viii. 25, 26, 33. Is. xlvi. 6 Diod.
tfalofb. Matt. ii. 6, 20, 21. viii. 10. xv. Sic. 1. 83. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 9. Fully
31. Rom. x. 1, 19. AL. iffTOGt <rra^/iy Trpof dpywptov rdf rpt^aff
Hdot. 2. 65 Metaph. to impute', e. g.
'lo-parjXmjCj ov, o, an Israelite, in
Tivl Tffv apapriav Acts vii. 60.
N. T. i.
q. 6 'lovSalot, see in 'lo-pa^X. John
II. Intransitive, in the perfect, plu-
i. 48. Acts ii. 22. iii. 12. v. 35. xiii. 16.
xxi. 28. Rom. ix. 4. xi. 1. 2 Cor. xi. 22. perf. and aor. 2 of the Active, in the
Mid. and by impl. in aor. 1 and fut. 1
genr. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 1.
of the Passive, (comp. Buttm. 136. 2.
f. aor. 1. to stand, and so perf. Act.
lori\rta, ^ 113. n. 2,
"IffTrj/uLty ffTTjffd),
3,)
aor. 2 IffTtjv, perf. effTnica, plupf. whence plupf. iarqKuv
e<TTTj- 'iori]Ka as present,
Keiv Luke viii. 20 and cicrrrjffcti/ Matt. xii. as imperf. Buttm. 107. II. 2.
46, Buttm. 107. n. I, 7 ; perf. infin. and absol. e. g. as opp. to
a) pp.
eoTTjKevat contr. e<rrdvai, perf. part. iarr\-
falling 1 Cor. x. 12 6 SOK&V laravai,
Kbtg contr. forwf, Staa, <i>q, Buttm. 107. So in prayer or
/3\7rru* pj trka-g.
II. 3; aor. 1 pass, tara^v, fut. 1
pass. sacrifice Matt. vi. 5. Heb. x. 11 With
(TTaSrjaofjiat. See in general, Buttm. an adjunct implying place where, e. g,
107 passim. A less usual form is
pres. an adv. Matt. xii. 46 tw. Mark xi. 5
to-raw Rom. iii. 31, Buttm. 106. n. 5. !. xiii. 14. Lukeix.27. xvii. 12. xviii.
107. n. I, 2. Pluperf. 3 pers. plur. in Els 4, TO
13. al. Seq. tig c. ace. see tig
ioTriKeffav Att. for t(jTr]Kti(rav Rev. vii. 1 1, John xx. 19. K de%i&v Luke i. 11.
piffov
see in Mattaire Dial. p. 67. ed. Reitz __ (1
Chr. vi. 39.) Ij/c.dat. of place, Matt.
The significations of this verb are xx. 3 v Ty dyop. John xi. 56. Acts
divided between the trans, to cause to v. 20. vii. 33. impl. Matt. xx.6col.ver.3.
stand, to place, and intrans. to stand, see John vii. 37 coll. ver. 28. (Xen. Cyr. 6. 2.
Buttm. 107. II. Iv e. them
17.) avToig among i.
before
Transitive, in the present, imper-
I.
Acts xxiv. 21. ivwiriov Ttvoq Acts x.
fect, fut. and aor. 1, of the Active, to 30. Rev. vii. 9. ITT* c. gen. of place
cause to stand, to set, to place. Luke vi. 17 eoriy kirl TOTTOV irtdivov. Rev.
a) pp. c. ace. and with an adjunct x. 5. (Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 66.) and so ITTI

implying place where, e. g. f c avrovq in the sense of before, Acts xxv. 10 lirl

before them, Acts xxii. 30 UavXov t(mj<rav TOV Sarog. xxiv. 20 iiri Tnv
 398

only trop. in the phrase to walk or fol- (dove) Jonah, pr. n. of two persons in
low in one's footsteps, i. e. to imitate his N. T.
1. A noted prophet of the O. T. Matt.
example, Rom. iv. 12 <muxov<rt rote
l\vtai row 'A/?paa/i. 2 Cor. xii. 18. 1 xii. 39 41 bis. xvi. 4. Luke xi. 29, 30,
Pet. ii. 21 __ Ecclus. xxi. 6. Pol. 4. 42. 32 bis. Comp. Jon. i. 1 sq.
7. 2. The father of the apostle Peter, a

Heb fisherman, John i. 42. xxi. 15 17.

o, indec. Jotham,
'ItoaSajU,
Comp. in Bap-tWaf.
tJJ^V(Jehovah is perfect), pr. n. of a
'IwpajU, o, indec. Joram,
Heb. tDHirp
king of Judah, the son and successor of
Uzziah, r. 759 743 B. C. Matt. i. 9 (Jehovah is high) Jehoram, pr. n. of a
bis. See 2 K. xv. 7, 32 sq. 2 Chr. c. king of Judah, the son and successor of
27. Jehoshaphat, r. 891 884 B. C. Matt. i.
8 bis. See 2 K. viii. 16 sq.
jc> v* Joanna, fern, of
indec. Jorim, perhaps, i. q.
e, pr. n. of the wife of Chusa, , o,

steward of Herod Antipas, Luke viii. 3. a/j, one of the ancestors of Jesus,
xxiv. 10. Luke iii. 29.

a, o, Joannas, pp. i. q. 'Ito<rarf)ar, o, indec. Josaphat, Heb.

'lt)avvi]Q, one of the ancestors of Jesus, tiptihrr (Jehovah-judged) Jehoshaphat,
Luke iii. 27. a pious king of Judah, the son and suc-
cessor of Asa, r. 914 889 B. C. Matt. i.
, ou, 6, John, Heb. 8 bis. See 1 K. xv. 14. xxii. 41 sq.
(Jehovah-given) Johanan, pr. n. of four
or indec. Jose, pp. i.
persons in N. T. j i), 6, q.
I.John the BaptistMo.it. iii. 1, the son , one of the ancestors of Jesus,
of Zacharias and forerunner of Christ, Luke iii. 29.
beheaded by order of Herod Antipas, i), >
indec. Joses, pr. n.
a)"of
Luke i. 13, 60, 63. Matt. iii. 4, 13, 14. a brother of James the Less, a kinsman
xiv. 2 4, 8, 10. al. seep. Comp. Jos. of Jesus, Matt. xiii. 55. xxvii. 56. Mark
Ant. 18. 5. 2. vi. 3. xv. 40, 47 b) of Barnabas, the
2. John the apostle, the son of Zebe- companion of Paul, Acts iv. 36.
dee and brother of the elder James, indec. Joseph, Heb.
'Iwo-fj0, 6, qpv
especially beloved of our Lord, Matt. iv.
(he will add), pr. n. of seven persons
21. x. 2. xvii. 1. Mark i. 19, 29. Luke in N. T.
iii. 10, al. ssep. The
'
1. patriarch, the eleventh son of
3. John, one of the * kindred of the Jacob and head of the half-tribes of
high priest and a member of the Sanhe- Manasseh and Ephraim, John iv. 5. Acts
drim, once Acts iv. 6. vii. 9, 13 bis, 14, 18. Heb. xi. 21, 22.
4. John surnamed Mark, the com- Rev. vii. 8 0vX>) 'IUMTTJQ, put for the half-
panion of Paul and Barnabas, and writer tribe of Ephraim, comp. ver. 6.
of the second Gospel, only Acts xii. 12, 2. Three of the ancestors of Jesus,
25. xiii. 5, 15. xv. 37. AL. Luke iii. 24, 26, 30.
indec. Job, Heb. niN 3. The husband of Mary the mother
'Iw/3, o, (ill-
the patriarch of the O. T. whose of Jesus, Matt. i. 16, 18 20, 24. ii. 13,
treated),
afflictions and patience are celebrated in
19. Luke i. 27. ii. 4, 16, 33, 43. iii. 23.
the book of Job. James v. 11. iv. 22. John i. 46. vi. 42. Act. Thorn.
2.

'IwrjA, Heb. itf- (Jehovah

6, Joel, 4. Joseph of Arimathea, a member of
his God), one of the minor Hebrew pro- the Sanhedrim, /SovXeunfc, a disciple of
phets, Acts ii. 16. Comp. Joel i. 1.
Jesus, who assisted at his burial, Matt.
xxvii. 57, 59. Mark xv. 43, 45. Luke
o, indec. Jonan, pp.
i.
av, q.
xxiii. 50. John xix. 38.
ag, one of the ancestors of Jesus,
Luke iii. 30.
5. Joseph called also Barsabas and
Justus, nominated as an apostle in the
a, o, Jonas, Heb. n^V place of Judas, Acts i. 23.
 399

, ou, o, Josias, Heb. irPXDN'' 'Iwra, r6, indec. iota, Heb. yodh, ( ^
the smallest Heb. letter, trop. for the
(whom Jehovah heals), Josiah, pr/n. of
a pious king of Judah, the son and sue- minutest part, Matt. v. 18. For the
cessor of Ammon, r. 642 611 B. C. Rabbinic usage see Wetstein N. T. ad
Matt. i. 10, 11. See 2 K. xxii. 1 sq. 2 Matt. 1. c.
Cor. c. 34, 35.

tentates, to cast down, sc. from their

Kay w crasis for icaUy w, dat. teapot, ace.
tape, and I, etc. the /cai everywhere re- thrones, to dethrone, Luke i. 52. Mi.
own V. H. 2. 25. Hdot. 2. 152 Trop. to
taining its separate power just as
if written separately, see in Kaf . Matt. subvert, to destroy, as rffv /icyaXcidryra
ii. 8. Luke ii. 48. John i. 34. 2 Cor. xi. Acts xix. 27. Xoyt(T/*ouf 2 Cor. x. 4.
22. al. Dat. Luke i. 3. Acts viii. 19. Sept. *a3. rnv u/3ptv for rns Zech. ix. 6.
1 Cor. xv. 8. non. al. Ace. John vii. Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 2 TJV dXatoveiav. Diod.
28. 1 Cor. xvi. 4. non. al. It is often Sic. 4. 8.
written with iota subscript, ?yw, but
KaSa/ptu, f. pw, (ca^apof q. V.) to
improperly, see Buttm. 29. n. 2. b. cleanse from filth, trans. Luc. Necym. 7.
Ibid. n. 7. AL.
grain by winnowing, Sept. 2 Sam. iv. 6.
a adv. pp. for icaS* Xen. (Ec. 18. 6. In N. T.
ii, (Buttm.
to cleanse a tree or vine from useless
115. n.
5,) according to what, i. e.
lit. a)
branches, to prune, John xv. 2. Philo
according as, ar simply as, Matt, xxvii.
10 KaSa ovviTaft /xot 6 r. Sept. fomp>*3 de Agric. p. 189. A. de Somn. p. 1116.
E. Comp. Loesner Obs. p. 155.
Gen. vii. 9. for 5 Gen. xix. 8. Pol. .

107. 10. Xen. (Ec. 15. 3. trop. to cleanse from sin, to purify,
b)
sc. by expiation, Heb. x. 2. Sept. for
intgn Jer. xiii. 27 Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 14.
a pulling down, demolition, e. g. of a for- Xen. An. 5. 7. 35.
tress, 2 Cor. x. 4 __ Pol. 23. 7. 6. Xen.
H. G. 2. 2. 15. Trop. of religious v. i. e. Ka$a strengthened

knowledge and experience, demolition^ by TTtp, according as, i.

q. as, even as,

destruction, opp. to oiKodoftrj, 2 Cor. x. 8.

Rom. iv. 6 JcaSaTrep cat Aa(Bid X'e-ytt. 2
xiii. 10 __ Comp. 1 Mace. iii. 43. Hdian. Cor. i. 14. iii. 13, 18. 1 Thess. ii. 11. iii.
2. 4. 9- 6, 12. iv. 5. Heb. iv. 2. v. 4. Seq.
ouraif or O'VTW, so, Rom. xii. 4. 1 Cor. xii

a, f. ijou, ai-
for-mjhp Gen.
(/caro, 12. 2 Cor. viii. 11. Sept.
aor. 2 KaStiXov, to take doum, sc.
plo>,) Ex. vii. 6, 10
xii. 4. Jos. c. 'Ap. 1. 7.
from a higher place, trans, e. g. from
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 29.
the cross, Mark xv. 30 ct
epxsrat 'RXiag
KaSeXi'iv avTov. ver. 46. Luke xxiii. 53. f. fyo>, (Kara, aVrw,)
Acts xiii. 29. Sept. for T"l1n Josh. viii. to adapt, to Jit down upon any thing,
29. x. 27 __ Philo in Flacc. p. 977. whence to bind or fasten upon, trans.
Pol. 1. 86. 6. With the idea of force, Pol. 8. 8. 3. Xen. Yen. 6. 9. In N. T.
violence, e. g. to pull down, to demolish, intrans. or with kavrov impl. i.
q. Mid.
as buildings Luke xii. 18. Mace, v, KaSdiTTonai, to fix oneself upon, to fasten
(1
65. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 20.) a people, to to, seq. gen. Acts xxviii.Stx ^" KaSrrj^s 1

overthrow, to conquer, Acts xiii. 19 KO&C- rijQx fl P a vv, comp. Buttm. 132. 6.
Xwv tSvii IvTa. (Sept. for Din Jer. xxiv. 3. See also in *Ayw no. 3. This is a
6 xiii. 10. Hdian. 3. 4.
16.) princes, po- later Active to the earlier and more
 400 Ka&'Soa

usual depon. Mid. ,

Passow and see Lev. c. 14. Also of a wonmn
after child-birth, Luke ii. 22, see Lev.
sub v.
c. 12. Sept. for nnb Lev. xiv. 32. rnnt2
f- *<" a later
Ka3aptw, . ,
Lev xv. 13. So of baptism as a rite of
verb instead of the earlier John iii. 25. Clem. Alex.
purification
make clean, to cleanse, trans. Strom. 6.6.
Matt, xxiii. from sin, ex-
a) pp. '
b) metaph. purification
$iv TOV Trorijpi'ov. ver. 26. Luke xi. 39.
piation, Heb. i. 3. 2 Pet. i. 9.-,Sept.
Sept. Ps. xii. 7. Spoken of lepers
Ex. xxx. 10. Job vii. 20. expiatory of-
afflicted with a filthy disease and ac-
fering Luc. Asin.
22.
counted as unclean, to cleanse i. q. to

heal, Matt. viii. 2, 3.

x. 8. xi. 5. Mark
i. 4042. Luke iv. 27. v. 12, 13. vii.
KaSa/ooc, ov, clean, pure, i. e.
,

22. xvii. 14, 17. Praegn. Matt. viii. 3ict unsoiled, unalloyed. It is a primitive
eitStwg tKaSrapta^rj avTov Xiirpa his leprosy
t'j word having no affinity with aipw, see
was cleansed and removed, i. e. was Passow. Comp. Tittm. de Synon. N. T.
healed, comp. Luke v.
13 et Mark i. 42.
p. 26.
So Sept. and ITTO Lev. xiv. 7, 8, 11. Matt, xxiii. 26. xxvii. 59 IVTV-
a) pp.
xv. 27. Xttiv avTo aivdovi Ka3apy.. Heb. x. 22
in a moral sense, i.e. Man jcaSapy. Rev. xv. 6. xix. 8, 14,
b) trop. to ckanse,
(a)
from sin or pollution, sc. by expia- xxi. 18 bis, 21. xxii.l. trop. Luke xi. 41,
tion, to purify,
Heb. ix. 22, 23. seq. see in'Evei/u. Sept. for linn Ez. xxxvi.
diro Ttvoc, 1 John i. 7 TO alpa 'Iqvov . . .
25. Ex. xxv. 31, 36. Chald. Np} Dan.
e.
Ka.SaotL.tL rjuag diro irdariQ ajuapn'af, 1.
vii. 9. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 5 ovpavog. 1EI.
from the guilt of sin and its conse- V. H. 13. 1 med. i5oara. Xen. GEc. 10.
quences, ver. 9.
So Sept. for ^p "17TI?
7, 12. Trop. in the Levitical sense,
Ps. li. 4. IDS Ex. xxix. 37. So Tit. John 10 IGTI /ea3ap6c b\o. By impl.
xiii.
ii. 14 "tva KaSapiffy tavT$ Xaov,
that he Rom. xiv. 20. Tit.
lawful, not forbidden,
etc.
might purify, sanctify, (/3) genr. i. 15 bis, irdvTa /ca&apa, ovtiiv KaSapov.

and without expiation, to ckanse, to pu- in a moral

b) metaph. clean, pure,
rify, to free from
moral uncleanness, c. c. i. e. innocent, Acts
sense, (a) guiltless,
airo TIVOQ, 2 Cor. vii. 1 KaSapiawfitv tav- Xviii. 6 KaSapbe tyw. Seq. cnrb TIVOQ,
TOVQ a7r6 TtavTOQ fioXvauov aapKOQ.
With- Acts XX. 26 Ktt3-. tya> OTTO TOV aV/iarof. So
out Acts xv. 9. Eph. v. 26. Heb. 10. Job iv. 7. c.
diro, Sept. for ^3 Gen. xliv.
ix. 14. James iv. 8. Ecclus. xxxviii. aTTo for 173 Gen. xxiv. 8. Jos. Ant.
npi T

10. Jos. Ant. 11. 5. 4 ult. de Mace. 1.

4. 8. 16. )E1. V. H. 8. 5. Dem. 122. 17.
in the sense of to declare clean, i. e. void of evil, Matt.
c) (/3) sincere, upright,
Lev ideally, i. e. to make lawful, trans. V. 8 ol icaSapoi ry Kapdia. John xiii. 10
Acts X. 15 a 6 Srebe iKaSdpiae, av /t} KO'IVOV. !<rr. ver. 11. 1 Tim. i. 5.
vfids KaSapoi
xi. 9. So Sept. and int? Lev. xiii. 6,
iii. 9. 2 Tim. i. 3. ii. 22. Tit. i.
15 ro c
23, 28, 34 So Mark vii. 19 TTOV TO
K a$apo~i(;. James i. 27. lPet.i.22. So
John xv. taken from
3, the figure being
irdvTa TO. ppw-
va tKTTOpevtrai, jcaSapiov the vine, cleansed, pruned, see in KaScupw.
fiara, i. making
e. lawful all meats, Sept. for n? Ps.
xxiv. 4. lino Ps. li.
shewing them to be clean and lawful, 11. Gh Gen. xx. 5, 6. Comp. Xen.
where the part. KaSrapi^ov refers to the Cyr. 8. 7. 20, 23.
whole preceding context by way of ap-
131 n. 5. Winer KaSaporrjc, rjroc, n, (KaSapoc,)
position, comp. Buttm.
.

in the Levitical
cleanness, pureness,
48. 1. b.
Xen. Mem. 2. 1.
sense, Heb. ix. 13. pp.
a
OG, ov, o, (>a$apia>,) 22. trop. Clem. Alex. 6. 6 17 TOV (3iov K.

cleansing, purification,
a) pp. e. g. of
the Jewish washings
seat, Matt. xxi.
12 et Mark xi. 15 TO.ZK.
before meals, John ii. 6, comp. Matt. xv.
TU>V iroXovvTwv. Matt, xxiii. 2 raSi&iv
2. Trop. of the ceremonial purifica-
tion of lepers, Mark i. 44. Luke v. 14.
Mw(Twc to sit in Moses'
 401

occupy his place as an ex-

seat, trop. to a leader, guide, in N. T. in the sense of
pounder of the law. Sept. for a^ia 1 teacher, master, i. q. pa/3/3t, Matt, xxiii.
Sam. xx. 17, 24. n?U5 1 K. viii. 13. x. 8, 10 bis Plut. Alex. M. 5. ib. T. VIII.
19.-Ecclus.xii.12. Pol. 1.21. 2, Hdian. p. 511. l.ed. Reiske.
2. 3. 17.
(/cara, to come or
iJKu,)
f, (/cara, o/*ai,) imperf. reach down to, as mountains to the sea,
for the augm. see Buttm. Hdian. 8. 1. 12. Xen. H. G. 5. 4. 17.
86. n. 2, pp. to seat oneself, i. e. to sit In N. T. impers. KaSfjicsi, it is becoming,
down, to sit, Matt. xxvi. 55. Luke ii. it is fit,
right, absol. Acts xxii. 22 ov
46. John ir. 6. xx. 12. Acts vi. 15. KaSiJKtv (text. rec.
KaSrjKov)
avrbv yv.
John 20 iv T$ O'IK^
xi. iicaStZtTo, i. e. Part. neut. TO /caS/jicov what is
right,
continued sitting, Buttm. 137. 4. Sept. Rom. i. 28 ra KaSrjKovrai.
by impl.
firj e.
for nijrT Ez. xxvi. 16. Act. Thorn. 39. things abominable. Ecclus. x. 23. Xen.
Hdian. 4. 2. 5. Xen. Conv. 1.8. Cyr. 8. 1. 4. part. 2 Mace. vi. 4. Xen.
Cr. 1.2.5.
t i. e. Ka$' see in Elg b.
, (Kara, J/yuaj,)
2 pers. /ca3y
adv. (cara, t/"/c,) lit. Acts 3 and imperat. KU$OV Heb. i.
xxiii.
according to the order or succession/
'
13, later forms instead of KaSrjaai and
i. e. successively, consecutively, in con- raS^o, Buttm. 108. II. 3. Lob. ad
nected order. Luke i. 3 ica3i}c <roi
Phryn. p. 359. pp. to sit down, but in
ypfyat, i. e. to write a connected nar- common i. to sit, intran?.
usage, q. ijfiai,
rative. Acts xi. 4. xviii. 23. JE1. V. H. and more frequent than fjnai itself,
8. 7. Test. XII Patr. p. 618. With Buttm. 1. c.
the art. 6 KaSiKw, successive, i. e. subse-
a) pp. (a) to sit down Matt. xv. 29.
quent, following, spoken of order Acts xxvii.36. Johnvi.S.al. Sept. forn^P
iii.24 icai rStv Ka3t/f, sc. 7rpo07/rur. Gen. xxi. 16.-Hora. H. 1.
of time Luke viii. 1. 569.~(/3)gem\
Among classic to sit, absol. to sit there, to sit by,
i. e.
writers i<f>ii)c is more usual, see Pas- Matt. xiii. 2. Luke v. 17. 1 Cor. xiv. 30.
sow. With an adjunct of e. i K el
place, g.
Mark ii. 6. ov Acts ii. 2. a>Se James
uSw, (icard, tttfa,) imperf.
for the see Buttm.
ii.3. and so with a prep. e. g. cnrk-
, augm.
vavri TIVOQ Matt, xxvii. 61.
$ 86. n. 2, pp. to lie doivn to sleep, Horn. (Sept. Gen.
II. 1. 611. Od. 4. 304.
xxi.
16.) els c. ace. of place Mark xiii.
Sept. fornrm?
1 Sam. iii. 2, 3, 5 sq. In N. T. genr. to 3, comp. in E/e no. 4. i K SfZttiv Matt.

to to sleep, and impf. to be

xxii. 44. Acts ii. 34. comp. in'Eic no. 1.
sleep, go
b. iv c. dat. of place Matt. xi. 16. Mark
asleep, intrans. Matt. viii. 24. xiii. 25.
xxv. 5. xxvi. 40, 43, 45. Mark iv. 27, 38.
iv. 1. Luke x. 13. (Sept. 2 K. vi. 32.
36. xiv. 37, bis, 40, 41.
xiii. Luke xxii. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. iv 8tiy, v. iv role
3.)
46. 1 Thess. v. 7 bis. So Sept. for -jirh $tto~iQ Col. iii. 1. Mark xvi. 5. iirdvia
Cant. v. 3. Gen. xxviii. 13. 2 Sam. nvoe Matt, xxviii. 2. Rev. vi. 8. TTI c.
331$
xii. 3. Hdian. 7. 1. 22. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. gen. Matt. xxiv. 3. Acts viii. 28. Rev.
42. to be in a deep a iv. 2. ix. 17. (Sept. 1 Sam. i. 9. Esth. v.
By impl. sleep, in
state of unconsciousness like one dead, 1. Diod. S. 1. c. dat. of place Acts
53.)
Matt. ix. 24 ov yap air&ave d\\a . . .
iii. 10. (Sept. Is. xxxvi. 12, Xen. An. 4.

KaStvtitt. Mark v. 39. Luke viii. 52.

2.
6.)
c. ace. Matt. ix. 9. Mark ii. 14.

Hence spoken of those John xii. Rev.vi. 2. (Sept. Jer. xxv.

15.
really dead, 1
Thess. v. 10 tire yp;yopw/iv tire KaStvSw- 30.) /ura
c.
gen. of pers. Matt. xxvi. 58.
fiev. So Sept. for -j^p Dan. xii. 2. Heb. Trapa c. ace. of place Matt. xiii. 1. Mark
J2 Chr. xii. 16. al.
x. 46. Trcpt c. ace. of pers. around
3319' Sept. a7ro.9-v/j<nc

Trop. for to be slothful, secure, not

whom, in whose circle one sits Mark iii.
vigilant, Eph. v. 14 tytp 6
32, 34. (Xen. An. 4. 2. 5 d^l TTVO.)
Thess. v. 6. Xen. An. 1. 3. 11. TTOOQ TO 0<5f Luke xxii. 56. vir6 TO
vnoTToSiov Jaines ii. 3. Sept. Judg. iv. 5.
OV 1 K. xiii. 14. Spoken of any digni-
(y)
2D
 402

tary who fits in public, e. g. as a judge e. g. avTov here Matt. xxvi. 36. tide

Matt, xxvii. 19. Actsxxiii.3. a queen, Mark xiv. 32. So with prepositions, ei'c
x /3a<riXi<r<ra, Rev. xviii. 7 Sept. Ex. -- TOV vabv TOV . 2 Thess. ii. 4, comp. in
xviii. 14. Pkilostr. Yit. Apol. 8. 2. E/c no. 4. (Xen. Mem. 4.2. 1.) tc&gcwv
in the sense of to abide, to dwell, to Matt. xx. 21, 23. Mark x. 37, 40. xvi
b)
be, seq. iv c. dat. of place Matt. iv. 16 19. iv c. dat. iv r< 3-poj/ v Rev. iii. 21 bis.
bis, Tolg Ka3rt]p.ivoi iv %wpa fcai <TKI$ iv d&$ Heb. i. 3. viii. 1. x. 12. xii. 2
Stavarov, quoted from Is. ix. 1 where (Sept. Jer. xxxix. 3.) i-jrl c. gen. liri

Sept. /caroiiclw for 2\$\ Luke i. 79. Spovov Matt. xix. 28 bis. xxv. 81. Luke
Acts xiv. 8. Neh. xi. xxii. 30. Acts 1 K. ii. 12. 30.
(So Sept. for y$*
ii.
(Sept.
6, 25. Ecclus. 1. 26. sedeo Cic. ad Div. viii. Xen. Eq. 7.5.) irrl TOV /3;/mroc
20.
16. 7.) Seq. i-n-i c. gen. of place Rev. of a judge, etc. John xix. 13. Acts xii.
xiv. 6 Ka$. 7Ti TtjQ yijc, where text. rec. 21. xxv. 6, 17. (Diod. Sic. ITTC
1.92.)
KCITOIKOVVTCIS. c. ace. Luke xxi. 35 KO.S. TIIQ "MiDVfftwg Kafpa Matt, xxiii. 2, see

iiri irpoffutTTOV rrjg yrjje. Alciphr. I. Ep. in KaSlfya. C. dat. tiri airy, sc. r< TrwXy
25 7Tt TlVl. AL. Mark xi. 7. c. ace. i<}>' ov Mark xi. 2.
Luke xix. 30. John xii. 14. Rev. xx. 4.
KaS' i7)Upav, day by day,
see in
Gen. xlviii.
trop. Acts ii. 3.
(Sept. 2.
Kara II. 2.
Thuc. 1.
136.)
Karivavri TIVOQ Mark xii.
41. utTa TIVOQ Rev. iii. 21 bis. ovv nvi
daily, Acts vi. 1 v ry Siaicovia ry a3-. Acts viii. 31.
in Me daily ministration, sc. of alms. b) by impl. to abide, to continue, e. g.

Judith xii. 14. Jos. Ant. 12. 5. 4. Plut. Iv ry TrdXfi Luke xxiv. 49. absol. Acts

Pyrrh. 14. A word of the later Greek, xviii. 11. Sept. for-fia Jer. xlix.32. aitfj
Lob. ad Phr. p. 53. Ex. xvi. 29. Judg. ix. 41. 1 Mace. ii.

7, 29. Test. XII Patr. p. 644. comp.

, (Kara, tw,)
f. naSiaw Matt. sedeo Cic. de Div. 16. 7.
xxv. 31 instead of fut. KaSir)ff(i> or Att.
Buttm. 114 V'w. Matth. aor.
jca^iw, see
181. n. 3. Passow sub v. Aor. 1 f-KaSura, ,
Buttm. 108. I. pp. to send
or throw down, i. e. in N.T. to let down,
angrn. see in Buttm. 86. n. 2. Trans.
trans, seq. / Luke v. 19 KaSijicav avrov
to cause to sit down, to seat, and intrans.
. . . fis TO HSCTOV. Acts ix. 25 jca3. 1
to sit down, to sit.
TOV TI'IXOVQ. (Palseph. 13. 3.) Pass.
Trans, to cause to sit down, to seat,
1.
Or Mid. part. Ka^ikjitvoQ, seq. iirl TYJQ yrjg
e. g. c. iv of place, Eph. i. 20 ical iicd-
Acts x. 11. tK TOV ovpavov xi. 5.
Siaev [aurov~l iv $t%iq, avTOv. Sept. for
Sept. 1 Sam. ii. 16. Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 4.
irirhrT 1 K. iu 8. 2 Chr. xxiii. 20.
Diod. Sic. 2. 8. Xen. An. 2. 1. 4. H. G. c. 'c. Xen. An. 6. 5. 25, 27. Mag. Eq.
8.3.
5. 4. 6. So to cause to sit, to set, sc. as

judges, Cor. vi. 4 TOVTOVQ Ka$i%tTt, sc.

1 also Ka3i0ra<> Acts
KotraQ v. &ca<rra. Fully Luc. Tox. 62 xvii. 15 comp. in "lorij/u init. fut. icara-
ov yap E/caS'io'rtjuEv
riva diKaart}v TOV Xoyov. ffTfjcru, aor. 1 KaTtffTitjcra, to sit dmvn, i.
q.
Jos. Ant. 20. 9. 1,6. Dion. Hal. Ant. genr. to set, to place, in N. T. found only
3. 30 ult. ib. 11. 19. in the trans, forms. Pass, or Mid. to be
. 2. Intrans. or with iavrov impl. and set, to be, etc. Comp. Buttm. 107. 2.
also Mid. to seat oneself, i. e. to sit
down, a) to set, to cause to stand, pp. Sept.
to sit, see in "Ayw no. 3, and Buttm. 1 K. v. 2. Xen. An. 7. 7. 22. Mid. or
113. n. 2. Pass, to stand, Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 1. In
a) pp.
and genr. Matt. v. 1 aviprj tls N. T. trop. KaSriaTafiai to stand, to be
rb 6po Kal KaSiffavTOQ avrov K. r. X. set, i. q. to be, James iii. 6 ol-rwc n yXtSo--
xiii. 48. Mark ix.35. Luke iv. 20. v. 3. ffij Ka&iffTttTai iv roif fieXtviv. iv. 4. .

xiv. 28, 31. xvi. 6. John viii. 2. Acts xiii. Thuc. 4. 92 Ka3-iVrarat. Hence also
1 Cor. x. 7. Act. KaSivTijui, to cause to be, to render,
14. xvi. 13. Sept. for
nt^T Gen. xxxvii. 24. Neh. i. 4 __ Xen. to make, 2 Pet. i. 8 rawra OVK apyot'f
Cyr. 8. 4. 2. With an adjunct of place, KaSiffTrjffiv K. T. X. Pass, to be
 403

made, to become, Rom. v. 19 bis, juap- fully armed, Luke xi. 21. Sept. Jer. xlvi.
rwXoi Kartara^rjaav 01 TroXXct K. r. \. 9. Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 3. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 11.
Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 6 roi/ Stbv avroig fvfievtj
KdS'OjOafe), W, (xrara, opaw q. v.) to
KaraffTTJvai. Xen. An. 6. 3. 18.
look down upon, from a higher place, ti
of persons, to to constitute,
b) set,
behold, Sept. for nK"! Num. xxiv. 2.
e. g. seq. ace. et iiri c. gen. to set one
Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 10. In N. T. genr. and
over any thing, Matt, xxiv.45 ov Karkorn-
trop. to perceive, to see clearly, Pass.
<rtv 6 KVpiof avrov STTI r;g SepaTrtiag avrov.
Rom. i. 20. 3
Mace. iii.11. Luc.
xxv. 21, 23. Luke xii. 42. Acts vi. 3. Pseudom. 25. pp. Hdian. 4. 15. 7. Xen
*7rt c. dat. Matt. xxiv. 47. Luke xii. 44. An. 1. 8. 26.
ITT* c. Heb. ii. 7. ITTI c. gen. Sept.
ace.
for Gen. xii. 41, 43. c. ace. Jer. i. KaSort adv. for Ka^' ore, lit. 'ac-
in^
10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 9. H. G. 7. 1. 45. cording to what,' i. e.
Seq. dupl. ace. of pers. and station, a) according as, as, Actsii. 45 etiv. 35
/cavort av TIQ xP a " Sept. fo*'
to constitute, to make, Luke xii. 14 T'IQ ue l%(.
"il'S3 Ex. i. 12, 17. 5 Lev. xxvii. 12.
KaTtffTtJ(T SlKttffTIJV T) Utpl(TTt)v 10' V/ittf j
'Diod. Sic. 4. 5. Thuc. 4. 34, 118.
Acts vii. 10, 27, 35. Heb. vii. 28. So
with ace. of pers. omitted Tit. i. 5. (Xen. b) for tJiat, because that, inasmuch as,
Luke i. 7 Ka36ri 'EX. rjv trrflpa. xix. 9.
An. 3. 4. 40.) Pass. seq. ace. of manner 17

Acts. ii. 24
Sept. for Chald. -i Dan. ii.
Heb. v. 1, see Buttm. 131. 7. seq. tec
8. Pol. 18. 21. 6.
n viii. 3. Sept. for Dlto Ex. ii. 14. Gen.
xlvii. 6. nl. 1 Mace. xi. 59. Palseph. 23. wc, adv.
&q ), a later form
(icara,
4. Diod. Sic. 19. 15. Xen. Ag. 3. 5. instead of et Lob. p. 425
raa, Phryn.
tic TL Xen. Cyr. 8. 1.7. sq. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 74 sq. pp ,

as in Engl. to set one down on a according as, i. q. simple o>, as.

c)
journey, i. e. to accompany, to conduct, a) pp. implying manner, (a) genr.
out of respect or for security, Acts xvii. Matt. xxi. QieaSuG Trpoffira&v avroiQ 6 'I.
15 ot KaSiffT&VTfg rbv TlavXov. Sept. Mark xi. 6. Luke xi. 1. John i. 23
for N^nn 2 Chr. xxviii. 15. rrsn Josh. Acts x. 47. 1 Cor. iv. 17. Gal. ii. 7.
vi. 23. Hdian. 2. 8. 10. Xen. An. 4. al. srepiss.
Praegn. Mark xv. 8 rypSaro
8.8. airtiaSat, jca^wg &d iiroiei avToig, began
to demand he should
[that do] according
o adv. for jca' o, lit. accord- as he had ever done to them, John vi. 58.
ing to what/ i. q. icaSd, as, according as, With ei/it, i. q. such as, 1 Thess. ii. 13.
Rom. viii. 26 icaSd fat. 2 Cor. viii. 12 bis. John So
1 iii. 2. comp. in E//LU II. g.
KaSo lav t\V Tt * r ^ ^ n proportion as.
-
with OVTUG responding, John iii. 14.
1 Pet. iv. 13.
Sept. for 11$* DN Lev. 2 Cor. i. 5. 1 Thess. ii. 4. al.
6/toi'we
ix. 5. Comp. Phryn. et Lobi p. 425. Luke vi. 31.Sept. for -p Ex. x. 29.
KaSoAtKOCj r), ov, (tcard, 0X0?,) comp. 1 Chr.xxiv.31. xxvi.12. Palseph
catholic, general, universal, found in
i. e. 52.7. Himer. Or. I. 362. Plut.de Pyth,
many editions in the inscriptions to the Orac. 21. Vol. III. p. 124. ed. Tauchn.
Epistles of James, Peter, John and Jude, comp. Greg. Cor. p. 319. ed. Schcef.
i.e. the catholic epistles, so called as after verbs of speaking, etc. how,
(/3)
being addressed not to any particular Acts XV. 14 2iy.(wi/ i^Jjyrjffaro, KaSrajg

church, but to Christians at large. Arr. irpuTov K. T. X. 3 John 3. in the

(y)
Epict. 2. 20. 2. Pol. viii. 4. 11. sense of proportion, comparison, Mark
iv. 33 KaSrwQ rj^vvavro aicoveiv. John v.
KaSoXou adv. i.
q. naS' oXou pp. 30. Acts xi. 29. 1 Pet. iv. 10 __ Sept.
throughout the whole, i. e. wholly, entirely,
and jcaSoXov [iff, not at all, Acts iv. 18.
Num. xxvi. 54. Pol. vii. 9. 15.
in a causal sense, as, i. e. even as,
So Sept. c. neg. for Ti^O*? Ez. xiii. 3, b)
inasmuch as, John xvii. 2 KaSue t^wKag
22. xvii. 14. Diod. Sic. '4. 5. Xen. Eq.
8.1. avry K. r. X. Rom. i. 28. 1 Cor. i. 6.
v. 7. Eph. i. 4. Phil. i. 7.
tu, f.
(Kara intens.
iffut,
c)
of time, when, Acts vii. 17 KaSuc
a,?,
to arm fully, trans. Pass, to be Sk 6 2 Mace. i. 31. AL.
,) ijyyt^v xpovoc
2D2
 Kal 404

Katcopulative conjunction, and, versive both of fut. and praet. which is

also, a particle which occurs perhaps also continuative, see Gesen. Lex. arts.
v
more frequently than any other word in I
and 3. Lehrg. 88. Ewald Heb. Gr.
the Greek language. Its significations p. 547. Hence the simple Kat is put
have been unnecessarily multiplied, and very frequently in N. T. particularly in
may properly be reduced to the two the narrative style, where classic writers
above given. See Passow in Kat. Winer either put nothing, or use some other
57. 2 sq. Buttm. 149. p. 424. Matth. particle, as Si, dXXd, TOTS, and the like.
620. So espec. in Matt. Mark, Luke, and Rev.
1. And, copulative, a)
as simply e.g. Matt. xiv. 9 sq. xxvii. 28sq. Mark
joining single words and clauses, e. g. i.31 sq. iii. 13 sq. Luke ii. 25 sq. iv. 14
nouns, Matt. ii. 11 xpvobv teal \ifiavov sq. Rev. xi. 7 sq. al. saep. Comp. and }

Kcii
(T/jivovav. 55. xxiii. 6, 7. Luke vi.
xiii. Sept. Kai 1 Sam. xv. 3 sq. Is. xi. 12 sq.
38 ;
and so when the latter noun is in Ez. v. 1 sq. comp. 1 Mace. i. 1 sq.
place of a genitive, by Hendiadys, Acts b) as continuative in respect to time,
XXlll. 6 Trepi \7ri$0K:ai avaffrafffiOQ. Rom. i.
connecting clauses and sentences
e.
ii. 20. (Sept. Gen. i. 14. iii.
16.)
Pro- in the order of time, viz.
(a)
At the be-
nouns, Matt. viii. 29 ri ifiol ical <roi, see in ginning of a sentence where any thing
'Eyw c. Adj. Rom. vii. 12 r/ ivroXrj ayia is narrated as done
immediately or soon
ical SiKaia icai ayaSij. Verbs, Mark iv. 27. after that which the preceding context
Ka&tvdy icai
iytipijTat (3Xa<TTavy
. . . ical narrates. Here Kat is equivalent to the
ftTjKvvrjTai. Acts i. 21. vii. 17. ix. 28 ; and more usual TOTE, then, after that, Matt,
so where one verb is taken adverbially, iii. 16. iv. 3, 21 Kai 7rpo/3df tKtZSfv. x. 1.
Luke vi. 48 to-Kai//* cat i(3a$we, see in xiv. 12, 14. Mark i. 29. iv. 21, 24, 26. al.
BaSiW Rom. x. 20. al. Adv. Heb. comp. rare Matt. xv. 22 Xen. Hi. 1. 8.
i. 1
TroXv/ttpuif Ktti 7roXvrp07rw. So Cyr. 1.3.11. An. 4. 1.11. Horn. II. 1.92.
clauses, Matt. vii. 25 ical Karl/3*; rj /3pox*}, Here belongs the form Kai tytvtro
Kal TI\$OV ot TTora/tot, icai iirvtvaav ol then it came to pass,
corresponding to
are/not, K. r. X. i. 17. John i. 1.
Matt. the Heb. Tr}, see Gesen. Lex. art. }.
Rom. Hence Kat is mostly a
xiv. 7. al. Ewald Heb. Crr. p. 525 sq. Usually with
simple continuative, marking the pro- a notation of time, e. g. by ore Matt. vii.
gress of a continued discourse, e. g. Matt, 28. x. 1. xix. 1. <& Luke ii. 15. iv
i. 23 iv yaorpt fet, Kai rlerai v\bv, ical c. dat. Mark i. 9. iv. 4. Luke i. 59. ix.
KaXiffovfft K. T. \. ii. 11. Mark iv. 32. 18. xiv. 1. al. fttra Luke ii. 46. seq.
Luke ii. 34. xi. 44. 1 Cor. xii. 5, 6. al. genit. absol. Matt. ix. 10. seq. ace. et
Hdian.
3. 12. 5. Xen. An. 4. 1. 15
sq. inf. Mark ii. 23. Elsewhere iytviro Be
So as connecting negative clauses, id. Luke iii. 21. v. 1. vi. ] In the
(/3)
where the negative particle may be apodosis, e. g. where any thing is said
omitted in the latter, which is then to follow at once, immediately upon that
rendered negative by the continuative which is contained in the protasis, i. q.
power of Kai, e. g. James iii. 14 fir) Kara- and immediately, Mark 27 rolg irvtvp.
i.

KavxavSe ical ^evStaSe K. T. X. 2 Cor. dKa.9". tTTiTaoan Kal inraKovovcriv

avry.
xii. 21. comp. Matt. xiii. 15. Mark iv. 12. Luke viii. 25. Matt. viii. 15. Markii. 14.
John xii. 40. Actsxxviii.27. See Winer Luke iv. 36. Matt, xxvi.53. Also where
59. 6. p. 413. Passow in Kat no. 13. the time is less definite, i. q. and then,
(Jos. Ant. 2. 15. 5 init.) But in two ex- and afterwards, without any notation of
amples after cure, the Kat does not thus time, Mark xii. 1 Koi i&coro avrbv ytwp-
carry forward the negative, as John iv. yoTf. Luke i. 56 t/mvt ck fiijvag . . .

11 ovre dvrXrjfta f-^fig, Kf" T0 ^okao tori rpa, Kai uTrtoTjOt^fv K. r. X. John iv. 40
pa$v. 3 John 10. Luc. Dial. D. Mar. vi. 58. Acts v. 7. vii. 7 Theocr. Id. 7.
14. 1 ovre rrjv TralSa rid'ucrjoiv, Kal avrb 10 12. Comp. Passow in Kai no. 5
f)$n re^vijKe. See Winer 1. c. p. 412. So with a notation of time, Matt, xxviii.
The use of Kai in this continuative 9 w Se iTToptvovro .... Kai lov o 'Iijaovz
sense takes a strong K. T. \. (Xen. An. 1. 10. 15 So af-
colouring in N. T. ore.)
from the Heb. use of i, espec. l con- ter <cai lylvero or ^ytvero Sk with a note
 Kal 405 Kai

of time, see above in a. Matt. ix. 10 Kai pres. Matt. xi. 18, 19, Kai Xt
ISov. Mark ii. 15. Luke v. 1. ii. 15, 21. Johnvii. 22. Seq. prat. Rom. iv. 3. Gal.
ii. 16. iii. 6. James ii. 23. Acts x. 28?
ix. 28, 51. Spec, in the construction
tfyyiKev r. \. Matt. xxvi. 45,
17 wpa Kai K. Sept. and 1 1 Sam. xv. 23. Xen. (Ec.
and r\v Kai K. T. X. Mark xv.
tie
wpo rpirrj 7. 22.
25. Luke xxiii. 44, where others need- as an explicative copula, i. q.
d)
lessly take icai as in the place of a rela- namely, to wit, even, between words and
tive. Soph. (Ed. R. 710 or 718. Thuc. clauses, see Viger. et Herm. p. 525.
1. 50 i]Cr] Si i]v 6\l/f,
Kai 838.
(a)
Between nouns which are
K. r. X. Xen. An. 6. 4. 26 fjSri ptv strictly in apposition, e. g. Matt. xxi. 5
rjXiov Sv<jp.d<; fjv, Kai ol "EXX^vee K. r. X. 7ri ovov Kai TrwXov v'ibv vTTO^vyiov. So
See Matth. 620. p. 1257. in 6 Stbg Kai irarrjp when alone, 1 Cor,
as continuative in respect to sense, xv. 24. James i. 27. iii. 9. But in the
c)
i. before the apodosis and connecting
e. phrase 6. S. K. 7rari)p rov Kvpiov I. X. it

it with the protasis as

as a consequent is merely copulative, 2 Cor. i. 3. xi.
its antecedent, viz.
(a)
where the apo- 31. Eph. i. 13. al. Also Matt, xiii, 41
dosis affirms what will take place pro- iravra TO. VKavSaXa Kai TOVQ K. T. X. Rom,
vided that is done which is contained in i.5. Comp. T 1 Sam. xxviii. 3. xvii.40.
1

the protasis, i.
q. and so, and thus, and Luc. Tox. $ 26. Xen. An.
9 yu- 4. 5.

then, usually seq. fut. or pres. in a fu- vaiKac Kai Kopaf (/3)
Before a clause
ture sense. So c. imperat. in the pro- added by way of explanation, (/cat epex-
tasis, Matt. iv. 19 hurt orrtffw fiov, xal e. g. Matt. i. 25 siroinvtv oc
egetic,)
TTOlijffU) VfiCLQ dXttlf dvSpWTrwV. V. 15. 7cpoff'tTatv avTty . . . Kai 7raplXa/3 rfjv
vii. 7. ix. 18 eTriSfc r//v x^P" oov ^ 7r> a ^~ yvvatKa. Luke V. 35 iXevffovrai Si r'lfitipai
r/}v, :at Zrjairai. xi. 29. Mark vi. 22. Kai OTOV arrap^y K. r. X. John ii. 16 Kat
xi. 29. Luke vi. 35. John ii. 19. iv. 35. %aptv avri \dpirof. 1 Cor. iii. 5. Xen.
vii. 33. Actsix.6. 2 Cor. xiii.ll. James An. 2. 5. 38 i\6i Tr)v SiKt]V Kai T&VTjKtv.
1. 5. al. ssep. (Sept. and i 1 Sam. xv.
'
Comp. Winer 57. note, c. Fritzsche
16. Epict. Ench. c. 21,23. Xen. Mem. Comm. in Matt. p. 56.
2. 3.16 prj OKVU . ... Kai K. T. X.) Also as having an intensive force, viz.
c)
genr. Matt, xxvii. 64 Kat torai 77 iax aT1J (a)
Where two or more words are con-
irXdvTj \iip<tiv rjjg Trp<jjTi]. Luke xii. 19. nected by Kai, and Kat is then also in-
Heb. iii. 19 Kai pxiiroptv. xii. 9. (Sept. serted emphatically before the first

and 1 Gen. xxiv. 40.) So after a or idv word, Kai Kat, Lat. et et, Engl. both
in the protasis, then, James iv. 15 iuv b and. Matt. x. 28 <f>o/3ifitiTs rbv Svvd-
Kvptof StXriffy Kt ^fjffatuev, Kai 7ro(//<rw- pevov Kai i^v^riv Kai awfia airoXiffai. Mark
pev K. r. X. if God will and we live, THEN ix. 22. Acts xxvi. 29. Rom. xiv. 9 bis.
we shall do this or that. Rev. iii. 20 iuv Phil. iv. 12, 16. Hdian. 3. 6. 15. Xen.
. . . Kat. So Sept. idv . . . Kai for 1 . . . OK Cyr. Before com-
1. 3. 15. ib. 2. 3. 1.
(/3)
Lev. xxvi. 3,4. Deut. xi. 13, 14. t'i Kai . . .
paratives, and even, Matt. xi. 9 vai, Kai
Judith v. 20. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 22. Once irtpiffaoTipov Trpo<f>i')Tov.
Luke vii. 26. John
seq. imper. John vii. 52 tptvvrjaov Kai ISt, x. 10. Comp. Passow Kat no. 6. Matth.
where the second imperat. is equiv. to 620. p. 1258 d Horn. II. 10. 556.
a fut. and so thou thalt see. See Winer Xen. An. 6. 6. 35. (7) Before interro-
44. 2. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 776. Stuart where in strictness
gations, it is simply
505. a. Baruch ii. 21. comp. Luc. copulative, and, but serves to add
D. Deor. 2. 2. fia~ive Kat jtyct. Comp. strength and vivacity to the question,
Lat. divide et impera. (/3)
Where the and, and then, tJien, comp. Viger. p.
apodosis affirms what is or will be done 524. Matth. 620. p. 1258. c. So be-
in consequence of, because of that which fore a pron. or adv. Mark x. 26 Xs-
is contained in the protasis, i. q. and so, yovrtf Kai rtj; Svvarai (ruiSijvai and whoj ',

and tJierefore, i.
q. so that, wherefore. who then, (in that case) can be saved ?
E. Acts vii. 43 Kat utroiKiti
g. seq. fut. Luke iii. 14. x. 29. 2 Cor. ii. 2. Kai

quoted from Amos v. 27

v/iaf K. r. X. iroStv Mark xii. 37. Kai irulf Luke xx.
where Sept. and 1. Rom. xi. 35. Seq. 44. John xiv. 9. geiir. Acts xxiii. 3,
 Kai 406 Kai

1 Cor. v. 2 -- Luc. D. Deor. 1.2 Kai ri sarily use but, e. g. Matt. xii. 39
TrXtov iw ;
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10, 11. liriZrjTii' Kai ffrjfitlov ov So^n'jrrerat
avry.
v Kai TTWC Hi. 7. 11
(<5)
Before an im- xiii. 14, 17. xvii. 16. xxvi. 60 Kai oi>x
perative Kai is often intensive in the tvpov. Mark ix. 18. xiv. 55, 56. John
classic writers, see Viger. et Matth. 1. c. x. 25. al. saep. In all these passages
Some apply this also to several pas- the rendering but is admissible but not
sages in N. T. as Matt, xxiii. 32. Mark necessary ; in others it would destroy
ix. 5. xi. 29. Luke xii. 29. xx. 3. Eph. the true sense, e. g. tXtov SXw Kai ov
iv. 26. But in all these Kai is simply Srvffiav i. e. / will have mercy and not
copulative, without any intensive force, [merely] Matt. ix. 13 et xii. 7,
sacrifice,
and may be referred to some of the quoted from Hos. vi. 6 where Heb. i
significations above given. See Winer and Sept. ad sensum, tXeoc StXw (juaX-
57. 2. note, a Where a part is (e) AOJ/] fj Svffiav. See Passow in Kaf no. 13.
subjoined to a whole by way of em- Winer 57. note, b.
(y) Rarely in a
phasis, irai may be rendered and espe- strong antithesis without a negative Kat
cially, inprimis. Mark i. 5. xvi. 7 il-iran may be given by but, though not neces-
role paSiiTalg avrov Kai r<p Ilsrpy. sarily, e. g.Acts x. 28 Kai tfioi 6 Se6c
1 Cor. ix. 5. Matt. viii. 33. Comp. Pas- tdei%, but see above in c. /3. Mark xii.
so\V Kai no. 6 ult. ^Eschyl. Pers. 747. 12 IZrjTovv avTov Kparfjcrai, Kai t<f>o(3rj-
Vice versa, where a whole is sub- Srjaav rbv oxXov, where we may also
joined to a part, as in a summing up of render and yet, and nevertheless, as in a.
particulars, i. q. and in a word, yea. 1 Cor. xii. 6, coll. ver. 6. Comp. Winer
Matt. xxvi. 59 ot apxitprtg KOI ct irpeofiv- I.e.
rtpoi Kai TO avvidpiov o\ov the chief 2. Also, too, not merely copulative

priests and the elders and [in a word, but likewise emphatic, implying in-
yea,] the whole Sanhedrim. Mark xv. 1. crease, addition, something more, e. g.
See Winer 57. 2. note, d. Fritzsche always so in the connexion Sk Kai
Comm. in Matt. p. 786. Dem. 36 ult. or Kai #, and also, i. e, and in addition,
Comp. Plato Phsedo. 13 Kai avtiptia and likewise, see in Ae d. Buttm. 149.
p. 425. Comp. Passow Kai no. 3.
genr. Matt. v. 39 ffrptyov avT$ Kai
a)
f) apparently adversative, but only Ttjv dXXrjv, vi. 12. Mark ii. 16, 28. Luke
where the opposition or antithesis of i. 35. vi. 16 8f Kai. John viii. 19 ei i^t
the thought is
sufficiently strong in it- ySeire f Kai TOV Trarlpa fiov ydfiTe dv
self without the aid of an adversative Rom. i. 15. 1 Cor. xiv. 12. al. saep
particle. E. g. (a) and yet, and never- Hdianl.1.4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 2 < Kai

theless, Matt, vi. 26 on ov oirtipovaiv Trjv aroXtjv tKSvg tSaiKt. Mem. 2. 3. 1.

.... icai o Trarrjp vjifjv rpe^Et avra. For TroXXd Kai aXXa v. e'rtpa, see
x. 29. xii. 5 ot lepelg TO aa.fifiarov /3e/3i/- "AXXof a.

Aoveri, Kai avainoi tiai. John i. 10. vi.

b)
in comparisons, e. g. ourw Kai, so
70. vii. 19, ix. 30. xvii. 25 Kai 6 Kooyiof also, after we, a>arrp, Ka^wf, etc. 1 Cor.
ye OVK lyvw and yet the world hath not xi. 12 wtXTTtp yap rj yvvrf OVTW Kai ....
known thee, i. e. notwithstanding all thy o avi'ip. xv. 22. So with ourw impl,
love, comp. ver. 23, 24. Winer 57. Matt. vi. 10 wg iv ovpavqi, Kai tTri Ttjg y7ff.

p. 372. Gal. iv. 14. 1 John ii. 4. Rev. Luke vi. 31. John xiii. 15. Acts vii. 51.
iii. 1. So Sept. and T 2 Sam. iii. 8. Gal. i. 9 Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 3. Luc. 8.
Mai. ii. 14. Xen. Cyr/7. 5. 45. Mem. 4. with ovrw impl. Hdot. 7. 128 o>g $1
1. 2. 32. So Heb. iii. 9 iSoKifiayav pe, tirtSri>HT]<Tf, KOI firoiet TCLVTCL. Plut. Apo-
Kai eldov ra tpya fiov, they proved me, theg. Gelon. in Mor. II. p. 9 ed. Tauchn,
and yet although they saw my works,
i. e. or VI. p. 668. 7 ed. Reisk. Thuc. 8. 1
quoted from Ps. xcv. 9 where Sept. Kai ult. Also KaSwg KOI, as also, even at
for t33, comp. Gesen. Lex. 02 no. 4. also, 1 Cor. xiii. 12. xiv. 34. we Kai, 09
(/3)
Where it connects a negative anti- also, 1 Cor. vii. 7. Acts xi. 17, where Kat
thetic clause with a
preceding positive is pleonastic, see Winer ^ 67. p. 487. c.
vne, where we often though not neces- Comp. Matth. 620. b. Xen. Cyr. 4.2.1.
 407

in interrogations, e. g. rt icat ; why Luke iii. 2. John xi. 49. xvi. 13, 14, 24,
c)
Vvan 28. Acts iv. 6.
also ? why too ? 1 Cor. xv. 29, 30.
why moreover? Luke xiii. 7. Jos.
jcaf,
Katyt, see in Tk II. e.

Ant. 18. 6. 6 rt icai t\oi Xeyetv. Eurip.

KatVj indec. Cain, Heb,
Comp. Herm. ad
o, "pjj
Phoen. 1373 TTWJ; icai.
(possession),
the first-born of Adam
Vig. p. 837. and the first Heb. xi. 4.
homicide,
before a participle Kai implies
d) 1 John iii. 12. Judell. Comp. Gen.
an emphatic antithesis with what
c. 4.
precedes, and may be rendered even,
Luke xviii. 7 Katvdv, indec. Cainan, Heb.
although, Matt. 26. 60.
b,
of a son of
Kai p.aKpo3vnu>v iir avroiq. 1 Cor. XVI. 9. ^p (possession), pr. n. a)
Herm. ad Enos Luke iii. 37, comp. Gen. v. 9 sq.
Comp. Passow icat no. 4.
Ml. V. H. 21 of a son ofArphaxad according to
Vig. p. 837.
1. icai /tr) b)
the Sept. Gen. x. 24. xi. 12, but not
irpoffKvvrjo-avTi. Theogn. 1114 ovv ffol,
found in the Hebrew. Luke follows
Kai KaKO S)V, ytyvouat eo^Xof avtjp.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 17 Qevyovot Kai TroXXai the Sept. c. iii. 36, where several MSS.
o v<r at. omit Ka'ivav.
as intensive, even, even also, yea. 17, ov, new, i. e.
e)
Matt, x 30 vpoJv 8e icat at rptxC, i. e. the not impaired by
a) pp. newly made,
very hairs, etc. Mark i. 27. iv. 25 et time or use, as darof Matt. ix. 17. Mark
Luke viii. 18 *cai 3 *x dp^rjcrtrat. Rom. ii. 22. Luke v. 38.
(So Sept. and irhn
viii. 23 icai rjfielf avroi. I Cor. ii. 10 icat
fivrjfielov Matt,
Josh. ix. xxvii. 60^
13.)
rd pdSrj. xi. 6 icat /cetpdtrSu* let her be even Johnxix.41. l^dnov Lukev. 36. (Sept.
also shorn. 2 Cor. viii. 3 Jin KOTO. Svvafiiv, 1 K. xi. 29 So Matt. xiii. 52icatvd
sq.)
Kai virep 8vvafiiv, yea above theirability. rd TraXatd pp. garments new and old.
Mark ix. 13 on Kai 'HXtac tXrjXuSe that Also TO Kaivov Mark ii. 21. Luke v. 36
Elias is even already come. Esth. vii. 8. bis 2 Mace. ii. 30. Xen. H. G. 3. 4.
Luc. D. Deor. 5. 4. Xen. (Ec. 18. 9 28.
iirioTauevof (cat TrdXat. Cyr. 5. 2. 33 ev e. not before known or cur-
b) new,
i.

to-St, elvai icai rovro ?/rj. Mem. 4. 2. 12.

rent, newly introduced, e. g. 5<ax/
Comp. Winer 57. note, e. Passow ica* Mark i. 27. Acts xvii. 19. IvToXrj John
no. 6. xiii. 34. 1 John ii. 7,8. 2 John 5. ovofia

3. With
other particles, chiefly icai 8k Rev. ii. 17. iii. 12. Sept. for unn Is.

and also, but also, likewise 8e Kai but also Ixii. 2. Hdian. 3. 13. 15. Luc. fthet.
Matt. iii. 10. John xv. 24, see in Ac Prac. 17. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 10. Com-
II. d. Buttm 149. p. 425. re -cat, parat. Acts xvii. 21 Xtyeiv TI Kai aKoveiv
see in Ts. Buttm. 1. c. p. 424. Others Kaivorepovto tell or hear something newer,
are dXAd icat but also, see in 'AXXa 1
: comp. Winer 36. 3. Dem. 43. 7. ib.

tav 160. 2. comp. Hdot. 1. 27 et TI (It) vedj-

a. ydp icai see in Tap II. 8e Kai,

see in 'Edv II. a. ei icat, et

ydp Kai, el Tepov Trepi -ri\v 'E\\d8a. Eurip. Orest.
1327. Also in the sense of other,forei(/n,
ye icat, et Se cni, see in Et III. y. 8. Te
II. y. fj Kai see in *H 4. /3. icai yap Mark xvi. 17 yXwenratg \a\rjaovo-i icatvalff

see in Tap II. icai ye see in Fe II. .

with new, i. e. other tongues, new to them.
icai dk see above. icat et, icai yap et, icai Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3.

see in Et III. 8. AL. c)

new as opp. to old or former TO
yap etTrep,
iraXaiov, TO Trpwrov, and hence imply-
af b, Caiaphas, Aram. ing also better, e. g. Kaivrj tiiaSrjKi], a
^3 (depression, Buxt. Lex. Ch. 1076,) new and better covenant, see in Aia$r]Krj

pr. n. of a high priest, 'IW^TTOC 6 jcai b.y. Matt. xxvi. 28. Mark xiv. 24. Luke
Ka'iatyag Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 2. He was ap- xxii. 20. 1 Cor. xi. 25. 2 Cor. iii. 6.
pointed by Valerius Gratus the prede- Heb. viii. 8, 13. ix. 15. (Sept. forilhn
cessor of Pilate, A.D. 26, and deposed Jer. So olvovtriveiv Kaivov, to
xxxi.31.)
by Vitellius in A.D. 35, Jos. Ant. 18. drink wine new, in its best state according
4. 3. See iu'Avvas Matt. xxvi. 3, 57. to the Hebrew taste, Matt, xxvi.29. Mark
 KcuvoV/jc 408

xiv. 26. $$1] KdivT] a new song, i. e. 1 am to suffer Matt. xxvi. 18, or accom-
nobler, loftier strain, Rev. v. 9. xiv. 3. plish any duty John vii. 6, 8. Luke xxi.
Sept. and irnn Ps. xxxiii. 3. xl. 4. Is. 24 Kaipoi iSvutv. 2 Thess. ii. 6. Rev.
xlii. 10. Also for renewed, made new, xi. 18. So ISiog icaipof one's own due
and therefore superior, more splendid, time, Gal. vi. 9. 1 Tim. ii. 6. vi. 15.
e.
g. Kaivol ovpavol Kai Katvrj yfj 2 Pet. iii. Tit. i. 3. With a demonstrative art. or
13 bis. Rev. xxi. 1. (Sept. Is. Ixv. 17. pron. as o vvv, OVTOQ, tKtivos, this present
Ix vi. 22.) 77 KCIIVTI 'ItpovoaXrjp Rev. iii. 1 2. time, that time, definitely marked out
xxi. 2. So Rev. xxi. 5 Katvd irdvra Trotw. and expressed, Matt. xi. 25. xii. 1. xiv.

Metapli. of Christians as renewed and 1. Mark x. 30. Luke xiii. 1. xviii. 30.

changed from evil to good by the Spirit Acts xii. 1. Rom. iii. 26. viii. 18. xi.5.
of God. 2 Cor. v. 17 bis Kaivt} KT'KJIQ. 2 Cor. viii. 14. Eph. ii. 12. Also xratpof
Gal. 15 K. avSpwTroe. Eph. ii. 15. iv.
vi. t^xarog 1 Pet. i. 5. K. vartpot 1 Tim. iv.
24. Sept. jcapflia Kaivrj for tD'in 3>b Ez. 1. XT. ivearnKue Heb. ix. 9. Genr. Acts
xviii. 31. xxxvi.26. xvii. 26 TrpoTtTayn'tvovg Kaipovg. Gal. iv.
10. 2 Tim. iv. 3 torai yap Kaipog sc. ap-
, r'i, (KUIVOG,^newness , pointed of God. Rev. xii. 12. dat. r<
e. g. in a moral sense, Rom. vi. 4 iv KUI- at the proper season, Mark xii. 2.
Kaip<
v6ri]Ti ZhtrJG i.
q. iv Zioy Kaivy, comp. ZCJTJ With prepositions, e. g. d^pi Kaipovfor
b. Buttm. 123. n. 4. So also Rom. vii, or during a certain season Luke iv. 13.
6 __ pp. Thuc. 3. 38. Acts xiii. 11. (/i%pi Diod. Sic. 1. 3.)
iv Kcupy in due time Matt. xxiv. 45. Luke
KanrEp conjunct, (roi, irep,} although,
xx. 10. 1 Pet. v. 6. iv $ Kaipy Acts
comp. Buttm. 149. p. 432. Matth.
566. 3. Seq. particip. Phil. iii. 4. Heb.
vii. 20.
(Xen. H. G. 7. 2.
8.)
Kara icaipov

v. 8. vii. 5. xii. 17. 2 Pet. i. 12.

at the set time John v. 4. Rom. v. 6.
Seq.
fin. verb Rev. xvii. 8
Kara TOV K. TOVTOV Acts xix. 23. Rom.
KaiVep Traplerrat,
where later edit, read icai. c. part. Xen. ix. 9. (Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 32.) irpb Kaipov
before the proper time 1 Cor. iv. 5. 7rp6f
Ag. 1. 11. Conv. 2. 12.
Kaipov for a season Luke viii. 13. 1 Cor.
Kmpoc, ov> V) PP- right proportion, vii. 5. irpoQ K. wpa. i. e. for a short time
just measure, Theogn. 401. Xen. Mem. 1 Thess. ii. 17. So in allusion to the set
1. 3. 6, 7. Conv. 2. 19. In N. T. only time for the coming of the Messiah in his
of time, season, i. e. kingdom or for judgment, Matt. viii. 29.
a) fit time, proper season) viz. xvi.3. Marki. 15. xiii. 33. Luke xii. 56.
(a)
genr. i. q. opportunity, occasion, Acts xxi. 8. Acts i. 7. Rom. xiii. 11. 1 Cor.
XXIV. 25 Kaipov Si /jeraAa/3a>j>. Rom. xii. vii. 29. Eph. i. 10. 1 Thess. v. 1. 1 Pet.
11 Kaip<p SOV\IVOVTS see in AowXeuw b. 2 i. 11. iv. 17. Rev. i. 3. xxii. 10 Plur.
Cor. vi. 2 bis. Gal.
Eph. v. 16 vi. 10. Kaipoi absol. times, circumstances, ap-
et Col. iv. 5 see in'EZayopdfa. Heb. xi. pointed of God, 2 Tim. iii. 1.
15. Kaipbg vn'sTtgoQ John vii. 6. 1
b) genr. time, season,
i.
q. \povoc.
Mace. xv. 34. Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 6. Pol. (a) pp.
Luke xxi. 36 iv iravrl Katpy 816-
1. 36. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 8. H*voi. Eph. vi. 18. a season of the
(0) ap- (/3)
pointed time, set time, certain season, i. e. year, as iraipoi TrapTro^opoi fruitful sea-
a fixed and definite time or season. sons Acts xiv. 17. in the prophetic
(y)
E. g. seq. gen. Matt. xiii. 30 iv Kaipf style put for a year, Rev. xii. 14 ter
TOV StpuTfiov in the time of harvest, Kaipoj Kat Kaipoi Kai ?}/U<TU Kaipov, 1. e.
the usual season, xxi. three years and a half, in
34, 41. (comp. ver. 6,)
i. e.
Mark xi. 13 Katpbc avKw. Luke i. allusion to Dan. vii. 25 where Sept. for
Acts iii. 20 Kaipoi dva.
20. viii. 13. Chald.
^y, an d where Katpof stands as
i//vwe times of refreshing sc. appointed here for the dual, two years, comp. Wi-
of God. Lukexix.44. 2 Tim. iv. 6. Heb. ner 27. 2. p. 150. So xpovof in later
*x. 10. xi. 11. (Sept. for n^Ecc. iii. 1
sq. writers for a year, see Passow in \p6vot
Xen. Apol. Socr. Seq. gen. of pers. no. 4.
7.)
or a pron. as 6 KaipoQ pov v. 6 ifios,
my KaTo-ap, apo^j o, Ccesar, pp.
time, as appointed of God, e. g. in vhich surname of the Julian family at Koine,
 K 409

but applied, after Julius Caesar, to his they shall not enter into my rest, the
successors of the same family as the works nevertheless having been finished at
usual title of dignity. At a later period, the foundation of the world, i. e. the rest
itbecame the title of the heirapparent. here spoken of, MY rest, could not have
In N. T. the title Casar is applied to been God's resting from his works, Gen.
Augustus Luke ii. 1. Tiberius Luke iii. ii. 2, for this
rest, the sabbath, had
1. xx. 22, 24, 25. al. Claudius Acts xi. already existed from the creation of the
28. Nero Acts xxv. 8 sq. Phil. iv. 22. world. Luc. D. Deor. 12. 2. Xen. Ag.
Caligula who succeeded Tiberius is not 8.8. Comp. Buttm. 149. p. 431. Herm.
mentioned. AL. ad Vig. p. 840.

Kat(rap6ta, ac, ?, Ccesarea, pr. n. of Kcuror/E, see in Tk II. .

two cities in Palestine.

Keuw, f. Kavffu), aor. 1 pass. iicavStjv,
1. Ccesarea Philippi, a city of Upper
comp. Buttm. ^ 114, to burn, i. e.
Galilee near the sources of the Jordan make burn, to kindle, to
a) causat. to
at the foot of Mount Hermon, called
light, e. g. afire, lamp, etc. Pass. part.
also Paneas. Matt. xvi. 13. Markviii.
Kaiopivog burning, flaming. Matt. v. 15
27. It was rebuilt and enlarged by Philip ov$l Kaiovffi Xvxvov. [Mark iv. 21.1 Luke
the tetrarch, and named in honour of Heb. xii. 18 Kucavfitv^ irvpi
xii. 35.
himself and Tiberius, Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 1.
flaming fire. Rev. iv. 5. viii. 8, 10. xix.
It bore afterwards for a time the name
20. xxi. 8. Sept. Lev. xxiv. 3, 4 where
of Neronias, in honour of Nero, Jos. Heb. rpy. Pass, for nya Deut. iv. 11.
Ant. 20. 9. 4. It is generally supposed
v. 23. comp. Dan. iii. 6 sq. Thuc. 7.
to have occupied the site of the ancient 80. Xen. An. 7. 4. 18. Trop. Xv X vo C
city called Laish or Leshem Judg. xviii. Ka.iop.ivoq icai <f>aiwt)v } a burning and
28. John xix. 47, and Dan Judg. xviii.
shining light, spoken of John m the Bap-
2. At present the village Banias occupies
tist as a distinguished teacher, John v.
the site of its ruins. See Rosenm. Bibl. 35. comp. Ecclus. xlviii. 1. Metaph.
Geogr. II. i. p. 197. ii. p. 13. Burck- Kaiopai to burn, i. e. to be greatly moved,
hardt Travels in Syria, etc. p. 38 sq. of the heart, Luke xxiv. 32 Test. XII
Reland Pahest. p. 918 sq. Patr. 671 TOI
p. iKaiop,r]v airXayxyoiQ.
Ccesarea of Palestine, on the coast
2.
b) trans, to burn, i. e. to consume with
of the Mediterranean, southward from fire. John xv. 6 icai Kaierai, sc. TO. K\JJ-
Mount Carmel. Its ancient name was xiii. 1 Cor. xiii. 3,
ftara. [Matt. 40.]
Srparwvog rrvpyoc Jos. Ant. 15. 9. 6. see in"lva 1. C. a. Sept. for rpty Lev.
Strabo 16. 2. 27. Stratonis turris Plin.
iv. 12. 1 K. xiii. 2. ^JN Is. v. 24~. Jos.
H. N. 5. 13. Herod the Great rebuilt Ant. 4. 8. 23. Luc. Tim. 9. Xen. Cyr.
it with great splendour and strength,
4. 2. 33.
created an artificial harbour, and named
each retain-
it Ccesarea, inhonour of Augustus, Jos. Kaica, crasis for rat t/ci,

ing its own signification just as if written

1. c. and Josephus calls it one
16. 5. 1.
separately, see Kat and 'EKE!.
Buttm.
of the largest cities in Palestine, and says
29. n. 7. and n. 2. b. Matt. v.23. x. 11.
the inhabitants were mostly Greeks, B. J.
It was the seat of the Roman xxviii. 10. Mark i. 35, 38. John xi. 54.
3. 9. 1.
Acts xiv. 7. xvii. 13. xxii. 10. xxv. 20.
procurator, and after the destruction of 17 --
Jerusalem became the capital of Pales- xxvii. 6. Sept. for Q^'l Ruth. i.

tine. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. Xen. H. G. 1.2.9.

p. 326 sq. Reland Falsest. 670 sq. Acts KaKCtS'fv, crasis for icai

viii. 40. ix. 30. x. 1,24. xi. 11. xii. 19. comp. in KaiceT above. x. 1. Acts Mark
xviii. 22. xxi. 8, 16. xxiii. 23, 33. xxv. vii. 4. xiii. xx. 15. xxi. 1.
21. xiv. 26.

1, 4, 6, 13. xxvii. 4, 12. xxviii. 15. Sept. for tn$rfl 2

and K. ii. 25. Luc. D. Deor. 7. 4. Xen. H.

Kcurot or Kal rot, yet, neverthe-
Heb. iv. 3 ti ti
G. 1. 6. 8.
although,
less,
-at tif rr\v Karairavaiv p.ov' KCIITOI Kaicttvoc, rj, o, by crasis for icai

ipywv (tiro icara/3o\>}f Koapov , t] } o, where each retains its

 410

own power just as if written separately,

see Kat and 'E/eZvog. Buttm. 29. n. 7. and TrdSoc, 7rd<rxw,) to suffer evil,
fr. KaicoQ

andn. 2. b. Matt. xv. 18. xx. 4. xxiii. to be afflicted, intrans. 2 Tim. ii. 9.
23. Luke xx. 11. xxii. 12. John vii. 29. James v. 13. Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 3. Xen.
xiv. 12. al __ Luc. D. Deor. 2. 3. Xen. Mem. 1.4. 11. Especially of soldiers
Cyr. 5. 5. 29. AL. and others, to endure hardships, trop.
2 Tim. ii. 3 KanoirdStjaov wf icaXog <rrpa-
1
e. g.
KctKt'a, ac , (Kafof,) badness,
>/j
TIWTIJS. iv. 5. Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 1.
external, as of water Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 1, 2. Hdian. 8. 7. 14. Comp. Sept. for
of a soldier cowardice, Xeu. Cyr. 2. 2. Jon. iv. 10. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 17.
27. In N. T. evil, in a moral sense, viz.
of heart, life, character, wickedness, w, f. you,
a)
Acts viii. 22 utTavorjaov ovv CLTTO rrigKaiciaQ to do evil, i. e.
<rov ravTiis. James i. 21. 1 Pet. ii. 16. 1 a)
to others, i. q. to injure, to harm,
Cor. xiv. 20 r-g icaKiy, vrj-rrid^ere, opp. Taiq absol. Mark iii. 4. Luke vi. 9. Sept. for
/, comp. Matt, xviii. 3. Sept. for yin Gen. xxxi. 7. 1 Sam. xxv. 4. for
x. xxxii. 11, 13.
-pK
''
Is. xxix. 20. Chald. ppn Ezra iv. 13, 15 __ c. ace.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 28. Diod. Sic.'is. 45. absol. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8.

b)
in an active sense, malice* malig- 14.

nity, the desire of evil to others, espec. b) genr. and absol. i. q. to commit sin,
1 Pet. iii. 17. 3 John 11. Sept. for
1 Cor. v. 8 kv
Zvfiy Kcuciac icai Trovtjpiag. m^n
Eph. iv. 31. Col. iii. 8. Tit. iii. 3. 1 Pet. 2 Sam. xxiv. 17. Xen. (Ec. 3. 11.
ii. 1. Sept. ynT Prov. i. 16. rr^Nah.
iii. 19. Jos. A
nt. 1.1.4. Diod". Sic. 1. KaKOTTOtOC* OV, 6, 17, (caic6ff, Troiew,)
an evil doer, 1 Pet. ii.12, 14. iii. 16. iv.
1 ult.
15. malefactor, John xviii. 30. Pol. 15.
c) evil,}, e. trouble, affliction, Matt. vi.
25. 1.
34. So Sept. and n^l
T
Ecc. vii. 14. 1

Mace. x. 46. Thuc. 3 /68.

Kaicoc, fj, ovj bad, worthless, sc.
externally, as a breastplate, Xen. Mem.
, ag, 77, (icaKorj^rjs evil- 3. 10. 12. soil (Ec. 16. 7. of a soldier,
disposed, mischievous, from KCIKOQ, r]3o,)
coward, craven, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 27. In
mischief, malevolence, malignity, the de- N. T. evil, viz.
sire of evil to others, Rom. i. 29. 3
in a moral sense, wicked, vicious, bad,
Mace. iii. 22. Arr. Epict. 4. 8. 1. Plut. a)
in heart, conduct, character. Matt. xxi.
VI. p. 250. let 15. ed.R. In the sense
41 KCtKOVQ KCtK&C CLiroXtfffl O.VTOVQ. Xxiv.
of bad habits, corrupt morals, Xen. Ven.
48 6 KCLKOQ ov\o. Phil. iii. 2. Rev. ii. 2
13. 16.
KO.KOVQ, i. e. impostors. Of things, Mark
vii. 21 diaXoyifffioi ol KOKOI. Rom. xiii. 3
KaicoAoylw, w, f. T^W, (/caKoXoyoc
fr. KaKOQ, Xeyw,) to speak evil of, to re- sc. tpyuv. 1 Cor. xv. 33 6/ziXj'at

vile, seq. ace. Mark ix. 39. Acts xix. 9.

i. Col. iii. 5. Sept. for VI Prov.
xv.
2 Mace. iv. 1. Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. 3. xxviii. 5.
pK Prov. vi. 18.^ Luc.
p. 671. 13. Isocr. p, 136. C. As opp. Parasit. 1. XenJ Mem. 1. 2. 20 bis.
to Tifidot), by impl. to dishonour, to con- Neut. TO KO.KQV, plur. TO. KttKOL, CvU, Vil
temn. Matt. xv. 4 et Mark vii. 10 6 KUKO- things, i. e. wickedness, fault, crime,
Xoywv TTfwep a quoted from Ex. Matt, xxvii. 23 TI yap KO.KOV tTrolrjfftv.
rj firjrepa,
xxi. 17 where Sept. for Mark xv. Luke xxiii. 22. John
14. xviii.
?j? to curse, as
also Prov. xxii. 20. Ez. xxii. 7. The 23. Acts xxiii. 9. Rom. i. 30. ii. 9. iii. 8.

earlier form was KCUCWS Xeyw, see Lob. ad vii. 19, 21. ix. 11. xiii. 4 bis. xvi.19. 1

Phr. p. 200. Cor. x. 6. 2 Cor. v. 10. xiii. 7. 1 Tim. vi.

10. Heb.v. 14. James i. 13. 1 Pet. iii. 12.
a?? 3 John 11. Sept. for yi 1 K. iii. 9.
suffering of evil, i. e. genr. suffering, Pro. iii. 7. al Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 4.
affliction, James v. 10. Sept. for TTK^n b) act. causing evil, i. e.
hurtful, bane-
Mai. i. 13 2 Mace. ii. 27, 28. De'mi Rom. xiv. 20 aXXi KOKOV rip dvSpto-
ful.
1412.2-3. TT<{> K. T. X. Rev. xvi. 2 <(X* KUKOV. Tit.
 K 411 K
i. 12 ravenous beasts.
Kciicd Srjpia Sept. Od. 16. 275. Pol. 3. 90. 13
(r)
for yi Am. Prov. xvi. 5
vi. 3. Xen. KctKug aTroXec-ai malos male perdere, i. e.
Mem. 4. 1. 4. Neut. TO KO.KOV, evil, to destroy miserably, utterly, Matt. xxi.
i. e. cause or source of evil James iii. 8 ; 41. For the paronomasia see Winer
evil done to any one, harm, injury , Acts 62. 1 __Jos. Ant. 12. 5. 4. ult. KO.KOI
xvi. 28. xxviii. 5. Rom. xii. 17 bis, 21 KctKute 7rtuXovro. Ceb. Tab. 32 a?r6X-
bis. xiii. 10. 1 Cor. xiii. 5. 1 Thess. Xvrai Kaicbg xraicwc. Xen. CEc. 5. 18. -
v. 15 bis. 1 Pet. iii. 9, 11. in words,
(5) genr.
in the sense of grievously, Matt.
evil- speaking, 1 Pet. iii. 10. Sept. for xv. 22 KaKu>s Saifiovi&Tai. Hesych.
y\ Mic. vii. 3. Plur. rd Katcd, evils, i. e.

troubles, afflictions, Luke x vi 25 Adapo .

b) morally,
e. g.
(a) KO.K&Q spiiv,
to

oftoitnQ rd KUKU SC. a7TtXa/?. Acts ix. 13. speak of any one, to revile, seq. ac-
evil
cus. Buttm. 131. 4. Acts xxiii. 5 dpx oi""
2 Tim. iv. 14. Sept. for yj Gen. xliv.
34. xlviii. 16. Is. xlvi. 7. Jer. TOV Xaov ffov OI>K epfTg KdKuic;, quoted from
rn^
xiv. 8. Ex. xxii. 28 where Sept. for T]N, as
also Is. viii. 21. Luc. Pise. 6. Xen.
ou, icaico-
Kaicoupyoc? b, /,

fr. KrtKof, absol. tw (foran evil-

Ath. 2. 18. Comp. in El-n-ov a. (/3)
genr. icairuig XaXeiv absol. to speak evil,
worker, malefactor, genr. 2 Tim. ii. 9.
i. e. amiss, John xviii. 23. So James iv.
Sept. for ]i bys Prov. xxi. 15 Xen.
3 KdK&c airtlffSe, ye ask amiss. Luc.
An. 1.9. 13 Of robbers, Xyarai, Luke
xxiii. 32, 33, 39, comp. Matt, xxvii. 38.
Merc. cond.
JE1. V. H. 3. 44. Diod. Sic. 20. 81. evil con-
*li (KUKOU),^
dition, affliction, 34 eUov TTJV K.
Acts vii.
Kaicou^loj (u } f.
x w >)
I?<TW, (eauroff,
to 7iO/rf or 'treat TOV Xaov fiov, quoted from Ex. iii. 7 where
ill, to maltreat, in N. T.
only Pass. part. KO.KOVXOV/ifvof, 7rt/- Sept. for ^y, as also ver. 17 __ Hdian.
Heb. xi. 37. xiii. 3.
6.6.11. Time. 7. 82.
treated, afflicted,
Sept. for np? 1 K. ii. 26. xi. 39.
the stalk of grain,
Diod. Sic. KaAa/iTj, TJC, *l,
3. 23 ult. Plut. VI. p. 436. 2. Xen. An. In N. T. stubble,
5. 4. 27.
ed. Reiske.
straw, after the ears are removed, 1 Cor.
KaicofcJj w, f.
w<ro>, (icrtKog,) affect
iii. 12. Sept. for tip Ex. xv. 7. Joel
with evil, i. e. ii. 5. Theocr. Id. 5. 7*et ibi Schol. Xen.
Yen. 5. 18.
a) physically, to do evil to any one,
to maltreat, to harm, to
afflict, c. ace. of
, ou, o, a reed, i. e. a
pers. Acts vii. 6, 19 *ca/fw<r TOVQ irarepas
plant with a jointed hollow stalk grow-
rin&v. xii. 1. xviii. 10. 1 Pet. iii. 12.
ing in wet grounds.
Sept. for prn Judg. ii. 18. ynn Ex.
a) pp. the plant itself Matt. xi. 7.
v. 22. rr^ ken. xv. 13. Num. xxiv. Luke vii. 24. Matt. xii. 20 KaXapov avv-
24 Horn. Od. Hdian. 6. 6. 10.
4. 754.
TtToipfitvov, quoted from Is. xiii. 3 where
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 23.
in N. T. and Josephus in a moral Sept. for rqj?, as also 1 K. xiv. 15. Job
b) xl. 16 __ Luc". Hermotim. 68. Xen. An.
sense, to make evil-affected, to exasperate,
1.5. 1.
e. g. TO.Q foxdg Acts xiv. 2. Jos. Ant. of the stalk as cut for use, a reed,
b)
16. 1. 2. ib. 16. 7. 3 'Hpwdrjs txaieovTo i.
(a) as a mock sceptre, Matt, xxvii.
e.
viro^iaiQ. ib. 16. 8. 6. See Krebs Obs. __
29, 30. Mark xv. 36 (/3)
a stalk or stem
e Jos. p. 224. of hyssop, Matt, xxvii. 48. Mark xv. 19.
Kaicwe, a(*v.
(ffoff>) badly, ill, evil. Comp. John xix. 29.
(y)
a measuring
reed, measure, Rev. xi. 1. xxi. 15, 16.
a) physically, e. g. in phrases : (a)
*x lv > t oe sick, see in "E*" f. Sept. and rQj? Ez. xl. 3, 5, 6. (5)
a reed
Matt.iv. 24. viii. 16. ix. 12. xiv. 35. Mark for writing, calamus, 3 John 13. Sept. for
i. 32,34. ii. 17. vi. 55. Lukev. 31. vii. \S$ Ps. xiv. 2. Lai. calamus, see Adam's
2 Ml. H. An. 11. 34. Xen. CEc. 3. Rom. Ant. 508. Themist. II. 31. C.
11. rttKwg 7ra<rxHv, to suffer badly Liban. Ep. 849. Plato Phredr. p. 1241
(/3)
i. e.
grievously, Matt. xvii. 15. Horn. D. Comp. Wetstein in loc.
 412 KaXlw

KaXi>, w, f. <TW, Buttra. 95. n. ap\ifpfv .... KaXovfttvog VTTO TOV Seov.
3, aor. 1 aor. 1 Gal. i. 15. Comp. Sept. and Is.
iKdXtffa, perf. rljcXj/fca, Kip
pass. tK\ri$t)v, Buttin. 114. 110. 11. xlix. 1. Ii. 2.
To call, trans. 3. to call, i. e. to name, to give name to
1.
any one in order that he
to call to any person or thing.
may come or go any where a) pp. and spoken (a)
of a proper
PP- with the voice, as a shepherd
a
)
name or surname, e. g. of persons, seq. TO
his flock, John x. 3 rd ISia irp6j3ra ovopa and the name in apposit. Matt. i.
KaXtl KO.T ovofjia. Luke xix. 13 KaXtaaq 21 KaXtfftig TO ovofia avTOv 'Irjaovv, thou
tie Mica SovXovQ iavrov i. e. calling them shalt call his name Jesus, ver. 23, 25.
together. Matt. xx. 8. Mark iv. 21 et Luke i. 13. ii. 21. Rev. xix. 13. Pass.
Mark i. 20 iicdXeaev O.VTOVQ SC. to follow with TL sc. ovofia Luke i. 62. Comp.
him and become his disciples. 1 Mace, Matth. 420. b. p. 769. So Sept. and
i. 6. Hdian. 3. 11. 20. Xen. Coiiv. 2. N"1j? Gen. xxvii. 36. xxix. 34 comp.
12. Plato Cratyl. init. Seq. ace. ofpers. and
b) genr. to call sc. in any way, to the namein apposit. Matt. x. 25 ii TOV
send for, to direct to come. Matt. ii. 7 OlKodteTTTOTriV Bf\?/3ouX iKoXtCfaV 1H text.

Xd.S-pa (ca\E<rag TOVQ

Mdyovg. Seq. tic C. rec. others 67r*caX. In the passive con-
gen. of place Matt. ii. 15 t AiyvirTov. c. struction i.Luke
60 dXXd icXi^^erac
IK impl. Heb. xi. 8. Comp.
hnp Hos. xi. 'Iwdwrje. Acts i. 23. Rev. xii. 9. So
1, Sept. piTaKaXsw. Xen. An. 1. 3. 4. of places, Matt, xxvii. 8. Luke ii. 4 jjns
Mem. 2. 10. 5. . KaXfiTcu BrjSXttp. Acts iii. 11. xxviii. 1.
c)
with the idea of authority,
to call Rev. i. 9. So Sept. for *np
T
Gen. xxxi.
to call forth, to summon, e. g. before a 47. 2 K. xviii. 4. Jos. B. J. 1. 1. 1.

judge, etc. Acts iv. 18. xxiv. 2. (Hdian. Hdian. 4. 12. 2. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 26.
7. 3. 5. Xen. Apol. Soc. 1 ei'f TT}V SIKIJV.) With 7rl r< 6v6(ia.Ti added, i.e. after

Trop. of God, Rom. iv. 17 icaXovvroQ TO. thename of any one Luke i. 59, see in
WTO. wg ovra calling forth and dis-
fjirj
'ETTI 11. 3. c. rj. Pass, withdat. r< 61/0-

posing of things that are not, even as pctTt, by name, Luke i. 61. xix. 2. So
though they were, i. e. calling them into c. iv, Rom. ix. 7 et Heb. xi. 18 iv 'Iffadm
existence, etc. So Sept. and jnp Is. K\rj$rjcreTai <roi
<nrspfjia, i. e. in and
xli. 4. xlviii. 13. Philo de Great, p. through Isaac, in his line, shall thy seed
728 TO.
fir) OVTCI tKaXtatv tig TO tlva.1. bear name, quoted from Gen. xxi. 12
in the sense of to invite, pp. to a
d) where Sept. for ^ Nlp. Comp. in 'Ev
banquet, as fig TOVQ yd/iove Matt. xxii. 3, 3. d. a.
(/3)
Of an epithet or appella-
9. TOV ydpov John ii. 2.
( absol. tion, e. g. of persons, Matt. ii. 23 Naw-
Matt. xxii. 8. Luke vii. 39. xiv. 8 bis, 17. paTo K\rj$rj(TTai. xxii. 43 TTUC ovv AafiiS
1 Cor. x. 27. Dem. 402. 15. Luc. KVQIOV avTov KaXf! ;
xxiii. 7, 8 fit) K\r)$iJTt
Jo .
Trag. 15. iirl Stlirvov Xen. Mem. pafipi. ver. 10. Luke vi. 15. xv. 19, 21.
2. 3. 11. Metaph. to call, to invite, sc. Acts xiv. 12. Rom. ix. 26. James ii. 23.
foany thing, e. g. of Jesus, K. tig utTavoiav 1 John iii. 1. Of things, Acts x. 1.
to call to repentance, to exhort, Matt. ix. Palaeph. 1. 8.Xen. OEc. 7. 2, 3. Cyr. 1.
13. impl. Mark ii. 17. Of God, Rev. 2. 13. Hence.
xix. 9 tig TO ctiirvov TOV ydfiov TOV dpviov
b) Pass, in the sense of to be regard-
xeKXrj/jLtvoi see in Tdp,og a. 1 Tim. vi. ed, accounted, i. q. to be, Matt. v. 9, 19
12 tf TYJV (iiyv aidjviov. 1 Cor. i. 9. 2 bis iXdxiffTOQ KXtfifjfffrai iv ry (3atr. TOIV
Thess. ii. 14. 1 Pet. ii. 9. v. 10. So ovp. K. T. X. Luke i. 32, 35, 36, 76. ii.
KaXtlv fig TJ\V fiafftXtiav TOV Stov, to the 23. xv. 19. 1 Cor. xv. 9. Heb. iii. 13.
duties, privileges, and final bliss of the Matt. xxi. 13 et Mark xi. 17 olKog Trpotr-
Christian life here and hereafter, 1 Thess. tvxijz KXrjSrjfffTcti, quoted from Is. Ivi. 7
ii. 12, and so by impl. Rom. ix. 24. 1 Cor. where Sept. for N"lp2j
as a ^ s I s - xxxv. 8.
vii. 15, Gal. v. 8, 13. 2 Tim. i. 9.
17 sq. xlvii. 1, 5. xlviii. 8. See Gesen. Lex.
hnp
Heb. 1 Pet. ii. 21. al. sa?p.
ix. 15. Niph. no. 2 ult. Passow in jcaXlw no. 2
e)
in the sense of to call to
any station, ult Horn. II. 4.61. Od. 7. 313. Find.
i.
q. to appoint, to choose. Heb. v. 4 Pyth. 3. 119. AL.
 413 KaXo'c

in the sense of honourable, distin-

KaXXif'Xmoc, ov, 6, 17, adj. (y)
1 Tim. i. 18. iii. 7. James ii. 7
yielding line oil,' and hence
<
eXaiov,) pp. guished,
r; ica\\u\aiog so. iXaia, a ^ooc? olive- TO KaXbv ovofjLa. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 11.

i. e. cultivated and yielding fine b) good, as to effect, influence, etc.

tree,
oil, opp. to dypieXaiof, Rom. xi. 24.
- useful, profitable, e. g. a'Xaf
Mark ix. 50.
Aristot. de Plant. 1. 6. Clem. Alex. Luke xiv. 34. so 1 Tim. i. 8. iv. 4.
Strom. 6. 15. Sept. for ale Gen. ii. 9 Ecclus.xiv.3.
Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 4 sq. Hence icaXov
KaXXt'wv, ovoc, (compar. of
o, /,
good, profitable, juvat, seq. ace.
iffTt it is

icaXoc,) better,
once neut. as compar. of et infin. Matt. xvii. 4. et Mark ix. 5 et
KaXwc, Buttm. 115. 4, 5. Acts xxv. 10 Luke ix. 33 KaXov tori )/iaf tide ilvcu.
wf :ai (TV KaXXiov iiriyivitiGKeig, OS tJlOU
seq. dat. of pers. et inf. as subj. Matt,
also better knowest, i. e. better than I can xviii. 8, 9. Mark ix. 43, 45, 47. 1 Cor. vii.
Comp. in
explain. 1, 20 bis. ix. 15. seq. ', Matt. xxvi. 24

, ou, o, 17, adj.

et Mark ionv avry
xiv. 21. ix. 42 icaXov
were better for him if
X. it
teaching that which
ct K. T.
(*coX6c, dtSdoKctXoc,} pa\\ov
is good, and as subst. teacher of good, etc. seq. lav 1 Cor. vii. 8.
Tit. ii. 3. Comp. Buttm. $ 123. 3. Not c) good in a moral sense, virtuous,
found in the classics. spoken (n) of thoughts, feelings, ac-
tions, e. g. K. avvii$t]ai a good con-
KaXol XI/UE'VE?* X*^*,) as
(KaXoc, science Heb. xiii. 18. *c. avaorpotyri James
pr. n. plur. -Fair Havens, comp. Engl. 13 et 1 Pet. ii. 12.
iii. 1 Tim. vi. 12
Fairhaven, a port in the island of Crete, K.oyiv. 2 Tim. iv. 7. 1 Tim. ii. 3 et
Acts xxvii. 8. V. 4 TOVTO yap caX6v IvtHnriov TOV Srtov,

f. ^ a later form comp. in 'EVWTTCOV c. Once /caXof rat

oi,
for the earlier rb raX6v v. /caXwf iroiew, ayaSof spoken of 17 icapfli'a, where
Lob. ad Phr. p. 199, 200 ; to do well, to aya6f refers to the disposition of the
live virtuously, 2 Thess. iii. 13. Others, heart itself, and icaXoc to the external
to do good sc. to others. manifestation, Luke viii. 15. JE1. V. H.
Sept. in cod.
Alex, for 3*1577 Lev. v. 4.
3. 10. Luc. Alex. 30. Xen. Mem. 2. 6.
16. Comp. Sturz Lex. Xenoph. KaXog
ih Vj handsome, beautiful, no. 20. So tpyov KaXov, tpya icaXa,
pp. as to external form and appearance, TO. Ka\a tpya, a good deed, good works,
Sept. for n?T Gen. xii. 14. Xen. Mem. i. e.
(1) genr. well-doing, virtue, pp.
as in
2. 6. 12. In N. T. of quality, etc. good, Engl. a handsome act, noble deeds. Comp.
handsome, excellent, viz. in 'Epyov b. y. 2. Matt. v. 16. 1 Tim.

a) good,
as to quality and character, v. 25. Tit. ii. 7, 14. Heb. x. 24. 1 Pet.

(a) genr. y//

Matt. xiii. 8, 23.Markiv. 8, ii.
(Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 32. Conv.8. 10,
12.
20. Luke viii. 15. SivSpov Matt. xii. 33. So with tpya impl. Rom. xii. 17
32.)
Luke vi. 43. <T7rp/ia Matt. xiii. 24, 27, 2 Cor. viii. 21. Tit. iii. 8 rd raXa. Xen.
37, 38. /zsrpov i.
q. Engl. handsome Mem. 2. 1. 27. al.
(2)
or in the sense
measure Luke vi. 38. ou KO.XOV not ofusefulwork, i. e. benefit, etc. Matt. xxvi.
good, i. e. bad, worthless, 1 Cor. v. 6. 10. Mark xiv. 6. John x. 32, 33. 1 Tim.
Sept. for nita Gen. i. 4. Ez. xvii. 8. v. 10. vi. 18. Tit. iii. 8, 14. (/3)
Neut. TO
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 6. (/3) by impl. choice, Ka\6v, pp. that which is handsome, good,
excellent, e.g. icapTros; Matt. iii. 10. vii. 17, right, Rom. vii. 18. Heb. v. 14. So TO
18,19. Luke iii. 9. vi. 43. olvog John Ka\bv Troitiv to do well,
do good, i. e. to
ii.10 bis. (Hdian. 5. 5.
16.) ^apyapTrai to act virtuously, Rom. vii. 21. 2 Cor.
Matt. xiii. 45. X&oi Luke xxi. 5. also xiii. 7. Gal. vi. 9. James iv. 17. Xen.
Matt. xiii. 48. Rom. vii. 16. 1 Tim. iii. 1, Cyr. 5. 3. 2. Hence Ka\6v tan it is
13. iv. 6 StSaffKaXia. vi. 12, 13 6/zoXoyia. good, it is right, seq. inf. Matt. xv. 26.
ver. 19. 2 Tim.
i. 14. Heb. vi. 5. So Mark vii. 27. Rom. xiv. 21. Gal.iv. 18.
rb Ka\6v the good 1 Thess. v. 21. Sept. Heb. xiii. 9.
(y)
Of persons in reference,
for 3io Gen. xxvii. 9. xxx.20. Zech. i. to the performance of duty, e. g. b TTO/-

n Hdian. 1-16.7. Xen. Mem. 3. 1.9. firjv b icaXoQ John x. 11 bis, 14. ou/-
 Km
covot 1 Tim. iv. 6. <rrp* twrj 2 Tim.
>

vi. 26. Comp. Buttm. 131. 4. El-nnv

ii. 3. oiWo/toi 1 Pet. iv. 10. Xen. Q-
(/3) KXwc txtw, to be well, to re-
Mem. 1. 6. 13. cover sc. from
sickness, Mark xvi. 18.
See in'Exw f. comp. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.
KaXujU/ia, aroCj r > (*aXv7rro>,)
a
47. (3) KaXwf iroitiv seq. accus. or dat.
covering, veil, 2 Cor. iii. 13. Comp. Ex.
to do well to any one, to
xxxiv. 33 sq. where Sept. for rnptt benefit, Matt. v.
44. Luke vi. 27. absol. Matt. xii. 12.
Trop.for impediment, 2 Cor. iii. 14,'i5, 16,
see in 'AvaKaXinrru Act. Thorn. 34 Comp. Buttm. 131. 4.
t <F/coro<;. see in

KaXvTrrw, f. $<, (kindr. with KeXvfn, e, ov, o, ), a camel, Matt.

Kpvirru), irXsTrrw,) to cover over or around, iii. 4. Mark i. 6. Sept. for ^pa Gen.
to envelope, trans xii.16.xxiv. 10 sq Diod.8.8.48. Xen.
Matt. viii. 24. Luke viii. 16 a- Cyr. 6. 1. 30
In proverbs, e. g. Matt.
a) pp.
XvTTTti avTov aKevti. xxiii.30. Sept.for nD3 xix. 24 et Mark x. 25 et Luke xviii. 25
Gen. Ex. viii. 6. al.
vii. 19. ov tart Ka^Xov did TpVTrrjfiaroQ
Lycurg.pT
159. 7. Xen. Eq. 12. 5. Cyr 5. 1. 4. applied to that which
itXSt'iv,

b) by impl. to hide, Matt. x. 26 ovStv

is
extremely difficult or impossible ;
KfKaXvfj,i.i&vor. 2 Cor. iv. 3 bis. So comp. Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Talm. 1722.
James v. 20 et 1 Pet. iv. 8 icaXvi^u TrXfj- So too Matt, xxiii. 24 ot 8ti>XiZovTtg rbv
Sos dfiapTi&v, shall cover, hide, a multi- KuvuTra, rr}v tit
icdnnXov KaraTrivovrtQ,
tude of sins, i. e. cause them to be over- spoken of those who are formal and
looked, not punished. Comp. Sept. and diligent in the observance of lesser duties,
HDID Ps. xxxii. 1. but negligent in the discharge of higher
ones j comp. Buxtorf. 1. c. 1516.
KaXwc, adv. (.-aXo,) pp. hand-
somely, in N. T. well, good, bene, in va- Kaju*voc> ov, ;, a furnace, for
rious connexions and shades. smelting metals, burning pottery, etc.
as to manner and external charac- genr. Matt. xiii. 42, 50 el s rfjv Kapivov
a)
TOV TTvpog i. e. a burning furnace. Rev. i.
ter, well, i. e. right, suitably, properly.
John xviii. 23 d 8k KaXu> sc. iXdXr)<ra. 15. ix. 2. Sept. for ^'53 Gen. xix. 28.

Acts x. 33. 1 Cor. vii. 37, 38. xiv. 17. 113 Jer. xi. 3. -pMK IJan. iii. 6 sq.
Phil. iv. 14. Heb. James ii.
xiii. -18.
Diod. Sic. 5. 27. Xen. Vect. 4. 49.
8,
29. 2 Pet. i. 19. 3 John 6. So ov for icara-
vffiOj (contr.
KO.XOJG not well Gal. iv. Sept. for
17. to shut to close, sc. the eyes
down,
n"Bn 1 K. viii. 18. ^1. V. H. 14. 25. so as not to see, trans. Matt. xiii. 15 et
Xen. Mem. 3. 8.
6. Cyr. 1.3.1. Spoken Acts xxviii. 27 TOVQO^. avrwv tKKa^ij.vaav,
in regard to office or
duty, well, faith- quoted from Is. vi. 10 where Sept. for
1 Tim. iii. 13. v. 17 1
fully, 4, 12,
yyvf Hiph. trop. Philo de Somn. p.
Mace. viii. 23. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 45 589 This is a later form, not used
by
With emph. very well, excellently, Mark Attic writers, Phryn. et Lob. p. 339 sq.
vii. 37. Gal. v. 7 trpl^fre KaXa>g. Ironi- Sturz. de Dial. Alex. p. 173 sq. Some
cally, Mark vii. 9 KaXCJg dStTtlre rr\v iv- suppose it to have been used by Xeno-
roXijv T. Sreov. 2 Cor. xi. 4 JE1. V. H.
phon, Cyr. 8. 3. 28 ;
see Schaefer ad Bos.
1. 16. In the sense of honourably,
Ellips. p. 368 sq.
James ii. 3 av ndSov tide KaXwg.
f. Kauw, aor. 2 tKapov, perf.
b) as to effect, etc. well, ,
tendency,
Buttm. 110. 11, to be weary,
justly, aptly, as of declarations, etc.
i. e. ,

Matt. XV. 7 KaXioQ Trpottyijrtvffe Trepi vfA&v. faint, sc. from labour, intrans. Rev. ii.
Mark 3 KtKOTTiaKaQ Kal ov KtKfjujKctG. Heb. xii.
vii. 6. 28 OTI KaX&Q dirtKpiSi].
xii.
ver. 32. Luke xx. 39. Johniv. 17. viii.
3. Sept. Job x. 1. Xen. An. 3. 4. 47.
48. xiii. 13. Actsxxviii.25. Rom. xi. 20.
Hence to be sick, James v. 15 77 evxn
TTtorcwg vwati Ka/jLvovra. Diod. Sic.
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 11. r/iff

in phrases, e. g. t'nrtiv KXw 1.25. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 51.

C) (a)
of, to praise, seq. ace. Luke
to speak well in Kayw.
Ka/iof, see
 Ka/UTTTW 415

brother of James and Jude, Matt, xiii

Horn. II. 4. 486. In N. T. spoken only 55. Mark vi. 3.

of the knees.
qc, n, Candace, a name
a) trans, seq. TO yow, to
bend the knee common to the queens of Ethiopia or
sc. in homage, worship, seq. dat. Rom. Meroe in the age of Christ, Acts viii. 27.
xi. 4, and so Sept. for*? y-Q 1 K. xix. 18. This country was then governed by fe-
ace. 14.
Eph. males, Strabo lib. XVII. p. 1134. B.
Seq. TTOOQ c. iii. genr.
Horn. 11.7. 118. comp. Xen. Eq. 1. 6.
p. 1175. D. Dio Cass. lib. 54. p. 335.
intrans. iravyovv tcap^ti, every knee Plin. H. N. VI. 29.
b)
shall bow, i. e. bend itself, in homage,
Rom. xiv. 11 quoted wi', ovoc? > ("?> navva, reed,)
worship, seq. dat.
a reed, rod, staff, employed to keep any
from Is. xlv. 23 where Sept. for^sib jna.
thing stiff, erect, asunder, Horn. II. 8.
Seq. iv Phil. ii. 10.
a measuring rod or
103. ib. 13. 407.
Kav crasis for KCU tdv, and if, also if, line, Test. XII Patr. p. 662. JEschin.
sometimes written KQV but improperly, p. 82. 5. Dion. Hal. Ant. 3. 67. In
Buttm. 29. n. 2. b, and n. 7. N. T. trop. canon, i. e. a standard, rule,
a) and if, c. Subj. aor. or perf. and e. g. of life and doctrine, Gal. vi. 16 oaoi

in the apodosis the fut. or ov prj c. Subj. T(f> KCtVOVl TOVTCp GTOt\T)ffOVfflV. Phil. 111. 16
James v. 15. Mark xvi. 18 KOLV Sravdai- in text. rec. Eurip. Hec. 602 KOVUJV TOV
pov n TrtWiv K. T. \. Luke xiii. 9 KO.V KaXov. Dem. 327. 25. Xen. Ag. 10.2.
pif iroirjvy Kapirov, SC. KaXwf. Xen. An. In the sense of sphere of action or
limit,
3. 1. 36. duty, assigned to any one. 2 Cor. x. 13
b)
also if, even if, although, c. Sub- Kara TO p'tTpov TOV teavovog K. T. X. ver. 15,

junct. (a) genr.

c. Subj. aor. and the 16 __Jos. c. Ap. 2. 17.
apodosis with fut. Matt. xxi. 21 KUV T$ indec.
KaTTf/ovaov/u, t, Caper-
opu TOVTH) John xi. 25 KUV
K. T. X.
Heb.
naum, written also KcHpapvaovp,
airoSdvy, Zfjotrat. Heb. xii. 20. Also
prob. WTO "1D5 Nahum),(village of
c. Subj. pres. and the apodosis with a town or city of Galilee in the confines
pres. or fut. or Subj. aor. Matt. xxvi. 35. of Zebulon and Naphtali and on the
John viii. 14. x. 38. Luc. D. Deor. 20. N. W. shore of the sea of Tiberias not
12. (/3) if even, if but, at least, where
very distant from the confluence of the
icrti is intens.
by way of diminution, Jordan, comp. Matt. iv. 13 IIQ TtLair. TTJV
Passow in icai no. 8. Herm. ad Vig^ p.
839. Seq. Subj. aor. and in the apodosis i/i.
It was for a time the resi-
the fut. Mark T&V J/xariwv
v. 28 KO.V
dence of Jesus (Matt. 1. and was
c.)
OVTOV a^/w/iat, aw$ri<rofiai. Ellipt. with- much frequented by him ; hence called
out apodosis, Mark vi. 56. Acts v. 15. ix. 1 coll. Mark ii. 1.
vj ISia TroXif, Matt.
2 Cor. xi. 16. Hdian. 4. 4. 15. Luc.D.
Deor. 5. 2.
Capernaum is not mentioned in the
O. T. and only once by Josephus, de
, ), indec. Cana f Heb. n;p, Vit. sua 72 it was probably there-
;

a village of Galilee, a few miles N. E. of fore built after the exile. The exact
Nazareth. John. ii. 1, 11. iv. 46. xxi. 2. site is at present uncertain, but is sup-
Jos. B. J. 1. 17. 5. posed to have been at a place called Tel
Hum between Tabagha and the Jordan.
Kavavcuoe, o* 5 <->,
in some MSS. Comp. Reland Palaist. p. 682. Rosenm.
for Kavavirtjc q. v. Act. Thorn. 1. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 68. Matt. iv. 13.
viii. 5. xi.23. xvii.24. Mark i. 21. ii. 1.
Kayavt'rrjc, ov, o, Cananite, an
ix. 33. Luke iv. 23, 31. vii. 1. x. 15.
epithet derived from Heb. K3]?. Aram.
John ii. 12. iv. 46. vi. 17, 24, 59.
]N}|?, zeal,
and signifying i.
q. >jXwr//e

q. v. Hence 2t/z<jv Kavavirrjg 6 is the KaTnjAevcu, f. vw, from 6 Kairn-

same as Zi^wv i ^Xwrfe, Matt. x. 4. Xoc a retailer, huckster, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5.
Mark iii. 18.
comp. Luke vi. 15 et Acts i. 42. a vintner, inn-keeper, ^El. V. H.
13. Perhaps the same with Simon the 10. 9. From the difference between
 416

and t/tTTopof, see in Philopatr. 18. Theocr. Id. 29. 4. M. An-

The KairrjXot were notorious for adul- tonin. 2.
3.) r) KapSia ical } i/>t>x>7 ff
terating their commodities. Sept. Is. i. one heart and one soul, i. e. entire una-
22. Luc. Hermot. 59 uairep ol Kcurr)\oi, nimity Acts iv. 32. ivSvuttffSai V. ta-
Kepa<rdfj,evoi Kai #oXw<rajT /cat KaKOfif- Xoyt'^tr.&ai iv ry icapSiy. avrov, to con-

TpovvTec;. Hence icaTrijXfuw IS pp. to be sider with oneself, to reflect, Matt. ix. 4.
a retailer, vintner, Hesych. raTrifXtvti* Luke iii. 15. <rvfi(3a\\tiv iv ry K. to pon-
el, oivoTrwXtl Kai rd Trpog rdf der in mind Luke ii. 19. ava(3aiv(iv iv
ai In N. T. trop. to
Troaetf. Ty K. v. tTrl rr)v K. to come up in or into

adulterate, to corrupt, trans. 2 Cor. ii. 17 one's heart, Luke xxiv. 38. Acts vii. 23.
KcnrTjXtvovrtc TOV Xoyov row 3-60V. Phi- (Sept. Is. Ixv. 17. Jer. iii.
16.) /SaXXav
lostr. Vit. Apollon. 1. 13. ib. 5. 36. its rr\v K. to put into one's heart, to sug-
Anthol. Gr. III. p. 130 TV\I\ KcunjXfvovcra. gest. John x-iii. 2. SiSovai iirl icapSiac
jravTa rbv fiiov. comp. Philo de Carit. p. to place upon the hearts, i. e. put into
707. C. Leg. ad Cai. p. 1021. D. them Heb. x. 16 coll. viii. 10. Rev. xvii.
17. (Sept. Neh. vii. 5.) i.\ttv iv KapSi<f,
oe, ov, o, smoke, Acts ii. 19. to have in one's heart, i. e. to love, to
Rev. viii. 4. ix. 2ter, 3, 17, 18. xiv. 11.
cherish, Phil. i. 7. slvat iv ry K. rivog
xv. 8. xviii. 9, 18. xix. 3. Sept. for yty to be in one's heart, to be the object of
Ex. xix. 18. Josh. viii. 20. Ml. V. H*.
his love, 2 Cor. vii. 3. avrjp KCITO. rriv
12.37. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 5.
Kapdiav TIVOQ a man after one's own heart,
acy
Cappadocia, /> 1. e. and therefore ap-
like-minded
a province of the interior of A sia Minor, proved and beloved, Acts xiii. 22. 6
bounded N. by Pontus, W. by Lycaonia, rjs Kapdiae dvSpuirog i. q. 6 law
S. by Cilicia, and E. by Syria and Ar- Pet. iii. 4.
1 (y) By synecd.
menia Minor. Acts ii. 9. 1 Pet. i. 1. ut for the person himself, in cases where
The country was celebrated for the pro- various affections, passions, etc. are
duction of wheat, for the excellence of attributed to the heart or mind, comp.
itshorses, and for the dulness and vice Gesen. Lehrg. p. 752, 753. Stuart 475.
of the inhabitants. Hence the virulent 2. John xvi. 22 ^ap^fferai vfi&v 77 KapSla

epigram : Acts ii. 26 tw0pav3'77 17 K. pov. xiv. 17

Col. ii. 2. 2 Thess. ii. 17. James i.
Vipera Cappadocem nocitura momordet ; at ilia
Gustato periit sanguine Cappadocis. 26. v. 5. So in ctVeTi/ v. Xym> iv ry

KapSiq, to say in one's heart, i. e. to think,

KaoSm, ac, n> (kindr. with Klap, see in El-n-ov a. Matt. xxiv. 48. Rom.
.
the heart, as the seat and centre of
JCTJP,)
x. 6. Rev. xviii. 7. See Gesen. Lex.
circulation and therefore of life in the
172K no. 2.
human system, Horn. II. 10. 94. ib. 13.
282. In N. T. only trop. as the seat of the intellect accord-
b)
a)
as the seat of the desires, feelings, ing to the Heb. views, the heart, mind,
affections, passions, impulses, etc. the understanding. Matt. xiii. 15 bis, icat ry
heart, the mind, (a) genr. Matt. v. 8 ot /ca- KapSiy, avvi&fft. Mark vi. 52, Luke xxiv,
Sapot ry /capita. ver.28. vi.21. Mark iv. 15. 25. John xii. 40. Rom. i. 21. 2 Pet. i.
Luke i. 17. John xiv. 1. Acts xi. 23. 19. Eph. lat. edit, where text,
i. 18 in
Rom. ii. 5. 1 Cor. iv. 5 TO.Q povXag TUV rec. Siavoia. So Sept. and 3^ Is. vi. 10.
Kctpditiv. 2 Tim. ii. 22. Heb. iii. 8, 12. Job xii. 3. xxxiv. 10. comp. Gesen. Lex.
x. 22. al. saep. So Sept. for nj? Ps. no. 1. e Horn. II. 21. 441 So
*i. 12. Prov. xxxi. 11 __
Plut. ed. R. VI. V. fiiariiptlv iv ry Kapdig, to lay up

p. 314. 4. Xen. Conv. 4. 28.

(/3)
In or keep in one's mind Luke i. 66. ii. 51.
phrases : SK v. cnrb KapSiag, from the In the sense of conscience, Rom. ii. 15.
heart, i.e. willingly, Matt, xviii. 35. Rom. 1 John iii. 20 bis, 21.
vi. 17.(Luc. Jov. Trag. 19.) eg oXrjg r/c K. c) trop.
the heart of
any thing for the
and iv '6Xy ry KapSiy, with the whole heart, middle, midst, the central part, e. g. K.
Matt. xxii. 37. Mark xii. 30. Sept. for TI} yrjg Matt. xii. 40. So Sept. an
air^OS Deut. vi. 5. Ps. cxix. 34. (Luc. Ez. xxvii. 4. Jonah ii. 4. AL.
 417 Kara

ou> w, icapia, c)
Mid. to bear fruit to oneself, i. e. io

) heart-hnower,
searcher of hearts, propagate oneself, to increase. Col. i. 6
Acts i. 24. xv. 8. I^pund only in N. T.

KapTrdc, ou, > fruit, produce,

both of trees and plants and of the j ov 9 6, t}, adj.
earth. fruit-bearing, fruitful. Acts
,)
a ) PP- Matt. 10 xiv. 17 Kctipoi *rap7r. Sept. v\ov K. for
iii.
si/pov /i) TTOIOVV
Kapirbv KttXov. xiii. 8. Luke xii. 17 OVK -ISD yy Ps. cxlviii. 9. yijj Ps. cvii. 34.

t\d) 7TOV ffVV(i%(i) TOVf KCtpTTOVQ fiOV. XU1. Diod. Sic. 1. 74 x<*>v a - Xen. Cyr. 6. 2.

6, 7, 9. John xii. 24. 2 Tim. ii. 6, al.

Allegor. John xv. 2 ter, 5, 8. Also a>, J7<ra>, f. fr.
(icaprfpof
airoliSovai xapirovQ to pay over the fruits
q. icparof,) ^o be strong, firm,
i.

sc. a share of them as rent, Matt, xxi.41. to endure, to persevere, intrans. Heb. xi.
Luke xx. 10. Sept. for "ID Ps. i. 3. 27 rbv aoparov o>f upwv iicaprsprjffe.
Jer. xii. 2 Diod. S. 2. 36, 49 init. Xen. Ecclus. ii. 2. Diod. Sic. 3. 5 ult. Xen.
CEc. 4. 8. Vect. 4. 6, 9. By Hebraism II. G. 3. 1. 17.
of children, offspring, as icapirbs TQS
KotXiof fruit of the womb Luke i. 42. K.ap0O(,*, 6OC> ouc r > (icap^w to
become dry,) pp. something dry, i. e. any
*:. Ttjc
ootyvog fruit of the loins, Acts ii.
small dry particle, as of chaff, wood,
30. So Sept. and ^}D Gen. xxx, 2.
etc. a twig, mote, bit, put as the emblem
Mic. vi. 7. al.
of lesser faults, opp. doKog, Matt. vii.
(a) for deeds,
i. e.
b) metaph./rmY, Luke 42 bis. For the
8 3, 4, 5. vi. 41,
works, conduct, Matt. iii. Troiijaart icap-
Heb. proverb see Buxtorf. Lex. Rab.
irov a(ov rijf /uravot'aj . vii. 10, 20. xxi.
Lutfe
2080. Sept. Gen. 8. 1. Anthol. Gr. IV.
43. iii. 8. al. Sept. for rrhTQn
Prov. x. 16. for effect, result, Rom! p. 23. Luc. Astrol. 29. Hesych. *ap0oc*
(/3)
XV. 28. Gal. v. 22 o , %opro, Ktpaia %v\ov Xtirrri.
jeapTrog rot) Trvtv/za-
roc. Eph. v. 9. Heb. xii. 11. James iii. ovoc> "hi (PP- P r n -

17. Sept. and ns Jer. xvii. 10. Mic. Carthage,) in N. T. a carbuncle Rev.
vii. 13. for profit, advan- xxi. 19in MSS. for xa\Kndwv chalcedony.
(y) by inipl.
tage, good, John iv. 36 KOI avvayei Kap- Kara, prep, governing the genitive
TTOV tig <ui]v aihiviov. Rom. i. 13. vi. 21, and accusative, with the primary signif.
22. James iii. 18. al. So Sept. and ^13 down, i. e. down from, down upon, down
Ps. Iviii. 12. Hdian. Xen. Cyr!
8. 3. 15.
in, etc. Buttm. 147. n. 4. Matth. 581.
7. 2. 11. T&V \n\kuvfruitof Winer 51. 53. p. 340. Passow
() icapTrog p. 327.
the lips i. e. praise Heb. xiii. 15, in allu- in Kara.
sion to Sept. Hos. xiv. 3 jcapTrog I. With the genitive. E. g.
for -ns, where the Heb. now reads 1 Of place, i. e. a) of motion down
.

calves, bullocks. Comp. Sept. and Heb. from a higher to a lo\ver place, e. g.
Prov. xii. 14. Is. Ivii. 19. AL. rard row Kpr]fj.vov tig Sakaaoav down

from i. e. down a precipice into the sea,

KapTroc, ou, o, Carpus, pr. n. of a Matt. viii. 32. Mark v. 13. Luke viii. 33.
man 2 Tim. iv. 13.
So Kara Kf<pa\iic t%tiv to have depending
KapTro^opco), w, f. /ffw, (Kapiro$6- from the head, 1 Cor. xi. 4, see in "EXW
to bear fruit, iritrans. C. y. Jos. B.J.I. 7.5 card raJv Kpr^iv^v
pof,)
a) pp.
Markiv. 28 avTOparrj yap >} yjjf ippLTTTovv iavrovQ. ib. 2. 3. 3. Xen. An.
rap7ro^>opT. Sept. for n"lD Hab. iii. 16. 4. 2. 17.
Diod. Sic. 2. 49. Xen. Vect. 1. 5. b) of motion down upon a lower
5) metaph.
of life and conduct, genr. place, upon, Mark xiv. 3 Kar't^itv avrov
Col. i. 10 Kap7ro<popovvTeG iv iravTi tpyy Kara rijs Kt^aX^g. Jos. B. J.2. 3.2 Kara

ayaS<. Matt. xiii. 23. Markiv. 20. Luke K0a\j} avT&v riQitoav TO, /SIX?/ sc. from
commodi et incom. the porticos. 2E1. V. H. 8. 14. Xen.
viii. 15. Seq. dat.
g. rips up Rom. vii. 4, Tt^^avar^ ver. 5, Trop. 7} Kara /SaSour
e. Cyr. 5. 1. 5.
i. e. to live worthy of God or of death. ia lit. poverty down to the very
2E
 Kara 418 Kara

depths, i. e. deepest poverty, 2 Cor. viii. 2. v. 15. viii. 1. xi. 1 tivrtf Kara Tr)v'lov8aiat>
Comp. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6.5. who were throughout Judea. xv.23. xxiv.
c) genr.
of motion or direction
upon, 12. So TropeutcrSat jcara rijv ofiov to
'towards, through, any place or object, travel through i. e.
along the way Acts
(a) pp.
e. g. in the sense of upon, viii. and genr. Kara rrjv odov along or
36,
against, Acts xxvii. 14 tj3aXe Kar' avrfjc BY the way, while travelling upon it T
dvepos Tv<f>uviKoc. Hdian. 6. 7. 18. Luke x. 4. Acts xxv. 3. xxvi. 13. Jos.
Dem. 403. 3. Comp. Matth. et Passow Ant. I. 7. 6. Diod. Sic. 1. 72 oi Kara ri}*
1. c.
(/3)
In the sense of through, throng- AlyvKTov. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 22. Mem. 3.
out, where Kara c. ace. is more usual. 5. 11 apiaTtvovrig teal Kara yrjv Kal K.
Luke IV. 14 $r\\ir\ iZiiXSe Kay oXrjc Ttjs SaX. Thuc. 5. 3 KaS* blbv. Hence
jreptxwpov. 5 didaffKuv KaS' oXijg
xxiii. from the idea of motion throughout
rriQ 'lovdaiag. Acts ix. 31, 42. X. 37. every part of a whole, arises the distri-
For adv. Ka$' oXov, see Ka$<5Xov. Horn. butive sense of Kara, e. g. Matt. xxiv. 7
Od. 6. 102. Ml. V. H. 1. 14. Pol. 1. 17. Kara TOTTOVQ throughout all places, in vari-
10. Comp. Pasiow Kara no. 3. (7) after ous parts. Luke viii. 1 tfiwfou* Kara TTO-
verbs of swearing, i. e. to swear upon or Xiv Kai Kwprjv, throughout city and village
by any thing, at the same time stretching 1. e.
every one, generally, ver. 4. ix. 6.
out the hand over, upon, towards it. xiii. 22. Acts ii. 46 KXwvrec re Kar' OIKOV

Matt. xxvi. 63 topKiw <re Kara. TOV Stov. aprov i. e. from house to house, viii. 3.
Heb. vi. 13 bis, w/tofft icaS-' iavrov. ver. xiv. 23. xv. 21, 36. xxii. 19. al Diod.S.
16. Sept. for 3 yairin 2 Chr. xxxvi. 2. 28 Kara Kayidf Hdian. 2. 15. 11. Thuc.
.

13. Is. xlv. 23. Dem.' 553. 17. ib. 1268. 1. 122. Hdot. 1. 196 Kara Kwjuaf tKa^raf.
24. Comp. Passow 1. c.
Comp. Passow Kara II. 2. See below
Metaph. of the object towards or
2. in no. 3.
upon which any thing tends, aims, etc. b) of
motion or situation upon, at,
upon, in respect to. 1 Cor. xv. 15. near to, adjacent to, etc. Luke x. 32
Jude 15 iroirjffai Kpiaiv Kara, iravTwv. yevop,fvoQ Kara TOV roirov. ver. 33 fiXSe
Plut. de puer. educ. 4 init. (I. p. 3. Kar' avrov. Acts ii. 10 TTJG Ai(3vng rfjQ
Tauchn.") b Kara T&V TVXV&V /cat rSiv tiri- Kara KvpTjVTjy. xvi.7. xxvii. 2 Tovg Kara

ori]\iS)v Xeytiv titoSafjiev. Xen. Cyr. 1.2. TTJV'Aaiav TOTTOVQ i. e. places on and
16. Apol. Soc. 13. Comp.Buttrn. Matth. near the coast of Asia Minor, ver. 7.
1. c. Lob. ad Phr. p. 272. More usually Diod. S.I. 22. Xen. An. 5. 2. 16,23.
in a hostile sense, against, after words motion or direction upon, i. e.
c) of
of speaking, accusing, warring, and towards any place. Acts viii. 26 ircptvov
the like. Matt. v. 11 TTO.V TTOV. pnfjia Kara neffrjufipiav. xxvii. 12 Xiptva /3Xe-
ray' vp.&v. ver. 23 ?x i rl Kara aov. x. Troyra Kara A/j3a. Phil. iii. 14 Kara OKOTTOV

35. xii. 14 ffvp(3ovXiov t\a(3ov Kar' UVTOV. Thuc. 7. 6 OTrep Ka' aiirovf T)V
Si(t>Ku>.

Ter. 30 6 pr) uv per' i/j,ov, Kar' l/xov sort, i. over against. Xen. An. 7. 2. 1.
q.
xxvi. 59. Mark xi. 25. xiv. 55 sq. Trop. Kara 7rpo<7W7rov avnorijvai, to with-
Luke xxiii. 14 wv Kar^yopfTre Kar' avrov. stand one to his face, Gal. ii. 11. Soph.
John xviii. 29. Acts iv. 26. xvi. 22, xxi. Trach. 102 Kar' oppa. Xen. Hi. 1. 14 Kar'
28. 2 Cor. xiii. 8. Gal. v. 17. al. saep.

Palseph. 6. 3. Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 3. Luc. of place where, i. e. of being at,

d)
D.Deor. 12. 1. Xen. Mem. 1.1.1. C o mp. in f within a place, where sometimes !

Passow no. 5. might be employed though not strictly

II. With the accusative, where the synonymous, just as in Engl. at a *

primary and general idea is down upon, house' and in a house' may be used
<

out over, etc. See the grammarians as interchangeably, eomp. Winer 1. c.

above cited, and Winer ^ 53. d. p.
340. p. 340 inarg. (a) seq.
ace. of place.
1. Of place, i. of motion expr.
e.
a)
as Rom. xvi. 6 ri\v Kar' OIKOV avraiv

orimpl. or of extension out over, through, iKicXntriav the church at or in their

throughout a place. Luke viii. 39 naS' house i. accustomed to meet there.

e.

'6Xr]V TTJV TToXlV KT]pVffffU)V. XV. 14. tyV- 1 Cor. xvi. 19. Philem. 2. Acts xiii.
TO XIUOQ Kara TTJV \&pav kKtivijv. Acts 1 j\aav KO.TO. TTJV iKK\t]a'iav
 Kara 419 Kara
c. r. X. Luc. D. Dear. 20. 13 Kar' aarv Gen. xviii. 10. Comp. Gesen. Lex. 3 B. 3.
yv. Diod. Sic. 2. 28 rote Kara TTJV TTO- Passow Kara II. 7. Winer 53. d. p. 340.
\iv. Palseph. 5. 3 Kpv\pat Kara yijv. 2 Mace. xi. 12. Diod. Sic. 4. 9. Hdot.
(/3) seq. ace. of pers. implying place, in, 1.67. Thuc. 3. 99. So distributively,
among. Acts xxi. 21 rot-f Kara ra comp. above in no. 1. a, also no. 3 below.
'lovdaiovG the Jews dispersed among E. g. KaS' fiuepav daily, everyday, Matt.
(pp. throughout) the Gentiles, xxvi. 3 rwv xxvi. 55. Mark xiv. 49. al. also ro
Kara 'lovSaiovQ i$wv. xvii. 28 rtvtq r&v Ka^' iipspav Luke xi. 3. xix. 47. Kar'
Ka$' v/zaf ITOITJTWV i. e. your own poets, froc, far' iviavTov, yearly, every year,
xviii. 15. Eph. i. 15 r/}v Ka3' fyac iriVriv. Luke ii. 41. Heb. ix. 25. x. 1, 3. *ar<i
Diod. Sic. 4. 8 *K row KO$' avroif toprr/v at each passover Matt, xxvii. 15.
j3toy. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 11. So ra$' Luke xxiii. 17. Kara Katpov at certain
eaurov in or wufA oneselft pp. in one's times, from time to time, John v. 4.
own house, chez soi, and hence genr. by Karaftiav <raj3/3arw/ every first day of the
orfor oneself, alone, Acts xxviii. 16 ptveiv week 1 Cor. xvi. 2. Also Acts xvii. 17
Rom. xiv. 22. James ii. 17.
ra^' iavTov. Kara Xviii. 4. Heb. iii. 13
tratrav t'jftipav.

Comp. Matt. 1. c. p. 1155 Xen. An. Ka^' Ka<rr;v Rev. xxii. 2 K. fitiva
17/1.

6. 2. 11. Cyr. 7. 4. 15. (y) seq. ace. of Ifva tKaOTov Luc. D. Deor. 24. 2. Thuc.
thing implying place, e. g. Kara irpoau- 3. 37, 58. Xen. An. 3. 2. 12.
TTOV rti/of in the presence of, before any 3. In a distributive sense, derived
one Luke ii. 31. Acts iii. 13. c. gen. strictlyfrom the idea of pervading all
impl. e. g. avrov Acts xxv. 16. vptiv the parts of a whole so of place see;

2 Cor. x. 1. So Kar' 6fJaX/<ovc sc. above in no. 1. a, and of time see in

vft&v Gal. iii. 1 Metaph. of a state or no. 2. Also genr. of any parts, number,
condition in which any thing is or is etc. e. g. Kara fispog i. e. part for part,
done, thus implying also manner ; e. g. particidarly, Heb. ix. 5. (2 Mace. ii. 30.
Kar' ovap in or by a dream, Matt. i. 20. Pol. 1. 4. 3, 6.) Of number, Ka^' eva
ii. 12, 13.
(Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 1 Kara rovf one by one 1 Cor. xiv. 31, see in Etc b. y.
'

1 Cor. ii. 1 /X^ou oi) Ka' as also for ol Ka^' e'va, Ka3' , tig
Ka^' elf,

Xoyou / came not in excellency etc. Also Kara Svo two and two 1 Cor.
of speech. Adverbially, Qovaiav Kar' xiv. 27. Comp. Passow Kara 1 1. 2. Matth.
Mark i. 27, see in 'EZovaia a. Kara 1. c. Winer 1. c. 11. V. H. 2, 1. Xen.
Kpdroc strongly, vehemently, Acts xix. 20. An. 4. 7. 8.

(Thuc. 1. 64.) Kar' iSiav in private, see Tropically as expressing the rela-
4.

in'Itfioff a. /3. Kara fiovae see in Kara- tion in which one thing stands towards
liovaq. So Ka3' inrepfioXrjv i. e. exceed- another, thus also every where implying
ingly, Rom. vii. 13. Gal. i. 13. 2 Cor. manner. Spoken
iv. 17, see in 'Yirtp(3o\fj ; or excellently,
a)
Of accordance, conformity, etc.
par excellence, 1 Cor. xii. 31. Also oi E. g.
(a)
of a norm, rule, standard of
Kar' lox*l v those in distinction, i.
q. the comparison, etc. according to, conform-
distinguished Acts xxv. 23. Comp.Buttm. ably to, after, secundnm, see Passow II.
125. 6. 4. Matth. 1. c. p. 1153. Winer 1. c. p. 340.
2. Of time i. e. of a period or point Matt. ix. 29 Kara TTJV irivTiv vp&v yevj/-
of time down upon which, i. e. in, at, STJTO) vfiiv. xxiii. 3 Kara ra epya O.VTUIV ////

-during which, any thing takes place, iroinre. Matt. vii. 5. Luke ii. 22 Kara TOV
e. g. Kara ro airo at the same time, to- vofiov M. ver. 39. xxiii. 56. John viii. 15
gether, Acts xiv. 1 see in Ai>ro III. a. y. Kara r y}v aapica KpivtTt i. e. from external
Rom. v. 6 Kara icaipov in due time. circumstances, xix. 7. Acts xxii. 12.
Acts xii. 1 Kar' ixtivov TOV icaipov during xxiii. 31. xxvi. 5. Rom. ii. 2 sari Kara
that time. xix. 23. Romix. 9. Actsxiii. dXtfitiav i.
q. terri a\;;3je.
vcr. 6, 7. viii.
27. xvi. 25 Kara
ro ptoovvKTtov about 4, 5, *cara aapKa, Kara Trvevfia, i. e. con-
midnight, xxvii. 27. Heb. i. 10 ov KCIT formably to the will of the flesh or of

apxac in the beginning, of old. iii. 8 Kara the Spirit, x. 2. xiv. 15. Eph. iv. 22.
Ti)v }/ispav TOV irtipafffj-ov during the Col. ii.8. al. saep. Sept. for 5 Ps. vii. 9.
time of temptation, ix. 9. Sept. for 3 al. Palreph. 32. 11. Diod.' Sic. 1. 73.
2B2
 Kara 420 Kara

Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 3. ib. 2. 3. 15, 16. So Diod. Sic. 1. 10 7} Kara tftvtrtv

i. ace. of person, i. e. according to the JR\.V. H. 2. 42. Time. 1. 138. Xen.
will of any one, Rom. viii. 27 Kara Seov. Cyr. 16 ra KaSr' //iaf.
7. 1. Also in
2 Cor. vii. 9, 10, 11. 1 Pet. iv. 6. Rom. phrases, e. g. Kara travra in all respects,
xv. 5. Cor. xii. 8.
1 by command of in all things, Acts iii. 22. Heb. ii. 17.

any one 2 Cor. xi. 17. according to (Thuc. 4. Kara iravra rpoTrov in
81.)
the narrative or writing of any one, only every respect, every way, Rom. iii. 2.
in the inscriptions of the gospels. c. neg. 2 Thess. ii. 3. Buttm. 147.
(2. Mace. ii. 13. Plat. Phsedr. 1 Kara p. 412. (2 Mace. xi. 31. Pol. 1. 88. 11.)
Hivdapov as Pindar says. Cratyl. 18.) Ka.y offov by how much, i. e. inasmuch,
Gal. i. 11 OVK tort Kara avSputirov, is quatenus. Heb. iii. 3. vii. 20. Kara
not human i. e. of human origin. With TOOOVTOV insomuch vii. 22. ro Kar' f/wc,
the idea of proportion, Matt. ii. 16. xxv. lit. < as to what concerns me/ so far as
15 (KaffT(i> Kara rr\v Idiav Svvafitv. in me lies, Rom. i. 1 Cor. xv. 32
15.
Rom. xii. 6. 1 Cor. iii. 8. 2 Cor. x. see in erjpio/naxtw. Xen. H. G. 1.6. 5
13. Xen. Mem.
2. 7. 1. Adverbially, ra Kar' tys. Comp. Matth. 283. Buttm.
as Luke Kara avyicvpiav by chance,
x. 31 125. n. 5.

accidentally. (Hdot. 8. 87 Kara rv^v.) b) Of likeness, similitude, etc. like,

John x. 3 Kar' ovofjia. Acts xviii. 14 offer the manner of. 2 Cor. i. 17 et x.
KardXoyov reasonably. (Luc. Icarom. 18.) 2 Kara adpKa i. e. like a frail and feeble
1 Cor. xiv. 40. Eph. vi. 6. Phil. iii. 6 man. Heb. v. 6, 10 Kara n}v ra/v MX-
Kara ZrjXov zealously. 1 Pet. iii. 7 Kara XtatSiK i. e. of an order like that of
yvuxTiv discreetly. So Kara ri, how ? Melchisedec. Acts xiii. 22 see in Kap-
Luke i. 18. &'a a. /3. Sept. for 5 Deut. iv. 32. Lam.
(/3)
of an occasion, by virtue of, be- 1. 12.
(Luc. Muse. Enc. 1. Hdot. 2. 92
cause through, where the
of, for, by, /zlyaSoc Kara p,ijXov.^\ So C. ace. of
idea of accordance, adapteclness, still pers. Gal. iv. 28 Kara 'ICTOOK like Isaac,
lies at the bottom, comp. Winer 1. c. as Isaac. Rom. iii. 5 et Gal. iii. 15 Kara

p. 341. Matth. 1. c. Matt. xix. 3 a-n-oXv- avSpuTrov Xtycj I speak as a man, and
ffat yvvaiKa avrov Kara irdffav atTtav
rf)V also with the idea of a common man 1

for any cause. Acts iii. 17 Kara dyvoutv Cor. iii. 3. Luc. Pise. 12. Arr. Exp.
because of ignorance, ignorantly. Rom. Alex. 3. 27. 10. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 30.
ii. 5. 2 Cor. viii. 8. Gal. i. 4. ii. 2. Eph. Adverbially, Ka' ov Tporrov as, even as,
1. 5
sq. iii. 3. Phil. ii. 3. iv. 11. 2Thess. Acts xv. 11. Kara ravra, thus, so, Luke
ii. 9. 1 Tim. i. 1. Philem. 14 Kar' xvii. 30. [vi. 23, KaS' o/totor^ra,
26.]
avayicijv. Heb. ii. 4. al. saep. 2 Mace, like, similarly, Heb. iv. 15.
vi. 11. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 23 Kar' aXXrjv c)
Of the end, aim, purpose, towards
airiav. Diod. Sic. Kar' avdyKrjv. Xen. which any thing is directed, for, by way
An. 7. 3. 39. of, etc. 2 Cor. xi. 21 Kara art/nav [ifirjv

(y)
of any general reference, allusion, V. lyiwv v.
ayrwv] Xlyw
/ say it by way
etc. in respect to, as to, Winer and of disparagement, reproach. Tim. vi.
1

Matth. 1. c. Rom. i. 3 IK a-nipp. Aafiid 3 i) Kar' ivvifiEiav ?ax*]> 2 Tim. i. 1.

Kara trapKa. ix. 5. xi. 28. Phil. iii. 6 Kara Tit. i. 1. Jos. Ant. 3. 11. 4 tcard rr]v
TIJV dtKaioavvijv. Tit. i. 4. Heb. ix. 9. Tifnijv row Srtov TOVTO TTOIUV. Palteph. 43.
Kara avvtidijaiv. 1 Pet. iv. 14. Jos. 4. Thuc. 6. 31 Kara Slav fyKav. Hdot.
B. J. 4. 4. 3 Kar' tuavrov. Palseph. 32. 2. 152.
5 Kara ytvo A&ioT<g. Hdot. 1. 49. ib. NOTE. In composition Kara implies :

2. 3 Hence seq. ace. with a preced. 1. motion downwards, as Kara/3aiVw,

article it forms a periphrase for the Kad'aipEfaj, KaraTTtTrrw, etc. 2. against,

cognate adjective, e. g. Rom. xi. 21 ol in a hostile sense, as Karaytvwo-Kw, Karq-

Kara $vaiv natural sc. branches. Col. iii. yopsw, KaraXaXlw. 3. distribution, as
22 Tolg Kara adpica Kvpioig. So rd Kara KaraKXj/podorsw. 4. in a general sense,
rbv ttavXov Paul's affairs, his cause, down, down upon, and also throughout,
Acts xxv. 14. ra Kar' E/JS my affairs where it often cannot be expressed in
Eph. vi. 21. Col. iv. 7. 2 Mace. iii. 16. English, and is then to us simply in-
 421

tensive. 6. Sometimes it gives to an ing from heaven, i. e. let down or sent

intrans. verb a transitive sense, as icar- down from God, e.
g. a vessel Acts x.
*
apysw. Comp. Battm. 147. n. 9. Pas- 11. xi. 5. spiritual gifts seq. uirn
sow Kara IV. Viger. p. 638. AL. James i. 17. the new Jerusalem t}

Arara/3. IK TOV ovp. airo T. Seov Rev. iii. 12

Karaj3o/vw, f. j^ijoo^ai, (/3tVw,) aor. in an anacoluthon. So genr. from the
2 KaTtfiqr, imper. jcara/3;Si and
icara/3a
heavens, the clouds, to fall, e. g. r; ftpo^n
Mark xv. 30. Buttm. 107. n. I, 14.
Matt. vii. 25, 27. (Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 3.)
114 /Satvw. To go or comedown, to des-
Xai'X\|/ Luke viii.23. -nvp dirb TOV ovp.
cend) sc. from a higher to a lower place, Luke ix. 54. irvn IK TOV ovp. Rev. xiii.
intrans.
13. So Sept. and TV 2 K. i. 10, 12 __
a) spoken of persons, etc. seq. airo Also in the general sense of to fall, to
c. gen. of place whence. Matt. viii. 1
drop, e. g. of sweat, wo-ei Sp6p,j3oi aV/trc
KarafBavTi dk avr(f dirb TOV opoff. xvii. 9. Luke xxii. 44. Ec-
jeara/3. iirl TTJV yi]v
Mark ix. 9. Matt. xiv. 29 dirt> TOV irXoiov.
clus xxxii. or xxxv. 15 Sdupva kiri via-
Mark xv. 30 Kardfta dirb TOV OTavpov.
yova KaTafSaivtt. AL.
Sept. for "jTp
TV Ex. xxxiv. 29. Judg. iv.
14. (Xen. Chr! 5. 5. Seq. tic c. ace. to
6.) KarajSaXXw, f. /3aXw, (/3a\Xa>,)
of place whither, Mark xiii. 15 fit) Kara- cast down, trans, e. g. from heaven Rev.
pdru) Acts viii. 38. Eph. iv.
its TTIV oiKiav. xii. 10 ieara/3X}^>; o jcar^yopoc. (Pol. 1.
9. Sept. for TVJob vii. 9. Jonah ii. 7. 24. 12. Xen. H. G. 5. 2. In the
41.)
(Hdian. 8. 2. Y. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 5.) sense to prostrate, 2 Cor. iv. 9. Sept.
Irrl TIJV SdXaffvav down upon the sea-
for -srr Ps. Ixxiii. 18. Luc. D. Deor.
shore sc. from the mountain Johnvi. 16. 14.2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 14. ib. 1.4.8.
(Xen. Ag. 1.18.) irpoQ Tiva Acts x. 21. Mid. to lay down, sc. a foundation,
xiv. 11. Sept. for TV Ex. xix. 14. Heb. vi. 1 __ Jos. Ant. 15. 11. 3. Pol
Absol. Matt. xxiv. 17. Lukevi. 17. John 10.27. 9.
v. 7 __ Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 8. Spoken of
those who go from a higher to a lower f. J/CTW,
(/3aplw q. v.
Kara/3apfw, w,
region of country, e. g. dirb 'IipovffaXrjp
ult.)
bear down, to weigh down, sc. as
to
Mark iii.22. Luke x. 30. seq. tg, John a burden in N. T. trop. to burden in a
;

ii. 12 ti'c Kairepvaovp. Acts vii. 15 'c pecuniary sense, c. ace. 2 Cor. xii. 16.
AtyviTTov. xiv. 25. xvi. 8. al. Absol. Comp. 2 Sam. xiii. 25. genr. Diod.
Luke ii. 51. John iv. 47. Acts viii. 15. Sic. 19. 24. Pol. 18. 4. 4.
xxiv. 1. Sept. for TV Gen. xii. 10. xlii.
i.
q. Kara/3apew, to
3. al. srep. Hdot.5~206. Xen. H. G. 3. ),

4. 11. Spoken of those who descend, weigh down, to oppress. Pass, of the eyes,
Mark xiv. 40 ol 60$. KaTa(3apvv6fievot in
come down from heaven, e. g. God as af-
later edit, for j3s(3aprjfiivoi in text. rec.
fording aid to the oppressed, Acts vii. 34
quoted from Ex. iii. 8 where Sept. for pp. Sept. Joel ii. 8. 2 Sam. xiv. 26.
TV. Of the Son of man, seq. tic John trop. Ecclus. viii. 15.

viV38, 42. seq. airo 1 Thess. iv. 16. Of

the Holy Spirit, seq. tic John i. 32. iiri e. g.towards the coast Xen.
going down,
Tiva Luke iii. 22. John i. 33. Of angels, An. 7. 8. 26. In N. T. descent, i. e.
seq. i
ovpavov Matt, xxviii. 2. iv c. dat.
place of descending, declivity, Luke xix.
of place whither John v. 4, see in Et'e no. 37 jcctra/3. TOV opovg T&V tXai&v. Sept. for
4. iiri Tiva John i. 52 see in 'Avafiaivut.
TTia Josh.x. 11. Mic. i.4. Pol. 11. 15.
Sept. for Ti: Gen. xxviii. 12. Of Satan 8." Xen. An. 3. 4. 37.
as cast down from heaven, Rev. xii. 12,

comp. ver. 9, 10. f. a<, to

a>, (j3i/3<tfw,)
of things, e. g. a way lead- cause to descend, to bring down, e.
b) spoken g.
ing down from a higher to a lower tract twff '01; Matt. xi. 23. Luke x. 15.
of country, Acts viii. 26 bdbv TI]V K-ara/3. Sept. for TTin Ez. xxxi. 16, 18. xxviii.
dirb 'itpovf. ei* Td%av. So TV Sept. 8__ Hdot.8'.119. Xen. Cyr. 7, 5. 18. H.
varayw Prov. vii. 27. Of things descend- G. 4. 6. 5.
 Kara/3 oX^ 422 K,

a t}v IK veupwv. xiii. 5. XV. 3(5. xvi.

Kara|3oX/i, TJC, /> (icara/3dXXu>,)
casting down, i. e. 17,21. xvii. 3, 13,23. xxvi.23. 1 Cor,

a laying down, founding, founda- ii. 1. ix. 14. Phil. i. 16 Xpttrruv icaray.
a)
ver. 18. Col. 28.
tion, in N. T. only in the phrase /caro/3,
i.

row Kofffiov foundation of the world, i. e.

Kara-yEXaw, w, f. &<?<>, (yeXaw,) to
the creation, beginning of the world,
laugh at, sc. in scorn, to deride, seq. gen.
Matt.xiii.35. xxv.34. Luke xi. 50. John Matt. ix. 24 /cat KUTtykXwv avrov. Mark
xvii. 24. Eph. i. 4. Heb. iv. 3 see in v. 40. Luke viii. 53. Comp. Buttm.
Katrot. ix. 26. 1 Pet. i. 20. Rev. xiii. 8. Job xxi. 3.
132. 5. 3. Sept. for y$*j
,Plut. Aq. et Ignis. Comp. 2.
pnty Job xxx.
xvii. 8. Prov. xvii. 5. 1. JE1.
Mor. V. p. 422. Tauchn. a pa ry irpwr-g V.H.9.37. Xen. An. 2. 6. 23.
Kara/SoXy r&v avSpuirtav. Diod. Sic. 12.
32. Pol. 13. 6. 2.
to know or note against any one, to
b) of seed, a casting in, trop. Heb. xi. KO>,)
11 Svvap.ii tXaj3tv tig Jcara/3oX^v airtp- his disadvantage, Sept. for *jpn Prov.
T
xx viii. 11. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10. Hence
parog, lit. strength for the casting in (im-
in N. T. to think ill of, to condemn, to
planting) of seed,
i. e.
strength for con-
Hippocr. Apho- blame, seq. gen. Buttm. 132. 5. 3. 1
ception, procreation.
rism. IV. TU Kvovfjitva iv p,tv r< Trpwry John iii. 20lav<caryivwcrKy ripuivri Kapcia.
ver. 21. Pass. Gal. ii. 11 on jcartyvw^l-
XPovy Tijg KctTapoXijg TOV <nripfJiaTog. Arr.
vog f]v because he had incurred blame ;
Epic. 1. 13. 3 vibe IK TWV avr&v (nrtpfid-
TWV Kai Tiig avrijg avubtv So others,
< he deserved blame.' See Winer
KaTafioXrjg.
Comm. in loc. Ecclus. xiv. 2. Jos. Ant.
Kra/3a\\tv GTrkpucira, e. g. M. Antonin.
4. 36 (TTTfpftaTa fig yijv T) fjirjTpav jcara-
4.1.1. Dem. 1402.24. Hdian.5. 2. 12.

fiaXXoptva. Galen, de Potent. I. This

*araw, aor. 1 jrareaa,
seems to have been a technical mode of Karay vu/lf,
f.

aor. 2 pass. KaTtayrjv, for the augm. see

expression, see the passages collected by
Wetstein in loc.
KarajSpojSfuw, f. tvffu, (/3pa/3eww
q. v.) to give the prize against any one,
to deprive of the palm, Zonar. in Can. 35
Cone. Laod. TO /ij) TOV vnerjaavra a^iovv
TOV (3pa(3tiov, d\\' e'rspy didovai avrb
Winer 12. 2. Buttm. 114 dyvvpi.
84. n. 5. Anom. fut. Att. xrarta^w Matt.
xii. 20, prob. to distinguish it from fut.
of fcardyw, Passow sub ayvvpt. Buttm.
114 dyvvfii. Matth. 222, p. 429. TV*
break down, tobreak in two. Matt. xii. 20
KaXafiov ffWT. ov KctTsdgti. John xix. 31

adiKovfi'tvov TOV viKrjaavTog. In ^T. T, 'iva KaTtay&aiv UVTWV TO. ffKsXt). ver. 32,

trop. to deprive of a due reward, to de- 33. Sept. for yia Jer. xlviii. 25. Pol,
fraud, trans. Col. ii. 18. Dem. 544 1. 37. 2. Xen. An". 4. 2. 20.
ult.
f. to lead down,
Karayw, )
trans.
an announcer, proclaimer, Acts xvii.
of persons, tobring or conduct down,
18. a)
sc. from a higherto a lower place, re-
f. ytXw, (icara intens.) gion, seq. tig Acts ix, 30 Karrjyayov avrov
aor. 2 pass. KaTrjyyiXnv Acts xvii. 13, see tig Kaioaptiav. xxiii. 20, 28. seq. irpog
Buttm. 101. n. 4; pp. to bring word nva xxiii. 15. absol. xxii, 30. Rom. x.
down upon any one, i. q. to bring it home 6. Sept. for TTin c. tig 1 K. i. 33.
to him, trans. Hence irpogGen. xliv. 21. Hdian. 8. 1. 3 tig,
a)
to
announce, to proclaim, to publish, Luc. D. Deor. 7. 4. Xen. Ag. 1. 18.
Acts 38 vp.1v atysvig aftapTi&v *ar-
xiii. as a nautical term, to bring down to
b)
ayyeXXtrat. Jos, Ant. 3. 8. 6. Pol. 4. land sc. a ship, Luke v. 1 1 /carayayovrt g
53. 2. Xen. An. 2. 5. 38. In the sense TO, TrXota kirl Tt}v yi)V. Sext. Ernpir. A.
offo laud, to celebrate, Rom. i 8. ICor. 2. 68
Phys. vijtg tig tTtpovg Karayovrat
xi. 26.'
Xiptvag. Xen. An. 6. 6. 3. Hence aor.
b) by impl. to preach, to set forth, to 1 pass. KctTirxSriv, to come to land, to land,
inculcate. Acts iv. 2
rarayyfXetv r;/r ava- to touch, Acts xxi. 3. xxvii. 3. xxviii. 12.
 423

_ Jos. Ant. 14. 14. 3 tu; Bpevrtjcnoi'

Sam. viii. 11. c. 'tec. for n^TT Jer. xxii.

cara-yerat he (Herod) landed at Brim- 3. c. gen. Diod. Sic. 13. 73. c. ace.

dusium. Xen. Conv. 5. 8.

Rarer/ wvtojum,
f. iVo//ac, depon. aroc r o, strictly from
aS'fjua,
Mid. (ayum'o^at,) to contend against, and hence pp. <a laying
i

and by impl. to conquer, to subdue, e. g. down ;' but in N. T. prob. corrupted for
fiamXtias Heb. xi 33. Jos. Ant. 7. 2. 2. KaravaSfifia i. q. avaSreua but stronger, a
^El. V. H. 4. 8. curse, Rev. xxii. 3 in later edit, for
KaTavaSefia in text. rec. Not found in
Kara&w, f. ^<ra>, to bind
(ft",)
profane writers.
down, tv 8fff[ji<{i KaTutiiiffai Horn. Od. 15.
443. Luc. Asin. 16. In N. T. to bind KaraS'f^uart^w, f. iW, (/cara^m
bind up, wounds, rpav-
sc. q. v.) to curse, absol. Matt. xxvi. 74 in
together, to
later edit, instead of Karava3-e/i<m'o> in
ftara Luke x. 34. Sept. for tfbn Ez.
xxxiv. 4, 16 Ecclus. xxvii. 21. text. rec. from it is prob. corrupted __
Chrysost. in Ps. Ixxvii. Iren. c. liter.
KaTa&jAoe, ou, o, j, adj. (card 1. 13.4. ib. 1. 16. 3. Not found in
intens. cijXoe^most evident, Heb. vii. 15.
profane writers.
Jos. Ant. 10. 10. 2. Xen. Mem. 1.4.
14. f- wG>, (aiVx^rw,) to
bring down sha*^ upon, i. e.
Kara&Kaw, f- a, (ucdw,) to
a)
to dishonour, to disgrace, trans, e. g.
to con-
give sentence against any one, TJJV ^aXi?v 1 Cor. xi. 4, 5, i. e. to offend
demn, in N. T. seq. ace. of pers. Matt.
against decorum. Ecclus. xxii. 5. Jos.
xii. 7, 37. absol. Luke vi. 37 bis. James
Ant. 20. 4. 2. Hdian. 5. 1. 17.
v. 6. So Sept. for JTflsJTT Ps. xxxvii. 33.
b) i.
q. a!ff\vvw but stronger, to shame,
Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 3. Diod. Sic. 14. 4.
to put to shame, trans, (a) pp. Luke xiii.
More usually in classic writers seq. gen. 17. 1 Cor. i. 27 bis, Iva TOVQ
croQovc
of pers. Xen. H. G. 7. 4. 33. Comp. tcaTaio\vvy. xi. 22. 2 Cor. vii. 14. ix. 4.
Passow sub v.
1 Pet. iii. 16. Sept. for tfarr 2 Sam. '

KaraS/KTj, ijc, v, (*,) sentence xix. 5. Luc. D. Deor. 22. Xen. An.
3.

against, condemnation, Acts xxv. 15

in 3. 1. 30.
(/3)
From the Heb. by meton.
sonic MSS. for faq --Jos. B. J.4.5. 2. of cause for effect, to frustrate one\
Hdian. 7. 4. 15. hope, to disappoint. Rom. v. 5 r/ di \7r/e
ov KaTotaxvvti. ix. 33 et x. 11 et 1 Pet.
Kara&wicw, f. w, (card intens.) to
ii. 6 TTO.Q b Trurrevwv ITT'
avrtfi ov Ktirai-
pursue an enemy Xen. An. 4.
closely, sc.
In ffxvvSrjffeTai, quoted from Is. xxviii. 16
2. 5. Sept. for t)-n Judg. vii. 25. where Sept. for ID'TJTT.
in order to Sept. for lirnrr
N. T. to follow closely, sc.
Ps. xxii. 6. xliv.8.'cxix.31, 116 __ Ec-
find, seq. ace. Mark i. 36. So Sept. and
clus. ii. 10.
Ps. xxiii. 6.
pjTl

KaraSovAow, to, f. <rw,

Karaicafw, f. *au<rw, (/cat'w,) aor.
(ot;\6w,)
2 pass. Kareicdrjv, fat. 1 pass. KarciKavSri-
pp. to slave down, bring under i. e. to
ffouat Rev. xviii. 8, and also in the later
bondage, to enslave, trans. 2 Cor. xi.20.
Mid. to make a slave for oneself, Gal. ii. usage fut. 2 pass. KaraKarj<rofiai 1 Cor.
iii. 15. 2 Pet. iii. 10. comp. Winer 15.
4 Vva r)/zaicaraouX60u>rrat Aa they might
make us their slaves. Sept. for T*3J?n p. 79. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 161.
Ex. i. 14. vi. 5. 1 Mace. viii. 10. Thu'c.
To burn down, to consume utterly, i. q.
in Engl. to burn up, trans. Matt. iii. 12
3. 70. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.13.
TO a\voov KaraKavffti Trupi dffjSlorto.
uojj f tvaw, xiii. 30, 40. Luke iii. 17. Acts xix. 19.
fr.
tfwaoTjjc,)
to exercise power against 1 Cor. iii. 15. Heb. xiii. 11.2 Pet. iii. 10.

any one, i. e. to overpower, to oppress, Rev. 7 bis. xvii. 16. xviii. 8. Sept.
viii.

seq. gen. James ii. 6 ov\ Ol K^OIHTIOI Kara- forfpto Ex. xxxii. 19. Lev. vi. 3C 1
dvva<TTe4ovffiv vftoiv ; Pass, as if c. accus. Mace. v. 68, Diod. Sic. 1.59. Xen. Cyr.
Acts x. 38. Sept. c.
gen. for 1253 2 4. 6. 1.
 KaraicaXuTrrw 424 Kara

f. ^w,
and SiStujjii,}
to give by lot to each, to dis-
(/caXt/Trrw,)
with a which hangs tribute by lot, trans. Acts xiii. 19 in text.
cover, sc. veil, etc.
rec. Others Ka7aK\npovofis<i>. Sept. for
doivn, comp. in Kara I. 1. a. hence to
^Tpn Deut. xxi. 16 et Josh. xix. 51 in
veil; in N. T. only Pass, or Mid. to be
veiled, to wear a veil, absol. 1 Cor. xi. 6
ed. Aid. etCompl. 1 Mace. iii. 36.
bis. seq. rfjv Kt^aXrjv ver. 7, comp.
Buttm. 134. 6, or 135. 4. Sept. for (Kara distrib.) to distribute by lot, trans.
HD3 Gen. xxxviii. 15. Is. vi. 2. Jos. Acts xiii. 19 in later edit, for KaraicXn-
Ant. 7. 10. 5. act. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 11. So Sept. for p*?n Josh, xviii. 2.
po8ore<t>.
f. ^TOn Num. xxxiii. 54. Josh. xiv. 1.
KaraKau^aojuat, w/mai, rjffofiai,
Usecl by Greek writers only in the
depon. Mid. (icavxao/iai,)
to boast one-
sense to inherit down sc. from an ances-
self against any person or thing, to glory

over, seq. gen. Rom. xi. 18 bis, /i?} Kara- tor, and construed with a genitive in ;

later with an accus.

writers Lob.
Kav\S> TUIV K\dit)VK, r.X. seq. Kara James
iii. 14. Hence James ii. 13 KaraKavx&rcu ad Phr. p. 129. Sturz de Dial. Alex.
tXeog [for concr. 6 tXfwj/'j KpiottaQ i. e. the p. 160.
merciful man glo?*ies overjudgment, fears f. to
KareticXit/aj, vti, (cXiVw,) pp.
not condemnation. Comp. Buttm. 132. make incline, i. e. to make lie down, genr.
5. 3. Sept. Jer. 1. 10, 38. JEschyl. 1 Mace. i. 3. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 11. In
Pers. 350 or 352. N. T. only of the oriental posture at
meals, to make recline, trans. Mid. to re-
KuroKEfjUcu, f. etVo/mi, (iceTjuai,) to lie
at a meal, see in 'Ava
cline, sc.
down, i. e. to lie, to be recumbent, intrans.
Luke 14 tcaraicXivaTS UVTOVQ
ix.
Comp. Buttm. 109. II,
Mid. Luke xiv. 8. xxiv. 30. Act. ^El.
a) spoken of the sick, seq. part. Mark
V. H.8. 7. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 21. Mid.
i. 30
KdTficeiTo TTvptffffovaa she lay sick
of a
Acts xxviii. 8. Xen. Conv. 1.8.
fever. seq. kirl c. dat.
Markii. 4. Luke v. 25. Acts ix. 33. seq. KaracXuw, f. i^w, (K\V'CW to dash,)
Iv John v. 3. absol. ver. 6 Luc. Ica- dash down upon, i. e. to overflow, to
to
rom. 31 Ka.Ta.Kf.iTai voa&v. Demosth. in flood, Pass. 2 Pet. iii. 6 6 rore KOOUOQ
Conon. JIVIKO. ao^ttvSiv iyio KartKfifirjv. Krara/cXu0 S't
p

aTrwXtro. Sept. for

b)
to recline sc. at table in the ori- Job xiv. 19. Jer. xlvii. 2. Diod.
ental manner, see in 'AvaKtipca no. 2. Bfe.1. 19. Xen. Ven.5. 4.
Mark xiv. 3. Luke v.29. c. tv Markii.
15. 1 Cor. viii. 10. A then. 1. 19. p. 23. a flood, deluge, spoken of Noah's
C. Xen. Conv. 1. 14. c. tv Luc. Tox.44. w,)
flood, Matt. xxiv. 38, 39. Luke xvii. 27.
Xen. An. 6. 1. 4.
2 Pet. ii. 5. Sept. for ^373 Gen. vi. 17.
6 sq Jos. Ant. Diod. Sic.
KaraicAaw, w,f. a, (icXaw,) to break vii.
1. 10.
1. 3. 6.

down, to break in pieces, e. g. TOVQ aprouc;

Mark vi. 41. Luke ix. 16. Jos. Ant. 2.
, w, f. J7<rw, (Kara.
14. 4. Dem. 1251.23. intens. tofollow closely, c.
aKoXow3a),)
dat. Acts xvi. 17. absol. Luke xxiii. 55.
KaraicXaw, f. Vw, (fcXttw,) to shut to
sc. a door, to close, Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 10.
Pol. 6. 42. 2. trop. Jos. Ant. 6. 7. 4
Pol. 2. 56. 2.
In N. T. of a person, pp. to shut down,
in a subterranean prison, and genr. like f. ^(a, (icoTrrw,) to hew
,

Engl. to shut up, to confine, e. g. TIVO. tv or cut down, to cut in pieces, Pol. 5. 25.
vXaKy Luke iii. 20. Acts xxvi. 10 where 3. Xen. H. G. 1.5.3. InN.T. genr.
text. rec. c. dat. 0vXa/caTc. Sept. c. iv and intens. to beat, to cut, to wound,
for N^>3 Jer. xxxii. 3 Wisd. xvii. 2 c. trans. Mark v. 5 KaraKoirTuv iavrbv \i-
aat. Hdian. 5. 8.12 c. tv. Xen. An. 5.2. $ s , . Plut. Agesil. 36. Xen. Mag. Eq.
18 c. i'
c. 4.5.

w, f. >/o-a>,

distrib. KXijpooorew,
K\t]pooTt] fr. (tXjjjpof fr. to cast down from apreci-
 K 425

pice, to cast down headlong, trans. Luke 16. Sept. for 12553 Gen. i. 28. Nam.
iv. 29 tii
6(ppvog TOV opov .... wore xxxii. 29. Diod. Sic. 14. 64.
KciTaKpiipviaai avrov. Sept. for ^JJlEn KaraXaXt'tu, w, f. 7(rfa>, (XaXlw,) to
2 Chr. xxv. 12. Jos. Ant. 9. 9. 1. Dio'd.
speak against, i. e. to speak evil of, to
Sic. 4. 31. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.7.
slander, seq. gen. Buttm. 132. 5. 3.
James iv. 11 ter, fir} KaraXaXslre aXXrjXuv
KaraKpi/ma, aroe, , (iraraKpiVw,)
judgment against, condemnation, Rom.
K. T. X. 1 Pet. ii. 12. iii. 16. Sept. for
v. 1C, 18. viii. 1. Ps. xliv. 17. 151 Ps. Ixxviii. 19.
Hesych. Karaicpi/xa C]13
Luc. Asin. 12. c. ace. Pol. 3. 90. 6.

to give
Karaicptvw, f. vw, (x-pcVw,) KaraXoXt'o, af, >}, (/caraXaXlw,) a
judgment against, to condemn, construed speaking against, evil speaking, slander,
in Greek writers with a gen. of pers. 2 Cor. xii. 20. 1 Pet. ii. 1. Wisd.i. 11.
and ace. of punishment, Matth. 378. Test. XJI Patr. p. 678. A word of the
p. 094 pen. later Greek, Thorn. Mag. p. 565.
a) pp. and in N. T. seq. ace. of pers.
et dat. of punishment, Matt. xx. 18 icara-
KaraXaXoc* ou, o, T/, adj. (KaraXa-
Xw,) speaking -against, as subst. a slan-
Kpivovviv avrbv SavaTtp, they shall con-
derer, a backbiter, Rom. i. 20.
demn him to death. Matt. x. 33. 2 Pet.
seq. ace. of pers. et infin. Mark aor.
ii.6. f.
Xy^o/iaf,
xiv. 64 KaTtKpivov avTbv ilvai ivo\ov 2 KitTtXapov (KCLTO. to take, to re-
intens.J
Savarov. Hist, of Sus. 41. Xen. Hi. 7. ceive, sc. with the idea of eagerness etc.
trans.
10. Seq. ace. of pers. the crime or
punishment being implied, John viii. 10 a) pp. to lay hold of, to seize, with the
ovfoif of. ver. 11. Rom. ii. 1. idea of eagerness, suddenness, e. g. a
KctTiKpivtv }

absol. Rom viii. 34. Pass. Matt, xxvii. criminal, John viii. 3, 4 aurj) 17
3. [James v.
9.]
of the last judgment
Mark xvi. 16. 1 Cor. xi. 32. Trop. l. H.An. 11. 15quotedin
Rom. viii. 3 Karixptve TIJV afiapriav iv ry Luc. Conv. 32.) So of an evil spirit
hath condemned, passed sen-
trapict i. e.
which seizes, takes possession ofo. demo-
tence upon, all carnal lusts and passions, niac, Mark ix. 18. ^El. V. H. 3. 9.
in antith. to ver. 1 comp. vi. 1 sq. ; Trop of darkness, evil, to come suddenly
Hist, of Sus. xlviii. Hdian. 7. 6. 7. upon, John xii. 35 'Iva fifi oKoria vp.a.Q
to condemn sc. by con- KaraXafiy. 1 Thess. v. 4
b) by impl. rjfitpa. Sept.
for pni Gen. xix. 19. sa K.
trast, i. e. to shew by one's good conduct xviii.
1

that others are guilty of misconduct and 44 Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 6. Arr" Exp. Alex.
deserve condemnation, seq. ace. Matt. 1.5.17. Pol. 9. 18.3.
xii. 41, 42. Luke xi. 31, 32. Heb. xi. b)
in allusion to the public
games, to
7. Pass. Rom. xiv. 23. obtain the prize, with the idea of
sc.

eager and strenuous exertion, to grasp,

/,
to seize upon. Rorn. ix. 30. 1 Cor. ix.
condemnation, 2 Cor. iii. 9. In the sense
24 ovrat Tpt\iTi, 'iva KaTaXd(3jiT SC. ro
of censure, blame, vii. 3.
Ppa(3t~iov. Phil. iii. 12 bis, ^tw/cw Sk t e.
f. Kai icaraXd(3w
Karafcuptcuw, [ro Ppafitiov ver. 14], e0' $
to lord it against e. over any KctTtXrjQiyTjv virb TOV Xpicrrov, i. e. for
i. KCII
one,
i. e. which very end I also have been won as
to exercise authority over, a prize by Christ, ver. 13.
a) genr. comp. Hdot.
seq. gen. Matt. xx. 25 ol dp^ovr^ T&V 6. 39. Thuc. 3. 30.
tev&v KaraKvpitvovviv avrStv. Mark x. c) trop.
to seize with the mind, to
4:2. 1 Pet. v. 3.
Sept. for Jer. iii. ^n comprehend, John i. 5 77 de aKoria ov
14. ^'73 Ps. xix. 14 Ecclus. xvii. 4. KarkXaptv avro. Clem. Alex. Strom. 1.
Not found in classic writers in this 16 KaraXaupdvetv TO /tsytS'Of rj/f dXtf-
sense. ^eiac. Hence Mid. to comprehend for
b) by impl. to get the mastery of, to oneself, to perceive, to find, seq. on, Acts
overpower, to subdue, seq. gen. Acts xix. IV. 13 KarctXafiofitvoi on av^^
 426 KaraXujua

inf. xxv. v. 31. Matt. xvi. 4. xxi. 17. c. predic.

petrol tlfft. x. 34. seq. ace. et
Luke x. 40. Of Luke v.
25. rt indie. Eph. iii. 18. c. brt ATT. fiovos things,
1. 5. 6. c. ace. Pol. 1. 61. 3. 28 KctTaXnruv aVavra. Acts vi. 2. 2 Pet.
Epict.
ii. 15. Sept. for :ny Gen. ii. 24. xliv.
22. Deut. xxxi. 17. Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 5.
cfoum, Mid. to lie down sc. to sleep. Hdian. 3. 3. 12. Xen. An. 3. 1. 2.
Horn. Od. 14. 520. ib. 19. 44. to lay to leave remaining, i. q. to have left,
c)
down or out sc. apart from others, i. e. to reserve, Rom. xi. 4 K. i/taury ?rra-
to select, Xen. Ag. 1. 23. In N. T. to from 1 K. xix. 18
KI<TX, avSpag, quoted
i. e. to
lay down to or among others, where Sept. for TNlTirT. Pass. Heb. iv. '

reckon under or to a number, to enrol, 1. Xen. Ag. 5. 1.'

Pass. 1 Tim. v. 9 __ Pol. 2. 24. 14. Xen.
KctTGlX(<3'Q(i)) f Qffh), \KCLT& ITl
Cyr. 3. 4. 11.
pp. to stone down, i. q. Xt3dw h*it
tens.)
aroc, stronger, to stone to death, trans. Lnke
a remnant, Ecclus. xliv. 17. In N. T. xx. 6 Comp. Sept. Ex. xvii. 4. Num.
by impl. a small part, few. Rom. ix. 27 xiv. 10.

KardXtififia (rwS^aerai, quoted from Is.

X.
KaraXXayr), f)c >>
22 where Sept. for
exchange, sc. of money Dem. 1216. 18.
aor. 1 In N. T. reconciliation, i. e. restoration
u, f. $<*>, (XeiVw,)
Ka.TiXti\l/a Actsvi. 2, a later form, Lob. to the divine favour. Rom. v. 11 &
ad Buttm. Ausf. ou vvv rrjv fear. sXa/3o/i/. 2 Cor. v. 18,
Phryn. p. 713 sq.
114. II. p. 181. pp. toleave
19. Rom. xi. 15 jcaraXXay?) Kooyiov,
Sprachl.
down to one's heirs, i. e. to leave behind i. e. the means, occasion of reconciling
so as to descend to them, Horn. Od. 1. the world to God. genr. 2 Mace. v. 20.
243. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 10. -Hence genr. Dem. 10. 15.

and in N. T. to leave behind, pp. at one's KarciXXacro-w V. TTW, f. <>, (X-

departure, trans. Xd<T(rw,) to change against any thing, to

e. g. at death, Mark xii. 19icat
a) pp. exchange for e. g. money Hdian. 2. 13.
KctTeXiire
yvvdiKa. Luke xx. 31. Sept. 12. In N. T. to change towards, i. e.
Deut. xxviii. 64. Palseph. 32. 7. Epict. one person towards another, to reconcile
Fragm. 145 ed. Schweigh. Genr. in to any one, from iaX-
(thus differing
any place, trans. Matt. xiv. 52 Karaknr^v Xdo-(Ta> which implies mutual change,

rr\v aivdova. John viii. 9. Seq. E> c. dat. Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 101 sq.) c. c.
of place, Luke XV. 4. oy KaraXt'nrei TO, ace. et dat. 2 Cor. v. 18, 19 Koapov icar-
iw. iv Ty {primp. 1 Thess. iii. 1 tv aXXdffatav eavry. Pass. aor. 2 carr;X-
'ASiivaiQ. Tit. i. 5. seq. avrov there Xdy?jj/ to be or become reconciled to any
Acts xviii. 19. seq. c/e $Sov Acts ii. 31 Rom. v. 10 bis,
one, c. dat. KanjXXdy^Ev
see in Ei'g no. 4. So c. ace. and predi- ry Srtqi K. T. X. 1 Cor. vii. 11. 2 Cor
cate of condition, Acts xxiv. 27 KartXnre v. 20. 2 Mace. i. 5. Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 8.
TOV IlavXov deBifjitvov. xxv. 14. Sept. for Xen. An. 1. 6. 2.

2Ty Gen. xxxix. 12, 13. Josh. viii. 17 --

Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 5. c. lv JEL V. H. 13 , ou, o, 77, (XoiTrof,) left
Xen. Cyr. over, remaining, Plur. ol KaraXonroi the
2. 1. 4. 17. c. pred. Hdian.
8. 8. 16. rest, the residue, Acts. xv. 17 quoted from
Am. ix. 12 where Sept. for rnwri. So
b) in the sense of to leave, to quit
for Ezra iii. 8. iiv Deut. iii. 13.
wholly, to forsake, i.q.XtiTrw but stronger.
n>Jii5'

PoL2.ll. 6.
(a) of place, Matt. iv. 13 icaroXiTrwi/ TTJV
Na^apeS-. Heb. xi. 27. So by impl. KaraXv/ia, aroc, TO, (jcaraXvw,)
31^ Sam. xxxi. pp. a place where one puts up, lodgirig-
Acts xxi. 3. Sept. for 1
7. Hdian. 8. 2. 10. XenVAn. 4. 2. 7. place, inn, in the East a menzil, hhin^
Hence of persons and things, to leave, caravanserai, comp. Calmet p. 10. Jahn
to forsake, sc. so as to have
nothing 110. Luke ii. 7 OVK ffv avroiQ TOTTOI,' v
more to do with them. Matt. xix. 5 K. TOV ry KaraXvfiaTt. By synecd. Mark xiv.
ipa Kai rr\v ptjTtpa. Mark X. 7. Eph. 14 et Luke xxii. 11 TTOV tart TO
 KaraAuo) 427 Karavotw

i. e. a room where we may sup and 18. Sept. for iin Jer. xv. 17.
lodge. Sept. for -p^tt Ex. iv. 24. rDtt& Mic. Mace. xii. 36. ThucVl!
vii. 14. 1

1 Sam. ix. 22 __ Ecclus. xiv. 25. Pol. 2. 32, 37. Comp. Buttm. $ 115. n. 5, and
36. 1. Diod. S. 14. 93. see in Kara II. 1. d. y.

KaraXuw, f. "<ra>, to &>os<?n

(Xuw,) aro, to, (icard
down, i. e.
intens.)
a curse against any one, i. q.
#o dissolve, to disunite the parts
a) pp. avdStpa but stronger. Meton. accursed
of any thing ; hence spoken of build-
thing, for concr. one accursed Rev. xxii.
ings etc. to throw down, to destroy, c. ace. 3, in text. rec. See in Karaf/ia.
Matt. xxvi. 61 KaraXucrai rov vaov, and so
xxvii.40. Mark xiv. 58. xv.29. Actsvi.14. Karava3"6jL(ar (<i>, f. i<ra>, (<cara
So Matt.xxiv. 2. Mark xiri.2. Luke xxi.6. intens.) to
utter curses against, i. e. to

2 Cor. r. 1. trop. Gal. ii. 18. Sept. for curse,i.

q. avaf/*art'u> but stronger,
Chald. -1J1D Ezra v. 12. Hdian. 8. 4. 4. Matt. xxvi. 74 in text. rec. See in
Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 1. 9. Metaph. to

destroy, to put an end

render vain, to, to
KaravaAt'<ncw, f. XWCTW, (icara intens.)
e. g. rbv voftov Matt. v. 17 bis. Zpyov to consume sc. wholly, i. q. dvaXiV/cw but
Acts v. 38, 39. Rom. xiv. 20. 2 Mace.
stronger, e. g. of a fire, absol. Heb. xii.
ii. 22. Diod. Sic. 12. 80. Xen. Mem. 4.
29 TTVO KUTavaXifficov. Sept. for ^3^
4. 14. Cyr. 1. 1. 1. Lev. vi. 10. Deut. iv. 24 __ Diod. Sic.
b) to unbind, e. g. rot-e 'iirirovs from a 17. 108. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 22
chariot Horn. Od. 4. 28. Hence of ca-
ravans, travellers, etc. to halt for rest or Karavapicaw, w, f. tjtrto, (xrara,
for the night, to put up for the n'ujht, vapicaw,) become torpid against, i. e. to
to

when the beasts of burden are unhar- the detriment of any one, intrans.

nessed and unloaded, Sept. for hence in Paul's writings i. q. to be bur-

Gen. jfta
xlii. 27. xliii. 21. Xen. An. 1. 6. 1.
densome to any one, e. g. in a pecuniary
In N. T. genr. to lodge, to take lodging, sense, seq. gen. 2 Cor. xi. 8. xii. 13, 14
ou KaTavapKrjffu vp.u>v. COmp. Buttm.
intrans. Luke ix. 12. xix. 7 aVijXSe
132. 5. 3. 147. n. 12. Matth. 378.
KCLTciXveai. Sept. for -p^ Gen. xxiv. 23,
25. Luc. Asin. 4, 17. Time. 1. 136. Hesych. KartvdpKTjffa- ifldpvva. ib.
ov KaTt^doi]oa.
Ka.TtvdpKT]<T(f In
ov
KarctjuavS'ava), f. /ia.&^o-o/iat, (/cara Greek writers found only in the pas-
to learn thoroughly, fully, Xen.
sive, Passow s. voc.
intens.)
(Ec. 11. 6. In N. T. to note accu- According to Je-
rome its use here is a Cilicism of Paul,
rately, to observe, to consider, c. ace.
Algas. Qu. 10. See Wetstein N. T. II.
Matt. vi. 28 K. TO. Kpiva TOV dypov. Sept.
p. 206.
for rwiT Gen. xxxiv. 1. Lev. xiv. 37 __
Ecclus. ix. 5. Arr. A. M. 5. 11. 2. Dem. Karavcuwj ev<rw, (vfvw,) to nod
f.

660. 22. or wink towards any one, i. e. to make

signs to any one, with the head, eyes,
Kara/iaprupe'd), w, f. J<TW,
etc. to beckon, c. dat. Luke v. 7. Horn.
to witness against, to testify
against any Od. 15. 462 Luc. Asin. 48. Pol. 39.
sq.
one, seq. gen. Buttm. 132. 5. 3. Matth.
1.3.
* 378. Matt. xxvi. 62. xxvii. 13. Mark
xiv. 60. xv. 4. Sept. for *>K TVn Karavotto, w, f. ^<rw, (icara intens.
K. xxi. n n$y Job xv. to see or discern distinctly, to per-
1 10, 13. 6. volw,)
Hist, of Sus. 43. Dem. 1115. 26. ceive clearly, trans.

a) pp. Matt. vii. 3 SOKOV ov Karavotiq ;

),
f. v<3, (ara intens.)
to
Luke vi. 41. Acts xxvii. 39. trop. Luke
remain fixedly, to abide, to dwell, intrans.
XX. 23 /e. rr\v Travovofiav. Sept. for
Acts i. 13. Sept. for 3irh Num. xx. 1. B"3n Ps. xci. 8. 2 Mace. ix. 25. Xen.
Josh. ii. 22 Judith xvi.'s. Xen. Cyr.
Cyr. 3. 2. 2. trop. Xen. An. 7. 7. 45.
7. 1. 45.
b)
i.
q. to mind accurately, to observe,
adv. (icara, to consider. Luke xii. 24 K. TOVQ KonaKa^.
alone, by oneself, Mark iv. 10. Luke ix. ver. 27 rd Kniva. Acts vii. 31, 32. xi.6.
 Karavrutu 428 -oraTrauw

Hob. iii. 1. James i. 23, 24. Sept. for seq. gen. TIIQ paaiXtiac TOV Seov 2 Thess.
n*O Is. v. 12. Num. xxxii. 8, 9. Jos. i. 5.
seq. infin. Luke xx. 35. xxi. 36.
Ant. 3. 14. 1. Luc. Demon. 20. Xen. Acts v. 41. c. gen. Jos. Ant. 16. 3. 8.

Hi. 1. 22. In the sense of to have res- Diod. Sic. 2. 60. c. inf. Dem. 1383. 11.

pect to, to regard. Rom. iv. 19 ov KO.T-

f. to
a>,
tvorjffe TO iavTov <rwpa K. T. X. Heb. X. tread down, to trample down, trans. Matt.
24. Sept. for Is. Ivii. 1.
yon Xen. V. 13. vii. 6/ir/Trore KaTairaTrjaujffiv avroif
Cyr. 3. 3. 35. VTTO role TTOOTIV ctvT&v. Luke viii. 5. xii. 1.

j to, f. vjffw, (icara, avrona

Sept. for DpiT 2 Chr. xxv. 18. Ez. xxxiv.
fr. lit. to come down against, i. e.
18. Pol. "l. 34. 5. Xen. Ag. 1. 15.
aim',)
to come down to or upon, to arrive at Metaph. as a mark of scorn and con-
a place, etc. Acts XX. 15 Karrjvrrjffa^ev tempt, Heb. x. 29 TOV v\bv TOV Siov. 1

Mace. iii. 51. Horn. II. 4. 157.

dvTiKpv Xi'ou we arrived over against
Chios. Elsewhere in N. T, always
with tj'c c. ace. Acts xvi. 1 Kanijj/rjjo-e tie a resting, rest, 2 Mace. xv. 1. In N. T.
Afpprjv at Derbe. xviii. 19, 24. xxi. 7. from the Heb. rest, i. e. place of rest,
xxv. 13. xxvii. 12. xxviii. 13. 2 Mace. fixed above, dwelling, comp. in Kara-
iv.44. Palseph. 15. 2. Diod. Sic. 3. 34. Trawa* a. j3. So Acts vii. 49 r/ TOTTOQ
Of things, to come or be brought to any TTJ icaTaTT. nov, and what the place of my

one, seq. tig 1 Cor. xiv. 36. to come upon, rest,abode ? i. e. of God in allusion to
to happen to, i.e. in the time of any one, a temple, quoted from Is. Ixvi. 1 where
seq. tic 1 Cor. x. 11 __ Pol. 6. 4. 12. Sept. for TTQE), as also Ps. cxxxii. 14
Trop. to attain to any thing, the pos- where God is represented as searching
session of it, seq. i, i.
q. to obtain. through the earth and selecting Zion as
Acts xxvi. 7 tig r}v (tTrayytXiaj/) .... his dwelling-place, comp. Ecclus. xxiv.
tXiri^tt KaravTrjaai. Eph. iv. 13. Phil. iii. 6 sq. Baruch iii. 20 sq. Also of the rest
11. c. Trpof 2 Mace. vi. 14. els Pol. or fixed and quiet abode of the Israelites
4. 34. 2. in the promised land after their wan-

derings, Heb. iii. 11, 18 et iv. 3, 5 d

tiaiXtvffovTcti tig Tqv KaTairavGiv fiov i. e.
q. v.) pp. a piercing through, trop. vehe-
the rest which I have promised, quoted
ment pain, grief, Hesych. Karavv^i^ q
from Ps. xcv. 11 where Sept. for rnSto.
XuTrr/. So in profane writers. But
as also Dent. xii. 9. See in Katrot.
Sept. has the verb KaraviWw for Heb.
Hence trop. the rest, quiet abode of those
Efcl to be silent, dumb, Lev. x. 3.
Ps. iv. 5. al. for t&M id. Dan. x. 15,
who shall dwell with God in heaven, in

and for tn"i? to lie" in deep sleep,

allusion to the rest of the sabbath, Heb.
stupor, Dan. x. 9. Hence also Sept.
iv. 1, 3, 10, 11. Comp. Wisd. iv. 7. Act,
Thorn. 36.
KcirawZiQ for Heb. rrttTni3 deep sleep,
fttupor, Ps. Ix. 3 and Is. xxix. 10, which KaretTrauo), f. <, (Trauw,)
to quiet
last passage Paul quotes in Rom. xi. 8 down, i. e.

fSttiKCV CtVTOlQ 6 StOf TTVfVfia KCtTCLVvZltaQ. a) trans, (a) pp. to cause to cease, to
Others derive it in this sense from make desist, and so to restrain. Acts xiv.
18 poXis KctTtiravvav rove oxXovg. So
Sept. Job xxvi. 12 where Heb. y:n. Sept.
V. rrw, f.
forfpKPs. Ixxxv. 4. PoLl.9.8. Dem.
intens.) to prick through, to pierce, Pass. 808. 14. to cause to rest, to give rest
(/3)
metaph. to be greatly pained, to be deeply i. e. to bring into the state of rest and
to,
moved. Acts ii. 37 KaTtvvyrjGav nj Kap-
happiness of those who dwell with God,
Si$. Sept. for ntfrp Ps. cix. 16.
Heb. iv. 8, coll. ver. 1. 9. The allusion
Ecclus. xiv. 1. Hesych. isto Joshua's giving rest, i. e. quiet pos-
session and dwelling, to the Israelites
<T, f. , (tcard intens. in the promised land, Sept. for ITOT
to count
aow,) worthy o/'any thing, in Josh. i. 13, 15. xxii. 4. genr. Xen. Yen.
N. T. only Pas.?, to he counted worthy.
 429 Kara/cm

b) intrans.
from the Heb. to cease KaraTrXEw, f. u<ru>, (TrXtw,)
to sail
from, to rest from, seq. CLTTO c. gen. Heb. down, from the high sea to land,
sc.

iv. 4 KctTtiravfffv 6 5f>o cnrb TT. r. tpywv comp. Karayw b j to sail to any place,
wroD. ver. 10. So Sept. for-jE rQU) Gen. to come by ship to, seq. tic Luke viii. 26.
ii. 2, 3. n^D Gen. xlix. 32. Ex. xxxi. 17. Pol. 1. 53. 2. Xen. II. G. 1. 4. 11.
Test. XII Patr. p. 541 KaTcuravffti r/ y//
j
f- i]<*u, (Troj'fw,) to
OTTO rapax'lc. The form is jcara-
classic
work down, to wear down by labour, Plut.
TraviaSai TLVOQ, comp. Passow sub v. Alex. M. 40. In N. T. Pass. trop. to
Matth. 355. 4, and n. 1.
be weary, oppressed, afflicted, Acts vii.
KaraTTtraoyia, aroe, (jcara- > 24. 2 Pet. ii. 7. 2 Mace. viii. 2. ^El.
a covering, veil, which hangs
irtTdvvvut,^ V. H. 3. 27. Diod. Sic. 13. 51.
down, Act. Thoin. 11 TO Ka.TcnriTa.ana
fr.
TOV vvpq&voQ. In N. T. 7, curtain,
i'?w

sc. of the tabernacle and temple, of JTOVTOQ sea,) to sink in the sea, trans.
which there were two, viz. one before Mid. to sink, intrans. Matt. xiv. 30. Pass.

the external entrance, Heb. genr. Matt, xviii. 6 to be sunk, drowned,

7JDE) Sept.
KaTaTriTaffua Ex. xxvi. 37. xl. 6. Jos. sc. iv r irtXayti TIJC SaXaero^f, where
and the other before the the allusion the punishment of
is to
B. J. 5. 5. 4 ;

holy of holies separating it from the

drowning, practised by the Egyptians,
outer sanctuary, Heb. rcnb Sept. r- Greeks, and Romans, though apparently
atrtTaaua Ex. xxvi. 31. xxvii. 21. xl. 3.
not by the Jews. See Casaubon ad
Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 5. Comp. Wetstein N.T.
Sueton. Octav. c. 67. Wetstein N.T. I.
Hence TO rara7rtra<r/m TOO p. 441. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 274. Cic.
I. p. 539.
vaov be either the outer or inner Or. pro Sex. Rose. Am. 25, 26 __ Jos.
may
Mark xv. 33. Luke
Matt, xxvii. 51. Ant. 14. 15. 10. Diod Sic. 16. 35 TOVQ
veil,
ft d\Xovf fcf ItpOffvXovg KaTtTtovTiat, Plut.
xxiii. 45. But TO StCrtpov nar. the second
Timol. 13. Pol. 2. CO. 8. The Atticists
or inner veil, Heb. ix. 3. Trop. Heb. vi.
19 TO TOO Ka.Ta.TrtTdanaTo that seem to prefer the form /caraTrorraw, Lob.
icrit)Ttpov
within the i.e. the inner sanctuary,
ad Phryn. p. 361.
veil,

holy of holies in the heavenly temple, Karaoa, a^, /> (*ara intens. apa,)
comp. ver. 20 and x. 19. So Heb. x.
pp. imprecation against, i. e.
20 where it is emblematic of the body and genr. imprecation, cursing.
a) pp.
and death of Jesus. James iii. 10 in T. a. oro/mrof t^tp^frai
KaraTTn'G), f. Triouai, (TTIVW,)
to
tvXojia leal icarapa. Sept. for Gen.
H^p '

drink dotvn, to swallow down sc. as in

drinking, i.
q. in Engl. to swallow up, 16.31.7. Plut. Timol. 5.
trans. b) from the Heb. curse, i. e. a devot-
a PP of persons, etc. Matt, xxiii. 24 ing or dooming to utter destruction, see
)
Triv t
icajur/Xof Kara/nvovrtf. 1 Pet. V. in 'AvdStua, and hence condemnation,
B. Sept. for yjaT Jon. ii, Tob.
1. vi. 2. doom y punishment. Gal. iii. 10 virb KUTU-
JEl. V. H. 1. 3. Luc. D. Marin. 14. 3.
pav tiffi are subject to the curse, i. q.
Of things, e. g. the earth, to absorb, tTTifcaraparot. ver. 13 bis, tic Tf) Kardpas
Rev. (Diod. Sic. 1. 32.) of the
xii. 16. TOV vofiov, ytvoutvog virip I'lfiutv icarapa,
sea, to overwhelm, to drown, Heb. xi. 29. i. e. from the curse, doom f which the

(Pol. 2.41. 7.) metaph. 2 Cor. v. 4. law threatens, being himself made a
trop. to overwhelm, to destroy, 1 Cor. curse for us, i. e. meton. accursed, i. q.
b)
XV. 54. 2 Cor. ii. 7 XvTry KctTairoSy 6 liriKaTupaTog. 2 Pet. ii. 14 KaTapas TtKva
TOIOVTOQ. jEschin. 13. 29 K. Tt]v i. e. on whom the curse abides. So
overlay. Sept. for n^$ Dan. ix. 11. n^p Judg.
KaraTTiTTrw, f. irtvovfixi, ix. 57. Deut." xxviii. 15,45. nn^X? Prov.
to fall iii. 33. Mai. ii. 2 Also of the' earth,
down, e. g. prostrate, tit; TI}V yrjv
Acts xxvi. 14. vtKpov xxviii. 6. Sept. Heb. vi. 8 yi; icarapug tyyvQ near
. . .

for bp^ Ps. cxlv. 14. Ecclus. vii. 3. to the curse, almost accursed, i. e.
Xen. Mem.3.3. 5. doomed to sterility. So Gen. iii. 17
 Karapaojueu
430 KarapTT/tot;

comp. Gal. v. 4 Ko.Tnpyii$iirf airb TOV Xptorov ye

n721$n niVW, Sept. sTriKardparof,
Y. &. riii.21. have withdrawn, apostatised, from Christ.
Theophyl. well, ovSipiav icoivuviav
f. d<ro/iac,
Karapaojuat, wjnat, TOV X.
twsA or
70
depon. Mid. (dpao^ai,) pp.
i. e. to wish evil to,
pray against any one, a, f.
to curse, c. ace. e. g. opp. to evXoytlv, to number under or among, Pass. Acts i.

Matt. V. 44 rove rarapw/icvouf i>/*aff. 17 Karjpi3/i7j^>oc yv iv rjfuv. Sept. for

Luke vi. 28. Rom. xii. 14. James iii. 9. EiTTTirT 2 Chr. xxxi. 19. Diod. Sic. 4.
So Sept. for l^N Gen. xii. 3. Num. 85."Plut. Solon, p. 84. D.
xxiv. 9 __ c. ace. Xen. An. 5. 6. 4. oftener
c. dat. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 2. Diod. Sic. 1. 45. Kara/orta>, f. *0*>, (xrara intens.
Xen. An. 7. 7. 48. From the Heb. to a/ori^w, aprioc,) to make fully ready, to

curse, i. e. to devote to destruction, put hi full order, to make complete, trans.

So of a fig-tree of what is broken,
comp. in Kardpa b. .a) pp. (a) espec.
Mark injured, etc. which is also the more
xi. 21, comp. in Karapa b ult.
Pass. part. i.
usual classic sense, to refit, to repair, to
Karjjpa/uvoc accursed, q.
^TTtieardparoc, Matt.xxv.41. comp.Buttm. mend, e. g. rd tiiKTva Matt. iv. 21. Mark
Deut. xxi. i. 19. Sept. for Chald. 5qiX5 Ezra iv.
$ 113. n. 6. Sept. for n^p Arr. Epict. 3. 20/10. Diod.
Job 12, 13, 16.
23. Ecclus. iii. 16. Sept. for ^j?ri
xxiv. 18. Wisd. xii. 11.
Sic. 12. 3. Hdot. 5. 106. Trop. of a
person in error, to restore, to set right,
w, f. "h, (KCITO. c. vi.
Gal.vi. 1. Plut. Marcell. 10. By
(/3)
trans, to render inactive, idle,
dpysw,) impl. and in the proper force of Kara,
useless, trans to make perfect, i. e. such as one should
a) pp.
e. g. of land, to spoil, Luke xiii. 7 Of persons,
be, deficient in no part.
Wart Kat rt]v y/Ji'iearapytT. Comp. icarap- Luke vi. 40. 2 Cor. xiii. 11 icarapri'^ea.&e
ytiv to let remain idle Eurip.
x T oa c be ye perfect. 1 Pet. v. 10. seq. tv TIVI
,

Phoen. 760 or 765. Comp. dpyog of land

in any thing, Heb. xiii. 21 icarapricrat
Aristot. (Ec. 2. Diod. Sic. 19. 42. 1 Cor. i. 10:
v/zaf iv TT.
tpyy dyaS^J.
Trop. tomake without effect, to makevain, Pol. 5. 2. 11 Ma/ce doves Tai ipfaiaif
void, fruitless, e. g. TJJV iriamv TOV Stov Of things, e. g. rd uore-
KaTrjpTHTfjitvoi.
Rom. iii. 3. vopov ver. 31. Eph. ii. 15. to fill out, to supply, 1 Thess.
pr//*ara,
iTrayyfXiav Rom.
Gal. iii. 17.
iv. 14.
iii. 10.
Hence by impl. to debase, 1 Cor. i. 28.
b) genr. to prepare, to set in order, to
to cease, to do
b) to impl. to cause constitute, in N. T. only in Pass, and
,

away, to put an end to, 1 Cor. vi. 13. xiii. Mid. Rom. ix. 22 (nctvij bpyijc KCITTJO-
11 KaTrjpyrjKa TO. TOV vijTriov I put away Tifffiva ti'f airtoXtiav. Matt. xxi. 6 K. alvor,
childish things. Sept. for ^1221 to make from Ps. 3 where Sept. for nc^.
viii.
desist, Ezraiv. 21,23. Hence to abolish, Heb. x. 5 a body
<7w/ia dt Krar^pritrw fioi,
to destroy, Rom. vi. 6 TO auifia r?/e d/iap-
hast thou prepared for me sc. as a sacri-
rt'af. 1 Cor. xv. 24 orav Karapyijo-y
fice to thee, quoted from Ps. xl. 7 Sept.
iracav apxfiv K. T. \. ver. 26. 2 Thess. ii.
where the Heb. is different. Heb. xi. 3
8. 2 Tim. i. 10. Heb. ii. 14. Test.
KaTijpTivSai rot'f aiwvac pr]fiaTi &ou i. e.
XII Patr. p. 731 KaTapyi]<rti BfXinp KOLI
were created and set in order, comp.
rove viripiTovvTag aur<. Just. Mart, de
Sept. Ps. Ixxiv. 16 <rv icarijprtW ijXtov
Resurr. p. 242. Pass. icaropyEo/*ai,
Kal fft\nvnv for Heb. -psn. Ps. Ixxxix.
ovpai, to cease, to be done away, 1 Cor. 38. Diod. Sic. 11.75. Pol. 1.21.4.
ii. 6. xiii. 8 bis, fir Trpo^f/reTat, Karapy/-
Sr/ffoi/rai K. T. X. ver. 10. 2 Cor. iii. 7,
perfection, i. e. the being made or be-
11, 13, 14. Gal. V. 11. So Karapyeo/uai
OTTO rii/oy, to cease from, i. e. to cease be- coming perfect, 2 Cor. xiii. 9. Comp. in

ing under or connected with any person

Karapn'w a. /S. Plut. Alex. M. 7.
or thing. E. g. CLTTO TOV vofiov to be a
Karapr^TjLto'c, ou, o, (Karapr.^w,)
freed from a law Rom vii. 2, 6, i. q. eXev- perfecting, i. e. the act of making per-
Sepa ia-n> aro TOV vofiov in ver. 3. Also fect, Eph. iv. 12.
 431 KararrroXr)

-Efb),
f. tiffu), (KO.TO. intens.)
to quoted from Ps. xvi. 9
and fro, e. g. buildings
lake violently to Sept. for pip'.
21. V. H. 3. 16. Thuc. 2. 76. In N. T. 1
? (cara-
>move to and fro, to wave the hand, to act ofpitching a tent, build-
>ekon, sc. as a signal for silence
and a
ing, Sept. for JT05 1 Chr. xxviii. 2.
itention, c. ace. Acts xix. 33 tcarafffiffac totf pitched Diod. 'Sic. 17. 95. In N. T.
<iv \iipa- waving
the hand. c. dat. Acts a dwelling-place, abode, and spoken of
16 KaTctfftiffac ry x 'P* waving with
birds, a haunt, Matt. viii. 20. Luke ix.
iii.

ie hand, also c. dat. of pers. xxi. 40 58. Sept. for -15^ 2 Chr. vi. 21. Symm.
for
pttfa Ps. xivi.
6 Tob. i. 4. 2 Mace.
,eg. ad Cai. 1018. B. ry \- Tos * ' Ant -
xiv. 35.
. 11.2. Heliodor. 4. 16.

shadow down upon, i. e. overshadowt

KaraoxaTrraj, f. $<*, (<miTr.-,) pp.
trans. Heb. ix. 5 Anthol. Gr. I. p. 116.
dig down under a building etc.
> to
Pint. Artax. 18
ndermine, and hence to overth'ow, to
fin.

etc.
estroy, to rase, sc. cities, buildings, tw, w> f- yew, (KCITO.
os. Ant. 4. 8. 46. Hdian. 8. 4. 24. Xen. to vieio
intens.
O-KOTTIW,) accurately, to
G. 2. 2. 23. So in N. T. as quoted
contemplate, Xen. Mem.
I. 2. 1.22. <o in-
rom Sept. e. g. Rom. xi. 3 TO. Siotao- In N. T. with
spect Pol. 10. 20. 2.
rjpia <?ov jfari<riccn//av,
from 1 10 K.. xix.
sinister intent, to spy out, to explme,
rhere Sept. forD^n. Part. pass. Acts xv. trans. Gal. ii. 4 Kara<TKoir!joat T^V l\u-
6 rd KaTtffKanniva, ruins, from Am. ix.
So Sept. for 531 2 Sam.
Stplav vpu>v.
1 where Sept. for x. 3. 1 Chr. xix. 3.

^w, f. "<> (cara intens.) ov> o,

o prepare fully, to put in readiness, a scout, spy, Heb. xi. 31. Sept. for
rans. e. g. a way before an oriental b-17? :
Gen. xiii. 9, 11 Pol. 14.3.7.
nonarch, r/)v btiov Matt. xi. 10. Mark Xen Cyr.
. 3. 3. 25.

.2. Luke vii. 27, quoted from Mai. iii.

f. depon.
, iffopat,
where Heb. HJD, Sept. 7rt/3\7ro^ac. Mid. (<ro0io/iat, (ro^t^w,) pp. to be wise
See in 'Eroi/taw a. Luke i. 17 Xaov
against any one, i. e. to deal subtilely
ar<TKva<r/tvov a people fully prepared with, c. ace.
insidiously, deceitfully,
c. to receive the Messiah. Diod. Sic.
Acts vii. 19 KaraffO(f)i<ra[jievos Tb yevof
. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 4. H. G. 2. 4.
in allusion to Ex. i. 10 where
riptiv,
).
Spoken of buildings, etc. for to
Sept. for Qjnnn.Judith v. 11. Jos.
mild, to construct, e. g. oucov Heb. iii. 3, Ant. vi. 11. 4."Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2. Diod.
k. oKnvr]v ix. 2, 6. *i/3wrov the ark of S. 15. 74.
S"oah xi. 7. 1 Pet. iii. 20. Jos. Ant.
j. 8. 4. Hdian. 5. 6. 14. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. KaraorAXw, f. Xw, (<mXXw,) to
11. Of God, to create, sc. TO. -rravra put or down, to lower, e. g. rag pdj^da f
let

Heb. xl. 28. the fasces Dion. Hal. Ant. Rom. 8. 44.
iii. 4. Sept. for NH3, Is.

tliii. 7 __ Wisd. ix. 2. In N. T. trop. to put down, i.e. to quell,

to assuage, to pacify, e. g. rbv o%\ov
Karacncnvow, Co, f. w<, Acts xix. 35, 36. 2 Mace. iv. 31.
to plant down a tent, i.e. to pitch a tent,
Jos. Ant. 14. 9. 1. Plut, ed. R. VIII.
Diod. Sic. 14. 62. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 2.
p. 162.11.
In N. T. genr. to sojourn, to dwell, and
spoken of birds, to haunt, seq. lv TOIQ
K\d^otf Matt. xiii. 32. Luke xiii. 19. VTTO position, i. e. state, condition, spoken of
Mark iv. 32. So Sept. for pip' external circumstances and deportment,
Tt)v ffKtav
Ps. civ. 12. Dan. iv. 18. coll. Dan. iv. 9. Tit. ii. 3 iv Karaariinari IspoirpfTTti^.

Jos. Ant 3.8. 5. Diod. Sic. xix. 9i 3 Mace. v. 45. Jos. B. J 1. 1. 4. Plut.
lilt. TOll tV Marcell. 23 pen.
7r\f)v KCtTCKTKrjVOVV Ot/CtrtJf.

Pol. 35. 2. 4. Trop. to rest, to remain. KaraaroA?'?, f}c> Vi (jcar<rr!XXw,)

Acts ii. 26 / <rap /act/ KaraffKtjvdjffu ITT' a down, i.
letting e. the letting fall, e. g.
 432

of a garment, the adjustment of it, on or

and around one's person, K. 7Tpi/3oX//f ^w or to slaughter down,
Plut. Pericl. 5. In N. T. collect, for i. e .
genr. to butcher, to kill, trans. rot-

raiment, apparel, 1 Tim. ii. 9 iv Kara- Luke xix. 27. Sept. for :nn
<TTO\V Sept, for nsyp Is. Ixi. Zech. xi. 5. 2 Mace. v. 12. ML V. H.
3. Jos. B. J. 2.8.4. 13.2. Xen. An. 4. 1.23.

Karaorpf'^w, ^ ^w > (or/otyw,)

to f. tVw, (/card intens. )
turn down, to turn under, with a e. g. to seal down e. to, in
i.
Eugl. to seal up,
plough Xen. (Ec. 17. 10. In N. T. to e. g.7-6
(3i(3\iov a book or roll, Rev. v. 1.
overturn, to overthrow, trans. Matt. xxi. 12 Sept. for DJirr Job ix. 7 __ Wisd. ii. 5.
rag Tpairia TU>V KoXXvfiiffTtov. Mark xi. Plut. ed. R. Yin. p 8 o. 3. .

15. So Sept. forTjpn Jobxxviii. 9. Hag.

ii.22. Anthol. Gr* III. p. 38. Also K. , >
. .

rdc TroXcTf to destroy Jos. Ant. 2. 10. 2. a possession, i. e. thing possessed, in

Diod. Sic. 16.71. N. T. a dwelling, land. Acts vii. 5 Sovvai
/
Ka.Taaxf.aiv ai/Trjv SC. TTJV yyv. ver. 45
KaraarpTjvmw, <5, f. dffio,(orp/;- iv Ty icaraffxifffi, see in 'Ev no. 4. So
vidut q. to revel against, to run riot Gen. xvii. 8. Neh. xi. 3.
v.) Sept. for njrw
against any one, seq. gen. 1 Tim. v. 11 Ps. ii. 8. Judith ix. 13. Jos. Ant. 9. 1.2.
orav yap KaTaffTprjvidffuxri TOV Xptorof',
f. ^o
against Christ, i. e. they lead a life of /, -Sr;<ra>, (r/S-jj/u,) put
or /y or deposit, trans.
luxury and gaiety in neglect of Christ, rfo?07z,

to the detriment of his cause. Comp. a) pp. e. g. in a tomb, Mark xv. 46

Matth. 378. Buttm. 132. 5. 3. Basil. KaTiSrrjKtv avrov iv fivt]fitiy. ^El. V. H.
13. 2. genr. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 2. Xen. Eq.
Ep. ad Amphil. III. p. 28. C. Nicet.
6. 7.
Annal. XIX. 4. 368. D. Comp. Lob. ad
Phr. p. 381. See more in b) Mid. to deposit for oneself, i.
q. in
Engl. to lay up for future use, genr. Xen.
Cyr. 7. 5. 34. An. 7. 6. 34. In N. T.
catastrophe, i. e. overthrow, destruction of trop. Karari'3'(73'ai \dpiv V. ^apiraf C. dat.
cities, 2 Pet. ii. 6. HQ TroXtTf . . . icara- to lay up favour with any one, to win his
orpo^y /carljcpivE. Sept. for nDDTT Gen. favour, comp. Engl. < to curry favour
xix. 29. Tito' Job XT. 21 Hdot. 1. 6.
with/ Acts xxiv. 27 3!Xa>j/ rt xP ira ff

Time. 1. 15. Metaph. subversion, opp. KaraS-e^S-ai ro7g 'lovd. 6 <I>i/Xi. XXV. 9.
to TO xpr/<n/jov, 2 Tim. ii. 14. 1 Mace. x. 23. Diod. Sic. 15. 91. Dem.
416. 5. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 26.
(<rrpwv-
spread down, to strew down,
to
*h (fararf/zrw to
Kararo/x?;, )c>
trans, e. g. persons, 1 Cor. x. 5 KCITKT- cut through or off,) concision,
i. e. a
TpibSqffctv iv spring, i. e. they were strewed cutting off, mutilation. So Phil. iii. 2,
as corpses in the desert, were destroyed.
contemptuously for the Jewish circum-
Sept. for Brn$ Num. xiv. 16. Judith cision in contrast with the true spiritual
xiv. 4. m. H. An. 7. 2. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3.
circumcision, ver. 3. Comp. in 'ATTO-
64 ot np<rai . . . TroXXovf Kctrtffrpttjvvvcrav.
Comp. Diod. Sic. 15. 80 TOV TOTTOV vtK-
o^EUti), f. cvffw, (rotuw,) to
shoot down sc. with an arrow or dart, Pass.
f. to
Karacrupw, pw, (<pw,) drag c. dat. (3o\i$i Heb. xii. 20, in allusion to
down, to force along, e. g. as a torrent Ex. xix. 13 where Sept. for rrr. Luc.
rov? Xi'3oi>, i;Xa, rf]v afifiov Test. XII D. Deor. 19. 2. Hdot. 3. 36.
Patr. p. 643. TO MKTVOV Alciphr. Ep.
1. 1. In N. T. of a person, to drag or aor -

haul along sc. TT^OQ Kptrrjv Luke xii. 58. x w >) to run down sc. from a higher
Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1010 ia /ui(n/ to a lower place, Acts xxi. 32 ur^do.tu^i/
KctTtffvpov ayopag. So defrahere in ju- ITT' avTovq he ran down to them JC. i'lxm

dicium, Cic. pro Milon. 14. the tower Antonvi Sept. for yri i K
 433

xix. 20 __ Helot. 7. 192. Xen. An. 7. 1. Kara^tXtw, Co, f. Tyo-w, (jcard, intens.)
20. In a hostile sense Sept. Lev. xxvi. to kiss tenderly, deosculor,
stronger than
37. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 5. 0i\w, trans. Matt. xxvi. 49 coll. ver.48.
see n K Mark xiv. 45. Luke vii. 38, 45. xv. 20.
Acts xx. 37. Sept. for p^ Gen. xxxi.
f. Karat, aor. 1 pass. Ruth
, 28, 55. i. 9, 14. Luc. Asin. 51.
espec. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 33.
1 .
carry down from a higher
to bear or
f.
to a lower place, Palaeph. 10. 2. Plut. w, TJ

to think against any one, i. e, to think

M. Anton. 69. to bring down sc. with
lightly of, to despise, seq. gen. Buttm.
violence, as a blow Luc. Tim. 53. to
throw down Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 7. Hdian. 4. 132. 5. 3. Matth. xviii. 10 /i?) Karafpo-
15. 9. Hence in N. T. only Pass. Vr}Ot]T6 iVOf T&V fjltKpUIV TOVTWV. Rom. li.
4. 1 Cor. xi. 22. 1 Tim. iv. 12. Heb.
KaratyipsaSai, to be borne or thrown
Acts xx. 9 /carerex-^'C O.TTO xii. 2. 2 Pet. ii. 10 __ Wisd. xiv. 30.
down, tofall.
TOV VTTVOV tTrtffe, i. c. he sunk down
Diod. Sic. 1. 67. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 12.
In the sense of to neglect, not to carefor,
from sleep, lost his balance and fell.
Matt. vi. 24 et Luke xvi. 13 opp. to dv-
Ml. V. H.3. 5. Hdian. 1.11.3 __ Trop.
to be borne down, oppressed, sc. with $X<r$<u. ITim. vi. 2. Hdian. 5. 4. 3.
Xen. Mem. 3. 12.3.
sleep, virvtfi Acts xx. 9. Symm. for
01*13 Ps. Ixxvi. 7. 1$' virvy Dion. Hal. Kara0povr)T/jc ov, o, (icara^povEw,)
An. 4. 1 ult. eif virvov Jos. Ant. 2. 6.5. a despiser, Acts xiii. 41,
contemner,
Diod. Sic. 3. 57. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 409. quoted from Sept. Hab. i. 6 where Heb.
5. 0^32. Sept. for 1313 Hab. ii. 5. Jos.
2. Karapfpu \}sii<f>ov,
with Kara intens. Ant. 6. 14. 4. Plut. Brut. 12.
to give a vote, to vote, i.
q. 0spo> ^?i$ov f- to pour
but stronger, implying alacrity, zeal. down upon, and so genr. to pour upon,
Acts xxvi. IQKctTTjvtyica -fyr\$ov I gave my e. g. tTrt rtjv Kf<f>. Matt. xxvi. 7. /card
vote, assented, comp. xxii. 20. So ^epw Mark xiv. 3. Job xli. 15.
rrjc 0. Sept.
t///70ov Dem. p. 271 ult. Plut. Coriol. p. Hdian. 8. 4. 26. Dem. 1123 ult.
220. C, iv y rijv t////0ov tdti
rij ijfiipaQ
Qtpttv ivffrd(r>/. Others, to give one's t'ouj o, r), adj.
vole against any one, i. q. fy'iptiv ^/ij^ov under-ground, subterranean, put
Kara TIVOQ, e. g. Jos. Ant. 10. 6. 2 7rdi>rc for a'dr/c and its inhabitants Phil. ii. 10.

tear' avrov.
Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 257. Dion. Hal.
Ant. 2. 10.
toflee
down to anyplace, etc. to fleefor refuge, Kara^pao/ieu, wjum, f. ^tro/zat,
e. g. ei'c ra'c TroXttg Acts xiv. 6. trop. seq.
depon. Mid. (/card intens.) to use over-
inf.Heb. Num. much, to over-use, and so to misuse, seq.
vi. 18. Sept. for D13
(lat. 1Cor. vii. 31 oi ^pwp,evot T(fi Kocrfi^
xxxv. 26.
12. Xen.H. G.4.8.28.
Deut. iv. 12. Hdian. 7. 11.
of /caraxpwyuevot. IX. 18.
fir] 2EL V. H. -
3. 13. Hdian. 8. 4. 22.
K.ara03'tpw, f. epw, (icard intens.)
to spoil utterly, to ara/v^w, .
w, ^/t-xw,)
to cool
corrupt, trans. Luc.
down, to cool, i. e. to refresh
Tim. 36. KOTOWS. Trjv to x^pav by cooling,
lay waste,
Diod. Sic. 56. Pol. 2. 64. 3.
c. ace. TT}V yXCJaaav Luke xvi. 24. Sept.
1. Hence
Ez. xxvi. 19. Diod. Sic. 3. 8 pen.
inN.T.
a) trop. to corrupt, to deprave, e.
g. ou, 6, i], (Kara intens.
rov vovv, Pass. 2 Tim. iii. 8. full of idols, given to idolatry,
Comp. >,)
Buttm. 134. 6. Sept. icara^. rj)voov Acts xvii. 16 KdTtiduiXov oixrav r-ffv iroXiv.

fomTTtiJn Gen. vi. 12. Comp. the forms TOTTOQ KardScvSpoQ Diod.
Sic. 16. 31. TOTT.
KardfyvTOQ Pol. 18. 3.
b) by impl. to destroy, Pass, to perish,
2 Pet. ii. 12. So Sept. for*?3; Ex. xviii. 1.

18. JvrniinGen. vi. 17. 2 Chr.xxiv.23. Karlvavrt adv. (/card, tvavrt,)

2 Mace. V. 14. Diod. Sic. 1. 16.
pp. down over against, i. e. at the point
2 F
 434

over against, and hence genr. i.

q. over aor. 2 jc

against, opposite to, seq. gen. Mark go or come down, to

xi.
q. v.) to
2 Kwfiijv Ttjv KarkvavTi vputv. xii.41. xiii. descend, e. g. of persons going from a
3. Also c. art. 6, 17, Karkvavn, as adj. higher to a lower region of country, to
opposite, Luke xix. 30 e/c TI]V Karkvavn the sea-coast, etc. seq. ei'g c. ace. of
iswurjv. Buttm. 125. 6. Sept. for 153 place Luke iv. 31. Actsviii. 5. xiii. 4.
Ex. xix. 2. 1 Chr. v. 11. *$rb$ seq. OTTO c. gen. of place Luke ix. 37.
1J& In the
Zech. xiv. 4. Ecclua. xxii. 18. Acts xv. 1. xviii. 5. xxi. 10. seq. etc et
sense of hfore, in the sight of, Rom. iv. OTTO Acts xi. 27. xii. 19. seq. TTOOQ c.
17 KctTtvavTi ov iir'iaTivoi 5iov, by attract. ace. of pers. Acts ix. 32. c. cfc Ml. V.
for Ka.Ttva.VTi Seov $ l-jriffrtvffe, comp. H. 4. 25. Hdian. 1. 16. 3. Of persons
Buttm. 1 43. 4. So Sept. for "JJS-IIN Ex -
coming from the high sea down to land,
xxxii. 10. Chr.ii.G. Exixxxii.5. seq. etc Acts xviii. 22. xxvii. 5. Hdian.
4. 8. 1
Trop. of divine gifts, James iii.
adv. (KUTO, 15
,
ao(pia dvuSev jcarep^o/uvj/, see in'Avu*-
pp. down in the presence of, in the very $tv no. 1.
presence of, and hence genr. before, in
the sight of, seq. gen. 2 Cor. ii. 17 tear- ,
aor. 2 Karfyayov, (rara,
fvdjiriov TOV Seov. i'w
q. v.) to eat down, to swallow down,
xii. 19. Eph. i. 4.
Jude 24 to devour, trans.
Col. i. 22. KUT. rfjs d6ne avrov,
before, in the presence of. Sept. for a) pp. of animals, icarty. Matt. xiii. 4

3P~ns Lev. iv. 17. ^Dn Josh. xxi. 46. >}X^ ra TcfTftvd /cat
Kare^ayevauro. Mark
*;D!? Josh. i. 5. iv. 4. Luke viii. 5. Rev. xii. 4. Sept.
for^gs Gen. xxxvii. 19. Ex. x. 15
Palaeph. 4. 1 Kan <r3-. Of persons, e. g.
to exercise authority agaihet, i. e. over devour a book,
(3i(3\apiSiov KctTaQaytlv, to
any one, c. gen. Matt. xx. 25U Mark x. as emblematic of a perfect knowledge
42. of its contents, Rev. x. 9, 10. Comp. Ez.
iii. 1, 3, where Sept. for ^3^. Xen.
, acrobat, d^pon.
Mid. (ara intens. ipydo/uat,) aor. 1 pass. Lac. 15. 4 KaTaQ. Diod. Sic. 1. 90 KareerS.

KareipyaaStjv with pass, signif. 2 Cor. xii.

Trop. Kara^ayelv TOV (3iov, to squander
one's substance, Luke xv. 30. Horn. Od.
12, comp. Buttm. 113. n. 6; to ivork
15. 12. ^Eschin. 13. 38 icara^ayttv TJ)V
out, trans, i. e. to bring about, to accom-
irarp(jiav ovalav.
plish, Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 11. In N. T. t

to work out, i.e. to effect, to produce, b) trop. (a) of things, e. g. of fire, to

a)
consume, Rev. xi. 5 Kareo-3 xx. 9 /car0.
1

to be the cause or autfior of, Rom. iv. 15 .

6 vofiOQ 6py)v Karpyatrai. v, 3. vii. 8, Sept. for oij, KaTiaS. Is. xxix. 6. Joel
13. xv. 18. 2 Cor.iv. 17. vii. 10 bis, 11.
ii. 5.
KaTt<p. Lev. x. 2. So of zeal,
ix. 11. Phil. 12. James John ii. 17 6 ?;Xo TOV O'KOV <rou icarl^ay*
ii. i, 3, 20.
Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 11. Lac. 9. 1. fit, quoted from Ps. Ixix. 10 where
make an end of, Sept. for XII Patr. p. 538
^.Test.
b) to work up, i. e. to

to vanquish, e. g. airavTa. vi. 13.

avrbv KareffSiti.
6 Z>ij\OQ Jos. Ant. 7. 8.
Eph.
(/3) Of persons, e. g. Gal. v. 15
1.
Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 2. Hdian. 1.9.3. Xen.
4. 6. 4 TOV \sovra. dXXjjXovg Kar<r3'(t/, i. q. to consume or
Cyr.
destroy one another. (trop. Sept. for
c) genr. to work, to do, to practise, the
force of <cara being not indeed lost, but
still not easily expressed in English.
^ Is. ix. 12. Xen. An.
the sense of to pillage, to plunder, by
4. 8.
14.)
In

E. g. of actions, Rom. i. 27 TTJV aoxvpo- extortion, etc. *ar<r$. rtva 2 Cor. xi. 20.
ii. 9 K. TO KCIKOV.
raj oUiae rSiv MpStv Matt, xxiii. 13.
<rvvr)v Karpya6/zvot.
vii. 15, 17, 18, 20. 1 Cor. v. 3. 1 Pet.
Mark xii. 40. Luke xx. 47. comp. Horn.
Od. 2.237.
iv. 3. (Xen. Hiero 1.32.) Of miracles,
<nj/tia, pass. 2 Cor. xii. 12. (Hdot. 9. f-
vvS>, (cara, ti$ir-

108.) In the sense of to make, to form, vM f ) guide straight towards or upon

to
c. ace. et dat. 2 Cor. v. 5.
Sept. for any thing, i. e. genr. to guide, to direct,
Ex. xv. 17. co7np.xxxv. 30. c. ace. e. g. one's way or
journey to a
 435

place, 1 Thess. iii. 116 Kvpiog tearevSrvvai Acts xxvii. 40. Hdot. 7, 188
(optat.) rr\v oSov r}p,a>v Trpbgvp.ag. Plut. Ig TOV ctiytaXoi/. Pol. 1. 25. 7. Plut. Thes
Alex. M. 33 init. Trop. roue irodae ccg 21. Thuc. 8. 23. fully Horn. Od. 11.
eipfjvrjg Luke i. 79. rdf icap-
rrjv oSov TTJS 455 if TrarpiSa yalav vtja Jea7i<ry;f/t6vat.

diag tf rt 2 Thess. iii. 5. So Sept. K. rr\v With Irrt Xen. H.G.2. 1.29.
o$6v for ntf; Hiph. Ps. v. 9. to layfast hold of, to seize,
r.
rr\v b) by impl.
icapSiavfoT Chr. xii. 14. xix. 3
7*298
-- Matt. xxi. 38 KaTaa^^^tv Tr\v K\rjpov.
Plut.ed. R.VI.p,71ult. So to take eagerly, TOV ta^aTov TOTTOV
Luke xiv. 9. Sept. for tTW 2 Sam. iv.
f. ffrrjcrw,
10. xx. 9 Diod. Sic. 12. 82. Xen.
N. T. only in aor. 2 jcar7r<rri7v,
q. v.) in H.G.2. 1.2.
mtrans. stand forth against, and by
irapl. in a hostile sense i. q. to
rush upon, HiJ, w, f. rjou, (/cara,
to assault, seq. dat. r< riavXy Acts xviii. to speak against so. in public,
'

12. See Matth. 401. Comp. before a court, etc. i. e. to accuse, e. g.

in a judicial sense, seq. gen. of
b. a) pp.
2 person expr. or impl. Buttm. 132. 5. 3.
f- *fa3"|w, aor. Matth. 369. Matt. xii. 10 Wee /cari/yop^-
(icard intens.) Aare and hold fast, to
(Twtfiv avTov. Mark iii. 2. Luke xi. 54.
hold firmly, trans.
xxiii. 2, 10. John viii. 6. Acts xxiv. 2,
a) genr. in various senses. () to re- 19. xxv. 5. xxviii. 19. Rev. xii. 10 1
tain, to detain a person ; Luke iv. 42 ical
Mace. vii. 6. Xen. An. 5. 8. 1 .Seq. gen.
KctTii\ov avTov TOV fit] Tropfvtayai. Phi-
of pers. et ace. of thing, Matth. 370. n.
lera. 13. Sept. for 1TTK Gen. xxiv. 5(5. 2. Mark xv. 3 KaTrjyopovv ai>Tov TroXXd.
ION Gen. xlii. 19. "Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 1.
Mace. vii. 25. Xen. H. G. 1. 7.
(1
Xen. Mem.
2. 6. 9, 11. In the sense 14.)

of to hinder, to repress, 2 Thess. ii. 6, 7.

or gen. of thing by attract. Acts xxiv.
c.
8. xxv. 11. seq. Trtpi c. gen. of thing
Some also Rom. i. 18, see below.
Acts xxiv. 13. Isocr. ad Nicoc. p. 61,
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 4 bis. to possess,
(/3) ed. Lange. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 2. Seq.
i. e. to hold in firm and secure posses-
card c. gen. of pers. also seq. gen. oi
sion, 1 Cor. Vli. 30 Kai oi ayopdZovrtc we
2 Cor. vi. 10. Rom. i. 18 thing by attract. Luke xxiii. 14 Pass.
ftij KctTk\ovTic>
where the subject is a person, Acts xxv.
TWV T1}V &\J]5lia.V Iv CttilKttf KaTt\OVTUV,
16 6 Kartiyopovfitvof. seq. viro TIVOQ
i. e. possessing a knowledge of the Matt, xxvii. 12. (Hdot. 7. 205.) Where
truth, but living in unrighteousness. the subject is a thing, seq. irapa TIVOQ,
Sept. for Chald. Aph. -jpn Dan. vii. 18, Acts xxii. 30 TO T'I icareyopelrat Trapa TWV
22 __ Ml. V. H. 7. 1. Pol. 1.2.3. Xen.
'lovd __ Thuc. 1.95.
Mem. 3. 5. 26 (y) trop. to holdfast
in one's mind and heart, to in b) genr. i. q. to complain of, seq. gen.
keep
of pers. John v. 45 bis, /i^ SoictiTf oneyw
mind, etc. e. g. TOV Xoyov Luke viii. 15. Rom. 13.
TO KaXov Kart]yopr)<T(t> vfi&v K. T. X. ii.
rdf irapaSoatie 1 Cor. xi. 2.
Hdian. 6. 9.1. Xen. Hi. 1. 14.
1 Thess. v. 21. also Heb. iii. 6, 14. x.
23. in memory Dion.
1 Cor. xv. 2 Karrryopi'a, ac, )>

Hal. Ant. 4. 29. Theophr. Char. 26, or accusation, e.

g. judicial,
Luke vi. 7.
8 ed. Tauchn __ (5) Pass, to be heldfast, John xviii. 29. 1 Tim. v. 19. Jos. Ant,
i. e. trop. to be bound by a law, iv < 2. 4. 3. JS1. V. H. 11. 10. Genr. i. q.
Karetx6fit5a Rom. vii. 6. (comp. Sept. for complaint. Tit. i. 6 iv KctTijyopig, aauTiag.

IpX Gen. xxxix. 20.) also of disease, comp. Dem. 319. 4.

John V. 4 drjTroTt Karii\iTO voffq/xart

<
an
Karrjyopoc, ou, o, (icarjjyopiw,)
by whatever disease he was held bound. accuser, John viii. 10. Acts xxiii. 30, 35.
So Sept. and ini$ Jer. xiii. 21. Hdian. xxiv. 8. xxv. 16, 18. Of Satan Rev. xii.
1. 12. 1. ib. 1. 4. 19. Aristid. II. p. 508
10 in text. rec. Comp. in Aid/3oXof b.
sq. comp. Xen. Conv. 1.
10. As a Xen. Mem.
(t) 2 Mace. iv. 5. 1 . 2. 9.
nautical term, Kark^nv Qr/}v vawv] tie
rbv alyiaXov, to hold a ship firm towards OpO> o,
the land, i. e. to steer towards the land, an accuser i. e. Satan, Rev. xii. 10 in
2 F2
 436

later editions for Kar/yopof. Comp. in 19 rolf KciToiKovfftv 'ifpovyaXfj^. ii. 9, 14.
Ata/3o\ogb. Not found in profane Greek iv. 16. 35 rove KciToiKovvraQ AvS-
ix. 32,
writers, but lit. i. q. Rabb. "ri:PZ3j?
ac- Sav. xix. 10, 17. Rev. Qxii. xvii. 2.
12.]
cuser, Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Ch. 20091 So Sept. for nitf; Gen. xiii. 7. xxxiv. 29.
Luc. D. Deer'. 18. 1. Diod. Sic. 5. 10.
Eta, ac> ')> (Karrj^fis with
Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 38. of God
cast-down eyes, dejected, Luc. Sacrif. 1, (/3) trop.
as manifesting his constant presence in
fr. Kara, 0aof,) dejection, sorrow, James
the temple, Matt, xxiii. 21.
iv. 9. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 4. Thuc. 7. 75.
dwell fixedly, to reside,
b) intrans. to
Karrjxcw, w, (nx^,} to sound
f. ^<rw, e. g. seq. elt c. ace. see in Els no. 4.
forth towards, against, around any one, Matt. ii. 23 X3-o>v KaT^Krjtrtv ei troXtv
Luc. Jup. Trag. 39. Hence trop. and
Xey. Naap!r. iv. 13. Acts vii. 4. seq. iv
in N. T. to teach to instruct , sc. orally,
, c. dat. Luke xiii. 4 KaroiicovvTag iv 'It
by the sound of the living voice. power. Acts i. 20. ii. 5. vii. 2, 4. ix. 22.

a) pp.
and spoken of the oral instruc- xi. 29. xiii. 27. Heb. xi. 9. Rev. xiii.
tion, preaching, of the apostles and early 12. seq. TTI c. gen. i-rcl rrjcyrje Rev. iii.
Christian teachers, seq. ace. of pers. 1 10. vi. 10. viii. 13. xi. 10 bis. xiii. 8,
Cor. xiv. 19 'iva ical a\\ovg KaTrjxrjffw. 14 bis. xvii. 8. c. ace. iiri irav
[xiv. 6.]
impl. Gal. vi. 6. (Act. Thorn. 16.) Pass. ri>
TrpoawTTOv rrig Acts xvii. 26. seq.
y7/
c. ace. of thing, Buttm. 134. 6. Acts
TTOV, OTTOU, Rev. ii. 13 bis. e/eel Matt. xii.
xviii. 25 Karj7%77/i!vo Trjv bdbv rov icvpiov. 45. Luke xi. 26. impl. Acts xxii. 12.
Gal. vi. 6. seq. Trcpi c. gen. Luke i. 4. Sept. for ;jij:r c. iv Gen xiii. 12. xix.
seq. IK c. gen. Rom. ii. 18. Jos. de Vita 29. c. STTI Lev. xx. 22. xxv. 18, 19.
sua 65 ult. Luc. Asin. 48. kcl Gen. xi. 2. c. iv Diod. Sic. 4. 58.
to inform, to apprize of, and Xen. An. 3. 7. avrov Palseph. 31. 11.
b) genr. 5.
Pass, to be informed of, to hear by report,
trop. of God, see above in a.
(/3) (3. c.

seq. Trtpi c. gen. Acts xxi. 21. rt Trtpi iv Acts vii. 48. xvii. 24. (Sept. and a^h
nvof ver. 24. So Karrjxn^^ 7re P<- T &v Ps. ii. 4. ix. 12. Test. XII Patr. p.652.)
avufieprjKorwv Plut. de Fluv. X. p. 736. Of Christ as being ever present by his
1. p. 741.2. ed. Reiske.
Spirit in the heart of Christians, iv TCUQ
Kar' l^iavy see in'ldios a./3. KapdiaiQ vfiutv Eph. iii. 17. Of TO TT\))-

pufjia rrje SeioTTjTos which was in Jesus,

f. wow, (/eara low
KaTlOtt), interis, c. kv Col. ii. 9. i. 19. Of the spirit or
fr. lot q. to cause to rust, to corrode
v.) disposition of mind, James iv. 5. So in
with rust; Pass, to rust out, to be cor-
prosopop. 77 ciKaioffvvT) 2 Pet. iii. 13,
roded, hyperbol. James v. 3 6 xP V(T G
comp. Sept. Jer. xxxii. 16.
vfjiwv KCLI 6 dpyvjooc Kariurai. Comp.
Ep. of Jer. 24. Lam. iv. 1 Arrian.
Diss. Epict. 4. 6 * dwelling, habitation, Mark v. 3. Sept.
bir\apia
for 3ilE Gen. x. 30. Plut. Lysand. 28
med.
,
f. vau, to be
(tVxvu),)
strong against any one, i. e. to prevail KarotKnT77(>lOV, OV, ro, (/caroirlw,)

against or over, e. g. in a hostile sense, dwelling-place, dwelling, g. TOV Stov, as

e.

to overcome, to vanquish, seq. gen. Matt. being ever present by his Spirit in the

xvi. 18 ov KctTiffxovaiv avTrjg. hearts of Christians, Eph. ii. 22. K. Sai-

Ecclus.
vii. 30. m.
H. An. 5. 19. id. V. H. 12.9. Hwvuv Rev. xviii. 2. Sept. for 'jiyTa
2
Diod. Sic. 24 __ Genr. to prevail, to
1. Chr. xxx. 27. Nah. ii. 11. ntfltt Ex.
get the upper hand, absol. Luke xxiii. 23.
xii. 20. rOU) 2 Chr. vi. 30.

Jos. Ant. 16.3. 1. Pol. 6. 51.6.

KarotKt'a, ac, /> OcaroiKsw,)
Karo*Ki>, w, f- i]ou), to settle dwelling, habitation, Acts xvii. 26. Sept.
(OUCEW,)
down in a fixed dwelling to dwell for
ni$h73
Ex. xxxv. 3. Lev. iii. 17. Pol.
, perma-
2. 32. 4.
nently, viz.
a) trans, to dwell fixedly in a place, to
^ I'ffW, (KOLTOTTTpOV
inhabit, Actsi.
(a) pp. c. ace. of place, mirror, comp. *E<ro7rrpo>,) to let look in
 437

a mirror, Mid. to look in a mirror, to be-

icarw,)
lower down, i. e. lower. Eph. iv. 9
hold in a mirror, Diog. Laert. de Plat, tig Td icarairepa fi^orj T^Q yr}g he
/care/3/;

3. 39 roTg n&vovai <rvvt[3ov\tve KctToir- descended into the lower parts of the earth,
rpi?^ai. Artemid. 2. 7. In N. T. i.
q. $Br)G, SiNtO', implying that Christ
Mid. to behold as in a glass, c. ace. 2 became subject to death, comp. i. 20.
Cor. iii. 18 rr\v S6%av
Karo7rrpio- icvpiov So Sept. tf TO. KarwrctTa Tr)g yr] for

ptvot, i. e. beholding the glory of the ynxn ni'nnna i. e. Sheol, Ps. ixiii. 10.
Lord as reflected and radiant in the comp. Is. xliv. 23. Ez. xxvi. 20.
gospel, in antith. to ver. 15. Philo 2
}
see in Kara*.
iv
Alleg. p. 79. E, p,T]e KaToirT^iffaifjiijv

d\\(fi nvl rijv aljv iSiav 17 tv ffoi r< Seifi. burning,

heat, Rev. vii. 16. xvi. 9. Sept. for tin
Comp. Loesner Obs. p. 304.
from rar-
Gen. viii. 22 -- Ecclus. xiv. 27. Xen.
Karo/oSw/ua, aroq, TO, Mem. 4.3.9.
opSow to set upright, to establish, Sept.
2 Chr. xxxiii. 16. 1 Chr. xxviii.7. to di-
Kaujuart'a>j f. '<ra>, (icav/ia,) to burn,
rect successfully, to achieve prosperously, to scorch, trans.Matt, xiii.6. Mark iv. 6.
Ml. V. H. 11. 9. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 3. Rev. xvi. 8, 9. Arr. Epict. i. 6. 26. Plut.
Hence in N. T. KaropSw/irr, any thing VI. p. 378. 4. ed. Reiske.
happily achieved, noble deed, Acts xxiv. 3
yivofiiviav rtp tSvci Tovrqt Kautr/Cj cwc* n, (icaitt),) a burning,
KaTop$(t>fidT(t)V
K. T X. many things having been happily burning up. Heb. vi. 8 fc TO rtXoe ei'f
achieved for this nation, sc. in reference icavffiv, i. e. the end of which is to bfc
burned. Sept. for i^n Pi. inf. Is. xl.
to the government and institutions,
Of military 16. xliv. 15. Plut. ed/R. VI. 481. 10.
spoken in flattery to Felix.
achievements Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 3. Diod.
, ov/nai, (Kavtrtf,) only
Sic. 17. 51. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 676. Pass, to be set on fire, to bum, 2 Pet.
Not used by earlier writers, Lob. ad iii. 10, 12.
trop. of a fever, Gal. et
Phryn. p. 250 sq. Dioscor.
Karw, adv. (/cara,) downwards,
down. Comparat. icarwrepw Matt. ii. 16,
burning, heat, sc. of the sun, Matt. xx.
comp. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 270. 12. Lukexii. 55. James i. 11. Ecclus.
n. 4.
x viii. 6. xliii.27. Artemid. III. p. 73. B.
1. Of place of place whither,
i. e.
(a) Others in James 1. c. a scorching wind,
implying motion down, Matt. iv. 6 /3oXe i. e. the east wind from the Arabian
atavTov icarw. Luke iv. 9. John viii. 6, 8.
Acts xx.
desert, as Sept. for Q"i im
Jer. xviii.
9. Sept. for nutt*? Ecc. iii. 17. Ez. xvii. 10 ; and for
21. Is. xxxvii.31. Hdian.3.~11.5. Xen. simp. Q^j: Job
xxvii. 21.
An. 4. 8.20.
b) of place where, below, underneath, ta^w, f. daw, (icavrrjpiov
Mark xiv. 66 iv ry av\y carw. Acts ii. 19. cautery, brand-iron, fr. KCU'W,) to cau-
Matt, xxvii. 51. Mark xv. 38. Sept. for terize, to brand with a hot iron, Pass.

nt372^
Ez. i. 27. ^rinn Ez. xxxi. 16. 1 Tim. iv. 2 KEKaurj/piaer/ilvoi rrfv idiav
Hdiah. viii. 3. 1. Xen!*Mem. 3. 1.7. So avvtlSijyiv branded in their own con-
c. art. 6, //, TO /carw, as adj. that which is sciences, having the marks, stigma, of
below, the law, i. e. earthly John viii. 23. their guilt burnt in upon their own con-
Buttin. 125. 6 __
Jos. B. J. 5. 4.1 r, K arw sciences. Hesych. KfKavrrjpiafffitvoi' p.rj
7r6\<e. Diod. Sic. Thuc. 1. 120.
1. 49. tXovrtg ri]v ffvvtiSrjaiv vyifj. Comp. Diod.
2. Of time, comparat. Matt. ii. 16 Sic. 20. 54 TOIQ ipv^atg TOIV tvdov w(T7r.o
atrb SUTOVQ KO.I fcarwrspw of two years old Kavrrjoid nva Trpotr^ye. Cic. de Off. 3. 2.1

and under, i. q. lower down. So Sept. qui conscientise labesetvulnerain animo

icarw for nt37?*> 1 Chr. xxvii. 23 -- Diod. habent. Others, by impl. < being seared,
Sic. 1. 3 jcarajrlpw. JE1. V. H. 3. 17 -

hardened, in their consciences/ see Reitz

ad Luc. I. p. 645.

ov, (comparat. fr.

a, Kau\ojua, w/xaf, f.
 Kav 438

2 pers. pres. Kav\a.Gai Rom. ii. 17, 23. for

fl^DR Prov. xvi.
see Buttm. 103. III. 1, marg. p. 199. 31. Ez. xvi. 12. xxiii. 42.' .

Winer 13. 2. b. Lob. ad Phr. p. 360. b)

meton. object of boasting, ground
To boast oneself, to glory,
to exult, both of glorying, exultation, Rom. iii. 27 trov
in a good and bad sense. E. g. absol. ovv TI KavxnotQ 2 Cor. i. 12. xi. 10 iv
',

1 Cor. i. 29, 31. 6 K^VX^VOQ. iv. 7. 2 XpKrry Rom. xv. 17. virtp vp&v 2 Cor.
Cor. x. 13, 17. xi. 18, 30. xii. 1, 6, 11. vii. 4. So 1 Cor. xv. 31 vfj rqv vfierspav
Gal. vi. 14. Eph. ii. 9. Seq. accus. of
thing as to which, of which one boasts, vft&v v. iv vfiiv. Sept. Jer. xii. 23.

coinp. Buttm. 131. 6, 7. 2 Cor. ix. 2 Etymol. Mag. 400. 38.

fjv . . .
Kavx&p-ai- MaKtWertv xi. 30. C.
see Kairtpvaovp.
,
acc. of degree xi. 16. Seq. iv c. dat.
of that in which one glories, e. g. of f, wv, at, Cenchrea, the
eastern port of Corinth, about 70 stadia
things Rom. ii. 23 oc iv vop,^ Kavxacrat.
v. 3. 2 Cor. v. 12. x. 15, 16. xi. 12. from the city, Acts xviii. 18. Rom. xvi.
xii. 9. Gal. vi. 13. James i. 9. iv. 16.
1. comp. Strabo VIII. p. 262.
of persons, Rom. ii. 17 iv Sty. v. 11.
KlS/ooc?ou, -h, cedar, Heb. fix.
1 Cor. i. 31. iii. 21. 2 Cor. x. 17. Phil. a tree celebrated in O. T. and growing
iii. 3. 2 Thess. i. 4. Seq. iiri c. dat. chiefly on Mount Lebanon, where at
Rom. v. 2 iir' iXiriSi. Kara C. acc. as the present day only a few remain, see
to any thing, 2 Cor. xi. 18. -n-epi
c. gen. Calmet art. Cedar __ Horn. Od. 5. 60.
2 Cor. x. 8. vTrep c. gen. 2 Cor. vii. 14 J21. V. H. 5. 6. Not found in N. T.
virep vfiwv K. ix. 2. xii. 5 except in the false reading rov xupappov
bis. Sept.
absol. for nnnn 1 Sam. ii. 3. for TWV Ktdpuv John xviii. 1 in text. rec. See
^nnn c. acc/Prov. xxvii. 1. c. iv Jer. in
ix. 22, 23. c. iiri Prov. xxv. 14. Find.
, 6, indec. Cedron, Heb.
Ol. 9. 58. c. ITTI Ecclus. xxx. 2. Diod. S.
l? (turbid) Kidron, Josephus Kc-
16. 70. c. acc. Lucian. Ocyp. v. 120. Ant. 8. 1. 5. al. pr. n. of a
c. dat. Hdot. 7. 39. torrent which rises a little to the north-
j , (icavxa<Y*ai,)
a ward of Jerusalem, and flows through
boasting, glorying, exulting, i. e. the valley between the city and the

a) pp.
the act of
glorying
or exulting mount of Olives, 0apay TOV KiSptivog
in any thing, c. gen. Heb. i'ii. 6 TO KO.V- Jos. Ant. 9. 7. 3. B. J. 5. 4. 2. It

xnpa Tns tXn-itfof, i. e. the hope in which then passes along the valley of Jeho-
we glory. So v-jrkp rivof 2 Cor. v. 12. shaphat and so eastwardly by the con-
ix. 3. absol. 1 Cor. v. 6. Find. Isth. vent of St. Saba, into the Dead Sea.
5. 65. It is mostly dry except in the rainy

b) meton. object of boasting, ground

season. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II.
of glorying, exultation. Rom. iv. 2 xfl i.
q. 206. In N.T. John xviii. 1 6 *'-
K avxnt">- Cor. ix. 15, 16.
1 2 Cor. i. ftappog TOV Ke^pwr, the brook, torrent of
14. Gal.vi.4. Phil.i.26. ii. 16. Sept. Cedron. So Sept. o x* 1/*- Ksfywv for
for n^rrn Deut. x. 21. Jer. xvii. 14. Heb. yrnj? 2 K. xv. 13. xxiii; 6, 12.
n Prov. xvii. 6. Ecclus. x. 22. 2 Chr. xxi'x. 10. al. Jos. Ant. 6 x"H> Kc-
Sptivog Ant. 8. 1. 5. Out of this, later
transcribers unacquainted with the He-
boasting, glorying, exulting, i. q. brew have made
but found only in later writers, H.Planck
6 gcipaj^dc T&V KtSpwv,
brook of cedars, John 1. c. in text. rec.
in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 670.
and also in Sept. 2 Sam. xv. 23. IK.
the act of glorying or exulting
a) pp. xv. 13.
in any thing, 2 Cor. vii. 14 T? Kai>xn^ i s
in 'Eiri I. 1. a. (3. to and also to
rjfA&v f{ i-rri Tirou, see Kctjuat, f. Ktiffopai, lie,

2 Cor. ix. 4. xi. 17. 1 Thess. ii. 19 be laid, i. q. Perf. Pass, of T^rjfit, see

0Tt(pa.voQ Kavxnvtus, i. e. the crown in Buttm. $ 109. II.

which we glory, exult. James iv. 16. to lie, to recline, of persons, e. g.
a) pp.
So v-n-fp ru/oc; '2 Cor. viii. 24. So Sept. an infant iv Ty <paTvy Luke ii. 12, 16.
 Ktcpia 439 Kevoc

a dead body Matt, xxviii. 6. Luke xxiii. pavou. Of the shout of sailors at the oar
63. John xi. 41. xx.12. Hdian.2. 1. 19. Luc. Catapl. 19. of soldiers rushing to
Xen. An. 1.8.27. Of things, Luke xxiv. battle Thuc. 3. 14. of a multitude Diod.
12 ri 636vttt Kti^ieva fiova. John xx. 5, 6, Sic. 3. 15. of a huntsman to his dogs
7. xxi. 9. seq. iiri c. ace. 2 Cor. iii. 15. Xen. Ven. 6. 20.

c. iv Pakeph. 4G. 3. Luc. Pise. 41. f. w<rw, pp. to set in motion,

i. of ri.&jj/u, i. e. to be
q. perf. pass,
b) to urge on, Horn. H. 23. 642. comp.
laid, set, placed, e. g. as a foundation Passow s. voc. In N. T. and genr. to
1 Cor. iii. 11. a throne Rev. iv. 2. ves-
command, to order, sc. something to be
sels John ii. 6. xix. 29. (Xen. An. 7. 3.
done. Seq. ace. et infin. aor. Matt. xiv.
TTpof TI to be laid at,
as a blow,
22.) 19 Kt\tv<ra TOVQ OX\OVQ dvaicXiSrjvai. ver.
Matt. 10.
iii. Luke iii. 9. So to be laid 28. xviii. 25. xxvii.58, 64. Luke xviii. 40.
up, reposited, Luke xii. 19. Xen. (Ec. Actsiv.15. viii. 38. xxii.30. xxiii.10. xxv.
vii. 36. Of a place, to lie, to be situated,
6, 17. c. ace. impl. Matt. viii. 18. xiv. 9.
Rev. xxi. 16 iroXiQ rerpaywvog KfTrat. Actsv. 34. Judith xii.l.
xii. 19. xxi. 33.
Matt. v. 14. 2 Mace. iv. 33. Diod. Sic. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2.9. c. ace. impl. Diod. Sic.
1. 30. Xen. An. 5. 4. 15. Trop of per- 4. 61 Seq. ace. et inf. pres. Acts xxi. 34
.

sons, to be set, appointed, c. tig final, iieiXtvffe dyiaSai avrov. xxii. 24. xxiii. 3,
for any thing Luke ii. 34. Phil. i. 16.
35. xxiv. 8. xxv. 21. xxvii.43. c. ace. impl.
1 Thess. iii. 3. Of laws, to be given,
Acts x vi. 22 Xen. Cyr. 1 4. 17. c. ace- .

made, c. dat. 1 Tim. i. 9. Xen. Mem.

impl.Hdian.2.3.8. Xen.Cyr.2.2.2. Seq.
4. 4. 16.
dat. et inf. aor. Matt. xv. 35 *ai tfcfXevtre
c)
i.
q. to be sc. in any state or condi- rolf oxXoif ci vcurtoe? v. Absol. Acts xxv. 23.
tion durably, c. Iv, 1 John v. 19 6 noapoQ Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 9. absol. 1.4. 18.
jcftrai iv r< TTOVT/PV, is wholly given to
wickedness. 2 Mace. iii. 11. iv. 31. KevoSo/a, ac, n, (vo^o?o e ,) rain-
glory, empty pride, Phil. ii. 3. Wisd.
comp. Horn. Se<3v iv yovvaot Ktirai Od. 1.
xiv. 14. Luc. D. Mort. 10. 8. Plut. VIII.
267, 400. Pind. Pyth. 8. 107.
ana<> for p. 164. 10. ed. R.
Kp/a, ac, /> bandage,
swathing infants or dead bodies, Mos-
KfvoSo^OCj ou, o, YI, (K(VO(;, oa,)
o TWV
coph. Kfipia T/yovv vain-glorious, full of empty pride and
vrjiriaiv Siffpbc, 17

Koivutg 0a(r/ct'a, icat y Sefffiovffi rovg veicpovf.

ambition, Gal. v. 26. Pol. 27. 6. 12.
In N. T. only in the latter sense, John ib. 39. 1. 1.
xi. 44, where it nearly i. q. 6?6viov
is

John xx. 5. Origen ad Joh. 1. c. cupuu T/J ovj empty, opp. to

pj/ full, e. g. TroXtg av^pwTrwv
Hdian. 8. 1. 9. Xen. An. 1. 8. 20. In
KfTpw, f. Kep&, PP- to wear away, N. T.
to eat away, sc. by rubbing, gnawing,
a) pp. as avrbv a-rrkortiXav Ktvov,
. . .

cutting, etc. Horn. II. 11. 560. ib. 21. i. e. with empty hands, having nothing,
204. Od. 11. 578; see Passow sub v.
Mark xii. 3. Luke xx. 10, 11. i. 53. So
Hence genr. and in N. T. to shear, trans.
Sept. for Qfrn Gen. xxxi. 42. Deut. xv.
e. g. a sheep Acts viii. 32, from Is. liii. 7
13. Judith L 11. Horn. Od. 10. 42.
where Sept. for Espec. the head, to
773. i. e.
cut off the hair, Acts xviii. 18 Ktipdpsvoe b) metaph. empty, vain, (a} fruit-
less,without utility or success, Acts iv.
T)]V Kj)a\r]v having shorn his head, i. e. 25 KUI Xaoi ipt\BTT](Tav Ktvd. 1 Cor. XV.
1 Cor. xi. 6 bis.
having had it shorn. 10 17 %ape ov Kevij iyevriSrj. xv. 14 bis,
So Sept. for m
Job. i. 20. Jer. vii. 28.
58. 1 Thess. ii. 1. IIQ Ktvov in vain
nb. 2 Sam. xlv. 26 Ml.V. H. 11. 10. 2 Cor. vi. 1. Gal. ii. 2. Phil. ii. 16 bis.
Xen. H. G. 1.7.8. 1 Thess. iii. 5. So Sept. for Is.
0]rn
aroc, T (f^euw,) cry >
Iv. 11. D?
V
Job vii. 6. fig K. for NY1E&
of incitement, of urging on, outcry, Jer. vi. 29. xviii. 15. Xen. An. 2. 2.121.

clamour, shout. 1 Thess. iv. 16 6 icvpioe ds K. Diod. Sic. 19. 9 (j3)

of that in
iv KfXeutrjuart, iv <j>uvy dpxayyeXov cat which there is nothing of truth or re-
tv caXTTiyyt Stov, KciTafif)<TTat ATT' ov- ality, false, fallacious, e. g. Ktvol Xovot
 440

Eph. v. 6. K. dirdrrj Col. ii. 8. So contra acumina calcitrare Amm. Marc.

Sept. for Ex. v. 9. 213 Hos. xii. 18.5.
-iptrj
1. (Dem. 19. 11.)
Of persons, empty, cen-
, WVOQ, o, (Lat.
foolish, James ii.20. Arr. Epict. 2. a centurion, originally the com-
turio,)
*19. 8. mander of a hundred foot-soldiers, i. q.
tKdTovTapxoQ, Mark xv. 39, 44, 45. See
KevoQuvta, etc, >?> (KEVOC,
lit. voice, i. e. vain words, fruitless
Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 370.
empty
disputation, 1 Tim. vi. 20. 2 Tim. ii. 16. adv. (vo), vainly, in vain,
Hesych. Ke to no purpose, James iv. 5. Sept. for
pn^ Is. xlix. 4. Arr. Epict. 2. 17. 6.
Ktvowj w, f. wff&>, (icf j>6f,) to empty,
to make empty, trans. Sept. Jer. xiv. 2. little
Ke/pata, a^j 7j (^pafj) PP'
Luc. Alex. 36 at ouctat kKtvibSrjvav. Thuc. horn, i. e. a point, extremity, e. g. of a
8. 57. In N. T. only trop. sail-yard Luc. Navig. 4. Pol. 14. 10.11.
a) Ktvovv iavrov, to empty oneself, i. e. of an island Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 1.21.
to divest oneself of rightful dignity by 2. In N. T. apex, point of a letter, e. g.
descending to an inferior condition, to of 3, 1, % 3, 1, put for the least par-
abase oneself, Phil. ii. 7 iKivuaf. tavrov, ticle, Matt. v. 18. Lukexvi. 17. Philo
i.
q. iTcnrtivwffev kavrov in ver. 8. So in Flacc. p. 984. B. Plut. ed. R. X. p.
Sept. Ktvog for pn Neh. v. 13. Orig. 524 pen. Zvyopaxiiv Trepi ffv\\af3&v icai

Homil. in Jer. i. 7.

b) to make empty, vain, fruitless, Rom.

&>, o, a
iv. 14 KEKtviorat 17 TTiOTtg. 1 Cor. i. 17. (Kepa/iog,)
Hence to falsify i. e. to shew to be with- potter, Matt, xxvii. 7, 10. Rom. ix. 21.

out ground, fallacious, e. g. KCLV^HO. 1 Sept. for -iSV Is. xxix. 16. Pol. 15.
35.2.
Cor. ix. 15. 2 Cor. ix. 3 Hesych.
Kt/oajUtKOC, fl> ov, (Kepa/tfvc,) of
or made by a potter, Rev. ii. 27 vKtvij TO.
Ktvrpov, ov, TO, (/cevrew to prick,) a
jcepa/urn a potter's vessels, quoted from
prick, point, genr. Hence in N. T.
Ps. 9 where Sept. OKIVOQ Ktpantwg for
ii.

a)
a sting, of locusts, scorpions,
e. g.
-ray. Oj3 Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 327. 1
Rev. ix. 10. JE1. H. An. 1. 60 of bees.
KEpap/eoi rpoxot. Comp. Lob. ad Phr.
Luc. Contempl. 15 Trop. as a thing
of venom, venomous weapon, ascribed p. 147.

to death personified, 1 Cor. xv. 55, 56 , ov, ro, (pp.

neut. of adj.
TTOV oov, Savarf., TO Ksvrpov rb de earthen Xen. An. 3. 4.
7,) pp.
. . .
',

K'EVTOOV TOV Sravdrov r/ a/iprirt, i. e. sting, an earthen vessel, i. e. a pot, pitcher,

i. with which death destroys, that
q. that amphora, e. g. Kepdpiov vdarog a water-
through which death is so destructive, pitcher, Mark xiv. 13. Luke xxii. 10.
viz. sin ; quoted laxly from Sept. Hos. Sept. for ^23 Jer. xxxv. 5. Jos. Ant.
xiii. 14 where Heb.
D.top plague, pesti-
8.13.2. Xen. An. 6. 1. 15.
lence. Comp. Hos. v. 12 Sept. forsp"} from
rottenness. , ov, 6, (perhaps
potter's clay, Hdian. 3.9.
b) a goad,
stimulus, i. e. a rod or
staff with an iron point for urging on
10. any earthen vessel i. q. pa/aov
Hdot. 3. 6. In N. T. a tile sc. of burnt
horses, oxen, etc. pp. Horn. II. 23.
clay for covering roofs, Luke v. 19.
387, 430. Hdot. 3. 130. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.
Hdian. 7. 12. 11. Xen. Mem. 3. 1.7.
29. In N. T. only in the proverbial
expression Trpoe Kevrpa XctKTi&iv, to kick (
,
f. fcfpaerw,perf. pass.
against the goads, i. e. to offer vain and Buttm. 114. Lob. ad Phr.
rash resistance, Acts ix. 5. xxvi. 14. So p. 582 to mix, to mingle, e. g. wine with
;

in Greek and Rom. 2Eschyl. writers, water or spices Sept. for Tjpp Is. v. 22.
Again. 1624 or 1633. Eurip. Bacch. 795. Xen. An. 1. 2. 23. genr. Diod. Sic. 2.
Find. Pyth. 2. 174. Lat. adversum sti- 26. In N. T. by impl. to prepare a
mulum calcare. Terent. Phorm 1 . 2. 28. draught, to pour out sc. for drinking, to
 441

fill one's cup. Rev. xiv. 10 sol. James iv. 13. Ml. V. H. 2. 19.

rijcparou iv ry Trorrjpty. xviii. 6 bis. So Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 4. Spoken of any loss

Prov. ix. 2, 5. Is. xix. 5. or evil, to gain, i. e. to save, to be spared
Sept. for "rjptt
Thuc. 6. 32 icepa<ravr from, to avoid. Acts xxvii. 21
Ktpdrjaai
K. T. \. and so to
r (tdtij TTJV v/3ptv Tavrrjv
,- , P lur -
have saved, avoided, this loss. Jos. Ant.
uncontracted, Buttm. 54. n. I, a horn, Luc. Ty-
2. 3. 2. Helidor. 8. p. 380.
i. e.
rann. 8.
a) pp.
of a beast, Rev. v. 6. xii. 3. xiii.
of persons, to gain, to win
b) trop.
1 xvii. 3, 7, 12, 16.
bis, 11. Sept. for i. e. as a friend or patron,
Ml.
any one, (a)
pjj Gen. xxii. 13. Dan.
vii. 7, 8
e. g. XptOTov Phil. iii. 8. TOV ddeX<J>6v
H. An. 12. 19, 20. Xen. An. 7. 2. 23. Matt, xviii. 15 __ (/3) to gain over to one's
From the Heb. as the symbol of
side, in N. T. to win over to Christ and
strength, power, Sept. and yip Jer.
xlviii.
thus bring to salvation, 1 Cor. ix. 19, 20
25. Ps. Ixxv. 11. Ecclus. xlvii. 5, 7, 12 ; where it is i. (rww in ver.
bis, 21, 22, q.
and hence meton, Luke i. 69 Kepag trw~
22. Pet. Cor. vii.16 where
1 iii. 1, coll. 1
rrjpiaQ horn of deliverance, i.
q. strong it is (ruw.
deliverer. So Sept. and Heb. *yv}* pp r
Ps. xviii. 3. 2 Sam. xxii. 3. Comp. KE'(>O?, toe, oic> j gain, profit,
Phil. i. 21. iii. 7. Tit. 11.
i. Luc.
Gesen. Lex. pp no. 1.
de Merc. cond. 40. Plato Apol. Socr.
b) trop. of any extremity, projecting
32.
point, resembling a horn, e. g. upon the
four corners of the Jc\vi<h altars, Rev. q. v.) pp. a
t, aroc) > ('pw
ix. 13. Comp. Ex. xxvii. 2 sq. where small piece, bit, hence collect, smalt.

Sept. and pp. See Calmet p. 46. Of coin, change, John ii. 15. Jos. J. B. 2.
the wing of an army 2 Mace. xv. 20. 14, 6. Dem. 549. 27.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 29.
j ov, o, (fcepjuan'a> fr.

Kcpartov, ou, (dimin. fr.

ro, a money-changer, broker, John ii.

pp. little horn ; in N. T. pod, carobpod, 14, i. Matt. xxi. 12.

q. KoXXvpiarrie; in
Luke xv. 16, i. e. the fruit of the carob The annual tribute of each Jew to the
tree, Rabb. min, in Greek Kipariia temple was a Jewish half-shekel, Ex.
(horn-tree),
the ceratonia siliqua of Lin- xxx. 13 sq. and this the money-changers,
naeus, Germ. Johannisbrod-baum. This sitting in the outer court, furnished to
tree is common in Syria and in the the people as they came up, in exchange
southern parts of Europe it produces ;
for Greek and Roman coins. Comp.
long slender pods shaped like a horn or Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. 2032.
sickle, containing a sweetish pulp and
several brown shining seeds like beans. ou,ro, (pp. neut. of adj.
These pods are sometimes used as food K0\77,) head, e. g. of a bird
<dloQ fr.
Diod. Sic. 3. 28. In N. T. and genr.
by the poorer classes in the East, and
swine are commonly fed with them. See trop. the head, i. e.
a) the chief thing, main point. Heb.
Buxtorf. Lex. Chald. 821. Rees' Cyclop.
viii. 1 K((f>dXaiov Si ITTI rolf XeyoptvoiG,
art. Ceratonia. Galen, defac. Aliment.
i. e. the great a id esssential point in
1

II.
what has been said. So Suidas in re-
f. avw, (Kfpdof,) later fut. ference to this passage, KtfydXaiov e/ctT TO
and aor. 1, Kfpdrjaofiat, iKSpdrjcra, Buttm. peyiaTov XsytTcu. Luc. Vit. Auct. 23.
114. Lob. ad Phr. p. 740; fut. 1 pass. Dem. 520. 3. Thuc. 6. 6.
Kcpif&4*o/*at, 3 plur. Kepj3J7<rwvrai 2 Pet. b) sum, amount,
in computing, sum-
iii. 1 see in "iva 1. C. a. To gain, to ming up, Theophr. Char. 25 or 14.
acquire as gain, to win, trans. Thuc. 1.36. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 18 Hence
a) pp. of things, e. g. TOV Ko<r/iov oXov, of money, a sum, capital, Acts xxii. 28
the wealth of the whole world, Matt. TroXXov Ks<f>aXa1ov. So Sept. and E>'S7
xvi. 26. Mark viii. 36. Lukeix. 25. In Lev. vi. 4 Jos. Ant. 12. 2. 3 med.
trade c. ace. Matt. xxv. 17, 20, 22. ab- jEschin. 68. 26.
 442

ow, w, f. wet), 7 KiQaXiq /3i/3Xiou, quoted from Ps. xl. 8

#o swm up, Thuc. 3. 67. In N. T. i. where Sept. for
q. ipp-nia,.
K0aXiw, to wound on the head, trans.
KTJJUOW, u>, ci<rw, (*7/ioc muzzle,)
Mark xii. 4 Kaictivov Xt3'o/3oX;<ravrg to muzzle, i. q. <}>ip,6w for which it stands
KE0aXaiWav, comp. Luke xx. 12 where in some MSS. 1 Cor. ix. 9. Xen. Eq.
it is rpav^artVavreg. Comp. Lob. ad Phr.
5. 3.
p. 95.
Kfjvo-oc, ou, o, Lat. census, i. e. pp.
, f)c>
r/>tfe head, i. e. an enumeration of the people and valua-
a) pp.
of man Matt. vi. 17. viii. 20. tion of property, see Adam's Rom. Ant.
xxvii. 30. Luke vii. 38. al. saep. as cut off p. 79, 128 sq. in Greek cnroypaipii q. v.
Matt. xiv. 11. Mark vi. 27. of animals In N. T. tribute, poll-tax, paid by each
Rev. ix. 17, 19. xii. 3. al. Sept. for E>>h person whose name was taken in the
Gen. iii. 15. xl. 19. Hdian. 4. 8. 4. census, i. q. sViK^aXatov. Matt. xvii. 25.
Xen. An. 2. 6. 1. By synecd. as the xxii. 17 et Mark xii. 14 dovvai KTJVVOV

principal part, put emphatically for the KaiVapt. Matt. xxii. 19 vopiafia TOV KTJV-
whole person, Acts xviii. 6 TO alpa vp&v ffovthe tribute-coin, i.
q. Srjvaptov in Mark
7rt rijv
KtfaXrjv vp&v, your blood be on xii. 15. Hesych. Krjvffos- tlSoe vo/u<r/na-

your own heads, the guilt of your de-

struction rest upon yourselves. So Sept.
Ki)7roc ov, o, a garden, any place
and tihh 2 Sam. i. 16. 1 K. ii. 33, 38.
planted with herbs and trees, Luke xiii.
So Rom. xii. 20, quoted from Prov. xxv. 19. John xviii. 1, 26. xix. 41. Sept. for
22 where Sept. and 1BN1. Aristoph. Deut. xi. 10. Am.
iv. 9. Jos. Ant.
J2
Plut. 526 tig K<l>a\r]v ffoi for ete <r. comp. 9~. 10. 4. Xen. (Ec. 4. 13.
Horn. II. 11. 55. Od. 1. 343. JEl. V. H.
12. 8 --Trop. of things, the head, top, OC, OU, o, (KTJITOG,
head of garden-keeper, gardener, John xx. 15 __
summit, e. g. Ke^aX?) yatviae, the
Diod. Sic. 1. 59. Pol. 17. 6. 4.
the corner, i. e. the top-stone of the cor-
ner, the cope-stone, Matt. xxi. 42. Mark Krjpiov, ov 9 ro, (c;p<5gwax,) a honey-
xii. 10. Luke xx. 17. Acts iv. 11. 1 comb, sc. full of honey, Luke xxiv. 42.
Pet. ii. 7, all quoted from Ps. cxviii. 22 Sept. for npb Prov. xxiv. 13. xix. 11.
where Sept. for fTSS 125X1 __ Comp. in Jos. Ant. 6. 6. 3. Diod. Sic. 5. 26. Xen.

'A/epoywi/mtoc Sept. -- Gen. viii. 5. xi. 4. An. 4. 8. 20.

Xen. GEc. 19. 13.

, aroe> ro, (KWVOOW, ^pro-
of persons, i. e. the head,
b) metaph. clamation by a herald, Hdot. 8. 41. Dem.
the chief, one to whom others are sub-
917. 24. edict thus proclaimed Xen.
ordinate, e. g. a husband in relation to In N. T. annunciation,
Cyr. 4. 5. 57.
a wife, 1 Cor. xi. 3 ice^aX?) yvvancog 6
preaching, spoken
avrjp. Eph. v. 23. Of Christ in relation
a) of prophets, e. g. the denunciation
to his church, which is his body, <rw/ia, of Jonah against Nineveh, T& Krjpvyfta
and its members his members, /uXi/, 'Iwva Matt. xii. 41. Luke xi. 32. So
(comp. 1 Cor.
27,) Cor. xi. 3. Eph.
xii. 1
Sept. fornx^p Jon. iii. 2.
i. 22. iv. 15. v. 23. Col. i. 18. ii. 10, 19.
Of God b) of Christ and his apostles, preach-
in relation to Christ, 1 Cor. xi.
ing sc. of the gospel, public instruction,
3. So Sept. and ittNi Judg. xi. 8, 11.
1 Cor. i. 21. ii. 4. xv. 14. Tit.i. 3. Me-
2 Sam. xxii. 24. AL. ton. for the gospel preached, Rom. xvi.

[xiv.]
25. 2 Tim. iv. 17. Clem. Alex.
pp. a
Strom. 6. 5, 6.
little head, e. g. bulb of garlic Luc. Dial.
Meretr. 14. 3. head, knob, of a column Krjpv?, UKOC, o, a herald, public
etc. Philo de Vit. Mos. II. p. 146. 50. crier,Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 31. An. 5. 7. 3, 4.
Jos. Ant. 12. 2. 8. In N. T. prob. the In N. T. a preacher, public instructor,
head, knob of the wooden rod on which e. g. of the divine will and precepts, as
Hebrew manuscripts are rolled, and Noah 2 Pet. ii. 5. of the gospel, a?
hence meton. fora roll, volume Heb. x. Paul 1 Tim. ii. 7. 2 Tim. i. 11.
 443

V. TTW, f. w> (lC)7pv,) of Simon Peter, i. q. nlrpog John i. 43.

be a herald etc. Horn. II. 17. 325. Luc. 1 Cor. i. 12. iii. 22. ix. 5. xv. 5. Gal
D. Deor. 24. 1. to wwzfo proclamation ii. 9.
sc. through a herald etc. Diod. Sic. 17.
de, ou, r), an ark, i. e. a wooden
109. Xen. H. G. 7. 2. 23. In N. T. to
chest, coffer, ^El. V. H. 9. 13. Lysias
proclaim, to announce publicly to publish, ,
121. 5. In N. T. spoken of the ark of
trans.
the covenant, Heb. ix. 4. Rev. xi. 19.
a) genr.
Matt. x. 27 *c/pware CTTI T&V
Sept. for yhi$ Ex. xxv. 10. Lev. xvi. 2.
flayiarwj>. Luke xii. 3. Acts x. 42. Rev. al. ssep. Jos'. Ant. 4. 8. 44 __ Of Noah's
v. 2. Sept. for N^ Ex. xxxii. 5. Esth.
ark, Matt. xxiv. 38. Lukexvii. 27. Heb.
vi. 9, 11. ynn Joel ii. 1. Jos. Ant.
xi. 7. 1 Pet. iii. 20. So Sept. for rnn
14. 15. 2. Hdian.^Eschin. 75.
1. 7. 2.
Gen. vi. 14 sq. vii. 1 sq. Josephus calls
30 In the sense of to noise or blazen
it also \dpvaZ Ant. 1. 3. 2 sq.
abroad, to laud publicly. Mark i. 45
ijpZaro icrjpvfffftiv TroXXd jcai <5ia07//uiv. V. >)
whence
20. vii.36. Lukeviii.39.--Pol.30.20.6. Lat. cithara, Engl. guitar, though the
Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 4. modern instrument is different, the an-
cient cithara or lyre being without a
b) espf c. to preach, to publish, to an-
nounce, sc. religious truth, the gospel neck, and with the strings open like the
with its attendant privileges and obliga- modern harp hence genr. lyre, harp.
;

tions, the gospel dispensation, (a) genr.

See Rees' Cyclop, art. Cithara and Lyre,
e. g. of John the Baptist, Matt. iii. 1 also the plates of Musical Instruments.
1 Cor. xiv. 7. Rev. v. 8. xiv. 2. xv.
Ktjpvffffaiv \v ry iprjpv ical Xaywi/. Mark i.
4,7. Luke iii. 3. Acts x. 37. Of Jesus 2. Sept. for 1133 Gen. xxxi. 27. 1 Chr.
Matt. iv. 17, 23. ix. 35. xi. 1. Mark i. ix. 11. Josephus describes the Heb. lisa,
14,38,39. Luke iv. 44. viii. 1. 1 Pet. Ktvvpa,ashaving ten strings and as struck
iii. 19.Of apostles and teachers, Matt. with a key, Ant. 7. 12. 3. Comp. Gesen.
x.7. xxiv. 14. xxvi. 13. Mark iii. 14. Lex. art. "il33.. ^El. V. H. 14. 23. Luc.

vi. 12. xiii. 10. xiv. 9. xvi. 15, 20. Luke Imag. 14.

ix.2. xxiv. 47. Acts xx. 25. xxviii. 31.

t'^w, f. iffu, (K#api,) to play
Rom. x. 8, 14, 15. 1 Cor. ix. 27. xv. 11. upon the cithara, i. g. genr. to harp, to
Gal. ii. 2. Col. i. 23. 1 Thess. ii. 9. 2 Tim.
play the lyre, 1 Cor. xiv. 7. Rev. xiv. 2.
iv. 2 ic. rbv \6yov.~ Act. Thorn. 1, K. TUV ^El. V. H. 3.
Sept. for p: Is. xxiii. 16.
\6yov. So TOV Xpttrrov Ktjpvcrffeiv, to 32. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 4.
preach Christ, i. e. to announce him as
the Messiah, and exhort to the reception Cj OU, (KtSapa, aoiSos, <

of his gospel, Acts viii. 5. ix. 20. xix.

a harper, lyrist, one who plays on the
18. 1 Cor. 1.23. xv. 12. 2 Cor. i. 19. iv. harp or lyre and accompanies it with
5 ov yap tavrovg Kijpvffcro^ev, aXXti Xpttr- song, Rev. xiv. 2. xviii. 22. jEl. V.

TOV. xi. 4 bis. Phil. i. 15. 1 Tim. iii. 16.

H. 3. 43. Luc. Vit. Auct. 3.

(/3)
In allusion to the Mosaic and pro- ac, 7> Cilicia, a province
phetic institutions, to preach, to teach. of Asia Minor, bounded N. by Cappa-
Acts xv. 21 Mwv<r//c TOVQ KT]pvy<rovTct
. . .
docia, Lycaonia, and Isauria ; S. by the
avrbv t\ti. Rom. ii. 21 6 Kijpvcrffwv p,fj Mediterranean ;
E. by Syria and W.
;

K\STTTllV. Gal. V. 11 fi
TrtplTOfjLIJV ITl by Pamphylia. The western part was
Kijpvvffio. Luke iv. 18, 19, quoted from called Tpa\tla, aspera, and the eastern
Is. Ixi. 1 where Sept. for "j]p,
as also TrtSivr], This country was
campestris.
Prov. viii. 1. the province of Cicero when proconsul,
any large and its chief town Tarsus was the birth-
Kfjroc, oc ouc> ) t fish,
place of Paul. Acts vi. 9. xv. 23, 41
sea-monster, Matt. 40. .
xii. Sept. for
Diod. xxi. 39. xxii. 3. xxiii. 34. xxvii.5.
. ii. 1. Palseph. 38. 1.
Gal. i. 21.

, o, o, Cephas, later Heb. NET3 Ktvcijuwjuov, ou, ro, cinnamon, the

(rock, Buxt. Lex. Ch. 1032,) a surname aromaticbarkofthei'<nscmwwow?^/?,
 444

which giows in Arabia, India, and es- Ez. xxxi. 7. jEl. V. H. 2. 14. Trop.
pecially in the island of Ceylon. The and nXddoi branches for off'
allegor, ol

ancients employed it in their incense spring, posterity, Rom. xi. 16 19,21.

and perfumes. Rev. xviii. 13. Sept. for Theophr. Char. 5 or 21 K\ddoe MtXiralof.
jiT^i?
Ex xxx 23 - - - slan rqp Jer. vi. Comp. Sept. pdfidog Is. xi. 1.

20. Diod. sic. 2. 49. Comp. Plin. H. Buttm.

N. 12. 19. KXa/w, f.
KXavffopai 114,
inN. T. fut. KXaixro) Luke vi. 25, comp.
,
f.
tvffw, (KivtivvoQ,} to be Winer. 15 ; to weep, to wail, to lament,
in danger, in peril, intrans. Luke viii. 23.
implying not only the shedding of tears,
1 Cor, xv. 30. seq. inf. Acts xix, 27, 40. but also every external expression of
Ecclus. xxxi.
[xxxiv.] 12. Jos. Ant. grief.
4.8.2. Xen. H.G. 1.4, 15. intrans. and absol. Matt. xxvi. 75
a)
tK\aucr Tnicpwe. Mark xiv. 72. Luke vi.
c, ou, o, (prob. fr. *civ!w,)
21. vii. 13. viii. 52. John xi. 31, 33. 1
danger, peril, Rom. viii. 35. 2 Cor. xi.
26 octies. Cor. vii. 30. al. Seq. iiri c. dat. to weep for
Sept. for ^72 Ps. cxvi. 3.
Hdian. 3. 3. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 8.
or over any one, Luke xix. 41. liri c. ace.
Luke xxiii. 28 /*/)
K\aarc STT' tfis K. T. X.
Ktvcw, w, f. to move, to Joined Mark
jjffw, (K/W,) c. dXaXd&iv v. 38. c. So-
put in motion^ trans. Matt, xxiii. 4 ov Mark v. 39. c. Spriviiv John xvi.
pvf3e.lv
SsXovffi Kivrjaai avrd sc. TO. 0opr/a. Sept. 20. c. KOTTreaSai Rev. xviii. 9. c. 6X0-
Pass, for 13-173 Is. xli. 1.
y-$ Job xiii. 25.
Xv&iv James v. 1. c. TrtvSiiv Mark xvi.
Xen. Conv. 2. 22. So Ktvtlv rr)v 10. Luke vi. 25. Rev. xviii. 15, 19. seq.
Kt(f>aXr)v to move i. e. shake the head, in
cTr'avryver.ll. Sept. for npa Gen. xxxiii.
derision Matt, xxvii. 39. Mark xv. 29. 4. Num. xiv. 1. c. ?rt nva Judg. xiv. 17.
Sept. forirffrhyarrSK. xix.21. Job xvi. 2 Sam. xix. 1. Ecclus. xxii. 9, 10. JE1.
4. Ps. xxii. 8. Ecclus. xii. 18. xiii. 7 __ V. H. 12. 1 Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 13.
init.
Mid. to move oneself, i. e. to move intrans.
b) seq. ace. to weep, to bewail, to lament
Acts xvii. 28 ^^v K al Kivov^a __ Sept. for, e. g. the dead, Matt. ii. 18 'Pax*)X
Gen. vii.21. ^El. V.H.I. 6. Xen. Cyr. icXaiovffa TO. r'tKva avTiig. So Sept. for
1. 4. 19. to move, to stir up, to
Metaph. J"D2 Gen. xxxvii. 34. Deut. xxxiv. 8.
excite, e. g. araoiv Acts xxiv. 5. xxi. 30 1 Mace. ix. 20. JE1. V. H. 6. 1. Xen.
iKivriSti T) TroXie 6X?; -- Jos. B. J. 2. 10. 4.
Cyr. 5. 2. 32. AL.
Xen. Ag. 1. 37. Seq. IK row TOTTOV, i. q.
to move away, to remove, trans. Rev. ii. KAatnc, *we> V, (*cXaw,) a breaking,
5.
vi. 14 i. e. act of breaking, e. g.iv ry /cXa<ra
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 18. Hdian. 6. 1 . 6.
row aprov Luke xxiv. 35. Acts ii. 42.
h (f<vew,) motion, Theophr. de Caus. PI. 3. 19 KXd<n S
John v. 3 rr)v TOV vSaroQ Kivrjffiv. Diod.
Sic. 1.7. Xen. Ven. 10. 12.
,^, (*Xaw ; ) fragment,
indec. Kis, Heb. bit, e. g. of food, Matt. xiv. 20. xv. 37.
o, irrp Kish,
pr. n. of the father of king Saul, Acts Mark vi. 43. viii. 8, 19, 20. Lukeix. 17.
xiii. 21. Comp. 1 Sam. ix. 1. John vi. 12, 13. Sept. for ns Lev. ii. 6.

Judg. xix. 5. rr!?5) 1Sam. xxx. 12.

K/Xpttyit,
f.
xpv)
(i- q. xpw, see Diod. Sic. 17. 13. ''Xen. Ven. 10. 5.
Button. 114. p. 307,
308,) to lend, trans.
Luke xi. 5 %p?/<r6V p,oi rpet dprovg. Sept. TJC, )>
rj,
Clauda or Claude,
Ex. xii. 30. m. V. H. 14. 10. Xen. now Gozzo, a small island off the S. W.
Mem. 3. 11.18. coast of Crete, Acts xxvii. 16 It is also
called KXavtiog Ptol. 3. 7. Gaudos, Mela
KAa$O,ou, (K\aw,}ashoot, sprout,
o, 2. 7. Plin. H. N. 4. 22.
branch, pp. young and easily broken off.
Matt. xxiv. 32 brav -fjSr) 6 /cXadog avTrjc m, ac, 7> Claudia, pr. n. of
ical TO.
a Christian female, 2 Tim. iv. 21.
ytvtjrai dTraXot; ${>\\a tK<t>vy. xiii.
3-2. xxi. 8. Mark iv. 32. xiii. 28. Luke KAau&oe, ou, o, Claudius, pr. n.
xiii. 19. Sept. for nvlri Jer. xi. 1C 1. Tiberius Claudius Nero Germanicus,
 445

the fifth Roman emperor, successor of TOV $dov. ix. 1. xx. 1. Metaph. Luke
Caligula, r. A. D. 41 54. Acts xi. 28. xi. 52 r/)v K\elda TTJQ yj>w<reo>e,key of
xviii. 2. In the fourth year of his reign knowledge, i. e. the means of attaining
occurred the famine foretold by Agabus to true knowledge in respect to the
Acts xi. 28 ; see Jos. Ant. 20. 2. 6. ib. kingdom of God, comp. Matt, xxiii. 13.
20. 5. 2. ib. 3. 15. 3. Tac. Ann. 12. 43. pp. Sept. for nnp?p Judg. iii. 25. Ar-
Sueton in Claud. 28. Krebs Obs. in N. T. temid. 3. 54. Luc.'Tim. 13.
p. 210. At first he was favourable to
the Jews, Jos. Ant. 20. 1. 2 but in
KXttw, f. ffw, perf. pass. Ke/cXftoyta/,
;
aor. 1 pass. ticXdffSrijr, for the a see Buttm.
his ninth year he banished all the Jews
98. n. 6 ; to shut, to close, trans.
from Rome, Acts xviii. 2. Comp. Sueton. Matt. vi. 6 K\
a) pp. ivctQ Trjv Srvpav GOV.
in Claud. 25.
xxv. Lukexi. 7. John xx. 19, 26. Acts
10.
2. Claudius Lysias, a Roman tribune,
v. 23. xxi. 30. Rev. xx. 3. xxi. 5.
Sept.
XiXiapxoe, commanding in Jerusalem, for nap Gen. vii. 16. Josh. ii. 7. Hdian.
Acts xxiii. 26.
2. 1. 13. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 27. So of the
ou, 6, (icXatw,) weeping, heavens, 6 ovpavof, i. e. the windows of
heaven so that no rain can fall, Luke iv.
wailing, Matt. ii. 18. viii. 12. xiii. 42, 50.
Kxii. 13. xxiv. 51. xxv.30. Luke xiii. 28. 25. Rev. xi. 6. Oomp. Gen. vii. 11. viii.
A.ctsxx. 37. Sept. for '33 Gen. xlv. 2. 2. Job xxxviii. 37.
Ezra iii. 13. Comp. Lob. a'd Phr. p. 325. b) metaph. (a) Matt.xxiii.13 jcXaere TY\V
(3a<r. rS>v ovp. to shut up the kingdom of
KXaw, f. K\dirw, to break, i. e. to
heaven, i. e.
wilfully to prevent men from
weak off or in two, Horn. II. 11. 584. So of autho-
entering, comp. in KXIf .

Diod. Sic. 4. 35. Plut. Romul. 28 med.

rity to exclude or admit, Rev. iii. 7 bis,
[n N. T. only in the phrase K\a<rai 8. 1 John iii. 17 rd o-TrXdyxva
/cXcto-at
(/3)
'bv aprov, to break bread, sc. for distri- diro TWOS, to shut one's bowels from
up
bution as preparatory to a meal, the i. e. not to let one's
any one, compas-
Fewish bread being in the form of thin sion flow out, to be hard-hearted. Comp.
Jake?. Also genr. Matt. xiv. 19. xv. 36. in ~S>Tr\dy%vov.
Mark viii. 6. 19. Luke xxiv. 30. Actsxxvii.
J5. So Sept. and Heb. tJH^ D1> Jer. KXljU/ia, aroc? >
(M*T,) theft,
Rev. ix. 21 Dem. 736. 5. Xen. CEc.
tvi. 7. comp. Is. Iviii. 7. So in the
14. 5. thing stolen Sept. Ex. xxii. 2, 3.
Lord's supper and agapce, Matt. xxvi. 26.
Luc. Asin. 19.
Mark xiv. 22. Luke xxii. 19. Acts ii. 46.
KX. 7, 11. 1 Cor. x. 16. xi. 24. Act. j a, b, Cleopas, one of the
rhom. 27, 29 Metaph. of the body, two disciples to whom Jesus appeared
r&fia, of Christ, as typically broken in on the way to Emmaus, Luke xxiv. 18.
the eucharist. 1 Cor. xi. 24 TO aHJ^a rb Different from KXwTrac q. v.

vTrlp vfi&v icXw/ztvov, where the allusion KXt'oe, touc? (fXew fr. KaXew,)
>

B to the death on the cross. pp. Jos. pp. report, rumour, Horn. II. 2. 486. Od.
B. J.2. 8. 10. 13.415. In N.T. and genr. fame, re-
and
ace. K\t~iv icXet- nown, glory, 1 Pet, ii. 20. Sept. for
* Soe, >!,

and contr. y-QVJJob xx viii. 22. JE1. V. H. 2. 32.

Sa, ace. plur. icXeTdag jcXeTg,
Thuc. 2.45. Xen. Ven. 1. 6.
Buttm. 44. 58. Winer 9. p. 61 ;
a
key, for locking and unlocking, in N.T. j ou, b, (icXs7r7-w,) a thief,
as the symbol of power and authority. Matt. vi. 19, 20. xxiv. 43. Luke xii. 33,39.
Matt. xvi. 19 Stiffs aoi TCLQ jcXttc Tfjg John x. 1. xii. 6. 1 Cor. vi. 10. 1 Thess.
TOV Srtov, i. e. the power of
(3affi\eiag v. 2, 4. 1 Pet. iv. 15. 2 Pet. iii. 10. Rev.
opening or shutting, of admitting to or iii. 3. xvi. 15. Sept. for 232 Ex. xxii. 2.
excluding from, the kingdom of God. Joelii. 9 -- Ecclus. v. 14. Luc. Asin. 46.
Rev. iii. 7 6 t^v TT\V K\elv TOV AafiiS, in Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 6. Trop. of false
thesame sense, in allusion to Is. xxii. 22 teachers, deceivers, who steal men away
where Sept. TTJV K\tida OIKOV Aa/3td for from the truth, John x. 8, 10. So Sept.
T*n n*3 nnp?o. Rev. i. 18 rae KXeif and 332 Hos. vii. 1.
 44-6 KArj/oo{,

Matt. xix. 18. p.704 sq. So k.-X. TI}V (3aatXiiav ,-ov Seov
Rom. instead of the more usual
xiii. 9, Matt, xxv.34. 1 Cor. vi.9, 10. xv.50. Gal.
113. 4, and n. 7. v.21. /cX.w}vaiwviovMatt.xix.29. Mark
f.
icXtyo/mi Buttm.
To steal, absol. Matt. x. 17. Luke x. 25. xviii. 18. afdcpviav
Winer^ 15. p. 80.
vi. 19,20 diopvffffovai KCLI icXsTrTovffi.
Mark I Cor. xv. 60. also Heb. i.
4, 14. vi. 12.
x. 19. Luke xviii. 20. John x. 10. Rom. xii. 17. 1 Pet. iii. 9. Rev. xxi. 7. Sept.
ii.21 bis. Eph. iv. 28 bis. Fut. ov K\tyfte for ih^ Gen. xv. 7. Deut. i. 21 genr.
as imperat. Matt. xix. 18. Rom. xiii. 9, seq. ace. Ecclus. iv. 13. Jos. Ant. 8. 13.
see Winer ^ 44.Matth. 498. c. Sept.
3. 8 icX. TOV Na/SovS'ou dfiTTtXwva Trpotica.
for nD3 Ex. xx. 15. Deut. v. 19 Luc. Diod. Sic. 1. 24. Pol. 2. 27. 5. See
Asin. 41. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 15 __ In the Lob. ad Phr. p. 129. Sturz de Dial
sense of to steal away, to take by stealth, Alex. p. 140.
seq. ace. as a dead body Matt, xxvii. 64.
xxviii. 13. So Sept. and S33 2 Sam. xxi. q. v.) inheritance, i. e.
12. Hdian.2. 1.5.
a) pp. from one's ancestors, patrimony,
Matt. xxi. 38. Mark xii. 7. Luke xii. 13.
KArj/m, aroe, r<5, (icXaw,) shoot, xx. 14. Sept. for Num. xxvii. 7,8.
sprout, branch, i. q. icXaSos, pp. such as n^fp
9, 10, 11. Isocr. 393"; A. Hdian. 5. 1. 13.
are easily broken off', in N. T. only of
the vine, shoot, tendril, John xv. b) genr. portion, possession, espec.
2, 4, 5,
the land of Canaan as the possession of
6. Sept. for rnl?l Ez. xii. 6, 7. rnfaT. the Israelites, Acts vii. 5. Heb. xi. 8.
Ez. xv. 2. Jos.' Ant. 2. 5. 2. Xen. GEc.'
So Sept. and n^fT3 Deut. iv. 38. Josh.
19. 8.
xi. 23. Hence trop. of admission to
the kingdom of God and its attendant
KA?iju]C Circe, o, Clement, pr. n.
of a Christian Phil. iv. 3, not improbably privileges, Acts xx. 32. Gal. iii. 18. Eph.
Clemens Romanus. i. 14, 18. v. 5. Col. iii. 24. Heb. ix. 15.
1 Pet. i. 4.
w,
??<, (*X>7po- f.
,

lot sc. a portion

receive by KArjpovd/iOC,ov, o, icX^pof, vi-
*
thus distributed, Sept. for !?n$ Num. pp. receiving by lot/ sc. ? por-
xxvi. 55. Josh. xvi. 4. Hence, as an in- tion thus distributed j hence in N. T.

heritance might also be distributed and genr. an heir, see above in KXrjpo-
by
lot (Ecclus. xiv. to inherit, to be heir VOfJi'tii).
15),
to any person or thing, in classic writers a) pp.
Matt. xxi. 38. Mark xii. 7. Luke
xx. 14. Gal. iv. 1. Sept. for unv Jer.
seq. gen. e. g. of pers. Luc. D. Mort. 9.
4. ib. 11. 3. of thing Dem. 171. 25. viii. 10. 2 Sam. xiv. 7. ^1. V.H. 13. 11.

Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 129 __ In N. T. Lysias 907. 5. Trop. K\ijpov6fios Stov,

heir of God, i. e. a partaker of the bless-
genr.
to inherit, to be heir, absol. Gal. iv. ings which God bestows upon his chil-
a)
30 ov yap o vibg rfjs dren, implying admission to the king-
/i?) KXripovojjirjay
dom of heaven and its Rom.
quoted from Gen.
TraiSiffKTiG fifTo. K. T. \. privileges,
xxi. 10 where Sept. for urp, as also viii. 17 bis. Gal. iv. 7. So Gal. iii. 29
Gen. xv. 4. Num.xxvii.il. K\rjpov6p.ot sc. TOV 'Afipadp, heirs of tbe
in later usage simply to obtain, to blessings promised to Abraham.
b)
i.
q. possessor sc. of any thing
acquire, to possess, seq. ace. in N. T. b) genr.
received as a portion, possession, e. g.
spoken only of the friends of God as
the kingdom of heaven etc. Rom. iv. 13,
receiving admission to the kingdom of
heaven and its attendant privileges. 14. Tit. iii. 7. Heb. i. 2. vi. 17. xi. 7.

Matt. v. 5 K\Tjpovop,T](rovffi TYJV yijv they James ii. 5.

shall quietly possess the land i. e.

prima- , ou, o, (prob. fr.

rily the land of Canaan, but understood lot, i. e.

in a spiritual sense of the Messiah's king-
a) pp.
a lot, die, any thing used in
dom ; comp. Sept. and Heb. ynj^ irrr determining chances, comp. Potter's
Ps. xxxvii. 9, 11, 22, 29. xxv. 13. Th'oluck Gr. Antiq. I. p. 333. E. g. tcXrjpov /3aX-
Bergpred. p. 83 sq. Bibl. Repos. III. Xtiv, Engl. to cast lots, Matt, xxvii. 35 bis.
 K XT/JOCKO 447

Mark xv. 24. Luke xxiii. 34. John xix. divisions of the Roman people ; but this
24. Acts 26
bis tduicav K\npovg ... icat
i. was neither a Greek nor Hellenistic use
firsfftv o KXrjpos. Sept. for ^lia Ps. xxii. of the word.
19. Neh. x. 34. Jon. i. 7. Luc. Her-
) i/> ov, (jcaXsw,) called, in-
mot. 40. Horn. II. 7. 175. lv /cXijoy by vited, e. g. to a banquet, Sept. for
lot Xeii. Ath. 1. 2. KV\\>
1 K. i. 41, 49. ^schin. 50. 1. Hence
b) meton. lot, i. e. par*, portion sc. as in N. T. trop. called, invited, sc. to the
assigned by lot, Actsviii. 21 OVK tan <TOI
ouSi icXfipog iv So kingdom of heaven and its privileges,
Utpi Ttfi Xoyy TOVTtjj.
genr. Matt. xx. 16 et xxii. 14 TroXXot yap
Sept. and ^nla Deut. x. 9. xii. 12. (Jos. ilffi e iicXtKToi. Also
K\TJTOI, <JXiyot
Ant. 4. 7. So of an office to which
5.) emphat. of those who have obeyed this
one is appointed by lot or otherwise,
call, i.
q. saints, Christians, Rom. i.
6, 7
Acts i. 17, 25 Xafttlv rbv tcXrjpov r?/f
KXrjToi 'Irjffov K. . . .
icXijTOi a'yioi. viii. 28.
SiaKoviag, corap. ver. 26. Hence genr. 1 Cor. i. 2, 24. Jude i. Rev. xvii. 14.
vortion, possession, heritage, trop. Acts
Cornp. Heb. hO^Tp Is. xlviii. 12. In the
xxvi. 18 tcXijpov iv rolq t'iyia<T[i'evoiQ. Col. i.
sense of appointed, chosen, sc. to any
12. Plur. id. 1 Pet. v. 3 fiqd' we <cara-
office, see in KaXew no. 1. e. Rom. i.
Kvpievovrtf TU>V K\fip<av, not as lording it 1 et 1 Cor. 1 icXqrdc airooroXoc,
over the possessions, heritage, sc. of God
i. comp.
Gal. i. 15.
or Christ, the church. Wisd. v. 5. So
pp. icXijpot estates, lands, Hdot. 1 . 76. ib. KX/l3avoc ov, o, an oven, sc. for
3. 94.
sing. m. V. H. 12. 61. baking bread, Matt. vi. 30. Luke xii. 28.
f. to Sept. for Heb. T121D Ez. viii. 3. Lev. xxvi.
KXr/po'a>} to, u<ru>, (*Xi/poc,)
?ast lots Hdot. 1. 94. Mid. to acquire
26. Hdot. 2 92. Artemid. 2. 10. The
by
lotXen. Cyr. 1. 6. 46. In N.T. only Attic form was xpipavoc, Lob. ad Phr.
Mid. KXqpoo/iat, ovpai, genr. to obtain, p. 179. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 176 __
to absol. 11 iv
The Heb. "TO Gr. rXi/3ai/oc, was a
receive, Eph. i. < /col

\K\r]pu)$T]p.ev . . . tlf rb elvat }/zaf K. r. X. laige round pot of earthen or other ma-
two or three feet high,
i.
through whom we have attained
q.
terials, narrowing
to etc. through whom it has been
be towards the top ;
this being first heated
by a fire made
within, the dough or
granted us Act. Thorn. 24 'iva Xi;-
JwSui aio ytvtoSai K. r. X. JE1. H. An. paste was spread upon the sides to bake,
I. 13. Alciphr. 3. ep. 49.
thus forming thin cakes. See Calmet
art. Bread p. 208. Jahn 140. Banner's
KXf/<Tt, <t>c, 17, (jca\w,) a call, i. e. Obs. 1. p. 401 sq.
summons Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 14. invitation
r
to a banquet 3 Mace. v. 14. Xen. Conv. KXtjua, aroCj > (K\IVW,) inclina-
I. 7. Hence in N. T. trop. a call, tion, declivity, Jos. Ant. 14. 15. 2. Pol.
2. 16. 3 KXipa ruv 6p&v. So of the
Invitation sc. to the
kingdom of God
md its
privileges, i. e. that divine call supposed inclination of the heavens to-
wards the poles in ancient geography,
oy which Christians are introduced into
the privileges of the Rom. xi. whence the northern hemisphere was
gospel.
29 TOV Stov. iv. 1. Phil,
divided into several icXt'/iara, climates, by
>/ tcXrjffig Eph.
iii. 14. 2 Thess. i. 11. 2 Tim. lines parallel to the equator, Vitruv. 1.
i. 9.
Heb. iii. 1. 2 Pet. i. 10. Eph. i. 18
1.Comp. Rees' Cyclop, art. Climate.
et iv. 4 fi IXTrtg Trjg jcX;<rfa>f, i. e. the hope Hence in N. T. and genr. climate, i. e.

which the Christian's call permits him clime, region, Gal. i. 21 tigrd icXifiara rfjs
to cherish Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 17. Svptaf. Rom. xv. 23. 2 Cor. xi. 10.
So 1 Cor. i. 26 pXt-rrere TTJV K\fj<nv PoL 5. 44. 6. Jos. B. J. 6. 12. 2. Hdian.
manner of your call, how
i. e. the 2. 11. 8.
y/iwv,
ye were called. So too 1 Cor. vii. 20
KX/vj, 7C> V> (rXc'vw,) a bed, C'uch,
fborroc & ry K\T)<TU y iicXi^ij, iv ravry
any thing on which one lies, reclines, etc.
\LIVITU, i. e. as he was called, so let him For the Hebrew beds, see Jahn 40.
remain. Others here compare Dion. Calmet art. Bed. In N. T.
Hal. A.nt 4. 18 jcX^crctf i. q. classes, sub-
a) genr. and only of the sick, Mark vii.
 448

30 et Rev. ii. 22 see in BaXXw b. So hut, tent, Horn. Od. 16. 1. II. 1. 322.
Sept.andnt07?Gen.xlviii.2. xlix.3. genr. triclinium, couches, for reclining at
i. e.
2 Sam. iv.7. 1 K. xvii. 19. Luc. Asin. a meal Pind. Pyth. 4. 237. a table-parti/,
3. Diod. Sic. 4. 59. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 15. company reclining around a table, Jos.
Of a bed in which the sick are borne, Ant. 12. 2. 11. Hence in N. T. accus.
Matt. ix. 2, 6. Luke v. 18. Acts v. 15. K\iaiac adverbially, by table-parties, in
Comp. Sept. and ni37D Cant. iii. 7. So companies. Luke ix. 14 KaraKkivart av-
of a bed or bier for the dead Jos. Ant. 7. roi} K\i<riac ava irtvTi)KOVTa. Comp.
1. 6. Hdian. 4. 2. 3 sq. Buttm. 115. 4. Herm. ad. Vig. p. 882.

b) spec,
a couch, sofa, divan, for sit-
Luke xvii. 34 taovrai KXoTTTj, fje, V> OXSTT,) theft, Matt.
ting or reclining.
xv. 19. Mark vii. 22. Sept. for inf. of
dvo K\ivag piaQ, i. e. two persons
ITTI
332 Gen. xl. 15. Ecclus. xli. 19. Xen
shall be sitting or reclining together ;
CyV. 1. 2. 6.
comp. the expression in Matt. xxiv. 40,
and see below. Markiv. 21. vii. 4. Luke KAvSwv, wvoc> > (*cXvw to dash,)
viii. 16. So Sept. and nap Am. vi. 4, pp. a dashing of the sea, surge, billows,
comp. iii. 12. Or, in all these passages Luke viii. 24. James i. 6. Sept for "i^D
K\ivrj may be taken in the sense of tricli- Jos. i. 12 __Jos. Ant.
4, 11, 9. 10. 2. Pol.

nium, i. e. the' couch or sofa on which the 1.27.4. Diod. Sic. 3. 21.
ancients reclined at meals, see in 'Avdicei-
f. depon.
, iaofiai,
uai no. 2. So Sept. and 511372 Esth. vii.
to surge, to be tossed in billows,
8. Ez. xxiii. 41 __ Ml. V. H/12. 51. Xen. ,)

8. 8. 16. VTTO ry K\lvg Luc. de Merc. trop. to fluctuate. Eph. iv. 14 /cXu^am-
Cyr.
o/ivoi TTCLVTI avi^ty diaaaKoXicic;. Sept,
Cond. 17. tox. 28.
for urttt Is. Ivii. 20. Jos. Ant. 9. 11,
K\iv't<$iov, ov, TO, (dimin. fr. 3 6 dijfiot; Tapaa<r6p.ivo(; ical K\v8wvi%6fji,tvo,
a littlebed, Luke v. 19, 24, comp. ver. Aristsen. 1. ep. 27.
18 where it is K\ivij. Dion. Hal. Ant. 7.
68. Plut. Coriolan. 24. Comp. Lob. ad , > o, Clopas, John xix.
25, elsewhere called Alpheus, see in
Phryn. p. 180.
'AX0aIog no. 1.
KXivwj f. v&, perf. KiicXiica, to incline,
trans, i. bend any thing from a
e. to KvrJ&Wj Att. Kvau>, f. Kvfjffa), to

rub, to scratch, Mid. KvrjaaaSai TO OVQ

straight position, whether downwards or
horizontally.
to scratch one's own ear Luc. bis Ace.
a genr. to bow, e. g. rb irpoowirov tig 1. T-fjv Ke$a\r)v Pomp. 48 ult.
Plut.

rtjv yijv in reverence Luke xxiv. 5. r^v

Hence Anthol. Gr. III. p. 86.
to tickle,

KstyaXrjv as one dying John xix. 30, or 8, elg yap ctfjioiflriv, wf \kytrai, icvjfoeiv
oldev ovog TOV ovov. In N. T. only Pass.
genr. to recline or lay the head, sc. for
rest. Matt. viii. 20. Luke ix. 58. to be tickled, tofeel an itching, trop. 2 Tim.
Comp.
iv. 3 KvrjSofjievoi TTJV dicorjv, lit. being
Sept. and ntt$ Ps. cxliv. 6. 2 K. xix. 16.
Diod. Sic. 15. 32. Xen. Eq. 5. 5. tickled, itching, as to the ears,
i. e.
having
an itching to hear something pleasing.
Intrans, to incline oneself, (comp. in *Ayw
no. spoken of the day as declining, So Hesych. KV^o^tvoi rriv aicorjv i)-
3,)
Luke ix. 12. xxiv. 29 KtK\iKtv 17 }/iepa.
TOVVTIQ TI a.KOvaa.1 Ka$' rjSovrjv. For
So Sept. for-T^ Judg. xix. 11 ne: Judg. the accus. see Buttm. 134. 6. Winer.
xix. 8. n3B Jer. vi. 4. Arr. Alex. M. 32. 5. On
the form Kvh$w see Buttm.
4 iyK\ivavrog ds rov
3. 4. rjXiov if ioTripav.
112. 11. Lob. ad Phr. p. 254. So
Hdot. 4. 181 aTro/cXivw. KvijaiQ WTMV Plut. VI. p. 638. 4. ed,
Reiske.
b) i. q. Lat. inclinare aciem,
i. e. in

military language, to make give way, to ^oc* ov, 17, Cnidus or Gnidus,
rout. Heb.
34 Trapf^jSoXde aXXorpi'wv
xi. a town and peninsula of Doris in Caria,
Jos. Ant. 14. 15. 4. Horn. II.
jutting out from the S. W. part of Asia
tK\ivav.
5.37. Pol. 1.27.8. Minor between the islands of Rhodes
KXyia, ac, -h,
(>X(Vw,) pp.
<
place and Cos, celebrated for the worship of
where one may recline or rest/ hence Venus. Actsxxvii.7. StraboXIV.p.905.
 449

C. Plin. H.N. 36. 15. Horn. Od. 1. Thess. iv. 13, 14, 15. 2 Pet. iii. 4. Sept.
30. l. often fornrntf 1 K. ii. 10. xi.43. Is. xliii.

q. Lat. quad- 17. 2 Mace. xii. 45. Horn. II. 11. 241.
KoSpairrj, Ofj b, i.

rans, the fourth part of an as, daadpiov, Soph. Electr. 509.

q. v. It was a small brass coin, equal a
KofyiTjtnc, ti>f, >7>
(oi/Kaw,) sleep-
to two Xtirra, i. e.
nearly to two-fifths of meton.
ing, sleep, rest, repose, John xi.
one cent. Matt. v. 26. Mark xii. 42. 13 -- Ecclus. xlvi. 19. xlviii. 14.
See in 'Aaaapiov. Jahn 117. Adam's
Rom. Ant. p. 492. Kotvo'c, rj, ov, common, i. e.
a) pp. pertaining equally to all. Acts
KotXta, ac *?> (jcoiXog fAe
hollow,) ii. 44 tfyov aTravTa icoivd. iv. 32. Tit. i.
e. g. the exterior, Sept. for "jE5
<?Wy, 4.Jude iii. Wisd. vii. 3. Diod. Sic. 1.1.
Judg. iii. 21. Pol. 39. 2. 7. In N. .
Xen. An. 3. 1. 43.
only of the interior, viz.
b) in the Levitical sense, <not per-
the belly, the bowels, as the
a) genr. mitted by the Mosaic precepts,' and
receptacle of food, put as often in Engl. therefore common, not sacred ; hence
for the stomach, either in men or ani-
i.
q. ceremonially unlawful, unholy, pro-
m;ils,Matt. xii. 40 tv ry KoiXiy. TOV KTJTOVC.
fane, Mark vii. 2 Kotvatg \tpffl, TOVT ianv
xv. 17. Markvii. 19. Luke xv. 16y/n<rat
dviTTToiQ. Acts X. 14 ovStTrore tyctyov
ri\v KoiXiav avTov. Rom. xvi. 18. 1 Cor.
irav KOIVOV fj dtcdSapTov. ver. 28. xi. 8.
vi. 13 bis, Ppunara ry KoiXia K. T. X. Phil,
Rom. xiv. 14 ter. 1 Mace. i. 47, 62. Jos.
iii. 19. Rev. x. 9, 10. Sept. for tJ'VTP Ant. 13. 1. 1 KOIVOV (3iov. Trop. under
Jon. ii. 2. Num. v. 22. Ps. xxii. 15. the gospel dispensation, unholy, uncon-
Luc. Cynic. 6. Hdian. 1. 17. 23. Thuc.
secrated. Heb. x. 29 TO aZ/xa TIJQ ha$i]-
2. 49.
KIJC KOIVOV t')yi]ffdp,tvos, i. e. unconse-
b) from the Heb. by synecd. for
crated and therefore having no atoning
the womb. Matt. xix. 12 U xrotXtac fHjrpof.
efficacy. Rev. xxi. 27 in later edit.
Luke i. 15, 41, 42. 44. ii. 21. John iii.
Others, polluted.
4. Acts iii. 2. xiv. 8. Gal. i. 15. As
personified, put for the woman herself, Ko/vow, <5, f. wo-w, (KOIVOQ,\ to make
Luke xi. 27. xxiii. 29.
So Sept. and "ja^ common, to communicate with others,
Gen. xxv. 24. Is. xliv. 2. O^T? Gen. Pol. 8. 18. 1. Thuc. 1. 39. In N. T.
xxv. 23. Ruth i. 11. for Dm Job iii. in the Levitical sense, to make common,
11. x. 18. i. render unlawful, unholy, unclean,
e. to

from the Heb. for the inward to defile, ceremonially, c. ace. Matt. xv.
c) trop.
the inner man, as in Engl. the 11 bis, 18, 20 bis, rd Koirovvra TOV av$p.
part,
K. T. X. Mark vii. 15 bis, 18, 20, 23. Heb.
breast, the heart. John vii. 38 TTOTO^OI t<e
ri/f Koi\ia avTov K. r. X. So Sept. and ix. 13. So to regard as common, to call
1lf)2
Job xv. 35. Prov. xx. 27. 0"yp unclean, Acts x. 15. xi. 9. Hesych. ^
s" xl. 9. KOIVOV aKaSapTov Xsyt.
firj
Hence genr.
to profane, to desecrate, to pollute, Acts
Ko//tmw, (o, f. 7}, (kindr. with
xxi. 28 TOV tiyiov roirov. absol. Rev. xxi.
jee7/zai,)
to make sleep, to to sleep,
put
Horn. II. 14. 236.
27 in text. rec.
trop. ib. 12. 281.
Hence in N. T. and genr. Pass. Kotfido/^iai, Ko/vwvlw, w, f. 7<, (Kotvwroe,) to
>p.ai, withfut. Mid. r/ero/uai, tofall asleep, be partaker of or in any thing, with any
to sleep, in trans. person, i. e. to share in common.
a) pp. Matt, xxviii. 13. Luke xxii. 45 a)
of things, seq. gen. to partake of
Koiuwfjitvovg airb TTJQ Xinrrjg. John xi. 12. any thing. Heb. ii. 14 KtKoivwvriKt crap-
Acts xii. 6. Sept. for -prr Is. v. 27. Kog Kai a'lficiTog. Cornp. Buttm. ^ 132. 4.
25$ Ruth iii. 8. 1 Sam. iii. 15. JE1. 2. c. Winer 3Q, 5. a. 2 Mace. v. 20.
V. H. 9. 24. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 9. Hdian. 3. 10. 15. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 22.

b) spoken of the sleep of death, for to Seq. dat. to partake in any thing.
die, to be dead. Matt xx vii. 52. John xi. 1 1 . Rom. xv. 27 el yap roT? Trvev/^art/colf av-
Acts vii. 60 TOVTO ttvtitv iKoifitfdij. xiii. 36. TUIV iicoivutvrjffav rd t^vrj. 1 Tim. v. 22.
lCor.vii.39. xi. 30. xv.6, 18, 20, 51. 1 1 Pet. iv. 13. 2 John 11. Rom. xii. 13
2G
 450 K OKKtVOC
ralf ^piaif T&V ayiuv KoivtotvovvTtG, shar-
10 KOIVWVOI ry 2i/<wvi. Comp. in Ei'/u
ing in the necessities of the saints,
i.e. II. e. Seq. gen. of thing, 1 Cor. x.
them. c. dat. Wisd. vi. 25. Plut. 18 Koevojvot TOV Svoia<TTi]piov i. e. of the
aiding
Arat. 8. Dem. 1436. 11. victims sacrificed. 2 Cor. i. 7. 1 Pet.

of persons, to partake with any one, v. 1. 2 Pet. i. 4. Ecclus. vi. 10. Hdian.
b)
6 KoivwveiTu de b 1.8.6. Xen Mem. 2. 0. 24, 26.
seq. dat. et iv, Gal. vi.
KaTTjxovfjifvoQ Tbv \6yov T<$ icarnxovvTi iv a lying down,
TTCLOIVdya3olf, let him that is taught Koi'rrj, rje> i, (/",)
sc. for rest or sleep, Hdot. 1 10 <wpg .

share with his teacher in all good things, bed-time. Hence genr. and
Tijc Koiriif
i. e. let him communicate to his teacher
in N. T.
of his good things, c. elf Phil. iv. 15 --
a) place of repose, bed, Luke xi. 7 T&
c. dat. of pers. et gen. Pol. 2 42. 5.
jraidia /itr' fytou ei'f rrjv Koirrjv. Jos.
Ml. V. H. 3. 17. c. dat. et <f Act.
Ant. Pol. 4. 57. 9. Xen. Mag.
6. 4. 2.
Thorn. 26.
Eq. Spoken of the marriage-
11. 7.
Kotvom'a, ac, n, (KOIVV|W,) act of bed, meton, for marriage itself, Heb.
partaking, sharing, i. e. xiii. 4. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 5. Plut. de Fluv.
TOV
a) participation, communion,fellowship, p. 18 /x) $t\<i)viiiaiviiv rijv KOITIJV
Acts ii. 42. 1 Cor. i. 9. x. 16 bis, ov-^i
...... rou <rw/iaro
b) a lying with
Koivoivia TOV alfjiarog a woman, cohabitation,
TOV Xp. 2 Cor. vi. 14. viii. 4 K. rrje dia- whether lawful or unlawful. Rom. xiii. 13
Koviaq, part, share in transmitting this 7rcpt?rar^(Tw/iv . . .
pr) Koiraig, i. e. not
alms. xiii. 13 K. TOV ayiov Trvtvparoq. in lewdness. Sept. for 3D1i373 Lev. xviii.
Gal. 9 foia icoivwviac right hand of
ii. 22. Num. xxxi. 17, 18, 35. Wisd. iii.
fellowship, the pledge of communion 13, 16. Pind.
Pyth. 11. 39. Eurip. Hippol
etc. Eph. iii. 9 in text. rec. Phil. i. 5 K. 154 __ Hence from the Heb. meton. for
vfjiiov tig rb evayyeXiov, i. e.
your partici- seed, semen, as necessary for conception.
pation in the gospel, accession to it. Rom. ix. 10. s ivbg KO'ITIJV txovaa, i. e.
10. Philem. 6. 1 John i. 3 bis. So Sept.
ii. 1. iii.
having conceived by one etc.

6, 7. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 1 K. rije 6/*o!a el tdd)KS TIG rfjv Koirrjv avTOi Iv ool for
V. H.
vvfjLfopaQ. Hdian. 8. 2. 11. ^El. Heb. n^iirJ p} Num. v. 20. Lev. xviii.
14. 14. 23. more fully Sept. SiSovat KOITIJV
for Heb.
b) communication, distribution, genr. (TTrlp/mroe }?!$ n^rjtti p$
Hdian. 1. 10. 3. In N. T. meton. for Lev. xviii. 20. Also Sept. KOITIJ ff-rrep-
contribution, collection of money in be- for nnD.12 Lev. xv. 16 sq. 31.
fjiaroe jnj
half of poorer churches, Rom. xv. 26. xxii. 4.
2 Cor. ix. 13. Heb. xiii. 16 Phavor.
KOITWV, wvoc, o, (KOITT),)
a bed-
tct' i]
iXtrjfioavvt]. 20
chamber, Acts xii. 6 ITTI TOV KOIT&VOQ
, ij, 6v, (icotvwvoc.) com- TOV /3a(riXfa> i. e. the king's chamber
municative, i. e. social Pol. 2. 41. 1. In attendant, valet-de-chambre ;
see in
N. T. communicating, i. e. ready to give, BXatrrog. Sept. for niD^Tp Ex. viii. 3.

Tim. Luc. Timon. 56

33^73 "lin Sam.
liberal, 1 vi. 18 2 iv. 7. Luc. Asin. 2.

7rpO dvSpa, olov ff(,

airXo'iicbv Kal TWV Dio<L S.'Il. 69. Not used by the best
OVTW KotvofviKov. M. Antonin. 7. 52. writers, Lob. ad Phyrn. p. 252. sq.

Koi va)vde> ou, 6, 17, (KOIVOG,) a par- KoKKivoCj i?? ov, adj. from KOKKOQ
taker, partner, companion, absol. 2 Cor. pp. grain, kernel, and also the coccus
viii. 23 vTrkp Tt'rov, KOivotrbg I/tog. Philem. ilicis of Linn, or kermes, a small insect

17. Ecclus. xli. 18. Hdian. 2. 8. 5. found adhering to the shoots of a species
Seq. gen. of pers. of whom one is the of oak, quercus coccifera, in Spain and
companion, with whom he partakes in western Asia, in the form of smooth
any thing, Matt, xxiii. 30. 1 Cor. x. 20. reddish-brown or blackish grains, about
Heb. x. 33. (Sept. for inn Is. i. 23. the size of a pea. These grains or ber-
Hdian. 4. 14. 4.) Seq. dat/of pers. to ries, asthey were thought to be, were
or with whom one is partner, Luke v. used by the ancients for dying a crim-
 4-51

son or deep scarlet colour but have KoXXaw, co, f. /<ra>, (icoXXa
;
glue,)
been superseded in modern times by to glue together, cohere, Luc.
to make
the cochineal insect, coccus cacti, which quom. Hist, conscr. 51. Diod. Sic. 2. 58.

gives a more brilliant but less durable In N. T. Mid. KoXXdopat, a>/*at, aor.
colour see Rees' Cyclop, art. Coccus
;
1 pass. tKoXXrftTjv with mid. signif.
ilicis, and Kermes. Plin. H. N. 9. 41. Buttm. 136. 2, to adhere, to cleave to,
ib. 16. 8. ib. 22. 2 Hence KOKKIVOQ, pp. of things, seq. dat. Luke x. 11 rov
coccus-dyed, crimson. Matt. xxvii.28x\a- Kovioprbv rov jcoXXj/S'fvra vfuv. Rev. xviii.
Hv$a KOKKIVTIV, for which in Matt. xv. 17 5 in constr. prsegn. in later edit. Sept.
7rop0upav. Heb. ix. 19. Rev. xvii. 3, 4. for p:n Ps. cii. 6. Job xxix.10. Anthol,
T
xviii. 12, 16. Sept. for n^Hn Ex. xxv. Gr. I. p. 231. Trop. of persons, to join
4. xxviii. 5.
ed. R. VI. p. 546. 8.
^ Josh. ii. 18,21 Plut. -- oneself unto, c. dat. of thing, e. g. r
iipfjiari,
tofollow, to accompany, Acts viii.

a 29. T$ aya^y, to cleave to, Rom. xii. 9.

KOKKOC, ou, kernel, grain, seed.
o,
Matt. xiii. 31 K. <nva7rewf. xvii. 20. Mark Sept. and pni 2 K. iii. 3. Seq. dat. of
iv. 31. Luke xiii. 19. xvii. 6. John xii. pers. e. g. to become a servant to any one
24 K. rov alrov. 1 Cor. xv. 37. Hdot. Luke xv. 15. to follow, to cleave to, e. g.
4. 143. See also in KO rg Tropvy 1 Cor. vi. 16. (Ecclus. xix.2.)
T< jcvpt'y ver. 17. Sept. and pni 2 K.
f-
atropcu, (coXoc, xviii. 6. to follow the side or party of
i.
q. poet. jcoXoi<j,)pp. to mutilate, to prune
any one, to associate with, Acts v. 13. ix.
sc. trees, Ko\d&iv T& SevSpa Theophr.
de cans. Plant. 5. 9. 11.
26. x. 28. xvii. 34. Sept. and pni 2
trop. to cor- Sam. xx. 2. 1 Mace. iii. 2. vi. 21. Plut
rect, to moderate, JEl. V. H. 11. 3. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 355. 3.
ed. R. VIII. p. 312. 8. Xen. CEc. 20. 12.
Hence in N. T. and genr. to disci- KoXXou/oiov or icoXAwpiov, ou,
pline, to punish, c. ace. Acts iv. 21 TT&Q
TO, (dimin. of roXXvpa a coarse bread or
KoXaawvrai aurowj. 2 Pet. ii. 9 icoXa- cake,) pp. a small cake, cracknel, Sept.
for trij?:i 1 K. xiv. 3 in Cod. Alex. In
o/zvoi/c Tijpnv i. e. to reserve as subject :

to punishment, see Winer 46. 5. p.

N. T. collyrium t eye-salve, resembling the
290. Buttm. 144. 3. Matth. 566. 6. dough of the KoXXvpa, Rev. iii. 18. Arr.
2 Mace. vi. 14. Hdian.3.5. 13. Xen. Epict. 3. 21. 21. Luc. Alex. 21 bis,
ffKtvaarov Si TOVTO ianv IK
Mem. 3. 13. 4. KoXXvptow
irirrrjGBpvrrtaf, <ai ao^aXrov, icai XtSou
KoXaicaa, ac, flatterer,)
7> (ic6Xa row Sicupavovc rtrpi/i/isvou, Kat Krjpov, icai
flattery, adulation, 1 Thess. ii. 5. Jos.
Other kinds are de-
/uaoTt^^f, K. T. X.
B. J. 4. 4. 1. Hdian. 1. 1. 3. Dem. scribed in Gels, de Med. 2
6. sq. ib. 7.
1099. 9.
4. Dioscor. 1. 2.

w,) pp.
mutilation, pruning, e. roXatnj; rwv KoXXv/3*oT?'/c ou, o, from /c6X-
g.
a small coin, change, Aristoph.
Kv(3os
ikvSpuv Theophr. de caus. Plant. 2. 4. 4.
In N. T. punishment, Matt. xxv. 46 '<; Pax 1196, 1200 oiidk KoXMpov, where
Schol, ildos (VTiXovg avri TOV-
icoXaaiv aiwviov. 1 John iv. 18 see in vo/ti(T/iarog

*E X w c. a. Wisd. xvi. 2, 24. ^1. V. H. ovSk ofloXov. Also agio, premium of

exchange, apyvpiov aXXayfj Poll.
7. 15. Diod. Sic. 1.77 pen. ij

Onom. 3. 9. ib. 7. 30. Cic. Verr. III.

KoXtKracu, see KoXo<r<rat.
78. as also Rabb. jl3^1p Buxt. Lex.
<

a0{a, f. t<rw, (icoXa^of, ico- Chald. 2032. Hence KoXXvfiiarriQ, a

to strike with the fist, to buffet,
) money-changer, broker, i. q. Kp/*art<rrJ7f,
c. ace. Matt. xxvi. 67 et Mark xiv. 65 Matt. xxi. 12. Mark xi. 15. John ii. 15.
iicoXaQtffav avTov. Hence genr. to buffet, They had their seats in the outer court
to maltreat, 1 Cor. iv. 11. 2 Cor. xii. of the temple, see in Kep/iarKrrjjf.
7. 1 Pet. ii. 20. Test. XII Patr. 708 Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 501.
<coX0i ra rsicva. Unknown to the Lysias Fragm. 34 ult. The gramma-
Attics, who used Kov$vXiZ,u, Lob. ad rians condemn this word, Lob. ad Phr.
Phryn. p. 175. p. 440.
2 G 2
 452

KoAAu/cuov, see KoXXovptov. Comp. Cic.

jiov <coX7rwv av-S-jOWTTov.
ad Div. "tu vero sis in sinu sem-
14. 4
f.
KoXojSow, M, w<r&>,
per et complexu meo." Others refer
v

mutilated, fr. KoXog,) to mutilate, trans. Luke 1. c. to a banquet in the kingdom

Sept. 2 Sam. iv. 12. Diod. Sic. 1. 78 pen.
of heaven, comp. Matt. viii. 11. Luke xiii.
In N. T. trop. of time, to cut off, to
29, see in 'AvajcXt'vw b. But the scene
shorten, Pass. Matt. xxiv. 22 bis, et Mark is here laid in and not in the Mes-
(J.OIJQ,
xiii. 20 Ko\o(3w3fi<TovTai at r/^lpat. So
siah's kingdom.
Heb. 1S Prov. x. 27, Sept. 6X170-
b)
an oriental garment,
the bosom of
which falls down over
the girdle, and
or KoAa<r<rcu uv, is often used for carrying things, as a

Colosse, a city of Phrygia Major,

aJ, sort of pocket. Luke vi. 38 cwaovvi IIQ
situated near the junction of the Lycus TOV KO\TTOV vfiuiv. So Sept. and p^n
with the Meander, and not far from Is. Ixv. 6. Jer. xxxii. 18. Horn. Od. 15.
Hierapolis and Laodicea. With these 469. Pol. 3. 33. 2. Hdot.vi.125. Comp.
was destroyed by an earthquake
cities it Hor. Sat. 2. 3. 171. Liv. 21. 18 tune
about A. D. 65. A modern village Romanus, sinu ex toga facto, etc."
near the site is called Konos. See for a bay, gulf, inlet of the
c) put sea,
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. 1. ii. p. 204, 228. Acts xxvii.39. Jos. Ant. 3. 1.5. Hdian.
Col. i. 2. 8. 1.12. Xen. H. G. 6. 2.9.

KoAo<r<ratu, cac, > plur. KoXoa- KoAujUjSaw, w, 7<, to swim, f.

<raelf, Colossians, only in the spurious Actsxxvii. 43. Hierocl. Facet. 1. An-
subscription to the epistle. thol. Gr. III. p. 41. 1. Moeris p. 267

ow, o, the bosom, i. e.

the front of the
a) pp. body between
the arms; hence John xiii. 23 dvaKfi-
/icvoff iv T<i> KoXTry TOV 'lr)<Toi< 9 reclining pp. swimming-place, hence pool, pond,
on Jesus' bosom, next to him on the
i. e. any reservoir of water for swimming,
triclinium at supper, so that his head bathing, fish, etc. e. g. genr. 77 KO\. TOV
was opposite to Jesus' bosom comp. ; SiXwd/t John ix. 7, 11. a healing bath
in 'Avaiceifjiai no. 2. Adam's Rom. Ant. or pool, see BrjSeo-dd, John v. 2, 4, 7.

p. 436.Calmet art. Eating. Lat. in sinu Sept. for 713*12 2K. xviii. 17. Neh.ii. 14.
recumbo Plin. Ep. 4. 22 __ Trop. to be Is.vii.3__ jVs.'Ant. 15.3.3. Diod.S. 11.25.
in or on the bosom of
any one, i.
q. to be KoAwWa, ac, v Lat. colonia, e. t
i.
in his embrace, to be cherished
by him a Roman colony, Acts xvi. 12. Philippi
as the object of intimate care and is here so called, because Augustus had
dearest affection, comp. in Engl. bosom- colonized thither many of the partizans
friend etc. John i. 18 6 wv tig TOV KO\- of Antony, Dio Cass. 51. 4. p. 445.
TTOV TOV irarpoc, 6
i.
q. jjiovoysvTjg viog. Kuincel in loc. Comp. Adam's Rom.
3o Luke xvi. 22 tig TOV KO\TTOV TOV Ant. p. 72. sq.
AjSpoa/i and ver. 23 Adapov iv rotg KO\- to have
Kottaw, iijy
f- *7<Tw, (JCO^T/,)
roig [comp. Engl. embraces! O.VTOV, i. e.
long wear the hair long 1 Cor. xi.
liair, to ,
*n near and intimate communion with
14,15 __Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 4. Xen. Lac. 11.3.
Abraham^, as being one of his beloved
children. So Josephus de Mace. $ 13 Kojurj, TJC, *l, hair, head oj hair, 1

[4 Macv xiii.
16] ovrw yap Savovrag,
Cor. xi. 15. Sept. for jnD Num. vi. 6.

Hdian. 1. 7. 9. Xen. Cy'r' 1. 3. 2.

'Aflpaau jcai 'Icrad/c Kai 'Iaicw/3 VTTO-
TOVg KO\TTOVg O.VT&V. Comp. Att. f.
KojU?u f i<n*t f. iw, (KG/JEW,)

Lightfoot Hor. Heb. in loc. Sept. 77 to take care of, to provide for, Horn. II.

ry KoXTry aov for Heb. ^J]? ")! mEJN 24. 541 ; so of one fallen in battle, i. e.
1

yvvrj iv
Deut. xiii. 7.xxviii.54, 56. comp. 2Sani. to take up and bear away Horn. II. 13.
xii. 3, 8. Ecclus. ix. 1. An-
Is. xl. 11. 196 hence genr. to take up, to carry off,
;

thol. Gr. II. p. 75. 'IV.

p. 129. Plut. e. g. as booty Horn. II. 2. 875. ib. 11.
Oato Min. 33 ult. Ta/3tviov, K rv 738. In N. T. genr.
 453 K.O7TOC

trans. Luke vii. 37 10, 11. 1 Mace. iv. 39. Dion. Hal. Ant.
a) to bear, to bring,
Esdr. iv. 5. 11. 31.
dXafiaaTpov pvpov.
K0f.iiaa.aa
Arr. Alex. M. 7.22. 8. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 2. KOTTT), TJC, n, (KOTTTW,) slaughter,
b) Mid. Kojuio/zai, Att. f. KopiovfJiat, carnage, Heb. vii. 1, in allusion to Gen.
to take for oneself, to bear or bring to xiv. 17 where Sept. for inf. rtian. Sept.
oneself, i. e. to acquire, to obtain, to re- for riSTp Josh. x. 20. Judith xv. 7.
ceive, trans. Matt. xxv. 27 iKOfnadpnv av
aw, w, f. aaw, (xroTrta, i. q.
TO ifiov. 2 Cor. v. 10. Col. iii. 25 jco/n-
pp. i. q. Engl. to be beat out, i.e.
tiTui o fidiicrjat. Heb. x. 36 K. TTJV tirayyt-
to be weary, faint, intrans.
Xiav. xi. 39. 1 Pet. i. 9. v. 4. 2 Pet. ii. Matt. xi. 28 Sevre irp6g fit TrdvTtg
vi. 8 1 Mace, a) pp.
13. seq. Trapd c. gen. Eph. oi KOTTitivTtg. Rev. ii. 3. seq. K John iv.
M.
xiii. 37.
5. 27. 3.
2 Mace. viii. 33. Arr. Alex.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 10. In the sense
6 K. IK Trig odoiiropiag.
xl. 41.
Sept. for
Jos. Ant. 2. 15. 3
Is.
K.
^
VTTO TTJQ
of to receive again, to recover, trans. Heb. Thesm. 795. Athen.
bdonropias. Aristoph.
xi. 19. So Sept. for np^ Gen. xxxviii. X. p. 416.
20. 2 Mace. x. 1. Jos. Ant. 13. 4. 1.
b) in N. T. to weary oneself, sc. with
Diod. Sic. 12. 80. Heb. y^ i. e. to labour, to
labour, like
adv. (comparat. of toil,absol. Luke v. 5 i' o\ne Trie VVKTQQ
Koju;//6Vepov,
elegantly, well, Xen. Cyr. KOTTiaaavTff ovSfv iXdfBofitv. Matt. vi. 28
1. 3.
*c6/ti//wff
in the phrase ieo^6rpov i\uv, et Luke xii. 27 TU icpiva . ov KOTTI$ . .
8,) better,
se melius habere, to be better, to mend, ovtl vri3n. Acts xx. 35. 1 Cor. iv. 12.
John iv. 52. See in*E X w f. Arr. Epict. Eph. iv. 28. ii. 6. Trop. of a
2 Tim.
3. 10. 13 c6/i\//wc tx tv - Cic. ad. Div. 16. teacher who
labours in the gospel,
,15 belle habere. John iv. 38 bis. 1 Cor. xv. 10. xvi. 16.
w, f- , (icovia dust, Sept. for Heb. V3? Josh. xxiv. 13. %Ky
Ps. cxxvii. 1. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 134.2
slacked white-wash, sc. with
line,)
to
Tptx ( 9 /*) Ko-rria. Seq. iv, to labour
lime, trans. Matt, xxiii. 27 rd^otg KIKOVIU- fir}

white-washed sepulchres, in ac- in, e. g. trop. iv X6yy 1 Tim. v. 17. iv

fiivotg,
i. e. in the work of the Lord
cordance with an annual custom of the Kvpiy
Jews on the 25th day of the month Adar. Rom. xvi. 12 bis. iv vfiiv among you

207 and n. II. Wetstein N.T. 1 Thess. v. 12. (comp. Ecclus. vi. 19.)
see Jahn
in loc. Acts xxiii. 3 roTx KiKoviapivt thou Seq. t'e c. ace. of pers. upon or for
i. e. thou hypocrite, fair
whom, elf T^CLQ Rom. xvi. 6. tig vfidg
whited-wall,
without and foul within. Sept. for -pig Gal. iv. 11. (Ecclus. xxiv. 34.) c. c final,

Deut. xxvii. 2, 4 __ Diod. Sic. 19. 9. 4. as eiQ TOVTO on 1 Tim. iv. 10. tig o Col.
i. 29. teg ictvov in vain Phil. ii. 16.
Plut. Cato Maj. 4 pen.
Sept. K. tig Kfvov for yy r
Is. Ixv. 23. Jer.
KowoproV, OU, o, (Kovia, opvvpt,) Ii. 53.
dust, pp. as excited, flying, Matt. x. 14.
Lukeix.5. x. 11. Acts xiii. 51. xxii. 23. KOTTOC? ou, o, (icoTrrw,) pp. a beat-
Nah. ing, hence wailing, grief, sc. with beat-
Sept. for
Deut.
p^ Ex. ix. 9. i.

Xen.
3.
ip^
ing the breast etc. i. q. KOTreroe q. v.
ix. 21. Pol, 5. 85. 1. An'.
1. 8. 8. Sept. for p; Jer. xiv. 3. JEschyl.
Chceph. Also the being beat out, weari-
Ko7Tau>, f. dao,, (KOTTOS,) pp. to be
ness, Xen. An. 5. 8. 3. Hence in N. T.
beat out, weary,' q. KOTridw, hence genr.
i.
e. wearisome
toil, labour, i. genr. effort,
to relax, to remit, to cease ; in N. T. of
John iv. 38 vfjteig
TOV KOTTOV O.UT&V
tig
the wind, to lull, intrans. Matt. xiv. 32. 1 Cor. iii. 8. xv. 58 &
Mark iv. 39. vi.51. Sept. for TpiIJ Gen. 2 Cor. vi. 5.
vptiv iv Xprr<.
pni$ Jon.
viii. 1. i. 11, 12. Ecclus. 3 6 Koirog
x. 15. xi. 23, 27. 1 Thess. i.
xliii. 23. Hdot. 7. 191. e. work of
Tiig ayairrig labour of love i.

0V, o, (/coTTTo/iat q. v.) beneficence, ii. 9. iii. 5. 2 Thess. iii. 8.

lamentation, wailing, sc. as accompanied Heb. vi. 10. Rev. ii. 2. xiv. 13. Sept.
with beating the breast etc. Acts viii. 2. for yo" Gen. xxxi.42. Ecclus. xiv. 15.
Sept. for -TDpTp Gen. 1. 10. Zech. xii. Bion. 'Id. 15. 16. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 99
 454.

In the sense of trouble, vexation, o, indec. also

antep. Ko/oj3av,
in the Heb. corban, i. e. a
phrase irapixew TIVI,
KOTTOVQ a, 6, "J^n]?, gift,
i.
q. to trouble, to
vex any one, Matt. offering, oblation, sc. to God, Lev. ii. 1,

xxvi. 10. Mark xiv. 6. Luke xi. 7. xviii. 4, 12, 13. In N. T.

5. Gal. 6. 17. Sept. n6iros for btiy Job a) pp. Koppav, something
devoted to
v.6. Jer. xx. 18. /c67rov7rapx <v Aristot. God, Mark vii. 11 KopjBav, o lort S&pov,

Probl. sect. qu. 38. The earlier Greeks K. T. \. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 4 ot xopfiav av-
said TTOVOV 7rapx lv Ecclus. xxix. 4. TOVQ 6vofia<ravrG r< Se<, S&pov $k TOVTO
Hdot. 177. Trpay/iara iraptxtiv
1. Hdot. <rt]fj,aivu K. r.
\.
of money offered
1. 155. 175. b) Kopfiavae, spoken
in the temple, the sacred treasure, and
KoTT/ofa, ac, (tofl-poe,) pp. dung-
*>>

hill Sept. for nstftf 1 Sam. ii. 8. Arr. by meton. the treasury, i. q. yao0u\a*aov
'

q. v. Mat. xxvii. 6. Jos. B. J. 2. 9. 4 rbv

Epict. 2. 4. 4 sq. In N. T. dung, ma-
dk K0p/3ava.
iepbv Sijaavphv, jcaXeirai
nure, Luke xiv. 35. xiii. 8 in text. rec.
Sept. for &p*n 2 K. ix. 37. Jer. xxv. 33. Koot, o, indec. Core, Heb. n^i?
Arr. Epict. 1. c. Artemid. 2. 9. n. of a Levite who re-
(ice) Korah, pr.
of adj. belled against Moses, Jude 11. See
KoVptov,ov, TO, (neut.
dung, manure, plur. KOTrpia
Num. c. 16.
icoTrpioe,)
Luke 8 in later edit.
xiii. I Mace. ii. f. Kopeerw, perf. pass.
62. Anthol. Gr. III. p. 85. Arr. Epict. KeKopt<r[j.ai, aor. 1
pass. licoptffSrjv, to satet
2. 4. 5. to satisfy, sc. with food and drink, Pass.

to beat, to cut, sc. or Mid. to be sated, to be full, i. e. to

KoVrw, f- ^<, by
a blow, trans. have eaten and drunk enough, seq. gen.
to cut of thing, Pass. Acts xxvii. 38 Kopter^lvrtf
a) pp. e. g. branches of trees,
off" or down, Matt. xxi. 8. Mark xi. 8. Si rpo0?/c. Trop. absol. 1 Cor. iv. 8.
Sept. for ni3 Num. xiii. 24. Judg. ix. c. gen.^ll.V. H.4. 9. Xen. Mem. 3. 11

48 __ Xen. An. 4. 8. 2. 13. trop. Hdian. 1. 13. 10.

Mid. KOTTTOfiai to beat or cut oneself,

b) Kopi'vStoe, a, ov, Corinthian, a
i. e. the breast etc. in the loud expres-
Corinthian, Acts xviii. 8. 2 Cor. vi. 11.
sion of grief hence put for to lament, to
;

ov, n, Corinth, a cele-

wall, tobewail, absol. Matt.xi.17. xxiv.30.
j

Luke viii.52. brated Grecian city, the capital of

Lukexxiii.27. seq.acc. seq.
Achaia proper, situated on the isthmus
nva Rev. i. 7. liri TIVI
iiri xviii. 9. Sept.
between the Peloponnesus and the
for 15D absol. 2 Sam. i. 12. c. ace.
Gen. xxiii. 2. 1. 10. titi nva for
main land, and hence called bimaris,
seq.
Hor. Od. 1. 7. 2. It lay between the
^ TPDT 2 Sam. xi. 26. tiri TIVI Zech.
gulfs of Lepanto and Egina, on each of
xii. 10. absol. Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 6. Diod.
which it had a port, Lechaeum on the
Sic. 1. 14. Hdot. 6. 58. Active, KOTTTUV
former and Cenchrea on the latter.
rfjv Svpav Luc. Nigr. 2. K. -rrpbg
T. Svpav
Luc. Asin. 2.
The city was famous for the worship of
Venus and for every species of expen-
Kopa?, ak'oc? o, a raven, Luke sive debauchery whence the Horatian
xii. 24. Sept. for n^ Gen. viii. 7.
proverb
;

Non cuivis homini contingit

:

Lev. xi. 15. J31. H. An. 1. 35, 47. adire Corinthum, Hor. Ep. 1. 17. 36.
Hdot. 4. 15.
Corinth was destroyed by L. Mummius
j iov t TO, (dimin. fr. during the Achaian war, about 146 B. C.
maiden, damsel, Matt. ix. 24,
irlj It was restored by Julius Caesar, and
25. xiv. 11. Mark v. 41, 42. vi. 22, 28 bis. became the capital of the Roman pro-
Sept. for rny: Ruth. ii. 8, 22. 1 Sam. vince Achaia and the seat of the pro-
xxv. 42. Arr. Epict. 3. 2. 8. Luc. Asin. consul, Acts xviii. 12. Here Paul re-
6, 36. The word belongs rather to sided for more than 18 months
(Acts
the style of familiar discourse, like
18) and gathered large church,
xviii. 11, a
the Germ. Model, Lob. ad which was afterwards not wholly ex-
Phryn, p.
73 sq.
empt from Corinthian vices. Acts xviii. 1 .
 455

ix. 1. 1 Cor. i. 2. 2 Cor. i. 2, 23. 2 ^eara^if . Trop. worldly, as conformed

Mm. iv. 20. to this world, belonging to the men of
this world, Titus ii. 12 !7rt$v/uai Koer/ujcai
Koovr/Xioe, ou, o, Cornelius, pr. n. lusts. Clem. Alex. Paed. 1. 1
worldly
>f a Roman centurion at Cesarea, Acts
6 \6yog . . . TTJC
:. 1,3,7,17,21,22,24,25,30,31.
Kopoe, ou, o, corus, Heb. -IJJ cor,
Hebrew dry measure, equal OV, o, ;, adj. (ic6(r/toc,)
he largest
icell-ordered, decorous, modest, in a moral
o the "i?ptl i. e. to ten baths or ephahs
respect, 1 Tim. ii. 9. iii. 2. Pol. 8. 11. 7.
z. xlv. 14, and also to ten Attic fisdtpvoi
Xen. Hi. 5. 1. Mem. 3. 11. 14.
fos. Ant. 15. 9. 2. The Attic medimnus
vas equal to six Roman modii, and ac-
opoc
sording to Ideler and Boeckh contained lw,) pp. of the world, Schol. in
lord
J602 Paris cubic inches, Boeckh Staats- Aristoph. Nub. 397 'S.toa.y-^waiq 6 /3ct(ri-
laush. der Athener I. p. 101. The \tvQ TWV AiyvTTTUov, jcotr/iorparwp yeyo-
English bushel is usually estimated at vwf K. r. X. In N. T. of Satan as the
[801 Paris cubic inches hence the Attic
;
prince of this world, i. e. of worldly men,
nedimnus and Hebrew bath were nearly
plur. Eph. vi. 12 Trpof TOVQ *co<r/*ojcjoaropc
jqual to 1.445 bush. English,
or about TOV ffic6Tovf rov ai&voQ TOVTOV i. e. Satan
Ll gallons; and so the Hebrew cor, and his angels. Comp. John. xii. 31.
;6poc, to 14.45 bushels English. Comp. 2 Cor. iv. 4 Ignat. 1. 1 &d/3oXov, ov
n Baroc II. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 505. icai Koap.QKpa.Tooa KoXovoiv. The Rabbins
Luke xvi. 7 inarbv jcopot/g airov, Sept. also adopted the epithet litt'lp TOT^p,
copoc for )!) 2 Chr. ii. 10. xxvii. 5. for see Buxt. Lex. Ch. 2000.
Ez. xlv. 13.
to
Ko(7juoc ou, o, (prob. jco//6w,) order,
Koor/ilw, W, f. n<, (*o(rjiof,) order, i. regular disposition and arrange-
e.
e. to put in order, e. g. an army, to
ment, Horn. Od. 13. 77 KoafUft KaSi&iv.
1.

iraw up Horn. II. 14. 388. In N. T. Pol. 1. 21. 1. Xen. CEc. 8. 20. Hence
a)
to adjust, e. g. lamps, to trim, Matt. in N. T.
XXV. 7 iK6ap.rj(jav TU.Q Xa/iTratfaf. So Sept. 1. decoration, ornament, 1 Pet. iii. 3
rpdirtav for "rpy Ez. xxiii.
KOfffielv rr\v
otx o tfaStv . . .
KOfffiof. Sept. for
s
li>
41. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 6 rpdirttav. Ex. xxxiii. 4,5, 6. Jer.iv. 30 Hdian!
e. g. TOV OIKOV
b) to decorate, to adorn, 3. 6. 19. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 24.
as if for a new dweller Matt. xii. 44. 2. order of the universe, the world,
Luke xi. 25. a bride, VJ^TJV Rev. xxi. Lat. mundus, first so used by Pythagoras
2. genr. 1 Tim. ii. 9. Luke xxi. 5. Rev. and then as a technical term of philo-
xxi. 19. rny Jer. iv. 30. Ez.
Sept. for
sophy, see Passow in voc. no. 2. So
xvi. 11. Hdian. 5. 3. 12. Xen. Mem. Plato Gorg. 63. p. 508. A, 0ort ik ol
3. 11. 4. So Matt, xxiii. 29 ico<r/mr TO. ical &eoi) KUI
<ro0oi, /cat ovpavbv KO.I yi)v
ye
fivrjfitia, decorate the sepulchres etc. Koivwvinv icai
av$ptt)irov TTJV avvk^tiv
sc. with garlands and flowers, or by
0t\t'av Kal KOfffiOTtjra au$$oavvr\v icai
icai

adding columns or other ornaments. a, Kal TO o\ov TOVTO Sid ravra

Diod. Sic. 11. 33. Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 7. KaXovat. Plin. H. N. 2. 3, " nam
Mem. 2. 2. 13. Comp. .El. V. H. 12. 7
quern Koofiov Graeci, nomine ornamenti,
'AXfavpog TOV 'AxiXXswf ratyov taTttyd-
appellaverunt, eum nos a perfecta abso-
e. to make
vtlt fft. Trop. to honour, i.
lutaque elegantia mundum." Comp.
honourable, to dignify, Tit. ii. 10 ri\v Si- Cic. de Nat. Deor. 2. 22. Hence
SaoKaXiav. 1 Pet. iii. 5 at ayiat yvvaiKtc the world, the universe, hea-
Ecclus. xlviii. 11. a) genr.
. .
Iie6<r/iovv kavraq.
.
vens and earth etc. Matt. xi
Hdian. 6. 3. 5. Xen. Conv. 8. 38.
/3oXf/ KOfffiov. xxiv. 21 OTT' do^n

?'/, 6v, (KOVHOQ world,) Luke xi. 50. Johnxvii.5,24. Actsxvii.24.

worldly, terrestrial, opp. to tirovodvios. Rom.i.20. Heb.iv.3. 2Macc.vii.23.^1.
Heb. ix. 1 aytov KOG^IKOV, comp. ver. 23. V.H.8. 11. Luc. Icarom. 4. Xen. Mem. 1.
Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 455. 3, 1.11 OTTWC 6 KaXovfiivo^ virb TOIV
 456

Meton. for the inhabitants 16, 17. iii. 17. Spec, the wealth and en
of the universe, 1 Cor. iv. 9 Siarpov joyments of this world, this life's goods,
r< KOfffitf),
ical dyylXoif Kal Matt. xvi. 26 T'I yap d^eXfirai avSpuiroi;,
Trop. and symbol, as in lav TOV KOCJIOV o\ov KepSfjffy Mark viii. ',

Engl. a world of any thing, for an aggre- 36. Luke ix. 25. 1 Cor. iii. 22. vii.31,33,

gate, congeries. James iii. 6 77 yX<3<r<ra 34. Gal. vi. 14. James iv. 4. 1 John ii.
.
Kotr/ioc dSiieiac, a world of inquiry,
. . 17.
() Meton. for the men of this

Comp. Sept. Prov. xvii. 6 TOV TTIOTOV O\OQ world, worldlings, as opp. to those who
o KoopoQ TWV xpjj/tdrwj/, TOV t aTriarov seek the kingdom of God, e. g. with
ovdt 6/3oX6f .
OVTOQ, John xii. 31 ; KoiaiQ TOV K. TOVTOV.
the earth, this lower 1 Cor. i. 20 cro<j>ia TOV K. TOVTOV. iii. 19.
b) by synecd.
world as the abode of man. (a) pp. Gal. iv. 3. Col. ii. 8. As subject to Satan,
Mark xvi. 15 TropevSevrtg tig TOV ttoapov John xii. 31 6 apxwv TOV K. TOVTOV. xiv.
uTravTa. John xvi. 21, 28. xxi. 25. 1 Tim. 30. xvi. 11. Without ovTog, John vii.
iii. 16. 1 Pet. v. 9. 2 Pet. iii. 6 6 rrfre 7 oy fivvaTai o Koffftof /u'crtiV vp,ag. xiv.
KoafioQ. So tpxtvScti t/ TOV Koapov 17, 19, 27, 31. xvi. 8. xvii. 6,9. 1 Cor.
and the like, to come or be sent into the i.21. 2 Cor. vii. 10. Phil. ii. 15. James
world, i. e. to be born John i. 9 ; or to i. 27. etc. AL.
go forth into the world, to appear before
Koud/OTOc, ou, o, Lat. Quartus,
men, John iii. 19. vi. 14. 1 Tim. i. 15. pr. n. of a Christian at Rome, Rom.
Heb. x. 5. also 1 John. iv. 1. 2 John
xvi. 23.
7. John iii. 17. 1 John iv. 9. Hyper-
i. e. Heb. imperat. fern.
bolically, Matt. iv. 8 iraaaq TO.Q (3aai- t, cumi,
Xei'agTOV Kovfiov. Rom. i. 8. Comp. "ttlp arise, expressed in Greek letters,
Luc. de Astrol. 12. meton. the Mark v. 41.
(/3)
world, for the inhabitants of the earth, KovoTtoS/d} ac> "hi Lai. custodia,
men, mankind. Matt. v. 14 vptiQ core i. e. custody, in N. T. meton. for concr.
ro 0wg TOV Kocrpov. 38
watch, guard, sc. of Roman soldiers at
xiii. 6 Be.
dypoq,
t<TTiv 6 KoapoQ. John i. 29. iii. 16 ovrw the sepulchre of Jesus, Matt, xxvii. 65,
yap Stag TOV KOfffiov. Rom. iii.
rfyctTrrjatv o 66. xx viii. 11. Hesych.
6, 19. Cor.iv. 13. 2 Cor. v. 19. Heb.
1
xi. 7. 2 Pet. ii. 5 dpxaiov Kovpov. 1 John
2. (Wisd. x. 1. xiv. 6, w, f. terw, (icovfos, to be
14.) Sohyperb.
ii.

the world for the multitude, every body, light, intrans. Hes. Op. 465. Soph.
Fr. tout le monde. John vii.4 Qavepuaov Philoct. 735. In N. T. trans, to
lighten, sc.a ship by throwing things
(reavrbv opp. kv KOVTTT^ xii. 19.
T<fi Korffiij), .

xiv. 22. xviii. 20. 2 Cor. i. 12. 2 Pet. overboard, Acts xxvii. 38. Sept for ^pn
ii. 5 Koapoq dffef3ujv. Put also for the Jon. i. 5. Pol. 1. 39. 4 K. TO.Q vavq. Xen.
heathen world, i. q. rd tSvrj, Rom. xi. 12, Mem. 2. 7. 1.

15. comp. Luke xii. 50.

ou, a Lat.
Ko0(vo> o, basket,
c) in the Jewish mode of speaking, Matt. xiv. 20
cophinus, wicker-basket.
the present world, the present order of
SuctKa KoQivovg 7r\Tjpt~iG. xvi. 9. Mark vi.
things, as opposed to the kingdom of 43. viii. 19. Luke ix. 17. John vi. 13. Sept.
Christ and hence always with the idea
;
for TP1 Ps. Ixxxi. 5. ^> Judg. vi. 19.
of transientness, worthlessness, and evil
SuidaSKo^tvof dyytToj/TrXe/cror. Aristoph.
both physical and moral, the seat of
Av. 1310. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 6. The
cares, temptations, irregular desires, etc.
KoQivos was proverbially the Jewish tra-
It is thus nearly i. q. 6 aiwv OVTOQ,
velling basket, comp. Juv. Sat. 3. 15
mn D^tyrr, see fully in A/wv no. 2 " Judseis, quorum cophinus fcenumque
(a) genr.
c. OVTOQ, John xii. 25 6 piawv
supellex." 6. 542.
Tl}v ^VX^V aVTOV fV T(f! KOfffiy TOVTy.
opp. 'e ^wj}v alwviov. xviii. 36 bis, rj
Kpaj3/3arocj oi>, o, Lat. grab-
/SauiXcia ?/ OVK ZCTTIV e*c TOV Koapov batus, i. e. a small couch, which might
Efjiij

TOVTOV K. T. \. 1 Cor. v. 10. Eph. ii. 2. easily be carried about, or for travelling
Uolmiv.17. Without ourof, 1 John ii. 15, etc. called by the Greeks
 457 Kparlt

/ITTO&OV. Mark ii. 4, 9, 11, 12. vi. 55. i. e. in constant

revelling,
John v. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. Acts v. 15. ix. carousing __ Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 227. 10.
33. Comp. Mark 1. c. with Luke v. 18, Hdian. 1. 17. 7.

24. Act. Thorn. Arr. Epict. 50, 51. dimin. of Kpavov,)

__ r ->, ou, ro,
3. 2*. 74. Used only by very late wri- a Lat. cranium, Matt, xxvii. 33.
skull,
ters, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 62 sq. Sturz Mark xv. 22. Luke xxiii. 33. John xix.
de Dial. Alex. p. 175 sq. 17. Sept. for n^3 Judg. ix. 53. 2 K.
ix. 35 Luc. D.'Mort. 23. 3. Hdian. 7.
Kpaw, f- **:pdo/iat, aor. 1 tcpaa,
7.8.
perf. 1 KEKpaya with the signif. of the
present, Buttm. $ 113. n. 13.
Passow s.
v, ou, TO, (kindr. with
voc. This is strictly an onomatopoetic *cpo<r<r6f, Kpooaai,} pp.
the edge, margin,
verb imitating the hoarse cry of the ra- skirt, e. g. of a mountain, Xen. H.G. 4.
ven, Germ, krachzen ; hence genr. and 6. 8. of a garment Theocr. 2. 53. In
in N. T. to cry, to cry out, intrans. N. T. fringe, tassel, Heb. JT^S Num.
ex- xv. 38 sq. where the Jews are directed
a) of inarticulate cries, clamour,
clamation, e. g. from fear, diro TOV 06- to wear them on the corners of the out-
POV Matt, xi v. 26 from pain, Matt, xx vii.
;
er garment. Matt. ix. 20. xiv. 36. xxiii.
50. Mark xv. 39 coll. ver. 37. Rev. xii. 5. Mark vi. 56. Luke viii, 44. Sept.
2 from abhorrence Acts vii. 57. Of de-
;
for JV2S Num. 1. c.
moniacs Mark i. 26. v. 5. ix. 26. Luke ix.
w ov ( K P aT c,) strong,
39. (Sept. for pyj 2 Sam. xiii. 19. Jer.
mighty, e. g. i) K. \ttp TOV Seov 1 Pet. v.
xxv. 34.) So in joy, by hyperb. Luke So Sept. and p]n
6. Ex. iii. 19. Deut.
xix. 40 ol Xi^ot KfKpdZovTfu. Sept. for iii. 24. Esdr. viii. 47. Pol. 2. 69. 8
Josh. vi. 16. P8. Ixv. 14 Arr.
y-in
orav ft/} alaiov - to
Epict. 3. 4. 4
f. wo-w,
jc6ptt (fcparatof,)
make strong, to strengthen, trans, a form
*pdyy. Luc. Tim. 11. Xen. An.
7.8. 15.
of any thing uttered with a loud found only in Sept. N. T. and later
b)
roice, to cry, to exclaim, to call aloud,
e. writers, for the earlier jcparuvw, Passow
Mark s. v. Active, Sept. for pin 1 Sam.
g. followed by the words uttered,
2 K. xv. 19. In N. T only
x. 48 6 tie TroXXy ftaXXov tKpa&v vlk Aa- xxiii. 16.

xv. 13, 14. Luke xviii. 39. Pass, to be strong, to grow strong, Luke
(3i$ K. T. \.
i. 80 et ii. 40
John xii. 13 /cat lupa^ov 'Qaavvd. Acts iKparaiovro TrvtvfiaTi. Eph.
iii. 16. 1 Cor. xvi. 13. Sept. for p]n
xix. 32, 34. xxiii. 6. al. So c. 0wvy /icyd-
2 Sam. x. 12. 2 Chr. xxi. 4.
Xy Acts vii. 10. iv 0wvy /*ydXy Rev.
xiv. intr.
y??X
15. Followed by a tense or particip. of Ps. xxxi. 25 __ 1 Mace. i. 62.

Xsyw etc. e. Xsywv Matt. xiv. 30.

g. -tupab f- i?<, (/cpdroe,) to
Kpartw, w,
Mark iii. 11. John i. 15. ?<cpaav \iyov- strong, mighty, powerful, i. e. seq. gou.
rtc Matt. viii. 29. xxvii. 23. Kpdfav icai
of per3. to have power over, to rule over,
Xsywv Mark v. 7. Luke iv. 41. Horn. II. 1. 79, 288. In N. T. seq. gen.
cat Xkfovrts Matt. ix. 27. xxi. 15 of thing, or accus. of pers. or thing.
icai tlire Mark ix. 27. 0o>vy fityd- So c. to have power
a) seq. gen. of thing,
Xy Rev. vi. 10. vii. 2, 10. xix. 17.
over, to be or become master of, i. e. to
of urgent prayer, imprecation, etc.
c) gain, to attain to; comp. Tittm. de Sy-
Rom. viii. 15 iv KpaZoptv 'A/3/35. 6 ira-
<
non. N. T. p. 89 sq. Acts xxvii. 13 rfc
TTjp. Gal. iv. 6. Metaph. James v. 4 6 TrpoSso-ewf. Heb. iv. 14 having therefore
TUIV ipyaruiv *pdei SC.
tuffS-of . . . Trpog such an high priest Kparoi/itv TTJC
. . .

icvpiov,for vengeance. Sept. for p^2 o/uoXoy/'af let us attain to the full benefit
p^l 2 Sam.
Ps. xxviii. 1. xxx. 9. xix.
of our profession in him, i. q. vi. 18 Kparij-
28. Jer. xi. 11, 12. AL. aai Trjg irpOKifj.vi] iXiridog. See Tittm.
( as
if for PT X I 1. c.
p. 91 sq. Sept. Prov. xiv. 18 ol ?ra-
KponraArj, ijc, 'Jj
Jos.
or paTrdXj; from dp7rdw,) pp. seizure of vovpyot KQaTrfVOvaiv ai'tr^crEwf.
the head, and hence intoxication and its Ant. 6. 6. 3 /u?)
K. TOV Xoyr/tov. Diod.
head-ache, Sic. 16. 20 K. rfjf TrpoSio-ewc. Hence
consequences, giddiness,
Luke xxi. 34 iv Kpai- genr. Kpartiv %tio6(; TIVOQ, to take the
etc. Lat. crapula.
r/"/

hand of any one, Matt. ix. 25. Mark i.
31. v. 41. Luke viii. 54. comp. Buttm.
132. G. 3. So Sept. and pm Gen. xix.
16. 2 Sam. i. 11.
to have power over,
b) seq. accus. (a)
to be or become master of, nearly i. q. seq.
gen. in a above, but always implying a
certain degree of force with which one
gets a person or thing wholly into his
power, even when resisting see Tittm.
458 Kplac
? n, oi>, pp. superl. of
poetic upaTVQ, ((cpdrof,) used also as su-
perl. of dya$df, Buttm. 68. 1. 69. n.
1 ; most excellent, most noble, used in
addressing persons of rank and autho-
rity, Luke i. 3 icpdrttrre Gto^tXe. Acts
xxiii. 26. xxiv. 3. xxvi. 25 __ Jos. c.
Apion. 1. 1. Ant. 4. 6. 8. Longin. 39
init. Theophr. Char. 3 or 5.
;

de Synon. in N. T. p. 89. Hence genr. ou^, TO, strength, phy-

to get into one's power, to lay hold sical Horn. II. 16. 524. ib. 24. 293. In
of, to
seize, to take, e. g. a person, Matt. xiv.
N. T. might, vigour, power, viz.
3 6 yap 'Hpwtfjjf KpctTTjaag rbv 'luavvnv, a) genr. Acts xix. 20 Kara jcpdroc
tdrjvtv avrov. xviii. 28. xxi. 46. xxii. 6. mightily, vehemently, see in Kara no. 1 .

xx vi. Mark d. y. (Xen. Ag. 2.

4, 48, 50, 55, 57. iii. 21. vi. 3.) Eph. i. 19 Kara
17. xii. 12. xiv. 1, 44, 46, 49, 51. Acts rrjv tvioyuav TOV KOCITOVQ TTJC tVxpog ai-
xxiv. 6. Rev. So an animal, Matt, rov i. e. of his
x.x. 2. mighty power, comp. in
'I<T
xii. 11. Sept. for irn$ Cant. iii. 4. 2 Sam.
X vg. Eph. vi. 10. Col. i. 11. Comp.
vi. 6. pers. Palajph. 2. 7, 9. ib. 32. 2.
Buttm. 123. n. 4. So Sept. for
-pTax
fmirn. Test. XII Patr. p. 589 rag Sopicd- Is. xl. 26.
Sept. for nwjj Ps.
Comp.
cC Ixxxix. 10. Meton. might, collect, for
ixpdrovv oid TOV $p6pov. Arr.
Epict. 2. 7. 12. Xen. Yen. 5. 29. Hence mighty deeds Luke i. 51 tTrolrj
genr. Kpartlv TWO. r//c x tlP> t take one Ppaxiovt K. r. X. Comp. Heb. ^n
by the hand i. e. against his will, Mark Sept. iroulv ^vvap.iv Ps. cxviii. 16.
ix. 27. comp. Buttm. 132. 6. 3. (Test. b) power i. e. dominion. 1 Tim. vi. 16
XII Patr. p. Also Matt, xxviii. 9 w KUI KpaTos aiwviov. Heb. ii. 14.
ripf)
590.)
1 Pet. iv. 11. v. 11. Jnde25. Rev. i. 6.
tKpdrrjtrav avrov TOVQ irodaq, i. e. they em-
braced his feet. v. 13. 2 Mace. ix. 17. xi. 4. Jos. Ant.
Sept. for p*tnrT Judg.
xvi. 23. 1. 19. 1. Hdian. 7. 7. 12.

to have in one'spower, to be master

(/3) of, to cry
f. dffat,
(wpauy^,)
i.
holdfast, not to let go, e. g.
e. to hold, to
to
out, clamour, intrans. i. q. Kpdfa.
things, Rev. 6 Kpar&v rove tTTa da-
ii. 1
Matt. xii. 19 OVK ipiati, ovok Kpavyaati,
Tfpac tv ry tieZiy, avTov, comp. i. 16 where see in 'Ept'^w. xv. 22. John xi. 43 0wvy
it is tx wv Rev. vii. 1 K. rove Ttao. dvt-
>

Hiy. kicoavy. xviii. 40. xix. 6, 15. Acts

povc 'iva K. r. \. Pass. Luke xxiv. 16
lift
xxii. 23. Sept. for ^rnrr Ezra iii. 13 --
01
603-aXftoi OVTWV iKparovvro. Of per-
Arr. Epict. 3. 4. 4. 'Dem. 1258. 26.
sons, to hold in subjection, Pass. Acts ii.
24 KaSroTi OVK fjv SvvaTov KpaTtiaSai ai- Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 337.

rbv VTT' avrov SC. Savarov. (Aristoph. Av.

r/c, rj, (*cpaw,) cry, outcry,
Kpauy//,
419. Xen. An. 5. 6. So to hold one
7.) e. g.for public information Matt. xxv.
fast, i. hold fast to him, to cleave to
e. to
6. Rev. xiv. 18. (Xen. An. 2. 2. Of
17.)
him t e. g. in person Acts iii. 11 Kparovvrog tumult or controversy, clamour, Acts
St avTov TOV
Osrpov K. T. \. or in faith xxiii. 9. Eph.iv.31. (Pol. 2. 70. Of
6.)
Col. ii. 19 ri]v Ke<f>a\rjv i. e. Christ.
sorrow, wailing, Rev. xxi. 4. Sept. for
Metaph. spoken of sins, to retain, not to Ex. xii. 30. (Xen. H. G. 6. 4.
npys
T
remit, John xx. 23 bis.
'
Also to keep to 16 .) Of supplication, Heb. v. 7. Sept.
oneself, e. g. rvvXoyov Mark ix. 10.
for Chald.
(Sept. for
np^S Job xxxiv. 28.
Kparovpiva "JTTJN enigma
Dan. v. 12. Test. XII. P'atr" p.
683.) K; lac, aroe aoc, 5, plur. rd
Genr. to hold fast in mind, to observe, Ko'iara, contr. Kpia, Buttm. ^ 54, meat,
Mark vii. 3 Kparovvres TTJV irapddoariv TWV Jlesh,i. e. not
living, Rom. xiv. 21. 1

nptafivrkpwv. ver. 4, 8. 2 Thess. ii. 15. Cor. viii. 13. Sept. for ntya Ex. xii. 8.
Rev. ii. 13,
14, 15, 25. iii. 1 L Test. XII Deut. xii. 15. Jos. Ant. ^3. 9. 2, 3.
Patr. p. GG5 vpartlv TO %i\np.a TOV Stov. Xen. Mem, 4.3. 10
 459

Of n. of a Christian at Rome, 2 Tim. ir.

(pp. KpaiTffwv,} comparat. of poetic 10.

rvc, used also as comparat. of a

Kp7]T?j, TJCJ *h Crete, now Candia,
better, Buttm. 68. 1. Passow s. voc. a celebrated island of the Mediterranean,
Comp. in Kpdrtorof.
opposite to the Egean Sea. It was
better i. e. more more profit-
a) useful,
anciently celebrated for its hundred
only neut. TO rpi<r<rov, 1 Cor. vii.9,
cities, whence the epithet c*car6/i7ro\tc
able,
38. xi. 17. xii. 31. Phil. Heb. xi. i. 23. Horn. II. 2. 649. The Cretans were
40. xii. 24. 2 Pet. ii. 21. 'Sept. fornlta celebrated archers, robbers, and liars,
Ex. xiv. 12. Prov. xxv. 25. Xen. CEc. see in Kpfa and espec. Pol. 4. 8. 11.
20. 9.
Here a Christian church was left by
better in value or dignity, nobler ,
b) Paul in charge of Titus. Tit. i. 5. Acts
more excellent, Heb. i. 4 rotroury icpstrrwv xxvii. 7, 12, 13, 21.
yfvo/zfvof. vi. 9. vii. 7, 19, 22. viii. 6 bis.
ix. 23. x. 34. xi. 16, 35. 1 Pet. iii. 17. , fjc> ;, barley, Rev. vi. 6. Sept.
Prov. Deut. viii. 8. Xen. An. 1.2. 22.
Sept. for Sit3 Judg. yiii. 2. viii.

11. Hdian.3.2.6. Xen. Ag. 11. 15.

TJ, oi/, (fpi-^,) of barley,
as aprot KpiStvoi barley-loaves John vi. 9,
Kpiudffu, aor. 1 pass.
f.
13. Sept. for tr"lj>to 2 K. iv. 42. Jos.
to hang, to suspend, trans. Ant. 5. 6. 4. Xen. An. 4. 5. 26, 31.
Mid. jc/oc/ia/iai after the form tara/xat, to
hang, to be suspended, intrans. A pre- Kpfjua, aroc> r<*>
(spiv**,) judgment,
sent found only in very late
Kptfiitu is i. e.

writers, Passow sub. v. Buttm. 114. the act of judging, giving judg-
a)
a) Act. c. ace. iinpl. et seq. iiric. gen. ment, i.
q. Kpiffif, spoken only in re-
Acts v. 30 et x. 39 Kpipaaavrtc (avrbv) ference to future reward and punish-
iiri v\ov. Pass. seq. etc Matt, xviii. 6. ment. John ix. 39 its Kpi'/ta lya> IIQ rbv
absol. Luke xxiii. 39.
Sept. seq. liri for Kotrpov ryXSov for judgment am come I
n^ Act. Gen. xl. 19, 22. Pass. Esth. v. into the world, i. e. in order that the
14. vii. 10. Xen. An. 1. 2. 8. Puss. righteous may be approved and the
Xen. Eq. 10. 9. wicked condemned, as is figuratively
said in the next clause. 1 Pet. iv. 17. So
b) Mid. Acts xxviii. 4 icptfidptvov TO
Stjpiov <c TT)G x 4 *P^c avToVf
of the judgment of the last day, Acts
hanging from
his hand. KvXov Gal. iii. 13.
i-jci xxiv. 25. Heb. vi. 2. Meton. for the
Seq.
Trop. seq. iv, Matt. xxii. 40, see in 'Ev power of judgment Rev. xx. 4. So Heb.
no. 3. c. a. Sept. jcpe/ta/icvoc for 13912)'}? Sept. Kpiffts
Lev. xix. 15. Deut.
^bty
Deut. xxi. 23. 2 Sam. xviii. 10. trop. i. 17. Heb. Ez. xxi. 32.

Deut. xxviii. 66. Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 2. b) judgment given, decision, award,
Hdian. 1. 14. 1. seq. tic Xen. Mem. 3. 10. (a) genr. Matt. vii. 2 iv y yap
sentence,
13. trop. Philo T. II. ed.
Mang. p. 420 Kpivire, KpiSfjaevSe.
jcpt/tart Rom. v.
uv at row 16. Plur. Rom. xi. 33 ra jcpi/iara avrov,
thejudgments of God, his decrees. Sept.
KOTJ/ZVOC, ov, o, (Kpeudvvvfj.i,) a steep Ps.xvii. 2. Plur.
forBrroppZech.viii.16.
place, precipice, pp. overhanging, Matt. of God' Ps. xix. 10. cxix. 75. Pol. 24.
viii. 32. Mark v. 13. Luke viii. 33. 1. 12 ijicaXovvTtz rolf Kpiuaviv (if Trapa-
Sept. for jp 2 Chr. xxv. 12 __ Jos.
1
Ant.
ptppafievfjir.vois. (/3)
Oftener sentence
3. 5. 1. Dioo . S. 1. 33. sc.of punishment, condemnation, imply-

, b,a Cretan, Acts ii. 11.

ing also the punishment itself as a cer-
Tit. 12 KpiJTfc del i//u<rrai, quoted
i.
tain consequence, Matt, xxiii. 13 Sid TOVTO

from Callim. Hymn, in Jov. 8. comp. Xrj^tffSre irepiwoTtpov Kpi^a. Mark xii. 40.
Pol. 4. 8. 11. V. H. 1. 10 ol m. Luke xx. 47. xxiii. 40. xxiv. 20. Rom.
Kp,/-
Ttq tiai TO&VUV dyaSoi. Xen. An. 1. 2.
ii.2, 3 TO Kpifia TOV Sreov. iii. 8. xiii. 2.

9. 1 Cor. xi. 29, 34. Gal. v. 10. 1 Tim. iii.

6. v. 12. James iii. 1. 2 Pet. ii. 3. Jude

b, Crescem, pr. 4. Rev.xvii. 1. xviii. 20 see in 'EK no. 1.

 460

D. So Sept. and UD^'Tp Deut. xxi. 22. 50. A. Pol. 3. 6.

7.) Seq. accus. rour
Jer. iv. 12. Ecclus. xxi. 5. as introducing the infin. c. art. TO, Rom.
Heb. law-suit, cause, xiv. 13 aXXd TOVTO KpivaTt /ia\\ov, TO /t>)
c) from the
T&lvai K. T. X. 2 Cor. ii. 1. 1 Cor. vii. 37
something to be judged, e. g. Kpi^ara
to go to law, TOVTO TOV K. T. \. So
ixttv to have law-suits, KtKplKlV, Tqpflv
Job TOVTO on, 2 Cor. V. 14.
1 Cor. vi. 7. So Sept. and B^n
xxiii. 4. xxxi. 13. b) to judge, i. e. to form and express
a judgment, opinion, as to any person
KptW, ou, r6, a lily, Matt. vi. 28. or thing, more commonly unfavourable.
Luke xii. 27. Sept. for flfhtf Cant. ii.
Anthol. Gr. I. p. 254. Seq. ace. of pers. John viii. 15 Jyw ov
16 iv. 5.
.

Kplvcj ovdsva. Rom. ii. 1, 3. iii. 7. xiv. 3,

Theocr. 11. 56.
4, 10, 13. Seq. ace. of thing,
Col. ii. 16.

Kptvw, f. wS>, aor. 1 ticpiva, perf, 1 Cor. x. 15.

(Xen. Vect. 5. 11.) Absol.
K&KpiKa, aor. 1 pass. tKpiSnjv, i.
q. Lat. Matt. vii. 1 bis, 2 bis. Luke vi. 37 bis.
crn0 by transpos. of the vowel, pp. to John viii. 16, 26. Rom. ii. 1 bis. 1 Cor.
separate, Horn. II. 2. 362. ib. 5. 601.
to iv. 5. x. 29. c. Acts
Seq. iriterrog. ',

distinguish, to discriminate between iv. 19. 1

genr. Thuc. 4.
Cor. xi. 13. (

good and evil, Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 9. ib.4. 130. TroTtpov Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 5.) So with
8. 11. to select, to choose out the good, an adjunct of manner, e. g. icpivtiv Kpi-
Xen. An. 1. 9. 30. Hence genr. and in ffiv John vii. 24, comp. Buttm. 131. 3.
N. T, to judge, i. e. to form or give an icp. TO Siicaiov Luke xii. 57. 6pwe Luke
Opinion after separating and considering vii. 43. KO.T' fyivJohn vii. 24. Kara oapica
the particulars of a case. viii. 15. By impl. to condemn, seq. ace.
to judge, sc. in one's
a)
own mind as Rom. ii. 27. xiv. 22. James iv. 11 ter, 12.
to what is right, proper, expedient, i. e. So Sept. and n^H Job x. 2.
to deem, to decide, to determine, seq. in- to judge, in a judicial sense, viz.
c)
fin. Acts xv. 19 dib !yo> Kpivu /XT) trap- to sit in judgment on any person, to
(a)
ivoxXtlv TOIQ K. T. \. i. e. my decision is try, seq, ace. John xviii. 31 /caro TOV vo-
etc. in.13 KpivavTog fKtivov airoXvtiv. XX. vfi&v KpivaTt avTov.
fj.ov
Acts xxiii. 3.
16. xxv. 25. 1 Cor. ii. 2, v. 3. Tit. iii.12. xxiv. 6. 1 Cor. v. 12 bis. (Pol. 5.29. 6.
Seq. TOV c. inf. Acts xxvii. 1 d> de iicpi^Tj Xen. An. 6. 6.
18.)
Pass. Kpivofiai, to be
TOV cnroirXtlv "n^oLQ K. T. X. 3 Mace. i.
judged, to be tried, to be on trial. Acts
6. Jos. Ant. 7. 1.5. Xen. An. 3. 1.7. xxv. 10 ou jus del KpLvtoSrai. Rom. iii. 4.

Seq. ace. et infin. Acts xxi. 25 KpivavrtQ (Sept. for BDlff Ps. Ii. 6.) Seq. vipi
p.rjStv TOIOVTOV rtjptlv avTovQ. With in- Tivogfor any thing Acts xxiii. 6. xxiv. 21 .

fin. ilvai impl. comp. Matth. 534. n. 7Tt

Tivifor, Acts xxvi. 6. kiri TIVOQ before
1. Acts xiii. 46 Kai OVK a%iovg Kpivf re kav- any one Acts xxv. 9, 20. Dem. 407. 20.
TOVQ TIIQ at. Zwijc, and judge or deem your- Xen.H.G. 1.7.7. c. Trepiib. 3. 5.25. c.

selves unworthy of eternal life. xvi. 15. iiri comp. Max. Tyr. 9. 4.
TIVOQ Comp.
xxvi. 28. Rom. xiv. 5 bis, OQ filv Kpivu Wetstein N. T. II. p. 120. Spoken
rjfispav [fTvail Trap' r}p,ipav, og Sk Kpivei in reference to the gospel dispensation,
iraaav iipkpav, one manjudgeth, deemeth, to the judgment of the great day, e. g.
one day to be above another ; another of God as judging the world through
judgeth every day sc. to be alike, as we Christ, John v. 22. viii. 50. Acts xvii. 31
must supply from the force of the an- Kpiveiv Tr)v oiKovfj.vqv, Rom. iii. 6 TTUIQ

tithesis, comp. Matth. 634. 3. c. inf. KplVtl StOG TOV KOfffJlOV.

il. 16 TO KQVTTTO..
Diod. Sic. 12. 20. Xen. Hi. 1. 17. inf. 1 Cor. v. 13. James ii. 12. 1 Pet. i.

impl. Wisd. ii. 22. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 2. 17. Rev. xi. 18. xx. 12, 13. Of
ii. 23.
KpiSfirjTt. tv8aijj.oveffTO.Toi. Xen. Cyr. 3. Jesus as the Messiah and Judge, John
1. 34. Comp. Diod. Sic. 12. 13 TJV v. 30. xvi. 11. 2 Tim. iv. 1 'I. xp. TOV
yoap.^aTiKT)v Trapd rag dXXag fjiaSrijatig fit\\ovTO Kpivtw wvra icai veicpovg. I

irpoeicpivtv 6 j>o/zo3irj7c. Seq. ace. of Pel. iv.5. Rev. xix. 11. Figuratively of
thing, to determine on, to decree, Rev. xvi. the apostles, Matt. xix. 28. Luke xxii.30.
5 on ravTa tKpivag. Acts xvi. 4 rd 36y- 1 Cor. vi. 2, 3. iv v/*Tv Kpiverai o KO<T-
/zara rd KCKpipeva. (Isocr. Paneg. p. foi- 1 Cor. vi, 2. Comp. in BaatXeww b.
 461

Wisd. iii. 8. Ecclus. iv. 15. Diod. Sic. 9. iii. 7. iJohniv. 17. wpa KptVtwc Rev.
19. 51 rfjt; 'OXvfjnrtddoQ erot^Tjg -ovcrijg iv XIV. 7. icpiffig jueyaXj/g Tjjulpag Jude 6. So
iracfi McwtSoffi Kp&rjvat. Comp. Wet- simply for Kpicrig fty. //i.
Kpiffig Matt,
stein N. T. II. p. 120 -- (/3) In the xii. 41, 42. Luke x. 14. xi. 31, 32. Heb.
sense of to pass judgment upon, to con- ix. 27. So John xii. 31 vvv Kpitrig ttrri

demn, c. ace. John vii. 51 pi} 6 vofiot; TOV KOfffiov, now is this world judged.
rjfAHJv Kpivti TOV dv$p. K. r. X. Luke xix. xvi. 8, 11. John v. 27 et Jude 15 Kpivtv
22. Acts xiii. 27. As implying also Trotftv q. Kpivtiv, comp. John v. 30 and
i.

punishment, 1 Cor. xi. 31, 32. 1 Pet. iv. in Kpt'vw c. a. Meton, for the power of
6._genr. JEl. V. H. 8. 3. Dem. 215. judgment John v. 22. Sept. for t3Dli:?D
4. Xen. An. 5. 6. 33. So of the con- Lev. xix. 15. Deut. i. 17. Is. xxViii.

demnation of the wicked and including 6 Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 2. Hdian. 1. 11. 12.

the idea of punishment as a certain con- Xen. An. 6.6.20.

sequence, i. q. to punish, to take ven- (j3) judgment given, sentence pro-
geance on ; e. g. of God as judge, Acts nounced, genr. John v. 30. 2 Pet. ii. 11
vii. 7 /cat ro tSvog icpivai lyw, quoted
. . .
icpiffiv,
and Jude 9 K-pto-if
from Gen. xv. 14 where Sept. for -pi. .
(Dem. 322.
15.) Spec.
Rom. ii. 12. 1 Thess. ii. 12. Heb. xiii/4 sentence of punishment, condemnation,
icai
[ioixovi; icpivtl o $eo. Rev. vi. 10. e. g. to death Acts viii. 33, see in AIpw no.

xviii. 8. ib. ver. 20 see in 'E*e no. 1 . b. xix, 4. a. Olshausen in loc. So Sept. and
2. Of Jesus, John iii. 17 ov . . . 'iva icpivy Jer. xxxix. 5. ^El. V. H. 13. 38.
tD^'T?
TOV Koapov. ver. 18 bis. xii. 47 bis, 48 bis. Diod. Sic. 1. 82 pen. Usually imply-
James v. 9. Sept. and DDti? Is. Ixvi. 10. ing also punishment, as a certain conse-
Ez. xxxviii.22 (y)
Once from the Heb. quence, e. g. from God, Siicaiai at KpiatiQ
i.
q. to vindicate, to avenge, Heb. x. 30. CIVTOV Rev. xvi. 7. xix. 2. xviii. 10 coll.

Kvptof Kpivti TOV Xabv avrov, the Lord ver, 8. 2 Thess. i. 5 coll. ver. 6. So Sept.
will avenge his people i. e. by punishing and B^nrr) Jer. i. 16. Of Christ as
their enemies, quoted from Deut. xxxii. Judge of the world condemning the
26 or Ps. cxxxv. 14 where Sept. for -pi, wicked, judgment, condemnation, e. g.
also Gen. xxx. 6. Ps. liv. 3. Matt.xxiii.33/epi<rtrfje yeevvqs. Mark iii.
29. John v. 29 avaoraaiQ jcptVcwf. John
d) Mid. Kpivoftat, pp. to let oneself
be judged, i. e. to have a law-suit, to go iii. 19. v. 24. Heb. x. 27. James ii. 13
to law, seq. dat. with any one, Matt. v. bis, see in KaraKavx/zat. 2 Pet. ii. 4.
40. seq. fjierd rtvof with 1 Cor. vi. 6. seq. So 1 Tim. v. 24 rivS>v avSpwTrwv al ctftap-
liri TIVOQ
before any one 1 Cor. vi. 1, 6. Tiat TrpodnXoi eferi, Trpoayoytrai elg icpiaiv,
Sept. c. fitTa TIVOQ for Heb. Qi> }"i Ecc. i. e. in some men their sins lead on to
vi. 10. c. Trpof nva for DJ> 2"H Job xxxi. condemnation, i. e. accuse them, cry for
13. Eurip. Med. 609. comp. Anthol. condemnation, and by impl. are re-
Gr. II. p. 34. pented of; in others their sins also fol-
low after, i. e. they persevere in them
PP- sepa- although conscious of present guilt and
ration, trop. division, dissension, Hdot. future condemnation.
5. 5. ib. 7. 26. decision, i. e. decisive mo- Meton. court of
(y) justice, tribunal,
ment, turn of affairs, Pol. 9. 5. 4.
crisis, judges, i. e. the smaller tribunals estab-
ib. 16. 4. 8. In N. T. judgment, i. e. lished in the cities of Palestine, subor-
a) genr. opinion formed and expressed. dinate to the Sanhedrim ; comp. Deut.
John vii. 24 rrfv fiiKaiav icpiaiv Koivarf.. xvi. 18. 2 Chr. xix. 5. According to the
viii. 16. Comp. in KptVa> b. Jos. c. Ap. Rabbins they consisted of 23 judges ;
1. 24 01 vyiaivovTiQ ry Kpiaet. Pol. 17. 14. but Josephus expressly says the number
10. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 10. was seven, Ant. 4. 8. 14. B. J. 2. 20. 5.
b) judgment in a judicial sense, i. e. See Krebs. Obss. p. 19. Tholuck Berg-
(a)
the act of judging, in reference to pred. p. 180. Matt. v. 21, 22 e
the final judgment, e. g. 77 rjn'tpa icpi- tarai ry Kpiau. Comp. Sept.
<Twg day of judgment, Matt. x. 15. xi. Jobix. 32. xxii. 4.
22,24. xii. 36. Mark vi. 11. 2 Pet. ii.
c)
from the Heb. right, justice, equity,
 462 K/OV7H

Matt, xxiii. 23. Luke xii. 42 Kpouo>, f. *<*, to knock, to rap, e. g.

ri}v Kpi<rtv. So Sept. and ta^'tt Deut. at a door for entrance, seq. ri\v $vpav
xxxii. 4. Gen. xviii. 25. Jer. xxii. 15. Luke xiii. 25. Acts xii. 13. absol. Matt,
Also for law, statutes, i. e. the divine law, vii. 7, 8. Luke xi. 9, 10. xii. 36. Acts xii.

the religion of Jehovah, as developed in 16. Rev. iii. 20. Sept. for ppl Judg. xix.
the Gospel, Matt. xii. 18, 20, quoted from 22. Cant. v. 13. Judith xiv. 14 K. ri\v
Is. xlii. 1, 2, 3, where Sept. and Bfntitt. Svpav Xen. Conv. 1. 11. The more usual
Attic phrase was KOTTTHV T^V Svpav, Lob.
Comp. Gesen. Comm. in loc.
ad Phr. p. 177.
n. of
KO/<TTTOC, ou, 6, Crispus, pr.
the ruler of a synagogue at Corinth, KpUTTTTJj 1?C) *?? (PP' fem. of Kpv-
Cor. 14. a crypt, secret cell or vault. Luke
Acts xviii. 8. 1 i. ?rroe,)
xi. 33 tig KpvTTTtjv T&ijat in some edi-
ov, TO, ((cpirrjf,) crite- tions. Athen. V. p. 205. A. Text. rec.
1. 11.
rion, rule of judging, Arr. Epict. has ig KpvirTfjv, as if by Hebraism for
9 sq. judgment-seat, tribunal, Sept. ica- neut. f/c KpvirTov, see Gesen. Lehrg. p.
7ri KpiTrjpiov Judg. V.
Srripfvoi
10. In 661. Stuart 436. Comp. also etc /ia-
N. T. trop. court of justice, tribunal. Kpav, etc.
James ii. 6 eXjcotrnv v/i5c tig KpiTrjpia. 1

Cor. vi. 2, 4. Sept. for Chald. N^l KpiiTTTOC? 11, dv, (KpvTTTft),") hidden,
Dan. vii.
10,26. Susann. 49. Pol. 9. 33. concealed, and therefore secret, Matt. x.
12. ib. 16. 27. 2. In 1 Cor. I.e. others 26 OU$SV tffTl . . . KpVTTTOV O OV yVOI-
but unnecessa- ffSijcreTai. Mark iv. 22. Lukeviii. 17. xii.
by impl. cause, law-suit,
2. Iv T<$ KpvTTTy in secret, where we
rily ; so Syr. Vers.
cannot be seen of others, Matt. vi. 4 bis,
ou, o, (KpiVw,) a judge, i. e. 6 bis, 18 bis. iv KpvirT<$, in secret, pri-
one who
decides or gives an opinion in
vately, John vii. 4, 10. xviii. 20. Lukexi.
respect to any person or thing. 33 i'e KpvjTTrjv, see in KpuTrri; above. 1 Cor.
a) James ii. 4 Kpiral $ia\o-
genr. iv. 5 TO. KpvTTTu TOV oKOTovQ secret works of

yi(Tjjia>v
see in AiaXoyi<r/to a. Matt.
TTOV. darkness. 2 Cor. iv. 2 see in Mo^vvi} c.
xii. 27. Luke xi. 19. In an unfavour-
Sept. for inpTD Jer. xlix. 9 Hdian. 5. 6.
able sense James iv. 11. Sept. for ]*i 7. Xen. Mag. Eq. 4. 10. Trop. TU *rpu-
1 Sam. xxiv. 16 Wisd. xv. 7. Pol. ix~. irTa TIVOQ the secrets of one's heart, secret
Xen. Cony.
thoughts, Rom. ii.
33. 12. 5. 1, 9, 10. 16. 1 Cor. xiv. 25. 1
in a judicial sense, one who sits to Pet. iii. 4 6 icpvirTog Trjg KapSiag avp<iiiro,
b)
dispense justice, Matt. v. 25 bis. Luke i. e. the internal man. Rom. ii. 29 6 Iv

xii. 58 bis. xviii. 2, 6. Acts xviii. 15.

T<$ 'lovSaioc, a Jew at heart.
KpvirT<ji
xxiv. 10. Of Christ the final Judge, Acts Ecclus. i. 30. iv. 18.
x. 42 KpiTrje r&v ZWVTUV icai vicp&v. 2
f. i//a;, to hide, to conceal,
Tim. iv. 8. James v. 9 coll. ver. 8. Of
Pass, or Mid. to hide oneself, to be
God, KpiTy $$ TTOLVTUV Heb. xii. 23.
hid ; Aor. 2 pass. iKpvj3r}v as pass, to be
Sept. for "}! Ezr. vii. 4. Bpitf Deut. xvi.
18. Job ixl 24. of God Ps. vii. 12. 1. 6.
hid ; Matt. v. 14. Luke xix. 42 ; and
with mid. signif. to hide oneself John viii.
Diod. Sic. 1. 92. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 3.
from the Heb. i. q. a leader, ruler, 59. xii. 36. Buttm. 136.2. Comp. Lob.
c) ad Phr. p. 317 Matt. v. 14 ov dvva-
chief, Heb. tapto', spoken of the Hebrew
sq.
Tat TroXig Kpv(3fjvai. xiii. 35. ver. 44 ov
judges, so called, from Joshua to Samuel,
Acts xiii. 20. tvpuv ticpv^e. 1 Tim. v. 25. Heb. xi. 23.
Comp. Judg. ii. 16 sq.
Gesen. Heb. Lex. art. 13519' no. 2
Rev. ii. 17 TOV pdwa TOV KtKpvfi^ikvov,
Jos.
Ant. 6. 5. 4. of the hidden manna, as symbolical of
the enjoyments of the kingdom of hea-
, r}, dv, (fpirifc,) skilled in ven in allusion, perhaps, to the Jewish
;

judging, quick to discern and judge of tradition that the ark with the pot of
any thing, seq. gen. Heb. iv. 12 manna was hidden by order of king
r. X.
Hesych. Josiah, and will again be brought to
light in the reign of the Messiah comp. ;
 463

Wetstein N. T. and Schcettgen. Hor. chase your lives, procure your safety,

Heb. in loc. Seq. iv TIVI, Matt. xiii. 44 comp. Matt. x. 22 et xxiv. 13. Sept. for
iv. 1. xxv. 10.
$T]ffavp<$ Kticpvnniv(f> iv
r<
aypy. XXV. rT2pT Gen. Ecclus. li.
25. trop. Col. iii. 3. Seq. tlq TI Rev. 28. Ml. V. H. 5. 9. Xen. Mem. 1
vi. 15. seq. OTTO nvo hide from, John 6.3.
xii. 36 'Iqo-ouf airtXSuv iicpv/Brj ATT' avruv, a pos-
Krf)jua, aroc, , (KMT*] pat,)
hid himself from them. Luke xviii. 34.
session, property, any thing acquired
xix. 42. Rev. vi. 16. So John viii. 59 and possessed, estate, Matt. xix. 22 et
'lj<ToiJff Si iKpvfirj, *cai cgj/Xd'ci' TO vlepov
eic
Mark x. 22 rjv yap t\wv jcrt//iara TroXXd.
i. e. .TesMS hid himself, and Acts ii. 45. v. 1 coll. ver. 3. where is %w-
[afterwards]
went out of the temple ; or we may ren-
pi'ov. Sept. for n^rrj Job xx. 29. tn|>
der iKpvpri adverbially, he secretly went Prov. xxxi. 16. rrjip Prov. xxiii. 10.
out, etc. comp. in 'ATroroX^idw. Perf. Luc. Tox. 62. Hdian. 7. 12. 13. Xen.
part. Kticpvfifievoe, hidden, as adv. secretly, Mem. 3. 11.5.
John xix. 38, see Buttm. 123. n. 3.
lc
Sept. for florin Gen.
ro,
iii. 8, 10. Is. xlii. (jcrdo/iat,)
i.
Gen. Josh. pp. q. icrf/fm> possession, property,
22. Tnpn iv. 13. in^ vii.
and herds of every kind,
Prov. i. 11. Hdian. 1. 14. 7. spec, flochs
19.
p$ Xen. An. 4. 5. 25. Pol. 12. 4. 14. In
c. ivHdian. 3. 4. 14. c. e/c Diod. Sic.
N. T. a beast, domestic animal, e. g. as
4. 33. c. OTTO Horn. Od. 23. 110.
bought or sold Rev. xviii. 13 as yielding ;

Kpi(rraAA/to), i*, (rpvaraXAof,)

f.
meat 1 Cor. xv. 39 as used for riding, ;

to be as crystal, clear and sparkling, Rev. etc. Luke x. 34. Acts xxiii. 24.
burden,
xxi. 11.
Sept. for rran^ Ex. ix. 20. Josh viii.
KpuemiAAoc, ou, 6, (icpvoc, rpu- 27. Ti>5 Num. xx. 8. rtJpTD Gen. xiii. 2,
oratvw to freeze,) crystal, pp. any thing 7.
-jS Gen. xxx. 44. Jidian.4. 15. 13
congealed and pellucid, e. g. ice Sept. of horses and camels.
for rni? Job vi. 16. Horn. II. 22. 152.
in N. T. prob. rock-crystal, Rev. iv. 6. Krijrwp, opoc, o, (Kraopai,} possessor,
owner, 34 Kr^ropeg ^ttip'uDV.
Acts iv.
xxii. 1 Diod. Sic. 2. 52init.
Diod. Sic. X. p. 102. Bip. or VI. p.
Kpu^aToe, a ofj (*pv7rrw,) hidden,
> 196. Tauchn.
secret, in some MSS. Matt. vi. 18 iv r
f. lew, (kindr. with
Kr('w, Kraouai,)
tpvQaiy for iv ry jcpvTrry. Sept. for HJpDQ
pp. to bring under tillage and settle-
Jer. xxiii. 24. Xen. Hi. 10. 6. ment e. g. a land Horn. II. 20. 216. to
Kpv^fj, adv. (icpuTrrw,) secretly, not found a city Od. 11. 263. Jos. Ant.
openly, Eph. v. 12. Sept. fonnps Deut. 4. 8. 5. Diod. Sic. 1. 12. In N. T. to
xxviii. 57 Xen. Coav. 5. 8. Comp. found, i. e. to
create, to form, trans, of
Buttm. $115. n. 3. God as creating the universe or any of

f.
its parts, Mark xiii. 19 }c tKTicre 6 3rt6g.
Krao/ucu, <7>/ua(, ^<ro/iat, depon.
Mid. fo Rom. i. 25. 1 Cor. xi. 9. Eph. iii. 9.
<7e2 for oneself, to acquire, to
Col. iii. 10. 1 Tim. iv. 3. Rev. iv. 11 bis.
procure, by purchase or otherwise, perf.
x. 6. Of Christ Col. i. 16 bis. Sept.
KBKTrifiai as pres. to possess, see Buttm.
$ 113. 6. Seq. ace. Matt. x. 9. Luke
for 102 Deut. iv. 32. Ps. Ixxxix. 13 --
xviii. 12 TravTa o<ra KT&UCU. 1 Thess. iv. 4 Wisdl xi. 17. Ecclus. xvii. 1. Trop. of
rd tavroii a moral creation, renovation, Eph. ii. 10
<rici;o KriiffSrai, to procure for '
KTKT$vr iv X. I. ttfi tpyotg ayaStoiQ
himself a wife, in the oriental manner
ver. 15. iv. 24. So Sept. and na Ps.
by purchase, see in ^KWOS. With an
li. 12.
adjunct of price, e. g. gen. Acts xxii.
28. Sid c. gen. viii. 20. i< c. gen. i. 18 __ a , ., x ^o>,) afounda-
,

ourof tKTrjffUTO \wpiov iic row picrSrov K. r. X. ing of cities Jos. c. Ap. 1. 2. Diod. Sic.
i. e. was the occasion of 2. 4. Thuc. 1. 17. In N. T. creation, i. e.
purchasing
etc. Seq. iv c. dat. trop. Luke xxi. a) the act of creation, Rom. i. 20 airb
19 tv ry virofjiovy vpHJv KrrjffaaSe rag KTtatus Psalt. Salom. 8. 7.
K0fffj,ov
vp&v, through your patience pur- b) genr. created thing, and collect.
 462

Matt, Luke xii. 42 irapgpxt <?$t

xxiii. 23. Kpouw, f. <, to knock, to rap, e. g.
TI}V Kpiffiv. So Sept. and B^iB'TD Deut. at a door for entrance, seq. rr\v Svpav
xxxii. 4. Gen. xviii. 25. Jer. xxii. 15. Luke xiii. 25. Acts xii. 13. absol. Matt,
Also for law, statutes, i. e. the divine law, vii. 7, 8. Lukexi.9, 10. xii. 36. Acts xii.

the religion of Jehovah, as developed in 16. Rev. 20. Sept. for

iii.
pp-j Judg.
xix.
the Gospel, Matt. xii. 18, 20, quoted from 22. Cant. v. 13. Judith xiv. 14 K. rr\v
Is. xlii. 1, 2, 3, where Sept. and tt^ttto. Svpav Xen. Conv. 1.11. The more usual
Comm. in loc. Attic phrase was KOTTTSIV T^V Svpav, Lob.
Comp. Gesen.
ad Phr. p. 177.
n. of
K/Q/OTTOC, ou, 6, Crispus, pr. fem f *P U '
KpVTTTtJ, T?C> *l> (PP-
'
the ruler of a synagogue at Corinth,
a crypt, secret cell or vault. Luke
Acts xviii. 8. 1 Cor. i. 14. Trrof,)
xi. 33 tig tcpviTTijv Ti$r]<Ti in some edi-
_ ^
,_j. ov, TO, (jcptrtjc,)
crite- tions. Athen. V. p. 205. A Text. rec.
1. 11.
rion, rule of judging, Arr. Epict. has tie KpvTTTrjv, as if by Hebraism for
9 sq. judgment-seat, tribunal, Sept. ca- neut. ec'c KpvirTov, see Gesen. Lehrg. p.
iirl KpiTrjpiov Judg. V.
Srjpevoi
10. In 661. Stuart 436. Comp. also efc /m-
N. T. trop. court of justice, tribunal.
Kpdv, etc.
James ii. 6 f\KOvaiv vpac eig Kpir^pta. 1

Cor. vi. 2, 4. Sept. for Chald. N^l Kpi?rrocj fit ov, (*cpv7rra,) hidden,
Dan. vii.
10,26. Susann. 49. Pol. 9. 33. concealed, and therefore secret, Matt. x.
12. ib. 16. 27. 2. In 1 Cor. I.e. others 26 OuSfV eOTl . . . KpVTTTOV 8 OV yV(i>-
oSiiairai. Mark iv. 22. Lukeviii. 17. xii.
by impl. cause, law-suit, but unnecessa-
2. iv TV KpuTrry in secret, where we
rily ;
so Syr. Vers.
cannot be seen of others, Matt. vi. 4 bis,
K/otr7jc> ov, o, (cpiVa>,)
a judge, i. e. 6 bis, 18 bis. iv KpvirT<, in secret, pri-
one who decides or gives an opinion in vately, John vii. 4, 10. xviii. 20. Lukexi.
respect to any person or thing. 33 ti Kpvirrr) v, see in Kpvirrrj above. 1 Cor.
a) genr. James
4 spiral SiaXo- ii. IV. 5 KpVTTTU TOV (JKOTOVQ SeCTCt WOT ks of
TO.

yurpwv ifov. see in AtaXoyioyxof a. Matt, darkness. 2 Cor. iv. 2 see in Alffxvvtj c.
xii. 27. Luke xi. 19. In an unfavour-
Sept. for n^lpT? Jer. xlix. 9 Hdian. 5. 6.
able sense James iv. 11. Sept. for "pi Xen. Mag. Eq.
7. 4. 10. Trop. ru icpv-
1 Sam. xxiv. 16 Wisd. xv. 7. Pol. ix~ TrTd TIVOQ the secrets of one's heart, secret
33. 12. Xen.Con.v.5. 1,9, 10.
thoughts, Rom. ii. 16. 1 Cor. xiv. 25. 1
in a judicial sense, one who sits to Pet. iii. 4 6 KpVTrrbg TTJQ tcapdiag ov&pwTrof ,
b)
dispense justice, Matt. v. 25 bis. Luke i. e. the internal man. Rom. ii. 29 o iv

xii. 58 bis. xviii. 2, 6. Acts xviii. 15. Jew at heart.

r$ KpvTrrqi 'lovSaioQ, o.

xxiv. 10. Of Christ the final Judge, Acts Ecclus. i. 30. iv. 18.

x. 42 KPITTJC r&v ZWVTWV ical vcKpwi/. 2

KpvTrrw, f. i/'w, to hide, to conceal,
Tim. iv. 8. James v. 9 coll. ver. 8. Of
Pass, or Mid. to hide oneself, to be
God, KpiTy Sty TrdvTiuv Heb. xii. 23.
hid ; Aor. 2 pass. kpu/3i/v as pass, to be
Sept. for "ji Ezr. vii. 4. ttpto' Deut. xvi.
18. Job ix' 24. of God Ps. ; Matt. v. 14.
vii. 12. 1.
Luke xix. 42 and
6.
hid ;

with mid. signif. to hide oneself John viii.

Diod. Sic. 1. 92. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 3.
59. xii. 36. Buttm. 136.2. Comp. Lob.
c)
from the Heb. i. q. a leader, ruler,
ad Phr. p. 317 sq. Matt. v. 14 ov Mva-
chief, Heb. tapto', spoken of the Hebrew
rai TroXtc Kpv(3ijvai. xiii. 35. ver. 44 ov
judges, so called, from Joshua to Samuel,
1 Tim. v. 25. Heb. xi.23.
Acts xiii. 20. Comp. Judg. ii. 16 sq. tvpuv tKpv\l/s.
Gesen. Heb. Lex. art. tapi^j no. 2 Rev. ii. 17 TOV pdvva TOV Keicpvun'evov,
Jos.
Ant. 6. 5. 4. of the hidden manna, as symbolical of
the enjoyments of the kingdom of hea-
77, ov, skilled in ven in allusion, perhaps, to the Jewish ;

judging, quick to discern and judge of tradition that the ark with the pot of
any thing, seq. gen. Heb. iv. 12 Kpinicbs manna was hidden by order of king
K. T. \.
Hesych. jcpirucoe Josiah, and will again be brought to
Siaicpivttiv light in the reign of the Messiah comp. ;
 463 Krfenc

Wetstein N. T. and Schcettgen. Hor. chase your lives, procure your safety,
Heb. in loc. Seq. Iv rtvt, Matt. xiii. 44 comp. Matt. x.22et xxiv. 13. Sept. for
Sriaavpy jciepv/i/if vy iv r< yp<. XXV. rr2j?
T
Gen. iv. 1. xxv. 10. Ecclus. li.
25. trop. Col. iii. 3. Seq. etg rt Rev. 28. Ml. V. H. 5. 9. Xen. Mem. 1
vi. 15. seq. OTTO rivo hide from, John 6.3.
xii. 36 'IqtroOf airiXSuv iicpvfir] ATT' avriav, a pos-
Krijjuet, aroc, T >
(Krjj/*ai,)
hid himself from them. Luke xviii. 34.
session, property, any thing acquired
xix. 42. Rev. vi. 16. So John viii. 59 and possessed, estate, Matt. xix. 22 et
'irjffovg $6 iicpvfBrj, icai iij\$ev IK TO vlepov Mark x. 22 fiv ydp t\uv (crry/iara iroXXd.
i. e. Jesus hid himself, and Acts ii. 45. v. 1 coll. ver. 3. where is %w-
[afterwards]
went out of the temple ; or we may ren- piov. Sept. for n^nj Job xx. 29. tns
der iupv^T} adverbially, he secretly went Prov. xxxi. 16. n*J^ Prov. xxiii. 10.
'

out, etc. comp. in A TroroX/tdw. Perf.

Luc. Tox. 62. Hdian. 7. 12. 13. Xen.
part. KiKpvun'evos, hidden, as adv. secretly, Mem. 3. 11.5.
John xix. 38, see Buttm. 123. n. 3.

Sept. for N*2TTn Gen. iii. 8, 10. Is. xlii. KrffVOC,

i.
22. Tnprr Gen. iv. 13. "1115 Josh. vii. pp. q. Krijpa, possession, property,
Hdian. 1. 14. 7. spec, flocks and herds of every kind,
19.
JD$ Prov. i. 11.
c. iv Hdian. 3. 4. 14. c. efc Diod. Sic.
Xen. An. 4. 5. 25. Pol. 12. 4. 14. In
4. 33. c. OTTO Horn. Od. 23. 110. N. T. a beast, domestic animaly e. g. as
bought or sold Rev. xviii. 13 as yielding ;

meat 1 Cor. xv. 39 as used for riding, ;

to be as crystal, clear and sparkling, Rev. etc. Luke x. 34. Acts xxiii. 24.
burden,
xxi. 11.
Sept for
rran^ Ex.
Josh viii. ix. 20.

KpvoraAAoc, ou, o, (icpi'of, upv- 27. T3>5 Num. xx. 8. rqptt Gen. xiii. 2,
(TTaivu to
freeze,) crystal, pp. any thing 7.
iS Gen. xxx.44 __ Hdian. 4. 15. 13
congealed and pellucid, e. g. ice Sept. of horses and camels.
for ms
Job vi. 16. Horn. II. 22. 152.
KT/JTOJ/O, O/OO> o, (icrdopai,') possessor,
in N. T. prob. rock-crystal, Rev. iv. 6.
owner, Acts iv. 34 icr^ropeg %wpiwv.
xxii. 1 __ Diod. Sic. 2. 52 init.
Diod. Sic. X. p. 102. Bip. or VI. p.
Kpu^>aToC) a oVj (icpvTrrw,) hidden,
>
196. Tauchn.
secret, in some MSS. Matt vi. 18 iv T<$
Kri'&u, f. Iffu, (kindr. with icrdouai,)
fpvfaiy for iv T< jcpvTrry. Sept. for "inp?3
pp. to bring under tillage and settle-
Jer. xxiii. 24. Xen. Hi. 10. 6.
ment e. g. a land Horn. II. 20. 216. to
adv.
secretly, not
jeuTrrw Jos. Ant
j
found a city Od. 11. 263.
openly, Eph. v. 12. Sept. fortn^a Deut. 4. 8. 5. Diod. Sic. 1. 12. In N. T. to
xxviii. 57 --
Xen. Conv. 5. 8'. Comp. found, i. e. to create, to form, trans, of
Buttm. $115. n. 3. God as creating the universe or
any of
f.
its parts, Mark xiii. 19 >/c Irrto-e 6 3t6f.
Krao/ueu, M/uai, rjeouat, depon.
Mid. to get for oneself, to acquire, to Rom. i. 25. 1 Cor. xi. 9. Eph. iii. 9.
Col. iii. 10. 1 Tim. iv. 3. Rev. iv. 11 bis.
procure, by purchase or otherwise, perf.
KSKTtjpat as pres. to possess, see Buttm.
x. 6. Of Christ Col. i. 16 bis. Sept.
$ 113. 6. Seq. ace. Matt. x. 9. Luke
for Kin Deut. iv. 32. Ps. Ixxxix. 13 __
xviii. 12 travra oaa jcrw/zat. 1 Thess. iv. 4 Wisd. xi. 17. Ecclus. xvii. 1. Trop. of
rb eavrov tricevoe KraaSai, to procure a moral creation, renovation, Eph. ii. 10
for '

himself a wife, in the oriental manner KTurSivrte iv X. I. iiri

tpyotf ayaS-otc
by purchase, see in Stevof. With an ver. 15. iv. 24. So Sept. and nn Ps.
li. 12.
adjunct of price, e. g. gen. Acts xxii.
28. Sid c.
gen. viii. 20. U c. gen. i. 18
cwCj a founda-
*/>
(Kri'?w,)
OVTOf iKTTjffUTO X^plOV fK TOV fllffSoV
ing of cities Jos.
K. T. \.
Ap. 1. 2. Diod. Sic.
c.
i. e. was the occasion of 2. 4. Thuc. 1. 17. In N. T.
purchasing creation, i. e.
etc. Seq. iv c. dat. trop. Luke xxi. a) the act of creation, Rom. i. 20 airb
19 Iv ry v-TTOfiovyvp&v KT^oao^f. raq KTiatwc Koauov -- Psalt. Salom. 8. 7.
vfj.&v, through your patience pur- b) genr. created thing, and collect.
 464

created things. Rom. i. 25 IXa Lys. 283. 14. Dio. Chrys. Or. 6. 216.
ry KTiati Trapd TOV KTiffavra. viii. 39. Heb. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 9.
iv. 13. Wisd. ii. 6. Ecclus. xlix. 16.
KuJcAow, w, f. w<ro>, (KWK\O,) to
Collect, creation in general, the uni-
(a) encircle, to surround, trans. John x. 24.
verse, e. g. UTT'
dpxnc KTtfffuc Mark x. Acts xiv. 20. Of besiegers Luke xxi. 20
6. 2 Pet. iii. 4. Col. i. 15 Trpwro-
xiii. 19.
KVK\ovjj:tvt]v VTTO (TrparoTre^wv rijv 'lepovff.
TOKOQ iraanQ KTifftus. Rev. iii. 14. Spec. Heb. xi. 30. Rev. xx. 9. Sept. for
the visible creation, Heb. ix. 11. Judith nn$
1 K. vii. 15. 1 Sam. vii. 16.
r^n Is. xxix.
ix. 12. xvi. 14. meton.forwzan, man-
(/3) 3. genr. Diod. Sic. 18. 59. in a hostile
kind, Markxvi.IdKtipvZare TO tvayyiXiov sense Pol. 1. 17. 13. Diod. S. 15. 65.
Trdffy Ty Kriatt. Col. i. 23. So Rom. viii.
KvcXoc Uj a in N. T.
19, 20, 21, 22, creation for human crea- circle,
">

tures^ -mankind ; others creation in

all only in dat. KitcXy a* adv. around, round
about, comp. Buttm. 115. 4. Mark iii.
general. 2 Cor. v. 17 et Gal. vi. 15 Katvrj
34 7rpi/3\t^d/ij'og KVK\^. vi. 6, 36. Luke
Kriffig a new creature in a moral sense,
iv. 24.
ix. 12. Rom. xv. 19. Seq. gen. Rev. iv.6
i.
q. Katvog dVSpwTTOf in Eph.
institution. 1 KvicXy TOV Spovov. (v. 11.) vii. 11. Sept.
c) by impl. ordinance,
Pet.
for Gen. xxiii. 17. Ex. xxx. 3. seq.
n^D
ii. 13 V7rordy;re ovv Trday a
gen. for inf.
q^n Josh.vi. 3 Hdian. 1.
15. 5. Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 17. seq. gen.
aroe, TO, (K'W,) created Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 5.
thing, creature, 1 Tim. iv. 4. Rev. v. 13.
viii. 9. Wisd. ix. 2. xiii. 5. KuXtWj
f. t<rw, (later form for KV-
Metaph.
to roll, trans, e. g. Xt'3-ovf Sept.
James i. 18 airap^Yi TWV avTov KTiafiaTdiv, XcWw,)
for 5?^2 Josh. x. 18. ir&ov Luc. Quom.
i. q. Kaivfi KTIGIC, see in Krtcrtg b. /3.
Hist, conscr. 2. In N. T. Mid. to roll
Knarr/c, ov, o, (KTI^,\ founder of intrans. to wallow, Mark. ix. 20 licvXfero
a city Diod. Sic. 11. 66 firi. In N. T. Jos. Ant. 5. 6. 4. Arr. Epict.
d0pt'wv.
creator, spoken of God 1 Pet. iv. 19. 4.11.29. Diod. Sic. 1.87.
Ecclus. xxiv. 8. 2 Mace. i. 24.
> (rwXi'w,) pp.
aroc,
ac,
(KV^OQ cube, die,)
-h,
something a wheel, Symm. for
rolled,
game at dice, Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 2. CEc. b>$ Ez. In N. T. wallowing-
x. 13.
I. 20. In N. T. trop. game, gambling,
place, i. q. KuXforpa. 2 Pet. ii. 22 vg . . .

e. g. iv Kvfidg. avSpwTrwv, i. e. as a thing i See in Bop/3opog.

KvXifTfjia j8op/36pov.
of mere hap-hazard, Eph. iv. 14. Poll. Onom. I. 183. So KuXiVrpa Xen
Others, trick, fraud, as nvptveiv Arr. Eq. 5. 3.
Epict. 2. 19. 28. Rabb. N^ip Buxt. with
KuAAoc, //, 6v, (kindr.
Lex. Chald. 1984.
KoTXoc,) pp. bent, crooked, e. g. the hand
Kvj3f/r)vrj(Tdc> swe, (irv/Scpvdw,) pp.
a as held out in begging, Aristoph. Eq.

governing, direction, for concr. governor, 1083. Also of the limbs, and hence
director, sc. in the primitive churches genr. and in N. T. crippled, lame, espec.
1 Cor. xii. 28. Sept. sor rri^arpg Prov. in the hands, Matt. xv. 30. 31. xviii. 8.
xi. 14 __ Plut. Phocion 2 pen. Mark ix. 43. Anlhol. Gr. III. p. 31.
Aristoph. Av. 1379.
KujSfpvr'jrfJCj ov, 6, (icvptpvdu, Lat.
guberno, to govern a ship) governor of Ku/ia, aroc, T > (*vu,}awave, billow,
a ship, i. e. the steersman, pilot, who had Matt. viii. 24. xiv. 24. Markiv. 37. Acts
the sole direction of the ship, Acts xxvii. xxvii. 41. Jude 13. Sept. for ^3 Job
II. Rev. xviii. 17. See Potter's Gr. xxxviii. 11. Is. xlviii. 18. Luc. Navig
Pol. 10. 10. 3.
Antiq. II. p. 144. Adam's Rom. Ant. p.
8.

406. Sept. for ^on Ex. xxvii. 8, 27, 28.

KvjujSaAov, ou, TO, (icvfjipog bason,)
Pol. 1. 37. 4. Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 3. a cymbal. 1 Cor. xiii. 1. Sept. for n^Sa
1 Chr. xiii. 8. Ezra iii. 10 __ Jos. Ant. 7'.
adv. (KVK\OQ,} from
12. 3. Xen. Eq. 1. 3.
around, round about, Rev. iv. 3, 4, 8.
Seq. gen. Rev. v. 11. Sept. for S'ODIJ Kujutvov, ou, TO, cumin, cuminum
Judg. viii. 34. 1 K. iv. 24. irnD 1 K. vi.V. sativum of modern botany, Heb. 'jTSj,
 Kvvapiov 465

Germ. Kummel, an umbelliferous plant 14. 7. 2. ib. 16. 6. 5. c. Ap. 2. 4. Ro

with aromatic seeds of a warm and bit- senm. Bibl. Geogr. III. p. 367 Acts
terish taste, very similar to caraway- ii. 10.

seeds they were used by the ancients

;

still are by the ou, 6, Cyrenius, Lat.

as a condiment, as they Kuprjvioe,
Quirinus, Luke ii. i. e. Publius Sul-
common people of Germany. Matt. 2,
pitius Quirinus, a Roman senator, of an
xxiii. 23. Sept. for ]JZ3 Is. xxviii. 25,
obscure family, but raised to the highest
27. Theophr. Char. 19 or 10. Comp.
honours by Augustus, Tacit. Ann. 3. 48.
Plin. H. N. 19. 8.
He was sent as governor or proconsul
Kuvamov, ou, r&, (dimin. of KVWV,) to Syria, in order to take a census of
a little dog, puppy, Matt. xv. 26, 27. the whole province with a view to
Mark vii. 27, 28. Theophr. Char. 5 or taxation and this census he completed
;

21. Plato Euthydem. 27 med. p. 298. in A. D. 8, according to the usual chro-

Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 20. Comp. Lob. ad nology, Acts v. 37. Jos. Ant. 18. 1.
Phr. p. 180. 1. ib. 18. 2. 1 --
The census spoken
of in Luke 1. c. was probably a mere en-
Ku7rp*oc, ou, , a Cyprian, Cyp- rolment of persons, (see in 'ATroypa^n/,)
riot, from Cyprus, Acts iv. 36. xi. 20. and is therefore mentioned by no other
xxi. 16.
historian but how could it have been
;

made by Cyrenius, who first came as

KUTT/OOC, ou, 17, Cyprus, a large several later ? and
and celebrated island of the Mediterra- proconsul years
when too at the time specified by Luke,
nean, not far from the coasts of Syria
and Asia Minor, extremely fertile, and Saturninus and not Cyrenius was pro-
consul of Syria ? Not improbably
abounding in wine, oil, alhenna, and
mineral productions. The inhabitants Cyrenius may have been at that time
were luxurious and effeminate. The joined with Saturninus as his procu-
rator, and is therefore called r/yt^wv,
presiding divinity of the island was
just asVolumnius had been before, Jos.
Venus, who had a famous temple at
Ant. 16. 9. 1. ib. 16. 10. 8 and just
Paphos, and is hence often called the ;

as Coponius afterwards was joined with

Paphian goddess. Of the Cyprian cities,
Salamis and Paphos are mentioned in Cyrenius himself, and so called r/yf/twv,
N. T. Acts xi. 19. xiii. 4. xv. 39. xxi. 3. Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 1. Profane history
does not indeed assert that Quirinus
xxvii. 4. Comp. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
III. p. 378 8q.
had thus been procurator of Syria at a
period some years before he was sent
KUTTTOJ, f. 4"^^ t stoop, to bow one- thither as proconsul ; but neither does
self, intrans. Mark i. 7. John viii. 6, 8. it assert
any thing in contradiction to
Sept. for -np 1 Sam. xxiv. 9. 1 K. i. such an hypothesis; which is favoured
16, 31. Plut. Agesil. 12 med. Xen. also by the mode of expression in
Mem. 3.9.7. Luke : This was the FIRST census under
Cyrenius, etc. See in Calmet Act. Cy-
KupTjvcuoc, ou, o, a Cyrenian, from
renius, p. 326.
Cyrene, in N. T. spoken of Jews born
or residing there, Matt, xxvii. 32. Mark
ac? fem - o
xv. 21. Luke xxiii. 26. Actsvi. 9. xi. Kupt'a, /> (
used as an honorary title
mistress, lady,
20. xiii. 1.
of address to a female, as in English,
TIC? *i> Cyrene, a large 2 Cor. 1, 5. Comp. in Kvpiog A. c.
and powerful city of Lybia Cyrenaica Epict. Ench. 40 at yvvaiiceq Kvpiai ra-
in northern Africa, situated in a plain Xovvrat dirb TtffaaptaicaideKa irSiv. genr.
a few miles from the Mediterranean Sept. for rn^a. Gen. xvi. 4. 2 K. v. 8.
coast. It was the resort of great num- Xen. H. GiS.'l. 12. Others regard it
bers of Jews, who were here protected as a pr. n. fern. Cyria, which was not
by the Ptolemies ana by the Roman unusual among the Greeks, corup. Gru-
power. See 1 Mace. xv. 23; Jos. Ant. teri Inscript.
2 H
 466

Cor. viii. 5 uxnrtp ilai &toi iroXXoi /cat KV-

f/j ovj (fvp>Cj) pertain-
ing to the Lord, to the Lord Jesus Christ, ptoi 7r<j\\ot', e.
gods superior
i.
prob.
as KvpictKov dtiTrvov the Lord s supper, 1 and inferior, i. q. demons. Find. Isth.
5. 67 Zcuf 6 TrdvTwv Kvpiog. Diod. Sic.
Cor. xi. 20. Kvp. r//iepa the Lord's day
Rev. i. 10 __ Act. Thorn. 31. Clem. 1. 65.
Alex. Strom. 7. 10. c)
as an honorary
title of address,

especially superiors, as in Engl.

to
f. tvffw, to fa
to have
(jcvpioc,)
Master, Sir, Fr. Sieur, Monsieur, Germ.
lord over any person or thing, Herr. E. g. from a servant to his master
dominion over, seq. gen. Luke xxii. 25
Matt. xiii. 27. Luke xiii. 8 ;
a son to
ot flaffiXeig T &v iSvutv KVpisvovotv avToJv.
his father Matt. xxi. 30 ;
to a teacher,
Rom. xiv. 9. 2 Cor. i. 24. Part. 6 KV-
Luke ix. 54, (comp.
master, Matt. viii. 25.
a /ore?, potentate, 1 Tim. vi. 15
,
in
'ETrtirrarTje,)
and so doubled Matt. vii.
T&V KvpievovTiuv Lord of lords,
21, 22. Luke vi. 46. comp. Gesen.
comp. Trop. of things,
in BatrtXevf a.
Rom. vi. 9, 14 apapria ydp v/twv ov KV- Lehrg. p. 679 ;
to a person of dignity
and authority, Mark vii. 28. John iv. 11,
picvaei. vii. 1. Sept. for $ Judg. ix. to the Roman procurator
15, 19, 49
2. Is. xix. 4. Pol. 5. 34. 6." Xen. Mem. ;

Matt, xxvii. 63. Also in the respectful

3. 5. 11.
intercourse of common John xii.
life,

ov, 6, (tcvpoc might, power,) 21. xx. 15. Acts xxi. 30. Comp. Seneca
, master, owner. Ep. 3,
<
obvios, si nomen non succurrit,
A) Generally a)
as the possessor, dominos appellamus.' Sept. and p-jK
owner, mastery e. g. of property, Matt. xx. Gen. xix. 2. xxiii. 6, 11, 15. al.
8 6
KvpioQ TOV dfjurtX&vog. xxi. 40. Gal. Arr. Epict. 2. 20. 30. ib. 3. 10. 15. Pol.
iv. 1. Sept. 6 Kvpiog TOV ravpov Heb. 7. 9. 5.

^2 Ex. xxi. 28, 29, 34. Pol. 3. 98. 10.

B) Spoken of God and Christ, a)
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 44. So the master, or of God as the Supreme Lord and sove-
head of a house. Mark xiii. 35 icvpios TTJQ reign of the universe^ usually in Sept.
olKiaQ. Matt. xv. 27. (Sept. and ^a for Heb. njn:
T
Jehovah. With the art.
Ex. xxii. 7.) The master, or possessor 6 KvpioQ, M att. i. 22. v. 33. Mark v.
of persons, servants, slaves, Matt. x. 19. Lukei. 6, 28. Acts vii. 33. Heb. viii.
24. xxiv. 45 c~ovXo . Bv KartaTriGiv 6
. .
2, 10. James iv. 15. al. saep. Without
KvpioQ avTov K. T. \. ver. 46, 48, 50. Acts the art. Kvpios Matt, xxvii. 10. Mark xiii.
xvi. 16, 19. Rom. xiv. 4. Eph. vi. 5, 9. 20. Luke i. 58. Acts vii. 49. Rorn. iv.
Col.iii.22. iv.l. al. So Sept. for tr?rr$ 8. Heb. vii. 21. 1 Pet. i. 25. al. ssep.

Judg. xix. 11. Ex. xxxix. 7. Gen. xxiv. 9 So Sept. for nirr o Kvp. Job i. 7. Kvp.
sq Luc. Charid. 19. Diod. Sic. 4. 63. Gen. xi. 5. xviii'. 33.
^ii$ 6 K vp. Is.
Xen. Conv. 6. 1. Spoken of a husband, xlix. 14. Kvp. 1 K. xxii. 6. nin? "JTW
1 Pet. iii. 6 og "Sdppa virrjKovffe ry 6 trip. Ps. Ixxiii. 28. Kvp. 1 K.' ii. 26^
avTov KaXovaa. So Sept.
'Aflpaafj,, icvptov 6 Ki>p. 1 Sam. xxiii. 7. Kvp. Gen.
Q^TT^
for Gen. xviii. 12 -- Plut. Mor.
-p-jK xxi. 2!, 6. ^ 6 Ki>p. Job viii. 3. icvp.
II. p. 210. Tauchn. or VII. p. 32. 13. Num. xxiii. 8. ^$ Ki>p. Job vi. 4, 14.
Reiske. Seq. gen. of thing, and with- With adjuncts, without the art. e. g.
out the art. master of any thing,
lord, Kvpio o 3-0 TIVOQ Matt. iv. 7, 10. xxii.
as having absolute authority over it, e. g. 37. Luke i. 16. al. Sept. for ^1i
Kvpiog TOV Sepifffjiov Matt. ix. 38. Luke nirP. Is. xxv. 8. Ez. iv. 14. (Judith viii.'

x. 2. K. TOV ffafipdrov Matt. xii. 8. 14, 16.) Kvpio<rapat!J5 Rom.ix.29. James

Mark ii. 28 __ Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 19 Kvpiog v. 4. Sept. and Heb. nto!J nnv 1
dvai TO. ^VTU KapirovffSrai. Dem. 36. 27. Sam. xv. 2. Is. i. 9. Kvpios iravTo-
Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 22. /eparwp 2 Cor. vi. 18, and Kvpiog 6 Seoc
6 iravTOKpaTup Rev. iv. 8.
b) of a supreme lord, sovereign, e. g. xi. 17. al.
the Roman emperor Acts xxv. 26. Sept. forrvtoS nirp 2 Sam. vii. 8.
Philo Leg. ad Cai. II. p. 587. 42. Arr. Nah. tcvpiog T&V
ii. 14. KvpitvovTw
Epict. 4. 1. 12. Plut. T. VI. p. 673. 13. Lord of lords 1 Tim. vi. 16, com-
ed. Reiske. Of the heathen gods, 1 pare in BaffiXtvc a. Kvpiog ovpavov
 467

icai yj/f Acts24 and so applied

xvii. ;
from the fact, that believers are repre-
also to God Father of our Lord
as the sented as one with Christ, as members
Jesus Christ, Matt. xi. 25 irarep, icvpu of his body Eph. v. 30. comp. 1 Cor.
rov ovpavov K. T, \. Luke x. 21. Comp. xii. 27, or of one spiritual body of
Heb. trtttpn rnrr Sept. Kvpwg 6
~n^ which he is the Head Col. iii. 19 comp.
Stbc rov obpavov 2 Chr. xxxvi. 23. Ezra Eph. ii. 20, and are therefore in Christ,
i. 2. Neh. i. 5. see in 'Ev no. 1. c. a. Hence iv nvpiy is

b)
of the Lord Jesus Christ, (a)
In
(1)
in the Lord, after verbs of rejoicing,
reference to his abode on earth as a trusting, etc. Phil. iii. 1. 1 Cor. i. 31.

master and teacher, where it is i. q. Phil. ii. 19. (2)

in or by the Lord, by

pa/3/3t, and imffrdrrig, comp. Matt. xvii.

4 his authority, Eph. iv. 17. 1 Thess. iv. 1 .
with Mark ix. 5 et Luke ix. 33. comp. (3)
in or through the Lord, through his
also John xiii. 13, 14. So chiefly in the aid and influence, by his help, 1 Cor. xv.
evangelists before the resurrection of 58. 2 Cor. ii. 12. Gal. v. 10. Eph. ii.
Christ, and with the art. o Kvpiof THE 21. Col. iv. 17. (4) in the work of the
Lord eraphat. Matt. xxi. 3 6 Kvptos av- Lord, in the gospel-work, Rom. xvi. 8,
T>V \ptiav t\ti. xxviii.6. Lukevii.13. x.l. 13. 1 Cor. iv. 17. ix. 2. Eph. vi. 21. 1
Johniv. 1. xx. 2, 13. Actsix.5. ICor. ix. Thess. v. 12. as marking condi-
(5)
5. al. ssep. With adjuncts, e. g. 6 icupioc tion, one in the Lord, i. e. united with
Kai 6 SiSdffKaXog John xiii. 13, 14. oKvpiof him, his follower, a Christian, Rom. xvi.
'lijaovg Lukexxiv. 3. Acts i. 21. iv. 33. 11. Phil. iv. 1. Philem. 16. as de-
(6)
al.
(/3)
As the supreme Lord of the noting manner, in the Lord, i. e. as be-
gospel dispensation, Head over all things comes those who are in the Lord, Chris-
to the church, Eph. i. 22, Lord of all, tians, Rom. xvi. 2, 22. 1 Cor. vii. 39. Eph.
6 yap aitrbc Kvpiof irdvruv Roin. X. 12, vi. 1. Phil. ii. 29. Col. iii. 18. AL.
comp. ix. 5. 1 Cor. xv. 25 sq. Heb. ii. 8.
Rev. With the art. lord
viii. 1. xvii. 14. 6 Kuptorrjc, TTJTOC, n, (Kvptog,)
icypioc Markxvi. 19, 20. Acts viii. 2-5. xix. ship, dominion, for concr. lords, princes,
10. 2Cor.iii.17. Eph.v. 10. Col. iii. 23. rulers, Eph. i. 21. Col. i. 16. 2 Pet. ii
2 Thess. iii. 1, 5. 2 Tim. iv. 8. James v. 10. Jude x. Not found in classic

So writers.
7. al. step.
gen. of pers. 6 icvpiof
c.

fiovetc. Matt.xxii.44. Eph.vi.9. Heb. vii.

14. Rev. xi. 8. Without the art. KV- Kvpoo), w, f. w<ro>, (cvpog,) to give
authority, to establish as valid, to con*
pioc Luke i. 76. 2 Cor. iii. 16, 17. Col.
firm, trans, e. g. ia$r)KT)v Gal. iii. 15.
ir. 1. 2 Pet. iii. 10. For iv Kvpiy see 2 Cor. avrbv ayairriv.
ii. 8 /cvpoio-at ti'c
below. With adjuncts, e. g. c. art 6
Sept. pass, for dip Gen. xxiii. 20.
icupioe 'irjffovf or 'Itjaovg OK. 1 Cor. V.
Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 6. Pol. 1. 11. 1. Thuc.
6. xi. 23. Rom. iv. 24. 6 rvp. >?/z<5v 8. 69.
'Irjoovg Heb. xiii. 20. 6 K. fjfiUJv Xpitrrof
once Rom. xvi. 18. o K. 'Irjvove Xpiordc, Kvwv, KVVOC, o> )> a dog, plur. ol

or 'I. Xp. 6 Kvp. Acts xvi. 31. Rom. xiii. Kvvtg dogs.
14. al. Rom. i. 4. 1 Cor. i. 9. al. 6 K vp. . . .
a) pp.Luke xvi. 21. 2 Pet. ii. 22.
tn&v 'I. Xp. 1 Cor. i. 2, 10. Gal. vi. n>5 Ex. xxii. 31. Judg. vii. 5.
Sept. for
18. al. ssep. 'I. Xp. 6 icup. /ji<3v Eph. ~JEl. H. An. 8. 9. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 13.
iii. 11. 1 Tim. i. 2. 2 Pet. i. 2. So In the East dogs are mostly without
without the art. e.
g. icvpios . . .
'ITJOOVQ masters ; they wander at large in the
Rom. x. 9. 1 Cor. xii. 3. Phil. ii. 19. al. streetsand fields, often in troops, and
Xpiffrbg Kvptog i. e. the Messiah Luke feed upon offals and even corpses ;

11. 11. KvpioG 'Irjaove Xpi<rr6f, or 'I. comp. 1 K. xiv. 11. xvi. 4. xxi. 19. Ps.
Xp. Kvpioe, Rom. i. 7. 2 Cor. i. 2. Phil. lix. 6, 14 sq. They are held as unclean,
i. 2 Cor. iv. 5. xvpioq rjfi&v 'I.
2. al. and one a dog is a stronger
to call
Xp. Gal. i. 3 Further in the phrase expression of contempt than even with
Iv Kvpiy, in the Lord, without the art. us, 1 Sam. xvii. 43. 2 K. viii. 13. The
found only in the usage of Paul except Jews called the heathen dogs, just as
once ttev. xiv. 13, and to be explained Mohammedans do Christians at the pre-
2H2
 KwXov 468

sent day, comp. Schcettgen Hor. Heb.

1145. See Jahn 61. Calmet art.
p. village, hamlet, in the country and with-
^
out walls, comp. Jahn 41.
b)* trop.
an impudent, shameless
for a
) PP e - r C TroXfif *cat TUG K&fiaq
person, Phil. iii. 2 where it is spoken of Matt. ix. 35. x. 11. Luke viii. 1. xiii. 2-3.
Judaizing teachers, comp. Is. Ivi. 11. aypoi KO.I Ku>/j.ai fields and villages, Mark
(Horn. II. 6. 344, 356. Od. 22. 35.) vi. 36. Luke ix. 12. <c<S/iai T) iroXtiq 7;

Matt. vii. 6 firj Sure rb uyiov rolg jcuert, lit. dypoi Mark vi. 56. 77 KW^J;, ai Ktifiai,
give not consecrated meat to dogs, i. e. simply, Matt. xiv. 15. xxi.2. Markvi.G.
genr. proffer not good and holy things xi. 2. Luke v. 17. ix. 6, 52, 56. x. 38.
to those who will spurn and pervert xvii. 12. xix. 30. xxiv. 13.28. Johnxi. 1,
them. Also plur. for Sodomites, ca- 30. So John vii. 42 of Bethlehem, sc.
tamites, Rev. xxii. 15. So Sept. and before the time of Rehoboam who for-
n^p, Deut. xxiii. 19. tified it2 Chr. xi. 6. Meton. villages
a for the inhabitants of villages Acts viii.
KwXov, ou, TO, (perh. /elXXw,)
25. Sept. for
member, of the human body Eurip. ipsT 1 Chr. xxvii. 25. Cant.
limb,
Phoeniss. 1192 or 1201. Apollodor.
Vii. 12. -
Pol. 2. 17. 9 JKOVV Kara KW^UQ
Bibl. 3. 5. of an animal Diod. Sic. 3. ttTtixiffrovs. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 28. Mark
28 -- In N. T. plur. r& KtiXa for carcass, 27 al Kaiftai Kaiyapeiag, the villages
Viii.

corpse, as in Engl. bones, Heb. iii. 17. of Cesarea t i. e. lying around and de-
So Sept. for Num. xiv. 29, 32. Is. pendent upon it. Sept. plur. for nil
nj|)
Ixvi. 24. Josh. xv. 45. xvii. 11. l^n Josh. xv.
81 sq. xix. 6 sq.
KwXwo), f. vffo), (icoXof, kindr. with
weaken b) apparently of a large town or city,
icoXaw, KoXovw,) pp. to cut off, to
and hence genr. to hinder, to prevent,
perhaps without walls or partly in ruins,
to restrain, pp. ace. of pers. and
e. g.
Bethsaida,.prob. of Galilee, Mark
seq. viii. 23, 26 bis, comp. ver. 22 et John
gen. of things, Acts xxvii. 43 cKwXyo-ev 45.
i.
Sept. for -py Josh. x. 37. xv. 9.
avTovQ TOV j3ovXrjfjiaTOQ. So Sept. for
Hdian. 3. 6. 19 of Byzantium, Traem
)73 yyn 1 Sam. xxv. 26. Xen. Ag. 2.
T 77 TroXtf KaTtaKOL^r]' Kai . . . iravTog re
2. Arr. 1. Seq. ace. of pers. et
6. 2.
Kai Tifii]Q aQaip&lv, TO Bvdv-
infin. Acts viii. 36 ri KwXvei ps BaTrrt-
SovXevsiv HipivSioig S&pov
<rS-7>at. xvi. 6. xxiv. 23. 1 Thess. ii. 16.
Heb. vii. 23. c. ace. impl. Luke xxiii. 2.
1 Tim. iv. 3. Matt. xix. 14. c. inf. TTO-
impl.
Mark ix. 38, 39. x. 14. Luke ix. 49.
,)
lit. a village-city, i. e. a large
xi. 52. xviii. 16. Acts xi. 17. Rom. i. village or town like a city, but without
13. 3 John 10. absol. Luke ix. 50. walls, Mark i. 38 __ Strabo XIII. p. 887.
Hdian. 1. 12. 5. Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 4. c. B, /cat TO "IXtov, 8 vvv iart,
ace. impl, Jos. c. Ap. 1. 22 jcwXuov<rt ol

VOfMOl ZlVlKOVQ OpKOVQ dflVVdV. Xen.

ou, a feasting, revel,
Mem. 2. 6. 26. c. inf. impl. Xen. H. G. o,

Xen. An.
Lat. comissatio, a carousing or merry-
7. 5. 26. absol. 25 ult. 4. 2.
making after supper, the guests often
Seq. accus. of thing, 1 Cor. xiv. 39 ical
TO XaXf.1v yXcjffffaig fir) jcwXvtrc. 2 Pet. sallying into the streets and going
ii. 16. c. TOV et inf. Acts x. 47 through the city with torches, music,
and songs in honour of Bacchus etc.
rb v(5op KuXvffai . . . TOV firf
Rom. xiii. 13. Gal. v. 21. 1 Pet. iv. 3.
TOVTOVC, comp. Buttm. 140. n. 1. Winer
2 Mace. 6. 6. Diod. Sic. 17. 72. ^El.
45. 4. b -- Hdian. 3. 1. 13. Xen.
V. H. 13. 1 pen. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 25.
Mem. 4. 5. 4, 5. By Hebr. seq. ace.
Comp. Passow Adam's Rom. in voc.
of thing and airo c. gen. of pers. Luke Ge-
Ant. p. 434. Plutarch de Socr.
vi. 29 ana TOV a'ipovTOQ <rov TO ifidrtov,
nio 29. Tom. VIII. p. 354 sq. ed.
rat TOV x iT ^>va /JT) KuXvayc. So Sept.
Reiske.
for Gen. xxiii. 6. Wft 2 Sam.
-jp N$3 -jD
xiii. 13.
j *h a gnat, cu-
 469

found in acid wine and vinegar, Heb. pr. n. of a man Luke iii.
lex, as 05[?,
Matt, xxiii. 24, see in Ka/i?Xoe. Aristot. 28.

H. An. 5. 19 ol tie KWVWTTEC <TKW\TJ(CWV,

01 yiv ovrat IK TI\Q ?rpi ro oo t'Xvot;. Genr. Kfe><oc, r), ov, OoTrrw,) pp. blunted,
Hdot. Later Heb. NJ?2 and
2. 95. dull, e. g.a weapon Horn. II. 11. 390.
Rab. Chald". 1516, In N. T. trop. of the senses and facul-
llhrp:, Buxt. Lex.
:

ties.
927, 342.
as to the tongue, as
a) blunted, lame,
K(T>, *7, gen. Kw, ace. Kwv and KJi to speech, i. e. dumb, Matt! ix. 32, 33
Buttm. 37. n. 2, (70s or Co, now Stan
iXaXrjotv o KW^OC. xii. 22 bis. xv. 30,31.
Co or Stanchio, a small and fertile island Luke i. 22. xi. 14 bis, Satfioviov KtoQov,
of the Egean sea, near the coast of Caria
comp. in *AXaXoc, Sept. for E>>s Hab. ii.
in Asia Minor, almost between the 18. Hdot. 1. 34. Xen. Cyr. 7\ 2. 20.
promontories on which the cities Cnidus as to hearing, deaf,
was b) blunted, dull,
and Halicarnassus were situated. It
Matt. xi. 5 jcat Ktatyoi aicovovffi. Mark vii.
celebrated for its wine, silks, and cotton
32, coll. ver. 33. ver. 37. ix. 25 Trvtvpa
of a beautiful texture. Acts xxi. 1 c ri)v dXaXov icai KW^OV, see in 'AXaXog. Luke
Kwv. 1 Mace. xv. 23 i'c K<2>. Jos. Ant.
vii. So Sept. and tfnn Ps. xxxviit.
22.
14. 7. 2. xxxv. 5. xliii. 8. Luc. Vitar.
14. Is.

b, indec. Cosatn, prob. Auct.27. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.19.

Xtjo/iai, aor. 2 t\axov

f. Lord's parable, Luke xvi. 20, 23 25.
Acryvavw,
to obtain by lot, to have fall to oneself,
Hence the modern Lazaretto.
viz.
adv. (XaStlv, XavSavw,) se-
a) pp.
and seq. gen. Luke i. 9 iXa^f
cretly, privately, Matt. i. 19 XaSpa a-rro-
rov v/ua<rae, the different portions of the
\vffai.ii. 7. John xi. 28. Acts xvi. 37.
daily service being assigned by lot, see
Sept. for ir^a Deut. xiii. 7. Job
xxxi.
Wetstein N. T. in loc. Comp. Matth. 27. i Sam. xviii. 22. Diod. Sic.
Winer 13^2
328. 30. 5 ult. c. gen. Thuc. 14.75. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 16.
2. 44. absol. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 7. Diod.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 34. Hence sc. of wind
Sic. 4. 63. AatAai//, a?roc, V, tempest,
by impl. to decide by lot, to cast lots, seq.
with rain, whirlwind, hurricane, Mark
iv. 37. Lukeviii. 23. 2 Pet. ii. 17. Sept.
Trepi c. gen. John xix. 24 Xax^/isv Trcpi

tivTov, rivog carat. absol. Diod. Sic. 4. forl^5 Jer. xxxv. 32. rnypJob xxxviii.
63 tXaxov, icai avvtfij] T<ji
1.
H^ID Job xxi. 18. Sol. 30. 14. 6.
Horn. II. 17. 57.
to obtain, to receive, c. ace.
b) genr. see Aa<ncw.
Acts i. 17 IXax* TOV K\ijpov, see in KXfj-
Matth. 1. c. p. f. *<TO>,
(adv. Xa,) to kick,
pog b. 2 Pet. i. 1. Comp.
to strike with the heel, e. g. Trpof
637 __3 Mace. vi. 1. Luc. Hermot. 57. vrpa
Xen. An. 4. 5. 24.
Acts ix. 5. xxvi. 14. See in Kivrpov --
Luc. Hermot. 33. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 7.
Aaapoe> ov, 6, Lazarus, pr. n. An. 3. 2. 18.
a) of the brother of Mary
and Martha
of Bethany, raised by Jesus from the w, f. rjffbt, to speak, to tatf,

dead, John xi. 1, 2, 5, 11, 14, 43. xii. 1, pp. to use the voice, without any ne-
2, 9, 10, 17. b) of
the poor man in our cessary reference to the words spoken,
 470 AaXc'a;

and thus differing from ttVtTv and XE- fitr' avr&v KOI Xtyet. Rev. xxi.
yav see Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 79, 80.
j
9 Xlywv. Sept. for QV 15^ Num. xi.
Espec. of children, to talk much, to 17. HN "1 Gen. xxxv. 13. (y) Seq.
prattle, Germ, lallen, Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 12 Trpog Tiva, to speak to, found only thrice
iraiddpiov wv, Sftvoraros \a\tlv tdoicovv except in Luke's writings, (1 Thess. ii.
Plut. de Garrul. init. Comp. Heb. 2. Heb. v. 5. xi. 18
below.) Acts
tlvai. see
;

n7?N and -151, Gesen. Lex In N. T. iv. 1 XaXovvrtov Si avrwv

irpog rbv Xaov.
genr. to speak, to talk ; less frequent in xxi. 39. Sept. for *>N
' 151 Gen. xviii.
profane writers. ... 27,29. (Luc. Asin. 5. Piiit. de Garrul.

a) pp.
of persons, absol. Matt. ix. 33 1.)
Followed by fuayycX/?o/iai Luke i. 19.
iXdXr]<rev 6 K<D<j>6g. xii. 22. xv. 31. Mark Acts xi. 20. Xtywv Acts viii. 26. xxvi.31.
v. 35 tn avTov XaXovvroc. Luke vii. 15. xxviii. 25. With Xeywv impl. Heb. v. 5.
Acts xviii. 9. James i. 19. al. saep. Sept. xi. 18. So Sept. for ia*7 c. ^72N^ ^
for "li-n 1 Sam. iii. 9, 10. Is. i. 2. Luc. impl. 1 K. xxi. 5. 2 k. 1.
comp*. i.'

de Domo 3 ult. Hdian. 2. 4. 14 In Xa- Gen. xii. 17. Ex. xxxii. 7. See Gesen.
Xovvra rbv Seq. adv. Lex. art. ~O1 Piel no. 1. c
.
tyovevovffi. . .
() Seq.
John xviii. 23 tl /eajcdif sXdXrjaa. 1 Cor. Trfpi rtvoc, to speak about or of any one,
xiii. 11 & vrjirios IXdXovv. 6p9-a> Mark John viii. 26. xii. 41. Sept. for ^ ^,513
vii. 35. OVTUS Acts vii. 6. Heb. vi. 9. Ez. xxxiii. 30.
() Seq. accus. of a kin-
ffrof^a Trpof <TTO[j.a mouth to e. mouth i. dred noun or of a pronoun, in a gene-
face to face 2 John 12. (Sept. for ral or adverbial sense, and thus differ-
nT^N n^p l^n Num. xii. 8. rjSeuig ing from Xtytiv c. ace. which implies a
Dem.' 578.
16.')
With other adjuncts definite object or is followed by the ex-
of manner, e. g. dat. as Trapprjai^ boldly, press words spoken ; see Buttm. 131.
openly, John vii. 26. Acts ii. 6 Idly 3 and 7. Comp. in Engl. to talk non-
. vi. 10. 1 Cor. xiii. 1. genr, sense, i. e. foolishly, to talk strange
XaXeiv see in TX&ffcra b. y. things, i. e.
strangely. Matt. xii. 34 TTWJ
Also c. prep. e. g. tie dlpa 1 Cor. xiv. 9 SvvatrSrt dyaS-a XaXflv. John viii. 20 pfj-
see in 'A??p. EK c. gen. of manner or fiara. Rom. xv. 18 rt. 1 Cor. ix. 8 rav-
source Matt. xii. 34. John viii. 44 IK T&V ra. xiv. 9. 2 Cor. xii. 4. 1 Tim. v. 13.
Iv c. dat. 1 Cor. xii. 3 tv
XaXel. So Mark ii. 7 XaXI jSXao-^^iag. Acts
XaX&v. Seq. particip. of
S. vi. 13 prifjiara fiXaaQ. John viii. 44 rb
manner, Luke i. 64 ai eXdXa evXo-y&v. ^ivdoQ. Jude 15, 16. Sept. and 151
2 Cor. xi. 23. In various construc- Ex. iv. 12. (Luc. Demonax 51 oXiya
tions designating the person or thing [itv XaXCJv, TroXXa Si O.KOVIDV. Plut. de
to or of whom one speaks, e. g.
(a)
Garrul. '23. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 1.) With
Seq. dat. of pers. to speak to or with any other adjuncts, e. g. ace. et dat. of pers.
one, Matt. xii. 47 ^TOVVT'^Q <TOI XaXfjoat. Matt. ix. 18. John xiv. 25. xv. 11. (Sept.
Luke i. 22. John ix. 29. xix. 10. Acts Gen. xxviii. c. dat. of manner etc.
15.)
vii. 38. Rom. vii.
(Sept. and 15"! Gen. 1. Mark viii. 32 TOV Xoyov Trappqcri^ tXdXet.

xviii. 33. Arr. Epict. 3. 13. 7. Dem. 578. 1 Cor. xiv. 2. flia c.
gen. of manner
With an adjunct of manner added, I Cor. xiv. 9. iv c. dat. of manner 2
16.)
e.
g. dat. irapprjaiq. John vii. 13. Cor. xi. 17. Iv XpiffTy i. e. by his au-
rl Kara riva
Eph. v. 19 XaXovvTag iavrolg i^/aX/iioTf, thority 2 Cor. xii. 19.
i. e.
singing together. Seq. iv c. dat. i. e.
according to 2 Cor. xi. 17. rl perd
1 Cor. xiv. 6, 21. vepi TIV.OQ Luke ii. TIVOS Eph. iv. 25. (Sept. Gen. xxxi. 29.)
38. Seq. particip. Xeywr, giving TI TTtpt TIVOQ Luke ii. 33. TL Trpog nva
definiteness to the idea of XaXtHv, Matt, Acts xi. 14. Luke xxiv. 44. rrpbg TO ove
xiv. 27 eXdXiifffv avrols 6 'I. Xtywv. xxiii. Luke xii. 3. Sept. for ^ ini Gen.
1. xxviii. 18. Luke xxiv. 6. al. So Sept. xviii. 19.
for ItoK?? 151 Gen. xvii. 3. xxxiv. 8. as modified
by the context, where
b)
IttN -feNJ? 6en. xxii. 42. See Gesen. the sense lies not so much in XaXiiv as
Lex. art. ITDNno. 1 Seq. /urdrtvof, in the adjuncts, e. g. of one teach-
(/3) (a)
to speak with, John iv. 27. ix. 37 6 Xa- ing, for to teach, to preach, absol. Luke
o. <TOV. With Xlyw, Mark vi. 50 v. 4. 1 Cor. xiv. 34, 35. 1 Pet. iv. 11.
 AaXft 471

50. Actsxiv. one dead who speaks, exhorts, by his ex-

seq. adv. Johnxii. Eph. 1.

vi. 20. seq. airo v. IK c. gen. of

source ample, Heb. xi. 4.

or occasion John vii. 17, 18. xii. 49.

c)
meton. of things, e. g. (a) of a
seq. gen. of manner John
**: c. iii. 31. law, i. q. to prescribe, Rom. iii. 19 (/3)
of the expiatory blood of Jesus, Heb.
seq. dat. of manner, yXw<r<rac \a\ttv,
Mark xvi. 17. Acts ii. 4. al. see in rXw<r- xii. 24 KptiTTOV XaXovvri Trapd TOV *A/3eX,

aa b. With adjunct of pers. to

y. speaking better than [the blood of] Abel,
dat. John xv. 22. 1 Cor. since this latter cried only for vengeance,
whom, e. g.

iii. 1 also c. Trappii<ri$ John xviii. 20. Gen. iv. 10. In the imagery of the
(y)
;

iv c. dat. of manner Matt. xiii. 10 diari Apocalypse, spoken of a voice, Rev. i.

iv 7rapa/3oXatf XaXtif avroig ; xiii. 34. id. 12. iv. 1. x. 4 of thunders, which are
;

et x^P'f Trapa/3oX7c. C. iirl r< 6v6fj.ari said XaXtlv TOQ iavr&v tyuvas Rev. x. 3,
4; of a beast, Rev. xiii. 5, 11, 15. So
TIVOQ Acts iv. 17. v. 40 ; see in 'Eiri II.
3. a. c.Trepi Ttvog Luke
ix. 11. So Heb. 173K of the serpent, Gen. iii. 1, 4.
AL.
7rpo rtva Acts xi. 20. Seq. ace. of Sept. eZTrev.

the thing taught, comp. in a. e, absol.

John iii. 11. viii. 30, 40. xviii. 20. Acts
xvi. 14. xx. 30. Tit. ii. 1 and so in
;
AaXta, ac, *l> (XaXew,) prattle, lo-
quacity, Theophr. Char. 23 or 7. Aris-
re-
toph. Nub. 929 or 931. In N. T. speech,

ference to the doctrines of Jesus, John

utterance, i. e.
viii. 28, 38. xii. 50. Acts v. 20. xvii. 19.
manner of speaking, e. g. a dialect,
Cor. XaXtTv Acts a)
1 ii. 6, 7. icai Sitidcrictiv
brogue, Matt. xxvi. 73. Mark xiv. 70.
xviii. 25. With pers. to whom, e. g. dat.
Sept. for 13173 Cant. iv. 3.
Mark 2 IXdXu avToiq TOV Xoyov. iv.
ii.
what
b) meton.
is uttered, words, talk,
33. John vi. 63. Acts viii. '25; also seq.
John iv. 42. viii. 43. Sept. for 131 Job
iv c. dat. of manner John xvi. 25. XI-
xxxiii. 1. Is. xi. 3. Pol.
nva Acts comp. Sept.
ywv Matt. xiii. 3. ri Trpof iii.
3-2.9.4. ib. 1.32.6.
22. 1 Thess. ii. 2 XaXrjerat Trpif vucif rb
vayyXXtov. (/3)
of those who telly Aa/ua or \aupa, lama, i. e. Heb.
relate, declare, announce any thing, or TTO^, why? wherefore? Matt, xxvii.
John 37. Trpoc nva et adv. Luke 46 et Mark xv. from Ps. xxii. 2 where
i. ii.
34,
20. Trept TIVOQ John ix. 21. (c. dat. Sept. Ivari.
Theophr. Char. 7 or 24.) Seq. ace. of 2 t\a8ov,
Aa/uj3avo>, f. \rityouai, aor.
thing, comp. above in a. e. Acts iv. 20.
perf. etXq^a, to take, actively, and also
Matt. xxvi. 13; seq. ace. et dat. of pers.
in the partially passive sense to receive,
Acts xxiii. 28, and with Xsywv impl. Matt,
trans.
xiii. 33. v'omp. above in a. y. Also c.
Trept nvog Lukeii. 17.
Acts xxii. 10. ca^' 1. to take,
a) pp.
with the hand,
Bv rpoTrov xxvii.25. Trapa TIVOQ Luke i. seq. ace. expr. or impl. (a) genr. Matt.
45 (y)
of prophecy, predictions, etc. xiv. 19 icai \a(3ajv rovg irivri aprovf. xxv.
for to foretell, to declare, 2 Pet. i. 21. 1 Xaj3ov<rot TCLQ \auirddac. xxvi. 26, 52.
James v. 10. Acts iii. 24. xxvi. 22. irpoe xxvii. 6, 30, 48. Mark ix. 36. Luke xxii.
Tiva Acts xxviii. 25. seq. ace. of thing, 17. John xii. 3, 13. xiii. 4, 12, 30. 1 Cor.
comp. above in a. e. Luke xxiv. 25 olq xi. 23. Rev. v. 8. xxii. 17. c. IK

byattr. for Ii. Acts iii. 21. seq. ace. et John xvi. 14. Rev. v. 7. Sept. for
dat. of pers.John xvi. 1, 4. So of a di- Gen. xviii. 8. Num. xvi. 17, 18.
vine promise, Luke i. 55, 70. (5) of Josh. vi. 4. Is. ii. 4. Hdian. 8. 8. 15.
what is said with authority, for to di- Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 4. Trop. TI^V iavT$ \.
rect, to charge, to prescribe, seq. dat. Heb.v.4. Svvafiiv Rev. xi. 17.--Xiphiiin.
Mark xvi. 19. c. ace. et dat. John xv. Galb. p. 187 vopiZuv OVK tiXrjQevat TTJV
11. ace. et i'g et Trept Heb. vii. 14. For dpx*}f, aXXd SedoffSat avTqi. Part. Xo-
to publish, to promulgate, authorita- puv is often used before other verbs
tively, Heb. iii. 5. ix. 19 (e) trop. by a species of pleonasm, in order to
to speah by writing, by letter, 2 Cor. express the idea more completely and
xi. 17 bis. Heb. ii. 5. 2 Pet. iii. 16. Of
graphically, comp. in 'Aviffrrjui II. d.
 AajujSai 472

Viger. p. 352. Passow in Xa/i/3avu> ult. Sept. for np^ Gen. xxvii. 35. xxxi. 1.
Matt. 31 ov Xa/3d>v av^punrog iairu-
xiii. Pol. 4.3.11. Xen. An. 2.1. 10.
ptv. ver. 33. Luke xxiv. 43. Acts xvi. 3. e)
to talie up a person, i. e. to receive
Sept. Josh. ii. 4. Luc. Scyth. 6. Xen. him as a friend or guest into one's
Cyr. 8. 3. 6, 7. (/3)
Of taking food house, society, etc. i. q. S^xofJiai. (a)
or drink, c. ace. John xix. 30. Acts ix. genr. John xix. 27 tXa/Stv 6 /ia^rryg av-
19 Kcti Xd/3wv TpoQriv. 1 Tim. iv. 4. ab- TTIV tif TO. idia. 2 John 10 fls oliciav
sol. Mark xv. 23. So Heb. nj?^, comp. John vi. 21 elf TO TrXolov. Horn. Od.
Gesen. Lex. In the sense of to 7. 255. Trop. of a teacher etc. to re-
(y)
take to or with any one, e. g. Matt. xvi. ceive, to acknowledge, to embrace and
5 iireXaSovTo O.OTOVQ Xa/3ttv. ver. 7. xxv. follow his instructions, John i. 12. v.
4. John xviii. 3. /uS' iavrdtv Matt. xxv. 43. xiii. 20. xiv. 17. So of doctrine,
3.
(Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 22.) So Xappdvi-iv to embrace, to admit, e. g. TOV Xoyov Matt,

ywaiKa, to take a wife, to take as a xiii.20. Mark iv. 16. rrjv fiaprvpiav
wife, Mark xii. 19 22. Luke xx. John iii. 11, 32, 33. 1 John v. 9. TO.
pq-
28 sq. Sept. for nj^ Gen. vi. 2. xi. (jiaTa John xii. 48. xvii. 8. (f3) From
29. Jos. Ant. 1. 16." 3. Plato Crito 12. the Heb.
Xa/i/3aveiv Trpoadiirov TLVOQ,
p. 50. D. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 16.
() to to receive the person of
any one, Heb.
take upon oneself, to bear, trop. Matt, E^p X^, pp. spoken of a king or
x. 38 TOV ffTavpov. viii. 17 TCLQ aaStvtiag judge who receives or admits the visits

Vfiuiv, quoted from Is. liii. 4 where Heb. of those who

bring him salutations and
Nti)}, Sept. 0spiv (e)
to take up, to presents, and favours their cause, see
gather up, Matt. xvi. 9, 10 TTOGOVQ KO$'I- espec. Job xiii. 10 hence to favour any ;

VOVG iXdfttre, comp. Mark viii. 19, 20. one, both in a good and bad sense, see
Trop. Xa(3t~tv T^V ^v^i\v, as opp. to ri^rjui, Gesen. Lex. art. Nto$ no. 3. b. In N.
John x. 17, 18 Xen. CEc. 8. 2. ib. 9. T. only in a bad sense, to accept one's
10. person, i.
q. to be partial towards him,
b)
to take out from a number, to choose. c. gen. Gal. ii. 6 Trpoo-wTrov Sftg avSpw-
Acts xv. 14 XajSeTv t iSv&v Xaov. Heb. TTOV ov \an(3dvi. absol. Luke xx. 21.
v. 1. Sept. Amos. ii. 11. Pol. 2. 38. 11. So Sept. forQ"2pKip} Ps. lxxxii.2. Lev.
Xen. An. 1. 1. 6. xix. 15.

c)
to take, i. lay hold of,
e. to seize, to f
) trop. in phrases, where Xa/i/3areiv
with the idea of force, violence, (a) pp. with its accus. is often equivalent to
Matt. xxi. 35 KO.I Xa/Sovrtc rovg dovXovg the verb corresponding to the accus.
avTov, ov p.iv tdeipav K. T. X. ver. 39. e> g* "PX 7
)" Xappdveiv, i.
q. to begin,
Mark John xix. 1. absol. 2 Cor.
xii. 3, 8. Heb. ii. 3. (^El. V. H. 2. 28. Hdian.
xi. 20. Luc. D. Deor. 21. 2. Xen. 7. 11.
1.) a0op/*)a/ Xa/j/3. to take occa-
Cyr. 2. 4. 23. So in hunting or fish- sion, Rom. vii. 8, 11. (Diod. Sic. 1. 60.
ing, to take, to catch, Luke v. 5. trop. jcaipov.) Srdpaog Xa/i/3. to take courage,
2 Cor. xii. 16 coXy vp,aQ tXafiov, comp. i.
q. Sapp'sw, see in Qdoaoq, Acts xxviii.
Matt. Palaeph. 28. 3. Xen. Cyr.
iv. 19. 15. 'iicavov Xa^/3. to take security,
1. 4. 9. Trop. of any strong af-
(/3)
Acts xvii. 9. XTI&TJV X. to forget, 2 Pet.
fection or emotion, to seize, to come or i. 9. (^El. V. H. 3. 18. Jos. Ant. 2. 9.
fjiop<f>r)v Tivog X. to take the
fall upon any one, e. g. tKaraoig tXafiev likeness
1.)
Luke v. 26. QofioQvii. 16. 7m- or form of any one, to liken oneself to
og 1 Cor. x. 1.3. Sept. for 7n*$ Ex. him, Phil. ii. 7. Tmpav Xa/t/3. to make
xv. 15. 2 Mace. ix. 5. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. trial of, to attempt, Heb. xi. 29.
i. e.

8. Xen. Conv. 1. 15. So of an evil (Hdian. 1. 8. 10. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 54.)

spirit, demon, Luke ix. 39. comp. Jos. or also i. q. to have trial of, to experi-
Ant. 4. 6. 5. ence, Heb. xi. 36. (Xen. CEc. 17.
1.)

d) away,e. g. from any one by

to take ovppovXiov Xafifi. to take counsel, i. q.

force, Matt. v. 40 ical TOV \nS)va. aov to consult, Matt. xii. 14. xxvii. 1, 7.
Xafietv. Rev. Hi. 11 'iva [ujdels Xdfiy TOV xxviii. 12. vTroduyfjid TivaXaji(3. totakeany
aov. vi. 4 IK V. OTTO rf/ yr]. one as an example James v. 10. I>TTO/IV/-
 473

oiv Xa/x/3. to recollect, to remember, 2 Tim. receive commandment, Trapa TIVOQ John
i. 5. %apay/*a TIVOQ Xa/t/3. to take or adopt x. 18. 2 John iv. Trcpi TIVOQ Col. iv.
the mark 0/"any one, Rev. xiv. 11 ; seq. 10. Trpog Tiva Acts xvii. 15. (Act. Thorn.
TTI c. gen. xiv. 9. xx. 4. 36.) KaraXXayyjv Xaju/3. i.
q. to be
2. to receive, sc. what is given, im- reconciled, Rom. v. 11. icpi'/m Xa^tjS. to
receive condemnation, i. q. to be con-
parted, imposed, to obtain, to partake of.
e. g. absol. Matt. vii. 8 Trag demned, Matt, xxiii. 13. James iii. 1. c.
a) genr. Rom. xiii. 2. oiKoSofjii}v Xap(3.
dat. reflex.
yap 6 airaiv Xapfidvei. X. 8. John xvi.
24. 1 Cor. of source John
iv. 7. c. IK
i.
q. to be edified 1 Cor. xiv. 5. Trapa y-
ytXt'av X. to receive a charge Acts xvi. 24.
i. 16. Seq. ace. Matt. xx. 9 ?Xa(3ov dvd
TrtpiTOfiqv Xa/t/3. i.
q. to be circumcised
Srjvdptov. ver. 10. xxv. 16 Trivre rdXavra
Mark x. 30. xi. 24. John iv. John vii. 23. AL.
Xa/3wv.
36. Acts iii. 3. Rom. iv. 11. 1 Cor. o, indec. Lamech, Heb.
ix. 24. Gal. iii. 14. Phil. iii. 12 comp. in
pr. n. of a patriarch, the father of Noah,
KaraXaji/3dvw b. Heb. xi. 35. James Luke iii. 36. See Gen. v. 25 sq.
i. 12. 1 Pet. iv. 10. Rev. iv. 11. Seq.
see
t/c TIVOQ
partitively, see in 'EK no. 3. h.
Rev. xviii. 4 tK TU>V irXijytiv avrrJQ 'iva /ii) a
a'Soe, }, (Xa^Trw,) light,
XdprjTf. Palteph. 52. 3. JS1. V. H. 9. e. g.a torch, lamp, lantern, etc. genr.
31. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 7 With an ad- Acts xx. 8 Xapirddic licavai. Rev. iv. 5.
junct of the source etc. e. g. OTTO c. gen. Sept. for TE>5 Gen. xv. 17. Ex. xx. 18.
from, 1 John ii. 27. Trapa c. gen. from Prob. a torch, Rev. viii. 10. John xviii.
any one Acts ii. 33. James i. 7. Rev. 3. Sept. and TBi
Judg. xv. 4, 5. Jos.
ii.27.
7.3.) spoken
(Hdian. de conatu,
4. Ant. 5. 6. 5. Hdian. 4. 2. 20. Also a
John V. 34, 41 coav
Trapa dvSpwirov ou lamp, fed with oil, Matt. xxv. 1, 3, 4, 7, 8,
Xa/i/3dvw. ver. 44. viro c. gen. 2. Cor. xi. So Sept. and TE& Judg. vii. 16, 20. On
24 viro 'lovSaiuv . (Xaflov SC. TrXi/yaf,
. .
the form of ancient lamps see Jahn 40
comp. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 16. Bos. Ell. Gr. ult. Calmet art.
Lamps.
p. 385 sq.

b) of those who receive an office, a, 6vy (Xa/iTrw,) shining,

station, dignity, either as committed or bright, radiant, viz.

transmitted, e. g. iirt<TKotrrjv Acts i. 20. a) pp. of a star, Rev. xxii. 16 6 d<rr}p

o Xa/iTrpof 6 Trpw'cVof.
KXiipov ver. 25. iiparfiav Heb. vii. 5. /3a- Ep. Jer. Ii.
ffiXtiav Luke xix. 1-2, 15. c. Trapa TIVOQ
Horn. II. 4. 77. Xen. 4. 7. 7 Mem. __
Acts xx. 24. Hdian. 3. 15. 8. Xen.
Of raiment, radiant and hence white,
Cyr. 1. 5. 2. Also of a successor in spoken of angels Acts x. 30. Rev. xv.
0. xix. 8. Of the robe put by Herod
office, Xafttlv dtddoxov Acts xxiv. 27,
comp. AiaSkxoftat. Lat. successorem acci- upon Christ in mockery, as Pilate's
soldiers afterwards put on him a pur-
pere Plin. Ep. 9. 13.
ple robe, Luke xxiii. 11, comp. Mark
c)
of persons appointed to receive
xv. 17 etc. Pol. 10. 4. 8. Diod. S.
tribute, rent, etc. to collect, to exact.
Matt. xvii. 24 ol TO. SiSpaxpa
1. 91. Hence by impl. splendid, sump-
Xafif3d-
tuous, of raiment, James ii. 2, 3 l<r$ris
vovTtQ, i. e. the receivers, collectors, xxi.
34. Heb. vii. 8. c. OTTO TIVOQ Matt. xvii. Xafjnrpd. So genr. Rev. xviii. 14 TO.

25. 3 John 7. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 3. c. Xa/i7rpa, costly things __Diod. S. 20. 7.

Xen. Conv. 1. 4.
Trapd Luc. D. Mort. 22. 1. Xen. Mem.
1. 5. 6. b) clear, limpid, Rev. xxii. 1 TroTapbv
XajiTrpov u>s KpvaTaXXov. Xen. H. G. 5.
d) trop. to receive instruction, i.
q. 3. 19.
to be instructed, to learn, Rev. iii. 3
^vr\-
povtve ovv Trw elXrjQag icai (
rrjroc, ?
Diod. Sic. 2. 29 ptpaiug tKaaTa, Xa/i/3d-
brightness, splendour, X. TOV rjXiov Acts
VOIKTIV, l. e. fnavStdvovaiv. xxvi. 13. Sept. for njb Is. Ix. 3. nriT
in phrases, comp. above in Dan. Pol. 11. 9. Xen. An.
e) trop. xii. 3. 1. 1.
I1G. 1. f. E. g. ivToXriv Xap.(3dvfiv, to 2. 18.
 474

a)
a people, nation, tribe, i. e. the
xvi. 19 mass of any people, and not like dijfiog
,
i. e. sumptuously, Luke
Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 3. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 1. a community of free citizens. Luke ii.
10 iJTis eorot iravri r< Xo<. ver. 31. Rev.
v. 9. Acts iv. 25 quoted from Ps. ii. 1
intrans. c. dat. Matt. v. 15 Xdpiret
absol. Xvii. 2
where Sept. for
dkjj. Sept. for oy Job
7ra<ri roTg Iv ry OHU'?. xxxvi.31. Ez. xx. 41. Horn. Od. C. 194
tXafi^e TO Trpoo-wTrov
awrov. Luke xvii,
Hdot. 5. 42. Spec, of the Jews as the
24. Acts xii. 7. 2 Cor. iv. 6 IK aicoTovg
2 people of God's choice, absol. or c. row
0w C Xa^ai. Metaph. Matt. v. 16.
Seov etc. Matt. i. 21. ii. 4, 6. Mark vii.
Sept. for njb Prov. iv.
Cor. iv. 6. 18.
6. Luke ii. 32. John xi. 50. Heb. vii. 5.
TTTTn Dan. xii. 3. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 9.
al. ssep. So Sept. and Ey Ex. i. 20. viii.
Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 7.
I. Deut. ii. 4. al. __ Trop. of
saepiss
Aav&avci*, aor. 2 tXn^ov, to Christians as God's spiritual Israel, Tit.
7fe Atrf,

concealed, to be unknown, absol. Mark ii. 14. Heb.ii. 17. iv. 9. xiii. 12.

vii. 24 OVK ri$vvii$r} XaSetv. Luke viii. the people, i. e. the many, the
b) genr.
47 __ ML
V. H. 4. 20 ink. Seq. ace. multitude, the public, either indefinitely
of pers. to be hid AS TO any one i. e. or of a multitude collected in one place.
from him, to escape his knowledge or Luke vii. 29icai irdg 6 Xabg aKoraaq. viii.
notice, Acts xxvi. 26 ort OVK tXa$ yap 47. ix. 13 tig irdvra TOV Xaov TOVTOV for
CIVTOV TI TOVTUV. 2 Pet. iii. 5, 8. See all this multitude, xviii. 43. xxiii. 27 TrXfj-
Matth. 412. 5. comp. Buttm. 131. 4, SrogTOV \ctov Kai yvvaiKtUJv. Acts Hi. 9,
8. Hdian. 5. 8. 8. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 13. II, 12. v. 37. xviii. 10. Horn. II. 18.
Joined with the participle of another 502. ib. 23. 728. Espec. the common
verb it has the force of an adverb, i. e. people, the populace, the inhabitants of
secretly, unawares. Heb. xiii. 2 iXa$6v any city or territory, e. g. Jerusalem
rtvtg ZevivavTfG ayyeXoi/f. See Buttm. Acts ii. 47. xxi. 30, 36 j
of Galilee Matt.
144. n. 8. Winer 58. 4. Hdian. 5. 8. 6. iv. 23. ix. 35. So Sept. andtjy Gen. xix.
Xen. An. 1. 1. 9. 4. xxiii. 7, 12, 13. (Horn. Od. 13. 156.)
fr.
As distinguished from magistrates, etc.
Cj >'/, ov, (Xaei-w, Xac,
i. e. hewn in Matt. xxvi. 5 "iva fjirj Sopvfioe ytvriTcu iv
ea>,) stone-hewn, rock-hewn,
a rock, e. g. a sepulchre, Luke xxiii. 53. T<$ \a$. xxvii. 25,64. Mark xi.32. Luke
xix. 48. xx. 6. xxiii. 13. Acts vi. 12. al.
Comp in Aaro/zew. Sept. Deut. iv. 49.
So Sept. and Qy Ex. xviii. 22, 26. Josh.
Aquil. Num. xxi. 20. xxiii. 14.
vi. 8, 10. AL.
AaoSfoaa, ac? n, Laodicea, the
chief city of Phrygia Pacatiana in Asia larynx, the
AapvyZ, vyyoc) 6,

Minor, situated on the river Lycus a throat, gullet, as an organ of the voice,
little above its junction with the Mean- Rom. iii. 13 quoted from Ps. v. 10 where
der, and not far to the southward of Co- Sept. for pia Ecclus. vi. 5. Aristoph.
losse and Hierapolis. Its earlier name Ran. 575 or 583. On the dilf. between
was Diospolis was enlarged by Anti-
;
it Xa,ovy and 0dpuy, see Lob. ad. Phr.
ochus II, and called by him Laodicea pp. 65, 470.
after his wife. About A. D. 65 it was
Aavala, ac, 7, Lascea, a maritime
destroyed by an earthquake, along with on the southern
city of Crete, coast,
the two cities just named ; but was re-
not mentioned in profane writers. Acts
built by Marcus Aurelius. It is now in xxvii. 8.
ruins, and the place bears the name of
Eski-hhsar. Comp. Eosenm. Bibl. f. Xajcr/ffw, to crack, to
Geogr. p. 205, 228
I. ii. Col. __ ii. 1. iv. knack, to snap, Hes. Theog. 694. Horn.
13,15,16. Rev. i. 11. (iii.14.) II. 13. 616. In N. T. and later, to
crack open, to burst, Acts i. 18 tXa/
Aao&Kcuc, cw, 6, a Laodicean,
Col. iv. 16. Rev. in. 14. Act. Thorn. 33 6 ?t
ig iXaicrjaf. Zonar. Lex. 691 avrl
oil, o, people, viz.
 47.5

v. In N. T. legion, for an indefinitely

>, (^ *. ijffb), (XciTOfio^, fr. Xaf,
to CM/ stone, to hew in stone, e. g. great number, e. g. of angels Matt. xxvi.
>,)
Matt, 53. of demons Mark v. 9, 15. Luke
iiov, o IXar6/itj<TV ev ry Trkrpq.
xxvii. 60. Mark xv. 46. So Sept. and viii. 30. So Rabb. yr:, see Buxt. Lex.
Is. xxii. 16. Deut. vi. 11. Jos. Chald. 11-23.
n^n
Ant. 12. 7. 6. Diod. Sic. 5. 39. tc
f. primarily lay,
At'yw, <>,

service, Germ. legen t e. g. to lay, or let lie down

Aarpt/a, ac, >?> (Xarpeuw,)
JE1. V. H. 3. for sleep Horn. II. 24. 635, and Mid. to
pp. for hire, or as a slave,
9. Soph. Ajax 503. In N. T. only in lie down for sleep Od. 17. 102. to lay

John II. 23. 239. Od.

respect to God, service, worship, together, i. e. to collect,
xvi. 2. Rom. ix. 4. xii. 1. Heb. ix. 1,6. 24. 72. Also to lay before, i. e. to relate,
Josh, to recount and hence the prevailing
Sept. and iTpy Ex. xii. 25, 26. ;

xxii. 27. 1 Mace. i. 45. Attic and later signif. to say, to speak,
i. e. to utter definite words, connected
vwj f- fvffcj, (Xarpi'c one
and significant discourse, i. q. to dis-
hired, hireling,) to serve, pp. for hire or
course; thus differing from XaXeTv q. v.
as a slave, Palaeph. 45. 1,4. Xen. Cyr.
and also from ti-n-nv in so far as this
3. 1. 36, i.
q. SovXtveiv ib. 41. In N. T.
latter refers only to words spoken and
spoken in respect to God, to serve, to
not to their connected sense ; seeTittm.
worship. de Synon. N. T. p. 79, 80 sq. Sept.
a) genr. seq.dat. Matt.iv. lOet
Lukeiv.
usually for -|7?N In N. T.
8 Kvptovrov Stov avT<ji f*6vtf> Xarptvattt;.
. . .
1. to lay before, i. e. to relate, e. g.
Luke i. 74. ii. 37. Acts vii. 7, 42. xxiv.
vapapo\i]v, to put forth, to propound, c.
14. xxvii. 23. Rom. i.9. Phil. iii. 3. 2
dat. of pers. Luke xviii. 1 tXtye Si icai ira-
Tim.i.3. Heb.ix.14. xii.28. Rev. xxii..'}.
nva
pa/3oX}v avrolf. xiii. 6. C. Trpoc
absol. Acts xxvi. 7. So Sept. and iny
Luke xii. 41. xiv. 7. So of events etc.
Deut. vi. 13. x. 12. Josh. xxiv. 15. Once
to narrate, to tell, e. g. TOVTO, ravra, c.
of idol-worship, Rom. i. 25. iXdrptvatv ry dat. Luke ix. 21. irpdc nva xxiv. 10.
KTioti K. T. \. So Sept. and lay Deut.
c. ace.
Palaph. 18. 1. Hdian. 1. 11. 2. ib. 7.
iv. 28. Judg. ii. 11, 13. Eurip. 12. 20 ra e C7ro/uva iv role tf/c Xex^-
Iph. Taur. 1115 or 1122. Electr. 131. airai. 8. 1. 1.
b) of an external
ritual worship, i. q.
2. to say, to speak, to discourse, see
to officiate as priest, Heb. viii. 5. xiii. 10,
aoove. a) genr.
and construed :

and so in the celestial temple Rev. vii. 15.

(a)
With an adjunct of
the object,
Also genr. for to offer sacrifice, to icor- i. e. the words spoken, the thing or per-
sftip, Heb. ix. 9. x. 2. Comp. Sept. and son spoken etc. followed by
of, (1)
Ex. iii. 12. vii. 16.
the words uttered. Matt. i.20 ayyfXog
T. X.
, ou, ro, (Xaxaivu, to dig, . . .
i(f>dvrj aurqi, Xfywv 'Iw<ri}^ /c.

to pp. <a plant in tilled ground,'

till,) viii. 2. Mark vi. 2. Luke ii. 13. xii. 54.
hence a garden plant, herb. Matt. xiii. 32 Jbhn i. 29 icai Xeytf ids 6 dpvbs rov Seov.
fiTov T&V Xa\dv(t)v iravrtiiv. Mark iv. 32- ver. 36. Acts. iv. 16. Rom. ix. 25. Heb.
Luke xi. 42. Rom. xiv.2. Sept. for pi^ i. 6.- viii. 13. James iii. 23. al. ssepiss.

1 K. xxi. 2
pT. Gen. ix. 3. Luc. Phil (Xen. Conv. 4. 1.) So seq. on before
lopseud. 8. Plut.'VI.p.499.9.ed. Reiske. the words quoted, Matt. ix. 18. Mark
ii. 12 XeyovTac- on ovdiiroTf ourwf tl^o^tv.
ou, 6, Lebbeus, a name iii. 21. Luke iv. 41. xxiii. 5. John
of the apostle Jude, also called Thad-
viii. 33. Acts ii. 13. vi. 11. Rom. iii.
deus, Matt. x. 3. 8. al. ssep. Comp. Buttm. 149. p.
)
I^at. legio, a le- 423. (Palaeph. 6. 7. Hdian. 8. 3. 4.)
gion, pp. the largest division of troops Hence particip. Xlywv, Xeyovrcf, saying,
in the Roman army, varying greatly in is often put after other verbs or nouns
number at different periods, as 3000, implying speech, like Heb. "172NJ?, as
4200, 5000, 6600, etc. See Adam's introducing the exact words, i.
q. in
Rom. Ant. p. 366 sq Rees' Cyclop, s. these words, e. g. Matt. v. 2 idic
 At'yw 476 Al-yw

Xtywv MaKapioi K. r. X. vi. 31. Mark ii. 5, 14. 2 John 10, 11. al. sae-

jV ovj/ fitpifivi'i(TrjT, Xiyovrtg- Tt 0aya)/*i> piss. So c. dat. of thing personified

K. r. X. ix. 30. xii. 88. xvi. 7. Mark Matt. xxi. 19. Rev. vi. 16. Also seq.
'.
7, 24. xi. 31. Luke iv. 35, 36. vii. on before the words quoted, comp.
39. John iv.
xx. 5. 31, 51. Acts ii. above in a. 1. Luke viii. 49. John iv. 42.
13,40. xxiv. 2. Heb. xii. 26. Rev.vi. So too Kal cXeye awry etc. is put after
10. al. saepiss. but not found in the ac- other verbs of speaking, like Xeywv,
knowledged epistles of Paul. So Sept. comp. above in a. 1. Mark ix. 31. xiv.
and -mx? Gen. i. 22. ii. 16. Lev. i. 1. 61 iTrrjpwra avrbv Kal Xeyti avr<- <ri> el
al. saepiss. Pala&ph. 7. 7 (2) Seq. o Xp. K. T. X. With an ace. of thing,
ace. of thing or person, e. g. the thing John xvi. 7. 2 Thess. ii. 5. Rev. ii. 7.
spoken, Matt. xxi. 16 O.KOVIIQ rt OVTOI XE- ace. of pers. of whom, as object, John
jovoiv Mark xi. 23. Luke viii. 8 ravra
;
viii. 27. Phil. iii. 18. With on instead of
\iywv. John v. 34. Rom. x. 8. Eph. v. 12. ace. et.inf. Matt. xvi. 18. John xvi. 26.
al. saep. Hence ra Xtyopeva Luke xviii. With an adverbial construction of man-
34. Acts viii. 6. (Hdian. 4. 14. 8 tXtt-e ner, as Mark iii. 23 iv Trapa/SoXate tXeyt v
rotddf. Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 12. An. 7. 7.43.) avToig. iv. 2. xii. 38. With Trept rivog
Seq. ace. of person spoken of, but only Matt. xi. 7 (2) Seq. /ttcr' a\\rj\wv,
in attraction with on, see Buttm. 151.1. with one another, with the words spoken,
6. Winer 63. 3. a. John viii. 54 6 7rar)p John xi. 56.
(3) Seq. wpog c. ace.
. . . ov vfitlg Xtyere, on &0 v/i<3v lore, of pers. to whom, e. g. with the words
ix. 19. Comp. Xen. Conv. 4. 46 Xeysiv uttered, Mark x. 26. Luke xiv. 7.
rt rovg 0Xou, oiTiv'tQ tiffi. (3) Seq. ace. John iv. 15. Heb. vii. 21. (Xen. Cyr.
et inf. comp. Matth. 537. p. 1056. John 1. 3.
14.)
with on of citation Luke iv.
xii. 29 tXtyc Ppovrriv yfyovevai. Matt, 21. With an ace. of thing, xi. 53.
xvi. 13. Luke xi. 18. Acts iv. 32. v. With TTtpt nvog vii. 24. Further with
36. Rom. xv. 8. 2 Tim. ii. 18. c. dvai an adjunct of person of whom one
impl. Rev. ii. 20. Hdian. 1. 7.9. Xen. speaks (4) Seq. e/ c. ace. of, concern-
:

Cyr. 1. 2. 1.
(4) Seq.
on instead of ing any one, genr. Eph. v. 32. with
the accus. and inf. comp. in "On no. the words uttered, Acts ii. 25. with an
1. c. Buttm. 149. p. 423.- Winer 45. ace. of thing Luke xxii. 65. Xen. Mem.
2. Mark ix. 11. Luke ix. 7. John 1. 5. 1.
(5) Seq. Trepi c. gen. of pers.
iv. 20 Kat u/jtlf Xtyert, on iv 'lepocr. lernv with the words uttered, John i. 48. Matt,
o TOTTOQ K. T. X. 1 Tim. iv. 1. So with xi. 7. c. ace. of
thing Acts viii. 34.
on and the apodosis impl. in the phrase John i. 22. ix. 17. Tit. ii. 8. c. on pro
oil Matt, xxvii. 11. John xviii. inf. Luke xxi. 5.
Xkytig, (6) Seq. vvkp veavrov,
37. comp. Luke xxii. 70 vfitig Xsytrc, on to speak for
oneself, Acts xxvi. 1.

tyw f/it. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17 (5) Seq. b)

as modified by the context, where
adv. or adverbial phrase, John xiii. 13 the sense lies not so much in Xyw, as
jcai
KaXuiQ Xtygrf. (Xen. Mem. 2. 7. ll v
)
in the adjuncts, e.
g. (a)
before ques-
Rom. iii.5 et Gal. iii. 15 X. /car' dvSpanrov. tions, for to ask, to inquire, followed by
Metaph. Rev. xviii. 7 iv ry icapdiq, the words spoken, Matt. ix. 14. Mark
Xsyft, and Matt. iii. 9 Xeyttv iv v.30. xiv. 14. Luke vii. 20. John vii.
to say in one's heart, in or among them- 11 icai
tXtyov TTOV iffnv iKetvog ;
Rom.
selves, i. e. to think, comp. in Elirov a. . x. 19. c. dat. of pers. Mark vi. 37.
Gesen. Lex. *ipK no. 2. Luke xvi. 5. xxii. 11. Seq. si whether,
((3)
With a further adjunct of the Acts. xxv. 20. c. dat. of pers. xxi. 37.
person to whom one speaks, e. g. c. (/3) before replies, for to answer, to reply,
dat. /tra, Trpog ;
and also of whom, followed by the words spoken, e. g.
e. g. c. fig,
inrtp.
TTfpi, The adjunct of after a direct question, Matt. xvii. 25.
the object then always present or im-
is John xviii. 17. c. dat. of pers. Matt, xviii.
plied, in some one of the preceding con- 22. xx. 7, 21 ; also c. on of citation
structions.
(1) Seq.
dat. of pers. e. g. Matt. xix. 8. John xx. 13. preceded by
with the words uttered, Matt. viii. 26 teal a7rofcpi^tV Mark viii. 29. Luke iii. 11.
Xeyet avrolg- ri SeiXoi iaTt K. T. X. xiv. 4. Without a preceding question, c. dat
 477

of pers. and the words spoken, Matt. vi. 13. c. o>i for acc. .and inf. Gal. v. 2.
iv. 10. xxvi. 35. Luke xvi. 29. John ii.4. TOVTO on 1 Thess. iv. 15. seq. adv. etc.
with aTTOKpiSei'e etc. Mark ix. 19. Luke 2 Cor. vii. 3. xi. 16. Phil. iv. 11. So
xi. 45 (y)
in affirmations, for to affirm, Sept. and 172*6 2 K. x. 6. Jos. Ant.
to maintain, e. g. with the words or 13. 4. 1. Hdot. 3. 40.

proposition uttered, Mark xiv. 31 6 tie

c)
meton. of things, e. g. (a) a voice,
K ireptffffov tXtye p.d\Xov' iav K. T. X. (fnavr)
Matt. iii. 17.
XlyoutTrt Rev. vi. 6.
Gal. iv. 1. 1 Johnii. 4. Seq. ace. c. inf. c. dat. Acts ix. 4. Rev. xvi. 1. c. dat. of
Matt. xxii. 23. Luke xxiii. 2. xxiv. 23 o'i manner Acts xxvi. 14. (/3) a writing,
Xsyovffiv avTbv Zyv. C. ace. impl. James scripture, T) ypa^rj, with the words quoted
ii. 14. 1 John ii. 6, 9.
Seq. on instead John xix. 37. James iv. 5, 6. TL Rom.
of ace. et inf. Matt. xvii. 10. Rom. iv. 9. iv. 3. Gal. iv. 30. With TJ ypatfn? impl.
With a dat. of pers. in the formulas Gal. iii. 16. Eph. iv. 8 __ Hdot. 1. 124.
Xyo> (rot v. v(iiv t api}v Xeyu> itp.lv f etc. ib. 8. 22. a law, 6 vop.og, c. acc. 1
(y)
in solemn affirmations, genr. Matt. xi. Cor. ix. 8. absol. ver. 10. xiv. 34 __ (5)
21. Mark xi. 24. Luke iv. 25. c. 4/i/)v genr, 6 xpTjp.aTi<rfu'>c Rom. xi. 4. rj Si-
Matt. v. 18. xxv. 12. al. a^v, a/*r/v, John Kaioovvrj as personified, x. 6.
i. 52. iii. 3. viii. 51. al. comp. in 'Afirjv d) trop. for to mean, to have in mind,
no. 3. So in the middle of a clause, comp. above in Gesen. Lex.
a. o. 5.
Matt. xi. 9 val, Xtya> vp.1v, xal irtpiaao- 1N no. 2. Seq. imper. Gal. v. 16. c.
repov irpoQfjTov. Luke vii. 14. xi. 51. acc. of thing, 1 Cor. x. 29 avvtiSqviv dt
xv. 10. Seq. ore for ace. c. inf. Matt, Xeyo> K. T. X. i. 12. Gal. iii. 17. c. acc.

iii. 9. Mark ix. 13. Lukeiv. 24. John iii. of pers. John vi. 71 tXtye $1 TOV 'lovoav.
11 of teaching, for to teach, to
(fl)
Mark xiv. 71 __Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 6. J21.
inculcate, e. g. with the proposition V. H. 2. 36. Xen. CEc. 17. 8.
taught, Matt. xv. 5. c. ace. Acts i. 3. 3. to call, to name, i. q. KaXeu, pp. to
c. ace. et infin. Acts xxi. 21. ace. impl.
speak of as being or being called so and
xv. 24. c. ace. et dat. of pers. Matt.
so, seq. dupl. acc. Matt. xix. 17 ri fie
x. 27. John viii. 16. xvi. 12. absol. Xen. Xtyttf dya3-6v ;
Mark XV. 12 ov XyfT
Conv. 4. 13.
(e) predictionsof to fore- fiaaiXta T&V 'loutfai'wv. Luke xx. 37.
tell, to 'predict, c. ace. et dat. Mark x. John v. 18. xv. 15. Acts x. 28. al.
32. c. ace. Luke ix. 31. c. dat. John Pass. Matt. xiii. 55 r) avrov Xeytrai
P.TJTJJP
xiii. 19.
() of what is spoken with au- Mapiap. Heb. xi. 24. Part. 6 Xeyofievos,
thority, to command, to direct, to charge, called, named, Matt. ii. 23 elg Tr6\iv
absol. Matt, xxiii. 3 \kyovai ytip, ical ov ix. 9.
\f.yop.kvi]v Na^apsS.
avSpioTrov,
jroiovffi. c. acc. Luke vi. 46. c. ace. et MarSalov \tyop.tvov. xxvi. 3, 14. Mark
dat. Mark xiii. 37. John ii. 5. c. dat. xv. 7. Johniv. 5. ix. 11. xxii. 1. Acts
ot pers. et imperat. Matt. v. 44 y<i Si iii. 2. Eph. iii. 11. al. Also sumamed,
Xlyw vp.1v ayairaTt K. r. X. viii. 4. XX. 8. Matt. iv. 18 2//i<i>i/a TOV Xeyoptvov IZtrpov.
Mark v. 41. vi. 10. Luke v. 24. John x. 2. iv. 11. Esdr. viii. 41. Jos. Ant.
ii. 7, 8. c. dat. et inf. Rev. xiii. 14. c. 12. 3. 2. Palceph. 7. 6. Xen. An. 1. 8.
inf. Rom. ii. 22. seq. "va Acts xix. 4. 10. With the idea of translation into
(c. inf. Xen. An. 1. 3. 8. ib. 7. 1.
40.) another language, e. g. fully, John i. 39
So in the sense of to charge, to exhort,
pa(3f3i, o Xsyerac ipp.nvtvop.tvov, SiaffKct\f.
c. dat. Acts v. 38. c. dat. et inf. Acts xix. 17 of Xeyerai e/Spai'orf, ToXyoSa.
xxi. 4. c. TOVTO seq. inf. Eph. iv. 17. Acts ix. 36. Simply, John iv. 25 Metr-
of calling out, i. q. to call, to exclaim, in Greek.
(T/) at'af, 6 Xeyo/zsvof Xpiorof, i. e.
etc. Matt. xxv. 11 Xsyotxrac Kvpit, Kvpie, xi. 16 6 Xf.y6p.ivoQ AidvpoQ. XX. 16
Q(i>p.aq
dvoiKov np.1v. Luke xiii. 25. Acts xiv. pa/3/3ouvt, o Xfytrai SidafficaXe, comp. i.

11 say or speak by writ-

(3) trop.
to 39. AL.
ing, by letter, etc. e. g. with the words
written, Luke i. 63 typa^t, Xlywv K. r. X. arocj ,
tiw,) a rem-
xx. 42. c. acc. 1 Cor. vii. 6, impl. nant, what is left, meton. of pers. some
Pliilem. 21. c. acc. et dat. 1 Cor. xv. remaining, Rom. xi. 5. So Sept. for
51. c. dat. 1 Cor. vi. 5. x. 15. 2 Cor. irP Josh xiii. 12. rVHSTC) 2 K. xix. 4.
 Aaoc 478 AtTT/C'

13. Hdot. Ant. I. 85. In N. T. genr.

pp. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 289. p. service,
1. 119. ministry, e. g.

plain, a) of the public ministrations of the

Actoc, a, ov, smooth, level,
Jewish priesthood, Luke i. 23 at 77/1!-
opp. rpaxvf. Luke iii. 5. etc bSovs
4 where Heb. pai Trie XeiTovpyiaf avrov. Heb. viii. 6.
Xeiac, quoted from Is. xl.
ireSia. JE1. V. H. 3.
ix. 21. Trop. of the ministry of a Chris-
nypll^, Sept. fie tian teacher in men to the
1.' Hes. Erg. 1. 286, et Xen. Mem. 2. 1. bringing
faith, Phil. ii. 17 Xttrovpyia rrJQ -jriartuQ
20 \6tj; bS6f.
vfi&v. Sept. and ITpV Ex. xxxviii. 21.
j
f- ^w> to leave, to forsake, Num. viii. 22 __ Jos" B! J. 1. 1. 4. Diod.
1. 10. 2. Xen. Ven. 3.
pp. trans. Hdian. Sic. 1. 21.
3. InN.T. b) by impl. friendly service,
kind of-

a)
Pass, to be left, forsaken of any fice, genr. Phil. ii. 30. Spoken of alms,
i. e. to be destitute of, to lack, seq. i. e. public collections in the churches, 2
thing,
gen. James i. 5 d Si rig vp.&v Xdirtrai Cor. ix. 12.
ffoQiag. ii. 15.Comp. Buttm. 132. 5. 2.
*?> 6v> pertaining
Seq. iv [ir]evi James i. 4,
i. e. to be
to the public service e. g. of the temple,
wanting in nothing, i. 6X6*-
q. reXtiof,
Sept. (TKevrj X. for r'il "3 Num. iv.
Xj;po. Comp. Jos. Ant. 9. 11. 2 ovSk In N. T.
12. Num'/iv. 26.'
fling aptrtjs airtXtiirtTO .
mi^ *J?3
act. ministering, rendering service to
intrans. to fail, to lack, to be want-
b) others, Heb. i. 14 Xeirovpyiicd Trvsi'fiara,
ing, c. dat. of pers. Luke xviii. 22 In sv sc. elf SictKoviav etc. Comp. on the
trot XetTrtt. Tit. iii. 13. TO. XdirovTo. Tit.
ministry of angels Ps. xxxiv. 8. xci. 11
1. 5. Wisd. xix. 4. Pol. 13. 2. 2. Diod.
sq. Matt. xiii. 49. xvi. 27. PhilodeGi-
5. 1. 5. On the derivation of the in-
gant. p. 286.
trans.from the transitive signif. see
Passow s. v. no. 4. Aftroup-yoc?ov, b, (Xa6f, Xliroc
v. popular, public, and tpyov,)
Xtlroe
Actrou/oytw, w, f. ^<, (Xeirowp- a public servant, minister, such as in
yoc q. v.) pp. to perform some public ser- Athens performed or administered the
vice, to serve the public, sc. at one's own own
XtiTovpyiai at their expense, comp.
expense, intrans. Dem. 833. 25. Isocr.
in Aftrovpy/a, and Boeckh and Potter
161. G. In N. T. genr. to serve, to as there cited. In N. T. a minister,
minister.
servant, viz.
in religious worship, e. g.
a) publicly a) genr. e. g.
rov Sreov, Rom. xiii. 6.
the priests of the O. T. absol. Heb. x. Heb. i. 7 6 TTOI&V TOVQ
XtirovpyovQ avrov
11; of Christian teachers, seq. r< Kvpiy Trvpbf <pX6ya, quoted from Ps. civ. 4 where
Acts xiii. 2. Sept. for rnil) Num. xviii.
Sept. for JTTiIJTp, comp. 1 K. x. 5. Ec-
2. Deut. x. 8 __ Jos. B. J. 2. 17.2. Dion.
clus. 10. 2.
Hal. Ant. 2. 22. a priest in the Jewish
b) spoken of
by impl. in a more private sense,
b) sense, Heb. viii. 2 T&V aytuiv XtiTovpyog.
to minister to any one, to supply pecu-
So Sept. and mi^Ta Neh. x. 39. Jer.
niary aid, c. dat. Rom. xv. 27. Test.
xxxiii. 21. Of Paul as a minister of Christ,
XII Patr. p. 689 OVK olicTfipti Xetrovp- of the gospel, Rom. xv. 16 __ Dion. Hal.
yovvTa avT<j> kv Ka.K<p. Comp. Xen. Mern. Ant. 2. 73 X. T>V Sttiv.
2. 7. 6.
c) by impl. Phil. ii. 25 Xtirovpybv H/c
AeiTOVpy'ia, ac (Xtirovpyog q. v.) 7> xptias p-ov, a minister for my wants, i. e.
public service, public office, i. e. such as one who ministers to my wants.
in Athens and elsewhere were adminis-
citizens in turn and at their Aevriov, ov, TO, Lat. lenteum, a
tered by the linen cloth, e. g. a towel, apron, worn by
own expense, as a part of the system of servants and persons in waiting. John
finance, Jos. Ant. 16. 5. 3. 2E1. V. H.
xiii. 4, 5. Sueton. Calig. 26 succinctos
6. 6. Dem. 1209. 2. Comp. Xen. (Ec. linteo.
2. 6. Boeckh Staatshaush der Athener
I. p. 480. II. p. 62. Potter's Gr.
 AtVoa 479 Atjvoc

from the eyes Acts ix. c. viii. 5 sq Jos. Ant. 9. 13. 3. Jahn
scale, crust, e. g.
\

fish, for nipplEp Lev.

xi. 362
18. Sept. of sq.

9, 10. Diod Sic. 10. 91 of 'thin plates,

Afumicoc, TJ, ov, Levitical, pertain-
lamina.
ing to the Levites, Heb. vii. 11.
T/> leprosy,
AcTTpa, ac, (Xrpoc, to whiten,
which the skin becomes
Af VKai vw,
f. avS>, (XIVKOQ
,)
in scaly, etc.
Calmet s. v. Rees'
to white, e. g. rag aroXas Rev. vii.
make
See Jahn 188 sq.
14. absol. Mark ix. 3. Sept. for -pa^n
Cyclop, s. v. Matt. viii. 3. Mark i. 42.
Lev. Ps. li. 9. Is. i. 18 __
Horn. Od. 12. 172.
Luke v. 12, 13. Sept. for n^S
__Jos. Ant. 3. Hdot. Eurip. Iph. Aul. 157.
xiii. 2, 3 sq 11 .
3, 4.
1. 138. T}, ov, (Xd<, \tvaau, Lat.
i. e. emitting light,
ov, , fTToe, eTuf, pp. luceo,) pp. light,
hence a leper, one diseased shining, glittering, radiant, and hence
scaly, scabby,
radiant white.
with leprosy, Matt. viii. 2. x. 8. xi. 5.
Mark Luke of raiment, espec. that of an-
i. 40. iv. 27. vii. 22. xvii. a) pp.
12. Zt/zwv 6 \7rp6f, Simon the leper, i. e. gels etc. Mark xvi. 5. John xx. 12. Acts
who had been a leper, Matt. xxvi. 6. 1.10. Rev. iii. 4,5, 18. iv. 4. vi. 11. vii.

Mark xiv. 3. Lev. xiii. 9, 13. xix. 14. Luke ix. 29 6 l^arier/zoc
Sept. for JttiS
T
avrov XevKoc iZaoTpairTtuv. Matt. xvii. 2
44, 45. jnStt 2 Sam. iii. 2Q . 2 K. vii.
3. Jos. Ant.'s. 11. 4.
XtvKit Mark ix. 3 X.
ug TO <}>U>G. xxviii. 3 et
w<m \iuv, 9 where Sept.
comp. Dan. vii.
of
AETTTOV, ou, ro, (neut. for Tin. Of a throne Rev. xx. 11.
thin,)
the name
of the smallest Jewi-h Horn! Od. 6. 45. II. 14. 185 /cp^e/ivov
coin, like Engl. mite. Its value was
Xevicov ri'tXiOQ u>c-
half a Kofydvrije q. v. or the eighth part
e. g. hair Matt. v. 36.
of an 'A<^dptov q. v. and it was there- b) genr. white,
Rev. i. 14. a stone Rev. ii. 17. a cloud
fore equal to about one-fifth of one cent.
xiv. 14. a horse vi. 2. xix. 11, 14. a
Comp. Jahn 117. Mark xii. 42. Luke field ripe for the harvest John iv. 35.
xii. 59. xxi. 2. pp. XHTTOV Keppa
Sept. for -p^ Lev. xiii. 3, 4. Zech. i.
Alciphr. I. Ep. 9. Xiirrbv vofjuupa Pol-
8. vi. 3. Hdian. 5. 6. 16. Xen. Ag.
lux On. 9. 92.
1.28.
Aci/t or Aewf accus. Aetnv Winer
Altov, ovroc, o, a lion, Heb. xi. 33.
j

10. 1, Levi, pr. n. of four persons

1 Pet. v. 8. Rev. iv. 7. ix. 8, 17. x. 3.
in N. T.
xiii. 2. Sept. for nhj 1 Sam. xvii. 34,
The third son of Jacob and Leah,
1.
Pol.
36, 37. rr-]N Judg.'xiv. 5, 8, 9.
the head of the tribe of Levi, Heb. vii.
5. 35. 13. Xen. Ven. 11. 1. Trop. for
5, 9. Rev. vii. 7. a cruel adversary, persecutor, 2 Tim. iv.
2. Two of the ancestors of Jesus, Luke 17 ippva$T]v tie OTOfiaroQ XI.OVTOQ, where
iii. 24, 29. some understand Nero, and others Satan ;
3. One
of the apostles, the son of Al-
comp. Ps. vii. 2. Prov. xxviii. 15. Ez.
pheus, called also Matthew, Mark ii. 14. xxii. 25. (Jos. Ant. 20. 6. 10, of
Luke v. 27, 29. Comp. Matt. ix. 9. Tiberius.)
Also for a hero, powerful deliverer, Rev.
AWTJC, ou, A, a Levite, one of v. 5 Xkuv o wv tic <}>vXfjc 'lovSa, comp. Neh.
the posterity of Levi, spoken in N. T. ii. 13. Jer. xlix. 18.
of the descendants of the three great
families into which this tribe was di- A?)$rj, TJC,
t> (XavSavu, forgetful-
ness, oblivion, e. g. XTJ^TJV Xafifiavtiv i. q.
vided, the heads of which were Ger-
to forget, 2 Pet. i. 9, comp. in Aa/i/3dvw
shom, Kohath, and Merari, Num. iii. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 10. JE1. H. A.
no. 1. f.
17 sq. These were appointed by the
4. 35. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 21.
Mosaic law to be the ministers and ser-
vants of the priests, and to perform the AIJVOC, ou, 77,
a trough, e. g.
o et
menial offices of the temple and temple for drinking, watering, Sept. for tarn
service. Luke x. 32. John i. 19. Gen. xxx. 39, 42. Horn. Hymn, in Merc.
Acts iv. 36. See Num. i. 50 sq. c. 4. 104. In N. T. wine-trough, wine-vat, viz.
 480

a)
the upper vat or press, into which p. 187 sq. Comp. Plin. H. N. 32. 14 or
the grapes were cast and trodden by 31. Theophr. H. Plant. 9. 1, 3, 4.
men, Rev. xiv. 19, 20 bis. xix. 15. Sept. Later and in N. T. frankincense, i. q.
for na Neh. xiii. 15. Diod.
Is. Ixiii. 2. XijSavwrog, a transparent and fragrant
Sic. 3. 63. Anacr. 52. 4 It was some- gum, which distils from incisions in the
times hewn into a rock, and had a gra- above tree, and was used by the ancients
ted opening near the bottom through as incense, comp. Ex. xxx. 34. In
which the liquor flowed off into a lower modern times it is classed among drugs,
vat. See Jahn 69. and is sometimes called olibanum, Matt
the lower vat, dug in the rock ii. 11. Rev. xviii. 13. Sept. for Heb,
b)
or earth as above, i. q. uTroXr/vtov, Matt. n;il5? Ex. 1. c. Lev. ii. 1. v. 11 Diod. __
xxi. 33, coll. Mark xii. 1 also Is. v. 2 ;
Sic. 3. 41 . Hdian. 4. 8. 20. See Rees'
where Heb. ^p^, Sept. TrpoX^vtov. Sept. Cyclop, art. Frankincense.
\i]v6g for 3j Prov. iii. 10. Joel ii. 24.
Anthol. Gr.'lV. p. 259. 3. Schol. in q. v.)
Ml. V. H. 11. 5.
Aristoph. Eccl. 154. Wetstein N. T. I. pp. frankincense,
Hdian. 5. 5. 12. In N. T. meton. a
p. 466.
censer for bufning incense, thuribu-
Ar/poC) ou, o, tattle, idle talk, Luke
lum, Rev. viii. 3 lyuv Xifiavurbv xpvaovv.
xxiv. 11 __ Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 9. Xen. An. v. 5.
7. 7. 41.-

ou, o, Lat. libertinus,

ov, 6, (Xjjic, X^o/iai to
a
plunder,) plunderer, robber,
Matt. xxi.
a libertine, i. e. a freed-man of Rome,
either personally made free or born of
13 o-TTiyXaiov XyoT(5i>. xxvi. 55. Mark xi.
freed parents, see Adams' Rom. Ant.
17. xiv. 48. Lukex. 30,36. xix. 46. xxii.
p. 34, 41 sq. In N. T. Acts vi. 9 TIVIQ
25. John x. 1. xviii. 40. 2 Cor. xi. 26.
T&V fK TYIQ (rvvaydiyrJQ TTJC Xi-yofitvrjc Ai-
Matt, xxvii. 38, 44 et Mark xv. 27, comp.
Luke xxiii. 33 jcaicowpyoff. Ptpriviov, certain of those belonging to the
Trop. John
synagogue of the Libertines so called.
x. 8, comp. in KXCTTT-JJC. Sept. <nrfi\ai- These were probably Jews, who hav-
ov X-garStv for Q S ^"13 m^TS Jer. vii.
11 __ Hdian. 1. 10. S^Xen. k. G. 6. 4. ing been carried as captives to Rome,
and there freed by their masters, had
35.
settled down as residents in that city,
Afi\l/iG, ewcj V> (Xa/i/3avw,) a re- i. e. as Roman freed-men. Philo ex-
ceiving, receipt, only Phil. iv. 15, for pressly affirms that a large section of
which see in Ad<ri. Ecclus. xli. 19. the city beyond the Tiber was occupied
xlii. 7.
by Jews of this character, Leg. ad
Cai. 1014. C, or Opp. II. p. 568.
p.
Atav, adv. much, very, exceedingly,
Tacitus also relates, that under Tiberius
e. g. with a verb, Matt. ii. 16 iSvfuoSt)
Xt'av. xxvii. 14. Luke xxiii. 8. 2 Tim. 4000 freed-men who professed the Jew-
3 John 3. ish religion were at once transported to
iv. 15. 2 John 4. Sept. for
"TK73 Gen. iv. 5. 1 Sam. xi. 15 Xen. Sardinia, Annal. 2. 85. Comp. Sueton.
An.' 6. 1. 28. With an adject. Matt. iv. Tiber 36. See Loesner Obs. in N. T.
8 28. Mark ix. 3. p. 180. Kuinoel IV. p. 220 Others
ope<; v-^t]\bv Xt'av. viii.
read by conject. Ai/3v0T(Vo>/, Libyans.
Sept. for 1X73 Gen. i. 31 Palaeph. 28.
I. Xen. Ag. 5. 4. With other adverbs,
Mark i. 35 Trpwt tvw^ov Xtav, see in , rjC? ^j Libya, Acts ii. 10, a
*E,vwxof. vi. 51. xvi. 2. Luc. Pise. region of Africa, west of Egypt along
34. For 01 Xiav 2 Cor. xi. 5. xii. the coast of the Mediterranean, and ex-
v-n-tp
tending back indefinitely into the de-
'

II, see in
sert. The
tract along the coast was di-
Atavoc? pp. arbor thurifera,
ov, o, vided under the Romans into two
the tree which produces frankincense, parts on the east Libya Marmarica,
;

growing in Arabia and around Mount and towards the west Libya Cyrenaica,
Lebanon, Hdot. 4. 75. Lob. ad Phryn. so called from its chief city Gyrene,
 481

and called also Libya Pentapolis from cious stones, Xteoc n'/uof Rev. xvii. 4.
tlie five cities which it contained, Apol- xviii. 12, 16. xxi. 11, 19. trop. 1 Cor. iii.

lonia, Arsinoe, Berenice, Gyrene, Ptole- 12. XtSog iaetTTtc Rev. iv. 3. xxi. 11.
mais. In all these cities there dwelt Sept. and f^tf X. r'/t. 2 Sam. xii. 30.
Jews. Plin. H. N. 5.5. Jos. Ant. 1 K. x. 2, li.'x. (T/i. Ex. xxxv. 25. Ez.
many
14. 7. 2. Comp. in x. 1 __ Jos. Ant. 10. 2. 2. Hdian. 4. 8.
21.
a>, f. a<ru), (Xi'Soc,) to stone, to
of Christ, as 6
b) trop. spoken (a)
pelt with stones, in order to wound or
Xi3of aiepoywviaTof, Eph. ii. 20. 1 Pet.
kill, seq. ace. John x. 31, 32, 33. xi. 8, As 6 Xi'So;
ii. 6 see in 'AKpoywidloQ.
Acts v. 26. xiv. 19. 2 Cor. xi. 25. Heb. ;

&v. 1 Pet. ii. 4, see in Zaw a. y. As 6

xi. 37. So Sept. and %r>Q
2 Sam. xvi.
Xi'Soc TrpocTKo/i/mrof, stone of stumbling ;
6, 13. Pol. 10. 29. 5.
Rom. ix. 32, 33. 1 Pet. ii. 7, i. e. the
occasion or cause of fall, destruction, to
rj, ov, (XiSoj;,) stone, of
i. e. made of stone. John ii. 6. the Jews, since they took offence at his
stone,
vfyiai XtSivai.2 Cor. iii. 3. Rev. ix. 20. person and character, and thus rejected
their spiritual deliverer. Comp. Is. viii.
Sept. for l^N Gen. xxxv. 14. Ez. xxxi. 17.
Luc. Demon. 67. Xen. An.3.4. 7,9. 14 et ibi Gesen. Comm. (/3)
Of Chris-
tians as Xt^ot ZUVTCC 1 Pet. ii. 5, see in
, w, f. /frw, (Xi'Soc, Zawa. y. AL.
to throw stones at any one, to
/3aXXw,)
stone, sc. in order to wound or kill, i. q. , ov, o, r), adj. (XiSoc,

Xt3au;, seq. accus. Matt. xxi. 34. xxiii. 37. pu wvpi, ) stone-sir owed, paved, App.
Mark xii. 4. Luke xiii. 34. Acts vii. 53, Bell. Civ. 3. 26 iv Xi.*o<rrpoir<y ir6\ti.

59. xiv. 5. As a Mosaic punishment, Arr. Epict. 4. 7. 37 <rot

peXti TTWC ay
i. e.
John viii. 5. Comp. Lev. xx. 10 et Deut. Xi3o<7rpwroif Qo/icv/tao-t] oucr/crijrf,

xxii. 22, coll. ver. 21 where Sept. and bftf?. houses with tesselated or
decorated
Mosaic pavements, as was customary at
Heb. xii. 20, comp. Ex. xix. 13 where
Rome after the time of Sylla, Plin.
Sept. and ^p. Also for Q3l Lev. xx.
H. N. 36. 25 or 64. Sueton CCES. 46.
27. xxiv. 14, 16. Comp. Jahn 257.
Plut. X. p. 202. 15. ed. Reiske. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 529. In N. T.
neut. TO XtSoffrpwrov, pavement, i. e.

, ov, o, a stone, a) pp. as of a tesselated pavement of Mosaic work

small stones, Matt. iv. 3 'iva ol Xf^ot as above, common not only at Home,
OVTOI aproi yevwvrai. ver. 6. vii. 9. Mark but imitated also in the provinces.
v. 5. al. Sept. and -J^N 1 Chr. xii. 2. Suetonius relates (1. c.) that Julius
2 Chr. i. 15. (Xen. An.' 5. 2.
14.)
Of Caesar in his military expeditions took
stones for building, Matt. xxiv. 2. Mark with him pieces of marble ready fitted,
xiii. 1 iSt TTorctTroi Xe'Sot. ver. 2. Luke xix. in order that wherever he encamped
44. For and beauty of the
,the size they might be laid down in the prae-
stones with which the temple was torium. Hence John xix. 13 6 IliXa-
built, see Jos. Ant. 15. 11. 3. B. J. 5. Tog . . .
i5yayev ta> TOV 'Irjaovv, KOI IKO.-
5. 1 sq. Ezra v. 8 where Sept. X&oi Sifftv firl TOV /3/jfiarog tig TOTTOV Xeyo-
tK\tKTot for ^3 "j^tf. (Xen. Mem. 3. ftevovXi3wrpa>rov, 'Ej3paYori Sk ya/3/3a-
1.
7.)
Of a mill-stone X. /zvXt/coc Mark &a, he led Jesus out of the praeto-
i. e.
ix. 42. Rev. xviii.21. (Hdian. 3. 1.
14.) rium, whither the Jews might not enter,
Of a stone for covering the door or and took his seat upon the public tri-
mouth of a sepulchre, Matt, xxvii. 60, 66. bunal, /37j^ta, which stood upon a tesse-
xxviii.2. Mark xv.46. Luke xxiv. 2. John lated pavement, comp. Jos. B. J, 2.
xi. 38. al. Sept. and ^ax Gen. xxix. 2. 9. 3. Others
suppose the similar
3, 8, 10. (Luc. de Liiictu 19.) Of pavement in the temple to be meant,
stone tablets 2 Cor. iii. 7, comp. Ex. xxxi. Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 8. ib. 0. 3. 2; but a
1, 4. Of idols carved in stone i. e. Roman magistrate could hold no such
statues of marble Acts xvii. 29. So Sept. proceedings in the temple. See Wet-
and
]^K Deut. iv. 28. xxviii. 36. Of pre- stein N. T. in loc. Krebs Obs. in N. T.
2 I
 482

p. 158 sq. Sept. for tpsn Cant. iii. 10. 6 IvfaSvftivoi Xivov KaSapov.
2 Chr.
Comp.
vii. 3. Esth. i. 6.
rrsiri Comp. Sept. and rrnur'p Is. xix. 9. Horn II.
in ra/J/Jo&a. 9. 661. Od. 13. 73. Put also for the
wick of a candle or lamp, i. e. a of
L>, W, I. strip
linen. Matt. xii. 20 Xivov
no wing- to winnow sc. ""H^O^VOV ob
fork,) gram, the smoking wick he will not
fffiiaet,
which in the East is done by throwing
it with a fork quench, i. e. the faint and almost expir-
against the wind, which
scatters the straw and chaff, Horn. 11. ing light he will not extinguish, quoted
from Is. xiii. 3 where Sept. and nr-ilTD.
5. 500. Xen. CEc. 18. 2, 6. Comp. Sense the Messiah will speak peace
:
Jahn 65. Calmet art. Thrashing p.
and comfort to the oppressed, and will
891. Hence by impl. to scatter, to dis-
not add to their sorrows. See Gesen.
perse, Sept. Is. xvii. 13. Amosix. 9. Wisd.
xi. 19. In N. T. trop. Matt. xxi. 44 et
Comm. in loc.

Luke xx. 18 ty' ov S' av Trka-g [6 Xi Atvoc, ov, o, Linus, pr. n. of a

Xttytqcm avrov, it shall scatter him to t Christian, 2 Tim. iv.21.
winds, i. e. crush him in pieces, make 1

AtTrapog ) a, ov, (XtVof,) fat, e. g.

chaff of him. So Sept. for Chald. tjiD Srjpia Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 11. j yfj Sept.
Aph. Dan. ii. 44. lyto Job xxvii. 21. Neh. ix. 35. full, fresh, ruddy, e. g. the
goddess el/uf Hes. Theog. 901. Xt-
ivog, o, a haven, harbour,
Trapoi TO. 7rpo<ra>7ra Plut. Agesi. 29. In
Acts xxvii. 12 bis. ver. 8 see in Kn-
t,
N. T. of things, espec. as belonging to
Xoi X. Sept. fornnttPs.cvii. 30. Diod.
T
ornament and luxury, shining, precious,
Sic. 3. 38. Xen. An. 6.4. 1.
sumptuous, Rev. xviii. 14 iravra TO. Xtirapa
?C> n, pp. any Kai rd Xa/iTrpd air&XtTO. Horn. II. 22.
!
(Xa/3o>,)
standing water, pool, lake. e. g. the lake 406. Pind. Olymp. 8. 108 Xtirapbc
of Gennesareth, Luke v. 1 vapd rf\v X.
revvtjffapsr. absol. v. 2. viii. 22, 23, 33.
Airpa f ac "h* !->&t. libra, a pound,
Of a lake of burning sulphur, e. g. ye- sc. in weight. John xii. 3 Xafiovaa Xirpav
evva q. v. Rev. xix. 20. xx. 10, 14, 15.
[ivpov. xix. 39. Pol. 22. 26. 19 The
xxi. 8. Comp. in "Attics Sept. for t32X XtVpa varied in different countries ; the
Ps. cvii. 35. cxiv. 8. 2 Mace. xii. ibl Roman libra was divided into 12 ounces,
Diod. Sic. 2. 4. Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 19. and was equivalent to about 12 ounces
avoirdupois. Adam's Rom. Ant. p.
O, ov, o, (XftVo), XsXa/t/zat,)
490. Boeckh Staatsh. der Ath. I. p. 17.
also Dor. 77 Xifioc in MSS. Luke xv. 14.
Acts Jahn 117. Rabb. Buxt. Lex.
xi. 28, comp. Lob. ad Phr. 188 ;
p.
fcOir!?,
1 138 so.
pp. failure, want, sc. of food, hence
hunger, famine. A
A/>, AfjSoCj o>, pr. n. for the

of single persons, hunger, 2 Cor. or south-west wind, Pol. 10. 10. 1. Hdot.
a)
xi. 27 iv Xt/zy Kal ityei. Luke xv. 17 2. 95. Sept. for
-jrrn
Ps. Ixxviii. 26. In
Rom. N. T. meton. for the south, the southern
viii. 35. Sept. for
nyn Lam. v. 10.
So XipoG T) dtyoc Luc. Tox. 58. Xen. quarter, Acts xxvii. 12. Sept. for 3^
Mem. 1. 4. 13. Gen. xiii. 14.
^73-n
Num. ii. 10.

b) of cities or countries, famine, scar- Ao'yfa, a^, n> (Xsyw to collect,) a

city of grain, Matt. xxiv. 7 taovrai Xi/toi collection sc. of money 1 Cor. xvu 1, 2.
Kal Xoifioi. Mark xiii. 8. Lukeiv. 25. xv. Suid. Xoytai" T-fjV (TV\\oyr)v. So Theo-
14. xxi. 11. Actsvii. 11. xi. 28. Rev. vi. doret and others in loc. Not found in
8. xviii. 8. Sept. for ny? Gen. xii. 10. classic writers.
Ruth i. 1. al 1 Mace. ix. 24. Diod. S.
(, f. iffopai, depon. Mid.
I. 84 init. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.7.
aor. 1 eXoyic7/n;v. Also aor.
A/vov, ov, TO, flax, e. g. the plant 1 pass. IXoyiaSqv Mark xv. 28. al. and
Sept. for m-lTED Ex. ix. 31. Xen. Ath. 2. fut. 1 pass. XoyierSi'iffopat Rom. ii.
26,
II, 12. In N.'T. and genr. what is made !n the passive sense, comp. Buttni.
of flax, linen, e. g. raiment Rev. xv. $ 113. n. 6. Matth. 495. e. Even
 483 Ao-ytoc

the present of this verb is also used dvo/iwylXoyio-.?/;, quoted from Is. liii.
fitra.

passively Rom. iv. 4, 5, 24. ix. 8 ;

see 12 where Sept. for n n^73 Niph. So
Winer 39. 7. c. Comp. Buttm. Ausf. Heb. , Sept. 9rpo<rXoy<gc<r3ai
Sprach
1
. 113. n. 7 To reason, i. e. Ps. Ixxxviii. 5.

to use the reason, to think, to consider, d)

to reckon or count to any one, pp.
to reckon. to put to one's account, seq. dat. Rom.
a^ genr. Mark xi. 31 /cat tXoy/ovro iv. 4 r< tpyao/ivy 6 piaSoQ ov
7rj)o iavroi'ig. seq. on Heb. xi. 19. Xoyt^erat icara x<*P <J/ ' Dio Chrysost.
rouro on 2 Cor. x. 7. Seq. ace. of XLVIII. p. 534. B, ovSt ol yovtlQ roTf
thing, to think upon, to consider, Phil. iv. r6jcyot dvri rC!tv dvaXw/rdrwv rd^ vx<*
8 ravra Xoy.fr*^. Wisd. ii. 1. Plut. Xoyiovrat. JE1. H. An. 3. 11 ult.
ed. R. VI. p. 393. 13. Isocr. p. 79. B. comp. Thuc. trap, to
2. 40. Hence
Xen. Hi. 1. 11. c. 5n Xen. H. G. 2. impute, to attribute, pp. seq. dat. of pers.
4. 28. ravra Thuc. 7. 73 In the and ace. of thing, but often in the pass.
sense of to reason out, to think out, to construction, (a) genr.
Rom. iv. 6 <

find out by thinking. 2 Cor. iii. 5 OVK o co Xoyfrat

\Kavoi iffftev tavrSiv, XoyiaaaSai TI
d<f>'
ver. 11. So of evil, to impute, to
K. T. X. Comp. Sept. and 3ipn Jer. xi. lay to one's charge, and with a neg. not
19. 1. 45. Liban. XLIV. p. 914. D, dp' to impute i. e. to overlook, to forgive,
iavruiv avTa Xoyio^vot tcai (JKOTTOVVTIS ol Rom. iv. 8 /lacdptof dvi)p ou /*/) Xoyi-
<

i K. T. X. arjrai Kvpiof d/iaprt'av,quoted from

b) of the result of reasoning, to con- xxxii. 2 where Sept. for *> mtfn. 2 Cor
elude, to judge, to suppose, to hold, seq. v. 19. (comp. Col. ii. 13.) 2 Tim. iv.
ace. et inf. Rom. iii. 28 Xoyi6/ai$a yap. 16. 1 Cor. xiii. 5. So Sept. and
Triaret avSpoiirov. Phil. iii. 2 Sam. xix. 20. (/3) Also seq. i

13. 2 Cor. xi. 5. Rom. vL 11. xiv. 14. e. g. Rom. iv. 5, 9 r< 'A/3pad/t
seq. ort instead of ace. et inf. Rom. viii. tig tincaioovvTiv, i. e. Abraham's
18 Xoyio/iat yap, on OVK dta K. r. X. seq. faith was imputed to him as righteous-
TOVTO im ii. 3. 2 Cor. x. 11. absol. 1 ness, he was treated on account of it as
Pet. v. 12. Sept. and Stn Is. liii. 4. if righteous. So with rj TT'HJTIQ or the
Hdian. 2. 11. 14. Diod.'S. 13. 112. like impl. Rom. iv. 3, 22. Gal. iii. 6.
Xen. Vect. 4. 43. Mem. 3. 9. 6. c. on James ii. 23. c. impl. Rom. iv. 10.
et'c

Hdian. 3. 8. 6. we Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 3 __ 23, 24. Comp. Gen. xv. 6 where Sept.
So genr. to reason, to judge, absol. 1 Cor. and b 3ln. 1 Mace. ii. 52.
xiii. 11 w vfjirioc i\oyiZ6ftr]v. seq. tic
nva 2 Cor. Also in the sense of
xii. 6. Aoytjco'c, 77, 6v, (Xoyof,) rational,
to purpose, 2 Cor. x.2 Xoy^o/iat roXjo}<rai. pertaining to the reason, mind, under-
So Sept. and nitfn Neh. vi. 2. Xen. An. standing, not material. Rom. xii. 1 Xo-
2. 2. 13. yi/ci) Xarpa'a, comp. John iv. 23 et Rom.
to reckon as or for any thing vii. 25. 1 Pet. ii. 2 ydXa Xoyi/cov i. e.
c)
to count, to regard, to hold, c. ace. et nutriment for the mind. Test. XII Patr.

seq. uc, 1 Cor. iv. 1 ovrwj Xoyic-

Xoyil-/^af
r//xac P- 547 irpoof'tpovai KVpiy Xoyucj}v irpoa-
Xp. 2 Cor. <f>opdv. Opp. to aXoyog Arr. Epict. 1. 2.

x. 2 ult. Rom. viii. 36 quoted from Ps. 1. Anthol. Gr. III. p. 87.
xliv. 23 where Sept. and 3$n, as also
of
Am. 6. 5. (c. dupl. ace. Wisd/v. 4. xv. Aoy(ov, ou, TO, (neut. X6y*oc,)
something uttered, effatum ; spoken of
15.) Seq. ci'f c. ace. for or a any
God, an oracle, a divine communication,
thing, see Els no. 3. a. Acts xix. 27 ct'c
e. g. of oracle in the O. T. Acts vii. 38.

ii. 26. ix. 8 ra ra<va

where
T.Vxo^^
is either pass.
Rom Hi 2 '.

doctnnes of the^
S - ' Christ the
^ os P e1 ' Heb v 12 l
^^ ' ' '

or we may
Sept. for \ a^fn 1
supply'o
i. 13.
Xoyc'fcra.

c. gen. to reckon with or to, i. e. to

^, n a^
Sam. Seq.
~ ^
7P etc.
^ Se
Dlod Slc 2 14
'
f r
^' jLI
'

'
xiL 7
' '

r
"W ^
ar^J' (^"T Att.
'

Aoy*oc v> ^> />

f).
5. Mark xv. 28 et Luke xxii. 37 learned, erudite, i.
q. 7roXw'<rp, Dion.
212
 Ao 484,

Hal. Ant. 1. 7. Hdot. 2. 77. In N.T. coll. ver. 27.

x. 19. Acts v. 24. Tit. iii.
eloquent, an orator, i.
q. XtKrtKoc, Acts 8.Rev. xix. 9. (Xen. Mem. 4. 2.
32.)
xviii.24 dv>)p Xoyiof. Jos. Ant. 17. 6. 2. Or which follow, John xii. 38. Acts xx.
Luc. Gall. 2. Plut. Cicero 48. See 35. Rom. xiii. 9. 1 Cor. xv. 54. 1 Tim.
Lob. ad. Phryn. p. 198. iii. 1. Sept. and *m 1 K. ii.
Seq.4.

gen. of thing, e. g. Xoyof iirayytXiag

Aoyiorjuoe, ou, 6, (Xoyio/jai,) pp.
Rom. ix. 9. X. Heb. vii.
reckoning i. e. the art, arithmetic, Xen. r>"/e 6p*cw/xo<Tiag
Mem. 4. 7. 8. In N. T. reasoning, 28. Also o Xoyoc TOV irpotyrjTov etc.
the word, declaration, of the prophet, i. e.
thought, cogitation, e. g. of conscience
Rom. ii. 15 prediction, prophecy, Luke iii. 4. John
genr. Wisd. ix. 14. Jos.
Ant. 5. 1. 26. Dem. 127. 24. In the xii. 38. Acts xv. 15. 2 Pet. i. 19. John
sense of device, counsel, 2 Cor. x. 5 Xo- xii. 38. Acts xv. 15. 1 Pet. i. 19. Rev.
1. 3.In the sense of proverb, maxim,
KaSatpovvrec
yt<r/iov Sept. for rQIp'HTD .

Prov. vi. 18. Jer. xi. 19. m John iv. 37. JE1. V. H. 1. 19. Lys.
Comp.
115. 29. In reference to religion,
Aoyio/mi b, lilt. (j3)
religious duties, etc. i.
q. doctrine, pre-
Aoyo/iaxtw, w, f- ^<, (Xoyo/za- Acts xviii. 15 ii 5k ZrjTTjud fcrrt TTC
cept. pi
X<>f, Xoyof, /iaxj,) to
fr. strive about
Xoyou K. T. X. xv. 24. Tit. 1.9. Heb. ii.
words, to dispute about trifles, 2 Tim.
2. Xoyot TIIQ iriaTtug 1 Tim. iv. 6.
ii. 14. X6yo
av3pw7rwj/ 1 Thess. ii. 13. 2 Tim. ii.
, ac, >7> (id.) wordstrife 17. of a teacher John xv. 20. So
dispute about trifles, 1 Tim. vi. 4.
Sept.andnni Ex.xxxiv.27,28. 1 Mace,
Aoyo, (Xeyw,) wore?, as spoken,
ov, 6, ii. 33, 34. Espec. of God, Xoyoc TCV
any thing spoken ; also reason, as mani- 3-tov, word of God, divine declaration,
festing itself in the power of speech ; oracle. John x. 35 Trpog ovs 6 X. TOV S.
hence both Lat. oratiofmd ratio. Comp. kykvtTo. v. 38. As announcing good,
Passow s. v. divine promise, Rom. ix. 6. Heb. iv. 2.
I. Word, both the act of
speaking (Sept. and i:n Ps. xxxiii. 4. Ivi.
5.)
or
and the thing spoken, Lat. oratio. evil,Heb. iv. 12. Rom. iii. 4 from Ps.
a) word, as uttered by the living where Sept. and ill. Rom. ix.
Ii. 6.

voice, a speaking, speech, utterance, Lat. 28 from Is. x. 22, 23, where Sept. for
vox, Matt. viii. 8 \aovov tiVc Xoyov. Luke ")v|>3. (Bar. 1.)
ii. In relation to du-
vii. 7. xxiii. 9. 1 Cor. xiv. 9. Heb. xii. 19. etc. precept, John viii. 55. v. 24.
ties,
al.
Sept. for -ni Gen. xliv. 18. Hdian. Mark vii. 13. Sept. and ^Ql Ex. xxxv.l.
8. 6. 16. Hdot 1. 61. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. So of the divine declarations, precepts,
5. So ciVelv Xoyov Kara TIVOQ, to speak oracles, relating to the instructions of
a word against any one, Matt. xii. 32. men in religion, the Word of God, i.e.
? riva id. Luke xii. 10. Jos. Ant. 15. the divine doctrine, the doctrines and
3. 9. Xoyoc TOV Stov, the word of
Also 6
precepts of the Gospel, THE GOSPEL
God, his omnipotent voice, decree, 2 Pet. itself. Luke v. 1 O.KOVIIV TOV Xoyov TOV
iii. 5, 7. So Sept. and nrn Ps. xxxiii. $eov. John xvii. 6. Acts iv. 29, 31. viii.
6. comp. Gen. i. 3. Ps. cxlviii. 5. 14. 1 Cor. xiv. 36. 2 Cor. iv. 2. Col. i.
b) word, emphat. i. e. a saying, a de- 25. 1 Thess. ii. 13. Tit. i. 3. Heb. xiii.
claration, sentiment uttered, Lat. dictum, 7. c. TOV Seov impl. Mark xvi. 20. Luke

effatum. (a) genr.

John vi. 60 aicXvpoc i. 2. Acts x. 44. Phil. i. 14. 2 Tim.
IGTIV OVTOQ 6 X6yo. Luke xx. 20. Matt. iv. 2 KijpvZov TOV Xoyov. James i. 21. 1
vii. 24 O<JTIQ ctKOvei p.ov TOVQ Xoyoi> TOV- Pet. ii. 8. Rev. xii. 11. So 6 X5yoc TJJQ
TOVQ. ver. 26. x. 14. Luke iv. 22. al. a\n$uas Eph. i. 13. 2 Tim. ii. 15. X.

Sept. and -Ql Prov. iv. 4, 20. (^1. V. rife ZWTJG Phil. ii. 16. X. rije o^rrjctinQ.
H. 14. 15 TOVQ 2fa>Kparov Xoyovf.) So Acts xiii. 26. X. rife (3a<ri\tiag Matt. xiii.
in reference to words or declarations, 19, and with r/g (3. impl. ver. 20 sq. Mark
e. g. which
precede, Matt. xv. 12 ol iv. 14. Sq. Acts XV. 7.
X. TOV fuayysXtou
*&aaiffaloi a.KovffavTf TOV \6yov, SC. in ver. X. TOV oTavpovCor. i. 18. 6 X. rf/g
1
8 sq. xix. 22 coll. ver. 21. vii. Mark 29 Xapirog avTov Acts xx. 32. In the
coll. ver. 28. John ii. 22. iv. 50. vii. 40 same sense of Christ, 6 Xoyoc TOV Xp.
 485

John xiv.23, 24. Col.iii.16.

v. 24. X. yvyt; Trepi <v KctT\rijg oywv ri]v rtrr^a-
Acts viii. 25.
roi; icvpiov 6 X. r//c %apiro \tutv. Acts viii. 21 coll. ver. 12. Sept.
ayrov Acts xiv. 3. and "Ql soepiss. e. g. 2 Sam. iii. 13. xi.

c) word, words, i. e. taZA, discourse, 18. Pol. 8. 14. 5. Hdot. 1. 21.

(2)
speech, Lat. sermo, the act of discours- Spec, matter of dispute, discussion, ques-
ing, holding forth, harangue, etc. tion, e. g. judicialActs xix. 38. (Dem.
(a)
pp. and Matt. xxii. 15 OTTWC 942. 17.) moral, Matt. xxi. 24 tpwrryo-w
(1) genr.
avrbv Trayi^evo'wo'iv iv X6y<p. Luke ix. v/i5f rdyw Xoyov W. Diog. Laert.
28. Acts xiv. 12 o r/youjievog row Xoyov. Stilpo II. 116 TOIOVTOV riva Xoyov
2 Cor. X6yy in word, in dis-
x. 10. tv

course, James iii. 2. 1 Tim. iv. 12. iv

d) word, i. e. talk, rumour, report.
Xoyy KoXaictiag flattering words 1 Thess. Matt, xxviii. 15 /cat SutyripioSri 6 Xoyo?
ii. 5. Sta Xoyov by word, by discourse, owrof jc. T. X. Mark i. 45. John xxi. 23.

orally, Acts xv. 27. 2 Thess. ii. 2, 15. seq. Trfpc rtvoe Luke v. 15. vii. 17. Acts
In antith. Xdyog and epyov, word and xi. 22. So Sept. and -m 1 K. x. 6.

deed, Col. iii. 17. 2 Cor. x. 11. comp. Jos. Ant. 15. 3. 7. Xen. "An. 1. 4. 7. c.

in'Epyov b. /3. (Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 87 TTfpf ib. 6. 6. 13. Hence for mere talk,
ult. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 59.) Xeiyoc and pretence, shew. Col. ii. 23 Xoyov ptv
dvvanig Cor. iv. 19, 20. 1 Thess.
1 i. 5. txovra ffofiav. Diod. Sic. 13. 4. opp.
Also irepi ov TroXvf tjfilv 6 X6yo of to ciXr/Seta. Dem. 93. 5 Xoyot raura icat
whom we have much to say, Heb. v. 11.
C. gen. 1 Tim. iv. 5 Sta Xoyov Scov rat II. Reason, the reasoning faculty, as
ivTivZtuie through prayer TO God and that power of the soul which is the basis
supplication, comp. in 'AyaTrij b. /3 : of speech, Lat. ratio. Dem. 783. 2
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 24. Palajph. 21. 2. fiT]8iiroT' IK Xoyov ravra tTKOTriiTt. Arr.
Hdian. 4. 1. Dem.
1.
(2)
319.9. Of Epict. 1. 12. 26. In N. T.
teachers, etc. discourse, teaching, preach- a)
a reason, ground, cause. Matt. v.
ing, instruction. Matt. vii. 28 ore avvtrk- 32 iraptKT&s Xoyou Tropvaaf. Acts x.
Xtfftv 6 'I. rovf Xoyove rovrovg. xxvi. 1. 29. Sept. liri Xoyou for Heb. "01 b~%
Luke iv. 32, 36. John iv. 41. Acts ii. 41. 2 Sam. xiii. 22. Pol. 28. 11. 7. "Xen.
xiii. 15. xx. 7 Trapsrtive rov Xoyov. 1 Cor. An. 6. 2. 10. So Kara Xoyov i. q. with
i. 17. ii. 1, 4. 1 Tim. v. 17 iv X6y V xai reason, reasonably, for good cause, Acts
8i$affKa\i$. 1 Pet. iii. 1. So in antith. xviii. 14 __ 3 Mace. iii. 14. Luc. D.
Xoyog and tpyov Luke xxiv. 19. Acts vii. Mort. 30. 3. Thuc. 3. 39. In the sense
22 corap. above. (Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 6.)
;
of argument, Acts ii. 40 according to
6 X6yo a\r]$tia 2 Cor. vi. 7. James i. some, where however the sense of
18. 6 X. icaraXXayf/c 2 Cor. v. 19 coll. words, discourse, is more appropriate.

ver. 18
(3)
Of those who relate any Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 1.

thing, i.
q. narration, story, John iv. 39. b) reason, as demanded or assigned,
Acts ii. 22. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 16, or 3. 1.) i. e. reckoning, account, (a) pp. avv-
Meton. history, treatise i. e. a book of ai'pav Xoyov //era nvo to take up an
narration Trrpfrtvoc Acts i. 1. Dion. account with any one, i. e. to reckon
Hal. Ant. 1. 74. Ml. V. H. 7. 14. Xen. with, Matt, xviii. 23. xxv. 19. airodi-

Ag. 10. 3. (4) In the sense of conver- Xoyov, to render an account sc. r//f
sation, colloquy, Luke xxiv. 17 Ml. V. i'ae Luke xvi. 2. So Phil. iv. 15,
H. 13. 31 or 32. Xen. Ag. 3. 5. 17, see in Aoerig -- Diod. Sic. 1. 49.
Hence answer, reply, Matt. v. 37. Pint. Apothegm. VII. p. 707. 17. ed.
(/3)
me ton. for the power of speech, Reiske. (/3) trop. account,
i. e. the re-

delivery, oratory, eloquence, 2 Cor. xi. lation and reasons of any transaction,
6 i$iwTT]s r Xoyy. 1 Cor. xii. 8. Eph. explanation ;
so aTrofotfovae v.
vi. 19 i.
q. SvvctfitG\6y<Dv Hdian. 7. 5. Xoyov, to give account, e g. TTJG
10. comp. Passow Xoyof A. 10. 0jj Acts xix. 40. seq. Trepi nvog Matt.
(y) meton. for the subject of dis- xii. 36. Rom. xiv. 12. absol. Heb. xiii.
course, topic, matter, thing, e. g. (1)
17. 1 Pet. IV. 5. So Xoyov airi'tv irtpL
genr. Matt. xix. 11. Luke i. 4 'ivaiiri- 1 Pet. iii. 15. Also Heb. iv. 13
 486

o ov rip.1v b Xoyog Sept. airofitS. Xo- . to rail at, to reproach, to revile, c. ace.

yov for Chald. N7D}?13 Dan. vi. 3. Diod. John. ix. 28 tXotSoptjffav avrov. Acts xxiii.
Sic. 1. 37 dTroo^cV Xoyov Trept. 3. 47. 4. Pass. 1 Cor. iv. 12. 1 Pet. ii. 23.
Dem. 227. 26 flifloVat X6yoi>. Xen. CEc. Sept. for :r"l Deut. xxxiii. 8 __ Diod. Sic.
11. 22. (7) trop. Xoyov TTOioiJjuai, to 20. 33. Xen. An. 3. 4. 49. Comp.
make account to regard, to care
of, i. e. Matt. 384. n. 2.
for, Acts xx. 24 ovdfvbe Xoyov iroiovnai,
i. e. I make account of none of these AotSopia, ac> n> (Xoiflopew,) railing,
reproach, 1 Tim. v. 14. 1 Pet. iii. 9
things, am
not moved by them. Jos.
bis, Xoiflopi'av avrl \oi8opiac. Sept. for
Ant. 2. 5. 3. Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 60 Xo-
rr"l Prov. xx. 3. Ecclus. xxii. 24. Xen.
yov ovdevoQ avrwv 7roi?j<ra/ij>og. Xen.
Hi". 1. 14.
Cyr. 5. 3. 26 TWV aXXwv /m'wv juot X6yo.
III. The Word, the Logos, in the AoiSopoc, ov, b, /, adj. railing,
writings of John, John i. 1 bis, 14. 1 reviling, as subst. a railer, reviler, 1 Cor.
John i. 1.
[v. 7.] Rey. xix. 13. It here v. 11. vi. 10. Sept. for -pitt Prov.
stands for the pre-existent nature of xxv. 25. Ecclus, xxiii. 8. PluLApoth.
Christ, i. e. that spiritual and dirine II. p. 15 ult. Tauchn.
nature spoken of in the Jewish writ-
ovj b, pestilence, plague,
ings before and about the time of Matt. xxiv. 7 et Luke xxi. 11 tVov-
Xot/^oi
Christ, under various names, e. g. aotyia, Tai. Sept. for 151 Jer. xxvii. 6. xxviii.
wisdom, Prov. viii. 12, 22 sq. Ecclus. 8. ^El. V. H. 6.'l'b. Diod. Sic. 4.42.
C. 24 "12, vibe TOV avSpwirov,
tthDjf*
;
Trop. of a malignant and mischievous
Son of man, Dan. vii. 13, comp. Prov.
person, a pest, Acts xxiv. 5 tvpovrtg yap
xxx. 4 Chald. rnn? "*7 ^P"P> Word
; TOV avSpa TOVTOV Xotpov. So Sept. for
of Jehovah, in the Targums for Heb.
rnrr Gen. xx. 3. Is. xlv. 12. Comp.
h^
1. 1.
'
1

yirh Ez.
Sam. ii.

vii.
12.
21.
xxv. 25.
1 Mace.
y*>
Ps.
x. 61.
Bux't. Lex. Chald. 125 also in Philo
; Dem. 79V. 5. So pestis Cic. in Catil.
6 irpfffflvTctToe TOV S(ov Xoyof, Opp. 1.
2. 1.
p. 207. On this divine Word, *I7?"P,
the Jews of that age would appear to }j ov, (XaVw,) left, remain-
have had much subtile discussion ; and ing, other.
therefore probably the Apostle sets out a) plur. Matt. xxv. 11 ai Xonral *-ap-
with affirming iv apxy ijv b Xoyoe, eat
:
Srkvoi.Acts ii. 37 TOVQ \OITTOVS a-jroorb-
o Xoyof ijv rrpoe TOV Srtbv, Kal $to rjv b Xovc. Rom. i. 13. 2 Cor. xii. 13. 2 Pet.
Xoyoff John i. 1 and then also de- iii. 16. al. Absol. ol \onroi the rest, the
;

clares that this Word became flesh and others, Matt. xxii. 6. Mark xvi. 13. Luke
was thus the Messiah, ver. 14. xviii. 9. Rom. xi. 7. Rev. ii. 24. Neut.
Comp.
in 6idf b. See Tittm. de Synon. in TCL\onrd Mark iv. 19. Luke xii. 26. 1.
N. T. p. 267, and in Bibl. Repos. I. p. Cor. xi. 34. Sept. for *]$* Josh. xiii.
418. Olshausen Comm. on John i. 1. 27. 2 K. i. 18. nr;l3 Josh.' xvii. 2. IK-QJ
Kuinoel IV. p. 84 sq __ Some take 6 Ezraiv. 7. Luc.Vit. Auct. 27. Hdianl
Xdyo here for 6 Xcyopsvog the pro- 4. 2. 20. TO. X. Xen. Ag. 2. 22.

mised, i. q. 6 ipxofjtfvog others for o Xi- > adverbially, (a) TOV \onrov sc.
b)
yoiy, the teacher but both of these hy- ; Xpovov, in future, henceforth, Gal. vi. 17.
potheses are without philological sup- Comp. Buttm. 150. p. 437. Herm.
port. AL. ad Vig. p. 706 Hdian. 8. 4. 17. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 4. 10. TO Xonrov, for the
(/3)
A6y\ji, TJC> point of a weapon, r/>
of time, henceforth, hencefor-
rest, e. g.
pp. the triangular iron head of a lance
ward, comp. Buttm. Herm. 1. c. Matt.
or javelin Hdot. 1. 52. Xen. An. 4. 7.
xxvi. 45 et Mark xiv. 41 Ka$tvdtTt TO Xoi-
10. In N. T. lance, spear, John xix.
irov
34. Neh. ;
i. c. sleep ye ever still? 1 Cor. vii.
Sept. for Tr&h Judg. v. 8. Heb.
'v. .13, ]6 2 Mace. v. 2. Dion. Hal.
29. x. 13. (Xen. An. 2. 2. 5. Cyr.
8. 5. Also, as to the rest, fi-
Ant. 2. 70. Xen. An. 2. 2. 9. 24.)
nally, Eph. vi. 10. Phil. iii. 1. iv.8.
AotO OOtw, f.
(Aeic<y>o,)
2 Thess. iii. 1 __ Xen. An. 3. 3. 8.
(y)
 487

ac? \ciTr6r, also b Se \onrov 1 Cor. iv. 2, a dealer in purple, Acts xvi. 14, 40
at to the rest, finally, but, now, 1 Cor. i. Also the name of a province on the
16. iv. 2. 2 Cor. xiii. 11. 1 Thess. iv. 1. western coast of Asia Minor, the former
2 Tim. iv. 8. Acts xxvii. 20. Comp. kingdom of Croesus, of which the cities
Buttm. I.e. Palreph. 52. 7. Arr. Epict. Thyatira, Sardis, and Philadelphia, are
1. 24. 1. .El. V. H. 8. 14. AL. mentioned in N. T.

, a, oj Luke, contr. from Avicaovi'a, ac, ;> Lycaonia, a re-

Lat. Lucanus, the writer of the Gospel gion in the interior of Asia Minor,
of Luke and of the Acts of the Apos- bounded N. by Galatia, E. by Cappa-
tles. He was
companion of Paul
the docia and Cataonia, S. by Cilicia and
in several of his
journeys, and came Isauria, and W. by Phrygia. It was
with him to Rome, comp. Acts xvi. 10, adapted to pasturage and of its cities, ;

40. xxviii. 16. He is probably the same Iconium, Derbe, and Lystra are men-
who is called 6 iarpos Col. iv. 14, but tioned in N. T. Acts xiv. 6 The Ly-
must not be confounded with AOVKIOQ caonians spoke a peculiar dialect (ver.
Lucius in Acts xiii. 1. 2 Tim. iv. 11. 11), which Jablonsky supposes to have
Philem. 24. Col. iv. 14. been derived from the Assyrian, Opusc.
ed. te Water III. p. 3 sq. Others re-
Lucius, the Latin
u, o,
it as corrupted from the Greek.
name of a teacher in the church at Anti- gard

och, a Cyrenian, Acts xiii. 1. Rom. xvi.l. Avjcaoyrr?) adv. Lycaonice, in the
Lycaonic dialect, Acts xiv. 11, see in
AourpoV, ov, TO, (Xovw,) a bath,
Hdian. 3. 6. 19. Xen. Ath. 2. 10. wa-
AvKaovia. Comp. Buttm. 119. 15. c.

ter for bathing, Hdian. 7. 2. Avia'a, ac, 7> Lycia, a province

washing,
12. Diod. Sic. 1. 84 In __ N. T. the act on the S. W. coast of Asia Minor,
of bathing, washing, ablution, bounded E. by Pamphilla, N. by Phry-
spoken of
baptism Eph. v. 26. Tit. iii. 5. Act. gia, W. by Caria, and S. and S. W. by
Thorn. 25. pp. Sept. for nsrn Cant.
the Mediterranean. ,
Of its cities
only
iv. 2. Hdian. 1. 17. 19. Patara is mentioned in N. T. Acts xxvii.
Xen/Cyr. 7. 5.
59. 5.

Aouw, f. <ro>, to bathe, to wash, trans. AUKOC, ou, o, a wolf, Matt. x. 16.
spoken only of persons, etc. seq. ace. Luke x. 3. John x. 12 bis.
Sept. for
Acts ix. 37 \o6ffavrec Si GVTTJV. c. ace. nw. Is. xi. 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 14.
impl. et seq. d,
Acts xvi. 33 iXowtv Tro'p. of a rapacious and violent person,

[aurovf] ATTO TUV irXrjyuv. Pass. John wolf-like, Matt. vii. 15. Acts xx. 29.
xiii. 10. 2 Pet. ii. 22. Heb. x. 23 \ f \ov- Act. Thorn. 25. Comp. Sept. and 3NT
HSVQI TO ffufia vdari Ko3ap<, where for the Zeph. iii. 4. Horn. II. 4. 471.
ace. comp. Buttm. 131. 6. 134. n.
2. and for the dat. depon. (\vuij), pp.
133. 3. for Sept. to stain, to disgrace, sc.
yrn Lev. viii. 7. Ruth iii. 3. Luc. by insult, in-
Kronos 17 Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 3. _ dignity, i. e. to insult, to treat with in-
dignity, c. dat. Hdot. 9. 79. In N. T.
Trop. to cleansef to purify, c. ace. et
to injure, to make havoc
Rev. 5 \ovoavri of, to destroy, c.
OTTO, i.
iifidc diro TWV
ace. Acts viii. 32aiJXof ii iXvuaivtro rrjv
ciuapnuv K. r. \.
Comp. Sept. and Vm
Is. i. 16.
6KK\rjffiav Comp. Matth. 415. a.
391. Sept. for nTO)' Jer. xlviii. 18. Am.
, jjc r}
, Lydda, a large village 1.11 . Diod. Sic." 1 60. Xen. Cyr. 6.
.

not far from Joppa, Acts ix. 3.24.

32, 35, 38.
Jos. Ant. 20. 6. 2 Avtta K
TOV
n , TroXfwe
OVK airotikovaa.
^ AuTreti), c5, f. rjffu), (XVTTJ;,) to grieve,
Heb. prob. .
to afflict with sorrow, trans. Pass, or
ll? Lod 1 Chr. viii. 12.
Comp. Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. II. Mid. to be grieved, to be sad, sorrowful.
ii.
p. 334 sq.
Matt. xiv. 9. xvii. 23 iXvirij^rjoav ff<j>6dpa.
ta, ac, /> Lydia, pr. n. of a xviii.31. xix.22. xxvi. 22, 37. x. Mark
woman of Thyatira at residing 22. xiv. 19. John xvi. 20. xxi. 17. 2 Cor.
Philippi,
 AU7TJ7 488 At,

ii. 2 bis, 4, 5 bis. vi. 10. vii. 8 bis, 9 t;r, ransom, i. e. fine
paid for letting loose,
11. 1 Thess. iv. 13. 1 Pet. i. 6. Sept. setting free, etc. trop. Matt. xx. 28 et
foryr Deut. xv. 10. Jon. iv. 1. 3y Mark X. 45 Sovvat ri\v tyv%riv avrov Xv-
2 Sam. xix. 2. Hdian. 6. 7. 7. Xen. rpov O.VTI TToXXwv, i. e. as a ransom for
Mein. 2. 2. 8. In the sense of to ag- the deliverance of many sc. from the con-

grieve, to offend, Eph. iv. 30. Rom. xiv. sequences of sin and guilt. Sept. for
15 ft <5ia /fywfiara 6 dSiX<j>6c
aov XvirtlTcti.
il^M Lev. xxv. 24, 51. *ip3 Ex. xxx.
'

Ml. V. H. 12. 16. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 12.' Num. xxxv. 31, 32. Jos. Ant.
10. 14. 14. 1. Hdian. 4. 6. 12. Thuc. G
5.
AVTTJJ, T?C> r/>
#/> *0r>> John
xvi. 6, 20-^22. Luke xxii. 45. Rom. ix. W, fj WffW, (XvrpCV,)
tO

2. 2 Cor. ii. 1, 3, 7. vii. 10 bis. ix. 7. ransom, i. e. to let go free for a ransom,
Phil. ii. 27 bis. Heb. xii. 11. Sept. for
Diod. Sic. 19. 73 ult. In N. T. only
Mid. Xyrpoo/tat, f. waopat, ( to cause to
py Gen. xlii. 38- n^T Jonah iv. 1
Hdian. 3. 15. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 8 let go free for a ransom,' i. e. to ransom,
Meton. for cause of grief, grievance, to redeem, to deliver, sc. by paying u

Sept. Prov. xxxi.

ransom oneself, trop. c. ace. Luke xxiv.
trouble, 1 Pet. ii. 19
6. Xen. Lac. 7. 6. 21 XvrpovaSai TOV 'IvparjX, sc. from the
power of the Romans and genr. from
cj ov, "> Lysanias, pr. n. their present fallen state. Also seq. cnro,
of a tetrarch of Abilene, Luke iii. 1. See Tit. ii. 14 X. airb Travrjc ovo/actf,
r'ifids
in i. e. from the power and consequences
, ov, o, Lysias, i. e. Claudius of iniquity. Aor. 1 pass. iXvTpwaSijv in
Lysias, a Roman tribune, x^uzpx ?* a pass, sense, c. IK 1 Pet. i. 18. Buttm.
commanding in Jerusalem, Acts xxiii. 113. n. 6. Sept. for *?Na Is. xliv. 22
26. xxiv. 7, 22. sq. also for "jTp
HIS c. OTTO Ps. cxix. 134.
c. /c Ps. cxxx. 8' 1 Maec. iv. 11. Act.
Auo-fC) *we, )> (Xvw,) loosening,
Thorn. 15. pp. Plut. Cimon 9 ult.
disjunction, pp. of or from any tie, con-
Diod. Sic. 5. 17.
straint, etc. spoken in N. T. of the con-
jugal tie, separation, divorce, 1 Cor. vii.
27.' In the sense of liberationfrom, e. g. demption, deliverance, Luke i. 68. ii. 38.
X. rwv KCLK&V Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 4. Pol. 15. Trop. from sin and consequences, its

15. 4. Thuc 2. 102. solution, interpre-

,
Heb. ix. 12. Sept. for n|>K3 Lev. xxv.
tation, X. r<3v aiviy/idrwv Wisd. viii. 8. 48. miD Ps. cxi. 9. cxxx" 7.
Sept. for Tig'g Ecc. viii. 1.
ov 9 > a re-
, (Xwrpoo/iac,)
deemer, deliverer, Acts vii. 35. Sept. for
Xtw, reXoc,) pp.
< to
pay or make good
w, f-
?7<Tw, (XuenrfXifa fr.
^ Ps. xix. 15.
Thorn.
Ixxviii. 35 __ Act.
$ 10, 57.
expense incurred,' hence to make oneself
useful, to be useful, profitable.
Luke x vii. ac, n, (Xvxvos,) a light-
2 XvoirtXel aur< . .
i) K. T. X. i. e. t w?ere stand, lamp-stand, candle-stick, a word
fester/or him Man, etc. Ecclus. . . . of the later Greek for the earlier ro
xxix. 11. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 12. genr. 2E1. Xvxviov Lob. ad Phr. p. 313 sq. Matt.
V. H. 13. 39 or 40. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. v. 15 aXX' i-rrl T))V Xv%viav. Mark iv. 21.
15. Luke viii. 16. xi. 33. Heb. ix. 2. Sept.
for n*jl27p Ex. xxv.
Lev. xxiv. 4. 31.
or wv, ra, Lystra,
Aucrrpa, etc, n> Ecclus. xxvi. 17. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 2. Luc.
a city in the southern part of Lycaonia
Asin.40. Emblematically in the Apoc-
in Asia Minor, now Latik. Acts xiv. 6,
alypse, of a Christian church Rev. i.
8, 21. xvi. 1, 2. 2 Tim. iii. 11. Pliny
12, 13, 20 bis. ii. 1, 5 of a Christian ;
also refers it to Lycaonia, 5. 32 but
;
teacher or prophet, Rev. xi. 4, in allu-
Ptolemy it 5. 4.
assigns
'
^to Isauria, sion to Zech. iv. 2 sq. where Sept and
Comp. in

Aurpov, , ON, b) a light, i. c. porta

 489

ble, as a candle, lamp, lantern, etc. Matt. go loose, to set free, e. g. prisoners,
v. 15 oi>di icaiovoi Xi'xvov. Mark iv. 21. Acts xxii. 30 i\vaiv avTov ATTO T>V e<r-
Luke viii. 16. xi. 33, 36. xii. 35 H&v. xxiv. 26. Rev. ix. 14, 15. xx. 3,
tGTOMTav vp,Siv . . . ot \v\voi Kaioftevoi let 7 IK Tfjs (pvXaKije. trop. Luke xiii. 16.

your lamps stand burning i. e. be ye 1 Cor. vii. 27 XeXvaai CLTTO yvvaiKoz, i. e.

ready, watch, comp. Matt. xxv. 7 sq. art thou free from a wife, in antith. with
Luke xv. 8. 2 Pet. i. 19. Rev. xviii. 23. SiStaai. Sept. for -pnn Ps. cv. 20.
xxii. 5. So 6 \v\vog TOV o-w/xarog for the cxlvi. 7. Act. Thorn. 45. Jos. B. J. 1.

eye, Matt. vi. 22. xi. 34. Sept. Luke 5. 2. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 12. c. gen. IIOKTIIQ
for -Q Ex. xxv. 37. Zech. iv. 2. Arr. Dem. 764. 11. .

Epict. 2. 17. 37. Luc. Asin. 51. Diod. c)

to loosen, to dissolve, i. e. to sever,
Sic. 3. 12 pen. Trop. of John the to break, e. g. raj; <r^oay"idaf Rev. V. 2,

Baptist as a distinguished teacher, John 5. Acts xxvii. 41 t) Et Tcpvfjtva iXvtTO,

v. 35 ; of the Messiah, r6 apviov, Rev. but the stern went to pieces, from the
xxi. 23. Comp. Sept. and 13 Ps. cxix. violence of the waves. Trop. of an as-
105. Prov. vi. 23. sembly, to dissolve, to break up., rfjv aw-
ayuyiiv Acts xiii. 43 Diod. Sic. 19. 25
IHTU, to loose, to loosen, sc.
f.
Tt}v iKKXqaiav. Horn. II. 1. 305 ayoprjv.
what is fast, bound, i. q. to unbind, to
Hence
untie, trans.
to destroy, e. g. buildings,
a PP* f a ligature or any thing d) by impl.
)
to demolish, John ii. 19 XIXTUTS TOV vabv
fastened by it. Mark i. 7 Xvoat TOV
auTov. Luke TOVTOV. Eph. ii. 14. trop. 1 John iii.
ifidvTo. TtHtv viro$T)fidT<t)v iii.

16. John i. 27. Acts vii. 33. xiii. 25.

8. So of the world as to be destroyed

Ex. Hdian. by fire, to dissolve, to melt, 2 Pet. iii. 10

(Sept. for ^ijj}
iii. 5. 1. 11.
12 12. Esdr. i. 5 X. TO. Tti\rj 'lepovir.
rr\v %wvi]v.) ho^bvtrop. TOV TIJZ
Horn. II. 2. 118. ib. 16. 100 __Trop. of
y\w<T(Tt} i. e. impediment Mark vii. 35.
a law, institution, to loosen its obligation,
TUQ wdlvag TOV Savarov Acts ii. 24, see
1. e. either to make void, to do away, John
in 'QSiv. (comp. Ml. H. An. 12. 5.)
X. 35 ov SvvaTat XvSrrjvai 7} ypa^rj. Matt.
Here belongs also the phrase 5 lav Xv-
v. 19, see Tholuck Bergpred. p. 148.
ffi]Q ITTI Tii yve, t(TTai XtXvp,svov iv TOIQ
(Dem. 31. or else to break, to vio-
12.)
ovpavols Matt. xvi. 19 bis. xviii. 18 bis, i.
e. whatsoever ye shall loose on late, Johnvii. 23 Vva pi] Xv$y 6 vo/iog M.
(open) V. 18 Tb <ra/3/3aroj/. Thuc. 6. 14 TOVQ
earth etc. see fully in Aid) II. a. Others,
to permit, to allow, like Chald. hOUJ and v6p.oi>. Xen. An. 3. 2. 10 rag
Kai rove;
Tnn as opp. to ION, see Buxt. Lex.
'O

Chaid. 2524 sq. 1410. Of animals tied, Z

//c> /Sec. />
is > Pr n - ' of> a Chris-
e. g. TOV wutXov Mark xi. 2, 4, 5. Luke tian matron, the
xix. 30, 31, 33 bis.
grandmother of Timothy,
absol. Matt. xxi.
2 Tim. i. 5.
2. seq. airo rf/f ^aTvijQ Luke xiii. 15.
(Sept. for nCiQ Job xxxix. 5. Xen. An. Awr, b, indec. Lot, Heb. Bi^ (veil),
3. 4. 35.) Of a person swathed in ban- pr. n. of Abraham's nephew, Luke xvii.
dages, grave-clothes, John xi. 44. 28, 29, 32. 2 Pet. ii. 7. Comp. Gen.
b) spoken of persons bound, to let xi. 31. xiii. 5 sq. xiv. 12 sq. c. 19.

, o, indec. Maath, pr. n. of tt"P.P> a place on the western shore

an ancestor of Jesus, Luke iii. 26. of tie lake of Gennesaret, south of Ca-
pernaum and a few miles north of Ti-
indec. Magdala, berias. Seetzen and Burckhardt found
May^aXa, >/,

piob. i.
q. Heb. ^1372 tower, Chald. here a miserable village still called LI
 490

Mad/del. Matt. xv. 39. See Burck- MaSmv or Ma^ta/u, 6, indec. Madian,
hardt's Travels in Syria etc. p. 320. Heb. I^IQ Midian, name of an Ara- pr.
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 73 bian tribe descended from Abraham by
Some MSS. read MayaMv or Mayttfav. Keturah, Acts vii. 29. Comp. Gen.
i. e-
xxv. 2. Their territory would seem to
MaySaXijvr?, r\g, *), Magdalene, have been along the eastern shore of the
of Magdala, a distinctive appellation of Gulf of Akaba, where Josephus and the
one of the females named Mary in N. T.
Arabian geographers place a city
i. q. Mary of Magdala, Matt, xxvii. 56,
61. xxviii. 1. Mark xv. 40, 47. xvi. 1, Madyan ; and also to have extended as
far as the borders of Moab and the
9. Lukeviii.2. xxiv. 10. John xix. 25.
xx. 1, 18. vicinity of Mount Sinai, comp. Ex. iii.
Comp. in Mapt'a. 1. xviii. 5. Num. c. 31. Judg. c. 6 8.

Mayfta, ac, (/*rf,) magic, plur.

*l, Jos. Ant. 2.11.'!.
magic arts, sorceries, Acts viii. f. to
evffu), (/ta^rjjf,)
11. Jos. Ant. 2. 13. 3. Plut. de Superst.
disciple, i. e.
VI. p. 653. 9. ed. Reiske.
intrans. to be the disciple 0/"any one,
a)
seq. dat. Matt, xxvii. 57 *ai avrbg e/ua-
, (/iayo,) topractise
magic, sorcery, etc. intrans. Acts viii. 9. SriTevae T$ 'Irjffov Plut. Vit. -- Rhet. X
Luc. Asin. 4. Plut. Numa 15 med. init. ed. R. IX. p. 307. p. 330. 5 fyiaSij-
r<T #'
avTtf Kai QtoTrofiTrog.
Mayoc, ou, o, magus, pi. /tayot, in N. T. also trans, to train as a
b)
magi, the name and wise men
for priests Acts xiv.
to instruct,
disciple, to teach,
among the Medes, Persians, and Baby- 24 naSrjTtvffavTte IKUVOVQ. Matt. xiii. 52.
lonians, pp. great, powerful, Heb. 370, xxviii. 19.
and from the same stem comes the Gr.
a dis-
n'tyaQ, Lat. magis, magnus. Comp. Jer. u,')

xxxix. 3. Gesen. Lex. Heb. art. 373. follower of a teacher, genr.

ciple, scholar,

Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 51. ib. 7. 5. 57. JEl. Matt. x. 24. of the Pharisees Matt.
V. H. 2. 17. Hdian. 4. 12. 6, 8. Cic.de xxii. 16. of John the Baptist Matt. ix.
Divinat. 1. 23. Wetstein N. T. I. p. 14. Mark ii. 18. Luke v. 33. John
240. Their learning was connected with iii. 25. of Jesus Matt. v. 1. Mark viii.
27. Luke viii. 9. John iii. 22. al. ssepiss.
astrology and enchantment, whence
Sept. /iayog for Chald. t]1SS, enchanter,
Spec, of the twelve apostles Matt. x. 1.
xi. 1. xx. 17. Luke ix. 1. Emphatic,
magician, Dan. i. 20. ii. 2, 27. v. 7 ; i.q.
for true disciples, John xiii. 35. xv. 8.
Chald. Q^sn Sept. ero^oe Dan. ii. 12, 18,
In N. After Christ's death the term disciple
24, 27. v.Y, 8. comp. v. 11, 12.
T. spoken takes the broader sense of follower, be-
of the Magi, wise men, from the liever, i.
q. Christian, Acts vi. 1, 2. xi.
a)
26 Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 4. Luc. Tim. 51.
East, i. e. from Persia or Arabia, who
came to salute the new-born Messiah, Dem. 928. 7. Xen. Mem. 1 . 2. 27.

Matt.ii. 1,7, 16 bis. AL.

of a magician, sorcerer, diviner,
b) afemale
Acts xiii. 6, 8. Sept. for pji^K see above. disciple, i. e. a female Christian, Acts ix.
Act. Thorn. 20. Hdian. 4. 12. 6, 8. 36 Diod. Sic. 2. 52. Moeris,
in. 73. 13 rotovrog p,ayo KCII

>
indec. Magog, Heb. , ,
indec. Mathusala,
pr.of a son of Japhet Gen.
n. Heb. (dart-man) Methuselah,
n^lp'^nTa
x. 2, and also of a powerful nation or the oldest of the patriarchs, having lived
assembly of nations in the extreme re- 969 years, comp. Gen. v. 21 sq. Luke
gions of the north, who are to invade iii. 37.
the holy land in future times, Ez. c.
38, 39, i. q. the Scythians according to Ma'tVav, o, indec. Mainan, pr. n. m.
Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 1. Luke iii. 31.
Comp. in Twy. Rev.
xx. 8. f. to
M<uvo/ia/, fJiavovftatj depon.
 491

K spoken of per-
-nod, to rave, intrans. MaJCE^wv, ovoc, , Macedonian,
kous who and act as to seem to
so speak Acts xvi. 9. xix. 29. xxvii. 2. 2 Cor. ix.
others to be out of their senses, John x. 2,4.
20. Acts xii. 15. xxvi. 24, 25. 1 Cor.
MaKfXXov, ov, TO, Lat. macel-
xiv. 23 Sept. Jer. xxix.26. Hdian.7. lum, i.e. a meat-market, shambles, where
8.9. Xen. Mem. 1.3. 11. also all kinds of provisions were ex-

posed for sale, 1 Cor. x. 25. Plut.

Maicapiw,f. <r, (/**PO Att. fut. Rom. 54. T. VII. p. 122. 5.
Quaest.
Buttm.95. 9, to call happy, to con-
iSi,
ed. Reiske. See Adam's Rom. Ant.
gratulate, c. ace. of pers.
Luke i. 48.
p. 569.
James v. 11. Sept. for TOJS Gen. xxx.
Ecclus. x'i.28. Diod. adv. (pp. ace. fern, of
13. Is.iii. 11. MaKpdv,
S. 13. 58. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 9. uaicpoQ}, strictly
a long
for /mtcpdv bS6v,

way, Buttm. 115. 4, as in Engl. a

a prose form i. q. Luke xv. 20
Maicapioc, o, ov, great way, far, far off.
e. g. of God
poet, fidicap, happy, blessed, ficiKpuv dirixovTos*
Acts xxii. 21. seq.
1 Tim. i. 11. vi. 15. Genr. Matt. v. 3 CLTTO Ttvog, Matt. viii. 30 /v fo /larpdv &TT'

sq. Luke i. 45. vi. 20 sq. Rom. iv. avrStv. Markxii. 34. Luke vii. 6. John
7. al. seep. With /zaXXor, Acts xx. 35 xxi. 8. Acts xvii. 27. Sept. for piTTl
Haicapiov IffTi pa\\ov
more blessed is it Josh. ix. 22. Judg. xviii. 7. Pol. 3. 45.
etc. Compar. /xaicapiwrepoc 1 Cor. vii.
0. Xen. An. 3. 4. 42. With the art. ol
40. Sept. for ^ti^N Ps. i. 1. Deut. xxxiii. sc. from
paicpav, those far off, the remote,
29. Ceb.Tab. il~. Hdian.2. 4.17. Xen.
God, i. e. the Gentiles as opp. to ol ty-
Cyr. 1.6. 14. AL. Is.
yvc the Jews, Eph. ii. 13, 17, coll.
a Ivii. 19 where Sept. and pirn. Comp.
Majcapfffjuocj ou, b, (paicapiZw,} So ol n'c paicpdv Acts ii.
in 'Eyyuc a.
calling happy, declaration of blessedness,
39, comp. in E/g no. 4. See Buttm.
congratulation ; hence Xiynv rbv /jacapur-
uov rtvof i. 1
Rom. iv. 6, 9. 125.6.
q. [ictKaniZtii ,

Gal. iv. 15 ri'f ovv i}v bu. vu&v, how great adv.
(/ia po C ,) from far, K
MaK^oScv,
then was your self-congratulation etc Mark viii. 3 /mcp63v IJKOVOIV. xi. 13.
For the later nouns ending in r/zof, see Luke xviii. 13. xxii. 54. xxiii. 49. Sept.
Lob. ad Phr. p. 611. for pimp Gen. xxii. 4. xxxvii. 17. 2K.
ii. 7. il. H. An. 2. 15. ib. 15. 12.
QQt 'h, Macedonia, a
IMaicfoov/cf, Strabo III. 409. The form belongs to the
country lying north of Greece proper, later Greek, Lob. ad Phr. p. 93 -- Still
joining S. on Thessaly and Epirus, E. less is the synon. form diro /mKpoSev,
on Thrace and the 2Egean, W. on the pure
Matt. xxvi. 58 riKo\ov$ti airy
Adriatic and Illyria, and N. on Dardania from far,
and Mresia. It was the original king-
dirb /iaepo^ev. (comp. Luke xxii. 54.)
Matt, xxvii. 55. Mark v. 6. xiv. 54. xv.
dom of Philip and Alexander ; and was
40. Luke
xvi. 23. Rev. xviii. 10, 15, 17.
afterwards subdued by the Romans under
P. ,/Emilius, who divided the country
So Sept. for pirnp 2 K. xix. 25. pnnpp
Ps. cxxxviii. 6. Polemo PhysiogV.'l.
into four districts ; comp. in QtaaaXov'iKij,
6. Greg. Naz. Or. XXV. 484. C. See
and Liv. 45. 29. The Romans after-
Lob. ad Phr. p. 46 ult.
wards divided the whole of Greece into
two great provinces, Macedonia and
Achaia see in 'A%aia.
;
Of the cities of from |ta:p6c, S'u/zoc,) to be long- minded,
Macedonia proper, there are mentioned i. e. slow to anger, passion, etc.
in N. T. Amphipolis, Apollonia, Berea, i.
q. to be long-suffering, forbear-
a)
Philippi, and Thessalonica. Acts xvi. ing, to bear patiently, absol. 1 Cor. xiii.
9, 10, 12. xviii. 5. xix. 21, 22. xx. 4 7; dyaTTij naKpoSvfjiii. seq. ef nva
1, 3. Rom. xv. 16. 1 Cor. xvi. 5 bis. 2 Pet. iii. 9. liri nvi, Luke xviii. 7
2 Cor. i. 16 bis. ii. 13. vii. 5. viii. 1. uaKpoSvfjiuiv ITT' avrolg i. e.
though he be
xi. 9, Phil. iv. 15. 1 Thess. i. 7, 8. iv. on their account long-suffering, slow
1C. i Tim. i. 3. to punish. Matt, xviii. 26, 29. Trpor nva
 492 MaAAov
1 Thess. v. 14. Sept. for ix. 35. x. 1. Sept. for ->bn Deut. vii
Prov. xix. 11. c. 7Tt rift Ecclus. xviii. 15. 2 Chr. xvi. 12 __ So 'pa\a*ige<r9ai
to be sick Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 8. Ml. V. H.
11. xxxii.
[xxxv.] 18. absol. Plut. ed.
11. VIII. p. 345. 14. 3. 19. fiaXaKMt] txnv Luc. D. Deor. 9.
to wait patiently, to be patient, ab- 1.
b)
sol. Heb. vi. 15 ovrut fiaKpo^rvfirjaaQ iir-
James MaXaicoe, a, ov, *o/?, sc. to the
V. 7, 8. C.
krvx* touch, spoken of raiment as made of
TIIQ lirayytXiag.
tTTi TIVI James v. 7. Artemid. 4. 12 soft materials, fine texture, !/iarta pa\-
iravTO. naKpoSvfttiv KfXevtt, icai /i)}
KWO- aicd. Matt. xi. 8 bis. Luke vii. 25. Luc.
ffirovSeiv.
Saturn. 1 !<r.&ijrag tvavSrslc Kal [laXaicdf.

Horn. Od. 1. 437 /i. %irwv. Xen. Mem.

ftlw,) longanimity, slowness to anger,
i. e. 2. 1. 30. Trop. effeminate, spoken of a
passion, etc. i. q. long-suffering, for- catamite, scortum virile, 1 Cor. vi. 9.
bearance, patient endurance, genr. Rom. Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 2. Plut. VI. p. 328.
11. 4 TTIQ 4. ed. Reiske.
fiaKpoSroftiag rov S'cou KaTa<f>poveig ,*

ix. 22. 2 Cor. vi. 6. Gal. v. 22. Eph. T^A, o, indec. Maleleel, Heb.
iv. 2. Col. iii. 12. 1 Tim. i. 16. 2
(praise of God) Mahalaleel, pr.
Tim. iii. 10. iv. 2. 1 Pet. iii. 20. 2 n. of the son of Cainan, Luke iii. 37.
Pet. iii. 15. So Sept. and G^SN ^N Comp. Gen. v. 12.
Prov. xxv. 15. Jer. xv. 15. Pint
Lucull. 33 dptTrjv fikv lirtSeiKMTO Kal MaAtora, adv. (superl. of /taXa very),
fiaKpo^Vfiiav jyyt/iovog ayaS'ov. Spec. most, most of all, especially. Acts xx. 38
patient endurance of evil, patience, Col. paXiVTa tiri ry Xoyy K. T. X.
6Svv<i>[j,evoi
i. 11. Heb. vi. 12. James v. 10. Sept.
xxv. 26. xxvi. 3. Gal. vi. 10. Phil. iv.
Is. Ivii. 15. 22. ITim. iv. 10. v. 8, 17. 2 Tim. iv. 13.
Tit. i. 10. Philem. 16. 2 Pet. ii. 10.
a(*v. i. e.
j patiently, Luc. Somn. 18. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 4.
with indulgence, with clemency, Acts
xxvi. 3. MaAAov, adv. (comparat. of /mXa
very), more, rather, in various connex-
Ma/cpoc? > ov, fow#. a)
of ions.
e. g. from one point to another, and 1 Cor. xiv. 1 ZrjXovre ra
a) genr.
hence far, far distant. Luke xv. 13 et
TTvevfjiariKa, paXXov dt [)/Xoi5r] 'Iva K.
xix. 12 tig x&pav [JiaKpdv. Sept. oSog T. X. ver.5. 2 Cor. v. 8. c. gen. 1 Cor.
Tfl^ Prov. vii. 19.
fiaKpdfor pirn??
xiv. 18 TcavTdiV vfiStv p,dXXov yXoxro/zf \a-
Hdian. 6. 7. 10. X'eii. Cyr. 5. 5. 42 __ Xwv. (Xen. An. 3. 12. 1.) TroXXy jtaX-
Adv. fictKpdv see in its order. Xov much more Matt. vi. 30. Mark x.
b) of time, e. g. /*ajcp<
XP V V Hdian. 48. Luke xviii. 39. Rom. v. 9, 10, 15,
o. 3. 5. In N. T. only neut. pi. ftaicpd 17. 1 Cor. xii. 22. 2 Cor. iii. 9, 11. Phil.
as adv. long, as/ia/cpd Trpoatvxoptvoi
pray- ii. Heb. xii. 9, 25. novy paXXov
12.
ing long, making long prayers, Matt. xii. how much more Matt. vii. 11." x. 25.
14. Mark xii. 40. Luke xx. 47 Jos. __ Luke xi. 13. xii. 24, 28. Rom. xi. 12,
Ant. 6. 11. 10. Luc. Tim. 38. /El.V. 24. Philem. 16. Heb. ix. 14. Tooovry
H. 5. 6.
so much the more Heb. x. 25.
p.. /xaX-
\ov Kal paXXov more and more, PhiJ. 1.
Macpo\;povtoc, ou, o, 77, adj.
< 9 tn p,, ical 7Ttpi<ratvy. Diog. Laert.
Xpovoe), long-timed/ i.e. long-lived,
lit. IJL.

9. 10. 2. Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 6.

ITI
Eph. vi. 3 'iva /*. ytvy, quoted from Ex. 11.

xx. 12 et Deut. v. 16 where Sept. for With or ?/7Tp, i. e. fidXXov fj more

7;

than, rather than. Matt, xviii. 13 x a ^P l

ITT'
avTip [idXXov T) i-jri TOIQ K. T. X. John
MaAaicm, ac,
(pa\aKos,} softness,
>)? iii.19. Actsiv.19. v.29. xxvii. 11. 1 Tim.
trop. for timidity, Pol. 3. 79. 4. effemi- i. 4. 2 Tim. iii. 4. fidX\ov -ijtrtp John xii.
nacy, luxury, Luc. D. Deor. 10. 6, 8 __ 43. (Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 17. comp. Herm.
In N. T. weakness, disease, e. g. of body, ad Vig. p. 720.) So ellipt. where rf
Mutt. iv. 23 Stairtvwv Ttravav and its verb are to be supplied in
 MaAXov 493 MavSravw

thought, e. g. Philem. 9 paXXov irapaic- <ry avTois, comp. ver. 9. So ov-)(l paXXov
a\a> sc. fj 7rird<r<rw. 2 Cor. ii. 7 ware in interrog. 1 Cor. v. 2. vi. 7 bis.

xapiffaaSai SC. intens. pdXXov 5s before an anti-

p,aXXov vp.a.Q fy t7riTip.av. e)
xii. 9 ijdiOTa ovv fiaXXov Kav^^o^ai iv thetic clause, or rather, yea more, Rom.
TOIQ da^tvtiaiQ fiov, SC. ?; v ry u7rep/3o~ viii. 34 Xp. 6 a-rroSavuv ; paXXov Se Kai

Xy rwv a TroKaXv^i w v ver. 7, i. e. most tyep^et'c; Gal. iv. 9. Eph. v. 11. Comp.
gladly therefore mill I rather glory in Buttrn. 150. p. 437. Passow p.aXa no.

my than in the abundance

infirmities sc. 2. e. ^1. V. H. 2. 13. Xen. Cyr. 5.

of the Also as intens.

revelations. 4. 49.
the more, the rather, si ill more. Matt.xxvii.
ou, o, Malchus, Heb.
24 dXXd ^aXXov $opv/3oc yiVtrat i. q. aXxoc,
n. of a
comp. ver. 23, i. e. but (counsellor) Malluch, pr.
fiaXXov Sopvptirai
servant John xviii. 10.
that there was stillmore a tumult.
Mark xiv. 31 col. ver. 29. Luke v. 15. MojUjU?, T?C, '/> grandmother, 2 Tim.
John v. 18 Sid roDro ovv pdXXov tij- I. 5. Jos. Ant. 10. 11.2. Hdian. 5.
TOVV avrov cnroKTtivai, comp. ver. 16. 3. 7. Plut. Agis, 4. A word of the
John xix. 8. Acts v. 14. ix. 22. xxii. 2 later Greek for the earlier r/}3>;, Lob. ad
coll. xxi. 40. 2 Cor. vii. 7. Phil. i. 12. iii Phr. p. 133 sq.
4. 1 Thess. iv. 1, 10. 2 Pet. i. 10.
Ma/ijuwvac or
<* >
(Thuc. 5.
44.)
So ov /xaXXov in inter- /ua/ijuwvacj
mammon, i. e. wealth, riches, Chald.
rogat. 1 Cor. ix. 12. 2 Cor. iii. 8 coll.
from that in
ver. 7. Jitttt, SjiTap, pK, ]>p.
which one Buxt. Lex. Chald.
trusts, see
b) joined with the positive, /uaXXov
forms a periphrase for the compara- 1217 sq. So Luke xvi. 9, 11 and per- ;

sonified like Gr. irXovros, Matt. vi. 24.

tive, like Engl. more. Matth. 458. So
Luke xvi. 13. Suid. /ua/zwvag
seq. 7), Acts xx. 35 /mjcdptov ion pdX-
\ov Sitiovai, ?) Xcififidviiv, i. e. it is more yr/Vvoc,

blessed etc. 1 Cor. ix. 15. Gal. iv. 27. indec. n.

9 "> Manaen, pr.
c. EI, Mark ix. 42 icaXov lonv awry /udX- of a Christian teacher at Antioch, Acts
Xov, ti K. T. X. c. gen. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. xiii. 1.
30.
Mava(T(Tic> ^j > Manasses, Heb.
c) joined emphat. with a compara-
mB'37p (making forget) Manasseh, pr. n.
tive, either in form or sense, comp.
Matth. 1. c. Passow /udXa no. 2. c. Wi-
1. the son of Joseph, adopted by Ja-
cob, Rev. vii. 6.
ner 36. 3. n. 1. Herm. ad Vig. p.
a king of Judah. son of Hezekiah,
2.
719 sq. Mark vii. 36 /mXXov irtoioaoTt-
r. 699 644 B. C. noted for his idolatry
por. 2 Cor. vii. 13. Phil. i. 23 TroXXy yap and cruelty, Matt. i. 10 bis. Comp. 2 K.
pdXXov Kpiiaoov. (Hdot. 1. 31, 32. Xen. c. 21. 2Chr. c. 33.
Cyr. 2. 2. 12 ult.) So with verbs of
comparison, Matt. vi. 26 ov\ u/ittf /iaX- f.
pa^rjffofiai, aor. 2
Xov ia<f>epere avrutv Heb. xi. 25 /xaXXov ; tpaSov, to learn.
i\6ftEvo. So ft.
Xl(T^ai Dem. 946. 7. a) pp. intellectually, from others
or
Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 4. from study, observation, etc. to learn.
after a negative clause or prohi- to be taught, absol. Matt. ix. 13 iropiv-
d)
bition expr. or impl. rather; so St /mX- $svrf ton K. T. X. John vi.
8t fidStre, TI

Xov, but rather, Matt. x. 6 iropfveaSe it 45. 1 Cor. xiv. 31. 1 Tim. ii. 11. 2 Tim.
pa\\ov K. T. \. ver. 28. xxv. 9. Mark v. iii.
seq. euro TIVOQ Matt. xi. 29. Seq.
7.
26. Luke x. 20. Eph. iv. 28. Heb. xii. ace. of thing, Rom. xvi. 17 r\v v/m<; tjid-
13. (Thuc. 1. 123.) aXXa /xaXXov, but &. 1 Cor. xiv. 35. Phil. iv. 9. 2 Tim.

rather, Roin. xiv. 13 /UJKET-I ovv aXX?'/Xoi;g iii. 14. Matt. xxiv. 32 et Mark xiii. 28, see
Kpiv<i)p.tv dXXa TOVTO Kpivart p.d\\ov. in 'A?r6 III. 2. 1 Cor. iv. 6 'iva iv 7;/uv

Eph. v. 4. 1 Tim. vi. 2. 1 Cor. vii. 21 /idStrf TO pfi v-n-ip K. T. X. in us i. e.by

v.i] ffoi
fitXkrai' aXX' ti xal . . .
fiaXXov our example. Also c. ace. impl. John
xpijffat. impl. Mark xv. 11 'iva [[sc. /*>/ vii. 15. seq. diro TIVOQ Col. i. 7. wapd
riv 'Iqaovv
dXXa^j /xaXXov
TOV B. a 2 Tim. iii. 14.
Seq. ace. of per-
 Mavta 491 Mapla
son, to learn any one, i. e. his doctrines, Descr. of Arabia p. 145. Germ. Aeint.
precepts, Eph. iv. 20. Sept. c. ace.for Res. XIV. p. 182 sq. Gesen. Lex. art.
Tftb Ps. exix. 71, 73. Deut. v. 1. absol.
IP-
Hdian. 8. 7. 8. c. inf. Ml. V. H. 3.
32. c. ace. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 3. tie Mavrfuo/uat, f. tvffopai, depon. Mid.
(fiavTis diviner, to utter re-
rtvoQ CEc. 13. 6. irapa TIVOQ Cyr. 2. 2. prophet,)
6. In the sense of to learn by infor- sponses as from an oracle, to divine, to
foretell, Acts xvi. 16. Sept. for
mation, to be informed, seq. on Acts xxiii.
Deut. xviii. 10. 1 Sam. xxviii. 8
27. a TIVOQ Gal. iii. 2. JEl. V. H. 2.
V. H. 2. 17. Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2.
42. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 31. Also to under-
stand, to comprehend, Rev. xiv. 3. Luc.
avw, pp. to put out,
,
f.
D. Mort. 16. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 10. to extinguish, g. fire etc. Horn. H.
e.

b) morally, to learn, sc. from expe- Merc. 140. Pass, to go out, to expire, II.
rience, i.
q. to do habitually, to be wont, 9. 212. Hence to make pine away, to
seq. inf. expr. or impl. Phil. iv. 11 cyw dry up, cause to wither, Sept. for uj'a^
yap fp.a5ov . . . avrdpKrjg ilvai. 1 Tim. V. Job xv. 30. Anthol. Gr. 1. p. 21. l"
4, 13. Tit. iii. 14. c. ace. Heb. v. 8. Pass, to wither, to fade away pp. of
Xen. An. 3. 2. 25. roses Wisd. of the body, person,
ii. 8.
Jos. B. J. In N. T. trop. 6
6. 5. 1.
Mavta, af, 17, (fiaivopat,') mania,
madness, insanity, Acts xxvi. 24 __ Wisd. TrXovaioe James i. 11. Anthol. Gr. IV.
v. 4. Hdian. 1. 15. 17. Xen. Mem. 1. p. 35. Plut. Marcell. 24 init. ry
2. 50.

, TO, indec. manna, the mi- Mapav a3a }

maran-athaf Ara-
raculous food of the Israelites in the maean njHK K^p i. q. Kvpios cpxerdt, the
Lord itill come sc. to 1 Cor.
desert, Heb. -pa, Sept. rb pav Lev. xvi. judgment,
TO pawa Num. xi. 6. xvi. 22.
31, 35. Jose-
phus r) fiavva Ant. 5. 1. 4. In N. T. Map-yaptrjjc, OU, o, (/xapyapoc,)
John vi. 31, 49, 58. Heb. ix. 4 ; symbo- pp. adj. sc. 6 Xt'Sof papyapiTtjg, a pearl,
lically Rev. ii. 17 see in Kpi-Trrw. Comp. Matt. 45, 46 eva TroXvrifiov /tapya-
xiii.
Ex. xvi. 31 sq. Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 6 __ Jose- pi'rj;v.
1 Tim. ii. 9. Rev. xvii. 4. xviii. 12.

phus relates that in his day manna 16. xxi. 21 bis. Trop. Matt. vii. 6 comp.
was still found around Mount Sinai, in Kvwv b. .ZE1. H. An. 10. 13 6 iv raig
Ant. 3. 1.6; and the same fact has also yvvai^l SavpaaTbe juapyaptD/c- Theophr.
been abundantly ascertained by mo- 2.36. ed. Schneid.
Fragm. [deLapidib.]
dern travellers. The modern manna, Plin. H. N. 9. 35.
Comp.
manna Arabica, a sweet resin like
is
MapS-a, TJC, 7, Martha, a sister of
honey, which, in the desert of Sinai Luke
and some other oriental countries, ex- Lazarus, x. 38,40, 41. John xi.

udes in summer chiefly from the leaves 1, 5, 19, 20, 21, 24, 30, 39. xii. 2.

of the tamarisk or tarfa. This the or Mapta/x,

Mapta, ac, 7> 7,
Arabs and regard it as the great-
collect, indec. Maria, Mary, Heb. tJ^in Miri-
est dainty which their country affords. am, pr. n. of several females.
But the quantity is trifling, not amount- 1. Mary the mother of Jesus, Map.a
ing, according to Burckhardt, to more Matt. i. 16, 18. ii. 11. Markvi. 3. Luke
than five or six hundred pounds each i. 41. Acts i. 14. Also Mpid/* Matt.
year. It has been ascertained within i. 20. xiii. 55. Luke i. 27, 30, 34, 38,
the last ten or twelve years, first by 39,46,56. ii. 5, 16,19,34.
English naturalists and more fully by 2. Mary Magdalene, i. e. of Magdala,
Ehrenberg, that the manna flows out Mapfa, Matt, xxvii. 56, 61. xxviii. 1.
from the leaf in consequence of the Mark xv. 40. 47. xvi. 1, 9. Luke viii. 2.
puncture of an insect nearly allied to xxiv. 10. Johnxix. 25. xx. 1, 11, 16, 18.
the cimex genus. See Burckhardt's 3. Mai'y, Mapta, the mother of
Travels in Syria etc. p. 599 sq. quoted James the Less and Joses, sister to Je-
in Calmet. art. Manna. Niebuhr's sus' mother and wife of Alpheus or
 495 Maprupi'ai

and 'Ia ed by the words testified, after

Clopas, see in 'AX^cuogno 1,
fiTre, on of quotation
etc. John i. 32 Kai
no. 2. Matt, xx vii. 56, 61. xxviii.l. Mark
xv. 40, 47. Luke xxiv. 10. John xix. 25. lfiapTvpr](rev 'loiavvrjQ Xeywv
on K. T. X.
iv . 39. xiii. 21. c. dat. comm. Acts xiii.
4. Mary, Mapia, a sister of Lazarus
and Martha, Luke x. 39, 42. John 11 j 22. Seq. accus. expr. or impl. e. g. of
a cognate or synon. noun, John v. 32 >}
1, 2, 19, 20, 28, 31, 32, 45. xii. 3.
5. Mary, Mapia, mother of John sur- fiaprvpia i)v paprvptl Trcpi tfiov, comp.
named Mark, Acts xii. 12. 1 John v. 9, 10. So 1 Tim. vi. 13 p.
6. Mary, Mapta/i, a Christian female rrjv KaXrjv 6/zoXoytav. See Buttm.
at Rome, Rom. xvi. 6. 131. 3. (Arr. Epict. 4. 8. 32.) So c.
ace. of thing genr. to testify any thing,
Mapicocj ou, o, Marcus, Mark, to bear witness of or concerning any
the writer of one of the four Gospels, John iii. 11 o t^paica/icv fiaprv-
thing.
pp. John surnamed Mark, Acts xii. 12. pov/v. ver. 32. 1 John i. 2. Rev. i. 2
25. xv. 37 the nephew of Barnabas
;
6f IpapTvprjfft rev Xdyov TOV Siov. xxii.
Col. iv. 10 ; the companion of Paul and 20 6 i. e.
/zaprvpwv ravra, causative,
Barnabas on their first journey, and of 16. seq. ace. etdat. Rev. xxii.
comp. ver.
Barnabas on his second in opposition to
16 papTvpfiaai v/xTv ravra. With an
Paul, Acts xv. 39 coll. xii. 25. He is acc. impl. from the context, e. g. ra
later again mentioned among the com-
iripl ipov Acts xxiii. 11. rouro etc. John
panions of Paul, Col. 1. c. Philem. 24. xix. 35. Acts xxvi. 5. Heb. x. 15. 1 John
2 Tim. iv. 11 and is also affectionately
;
v. 6, 7, 8. c. dat. Acts xxvi. 22 ^apru-
called son by Peter, 1 Pet. v. 13, comp. Mid. bear"
por-^fvoc fiiKniji
K. r. X. i. e.
Acts xii. 12. 2 Tim. 2.
i.
ing this MY testimony before small and
great. jEl. V. H. 9. 11. Dem. 1131.
Map/uapoc, ou, o, }, (ftappaipw to
Horn. II. 12. 380.
23. c. acc. et dat. Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 145.
glitter,) stone, rock,
Later and in N. T. i. q. Lat. marmor, Seq. dat. of pers. or thing to or for
marble, Rev. xviii. 12 __ Ep. Jer. 72. whom, in favour of whom one bears
Diod. Sic. 3. 14. testimony. John iii. 26 av ntpaprvpri-
<

Kac. v. 33. xviii. 37. 3 John iii. 6. Pass,

Maprup, see in Ma c. UJTO Rom. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 1,
iii. 21.
f. *]<", to 27 In the sense of to prove by testi-
Maprupta), to, (/iaprvc,)
witness, i. e. mony, John xviii. 23. Xen. Conv. 8. 12,
a)
to be a witness, to be able or ready (,3) Trop. of God as testifying by his
to testify, c. dat. commodi, John iii. 28 Spirit, by signs, miracles, etc. seq. Trtpt
avrol v/ieTf poi naprvptlrt, on K. r. X. John v. 37. viii. 18. 1 John v. 9, 10. on
Acts xxii. 5. absol. 2 Cor. viii. 3. Xen. of quot. Heb. vii. 17. r$ Xoyy, to, in
H. G.I. 1. 31. favour of, Acts xiv. 3. Of the scrip-
to testify, sc. to c. iript John v. 39.
b) to bear witness, tures, prophets, etc.
the truth of what one has seen, heard, c. dat. et seq. inf. c. acc. Acts x. 43.

knows, etc.
(a) pp.
and genr. seq. (Hdian. 3. 12. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 20.)
gen. to bear witness of, or con-
Trfpt c. So of one's deeds, works, c. irtpi John
cerning any person or thing, John i. 7, V. 36 TO. toya 8.
tyw TrotuJ, /laprvpti Trept
8 'ivapaprvpi'iay Trepi TOV 0a)rof. ver. 15. tfiov. x. 25. Sept.* Gen. xxxi. 48. Pint.
ii. 25. v. 31, 32. viii. 13, 14, 18. xv. Pericl. 22 init. Xen. Hi. 9. 3.
26. xxi. 24. c. on vii. 7. c. irtpi impL c) emphat.
to testify strongly, to bear
xv. 27 coll. 26. Seq. on as equiv. to honourable testimony, and Pass, to be well
ace. et inf. Winer ^ 45. 2. p. 266. comp. testified of, to have good witness,
c. on
Buttm. 141. 2. John i. 34 <eai /ujtap- Heb. vii. 8. c. inf. Heb. xi. 4 i' fa
TVpTJKO.
on OVTOG tOTl K. T. \. \V . 44. Xii. ifiapTvpT)3rij ilvai ciKatoQ. ver. 5. Hence
17. 1 John iv. 14. also c. dat. comm. v. genr. to speak well of, to applaud, seq.
incoi modi Matt, xxiii. 31 ^aprvptlre iav- dat. Luke iv. 22 iravrts ipaprvpovv aw-
roTi, u. i K. r. X. Rom. x. 2. Gal. iv. 15. r<. xi. 48. Acts xv. 8. absol. 3 John
Col. iv. 13. Kara. TIVOQ 1 Cor. xv. 15. 12. c. t?rt rive Heb. xi. 4. Jos. Ant.
f+ 8n etdat. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 1. Follow- 14. 10. 2. ML V. H. 1. 30 Pass, to bt.
 Maprupta 496

lauded, to be of good report, Acts vi. 3. c) emphat. honourable testimony, good

c. VTTO Acts x. 22. xvi. 2. xxii. 12. 3 report, 1 Tim. iii. 7 --
Eccius. xxxi or
John 12. c. lv 1 Tim. v. 10. Heb. xi. xxxiv. 23. Jos. Ant. 6. 10. 1.
2. c. Sidver. 39 Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 5. M.
Ma/orupioi', ou, TO, (/tpri;/3o>,) wit-
Antonin. 7. 62.
ness, testimony, as borne, given, i.
q.
i. to call as wit-
d) q. papTvpofiai,
ftapTvpia. Thom. Mag. fiaoTvpiov tcptiTTov
ness, pp. Dion. Hal. 7. 49 ult. fiaprv-

povfifvog S'foi-g rt icai aj/^pwn-ovf. Diod.

a) genr. 2 Cor. i. 12 TO p.. Trj
Sic. 4. 54. Hence in N. T. i. q. to pro- . So historically, Acts iv. 33 rd /u.
test, to make an
earnest and solemn ap-
TIIGavciGTaaewG TOV Kvpiov i. e. of, con-
peal, to exhort solemnly, 1 Thess. ii. 12.
cerning the resurrection, etc. Heb. iii.
Comp. Sept. and -pyn Gen. xliii. 8. 5 fig ft. T&V \a\r]yrjaop,kvt)v i. e. for giv-
Maprupia, ae, */> (/xaprvpsw,) wit- ing testimony, testifying. V. H. ^El.
ness, testimony, as borne, given, comp. 2. 5. Xen. Conv. 8. 34. See in refer-
in Maprvpiov. ence to Jesus and his doctrines, e. g.
a) judicial,
Mark xiv. 56, 59 ovdk ov- from teachers 2 Thess. i. 10. Also TO
ro> IfftjnaoTvpia aur&v. Luke xxii.
ifv T)
p. TOV XpiffTov, the testimony of Christ,
71. John viii. 17. pap. Kara TWOS Mark i. e. what he testified and taught re-
xiv. 55. Sept. for -ty Prov. xxv. 18 specting himself and his gospel, and
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 15. Dem. 846. 24. hence equiv. to the gospel, 1 Cor. i. 6.
b) genr. to the truth of any thing. 2 Tim. i. 8. 1 Cor. ii. 1 TO p. TOV Seov
John xix. 35 teal 6 eajpaKujg p.tp.apTvprjKe, id. Genr. in the sense of testimony,
Kai a\rj$ivf] avTov IGTIV papTvpia. xxi.
r;
evidence, proof, e. g. elg paprvpiov av-
24. John
1 V. 9 TIJV p. raiv ai/3'ptt7ra>v. as a testimony unto them Matt. viii.
7-oTf,
3 John 12. So of a poet Tit. i. 13 4. xxiv. 14. Mark i. 44. Luke v. 14. xxi.
Jos.c. Ap. 1. 21. Arr. Epict. 2. 22. 86. 13 j
also against them Matt. x. 18.
Diod. Sic. 72 or 73.
Elsewhere
3. -
Mark vi. 11. xiii. 9. James v. 3, and so
only in reference to Jesus and his doc- ITT' avTovg Luke ix. 5. Also 1 Tim. ii.
trines, i. e. to the truth of his mission 6 TO fiapTVpiov Kaipolg idioi, in appOS.
and gospel, e. g. genr. John v. 34 ov with avTiXvTpov. So Sept. for iy Deut.
irapd avSrpwTrov rffv p. Aa/z/3avu. 1 xxxi. 26. Josh. xxii. 27. Hdot'. 8. 120.
John v. 10 p. iv iavT$. So from John Xen. H.G.I. 7. 4.
the Baptist, John i. 7, 19. v. 36; from
b) from the Sept. r) tnoji/T/ TOV fiapTv-
other teachers Rev. xi. 7. xii. 11 did
piov, tabernacle of witness, put for taber-
TOV \6yov Ti]Q paprvpiag avrStv i. e. the nacle of the congregation, Heb. >nk,
word, gospel, to which they testified.
T^itt, Acts vii. 44. Rev. xv. 5. So Sept.
Acts xxii. 18 p. TTtpi t/tov. Also from for Ex. xxix. 42, 44. xl. 22,
-ryitt ^iis
God, John v. 32. 1 John v. 9 bis, 10,
24, deriving 13^73 from TO to testify,
11. Of
Christ's testimony respecting instead of from T^ to assemble. See
himself, John iii. 11, 32, 33. v. 31. viii. Gesen. Lex. art. T^lTD no. 2.
13, 14. So in the phrase r/ paprvpia
rov 'lr]ffov, the testimony of Jesus, i. e. Maprupojita/, depon. Mid. (/ua/oruf,)
to call to witness, to invoke as witness,
what he and taught respect-
testified
e.g. the gods Dem. 799. 6. Comp. Buttm.
ing himself and his 'gospel, and hence Ausf. Sprachl. II. pp. 184. Hence in
equiv. to the gospel, Rev. i. 2 OQ tpap-
N. T. to protest, to make an earnest and
rvpijffe rov \6yov TOV Stov Kai TT\V fiap.
I. X. ver, 9. XX. 4. xix. 10 ry yap papTVpia
solemn appeal e. g. by way of affirma-
tion, protestation. Acts xx. 26 /iaprw-
TOV 'I, Herri TO TTVfvfia TiJQ 7rpo^>t]Teiag foT
po/iai vjjuv on K. T. X. i. q. I solemnly
the testimony of Jesus is
[comes from,
has for its the same Spirit of affirm, I call God to witness, that etc.
author] Gal. v. 3. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 3 Also by
prophecy which acts in me. Hence
way of exhortation, to exhort solemnly,
l^etf TTJV /i.
TOV 'irjffov, to hold fast the
to obtest, seq. ace. et inf. Eph. iv. 17.
testimony of Jesus, Rev. xii. 17, xix. 10.
Pol. 13. 8. 6. Thuc. 6. 80.
impl. vi. 9. Comp. John xiv. 21. 2
John 9.
vpot;, o, t), a witness,
 Ma/oruc 497

dat. pdprvpt, ace. f^dprvpa, dat. plur. scourge, trans, e. g. persons as crimi-
udpTVfft. The nom. fidp-vp belonged nals, Matt. x. 17. xx. 19. xxiii. 34.
to the JEolic dialect, and is not found Mark x. 34. Luke xviii. 33. John xix. 1.
in N. T. In later ecclesiastical writers Sept. for nsn Ex. v. 14. Deut. xxv. 3.
it became current in the sense of mar- Ml. V. H. 12. 62. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.
tyr. See Buttin. Ausf. Sprachl. 58. 18 --Trop. of God, to chastise, to cor-
1. p. 235. rect, Heb. xii. 6. naariyol Se iravra vibv
in a judicial sense. Matt, xviii. ov Trapa^xsrai, quoted from Sept.
a) pp.
16 iiri OTo/xaroff $vo fiaprvpwv rj rpi&v Prov. iii. 12, where Heb. nK3, i. e. as a
vraSy irdv pij^a. xxvi. 65. Mark xiv. 63. father. Sept. and ron Prov. xvii. 10.
Acts vi. 13. vii. 58. 2 Cor. x-iii. 1. 1 Tim. Tob. xiii. 2, 5.
v. 19. Heb. x. 28. So Sept. for "ry
Deut. xvii. 6. Prov. xxiv. 28. Dern. Ma<rr/w, '<>, (/*d<m,) to scourge,
f.

trans, e. a person as criminal Acts

g.
1025.22. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 6.
one who testifies or can
xxii. 25. Sept. for nsn Num. xxii. 5.
b) genr.
what he has
Wisd. v. 11. Luc/Tim. 23. Plut.
testify to the truth of seen,
Alex. M. 42. ult.
heard, knows. 1 Thess. ii. 10 vptls
uaprvpeg icai b -&t>f, wff boiwg K. r. X. 1 whip, scourge,
iyoc />

Tim. pdprvc iarlv b SIOQ Rom.

vi. 12. Acts xxii. 24. Heb. xi. 36. Sept. for
i. 9. Phil. i. 8. 1 Thess. ii. 5. /zap- IDilD' 1 K. xii. 11, 14. Prov. xxvi. 3.
rvpa T. Srsbv 7ri(caXTv 2 Cor. i. 23. Luc. Asin. 44. Xen. An. 3. 4. 25.
So in allusion to those who witness a Trop. a scourge, from God, i. e. disease,
public game, Heb. xii. 1. So Sept. plague, Luke vii. 21 a-xb vbouv icai fia-
and iy Gen. xxxi. 50. comp. Sept. Is. ffriyujv. Mark iii. 10. v. 29, 34. Sept.
xliii 10. Jos. Ant. 15. 5. 3. Luc. Pha- for 3K37P Ps. xxxii. 10. Ps. xxxix.
y^
lar. prior 1. Xen. Ag. 4. 5. In a public 12. Ixxxix. 33. Ecclus. xl.' 9. 2 Mace.
game Longin. de Subl. 14. Espec. of ix. 11. comp. Horn. II. 12.37.
those who witnessed the life, death, and
resurrection of Jesus, who bear wit-
Maoroc, ov, o, the breast, pap.
Luke xi. 27 naicdpiot oi fiaaroi ovq
ness to the truth as it is in Jesus. Luke
i$i'l\a<Tac. xxiii. 29. Rev. i. 13. Sept.
xxiv. 48 w/itTf Sk tare paprvpec TQVTUV*
for lip' Job iii. 12. Cant. i. 12 __ Pol.
Acts i. 8, 22. ii. 32. iii. 15. v. 32. x.
15. 31. 13. Xen. An. 4. 3. 6.
39, 41. xiii. 31. xxvi. 16. 2 Tim. ii. 2.

Trap' ifiov Sid iro\\u>v fiaprv- MarmoAo-yt'a, ac, *l>

confirmed vain talk, empty jangling, 1 Tim.

i. e. by many other yoc,)
witnesses. Seq. dat. Acts xxii. 15. 1
i. 6.
Porphyr. de Abstin. 4. 16. Plut.
ed. R. VI. p. 21. 9.
Pet. v. 1. So of one who bears wit-
ness for God, and testifies to the world MaratoXoyoc, ou, o, r), (^taratoc,
what God a
reveals through him, i. e. Xlyai, (given to vain talking, subst. vain
teacher, prophet, genr. Rev. 11. 3; of talker, empty wrangler, Tit. i. 10.

Jesus, 6 pdprvg b irtffroQ Rev. i. 5. iii.

Maratoc, a, ov, 0*ar;v,) vain,
14. Comp. John i. 9. xiv. 6.
empty, fruitless, Tit. iii. 9. TTIOTIC 1 Cor.
a martyr, one who by his death
c) xv. 17. SprjaKfia James i. 26. So 1
bears witness to the truth. Acts xxii.
Cor. iii. 20, quoted from Ps. xciv. 11.
20 Zretydvov TOV fidprvpoe aov. Rev. ii. 13. where Sept. for b^Tl, as also Zech.
xvii. 6. Euseb. H. E. 2. 1. Frequent Hdian. 6.
x. 2. for 11N Is. xxxi. 2
in ecclesiastical see Suicer
writers, 7. 24. Xen/Vect. 4. 41. From the
Thes. Eccl. s. voc.
Heb. TU. ftdraia, vanities, nothings, for
f.
^ro/ia, also idols, idolatry, Acts xiv. 15. So Sept.
Ma<r<rao/ia, <fytai,
to chew, to and ^517 1 K. xvi. 13. 2 K. xvii. 15.
licurdonai, depon. (/*a<r<ra;,)

gnaw, e. yXwaxrag in pain Rev.

g. TO.Q Jer. ii'. 5. viii. 19. Hence also fidraia.
xvi. 10. Sept. Job xxx. 4. Jos. B. J. dvaffTpofrj 1 Pet. i. 18,
i.
q. idolatrous
0. 3. 3. Theophr. Char. 15 or 20. walk, practice of idolatry.
f. w to
MaoTtyow, J,
2 K
 Marcuow 498

vanity) emptiness. 2 Pet. ii. 18 vTrs 55. Mark xiv. 43, 47, 48. Luke xxi. 24.
yap fj,araioTrjTOQ ^fyyo/itj/oi. Sept. for xxii. 36, 38, 49, 52. John xviii. 10, 11.

p"n Ps. iv. 3. In the sense of frailty, Acts xvi. 27. Heb. iv. 12. Rev. vi. 4.
transientness, Rom. viii. 20 ry yap p.a- xiii. 10 bis, 14. trop. Eph. vi. 17. Sept.
raiOTijTi -ft KriffiQ vTrtrdyt]. So Sept. for rriTT Gen. xxxiv. 25.
Judg. iii. 16
for ^5,7 Ps. xxxix. 6. Ixii. 10. Ecc. i. 2, Diod.' Sic. 16. 94. Xen. An. 1. 8. 6.
14. -I^rom the Heb. for folly, perverse- So for the sword ofjustice, i e. of the ex-
ness, wickedness, Eph. iv. 17. So Sept. ecutioner, Acts xiu 2. Rom. viii. 35.
and hnu> Ps. xxvi. 4. cxix. 37. cxliv. 8, Heb. xi. 34, 37. Hence ^opT- paxfttpav,
11. to bear the sword, i. e. to have the power
of life and death, Rom. xiii. 4. ^Es-
Marcuow, (O, f. w<,
chin. 38. 11. Philostr. V. Apollon. 7.
pp. to make vain ; in N. T. from the Heb.
16. comp. Sueton. Vitell. c. 15 __ Me-
only Pass, to become vain, i. e. foolish,
Rom. i. 21 1/iaratw- ton. sword for war, opp. tipijvr], Matt.
perverse, wicked.
x. 34. So nnrj Sept. woXe/toc Lev.
Sncrav tv roTg ^ia\oyt<r/ioTc avr&v, in
reference espec. to idolatry, comp. v.
xxvi. 6. Sept. and 3nn Jer. xiv. 13,

23, and
see in Maraioc ult. So Sept. ]C5 *l, (aKpvj, aixpr),) a fight,
Max*?,
and *?nn 2K. xvii. 15. Jer. ii. 5. Comp. battle, Hdian. 8. 5. 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3
Sept. for^spa 2 Sam. xiii. 13. xxvi. 21. 29. In N. T. genr. strife, contest, con-
troversy. 2 Cor. vii. 5 iZuSrev pa^ai. 2
Marrjv, adv. in vain, to no pur-
Matt. xv. 9 et Mark
Tim. ii. 23. Tit. iii. 9 /ia%cr voptKaq i. e.
pose, fruitlessly.
controversies respecting the Mosaic law.
vii. 7 fi. 8k aefiovTcti /. Sept. for N*il&
Jer. ii. 30 __
Hdian. 1. 4. 7. Xen. CEc. James iv. 1. Sept. for ^"i Gen. xiii.
7. 40.
7.
yrto Prov. xv. 18 Arr. Epict. 4.
5. 3. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 38.
uoCj
o, Matthew, theou,
f.
ioofiai, (fta^^,) to fight,
writer of the Gospel, one of the
first Ma^OjUO*,
apostles called also Levi, originally a pp. in war, battle, Hdian. 4. 15. 15.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 29, 30. In N. T. genr.
publican, 6 rtXwj^f, Matt. x. 3. ix. 9.
to strive, to contend, e. g.
Mark iii. 18. Luke vi. 15. Acts i. 13. physically in
a private quarrel, Acts vii. 26. So Sept.
Comp. Mark ii. 14. Luke v. 27.
for n!S3 Ex. xxi. 22. 2 Sam. xiv. 6.
MarS'uv, o, indec. Matthan, Heb. Also in words, to strive, to dispute, e. g.
}F)to (gift), pr. n. m. Matt. i. 15 bis.
John vi. 52. recipr. 2 Tim.
Trpdf aXXrjXovQ
Mar^arj indec. Matthat,
o pr. n. ii. 24. James iv. 2. Sept. for n""1 Gen.
of two men, Luke iii. 24, 29. xxxi. 36. Neh. xiii. 25. Arr. Epict. 4.
1. 146. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 16.
me,
a, Matthias, (prob. ,

i.
q. MarraSiae,) pr. n. of the apostle W, f. {]&<*>,
chosen in the place of Judas, Acts i. au%a> to boast,) to boast largely, to play
23, 26. the braggart, James iii. 5. 2 Mace. xv.
32. Plut. Consol. ad A.poll. 6 pen. I. p.
, o, indec. Mattatha, Heb.
243. ed. Tauchn. Diod. Sic. 15. 16.
(gift of Jehovah,) pr. n. m. Luke
iii. 31. fyaftoe, > ov, (/uyae,) great,
glorious, wonderful, e. TO, /uyaXtTa,
g.
MarraStac,ou, o, (i. q. preced.)
great things, wonderful works, Luke i.
Mattathias, pr. n. of two men, Luke iii.
49. Acts ii. 11. Sept. for n1^i2 Ps.
25, 26. :

Ixxi. 19. Ecclus. xviii. 4. Xen. lllem.

M.a\atpa, ac, 17, (prob. paxi,) a 4. 5. 2.

knife, slaughter-knife, worn by Homer's ?roe,

heroes along with the sword, II. 3,271. greatness, majesty, glory, e. g. TOV
Hdot. 2. 61. Ael. V. H. 8. 3. In N. T. Luke ix. 43. TOV Kvpiov 2 Pet. i. 16.
a sword, pp. for
cutting. Matt. xxvi. 47 Acts xix. 27. Sept. for
Jierd /laxaipwv jcai vXwv. v. 51 avk- Jer. xxxiii. 9. Esdr. i. 5. Jos.

virace TTJV avrov. V. 52 ter, A'nVs. 4.3.

fia%aipav
 499

toe, ovc, */
where Sept. for 31. Comp. Xen. Von.
c, >

< to a 9. 8.
adj. (/uyaf, TrpfTrw), pp. becoming
great man/ magnanimous, Xen. Mem. b)
of things, great, e. g. (a) in size, ex-
3. 10. In N. T. magnificent, most
5. tent, Matt, xxvii. 60 \i$ov. Mark xiii. 2
otnag. Luke xii. 18. xvi. 26. xo-ja (Pa-
splendid, of things, 2 Pet. i. 17.
UTTO ri/c

jy. o;/e. 2 Mace. xv. 13. 3. Mace. Itcph. 29. 5.) Luke xxii. 12. Acts x. 11.
ii. 9. Xen. Hi. 2. 2. 1 Cor. xvi. 9 Svpa. Rev. viii. 10. xi. 8.
xiv. 19. xviii. 21. al. Trop. of guilt,
John xix. 11. Sept. for 5>iis Josh. x.
,
to enlarge, c. ace.
2, 11. trop. 2 Sam. xiii. 16. Hdian. 3.7,
e. g. TO. Koaa-n-iSa rSJv 5. ib. 4. 15. 14 in
a) genr. I/*. measure, e. g.
(/S)

large, Luke xiii. 19 dsvdpov. Matt,

Matt, xxiii. 5. TO tXtog /urd nvof to tall,
shew one great mercy do him great kind- , xiii. 32. Mark iv. 32 or long, Rev. vi. 4
;

ness, Luke i. 58. So- Sept. and Heb. or broad, large, Rev. ix. 14 TTO-
^ID.n "Iprj Gen. xix. 19. comp. Ps. Ivii. . xx. 1 liXvffif Hdian. 3. 3. 10.
lli-1-Thuc. 5. 98. ib. 3. 7. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17 x*v
to praise, Luke i. number or amount, Mark
b) i. q. to magnify, (y)
of v. 11
46 rov Kvptov. Acts v. 13. x. 46. xix. 1 Tim. vi. 6. Heb. x. 35. trop.
dyeX);.
17. 2 Cor. x. 15. Phil. i. 20. Sept. John xv. 13. Acts iv. 33 xfy'ff* James
for ^ia Ps. xxxiv. 4. Ixix. 31. 2 Sam. iv. 6. Sept. and ^13 1 K. viii. 66. 2
vii. 26. Ecclus. xliii. 31. Diod. Sic. 1. Chr. vii. 8. Hdian. 7. 4. 9 TrXf/Soc. (d)
20. Xen. Ap. Socr. 32. in price, cost, great, costly, splendid,
Luke v. 29 Soxn. xiv. 16 Stlirvov. 2 Tim.
) V reaillJ-> ii. 20. Heb. ix. 11. and Ml$
Sept.
much, Phil. iv. 10 fx"P f/ v /*yXwc Gen. xxi. 8. Jer. lii. 13. Of a day,
Sept. 1 Chr. xxix. 10. Xen. Hi. 4. 5.
celebration, great, solemn, John vii. 37.
xix. 31; elsewhere of the day of judg-
TJC,
ment Acts ii. 20. Jude 6. Rev. vi. 17.
jesty, i. e. the divine majesty, meton.
for God himself, Heb. i. 3. viii. 1. Also xvi. 14. So Sept. and bvra Mai. iv. 5.

in ascriptions Jude 25. So Sept. for Joel ii. 11, 31. in esti-
(t) trop. great

*>-f3 Deut. xxxii. 3.

n^TT3. 1 Chr. xxix. mation, weight, importance. Matt. xxii.
11. Ps. cxlv. 6. Act. 'Thorn. 15. 36, 38 kvroXfi. Eph. v. 32 et 1 Tim. iii.
Test. XII. Patr. p. 586. meton." for 16 fj.VffTripwv. 1 John v. 9 jiaprvpia. 1

Cor. ix. 11. So more

God, Lib. Henoch. in Fabr. Cod. Ps. /mo>j>, greater,
V. T. p. 187. The usual word in Greek important, Matt, xxiii. 19. 1 Cor. xiii. 13.

writers is
Heb. /ieyi<m>c 2
xi. 26. Pet. i. 4.

Sept. for ^1i2 1 Sam. xxii. 15 Dem.

Mlyac> /isyaAij, /utya, Gen 1366. 22. Diod. Sic. 3. 72. Xen. An. 2.

Xov, rjS) ov ; Compar. fiti^wv, Superl. 6. 14.

fikyitrroc once 2 Pet. i. 4. A double

c) trop. great
in force, intensity, ef-
compar. is juorfpog 3 John 4, see un- fect, e. g. (a)
as affecting the exter-
der 'EXaxiaTOTfpoc. Great, large, pp. nal senses, great, vehement, violent, Matt,
of physical magnitude. viii. 24 fftifffiog ftsyag. Luke xxi. 11. (^El.
of men or animals, great in size, V. H. 6. Mark iv. 37 Xai'Xoi//. ver. 39
a) 9.)
stature, John
xxi. 11 IX&VQ. Rev. xii. 3 yaXrjvr). John vi. 18 dvefiog. (Dem.
SpaKOJv. ver. 14. Of persons, i. q. full- 1213. 27.) Rev. xi. 19 x*- xvi. 21.
grown, Heb. xi. 24 /xsyae -yevopevog, So likewise Matt. vii. 27. pnyna
TrrCJcng
and so /ii<rpoe cat /*y small and great, Lukevi. 49.0wv7/ Matt. xxiv. 31. (Hdian.
Acts viii. 10. xx vi. 22. Heb. viii. 11. 1. 8. Acts xxiii. 9. Rev. xiv.
12.) Kpavyr]
Rev. xi. 18. Sept. for Vns Ez. xxix. 3. 18. Kpa'&iv ptiZiov adv. more velie-
xvii. 3.Gen. xix. 11. Palseph. 40. 1, mentlyjmatt. xx. 31. (Hdot. 2. 141. 4.)
2. Hdian. 2. 9. 6. pers. Luc. Tox. 44. Also TrvperoG Luke iv. 38. KOTTITOQ Acts
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 14, 17. Hence of age, viii.2. Sept. Gen. 1. 10. (/3) as
af-
6 /mwv, the elder, Lat.
major natu, fecting the mind, causing emotion, e.
Rom. ix. 12, quoted from Gen. xxv. 23. g. Matt. ii. 10 x a ?& v ^ f "/> ^ John 4.
2 K %
 500

Mark v. 42 tKaraatv p. Luke ii. 9 0o- chiefs, nobles, princes, Mark vi. 21. Rev.
Rom. ix. 2. XVTTJ;. Rev.
(3ov. xii. 12 vi. 15. xviii. 23.
Sept. for try Jer.
v&v/joc (jEschin. 63. 10 6py?j.
/*. Xen. xiv. 3. Nah. ii. 5. 0^^113 Jon. iii. 7.
Cyr. 4. 2. 10 ^ojftof.) So of events etc. t]^^ 2 Chr. xxxvi. 18. dhald. V^")^
Matt. xxiv. 21 SXtyif. Luke iv. 25 Xt^of . Dan. v. 1 sq. Act. Thorn. 7. Jos.
xxi. 23. Acts viii. 1 #iwy/jof James iii. 1 . Ant. 11.3. 2. Artemidor.
ib. 20. 2. 3.

JcptT/a. Rev. xvi. 21 irXrjyf). (Sept. Job 1. 2. ib. 3. 9. Sufton. Calig. 5. It is

ii. 13. JEschin. 55. 10. Xen. An. 5. 8. a word of the later Greek, Phryn. et
17.) Of things exciting admiration, Lob. p. 196 sq. Sturz de Dial. Alex.
great, mighty, wonderful, e. g. arjuila p. p. 180. sq. Sing, {jisytardv occurs once
great signs, mighty deeds, miracles, Ecclus. iv. 7.
Matt. xxiv. 24. Luke xxi. 11. Acts vi. 8.
fiee init. and
Swdfteie Acts viii. 13. Svvafiis p. Acts
b. e.
iv. 33. viii. 10. So /zet'ova sc. tpya
John i. 51. v. 20. xiv. 12. Joined f. tvffb), (nird, lp-
with SavuaffTos Rev. xv, 1, 3. 2 Cor. vw,')
to translate over sc. from one
xi. 15 TI n'tya ovv what wonder then ? language into another, to interpret ; in
comp. ver. 14. So Sept. and >TT3 Deut. N. T. only Pass. Matt. i. 23 o ion /-
vi. 22. x. 21. xxix. 3. Dem. 1046. 10. Srepfujvivofievov. Mark v. 41. xv. 22, 34.
^Ischin. 79. 13. John i. 42. Acts iv. 36. xiii. 8 __ Jos.
c. 1. 10. Diod. Sic. 1. 11.
d) trop. great in power, dignity, au- Ap.
thority, e. g. ol /ifyoXoi the great, i. e.
MC'STJ, rj, v, mulled wine,
nobles, princes, Matt. xx. 25. Mark x. (fjifSrv
Germ. Meth, mead,) drunkenness, drunk-
42. Matt. v. b5 TOV fjity. /3rt<nXewf. (^El. en frolic, Luke xxi. 34. Rom. xiii. 13.
V. H. 12. 1. Hdian. 6. 4. Heb. iv.
8.) Gal. v. 21. in KpanrdXrj.
14 dpxitpta x. 21. xiii. 20. Of God Comp. Sept.
/*
for
p-Gia' Ez. xxiii. 33. xxxix. 19.
Tit. ii. 13. Rev. xix. 17. of Diana, Acts
xix. 27, 28, 34, 35. So genr.
Ml. V/H. 3. 14. Xen. Ag. 5. 1.
great, dis-
tinguished, Matt. V. 19 OVTOS fiiyag ttXn- f.
/fa<rr?7<rw,
i. Mark x. 43. Luke vii. 16 Trpo- also piSiOTavd) 1 Cor. xiii. 2,
Acts viii. 9. So /mwv seq. gen.
Matt. xi. 1 1 Luke vii. 28. John xiii. 16.
Vorj;/it,)
comp. Buttm. 106. n. 5. 112. 12. _
.
To set or move over sc. from one place
1 Cor. xiv. 5.
simply Matt, xviii. 1. Luke to another, to transfer, to remove ; in N.
xxii. 24. 2 Pet. ii. 11. In a bad sense, T. only in the transitive forms.
great, noted, r) Tropvrj Rev. xvii. 1 . xix. 2.
a) pp. c. ace. 1 Cor. xiii. 2 &ort opiy
Sept. and *nia 2 Sam. vii. 9. Neh. xi. HtSiaravtiv. seq. tig Col. i. 13. Sept.
14. Dem. 116. 8. Hdian. 1. 6. 17. fortifta Is. liv. 10 Jos. Ant. 9. 11. 1
Xen. An. 3. 2. 10. Tropvos ^Eschin. ult. Hdian. 6. 4. 14. to draw over
Trop.
22. 28.
to another side or party, to seduce, c.
e) implying censure, i.
q. too greatf ace. o^Xov licavov Acts xix. 26. Sept.
1. e.
lofty, boastful, arrogant. Rev. xiii. 5 for Tpn Is. lix. 15. Xen. H. G. 2.2.5.
(rrofia XaXovv ^iiydXa Kai pXaatyijfjiiag. of persons, to remove sc. from of-
So Sept. and Chald. p*p~) Dan. vii. 8, b)
fice, trans, e. g. a king, to depose, Acts
20. Heb. *?V12 Sept. fKyaXopprj^v Ps. xiii. 22, coll. 1 Sam. c. 16; a
steward,
xii. 4. Hom/Od. 22. 288 /ya tiviiv. to dismiss, Luke xvi. 4 orav /ifra<rra3<3
Sept. Ajax 384 or 386. Dem. 1124. 25 rrjs where for the
oiKovopiae, genit.
peya XoXtTv, comp. 981. 25. AL. Winer
comp. Matth. 353. 30. 6. So

Ms'yfSoe, toe? ovc, TO, (/yac,) Sept. for Tpn 1 K. xv. 13. Pol. 4.
greatness, trop. Eph. i. 19 rb ft. Ttjs v- 87. 9, seq. OTTO c. gen.
vdfifwg avrov. Sept. for ^*T3 Ex. XV. from the verb
16 --
^schyn. 82. 16. phys. "Hdian. 8. ae, >},

vu to methodize, (/tera, 6of, ^t'3o-

2. 10. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 12.
&><;,)
i. e. to trace out with method and
WVj ol, 0yac, /- skill, Diod. Sic. 1. 15, 81 ;
to treat me-
the great, Lat.
yi<rroe,) magnates, i. e.
thodically, PhiLo Quod det ins. pot, p.
 501

175. C. de Agric. p. 191. B ;

to use art, 12. 3 John 13. Dem.313. 11. SeeJahn
to deal artfully, Sept. 2 Sam. xix. 27. 87 ult.

Polyb. 38. 4. 16. Hence /ttSofotcr, method, MAacj aiva, av, black, 'Matt. v. 36
in the sense of art, wile, only in N. T. Rev. vi. 5, 12.
Spit. Sept. for nin Lev.
iv. 14. vl. 11. Hesych. Cant. i. 5. Luc. Paras. 41.
Eph. fitSoEtiaQ* xiii. 37.
Ttxvas. So airaTij icai fi.t5odo Artemid. Xen. An. 4. 5. 13.
3.25.
MeAeac, a, o, Meleas, pr. n. m. Luke
Mt^optoc, OM, 6, r), adj. (/itra, opof), iii. 31.
e. g. TroXtc Jos.
bordering upon, frontier,
Thuc. 2. 27. In N. MAcf, impf. f/i\, fut. ui\r]ff(i, im-
B. J. 4. 11. 2. yi)
ftw> pers. forms from /tlXu, to be for care and
T. neut. plur. rd /uSopta sc. x<*>pta>
Mark 24 rd /i. Tvpou
vii.
concern to anyone, af3pw7roi<ri/uXw Horn.
rferx, confines,
Hdian.5. 4. 10. Xen. Cyr. Od. 9. 20. Hence ptXu, it concerns, c.
cat 2<ui/W
dat. of pers. and usually to be rendered
1.4. 16.
personally, i. e. to care for, to take care
,
f. vcrw, (/ie5u, comp. in of, pp. seq. gen. of the object, Buttm.
to make drunk; Mid. to become 132. 5. 3. Cor. ix. 9 nn T&V /Sowv^lXtt
1

drunk, to be drunken, comm. Engl. to $e$ ;

i. e. God take care of oxen?
does not
get drunk, and by impl. to carouse ;
Aor. c. gen. impl. 1 Cor. vii. 21. Jos. Ant.
1 Pass. intSvffSijv in Mid. signif. Buttm. 7. 1. 6. Luc. D. Mort. 22. 3. Xen. Cyr.
136. 2. Comp. Buttm. 114. p. 291. 3. 1. 30. Seq. iripi c. gen. Matt. xxii.
112. n. 6. Absol. Luke xii. 45 irivtiv 16 ov piXti ffoi Tctpl ovtivofi. e. thoucarest
teal uiSvffKtoSat. John ii. 10. 1 Thess. for no one, art impartial. Mark xii. 14.
v. 7. c. dat. otvy Eph. v. 18. Trop. U John x. 13. xii. 6. 1 Pet. v. 7. 1 Mace,
rov oivov ri/c iropvtiaQ Rev. xvii. 2. Sept. xiv. 43. Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 2. Xen. Hi. 9.
Act. for-QiTJJer. Ii. 7. Hab. ii. 15. Mid. 10. Once with a nominat. Acts xviii.
for nirip Prov. iv. 17. }
nsi Prov. 17 ovtiv TOVTUV TaXXtWi t/teXtv, i. e. none
xxiii. 30. Luc. de dea Syr. 22. D. Deor. of these things was matter of concern to
6.3. Pol. 4.57. 3. Gattio, he cared for none of them. See
Matth. 348. n. 2. comp. Buttm. $ 129.
M&ixroc, o, adj. Oil$v), drunken,
>7,
10 Horn. II. 5. 490. Eurip. Hippof.
subst. a drunkard, 1 Cor. v. 11. vi. 10.
104 Seq. on, Mark iv. 38 ov /xeXet oot,
Sept. for *OD Prov. xxiii. 9. "I3UJ Prov. on dTToXX/'/ie^a ; Luke x. 40. Xen. Cyr.
xxvi. 9. Luc. Tim. 55 p. Kal irapoivoQ.
3. 2. 13, c. <i f .
Plut. CatoMin. 24. Earlier writers used
H&vffoe only of females, later ones also McXfraa), a, f. ^<>, 0"X, /XH.) to
of men, Lob. ad Phr. p. 151 sq. care for, to take care for any thing, i. e.
so as to be able to perform it, comp.
ii$v, comp. in M7,) only
Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 176 ; hence
in pres.and imperf. all other forms be-
Lat. meditare, to meditate, c. ace. of
longing to pfSvoKu q. v. Buttm. 114.
thing, Mark xiii. 11. 1
Tim. iv. 15 ravra
Passow sub v. To be drunk, to get
utXira. Acts iv. 25 ri iptXirriaav Kiva ;
drunk, and by impl. to carouse, absol. where Sept. for
Matt. xxiv. 49 furd r&v piSvovrwv with quoted from Ps. ii. 1

Prov. yiii.
nirr, also 7. Is. lix. 3, 13.
the drunken. Acts ii. 15. 1 Cor. xi. 21.
rrtorr Ps. cxix. 148. Dem. 1129. 9.
1 Thess. v. 7. Trop. IK row ai^arog Rev.
Sam. Job
Xen.' Mem. 1.2.21.
xvii. 6. Sept. for nairi 1 i. 13.
xii. 25. trop. ov cnrb oivov for "jTD "13^5 M!\, <roe, TO, honey, Lat. mel, Rev.
Is. li.21. comp. Deut. xxxii. 42. JE1. x. 9, 10. Matt. iii. 4 et Mark i. 6 fisXt
V. H. 2. 40. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 21. aypiov, see in'Aypioc. Sept. for ID' 51 Gen.
xliii. 11. Judg. xiv. 8, 18. Died. Sic.
MEJWV, M6rpo, see in Msyag
19. 94. Xen. H. G. 5. 3. 19.
init.

MtXavj avoc, T > (neut. of MeXtfro-foc, ouj > >'/> adj. VJ

/ieXae,)
any thing black,'e. g. ink. 2 Cor. iii. 3 bee), of bees, of made bees. Luke xxiv.
i7ri(TroX>i *yyEypa/i/m'// ov /Xan. 2 John 42 d~6//. nqpiov ofbcc-comb.
 502

ije, '/> Mdita, now Malta,

tined to take place. So seq. inf. pres.
an island of the Mediterranean, lying to Matt. xi. 14 'HXtaff o fiiXXow epxiaSat.
the southward of Sicily, Acts xxviii. 1. rx. 22. Mark x. 32. Luke ix. 31, 44.
Here Paul was shipwrecked, after being John xi. 51. Acts xxviii. 6. Rom.iv.24.
driven up and down for fourteen days viii. 13. Heb. i. 14. James ii. 12. Rev.
in the Adriatic Sea, between Sicily and 10 d peXXtiQ TTCLO-^HV
ii.
Seq. inf. aor. .

Greece, see'Afyfacand Acts xxvii. 27 sq. Rom. viii. 18 TIJV ptXXovaav d6%av cnroica-
Hence he sailed again on a direct course XvfSrjvcu. Gal. iii. 23. Seq. inf. fut.
by Syracuse and Rhegium to Puteoli, Acts xi. 28 Xtfiov fi&yav /itXXeiv tataStai.
Acts xxviii. 11 sq. There was another xxiv. 15. c. pres. Diod. Sic. 2. 31. Xen.
amall island of the same name in the Lac. 1. 3. c. aor. Xen. 6. 1. 40. c. fut.
Adriatic Gulf, on the coast of Illyricum, Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 5 __ Hence particip.
now called Meleda, which some have fi'sXXuiv, ovaa, ov, impending, future, c.
thought to be the place of Paul's ship- inf. impl. as eaeaSai, ipxtaSai etc. Matt.
wreck but its position does not accord
;
iii. 7 into rjjc fiiXXovarjg opjijg. xii. 32.
with the account of the subsequent Rom. v. 14. 1 Tim. iv. 8. Heb. ix. 11.

voyage to Puteoli nor can we well ;

xiii. 14.ntXXovra things to come,
TO.

suppose a vessel bound from Alexandria Rom. viii. 38. 1 Cor. iii. 22. t/f ro /uXXov,
to Puteoli to have wintered in this island. in future, hereafter, Luke xiii. 9. 1 Tim.

Comp. Acts xxviii. 11. vi. 19 __ Luc. D. Mort. 3. 1. PIdian. 1.

14. 3. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 13.

(kindr. with /uXw,) c) i.

q. may, can, will, implying pos-
imperf. tpiXXov and tifjaXXov Buttm. 83. sibility, probability, what one hopes or
n. 5 ; to be about to do or suft'er any fears, seq, inf. pres. Matt. xxiv. 6. Luke
thing, to be on the point of, seq. infin. of xxii. 23 6 TOVTO ^teXXwi/ irpuaaf.iv, who
that which one is about to do or suffer, might or could do this. Acts xx. 38. 1

mostly the inf. future, (in N. T. least of Tim. i. 16. Seq. inf. fut. Acts xxvii.
all,) freq. inf. present, and rarely inf. 10 Sewpw on /tra v(3ptb)s [ifXXtiv iaia- . .

aorlst, which latter Phrynichus con- 3-aiTOV TrXovv. c. pres. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3.
demns p. 336, though it is found in the 3. c. fut. Xen. An. 4. 7. 16.
earliest writers and even in Ionic and q. to be ever about to do a thing,
i.
d)
Attic prose, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 745 sq. 1. e. to linger, to delay. Acts xxii. 16 icai

Comp. Passow sub v. Winer 45. p. 276. vvv TI jjtiXXsiQ ;

Jos. Ant. 3. 2, 3. Hdian.
For the force of the inf. pres. et aor. af- 2. 2. 21. Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 15. A:u
ter /zlXXw, as implying duration or tran-
sientness, see Buttm. 137. , oe> ovc> T > & limb, member,
and (a) genr. seq. inf. present,
a) pp.
sc. of the body.
Luke vii. 2 t/usXXe reXevryv, was about to a) pp.
Matt. v. 29, 30 ev rwv peXuv
die, was at the point of death. John iv. 47. aov. Rom. xii. 4 bis. 1 Cor. xii. 12 bis,
Acts xxi. 27. xxvii. 33. Seq. inf. aorist, 14, 18 20, 22, 25,26 quater. James iii.
Rev. iii. 2 <1 ptXXii a-xobavt'iv. xii. 4. 5, 6 Horn. Od. 11. 599. Hdot. 1. 119.
c. pres. 2 Mace. ix. 18. Ml. V. H. 1. 11. 2E1. V. H. 14. 17. Plur. rd fitXrj, the
c. aor. Hdian. 2. 10. 9. Thuo. 6. 31 members, i. q. collect, i. q. the body, as the
Also as implying purpose i. q. to have seat of the desires and passions, Rom. vi,
(/3)
in mind, to intend, to ivill, seq. inf. pres. 13 bis, TO. /jLtXij vftiav OTrXa aSiKictQ v. #t-
Matt. ii. 13 p,kXXu yap 'Hpwfojc ZrjTtlv TO Kaioavvnq. ver. 19 bis. vii. 5, 23 bis. Col.
iraidiov. Luke x. 1. Johnvi.6. Acts iii. iii. 5. James iv. 1. 1 Cor. vi. 15 ter, rd
3. xii. 6. Rev. x. 4. Seq. inf. aor. Rev. a&iJLara vpwv p,tXij Xpttrrov lanv iropvrjc . .

ii. 10 ISoi) piXXti[3aXtiv. iii. 16. c. pres. your bodies are Christ's bodies,
/xsXjj, i.e.
Xen. An. 5. 7. 5. c. aor. ^El. V. H.3. they belong to Christ and not to a
27. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 16. harlot.

b) trop. member
b) i. q. ought, should, must, as imply-
of the church, of
ing necessity, accordance with the na- which Christ is the head, 1 Cor. xii. 27.
ture of things or with the divine ap- Eph. v. 30. aXX/yXwv jis\j members of
pointment, and therefore certain, des- one another, i. e. as intimately united in
 503

Christian fellowship, Rom. xii. 5. Eph. antithesis, and ukv retains its concessive
e. 5k in the
iv. 25.' power, indeed, g. (a) seq.
apodosis, so that ukv
e is i.
q. indeed- -
indec. Melchi, Heb. prob.
MX\f, o, but. Matt. iii. 11 eyu> uiv (3airri%ia vuac
"S^p (my king), pr. n. of two of Jesus, Iv vdart . . 6 e 6-n-iao) uov spxoufvog. ix.
ancestors, Luke iii. 24, 28. 37 6 uiv Sfptffubc TroXvf, ol 8k ^pyarai
indec. 6Xiyot.xvii.il. Mark i. 8. x. 39, 40.
MeXx^eSfic, o, Melchisedek,
John xvi. 22. Acts i. 5. xxii. 9. Rom. ii.
Heb. p"$~*9te i- e king of righteous- -

7, 8. 14 sq. xii. 20. Phil. iii.

1 Cor. xi.
ness, pr' n. of? a king of Salem
or Jeru-
1. Heb. iii. 5, 6. 1 Pet. i. 20. al. ssepiss.
salem, and a patriarchal priest of
Placed irregularly, i. e. before the word
Jehovah, contemporary with Abraham,
Heb. v. 6, 10. to which it refers, Acts xxii. 3. Tit. i. 15.
comp. Gen. xiv. 18 sq.
vi. 20. vii. 1, 10, 11, 15, 17. 21 Comp. Comp. Winer p. 460 sq. Sept. Job xlii.
5. JE1. H. A. 2. 31. Xen. Mem. 1.6. 11.
Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 2.
So too with yap and ovv, where each
MAo>, see in McXet. particle retains its own proper force,
e. g. uiv yap Si, for indeed but, Acts
membrana, Lat -
Mfjuj3pava, rjc, *l, 36 ov
xiii. Aafiid uiv y</p . . dk o $et>e
.i.e. membrane, skin, parchment, 2 Tim.
-ijytiptv K. T. \.for David indeed but . .
iv. 13. Comp. Plin. H. N. 13. 11 or xxv. 11. Rom. ii. 25. 1
etc. xxiii. 8.
21.
Cor. xi. 7. 2 Cor. ix.l,coll. 3. Heb. vii.
t, f. tyouai, depon. Mid. to 18 sq. al. Inverted Acts xxviii. 22.
find fault with, to blame, to censure, c.
(\\ 'i.. I. vii. 30. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 5.) uiv
dat. Heb. viii. 8 UIU^UUIVOQ yap ayroTf I, V i, where ovv is illative and /tivre-
X?ya. Absol. Rom. ix. 19. Mark vii. 2 feffl to 8s, indeed therefore or then but,
in text. rec. c. dat. Jos. c. App. 1. 2J. Acts xviii. 14 sq.
'

uiv ovv fjv ddiKrjua

Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 20. TI . . d 3i Ziirvuaic. r.X. xix. 38 sq. 1 Cor.
. Phil. ii. 23.-Xen. Mem. 4.2.40.
j OU,
(ueufouai, o, //,
7
O3 ) With some other particle in the
finding fault with one's lot,
<
Tpa,) pp.
i. e. discontented, complaining, Jude 16. apodosis, comp. Passow ukv no. 2. f.

Buttm. Matth. 1. c. Winer p.

p. 427.
Plut. de cohib. Ira. c. 13. T. III. p.
448. E. g. uiv aXXa Rom. xiv. 20.
252. Tauchn. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 4.
uiv yap aXXa Acts iv. 16 sq. 1 Cor. xiv.
Mcy, conjunct, implying affirmation 17. (Luc. D. Deor. 8 pen. Xen. CEc. 3.
or concession, indeed, truly, and at the 6.) ^v t tVetra John xi. 6 sq. James
same time pointing forward to some- iii. 17. comp. Matt. 622. 6. (Xen.
thing antithetic, or at least different, Mem. 1. 4.
11.)
uiv teat Acts xx vii. 21
which is then commonly subjoined with sq. 1 Thess. ii. 18. (Luc.
D. Deor. Ma-
8k or an equivalent particle ;
so that ukv rin. 8.
1.)
uiv irXfjv Luke xxii. 22.
and dk correspond to each other, and (Hdian. 6. 7. 11, 20.)
So ukv ovv Kai
mark the protasis and apodosis. Where Acts xxvi. 4. coll. ver. 6. uiv ovv ravvv
the antithesis is strong, ukv Si may be Acts xvii. 30. (y)
The adversative par-
rendered indeed but ; in many instan- ticle (e or the is sometimes want-
like)
ces,however, they merely mark a tran- ing after uiv, either because the antith-
and cannot
sition, or are continuative, esis is expressed in some other way, as
well be given in English. See genr. Heb. xii.9 or because the apodosis it-
;

Buttm. 149. p. 426. sq. Passow in ukv. self is omitted, e. g. (1) where the apo-
Matth. 622. Henn. ad Vig. p. 841. dosis obviously implied, Winer p.
is

The place of ukv is regularly after the 448. 2. g. Matth.

Passow utvuo. 622.
word to which it belongs in sense, i. e. 6. Acts xix. 4 'luavvrje uiv ifidTrTKre (3.
usually after one, two, three, or even utTctvoiog K. T. X. supp. 'but not so Jesus.'
four words in a clause (John xvi. 22), Rom. vii. 12 wTre 6 uiv vouog UJIOQ, supp.
never at the beginning, see Winer p. <but not this abuse of it/ comp. ver. 7 sq.
460. Col. ii. 23. Heb. vi. 16. Soph. Antig.
a) Where there is a distinct and definite 1330 (2)
where through a change 01
 50-i

construction the writer neglects the apo- 845. n. 343. Acts xxvi. 9. Heb. ix. 1. 1
dosis, Winer 1. c. Acts i. 1 rbv ptv Cor. vi. 7 riSt] n^v ovv bXwff i]Trr\\ia vfuv
Trp&Tov \6yov K. T. X. where the apodosis ioriv, OTI K. T. X. now assuredly there is
would regularly come in before ver. 3, wholly a fault among you, that etc.
<
but in this second book etc.' but the Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 37 -- So dXXd piv ovv
writers neglects it arid turns to some- Phil. iii. 8.

thing else. Rom. i. 8. x. 1. 2 Cor. xii.

c)
In partition or distribution,
(a)
12. yap xi. 4
fikv (3)
or sometimes joined with the art. 6, 77, TO, or the relat.
the apodosis is thus as it were obliterated, be, %, '6, Buttm. 126. 2, 3. E. g. seq. Si,
and then \itv serves to insulate some as 6 piv 6 Si, the one the other, this
person or thing, and thus to exclude that, Phil. i. 16, 17. Heb. vii. 5, 6, 21 sq.
every thing else which might otherwise also one another, and plur. some
be expected or implied, Lat. quidem, others, Matt. xxii. 5, 6. Acts xiv. 4. xvii.
Buttin. p. 427. So espec. with a pers. 32. 6 piv dXXoff e, one another, Matt.
pron. as tyw /uv, / indeed, I at least, 1 xvi. 14. John vii. 12. So og plv op
Cor. iii. 4. Rom. xi. 13. 1 Thess. ii. 18. ii, the one the other, Luke xxiii. 33. 2
ly<i pev ovv Acts xxvi. 9. So \iiv yap, as Cor. ii. 16. off pkv 6 Se aa$iviv, the
TTD&TOV \iiv ydp Rom. iii. 2. 1 Cor. xi. 18. one but the weak, Rom. xiv. 2 ; also one
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 12. Conv. 2. 5. (3) another, plur. some othe?'s,M.o.tt. xiii.
Vice versa, Si sometimes stands in the 8. Acts xxvii. 44. Rom.ix.21. Jude 22.
apodosis without pkv in the protasis, e. g. 1 Cor. xii. 28 oi)ff uiv, where the writer
Luke xi. 47. See Passow ftiv no. 2. g. falls out of the construction and proceeds
Matth. $ 288. 4. with irp&rov, CLVTIOOV, TO'ITOV. Further,
b) Where the antithesis is less definite, off fiev dXXoff Si, one another, Matt.
BO that\nlv Ik. serve to mark transition xiii. 4 sq. Mark iv. 4, 5. 1 Cor. xii.
or are merely continuative j here the 8 sq. Seq. Kai, as off fiev KO.I ertpog,

force of piv cannot well be given in one and another, Luke viii. 5 sq (/3)
English, while Si is rendered by but, Joined with other pronouns, as tyei> ptv
and, etc. Thus (a) simpl. ftiv, seq. Si, iyw ! ter 1 Cor. i. 12. aXXoff fiev
Matt. xxv. 33 trrrjau TO. jjiiv 7rpo/3ara l/e aXXoff Si 1 Cor. xv. 39. riff piv r/ff tf!

St^itiv avTOv, ra Sk iQityia K. r. X. he shall Phil. i. 15. rouro ulv TOVTO tie, partly
set the sheep on his right hand, but
(and) partly, Heb. x. 33, comp. Matth. 288.
the goats on his left. Luke xiii. 9. xxiii. n. 2. Herm. ad Vig. p. 702. Isocr.
56 coll. xxiv. Actsxiv. 12. Rom. viii.
1. Panegyr. p. 44. D. Hdot. 3. 106. (y)
17. 1 Cor. i. 23. 2 Tim. iv. 4. Jude 8. Joined with an adv. as OJdf ptv e/ca Si
Comp. Buttm. p. 427. Matth. 622 2 Heb. vii. 8, comp. Buttm. p. 427. Genr.
Mace. iii. 40 coll. iv. 1. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. John xvi. 9 sq. AL.
10. ib. 4.5. 15.
(j3)
With ovv, i. e. /m>
MEVOVV, better ovv t see in Mtv
ovv, in Engl. only therefore, then, e. g. (1)
/tttv

a, b. Later ecclesiastical writers place

seq. Si, Mark xvi. 19 o pkv ovv Kvpiog
it first in a clause, contrary to earlier
avt\r}(f>SrTi . . tictlvoi fit IZtXSovrfg K. r. X.

John xix. 24 sq. Acts 6 sq. ii. 41 coll.

i. usage, Phryn. et Lob. p. 342. Comp. in
42. v. 41 coll. vi. 1. viii. 4 sq. ix. 31 sq. Hiv init.

xii. 5. xiii. 4 coll. 6. xiv. 3 sq. xv. 3 sq.

i.
q- ^v ovv but stronger,
xxiii. 18 sq. xxviii. 5 sq. without
(2) yea indeed^ jea verily, comp. in Mtvb. j3.
Si, where fj.ev ovv then serves as a contin- 2. Luke xi. 28. Rom. ix. 20. x. 18. Phil.
uative, with a certain degree of illative iii. 8. Comp. Viger. p. 541. Nicet.
force,Engl. then, therefore, Lat. et qui- Annal. 21. 11. p. 415. In N. T. and
dem, comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 841. n.
ecclesiastical writers it is placed first in
342. Acts xxiii. 22. 1 Cor. vi. 4. Heb.
a sentence, contrary to earlier usage,
vii. 11. (Xen. Mem. 1. 1.2. ib. 4.3. 1.) Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 203. Lob. ad
Seq. Acts i. 18. xxvi. 4 coll. 6. Comp. Phryn. p. 342. Comp. in Mtvovv.
KCL'I,

Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 3. Or also with an af-

firmative power, yea, indeed, certainly, Mtvroi conjunct. (p.iv, TOI enclit/
verily, comp. Viger. p. 541 et Herm. p. pp. i.
q. n'fv affirmative or concessive,
 Me'i 505 :V(t>

but stronger, indeed, truly, certainly, for- c. dat. John xii. 46 ivTy OKOT'HJ, nt} f.nlvij.

tooth, espec. in negative clauses and an- 1 Cor. vii. 20, 24. 1 John iii. 14. c. Iv
swers, see Buttm. p. 431, Passow in impl. Phil. i. 25 coll. 24. (Hdian. 2. 1.
fiiv B. 12. Matth. 622. Herm. ad Vig. Seq. dat. of pers. to remain to one,
15.)
p. 843 sq. Plato Phaedon. p. 73. D. i. e. in his power, Acts v. 4.
(Sept. Dan.
p. 82. C. Xen. Lac. 1. 1 Hence in iv. 23. comp. Hdian. 3. 7. 6.) With a
N. T. subst. or adj. implying condition, cha-

a) though, yet, nevertheless,

John iv. 27 racter, etc. 1 Cor. vii. 11 fieviTio ayauof.
obctlQ fikvTOt tlTTC Tl %r]Tt? VH. 13. XU. ',
2 Tim. ii. 13 iict~ivoe iriarbg n'wii. Heb.
42 o/iwf fiivToi. xx. 5. xxi. 4. 2 Tim. vii. 3 n'tvf Ifptvg.iAlso things, John xii.
ii. 19. Jude 8. Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 6. Xen. 24 airog [o KOKJCOC] fiovoQ uivet, i. e. ste-
Cyr. 2. 1.5. o/iw<; fiivrot Ceb. Tab. 33. rile. Acts xxvii. 41 r) ^tv Trpwpa tpttrav
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 22. dodXivTog. With an adj. impl. e. g.
b)
once in the primitive sense of dffdXivroQ, firm stedfast, Rom. ix. 11.
each particle, pp. pkv rot, indeed there- opp. to KaTaicaiiaSai 1 Cor. iii. 14. Part
fore, indeed then ; or the force of piv opp. to irpaStv, i. e. remaining un-
fi'ivov

being lost in English, therefore, then, i. sold,Acts V. 4 ov\l pivov, trot tfitve ]
q. piv ovv, see in Mlv b. /3. 2. Seq. tie, comp. above. Luc. D. Deor. 8. pen.
James ii. 8. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 5. Hiero Soph. Trac. 176. Hdian. 8. 5. 1 With
1.25. an adjunct of time during or to which
Mt'vw, f. ptvCJ, aor. 1 tftiiva, perf. a person or thing remains, continues,
HipivijKa, see Buttm. 101. n. 9. 112. endures. 1 Cor. xv. 6 ol irXiiovs pivov-

5, 8 ; pluperf. 3 plur. fiffttvrjKitffav aiv 'i(t>z apn. Matt. xi. 23 fiexP* r?7f <*i}-
1 John ii. 19, see Buttm. 83. n. 6. Wi- (itpov. John xxi. 22, 23 iuv avrbv &X<j
ner 12. 12. p'tvetv o>c ipxofiai. (Xen. An. 2. 3. 24.)
intrans. to remain, to continue, to
1. Rev. xvii. 10 oXtyov avruv Sit fjinvai, i. e.

abide, Lat. maneo, spoken retain his power, opp. iriaiiv. John
a) of place, i. e. of persons remaining xii. 34 c TOV aiwva, and so 2 Cor. ix. 9.
or dwelling in a place, seq. adv. Matt, 1 Pet. i. 25. (Sept. Ps. ix. 8. cxii. 6, 9.)
x. 11. KaKii (itivare. xxvi. 38. John ii. 12. tig %d>r)v aiwvtov John vi. 27. Hence
Seq. iv c. dat. of place Luke viii. 27 iv absol. with the idea of perpetuity, i. q. to
OVK efiivtv. John vii. 9. viii. 35. Acts
oliciy. remain or endure for ever, to be perpetual,
xx. 15. xxvii. 31. 2 Tim. iv. 20. c. iv ry e. g. Christian graces, rewards, insti-
oiKtq, impl. John viii. 35. Acts xvi. 15. tutes, etc. 1 Cor. xiii. 13 vvv Si ^kvn.

Seq. ptrd c. gen. of person Luke xxiv. 29, iriffTig, i\iri, dyd-n-T}. Heb. xiii. 1. John
and with the notion of help John xiv. 16. xv. 16. Heb. x. 34. xii. 27. 2 Cor.
Seq. irapa c. dat. of pers. John xiv. 25. iii. 11.
Acts xviii. 3, 20, and with the notion of of the relation in which one per-
e)
help John xiv. 17. a$' iavrbv fiivetv son or thing stands to another, chiefly
to dwell by oneself Acts xxviii. 16 coll. 30. in John's writings thus, to remain in or
;

Seq. ffvv c. dat. of pers. Luke i. 56. with any one, is i. q. to be and remain
In the sense of to lodge, seq. rrov John united with him, one with him, in heart,
i. 39, 40. seq. iv c. dat. of place, Luke mind, will e. g. seq. iv c. dat. of pers.
;

xix. 5. seq. irapa c. dat. of pers. John John vi. 56 iv

ipoi pivti, /cdyw iv avr<ft
iv. 40. Acts ix. 43, coll. x. 6.
Sept. for xiv. 10. xv. 4, 5, 6, 7. 1 John ii. 6. iii. 24.
ytfl seq. /ierd Gen. xxiv. 55 c. adv. iv. 15, 16. fiird TIVOQ 1 John
ii. 19. So
1 Mace. xi. 40. Xen. An. 1. 3. 11. c. iv to remain in any thing is i. q. to remain
Hdian. 4. 3. 10. fitrd Plut. Apoth. Imp. stedfast, to persevere in it, e. g. seq. iv
II. p. 25. Tauchn. vapd Ceb. Tab. 9. c. dat. John viii. 31 Iv T$ X6yy. xv. 9 et
So of things, seq. kiri c.
gen. John xix. 1 John iv. 16 iv ry dydir-g. 1 John ii.

31 "iva p.ri
ptivy iirl TOV oravpov TO. owfiara. 10 iv rtji furl. 2 John 9
iv Ty Sidaxy,

(comp. Hdian. 4. 4. 9.) Trop. seq. iiri So 1 Tim. ii. 15 iuv fitivwaiv iv irivrei.
c. dat. 2 Cor. iii. 14. Vice versa, and in a
(2 Mace. 1.)
viii.

b) of a state or condition, seq. adv. like general sense, the same things arj
1 Cor. vii. 8, 40 iav QITU /iry. Seq. iv said to remain in a person, e. g. seq. i >
 506

C. dat. of pers. John v. 38 rbv \oyov av- ), of, f- ;<

rov OVK ex er pevovTa iv vp.lv. XV. 11. 1. to care, to be anxious, troubled, to take
John . 14. iii. 17 TTU) 7} ayairi] TOV Seov thought, absol. Matt. vi. 27 T'IQ Si t% vpGiv
fjikvn tv avT$; 2 John 2. Comp. in fiepi/j,vwv cvvaTcti K. T. \. ver. 31. Luke xii.

*EXW c. j3, ult __ In a kindred sense, spo- 25. Phil. iv. 6. seq. dat./or which, Matt.
ken of divine gifts, privileges, seq. ITTI vi. 25 ntf /tfpi^vare Ty ^v\V fytwv. Luke
nva John i. 32, 33 TO Ttvtvpa icara/3aT- xii. seq. tic TO avpiov Matt. vi. 34.
22.
VOV Kai fttVOV 67T* dVTOV. 1 John ill. 15 seq. inoi c. gen. Matt. vi. 28. Luke xii.
c. iv avrif. So of evils, John iii. 36 17 26; also c. ace. Luke x. 41. seq. v^ip
6py>) TOV &. fievei
ITT' avro . ix. 41 17 ovv c. gen. 1 Cor. xii. 25. seq. TTW^ Matt.
afiapria v/iwv /icvti SC. ty v/*a,
1.
q. ye x. 19. Luke xii. 11 __ Dem. 576. 23 /u-
remain in your sin. pifjiv^v TO. SiKaia Xtytiv. Seq. accus. of
2. trans, to remain for any one, to thing, pp. as to or for which one cares,
wait for, to await, c. ace. Acts xx. 5 ov- Buttm. ^ 131. 6 ; hence by impl. to care
roi tfjievov rjfias iv Tpwddc. ver. 23 deffpa for, to take care of. 1 Cor. vii. 32, 33, 34
fie
teal Sept. for nSn
2f\i\^tig fjikvovai.
biS /Htplfll'tTL TU TOV KVplOU . . . TO. TOV KOO-
Is. viii. 17. 2 Mace. vii. 30. Dem. 50. jiou. Matt. vi. 34 TO. eavTrjg. Phil. ii. 20
26. Xen. An. 4. 4. 20. AL. Ta TTfpl vp&v. Wisd. xii. 22. Xen. Cyr.
8. 7. 12 Kai rd TroXXd

divide into parts, trans, pp. Xen. An. 5.

1.9. InN. T. e.g.

a)
Mid. piTa TWOS, to di-
fjLfpi^ofiai TI a)
of a country, i. e. a division, pro-
vide any thing with another, to share vince, Acts xvi. 12 ; see in MajcedoWa. So
with, Luke xii. 13 fitpitraiT^ai fitT e/tou Sept. and p^ti Josh, xviii. 6. Comp.
rrjv K\rjpovofjt,iav. Comp. Qi) P?H an HtpiddpxrjG 1Mace. x. 65. Jos. Ant. 12.
Sept. Prov. xxix. 24. Dem. 913. 1. 5.5.
comp. Jos. Ant. 1. 8. 3. Hdian. 3. 10. 12.
b) part assigned, portion, share, trop.
.
Pass. trop. to be divided sc. into parties Acts viii. 21 OVK ZGTI ooi ptpic ... iv T<#

and factions, to be disunited, Matt. xii. Xoyy rovry. Sept. and Gen. xxxi. p^rj
25, 26. Mark iii. 24, 25, 26. (Pol. 8. 23. 14. Deut. pp. Plut. Agesil. 17.
xii. 12.

9.)
Also in the sense to be distinct, to Dem. 1039. 22 -- Also portion, lot, des-
1 Cor. i. 13
tiny, as assigned of God, Luke x. 42 T^V
e. g. b
differ, fupfyurrcu
Xpurrog is Christ divided? i. e. are
; avaSrrjv fiepiSa t\earo. So Sept. and
there distinctions in Christ, or are there ppn Ecc. iii. 22. ix. 9. Dan. iv. 12.
different Christs 1 1 Cor. vii. 34 n*pk- as implying participation,fellowship.
c)
purrai T; jvvtj Kai rj TrapStvog. Hdian. 2 Cor. VI. 15 T'IQ /uptff 7ri(TT(f /xerd cnri-
3. 10. 6. ffrov ',
Col. i. 12 ci'f TTJV ftepiSa TOV K\TJ-

b) by impl.
to divide out, to distribute, pov,i. e. so as to be
partakers of the in-
e. g.rove igdvac Mark vi. 41. Sept. for heritance etc. So Sept. for t3i> p^H
Ex. xv. 9. Josh. xiv. 5. Hdian. 1. Deut. x. 9. Ps. 1. 18.
p^n
17/3. Hence genr. to distribute, for to
assign, to grant, to bestow, e. g.
God , ov, b, (^ptw,) a later
Rom. xii. 3. 1 Cor. vii. 17. 2 Cor. x. 13. noun of action, Thorn. Mag. p. 49. H.
gen. Heb. vii. 2. Sept. Job xxxi. 2. Plank in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 682 par- ;

Ecclus. xlv. 20 or 28. tition, division, i. e. separation, Heb. iv.

12. Theophr. Caus. Plant. 1. 12. 6.
Mc'/Dt/iva, ac, *l> Gpiff> /"p''?<")
care > Also distribution, and so for gift, Heb.
anxiety, as dividing up and distracting ii. 4 irvevpaTOG ayiov /ipicr/ioTf, comp. in
the mind. Matt. xiii. 22 et Mark iv. 19 Mtp/a> b. Sept. for np^np division,
fjLBpijjivai
TOV aliovoQ TOVTOV, i. e. for this class, Josh. xi. 23. Ezra vi. 18 __ Pol.
world's goods, worldly cares, Luke viii. 31. 18. 1.
14. xxi. 34. 2 Cor. xi. 28. 1 Pet. v. 7.

^, Sept. Ps. Iv. 23. Ecclus. 31. [xxxiv.] /yCj ou, b, (/ifpt'w,) a divider,
Hesiod. Op. 176 or 180. distributor, Luke xii. 14.
 607

51 Kai TO n'tooQ avTov fitrd r&v

Meooc, foe, ouc, , (kindr. with
e. g. S//(m. Luke xii. 46. Rev. xxi. 8. Sept.
i,) apart,
of a whole, i. e. a portion, for Ecc. v. 18 comp. in Mpff b.
a) part (a) p^rj ;

piece, absol.
Johnxix. 23 bis, rkaaapa Soph''. Antig. 147. Thuc. 1. 127.
as
fispii
ic. r. X. Rev. xvi. 19. Seq. gen. of c)implying participation, fellow-
the whole, Luke xv. 12 TO i-n-ifBaXXov fik- ship. John
xiii. 8 OVK ix /"|C M 67 |
"'

42 IX^VOQ OTTTOV
Rev. xx. 6. comp. in Mpie c.
pof r//c ovffiag. xxiv. p.i-

pog. c. gen. irapl. Luke xi. 36 /z>) x 01/

TI fitpos GKOTUVOV, sc. rou ffw/iaroc, and
so iv. 16. (in full Hdian. 8. 4.
comp. Buttm. ^19. n. I,} mid-day, noon,
Eph. 27.)
2 supp. 6 supp.
Acts xxii. 6. Sept. for tr "ins Gen. xliii.
Acts v. riis n/t/jc. xxiii.
16, 25. Hdian. 1. 17. l'. Xen. H. G. 5.
row <rvv^piou coll. v. 1, and so v. 9 or ;
3. 1. Meton. the mid-day quarter, i. e.
it may here be rendered party, xix. 27
the south, Acts viii. 26. Jos. Ant. 4. 5.
rovro KivSvvtvti TO p.epo, this part i. e.
2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 5.
this branch of labour, of our trade, etc.
Diod. Sic. 1. 28. c. gen. Hdian. vii. 12. MCCT/QC i Q some MSS. for
13. Xen. Cyr. 1,6. 14. c. gen. impl. q. v.
8. 4. 29. Hence often in adverbial sig- be a
ua), f. y<rw, (usaiTijs,') to
nifications, e. g. accus. jiepoc in some n
mediator, arbiter, Jos. Ant. 16. 4. 3 ult.
part, partly, 1 Cor. xi. 18. Buttra. 131. Diod. Sic. 19. 71. to mediate for any
6. (Thuc. 2. airb n'toovs in part,
64.) one, to intercede, Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 5. In
partly, in some degree, 2 Cor. i. 14. ii. 5.
N. T. to intervene with any thing, i. e. to
Rom. xi. 25. xv. 15, 24. (Diod. Sic. 13.
Heb. vi. 17 opry ipsaiTevae
interpose.
IK p'epovc in particular, individu-
108.) he interposed an oath sc. between him-
ally, 1 Cor. xii. 27 ; also in part, partly, self and the other party, by way of con-
i. e. imperfectly, 1 Cor. xiii. 9 bis, 12.
firmation, pledge. Comp. peffirnc Jos.
v. 10 TO K pepovc this in part, this piece-
Ant. 4. 6. 7.
meal knowledge. Kara pipoQ particu-
larly, in detail, Heb. ix. 5, see in Kara ou, o, (/*e<rof, Z/u to go,)
II. 3. Pol. 1. 4. 3. Thuc. 4. 26. a go-between, a mediator, one who in-
Spoken of a country, the earth, etc. tervenes between two parties, viz.
(/3)
a part, tract, region. Matt. ii. 22 tlq TO. a)
as an interpreter, intemuntius, a
H'sptj TtiQ TaXtXaiag. XV. 21. xvi. 13. Murk mere medium of communication, e. g.
viii. 10. Acts ii. 10. absol. xix. 1. xx.2. Moses, Gal. iii. 19, 20 __ Jos. Ant. 16. 2.
So Eph. iv. 9 TO.
KctTUTipa fitpi] TIJ yty?, 2. Diod. Sic. 4. 54.

Sept. for 7|^3 Neh. b) as an intercessor, reconciler, so of

see in Kara*r*pof.
iii. 15 Hdian. 2. 11. 8. ib. 6. 5\ 15. Christ, 1 Tim. ii. 5 uto'iTijg Seov ical av-
So of a ship, part, i. e. side, quarter, -&PWTTWJ/. Heb. viii. 6. ix. 15. xii. 24.
John XXI. 6 rd Ss^id fjtkor\ TOV irXoiov. Sept. for TTDlrj Job ix. 33. Plut. Is. et
Sept.for-QVsideEx.xxxii.15. y^Jxxvi. Osir. 46. III. p. 44. Tauchn. The ear-
35.
ntyftvi
K. xix. 23. 1 Mace. ix. lier Greeks used ^gtrog SucaaTrjs Thuc.
12.
(y) Trop.
of some part of a general 4. 83, or fitaicioQ, Aristot. Polit. 5. 6.
topic, etc. a particular. Col. ii. 16 iv See Lob. ad Phr. p. 121 sq.
jjiipei iopTTJe TJ vovfjirjviciG K. T. X. in the
M<TOVVKT/OV, of adj.
particular of a festival, i. e. in respect of. foil, TO, (neut.
So iv T$ ftipu TOVTV, in this particular, ptaovvKTioe, from vv%,) midnight,
{ikooQ,

in this respect, 2 Cor. iii. 10. ix. 3. 1 Pet. Luke xi. 5. Acts xvi. 25. xx. 7. Put
iv. 16. Philo in Flacc. p. 989. D. Ael. for the midnight watch, Mark xiii. 35,
V. H. 8. 3. comp. in QvXaKT]. Sept. for n$>4 ^tj
b) part assigned, portion, share. Rev. Judg. xvi. 3. Ruth iii. 8. Luc. Merc.
xxii. 19 aQciiprjcret 6 Stag TO fitpog avrov.
cond. 26. Diod. Sic. 20. 48. Used by
Adv. di'd pepog pp. each in his part or the later prose writers, although Phryn-
icus assigns it to poetry, Lob. ad Phryn.
turn, by course, one after another, 1 Cor.
xiv.27. Pol.3.55. 8.Alsoportioji, p. 53.
lot,
destiny, as assigned of God^ Matt. xxiv. ac ; /,
 Mlaoc 508

Mesopotamia, the fertile tract of

ra/i<5c), Htffov to takeawayfrom the midst, toilers e
country lying between the rivers Eu- medio, i. e. to abolish, to destroy, Col.
ii. 14 ; and so
phrates and Tigris, from near their yivfaSai IK /xlcrov 2 Thess.
sources to the vicinity of Babylon. Acts ii. 7. Xen. An. 1. 5. 14 IK TOV H'KTOV t-
ii. 9. vii. 2. The Hebrew name was iffTaaSat -- (t) iv ;ucr<p, iv rtfi fieay, in
tT'ina 0"]$ Syria of the two rivers Gen. the midst, absol. Matt. xiv. 6 wpxr/craro iv
xxiv. 10 ; also QHi< "jlp plain of Syria Gen. T<$ fifoy i. e. before Herod and his guests.
xxv. 20. xxviii. 2. It now belongs to John viii. 9, coll. ver.2. 7. 5.
(Xen. Cyr.
the Turkish dominion, under the name 46.) Seq. gen.
of thing or place, Mark vi.
ot ElDjeziratj i. e. the peninsula. See 47 iv ft. TfjgSaXaffffrfg. Luke xxi. 21. xxii.
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 133, 155. 55. Acts xvii. 22. Heb. ii. 12. Rev. i. 13.
ii. 1. iv. 6. v. 6. vi. 6. xxii. 2. Seq,
[ii.
7.]
Mctroe, i'j, ov, (kindr. with gen. of pers. in the midst of, among, Matt.
mid, middle, midst. xviii. 20. Luke ii. 46 iv /<ra> TUV Stdafficd-
as adj. e. g. fiifftj J/upa mid-
a) pp. \wv. xxii. 27, 55. xxiv. 36. Acts i. 15.
day, pier) vv% mid-night, Acts xxvi. 13. ii.22. xxvii. 21. 1 Thess. ii. 7. Phil. ii.
Matt. xxv. 6. This is a later form instead
15. Rev. v. 6. Also by attract, in Matt.
of the earlier \iiaov rjfispag comp. Acts
x. 16. xviii. 2. Mark ix. 36. Luke viii. 7.
xxvii. 17), fifcrovffa }/iepa, jieo-jj/ZjSpia, x. 3. John viii. 3. Acts iv. 7 ;
see in 'Ev
coinp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 53 sq. 465. no. 4. Sept. for Tpn^ Gen. i. 6. xxiii.
Sept. Ex. xi. 4. 1 K. iii. 20. Esdr. ix. 41. Xen. Cyr.
-In an adverbial sense, Buttm. 123. n.
10.
:nj?3 Deut. xxix. 11.
8. 5. 8.'ib'. 8. 6. 22 __ (?) jcara /ilo-ov TIJQ
3. Luke xxiii. 45
i<f\ia^n TO KarctTreracr/m
vvKTog about midnight Acts xxvii. 27.
TOV vaov ptffov. John xix. 18. Acts i. Xen. An.
Sept. for 3"l$!:l Josh. i. 11.
18. Seq. gen. Johni. 26 n'taog Sk V/J.MV
6. 2. 17 Kara fi. Trjg QpyKrjg, Comp. Cyr.
effrtjKt i. e. in the midst of you. Matt. 5. 3. 62.
xiv. 24 TO Se TrXolov rjdrj fj-kaov Trjg S'aXdcr-

ffrjg fjv was now mid-way of the

the vessel ou, TO, ptffog, TOI-
middle wall, partition, trop. of the
lake. Comp. Buttm. 132. 4. 2 b. )

Matth. 354. /. Mosaic law as separating the Jews and

Sept. for r^ji^l Gen.
xv. 10. Luc. Conv. 43. c. 'gen. Jos. Gentiles, Eph. ii. 14. Prob. in allu-
sion to the wall between the inner and
B. J. 3. 8. 1. Hdian. 3. 9. 5. Eurip.
outer courts of the temple ; see in 'itpov
Rhes. 532.
neut. TO n'taov as subst. the mid-
and Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 2. comp. Rev. xi. 1,
b) 2. Clem. Alex. 6. 13. Athen. VII. p.
dle, the midstt only with prepositions.
281 ed. Casaub.
(a)
avd n'taov, in the midst of, among,
seq. gen. of pers. or thing, Matt. xiii. 25. arocj TO, (fii<rog,
Mark vii. 31. 1 Cor. vi. 5. Rev. vii. 17. ovpavog,) mid-heaven, the midst of the
See more in 'Avd no. 1
(/3)
Sid /tlo-ou heavens, Rev. viii. 13. xiv. 6. xix. 17. _
through the midst of, seq. gen. of pers. Eustath. ad. II. 8. 68. Comp. ptffovpa-
or place, Lukeiv. 30. xvii. 11. John viii. VBOJPorph. de Abstin. IV. 8. Plut. ed.
59. Sept. for Jer. xxxvii. 4. Plut.
Tpn^ R. VII. p. 147, 467.
Solon. 14. Xen. An. 1. 4. 4 __
(y) tig pk- f. to be in
j ttiffb),
into the midst, sc. of an (fisffog,)
aov, fig TO fjiicrov, or at the middle, in the midst,
etc. Mark iii. 3 tytipat fig TO mid-way,
assembly intrans. John vii. 14 Trjg ioprfjg [ieffovffrjg
plaov. Luke iv. 35. v. 19. Also by at-
i. e. at the middle of the festival __ Sept.
tract. in Mark xiv. 60. Luke vi. 8. John Ex. xii. 29. Thuc. 5. 57.
xx. 19, 26 ;
see in Etc no. 4. Sept. for
Heb.
Tprr^K Ex. Tpn^ Ex. xi.
xiv. 23. 4. ov, o, Messiah,
Luc. adv. Indoct. 29. Xen. An. 1. 5. IT-tito i. the anointed, i. q. Xpi<rr6c
e.

14. fie out of the midst, seq. which see. John i. 42. iv. 25.
(3) fiecrov

gen. of pers.from among Matt. xiii. 49, M<TTOC, ?}, ov, full, filled, stuffed,
Acts xvii. 33. xxiii. 10. 1 Cor. v. 2. 2
seq. gen. of that of or with which a per
('or. vi. 17.
Sept. for rpntt Ex. vii. 5. son or thing is full, Buttm. 132. 5. 2.
STffQ Ex. xxxi. 13. Absol. a'pnv IK TOV John xix. 29 GKIVOQ o%ovg U.IGTQV. xxi. 11.
 509 Mtrtt

James Sept. for N

iii. 8. Ez. xxxvii. John xviii. 26, trop. 2 John 2. Hence
1. Nah. 10.-~Hdian. 5. 4/4. Xen. An.
i. 01 OVTIQ v. ytvopevoi fierd TIVOQ, ot fierd
1. 4. 19. Metaph. Matt, xxiii. 28 /iccrroc Tivog, those with any one, his companions,
lyre vTroKplatwQ. Rom. i. 29. xv. 14. Matt. xii. 3, 4. Markxvi. 10. Lukevi. 3,
James iii. 17. 2 Pet. ii. 14. Sept. Prov. 4. Tit. iii. Ceb. Tab. 14. Xen.Cyr.
15.
vi. 34. Xen. Conv. 1. 13. 8. 1. 25. Trop. to be of one's side or
party. Matt. xii. 30 6 fiij &v /ur' ifiov,
, w, f. w<, (//force,)
to fill,
tear ipoviffTi. (Thuc.3.56. Xen. Cyr. 2.
Pass, to be filled, to be full, seq. gen.
4. to be present with any one, sc. for
7.)
Acts ii. 13 yXfUKovf /tf/uarw/uvot euri.
aid, e. g. God John iii. 2 idv fi^ ybStbs
Comp. Buttm. 132. 5. 2. 3 Mace. v. per' UVTOV. viii. 29. Acts vii. 9. 2 Cor. xiii.
10.
11. c. iivai imp. Matt. i. 23. Rom. xv.
Mcra prep, (kindr. with /iccroc), 33. trop. ii x l 'P xvpiov Luke i. 66. Acts

governing the genitive and accusative, xi. 21 . So of Jesus Matt, xxviii. 20. c.
in the poets also the dative, with the tlvai impl. 2 Thess. iii. 16. of the Holy
primary signif. mid, amid, Germ, mit, Spirit John xiv. 16. Also c. ttvcu Impl.
i. e. in the midst, with, among, implying to be ever with any one, i. e. to be ever

accompaniment, and thus differing from bestowed, given, e. g. the divine favour,
trvv which expresses conjunction, union, blessing, as in the closing benedictions
See Passow s. v. Matth. 587. Winer of the epistles, Rom. xvi. 20, 24. 1 Cor.
51. p. 323. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. xvi. 23, 24. Heb. xiii. 25. 2 John 3. Rev.
p. 176. xxii. 21. ((3\ Where one is said to do or
I. With
the Genitive, implying com- suffer any thing with another, implying
panionship, fellowship. E. g. joint or mutual action, influence, suffer-
1. with, i. e. amid, among, in the ing, etc. Matt. ii. 3 'Hpw^c tVapax^ ? 1

midst of, as where one is said to be, sit, KOI iraffa 'itpoaoXv/xa (JLIT*
avrov. V. 41.
stand, etc. with or in the midst of others, xii. 30 /n) oTvaywv ptr' fytov. ver. 41.
seq. gen. plur. of pers. or thing. Matt. xviii. 23. Mark iii. 6, 7. Luke v. 29, 30.
xxvi. 58 iicaSjjTO //era rv virrjptruiv. John xi. 16. xix. 18. Acts xxiv. 1. Rom.
Murk i. 13. xiv. 54, 62 ipxopfvov /iera xii. 15 bis. 1 Thess. iii. 13. Heb. xiii. 23.
TWV i>0Xwv TOV ovpavov. Luke xxiv. 5. Rev. iii. 20. al. scepiss. (Hdian. 3. 4. 12.
John xviii. 5. Acts xx. 18. Rev. xxi. 3. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 12.) So, as often in
al. Comp. Passow //rd A. 1. Matth. 1. c.
English, where with is equivalent to and,
Horn. Od. 10. 320. Eurip. Hec. 209. i. e. where icai
might stand. Matt. xxii.
Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 16. 16 dirocfT't\\ovaiv avrtfi rovf paSrrjTdt; avrwv
2. with, i. e.
together with, e. g. fisrd TWV 'HpuSiav&v, i. q. their own dis-
a) pp. and seq. gen. of pers. (a) ciplesand the Herodians. ii. 11. xix. 10.
where one said to be, go, remain, sit,
is 1 Cor. xvi. 11. (y) Seq. gen.
of a pers.
stand, etc. with any one, in his company; pron. after verbs of having or taking
so with a notation of place added, with oneself. Matt. xv. 30 t\ovTig /iy
Matt. v. 25 e'wg orov Z iv Ty 6qi utr iavruv x^Xovf K. T. X. xxv. 3. Mark xiv.
avTov. Luke xi. 7. xxii. 21. John iii. 26. 33. 2 Tim. iv. 11. Diod. Sic. 20. 4
xi. 31. Rev. iii. 21. al. Often without Where the accompaniment implies
(5)
notation of place e. g. fiivtiv, Staftevtiv,
only nearness, contiguity, etc. Matt. xxi.
TTtpnraTtlv, oiKtlv //era TIVOQ, to abide, 2 ical iruXov [itr avrije. Rev. xiv. 1. Acts
walk, dwell with any one Luke xxiv. 29. ii. 28
7rX/7pw<mf / evQpoavvTjg perd TOV
xxii. 28. John vi. 66. 1 Cor.vii.13. trop. irpoawTTov aov, i. e. in thy presence, near
utvtiv ptrd TIVOQ, to continue on the side quoted from Ps. xvi. 1 1
thy person ;

of any one, of his party, 1 John ii. 19. where Sept. for TpjRrns. After
( )
So elvat fisrd TIVOQ, to be with any one, the verb aKoXovSlw to follow, Luke ix.
i. e. in his company, Matt. ix. 15 if' 49 OVK dKO\ov$ei jj.t$' jy/iuJv. Rev. vi. 8.
otrov p.tr' avT&v IOTIV 6 vv[i<f>io. Mark xiv. 13. This is a construction of the
v. 18. Luke xv. 31. John vii. 33. 2 Tim. later Greek instead of the dat. see Phryn.
iv. 11 ;
also ytvioSai fiTa rivog id. Acts et Lob. p. 353. comp. Matth. 403.
vii. 38. ix. 19. c. ilvcii irnpl. Mark ix. 8. Dem. 608. 13 After verbs
p. 738. ()
 Mtra 510 Mtra

compounded with ovv, instead of the ing joint or mutual action, influence,
more usual dative, Matth. 405. Acts i. suffering, etc. where in Engl. also we
26 eri;y/car^7;0i<rS// //rd fStv a-jrooToXcJV. say with, e. g. (a)
after words imply-
2 Cor. viii. 18. Gal. ii. 12. Matt. xvii. ing accord ordiscord, Luke xxiii. 12 syi-
3. xx. 2. Diod. Sic. 13.02. Dem. 330. VOVTO fie 0i'Xoi fj.tr' dXXr/Xwj/.
.
(c. dat.
.

2. Aristoph. Acharn. 277. See Lob. ad Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 33.) Rom. xii. 18 //era
Phryn. p. 353, 354. Trdvrwv dv^pwTrwv tlprjvtvovTeg. (Sept.
b) trop. seq. gen. of thing,
e. g.
(a)
1 K. xxii. 45. Job v. 23. Eccltis.
c. dat.
as designating the state or emotion of vi.
6.)
Heb. xii. 14. 1 John iv. 17 dydTnj
mind which accompanies the doing of peS' r}fiu>v our mutual love. Comp.
any thing, with which one acts etc. Buttm. 133. 2 -- John iii. 25 ^rrjaig
Matt, xxviii. 8 ftXov(rai Ta^v /*erd (f>6(3ov . .
fiera T&V 'lovdaiwv. 1 Cor. vi. 6, 7.
Kal %PC /ydX?7. Mark iii. 5. Luke Rev. ii. 16 7roXeju?7(Tw fifr' avrCjv. xi. 7.
xiv. 9. Acts xx. 19. xxiv. 3. Eph. iv. 2 xii. 17. xiii. 7. Here the dat. is more
bis. 2 Thess. iii. 12. 1 Tim. ii. 9. Heb. common, Matth. 404. c.
(/3)
After
x. 22. al. ssep. Comp. Matth. 1. c 1 fioixivu, iropvtvu, etc. Rev. ii. 22 rovf
Mace. vii. 28. Hdian. 2. 13. 4. Diod. Sic. /tot^wovraf /tr' avTrjs. xvii. 2. xviii. 3,
13. 108. Xen. Ven. 13. 15.
(/3)
as de- 9. So Heb. rgj seq. nx Jer.
also xiv. 4.

signating an external action, circum- xxiii. 17.

^ Sept. iv Ez. xvi. 17.
seq.
stance, or condition with which another See Gesen. Lex. r^} no. 1. The com-
action or event is accompanied, e. g. mon construction is c. accus. see under
Matt. xiv. 7 p&' opjcou wftoXo-yijfftv avry. these verbs. After words signifying
(y)
xxiv. 31 aTrocrrtXel TOVQ dyyeXoug avrov participation, fellowship. 2 Cor. xi. 15,
o-dXTTtyyoc 0wv//c /ttydX/yg. xxvii. 66
IIITCL 16 TIQ /ipJ iriffTif fiera cnriaTov K. r. X.
together with a guard. Mark vi. 25. x. John xiii. 8 OVK tx fl A^P ? /*?*' tpov. 1
30 comp. Winer p. 323. Luke ix. 39. John i. 3, 6, 7. Commonly c. dat. as
xvii. 20. Acts v. 26. xiii. 17. xiv. 23. T'I <rot Kai ifioi Matt. viii. 29. Cornp.
xxiv. 18. 2 Cor. viii. 4. 1 Tim. iv. 14. Matth. 389. i. -- So Xoyi'e<r3ai //era
Heb. v. 7. vii. 21. (Hdian. 3. 6.
al. ssep. nvos, to be reckoned, counted, ivith any
7. Thuc. 1. 18ult. 6.28. Xen. Hi. 1.
33.) one, Mark xv. 28 et Luke xxii. 37 Kai
Also often where it is equivalent to Kai, p.eTa avofjiwv tXoyiffSrt], quoted from. Is.
as in English comp. above in a. (3, ult.
;
liii. 12 where Heb. nx n^TaS, Sept. iv.
Eph. vi. 23 etprjvij Kal dydTDj /itrd
. .
comp. c. dat. Hdot. 8. 136. (d)
After
7n'<rrW K.T. X. Col. i. 11. 1 Tim. i. 14. verbs implying to speak or talk with
ii. 15. iii. 4. 2 Tim. ii. 10. Heb. ix. 19. any one, Mark vi. 50 icat evSetae tXaXqaiv
al. of thing which one per O.VT&V. Rev. iv. 1. So John vi. 43.
(y) Seq. gen.
has or takes along with him, or with which xvi. 19. So "iai seq. di? Sept. /urd Gen.
he is furnished, comp. above in a. y. xxxi. 29. Sept. Trpof Deut. v. 4. seq.
Matt. xxiv. 30 juerd SwdfitwQ Kal nx Sept. Trpog Gen. xxiii. 8. xiii. 30.
Mark xiv. 43 o%Xoc 7roXu nira For the more usual dat. see in AaXew,
K. T. X. John xviii. 3. Acts xxvi. 12. AiaXeyw, etc. (e)
rroielv TI fjitra TIVOC, to

comp. ix. 2 et xxii. 5. Luc. Philops. 8. do with any one, i. e. to or towards him,
Thuc. 6. 28. Lys. 101 17 pir oivov iX$t~iv.
.
corresponding to Heb. Ey ntoy. Luke
() After the verb niyvvfit tomingle, Matt, i. 72 TTOirjffai fXto^
p-tra TWV Trarspwi'. X.
xxvii. 34 o^oc/iera \oXriQ fjufjuyn'ivov. Luke 37. Acts xiv. 27. xv. 4. So Heb. and
xiii. 1 (jjv TO alfjLO. HiXarog l/u /xera T&V Sept. Gen. xxiv. 12. Sept. iv Gen. xl.
tiv avTwv. Plato Tim. p. 35. A, 14. Also fieyaXvvetv nvog Luke TI fitrd

j<; ovaiag Kal IK TO>V Tpiu>v i.

58, for Heb. QJ> ^isn see in My- ;

sv. The more usual con- For the more usuaJ dat. see in
struction is c. dat. Matth. 403. b.
comp. Hdian. 5. 5. 16. II. With the Accusative, HETO. strictly

c)
from the Heb. usage, /urd is some- implies motion towards the middle, into
times put like tE>, n, etc. where the the midst of any thing, Horn. II. 2. 376 ;

common Greek construction is differ- and then also motion after any person
ent, espec. after verbs and nouns imply- or thing, i. e. either so as to follow and
 Ms, oil

])ewith a person, or to fetch a person 9. xv. 29. xvii. 20 bis. John vii. 3. Acts
or thing, see Passow /ic-a C. no. 1. xviii. 7. Horn. Od. 12. 312. Pol. 21.
Winer 53. f. Hence also sjboken of 10. 12.

succession either in place or time, after.

In N. T.
M ra|3aXXw, f. aX, (/SaXXu,,)
to
throw or turn over, with a plough e. g.
1. of succession in place, after, behind, Xen. (Ec. 16. 13. to turn about Horn. II.
Heb. IX. 3 ptTO. rb fourepovKaraTrlraayia. 8. 94. to change Diod. Sic. 1. 12. In
Horn. Od. 2. 400. Paus. 3. 1. 1. Thuc. N. T. Mid. to change oneself, i. e. one's
7.58. mind, Acts xxviii. G. Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 1.
2. of succession in time, e. g. with a Dem. 205. 19. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 31.
noun of time, Matt. xvii. 1 ut$' riptpas
e x? vov fa, (ayw,) to lead over,
after six days. xxv. 19 /xera
* ),

iro\vv. Mark viii. 31. Acts xii. 4. xxviii. from one place or country to another,
11. Gal. i. 18. So /itr' ov TroXXaf r/
to transfci; Diod. Sic. 20. 3 fin. In N. T.

Luke xv. 13, ov /ura TroXXag TUVT to move or turn about, from one place to

Acts i. 5, comp. in Oy, and Winer ^ 23. another, James iii. 3, 4.

p. 140. Palaeph. 5. 3. Hdian. 5. 6. 2.

to
JEL V. H. 9. 21. With a noun of per-
share with any one, to impart, to
i. e.
son, Acts V. 37 fitTO. TOVTOV avkartj 'lov- communicate* seq. dat. Luke iii. 11 6
^af. xix. 14. (Hdian. 6. 2. 18. Xen. Cyr.
2. 2. 4.) With a noun marking an event iv. 28. Absol. 6 piTufiSovf, one who dis-
or point of time. Matt. i. 12 piTo. It n]v tributes alms, an officer of the primitive
fitroiKSffiav Ba/SvXwvof.
Mark xiii. 24.
church, Rom. xii. 8. Seq. ace. et dat.
Luke ix. 28. John xiii. 27. 2 Pet. i. 15.
Rom.
Hdian. 4. 9. 3. Also piTa raura v.
i. 11 'iva TI piTadu xP to>* a l<
7<7v
TTvtvfiaTtKov. 1 Thess. ii. 8. c. dat. Luc.
TOVTO after these things, after this, Mark
Paras.1. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 1. c. dat. et
xvi. 12. Luke v. 27. John iii. 22. al. ace.Hdot. 9. 34. Xen. An. 4. 5. 5. See
(Diod. Sic. 1. 7. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 22.)
Matth. 326. n.
Seq. adj. Luke xxii. 58 /ura (3paxv } see
in Bpaxvf. Acts xxvii. 14 /ura ov TTO\V. &<*>?> r
h
(Jos. 1. 12. 2.) Seq. infin. c. art. Matt, metathesis, a setting in
transposition,
xxvi. 32 /ra Si TV iyepSiivai /if, i. e. after another place. Hence
that I am risen again. Mark i. 14. Luke a PP* translation, removal from one
)
xii. 5. Acts i. 3. 1 Cor. xi. 25. Heb. x. place to another, Heb. xi. 5. Diod. Sic.
26. Hdian. 2. 9. 6. 1. 23.

NOTE. In composition ptrd implies :

b) mutation, change, Heb. vii. 12 v6pov

H*TCI$I<JIQ. xii. 27 2 Mace. xxi. 24.

1. fellowship, partnership, as /ierat'u>/, Thuc. 5. 29.
fieHxw, /uraXa/iflavw, etc. 2. proximity,
contiguity, as /it^dpiov. 3. motion or
Mcreupw, ap<3, (apw,) pp. to lift
f.

direction after, as ptSroSfia, /ifra7T/*7ro- away, away, from one place to

to take

pai. 4. transition, transposition, change, another, Dem. 395 ult. Sept. for n^DH
over, Lat, trans, as fj.Taf3aivtn, p.tTciTi5i]p.t, 2 K. xxv. 11. In N. T. intrans. or c.
HtSiarrjut. Comp. Buttm. p. 414. Pas- lavTov impl. to take oneself away i.e. to ,

sow F. no. 8. AL. to depart, Matt. xiii. 53 juerij-

/ifra go away,
ptv iKtiStv. xix. 1. Comp. Buttm. 113.
f.
Mfra/Bcuvtu, /3j7<ro/icu, (fiaiva) n. 2. 130. n. 2 __
Aquil. Gen. xii. 8
q. v.) to go or pass over sc. from one Kcri /ifrr/ptv tKiiStv for ttlj?3 pHlp, Sept.
place to another, to remove, e. g. t% ok-iag
cnrtarj.
tie oiKiav Luke x. 7. trop. John v. 24.
1 John iii. 14. Luc. Vitar. Auct. 5 ig t5, f. sffWj (fcaXtw,) to
aXXo
[<7tfyia~] peTa/Si'iaeai. trop. 2 Mace, call off or away, i. e, from one place to
vi. 9, 24. Plut. Thes. 5. Hence genr. another, to recall, Sept. forjo^T Hos. xi.
topass over or away, to depart, seq. airb 1, 3. Pol. 14. 1. 3. Thuc. 8 11. .In
Matt. viii. 34. seq. IK et TTOOQ John xiii. 1. N. T. to call away to oneself, to call for,
sen. adv. Matt. xi. 1 utrtfir] cKflSfr. xii. to invite, c. ace. Acts vii.
 512

TUV Trarlpa avrov 'lajcw/3. X. 32. xx. 17. heart, Rom. xii. 2 /ura/zop^ot'er^c rydro-
xxiv. 25 __
Achill. Tat. IV. p. 243. Kaivwaii TOV vo6f. 2 Cor. iii. 18. 2E1. V.

comp. Diod. Sic. 16. 10. H. 14. 8.

w, f. ?<ra>,
to ffo, w, rytrw, (vosw,) pp.
ta
, (icij/ew,)
move from one place to another, to move perceive afterwards, to have an afterview,
away, to remove, trop. Col. i. 23 fjitj /ttt-
and hence to change one's views, mind,
raicivovfievoi O.TTO TIIQ fXiridog not moved purpose-, Sept. for QTO Zech. viii. 14.
the hope etc. i. e. not fallen Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 5. Diod. Sic. 15. 47.
away from
away, not wavering. pp. Hdot. 1. 51. Xen. Cyr. 1.1. 3. In N. T. to change
Xen. Eq. 7. 6. one's mind, to repent, implying the feel-

ing of regret, sorrow, intrans.

a) genr.
Luke xvii. 3 *at lav /uravoi';-
to take a part, share, of any thing, pp.
with others, i. e. to partake of, to share, <ry,a0 aura), ver. 4. seq. iirl c. dat. 2
Cor. xii. 21. Jos. Ant. 2. 15.3. Epict.
seq. gen. 2 Tim. ii. 6 ruv Kapirwv /tera- Ench. 34. Diod. Sic. 13.53.
Xafipdvetv. Heb. vi. 7. xii. 10. So rpo0r/c
in a religious sense, implying pious
b)
UtTaXapfiavtiv to partake of food, i. e. sorrow for unbelief and sin, and the
genr. to takefood, Acts ii. 46. xxvii. 33.
&l. V. H. 9. 5. Xen. H. G. 3. 5. 2.
turning from them unto God and the
Hence Gospel of Christ, absol. Matt. iii. 3 /*tra-
genr. to take, to have, seq. ace.
voilTt, fiyytKt ydp 7} /3a<riXa'a T&V ovpa-
Acts xxiv. 25 Kaipbv ^/ira\a/3wv. Comp.
vSJv. iv. 17. xi. 20. Mark i. 15. vi. 12.
Matth. 325. n. 2 __ Pol. 2. 16. 15.
Luke xiii. 3, 5. xv. 7, 10. xvi. 30. Acts
ii.38. iii. 19. xvii. 30. xxvi. 20 /uraj/of 7 v
a partaking of Any thing. 1 Tim. iv. 3 *cai
7ri0rp60iv ITTI TOV Stov repent and turn
tf fiera\rj\j/iv i.to be partaken of,
e. to God, i.e. from idolatry. Rev. ii. 5 bis,
enjoyed. Pol. 31. 21. 3 ptrdXij^ic rr\g 16, 21. iii. 3, 19. xvi. 9. Prsegn. seq.
CLTTO, Acts viii. 22 /ft ravojjrov CLTTO riyff fca-

MfraXXao"(Ta) V. rro, f.
Kiae repent [and turn] from this evil.
<>, (dX- Rev. ii. 21 k rife iropvt'tag. ver.
to exchange one thing for another, Seq. IK,
)
22. ix. 20, 21. xvi. 11. Sept. c. airo for
seq. ace. et Iv, Rom. i. 25. tig ver. 26.
Test. XII. Patr. p. 666. by OH} Jer. viii. 6 Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 3__
Sept. ii. 20.
seq. Trepi. As attended with acts of ex-
eeq. fc Diod. Sic. 4. 51.
ternal sorrow, penance, Matt. xi. 21 av
f,
f.
r/<ro/iat, (/xeXojuai to iv ffciKKty) ical airoSqi [tfTavotjffav. xii, 41.
letbe for care or concern to oneself, to Luke x. 13. xi. 32. Comp. Jonah iii. 5
care
for,)
aor. 1 pass. utTfutXfiSnv with 10. For jg in Matt. xii. 41 et Luke
mid. signif. Buttni. 136. 2, pp. to xi. 32, see in Efc e. a Test. XII Patr.
change one's care etc. Hence to change, p. 520, 607 ; called also /terdvota r^y
one's mind or purpose, after having done <rapcoc p. 611.
any thing, etc.
r
Mcravoja, ac 'h (ptTavokw,} change
a) simpl. Matt. xxl. 29 voTipov Sk pt-
rafitXij^tig. ver. 32. Heb. vii. 21 quoted
of mind or purpose, repentance.
from Ps. ex. 4 where Sept. for QTO. a) genr.
Heb. xii. 17 /xeravotaf yap
TOTTOV ov% tvpe, he found no place for a.
b) with the idea of regret, sorrow, to
repent, to feel sorrow, remorse. Matt. change of mind, i. e. in his father Isaac,
xxvii. 3 of Judas. 2 Cor. vii. 8 bis. 1 comp. Gen. xxvii. 34, 37 sq --Jos. Ant.
4. 6. 1. Pol. 4. 66. 7.
Mace. xi. 10. Diod. Sic. 15. 9. Xen.
b) in a
*
religious sense, repentance,
Cyr. 4.6. 5.
penitence, implying pious sorrow for un-
ow, w, f. wtr belief and sin, and a turning from them
to transform, to transfigure, e. g. invrov unto God and the Gospel of Christ. Matt.
^ll.V.H. 1.1. Athen.VIIIp.334.C. In iii 8
Kap-Trbv diov rijg fieravoiag. ver. 11.
N. T. Mid. to change one's form, to be ix. 13. Mark i. 4. ii. 17. Luke iii. 3, 8.

transfigured, Matt. xvii. 2. Mark ix. 2. V. 32 KaXeffai . . dfiaprioXovs tig fiird-

Trop. to be transformed in mind and roiav. xv. 7. xxiv. 47. Acts v. 31 Sovvai
 513

TO evayyeXiov. Ecclus. xi. 31. Test.

piTavoiav ry 'I<rpa?)X icat atytaiv a/iapri- ^/at

wv. xi. 18 TYJV fisTavoiav dg WTJV. xiii. XII Patr. p. 688.

24. xix. 4. xx. 21 r/}v i'g Sfbv /uravoiav. f.
McrcKT^Tj/zart^w, f0"fc>j (<rxtjfia-
xxvi. 20. Rom. ii. 4. 2 Cor. vii. 9, 10. 2
riw, <rx*//* a q- v -) t transform, to change
Tim. ii. 25. Heb. vi. 1, 6. 2 Pet. iii. 9. the form or appearance of any thing,
Wisd. xii. 19. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 10 fin.
21 op
trans. .Phil. iii.
fierao\iiii,ariati rb

(/*ra, ^etroc,) also

adv. (Tufta
Mid. seq. eif,
rye TOTreivwo-fWf.
IMcra^u,
to transform oneself into another shape,
c. genit. Buttm. $ 146. 2, in the
i. e. betwixt, between, of place character, etc. 2 Cor. xi. 13 /ura<rxj?-
midst,
Wisd. xviii. 23. Horn. II. 1. 156. See Ha.TiZ6p.tvoi elf aTrooroXovc. ver. 14. seq.
Buttm. p. 439. In N. T. we ver. 15. Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 5 pen. Diod.
of time, mean time, Sic. 3. 12 pen. Mid. Test. XII Patr. p.
a) absol. only
mean while, e. g. iv T<$ /teragu sc. xpovy, 530. Trop. to transfer figuratively, to
in the mean time John iv. 31, comp. apply metaphorically, seq. as nva 1

Buttm. 125. 6. Xen. Conv. 1. 14. Cor. iv. 6.

fully Hdian. 3. 8. 20. Also 6 /rav, to
Mtrari'SrjjUi, f. ^<rw, (n'3ij/u,)
intervening, intermediate-, put for next transpose, to put in another place, and
following, next, as Acts xiii. 42 r6 /urat> hence to transport, to transfer, to trans-
<ra/3/3arov, the next Sabbath. Buttm. 1. c. Acts 16
late, trans. vii. icai ptTeT&rjaav
Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 2. r icat Zo-
Aa/3i'flou
[awrov] t/f 2vxf/i. Heb. xi. 5 bis, 'Evu>x
f rwv
Xo/iwvof, tri piTa$v rourwv fiaoi- fltTlTlSt) SC. flf TOV OVpaVOV K. T. X.
Xswv. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 891. 17. p.
Comp. 2 K. ii. 11. (Sept. Gen. v. 24.)
892. 3. Heb. vii. 12 /terart^t^tr^c riff tepwervvyg,
b) seq. gen.
of place or pers. Matt, the priesthood being transferred sc. to
xxiii. 35 ptTaZi) TOV vaov cat TOV Svvta-
Christ or to the tribe of Judah, comp.
ffTrjpiw. Luke xi. 51. xvi. 26. Acts xii.
ver. 11, 14. (Others, being changed, as
6 Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 4 Ml. V. H. 3. 1.
Xen. Mem. 14.) Sept. for n^.n
4. 4.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 10. Trop. of pers. Jer. Iii. 25, 26, 29. Ecclus. xliv. 16.
Matt, 15/zrav aov cat avrov fiovov,
xviii.
Jos. Ant. 12. 9. 7 rrjv ri\i'f]v. Diod. Sic.
Engl. between thee and him alone. Acts 17. 29. Mid. to transfer oneself, to go
xv. 9. Rom. ii. 15 fttragu dXX^Xwv, be-
over from one side or party to another,
tween one another, i. e. in turn, alter-
seq. CLTTO et tie to fall away from one to
nately. Plut. de Discr. amic. et adul. Gal. i. 6. 2 Mace. vii. 24.
another,
1. init.
Athen. VII. p. 281. E. Pol. 6. 111. 8.

, ^w, (7rl/i7rw,) to
f. Metaph. to transfer to another use or
send after, to send for, Thuc. 4. 30. ib. purpose, to pervert, to abuse, Jude 4 rr\v
7. 15. In N. T. Mid. /xcraTre/iTro^ai, \apiv TOV 2rtov ^erartSli/ai eig aerlXyaav
f.
\//o/iai, to send for to oneself,
to in- perverting the grace of God unto licen-
vite to come, Acts x. 5, 22, 29, bis. xi. tiousness.

13. xxiv. 24, 26. xxv. 3. Pass. Acts x.

MfrlTretra, adv. (tVara), lit. after
29. Sept. for nmn
Num. xxiii. 7. 2 then, i. e. thereafter, afterwards, Heb.
Mace. xv. 31. Hdian. 3. 5. 7. Xen. Mem. xii. 17 --
Judith ix. 7. Jos. Ant. 6. 4.6.
3. 9. 11. Hdot. i. 25. ib. 7. 7.

^w, (arpfyw,) f. to f. aor. 2

turn about, sc. from one direction to PP- to have with another, i. e. to
>)
another, Plut. Otho 4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. partake of, to share in, to be a partaker
28. In N. T. to turn into something etc. seq. gen. Buttm. 132. 4. 2. 1

else, to change, trans, et seq. IIQ, James Cor. ix. 10, 12 aXXot TIJQ vp.&v i%ov<riat,
iv. 9. Acts ii. 20 6 fjXiog ptTaaTpa^ffeTai litTkxovoiv. x. 21, 30 impl. Heb. ii. 14.
iic OKOTOQ, quoted from Joel iii. 4. [ii. vii. 13 <j>v\fiG trepa<; ^tTta\r}Kf.v he liadpcut*
31],
where Sept. for ^n Niph. 1 Mace. in another tribe, belonged to anothe*.
ix. 41.- In a bad sense, to change for tribe. Seq. IK 1 Cor. x. 17, comp. in
the worse, to pervert. Gal. i. 7 /tra<rrp- 'EK 3. h. So to partake of food, i. e. to
2 I
 514

fake as food, e. g, ydXa/croc Heb. v. 13. Luke vi. 38

bis. Sept. for lip Ex. xvi.
2 Mace. v. 10. Diod. Sic. 1. 6. Xen. 18 Dem. 918. 11. Plut. Marcell. 25.
Mem. 2. 2. 3. pen -- Of length etc. as measured by
the rule, raXa^of. Rev. xi, 1 fttTprjaov
iw, f. ifrf, (//erewpoc high,
rbwaovrov Seov. ver. 2. xxi. 15, 16, 17.
floating in the air, from ptra and ewpa
or Th. on high, to Sept. and T172 Num. xxxv. 5. Xen. H.
awpa, dj'pw,) ttp
2 __Trop. for
Zj/if
G. 3. 2. 10. "Mem. 4. 7. to
raise in the air, Ml. H. An. 11. 33 eav-
rbv rotf wrtpoTf /itrtwptVaf. estimate, to judge of, 2 Cor. x. 12 iv eav-
Trop. of
the mind, to animate, to incite, Diod. Sic.
rol iavTovz
fifTpovvTfc . Hdian. 1. 6. 2.
Dem. 324. 24. Comp. metior Hor. Ep.
3. 72. ib. 13. 53. to elate, as with pride,
1. 7 fin.
2 Mace. v. 17. Diod. Sic. 4. 70. Also
to render hesitating,
fluctuating, to make ov, o, /terpw,) pp.
of doubtful fidelity, as if floating in the measurer, then metretes, John ii. 6, i. e.
air, Pol. 6. 70. 10. Diod. Sic. 17 5 /ure- the Attica amphora, a measure for liquids
wpt'f<T.&ai Trpof cnroaTaaiv. Hence in containing 12 x ( C or 144 KOTV\CLI, and
N. T. Pass, or Mid. /itrtwp/fr/ttat, to be equal to | of an Attic medimnus or He-
in suspense, to be of doubtful mind, anx- brew bath. Hence the fitTpijrrjs was
ious, fluctuating between hope and fear, equivalent to about 331 English quarts,
Luke xii.29 Comp. /ufewpoe TO.IS $ia- or to 8| gallons. See particularly un-
Pol. 3. 107. 6. ib. 5. 18. 5. der art. Kopof, and Boeckh Staatsh. der
Ath. I. p. 107. The Roman amphora
ae, (/lerouclw i.
"hi q. was smaller, being only equal to
| of
change of abode, migration,
,) the fitrpqrris. Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant.
and hence for the Babylonish exile,
p. 504. Sept. for nn 2 Chr. iv. 5. Pol.
Matt. i. 11, 12, 17 bis. Sept. for nj?i3 2. 15. 1. Dem. 1045. 6.
2 K. xxiv. 16. 1 Chr. v. 22. Anthol.
Gr. I. p. 175. Comp. Munthe Obs. p. w, f. j<rw, (/icrpt-
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. of moderated
passions, from
1. I. p. 670.
to be moderate in one's
Att. TraSoc),
MtroiK^w, f. f<rw, fut. i<3,
passions, to have one's passions mode-
Buttm. 1 95. 9,
(OIKIW, oZfcof,) to cause to rated ; hence to be gentle, indulgent,
change one's abode, to cause to remove or
compassionate, seq. dat. towards any one,
migrate, trans. Act vii. 4 utTyicqatv avrov
Heb. V. 2 ufTpiOTraStlv Svvduivoe TOIQ
tig rr\v yrjv TO.VTTJV. V. 43 /.KTOIKLW tTrk-
ayvoovffi K. T. X Philo de Joseph. II.
Kiiva Ba/3.
n^.n 1 Chr. v. 6.
Sept. for
p. 45. 37. Jos. Ant. xii. 3. 2. comp.
Am. 6. 27. Diod. Sic. H. 88. pen. JEl.
ib. 5. 7. 7.
V. H.
/irpm<o
1. 11. Thuc. 1. 12.

j
adv. (perpioc,
?,
V, (f"X*>,) partner- fierpov),
METOX*?,
2 Cor. vi. 14, parall. with measuredly, moderately, pp. with mo-
ship, fellowship,
. Psalt. Salom. xiv. 4. Hesych. deration, Pol. 3. 85. 9. Xen. An. 2. 3.
20. In N. T. little, and ov fierpi^ not
j' KOtvtDvia, <rx^<rtff.
a little, i. e. much, greatly, Acts xx 12.
, 0V, 6, rj, adj. Hdian. Xen. Mem. 4. 1.
1. 3. 12. 1.
partaking, subst. a partaker, Heb. iii. 1

jeXj}<7wf tirovpaviov /ilroxot. ver. 14. vi. 4. Mlrpov, ov, TO, measure, a) pp. as
of capacity, in the proverbial expression
xii. 8. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 263. Hdot. 3.
Matt. vii. 2. Mark iv. 24. Luke vi. 38
52. In the sense of partner, companion,
bis. Trop. measure of sins Matt, xxiii.32.
fellow, Luke v. 17. Heb. i. 9 quoted from
Ps. xlv. 8, where Sept. for -Qrr. Dem. Sept. for na 2 Chr. ii. 10. rTPN Lev.
xix. 36. Deut. xxv. 14. (Hdot. 4.198.Xen.
1411. 4.
An. 3. 2. Of length or surface, a
21.)
<J, f. r;<rw, to a measuring- rod, icd
e.
(/ierpoi/,) measure, i.

measure, trans, e. g. of capacity, with an Rev. xxi. 15 in later edit. xxi. 17

adjunct of manner, in the proverbial ov, mans measure, e. common, .

phrase, y v. iv <p fierp^ ufrptiTf, pfTpij- ordinary. Sept. for mr> Ex. xxvi. 2, 8.
t, Matt. vii. 2 bis. Mark iv. 24 bis. Ez. xlii. 16 sq.
ip 2 K. xxi. 13. (Xen.
 Mf'rWTTOV M/,

. 4. 7. Uenr. and adv. s moment being all he has to do with ;

2.)
e. comp. Tittm. 1. c. p. 35. So ^xpi row
(^ measure, i.
q. fierpiuc,
i. moderately,
See in no. vvv Palaeph. 17. 2. n^xP 1 T ^ v ^ T&V icat-
sparingly, J ohn
lii. 34. 'E/e

3. e. pwv Diod. Sic. 4. 19.

for portion as c) Trop.
of degree or extent. 2 Tim.
b) meton. measure,
ii. 9 KcticoiraSti /*XP* fitop&v. Heb. xii. 4
measured off or allotted, allotment, pro-
portion. Rom. xii. 3 CJQ 6 Stog >pre
Eph. iv. 7, 13, 16. 2 ver. 30 __2 Mace. xiii. 14. Hdian. 1.15.
fierpov iriffTCwf.
Cor. x. 13 bis, see in Kavwv. Luc. 16. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 3.

7. Anth. dr. I. p. 81 ult. II. As Conjunct, until, before a verb in

Imag.
the subjunct. where the thing is either
the
MerwTrov, ov, r6, (/terd, oty,) pres. or fut. and therefore uncertain,
xiv. 1,
forehead, Rev. vii. 3. ix. 4. xiii. 16. Buttm. 146. 3, comp. in "Ewe I. a.
9. xvii. 5. xx. 4. xxii. 4. Sept. for n3p iv. 13
Eph. ftexP 1 KaTavTrjffittpiv . . . tig
Ex. xxviii. 33. iSam. xvii. 49 Hdian. X. Xen. H G. 1. 3.
dvtipa TtXeiov K. r.
1. 15. 7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 8.
1 irtpieptviv c.
1 . . .
/*XP'C X3y. impf.
Ml^pi, Mt'xp*c sometimes
also indie. Thuc. 3. 10.
before a vowel, Buttm. 26. 4. Winer
MTJ, a negative particle, not imply-
5. 1. b. Lob. ad Phr. p. 14 a particle
ing every where a dependent and condi-
;

serving to mark a terminus ad quern, tional negative, i. e. depending on the

both of place and time. It differs there-
some sub-
idea, conception, thoughts of
fore from axP' in that axp* fixes the at- and therefore while
ject, subjective;
tention upon the whole duration up to ou expresses the direct and full negation
the limit, leaving the further continu- and
independently and absolutely, is
ance undetermined while /*SXP* re fers That
;
therefore implies is, ^fj
objective.
solely to the limit, implying that the that one conceives or supposes a thing
action there terminates. See Tittm. de
not to exist, while ov expresses that it
Synon. N. T. p. 33. sq. Passow s. v.
actually does not exist and hence fifj ;

I. As Prep, with the genitive, unto, refers to the predicate, ov to the copula.
until, usque ad. The same distinction holds good in all
a) unto, as far as to. Rom.
Of place, the compounds of /*>? and ov. See
xv. 19 /"XP* T v 'iXXupucou. Sept. for Buttm. 148. Passow in /i^. Winer
nb-"iy Job xxxviii. 11. Palaeph. 21. ^ 59. Herm. ad Vig. p. 796 sq. 804 sq.
1. Hdian. 1. 12. 16. Xen. An. 2. 2. 6. Matth. 608. 5.
b) Of
time, until, (a) c. gen. of a I. As a negative particle, not, where
subst. Matt. xiii. 30 /*xp* rov ^pw/ww. the following special uses all flow from
Acts x. 30. xx. 7. Rom. v. 14 n'exP 1 the general principles above stated. E.
MbxtEwf, i. e. death
reigned from Adam g. prj, and not ou, is used :

until Moses without there being any in all negative conditions and sup-
a)
written law, but not so afterwards, comp. positions, in N. T. after
idv and ei,
Tittm. 1. c. 1 Tim. vi. 14. Heb. iii, 6, 14. Buttm. 148. 2. b. E. g. idv nn, Matt.
ix. 10. Sept. for nj> TP Ps. cv. 19. V. 20 idv prj irtpifffffvay rj StKaioffvvrj
Hdian. 1. 1. 5. Xen. Ven. 4. 11. (/3) vfiutv K. T. X. Mark iii. 27. Luke xiii. 3,

/XP v sc
l
XP VOV until what time,
-
> 5. Tit. i. 6. al. see in 'Edv no. II. /3.
'
i. e. a conjunct, with the sub-
until, as So fir),
Matt. xxiv. 22 ei /*?} tKo\o(3a>$ti-

junctive, where the thing is uncertain. aav ai r)/upa. Mark ii. 7. John iii. 13.
Mark xiii. 30 f*XP l ov ^dvra ravra yl- Acts xxi. 25. al. see in El no. III. .

vi\rai. See Buttm. 146. 3. comp. in With idv or ft implied, Mark xii. 19.-

"Eo>f I. a. Matth. 480. b Hdot. 4. 119. Luke x. 10. John xii. 47. 1 Cor. xiii. 1,

c. impf. indie. Xen. An. 5. 4. 16. () 2, 3. James ii. 14. Sometimes el is fol-

usxpi T VG ffrjpepov, until this day, Matt. lowed by but ou then refers not to
ov,
xi. 23. xxviii. 15. Here d\pt might pro- the condition, but to the vei b alone,
perly have been used j but the writer em- which it renders negative, as M*4l. xxv*.
ploys fi^xP 1 prob. as not looking at all 24 KoXbv i\v avr<j>, d OVK iytvvrjSri, i. e.
beyond the present time ; the present the not being bwn would have been
2 L 2
 My/ 516

better for him ;

here firj would have im- i. 20. 2 Pet. ii. 21. After fo

plied doubt whether he had been born etc. Buttm. 1. c. Matt, xxiii. 23 ravra t

etc. Mark xi. 26. Luke xiv. 26. xviii. 4 Troirjaai, KaKiiva fir) dfitvai Luke xviii. 1.
ti jeat Stbv ov <f>o(3ovfiai,
i. e. to not fear, Acts xxvii. 21. Rom. xv. 1. 1 Tim. iii. 3
i.
q. to contemn. John x. 37 i ov TTOIW ra #i ovv iiriffKOTTov ... .
fir) irdpoivov, fir)

Ipya TOV Trarpof ftov, i. e. to not do i. q. ir\TjKTT]v, sc. tlvai. v. 8. Tit. i. 7. ii.

to leave undone, xi. 8. James ii. 11. 3, 9, 10. After ofivvfii, implying fu-
See Buttm. 148. 2. b, and marg. Wi- ture purpose, Heb. iii. 18 rioi ct wpoac
ner 59. 5. Herm. ad Vig. p. 833, 889. fir} eifftXtvateSai K. T. X. see Herm. ad
Comp. in Ov e. Vig. p. 807. After verbs of command-
after particles implying purpose,
b) ing, entreating, e. g. c. inf. pres. as con-
also result anticipated or supposed, i. e. tinued, Acts i. 4 TrapjjyytiXej/ avTolg diro
in N. T. after 'iva, orrug, &<TTI, Buttm. 'Itpog. firjxwptg<rai. xx i* 4. Rom. ii.
148. 2. c. Matth. 608. 5. a. Winer 21, 22. Eph. iii. 13 Sib aiTovfiai fir} k-
60. 2. E. g. 'iva fir), Matt. xxvi. 5 'iva Kaiceiv. 2 Tim. ii. 14. (comp. Luc. D.
fir) $6pv/3oc yivrjTai. Luke viii. 10. John Mort. 1.
4.)
c. inf. aor. as transient,
iii. 16. Acts v. 26. Heb. xiii. 17. al. So Matt. ii. 12. v. 34. Luke xxii. 40. Heb.
Matt. v. 29, 30. Mark iv. 12. John xi. xii. 19. By pleonasm after verbs im-
50. al. see in "Iva no. 1, 2. So OTTWC plying a negative, e. g. of denying, Luke
fir}, Matt. vi. 18. Luke xvi. 26. Acts xx. XX. 27 01 dvTi\kyovTf.g dvdaraffiv fir} elvai.
16. 1 Cor. i. 29. So before an infin. xxii. 34. See Matt. 534. n. 4. Winer
expressing purpose etc. either inf. sim- 67. p. 467. Vice versa after ov cvva-
ply, or with wore, tig, irpog, Sid, etc. see fiai, where the negatives have each its
below in d. proper power, and constitute an em-
after relative pronouns, as og, ocrng, phatic affirmative Acts iv. 20 ov $vvd-
c) ;

baog, wherever they refer not to definite fii&a d ildofitv . ... fir) \a\tlv, i. e. we
antecedents, but to such as are indefi- cannot but speak. Buttm. $ 148. n. 7. b.
nite and general, or implied, Buttm. After wore, in N. T. marking a re-
148. 2. e. Matth. 608. 5. c. Winer sult anticipated or supposed on the part
59. 4. E. g. Matt. x. 14 Kg idv fir)
of the speaker or writer, Matt. viii. 28
MZnTai vfidg. xi. 6. Luke viii. 18. 1 Pet. -\ wore fir} ioxvtiv rivd iraotXSttiv. Mark iii.
11. 9. Mark vi. 11 dv fir) ckt0vTai\ 20. 1 Cor. i. 7. 2 Cor.
ocroi iii. 7. 1 Thess. i. 8.
s
vfidg. Luke ix. 5. Acts iii. 23 rjrig dv fir) Xen. Conv. 4. 54 (/3)
Infin. c. TOV

aKovcerj. Rev. xiii. 15. But ov is put e. g. as dependent on a subst. Rom. xi.
after og, 'ocmg, where these refer to a 8 otySaXfioi TOV fir} /3X7raj/ K. T. X. et
definite antecedent, as Luke xiv. 33 ; or 1 Cor. ix. 6 OVK exofitv iZovffiav TOV fir}

where any thing is said actually not to ip-yd&ffSrai ',

i. e. implying possibility,
be or to be done, as Matt. x. 38. xiii. but not the After verbs of hinder-
will.
12. Mark ix. 40. Luke xiv. 27. ing or being hindered, Luke iv. 42. xxiv.
16. Acts x. 47 vdoip KwXvaai
d) with the Infinitive
as being depend- TOV . . .

ent upon another finite verb or word paTTTiaSrivai TOVTOVQ. xiv. 18. xx. 27.
fir}

expressed or implied here the infin. ;

Rom. xi. 10. 1 Pet. iii. 10. So by impl.
may usually either itself be resolved in- Luke xvii. 1. Heb. xi. 5. James v. 17.
to a supposition, or the verb on which As marking purpose or result, where
it depends expresses supposition, con- wore might stand instead of TOV, comp.
dition, thought, purpose, etc. Buttm. inS. Rom. vii. 3 tXivStpa toTiv dirb TOV
148. 2 g. Passow fir] I. 3. Winer 59. vofiov, TOV fir} tlvai avrr}v fioixaXiSa.
2. Herm. ad Vig. p. 806 ult. Thus (a) Comp. Winer 45. 4. p. 270. b. Buttm.
Inf. simpl. Matt. xxii. 23 ol Xiyovrtg fir) 140. n. 1 (y) Infin. c. -<, 2 Cor.
tlvai dvdffTaoiv, i. as they suppose and
e. ii.12 ry fir} tvptlv fit Tirov, i. e. mark-
believe. Luke ii. 26. xx. 7. xxi. 14. Acts ing a cause as existing in the mind of
xv. 19, 88. xxiii. 8. xxv. 24, 27. dXoyov any one. (d) Infin. c. TO, where the
fioi SoKti . . .
fir) ical rag tear' avrov airiag infin. is then equivalent to a subst.

arifidvai. Rom. xiii. 3 SrkXtig ct fir) (f>o- Rom. xiv. 21 KaXbv TO fir} (jxtyilv icpta, i. q.
flelaSm T i)v Hovaiav. 1 Cor. vii. 1. 1 Tim. if one would eat no meat, Buttm. 148.
 517 Mi

Cor. iv. 6. x. 2. 1 Cor. i. 28. Comp. Buttm. 148.

2. g. 1 preced. by trop.
TOVTO, Rom. xiv. 13. 2 Cor. ii. 1. 1 2./. Winer 59. 3. p. 400. (y) Where
Thess. iv. 6 coll. ver. 3. So with the the part, with firj expresses the sup-
prepositions etc and Trpoc as marking pur- posed or apparent cause or occasion of
pose, supposed result, etc. e. g. etc TO \ii] any thing, Passow in prj no. 4. Buttm.
Acts vii. 19. 1 Cor. ix. 18. x. 6. Heb. 144. 2. Matt. i. 19 'Iw<r>ty 8k o dvr)p

xi. 3. 1 Pet. Hi. 7. Trpoc TO fir) 2 Cor. iii.

13. 1 Thess. ii. 9. 2 Thess. iii. 8. With xviii. 25 pr) e^ovroc de avrov diroSovvai,
$ia as marking the probable or supposed tKiXtvatv K. T. X. Mark ii. 4. xii. 24.

cause of any thing, Matt. xiii. 5 Sid TO Luke v. 19. ix. 33. Acts ix. 26. xii. 19.

fir) txfiv /SdSoc yijc- ver. 6. Mark iv. 5. 2 Cor. iii. 14. Heb. iv. 2. Eurip. Herac.
James iv. 2 Cebet. Tab. 24. 283 or 284. (5) Where the part, with
with participles, when they stand
e) firj expresses a supposed or apparent
elliptically for any of the above con- result, like w<rre fir) seq. infin. comp.

structions, or refer to an indefinite sub- above in d. a. Luke vii. 30. Acts xx.
ject, or in general where they imply 29 eiereXewtrovrai XVKOI j3apeTc etc *lp&t
. .

supposition, condition, purpose, any fir) QeiSopevoi TOV irotpviov.

2 Cor. iv. 2.
thing subjective, etc. Buttm. 148. 2. f. Phil. i. 28. So Acts ix. 9 i)v -npkpag
U44.2. Winer 59. 3. E. g. (a) When TotiQ fir) j3XsTT(i>v, Kai OVK tyayev, he was
the participle may be resolved into the for three days apparently blind, so as
construction with el, lav, etc. comp. not to see, i. e. he was supposed to be a
above in a. .Buttm. 1. c. Luke xi. 36 blind manbut OVK t^aye relates a spe-
;

ei ovv TO ffuifidoXov ifHUTUvbv,

ffov fir}
cific fact. Also with <cai as equiv. to
IXQV TI n'tpoQK.T.X. Rom. v. 13. Gal. vi. WOT*, comp. in Kai no. 1. c. /3. Luke i. 20
9 KCIICHJ) yap ldi(ft Sftniffoptv, fit} iicXvofifvoi. tffy (TiwTrtDv, icai fir) SvvdpivoQ XaXijffat.
Col. i. 23. 6 1
(/3)
WherePet. iii. xiii. 11. Acts xxvii. 15.
the part, either with or without the arti- in all negative expressions of wish,
f)
equivalent to a relative referring
cle, is entreaty, command, where prj then often
to a general or indefinite antecedent, stands at the beginning of a short inde-
comp. above in b. Buttm. 1. c. E. g. pendent clause, the idea of wishing etc.
6 fir)
c. part. Matt. xii. 30 6 fir)
dv \JLIT
not being expressed, but retained in the
i. e.
ifiov, whosoever, i. q. if any one, mind. Buttm. 148. 2. c, and n. 5.
where ov would only have referred to Herm. ad Vig. p. 804. Matth. ^ 608. n.
1 .

some particular and definite individual. Thus to express a negative wish, fir) is
Luke xi. 23. John iii. 18 6 fir} TTHJTIVUV, construed with the Optative ; in nega-
comp. Winer 59. 1. Herm. ad Vig. tive entreaty and command, with the
p. 805. John x. 1. xii. 48. 1 Thess. Imperative and Subjunctive, as follows :

(a) With the Optative, implying

iv. 13. al. Matt. xxv. 29 airo TOV fit) txov- a nega-
roc- Luke iii. 11. xix.26, 27. Rom. iv. tive wish, in the frequent exclamation
20. James iv. 17. 1 Cor. vii. 37. irac pr) yevotro, may it not be ! let it not
fir] c. part. 1 Thess. ii. 12 irdvTte ol fir} happen! Luke xx. 16. Rom. iii. 4, 6, 31.
iriffTtvaavTee. 1 John iii. 10. Matt. iii. 1 Cor. vi. 15. Gal. ii. 17. So Gal. vi. 14.
10. 19 Travrbg dtcovovTog
xiii. Kai fir) . . 2 Tim. iv. 16 pf) avTolq Xoyt^et?/. Comp.
awiivTOQ. John xv. 2. So genr. Matt, Buttm. 1. c. Passow /i77 no. 6. Horn.
ix. 36 wcrei 7rp6/3ara fir) t%ovTa iroifitva. Od. 1. 386. the
ib. 20. 344. (/3)
With
x. 28. Luke xii. 47. Acts xx. 22 ISov Imperative always, (which never takes
eyw .
fir) tidug,
. where the subject or
ou,) usually
with the Imp. present im-
antecedent is indeed specific, but the plying continued action and forbidding
part, expresses a subjective doubt, un- what one is already doing. Buttm. 148.
certainty. Rom. ii. 14. 1 Cor. vii. 29 sq. 3. 137. 5. Passow firj
no. 5. a. Winer
ix. 21. 1 John ii. 4. al. Here too belono-
O 60. 1. Matt. vi. 16 pr} ytvetrSe oiffTrtp
ol

such phrases as TO. fir) deovra, rd fir) uTroKpirai. ver. 19, 25. xvii. 7. xxiv. 6
KaSrrjKOVTa, i. q. aTiva fir)
ei etc. 1 Tim. opare, fir) Spoilage, beware, be not troubled.
v. 13. Rom. 28. (Ceb. Tab.
i.
25.)
TO: Mark ix. 39. Luke xxiii.28. John ii. 16.
n>) OVTO. i.
q. aTiva fir) IGT'I, Rom. iv. 17. Acts x. 15. 1 Pet. iv. 12. al. saep. Im-
 M/, 518 MT)

perat. 3 pers. pres. Rom. vi. 12 fir)

ovv into what he cannot possibly have seen,
afiapria iv rip SvrjTy vfiatv
r} or be supposed to have seenj here ou
. xiv. 16. 1 Cor. vii. 12, 13. Col. would have expressed that he had not
ii. 1 Tim. vi.2. James i. 7. al. Also
16. seen them though he had the power. 1
c. imper. impl. Luke xiii. 14. John xviii. Thess. iv. 4 fir) iv vrdSet iTr&vfiictf, where
40. Gal. v. 13. Rom. xii. 11, 16, 19. fir} refers to the preceding infin. KrdaScu.

(Luc. Tox. 56.) So in antithetic clauses, Rom. xiv. 1.

as Col. iii. 2 TO. dvw Qpoveire, fir} rd iiri
h) coupled with ou, in the order ou
ynQ. James i. 22. 1 Pet. iii. 9. 2 Cor. fii'l, an intensive negative, (firi ov is in
as
ix. 7. fir}
d\\d Luke xxii. 42. John N. T. only interrog. see no. Ill,) in
vi. 27. Phil. ii. 12. Very rarely fir} emphatic assertions and assurances re-
is found with the Imper. aorist, (in N. ferring to the future, not at all, by no
T. only 3 transient ac- means, construed pp. with the Indie, fu-
pers.) implying
tion, and forbidding that which one may ture, or more commonly with the Subj.
be about to do, e. g. Matt. vi. 3 fir) yvdj- aorist, Buttm. 148. n. 6. 139. 4. Pas-
Tb) r} dpiffrspd oov K. T. \. xxiv. 18. Mark sow in ou fir), p. 405 sq. Winer 60. 3.
xiii. 15 fir} Karaftdrta ei'f rr)v oiiciav. ver. Herm. ad Soph. (Ed. Col. 853. (a) seq.
16. Lukexvii.31. Comp. Buttm. Pas- Indie, fut. Matt. xvi. 22 ou fir} torai
sow, Winer, 1. c. Horn. Od. 16. 301. aoi rovro. xxvi. 35 ou fir} fft dtraovrjao-
( r ) With the Sub- Luke
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 73. pai. xxii. 34. John viii. 12. xx.
junctive in negative entreaties, commands, 35. Rev. iii. 5. ix. 6. al. So in em-
exhortations, etc. where the action is to phatic interrogation Luke xviii. 7. John
be expressed as transient and momentary, xviii, 11 seq. Subj. aorist, e. g. aor.
(/3)
Buttm. 1. c. and 139. n. 7. Passow, 1
pass. Matt. xxiv. 2 ou fir} d<f>e$y wSe
Winer 1. E. g. in 1 pers. plur. Subj.
c. Xi'^oc. Luke xxii. 16, 18. Heb. viii. 12.

present, where it stands in the place of 1 1 Pet. ii. 6. al. Aor. 2 act. and mid. Matt,
pers. Imperat. comp. in /3. Gal. v. 26 fir} v. 18, 20. xviii. 3. Luke i. 15. John vi.

yivibfieSa KivoooZoi. vi. 9. 1 Thess. v. 6. 37. Rev. iii. 3, 12. al. Mid. Mark xiii.
1 John iii. 18. aorist, John xix. 24 fir}
19. So as strengthened by otucertMatt.
ffxiffwfisp avTov. Buttm. 139. n. 7. Winer xiv. 25. Luke xxii. 16. ovde Matt. xxiv.
42. 4. In 2 and 3 pers. Subj. aorist, 21. In emphatic interrog. John xi. 56.
Matt. i. 20 fit} <j>o(3r]$ye. iii. 9 fir} do^re xviii. Further, contrary to the
11.

Xtytiv. v.17. vi. 13. x. 5, 9, 10. Mark v. doubtful rule of Dawes, seq. Aor. 1 act.
7. xiv. 2. Rom. x. 6. 1 Cor. xvi. 11. Col. Matt. x. 23 ou fir} reXeo-qre rdf TroXetf K
ii. 21.Heb. iii. 8. x. 35. James ii. 11. al. T. X. Mark Johniv. 14,18. Acts
ix. 41.

stepiss. So c. ytvtfiy or the like impl. xiii. 41. Heb. viii. 11. 2 Pet. i. 10. c.
Matt. xxvi. 5. Mark xiv. 2. OVKSTI Rev. xviii. 14. Mid. Matt. xvi. 28.

g) genr. in any construction, where Rom. iv. 8. See Buttm. 139. 4 marg.
the negation is from the nature of the Passow in ou fir}. Winer 60. 3. p. 423.
case subjunctive, conditional, or matter II. As a Conjunction, that not, lest,
of supposition. Matt. xix. 9 og av 077-0- Lat. ne, in N. T. only after verbs ex-
Xu<ry rr}v yvvalica avrov, fir}
kiri iropviiq, pressing fear, anxiety, foresight, with
i. e. here either depends upon the
fir]
which both the Greeks and Latins con-
preced. relative, or it expresses condi- nect a negative implying a wish that the
tion, if not for fornication. Mark xii. thing feared may not be or happen ;

14 Stifitv, r} fir} S&fitv implying subject- ;

Buttm. 148. 4. Passow fir} II. 5. Herm.
ive uncertainty. John iii. 18 on fir}
ad Vig. p. 797. Matth. 520. Construed
TrtTriarevKtv, because, by the very suppo- variously :

sition, he has not believed, comp. Herm. a) with the Subjunct. where the pre-
ad Vig. p. 805. (Luc. D. Deor. marin. ceding or governing verb is in the pres-
5.
1.)
Rom. iii. 8 ri tn icayw wg dfiap- ent see Buttm. Passow, 1. c.
;
Winer
rwXoc Kpivoftai Kai fir}, K. r. \. hypo-
;
60. 2. So after verbs of fearing etc.

thetically, and why not rather? i. e. and Acts xxvii. 17 Qopovfitvoi TI fit) tic rt]v

why should it not rather be the case etc. Supriv iKirtawai. 2 Cor. xii. 21, coll.
Col. ii. 18 a fit} iwpaKtv ififiartvwv, i. e. 20. c. <po(3ovfiivos impl. 2 Cor. xii. 6.
 519

Or the prcced. verb may be a preterite Rom. X. 18 aXXd Xyw pr) OUK ifKovaav t
as Acts xxiii. 10 have they not heard? where the answer
evcejjt in the Indie,
ev\a(3rj^flf b x- M ^ayiraff^y 6 HavXof. must still be negative, ver. 19 /*) } l<j-
Conip. Plato Apol. Soc. init. xpti v f *>- pa?)X OVK eyvw ; hath then Israel not
Xa/3tlo#at /*} vir' iftov l^oTrar^S'^re. After known ? i. e. is he then ignorant ? 1 Cor.
verbs of foresight, or caution, the verb ix. 4, 5. xi. 22 Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 12.

AL.
being in the present, Matt, xviii. 10
K. r.\. Mark
opart, pr) KaTCHppovrjffijTe evos r no.
xiii. 5, 36. 2 Cor. viii. 20. Gal. vi. 1. M//yf, see in II. S.

Heb. xii. 15, 16. Rev. xix. 10 et xxii. 9

adv. (pijdapof for
opa sc. irotrjayg rovro.
\ti]
oc), by no means, Acts x. 14 et xi. 8
with the Optative, where the pre-
b) b Si elirt- fitjSap,CJg SC. rovro
ceding verb is in a preterite of the Indie. ysvotro. Comp. in Mrj I. f. a. Sept. for
See Buttm. Passow, Winer, 1. c. So
n^!?n Gen. xviii. 25. Luc. D. Deor. 4.
after a verb of foresight, Acts xxvii. 42
2. Xen. Conv. 2. 3.
TU>V S( ffrpaTiuTwv j3ov\rj iykvf.ro, Vva r. 8.

dnoicreivuHTi, \ii\ rig tKKO\vft(3r}(Tac SiaQvyoi, MijoV, conjunct. (/*t/, differing

!),
where however later editions read flm^yyy from oi>St as \nr\ from ov, and having
in Subj. see Winer 60. 2. the same general signification as /i?/,
with the Indicative, less often, and
c) see in M// init. pp. and not, also not,
implying that the thing feared already and hence neither, not even, as con-
exists or is about to happen, Passow pi\ necting whole clauses or propositions.
II. 5 fin. Winer 60.2. b. So c. indie, Buttm. 149. p. 427. Matth. 609.
pres. Luke xi. 35 fficoirti ovv /ii) TO 0wf Winer 59. 6.
rd iv ffoi OKorof iariv. c. indie, fut. Col. in continued negation, at the be-
a)
ii. 8 /3X7rcr prj TIC vftac larai b <rvXayw- ginning of a subsequent clause, neither^
y3v. nor, mostly preceded by /*/, Matt. x. 14
d) with the Infinitive
in negative 8f lav /*} di%T]Tat v/zaf, firjdt aKoixry roiig
wishes or admonitions, implying a fear Xoyot/f vfiwv. Mark vi. 11. Lukexvi.26.
of the contrary, i. e. c. ace. et infin. Johniv. 15. Rom. xiv. 21. 1 Tim. i. 4.
2 Cor. vi. 1 irapaKa\ovfJ.tv firj ilf Ktvbv prec. firjTTut Rom. ix. 11. Hdian. 1. 10. 8.
rr\v xdpiv rov Stov dtaff$ai i/icf. xiii. 7. ib. 6. 2. 9. So in continued prohibition,
See Passow fifj
II. 4. c. Horn. Od. 9.
usually after fifj, and then it takes the
530. same construction as firj with the Im-
III.As an emphatic interrogative perat. or Subjunct. see in Mrj no. I. f.

particle,which has lost its own negative J3, y. Seq. imperat. pres. expr. or impl.
power but expressing a degree of fear
;
Matt. vi. 25 p.ff ftiptfivart ry
or anxiety, and implying the expecta-
tion of a negative answer while ou in- ; Mark xiii. 11 firj Trpopepifivare . .

terrog. demands an affirmative answer. ftiXirare. Rom. vi. 13. Heb. xii. 5. prj-
Buttm. 148.5. Matth. 608. n. 3. Wi- Siig prjM 1 Tim. v. 22. Aor. 1 pass.
ner 61.3. b. Passow p-f) no. III. Con- 1 Pet. iii. 14.
Seq. Subjunct. pres. 1
strued with the Indie, of all the tenses, pers. plur. in exhortations 1 Cor. x. 8,
Passow 1. c. 9. 1 John iii. 18. Aor. 2 and 3 pers.
a) simply,
c. indie, pres. Matt. ix. 15 Matt. vii. 6 firj
Swrf . .
prfe {3a\ijre. Mark
prj Svvavrai ol viol TOV vvpf&vof irtvStiv xiii. 15. Col. ii. 21. 2 Tim. i. 8. prjSl
K. T. X. John iii. 4. Acts vii. 28. 1 Cor. fjujdk Mark viii. 26. prjSeie p.rjSe Luke
xii. 29, 30. James ii. 14. e<m etc.
c. iii. Seq. infin. depending on a verb
14.

impl. Rom. iii. 5. ix. 14. 1 Cor. xii. 29 sq. of prohibition Acts iv. 18. 1 Tim. i. 4.

Luke xxii. 35 prj Tivbg voTt^aart.

aor. Once in antithetic apodosis, seq. im-
John vii. 48. Rom. xi. 1. perf. John vii. per. 2 Thess. iii. 10 el TIQ ov 3-eXct Ipya-
47. fut. Matt. vii. 9, 10. Rom. iii. 3. ^0-3-01, p,T)8k SffSlSTO).

b)
as used before ov, i. e. pi) ov, D)
in the middle of a clause, not wen,
where interrogative, and ou belongs
prj is Mark ii. 2 wore pijKtTi xwpcTv [iijdk ra
solely to the following verb, Winer 1. c. bc ri}v Srvpav. 1 Cor. v. 11. Eph. v.
 520

3. Buttra. 149. p. 428. Passow the North and West to Armenia. It

no.2 Luc. D. Deor.6.2. Xen. Hi. 4. was incorporated with the kingdom of
4. AL. Persia; and comprised the following
provinces of modern Persia: Shirvan,.
wotf even one, no one, i. e. no one Adserbijan, Ghilar, Masanderan, and
Ic,)
whoever he may be, from the indefinite Irak Adjami. See Rosenm. Bibl.
Geogr.
and hypothetic power of pf], differing I. i.
p. 276.
from ovdiie as \ii\ from ou, see in Mr) adv. no more, no
, (^17, en),
init. further, no longer, in the general sense of
a) genr. Matt. xvi. 20 Iva finSevi tlirw- fir), and construed in the same manner
;
trtv. Mark vi. 8 'iva alpuatv tig
firjd^v
see Mr) init. E. g. after "iva, comp. Mi)
odov. John viii. 10. Acts iv. 21. 1 Cor. 1. b. 2 Cor. v. 15. Eph. iv. 14 'iva
i. 7. Heb. x. 2. al __ Xen. H. G. 5. 4. firjKiTi w/itv vrjTrioi. With the infin.
20. With firj, firjKfTi, or /tqdcfc repeated, comp. Mi) I. d. Acts iv. 17. xxv. 24
in a
strengthened negation, comp. Buttm. iTn(3oa>vreg fir)
dtlv Zyv aurbv P.TJKSTI. Eph.
148. 6. 1 Pet. iii. 6 /*/} 0o/3ov/uvoi fin-
iv. 17. (Xen. Mem. 4. 3.
8.)
c. infin.

StU'iav TTTOIJOIV. Mark xi. 14 priori t/c after w<rr Mark i. 45. ii. 2. c. inf. et TOV
<TOV fir)dei Kao-jrbv <}>dyoi. Acts iv. 17. 2 Rom. vi. 6. etc TO
seq. inf. 1 Pet.iv.
firj
Cor. vi. 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 39. 2. With participles, as expressing a
b) in prohibitions, e. g. seq. Imper. cause, comp. Mr? I. e. 7. Rom. xv. 23
pres. Luke iii. 13 p.r]$tv trXkov . . irpaa- VVVl dk TQTCQV i\(t)VK. T. X. 1 TheSS.
fJirjKtTl
fffre. 1 Cor. iii.
18,21. Tit. ii. 15. James iii. 1, 5. (Hdian. 1. 15. 1.) As express-
i. 13. c. imper.
impl. Matt, xxvii. 19. ing a result, Acts xiii. 34, comp. M^ I.e.
Phil. ii. 3. c. dupl. neg. Rom. xiii. 8. d. Luc. D. Mort. 6. 1. In negative
(Luc. D. Beor. 24. 1.) Seq. Subjunct. expressions of wish, entreaty, command,
aor. Matt. xvii. 9 firjdevi tlirrjr^ TO opafia. see Mr] I. f. Seq. Opt. implying a nega-
Acts xvi.28. (Luc. D. Deor. 1. Matt. tive wish, Mark xi. 14 /tjjicert IK aov /zij-
2.)
viii. 4 ooa, /iTjfovi tlirrjQ. c. dupl. neg. SttQ KctpTrbv 0ayot. Seq. Imper. pres.
Mark i. 44. John v. 14 et viii. 11 pqiclrt a/mpravt.
neut. /ij/!v, nothing,
c) (a)
as adv. Eph.iv. 28. lTim.v.23. (Xen. Cyr. 3.
not at all, in no respect, e. g. firjdtv Sia- 2. Seq. Subjunct. pres. 1 pers. plur.
13.)
Acts x. 20. xi. 12. James i. 8.
KpivofievoG Rom. xiv. 13. Aor. 2 and 3 pers. Mark ix.
After verbs of profit or loss, 25. Matt. xxi. 19. Comp. in MTJ I. f.
y.
deficiency,
etc. Mark
26 icai p^lv ufiXrjStlffa.
v.
Mf/icoc, tog, eve, TO, length, Rev.
Luke iv. 35. 2 Cor. xi. 5. Phil. iv. 6. xxi. 16 bis. Metaph. Eph. iii. 18. Sept.
Comp. Passow in fincds. (Luc. D. Deor. for Gen. vi. 15. al. ssep ^El. V. H.
1. 2. Xen. GEc. 11. 9.) So i v firjSevi Tjnk
3. 1. 'Xen. (Ec. 19.2.
in nothing, in no respect, 2 Cor. vii. 9.
Phil. i. 28. James i. 4. MTJKVVW, f. wa>, (/ij/Kog,) to make
(/3) Metaph. Mem.
e. of no ac- long Xen. 3. 13. 5. In N. T. Mid.
fiirftv being nothing, i.
a>v,
to lengthen oneself, spoken of
count, no weight of character, Gal. vi.
fj.riKvvop.ai

plants, i. e. to grow up, Mark iv. 27. So

3. Comp. Buttm. 129. 6 __ Dem. 562.
23. AL. Sept. in Act. for bin Is. xliv. 14.
MrjAomJ, je, */, (/*?}Xov
a
sheep,)
a
adv. not even
sheep-skin, as used for clothing, Heb. xi.
(/*j#e, TTOTE,)
evei', never, 2 Tim. iii. 7. Xen. Cyr. 1.
37. Sept. for rrHN spoken of a prophet's
6. 10.
mantle 1 K. xix! 13, 19. 2 K. ii. 8, 13,
,
adv. even not 14. Comp. 'I/ianov b, and "EvSvp*.
(finds, TTW,)
yet, not yet, Heb. xi. 7. Luc. pro Lapsu Poll. Onomast. 10. 45 or 176. Clem.
15. Rom. Ep. 1 ad Cor. 17.

? ov, o, a Mede, Acts ii. 9. Mfjv a particle of strong affirmation,

The country of Media, MrjSia, lay yea, assuredly, etc. Buttm. 149. p. 432.
between the Caspian sea on the north, In N. T. only in the connexion 77 ft??v,
and Persia on the south, extending on see in'H, and Buttm. 1. c.
 MTJV 521 MlJTC

^- "^; Me then
M/,V, ,,vcJe, > a ) PP- "p*
know? do they perhaps know f ?**' r***
etc.In-
Luke i. 24726, 36, 56. iv. 25. Acts vii.

20. xviii. 11. xix.8. xx. 3. xxviii. 11. direct, whether perhaps, if perhaps, seq.
Opt. Luke iii. 15 ftiflfctp&pim*
Rev. ix. 5, 10, 15. xi. 2. Trdvrwv
James v. 17.
xiii. 5. xiii. 5. xxii. 2. Sept. for mn w*on i>r6 c eiij 6 Xprr6 c Seq.
See Herm. ad
.

Subjunct. 2 Tim.
Hdian. ii. 25.
Gen. vii. 11. viii.4,5,ets8ep
Vig. p. 810. Matth.
514. c.
1. 14. 17. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 2.
for new-moon, which was Rom.
b) meton. M/JTTOJ, adv. (ftj, TTW),
no yef,
the first day of the month and a festival, i x . 1 1. Heb. ix. 8 Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 23.
So Heb. linn Sept. vtourj-
Gal. iv. 10.

J h
Num. xxviii.
& 8~2
1. Ps. lxxxi.4. Comp. n way>
M
^ f>
at
conjunct. (
ty n means >
way, lest perhaps ; so after verbs imply-
M ,

l' ^
e ' * est
.,
that
inany
.

,
.

make known, to
v<, g purpose, seq. Subjunct. and pre-
f. to jn
MTJVUW,
show, to disclose, sc. something before ceded by the pres. comp. in MT? II. a. 1

unknown, trans. Luke xx. 37. John xi. Cor. ix. 27 V7rwiridw pov TO a&p.a . .

57 lav Tig yv<$ TTOV tort, firjvvcry. 1 Cor.

j*ifTTWC aXXotf KijpvSac aurog aSoKipoc ytvw-
x. 28. c. dat. Acts xxiii. 30. 2 Mace. iii. 2 Cor. ii. 7. ix. 4. c. Aor. pre-
^tat.
Jos. Ant. 11.2. Thuc.2. 42.
7. 1. ced. Gal. ii. 2, comp. Winer 60. 2. p
421. After verbs imp.lying/ear or cau-
Mr) ov, Bee in MTJ no. III. b.
tion, e. g. seq. Indie, comp.
in MTJ II. c.
My/TTOTf, neg. partic. (/^, 7ror,) in Gal. iv. 11 (boQoVUni I'll (if, IITJTTtof (ICTjj
the same general sense and uses as /*?/ KtKOTriaica f i'c
j'/iaf . Seq. Subjunct. aor.
q. v. Acts xxvii. 29. Rom. xi. 21
[jSXtTrtrt]
I. As a negative particle, not even, oov 1 Cor. viii. 9. 2
/ir;7rwf ovfil <f>iiat)Tat.
never, in no supposable case. Heb.ix.17 Cor. xi. 3. xii. 20 bis, where supply at
iTrti fj.T)iroTf lo\vti [^la^^Kijl ore y A #ta- the end tvpiS&ffi. Once construed with
Sl/uvof Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6. both Indie, and Subjunct. 1 Thess. iii.
II. As a Conjunction, that not ever, 5 ei'c TO yvuivat TIJV irianv vp&v,
t7re/ii//a
that never, lest ever, i. e. lest at some time iirtipafftv vpag
b irtipa^wv icat ilq
'

or other, indefinite, i. q. lest perhaps, Kfvov ^ VTJTai 6 K 6iro S ij/iwv, i. e. [fearing]

comp. Mtj no. II. So after verbs im- ies t perhaps the tempter etc. see in Winer
plying purpose, seq. Subjunct. and pre- 60. 2. p. 421.
ceded by a future, a present or aorist,
Rev.xix. 16,
or a pret. Indie, as in"Iva 1. A. a, c, d. MfjpoC) ov, b, the thigh
So c. fut. preced. Matt. iv. 6 aoovai ae, where comp. Cic. Verr. II. lib. IV. 43.
Sept. for rp Gen. xxiv. 2, 9. Luc. D.
pfjTroTt irpoaico^yg K. T. X. Luke iv. 11.
Deor. 9. 1. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 6.
c. pres. v. aor. preced. Matt. v. 25 I<r5t

tvvo&v . .
p.r)TTOTe at irapaltji K. T. X. vii. 6. M/jrf, conj. ([j.fj,
a continuative
re),
xiii. 29. xxvii. 64. Mark iv. 12. Luke referring usually rather to a part of a
xii. 58. xiv. 8, 12. "va firjTroTe Luke xiv. proposition or clause, and not, also not ;
29. c. praet. preced. Matt. xiii. 15. Acts hence neither, not even. See Buttm.
xxviii. 27. Seq. Indie, fut. Mark xiv. 2 149. p. 427. Winer 59. 6.
SopVpOQ tffTCtl TOV XaOV,COmp.in Mj)
pfjTTOTt in continued negation, at the be-
a)
II. c After verbs implying fear or ginning of a subsequent clause, after /*/,
caution, seq. Subjunct. Matt. xv. 32. neither, nor. Eph. iv. 27 6 TjXioe p,r) i-Tri-
Luke xxi. 34 Trpoa't^f.Tt iavTolg, firjwoTe dvtTbt . .
[ir)Tt
di$OT TOTTOV T(f SicifBoXq). 2
papr}5wfftv K. T. X. Heb. ii. 1. iv. 1. with Thess. ii. 2. Hdian. 4. 15. 19. Re-
prec. verb impl. Matt. xxv. 9. Acts v. peated, /xryre /i^re, neither nor, before
39. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. Indie.fut. different parts of the same clause, Matt,
10.) Seq.
Heb. iii. 12, comp. in MJ? II c. v. 34 sq. /XT) ouoaai oXwg , firjre iv r<p ovoavy,
III. As an interrogative particle, . .
/ifjre
iv Ty yy, . . p^Tt eiQ lepog. K. r.X.

eomp. Passow in TTOTS, e. g. in a direct Acts xxiii. 8, 12,21. 1 Tim. i. 7. James

hquiry implying a negative answer. v. 12. al Xen. Lac. 15. 3.
Jlhn vii. 26 [irjiroTt aXrjSrui^ tyvwaav in the middle of a
o't
b) alone clause,
 Mijrrjp 522

not even, Mark iii. 20 wore p ou, *>,

Attic pr)Tpa\oiac,
a trove fitjre dprov Qayilv. Xen. Lac. 10. dXotdw q. dXoda> to thresh, to
i.

7. AL. smite,)
a smiter of his mother, a matricidef

7>
a mother,
1 Tim. i. 9. Comp. Rom. i. 30. Thorn.
MTJTTJP, tpoc, T/OOC, Attic form, Luc. Deor.
Mag. p. 695.
comp. Buttm. 47.
Concil. 12. Lys. 116. 43. Plato Phaedo
a) pp.
Matt. i. 18. ii. 11, 13, 20. al. ssep.
62.
Trop. of one in the place of a mother,
Matt. xii. 49, 50. Mark x.30. John xix.
Mijr/ooVoXfc* *<>, 17, (pflTrip, 7T(5Xi,)
27. Rom. xvi. 13. Sept. forQN Gen. ii.
metropolis, 1 Tim. vi. 23 in the spurious
24. xliv. 20. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 1. trop.
subscription. Xen. An. 5. 2. 3.
Horn. II. 6. 429.
b) genr. for parent, ancestor, progeni- Mt'a, see in Elf.
trix. Gal. iv. 26 17 Sk dvw 'Ipouf eXtvSepa .

IOTI iravrittv
Mmtvw, f. ctv&, perf. pass, fiipiafffiat
jTig [Sdpp'a] pfiTtjp Tit. i. 15, comp. Buttm. 101. n. 8;
&v, which represents Sarah our
i. e.
3 pers. sing, pefiiavrai Tit. i.
perf. pass.
common mother, comp. ver. 22, 24, 28. 15, comp. Buttm. 101. n. 7 aor. 1 ; pass.
So Sept. and Ox Gen. iii. 20. Others
ipidvSnv, comp. Buttm. 110. n. 3 ; pp.
metropolis, as ON and Sept. prjTpoiroXiQ
2
to colour, to tinge, Horn. II. 4. 141. An-
Sam. xx. 19 Trop. of a city as the thol. Gr. II. p. 153. to stain, to pollute,
parent or source of wickedness and Hdian. 1. 15. Luc. Phalar. prior 12. In
abominations, Rev. xvii. 5 Bo/3vXo>v n N. T. to defile, to pollute, trans.
T&V TTOQV&V jcairwvjS&Xwy/idrwv.
fifjTrip in the Levitical sense, John xviii.
a)
Test. XII Patr. p. 539. p. 735. AL. 28 tW fitf (iiavS&ffiv, dXX' 'iva 0dyart TO
So Sept.
for Wpo Lev. v. 3.
MTJT*, neg. partic. (fir), TI indef.) not irdirxn.

at all, not perhaps, see Buttm. 150. p. xxii. 5, 8 Tob. ii. 9.

434. In N. T. in a moral sense, Jude 8 ffapica pkv
b)
as negat. only in the connexion el [itaivovai. Pass, to be polluted, corrupt,
a)
Tit. i. 15 bis. Heb. xii. 15. Hdian. 2. 5.
P^I T h \f n
perhaps, unless perhaps.
t

Luke ix. 13. 1 Cor. vii. 5. 2 Cor. xiii. 5. 10. Thuc. 2. 102.

Also /i?;ny i. q. p rj TI but stronger, not

at all then, i. e. for Engl. not to say then, Mmo-jua, aroo TO, (^tatW,) pp. a
colouring, staining, Suid. (3a<f>ri and
much more then, 1 Cor. vi. 3. Comp.
;

hence pollution, defilement, in a moral

Buttm. 150. p. 434. Herm. ad Vig.
sense, 2 Pet. ii. 20 rd p. rov Koopov.
p. 803. Judith ix. 2. Luc. Tim. 43. Dem. 1374.
b) as interrog. whether at all? whether
11.
perhaps 1 i. e. isor has then, perhaps ?
Buttm. 1. c. Matt. vii. \QprjTi av\\kyovaiv ow, 6, (fiiaivu,") pollution,
d-n-o &Kav$Stv <TTa<j>v\f)v ',
xii. 23. xxvi. 22, defilement, in a moral sense, 2 Pet. ii. 10
25. Mark iv. 21. xiv. 19 bis. Lukevi. tv tiriSvfiig, fitavfiov, i. e. in polluted
39. John iv. 29. vii. 31. viii. 22. xviii. desire, unclean lust, comp. Buttm. 123.
35. xxi. 5. Acts x. 47. 2 Cor. xii. 18. n. 4. Wisd. xiv. 26. Test. XII Patr.
James iii. 11. prjTi apa 2 Cor. i. 17. p. 583.

Sept. for n Mai. iii. 8.

np Gen. xx. 9.
see in Mrjri a.
Miyjma, arof, TO, (^lyw^t,) mixture,
Mrjnyc, John xix. 39 piypa fffivpvric jcat aXo;g.- -
Ecclus. xxxviii. 8.
Mifttc, pron. interrog. (fir), T\Q indef.)
whether any one ? is or has any one ? John
MryvvjUf, f.
fu<i>, to mix, to mingle,
iv. 33. vii. 48. Comp. M/ III-
c. accus. et dat. and in Pass. c. dat.
pp.
M jjr/oa, ae, ^ (/^j/p,) matrix, womb. Rev. viii. 7 fitfiiypeva aifiart. xv. 2. See
Luke ii. 23. Rom. iv. 19. Sept. for Matth. 203. b. Diod. Sic. 1. 2 pen.
EIT} JNum. iii. 12. Jer. i. 5. Qrn 1 Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 6. Also c. ace. ei
Sam. i.
5, 6. M. V. H. 10. 3. Hdot. fitrd TIVOQ, see in Mtrd I. 2. b. 5. Luka
K.8. ^iii. 1 &V TO alfia ITAcirog l/u.c
fiera TUV
 523 M
avrStv. Matt, xxvii. 34 -- Plato Mt'Atov, tou, TO, a mile, Matt. v. 41,

Tim. A. i. e. the Roman milliare or mile of 1000

p. 35.
paces, whence its name. It is usually
com-
Mticpo'c, a, oi/, small, little, estimated at 1611 yards, while the En-
parat, /uKportpof smaller, less; pp. opp. 1760 yards.
glish mile contains Comp.
of /uyac large.
Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 503. Rees' Cyclop.
of magnitude, Matt. xiii. 32 /ucpo- Pol. 34. 11. 8.
a) arts. Measure, Mile.
ripoQ -n-dvTuv rCJv airtppaTuv.
Mark iv.
Strabo V. p. 332.
31. Jamesiii.5. Palaeph. 52. 1. Xen.
Of stature, Luke xix. 3 ry
CE. 8. 11.
i&Xtjcif /uicpoc ^v.
6. (Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 20.)
Ez. xvii.
Sept. for
Hence also of
^ /z/zog,)
i. e.
,
f.
t]<rofjiai,

pp. to mimic, but in a good sense,

to imitate, to follow, sc. as an ex-
depon. Mid.

Acts
age, small, young, not grown up. ample, c. 2 Tim. iii. 7 TTWC dti fitp,Ei-
ace.
viii. 10 c'nrb piicpov e'wg /ityaXov. xxvi.22. a$ai ripae. Heb. xiii. 7. 3 John
ver. 9.
Heb. viii. 11. Rev.xi. 18. xiii. 16. xix. 11. Wisd. iv. 2. Hdian. 4. 9. 5. Xen.
5, 18.xx. 12. Comp. in Mtyac a. In Cyr. 1. 3. 10.
a compar. sense for less, younger, Lat.
minor natu, Mark xv. 40 TOV 'lor. TOV MtjurjTTjc, ou, o, (/it/*eo/icu,)
an im-
itator, follower, only in the phrase /-
of James the less.

a /ittfc, 1 Cor. v. 6 pITtje yivofiat, to become an imitator,

b) of quantity,
n. Gal. v. 9. (Xen. Mem. 3.
i. e. to imitate, i.
q. [itueouai. 1 Cor. iv.
Adv. 16. xi. 1. Eph. v. 1. iThess. i. . ii.
14.
1,3.) Trop. Rev. iii. 8. fiiicpov
14. Heb. vi. 12. 1 Pet. 13 __ Jos.
n Sept. for eyn Job
iii.
2 Cor. xi. 1, 16.
x. 20. Prov. vi. 10. So of space, 'neut. Ant. 6. 6. 12. Hdian. 6. 8. 5. Xen.
as adv. a little, TrpoiXSuv /zucpdv
Mem. 1. 6. 3.
ftiicpov
Matt. xxvi. 39. Mark xiv. 35. Xen.
fo recall to
favt
Cyr. 4. 2. 6.
one's mind, to remind, Horn. Od. 12. 38.
c) of number, little, few,
Luke xii. 32
II. 1. 407. In N. T. only as a partial
TO piKpbv Troi/ivtov. Sept. for B^Tp Gen.
depon. Mid. /xt/iv^trvo^at, f.
fivrjaofiai,
xxx. 30. xlvii. 9. Xen. CEc. 2. 8.
aor. pass. IfivrjaSrjv both as mid. and
1

d) of time,
John vii. 33 pucpov gpovov.
pass. Buttm. 136. 2. 113. n. 6 ; perf.
xii. 35. Rev.vi. 11. xx. 3. Hence absol.
part. pfuvT]/j.evos 2 Tim. i. 4, as pres.
fiiicpov B\. xpvov, a little while, pp. ace. Buttm. 1 14. p. 292. comp. Matth. 495.
of time how long, John xiii. 33. xiv. 19. b. To call to mind, to recollect, to re-
xvi. 16 19. Heb. x. 37. So /ird/it*cp6v,
member, usually c. c. gen. Buttm. 132. <$

after a while, a little after, Matt. xxvi. 5.3.

73. Mark xiv. 70. Jos. Ant. 4. 7. 1.
Heb. ii. 6 '6n /H/ivijtr/ey av-
a) pp. pres.
Xen. Eq. 7. 15. ib.8.7.
TOV, quoted from Ps. 5 where Sept.
viii.

e) trop.
of dignity, authority, low, for Heb. xiii. 3. Aor. 1 as Mid.
-gj.
humble, Matt. x. 42 eva r&v fiiicp&v TOV- Matt. xxvi. Utrpoc TOV pfjf*a-
T^tfJLVija^tr) 6
TCJV, spoken of the disciples, xviii. 6, 10, Luke54 IXeovg. ver. 72. xxiii. 42.
rof. i.
14. Mark ix. 42. Luke xvii. 2. Matt.
xxiv. 8. Acts xi. 16. 1 Cor. xi.2. 2 Tim.
xi. 11 6 tie
fiiKpoTepoc iv. T. /3. Luke vii.
Heb. viii. 12
i. 4. 2 Pet. iii. 2. Jude 17.
28. ix. 48. Comp. in BcXrtW -- JE1. V.
et X. 17 TU>V dvofiiuiv O.VT&V ov fir) fivrj-
H. 2. 27. Xen. An. 3. 2. 10.
a$> tTi, i. q. I will pardon them, quo-
, ou, 7, Miletus, a maritime ted from Jer. xxxi. 34 where Sept. for
city in the southern part of Ionia on the ID) and so Sept. for n^p Jer. xxxiii.
&,
confines of Caria, a few miles south of 8. Luc. D. Deor. 2. 1. Xen. Mem. 2.
the Meander. It was celebrated for a 1. 33. Seq. on, Matt. v. 23. xxvii. 63.
temple of Apollo, and as the birth place Luke xvi. 25. John ii. 17, 22 xii. 16.
of Thales and Anaximander. A few seq. we Luke xxiv. 6 Ecclus. vii. 16 or
ruins now mark its probable site, near a 18. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 27.

village called Palat or Palatch. See b) aor.

1
ifivr]ff^t]v as pass. Buttm.
Roscnm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii.
p. 187. 113. D. 6. Matth. 495. e ;
to be re-
Acts xx. 15, 17. 2 Tim. iv. 20. membered, to be had in remembrance, Iv6-
 524

TTIOV TOV Seov, for good, as prayers Acts a) pp.

and genr. Matt. xx. 8. Luke x.
x. 31, coll. ver. 4 ; orfor punishment Rev. 7 aioc yap 6 epydnjf TOV fiiaSov CLVTOV
xvi. 16. So Sept. for Ez. xviii. 22. ioTiv. Acts i. 18 /uaSoc atiiiciac, i. e. the
13^
comp. Num. x. 9. Ps. cix. 14. wages of his crime. Rom. iv. 4. 1 Cor.
8. 1 Tim. v. 18. James
iii. v. 4. 2 Pet.
f. to hate, trans.
Mf<rto>, (5j rjffw,
ii. 15 nio&be adiKiag,
Pass, to be hated, odious.
i. e.
wages got by
iniquity. Jude 11 /a<T$ov, i. e. for hire
c. ace. of pers. usually implying
a) or gain, comp. Buttm. 132. 6. 1, 2.
active ill will in words and conduct, a
Matt. v. 43 piaijatis Sept. for l^p Gen. xxx. 28. Mai. iii. 5.
persecuting spirit.
n-GtoTp Gen. xxxi. 7. M.. V. H. 8. 8.
TOV tx$P v ffov > where for the fut. in an
Xen.' Mem. 1. 6. 5.
imperative sense comp. in 'Ayaircmt b. in the sense of reward, Matt. v. 12
ver. 44. x. 22 tataSre /a<rov/icvot. xxiv.9, b)
6 (juffSbg vptiv TroXvg iv TO?G ovoavolQ. ver.
10. Markxiii. 13. Lukei. 71. vi. 22,27.
46. vi. 1, 2, 5, 16. x. 41 bis, 42. Mark
xix. 14. xxi. 17. John vii. 7 bis. xv. 18
ix. 41. Luke vi. 23, 35. John iv. 36. 1
bis, 19, 23 bis, 24, 25. xvii. 14. Eph. v.
14. ix. 17, 18. 2 JohnS. Rev. xi.
Cor. iii.
29. Tit. iii. 3. 1 John ii. 9, 11. iii. 13, 15.
18. xxii. 12. So Sept. and-Dty Gen. xv.
iv. 20. Sept. for spty Gen. xxxvii. 3.
Hdian. Xen.
1 __ Hdian. 1.3. 5. Xen. An. 2. 2. 20.
Lev. xxvi. 17. 1. 13. 5.

7 c) in the sense of retribution, punish-

Cyr. 1. 2. impl. i. q. to persecute,
By
ment, 2 Pet. ii. 13 /UCT.&OC dfliiciae. 2
Rev. xvii. 16 OVTOI itKFrjvovffi Trjv Tropvtjv.
Mace. viii. 33. Callim. Hymn, in Dian.
So Sept. and 2 Sarn. v. 8. xxii. 18.
Np.ty 264 ovSk
ace. of thing, i. q. to detest, to yap 'ArptiSrjS oXtyy
b) seq.
abhor. John iii. 20. Rom. vii. 158 fiioS),

TOVTO 7roiCJ. Heb. i.9. Jude 23. Rev. ii. ow, w, f. w<ro>, (/u<7$of,) to hire
6 bis, 15. xviii. 2. Tob. iv. 15. Xen. out, to let for hire, Ml. V. H. 6. 1. Diod.
4. 2. 37. Sic. 12. 56. In N. T. only Mid. /u<r-
Cyr.
in antith. with ayaTrdw it is S6o/iai, of'/tai, f.
waofjiai, to hire out to
a) spec,
i.
q. not to love, to love less, to slight, oneself, i.
q. simply to hire, trans, see
c. ace. of pers. Matt. vi. 24 TOV 'iva p,ivr]- Buttm. 135. 8. Matt. xx. 1 /it^wtra-
ffei Kal TOV tTtpov ayairrjffei. Luke xiv. ffSai ipydrac. ver. 7. Sept. for 15^ Judg.
26. John xii. 25. Rom. ix.
xvi. 13. 2 Chr. xxiv. 12.--^!. V. H.
ix. 4. 14. 17.

13. So Sept. and Npto Gen. xxix. 31. Xen. An. 6.4. 13.
Dent. xxi. 16. Mai. i.' 3. See Tholuck T
aroc> i
(/u<rSow,) hire,
Bergpr. in loc.
wages, rent, Sept. for pn^ Deut. xxiii.
19. ^El. V. H. 4. 12. Hdot.2. 180 __ In
N. T. a thing hired or rented, e. g. a
,) payment of wages;'
pp. 'full
hence recompence* requital, e. g. in the lodging, hired dwelling, Acts xxviii. 30.
sense of reward Heb. x. 35. xi. 26 ; oCj ou, 6, (/u<r3oa,) one
also punishment Heb. ii. 2. Constit. hired, a hired servant, Mark i. 20. John
TDty Ex.
Apostol. 6. 11. comp. purdo8o<ria Thuc. x. 12, 13. Sept. for xii. 45.

8.83. Lev. xix. 13. Luc. de Merc. Cond. 36.

Dem. 1199.21.
, ou, o, ,

<a payer in full of wa- C> *i) Mitylene, the cel-

airowpi,') pp.
ges ;' hence requiter, rewarder, Heb. xi.
ebrated capital of the island of Lesbos,
6. Constit. Apost. 4. 6. Acts xx. 14. It was the birth-place of
Sappho, Alcaeus, Pittacus, etc. and is
^ SO f tw en d-
now called Castro. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
ings, (/acrdoc,) hired, and as subst. one III. p. 372.
hired, a hired servant, Luke xv. 17, 19.
Sept. for TDip Lev. xxv. 20. Job vii. 1. Mt^aTjX, o, indec. Michael, Heb.
Tob. v. 11/Ecclus. vii. 20. ^XS^Tp i. e. who an as God? pr. n. of
archangel, the patron of the Jewish na-
o, hire, wages, recom- tion, Jude 9. Rev. xii. 7. See in 'Ap\-
pense. dyytXof.
 Mva 525

Mva,ac, *h ^ at mina, pp. a Greek

-
cenotaph, Dem. 1125. 16. Thuc. 5. 11.
weight containing 100 Spaxpai, and In N. T. meton. a tomb, sepulchre,
larger than the Roman libra or pound Matt. viii. 28. xxvii. 52 *ai rd /iv^tla
in the proportion of 4 to 3. Hence as avty\ri<Tav. v. 53. xxviii. 8. Mark v. 2.
the latter is usually reckoned at about al. So Matt, xxiii. 29 icoa/mre rd fivrjufia,
12 oz. Engl. avoirdupois, the pva would and Luke xi. 47 oiKoSofi.dre rd p,vr)fj.e1a,
be nearly equivalent to the Engl. pound i. e.
ye adorn or build up (repair) the se-
avoirdupois see Boeckh Staatsh. d.
; pulchres of the prophets, see in Ko<r^sw,
Ath. I. p. 19. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 490. b, and Kovidw. Comp. 1 Mace. xiii. 27.
Rees' Cycl. art. Weights. Hdot. 2. 180. Jos. Ant. 13. 6. 6. Sept. for Gen.
-Qp
In N. T. fivd is a silver coin, esti- xxiii. 6, 9. xlix. 30.
rryap Gen! xxxv.
mated by weight, containing 100 Spax- 20. Xen. H. G. 15 __The se-
3. 2. 14,

/f'at,
and being itself the 60th part of a pulchres of the Hebrews were often ca-
talent. According to Boeckh 1. c. p. 16, verns, Gen. xxiii. 9sq. or were hewn by
the Attic pvd was nearest equal to 16i art out of rocks or in the sides of hills,

dollars, comp. in Apaxpa. It varied in various forms and sizes, sometimes

however in different countries. Luke with several compartments. They were
xix. 13, 16 bis, 18 bis, 20, 24 bis, 25. closed by a door or layer of stone, and
Dem. 1231. 13. Xen. Mem. 2. 5. 2. sq. the entrance was often decorated with
ornaments and whitewashed. See Cal-
met Art. Sepulchre. Jahn 206. 207,
Mva
trow, ajvoc, o, Mnason, pr. n.
and notes. AL.
of a Christian, Acts xxi. 16. remem-
MV///ZIJ, TJC> 6, (/xi/ivi7<ncw,)
recollec- brance, recollection, e. g. /iv;/ijv irottl-
j)
ffSai to call to
tion, remembrance, Phil. 3 tirl ry nviiq.
i. mind, to bear in recollection,
So 2 Pet. i. 15. Sept. for -g] Ps. xxx. 5.
vptiv. fivtiav txfiv to have remem-
brance of, i. q. to recollect, to remember, 2E1. V. H. 5. 3. Diod. 'Sic. 1. 2. init.
1 Thess. iii. 6. 2 Tim. i. 3. Also /ivei- pv. irotT<73-at Thuc. 2. 54
av iroitlffSat to make remembrance of, f.
IVffO),
i. e. to bear in mind, to make mention to
remember, to call to mind, to
of, Rom. i. 9. Eph. i. 16. 1 Thess. i. 2. bear in mind.
Philem. 4. Sept. genr. for -p] Is. xxvi. Mark
a) pp. absol. viii. 18. Seq. gen.
8. pv. iroitlffSai for 1p] rrtoy Ps. cxi. comp. Buttm. 132. 5. 3.Lukexvii.32
for
-O| Job xiv. 13^ JEL V. H. 6.
4. John
HVT}fiovdeT rrjc yvvaiKOQ Awr.
1. pv. lx ftv Aristoph. Eccl. 1154 or xv. 20 TOV Xoyov. xvi. 4, 21. Acts xx. 35.
1162, Isocr. p. 89. D. pv. irou~ia$ai Gal. ii. 10. Col. iv. 18. 1 Thess. i. 3.
JEschm. 23. 5. Isocr. p. 105. B. Heb. xi. 15. xiii. 7. So Sept. for 151
Ps. Ixiii. 7. 1 Mace. xii. 11. Luc. D.
aro, TO, (p/iv/ytrKu, pp. Deor. 4. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 21 __ Seq. ac-
a memorial, monument, intended to
pre- cus.
serve the memory of comp. Matth. 347. n. 2. Winer
any person or 30. 7. c. Matt. xvi. 9 rove aprovc. 1
thing, Horn. Od. 15. 126 hence sepul- ;
Thess. ii. 9 rbv KO-ITOV. 2 Tim. ii. 8. So
chral monument, cenotaph, Horn. II. 23.
619. Dem. 1310. 15.
God is said to remember sin, i. e. to pun-
In N. T. meton.
ish it, Rev. xviii. 5.
a tomb, sepulchre, gee in Mvjj/ut lov. Mark
Sept. for 15] Ex.
v. 5 Luke viii. 27.xxiii. 53 i^Kav av-
xiii. 3. Is. xliii. 18. 3 Mace. ix. 21.
[3], Hdian. 6. 1. 16. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 7 __
TO (ro iv pvrjpaTi Xaevry. xxiv. 1,
(ru^ta)
Acts ii. 29. vii. 1 6. Rev. xi. 9. Seq. 5m Acts xx. 31. Eph. ii. 11. 2Thess.
Sept. for ii. 5. iroSfv Rev. ii. 5.
Ex. xiv. 11. Ez. xxxvii. 12. TTWC iii. 3. Comp.
injj iTTQp
Ez. xxxii. 23 sq --Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 3. Mi/zvjyo-Kw a.

Diod. Sic. 13. 86. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 11. b) by impl. to mention, to speak of,
seq. Heb. xi. 22 irepi rfjf i68ov
irepi, . .

Mvrjjimov, ouj TO, (/u/jvijffjcw,) pp. ifivijfiovevffe. Hdian. 1. 1. 5. Xen. Vect.

a memorial, monument, i. q. pvrjpa, Xen. 4. 25.

Ag. 6. 2 hence a sepulchral monument,

;
Mvrj/xoVuvov, ov, TO, (pp. rieut.
 526

of adj. fivriiioffvvoc, commemorative,) a adulteress towards her husband; in

memorial, monument, i.
q. fj.vrjfit'iov, Hdot. O. T. spoken chiefly of those who for-
2. 136, 148. In N. T. genr. memorial, sook God for idols, Hos. iii. 1. Is. Ivii.
i.
any thing causing or preserving the
e. 3,7 sq. Ez. c. 16. c. 23.
In N. T. genr.
remembrance of a person or thing. Matt. of those who neglect God and their
xx vi. 13 et Mark xiv. 9 etc nvnfioavvov duty towards him, and yield themselves
avTrjgfor a memorial of her, i. e. in me- up to their own lusts and passions,
mory of her, to her honourable remem- James iv. 4. So ytvta irovrjpa *cai /iot-

brance, fame. Acts X. 4 at irpootvxai XXt'c, where poixaXic in apposit. expres-

trov . . .
affc/37<rav eif fiv. ivuTrtov r. &. ses an attribute, adulterous, i. e.
faith-
thy prayers are come up as a memo-
. . .
idolatrous,
less, Matt. xii. 39. xvi. 4.
rial, into remembrance, before God. Sept. Mark viii. 38.
tpj Ex. xvii.
for 14. Ps. cii. 13.
}Vi3J f. to de-
Ex. xii. 14. Mai. iii. 16 __ Ecclus. x. 17. Mot^dw, o>, {]<?<>, (fioi^og,
file a married woman, to commit adultery
xxiv. 20.
with her ; trop. TT/V SaXa<r<rav,
i. e. to
get
f. fVffOfiai, possession of the sea covertly and with-
to ask in marriage, to woo, "trans. Horn. out right, Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 15 In __
Od. 18. 276. Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 37. Mid. N. T. only Mid. /icn^ao/iai, w/iai, genr.
id. JE1. V. H. 10. 15 __ In N. T. only to commit adultery, used both of man
Pass. pp. to be asked in marriage, hence and woman, intrans. Matt. v. 32 bis,
to be betrothed, affianced, c. dat. of pers. TTOietavrrjv fiotxciffSai' icai og . . . . jioi-
Matt. i. 18 fivrjffTev^eiffrjg rfjs fjujrpos av- \arai. xix. 9 bis. Mark x. 11, 12. Sept.
rov Mapiag ry 'lwc^0. Luke i. 27. ii. for
f]K} Jer.
iii. 8. ix. 2. Different is
5. So Sept. for Pu. iinh Deut. xxii. 23, Thorn. Mag. p. 619, /iotxarai 6
25, 27, 28. Artemid. 2. 12. Se rj

ou, 6, /, (ftoyic, Xa- w,)

adul-
Xsw,) speaking with difficulty, a stammerer, tery, Matt. xv. 19. Mark vii. 21. John viii.
Mark vii. 32. Sept. for pp. tongue- EN 3. Gal. v. 19. Sept. for Jer. xiii. E^DM
tied, Is. xxxv. 6. JEtius VIII. 38. Pha- 27. comp. Hos. ii. 4 [2].-^'Wisd. xiv.
VOr. /MoXif TO QSkyfia SiopSovv 26. Luc. D. Deor. 17. 2. Hdian. 5. 7. 6.

adv. (fioyog, labour, pains), )also Mid. poi-

f.
fvffu,
withdifficulty, hardly, Luke ix. 39. 3 commit adultery,
j)
to
Mace. vii. 6. Xen. An. 3. 4. 48. genr. and absol. Active Matt. v. 27 oit
fioixtveeiG. xix. 18. Rom. xiii. 9. Mark x.
> ou, o, Lat. modius, a Ro- 19 fiij fjioixevffyg. Luke xviii. 20. James ii.
man measure for things
dry, equal to 11 bis; all in allusion to Ex. xx. 13.
one-sixth part of the Attic Deut. v. 17, where
medimnus,
and containing therefore 1.916 gall. Sept. for
the fut. as imperative, see Winer
^. For
44. 3.
Engl. or nearly one peck; comp. in Matth. 498. c. Luke xvi. 18 bis. Rom.
Kopog. Boeckh Staatsh. d. Ath. I. p. ii. 22 bis. Mid. once John viii. 4. (Diod.
100 sq. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 505. _ Sic. 1. 78.Xen. Mem. 2. 1.
5.) Seq.
Matt. v. 15. Mark iv. 21 Luke xi. 33. .
ace. commit adultery with any one,
to
Jos. Ant. 9. 4, 5. Dinarch. 95. 37. Matt. v. 28 rjSrj tfioixevotv avrrtv. So
Sept. for C|K; trop. Jer. iii. 9. Luc. D.
, -n, (i. q.
fern, to an adulteress, Rom. Deor. 6. 3. JEschin. Dial. Socr. 2. 14.
/iotxof,) vii. 3
bis. 2 Pet. ii. 14 df&aX/toi ^etrrot /xot-
Symbol, once seq. fitrd nvog, Rev. ii.
22. Comp. in
xaXiSog eyes full of an adulteress, i. e.
gazing with desire after such persons. an adulterer, Luke
c, ou, o,
Sept. for npNb Ez. xvi. 38. xxiii. 45. xviii. 11.1 Cor. Heb. xiii. 4. Sept.
vi. 9.
Plut. Plac.'
Philosoph. 1. 7. Tom. IX. for^xb Job xxiv. 15. Prov. vi. 32 __ Ml.
p. 493. ed. R. Tom. V. p. 245. Tauchn. V. H. 10. 13. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 5 __
See Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 452. Trop. from Trop, from the Heb. one faithless
the Heb. one
faithless towards God, as an towards God etc. see in MoixaXif fin.
 527

James iv. 4. So Sept. and C]S}73

Is. Ivii. found, blame, censure, i. e. occasion of
3. complaint, Col. iii. 13. Eurip. O/o&t.
1068, 9. Aristoph. Pac. 663, 4.
, labour,
pains), q. /ioytf but less Attic, Buttm.
i.
MOV??, i?Cj *l, (p'tvo*,) pp. stay in a
Ausf. Spr. | 16. n. 2. Passow sub. v. place Xen. An. 5. 1 . 5. In N. T. abode,
with difficulty, hardly, scarcely, Acts xiv. dwelling, mansion, John xiv. 2. So TTOI-
18. xxvii. 7, 8, 16. Rom. v. 7. 1 Pet. iv. elv novrjv napd TIVI, to make one's abode
18. Hdian. 3. 6. 4. Xen. Conv. 4. 37. with any one, i. e. to abide or dwell with
him, trop. John xiv. 23, comp. Rev. xxi.
o^, 6, indec. Moloch, Heb. 77^72 3. pp. Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 7. Thuc. 1. 131.
(king) Jer. xxxii. 35, also 03^73 Milcom 1
K. xi. 5. 2 K. xxiii. 13, and Q3*?7? Mai- Movo-yevr/c, oe, ovc, o, rj, adj.
cam Jer. xlix. of an idol of
1, 3, pr. n. ykvoQ from ytvo^at), only born,
,

the Ammonites, to which the Hebrews only begotten, i. e. only child, Luke vii.
also offered human victims, both 12 (tovoytvrif r< viii.42 3-vydr^p
during fttjTpi.
their wanderings and afterwards in the fiov. it v. ix. 38. Heb. xi. 17 Tob. iii. 15.
valley of Hinnom, Lev. xviii. 21. xx. 2 vi. 9. Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 4. Diod. Sic. 4. 73.
sq. K. xi. 7, etc. comp. in Ttiwa.
1 In John's writings spoken only of 6
The Rabbins describe the statue of Mo- Aoyoc, the only begotten Son of God in
loch as of brass, in the form of the hu- the highest sense, as alone knowing and
man body, but with the head of an ox ; revealing the essence of the Father,
it was hollow within, was heated from John i. 14, 18. iii. 16, 18. 1 John iv. 9.

below, and the children to be immolated Comp. Adyoc Others here by impl.
III.
were placed in its arms. Similar to most dear, only beloved, as Sept. for "pn^
this was also the statue of Saturn among Ps. xxii. 21. xxxv. 17.
the Carthaginians, see Diod. Sic. 20, 14.
Miinter Religion der Karthager p. 19. Mo i>o v, adv. see in Movoc. c.

Hence both Moloch and the Carthagi-

nian Saturn prob. represent the planet Movo?, 17, ov, only, alone, i. e.
Saturn, to which the Semitic nations a) pp. without others, without com-
sacrificed human victims j see Gesen. panions, e. g. of persons, Matt. xiv. 23
Lex. art. "rjMa. Comment, on Isa. Vol. fiovoc iiv iKtl. Mark vi. 47 ical avrof p6-
II. p. 343, coll. p. 327 sq. Jahn 411. VOQ JVC- ix. 2 KO.T iSiav /iovouf.
liri rrjs

ver. 8. Luke x. 40. John viii. 9. Rom. xi.

In N. T. only Acts vii. 43 cat dveXd-
TOV
3. xvi. 4. Heb. ix. 7. 2 John i. al. Sept.
fltre rr\v (TKtjvtjv MoXo^, comp. in
This passage is quoted
for in!? Gen. ii. 18. xxxii. 23. (Hdian.
'AvaXa/i/3ayw a.
3. 5. 15. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. Trop. of
from Amos v. 26, where Sept. MO\OX for 36.)
one acting by his own authority, alone,
Heb. 0?3^7p your king, i. q. -r^to.
John viii. 16 ;
or as destitute of help from
MoXvvo), f. wu, to soil, to stain, to another John viii. 29. xvi. 32. JE1. V.
Sept. Cant. v. 3. for *aa Gen.
defile, H. 9. 40. Of things, Luke xxiv. 12 rd
xxxvii. 30. Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 1. Luc. Anarch. 6$6vta Ktipeva ftova, i. e. without the body
v. Gymnas. 1. In N. T. symbol. Rev. of Jesus. John xii. 24 6 KOKKOS .
povog . .

4 OVK kpoXvvav ra ludna. xiv. 4. Me-

iii.
ptvet, i. e. sterile, barren. Spoken in
taph. 1 Cor. viii. 7 17 avvsiSijffie <ZVTUV . . . an adverbial sense, of persons and things,
poXvvtTai, their conscience is defiled, i. e. comp. Buttm. 123. n. 3. Matt. iv. 4
is blunted, weakened. Ecclus. xxi. 28. OVK ITT* dvSp. John v.
dprtft fiov{ft ZrjffErai o
Artem. II. 26. Porph. de Abstin. I. 42. 44 TY\V $6%av Trapd TOV povov Seov ov
ZtjTiire. Jude 4. Rev. xv. 4. (Xen. Mem.
MoAv<r/iO, ov, o, (/ioXvvw,)
a soil-
4. 5. So after el /*/, Matt. xii. 4 ei
ing, hence defilement, pollution, in a 9.)
ftrj rolQ lepevffi povoiQ. (comp. Acts xi.
moral sense, 2 Cor. vii. 1. Sept. for
Matt. xvii. 8. xxiv. 36. Luke v.
Jer. xriii. 15 __ Esdr. riii. 83. 2 19.)
21. Phil. iv. 15. Rev. ix. 4.
ace. v. 27.
b) alone
of many, one out of many,
/C, >) fault Luke xxiv. 18 ov p.6voe Trapoucelc 'lipov-
 528

aaXrjp. K. r. X. 1 Cor. ix. 6. 2 Tim. iv. virapx<Dv would be i. q. being of that

11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27. Mem. 1. 4. 11. nature, of the same nature with God;
c)
neut. fiovov as adv. only, alone, comp. Eurip. Bacch. 54 /iop0r/v r ffi^v
Buttm. 115. 4. E. g. simply, Matt. v. USTtflaXov ds dvSpog tyvaiv. Plato Re-
47 roi> ddt\<j>ovg vfia>v fiovov. ix. 21 *dv pub. II. p. 381. C, S-tof jcaXXioroe nat
fiovov H^djfiai TOV ifiariov CIVTOV. Mark dpiorof wv ptvei dti dir\u>s iv Ty air-
. . .

v. 36. Acts xviii. 25. 1 Cor. vii. 39. Gal. row /iop^y. comp. Jos. c. Ap. 2. 22.
i. 23. Heb. ix. 10. (Hdian. 3. 4. 19. Xen.
Conv.
et
5.
2.)
After
Mark
ct ^ Matt. xxi. 19
vi. 8.Acts xi. form,
, W,
to fashion, trans. Sept. foriKjp Is.
f. w<, (/top^r;,)
to

fjirj <}>v\\a povov.

xliv. 13. Plut. ed. R. X. p. 207 ulU In
19. With negatives, e. g. /*?} \iovov
N. T. Pass to be formed, trop. Gal. iv.
not only, simply Gal. iv. 18. James i.
19 dxpiS ov nop<f>u$y Xp. iv vfilv i. 6.
22 in antith. or gradation, seq. dXXd
;
until the very image of Christ be im-
Phil. ii. 12. seq. dXXd /cat but also, John
pressed upon your hearts.
Xlii. 9 fjirj TOVS iroSag fiov povov, dXXd fcai

TO.Q Xftpas K. r. X. (Hdian. 2. 5. ov

10.) Mo/o<w<ne EOC, "h, 0*op0ow,) pp.
fiovovy not only, comp. in Ov c; simply a forming ; hence form, appearance, e. g.
James ii. 24 ; in antith. or gradation, mere external form, 2 Tim. iii. 5 I^OVT^Q
seq. dXXa Acts xix. 26. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. Test. XII Patr. p.
fjiopQwaiv tvat(3tia..
16.) seq. dXXd KO.I but also, Matt. xxi. 742 itiiiv TIJV p. TIJS oi//ew avTov. -By
21. John v. 18 on ov fiovov eXve TO adfi-
impl. a prescribed form, norma, Rom.
/Sarov, dXXd icat
Trarlpa 'idiov tXeye TOV ii. 20 tx^v rrjv p,. T?] yv(t)<rt(*).
Seov. xi. 52. Acts xxi. 13. Rom. i. 32.
Heb. xii. 26. al. Hdian. 1. 12. 14. Xen. Mo<y\OTTOlitt) t W,
1. 6. 17. AL. TrotEw, to make a
i. e. the
image of
calf,
Cyr.
a calf or bullock, found only Acts vii. 41.
Movo03"aXjLtoc, ou, o, 77, (ftovoc, The allusion is to the golden calf made
an eye, lost
6f&a\/tof,) one-eyed, having by Aaron in imitation of the Egyptian
Matt, xviii. 9. Mark ix. 47. Luc. Ver.
Apis, comp. Ex. xxxii. 4 sq. where Sept.
Hist. 1. 3. The earlier Greeks said erc- liroirjaav
po^SaX/iof, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 136.
ov, o, pp. shoot of a plant,
Mo vow, <T>,
f. w<rw, (/iovof,) to leave young and
,

tender, Horn. II. 11. 105.

alone, Pass, to be left alone, e. g. as a Dioscor. IV. 108. Hence a young ani-
widow, to be solitary, prob. childless, mal, and espec. in prose and N. T. a
1 Tim. v. 5. Diod. Sic. xix. 39. Xen.
calf, a young bullock, Luke xv. 23, 27,
Ven. 9. 9. 30. Heb. ix. 12, 19. Rev. iv. 7. Sept.
Mark for
ty Ex. xxxii. 4, 8, 19. ID Ex. xxix.
Mop^?}, ije, 77, form, shape,
xvi. 12 iv ertpy. popfy. Sept. for n^3JD
10 sq.' Lev. iv. 3 sq. ipn Gen. xii. 16.
xxiv. 35 __ Ml. H. An/14. 11. Hdot. 3.
Is. xliv. 13. Xen. CEc. 6. 16. Phil",
7
28 of the god Apis, i.e. a young bullock.
ii.
fioptf>r)v dov\ov Xafiatv i. e. appearing
in a humble and despised condition. devoted
Mov<ncoe> r), ov, (/tovo-a,)
Comp. Test. XII Patr. p. 744 TOV /3a- to the muses, i. e. to the liberal arts and
ea T&V ovp. TOV liri yijg (pavivTa iv
sciences, learned, Ml. V. H. 4. 15. In
i.
avSpdiiTrov ra7rft/a(Tfa;f, q. p. N. T. skilled in music, a musician, Rev.
542 6 Stbg aw^a Xa/3wv, and p. 644 sq. 22
xviii. tyuvr] KiSapyd&v itai novviictiv KOI
3t6v iv Hence also Mace.
<T\r}fjiaTi dv3fpdj7rov. avXrjTtjjv, perh. here singers. 1
Phil. ii. 6 iv p>op<l>y
Stov virapx^v ix. 39, 41. Luc. D. Deor. 7. 3. Xen.
who being in the form of God, i. e. as 1. 6. 38.
Cyr.
God, God, where the force of the
like
antithesis would seem most naturally
MO^OC, ov, o, wearisome labour,
to refer to the divine majesty and glory, travail, including the idea of painful
as Sept. for V] Dan. iv. 33. comp. v. 6, effect, sorrow in N. T. only as coupled
;

9, 20. Or fiopQrj may here have the sense with icoTTOf. 2 Cor. xi. 27 iv KOTT^ nal
of nature, 0v<rif, so that iv pop<f>y Stov 1 Thess. ii. 9.
. 2 Thess. iii. 8.
 529 M vpov
Sept. for *>73y Deut. xxvi. 7. Ecc. ii. 18 ally accompanied by song. Larger
sq Wisd/x. 10. Xen. Conv. 8. 40.
. mills were turned by an ass whence ;

the upper mill-stone was called OVLKOS

MufXoo
ou, marrow, Heb. iv. 12.
o,
Matt, xviii. 6 or also ovoc, Hesych. OVOQ-
Sept. Gen. xiv. 18.
;

Eurip. Hippol. Xen. An. 1.

6 aviaT(po XiSog TOV fivXov.
255 or 257. Alciphr. I. 23.
5. 5. comp. Luc. Asin.28, 42. See Jahn

eojj u>, f. rjvu, (pvu to shut up,) 138, 139. Calmet art. Corn Hence
to initiate, to instruct, sc.in things before inN.T.
unknown, Pass. Phil. iv. 12, parall. with a
a) mill,
Rev. xviii. 22 KA\ fwvr) pvXov,
uavSdvuin ver. 11. Diod. Sic. 4. 7fivtfv the song of the mill, i. e. the singing of
rovf dvpw7rov rouro d' iffTiv, TO SiSdoicftv the maid servants when grinding, comp.
TO. KciXa /cat
GvntovTct /cat VTTO rtDv a?rat- Jer. xxv. 10. Sept. for trrn Ex. xi. 5.
ayvoovfitva. Spec, to initiate Is. xlvii. 2. Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 172.
into the heathen mysteries etc. Diod. 10. IX.p. 301.5. Comp. Hesych. 1. c.
Sic. 5. 48. Hdot. 2/51.
b) by synecd. a mill-stone, i. e. the
ou, o, speech, discourse, upper one or rider, e. g. fivXog 6vtic6f

Horn. Od. 11. 561. Xen. Mem. 1. 2.58. Matt, xviii. 16. Lukexvii.2. /x. /zlyac

In N. T. fable, fiction, a mythic Rev. xviii. 21. Sept. for npn Judg. ix.
tale,
53. 2 K. xi. 21. Anthol. Or. III. p. 46,
mythic discourse, 1 Tim. i. 4. iv. 7 rove
51.
e fiepfjXovg Kai ypawfotf pvSovc irapatrov.
2 Tim. iv. 4. Tit. i. 14. 2 Pet. i. 16. MuAwv, covoc, o, (pvXtj,) mill-house,
Hdian. 1. 11. 6. Diod. Sic. 1. 19. Dem. pistrinum, place where the mill is, Matt.
1219. 14. xxiv. 41. Luc. Asin. 42. Dem. 1111.
27. See in
MuKao/zeu, wfiai 9 f> /<ro/*at, (/*') to
moo, to low, pp. as the cow or ox, Horn. Mupa, wv, TO, Myra, one of the six

II. 18. 580. Luc. D. Deor. Mar. 15. 2. principal cities of Lycia, on the S. W.
coast of Asia Minor, Acts xxvii. 5.
to bellmo II. 21. 237. Transferred to
other animals, Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 319 Mi;piaej aoe> r), (/Ltwptoff,)a myriad,
ult. Theocr. 26. 20. In N. T. of a lion, i. ten thousand, Acts xix. 19. Sept. for
e.

to roar, Rev. x. 3 wtrirep Xtwv NiSi Ezra ii. 64. Neh. vii. 66. nnn^
Anthol. Gr. I. p. 246. Deut. xxxiii. 17. Lev. xxvi. 8. JEl. V!
H. 2. 25. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 6 __ Put as in
f. nose,
Mufcrrjpitu, t(tw, (pvKTrip
Engl. for any indefinitely large number,
/ivw,) to turn up one's nose in scorn, and Luke xii. 1. Acts xxi. 20. Heb. xii. 22.
hence to mock, to deride, Pass. Gal. vi. 7
Jude 14. Rev. v. 11. ix. 16. So Sept.
Scof ou nvKTTjpiZerai, i. e. God will not and Jinn^ Gen. xxiv. 60. 1 Sam. xxi. 11.
let himself be mocked.
Sept. for 3^ Job
to anoint sc.
xxii. 19. Ps. Ixxx. 7. Test. XII Patr. Mupio>, f. ia<*>, (fjivpov,')
for burial, to embalm, trans. Mark xiv. 8
p. 700. Lys. Fragm. 36.
7rpotXa/3 fivptaai pov TO (rayta. Aristoph.
O 9 T), ov, (nvXi) mill,) belong- Plut. 529. Hdot. 1. 195.
ing to a mill, e. g. Xi'So? pvXticog a mill- ov very many, nnumer-
a,
stone, Mark ix. 42.
Pind. Nem.
10. 84. Theocr. 16. 22.
able,
from Plur. fivpioi id. Horn. Od. 8. 110. In
MuAoe, ou, 6, pvXi) /tvXXw,
a grinder, hence
a N. T. only plur. pvpioi ten thousand, pp.
fiuw,) pp. mill, a mill-
ttone. The mills used Matt, xviii. 24 /zupiW raXavrwv.
by the Hebrews Sept.
are still common in the East for
O'D^ rvi^ Esth. iii. 9. 13*1 1 Chr.
they wore ;

composed of two stones, of which the xxix. 7. Diod! Sic. 15. 59. Xen. Cyr.
lower was fixed, and the upper was 2. 1. 5. Put as in Engl. for any inde-
turned round upon it (Heb. 351 finitely large number, 1 Cor. iv. 15 edv
rider),
having a hole in the middle for receiv- fivpiovq Traidaywyove t^Tt, i. e. ten thou-

ing the grain. The grinding was most- sand masters, xiv. 19. Jos. Ant. 5. 3.

ly done by hand by female slaves, and 2. Hdian. 2. 3. 14. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 13.
though exceedingly laborious was usu- Mvpov, ov, TO, (lleb. ito,) any ar-
2 M
 530 M
omatic balsam distilling of itself from a Xp. 1 Tim. iii. 9 r?lc TT'KTT^Q. Rom. xvi.
tree or plant, espec. myrrh, fivpoa, <rpvp. 25. Cor. ii. 7. iv. 1. xiii. 2. Eph. iii.
1
>
va, MLV. H. 12.31. comp. Diod. Sic. 3. Col. i. 27. So of particular doctrines
5. 41. In N. T. genr. ointment, ungent, or parts of the Gospel, Rom. xi. 25. 1
1. e. perfumed, Matt. xxvi. 7 dXdpaarpov Cor. xv. 51. Eph. i. 9. 1 Tim. iii. 16.
pvpov. ver.9, 12. Mark xiv.3,4. Luke vii. from
Mvw7ratoj dff(t>, (fjivwty /iva*,
37, 38. xxiii. 56. John xi. 2. xii. 3 bis, 5. pp. to shut the eyes, i. e. to contract
aty,)
Rev. xviii. 13. Opp. to IXatov, Luke vii. the eyelids, to blink, to twinkle, like one
46 sXai'y rrjv K0. fiov OVK ^Xti^/ag- avrrj 81
who cannot see clearly hence by impl.
;

fivptp T/Xei^epov TOVQ Tro&zff, comp. Xen. to be near-sighted, trop. 2 Pet. i. 9.

below. Sept. for niD yy Ps cxxxiii. -
Aristot. Probl. Sect. 31. Suid. iivdJira-
2.
"jp^'
Prov. xxvii. 9. Cant. i. 2.
TOIQ
-321. V. H. 9. 9. Pol. 31. 4. 1. Xen.
ird%<i) yap TO
Conv. 2. 3, 4 opp. to tXaiov.
/, WTTOC, b, (fjidu), (r^taw,) a
Mu<n'a, ac? 7> Mysia, the north- mark of a
western province of Asia Minor, lying stripe, weal, i. e.
stripe or
blow, trop. 1 Pet. ii. 24 ov r<
/*wXo>7rt
between the Propontis and Lydia, and
ta3-7/rf, i. e. quoted from
collect, stripes,
including the Troad, Acts xvi. 7, 8. The Is. liii. 5 where Sept. for
IT^on. pp.
Mysian cities Assos, Pergamos, and Luc. Philopseud. 20. Plut. JEml Paul.
Troas, are mentioned in N. T. 19 fin.

Mvon'/piov, tOU, TO, (piHTTrje, [iv'ew f.

q. v.) a mystery, i. e. something into
rjffofiai, depon.
which one must be initiated, instructed Mid. (/iw/toc,) find fault with, to to carp
before it can be known, at, to blame, c. ace. 2 Cor. viii. 20. Aor.
something of
itself not obvious and above human in- as pass. 2 Cor. vi. 3 'iva /*>}

sight. In N. T. spoken of facts, doc- -y r] diciKOvia rjfji&v, COmp. Buttm.

113. n. 6 Wisd. x. 14. Luc. D. Deor.
trines, principles, etc. not fully revealed,
20.2. Horn. II. 3. 412.
but only obscurely or symbolically set
forth.
Matt. xiii. 11 vfjuv diSorai yv&- Mwjuoe? ou, o, fault, i. e. fault-
a) genr. finding, censure, Ecclus. xviii. 15. Plut.
vat TO. fivarrjpia Trje (3a<r. TWV ovp. to know ed. R. IX. p. 263. 6. In N. T. fault as
the mysterious things of the kingdom of
found, blemish, trop. stain, disgrace, 2
heaven, i. e. in a
deeper and more per- Pet. ii. 13 o-TrtXot KOI //w/ioi. pp. Sept.
fect manner than they were made known for tn of a bodily defect, Lev. xii. 16
toothers. Mark iv. 11. viii. 10. 1 Cor.
sq. Deut. xv. 21. Anthol. Gr. I. p. 74,
xiv. 2. Eph. v. 32 TO fivarrjpiov TOVTO fisya
75.
iariv. 2 Thess. ii. 7 TO fjivarrjpiov rijs dvo-
piag, mysterious wickedness, i. e. hidden, Mwpaivw, f. av&, (/uwpof,) pp. to
as yet unknown to Christians, opp. make dull, not acute, see in Mwpdg.
cnroKaXviTTtaSai in ver. 8; comp. Buttm. Hence
123. n. 4. (Jos. B. J. 1. 24. 1 K a K iag a) of impressions on the taste, Pass.
[ivGTrjpiov.} Rev. i. 20 TO \IV<JT. rStv iirrd to become insipid, tasteless, to lose its
daTspwv. x. 7. xvii. 5, 7. Wisd. ii. 22. savour, as salt, Matt. v. 13 et Luke xiv.
Hdian. 8. 7. 8. Of the Eleusinian mys- 34 tdv t TO ci\a [iwpavSy. Comp. Tho-
teries, e. g. the lesser, TO. futcpd Diod. luck Bergpred. p. 122.
Sic. 4. 14 j the greater Diod. Sic. 4. 25.
b) of the mind, to make foolish, i. e.
Dem. 29, ult. Xen. H. G. 1. 4. 14. to show to be foolish, c. ace. 1 Cor. i.
b) spec, of the Gospel, the Christian 20 tfjiittpavtv o Sebg TTJV aotyiav TOV Koa-
dispensation, as having been long hidden /xou. Pass. Rom. i. 22 QaffKovrte tlvai
and first revealed in later times. Eph. <ro0ot in<t>pdv$ii<rav, they became foolish,
iii. 9 et Col. i. 26 TO fjivffTrjpiov TO diroitt- i. e. acted like fools. Sept. trans, for
KpVfJLp,VOV CLTTO T&V CtiMVlUV i.V
T(p &<. >g>3 Is. xliv. 15. Pass, for ^555 2 Sam.
Eph. vi. 19 7-6 p,.
TOV fuayyeXtov. Col. ii. xxiv. 10. 1^33 Is. xix. 11. Iii profane
9 rb rov Sfov. iv. 3 et Eph. iii. 4 TOV writers wat'vw in this sense is intrans.
/i.
to be foolish, to act foolishly, Luc. D. what men count foolish in the ordinan-
Mort. 13.3. Xen. Mem.
1. 1. 11. ces and proceedings of God, comp. ver.
23, 24. ver. 27 ra /iwpd TOV KOffpov. 2
Mwpta, ae, /> (/*<"pog,) folly, fool- Tim. ii. 23et Tit. iii. 9 ijr^<re p. Sept.
ishness, absurdity, spoken of what seems of pers. for ^35 Deut. xxxii.6. Is. xxxii.
foolish and absurd, 1 Cor. i. 18 6 \6yoe 5, 6. b*D3 Ps. xciv. 8. Luc. Paras. 25.
. . Tolg fikv aTroXXvfiivoiG pwpia tan. ver. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 45. of things Luc.
21, 23. ii. 14. iii. 19. Ecclus. xx. 31.
Epigr. 1. Xen. ib.
Dem. 128. 10. Thuc. 5. 41.
or MwutTfue, fwc > a^ so
ov, and in some edit.
Mw/ooXoyta, ac> n }

dis- Matt. xvii. 4. John v. 46

Xsyw,) foolish talk, empty
course, Eph. v. 4. So /^wpoXoyav Plut. al. Moses, Heb. nipTD (drawn out sc.

ed. R. VI. p. 669. 8. from the water), pr. n. of the great He-
brew prophet and legislator. On the
dc, a, ov, pp. ^M#, not acute, forms and flexion, see Winer 5. p. 44.
e. g. of impressions on the taste, insipid, 10. The form Mw<r//e, gen. ewg, comes
tasteless, Dioscor. 4. 18. p. 122. Hip- from Heb. m$7D, and is found chiefly
pocr. de Diaeta 2. 27. 2. Comp. Tho- in the Evangelists, Matt. viii. 4. xvii. 3.
luck Bergpred. p. 122. In N.T. of the xxiii. 2. Mark i. 44. ix.4,5. Actsiii. 22.
mind, stupid, foolish, and 6 /iwpoc subst. al Mwutn/c and Mwu<rvg, also in Sept.
a fool, e. g. of persons, Matt. vii. 26 and Josephus, and in some editions
rat avSpi /ia>p<. xxiii. 17 /zwpot everywhere in N. T. are derived from
i. ver. 19. XXV. the Egyptian form, see Gesen. Lex. art.
sc. 7ra|o3lj>oi. ver. 3, 8. 1 Cor. iii. 18. iv. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 6 rb yap vdup jttw
rn$73.
10. So prob. Matt. v. 22, where others ol AiyviTTioi KaXovaiv, vffrjg fit TOVQ l

render wicked, impious, like Heb. b"2]

it vSaros <ru)$svTa, comp. Apion. 1. 31.
c.

Sept. o^pwv Ps. xiv. 1. liii. 2. Job ii. 10 ; E. g. Mwyeri/t,-, gen. ov, Acts vi. 14. vii.
but /xwpoc no where else has this sense. 35, 37. Matt. xvii. 4. al. Mwuireuf Acts
Comp. Tholuck Bergpr. p. 178 sq. xv. 1, 5. 2 Tim. iii. 8. al. Meton. for
(Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 85.) Of things, the booksof Moses, the Pentateuch, Luke
1 Cor. i. 25 rd pupbv TOV Seov i. e. xvi.29, 31. xxiv^27. AL.

NCICKTWV, *>,
indec. Naason, Heb. Tiberias and the Mediterranean. It lies
n. of a chief of Ju- at the foot and on the side of a hill facing
p (diviner), pr.
dah, whose sister was the wife of Aaron, the E. and S. E. along a small valley or
Matt. i. 4 bis. Luke iii. 32. Comp. Ex. basin entirely shut in by hills, except a
vi. 23. Num. ii. 3. narrow rocky gorge toward the south
leading to the great plain. Here is now
Nervy**/, o, indec. Naggce, p. n. of shown the supposed place where the
a man, Luke iii. 25.
men of the city were about to cast Jesus
or Na^a/ot'r, ?, indec, down from the precipice, Luke iv. 29.
Nazareth, prob. Heb. 1^3, Aram. Jihnxa. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. 85 sq.
(a twig,) see Hengstenb. Christol. Vol. Jowett's Chr. Res. p. 128, and in Cal-
II. init. Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 182 sq. pr. sub. v. Miss. Her. 1824. p. 307. Matt,
n. of a small city in lower Galilee, just ii.23. iv. 13. xxi. 11. Mark i. 9. Luke
north of the great plain of Esdrselon, i.26. ii. 4, 39, 51. iv. 16. John i. 46,
and about mid -way between the lake of 47. Acts x, 38.
2 M 2
 532

a Nazarene, i. e. 424.-Arr. Epict.

ger. p. 2. 10. 20. Plato
Naa/OT]voc, ou, 6,
an inhabitant of Nazareth, spoken of Soph. p. 226. E.
Luke intens. in strong affirmation, as-
Jesus, Marki. 24. xiv. 67. xvi. 6. c)
iv. 34. severation, Luke xi. 51 vat, Xeyo> vplv,
iK%riTri$rri<rtTai K. T. \. xii. 5 vat, Xeyw
ov, 6, a Nazaraan,
toc, vplv, TOVTOV QoprjSrire, yea, I say unto
i. q. Nazarene, an inhabitant of Naza-
you, fear him. Philem. 20. Rev. i. 7 vai,
reth, in some editions written Naapatof
apriv. xiv. 13. xxii. 20 vat, tpxo/tairaxu.
in Matt. ii. 23. xxvi. 71. John xviii. 7.
(Arr. Epict. 2. 13. 21. comp. Horn. II.
Spoken of Jesus, Matt. x. 47. xxvi. 1.234. Find. Nem. 11.30. Vig. p. 424.)
71. Luke xviii. 37. xxiv. 19. John xviii.
Also seq. icai, yea and more also, Matt,
5, 7. xix. 19. Acts ii. 22. Hi. 6. iv. 10.
xi. 9 et Luke vii. 26 vai, Xlyw vplv, icai
vi. 14. xxvi. 9. Matt. ii. 23 'on
xxii. 8. and more
TTfpiGffoTepov TrpofyijTov, yea,
NawpaToc icXijSrjvsTai he shall be called a than a prophet. Xen. Conv. 8. 4. With
Nazarene, i. e. looking to the etymology the art. TO vai, yea, i. e. the word yea.
of the name (see in he shall be
No^opsSr) 2 Cor. i. 17 "iva y Trap' e/iot rb vai, vai,
called shoot, branch, in allusion to such
a ver. 20. James v. 12. c. art.
icat 7-6 o, oft.

passages as Is. xi. 1. liii. 2. Zech.iii. 8. impl. 2 Cor. i. 18, 19 bis. Matt. v. 37.
vi. 12, etc. but here also implying re-
Comp. Tholuck Bergpr. p. 300.
proach, from the contempt in which
Nazareth was held. See Hengstenb. Ncuv, "h)
indec. Nain, a town of
Christol. Vol. II. init. Bibl. Repos. IV. Galilee situated according to Eusebius
Once of Christians in con- about two miles south of Mount Tabor,
p. 186 sq.
near Endor, Luke vii. 11. See Rosenm.
tempt, as the followers of Jesus of Naz-
Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 94.
areth, Acts xxiv. 5.

NaSav, o, indec.
(given sc. of God), pr. n. of a son of
Nathan, Heb. ^ Naoc, ov, o, (vat'w to dwell,) pp.
dwelling, hence temple, fane, as the dwell-

David, Luke iii. 31. Comp. 2 Sam. v. ing of a God ; in classic writers mostly
14 __ Not the prophet Nathan 2 Sam. vii.
i.
q. Upov, though sometimes spoken of
the interior and most sacred part of a
2 sq. xii. 1 sq.
temple where the image of the god was
NaSavaTjA, 6, indec. Nathanael, set up, Hdot. 1. 183 Hence in N. T.
Heb. ^N2J12 (given of God), pp. i. q.
a) genr. of any temple, Iv xapoTrotjj-
6i6a>pog Theodore, pr. n. of a disciple Acts 24. Hdian.
TOIQ vaolg [vii. 48.1 xvii.
of Christ, supposed to be the same with
7. 3 13. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 10 So Acts
the apostle BapS'oXo/iaTog q. v. John i. 46 xix. 24 TrotoJv vaoiiQ apyvpovs 'ApTtfjuSog
50. xxi. 2.
silver of Diana, i. e. miniature
shrines
Na adv. of affirmation, yea, yes, copies of the temple of Diana at Eph-
certainly. esus, containing a small image of the
a) pp.
in answer to a question. Matt. goddess. Such shrines of other gods
ix. 28 dvvafiai TOVTO iroiij-
TrioTcverc 'on were also common, made of gold, silver,
aai\ Xlyoucrtv avrtf> vai, Kvpis. xiii. 51. or wood, and were purchased by pil-
xvii.25. xxi. 16. John xi. 27. xxi. 15, 16.
grims and travellers, probably as memo-
Acts v. 8. xxii. 27. Rom. iii. 29. JE1. rials, or to be used in their devotions.
V. H. 13. 4. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 20. See Hammond and Wetstein in loc
b) as expressing assent to the words Artemid. IV. 34 Kpartvoc 6 jj/ifrtjooj;,
or deeds of another. Matt. xi. 26 vat, apyvpeov vaov IpyfTriorarTjf <5oa ttvat.
6 Trarfjo, [sc. 6pSwg Trout?,] on ovrwg Diod. Sic. 1. 15, 97. ib. 20. 14 tirt^av
K. r.\. Luke x. 21. Rev. xvi. 17. xxii. 20 dt Kai rot> IK T&V ifp&v xpvoov^ VUOVQ rotg

vat, epxov Kvpit, in some edit. Act. d^itfpv/mo-i Trpof TTJV iKeviav. Hdot. 2. 63
Thorn. 17, 18. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 14 __ TO dk ayaX^ta, ibv iv vrj^ /ttKn^J uXtvy
Seq. introducing a subsequent limi-
/cat Kara*cc \;pv<To/f6vy
/
K. T. X. comp. Dion,
tation or modification. Matt. xv. 27 et Hal. 2. 12 TO. Trjs 'E0/<ri'af 'ApTfJii8oa(f>t-
Mark vii. 28 val, Kvpif icai yap TO. KVVO.- dpvjjiaTa irap' "EXXrjffiv.
pia K. T. \. comp. in Tap I. b, fin. Vi- b)
of the temple at Jerusalem, or in
 533

allusion to it, but spoken only of the a flower), pr. n. of a man at Rome,
fane or edifice itself, in distinction from Rom. xvi. 11. He is
supposed to have
lepov, which included also the
courts been the freed-man and favourite of the
and other appurtenances, see 'Itpov. emperor Claudius, comp. Sueton. Claud.
16 bis og &v i/^oo-y Iv 28. Tacit. Annal. 12. 57.
(a) pp. Matt, xxiii.
T$ vatji . . . iv rtfi xpvcrtfi
rov vaov. ver. 17,
21, ver. 35 ^ierav rov vaov ical rov Svtri- Naua-ylw, w, f. ^<rw, (vavayo? one
i. e. the altar of burnt offer- shipwrecked, from vav$ dyvvpi,} to make
aarrjpiov,
shipwreck* i. e. to be shipwrecked, intrans.
ings which stood in the court of the 2 Cor. xi. 11 rplg ivavayriffa. Trop. 1
priests before the entrance of the vaof,
Tim. i. 19 irepi rf)v iriartv. pp. Dem.
see in 'Itpov. xxvii. 5 pfyvag ra apyvpta
910. 7. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 24. trop. Philo
(v ry vay, prob. in the entrance of the de Somn. p. 1128. D.
vaog, since Judas could not enter with-
in it. xxvi. 61 et xxvii. 40. Mark xiv. 58 ofi, o, (yavq,
et xv. 29. Luke i. 9, 21, 22. John ii. 20.
ship-owner, nauclerus, i. e. the master or
2 Thess. ii. 4. For the Karairbraona owner of a trading vessel, who took
rov vaov Matt, xxvii. 51. Mark xv. 38.
passengers and freight for hire, Acts
Luke xxiii. 45, see in Kara-rrsrafffia. Sept. xxvii. 11. Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p.
for bvr 1 K. vi. 5, 17. Ps. v. 8. xi. 4. 406 __ Jos. Ant. 9. 10. 2. Pol. 4. 6. 1.
Jos. Ant. 8.4. 1. ib. xi. 4. 3.
(/3) Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 38.

Symbol, of the temple of God in hea-

ace. vavv, see
ven, to which that of Jerusalem was to gen. ,

Buttm. 58. p. 99, (from vaw, a

correspond, comp. Heb. viii. 5. ix. 11. vavw,)
So Rev. iii. 12. vii. 15. xi. 1, 2, 19 bis, ship, vessel, Acts xxvii. 41. Sept. for
T/voi'yty 6 vabc rov Sfov iv rtji ovpavtji K. r. X.
2N 1 K. ix. 26. n5N Job ix. 26
xiv. 15, 17. xv. 6, 6, 8 bis. xvi. 1, 17.
Hdian. 1. 11. 11. Xeii/H. G. 1. 6. 19.

xxi. 22 bis Test. XII Patr. p. 550. a ship-man,

* ov, o, (vavf,)
comp. Wisd. iii. 14. (y) Metaph. of per- sailor, seaman, Acts xxii. 27, 30. Rev.
sons in whom God or his Spirit is said xviii. 17. Jos. Ant. 9. 10. 2. Xen. H.
to dwell or act, e. g. the body of Jesus, G. 7. 1. 12.
John ii. 19, 21. of Christians 1 Cor. iii.
indec. Nahor, Heb.
16, 17 bis. vi. 19. 2 Cor. vi. 16 bis. o,
n. of the grandfather of
Eph. ii. 21. Act. Thorn. 12 yi (snorting), pr.
vaot Abraham, Luke iii. 34. Comp. Gen.
a'yioi.
xi. 22 sq.
Naouft, o, indec. Nahum, Heb.
n. of an ancestor of Jesus, , ou, o, (veav, voe,)
a youth,
(comfort), pr.
not the prophet, Luke iii. 25. a young man, Acts xx. 9. xxiii. 17, 18,
nard, i. e. the ori- 22. Sept. for "1^3 Judg. xvi. 26 __
NapSoc, ou, 17,
Hdian. 1. 9. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 2.
ental or Indian spikenard, andropagon
nardus of Linn. Heb. 113, Sanscr. Spoken of Saul, Paul, Acts vii. 58,
i. e.

where however determines nothing

it
narda, Plin. H. N. 12. 12. 'or 26. See
Celsii Hierobot. II. p. 1 sq. Jones on definitely as to his age since vsaviag, ;

the Spikenard of the Ancients, in Asiat. like veaviffKog, was applied to men in

Researches Vol. V. The ancients the vigour of manhood, up to the age of

extracted from it an oil or ointment 40 years see in NeavtoTcof.
;
So of sol-
which was highly prized, Theophr. H. diers, Sept. for -nra 2 Sam. vi. 1. 1
Plant. 9. 7. Dioscor. 1. 66. comp. Ti- Chr. xix. 10. also Hdian. 6. 8. 7. Xen.
bull. 2. 2. 7. Hor. Epod. 5. 59. Ovid. Cyr. 2. 2. 6. of Mars Luc. D. Deor.
Art. Am. 3. 443 Hence in N. T. fiv- 15.3.

pov vdpdov iriffriKTJe ointment of pure Vfc

j Ol>, o, (vtdv,
e. the most precious, Mark Mark xiv.
youth, a young man,
i.
spikenard, 51
xiv. 3. Johnxii. 3. Sept. for TI;} Cant. vtaviffKoe. xvi. 5. Luke vii. 14. Sept. for
\ 12. iv. 13, 14. Sam. xvii. 55. Is. Ezra
"1^3 1 iii. 3.
1^
j ov, o, Narcissus, (pp. x. 1 __Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 2. JE1. V/H. 9.
 534

39. Xen. An. 7.33.2.So of young ence to being raised again from tne
men in the prime and vigour of man- dead, resurrection, e. g. Zwvree tK vtKp&v
hood up to the age of 40 years or more. trop. Rom. vi. 13. w>) IK v. trop. xi.
Matt. xix. 20, 22, comp. Luke xviii. 18 15, see in Zw^ a. o. So wo7roit7j/ rovg
where it is dp^wv. Acts v. 10 vtaviaicoi, v. Rom. iv. 17. lyet'pav TOVQ vtupovf
i. e. the younger members of the com- Matt. x. 8. John v. 21. Acts xxvi. 8.
to 2 Cor. i. 9. lytiptiv rivd OTTO v. IK vtK-
munity i.
q. vturepoi in v. 6. Opp.
TTjOffT/Sirepoi or Trarlptf, Acts ii. 17. 1 p&v Matt. xiv. 2. xxvii. 64. Acts iii. 15.
John ii. 13, 14. Of soldiers Mark xiv. Gal. i. 1. 1 Thess. i. 10. avaor^vai
51. So Sept. for 1573 Gen. xli. 12. IK T&V vtKp&v Matt. xvii. 9. Luke xvi. 31.
Josh. vi. 23. tnrb$ Josh. ii. 1, 23. John xx. 9. trop. Eph. v. 14. ava-
Pol. 5. 25. 3. Hdian/7. 6. 3. Xen. Cyr. (TTaaig T&V vtKp&v Matt. xxii. 31. Acts
5. 1. 9, 13. Phavorin. VICIV'HJKOQ air ir&v xvii. 32. Rom. i.Cor. xv. 13, 21,
4. 1

UJv stug trwv TpiaKovraTtaadpuv, fi

42. av. t) IK viKp&v Actsiv. 2. !avaoraerif
T&V v. Phil.
iii. 11. (y) emphat. ol vk-
Kpoi the dead, i. e. utterly dead, extinct,
/> veoc Matt. XXli. 32 OVK tanv 6 tbg viicpaiv, a\-
Neapolis, a city and port of Macedonia Xd ZWVTWV. Mark xii. 27. Luke xx. 38.
on the Sinus Strymonicus, a few miles
(5) trop. plur. those dead to Christ
E. S. E. of Philippi, on the confines of and his Gospel, spiritually dead. Matt,
Thrace, Acts xvi. 11 Strabo VII. p. viii. 22 o0 rove vticpovg K. r. X. let the
330. Plin. H. N. 14. 18. dead bury their dead, i. e. let
spiritually

o, indec. Naaman, Heb.

no lesserduty keep you from the one
n. of a Syrian great duty of following me. Luke ix.
(pleasantness,) pr. 60. Rom. vi. 13. xi. 15. Eph. v. 14,
warrior and captain, Luke iv. 27. Comp.
see in above.
2 K. c. 5. /8

II. Adj. vir.poq, a, 6v, dead, in Attic

as subst. and later usage.
Ncicpoc, ov, 6, (VEKVC,) dead,
and adj. pp. only of persons or trop. in Matt, xxviii. 4 lytvovTo w<r
a) pp.
allusion to them. vfKpot. Acts xx. 9 Kai f)p$n vtKpog was
1. Subst. one dead, a dead person, and taken up dead, i. e. for dead, xxviii. 6.
this is the Homeric and early usage, see Rev. i. 17. np 2 Sam. xix.
Sept. for
Passow in voc. 6. Is. xxvii. 36. Luc. D. Deor. 7. 4. ib.
a)
dead body,
corpse, Matt, xxiii. 27 Philops. 31. Arr. Epict. 1. 9. 33 Trop.
bartoiv veicpCJv. Rev. xx. 13. for lost, perished, given up as dead, e. g.
Sept. for n^53 Deut. xxviii. 6. Jer. vii. the prodigal son Luke xv. 24, 32, parall.
31. Jos. B! j. 1. 9. 1. Hdian. 4. 15. with aTroXwXwc. Aristoph. Ran. 420.
16. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 5. H. G. 3. 2. 5. Menand. Incert. fab. 188. p. 249. ed.

b) genr. a dead person, plur. the dead, Mein.

e. g. as yet unburied, Matt. viii. in opp. to the life of the
(a) b) metaph.
22 Sd^ai TOVQ vucpovQ. Luke vii. 15. Gospel, e. g. (a) of persons, dead to
Heb. ix. 17. So for one slain, Rev. xvi. Christ and his gospel and so exposed
3. Sept. for m? Gen. xxii. 3 sq. Pol. 2. to punishment, spiritually dead, Rev. iii.
34. 12. Horn. II. 23. 51 __ as buried, 1. c. dat. of cause or manner, Eph. ii.
(/3)
laid in a sepulchre, and therefore as being 1 r//wa OVTO.Q VIKQOVQ 7rapcnrTwp.a.(n ver. 5.
in ydrjG q. v. and see also Gesen. Lex. ,
seq. iv c. dat. Col. ii. 13. seq. ttd rt,
art. ^iN125. Luke xvi. 30 tav rtf airo Rom. viii. 10 TO <7w/ia vacpbv Ei afiaprlav,
vtKp&v TropevSy Trpog avroiQ. John v. i. e. as to the body ye still remain sub-
25 aicovaovTai ri]g 0u>vJ/e T. viov
ol vticpoi ject to sinful passions etc. Others here,
T. $. Acts x. 42. Rom. xiv. 9. Heb. xi. mortal. Vice versa, vtKpof ilvcii r-g
35. Rev. i. 18. So ol venpol iv Xpt- ajjiapTiy, be dead to sin, no longer
to
ffT< i. e. those who have
died in the willingly subject to it, Rom. vi. 11 i. q.
Christian faith. Sept. for OTVQ Ecc. d.7ro$avt~n> ry d/*. in ver. 2.
(/3)
Of
ix. 5. Is. viii. 19. (Luc. D. Morfc 3. 1, 2. things, dead, i. e. inactive, inoperative,
ib. 22. 2. Horn. Od. 11. 34.) In refer- e. g. auapria Rom. vii. 8. TTIOTIC James ii.
 Neicpow 535

17, 20, 26. So Ip-ya vcpa efearf works, Cor. V. 7 'iva Tyre vkov (j>vpap.a. Col. iii.

i. external righteousness, not proceed-

e. 10. Heb. xii. 24
ing from a living faith, and therefore
Nccxrtroc, ov, b, (veoc,) youngling,
fruitless, sinful, Heb. vi. l.ix. 14. AL. the young of animals esp. of birds,
Luke ii. 24 5vo veoaaoiig
OW, (U ,
f. w<ro>,
(j/eicpof), put tO TrepiffrepGJv,
where some MSS. have the later form
death, and Pass, to be put to death, to
die, pp. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 276. In voaaovs, see Lob. ad Phr. p. 206. Sturz
N. T. trop. to deaden, to deprive of force Dial. Alex. p. 185.
Lev. v.
So Sept. for
Prov. xxx.
^
and vigour, e. g. TU /z!/\7 i. e. to mortify 7. 17. t^rriDS Dent.
Col. iii. 5. Pass. part, veveicpw/uvog, xxii. 6. Ml. V. H. 1. 6. Xen.'cEc. 7. 34.
rj,

ov, deadened, i. e. dead, powerless, im- NeorrjCj rj^oc, "h,

(vzoQ,}youth, youth-
potent, as ffw/m vtviKp. Rom. iv. 19. Heb. ful age. Matt. xix. 20 k
VZOT^TOQ /zou.
xi. 12. Plut. ed. R. IX. p. 758. 3. Mark x. 20. Luke xviii, 20. Acts xxvi. 4.
comp. a-jroviKpovffSai Arr. Epict. 4. 5. 1 Tim iv. 12 pijStiQ aov rtjg v. KaraQpo-
21. VIITW no one despise thy youth, i. e.
let

a conduct thyself with the wisdom of

Nlicpci><ne, ftue, )> (vecpow,) pp.
putting to death, hence riper age, as is said immediately after.
violent death, 2 Cor. iv.
i. e. Sept. for trTiy:i Gen. viii. 21 Num. xxx. .

a) death,
10 17. rvrfc Ecc. xi. 9, 10. Hdian. 1. 3.
7-J/V ViKpdifflV TOV 'llJOOV Iv T< ff^fiaTl
ever exposed to e.
3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 31.
rm&v irepiQipovrtg, i.

suffer for the cause of Christ the same

ou, b, 77, adj. (vkog, 0uw),
violent death which he suffered.
newly planted, Suid. viotyvrov TO veuorl
b) trop. deadness, impotency,
Rom. iv.
QvrtvStv. Sept. for yu;} Job xiv. 9. Ps.
19. Comp. airovtKpuffiQ Arr. Epict. 1. cxliv. 12. In N. T. as subst. trop. a
5.4. neophyte, new convert, 1 Tim. iii. 6.

Nt'oe, a, ov, young, new, Compar. , wvoQ, b, Nero, the Roman

vedjTipog, younger. See Tittm. Synon. emperor, only in the spurious subscrip-
N. T. p. 59. tion 2 Tim. iv. 23.
a PP- f persons, young, youthful.
)
Neuw, f- vevffu, to nod, to beckon, as
Tit. ii. 4 'iva auQpoviZuoi rag vtaq, opp.
a sign to any one, seq. dat. John xiii. 24
TrptapvTidac. Sept. for "i;y3 Gen. xxxvii.
vtvet ovv avry St'/uuv. Acts xxiv. 10.
2. Prov. xxii. 15. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 10.
Luc. D. Mort. 12. 4. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. Sept. Prov. iv. 25. Arr. Epict. 2. 18. 18.
Ml. V. H. 14. 22.
5, 31. Compar. vtwrtpoe, younger, sc. of
t\vo or more, Luke xv. 12, 13, 6 i/twre-
?, rjc, n, (dim. of vtyoe,) pp.
poc O.VT&V, b v. mog. Sept. for "jOf?
small cloud, nebula, perh. Luke xii. 54,
Gen. ix. 24. xxvii. 15. xlii. 13.
(Xen. CyV. comp. 1 K. xviii. 44. Genr. a cloud,
3. 1. 1. An.Genr. for a young
1. 1.
1.)
Jude 12 vt<pk\ai dwdpoi. [2 Pet. ii. 17.]
person, plur. the younger, the young, in Sept. for -j^ Gen. ix. 13, 14. pnij?'
Ps.
opp. to those older, John xxi. 18 tfre rjs xxxvi. 6. n^ Judg. v. 4. Ecc. xi. 4.
Acts v. 6 ol viwrtpoi, i. q.
. ot Luc. D. Deor. 6. 4. Xen. An. 1. 8. 8.
in ver. 10. 1 Tim. v. 1, 2, 11, As accompanying supernatural appear
14. Tit. ii. 6. 1 Pet. v. 5. As implying ances and events, e. g. the pillar of
inferior dignity, Luke xxii. 26. Sept. cloud in the desert, 1 Cor. x. 1, 2;
for "V3 Ps. cxlviii. 12. Jer. i. 6, 7. comp. Sept. and "py Ex. xii. 21,22. In
Ceb. Tab. 2. Dem. 242. 15. Thuc. 1. 42. connexion with Christ, as with a voice
b) of things, new, recent,
e. g. olvog, from heaven Luke ix. 35 ; or at his trans-
Matt. ix. 17 bis.
dffKoi, MarK ii. 22. ter. figuration vt<j>t\ri QwTtivri, Matt. xvii. 5
Luke v. 37 bis, 38, 39. Sept. for nn bis. Mark ix. 7 bis. Luke ix. 34 bis ; as
Lev. xxiii. 17. Cant. vii. 13. Horn. I receiving him up at his ascension, Acts i.
6.462. Hdian.1.5.26. Xen. Cyr.l. 6.38. 9 ; as surrounding him at his second
Trop. of the heart, disposition, nature, coming, Matt. xxiv. 30. xxvi. 64. Mark
as renewed and therefore better, e. g. 1 xiii. 26. xiv. 62. Luke xxi. 27. Rer. i. 7.
 536

xiv. 14 bis, 15, 16. As surrounding as- by which one swears. Passow sub. >-
cending saints or angels, 1 Thess. iv. 17.
Buttm. 149. p. 430. 1 Cor. xv. 31 vrj
Rev. x. 1. xi. 12. Comp. of God, Ps. rrjv vfji. Kavxvaw, i. e. by all my ground
xviii. 8. sq. xcvii. 2. Is. xix. 1. of glorying in you, BC. I protest etc.
So Sept. for "H Gen. xlii. 15, 16 Luc.
indec.
Nephthalim,
Nc^)^aX(>, o, D. Deor. 19. I. JE1. V. H. 1. 33. Xen.
Heb. ^J?I-)D3 (my wrestling) Naphtali, 1. 3. 10.
born Cyr.
pr. n. of the sixth son of Jacob,
NiJ^w,f. vfjau), (i. q. vlw, Buttm.
of Bilhah, comp. Gen. xxx. 8. In N. T.
to spin, absol. Matt. vi. 28 et Luke
114,)
only meton. for the tribe of Naphtali, xii. 27 ov$k vfi$et, sc. TO. xpiva.
Matt. iv. 13, 15. Rev. vii. 6. Sept.
for rno Ex. xxxv. 25, comp. xxvi. 31.
ovo cfo "^ PP- xxxviV. 18. Anthol. Gr. III. p. 63,
N<0oe, oc, ,

Hdian. 1. 14. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 38. In 189. Comp. H. Planck in Bibl. Repos.
N. T. trop. for crowd, throng, Heb. xii. I. p. 676 sq.
1 j'.'/>of
paprvpuv. Apoll. Rh. Argon. 4.
397. Hdot. 8. 109 vtyoc TOOOVTO dvSpu-
Nrj7naw, f. aaw, (vTjTnof,) to be as a
child, childlike, intrans. 1 Cor. xiv. 20
Diod. Sic. 3. 29 TO. vityi) TWV CLK-
Ty Kaidq. vT)7riaeTf, i. e. be ignorant of it,
comp. Matt, xviii. 3. Gr. proverb, ota-
oe, ou, o, kidney, usually plur. 0fp # TOV vijiriov KO$' ijXiKiav ovSiv o iv
ol vffpoi the kidneys, reins, loins, Sept. Taif Qptoi vt]Trid%(Dv, comp. "Wetstein in
for
ni^Sj Ex. xxix. 13, 32. Job xvi. 13. loc.
In N. T. trop. for the inmost mind, the
NT)TT(OC, ta, iov, also of two endings,
seat of the desires and passions, Rev. ii. 6, 17,(vjj-insep. un, STTOC,) pp. not speak-
23 iptvvuv vc^pouf rat KapSiaf. Coin}). ing, infans, and hence an infant, child,
Sept. and DV^in the similar phrase
babe, without any definite limitation of
Pa. vii. 10. Jer. xi. 20. xvii. 10 xx. 12. .
age.
a) pp.
Matt. xxi. 16 IK <rro/*arof vrjiri-
ov, *,
, (va6f, Att.
hence temple- Sr)\a%6vTtov, quoted from Ps. viii.
(DV icai
ppsw,) pp. temple-sweeper,
3 where Sept. for b$ty. 1 Cor. xiii. 11
keeper, prefect of a temple, who had
charge also of the decorations, Jos. Ant. quinq. ore ?/yn7jv vrjiriog K. T. X. By impl.
1. 7. 6. Xen. An. 5. 3. 6. Suid. vtarKo- a minor, one not yet of age, Gal. iv. 1 .

pof* o TOV vtwv KOffu&v Kai tvrptiri^tiiv, Sept. genr. for tyiy and bfyy of a
d\\' ovx o ffapwv. Hence for worship- child playing in the streets, Jer. vi. 11.

one who ix. 20, asking for bread Lam. iv. 4,

per, pp. frequents the temple
of God, e. g. of the Israelites in the borne in the arms, Lam. ii. 20, once of
the foetus Job iii. 16. Horn. II. 9. 440.
desert, Jos. B. J. 6. 9.4. oCc 6 S6f iav-
and so vtwKoptlv ib. Hdian. 2. 15. 7. Diod. Sic. 1. 74.
rtf viuKopovf 'Jyff,
for one unlearned,
In N. T. as an honorary title assumed b) metaph. babe,
by cities distinguished for the worship unenlightened, simple, in a good sense,
of a particular deity, e. g. of Ephesus Matt. xi. 25 cnrtKaXvil/aQ avrd vrjTrioiQ.
as a worshipper, devotee of Diana, Acts Luke x. 21. Rom. ii. 20. Implying
xix. 35 vimKopof TIIQ f*fyd\ijc 'AprtuiSoc. censure, 1 Cor. iii. 1 we vri-jrioiq iv Xpi-
It occurs in inscriptions and on the (TT$ Gal. iv. 3. Eph. iv. 14. Heb. v. 13.
coins of several cities, see in Wetstein Sept. for TlD Sept. Prov. i. 32. Ps. xix.
:

N. T. II. p. 588. x. cxix. 130 Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 128

.

pen.
Ni(ur/0/KOC, /, ov, (vlof, vewrtpoc,) Nereus, pr. n. of a
youthful, pertaining to youth, 2 Tim. ii. Njpi, EWC, 09

22 ruf v. tTTiSvuiac 0uyf. 3 Mace. iv.

Christian at Rome, Rom. xvi. 15.

8. Jos. Ant. 16. 11. 7. Pol. 10. 24. 7. N?j/o, 6, indec. Neri, pr. n. of a man,
Luke iii. 27. .

*
Ncwrtpoc, a, ov, see in Nloc.
NTJO-/OV, ov, TO, (dim. of v/(roj:,) a
Nii, a particle of swearing, always small island, islet, sc. KXavfy q. v. Acts
affirmative, and taking the accus. of that xxvii. 16.
 Nfjo-oc 5S7

usual food and living only on the

(prob. vlwto float,) aw
all
N?j<roe, ov, ),

island, Acts xiii. 6. xxvii.26. xxviii. 1, scanty supplies of the desert comp. Act. ;

xvi. 20. Thom. & 20 vrjarevti ffvvf\<jJQ, KO.I dprov

7,9,11. Rev.i. 9. vi. 14. Sept.
for Ps. Ixxii. 10. Ez. xxvi. 15, 18 iffSiti fjiovov fitrd aXarog, ical TO TTOTOV
>>?

Diod! Sic. 3. 44. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 7. avrov rtfwp. 1 Sam. xxxi. 13. Dan. x. 2
sq.
Nrjoraa, aq, *)> (vrj<jTtvu,)a fasting,
abstinence from eating. Nfj<mc tc>c > *i>
adJ- (fij-msep. tin,
fast, ?

e. g. for want of food, 2 Cor. not having eaten, fasting, plur.

a) genr. c(rib>),
27 tv vrjyrei- ace. vrjffTds Matt. xv. 32. Mark viii. 3.
vi. 5. xi. iv X//y eat #ii//i,

aig Ti-oXXdKif.-Diod. Sic. 1. 82. Plut. ed. Plut. Cato Maj. 23 vtjffnv. Dion.
R. VIII. Hal. Rhetor. 9. 16 Another
p. 327.13. vrjffTiic.
occurs Athen. VII. 79. p.
b) in a religious sense, e. g. of the plur. vijffrttitc

private fastings of the Jews, Matt. xvii.

126. See Lob. ad Phryu. p. 326.
21 et Mark ix. 29 iv irpovtvxy tai vijaTtla.
Luke ii. 37. Acts xiv. 23. 1 Cor. vii. 5. Nrj0aA<ocj la, tov, (v^w,) sober,
temperate, abstinent, espec. in respect to
To thiskind of fasting great merit was
wine, Jos. Ant. 3. PJ. 2. comp. Anthol.
attributed, and the Pharisees practised Gr. IV. p. 53. Plut. VI. p. 5U4. 7.
it often, sometimes twice a week, comp.
Reisk. In N. T. trop. sober-minded,
Matt. ix. 4. Lukexviii. 12. Dan. ix. 3.
Is. Iviii. 3 sq. Tob. xii. 8. Test. XII watchful, circumspect, 1 Tim. iii. 2 for
ovv iiritTKOTrvv ilvat VT}<f>a\iov K. T. X. ver.
Patr. p. 702, 711 sq. In their longer
11. Tit. ii. 2. Comp. 1 These, v. 6
fastings they abstained only from the Phavorin. rj;0aXi6f iartv o atl vijtyutv Kai
better kinds of food, Dan. x. 2 sq. Sept.
ffvvtffiv
t^wv ry T/Xtcp KaraXXrjXov. In 1
for Di3 Dan. et Is. 1. c. Ps. Ixix. 11.
Tim. iii. 2, 11, text, recept. has the later
Spec, the fast, i. e. the great annual pub-
lic fast of the Jews, the great day of
synon. form vrjfaXioc, a, ov, comp. Pas-
sow 8. V.
atonement, which occurred in the month
Tisri corresponding to the new moon of f. i/'w, to be sober, temperate,

October, and thus served to indicate the abstinent, espec. in respect to wine, Jos.
season of the year after which the navi- B. J. 5. 5. 7 drro dicparov vi'i<j>ovref. Xen.
gation of the Mediterranean became Cyr. 7. 5. 20. In N. T. to be sober-minded,
dangerous, Acts xxvii. 9. Comp. Lev. watchful, circumspect, intrans. 1 Thess.
xvi. 29 sq. xxiii. 27 sq. Jos. Ant. 3. 10. v. 6 ypijyopdi/iev Kai vrjQvftfv. ver. 8. 2
3, where also the time is marked, 4 Tim. iv. 5 ov Si vi-j^c iv iraoi. 1 Pet. i.

Tptirofitvov TOV Kainov irpbg n}v %tififpiov 13. iv.7. v.8 __Jos.B. J.2. 12. 1. Luc.
wpav. Jahn Philo de Vit.
103, 357. Herinot. 47 vij<peg Kai /je/ivj/tro ainaTiiv.
Mos. 2. p. 657. C. Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. Hdian.2. 15. 1.
669. 12. genr. JEl. V. H. 5. 20.
indec. Niger, surname of
Nrvtp, 6,
NJJOTEVW, f.
it, (vr}(rrtf,)
to fast, Simon a teacher at Antioch, Acts xiii. 1.
to abstain from eating, in N. T. only of

private fasting, see in Nijffrem. Matt. vi.

N/icarw/o, o/ooC) ") Nicanor, pr. n.
of one of the seven primitive deacons,
16 bis, 17, 18. ix. 14 bis. Mark ii. 18 ter,
Acts vi. 5.
19 bis. Luke v.33. Acts x. 30. xviii. 12.
xiii. 2, 3. .
Judg. xx. 26.
Sept. for ws NfKtitu, w, f. /<rw, (vtKti,^ to be vic-
1 Sam. vii. 6. m. V. H. 5. 20 With torious, e. g.
the notion of grief, mourning, with a)
intrans. to come off victor\ to pre-
which fasting was often connected, Matt, vail. Rom. iii. 4 'Iva viKt]<ry^ iv T<$ KO'I-
ix. 15 irtvSilv . .
vrjffTtixrovffiv. Mark vioSal fff, quoted from Sept. Ps. Ii. 4
ii. 20. Luke v. 34, 35. Comp. 2 Sam. where Heb. 7T3] to be pure. Seq. infin.
xii. 16. Ezra x. 6. Neh. i. 4, where Rev. v. 5. Dem. 1436. 18. Xen. Mem.
Sept. and Heb. mx. Of the Saviour's 4. 4. 17.

supernatural fast of forty days, Matt. iv. b) trans, to overcome, to conquer, to

2. Or it may possibly be meant, that subdue, c. ace. Luke xi. 22 6 iVxvpore-

his fasting consisted in abstaining from pog . .

viKTj<ry avrov. Rom. xii. 21 bis,
 538

JUICu) VTTO TOV KdKOV, CL\\d VlKd

rasu),
which was here the boundary
/i/} (paSS.)
ii>
rip ayctSy TO KUKOV. Diod. Sic. 4. 57. between Thrace and Macedonia and ;

Xen. Cyr. 1. 10. 4. Mem. 2. 6. 35 hence the city is sometimes reckoned

Spoken of Jesus or his followers as vic- to the latter. Tit. iii. 12, and in the spu-
torious over the world, over evil, over all rious subscription. There were other
the adversaries of his kingdom, c. ace. cities of this name, e. g. in Epirus, Moe-

expr. or iuipl. 1 John v. 4 bis viicf TOV sia, Armenia, elc.

KotTfiov K. T. X. ver. 6. Rev. iii. 21. vi. 2

Perf. for pres.
NtKOC, OC, ouc> >
(viicrj,) victory,
bis. xii. 11. xvii. 14.
a later form for VIKIJ, Passow s. v. Lob.
or fut. John xvi. 33 iyu> vivtKTjica TOV xoa- ad Phryn. p. 647. 1 Cor. xv. 55 TTOV oov,
pov. 1 John ii. 13,
14. iv. 4. Hence ver. 57. So
$$TJ, TO vlKOQ ; vlKojadv. tig
Part, absol. o vu-wv, the victor, he that
victoriously, triumphantly, Matt. xii. 20,
overcometh, Rev. ii. 7, 11, 17. iii. 5. xxi. see in 'E*c/3oXXw b, and Kptcrig c. 1 Cor.
7. Norn, absol. Rev. ii. 26. iii. 12, 21. xv. 54, comp. Is. xxv. 8. Cornp. in Elg
comp. Buttm. ^ 145. n. 1. Winer $ 28. 3. no. 3. b. Sept. i/c VIKOQ for rr^7'2 Sam.
Pnpgn. seq. IK rov Sqpiov Rev. xv. 2, ii.26. Job xxxvi. 7. Sept. iz. iii. 8.
see in 'E no. 1. b. Also of the adver- Anthol. Gr. III. p. 242.
saries of Christ's kingdom as tempora-
N(vaw> y, indec. Nineveh, Heb.
rily victorious, Rev. xi. 7. xiii. 7.
rTp.'O,' dwelling of Ninus, the an-
i. e.

je, /, victory,
meton. for the cient capital of the Assyrian empire,

ground or pledge of victory, 1 John v. 4 Luke 32.

xi. It was situated on the
avTrj iffTiv } viitrj . . } TT'IOTIQ vpwv. pp. eastern bank of the Tigris, opposite to
Jos. B. J. 1. 27. 3. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 10. the modern Mosul, where there still ex-
ists a village called Nunia ; see Nie-
o, Nicodemus, (victor
buhr's Travels II. p. 353. Germ. Ro-
populi,) pr. n. of a Pharisee and member senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 94, 114.
of the Sanhedrim, who came to Jesus by
Comp. Gen. x. 11, and the book of Na-
night prob. as a serious though timid hum. The Greeks and Romans called
inquirer. John hi. 1, 4, 9. vii. 50. xix.
it NTj/og, Ninus, Hdot. 1. 193. Plin. H.
39.
N. 6. 13.
NtJcoXcurijc, ou, o, a Nicolaitan, pp. , ou, 6, a Ninevite, Matt.
a follower of NticoXaof, Rev. ii. 6, 15. xii. 41. Luke xi. 30.
Many suppose this to be an heritical
sect sprung from some leader of that Nt7rrr)p, %>O, o, (j/iVrw,)
a wash-
name. Or the word may also be sym- basin, John xiii. 5. Pollux Onom. 10.
78
bolical, referring to those who are
called in ver. 14 rovf Kparovvrac TTJV SiSd- i/'O),
a later present form
XTJV BaXadp since the Greek name
;
for which the earlier writers used viZw,
Nt:6Xaof corresponds to the Heb. Q^^3, f.
i//w, Passow s. v. Buttm. $ 1 1 4. p. 293 ;

if this latter be taken as a compounded to wash, sc. some part of the

body, as
form y^3 i.
q. vucdu, and 0^ Xa<Sf. So the face, hands, feet. Ablutions of the
Eichhorn in Comm. ad loc. Comp. the hands and feet were very common with
symbolical use of 'It a/3X in Rev. ii. 20. the Jews, e. g. of the hands before eat-
But Gesenius gives to the name Oy^3 ing, comp. Matt. xv.2. Mark vii. 3 of ;

another derivation and sense, i. e. from the feet, as a mark of hospitality offered
^2 and Dy, q. d. non-populus. to a guest on his arrival, and performed

by menial servants or slaves, comp.

NiicoXaoc, ov 9 o, Nicolas, (victor 1 Sam. xxv. 41. Gen. xviii.4. xix. 2.
populi,) pr. n. of
a proselyte of Antioch,
xxiv. 32. xliii.24. Judg. xix. 21. Jalm
one of the seven primitive deacons, Acts
123, 145, 149. Calmet art. Baptism, Foot.
vi. 5.
Trans, to wash, e. g. the face, TO Trpoo-o;-
Nicopolis,
, (o, r), TTOVMatt. vi. 17 by impl. the eyes, rove
;

(pp. city of victory,) a city of Thrace, of&aXjwoug John ix. 7 bis, 11 bis, 15 ; the
now Nihopi, on the river Nessus hands, rdf \t~ipac Matt. xv. 2. Mark vii.3
(Ka- j
 539 NojLKKO

the feet, rove Trotfag John xiii. 5, 6, 8 bis, find happiness. Sept. for niTiTp Gen.
10, 12, 14bis. Tim. v. 10. So Sept. for
1 xlvii. 5. 1 Chr. iv. 39, 40. rvinp Ps.
yrnT of the face Gen. xliii. 31, the hands Ixxiv. 1. rnj Prov. xxiv. 15.~Hdot.
EX. XXX. 20. Deut. xxi. 6, the feet 1 Sam. 1. 110. Xen/Cyr.3. 2. 20.

xxv. 41. Gen. xviii. 4. Luc. Epigr. 19. f. tVw,

(vo/ioc custom,) to
Artemid. 5. 55.
regard or acknowledge as custom, to have
Noi'w, w, f. rjffb), (vooc, voug,) to see and hold as customary, viz.
with the eyes, perceive, as o*03aX^otf a) pp.
i.
q. to do by custom, to be ac-
voilv Horn. II. 24. 294. ib. 3. 396. Xen. customed, to be wont, and Pass. id. Acts
An. 3. 4. 44. In N. T. trop. to see with xvi. 13 ov evo/ii^ero Trpoerevxr/ tlvai, where
the mind, i. e. according to custom was the proseuche,
a) to perceive, to understand, to com- i. e. Trctpd Trora/iov. For this custom,
prehend, absol. Matt. xvi. 9 OUTTW votlre ; comp. the decree of the city Halicar-
Mark viii. 17. ry KapSiy. John xii. 40. c. nessus in Jos. Ant. 14. 10. 23, by which
ace. expr. or impl. Eph. iii. 4 avaytvw- the Jews are permitted rdg Trpotrew^"?
OKovTfQ voij&ai vvvfffiv /zou. ver. 20. 1 TroielffSai 7rpc ry SaXaaay Kara TO rrd-
Tim.i.7. Rom. i. 20. seq. infin. Heb. xi. rptov t'Soc.- Jos. Ant. 11. 1. 3. Luc. D.
3. seq. on Matt. xv. 17. xvi. 11. Mark Deor. 9. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 27. Act.
vii. 18. Sept. for
'psn Prov. i. 2, 6. --^11. Hdian.6. 1.9. Diod. Sic. 13. 113. Dem.
V. H. 5. 5. Diod. Sic~5. 31. Plut.Thes.3. 1077. 25.

b) i. q. to have in mind, to think of, to b) genr. to regard or acknowledge as

consider, absol. Matt. xxiv. 15 et Mark any thing, i. e. in its
customary charac-
xiii. 14 o avaytvwoKuv vo7ru>. c. ace. 2 ter, or in its customary manner, e. g.
Tim. ii. 7 voet 3. Xeyoi. Ecclus. xi. 7. Ttvd $ov vofti^uv Dinarch. 102. 13. rtjv
Horn. II. 9. 533 or 537. Arr. Epict. 3. al\fia\wTov yi/raTica tvo/ztcv Conon. Nar-
1.18. rat. 44. So pass. Luke iii. 23 of tvo^tt-
ro, as he was regarded, reckoned, i. e.
Norjjuct, aroc, *&> (vola*,) thought, -- Dem.
i. e. according to Jewish custom
1022. 16 01 vofii^ofitvoi pkv vieTf, OVTIQ
a) pp.
what is thought out, excogitated, fir)

hence purpose, project, device. 2 Cor. ii.

St ylvu I? avrCJv. Hdot. 4. 180 Hence
11 ov yap avrov (roD genr. to regard, to think, to suppose, e. g.
Sarava) ra vof]fiara
Baruch ii. 8. 3 Mace. seq. inf. c. ace. Luke ii. 44 vo/uVavrff
ayvoovfitv. x. 5.
Si avrbv iv Ty trvvodiy tlvai. Acts vii. 25.
v. 30. Horn. II. 10. 104.
viii. 20. xiv. 19. xvi. 27. xvii. 29. 1
b) meton. as in Engl. for the mind, Cor. 26. Tim.
vii. 1 vi. 5. seq. inf. 1 Cor.
e. g. the understanding, 2 Cor. iii. 14
yii. 36. Seq. on, Matt. v. 17 /t>) vo/nVqre
tTTwpw^jj TO. vorjfiara ai>Twv. IV. 4 also
;
on ijX&ovK. T. X. x. 34. xx. 10. Acts xxi.
the affections, disposition, 2 Cor. xi. 3
o'vTbi (pSdpy TU vorjftara v/j.u>v. Phil. iv. 7.
29 seq. inf. c. ace. ^1. V. H. 8. 6.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 5. seq. inf. Xen. Ag. 2.
Horn. Od. 20. 82, 346.
3. seq. on Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 22.
NoS'ocj ov, o, /, adj. bastard, spu-
rious,Heb. xii. 8. Jos. Ant. 5. 7. 1. No/Ltticocj *}> ov, (vofiog law,) per-
Xen. An. 2 4. 25. taining to law.
a) genr. Tit. iii. 9 at vo/aieaf, i. e. Mx
NO/IT), TIG, >;, (vfficj to pasture, to disputes relating to the Mosaic law --
feed,) pasture, i. e. Adv. vo/ajcu/g according to law, Plut. ed.
a) the act of feeding, pp. Xen. CEc. R. VIII. p. 111.7, 8.
7. 20 in N. T. trop. a feeding, of persons, one shitted in the law,
;
eating, b)
spreading, as of a gangrene, and hence a laicyer. Tit. iii. 13 Zrjvav TOV vofiiKuv
vo^ffv txttv i. q. to eat, to spread, 2 Tim. irpoirtn^ov Plut. Reisk. VII. p. 99.
ii. 17 6
Xdyog avrtiv we ydyypaiva vop.f]v 13 ol vofitKoi. Strabo XII. p. 813. C, oi
e. So of an ulcer Pol. 1. 81. 6. of Trapa 'PwfiaioiQ vop.iicoi. Arr. Epict. 2.
fire Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 9. Pol. 1. 48. 5. 13. 7. In the Jewish sense, an inter-
b) pasturage, trop. John x. 9 vof^jv preter and teacher of the Mosaic law, so
i. e. shall have enjoyment, shall called in Luke, (once in Matt.) dse-
 540

where 'o/xoflia<7KaXocandypa/i/iari'c> see or by law, pass. Heb. viii. 6 jj

in Tpanfiartvc b. Matt. xxii. 35 et Luke iiri Kpiirrooiv tTrayytXtatg

x. 25 vofiiKoc rig, comp. Mark xii. 28 Jos. Ant. 3. 15. 3. Act. c. ace. Diod.
ypapfjiaTtvC' Luke vii. 30. xi. 45, 46,52. Sic. 1. 27. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 25.

xiv. 3. Jos.B.J.2.21.7.
ov, b,

v6>oc), law-giver, legislator, James iv. 12. Jos.

lawfully, according to law and custom, Ant. 3. 7. 7. Diod. Sic. 1. 94. Xen.
1 Tirn. i. 8. 2 Tim. ii. 5. Arr. Epict. Mem. 1. 2.31.
3. 10. 8 t
vo/xi'/iwc ySXrjffaf. Xen. Mem.
ou, 6, (vft( to divide out,
4.4. 1.
to <any thing divided out, al-
allot,) pp.
NofHffjua, aroe, TO, (vojn'w,) pp. any
<
lotted/ what one has in use and pos-
thing acknowledged and sanctioned by session hence usage, custom, Sept. and
;

custom or law;' hence current money, rnin 2 Sam. vii. 19. Jos. Ant. 1. 13. 3.
coin, Lat. numisma. Matt. xxii. 19 TO v. Luc. D. Mort. 14. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.28.
TOV Krjvaov. Jos. Ant. 14. 14. 1. Hdian. In N. T. only law, as prescribed by cus-
2. 15. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 12. tom or statute.

a) genr.
and without reference to a
fli-
No;io&Sa<ricaAoc, ov, b, (vo/ioc, particular people or state. Rom. iv. 15
d<ricaXoc,)
a law-teacher, i. e. a teacher ov yap OVK tori vofioc, ovdi 7rapa/3a<ri. V.
and expounder of the Jewish law, i. q. 13. vii. 8. 1 Tim. i. 9. Dem. 774. 18.
oftiKot and jpaftfiaTtvf, Luke v. 17. Acts Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 41 sq.
r. 34. See in rpappaTevc b. Spoken
b) spec, of particular laws, statutes,
also of Christian teachers who obtruded
ordinances, spoken in N. T. mostly of
themselves upon the churches as ex- the Mosaic statutes, viz. Of laws
(a)
pounders of the Mosaic law, 1 Tim. i. 7 relating to civil rights and duties, John
vii. 51 fitj 6 vofiog r}\iS)v Kpivti TOV dv$p<ti-
TTOV K. T. X. John viii. 5 comp. Lev. xx.
ae,
10. John xix. 7 comp. Lev. xxiv. 16 et
giving, legislation, the giving of a code
Deut. xiii. 5. Acts xxiii. 3. xxiv. 6. So
of laws, Diod. Sic. 1.94. Pol. 4. 81. 12
the law of marriage Rom. vii. 2, 3. 1 Cor.
airb Trjg
Avuovpyov vofjLO^f.<jiaq. In N. T.
vii. 39 ; of the Levitical priesthood Heb.
meton. legislation, i. q. the laws given,
code of laws, the law, e. g. the Mosaic
vii. 16. Also Heb. ix. 19 ward vopov i. e.

code, Rom. ix. 4 wv al SiaSrfiKat icai rj

according to the ordinance or com-
2 Mace. vi. 23. Dion. Hal. mand, sc. respecting the promulgation
vopoSeoia.
of the law, see Ex. xx. 18, 19. xxiv. 2sq.
Ant. Rom. 2. 63. Plut. Reisk. VI. p. 892.
Sept. for iTTin Num. xix. 14. So of
2, 5 eu>g ov iravTcnraaiv vTrtpidovreQ TT}V
particular civil laws among the Greeks,
Avicovpyov
Dem. 325. 13. ib. 599. 24. Xen. H. G.
3. 3. 2.
(/3)
Of laws relating to exter-
to 7/uzAe or give laws, to establish as law, nal religious rites, e. g. purification Luke
to legislate. 11. 22. Heb. ix. 22 ; circumcision John
a) pp. and seq. d&t.for any one, Xen. vii. 23. Acts xv. 5, comp. xxi. 20, 24;
Apol. Socr. 15 Avicovpyov TOV ActKttiai- sacrifices Heb. x. 8. So Sept. and rnin
fiovioiQ vofio^trrjoavTOQ. Sept. for JTV lev. vi. 9, 14. al __ (y) Of laws relating
Ex. xxiv. 12. Hence
N. T. Pass, to be in to the hearts and conduct of men, Rom.
legislated for, to receive laws, where the vii. 7 6 vo/iog tXfytv OVK
dat. of the active construction becomes James ii. 8. Heb. viii. 10 et x. 16
the nom. to the passive, Buttm. 134. vofjiovg ftov avrwv, quoted
k-jri
Kapdlag
o. Winer 40. 1. Heb. vii. 116 Xaog yap from Jer. xxxi. 33 where Sept. for rnin.
iir
avTy vtvopo^'tTrjTO for the people re- for a written law, a law
(5) By impl.
ceived the law upon this condi-
(Mosaic) expressly given, i. q. 6 vopog tyypaTrrof.
tion, sc.of being under the Levitical Horn. ii. 14 e$vij TO. p.tj vofiov t\ovT<t . .
priesthood. tavrotg (iffi
v6fj,og.
Diod. Sic. 1. 94 vcftoi
b) to establish, to sanction, pp. as law, fyypaTrrot.
 541

i. e. a code or body of laws, longing for any thing, to pine

c) the taw, sickly
1 Tim. vi. 4 voa&v
in N. T. only of the Mosaic code, (a) after, to doat about ;

TI
pp. Matt. v. 18 I'wra tv ov pij TraplX-
. . . ZrjTTjaeie icai Xoyo/iaxfa?. Trepi
Trtpt

!yy curb
rov vofiov. xxii. 36 TTOI'CC IvroXr) Plut. de Ira cohib. 14, or ed. Reisk. VII.
Luke xvi. 17. John p. 812. 10. VIII. p. 161.
3 rote Trepi
jieydXr) Iv Tt$ vo/iy |
1. 17 6 vofioQ Sid Mu)<rt(i>G tSo^rj. vii. 19. S6av voffovaiv. Plato Phsedr. p. 228. C.
Acts vii. 53. Rom.ii. 13
sq. v. 13. 1 Cor. n Diod. Sic. T. VI. p. 227 ult. ed.
irpoc
xv. 56. Gal. 10 sq. 1 Tim. i. 8. James
iii. Tauchn. or X. p. 155. Bip. c dat. Ml.
ii. 9, 11 al. tpya vopov see in 'Epyov b.